EQ ¢
Oe, at ha,
ant = -—
2
8c @ ical

aa
aR
%

=
=

, RAL
aN,

i ae

aN

; 3 a »|
=
Li,

ACS

a GRiy
Fa
f

in 2.
> a " ,

Qe

a! >

Aes
AR a Aaa
IY NACIAWY
Ar qaAeeaeae
ry

ial R's"

| | € Cid a ¢
.< Se G C §. 6 G.
<< Cada « Sam Cem C4
“ c Ce gs. oS COX
P ¢ Q )

iS

r | at | OU en ge Pe De ee | eae jeg FS od
LA Te Na Pim Nie he Pa | , ; , 2 be
yy WeaVa OE Re Week Fe 4

\ e.4 i 2 YZ
a &
Po)
-_
) =

~~ =
a

b

PP
Yuta
anal NS smh
an |

VNR

a

ww
’
Nr

Pes
RA Ns ‘eS

id

1
~ -

ys)
ma
on
v4

Aya: pS Si
Nala ualat
=

‘a,

~
=

=
tn

a F a
Ais A :

SS

Z

4

a PN EN Pr”

«' LS ii — ‘¢ ae: x
TQG, « « v € a
| €

a
(
AC Se a le >

aa
7 -

Va
a\

a4

“~ 4
»%»
as

Bs

ie

¢ Gans

A

”~ =m Ap

2

@

Lv uw
“Awe

, ae 7 >

wipe!

a Ar.
=e

se

AA.
Ml ele ‘|
Jina
C
a
=

~
a=
1
taalie
ate Fa

SO me @€ ad ac (
ate (ac € ; ra

e in 1G «
« 4

ary
aaaass ard
Na 20% a ay =~ L
fe 2 ~ aa r. \]
a Aa

Naaae
2)
aa ON
A,
aS

Gren, SimeK qe cae eee oe
Bes ee a
" ( COC a C Cate
memKCC a Ga ‘CM CEL

a”
»
re

Ol

SS did

NAN. | A a,
Y
a&
ee

oN

a. 4

Raa ie
AAR DANA

elf

(20 ¢
ae, Ses

a
=> NAAN ~
I

A

a
&»
x:
A

Q
No
v~)

fGGOARA rest
| OF et IY Moe
J ed a ae uve BE as Ne ATRARARARY | Re jee BSS) ete cee

Sy 4 < Nd Af ed et Se = ~ww See, aoe
he SLES SRA AAA Lf = =e Se => 7 jS- =
SESS KE cE Sseaya Ua eceee eater

; ow

- wae ww ie.
AAI

lw ow VW ewe
a Ws ees
=" ee Vly

DTTC
OAT AL VOC eee oy eS
be Leb Sse sex eye tee
LFF IRAP :

ee
Ca

@ ( |
mag «

cM

‘q w
"et SN ts
= foes 74 Vw ei - ~
‘ he ~ wee v8 > a, pe coe oS: Y ma, ¥
ws Deatt Ye Ps v= a J re Mie Se q
eon esiive Shee Ese | Aaah Nis el B Din
ad hes — De Bl ter f : =
baal tne Sve eoreees Veuvuuvseuys SOV
a. —= = = pos _— aS ~~ ee .4
SS Se styusctwr Ntungs =) yew VIS BO.” wy 5°
Ne A SFoeesy De Pai alte se PGES < "ey es PLA =
Ve ao ery we wo A ~ aaa | = oe, 2 Ay A
fi ie oe eS Ww wv Te w @ “2
% te VN vy, “PRR Arte AAAS FORTCA
ISNA DALAS a Ne Ne, “ WOE. MpIV=
~ wo J} . To, bad Og,
TS CISUISSSSE y wv hs Ah)
= : - 2 wes » F J
CeSSETSE PIIY wire Se ae Ae obs
ad ’ i’ y 5 ~~ —
Tyee SONG We Bs pt TA wu SUC
- TWN LS Vee veus = Suvu
= enw, TS A —Ss
oS w on ~ Se es

-
.

i
_

———

|
7

a

\

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION—BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY
J. W. POWELL DIRECTOR

PROOHF-SHEHEEHTS

OF A

IBILIBILIKOGHR A ese

OF

(eet eA ONG WAG 1s

OF THE

NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS

BY

BUREAU ‘¢
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
6 426
04 24

wee:
LIBRARY

JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING

Ab=

(DISTRIBUTED ONLY TO COLLABORATORS)

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1385

City
eRe iis
ais
oc ae

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY,
December 7, 1884.

While engaged in the exploration of the Rocky Mountains I was
urgently requested by the late Professor Henry, Secretary of the Smith-
sonian Institution, to study the Indian tribes of the region, and espe-
cially to collect vocabularies. In compliance with this request I culti-
vated an acquaintance with the various Indian tribes met in that region,
and usually a number of Indians traveled with me. [eventually became
deeply interested in the study of the Indian languages of the United
States, which interest increased as comparative studies were subse-
quently made. ;

From these rude beginnings I was led to explore a much wider field,
and at last formed the plan of completing the classification of these
languages, and especially of extricating the subject from much biblio-
graphic confusion. During this time Mr. Pilling assisted me in collect-
ing the literature of the subject, and at my request he undertook to
prepare a bibliography of the materials I was then using. But from
year to year his work grew on his hands, until at last, at my earnest
solicitation, he commenced the preparation of a bibliography of North
American languages. To this task he has given the patient labor of
years, and developed a genius for the work to which the present vol-

ume is a monument.
J. W. POWELL.

it

PREFACE.

The compilation of the following matter was begun some years since
as a card-catalogue for the use of the members of the Bureau of Eth-
nology, and as a basis for a projected work by the Director on the
classification of North American tribes by language. Although prose-
cuted only during such times as could be spared from other and more
pressing official duties, and at first with no thought of making it compre-
hensive, material accumulated in sufficient quantity to justify the belief
that a somewhat complete monograph of the subject might be compiled.
To accomplish this the co-operation of many persons interested in this
branch of research is necessary; and that this co-operation may be
given to the best advantage it is essential they should know what has
already been done. Hence the following proof-sheets—a preliminary,
tentative, and incomplete catalogue, embodying the information gath-
ered by the compiler from printed and manuscript authorities, by per-
sonal visits to public and private libraries throughout the United States
and Canada, and by an extensive correspondence. The amount of ma-
terial already obtained through outside sources during the type-setting
and proof-reading, and which partly appears in the appended “Addi-
tions and Corrections,” strengthens the belief that, with the assistance
of those in a position to furnish information, it will be possible to make
the final issue a fairly complete record of the books, pamphlets, papers
in serial journals, and manuscripts, in or relating to the Indian languages
of North America.

It is desired that those into whose hands these sheets may fall will
consider them in no sense as finished or complete; only a few copies
are struck off, and these have been prepared especially for distribution
to collaborators for the purpose of obtaining marginal corrections and
insertions.

When finally issued the work will form Volume X of the series enti-
tled ‘Contributions to North American Ethnology.”

Nowhere else, perhaps, is there such opportunity for error as between

. the two covers of a catalogue, and no one can be more fully aware of the
many defects and inconsistencies in this one than the compiler. Nor
can they be excused except on the general plea that it was thought
preferable to insert imperfect titles, and to insert them out of order,
than not to have them appear at all. Bad titles may be the means of
procuring good ones, and consistency ot arrangement can be secured
in the final sheets, or the defect partly atoned for by a cross-reference.
The aim of the compiler has been to record everything pertaining to

the subject which has come under his notice.
Vv

VI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

In the preparation of these sheets, I have placed myself under obli-
gations in a greater or less degree to many persons, and it affords me
pleasure to acknowledge these courtesies. Perhaps in the greatest
measure I am indebted te the Director of the Bureau, to whose sug-
gestion the work owes its origin, and who throughout its progress has
encouraged me by his advice and aided me by his criticism. Every
facility at his command, personal and official, has been given me, and
his private library and the Bureau records have been placed freely at
my disposal.

By Seftor Don Joaquin Garcia Icazbalceta, of the City of Mexico, I
have been treated with a generosity as complete as it is rare, and to
this eminent bibliographer and his published works is due the credit for
whatever of value is contained in these sheets concerning the literature
of Mexican languages. Besides correcting with his own pen my copy
of his “Apuntes para un Catalogo,” he has permitted me to make ex-
tracts from the sheets, so far as printed, of his still unpublished “ Bibli-
ografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI,” has furnished me with many new
titles, has read and corrected my own proof-sheets, and has aided me
in my work in every possible way. Such of his corrections as were re-
ceived in time have been incorporated into the ‘Additions and Correc-
tions”; the others will appear in the final sheets. It is a matter of
regret that the whole of his last great work, the ‘‘ Bibliografia,” is not
in type, that 1 might have availed myself still further of this admirable
example of bibliographic art and research.

In equal degree am I under obligations to Mr. Wilberforce Eames, of
New York City. Almost from the beginning of the type-setting the
catalogue has had the benefit of his aid and advice. His thorough
knowledge of the class of books treated, his interest in the subject it-
self, his fine library, rich in bibliographic authorities, his scrupulous
care and accuracy with the minutiz which compose so large a part of
a work like this, and his judgment in matters of arrangement, have all
contributed to the improvement of these pages, and have combined to
render his co-operation invaluable. The frequent mention of his name
throvghout shows but imperfectly the extent of my obligations to him.

It has been impossible in every instance to acknowledge the many
important facts communicated to me by Drs. D. G. Brinton, J. G. Shea,
and J.H. Trumbull. These gentlemen, each of whom is an authority on
the linguistic literature of this continent, have not only given me access
to their richly Jaden library shelves, but have promptly and cordially
responded to my oft-repeated inquiries. I have appealed to them, on
numerous occasions, with perfect freedom, and have invariably been
treated with a cordiality calculated to awaken feelings of the profound-
est gratitude; the final pages will show many changes suggested by
them.

To the Hon. John R. Bartlett, of Providence, through whose kindness
I have a number of times been permitted to avail myself of the facilities

PREFACE. vil

afforded by the Carter Brown library, perhaps the finest private col-
lection of Americana on this continent, I am indebted for many ana
varied favors.

Through the efforts of Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, of Jersey City, | have
been able to add the titles of a number of manuscripts retained in the
archives of the Canadian Catholic Missions which otherwise I would
have obtained, if at all, with great difficulty.

My immediate assistants, Mr. P. C. Warman and Miss J. L. McCord,
are so thoroughly identified with the work in its every stage that I can
only extend to them, in a general way, my appreciation of the aid they
have rendered me. °

Among the owners of private libraries who have done much to assist
me, I must mention the Rev. Isaac Barefoot, Point Edward, Canada;
Messrs. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.; John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield,
N. J.; Lewis 8. Hayden and J. Edmond Mallet, Washington, D. C.;
Rey. Silas T. Rand, Hantsport, Nova Scotia; and the Abbé Verreau,
Montreal, Canada.

Nor must I neglect to add my obligations to the following persons
throughout the country, upon whose time I have frequently intruded:
Rev. J. A. Anderson, Waterbury, Conn.; Mr. Marcus Baker, Washing-
ton, D. C.; Rev. Alonzo Barnard, Omena, Mich.; Rev. J. B. Z. Bolduc,
Quebec, Canada; Mr. John Nicholas Brown, Providence, R. I.; Rev.
N. V. Burtin, Caunghnawaga, Canada; the late Professor Buschmann,
Berlin, Germany; Mrs. Cyrus Byington, Belpre, Ohio; Rev. J. W. Cook,
Santee Agency, Nebr.; Lieut. Heber M. Creel, U.S. A.; Rev. J. A. Cuoq,
Montreal, Canada; W.H. Dall, C. C. Darwin, and Rev. J. Owen Dorsey,
Washington, D. C.; Rev. Myron Eells, Skokomish, Wash.; Joseph Elk-
inton, Philadelphia, Pa.; Rev. Martin Ferrard, Sault au Recollet, Can-
ada; Mr. Albert S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C.; Rev. J. A. Gilfillan,
White Earth, Minn.; Rev. J.Giorda, St. [gnatius Mission, Mont.; Mr. Ho-
ratio Hale, Clinton, Ontario, Canada; Rev. 8. D. Hinman, of the Dakota
Missions; Dr. W. J. Hoffman, Washington, D. C.; Rt. Rev. Edward
Jacker, Point Saint Ignace, Mich.; Rev. Francis Jacker, Houghton, Mich. ;
Rev. Leclair, Oka, Canada; A. J. Knowles, Boston, Mass.; Rev. R. M.
Loughridge, of the Muscogee Mission; Rey. F. X. Marcoux, St. Regis,
Canada; Prof. Otis T. Mason, Washington, D. C.; Chief H. L. Masta, of
the Abnaquis, Pierreville, Quebec, Canada; Dr. Washington Matthews,
U.S. A.; Rev. John Menaul, Laguna, N. Mex.; Paul Neuhaus, Wash-
ington, D. C.; M. Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal.; J. W. Powell, Su-
perintendent of Indian Affairs, Victoria, B. C.; Revs. A. L. and S. R.
Riggs, of the Dakota Mission; Prof. Heinrich Rink, Copenhagen, Den-
mark; Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson and Rey. W. 8S. Robertson, of the Mus-
cogee Missions, Tullahassee, Ind. T.; Prof. E. Uricoechea, Brussels, Bel
gium; Rey. L. Van Gorp, St. Ignatius Mission, Mont.; the late Rey.
Eugene Vetromile, Oldtown, Me.; Mr. E. P. Vining, Omaha, Nebr.; Rey.
J. P. Williamson, of the Dakota Mission; Rev. E. F. Wilson, Sault Ste.
Marie, Ontario, Canada; Mrs. Ashur Wright, Versailles, N. Y.

VIII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

I trust that the information contained in this Bibliography, when
pubished, may prove, in some slight measure, a return for the many
kindnesses and courtesies received at the hands of the officers of the
following libraries, without whose aid, so generously extended, even the
present preliminary catalogue would not have been possible: A. R.
Spofford, Library of Congress; Justin Winsor, Harvard University ;
C. A. Cutter, Boston Atheneum; A. Van Name, Yale College; H. L.
Oaks, Bancroft Library, San Francisco; F.Saunders, Astor Library, New
York; Geo. H. Moore, Lenox Library, New York; Samuel A. Green,
Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston; L. C. Draper and D. 8. Dur-
rie, of the Wisconsin Historical Society, Madison; J. Fletcher Williams,
Minnesota Historical Society, St. Paul; Stephen Salisbury, jr., and E.
M. Barton, of the American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.; the
librarians of the Quebec Historical Society, New York Historical So-
ciety, Cincinnati Public Library, and McGill College, Montreal; the
officers of the American Bible Society, New York and Boston, Ameri-
can Tract Society, New York and Boston, American Board of Commis-
sioners for Foreign Missions, Boston, American Congregational Asso-
ciation, Boston, and Jacques Cartier School, Montreal.

J. C. P.
NOVEMBER 4, 1884.

INTRODUCTION.

The primary purpose sought to be carried out in the following pages
is an alphabetic list of persons who bave written in or upon the Indian
languages of North America, with full and accurate titles of all editions
of their writings, collations of the same, and a descriptive table of lin-
guistic contents.

But few departures from the ordinary rules of cataloguing have been
made, the principal one being that translators of matter into the Indian
tongues have been treated as authors. Anonymous works, both printed
and manuscript, have been entered under the full name of the author
when known, with a cross-reference in the case of printed works from
the first word of the title. When the author is unknown, printed
works, and manuscripts with authentic titles, appear under the first
word of the title; manuscripts without titles, or with factitious titles,
under the name of the Indian language to which they pertain. Societies
have been treated as authors of the journals, transactions, proceedings,
ete., issued by them, the chartered name being given whenever possible.
Titles of works containing linguistics by others than the author of the
work appear in full under the name of the latter, followed by brief sub-
entry of the linguistic authors; the full titles of the linguistic portions
appearing in full under their respective authors, followed by brief sub-
entry of the author of the work itself. In these sub entries the name
of the author, or other controlling word in the primary alphabetic ar-
rangement, is printed in black-face type. This use of antique type as
a cross-reference device is observed throughout the descriptive and
commentative matter following the title.

While in general a uniform system of entering titles, collating books,
and describing contents has been followed, a number of tentative de-
partures have been made from time to time, as experience sug gested, for
guidance in the preparation of the final monograph. These changes
are all slight, and it is thought none of them call for comment, except,
perhaps, one—that of translating or not translating extracts from
authors who have written in languages other than English. In the
opinion of the compiler the advantages of translating these notes into
English—the language of the future—more than outweigh those sup-
posed to be gained from quoting the original v erbatim; upon this point,
however, ne is open to conviction. These remarks do not apply, of
course, to the transcription of titles, the spelling of Indian names, and
the quotation of linguistic contents of a work, but only to descriptive

extracts and biographies from catalogues and bibliographies.
Ix

x NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Much of the advantage of knowing that a certain work exists consists
in knowing where it may be found. For this reason the initials of the
libraries in which the copy or copies described were seen are given at
the end of primary titles. In no ease have initials been given unless
the compiler has seen at least one of the copies indicated; in most
cases he has seen them all, and in every case those not handled by him
have been seen either by one of his immediate assistants or by one of
the gentlemen who have aided him in his work. These library initials
will sometimes be found in the body of a note, accompanying mention
of a work.

An asterisk is inserted opposite all titles, both primary and second-
ary, of works not seen by the compiler. This is true also in the case
of all articles or editions mentioned in the notes, except in those cases
where the source of the entry is distinctly given.

In order that due credit may be given, and responsibility fixed, the
source of each borrowed title is indicated. By this means the reader
may judge for himself of the reliance to be placed upon descriptions
and collations.

In the index, which has been confined to languages and dialects, all
the spellings of Indian tribal names occurring herein are given, the
entries being made under what has been considered the most common
spelling.

Below is a list of the authorities referred to in these pages:

eS hOr ACW) Ae OF eT eS)

Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin)... Mithri-
dates oder allgemeine Sprachenkunde mit dem Vater Unser, ete.
Berlin, in der Vossischen Buchhandlung, 1806 [-1817]. B.C.
For full title, collation, etc., see No. 28 of this catalogue.

Alcedo (D. Antonio de). Bibliotheca Americana. | Catalogo | de los
Autores que han escrito de la | América en diferentes idiomas. | Y |
noticia de su vida y patria, aos en que | vivieron y obras que escri-
beron. | Compuesto | por | el Mariscal de Campo D. Antonio | de
Alcedo, Gobernador de | la Plaza de la Coruna. |

Ano de 1807. | JCB.

Manuscript. 2 vols.: Prologue ll. i-vi, text 488 leaves; 11. 489-1028. folio. Vol. 2
has no title-page. This copy is from the library of the late Lord Kingsborough.
There is, I understand, a copy of this manuscript, dated 1807, in the Sparks Collec.
tion at Cornell University, made iu 1843 from an original found in Madrid by
Obadiah Rich. Another copy as follows:

Biblioteca Americana | Catalogo de los Autores | que han escri-
to | de la América | en diferentes idiomas | y noticias | de su vida y
patria, alos en que vivieron y obras que escribieron | Compuesto por
el Mariscal de Campo | D. Antonio de Alcedo | Gobernador de la
Plaza delaCoruiia | Anode 1807 | Manuscrito Inedito | Tomo Primero
[-Segundo|

Mexico | Copia remitida de Boston por el Senor William H. Pres-
cott | 1854 | B.

2 vols. folio. Printed title-pages, remainder in manuscript.

Allibone (Samuel Austin). See Moore (George H.) and Allibone (Samuel
Austin).

American Philosophical Society. Catalogue of Manuscript Works on
the Indians and their languages, presented to the American Philo-
sophical Society, or deposited in their Library.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans. of the Hist. and Lit. Committee, vol. 1, pp.
xlvii-l. Phila., 1819. 8°.

Reprinted in Buchanan (James). Sketches of the History, Manners, and Cus-
toms of the North American Indians, pp. 307-310. London, 1824. 8°. Also on pp.
79-82 of vol.2 of the reprint of the same. New York, 1824. 16°.

Andrade (D. José Maria). Catalogue | de la | riche Bibliothéque | de |
D. José Maria Andrade. | Livres Manuscrits et Imprimés. | Littéra-
ture Francaise et Espagnole. | Histoire de Afrique, de Asie et de
PAmérique. | 7000 piéces et volumes ayant rapport au Mexique ou
imprimés dans ce pays. | Dont la vente se fera Lundi 18 Janvier
1869 | et jours suivants | A Leipzig, dans la salle de ventes de | MM.

XI

XII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Andrade (D. José Maria)—continued.
List & Francke, 15, Rue de Université, | par le ministére de | M.
Hermann Francke, Commissaire priseur. |

1869. | Leipzig | List & Francke | 15, Rue de Université. | Paris |
Librairie Tross | 5, Rue Nve des Petits Champs. | C. JOP.

Pp. i-ix, 1 1., pp. 1-368. 8°. Langues indigenes [ List of books in], pp. 362-368,

Antonio (D. Nicolas). Bibliotheca | Hispana | sive | Hispanorvm, | qvi
vsqvam vnqvamve | sive Latina sive populari sive alia quavis lingua. |
seripto aliquid consignaverunt | notitia, | his qvze praecesservnt locv-
pletior et certior | brevia elogia, editorum atque ineditorum | operum
catalogum | dvabvs par tibvs continens, | qvarvm haee ordine qvidem
rei | posterior, conceptu vero prior duobus tomis de his agit, | qvi post
annvm secvlarem MD, | usque ad presentem diem floruere. | Tomvs
Primvs [-Secvndvs]. | Avthore | D. Nicolao Antonio | Hispalensi, I.
C. | Ordinis S. Iacobi Eqvite, | patriz ecclesie canonico, | Regiorum
nogotiorum in Vrbe & Romana Curia | Procuratore generali. |

Rome ex Officina Nicolai Angeli Tinassii. MDCLXXII [1672]. |
Svperiorvm permissv. | c.

2 vols.: 41 p.11., pp. 1-633; 1 p. 1, pp. 1-690. folio. The second volume has no
date. This is the original edition of the Bibliotheca Hispana Nova, which, although
published first, is but a sequel of the Vetus. I have not seen a copy of the first
edition of the latter, but have taken the following title from the Catalogue of
Printed Books in the Library of the Faculty of Advocates:

Bibliotheca Hispana Vetus; sive, Hispanorum, qui usquam, un-
quamve scripto aliquid consignaverunt, notitia. Complectens scrip-
tores omnes, qui, ab Octaviani Augusti imperio, usque ad annum M.
floruerunt. Tomus primus [....abanno M.usquead MD. .... Tomus
secundus.| Opus posthumum: nune primum prodit jussu et expensis
D. Josephi Saenz, Cardinalis de Aguirre.

Rome, 1696. o

2vols. folio. According to Ludewig, the Cardinal de Aguirre entrusted the
editorship of this to Emmanuel Mars, a learned Valentian. A second edition of this
work, much superior to the first, was published as folows:

Bibliotheca | Hispana Nova | sive | Hispanorum Seriptorum |
qui ab anno MD. ad MDCLXXXIV. floruere | notitia. | Auctore | D.
Nicolao Antonio Hispalensi I. C. | Ordinis 8. Iacobi equite, patric
Ecclesize canonico, Regiorum negotiorum | in Urbe & Romana curia
procuratore generali, consiliario Regio. | Nune primum prodit | recog-
nita emendata aucta | ab ipso auctore. | Tomus Primus [-Secundus]. |

Matriti | Apud Joachimum de Ibarra Typographum regium |
MDCCLX XXIII [-MDCCLXXXVIIT] [1783-1788]. | C. JCB.

2 vols.: 2 p.ll., pp. i-xxiii, 1-830; title 11., pp. 1-669. folio. The date 1783 on
this first volume is said to be erroneous, the whole four volumes of the work having
appeared in 1788.

“This excellent work, which was first published at Rome in four volumes, folio,
1672-1696, had become very scarce when this edition was printed. * * *
Antonio, agreeable to the custom prevalent at that time, arranged the names of the
authors according to the alphabetical order of their Christian names.”—Bartlett,

LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XII

Antonio (D. Nicolao)—continued.
Bibliotheca | Hispana Vetus, | sive | Hispani Scriptores qui ab
Octaviani Augusti Aivo | ad annum Christi MD. floruerunt. | Aue-
tore | D. Nicolao Antonio Hispalensi I. C. | Ordinis 8. Iacobi equite,
patrie Ecclesie canonico, Regiorum negotiorum | in Urbe & Romana
curia Procuratore generali, | Consiliario regio. | Curante | Francisco
Perezio Bayerio, | Valentino, Sereniss. Hisp. Infantum Caroli III.
Regis filiorum Institutore | primario, Regie Bibliothece Palatino-
Matritensis Priefecto, | qui | Et prologum, & Auctoris vite epitomen,
& notulas adiecit. | Tomus Primus [-Secundus] | Complectens Millia-
rium Seculum [-Ab Anno M. Ad MD]. |

Matriti | Apud viduam et heredes D. Ioachimi Ibarre Regii quon-
dam typographi. | MDCCLXX XVIII [1788]. | 0. JCB.

2 vols.: 8 p.Il., pp. i-xxvii, 1 1., pp. 1-556, i-viii; 2 p.11., pp. i-xxii, 23-467. folio.
These two volumes are arranged chronologically—not by the Christian names of
the authors, as in the case of the two volumes of the Nova.

Arochena (#7. Antonio). Catdélogo y noticia de los escritores del Orden
de San Francisco de la Provincia de Guatemala: con tres indices: I
de los que escribieron en latin. 2 de los que escribieron en castellano.
3 de los que escribieron en lengua de los Indios. #

Manuscript. Title from Beristain’s Biblioteca Hispano-Americana Septentrional,
vol.1,p.114. Beristain there says: ‘The illustrious Eguiara availed himself of this
book for his catalogue; it was sent to him by the Rev. P. Fr. Marcos Linares, Pro-
vincial of that diocese. It did not reach my hands until the year 815 [1815], this
catalogue being then concluded; though it served me to some extent.”

Asher (G. M.) <A | Bibliographical | and | Historical Essay | on the |
Dutch Books and Pamphlets | relating to | New-Netherland, | and to
the | Dutch West-India Company and to its | possessions in Brazil,
Angola, etc., | as also on the | Maps, Charts, etc. of New-Nether-
land, | with facsimiles of the map of New-Netherland by N. I. Vis-
scher } and of the three existing views of New-Amsterdam. | Compiled
from the Dutch Public and Private Libraries, and from | the collec-
tion of Mr. Frederik Muller in Amsterdam, | by |G. M. Asher.
L. L. D. | Privat-Docent of Roman law in the University of Heidel-
berg. |

Amsterdam, | Frederik Muller. | 1854-67. | C.
Cover 11., pp. i-lii, 1-234; additions and corrections, 211.; a list of maps and
charts, pp. 1-22; 1 blank 1.; list of names, pp. 1-23. 4°. Map.

Aubin (J.M.A.) Notice | sur une | Collection @’Antiquités Mexicaines |
(peintures et manuscrits), | Par J..M.-A. Aubin, | Ancien Profes-
seur de l’Université. | (Ecole Normale.) | (Extrait @un Mémoire sur
la Peinture didactique et V’Ecriture | figurative des anciens Mexi-

cains). |
Paris, | Imprimerie Administrative de Paul Dupont, | Rue de Gre-
nelle Saint-Honoré, N° 45. | 1851 | DGB.

Pp. 1-27. 8°. Anotice of Mexican manuscripts, mostly of those listed in Boturini.

XIV NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Auer (Alois). Sprachenhalle. Das Vater Unser, &e.
[Wien: 1844-1847. ] A.C. HU.
For full title, collation, ete., see No. 185a.

Backer (Augustin de) and Backer (Alois de). Bibliothéque | des écri-
vains | de la Compagnie de Jésus, | ou | Notices bibliographiques | 1°
De tous les ouvrages publiés par les membres de la Compagnie de
Jésus, | depuis la fondation de Vordre jusqu’a nos jours; | 2° Des apo-
logies, des controverses religieuses, des critiques littéraires | et scien-
tifiques suscitées a leur sujet. | Par Augustin et Alois de Backer, |
de la méme Compagnie | Premiére [-Septiéme] Série. |

Liége, | Imprimerie de L. Grandmont-Donders, Libraire, | Rue Vi-
nave-d’Ile, 20-608. | 1853 [-1861.| Cc.

7 vols. large 8°.

and Sommervogel (Charles). Bibliotheque | des écrivains
dela | Compagnie de Jésus | ou | Notices Bibliographiques | 1° Detous
les ouvrages publiés par les membres de la Compaguaie de Jésus |
depuis la fondation de Vordre jusquw’a nos jours | 2° Des apologies, des
controverses religieuses, des critiques littéraires et scientifiques | sus-
citées a leur sujet | par Augustin de Backer | de la Compagnie de
Jésus | avec la collaboration | d@’Alois de Backer et de Charles Som-
mervogel | de la meme Compagnie. | Nouvelle édition refondue et con-
siderablement augmentée. | Tome Premier |[—Troisiéme] | A-G [—R-Z-
Supplement] |

Liége | Chez auteur A. de Backer | Collége 8. Servais | Paris |
Chez Vauteur C. Sommervogel | Institution Sante Genevieve | Rue
Lhomond | MDCCCLXIX [-MDCCCLXXVIT] [1869-1876]. | ©.

3 vols. folio.

[Bagster (Samuel), editor.| The Bible of Every Land. <A History of
the Sacred Scriptures in every Language and Dialect, ete.
London: Samuel Bagster and Sons, [1848-1851.] BA. ABS.

For full titles, collations, etc., of the various editions, see Nos. 208, 208a, and 209
in Additions and Corrections.

Baker (Marcus). See Dall (William Healey) and Baker (Marcus).

Bartlett (John Russell). Bibliotheca Americana. | A | Catalogue of
Books | relating to | North and South America | in the Library of
John Carter Brown | of Providence, R. I. | Part I.—1482 to 1601 |
With Notes | by John Russell Bartlett |

Providence | 1865. | “JCB.
Pp. i-ix, 1-79. Royal 8°. Contains 302 titles. Fifty copies printed. Reprinted,
with large additions and more copious notes, as follows:

Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to |
North and South America | in the Library of the late | John Carter
Brown | of Providence, R. I. | Part I.—1482 to 1601 | With Notes |
by | John Russell Bartlett | [Coat of Arms.]

Providence | 1875 | O. WE. JCB.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XV

Bartlett (John Russell)—continued.
Pp. i-ix,11., pp.1-526. Royal 8°. Contains 600 titles,-68 fac-similes of title-
pages, maps, and portraits, and 50 wood-cuts of vignettes and printers’ devices.
One hundred copies printed. Issued also with the following title-page :

Bibliographical Notices | of rare and curious books relating to |

America | printed in the XVth and XVIth centuries | (1482-1601) |

in the library of the late | John Carter Brown | of Providence, R.

I. | by | John Russell Bartlett | [Family Arms emblazoned. ]
Providence | Printed for Private Distribution | 1875 | scp. swe.
Pp. i-ix, 11., pp. 1-526. Seventy copies printed: 50 imp. 8°; 20 small folio.

Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to |
North and South America | in the Library of | John Carter Brown |
of Providence, R. I. | Part II.—1601 to 1700 | With Notes by | John
Russell Bartlett | [Arms.]
Providence | 1866 | C. JCB.
Pp. 1-261. Royal 8°. Contains 1,160 titles. Second edition, as follows:

Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to |
North and South America | in the library of the late | John Carter
Brown | of Providence, R. I. | Part I1.—1600 to 1700 | Second Edi-
tion | With Notes | by | John Russell Bartlett | [Arms. ]

Providence | 1882 | C. WE. JCB.

Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-647. Royal 8°. Contains 1,642 titles, 74 fac-similes of title-
pages, and 39 portraits, vignettes, and printers’ devices. One hundred copies
printed. Issued also with the following title-page:

Bibliographical Notices | of rare and curious books relating to |
America | printed in the Seventeenth Century | (1600-1700) | in the
Library of the late | John Carter Brown | of Providence, R. I. | by
John Russell Bartlett | [Arms.]
Providence | Printed for Private Distribution | 1882. | JCB. Swe.
Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-647. Royal 8°. Twenty-five copies printed.

Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to |
North and South America | in the Library of | John Carter Brown |
of Providence, R. I. | Part II—1701 to 1800 | Vol. I [-IT]. | With
Notes | by | John Russell Bartlett | [Arms.]

Providence | 1870 [-1871] | 0. WE. JCB.
2 vols.: pp.i-iv, 1-446; 1 p.1., pp.1-554. Royal 8°. These two volumes con-
tain 4,173 titles, but no illustrations. Fifty copies printed.

[Berendt (Dr. Carl Hermann).] Los Trabajos Lingiiisticos | de Don
Juan Pio Perez | DGB.
Colophon: Merida. Febrero 10 de 1871. Signed Dr. ©. Hermann
Berendt.
No title-page. . Pp.1-16. 8°.

See Fischer (Augustin) and Berendt (Dr. Carl Hermann).

XVI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Beristain y Martin de Souza (D. José Mariano). Biblioteca | Hispano-
Americana | Septentrional | 6 | Catalogo y Noticia de los Literatos, |
que 6 nacidos, 6 educados, 6 florecientes en la | America septentrional
espanola, han dado a luz | algun escrito, 6 lo han dexado preparado
para | Ja prensa. | La escribia | El Doctor D. Jose Mariano Beristain
de Souza, | del claustro de las universidades de Valencia y Va- | Ila-
dolid, Caballero de la orden Espanola de Carlos III. | Y Commen-
dador de la Real Americana de Isabel la Ca- | tolica, y dean de la
Metropolitana de Mexico. |

En Mexico: | Calle de Santo Domingo y Esquina de Tacuba. Atio
de 1816 [-1819-1821]. | Cc. L.

3 vols. folio. The title-pages of vols. 2 and 3 of the copy in the Library of Con-
gress are in manuscript, and are dated respectively 1819 and 1821. After the words
“Metropolitana de Mexico,” they have these words: ‘‘ Y la publica D. José Rafael
Enriquez Trespalacios Beristain sobrino del Autor.” Their imprints are: ‘‘En
Mexico. Oficina de Don Alejandro Valdez calle de Santo Domingo ato de 1819
{-1821].”’

‘The Biblioteca of Beristain is the rarest and most valuable of all bibliograph-
ical works. ‘The author died. while the work was in progress, and it was then con-
tinued by his nephew, who limited the number issued to that of the persons who
had already subscribed for copies. It is to be found in few public libraries, and
the sum required for the last copy known to us was £60. The present copy [now
in the Lenox Library] is much increased in value by the manuscript additions,
which contain notices of upwards of 600 works relating to America, chiefly anony-
mous, and an Appendix of ‘Certamenes publicos literarios que se han celebrado en
la Nueva Espaiia.’ The volumes also contain many corrections and additions in the
hand of Mr. Rainirez.””— Ramirez Bib. Mex., No. 102.

Bibliotheca Mexicana | Catalogue | d’une | Collection de Livres Rares |
(Principalement sur l’Histoire et la Linguistique, | Réunie au Mexi-
que | Par M. *** | Attaché ala cour de ’Empereur Maximilien | Dont
la Vente se fera | Le Mardi 3 Novembre 1868 et le jour suivant a7
heures (lu soir | Maison Silvestre | Rue des Bons- Enfants, No 28, salle
du premier | Par le ministére de M. Delbergue-Cormont, commissaire-
priseur | rue de Provence, no 8 | Prix: 1 France |

Paris | Librairie Tross | 5, Rue Neuve-Des-Petits-Champs, 5 |
1868 | CAICR:
4 p.1l., pp. 1-47. 8°.

Boturini Benaduci (Lorenzo). Idea | de una nueva | historia general |
de la | America Septentrional. | Fundada | sobre material copioso
de figuras, | Symbolos, Caractéres, y Geroglificos, Cantares, y Manu-
scritos de Autores Indios, | ultimamente descubiertos. | Dedicala | al
Rey N.*° Senor | en su Real, y Supremo Consejo | de las Indias | el
Cavallero Lorenzo Boturini Benaduci, | Senor de la Torre, y de
Hono. | Con Licencia. |

En Madrid: | En la Imprenta de Juan de Zuniga. | Atlo M. D. CC.
XLVI [1746]. |

Engraved frontispiece 11., title, reverse blank, 11., 20 other p-1l., pp. 1-167. sm. 4°.
Appended is:

LIST OF AUTHORITIES, XVII

Boturini Benaduci (Lorenzo)—continued.

Catalogo | del | Museo Historico Indiano | del | Cavallero Lorenzo |
Boturini Benaduci, | Senor de Ja Torre, | y de Hono, | quien llego a la
Nueva Espana | por Febrero del ano 1736. y a porfia- | das diligen-
cias, € immensos gastos de | su bolsa junto, en diferentes Provin |
cias, el siguiente Tesoro Literario, que | va especificado, y dividido
segun los | varios assuntos de las Naciones, éIm- | perios antiguos de
los Indios, y puede | servir para ordenar, y escribir la Histo- | ria
General de aquel Nuevo Mundo, | fundada en Monumentos indispu- |
tables de los mismos Indios. | B. C.

4 ]L., pp. 1-96. ,

“The Catalogue of his Indian Historical Collection of MSS., Maps, and Diction-
aries, and Grammars of the Mexican languages, occupies four leaves after p. 167 of
the ‘Idea,’ and the succeeding pp.1 to 96. Most of these valuable relics of the
golden age of the American Aborigines disappeared during the one hundred and
twenty-five years which have elapsed. This wonderful collection included historic
material relating to each of the six great Mexican nations. Although so great a
length of time has elapsed since its dispersal, M. Aubin, an amateur collector at
Paris, has had the good fortune to recover many of them.

“This great museum of Mexican antiquities and MSS., copies of the equally
wonderful histories of the Indian nations, written by learned Indians, was seized

_ by the jealous and vindictive authorities of Mexico; and although for many years
preserved among the archives of the Viceroy, yet the learned and industrious an-
tiquarian was most wantonly deprived of the results of his labors. Clavigero saw
some of this precious store before 1770, in which year was printed a work in Mex-
ico, containing copies of thirty-two of the paintings.

“The author resided eight years in Mexico, and not only studied and copied
the ancient MSS. and paintings, preserved in monasteries, churches, and colleges,
but he formed an iutimate acquaintance with the customs and habits of the hving
Indians.” — Field.

Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles Etienne). Bibliotheque | Mexico-
Guatémalienne | précédée Wun | coup deil sur les études Améri-
caines | dans leurs rapports avec les études classiques | et suivie du
tableau par ordre alphabétique des ouvrages | de linguistique Améri-
caine contenus dans | le méme volume, rédigée et mise en ordre
Wapres | les documents de sa collection Américaine | par | M. Bras-
seur de Bourbourg | Ancien Administrateur [&c., eight lines].

Paris | Maisonneuve & CO, Libraire Editeur] 15, Quai Vol-
taire | 1871 | B. ©. JCP.

Half title 1 1., title 11., pp. i—xlvii, 1-183.

Tableau par ordre alphabétique des ouvrages de linguistique Américaine con-
tenus dans la Bibliotheque Mexico-Guatémalienne, pp. 159-183.

Most if not all the works mentioned in this catalogue were purchased by M. Alph.
Pinart, who has since disposed of them at public sale. See Pinart (Alph. L.)

“The Mexico-Guatemalan Library, the catalogue of which appears further on,
contains the greater part of the documents of any importance which have been
useful to me in the course of my historic and philologic researches during
twenty-five years. It is insignificant as to number of volumes; it isof great value
if their rarity be considered, especially as to that which concerns the linguistics of
southern Mexico and Central America. In this respect I may say that it is unique.
More than eighty manuscript volumes or treatises in languages of which the names

II Bib

XVIII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles Etienne)—continued.
are little known to bibliographers ; more than sixty grammars, vocabularies, pro-
fane and religious treatises, in print, some of which have never heen catalogued
and of which I possess the only copies, others which are yet known only by vague
indications—there, in few words, is what my library presents, concerning American
philology.”—Preface.

Brinley (George). Catalogue | of the | American Library | of the late |
Mr. George Brinley, | of Hartford, Conn, | Part I. | America in gene-
ral | New France Canada ete. | the British Colonies to 1776 | New
England [-Part III. | The South and the West | the United States |
general and political history | military and naval history | biogra-
phy | Mexico the West Indies | Central and South America | the
American Indians | bibles catechisms and primers | music and psal-

mody] |
Hartford | Press of the Case Lockwood & Brainard Company |
1878 [-1881] | JCP.

3 parts. 8° Compiled by Dr. J. H. Trumbull. Inthe Preface to Part III, dated
March 1, 1881, it is stated: ‘‘The general arrangement of the Fourth (and last)
Part is completed, and a portion of the copy is already in the hands of the printers.”
It has not been published at this writing (January, 1885).

“The Catalogue of the First Part of this collection is now submitted to the pub-
lic. Few of those into whose hands it is likely to fall need be informed that, within
the field it covers, it comprises a greater number of volumes remarkable for their
rarity, value, and interest to special collectors and to book-lovers in general, than
were ever before brought together in an American sale-room. The titles of the
books and tracts, though rarely given without abbreviation, will be found suffi-
ciently full to distinguish the edition or impression, and accuracy of description as
regards binding and general condition has been aimed at throughout. * * *

“The general plan of the catalogue is indicated, as regards the first part, by the
table of contents prefixed. The arrangement—it can hardly be called a classifica-
tion—is substantially that which was adopted by Mr. Brinley himself for his book-
shelves. A strictly alphabetical arrangement, by author’s names or titles, would
perhaps have been more acceptable to bibliographers, but the extent of the library
rendered such an arrangement impracticable, and it seemed inappropriate to the
sale-catalogue of a library which is not less remarkable for the completeness of its
collections in special departments than by the number of its titles.”—Preface.

Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison). Aboriginal | American Authors | and
their productions; | especially those in the native languages. ; A
Chapter in the History of Literature. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M.,
M. D., | Member of [&c., six lines, device, one line]. |

Philadelphia: | No. 115 South Seventh Street. | 1883. | JOP.

Title, reverse blank, 11.; preface, reverse blank, 1 1.; pp. vii—viii, 9-63. 8°.

—-- A Notice of some Manuscripts in Central American Languages;
by Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D.

In Am. Jour. of Science and Arts, vol. 47, second series, pp. 222-230. New Haven,
1869. 8°. Reprinted in Hist. Mag., vol. 5, second series, pp. 306-309. Morrisania,
1869. sm. 4°.

An account of some manuscripts in the library of the American Philosophical
Society at Philadelphia, presented by Mariano Galvez, Governor of Guatemala, in
1836, which seem to have escaped the notice of scholars.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XIX

Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison)—continued.
Literature of the Cakchiquel Language.
In Brinton (Dr. D. G.) Grammar of the Cakchiquel Language of Guatemala, pp.
10-17. Philadelphia, 1884. 8°.
The Cakchiquel grammar originally appeared in the Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc.
vol. 21, (No. 115,) pp. 345-412. Philadelphia, 1884. 8°. JCP.
Catalogue | of the | Berendt Linguistic Collection | by | Daniel
Garrison Brinton, M. D. |
Media, Pa. | 1884 | DGB.
Manuscript. 1 blank p., index 1 p., 1 blank p., text ll. 1-79, written on recto
only. 4°.

Brunet (G.) See Deschamps (P.) and Brunet (G.)

Brunet (Jacques Charles). Manuel | du Libraire j et | de amateur de
livres | contenant | 1° Un nouveau dictionnaire bibliographique |
Dans lequel sont décrits les Livres rares, précieux, singuliers, et
aussi les ouvrages les plus estimés en tout genre, qui ont paru tant
dans les langues anciennes que dans les principales langues mo-
dernes, depuis Vorigine de | Vimprimerie jusqu’a nos jours; avec Vhis-
toire des différentes éditions qui en ont été faites; des renseigne-
ments | nécessaires pour reconnaitre les contrefagons, et collationner
les anciens livres. On y a joint wie concordance | des prix auquels
une partie de ces objets ont été portés dans les ventes publiques faites
en France, en Angleterre | et ailleurs, depuis prés d’un siécle, ainsi que
Vappréciation approximative des livres anciens qui se rencontrent |
fréquemment dans le commerce; | 2° Une table en forme de cata-
logue raisonné | Ou sont classés, selon Vordre des matiéres, tous les
ouvrages portés dans le Dictionnaire, et un grand nombre | d’autres
ouvrages utiles, mais d’un prix ordinaire, qui n’ont pas dai étre placés
au rang des livres ou rares | ou précieux; | Par Jacques-Charles
Brunet | Chevalier de la Légion d’honneur | Cinquiéme édition ori-
ginale entierement refondue et augmentée Wun tiers | par Vauteur |
Tome Premier | [-Sixiéme] [Device.]

Paris | Librairie de Firmin Didot Fréres, Fils et C'* | Imprimeurs
de l'Institut, Rue Jacob, 56 | 1860 [-1865]. | B. C. JWP.

6 vols. 8°. For continuation see Deschamps (P.) and Brunet (G.).
Byington (Rev. Cyrus). Choctaw Bibliography. | A list of the books
prepared and published in the Choctaw | language by the Missiona-
ries of the American | Board of Com. for Foreign Missions * *. |

In Byington (Rev. Cyrus). Grammar of the Choctaw language, No. 561 of this
Catalogue. Manuscript. The Choctaw Bibliography occupies four leaves of the
Grammar, paged in pencil 43-50, being written mostly on the rectos of the leaves.
It is divided into eight parts: I. Spelling Books. II. Choctaw Definer. III.
Hymn Books. IV. Portions of the Scripture. V. Catechism. VI. Other Books.
VII. Tracts. VIII. Tractsof American Tract Society. A concluding note is as fol-
lows:

«The name of the anthor or translator of any one of the preceding works is not
published on the title-page, except in a very few instances. The principal authors
and translators were members of the Choctaw Mission as conducted by the Ameri-

xx NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Byington (Rev. Cyrus)—continued,

can Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. In translating they were aided
by the most skillful interpreters they could find among the educated Choctaws.
The missionaries who have devoted themselves to the labor of preparing books in
the Choctaw language, more than any of their associates, are Rev. Alfred Wright,
Loring 8. Williams, and Cyrus Byington. Mr. Williams is not now a member of
the mission. Several hymns in the hymn-book were composed by native Choctaws,
as well as by the mixed blooded whites.”

Carrillo y Ancona (D. Crescencio). Estudios Bibliograficos. Diserta-
cion sobre la Historia de la Lengua Maya o Yueateca, por D. Cres-
cencio Carrillo, Presbitero.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., vol. 4, second series, pp. 134-195. Mexico, 1872. 8°.
Gives works of various persons in Maya. Separately issued as follows:
Estudios Bibliograticos. | Disertacion | sobre la Historia de la
Lengua Mayao Yueateca, | por | D.Crescencio Carrillo, Presbitero. | B.
No title-page ; heading only. Pp. 1-63. 8°.
Manual | de | Historia y Geografia | de la | Peninsula de Yuca-
tan | Por | D. Crescencio Carrillo | Presbitero | Catedratico [&ec., two

lines} |
Merida de Yucatan | Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa e Hijos |
1868 | DGB.

Pp. i-xxvii, 1 1., pp. 1-162. sq. 16°. Ihave seen but one copy, which is incomplete.
Capitulo iv. El idioma y el nombre de Yucatan, pp. 88-113, contains a general
discussion of the language and the writers thereon, with a brief list of their works.

Chavero (Alfredo). Sahagun | Estudio | por Alfredo Chavero | Secre-
tario perpetuo | de la Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica | de México.
México | Imprenta de José Maria Sandoval | Hospicio San Nicolas,

18 | 1877 | JCP.

Printed cover 11., pp.1-109, 11. sq. 16°. A notice of Sahagun and his writ-
ings. 100 copies printed for private distribution. _See Llanos (Adolpho) for ab-
stract of above.

Civezza (Ir. Marcellino da). Saggio | Di Bibliografia | geografica storica
etnografica | Sanfrancescana | per | Fr. Marcellino da Civezza M. O.
[3 lines quotation. |

In Prato | Per Ranieri Guasti | editore-libraio | 1879. |
Pp. i-xiv, 1 1., pp. 1-698. 8°. The only copy I have seen of this work is in pos-
session of Dr. Gustave Briihl, Cincinnati, Ohio.

Clarke (Robert) & Co. Bibliotheca Americana. | Catalogue | of a valu-
able collection of | Books and Pamphlets | relating to | America. |
The United States, colonial and revolutionary; | [&c., seven lines] |
with a descriptive list of the | Ohio Valley Historical Series. |

For sale by | Robert Clarke & Co. | Cincinnati. | 1875. | GS.

Title 1 1., pp. i-viii, 1-130, 1 1., pp. 131-180. 8°. Publications relating to the In-
dians are not assigned a separate department in the above work, but I have seen
copies of the catalogue for 1876, 1878, 1879, and 1883 (Gs.), wherein works relating
to Indian languages are usually grouped under the heading ‘‘Indians and Amer-
ican Antiquities.” I have also seen a copy of the catalogue for 1873 (Gs.), with
title-page missing, and understand that copies were also issued for 1869, 1871, and
1877. :

LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXI

Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Catologo d’ aleuni autori Europei e
Creogli, che hanno scritto della dottrina e morale christiana nelle
lingue della Nuova Spagna.

In Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Storia Antica del Messico, vol. 4, pp. 262-
263. Cesena, 1781, 4°. Followed by:

Autori di grammatiche e dizionari delle suddette lingue.

In Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Storia Antica del Messico, vol. 4, p. 264.
Cesena, 1781. 4°. For other editions of Clavigero, see Nos. 817-824 of this cata-
logue.

Authors’ names arranged according to the alphabetic order of their Christian
names.

Cogolludo (Fr. Diego Lopez). Historia | de Yucathan. | Compuesta |
por el M.R. P. Fr. Diego Lopez Cogollvdo, | Lector Jvbilado, y Padre
Perpetvo | de dicha Provincia. | Consagrada, y dedicada | al Exce-
lentissimo Senior | Don Fernando Ioachin Faxardo | de Resquesens y
Zuniga, Marques de los Velez, Molina y Martorel, | Senor de las Va-
ronias de castelvi, de Rosanes, Molins de Rey | y otras en el Princi-
pado de Catahifa, Senor de las Vilas de Mula, | Alhama y Librilta,
y de las siete del Rio de Almanzor a las Cueuas, | y Portilla Aleayde
perpetuo de los Reales Alcagares, de las Ciudades | de Murcia, y Lo-
rea, Adelantado, y Capitan Mayor del Reyno de | Murcia, Marque
sado de Villena, Arcedianato de | Alearez, Campo de | Montill, Sierra
de Segura, y sus Partidos, Commendador de la Enco- | mienda de los
Bastimentos de Castilla, del Orden de Santiago, Gen- | tilhombre de
Camar a de su Magestad, de sus Consejos de Estado, | y Guerra,
Presidente en el de Indias, y Superintendente | General de la Real
Hazienda, &c. | Sacala a lvz | el M. R. P. Fr. Francisco de Ayeta,
Predicador, | ex-custodio del Nueuo Mexico Comisiario General del
Santo | Oficia, Custodio actual de la Prouincia del Santo Euangelio en
el | Reyno de la Nueua Espana, y Procurador General en esta | coste
todas las Prouincias de la Religion | Serafica del dicho Reyno. | Con
Privilegio. |

En Madrid: Por Jvan Garcia Infanzon, ano 1688. | B.C. JCB.

Engraved title, 11., followed by printed title as above 11., 12 other p. ll., 760 pp.,
16 ll. 4°. Contains much bibliographic matter.

Los tres siglos de la dominacion espanola en Yucatan, 6 sea
Historia de esta provincia desde la conquista hasta la independencia.
Escribidla Fr. Diego Lopez de Cogolludo, provincial que fué de la
orden franciscana; y la continua un Yucateco.

Campeche: Imprenta de José Maria Peralta, 1842. *

2vols. 4°. Imprint of vol. 2: ‘‘Merida, Imprenta de Castillo y C9, 1845.” Sec-
ond edition of the History of Yucatan, by Cogolludo. ‘Title from Brasseur de
Bourbourg.

Historia | de | Yucatan | escrita en el siglo xvii | por el | R. P.
Fr. Diego Lopez Cogolludo. | Provincial que fue de la Orden franceis-
cana. | [Four lines quotation.| | Tercera Edicion. | Tomo I [-IT]}. |

Merida | Imprenta de Manuel Aldana Rivas | 1867 [-1865] | D@B.

2 vols.: pp. i-vi, 7-615; 1-663. 4°.

XXII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Dall (William Healey) and Baker (Marcus). Partial list of Books, Pam-
phlets, Papers in Serial Journals, and other Publications on Alaska
and adjacent Regions. By W. H. Dall and Marcus Baker.

In Coast and Geodetic Survey, Pacific Coast Pilot. * * Second series, pp. 225-
375. Washington, 1879. 4°.

Deschamps (P.) and Brunet (G.) Manuel | du libraire | et | de ’amateur
delivres | — | Supplément | contenant | 1°? Uncomplément du diction-
naire bibliographique | de M. J..Ch. Brunet | Avee renvoi de chaque
article, déja cité dans le dictionnaire, aux numéros de la table raison-
née; | la description minutieusement détaillée, @’aprés les originaux,
dun grand nombre d’ouvrages fran- | cais et étrangers, inconnus de
M. Brunet, ou négligés par lui comme ayant peu de valeur, alors |
qwil rédigeait son Manuel, ouvrages fort recherchés et fort appréciés
aujour@’hui. On y a joint une | concordance des prix auxquels une
partie de ces ouvrages ont été portés dans les principales ventes |
publiques de France et de VEtranger, depuis quinze ans, ainsi que
Vévaluation approximative des | livres dont il n’a pas été possible de
citer d’adjudication. | 2° La table raisonnée des articles | au nombre
Wenviron 10,000, décrits au présent supplément. | Par MM. P. Des-
champs et G. Brunet | Tome Premier | A—M | {-Deuxiéme |

Paris | Librairie de Firmin-Didot et C* | Imprimeurs de L’Institut,
Rue Jacob, 56 | 1878 [-1880] | C.

2 vols. 8°. 1,226 columns; 2 coiumns to the page. (See Brunet (a. (Ob)

Dufossé (E.) BH. Dufossé | Libraire, 21, quai Malaquais, | A Paris |
Americana | Catalogue de Livres anciens et modernes, | de Cartes,
de Portraits & d’Autographes | relatifs 4 Amérique & aux colonies, |
Afrique, Asie, Japon, Océanie, Australie. | Antiquités, Biographie,
Bibliographie, [&e., 10 lines.] |

[Paris,] 1878-79 | JCP.

Pp. 1-132. 8°. This series of catalogues was begun, I believe, in 1876.

Eguiara et Eguren (D. Joannes Josephus de). Bibliotheca | Mexicana |
sive | eruditorum historia virorum, | qui in America Boreali nati, vel
alibi geniti, in ipsam | Domicilio aut studijs asciti, quavis lingua
seripto | aliquid tradiderunt: | Korum presertim qui pro Fide Catho-
lica & Pietate amplianda | fovendaque, egregie factis & quibusvis
scriptis floruere editis | aut ineditis. | Ferdinando VI | Hispaniarum
Regi Catholico | nuncupata.| Authore | D. Joanne Josepho de Eguiara
et Eguren, | Mexicano, electo Episcopo Jucatenensi, Metropol. e-
clesix patrie | Canonico Magistrali, Regi et Pontificize Universitatis
Mexicanensis | Primario et Emerito Theologie Antecessore, quon-
damque Rectore, | apud Sancte Inquisitionis Officium Censore, Illmi.
Archiepiscopi | Mexicani Consultore, et Diazecesis Examinatore Syno-
dali, | Capucinarum Virginum a Confessionibus et alijs sacris. | Tomus
Primus. | Exhibens Litteras A. B. ©. | .

LIST OF AUTHORITIES. ; XXIII

Eguiara et Eguren (DP. Joannes Josephus de)—continued.

Mexici: | Ex nova Typographia in Aidibus Authoris editioni |
ejusdem Bibliothee destinata. Anno Domini | MDCCLY [1755]. | c.

80 p. ll., pp. 1-544. 4°.

“The only volume published of this rare and valuable work. It contains the
most authentic notes on the literature and literary men of Mexico. and became
the basis of Beristain’s celebrated ‘Bibl. Hisp. Amer.’, which appeared sixty years
later. Eguiara was one of the most talented members of the Academy of Mexico.”—
Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 22060.

“Tt is unfortunate that no more of this important work was published. It is
probable that not many copies were printed of this volume, as it is not often met
with.”—Rich, I, 115.

“Eeuifa]ra was a native of Mexico and occupied the Chair of Theology in the
University of that city. Beristain confesses that he should never have undertaken
his own Biblioteca if Eguifa]ra bad not ‘opened the door and showed him the
way.’”—Ramirez Bib. Mex., No. 298.

Erslew (Thomas Hansen). Almindeligt | Forfatter-Lexicon | for | Kon-
geriget Danmark med tilherende Biiande, | fra 1814 til 1840, | eller |
Fortegnelse | over| de sammesteds f¢dte Forfattere og Forfatterinder,
som levede ved Be- | gyndelsen af Aaret 1814, eller siden ere fedte,
med Anforelse af deres | vigtigste Levnets-Omstaendigheder og af
deres trykte Arbejder; | samt over | de i Hertugdgmmerne og i Ud-
landet fedte Forfattere, som i bemeldte | Tidsrum have opholdt sig i
Danmark og der udgivet Skrifter. | Ved | Thomas Hansen Erslew. |
Ferste [-Tredie] Bind. | A — J [-S — Y]. |

Kj¢benhavn. | Forlagsforeningens Forlag. | Trykt i Bianco Lunos
Bogtrykkeri. | 1843 [-1853]. | C.

3 vols. 8°. General author’s dictionary for the kingdom of Denmark and adja-
cent countries from 1814 to 1840.

Field (Thomas Warren). An Essay | towards an | Indian Bibliogra-
phy. | Being a | Catalogue of Books, | relating to the | history, an-
tiquities, languages, customs, religion, | wars, literature, and origin
of the | American Indians, | in the library of | Thomas W. Field. |
With bibliographical and historical notes, and | synopses of the con-
tents of some of | the works least known. |

New York: | Scribner, Armstrong, and Co. | 1873. | Cc. JCP. JWP.

Pp. i-iv, 1-430. 8°.

‘*& general catalogue of works illustrative of the history, literature, and arch-
ology of the aborigines of both Americas had been in progress of composition for
several years, as a guide to the author’s collection of that class of books. As it
grew in proportions, by the slow accretions which duty and experience furnished,
the author’s vanity was easily flattered into the design of producing a work of
more general utility. The material collected at length covered so wide a range
that it embraced not only transcripts of the titles of such printed works as were
personally examined, or were to be found in catalogues of public and private libra-
ries, with a collation of their pages and synopses of their contents, but also the
titles of articles upon the same subjects, printed in reviews, historical collections,
magazines, and other ephemera. More than two thousand five hundred separate
works and twelve hundred essays had been catalogued, with their topical range
noted, before the vast extent of the unexplored territory to be examined began to

XXIV NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Field (Thomas Warren)—continued.
exhibit some of its formidable proportions. It was plainly demonstrated that the
projected task must be either abandoned or greatly abridged. That portion of the
task which could be most readily detached and wrought into unity was the cata-
logue of works on the American aborigines, in the author’s possession. To deter-
mine the selection of works which should be included in that category, they have
been subjected to a few simple rules of classification.

“ All works which purported in their titles to contain historic, narrative, or lite-
rary material relating to the American Indians.

“Books in which any distinct portion, chapter, or appendix claimed by its head.
ing or table of contents to be devoted to that subject.

“Works containing engravings illustrative of the manner and peculiarities of
the aborigines, when derived from actual observation.

“ All treatises or essays upon their origin, or the pre-Columbian discovery of
America, as affecting the source of its population.

“Those works of fiction or poetry founded on Indian life, to which were ap-
pended historical notes, incidents of personal experience, or traditions and legends
of the Indians.

All works containing grammatical analyses, or vocabularies of their language,
as well as translations into or from them, would of course form a part of the col-
lection.” —Preface.

——— Catalogue | of the | Library | belonging to | Mr. Thomas W.
Field. | To be sold at auction, | by | Bangs, Merwin & Co., | May
24th, 1875, | and following days. |

New York. | 1875. | C. LSH.

Pp. i-viii, 1-376. 8°. Compiled by Joseph Sabin. “ The collection of books
described in the following pages is, beyond all question, the most extensive in its
special department ever offered for sale. Its acquisition has been the un wearied
occupation of Mr. Field for many years, and the result is an unusually com-
plete series of books on a subject which is daily increasing in interest—the Ameri-
can Indians. It is scarcely necessary for me to say that it is simply impossible to
study the history of this continent without referring to this topic. An entirely
complete collection of books relative to the Indians includes a Jarge proportion of
the works which compose American history. * * *

“Mr. Field’s ‘Essay on Indian Bibliography’ has formed the basis of the present
catalogue. We have added to it the titles of such books as have been purchased
since the publication of that work in 1873. To the works thus added the notes
appended are sometimes by Mr. Field. Many works of importance, which were in
his possession at the time of its publication, had accidentally dropped out of his
hist eset

“The titles in Mr. Field’s essay have sometimes been abridged, sometimes given
in fall; his elaborate and elegant notes have in many instances been shorn of their
chief features, but the reader can supply that want by procuring a copy of Mr.
Field’s essay.

“The reader of the essay will not fail to notice the strong humanitarian views
which are held by Mr. Field. It would be difficult for any one to add to the ener-
getic adjectives which distinguish some of his denunciations of the perpetrators of
cruelties on the Indians.”— Preface.

Finotti (Rev. Joseph M.) Catalogue | of the | Library | of the late |
Rev. Joseph M. Finotti, | Member of the New England Historic-
Genealogical | Society, American Numismatic Society, Wc. | To be

LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXV

Finotti (Rev. Joseph M.)—continued.
sold at auction | On Thursday, Octobér 16th, 1879, | and following
days, | by Bangs & Co., | 739 & 741 Broadway New York. |
New York: | 1879. | JCP.

Printed cover, ‘‘Executor’s Sale,” &c., 1 1.; title as above, 11.; Preface, pp. iii-
iv; Catalogue, pp. 5-114; Addenda, 1 1.

[Fischer (Augustin) and Berendt (Dr. C. H.)] Bibliotheca Mejicana. | A
Catalogue of an extraordinary Collec- | tion of Books & Manuscripts,
almost | wholly relating to the History | and Literature of North |
and South America, | particularly | Mexico. | To be sold by auction, |
by Messrs. Puttick & Simpson, | at their house, 47, Leicester Square,
London, | on Tuesday, June 1st, 1869, and 7 following days. | B. s0P.

2p.1L, pp. 1-312. 8°. Father Fischer was chaplain to the Emperor Maximilian.
The catalogue of Dr. Berendt’s books occupies pp. 229-312.

Gibbs (George). Bibliography [of the Chinook Language].
In Gibbs (George). Alphabetical Vocabulary of the Chinook Language, pp. vii-
viii. New York, 1863. 8°.

Bibliography of the Chinook Jargon.
In Gibbs (George). A Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon, pp. xiii-xiv. New
York, 1863. 8°.

[Harrisse (Henry)|. Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima | A | Descrip-
tion of Works | relating to | America | published between the years |
1492 and 1551 | [8 lines quotation. ]

New-York | Geo. P. Philes, Publisher | MDCCCLXVI[1866] | c.as.

4p. ll., pp. i-iv, 1 1., pp. 1-519. large 8°. Four hundred copies printed in royal
8°, 99 in 4°, and 10 in 4° on Holland paper for private distribution. Continued as
follows: ;

Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima | A | Description of Works |
relating to | America | published between the years | 1492 and 1551 |
Additions | | Device]

Paris | Librairie Tross | 5 rue Neuve-des-Petits-Champs 5 | M.
DCCC. LXXII [1872]. |

Colophon: Imprimé | Par W. Drugulin A Leipzig | [Device] | Pour
la | Librairie Tross A Paris | M. DCCC. LX XII [1872]. | Gs.

Outside title as above 11., 1 p.1., inside title as above 11., pp. i-xl, 1-199, colo-
phon as above 1 1., advertisement 1 1.

Notes | pour servir | A L’Histoire, A La Bibliographie | et a la |
Cartographie | de la | Nouvelle-France | et des | Pays Adjacents |
1545-1700, | Par Auteur de la | Bibliotheca Americana Vetustis-
sima | [3 lines quotation.] | | Device. |

Paris | Librairie Tross | 5 rue Neuve-des-Petits-Champs 5 | 1872. |

Colophon: Imprimé | Par W. Drugulin A Leipzig | [Device.] | Pour
la | Librairic Tross, A Paris | M. DCCC. LX XII [1872]. | L. GS.

Outside title as above, 1 p.1., inside tille as above, 1 other p.1., pp. i-xxxiii, 11.,
pp. 1-367, colophon 1 1., advertisement 1 1.

XXVI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Icazbaleeta (Joaquin Garcia). Apuntes | para un | Catalogo de Eseri-
tores | en | Lenguas Indigenas de América. | Por | Joaquin Garcia
Ieazbalceta. | [Design.|

México. | Se han impreso 60 ejemplares | en la Imprenta Particular
del Autor. | 1866 | JCB. JCP.

Printed cover, 11.; half-title, 11.; title, 11.; advertencia, pp. v—xiii; pp. 1-157.
24°. My copy of this work, which is ‘‘Ejemplar No. 47,” has been corrected. in
manuscript by the author, and a number of titles added.

Titles of works in the Cahita, Cora, Cumanagota, Chuchona, Heve, Huasteca,
Mame, Matlalzinga, Maya, Mazahua, Mexicana, Mijé, Mision de San Antonio, Mix-
teca, Mutsun, Opata, Otomi, Pima, Quiché, Quichua, Tarahnmara, Tarasca, Tejas,
Tepehuana, Timuquana 6 Floridiana, Totonaca, Yunga, and Zapoteca.

“Some time since I was invited by the estimable littérateur, Dr. D. G. Berendt,
to contribute some notes for a new edition of the work of Dr. Ludewig entitled
The Literature of American Aboriginal Languages, and this has given origin to the
present catalogue. * * *

‘*Desirous on the one hand of obliging Dr. Berendt, and on the other impelled
by my own inclination to contribute something to the advancement of science,
though it be ever so little, I have endeavored to increase as far as I was able the
stock of knowledge concerning the writers in the indigenous tongues of Mexico.
Ludewig, with few exceptions, limited himself to grammars and vocabularies, with-
out including other works written in American languages, as catechisms, etc.
Perhaps he did well considering the extent of his plan; but mine being less ambi-
tious, I thought it necessary to include whatever might be found written in the
Mexican languages, so that no author or book of importance might be omitted.
Books composed in Mexican languages are almost all rare and little known; even
those more recently printed are not easily found, either by reason of the small
number of copies printed or because the demand for them has ceased.

“Some time ago I resolved to gather all the books of this description which I
could get, and I deem myself lucky in securing more than eighty. These form the
basis of my catalogue. The first addition to it was to be a list of works which I had
seen elsewhere and of which I had taken notes. Here terminated that portion of
my work on which reliance could be placed; this portion was certainly small
enough, and a large field of uncertainty was left; this was filled with the large
number of works quoted by other authors, which I have not seen. I encountered
the problem which Ludewig attempted to solve, and I was loath to pass the confines
of certainty to lose myself in a labyrinth of inquiries and conjectures with little
probability of a safe issue.

“Unfortunately, owing to the incredible indifference which till recently pre-
vailed in regard to these important studies, there is no hope of completing this
catalogue by personal inspection of the works concerned. But all possible means
must be resorted to for widening the limits of the known at the expense of what
is doubtful. I have decided to print these Apuntes with no other object than to
place them in the hands of inquiring persons who may be able to add to them.
With every book that is examined and described with accuracy there disappears
at least one probability of error. This decision was all the more necessary as the
larger portion of these works have been taken from our country to enrich the
libraries of Europe and the United States, whence we must at some time expect the
favor of getting the description of some of them. Herein lies the reason for con-
verting these notes into book form, though they were intended to figure only as a
manuscript to be sent to a friend.

“Still they have preserved their original character. The 60 copies, which I have
printed with my own hands, are nothing more than so many copies of the manu-
script. Rough drafts should not be exposed for sale, and these will be distributed
to those who can improve the work by adding to it.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXVII

Icazbalceta (Joaquin Garcia)—continued.

“This catalogue is divided into two parts. The first comprises the books of my
own collection, the second the books seen by me in yarious libraries, public and
private, save three or four of which I have obtained descriptions which seem trust-
worthy. There is no good reason for making this division, and it will be an ad-
vantage to unite the two parts in one alphabetic list; but as the printing went on
slowly, being done by myself at odd moments, I began with my own books, and
thus gained time to augment the second part. * * *

“Thave made it a rule to copy the whole of the title-pages. Though it seems
at first unnecessary to give in their entirety the titles of honor and position of the
authors and of those to whom the books were dedicated, I did not want to omit
them, because they are usually the only data which we have for the biography of
these persons. In the books of the 16th century I have also copied the colophon,
which usually tells us more than the title. The merit of this sort of work lying
especially in accuracy, I have preserved with extreme rigor the orthography of the
originals, and even abbreviations not now in use; for this purpose I have had
special types cast. * * * =

“This catalogue, though so incomplete, will, I hope, be of some use in bringing
into notice some books hitherto unknown, and in confirming or correcting the
descriptions of others. Looking at its small compass we feel great regret in con-
sidering how small are the remains of the immense work done by the missionaries.
Whatsoever may yet be discovered, it will be but a mite in comparison to what
has been lost. There is hardly one language of America that did not have its
grammar and its dictionary, and of some there were many dictionaries as well as a
large number of primers, catechisms, explanations of christian doctrine, confession-
books, collections of sermons, ascetic and moral treatises, and translations of script-
ure. I do not even speak of the historic accounts written by natives in their own
languages, of which only a few sad fragments remain. What was written in Aztec
would alone form a small library.

“T pursue my researches, and if I am not mistaken in my expectations of the
help of lovers of science, I hope we shall one day possess a ‘Library of writers in
the vernacular tongues of Mexico,’ the first contribution to which these Apuntes
will have been.”—Preface.

The list of books given in the above work was partially reprinted (134 titles), with
titles considerably abridged, on pp. 424-431 of: Polémica entre el Diario Oficial y la
Colonia Espanola, &c. Mexico, 1875. 8°. (Jwe.)

Don Fray | Juan de Zumarraga | Primer Obispo y Arzobispo de
México | Estudio Biografico y Bibliografico | por | Joaquin Garcia
Ieazbalceta | Secretario [&c., 4 lines] | Con un Apéndice de Docu-
mentos | inéditos 6 raros. | Tomo Primero [-Segundo] | [Device]

México | Antigua Libreria de Andrade y Morales, | Portal de Agus-
tinos N°. 3. | 1881 | JWP.

2 vols.: 1 p.1., title 11., advertencia 1 1., pp. 1-371; 1 p.1., title 11., 1 other p.
]., pp. 1-270, i-viii. 8°.

Bibliografia Mexicana | del Siglo XVI. | Parte Primera. | Jcp.
Royal 8°. In press. Of this work, the title-page and preliminary leaves of
which have not yet been printed, the author has sent me advance sheets of pp. 1-
240; these contain an account of all works published in Mexico from 1539 to 1582,
with biographic and bibliographic notes. Many fac similes of title-pages and colo-
phons are given, and a number of the former by permission of the author have
been reproduced for this catalogue and appear herein.

Julg (B.) See Vater (Johann Severin).

XXVIII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Leclere (Charles). Bibliotheca | Americana | Catalogue Raisonné |
@une trés-précieuse | collection de livres anciens | et modernes | sur
VPAmérique et les Philippines | Classés par ordre alphabétique de
noms d’Auteurs. | Rédigé par Ch. Leclerc. | [Device.]

Paris | Maisonneuve & C'* | 15, Quai Voltaire | M. D.CCOC. LX VIL
[1867] | C. JCP.
Pp. i-vii, 1-407. 8°.

Bibliotheca | Americana | Histoire, Géographie, | Voyages, Ar-
chéologie et Linguistique | des | deux Amériques | et | des Iles Philip-
pines | Rédigée | Par Ch. Leclerc | [Device]
Paris | Maisonneuve et ©, Libraires-Hditeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire,
25. | 1878 | BA. JCP.
2p.1L., pp. i-xx, 1-737, 11. 8°. The linguistic part of this volume occupies pp.
537-643, and is arranged under families. Continued as follows:

Bibliotheca | Americana | Histoire, Géographie, | Voyages, Ar-
chéologie et Linguistique | des | Deux Amériques | Supplément |
Ne I. Novembre 1881 | [Device]
Paris | Maisonneuve & CO, Libraires-Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire,
25 | 1881 | C. JOP.
Printed cover, 1 1.; title, 1.; advertisement, 11. Pp. 1-102, 11. 8°.

Leon Pinelo (Antonio de). Epitome | de la | Biblioteca | Oriental i Oc-
cidental, Nautica | i Geografica. | Al Excelentiss. Senor D. Ramiro
Nunez | Perez Felipe de Guzman, Senor de la Casa | de Guzman,
Duque de Medina de las Tor- | res, Marques de Toral i Monasterio,
Conde | de Parmacoello i Valdorce, Comendador | de Valdepenas,
Gran Conciller de las In- | dias, Tesorero General de Ja Corona de
Avra- | gon, i Consejo de Italia, Capitan de los cien | Hijosdalgo de la
guarda de la Real per- | sona i Sumiller de Corps. | Por el Licenciado
Antonio de Leon | Relator del Supremo i Real | Consejo de las In-
dias. | Con Priuilegio |

En Madrid, Por Iuan Gonzalez. | Ano de M. DCXXIX [1629]. |

Colophon: Sint Mecenates, non de erunt, Flacce, Marones, | Vir-
giliumd; tibi, vel tua ruradabunt. | Marcial. lib. 8. Epigr. | Con Privi-
legio, | En Madrid, Por Iuan Gonzalez. | Ano M. DC. X XIX [1629]. |

44 p.1l.; pp. 1-186, i-xii, colophon 1 1. C. JCB.

Epitome | de la | Bibliotheca | Oriental, y Occidental, Nautica,
y Geografica: | De Don Antonio de Leon Pinelo, | del Consejo de su
Mag. en la Casa de la Contratacion de Sevilla, | y Coronista Maior de
las Indias, | anadido, y enmendado nuevamente, | en que se contie-
nen | los escritores de las Indias | Orientales, y Occidentales, y reinos
convecinos | China, Tartaria, Japon, Persia, Armenia, Etiopia, y otras
partes. | Al Rey Nuestro Senor. | Por mano del Margues de Torre-
Nueva, su | Secretario del Despacho Universal de Hacienda, Indias,
i Marina. | Tomo Primero | [—Tercero]. | [Design.]

LIST OF AUTHORITIES XXIX

Leon Pinelo (Antonio de)—continued.
Con Privilegio. | En Madrid: En la Oficina de Francisco Martinez
Abad, en | la Calle del Olivo Baxo. Ato de M. D. OC. XXXVII
[-M. D. CC. XXX VIIT] [1737-1738]. | B. C. JCB.

3 vols. folio.

Leroux (Ernest). Librairie Orientale et Américaine | Ernest Leroux |
Catalogue | de | Livres de fonds | et en nombre | [Device]
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire de la Société Asiatique |
[&c., seven lines] 28, Rue Bonaparte, 28 | Mars 1879 | WE.
Pp. 1-56. 8°. “Supplément. Ouvrages publiés du mois d’Octobre 1879 au mois
de Juillet 1880,” without title-page, pp. 1-16. 8°. (wr.)

Llanos (Adolfo). Sahagun y su Historia de México.
In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, vol. 3, part 3, pp. 71-76. Mexico, 1883. folio.
A list of Sahagun’s works, based principally on Chavero (Alfredo). Sahagun.
Estudio por Alfredo Chavero. Mexico, 1877. 16°.

Ludewig (Hermann E.) The | Literature | of | American Aboriginal
Languages. | By | Hermann E. Ludewig. | With additions and correc-
tions | by Professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by Nicholas Triibner. |

London: | Triibner and Co., 60, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLVIII

[1858]. |
Pp. i-viii, 11., pp. ix—xxiv, 1-260. 8°. Arranged alphabetically by families. Ad-
denda by Wm. W. Turner and Nicholas Triibner, pp. 210-258. Cc. JCP.

Marsden (William). A Catalogue of Dictionaries, Grammars, and Alpha-
bets, in two parts. I. Alphabetical Catalogue of Authors. II. Chro-
nological Catalogue of Works in each Class of Language.

London. 1796. o

Pp. vi, 156. 4°. Privately printed, and scarce; contains but little about American
languages.—Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 44718.

Bibliotheca Marsdeniana | Philologica et Orientalis. | A | Cata-
logue | of | Books and Manuscripts | collected with a view to | the
General Comparison of Languages, and to the study | of Oriental
Literature, | by | William Marsden, F. R. S. &e. |

London: | Printed by, J. L. Cox, Great Queen Street, | Lincoln’s-

Inn Fields. | 1827. | C. BA.
1p. 1, pp.1-310. 4°. Catalogue of works, American (general), America (North)
and American (Central). pp. 143-145.

[Moore (George H.) and Allibone (Samuel Austin).} Contributions | to
a | Catalogue | of | The Lenox Library. | No. I. | Voyages of Hulsius,
Ete. [-No. VI. Works of Milton, Ete.] | [Device.]

New York: | Printed for the Trustees. | MDCCCLXXVII [-MD-
CCCLXX XT [1877-1881]. | JOB. JCP.

6 parts. sm.4°. Issued in parts, each part relating to a particular subject. Part
II relates to ‘“‘The Jesuit Relations, Etc.” Pp. 1-19. sm. 4°.

Muller (Frederik). Catalogue | of | Books relating to America; | in-
cluding | a large number | of | rare works | printed before 1700. |

XXX NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS,

Muller (Frederik)—continued.
Amongst which | a nearly complete collection | of the | Dutch publi-

cations on New-Netherland, | from 1612 to 1820. | — | On sale, at
the prices affixed, | at | Frederik Muller’s Heerengracht, Amster-
dam. | — | Orders received [&c., eight lines]. | [1850.] GS.

Printed cover with title as above, reverse containing advertisement, 1 1., pp.
1-104. 129.

Catalogue | of | Books, Maps, Plates | on | America, | and of a
remarkable collection ot | Early Voyages, | offered for sale by |
Frederik Muller, at Amsterdam, | Literary Agent of the Smith-
sonian Institution at Washington. { Including a large number of
books in all languages | with Bibliographical and Historical Notes |
and presenting an essay towards a | Dutch-American Bibliography. |
Part I.—Books [-Part III].—Portraits.—Autographs.—Plates.— At-
lases and Maps]. | With 3 fac-similes. |

Amsterdam, | Frederik Muller, | Heerengracht, KK 130. | 1872. | c.

3 vols. 8°.

Murphy (Henry ©.) Catalogue | of the | Magnificent Library | of the
late | Hon. Henry ©. Murphy, | of | Brooklyn, Long Island, | consist-
ing almost wholly of | Americana or books relating to America. | The
whole to be sold by auction | at the | Clinton Hall Sales Rooms, | on |
Monday, March 3d, 1884, and the following days. | Two sessions daily,
at 2.30 o’clock, and 7.30 p. m. |

Geo. A. Leavitt & Co., Auctioneers. | New York, 1884. | Orders to
Purchase executed by the Auctioneers, Free of Charge. | C.WE. JCP.
Printed cover 1 1., pp. i-vili, 1-434. 8°. Compiled by the Hon. John R. Bartlett.

[Nyerup (Rasmus)]. Dansk-norsk | Litteraturlexicon. | Fgrste [-Anden]
Halvdel. | A—L [-M—9}]. |
Kjébenhavn. | Trykt, paa den Gyldendalske Boghandlings Forlag,
i det Schultziske Officin. | 1818 [-1819]. | C.
2 vols. sm.4°. Arranged alphabetically by authors.
Pick (Rv. B.) The Bible in the Languages of America. By Rev. B.
Pick, Ph. D., Rochester, N. Y. JCP.
In The New-York Evangelist, No. 2518. New York, June 27, 1878.

An article on twenty-four different versions of portions of the Bible extant in
the languages of America.

Pilling (James Constantine). Catalogue of Linguistic Manuscripts in
the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology. By James C. Pilling.
In Bureau of Ethnology, First Annual Report, pp. 553-577. Washington, 1881.
Royal 8°. Issued separately, also, as follows:

Catalogue | of | Linguistic Manuscripts | in the | Library of the

Bureau of Ethnology | by | James C. Pilling | (Extracted from the

First Annual Report of the Bureau | of Ethnology) | [Design]
Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | C. WE. JWP.
Printed cover as above 1 |., pp. 553-577. Royal 8°.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXXI

Pimentel (Francisco). Cuadro Descriptivo y Comparativo de las Len-
guas Indigenas de México, ete.

México Imprenta de Andrade y Escalante 1862[-1865]. 3B.c.BA. WE.
For full titles, collations, etc., see Nos. 2998 and 2999 of this catalogue.

Pinart (Alph.-L.) Catalogue | de | Livres Rares | et Précieux | manuscrits
et imprimés | principalement sur ’ Amérique | et sur les langues du
monde entier | composant la bibliothéque de | M. Alph.-L, Pinart | et
comprenant en totalite la bibhiotheque Mexico-Guatémalienne de |
M. L’Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg |

Paris | Vve Adolphe Labitte | Libraire de la Bibliothéque Natio-
nale | 4, Rue de Lille, 4 | 1883 | C. WE. JCP.
Outside title 1 1., pp. i-viii, 1-248. 8°. See Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbe C. E.)

Platzmann (Julius). Verzeichniss | einer Auswahl | Amerikanischer |
Grammatiken, | Wérterbiicher, | Katechismen | U. 8S. W. | gesam-
melt | von | Julius Platzmann. |

Leipzig, 1876. | K. F. Kéhler’s Antiquarium, | Post Strasse
17. | Cc. T. JWP.
Printed cover 11., 3 11., pp. 1-88. 8°. Relates principally to South America.

Quaritch (Bernard). American languages. JCP.
In Quaritch (Bernard). General Catalogue, III, America, &c., pp. 1261-1269.

Ramirez (Don José Fernando). Bibliotheca Mexicana | or A Catalogue
of the | Library of Rare Books and | Important Manuscripts | relat-
ing to Mexico and other | parts of | Spanish America | formed by the
late | Senor Don José Fernando Ramirez | President of the late Em-
peror Maximilian’s First Ministry, | comprising: | Fine Specimens of
the Presses of the Early Mexican Typographers, | Juan Cromberger,
Juan Pablos, Antonio Espinosa, Pedro Ocharte, | Pedro Balli, An-
tonio Ricardo, Melchior Ocharte ; a large number of | Works, both
printed and MS., on the Mexican Indian Languages and | Dialects ;
the Civil and Ecclesiastical History of Mexico and its | Provinces ;
Collections of Laws and Ordinances relating to the | Indies. Valu-
able unpublished Manuscripts relating to the Jesuit | Missions in
Texas, California, China, Peru, Chili, Brazil, ete.; | Collections of docu-
ments; Sermons preached in Mexico; ete. ete. | Days of Sale: |
Wednesday, July 7, Lots 1 to 233, Friday, July 9, Lots 469 to 701, |
Thursday, July 8, Lots 234 to 468, Monday, July 12, Lots 701 to 934, |
Tuesday, July 13, Lots 935 to 1290. |

To be Sold by Auction, | by Messrs. Puttick and Simpson, |
Auctioneers of Literary Property and Works of Art, | at their gal-
lery, | No. 47, Leicester Square, London, W. C., | (Formerly the Man-
sion of Sir Joshua Reynolds, P. R. A.) | MDCCCLXXX [1880]. | sop.

2p. ll. Pp. 1-165. 8°. The following remarks are from the ‘‘ Introduction” :

“The extraordinary collection of books here offered to public competition well
merits a passing notice. The catalogue of it made by Messrs. Puttick and Simpson,
it will readily be perceived, is not a mere auction catalogue, but as far as the col-
lection goes, a bibliography of this important department of literature—a book for
future reference.

XXXII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Ramirez (Don José Fernando)—continued.

‘¢The library was formed by the late Don José Fernando Ramirez, of the city of
Durango, in Mexico, where he was born towards the end of the last century. * * *

“From his early youth Senor Ramirez showed a decided predilection for the his-
tory and archeology of his native country, united to a strong love of books. When
transferred from the supreme court of Durango to that of the National Government
in 1850, he sold the greater portion of the library which he had formed there, which
became the foundation of the present State library in that city. He resrrved,
however, from this sale the rarest works relating to the archeology, history, and
philology of Mexico, which he brought with him to the Capital, where he com-
menced the formation of this his second library. The suppression of the monastic
orders gave him extraordinary facilities for acquiring rare books and manuscripts,
which he seized upon with avidity, and gained from many of the converts the most
precious of their literary treasures. The high posts which Sr. Ramirez occupied
during his long public life, and his eminent reputation as a collector, bibliographer,
and scholar, enabled him to procure copies of unpublished documents inaccessible to
others. After the death of Sr. Ramirez his heir allowed Don A. Chavero to select from
his library all the works relating to Mexico. From that gentleman this collection
passed into the hands of its present owner [Fernandez del Castillo].”. * * *

Rich (Cbadiah). Bibliotheca Americana Nova. | A | Catalogue | of |
Books relating to America, | in various languages, | including | Voy-
ages to the Pacific | and | Round the World, | and | Collections of
Voyages aud Travels | Printed since the Year 1700. | Compiled prin-
cipally from the works themselves, | by O. Rich, | Member of the Mas-
sachusetts and Georgia Historical Societies, of the | American Na-
tional Institute, the Albany Institute, | the American Antiquarian
Society, | &c. &e. &e. | Vol. I [-II]. | 1701-1800 [1801-1844]. | Cc.

London : | Rich and Sons, 12, Red Lion Square. | 1846. |
2 vols.: 2p. ll., pp. 1-517; 2 p. ll., pp. 1-412. 8°.

Riggs (fev. Stephen Return). Dakota Bibliography.
Tn Riggs (/tev. S. R.), editor. Grammar and Dictionary of the Dakota Language,
p. xx, which forms part of Smithsonian Institution, Contributions to Knowledge,
vol. 4. Washington, 1853. 4°. Consists of a list of 18 Dakota works. Issued also
with a slight change of title; see No. 3294 of this catalogue. See Williams (J.
Fletcher).

— The Translation of the Scriptures into the Dakota Language.
By the Rev. 8. R. Riggs, D.D., LL.D. JWP.
In Bible Society Record, vol. 21, No, 4, New York, April 20, 1876.
An account of the translation, by Joseph Renville, T. S. Williamson, G. H. Pond,
and the author, of various portions of the Bible into the Dakota language.

Russian-American Colonies. Aox.ajs | romntera 06D ycrpoiicrs | Pyecnuxt AmepuKauc-

KUXD KorOaiii. |

C. I repsyprs. | B> ranorpavin qenapramenta Bubuineit roproBan. | 1863. | B.

Translation.—Report | of Committee on Organization | of the Russian American
Colonies. | Part I. | St. Petersburg. | In the Printing Office of the Department of
Foreign Trade. | 1863. |

2p. ll., p. 1-43. 8°. Outside title missing; inside title as above. Continued as
follows:

LIST OF AUTHORITIES, KXXIIiI

Russian-American Colonies—continued.
Upnsomenia | kb | qoKsaqy Komprera | 06 yerpotites | Pyccrmxt AmepaKancrexs
KO.A0niii |

C. Herepsyprs. | Bb tanorpavin yenapraenta Babel ToproBan. | 1863. | B.

Translation.—Additions | to Report of Committee | on Organization of Russian
American Colonies. | St. Petersburg. | In the Printing Office of the Department of
Foreign Trade. | 1863. |

3p. IL., pp. i-vi, 1-613 and about 50 11; tables &c., appendix pp. i-xx. 8°. Nearly
the whole report was compiled by State Counsellor Kostlivtzoff and Captain Go-
lovnin.

Appendix Y, list of books and pamphlets written in or translated into the
Kolosh language.

Sabin (Joseph). A | Dictionary | of | Books relating to America, | from
its discovery to the present time. | By Joseph Sabin. | Volume I
[-XIJII]. | [Two lines quotation. ] C. JWP.

New York: | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau Street. | 1868 [-1881]. |

13 vols. 8°. Four parts of vol. 14 also have been published, bringing the work
down to ‘‘ Pennsylvania.” The work was published first in parts, of which No.1
appeared in January, 1867. The following extracts are from the preliminary
remarks :

“After nearly four years’ labor in arranging and classifying the material which
had accumulated on my hands in the course of some fifteen years of research, I am
at last able to publish the following specimen of my projected ‘Dictionary of Books
relating to America.’

“Wad the magnitude and extreme difficulty of the undertaking been presented
to my mind in full proportions at the outset, I should never have attempted it;
and, indeed, I may remark, that I have more than, once almost determined upon its
abandonment; but a deep sense of its importance, however imperfectly it may be
executed, and a strong partiality for bibliographical pursuits, have stimulated me
to continue my labor. * * *

“T conclude this preliminary notice with the remark, that, whenever possible, I
have examined the books for myself, aud have described them with all necessary
minuteness.”

Mr. Sabin died June 5, 1481, when the work had entered its fourteenth volume.
This has caused a delay in the issue of the later parts, the preperation of which
has been begun, and the editorial management of which has been placed in the
hands of Mr. Wilberforce Eames.

Scherzer (Dr. Karl). Uber die handschriftlichen Werke des Padre Fran-
cisco Ximenez in der Universitits-Bibliothek zu Guatemala. Von
Dr. Karl Scherzer.

In Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Wien, Sitzungsberichte der
Philosophisch-Historischen Classe, vol. 19, pp. 166-186. Wien, 1856, 8°.
List of six works by P. Ximenez, p. 172.

[Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)|. A | Bibliographical Catalogue | of | Books,
Translations of the Scriptures, | and other publications in the | Indian
Tongues | of the | United States, | with | brief critical notices. |

Washington: | C. Alexander, Printer. | 1849.| Cc. JOP. JWP. LSH.
Pp. 1-28. &. Reprinted with a preliminary note, synopsis, and additions, as
follows:

im Bib

XXXIV NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.
- Literature of the Indian Languages. A bibliographical Cata-
logue of Books, translations of the Scriptures, and other publications
in the Indian Tongues of the United Slates, with brief critical no-
tices.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 523-551. Philadelphia, 1854.
49,

Sobron (Félix C. y). Los idiomas }| de la | América Latina | estu-
dios biografico-bibliograticos | por | D. Félix C. Y Sobron | Médico-
cirujano é individuo de varias Sociedades cientificas |

Madrid | Imprenta 4 Cargo de Victor Saiz | Calle de la Colegiata,

num. 6 | JCP.
Pp. 1-137, 1 1. 12°. Brief account of works in the languages of Mexico and
South America and biographies of some of their authors. -

Souza (D. José Mariano Beristain y Martin de). See Beristain y Martin
de Souza (D. José Mariano).

Squier (Ephraim George). Monograph | of | Authors | who have writ-
ten on the | Languages of Central America, | and collected | Vocab-
ularies | or | composed works in the native dialects | of that country. |
By E. G. Squier, M. A., F. 8. A., | Member of [&c., four lines].

New York: | C. B. Richardson & Co., 14 Bible House. | M. D. CCC.
LXI [1861]. | C.
Pp. i-xvi, 17-70. sm. 4°.

Monograph | of | Authors | who havewritten on the | Languages
of Central America, | and collected | Vocabularies | or | composed
works in the native dialects | of that country. | By E. ee Bauer, M.
A., F. 8. A., | Member of [&c., four lines] |
endow Triibner & Co., 60 Paternoster Row. | M. D. CCC. LXI
[1861]. | B. 0. BA.
Pp. i-xvi, 17-70. sm. 4°.
Catalogue | of the | Library of E. G. Squier. | Edited by Joseph
Sabin. | [Device.] | To be Sold by Auction, | On Monday, April 24th,
1876, and following days, | By Bangs, Merwin & Co. | No. 656 Broad-
way, New York. |
New York: | Charles C. Shelley, Printer, 68 Barclay and 227 Green-
wich Streets | 1876. | JCP.
2 p.1l., pp. 1-277. 12°.

Stargardt (J. A.) No. 135.| Amerika und Orient. | Enthalt auch |
Original-Manusecripte und Werke | von | Professor J. C. E. Busch-
mann, | (kénigl. Bibliothekar, Mitglied der Akademie) | Wilh. v.
Humboldt u. Alex. v. Humboldt. | Zu verkaufen | durch | J. A. Star-
gardt | in Berlin W., Jagerstrasse 53. |

Berlin 1881. | JCP.
Title 3 1., pp. 1-38. 8°.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXXV

Steiger (H.) Steiger’s | Bibliotheca Glottica, | Part first. | A Catalogue
of | Dictionaries, Grammars, Readers, Expositors, ete. | of mostly |
Modern Languages | spoken in all parts of the earth, | except of |
English, French, German, and Spanish. | First division: | Abenaki
to Hebrew. |

E. Steiger, | 22 & 24 Frankfort Street, | New York. | [N. d.]

Stevens (Henry). Historical Nuggets | Bibliotheca Americana or a |
descriptive account of my | collection of rare | books relating | to
America | [Device.| | HenryStevens GMB FSA | [One line quotation]

London | Printed by Whittingham and Wilkins | Tooks Court
Chancery Lane | MDCCCOLXITI [1862] | C. JOP.
2 vols.: pp. i-xxii, 1-436; 1 p.1., title 1 1., pp. 437-805. 12°.

Taylor (Alexander 8.) Bibliografia Californica; or Notes and Materials
to aid in forming a more Perfect Bibliography of those countries
anciently called “California,” and lying within the Limits of the Gulf
of Cortez to the Arctic Seas, and west of the Rocky Mountains to the
Pacific Ocean. Compiled by Alex. S. Taylor. BA.

In Sacramento Daily Union, San Francisco California: June 25. 1863.

I have seen a continuation of this article in a later issue of the same periodical—
a clipping without date—headed Bibliografia Californica No.2. By Alex. S. Tay-
lor. (AAS.)

Ternaux-Compans (Henri). Bibliotheque | Américaine | ou | Catalogue |
des ouvrages relatifs a ’Amérique | qui ont paru | depuis sa décou-
verte jusqwa Van 1700. | Par H. Ternaux. |

Paris, | Arthus-Bertrand, Libraire-Editeur, | Libraire de la Société
de Géographie, | Rue Hautefeuille, 23. |.M. DOCC. XX XVII [1837]. | c.
Pp. i-viii, 1-191. 8°.

Tross’ Bibliotheca Mexicana. See Bibliotheca Mexicana.

Triibner (Nicholas), editor. See Ludewig (Hermann E.)

Trumbull (Dr. J. Hammond). Books and Tracts in the Indian Lan-
guage or Designed for the use of the Indians, printed at Cambridge
and Boston, 1653-1721. -

In Am. Antiq. Soc., Proc., No. 61, pp. 45-62. Worcester, 1874. 8°. Preceded
by a discussion of the same, pp. 14-43. Issued separately also, as follows:

Origin and Early Progress | of | Indian Missions in New Eng-
land | with a list of | Books in the Indian Language | printed at
Cambridge and Boston | 1653-1721 | From the Report of the Council
of the American Antiquarian | Society presented at the Annual
Meeting held in| Worcester October 22 1873 | By J. Hammond
Trumbull |

Worcester, Mass. For private distribution. MDCCCLXXIV
[1874]. | T.

50 pp. 8°.

XXXVI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Trumbull (Dr. J. Hammond)—continued.
The Indian tongue and its literature as fashioned by Eliot and
others.

In Winsor (Justin), editor. The memorial History of Boston, vol. 1, pp. 465-480.
Boston, 1880. 8°.
An account of the works of Rosier, Wood, Williams, Eliot, Mather, &c.

Turner (Prof. William W.) See Ludewig (Hermann E.).

Vater (Johann Severin). Linguarum totius orbis Index Alphabeticus,
quarum Grammatice, Lexica, Collectiones Vocabularum recensentur,
patria significatur Historia adumbratur.

Berlin, Nicolai, 1815. *

10, 259 pp. 8°. “Text inGerman and Latin. Embraces all the known languages
of the world, and gives the bibliographical notices contained in the first two vol-
umes, and the first part of Volume III of the Mithridates.”—Ludewig.

A later edition in German, as follows:

Litteratur | der | Grammatiken, Lexika | und | Wértersammlun-
gen | aller Sprachen der Erde | von | Johann Severin Vater. | Zweite,
vollig umgearbeitete Ausgabe | von | B. Jiilg. |

Berlin, 1847. | In der Nicolaischen Buchhandlung. | C. HU.
Pp. i-xii, 1-592, 211. 8°. Arranged alphabetically by authors.

— See Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin).

Watt (Dr. Robert). Bibliotheca Britannica; | or | a General Index |
to | British and Foreign Literature. | By Robert Watt, M. D. | In
Two Parts:—Authors and Subjects. | Volume I [-I1].—Authors {[—Vol-
ume IIJ-IV.—Subjects]. |

Edinburgh: | Printed for Archibald Constable and Company, Edin-
burgh; | and Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, & Green; and |
Hurst, Robinson & Co., London. | 1824. | 3

4 vols. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the Astor Library.

[Williams (J. Fletcher).] Bibliography of Minnesota. Prepared by the
Librarian of the Society.
In Minn. Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 3, part 1, pp. 13-75. St. Paul, 1870. 8°. Includes
a “Dakota Bibliography,” pp. 37-42, consisting of a list of Dakota works in the
library of the society; in its preparation Mr. Williams was assisted by the Rev. 8.
R. Riggs. Issued separately, as follows:

Bibliography of Minnesota. | From the | Minnesota Historical
Collections—Vol. III, Part I. | By J. Fletcher Williams: | Secretary:
of the Minnesota Historical Society Corresponding | Member of the
Historical Societies of Pennsylvania | and Virginia. | Fifty copies
separately printed. |
St. Paul: | Office of the Press Printing Company. | 1870. | ¢. JoP.
65 pp. 8°. Dakota Bibliography, pp. 27-33.

LIST

OF LIBRARIES REFERRED TO BY
INITIALS.

Not seen.

. Astor Library, New York City.
. American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.
. American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, Bos-

ton, Mass.

. American Bible Society, New York City.

. M Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal.

. American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa.

. Mr. A. S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C.

. American Tract Society, New York City.

. Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal.

. Boston Athenzum, Boston, Mass.

. Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C.

. Brooklyn Library, Brooklyn, N. Y.

. Boston Public Library, Boston, Mass.

. Mr. Stephen Buynitzky, Washington, D. C.

. Library of Congress, Washington, D. C.

. Captain C. C. Adams, Washington, D. C.

. American Congregational Association, Boston, Mass.

. Cincinnati Public Library, Cincinnati, O.

. Prof. Cyrus Thomas, Washington, D. C.

. Roman Catholic Church at Caughnawaga Village, Canada.
. Dr. William H. Dall, Washington, D. C.

. Dr. Daniel G. Brinton, Media, Pa.

. Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C.

. Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, Jersey City, N. J.

. Dr. Emil Bessels, Washington, D. C.

. Abbé Ferrard, Sault au Recollet, Montreal Island, Canada.
. Sale of the library of the late Mr. George Brinley, of Hart-

ford, Conn.

. Dr. George H. Moore, New York City.
. U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.
. Sale of the library of the late Hon. Henry C. Murphy, Brook-

lyn, N. Y.

. Harvard University.

. Rt. Rev. Isaac Barefoot, Point Edward, Canada,
. Rey. J. A. Cuog, Montreal, Canada.

. Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J.

xXXVoOL

XXXVIII

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

. John Carter Brown Library, Providence, R. I.
. Mr. James C. Pilling, Washington, D. C.

. Jacques Cartier School, Montreal, Canada.

. Mr. Joseph Enthoffer, Washington, D. C.

. Mr. J. Edmond Mallet, Washington, D. C.

. Major J. W. Powell, Washington, D. C.

. Rey. J. Z. Bolduc, Quebec, Canada.

. Jansen & McClurg, booksellers, Chicago, IIL.
. Lenox Library, New York City.

. Lac des Deux Montagnes, Canada.

. Mr. Lewis 8S. Hayden, Washington, D. C.

. McGill College, Montreal, Canada.

. Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston, Mass.
. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

. New York Historical Society, New York.

. Sale of the library of the late BE. B. O’Callaghan, New York.
. Prince Library, Boston, Mass.

. Quebec Historical Society, Quebec, Canada.
. Dr. Charles Rau, Washington, D. C.

. Dr. John G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

. State Department, Washington, D. C.

. Surgeon-General’s Office, Washington, D. C.
. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
. Rev. Silas T. Rand, Hantsport, Nova Scotia.
. Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, Hartford, Conn.
. Abbé Verreau, Montreal, Canada.

. Watkinson Library, Hartford, Conn.

. Mr. Wilberforce Eames, New York City.

. Wisconsin Historical Society, Madison, Wis.
. Dr. Walter J. Hoffman, Washington, D. C.

. Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.

. Yale College, New Haven, Conn.

@

LIST OF FAC-SIMILES.

No. 245; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta’s “‘ Bibliografia Mexi-
cana del Siglo XVI.”

No.776; Cherokee alphabet; from copy belonging to Major J.W. Powell.

No. 860; title page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 1050; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta’s ‘ Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI.”

No. 1194; recto leaf 2; from Winsor’s “‘Memorial History of Boston,”
vol. 1; electrotype furnished by the publishers, Messrs. J. R. Osgood
& Co.

No. 1400; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta’s ‘“ Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI.”

No. 1412; title-page; from copy in the Library of Congress.

No. 1543 in Additions and Corrections; title-page; from fac-simile in
Icazbalceta’s “ Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI.”

No. 1545; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta’s “ Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo X VI.”

No. 1546; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta’s ‘“ Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo X VI.”

No. 2057; title-page; from copy belonging to Dr. J. G. Shea.

No. 2157; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 2159; Cree calendar; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 2237; Lord’s Prayer in Micmac hieroglyphs; from Shea’s Le
Clereq’s ‘‘ First Establishment of the Faith.”

No. 2493; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 2494; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 2527; title-pages; from Winsor’s “Memorial History of Boston,”
vol. 1; electrotype furnished by the publishers, Messrs. J. R. Osgood
& Co.

No. 2600; center-piece of title-page; from Bartlett’s Catalogue of the
Brown Library.

No. 2600; reverse of title-page; from Bartlett’s Catalogue of the Brown
Library.

No. 2609; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta’s ‘ Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI.”

No. 3181g in Additions and Corrections; title-page; from copy belong-
ing to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 3363; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta’s “ Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo X VI.”

XXXIX

XL NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

No. 3866; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 3868; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 3992; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 3995; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 3998; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 3999; Cyrillic title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.

No. 3999; Russian title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
A number of these fac-similes have come into my possession since the

titles of the volumes to which they refer were put in type.

BeBe rOiG RAP EY;

OF THE

LANGUAGES OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS.

By JAMES C. PILLING.

1 Abbott (G. H.) Vocabulary of the Coquille.
Manuscript. 3 ll. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 1858 at the Siletz Indian Agency.

Abert (Lieut. James William). 30th Congress Ist Session. (Senate.)
Executive, No. 23. | Report | of | the Secretary of War, | communi-
cating | in | Answer to a resolution of the Senate, a report and map
of the ex- | amination of New-Mexico, made by Lieutenant J. W.
Abert, of | the topographical corps. | BA. LSH.

[No title page. Letter of the Secretary of War dated Feb. 4, 1848. Lieut.
Abert’s letter same date. ]

Pp. 1-132. 8°. map.

Numerals (1-100) of the Cheyenne. p. 11. Vocabulary of the Cheyenne, pp. 12-14.

This report reprinted as follows:

— Report of Lieut. J. W. Abert, of his examination of New
Mexico, in the years 184647.

In Emory (W. H.) Notes of a Military Reconnoissance, pp. 417-548. Washing-
ton, 1848. 8°.

Numerals and vocabulary of the Cheyenne, pp. 427, 428-430.

The vocabulary reprinted in Gallatin (A.) Hale’s Indians of N. W. America,
in Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, p. exiv.

4 Abinodjiiag | Omasinaiganiwan. |
Buffalo: | Press of Oliver G. Steele. | 1837. | BA.

Pp. 1-8. 18°. First lessons in the Ottawa language. Reprinted as follows:

5 Abinodjiiag | Omassinaiganiwan. |
Detroit: | Bogg & Harmon, Printers. | 1845. | BA.
Pp. 1-8. 18°.

6 Abinoji-| aki tibajimouin. | In the Ojibwa language. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1840. | ABC. BA. HU.
Pp. 1-139. 12°. Geography for beginners; taken principally from the Peter

Parley series.
1

2

7

12

16

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen.
Mémoires | de | PAcadémie Royale | des | Sciences, Arts et Belles-
Lettres | de | Caen. |
Caen, | Chez A. Hardel, Imprimeur-Libraire, | Rue Froide, 2. |
[1822-1877.| oO.
31 vols. 8°. Above title from volume for 1847, the earliest I have seen.
Charencey (H. de). Des affinités de la langue Basque avec les idiomes de
Nouveau Monde. 1868, pp. 204-238.
Essai (analyse grammaticale dun texte en langue Maya. 1874, pp.

142-161.
Account | (An) | of the | Customs and Manners | of the | Miemakis
and Maricheets | Savage Nations, | Now Dependent on the | Gov-
ernment of Cape-Breton. | From | An Original French Manuscript-
Letter, | Never Published, | Written by a French Abbot, | Who
resided many Years, in quality of Missionary, amongst them. | To
which are annexed, | Several Pieces, relative to the Savages, to
Nova- | Scotia, and to North America in general. |

London: | Printed for S. Hooper and A. Morley at Gay’s-Head, |
near Beaufort-Buildings in the Strand. MDCCLVIII. [1758.] | sc.

1 p. 1. pp. i-vili, 1-138. 8°.

A few Mikmak terms scattering.

Acevedo (fr. Juan). Arte de Ja lengua de los Yucatecos. a
Manuscript. Title from Beristain, who gives it on the authority of Cogolludo,
Lizana, and Leon Pinelo.

Acevedo (fr. Martin). Autos sacramentales en lengua Misteca. *

Dramas alegoricos en lengua Chocha. ‘
These two manuscripts are in the library of the convent of Oaxaca.—Beristain.

Acosta (Fr. Francisco). Arte de la lengua Pirinda.
Varios tomos de Sermones. te!

Notas 4 los Salmos de David. 3
These three manuscripts are in the library of the convent of Charo.—Beristain.

Acosta (José Antonio). Oraciones devotas que comprenden los actos
de fé, esperanza, caridad, y afectos para un cristiano, en Idioma
Yueateco, con inclusion del Santo Dios, 4 devecion del pbro. D. José
Antonio Acosta.
Merida de Yucatan, imprenta 4 cargo de Mariano Guzman, 1851. *
16 po. 4°. In the Maya language, with the Spanish opposite.—Brasseur de
Bourbourg.
Acts of the Apostles, | (The) | translated into the | Choctaw Lan-
guage. | Chisus Kilaist | im anumpeshi vhliha vymmona kvt nana
akaniohmi | tok puta isht annoa, Chahta anumpa | isht atashoa
hoke. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1539. | BA. ABC.
Pp. 1-165. 12°.

17

18

19

20

21

ACADEMIE NATIONALE—ADAM. 3

Acts (The) of the Apostles, translated into the Language of the
Esquimaux Indians on the Coast of Labrador, by the Missionaries
of the United Brethren. *

London, 1876.

160 pp. 12°. Title from Triibner’s Catalogue. Bagster’s ‘‘Bibles of Every

Land” says an edition was issued in 1819, and another, revised, in 1839.
Adair (James). The | History | of the | American Indians; | Par-
ticularly | Those Nations adjoining to the Mississippi, East and |
West Florida, Georgia, South and | North Carolina, and Virginia: |
containing | An Account of their Origin, Language, Manners, Reli-
gious and | Civil Customs, Laws, Form of Government, Punisk
ments, Conduct in | War and Domestic Life, their Habits, Diet,
Agriculture, Manu- | factures, Diseases and Method of Cure, and
other Particulars, suffi- | cient to render it | A | Complete Indian
System. | With | Observations on former Historians, the Conduct of
our Colony | Governors, Superintendents, Missionaries, &c. | Also |
An Appendix, | containing | A Description of the Floridas, and the
Mississippi Lands, with their Produc- | tions—The Benefits of colo-
nizing Georgiana, and civilizing the Indians— | And the way to
make all the Colonies more valuable to the Mother Country. | With
a new Map of the Country referred to in the History. | By James
Adair, Esquire, | A Trader with the Indians, and Resident in their
Country for Forty Years. |

London: | Printed for Edward and Charles Dilly, in the Poultry. |
MDCCLXXYV. [1775.] | BA. JCB.

5 p. ll. pp. 1-464. 4°. map.

Argument v, ‘Their language and dialects,” pp. 37-74; Argument vi, ‘‘ Their
manner of counting time,” pp. 74-80; and Argument xxii, ‘‘ Their choice of names
adapted to their circumstance,” pp. 191-194, contain terms in Cheerokee, Chok-
tah, Chikkasah, and Muskohge.

I have seen a German translation, Breslau, 1782, 8°, which contains no lin-
guistics.

History of the North American Indians, their customs, &c.
By James Adair.

In King (E.) Antiquities of Mexico, vol. 8, pp. 273-375. London, 1848. folio.

Contains Arguments i-xxiii of Adair’s work, followed by ‘“‘Notes and Illustra-
tions to Adair’s History of the North Amer can Indians,” by Lord Kingsborough,
which occupy pp. 375-400; Argum: nt v, pp. 294-311; Argument vi, pp. 311-314.
Adam (Lucien). Etudes | sur | Six Langues Américaines | Dakota,
Chibcha, Nahuatl, Kechua, Quiché, Maya | par | Lucien Adam |
conseiller 4 la Cour de Nancy |

Paris | Maisonneuve et O%, Libraires-Editeurs | 25 Quai Voltaire,
25 | 1878 | INO Yuh

Pp. i-viii, 1—165. 8°.
Esquisse @une grammaire comparée de langue des Chippe-
ways et de langue des Crees.

In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte-Rendu, premiere session, tome 2,
pp. 83-148. Nancy & Paris, 1875. 8°.

Separately printed as follows:

4

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Adam (Lucien)—continued.

22

25

bo
-1

Esquisse d’une grammaire comparée des dialectes Cree et
Chippeway.
Paris, Maisonneuve et C'®, 1876. *
60 pp. 8°. Extract from the Memoirs of the Congrés des Américanistes.— Leclere.

Examen grammatical comparé de seize langues améri-
caines.
In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte-Rendu, seconde session, tome 2,
pp. 161-244. Luxembourg & Paris, 1878. 8°.
Five folding shects at end contain vocabularies as follows: Montagnais, Chip-
peway, Cri, Iroquois, Hidatsa, Dakota, Chacta, Nahualt, Maya, Quiché, Carai'e,
Chebchi (8. A.), Kiriri (S. A.), and Guarani (S.A.) Separately issued as follows:

Examen Grammatical Comparé de Seize Langues Américaines
par Lucien Adam, Conseiller 4 la Cour de Nancy.
Paris: Maisonneuve et C'*, 1878. JWP.
Pp. 1-88 and five folding sheets. 8°.

Du parler des hommes et du parler des femmes dans la langue
caraibe. o
In Revue de Linguistique, tome douzieme, pp. 275-305? Paris, Maisonneuve,

1875. 8°.
Not seen; title from ‘‘Contents of vol. xii,” in part 4 of same vol.

Du polysynthétisme, ete., dans les langues Nahuatl, Quiché et
Maya. *
In Revue Linguistique, ix,3. Paris, Maisonneuve et C**, 1877.
Not seen; title from Koéhler’s Cat. No. 317.

Adams (William). Terms of Relationship of the Delaware (Opuh-
narke), collected by Lewis H. Morgan from William Adams, a Dela-
ware.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°.

Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin). Mith-
ridates | oder | allgemeine | Sprachenkunde | mit | dem Vater
Unser als Sprachprobe | in bey nahe | fiinfhundert Sprachen und
Mundarten, | von | Johann Christoph Adelung, | churfiirstl. Sach-
sischen Hofrath und Ober-Bibliothekar. | [One line quotation.] |
Erster [—Vierter] Thiel. |

Berlin, | in der Vossischen Buchhandlung, | 1806{-1817]. | C.

4 vols. 8°.

Contains vocabularies, grammatic comments, &c., of the following dialects:

Abenaki, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 389.

Achastlier, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 204, 205 (from De Lamanon).

Adaize, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.

Aleut, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340, 341, 377; vol. 4, pp. 251-253.

Algonkin, vol. 3, p*. 2, pp. 336, 349; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 404-413, 416-417
(from La Hontan, Barton, Long, and Mackenzie).

Aliche, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.

Apache, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 177.

ADAM—ADELUNG. 5

Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin)—continued.

Arkansas, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269.

Attakapa, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.

Atnah-Fitz Hugh-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 215-218,

Azteken, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 65.

Blut-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251.

Caddo, Vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 277-280.

Camanches, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 173.

Cayuga, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 312, 318, 334-335 (from Barton).

Cheerake, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288, 292, 302, 304-305.

Chepewyan, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 419-424 (from Mackenzie).

Chikkasah, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288, 292, 295-302, 304=305.

Chippeway, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 350, 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 410, 414 (from
Long); 415, 415-416 (from Carver, Baudry de Loziere, and Long).

Choktah, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288, 292, 295-302, 304-305.

Cicimechen, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 86.

Cochimi, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182, 192-199 (from Hervas Sage).

Cochimi-Laymon, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 198-199.

Cochnewagoes, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 315, 318, 332-333 (from Barton).

Cora, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 87-88, 131-138, 153-154.

Creek. See Muskohge.

Delaware, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 343; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 366-376 (from Barton and
Buttlar).

Ececlemachs, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 205 (from De Lamanon).

Eskimo, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341, 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 236, 238, 425-455 (from
Dobbs and Long); 461 (from Cook); vol. 4, pp. 251-253.

Eslenes, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 2U2, 205 (from Bourgoing).

Estechemines, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 392.

Eudeve, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 158, 165-166 (from Hervas Sage).

Fall-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 251, 254 (from Umfreville). :,

Gronliind., vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 336, 340-341, 348, 377; vol. 3, pt.3, pp. 430-455 (from
Egede and Anderson), 461; vol. 4, pp. 251-253.

Hochelaga, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 335-337 (from De Laet).

Huasteca, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 15, 106-113, 123-124.

Hudson’s Bay, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 418-419, 422 (from Dobbs), 424 (from Dobbs).

Huron, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 318, 323-329, 331, 335-337 (from Sa-
gard).

Tetans, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 174.

Illinois, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 341, 363-364.

Troquois, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 312, 318, 335-337 (from Long and Loskiel).

Jakutat, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 465.

Kadjak, vol. 3, pt.2, pp. 340-341, 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 458-459, 466 (from Robeck
and Sauer); 467-468 (from Resanoff); vol. 4, pp. 251-253.

Kalifornische Volker, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182-207.

Kanzes, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 269. ‘

Katahba, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 349, 377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 306, 308 (from Barton).

Keres, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 173.

Kiaway, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 173.

Kikkapoo, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 345, 350, 363-364 (from Barton).

Kinaizi, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 228, 230-231 (from Dawidoff, Resanoff, and Lisiansky),
232-235, 238. :

Knistenaux, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 406, 418-419 (from Mackenzie).

Koluschen, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 212-213, 218-223, 224 (from Dawi-
doff and Resanoff-), 225-226, 226-228 (from Dawidoff, Lisiansky, Russ.-Amerik.
Compagnie, and Resanoff), 235, 237; vol. 4, pp. 251-253.

Konegen, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 456.

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin)—continued.

Kénig-George-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 215.

Labrador, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 430.

Laymonen, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182, 194-199.

Mahas, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269.

Menomenes, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269.

Messisaugers, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 406, 415-416 (from Barton).

Mexican, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 350, 377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 85-106, 212-213.

Miami, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 350-354, 363-364 (from Volney
and Barton).

Miemak, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 345, 392-394, 401, 402-404 (from Hist. Soc. of Mass.,
vol. vi). .

Minsi, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 3438-345, 374-376 (from Barton).

Missuris, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269.

Mixteca, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 31-40, 41 (from Hervas Sagg), 41-44, 60.

Mobiles, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 280.

Mohawk, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 309-323, 330-331 (from Hervas Sagg and Smith’s Hist.
of New York), 332-333 (from Barton).

Mohegan, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 349; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 389, 394-400 (from Ed-
wards), 402-404 (from Barton and Long).

Moqui, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 181.

Mountainees, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 344-345, 418-419.

Muskohge, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288-295, 304-305.

Mynckussar, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 334-335 (from Campanius).

Nacogdoches, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.

Nagalier, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 424.

Narragansets, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 376-381, 387-389 (from
Williams). e

Natchez, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 285.

Natchitoches, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.

Naticks, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 379-385, 385-389 (from Eliot).

Nehethawa, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp..408, 418-419 (from Umfreville).

Neu Schweden, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 350; pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 369, 374-376 (from Campa-
nius).

New England, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 349; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 387-389 (from Wood).

Norton-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 456-461 (from Cool).

Nutka-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 213-215 (from Cook, Dixon, and Humboldt).

Oneida, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 313, 318, 332-333 (from Barton).

Onondago, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 313, 318, 332-333 (from Barton).

Opata, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 161, 166 (from Hervas Sagg).

Osage, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 269-276.

Othomi, vol. 3, pt. 2, p.377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 15, 113-117, 118 (from Hervas Sagg),
119-123, 123-124 (from Neve and Hervas).

Oto, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269.

Ottogamis, vol. 3, pt.33, p. 266.

Paegan-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251.

Pampticough, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 345, 348, 360-362 (from Lawson and Brickel).

Panis, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 174, 269, 274.

Penobscot, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 392, 402-404 (from Barton).

Pensylvanien, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 387-389.

Pericu, vol. 3, pt..3, p. 182.

Piankashaw, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 344, 351, 360-362 (from Barton).

Pima, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 158, 162-165 (from Hervas Sagg), 169.

Pirinda, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 126-128 (from Hervas Sagg).

Port de Frangois, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 224.

Pottawatameh, vol. 3, pt. 2, p, 377; vol. 3, pt.3, pp. 343-345, 360-362 (from Barton),

ADELUNG. 7

Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin)—continued.

Prinz William’s-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, p: 207.

Rumsen, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 202, 205 (from Bourgoing).

Sakis, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 266.

Sankikani, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 843-344, 368, 374-376 (from De Laet).

Santa Barbara, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 201, 202, 205.

Scblangen-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251.

Sch warzfiissige-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 251, 254 (from Umfreville).

Senekas, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 314, 318, 334-335 (from Barton).

Shawanuno, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 349, 354-362 (from Chamberlayne, Amerikan,
Museum, Generals Gibson and Buttlar).

Sioux, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 256-265 (from Carver, Baudry de Loziere, and Umfreville).

Skoftie, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 344-345, 409, 418-419.

Snake, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251.

Souriqnois, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343, 389, 402-404 (from Lescarbot).

Sovaipure, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 161.

Sussee, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 251, 254 (from Umfreville).

Tarahumara, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 349, 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 87-88, 141-149, 149-154
(from Stetfel and Hervas Sage).

Tarasca, vol. 3, pf. 3, p. 126 (from Heryas Sagg), 129.

Tepehuana, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 138.

Timuacana, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 284-285.

Topia, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 138.

Totonaca, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 44-60.

Tscbinkitani, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 224, 227-228 (from Chanal and Robelet).

Tschugazzi, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 456, 458-459, 466 (from Res-
anoff); vol. 4, pp. 251-253.

Tschuktschen, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 840-341; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 462-465, 467-468 (from
Robek, Merk, and Koschaleff); vol. 4, pp. 242, 251-253.

Tubar, vol. 3, pt.3, pp. 139-141 (from Hervas Sagg). .

Tuscarora, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 348, 377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 312, 318, 334-335 (from Barton).

Ugaljachmutzi, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 212-213, 228, 230-231 (from Resanoff), 235, 237-
238.

Unalaschka, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 458-459.

Virginien, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 346, 387-388 (from Barton).

Waicuren, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 351, 279; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182, 188-192, 198-199.

Winnebager, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 271.

Woccons, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 306, 308 (from Lawson).

Wyandots, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 318, 335-337 (from Barton).

Yaqui, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 154, 157-158 (from Hervas Sagg).

Yuta, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 176.

Zuaque, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 154.

29 African (The) Servant. 2
24pp. 24°. Notseen; title from Forty-ninth Rept. Am. Bd. Com. For. Mis., 1858.
Possibly same work as Negro (The) Servant, q. v.

30 Aguado (fr. Marcos). Catecismo en lengua de los Indios. =
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

31 Aguero (fr. Christoual de). Miscelaneo espiritval, en el idioma Za-
poteco, qve administra la provincia de Oaxac, de la orden de Predi-
cadores. En qve se contienen los qvinze misterios del Santissimo
Rosario; con sus ofrecimientos en cada vno. Las mas principales
Indvlgencias, que ganan sus Cofrades. Con diez y seis Exemplos

8

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Aguero (fr. Christoual de)—continued.

de lo mismo. Algunas Oraciones deuotas, para la Uida, y para la
Muerte. El Cathecismo de toda la Doctrina Christiana. Con vn
Confessionario para los que empiecan a aprender el dicho Idioma.
Mexico, viuda de Bernardo Calderon, 1666. 2
14p.ll. ‘Exemplos,” 71 11., numbered 68; ‘‘Catecismo,” 232 pp., numbered
233; ‘“‘Confessionario,” 127 pp. Not seen; title from Leclerc.

32 Diccionario de la lengua Zapoteca. -
Not seen; title from Beristain.
33 ——— Los Evangelios quadragesimales en lengua Zapoteca con

34

37

38

estampas. ge

Manuscript; in the library of the Convent of Antequera.—Beristain.

Aguero was born in 1600, in San Luis de la Paz, in Michoacan; became a
Dominican monk in Oaxaca, in 1618, and, according to Beristain, was so proficient
in the language of the Zapotecas that he taught it publicly to his ecclesiastical
brethren. He gave the Diccionario to the Bishop of Monterroso for publication.

Aguila (P. Vicente). Varios Artes y vocabularios de diversos idio-
mas de los Indios. te
Sermones en dichas lenguas. 2

Titles from Beristain.

Aguilar (Illmo. D. Pedro Sanchez). Doctrina cristiana en lengua de
Yucatan. ie

This work, approved by the Bishop, D. Fr. Gonzalo de Salazar, was sent to Spain
to be printed; but being lost at sea, there remained only a copy in the possession
of the Jesuits, as the author assures us.—Beristain.

Aguirre (Manuel). Doctrina Christiana, y Platicas doctrinales, tra-
ducidas en lengua Opata por el P. Rector Manuel Aguirre, de la
Compania de Jesus. Quien las dedica al Illmo. Senor Doctor D.
Pedro Tamaron del Consejo de 8S. M., dignissimo obispo de Durango.
Con las licencias necessarias.

Impressas en la Imprenta del Real, y mas antiguo Colegio de San
Ildefonso de Mexico, ano de 1765. me

3 p. ll. pp. 1-162, index 11. 4°. Not seen; title from Icazbalceta.

“Fxtremely rare. The Opata is the dialect spoken by the Indians of Bacade-
guachi, Mochopa and Nacori, in the province of Sonora. The author, who was a
Jesuit, laboured zealously for a number of years in the Sonora Missions, and died
in 1768.”—Ramirez Sale Cat.

L. J. C. et M. I. | Aiamie | Kushkushkut | Mishinaigan. | [Design.]

Ka lJakonigants, nte opishtokoiats: ute etat William Neilson
1847. | } S.

Pp. 1-67. 12°. Introit, Kyrie, Agnus Dei, Creed, etc., set to music. Probably
by the Pére Durocher.

Aiame-nabowewinan | nahinawemagakin. | [Picture of the Crucifixion].
Moniang, [Montreal] | takkwabikichkote L. Perrault | endatch. |
1844. | s.

Pp. 1-7. 16°. Prayers in Algonkin.

40

41

43

44

46

47

48

AGUERO—AJOK ERSUTIT. 3)

L. J.C. et M. J. Aiamieu Kukuetshimitun Misinaigan.
Kaiakonigants nte opisti koiats. Nte etat Augustin Coté et Cie.
1848. BA.
Pp. 1-53, 11. 12°. Roman Catholic Catechism in Montagnais. Probably by
the Pére Durocher.
Ainslie (Rev. George). Catechism | for | Young Children. | Trans-
lated into the | Nez Perces Language. | By the | Rev. George Ains-
lie. |
Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication, | 1334 Chestnut
Street. | [No date.] Cc. JWP.
Pp. 3-33. 16°.

Johnnim Taaiskt. | Gospel according to John. | Translated
into the Nez Perces Language | by | Rev. George Ainslie. |
’ Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication. | 1876. | ABs.
Pp. 1-116. 12°.
—— Uyitpa Johnnim Timas. | First Epistle General | of | John. |
Translated into the Nez Perces Language | by | Rev. George Ainslie. |
Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication. | 1876. | ABs.
Pp. 1-17. 12°.
— Notes on the Grammar of the Nez Percés Language. By Rey.
George Ainslie.
In Hayden (F.V.) Bulletin, vol. 2, pp. 271-277. Washington, 1876. 8°.
Contains also the Lord’s Prayer and hymn ‘‘Just as I am” with interlinear
translations.
Ai-yimmika Na Kaniohmi. BA.
[No imprint: Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Mission Press, John
Candy and John IF. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.]
Pp. 1-13. 12°. Salvation by Faith: in the Choctaw language.
Appended: How do we know there is a God? Chihowa hvt asha ka katiohmit
il okostoninchi Chatuk oh cho. Pp. 13-20.
Ajokersoutit oppersartuit Gudimik pekkossenigdlo, tamzessa Luterij
katekismusingveetta ok’ausé.
Havniame, 1849. x
125 pp. 8°. Explanation uf Luther’s Catechism, in Eskimo.—Rink.
See Katerkismus Luterim.
Ajokersutit illuartut gudimik Pekkorsejniglo Innungnut, Koisimar-
sudlo Koisituksedlo Iliniegeksejt Nalengniegeksejdlo, Pidluarsin-
naungorkudlugit.
Kidbenhaynime, J. R. Thielimir, 1797. *
159 ll. 8°. Catechism and Religious Exercises in Greenlandish. Prepared
probably by Fabricius.—Leclere.
Ajokersutit | illuartut Gudmik | Pekkorséjniglo Innungnut; | Koisi-
marsudlo Koisituksedlo | iliniegekséjt Nalengniegekséjdlo, | Pid-
luarsinnaungorkudlugit. |
Kidbenhaynime, | Pingajueksanik nakkittarsimarsut | 1818. | Il-
arsuin igloznne C. I*. Skubartimit. C.
Pp. 1-158. 16°, Catechism in the Eskimo language.

10
49

52

ou

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Alarcon (fr. Baltasar de). Sermones en lengua Cakchiquel, escritos
por varios padres de la orden de San-Francisco, y recogidos por el
M. R. M. Padre Fray Baltasar de Alarcon, procurador general de la
misma orden en la prov. del Dulce Nombre de Jesus de Guatemala. *

Manuscript. 53 ll. 4°. This manuscript comprises 23 sermons in the Cakchiquel
language, written by different authors at different times. No signature is affixed
to any one of them, and it is from a paper included with one of them and placed at
the end of the volume that I have concluded they were collected by Father Alar-
con. Many of these sermons are very carefully written, and belong to the end of
the XVIth Century.

Tbe Cakchique] language, which Flores calls the metropolitan language of

Guatemala, was especially that of the capital city of this province, which, after
the conquest by Alvarado, gave its name to the town. The capital of the Cak-
chiquels, called by them Iximche, was known in the Mexican language under the
name of Tecpan-Quauhtemalan. * * * The natives speaking the Cakchiquel
language occupy the surrounding country as far as the villages situated north and
west of the great volcanos of Fuego and Agua, and from these localities north as
far as the right bank of the Montagua, and northwest as far as the base of the vol-
cano of Atitan. The Quiche and the Tzutuhil are the dialects of the Cakchiquel
tongue.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.
Albornoz (fr. Juan de) and Barrientos (Fr. Luis). Arte | de la |
Lengua Chiapaneca | compuesto por Kl M. R. Padre | Fray Juan de
Albornoz | y Doctrina Cristiana | en la misma lengua | escrita por |
El Padre M'*° Fray Luis Barrientos. |

Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | 28, Rue Bonaparte, 28 | San-
Francisco, A. L. Bancroft and Co | 1875 | ©. JWP.

Pp. 1-72. 4°.

Forms vol. 1 of Pinart (A. L.) Bibliotheque de Linguistique et d’Ethno-
graphie Américaines publiée par Alph.-L. Pinart.

The ‘‘Arte” oceupies pp. 1-52 of this volume, and the ‘‘Doctrina” pp. 53-72,
the latter with its own title-page, for which see Barrientos (Ir. Luis).

[Alcala Galiano (J). Dionisio)|. Relacion | del Viage hecho por las
goletas | Sutil y Mexicana | en el ano de 1792 | para reconcer el
Estrecho de Fuca: | con una introduccion | en que se da noticia de
las expediciones execu- | tadas anteriormente por los Espanoles en
busca | del paso del noroeste de la América. |

De orden del Rey. | Madrid en la imprenta real | Ato de 1802. | c.

8p. ll. pp i-elxviii, 1-185. 8°. Atlas folio.

Varias palabras del idioma qne se habla en la Boca 8. del Canal de Fuea y sas
equivalentes en castellano, pp. 41-42. Vocabulary of the Eslen and Runsien
(31 words), pp. 172-178. Vocabulario del idioma de lus habitantes de Nutka,
pp. 178-184.

The Fischer Sale Cat. gives to this volume the date of 1812.

Alcantara (Pedro). _ Vocabulary of the Costanos.

In Schooleraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 494-505. Philadelphia, 1852.
4°, Reprinted in Powell (... W.) Cont. toN A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 535-548.
Washington, 1877, 4°.

Alcocer (P. Martin). Tradados doctrinales en Lengua megicana. *
Manuscript. 808 IL 4°. The original manuscripts are in the library of the Col-
lege of S. Gregorio de Mexico,— Beristain.

ALARCON—ALLEN. 11

54 Ald4ma (Joseph Augustin de). Arte | de la lengua | Mexicana |

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

dispuesto | por D. Joseph Augustin | de Aldaéma, y Guevara, | Pres-
bytero de el Arzo | bispado de Mexico. |
En la imprenta | nueva de la Bibliotheca Me- | xicana. En frente
de el Con- | vento de San Augustin. | Atlo de 1754. | C.
81 unnumbered Il. sm, 4°.

Alden (Rev. Timothy). An | Account | of | Sundry Missions | per-
formed among the | Senecas and Munsees; | in a series of letters. |
With | an Appendix. | By Rev. Timothy Alden, | President of Alle-
ghany College. |

New York: | Printed by J. Seymour. | 1827.| _ BA. C.

Pp. 1-180. 16°. :

Appelative words in Seneca, pp. 158-164,

[Alejandre (Marcelo)]. Noticia de Lengua Huasteca, cudntos y cémo
sean los modos de la pronunciacion huasteca, y de sus letras y dip-
tongos.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex. Bol., segunda epoca, tom. 2, pp. 733-790. Mexico,
1870. 8°.

Vocabularies, pp. 761-790.

Aleutian Abecedarium.
St. Petersburg, 1839 or 1840.
8°. Title from Ludewig.

AJEYTCKIM | byKBAPD. | JIWP.
Mockaa. | Be cynogaanoii Tunorpasiii. | 1846.
Translation: Aleutian | Primer. | Moscow. | Synod Press. | 1846.
Title, 11.; pp.1-380. 8°. Partly in Cyrillic type, partly in Russian.
Alexander (Sir James Edward). L’Avadie; | or, | Seven Years’ Ex-

plorations | in | British America. | By | Sir James HE. Alexander, K.
L.S., & K. St. J., | on the Staff of H. E. the Commander of the forces
in Canada. | In two volumes. | Vol. I. [II]. |

London: | Henry Colburn, Publisher: | Great Marlborough
Street. | 1849. | C. BA.

2 vols. 12°.

The Lord’s Prayer in the Micmac Language, vol. 2, app. 3, p. 325. The Lord’s
Prayer in the Millicete Language, vol. 2, app. 3, p. 326.

Reissued, according to Sabin, London, 1853, 2 vols. post 8°.

Alexander (John Henry). A Dictionary of the Language of the
Lenni Lenapé, or Delaware Indians. ~

Manuscript. 4°. I find mention of the above in: Memoir of John H. Alex-
ander, by William Pinkney, read before the Maryland Society, May 2, 1867.

Algora (Fr. Juan). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Tarasca, por
Illmo. D. Fr. Juan Algora. “
Mentioned by Nicholas Antonio and quoted by De Souza.—Ludewig.

Allen (Miss A. J.) Ten Years | in | Oregon. | Travels and Adven-
tures | of | Doctor E. White and Lady, | West of the Rocky Moun-

12

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Allen (Miss A. J.)—continued.

63

64

66

67

tains; | with | Incidents of two Sea Voyages via Sandwich | Islands
around Cape Horn; | containing, also, a | brief History of the Mis-
sions and Settlement of the country — Origin of the Provisional
Government—Number and Customs of | the Indians—Incidents wit-
nessed while traversing | and residing in the Territory—Description
of | the soil, Production and Climate. | Compiled by Miss A. J. Al-
len. |

Ithaca, N. Y.: | Press of Andrus, Gauntlett & Co. | 1850. | C.

Pp. i-xvi, 17-480. 12°.

A few Oregon Sentences, pp. 395-396; (from Lee & Frost’s ‘‘Ten Years in Ore-
gon”). :
Allen (William). Wunnissoo, | or the | Vale of Hoosatunnuk, | a
poem, with notes. | By William Allen, D. D., | A member [&c., &c.,
four lines]. |

Boston: | Published by John P. Jewett and Company, | Cleve-
land, Ohio: Jewett, Proctor & Worthington. | New York: Sheldon,
Blakeman & Company. | M. DCCC. LVI. [1856.] | C.

Pp. 1-237. 12°.

Account of the Indian languages, pp. 175-192, contains short vocabularies of

several eastern tribes. ‘‘Of the Mohegan Language,” pp. 232-236, contains a
vocabulary of the principal Mohegan words as used in the Hoosatunnuk Valley.

Almeida (P. Teodoro de). -Piadoso | Devocionario | en honor |
del | Sagrado Corazon de Jesus. | Contiene del Devoto egercicio que
la Pia | Union de la Ciudad de la Puebla confor- | me 4 la geneeal
de Roma, practica todos | los Domingos del ato en la Iglesia del
es- | piritu Santo; y la Novena para la Fiesia | del Santisimo Cora-
zon, que compreso el | P. D. Teodoro de Almeida. | Traducido al
Idioma Mexicano, para utili- | dad de los devotos congregantes de |
la pia union de | Santiago Tlilipan | por el Presbitero D. Pedro J.
Gambino, | quien lo dedica | 4 su Prelado, el Esemo. 6 Ilmo. Sr. Dr.
D. | Francisco Pablo Vasquez. |

Orizava | Imprenta de Felis | Mendarte | 1839. | C.

4p. ll. 128 pp. 16°.

Alonso (fr. Juan). Varios Oposculos doctrinales en Lengua Zendal.

Title from Beristain. Squier, who quotes from Vasquez, adds:

Diccionario de la Lengua Kachiquel. *
Manuscript.

Alphabet | Mikmaque. | [Picture.]
Quebec: | Imprimé par C. Le Frangois, | Rue Laval, No. 9, |
1817. | BA. 8.
Pp. 1-89. 249. Primer in Mikmak.
Alsop (George). A | Character | Of the Province of | Mary-Land, |
Wherein is Described in four distinct | Parts, (Viz.) | I. The Scitua-
tion, and plenty of the Province. | II. The Laws, Customs, and nat-

ALLEN—ALVA. 13

Alsop (George)—continued.

69

70

ural Demea | nor of the Inhabitant. | III. The worst and best Vsage
of a Mary- | Land Servant, opened in view. | IV. The Traffique, and
Vendable Commodities | of the Countrey. | Also | A small Treatise
onthe Wildeand | Naked Indians (or Susquehanokes) | of Mary-Land,
their Customs, Man- | ners, Absurdities, & Religion. | Together with
a Collection of Histo- | rical Letters. | By George Alsop. |

London, Printed by T. J. for Peter Dring, | at the sign of the Sun
in the Poultrey; 1666. | ”

Title of the original edition; not seen; taken from reprint of 1869, as below:

— A | Character of the Province | of | Maryland. | Described in
four distinct parts. | Also | a small treatise on the wild and naked
Indians (or | Susquehanokes) of Maryland, their customs, | manners,
absurdities, and religion. | Together with | a collection of historical
letters. | By | George Alsop. | A new edition with an introduction
and copious | historical notes. | By John Gilmary Shea, LL.D., |
Member of the New York Historical Society. | [18 lines quotation.]

New York: | William Gowans. | 1869. | C.

Pp. 1-125. 8°. Forms vol. 5 of Gowan’s Bibliotheca Americana. Title-page of
series, 1 1.; Title of 1669 ed., 1 1.; Dedication, 1 1.; Advertisement, 1 1.; Intro-
duction, pp. 9-15; Title of original edition, 1 1., verso blank (pp. 17-18); Dedica-
tion to Lord Baltimore, 1 1. (pp. 19-20); Epistle Dedicatory, 1 1. (pp. 21-22); “To
all the Merchant Adventurers for Mary-Land,” 1 1. (pp. 23-24); Preface to the
Reader, 1 1. (pp. 25-26); Poem ‘‘The Author to his Book,” 2 1l., verso of 2d 1. blank
(pp. 27-380); Poem by William Bogherst, ‘‘To my Friend Mr. George Alsop,” 1 1.
(pp. 31-32); Poem by H.W. ‘To my Friend Mr. George Alsop,” 1 1. (pp. 33-34);
“A Character of the Province,” &c., pp. 35-108; Notes, 109-125.

Numerals (1-10) of the Susquehanna, or Minqua, Hochelaga, Huron, Mohawk,
and Onondaga, p. 121.

Alva (Bartholome de). Confessionario Mayor, y Menor en lengua Me-
xicana. Y platicas, contra las Supresticiones [sic] de idolatria, que
el dia de oy an quedado a los Naturales desta Nueua Espana, é in-
strucion de los Santos Sacramentos, &c. Al Illustrissimo Senor D.
Erancisco, [sic] Manso y Zuniga, Arcobispo de Mexico, del Consejo
de su Magestad, y del Real de las Indias, &c. Mi Senor. Nuevya-
mente compuesto por el Bachiller don Bartholome de Alua, Benefi-
ciado del Partido de Chiapa de Mota. Ano de 1634.

§| Con licencia. Impresso en Mexico, por Francisco Salbago, im-
pressor del Secreto del Sancto Officio. Por Pedro de Quinones.

4p.ll. 4°. Ll. 1-52, the last unnumbered, contain the Confessional in Spanish
and Mexican, in two columns, and the Credo, Pater Noster, Ave Maria, and Salve
in Mexican only. On verso of the last page is:

En Mexico En la Imprenta de Francisco Salbago librero, Impressor
del Secreto del Sancto Officio. En la Calle de San Francisco. Ano
M. DC. XX XIIII. =

Not seen; title from Icazbalceta’s Apnntes.
“The questions contain some curious references to the still existing cult of idols,
and will be found useful to fill up some lacun® in our knowledge of the Mexican

14

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Alva (Bartholome de)—continued.

71 ——

73

75

Mythology. They relate chiefly, however, to sexual and kindred matters, and in
this respect form a strange picture of the prurient morality of Spanish priests.
* ~* * Tt is not likely that many copies were allowed to be print d,even under
such an administration as that of the Spaniards in Mexico. The author was con-
sidered an accomplished master of the native tongae.”—Quaritch.

“The author was a native Mexican, descended from the Ancient Kings of Tez-
cuco. He was perfectly familiar with his native tongue, in which he wrote sev-
eral other works, besides translating three of Lope de Vega’s comedies into Na-
huatl, the manuscripts of which are in the present collection.” —Ramirez Sale Cat.

Platicas en lengua Mexicana, contra las supersticions, que
han quedada entre los Indios.
Mexico, 1634. *

Not seen; title from Beristain.

Comedias in Mexican, translated from Lope de Vega. a

Manuscript of the 17th century. 4°.

I. Comedia del gran teatro del mundo, traducida en la lengua Mexicana. Di-
trigida al P. Jacome Bacilio, por el Br. D. Barte. D’Alva. 15 Il.

II. Comedia famosa de Lope de Vega Carpio del Aminal Propheta y dichoso
patricida traducida en lengua Mexna. proprio y natural ydioma, por el Br. D, Barte.
de Alba el ano de 1640. 39 Il.

III. Comedia de Lope de Vega Carpio intitulada la Madre de ia Mejor. Tradu-
cida en lengua Mexna. y dirigida al P. Oracio Carocui de la Compa. de Jesus. 15 11.

All three in a uniform, neat and clear handwriting —Ramirez Sale Cat.

Alvarado (P. Ff. Francisco). Vocabulario en Lengua Misteca, hecho
por los Padres de la Orden de Predicadores, que residen en ella, y
vitimamente recopilado, y acabado por el Padre Fray Francisco de
Alvarado, Vicario de Tamaculapa, de la misma Orden.

En Mexico. Con licencia, En casa de Pedro Balli. 1593.

Colophon:

q Acabose este presente Vocabulario, en Tamaculapa, a 6 de Sep-
tiébre de 1592 anos. Hl qual con su auctor, se somete y subiecta a
la correction de la Sancta madre Yglesia Romana.

En Mexico. En casa de Pedro Balli. Aitio de 1593.

6 p.1L, pp. 1-204. 4°. Title from Icazbaleeta’s Apuntes.

Alvis (William). Teyeriwakowata, L. M. {a Hymn] | In the Mohawk
Tongue. | By William Alvis. | GB.
lp. 16°. Caption only; n. p., n.d.

Amaro (Juan Romualdo). Doctrina extractada de los Catecismos
Mexicanos de los Padres Paredes, Carochi y Castano, autores muy
selectos: traducida al castellano para mejor instruccion de los Indios,
en las Oraciones y Misterios principales de la Doctrina cristiana, por
el Presbitero capellan D. Juan Romualdo Amaro, Catedratico que fué
en dicho idioma en el Colegio Seminario de Tepotzotlan, antes Vica-
rio operario veinte y nueve alos en varios parroquias de esta Sagrada
Mitra, y Opositor 4 Curatos. Vaaitiadido en este catecismo el Preém-
bulo de la Copnfesion para la mejor disposicion de los Indios en el

ALVA—AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN. 15

Amaro (Juan Romualdo)—continued.

a]
a

78

79

80

Santo Sacramento de la Penitencia, y para las personas curiosas que
fueren aficionadas al idioma, con un Modo Practico de contar, segun
fuere el nimero de la materia, para el mismo fin.
Mexico: 1840. Imprenta de Luis Abadiano y Valdes, calle de las
Esealerillas num. 13. *
4p.l1l., 79 pp. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntcs.

American Academy Arts and Sciences. Memoirs | of the | American
Academy | of | Arts | and | Sciences: | To the End of the Year
M,DCC,X XXIII. | Volume I.[-IV]. |

Boston: [Charlestown and Cambridge.] | Printed by Adams and
Nourse, in Court Street. | M,DCC,LXXXYV. [-1821]. | C. BA.

4 vols. 4°. .

Parsons (S.H.) Discoveries made in the Western country. Vol. 2, pt. 2, pp.
119-127.

Pickering (J.) On the adoption of a uniform orthography for the Indian
Languages. Vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 319-360.

Memoirs | of the | American Academy | of | Arts and Sci-
ences. | New Series. | Vol. I.[-X, Part I]. |

Cambridge: [and Boston.] | Charles Folsom, | Printer to the Uni-
versity. | 1833.[-1873]. | C. BA.

9 vols., and vol. 10, pt.1. 4°.

Rasles (S.) A Dictionary of the Abnaki Language. Vol. 1, pp.370-574.

Proceedings | of the | American Academy | of | Aits and
Sciences. | Vol. I.[—XIII.] | From May, 1846, to May, 1848 [-1878.] |
Selected from the records. |
Boston and Cambridge: | Metcalf and Company. | 1848.[-1878.] |
13 vols. 8°. C. HU.

Morgan (L.H.) A conjectural solution of the Origin of the classificatory system
of Relationships. Vol. 7, pp. 436-477.

American Annals. American Annals | of the | Deaf and Dumb, |
conducted by | the Instructors of the American Asylum. | Vol. I.
[-X XIV]. |

Hartford: [and Washington.] | Browh and Parsons, No. 182 Main
Street. | 1848.[-1879]. | JWP.

24 vols. 8°. Have also seen vol. 25, pt. 1, Jan., 1880.

Mallery (G.) Thesign-language of the North American Indians. Vol. 25, pp. 1-20.

American Antiquarian. The | American Antiquarian [and Oriental
Journal]. | A Quarterly Journal devoted to | Karly American History,
Ethnology | and Archeology. | Edited by | Rev. Stephen D. Peet, |
Comprising seventy |&c., &c., three lines]. | [ Vols. I-III]
Published by Brooks, Schinkel & Co., | Cleveland, Ohio. | 1878.
[Vol. III, Chicago, 1881.] | JIWP.
Dorsey (J. 0.) How the Rabbit killed the Hun.er. An Omaha Fable. Vol. 2,
pp. 128-132.
The Rabbit and the Grasshopper. An Otoe Myth. Vol. 3, pp. 24-27.

16 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

American Antiquarian—continued.
Eels (M.) Indian Music. Vol. 1, pp. 249-253.

The Twana Language. Vol. 3, pp. 296-303.

Gatschet (A.S.) Sketch of the Klamath Language of Southern Oregon. Vol.
1, pp. 81-84.

— Mythologic Text in the Klamath Language. Vol. 1, pp. 161-166.
The Numeral Adjective in the Klamath Language. Vol. 2, pp. 210-217.

Mallery (G.) The Sign Language of the Indians of the Upper Missouri. Vol.
2, pp. 218-228.

Riggs (S.R.) The Theogony of the Sioux. Vol. 2, pp. 265-270.

81 American Antiquarian Society. Archaeologia Americana. | Transac-
tions | and | Collections | of the | American Antiquarian Society. |
Published by direction of the Society. | Vol. I.[-VI]. |

Worcester, Massachusetts; | Printed for the American Antiquarian
Society | By William Manning: | MDCCCXX./-MDCCCLXXIYV)].

[1820-1874.] |

Cc. JWP.

6 vols. 8°.

Gallatin (A.) A synopsis of the Indian Tribes east of the Rocky Mountains in
North America. Vol. 2, pp. 1-422.

Johnston (J.) Account of the Present State of the Indian Tribes inhabiting
Ohio. Vol. 1, 269-299.

Mitchill (S.L.) Letter to Samuel M. Burnside, Esq., Corresponding Secretary
of the American Antiquarian Soc. Vol. 1, pp. 313-317.

82 ——— Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society at their
Fifty-second Semi-Annual Meeting, held at Boston, May 31, 1843.
Worcester: Printed by Joseph B. Ripley. 1843.|-1880]. C.
75 pts. 8°. The above, the thirteenth ‘“‘minor publication,” is the first 10 bear
the title of ‘‘ Proceedings,” the twelve preceding issues consisting of addresses, etc.,
beginning in 1813. The numbering of these Proceedings began with No. 49,
Le Plongeon (A.) Letter to Bishop Courtenay. No. 73, pp. 113-117.
Valentini (P. J.J.) The Mexican Calendar Stone. No. 71, pp. 91-108.
Mexican Copper Tools. No.73, pp. 81-112.
The Katunes of Maya History. No.74, pp. 71-117.
— The Landa Alphabet. No. 75, pp. 59-91.

83 American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings |
of | the American Association | for the | Advancement of Science. |
First Meeting, | Held at Philadelphia, | September, 1848.[-1880]. |

Philadelphia: [Washington: Cambridge: Salem:] | Printed by
John ©. Clark, 60 Dock Street. | 1849.[-1881]. | C. BA.

29 vols. 8°.

Dall (W.H.) On the Distribution of the Native Tribes of Alaska. Vol. 18, pp.
263-273.

On some Peculiarities of the Eskimo Dialect. Vol. 19, pp. 332-349.
Morgau (L.H.) Laws of Descent of the Iroquois. Vol. 11, pp. 132-148.
Mallery (G.) The Sign Language of the N. A. Indians. Vol. 28, pp. 493-519.
Powell (J. W.’ Wyandot Government. Vol. 29, pp. 675-688.

84 American Bible Society. Specimen Verses | from versions in differ-
ent | Languages and Dialects | in which the | Holy Scriptures | have
been printed and circulated by the | American Bible Society | and

AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN—AMERICAN MUSEUM. 17

American Bible Society—continued.

86

87

the | British and Foreign Bible Society. | [Picture of Bible and one
line quotation. ]

New York: | American Bible Seciety, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1876. | ABS.

Pp. 1-48. 16°.

John iii. 16, in the following languages:—Greenland, Esquimaux, Cree, and
Tinne, p.36. Maliseet, Mohawk, Choctaw and Seneca, p.37. Dakota, Ojibwa,
Muski kee, Cherokee, and Delaware, p.38. Nez Perces, and Mayan, p. 39.

Another edition, similar except in date, appeared in 1879.

American Ethnological Society. ‘Transactions | of the | American |
Ethnological Society. | Vol. I.[-Vol. III, Pt. I]. |

New York: Bartlett & Welford. | London: Wiley & Putnam. |
MDCCCXLV.[-MDCOCLIL] [1845-1853.] | C. BA.

2 vols. & vol. 3, pt.i. 8°. map.

Bartram (W.) Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians. Vol. 3,
pp. 1-81.

Cotheal (A.I.) A Grammatical Sketch of the Language of the Mosquito Shore.
Vol. 2, pp. 235-264,

Gallatin (A.) I. Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan, and
Central America. Vol. 1, pp. 1-352.
Hale’s Indians of North-west America, and Vocabularies of North
America. Vol. 2, pp. xxiii-clxxxviii, 1-130.

Seeman (Berthold). The Aborigines of the Isthmus of Panama. Vol. 83,
pp. 175-182.

Squier (EK. G.) Observations on Archeology and Ethnology of Nicaragua.
Vol. 3, pp. 83-158.

American Historical Record. The American | Historical Record, | and
repertory of | Notes and Queries. | Concerning the history and an-
tiquities of America | and biography of Americans. | Edited by Ben-
son J. Lossing, LL. D. | Vol. I.[-?| |

Philadelphia: | Chase & Town, Publishers, | 142 South Fourth
Street. | 1872. | C.

8°. Ihave seen only the first volume of this publication.

“Old Records from New Jersey,” vol. 1, pp. 308-311, contains a vocabulary of
267 words and phrases copied from ‘The Indian Interpreter, Salem Town Record,
Liber B, in the office of the Secretary of State at Trenton, New Jersey, 1684.”

American Museum. The | American Museum | or | Repository | of
Ancient and Modern fugitive pieces, | prose and poetical. | For
January, 1787. | [Two lines quotation.| Volume I. | Number I. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by Mathew Carey. | M. DCC. LXXXVII.
[-M. DCC. XLIT.] [1787-1792.] | Cc.

12 vols. 8°. Edited by Mathew Carey.

Edwards (J.) Observations on the language of the Muhhekaneew Indians.
Vol. 5, pp. 21-25, 141-144.

Johnson (Sir W.) Extracts of letters on the language of the Northern In-
dians. Vol. 5, pp. 19-21.

Lord's Prayer in the Shawanese language. Vol. 6, p. 318.

This magazine was commenced by Mathew Carey, and continued with marked
wbility for six years. The twelve volumes contain a greater mass of interesting

2 Bib.

18

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

American Museum—continued.

and valuable literary and historical matter than is to be found in any of our early
American magazines. Many pieces, though fugitive when written, are now of a
permanent value as documentary history, and might be sought in vain elsewhere.
Among the contributors were many of the most eminent writers of the time, The
original lists of subscribers accompany the work.—Bartleti.

88 American Naturalist. The | American Naturalist, | a | popular illus-

89

90 ———

trated magazine | of | Natural History. | Edited by | A. S. Packard,
Jr., E. S. Morse, A. Hyatt, and F. W. Putnam. | Volume I.[-XV,
No. @,]] ||

Salem, Mass. | Published by the Essex Institute, 1868.[-1881.] | ¢.

14 vols. 8°, and nos. 1-9 of vol. 15. 8°.

Chever (E. E.) The Indians of California. Vol. 4, pp. 129-148.

American Philological Association. Transactions | of the | American |
Philological Association. | 1869-1870. [-1878.] |

Published by the Association. | Printed by Case, Lockwood &
Brainard, | Hartford, | 1871.[-1879.] |. swP.

9 vols. 8°.

Lull (E. P.) Vocabulary of Indians of San Blas and Caledonia Bay, Darien.
1873, pp. 103-109.

Trumbull (J. H.) On the best methods of studying the North American Lan-
guages. 1869-70, pp. 55-79.
On some mistaken notions of Algonkin Grammar. 1869-70, pp. 105-123.
On Algonkin names for man. 1871, pp. 128-159.
Words derived from Indian languages. 1872, pp. 19-32.
Notes on Forty Versions of the Lord’s Prayer in Algonkin. 1872, pp.

113-218.

Numerals in American Indian Languages. 1874, pp. 41-76.
On the Algonkin Verb. 1876, pp. 146-171.

Proceedings | of the | First[-Eleventh] Annual Session |
of the | American Philological Association, | held at | Poughkeep-
sie, N. Y., July, 1869. [-Newport, R. I., July, 1879.] |

New-York: | S. W. Green, Printer, 16 and 18 Jacob Street. |
1870. [-Hartford, 1879.] | JWP.

11 vols. 8°. Usually bound with the Transactions, but also issued separately
with title-page as above.

The papers in the Proceedings are extracts only, and are usually cute short,
some of them being printed in full in the ‘‘ Transactions.”

Anderson (fev. J.) The newly discovered relationship of the Tuteloes to the
Dakota Stock. Third sess., pp. 15-16.

The Huron Language and some of the Huron-Iroquois Traditions. Fifth
sess., pp. 23-25.

Ellis (Rev. R.) Observations,on Dr. Trumbull’s ‘‘Numerals in North American
Languages.” Eighth sess., pp. 8-10.

Gatschet (A. 8.) Syllabic reduplication as observed in Indian Languages, and
in the Klamath Language of South-western Oregon in particular. Eleventh sess.,
pp. 35-36,

Gibbs (George). The mode of expressing Number in certain Indian Languages.
Third sess., pp. 25-26.

Hoffman (Dr. W. J.) Notes on the migrations of the Dakotas. Ninth sess.,
pp. 15-17.

phe

AMERICAN MUSEUM

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SoctIEtTy. 19

American Philological Association—continued.

91

Hurlburt (lev. T.) On the structure of the Indian languages. First sess.,
pp. 26-27.

Matthews (Dr. W.) [The best way of studying the aboriginal tongues. }
Third sess., pp. 26-27.

Riggs (S. R.) Concerning Dakota Beliefs. Third sess., pp. 5-6.

Trumbull (J. H.) True method of studying the North American Languages.
First sess., pp. 25-26.
Some mistakes concerning the Grammar, and in Vocabularies of the Al-
gonkin Language. Sec. sess., pp. 13-14.
On Algonkin names of the Dog and the Horse. Sec. sess., pp. 16-17.
A mode of Counting, said to have been used by the Wawemoc Indians
of Maine. Third sess., pp. L3-15.
Algonkin Names of Man. Third sess., p. 23.
Contributions to the Comparative Grammar of the Algonkin languages.
Third sess., pp. 28-29.
English words derived from Indian languages of North America. Fourth
sess., pp. 12-13.
Indian local names in Rhode Island. Fourth sess., pp. 19-20.
Numerals in American Indian Languages, and the Indian mode of count-
ing. Sixth sess., pp. 17-19.
Names for Heart, Liver, and Lungs. Sixth sess., pp. 31-32.
Annual Address of the President. Seventh sess., pp. 5-8.
— The Algonkin Verb. Eighth sess., pp. 28-29.
Names of the Sun and of Water, in some American Languages. Eighth
sess., p. 45.

American Philosophical Society. Transactions | of the | American |
Philosophical Society, | held at | Philadelphia, | for promoting |
Useful Knowledge. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by R. Aitken & Son, at Pope’s Head | in
Market Street. | M.DCCLXXIX. [-1809.] | C. BA.

6 vols. 4°.

Barton (B.8.) Hints on the Etymology of certain English words, and on their
affinity to words in the language of the Indian Nations. Vol. 6, pp. 145-158.

Collin (Itev. N.) Philological view of some very Ancient Words in several
Languages. Vol. 4, pp. 476-509.

Dunbar (W.) On the Language of Signs among certain North American In-
dians. Vol. 6, pp. 1-8.

Transactions | of the | American Philosophical Society, |
held | at Philadelphia, | for | promoting Useful Knowledge. | Vol.
I.—New Series. [-XV, Parts I & II.] |

Philadelphia: Printed and Published by A. Small, | No. 112,
Chestnut Street, | (Iwo doors below the Post Office). | 1818.
[-1875.] | C. BA.

15 vols. 4°.

Hayden (F. V.) On the Ethnography and Philology of the Indian Tribes of
the Missouri Valley. Vol. 12, pp. 231-461.

Heckewelder (Rev. J.) Names which the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians
had given to Rivers, Streams, ete. Vol. 4, pp. 351-396.

Naxera (E.) De Lingua Othomitorum Dissertatio. Vol. 5, pp. 249-296.

Zeisberger (Iev. D.) A Grammar of the Language of the Lenni Lenape, or
Delaware Indians. Vol. 3, pp. 65-250,

20

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

American Philosophical Society—continued.

93

94

95

— Proceedings | of the | American Philosophical Society, | held
at Vhiladelphia, | for | promoting Useful Knowledge. Vol. I.
[-XVII.] | For the years 1838, 1839 & 1840. [-1878.] |
Philadelphia: | Printed for the Society, | by John C. Clark, 60 Dock
Street. 1840. [-1879]. | C. BA.
17 vols., and pts. 102 and 103 of vol. 18. 8°.

Brinton (Dr. D.G.) Nature of the Maya group of Languages. Vol. 11, pp. 4-6.
Contributions to a Grammar of the Muskokee Language. Vol. 11, pp.

301-309.

On the Language of the Natchez. Vol. 13, pp. 483-499.

Byington (Rev. C.) Grammar of the Choctaw Language. Prepared by the
Rey. Cyrus Byington and Edited by Dr. Brinton. Vol. 11, pp. 317-367.

Chase (—). On certain Primitive Names of the Supreme Being. Vol. 9,
pp. 420-424.
On the radical Significance of Numerals. Vol. 10, pp. 18-23.

Gabb (Dr. W. B.) On the Indian Tribes and Languages of Costa Rica.
Vol. 14, pp. 483-602.

Gatschet (A. S.) Remarks upon the Tonkawa Language. Vol. 16, pp. 318-327.
The Timucua Language. Vol. 16, pp. 626-642.
— The Timucua Language. [2d paper.] Vol. 17, pp. 490-504.
The Timucua Language. [3d paper.] Vol. 18, 465-502.

Hayden (F. V.) Brief Notes on the Pawnee, Winnebago, and Omaha Lan-
guages. Vol. 10, pp. 389-421.

Transactions | of the | Historical & Literary Committee | of
the | American Philosophical Society, | held at Philadelphia, for
promoting | useful knowledge. | Vol. I. [-III. Part I. | Two lines
quotation. |

Philadelphia: | Printed and Published by Abraham Small, No.
112, Chestnut Street, | 1819. [-1843.] | C. BA.

Vols. 1, 2, and 3, part 1. 8°.

Catalogue of Manuscript Works on the Indians and their Languages in the
Library of the Am. Phil. Soc. Vol. 1, pp. xlvii-l.

Duponceau (P. 8.) Report of the Corresponding Secretary to the Committee
of his Progress in the Investigation of the Language of the American Indians.
Vol. 1, pp. xvii-xlvi.

Heckewelder (Rev. J.) An account of the History of the Indian Natives who
once inhabited Pennsylvania. Vol. 1, pp. 1-347. ‘
Words, Phrases, and Short Dialogues in the Language of the Lenni Le-
nape or Delaware Indians. Vol. 1, pp. 451-464.
and Duponceau (P. 8.) A Correspondence respecting the Language of
the American Indians. Vol.1, pp. 351-448.

American Society. The | First Annual Report | of the | American
Society | for promoting the Civilization and General Improvement
of the | Indian Tribes in the United States. | Communicated to the
Society, in the City of Washington, with the | Documents in the Ap-
pendix, at their Meeting, Feb. 6, 1824. |

New Haven: | Printed for the Society, by S. Converse. | 1824. | JwP.

Pp. 1-74. 8°.

This pamphlet contains, pp. 47-65, an article entitled “Indian Languages,”
being a communication from the Rey. Jedediah Morse, Corresponding Secretary,
to the American Society, which includes the following papers:

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY—ANALES. 21

American Society—continued.

96

97

98

“Evesral [Several?] American Indian Nations. Copied from an ancient work
by Joanna Chamberlains.—Printed at Amsterdam 1615.” A list of four words in:

Algonkine, Guaranice, Chiltawice,

Caraibaice, 8. Brasillice, Apalachice,

Chilice, Poconchine, Virginiane,

Mohigice, Mexicane, Kenebekice,

Savanahice, Sinice Provincia, Pequo Moheganice,
Crickice, Chinches, Nor Arglice, } P. 55.

Extracts from a ‘‘Cherokee Spelling book by the Rey. Mr. Buttrice [Butterick]
and David Brown.” Pp. 59-62.

Greenleaf (M.) Indian Names of some of the Streams, Islands, &c., on the
Penobscot and St. John Rivers in Maine. Pp. 49-53.

Lord’s Prayer (The) in tue language of the Eastern Indians of New England.

_ Pp. 538-54.

Madison (Dr.) <A few words in the ? language. P. 57.

Reaume (—). Further specimens of the Chippewa Dialect. Pp.56-57.

Remarks on the Seneca language; with a vocabulary. Pp. 62-65.

Roberts (—). Remarks on the Cherokee Language. Pp. 58-59.

Saltonstall (Gov.) The Lord’s Prayer in the language of the Mohegan and
Pequot Indians. P. 54.

Specimens of the Chippewa language: from Dr. McCulluck’s Indian Origin.
Pp. 55-56.

American Statistical Association. Collections | of the | American Sta-
tistical Association. | Vol. I.[-I1I, Part 1.] | C. BA.
Boston: | printed for the Association, by T. R. Marvin. | 1847. |

Felt (J. B.) Statistics of towns in Massachusetts. Vol. 1, pp. 7-99.

American Sunday School Union. History | of | the Delaware | and |
Iroquois Indians | formerly inhabiting the Middle States. | With |
various anecdotes | illustrating their manners and customs. | Embel-
lished with a variety of original cuts. | Written for the American
Sunday School Union, and | revised by the Committee of Publica-
tion. |

American Sunday School Union. | Philadelphia:—No. 146 Chest-
nut Street. | 1832. | LSH.

Pp. 1-153. 24°.

Some general remarks on Indian Languages, principally the Delaware, occur
on pp. 44-58.

Anales antiguos de México y sus contornos. *

Not seen; title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, where the work is described as fol-
lows:

Under this title we find in the library of Sr. D. J. F. Ramirez two volumes in folio
containing in 1022 pages modern copies of 26 ancient fragments in the Mexican
language. Of some of these fragments there is only a translation into Spanish by
the Lic: D. Faustino Galicia; and others have the Mexican text in the margin.
He copied the index of the two volumes in segments, annotating his pages in order
to mark the extent of each fragment.

VOLUME I.
1. Anales de Cuauhtitlan.

Translation of an ancient Mexican manuscript which notices the migration of
all the tribes, beginning with the Toltecas and concluding with a notice of the

22

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Anales antiguos de México y sus contornos—continued.

arrival of the Spanish conquerors in 1519. The original manuscript belonged to
the College of St. Gregory, and through the neglect of the translator the original
text is not transcribed. This manuscript was lost at the time of the final extinc-
tion of the Jesuits. P. 1.

2. Anales toltecas.

This is an extract made by M. Aubin from a Mexican manuscript in the time of
Sr. Gondra, conservador of the National Museum. The original remained in his
possession. P. 231.

3. Historia del setiorio de Teotihuacan.

Extract by M. Aubin. P. 255.

4. Lista de los pueblos principales que pertenecian antiguamente 4 Tezcoco.
P. 265.

5. Anales Tolteca-Chichimecas. S

They begin with the departure of the tribe from the high land of Culhuacan
and conclude with its arrival at Tollan and incorporation with the Nonoalcas.
Translation from an original, lithographed at Paris from the manuscript of M.
Aubin. Commences with the departure of the tribe and terminates in the year
1526, saying, in'conclusion, that it is the history of the people of Cuauhtlinchan.
Peer.

6. Anales Tepanecas.

Mexican text and translation from an anonymous Mexican manuscript belong-
ing to the Licen iate Galicia. It begins in the year 1426, and concludes in 1589.
P. 305.

7. Anales mexicanos. No.1.

Mexican text with Spanish translation. They begin with the departure of the
Mexicans from Axtlan, and conclude on July 8th, 1605. P. 387.

8. Anales mexicano. No.2.

In both texts. They commence in 1168 and end in 1546. The original is in the
Museum and is No. 16, catalogue 5 of the Museum of Boturini. P. 511.

9. Anales mexicanos. No. 3.

They commence in 1196 and end in 1396. Extract by M. Aubin. P.519.

10. Arvales mexicanos. No. 4. '

In both texts and with figures. They commence in 1589 and terminate in 1595.
It is No. 13, catalogue 5 of the Museum of Boturini. The original is preserved in
the Museum. P.533.

VOLUME II.

11. Anales de Mexico y Tlaltelolco.

In both texts, with figures. They commence in the year 1473, and end in the
time of Cuauhtemotzin, during the siege of the city by the Spaniards. It is No, 15
of catalogue 5 of Boturini. The original exists in the Museum. P. 587.

12. Anales de Tlalteloleo y Mexico. No.1.

In both texts. They begin in 1519 and terminate in 1633. They belong to
Boturini’s Museum, and a e marked Catalogue 6. P. 605.

13. Anales de Tlaltelclco y México. No.2.

In both texts. They commence in 1519 and terminate in 1663. In this number
there are different parts, as the title-page shows. P. 633.

14. Anales de México y sus alrededores. No.1.

In both texts. They begin in 1564 and terminate in 1711. They contain the
succession of Mexicatzinco, Tlalteloleo, &c. It is numbered 24, Catalogue 5 of
the Boturini Museum. The original is pr:served in the National Museum. P. 667.

15. Anales de México y sus alrededores. No. 2.

In both texts. They begin in 1546 and terminate in 1625. They contain the
successions of Tecamachalco, Tacuba, &c. P. 685.

ANALES—ANAYA. 23

Anales antiguos de México y sus contornos—continued.

16. Anales de Tlaxcala. No.1.

In both texts. They commence in 1543 and terminate in 1603. P.711.

17. Anales de Tlaxcala. No. 2.

In both texts, and with figures. They begin in 1519 and terminate in 1692.
P. 723.

18. Anales de Puebla y de Tlaxcala. No.1.

In both texts. They begin with the foundation of the Mexican monarchy and
terminate in 1739. Copied from a manuscript in the Cathedral. P.733.

19. Anales de Puebla y de Tlaxcala. No. 2.

In both texts, and with figures. They begin with the epoch of the Conquest
and end in-1674. It is No. 12 of catalogue 4 of the Museum of Boturini. The
original is preserved in the Museum. P. 801.

20. Anales de Puebla y de Tlaxcala. No.3.

In both texts. They commence in 1664 and terminate in 1686. P. 833.

21. Anales de Tepeaca.

They begin in 1528 and end in 1624. Translation from a Mexican manuscript
with figures, which is preserved in the Museum, and whose text is intercalated
with them. P.903.

22. Anales de Tecamachalco y Quecholac.

In both texts. They begin in 1520 and end in 1558, Copied from a manuscript
lent by an inhabitant of Tlalteloleo. P.911.

23. Anales de Quecholac.

In both texts. They begin in 1519 and end in 1642. They have the peculiarity
of having the designation in the Mexican language together with other irregulari-
ties. It is No. 11, Catalogue 5 of Boturini. The original is preserved in the Mu-
seum. P. 945.

24. Anales de Diego Garcia.

In both texts and with figures. They begin in 1502 and end in 1601. They
mention the succession of many different peoples. The title is given by one Diego
Garcia, the same who wrote the last notice in terms which make it appear that
he was the annalist. It is No. 14, Catalogue 5 of the Museum of Boturini. The
original is preserved in the National Museum. P.979.

25. Titulos de tierras de los indios de Cuitlahuac.

In both texts. P.991.

26. Amojonamiento del pueblo de Techialoyan.

In both texts. It places the foundation in the time of King Axayacatl. P. 1009.

99 Analysis (An) of Pronominal and Verbal Iorms of the Indian Lan-
guages in the Exhibition of “Words and Forms of Speech, prepared
with a view to obtain their Equivalents in various Indian Dialecis.”

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp.407-411. Philadelphia,
1853. 4°.

100 Analysis | of the | Seneca Language. | Na na none do wau gau | Ne
u wen noo da. |
Buffalo: | H. A. Salisbury, Printer. | 1827. | ABC.
Pp. 1-36. 16°. -

101 Anaya (D. Cristobal Diaz). Arte para aprender el idioma Potonaco.*

102 — Vocabulario Potonaco-Castellano. x
This author is the same whom Eguiara twice mentions in his Bibliography by

the name of Don Cristobal Diaz Santa Ana.—Beristain.

24 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

103 A N-D de Lorette. | S.

1p. 16°. Hymn in Iroquois and Algonkin.

104 Anderson (A.) {Vocabularies of the Northwest Coast. ]

In Cook (J.) and King (J.) Voyage to the Pacific Ocean. London, 1784.
3 vols. 4°. and atlas.

A few words of the Nootka Language, vol. 2, p.335; numerals 1-10, p. 336.
Vocabulary (25 words) of the Language of Prince William’s Sound, pp. 375-376.
Vocabulary of the Language of Nootka or King George’s Sound. Vol. 3, app. 4,
pp. 540-546.

These vocabularies appear in both the English editions of 1784; in the Dublin
edition, 1784, 3 vols., 8°.; and in the extract in Ker (R.) General History and
Coll. Voyages and Travels, vol. 16, pp. 255, 257, 285-286, and vol. 17, pp. 300-309.
Edinburgh, 1811-1817, 17 vols.

105 t—— Vocabulary of the Tahkali (Carrier), and of the Hailtsa.
In Hale (H.) Ethnography and Philology, U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. 6, pp. 570-626.
634. Philadelphia, 1846. 4°. Reprinted in Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, p. 103,
New York, 1848. 8°.

106 Anderson (Alexander Caulfield). Notes on the Indian Tribes of
British North America, and the Northwest Coast. Communicated
to Geo. Gibbs, Esq. By Alex. C. Anderson, Esq., late of the Hon.
H. B. Co. and read before the New York Historical Society, No-
vember, 1862.

In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. vii, pp. 73-81. New. York & London, 1863.
sm. 4°.

A few proper names with English signification.

107 t—— Concordance of the Athabascan Languages, with notes.

Manuscript. 12 11. folio.

Comparative vocabulary of 180 words of the following dialects: Chipwyan,
Tacully, Klatskanai, Willopah, Upper Umpqua, Tootooten, Applegate Creek, Ho-
pah, Haynarger.

108 t—— Notes on the Indians of the Northwest Coast.
Manuscript. 12 11. folio.
109 t—— Vocabulary of the Klatskanai Dialect of the Tahculli, Atha-
basca.

Mauuscript. 3 ll. 180 words. folio.
These three manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

110 Anderson (Johann). Herrn Johann Anderson, | I. V. D. | und wey-
land ersten Biirgermeisters der freyen Kayserlichen | Reichstadt
Hamburg, | Nachrichten | von Island, | Grénland und der Strasse
Davis, | zum wahren Nutzen der Wissenschaften | und der Hand-
lung. | Mit Kupfern, und einer nach den neuesten und in diesem
Werke ange- | gebenen Entdeckungen, genau eingerichteten Land-
charte. | Nebst einem Vorberichte | von den Lebensumstinden des
Herrn Verfassers. |

Hamburg, | verlegts Georg Christian Grund, Buchdr. 1746. |
Title and 14 p. 1l., text 328 pp. and Register, 3 1]. 8°. map. Cc. JCB.
Dictionariolum, pp. 285-299. Formularum loquendi usitatissimarum, pp. 300-

303. Formyla conivquandi verborum, pp. 304-314. Ten Commandments, Prayers,
&c., pp. 314-325,

A N-D—ANDERSON. 25

Anderson (Johann)—continued.

111 ——— Herrn Johann Anderson, | I. V. D.| und wieland ersten
Biirgermeisters der freyen Kayserl. | Reichstadt Hamburg, | Nach-
richten | von | Island, Grénland | und der | Strasse Davis, | zum
wahren Niitzen der Wissenschaften | und der Handtung. | Mit Kup-
fern, und einernach den neuesten und indiesem Werke | angegebenen
Entdeckungen, genau eingerichteten Landcharte. | Nebst einem Vor-
berichte | von den | Lebensumstiinden des Herrn Verfassers. |

Frankfurt und Leipzig 1747. | JCB.

i5 p. 1, text 388 pp. and Register, 4 ll. 12°.

Linguistics as in 1746 ed., pp. 321-337 ; 337-341; 342-353; 353-368.

I have seen an edition, Kiébenhavn, 1748, 12°, with no linguistics.

112 ——— Beschryving | van Ysland, | Groenland | en de | Strait
Davis. | Tot nut der wetenschappen en den | koophandel. | Door den
Heer | Johan Anderson, | Doctor der beide Rechten, en in leven
eerthe Burgermeester der | vrye keizerlyke Rykstad Hamburg. |
Verrykt met Platen en een nieuwe naauwkeurige Landkaart der
ontdek- | kingen, waar van in dit werk gesproken word. | Benevens
een voorbericht, bevattende de levensbyzonderheden | van den geleer-
den schryver. | Uit het hoogduitsch vertaalt. | Door | J. D. J. |

Te Amsterdam, | By Steven van Esveldt, Bockverkoper | in de
Beurs-Steeg, 1750. | JCB.

9 p. 1., pp. 1-289. sm. 4°. map.

Greenland Dictionary, Grammar, Prayers, &c., pp. 244-258; 258-262; 262-273;
274-286.

113 ——— Histoire | Naturelle | de L’Islande, | du Groenland, | du Dé-
troit de Davis, | et Vautres Pays situés sous le Nord, | Traduite de
PAllemand | de M. Anderson; de Académie | Imperiale, Bourg-
mestre en Chef | de la ville de Hambourg. | Par M**, [J. P. Rousse-
lot de Surgy] de PAcadémie Impériale, & | de la Société Royale de
Londres. | Tome Premier. [Second.] | [Design.]

A Paris, | Chez Sebastian Jorry, Imprimeur- | Libraire, Quai des
Augustins, prés | le Pont S. Michel, aux Cigvgnes. | M. DCC. L. |
Avee Approbation & Priviiége du Roi. | Cc. JCB.

2 vols. 16°.

“Supplément contenant Un petit Dictionnaire & quelques Principes de la
Grammaire Groenlandoise,” vol. 2, pp. 295-386.

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 1408, mentions an edition: Paris, Jorry, 1754.

114 ——— Beschryving | van | Ysland, | Groenland | en de Straat
Davis. | Bevattende zo wel ene bestipte bepaling van de ligging en |
grote van die Eilanden, als een volledige ontvouwing van hunne |
inwendige gesteltenis, vuurbrakende Bergen, heete en war- | me
Bronnen enz. een omstandig Bericht van de Vruchten | en Kruiden
des Lands; van de wilde en tamme Landdie- | ren, Vogelen en Vis-
schen, de Visvangst der Yslanders | en hunne onderscheide behande-
ling, toebereiding en | drogen der Visschen, voorts het getal der
Inwoon- | ders, hunnen Aart, Levenswyze en Bezigheden, | Wonin-

26

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Anderson (Johann)—continued.

gen, Kledingen, Handteering, Arbeid, | Veehoedery, | Koophandel,
Maten en Ge- | wichten, Huwelyks Plechtigheden, Opvoe- | ding
hunner Kinderen, Godsdienst, Ker- | ken en Kerkenbestuur, Burger-
lyke Rege- | ring, Wetten, Strafocffeningen en wat | wyders tot de
kennis van een Land | vereischt word. | Door den Heer | Johan An-
derson, | Doctor der Beide Rechten, en in Leven eerste Burgermees-
ter { der vrye Keizerlyke Ryksstad Hamburg. | Verrykt met Platen
en een nieuwe naauwkeurige Landkaart der | ontdekkinge, waar van
in dit Werk gesproken word. | Uit het Hoogduits vertaalt. | Door |
J.D. J. | Waar by gevoegt zyn de Verbeteringen | Door den Heer
Niels Horrebow, | Opgemaakt in zyn tweejarig verblyf op Ysland. |
[Designs.] |

Te Amsterdam, | By Jan van Dalen, Boekverkoper op de Colve-
niersburgwal | by de Staalstraat. 1756. C. JCB.

Title, reverse blank, 7 1., 286 pp., index 31. sm.4°. map. Linguistics occupy
pp. 244-286.

115 Anderson (Rev. Joseph). The Newly Discovered Relationship of the

Tuteloes to the Dakotan Stock. By Rev. Joseph Anderson.

In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc. third ann. sess., 1871, pp. 15-16. New York,
1872. 8°.

Tutelo and Dakota examples.

116 —— The Huron Language and some of the Huron-Iroquois Tra-

ditions.
In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc. fifth ann. sess., 1873, pp, 23-24. Hartford, 1874, 8°.

117 Andrews (William), Barclay (Henry), and Ogilvie (John). The Order |

Kor Morning and Evening Prayer, | And Administration of the |
Sacraments, | and some other | Offices of the Church, | Together
with | A Collection of Prayers, and some Sentences of | the Holy
Scriptures, necessary for Knowledge | Practice.

Ne | Yagawagh Niyadewighniserage Yonderaenayendagh | kwa
orghoongene neoni Yogaraskha yoghse- | ragwegough. Neoni Ya-
gawagh Sakra- | menthogoon neoni oya Addereanai- | yent ne Onogh-
sadogeaghtige. | Oni | Ne Watkeanissaghtough Odd’yage Adderea-
naiyent, | neoni Siniyoghthare ne Kaghyadoghseradogeaghti, | ne
Wahooni Ayagoderieanderagge neoni Ayon- | dadderighhoenie. |

Collected and translated into the Mohawk | Language under the
Direction of ‘the late Rev. | Mr. William Andrews, the late Rey. Dr.
Henry | Barclay, and the Rev. Mr. John Oglivie [ste]: Formerly Mis-
sionaries from the venerable Society | for the Propagation of the
Gospel in Foreign | Parts, to the Mohawk Indians. |

[New York: W. Weyman and Hugh Gaine.] Printed in the Year
M.DCC.LXIX. [1769.] | GB.

2p. 1l., pp. 8-204. 12°.

Less than 400 copies were printed, and ‘‘ very few remained among the Mohawks
when they retired to Canada in 1777.”—O’ Callaghan, in Hist. Mag.

AMERICAN ETHNOLS

ee | coe Ve
19895

LIBRARY

—————E

ANDERSON ~ ANNUNCIACION. 27

Andrews (William), Barclay (Henry), and Ogilvie (John)—continued.
“The edition consisting of a smal] number were soon delivered out to the In-
dians, except a few which were, with the late Sir Wm. Johnson’s Library, seized
and made away with by the rebels, in 1776.”—Advertisement to Quebec edition of 1780.
Pages 1-74 (sigs. A to I) were printed by Weyman, 1763-68; the remainder by
Hugh Gaine, who finished his work in December, 1768.— Trumbull.
For other editions of the Mohawk Book of Common Prayer, see Claesse (L.),
1715.

118 Angel (P. Fv.) Arte de lengua Cakchiquel, compuesto por el Padre

fray Angel. *

Manuscript 9411. 4°. In writing which appears to belong to the end of the

18th century. This work bears no author’s name. See the notice which accom-
panies the following.—Brasseur de Bourvourg.

119 —— Vocabulario de la lengua Cakchiquel, compuesto por el Padre

fray Angel. *

Manuscript 225 1]., 4°, in the same hand as the preceding. This work, like the

above, is without the author’s name; only we find at the end this note: ‘El P.

Fr. Angel suplica 4 los que lean este vocabulario borren aquellas palabras que
puden Causar ruina espiritual y el uso las impime en la memoria.”

Although this note is not in the same writing as the vocabulary, it is presumable
the work is by him. It is important to observe in this connection that a large
number of manuscripts composed by the monks of different orders in Mexico, or
in Central America, are rarely written in their own hand: most of them dictated
their works to young native disciples. This explains the strange mistakes we
often find in their orthography.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

Anghiera Martyr (Peter).

See Martyr (Peter).

120 Angulo (Illmé. D. Fr. Pedro). Treatises in the Zacapula Language. *
In order that the neophytes should become fond of learning and imbued with
Christian doctrine the following treatises were composed in the Zacapula language:
De la creacion del Mundo.—De la caida de Adan.—Del destierro de los primeros
Padres.—Del Decreto de la Redencion.—Vida, milagros y pasion de Jesucristo.—
De la Resurreccion y Ascencion del Salvador.—Del Juicio final.—De la Gloria y

del Infierno.—Beristain,

121 Anléo (fr. Bartolomé). Arte de Lengua Quiché. “

“Manuscript; copy in Bib. Imp. of Paris; another in possession of the author

of this Monograph.” Title and note from Squier, who in his Monograph of Authors
makes the following announcement:

“Arte de Lengua juiché, 6 Utlateca; Compuesto por N. M. R. P. Fray Bartolomé
Anléo, Religioso Menor de N.S. Pe. San Francisco. Edited, With an Essay on
the Quichés, By E. G. Squier, M. A., F. S. A., ete.

“This important grammar, composed about 1660, and copied in the year 1744
from the original in the possession of the Fray Antonio M. Betancur, by the Fray
Antonio Raminez Utrilla, has never been published. Ht is now in press, and wil
be issued to subscribers on the 1st of October next.”

I have seen no notice of the publication of this work, and presume it has not
been issued.

Annunciacion (/r. Domingo de la).

See Anunciacion (/’r. Domingo de 1a).

122 Annunciacion (Fr. Tuan de la). Doctrina Christiana muy cumplida,
donde se contiene la exposicion de todo lo necessario para Doctrinar
a los Indios, y administralles los Sanctos Sacramentos. Compuesta

28 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Annunciacion (fr. Tuan de la)—continued.
en lengua Castellana y Mexicana por el muy Reuerendo padre Fr,
Iuan de la Anunciacion, Religioso de la orden del glorioso Doctor
de la Yglesia sant Augustin. Dirigida al muy Excellente Principe
don Martin Enriquez Visorrey gouernador y capitan general en esta
nueva Espaia, y presidente del Audiencia real que en ella reside.

Ein Mexico en casa de Pedro Balli. 1575. j ;

6 p. 1, pp. 1-275; in two columns, the Mexican in Roman, the Spanish in
italics. 4°.

Colophon :

A gloria y honra de Dios nuestro seiior y de la siempre virgen
Sancta Maria su madre y sefora nuestra, fenesce la Doctrina Christi-
ana muy digna de ser sabida que compuso en lengua Mexicana y
Castellana el muy Reuerendo Padre Fray Iuan de la Anunciacion
subprior de sant Augustin desta ciudad. En Mexico en casa de
Pedro Balli. 1575. o

Concludes with 7 ll., tables and errata. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes.

123 ———\ Sermonario | en Lengva | Mexicana, donde se con- | tiene
(por el orden del Missal | Nvevo Romano,) dos Sermones | en todas
las Dominicas y Festiuidades principales de todo el aio: | y otro en
las Fiestas de los Sanctos, con sus vidas, y Comunes. | Con vn
Cathecismo en Lengva Mexicana | y Espanola, con el Calendario.
Compuesto por el reuerendo padre | Fray Iuan de la Annunciacion,
Subprior del monaste- | rio de sant Augustin de Mexico. | [Picture
of Saint Augustin with a church in right hand and book in left.] |
Dirigido al Mvy reverendo Padre Mae- | stro fray Alonso de la vera
cruz, Prouincial de la orden de los | Hermitaios de sant Augustin,
en esta nueua Espana. |

En Mexico, por Antonio Ricardo. M.D.UXXVII. [1577.] | Esta-
tassado en papel en pesos. | =

8 p. IL, ll. 1-230. Above from fac-simile of title-page sent me by Sr. Icazbalceta.
It is to appear in his forthcoming work: Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI.
Description from his Apuntes, No. 5, where title is also given, which is followed
by Cathecismo, ete., by the same author, g. v. Brasseur de Bourbourg describes
the above work in his Bib. Mex. Guat., from a defective copy.

“The Author, a native of Granada in Andalucia, took the habit of an Augus-
tinian in Mexico, devoted himself to the conversion of the Indians, became gov-
ernor of the Convents in Puebla de los Angeles, and died in 1594, aged 80 years.
There is a particular Memoir of him and his works in Grijalva’s Chronicle.—Ra-
mirez Sale Cat.

124 ——— Cathecismo en lengua Mexicana y Espafiola, breue y muy
compendioso, para saber la Doctrina Christiana y ensenarla. Com-
puesto por el Muy Reverendo Padre Fray Tuan de la Annunciacion
Supprior del Monasterio de Sant Augustin de Mexico. [Engraving
of St. Augustin different from the foregoing.] Con licencia.

En Mexico, Por Antonio Ricardo. M.D.UXXVII. [1577.]

10 p. 1. From 1, 231 to 1. 267 is the Catechism in two columns—one in Mexican,
the other in Spanish: the former in closer lines and much smaller letters. On
1. 267 is the following:

ANNUNCIACION—ANOTHER TONGUE. 29

Annunciacion (Fr. Iuan de la)—continued.
A gloria y honra de Dios nuestro seftior, y de la gloriosa virgen
sancta Maria senora nuestra, en el vltimo dia del mes de Septiembre
se acabo la impression de aquesta obra, de Sermonario y Cathecismo.

Copuesta por el muy reuerendo padre Fray Iuan de ia Annticiacion,
Subprior del monasterio de Sant Augustin de aquesta ciudad de
Mexico. En Mexico. Por Antonio Ricardo Impressor de libros.

Afio de. M.D.LXXVII. [1577.] *

125 t—— Aq Seco tiene un Sermon para publicar la Sancta Bulla,
por Mandamiento del ylluserissimo Senor D. Pedro Moya de Con-
treras, Arcobispo de Mexico. En Lengua Mexicana y Castellana.

[Mexico: 1577.] *
91]. 4°. Excessively rare tract.—Fischer Sale Cat.

126 Another Tongue brought in, to Confess | the Great Saviour of the
World. | Or, | Some Communications | of | Christianity, | Put into a
Tongue used among the | Iroquois Indians, | in America | And, Put
into the Hands of the English | and the Dutch Traders: | To accomo-
date the Great Intention of | Communicating the Christian | Reli-
gion, unto the Salvages, | among whom they may find any thing |
of this Language to be intelligible. | Ezek. iii 6 | People of a Strange
Speech, and a Hard Language | whose words thou canst not under-
stand, Surely had I sent | thee unto them, they would have heark-
ened unto thee. |

Boston: Printed by B. Green. | 1707. | JCB.

Pp. 1-16. 16°. The only perfect copy of the above known is in the library of
the late J. Carter Brown, Providence, R. I., where it was shown me by the Hon.
John R. Bartlett. There is a copy, minus the title-page, in the library of the N. Y.
Hist. Society. Mr. Trumbull, who copied the title from Mr. Bartlett’s catalogue
of the Brown library, speaks of the work as follows:

This book is named in the list of Cotton Mather’s publications, which is ap-
pended to his Life by Samuel Mather. It contains ‘‘sentences in relation to God,
Jesus Christ, and the Trinity, in the Iroquois, Latin, English and Dutch lan-
guages.”

Why this, the first book in the language of the Five Nations, was printed at
Boston instead of New York—or by whom the translation was made—Mather does
not inform us. It may, with much probability, be conjectured that the copy
was furnished by the Rev. Thorowgood Moor, who was sent out by the Society
for the Propagation of the Gospel, in 1704, to labor for the conversion of the
Mohawks. He remained nearly a year at Albany, and visited the Mohawks
at their ‘‘Castle,” but could not obtain their consent to his establishment of a
mission among them. Before November, 1705, he returned to New York, and
shortly afterwards went to Burlington, N. J., to supply the place of the Rey.
John Talbot (another missionary of the Society). Here, Mr. Moor gave offence
by refusing to admit the Lieutenant Governor (Ingoldsby) to the Lord’s Supper,
and was punished by imprisonment. Having contrived to escape, he fled to Bos-
ton, and in November, 1707, took passage for England, from Marblehead. The
vessel, with all on board, was lost at sea (O’Callaghan’s Note, in N. Y. Documents,
iv. 1077). Mr. Talbot on his return from England had met Mr. Moor in Boston
and tried to induce him to go back to New York, but ‘‘ poor Thorowgood said he
had rather be taken into France than into the Fort at New York.”

30 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Another Tongue brought in, ete.—continued.

While at Albany, Mr. Moor must have had opportunity to learn something of
the Mohawk language, from Laurence Claesse, the provincial interpreter, who
had been a prisoner among the Iroquois, ‘‘and understood their language suffi-
ciently,” and from the Rey. Bernardus Freeman, minister of the Dutch Reformed
Church at Schenectady, who ‘“‘had been employed by the Earl of Bellamont in
the year 1700, to convert the Indians,” and ‘‘had a good knowledge of the dialect
of the Mohawks” (Humphrey’s Hist. Account, 299, 302). When the Rev. William
Andrews began his mission work among the Five Nations in 1710, Mr. Claesse
served as his interpreter; and Mr. Freeman (who meanwhile had removed to
Brooklyn) gave the Society copies of the translations he had made of the English
liturgy and select portions of Scripture—from which a Mohawk prayer-book was
printed at New York (Id., 299, 302). This ‘‘ very worthy Calvinist minister” (as
Humphreys characterizes him) may have previously given Mr. Moor a copy of—
or assisted him to translate—this little manual. Mather would be glad to pro-
mote its publication, and not disinclined to receive whatever credit. he was enti-
tled to for the work. And as Moor, while in Boston in 1707, was a fugitive from
Lord Cornbury’s jurisdiction, there was reason enough—the relation of Massaehu-
setts to New York, considered,—for omitting to mention the author’s name on the
title page or in connection with the work.

127 Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. The | Jour-
nal | of the | Anthropological Institute | of | Great Britain and Ire-
land. | Vol. I. [-VIITI?| |

London: | Published for | the Anthropological Institute of Great
Britain and Ireland, | by | Triibner & Co. 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill. |
All rights reserved. | 1872 [-1879?] | C.

7 vols., and vol. 8, pts. 1 & 2, are all I have seen of this publication. 8°. The
Institute was formed by the amalgamation of the Anthropological Society of Lon-
don, and the Ethnological Society of London.

Lloyd (T. G. B.) On the Beothues, a Tribe which formerly inhabited New-
foundland. Vol. 4, pp. 21-39; vol. 5, pp. 222-230.

128 Anthropological Society of London. Memoirs | read before the | An-
thropological Society | of London. | 1863-4, [-1867-8-9.] | Vol. I.

[-IL1.] |
London: | Published for the Anthropological Society, by | Triib-
ner & Co. | 1865. [-1870.] | Cc. HU.

3 yols. 8°. This society was merged with the Ethnological Society of London,
into the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland.

Bollaert (W.) Examination of Central American Hieroglyphics. Vol. 3, pp.
288-314.

Collinson (J.) The Indians of the Mosquito Country. Vol. 3, pp. 148-156.

129 Anthropological Society of Washington. Abstract of Transactions |
of the | Anthropological Society | of | Washington, D. C., | with
the | Annual Address of the President, | For the First Year, ending
January 20, 1880, and for | the Second Year, ending January 18,
1881. | Prepared by J. W. Powell. | 3

Washington, D. C.: | National Republican Printing House, |
1881. |

Pp. 1-150. 8°. JWP.

Mallery (Garrick). The Sign Language of the N. A. Indians. Pp. 19-21,

ANOTHER TONGUE—ANUNCIACION, 31

Anthropological Society of Washington—continued.
Powell (J.W.) On the Evolution of Language, from a study of Indian lan-
guages. Pp. 35-54.
Wyandot Government. Pp. 76-92.
Ward (L.F.) Savage and Civilized Orthoepy. Pp. 106-111.

130 Antonio (Gaspar). Vocabulario de la lengua de Yucatan. *
This composition is named by Cogolludo in his Historio and by Pindo in his
Bibliotheca.—Beristain.
Quite a lengthy notice is given of this author and his work by Carillo in the
Bulletin of the Mex. Geog. Soc., vol. 4.

131 Antrim (Benajah J.) Pantographia,.| or | Universal Drawings, |
in the comparison of their natural and arbitrary laws, | with the
nature and importance of | Pasigraphy, | as | The Science of
Letters; | being particularly adapted to the orthoepic accuracy |
requisite in international correspondences, and | the study of foreign
languages. | With Specimens of more than Fifty Different Alpha-
bets, including a concise description | of almost all others known
generally throughout the World. | By Benajah J. Antrim. |

Philadelphia: | Published by the author, and for sale by | Thomas,
Cowperthwait & Co. | 1843. | WE.

Pp. i-vi, 7-162. 12°.

Cherokee alphabet with explanation of sounds, pp. 103-104. Numerals, 1-10,
of the Eclemanch, Esquimaux, and Greenland, p. 153.

132 Anunciacion (#’r. Domingodela). Doctrina Xpiana breuey copendio |
sa por via de dialogo entre vn maestro y vn disci- | pulo, sacada en
légua castellana y mexicana y | cOpuesta por el muy reuerendo padre
fray | domingo de la anunciacion, vicario g | al presente es de cuyo-
acan, de | la orden del bien auen | turado padre set’o | Domingo. |

En Mexico en casa de pedro ocharte. | 1565. |

Title with wood-cut of S. Domingo; verso the arms of Alonso de Montufar, to
whom the work is dedicated; dedication 2 pp. in round letters. Text, in Gothic
characters, two columns, Il. 3-84. The verso of ]. 83-is occupied by a wood-eut
of the Virgin and child with six other figures. Below we read:

A gloria y alabaga de nro redéptor jesu xpo y de su ben- | dita
madre y pa vtilidad y prouecho de las aias, aq se aca | ba la decla-
racion breue y copediosa de la doctrina xpiana | € légua espaniola y
mexicana, sentencia por sentécia, Fue | ympressa en esta muy leal
ciudad d mexico en casa d pedro | ocharte por madado dl yllustrissimo
y reuerédissimo se- | nor do fray aloso d motufar, Arcobispo d la
dicha ciudad | meritissimo acabose a 15, dias dl mes d marco. 1565
anos. | *

L. 84 contains the license to print the volume, signed by the President and
four auditors of the Audiencia of New Spain (Doctor Caynos, Doctor Villalobos,
Doctor Horozco, Doctor Vasco de Puga, Antonio de Turgios), and dated at
Mexico, October 25th, 1564. The reverse of this page is occupied by a beautiful
engraving, representing the arms of Castile, beneath which we read: ‘‘ Philipus
dei gta Hyspaniarum et in- | diarum Rex.”

This precious book, which is very rare, perhaps the only copy known, comes
from the college of St. Gregory at Valladolid. It is perhaps the best preserved

By NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Anunciacion (#7. Domingo de la)—continued.
volume among the rare typographical productions of the New World. : The four
engravings on wood, which we have mentioned, are very remarkable for their
artistic execution.

P. Domingo de la Anunciacion was born at Fuentevejuna in 1516, and came to
Mexico in 1528; three years after he entered the convent of the order of brother
preachers, devoted himself to the conversion of the Indians, became very learned
in the Mexican language, and died in Mexico in 1591.

Quetif, Eckard, and Davila give to this work the date of 1545.—Leclere.

Beristain also gives 1545 as the date.

Anunciacion (Jr. Iuan de la).
See Annunciacion (fr. Iuan de la).

133 Aperssitit okalugtuarissanut tastamantitorkamigdlo tastamantita-

migdlo agdlagsimassunut. -
68 pp. 8°. Queries and replies in the Eskimo language to Testamantitorka-
mik, ¢. v.

134 Apersttit kigutsillo unipkautsinut agdlangne hailiginétunut apos-

telillo kingorngane pijokalaurtunut illingajut.

99 pp. 8°. Queries and replies of biblical and ecclesiastical history, and

explanations of foreign terms, in the Eskimo language. These two titles from a
Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink.

135 Apuntes en lengua Quekchi, y pequeno confesionario en la misma

lengua. a
Manuscript, 18 1]. 8°. Without author’s name. The words are in a sort of small
vocabulary and are not complete in Spanish.
The Quekchi, also called Cacchi, is the language of Coban in Verapaz, Guate-
mala, as well as of many neighboring localities.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

136 Ara (fr. Domingo de). Bocabulario de lengua Tzeldal segun el

orden de Copanabaztla. #

Manuscript, 15011. 4°, Tzendaland Spanish. Opposite the title-page are these
words: ‘‘ De consensu superioris habet ad ejus ussum fray Alonso, de Guzman,” and
on the verso of 1. 128, the last of the vocabulary, ‘‘ Atlo de 1616 atios se translado este
bocabulario.” The 4 ll. which follow give the beginning of the Arte of P. Do-
mingo de Ara under the title: ‘‘Ars Tzeldaica facta a Re p. Fr. Dominico de Ara
ordinis Praedicatorum,” in perfectly barbarous Latin. 7 Il. additional follow, four
having connection with the devotion to the Rosary, in Spanish.

Although written by different hands and loaded with names and additions,
this work is still the original vocabulary of Fr. Domingo de Ara, called else-
where de Hara and de Lara, who is referred to in Remesal. When the original
was found to be worn, it was copied by direction and probably replaced the an-
cient copy in the library of the convent of Copanahuaztla, whence it passed,
when this city was abandoned, to the Dominican monastery of Ciudad Real .
(San Cristobal). It was there presented to me, with many other precious manu-
scripts, by Paniagua, last provincial of the order, at the time of its suppression
by Juares in 1859.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

137 t—— Vocabulario en lengua Tzeldal juxta ussii oppidii De Copan-

abastla. 2 *
Manuscript, 22011. 4°. This is the second part of the vocabulary of Fr. Domingo
de Ara, On the first sheet are these words: ‘‘ De licencia sui prlati ad usum habet

ANUNCIACION—ARA. 33

Ara (Fr. Domingo de)—continued.

Fray Alonso de Guzman—traslado este bocabulario el sobre dicho Pe el afio de
1620. afios en la provincia de Tzeldales en el pueblo de Taquin Vitz.” Below:
“Espana, seis pesos.” L, 221, the last of the vocabulary, has on the verso: “Unus
Deus una fides unuz baptisma,” and beneath: ‘Soli Deo honor et gloria.”—Bras-
seur de Bourbourg.

Beristain mentions one of these: Vocabulario de la Lengua de los Indios de
Chiapa.

138 t—— Doctrina christiana y explicacion de los principales misterios
de la fé catholica, espuestos en lengua Tzeldal por el Imo senor D.
Fray Domingo de Ara, obispo electo de Chiapa, ano de 1560; obra
trasladada de su original por el padre Fray Jacinto del Castillo,
ano de 1621. *

Manuscript, 128 ll. fol. In very fine and clear writing, and the best preserved
of the manuscripts by this author.

The work is written entirely in Tzeldal, and is divided into chapters or homilies
without number or sequence. From the beginning to leaf 73, inclusive, they all
commence with the same verse taken from the Gospel: ‘Qui crediderit et bapti-
zatus fuerit, salvas erit.” From verso of 1. 73 to verso of 1. 106 the commands of
God and of the church are treated of. Thence to the end, the works of mercy,
of capital sins, the unity of the church, and the creation of man. On the reverse
of 1. 117 the author calls himself “hoon atatomi Fray Domingo de Ara.” I, your
father, etc., words which decide the question of the orthography of his name.
Further on in the same closing paragraph is given the date—September, 1560—
that is to say, twelve years before his death.

Below follows separately the declaration of the transcriber, Fray Jacinto del
Costillo, who appears to have finished this copy in the month of September, 1621.
He signs himself with the title of ‘‘Visiteur” to the town of San Juan Cancue.—
Brasseur de Bourbourg.

139 ——— Egregium opus Fratris Dominici de Hara. De comparationi-
bus et similitudinibus. w

Manuscript. 140 11. sm.4° In the Tzendal language. This is the work par
excellence of this author whose writings have been almost as much of a mystery
to bibliographers as the spelling of hisname. The writing, which is very fine and
slender, if not his own, is certainly that of his amanuensis or copyist, for it belongs
to his epoch, and it is well known that the Spanish monks in America usually
dictated the works of which they were the authors. The copyist also was ordi-
narily a young native disciple; hence the errors and the mistakes in spelling which
we sometimes find in this class of works. The title-page bears a signature in a
different handwriting, thatof ‘‘Laureca de Ximena,” which we find at the end
of the religious treatises which follow this work, as well as many others. These
treatises, in the Tzendal language, are:

140 ——— In festo sanctissimi sacramenti. *
141 Seine administrandi sacramentum matrimonii, en tzendal. *
142 a Sermo pro disponendis nubentibus, en tzendal. =
143 Bae Ztitzo ghibal hatezcan zpaz Confession zghoyoe zcan yeh

*

Communion Heuctac.
1511. The volume terminates with the Tzendal Grammar of Domingo de Ara,
entitled:
3 Bib.

34 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Ara (Fr. Domingo de)—continued.
144 ——— Incipit ars tzeldaica J. R. P. F. Dominici de Hara, ad laudem
Domini nostri inventa et illustrata. *

Complete work in 28 leaves, of which half the last is lost. A sort of index ends
the volume, which is a genuine bibliographic gem.

Thus, as we have seen, the author’s name is spelled alternately de or del Hara,
and de Ara. Remesal writes de Ara, but in the Teatro eclesiastico de la primitiva
Iglesia de las Indias Occidentales of Gil Gonzalez Davila, as well as in Pinelo and
Beristain, we find de Lara.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

145 Arana Xahila (D. Francisco Ernantez). Manuscrit Cakchiquel.
Mémorial de Tecpan-Atitlan (Solola), histoire des deux familles ro-
yales du royaume des Cakchiquels d’Iximché ou Guatémala, rédigé
en langue Cakchiquéle par le prince Don Francisco Ernantez Arana-
Xahila, des rois A hpozotziles. *

Manuscript. 681]. fol. Cachiquel text and an attempted French translation
opposite. Copy of the original made by me with the translation during my stay
at Rabinal.

It is a document of the greatest interest. It comprises the primitive symbolic
history analogous to that of Popal Vuh, but with numerous remarkable differences.
Then comes the history proper of the Cakchiquel Kingdom established at Iximché
whose ruins are found at about a league of the town of Tepan Guatemala.

The style of the work is varied and picturesque, and contains very animated
passages.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

146 Araujo (Martinez de). Manval | De los Santos Sacramentos en el |
Idioma de Michuacan. | Dedicalo | Al Ilst™°. y Rev™°. Senor Doctor
D. Jvan | Ortega Montafies mi Senor del Consejo | de su Magestad,
Obispo que fue de Durango, | Guatemala, y oy dignissimo Obispo
de | Michuacan. | El] Bachiller Ivan Martinez de | Aravjo, primer
Colegial de el Colegio de S. | Ramon Nonnato, Abogado de la Real
Audiencia | de Mexico, Comissario del Santo Officio de la | Inquisi-
cion de esta Nueva-Espana, Visitador que | fue de las Cordilleras de
tierra caliente de dicho | Obispado, y Cura proprietario treinta anos
en los | partidos de Punguarehuato, é Iglesia Parrochial | de el
Archangel 8. Miguel de Tlazazalea, y su | Inez Hclesiastico. |

Con licencia de los Svperiores. | En Mexico: por Dona Maria de
Benavides, Viudad de Juan de Ribera | en el Empedradillo. Ano
de 1690. | C.

7p. ll. Leaves 1-93 & Indice 11. sm. 4°.

“This is one of the rarest works on the Mexican Indian dialects. It is not
cited by Antonio or Pinelo, but a copy occurs in the Fischer catalogue. Theauthor
was Advocate of the Royal Audience of Mexico, Commissioner of the Inquisition,

and Curé for thirty years in the districts of Panguarehuato, and 8. Michael of
Tlascala.”— Ramirez Sale Cat.

147 Archives littéraires de ’Europe; ou, Mélanges de littérature, d’his-
toire, et de philosophie. Tome I. ;
Paris, 1804, &ec. *

8°. Continued, 4 vols. a year. Contains some Indian vocabularies.—Sabin.

ARA—ARENAS. 35

148 Arctic Expedition. | Further | Correspondence and Proceedings |
connected with | the Arctic Expedition. | Presented to both Houses
of Parliament by Command of Her Majesty. | [Coat of arms of
Great Britain.|

London: Printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis-
woode, | Printers to the Queen’s most excellent Majesty. | For Her
Majesty’s Stationery Office. | 1852.

Pp. 1-216. folio.

Hooper (W. H.) List of Esquimaux words. Pp. 179-186.

149 Arenas (Pedro de). Vocabulario Manual de las dos lenguas Cas-
tellana, y Mexicana, su Autor Pedro de Arenas.
En Mexico el aio de 1583. *
Title from Boturini’s Catalogue. ‘‘Boturini mentions an edition of 1583; I
think it should read 1683.”—Icazbalceta.

150 —— Vocabvlario | de las Lengvas | Castellana y Mexicana | en
qve se contienen | las palabras, preguntas, y respulestas mas co |
munes, y ordinarias que se suelen offre | cer en el trato, y communi-
cacion | entre Espanoles, e Indios. | Compuesto por Pedro | de Are-
nas. | Impresso con licencia, y approbacion. |

En Mexico. | En la emprenta | de Henrico Martinez. [1611.] *

8 p.ll., namely, Title, 1 1., License, Ll 1., Prologo, 1 1., Tabla, 5 l.; pp. 1-160.
sm. 4°.

The date of the Petition is found at the end of the Privilege. The note to the
title of this edition in Sabin’s Dictionary, says, ‘“‘A volume of great rarity. A
complete copy is scarcely known.” Ternaux, ‘‘A small and very rare volume.”

Boturini, in his Catalogo del Museo Indio, places the Vocabulario under the
date of 1533; but as it is not uncommon to antedate works printed without the
year being named, I am inclined to believe the edition of 1611 to be the first.—
Fields.

151 ——— Vocabulario manual de las lenguas castellana y Mexicana.
En que se contienen palabras, preguntas, y respuestas mas comunes
y ordinarias que se suelen ofrecer, etc., el trato y comunicacion entre
Espanoles e Indios. Compuesto por Pedro de Arenas.

En Mexico, por la Viuda de Francisco Lupercio, y por su original,
en la Puebla, por la Viuda de Miguel de Ortega y Bonilla. [1611?] *

Ind°. Though without date it is known to be of the year 1611, as indicated
by the Privilege.—Lrasseur de Bourbourg.

It will be noticed that in the titles, cach without date, given by Fields and by
Brasseur de Bourbourg, the imprints differ. I have seen two copies of still another
without date, and with « different imprint from either of those given above: one
of these is in the library of J. Carter Brown, the other in that of Harvard Uni-
versity; to the latter has been added in pencil the date of 1611. The title is as
follows:

152 ——— Vocabulario | Manual | de las Lenguas | Castellana, y Mexi-
cana. | En que se contienen | las palabras, preguntas, y respuestas
mas | comunes, y ordinarias, que se suelen | offrecer en el trato y
comunicacion | entre Espanoles, é Indios. | Compuesto, por | Pedro
de Arenas. | Impresso con licencia, y aprobacion. |

36 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Arenas (Pedro de)—continued.
En Mexico. | En la imprenta de Fran- | cisco de Rivera Calderon:
en la calle | de S. Augustin. | [16112] HU. JCB.
5 p.Il., 140 pp. 24°.

153 ——— Vocabvlario | Manual | de las Lengvas | Castellana, y Mexi-
cana. | En qve se contienen las | palabras, preguntas, y respuestas
mas comunes, | y ordinarias que se suelen ofrecer en el | trato, y
comunicacion entre | Espanoles | é Indios. | Emmendado en esta
vitima impression | Compuesto por Pe- | dro de Arenas. | Impresso
con licencia, y Aprobacion. |

En Mexico. | En la imprenta de la viuda de | Bernardo Calderon
Ano de M. DC. LX XXIII. [1683.] | JCB.

4p.11.,1181L.,11.n.n. 16°. Icazbalceta’s Apuntes says there are two distinct
editions of this date.

154 ——— Vocabvlario | Manval | de las Lengvas | Castellana, y Me-
xicana. | En que se contienen las | palabras, preguntas y respuestas
mas comu- | nes y ordinarias que se suelen ofrecer en el | trato y
comunicacion entre | Espatioles, é Indios. | Compuesto’ por Pedro |
de Arenas. | Con Licencia. |

En Mexico. | Por la Viuda de Francisco Rodriguez Lu- | percio,
en la puente de Palacio. | Ato de 1690. | JCB.
4p.11.,120 pp. 16°.

155 ——— Vocabulario Manual de las Lenguas Castellana y Mexicana,
en que se contienen las palabras, preguntas y respuestas mas com-
munes, y ordinarias, que se seulen offrecer en el trato, y communi-
cacion entre Espanoles, é Indios, compuesto por Pedro de Arenas.

Mexico, 1700. f

12°, Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

156 —— Vocabulario manual de las lenguas castellana y mexicana,
en que se contienen las palabras, preguntas y respuestas mas comu-
nes y ordinarias, que se suelen offrecer en el trato y communicacion
entre Espanoles é Indios.

México, I. de Rivera Calderon, 1728. -
6 p.l1., 140 pp. 8°. Title from Tross’ Bib.-Mex.

157 ——— Vocabulario Manual de las Lenguas Castellana y Mexicana,
en que se contienen las palabras mas Comunes en communicacion
entre Espanoles é@ Indios.

Mexico, Herederos de la Viuda de B. Calderon, [cir. 1730]. u
12°. Not seen; title from Quaritch.

158 ——— %& Vocabulario | Manual | de las Lenguas | Castellana, y
Mexicana, | en que se contienen,| las palabras, preguntas, y respu-
estas | mas comunes, y ordinarias que se sue | len ofrecer en el trato,
y comu- | nicacion entre Espanoles, é | Indios. | Compuesto | por
Pedro de Arenas. | [Figure.|

ARENAS—ARROYO DE LA CUESTA. 37

Arenas (Pedro de)—continued.
Reimpreso con Lisencia y approbacion. | En la Puebla de | Los
Angeles | En la Oficina de Don Pedro de la | Rosa en el Portal de
las Flores | Ato de 1793. | *,* | GB.

6 p.1l., pp. 1-145. 16°.
Spanish-Mexican, pp. 1-101, Mexican-Spanish, pp. 102-145.

159 Vocabulario | Manual | de las Lenguas | Castellana, y Me-
xicana | en que se contienen | las palabras, preguntas, y res- | puestas
mas comunes, y ordinarias | que se suelen ofrecer en el trato, y |
comunicacion entre Espamioles, é | Indios. | Compuesta | por Pedro
de Arenas. |

Reimpreso en Puebla en la Imprenta del | hospital de 8S. Pedro,
cargo del C. | Manuel Buen Abad Ajo de 1831. | GB.

11 pp. n.n., pp. 1-132. 16°. The paging of this volume is the reverse of ordinary,
the odd numbers being on the left-hand page and the even on the right hand.
Spanish-Mexican, pp. 1-93; Mexican-Spanish, pp. 94-132.

160 Guide de la Conversation en trois langues Frangais, Espa-
gnol et Mexicain contenant un petit abrégé dela Grammaire Mexicaine,
un Vocabulaire des mots les plus usuels et des Dialogues Familiers,
par Pedro de Arenas. Revu et Traduit en Frangais par M. Charles
Romey.

Paris: Maisonneuve et C'*, 1862. BA.

Pp. 1-72. 12°.

161 Arny (Gov. W. F.M.) Vocabulary of the Navajo Indians.

Manuscript. 1011. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 1874. Governor Arny was assisted by Prof. Valentine Friese and Rev. W. B.
Forrey.

162 Arroyo de la Cuesta (P. F. Felipe). Grammar | of the | Mutsun
Language, | spoken at the Mission of San Juan Bautista, | Alta
California. | By | Father Felipe Arroyo de la Cuesta, | of the Order
of St. Francis. |

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1861. |
Second title :

Extracto | de la | Gramatica Mutsun, | 6 dela lengua de los Natu-
rales de la | Mision de San Juan Bautista, | compuesta | por el Rey.
Padre Fray Felipe Arroyo | de la Cuesta, | del orden serafico de N. P.
San Francisco, Ministro | de dicha Mision en 1816. |

Nueva-York. | 1861. | BA. JWP.

Pp. i-vili, 9-48. 8°. English title recto of 1.2; Spanish title recto of 1.3.

Shea’s Library of American Linguistics, vol. iv.

A | Vocabulary or Phrase Book | of the | Mutsun Lan-

guage | of Alta California. | By the Rey. I’. Felipe Arroyo de la

Cuesta, | of the order of St. Francis. |

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1862. |

Second title:

Jesus, Maria et Josp. | Alphab*’. Rivulus Obeundus, | exprimatio-

num causa | Horum Indorum Mutsun | missionis sanct. Joann, Bap-

165

38 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Arroyo de la Cuesta (P. F’. Felipe)—continued.
tistee, | exquisitarum | a Fr. Philipp. Ab. Ar. yo. de la Cuesta, |
Supradictz missionis Indion. minist. | Opus pitillum, et renanscens
elaboratum meatim | in tempore attrepidationis mee. |

Ajio de 1815, | con privilegio de...... | Conveniunt rebus nomina
seepe suis. | BA. JWP.

Pp. i-viii, 9-96. 8°. English title recto of 1.2; Spanish title recto of 1.3.

Shea’s Library of American Linguistics, vol. viii.

164 ——— Vocabulary of the Mutsun. :

In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 535-549.
Washington, 1877. 4°.

165 —— Idiomas Californios.

Manuscript. 32 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

This manuscript, copied from the original in Santa Barbara, Cal., by Mr. E. T.
Murray, contains the following vocabularies: Esselen, or Huelel—Mutsun; San
Antonio y San Miguel; San Luis Obispo; Nopthrinthres of San Juan Baptista—
Yokuts; Canal de Santa Barbara; San Luis Rey; Karkin—Mutsun; Tuichun—
Mutsun (?); Saclan; Suisun—Wintun; Hluimen, or Uhimen—Mutsun; Lathruu-
nun—Yokuts.

166 Arte de la Lengua Cahita conforme 4 las Reglas de muchos Peritos
en ella. Compuesto por vn Padre de la Compania de Jesus, Missio-
nero de mas de treinta atios en la Provincia de Cynaloa. Esta lo
saca 4 luz, y humilde lo consagra al grande Apostol de la India Ori-
ental, y primer Apostol del Japon San Francisco Xavier.

Ano de 1737. Con licencia de los superiores. En Mexico en la
Imprenta de D. Francisco Xavier Sanchez, en el puente de Palacio. *

5 p. lL and some additional leaves containing list of errors; 118 pp. A Spanish-
Cahita vocabulary occupies 26 unnumbered ll. Not seen; title from Icazbalceta’s
Apuntes.

‘This is the only printed Grammar mentioned by Pimentel as having been used
by him in composing his Notice of the Cahita Language. It is the language
spoken chiefly in the provinces of Sonora and Sinaloa, and is divided by Pimentel
into three dialects—Yaqui, Mayo, and Tehueco.”—Ramirez Bib. Mex.

167 Arte de la Lengua Vulgar Mexicana de Guatemala, qual se habla en
Ezcuintla y otros pueblos del Reyno. oe

Manuscript. 3011. 4°. Very well written, but worm-eaten throughout, and not
complete. This, with a copy equally worm-eaten, is all that remains of the Mexi-
can vernacular of Central America. I have reason to believe that this vernacular
is the same that Mr. Squier calls, following Juarras, the language of Nahuat. It

. differs especially from pure Mexican, in having the consonant J omitted after ¢ in
the middle and end of the words.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

168 Arte de lengua Otomi, Vocabulario, Doctrina &c. 3

Manuscript. 56 ll, 4°. Without title. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes.

169 Arte de Lengua Qiche yllustrado con algunas notas que estan pues.
tas al fin * * * por un aficionado a este ydioma. 1793. us

Manuscript. sm.4°. Evidently written by some Spanish monk in Mexico or
Guatemala, and intended for publication. It is a work which evidences the labour
of many years, and must be extremely valuable even now.—Quaritch Cat.

170 Arte Mexicano. i
Manuscript. 13 ll. 4°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes.

ARROYO DE LA CUESTA—ASSIKINACK. 39

171 Arte y Cartilla del Idioma Othomi. *
Manuscript. Cent. xviii. 4°. Contains grammar, vocabulary and catechism.—
Fischer Sale Cat.

172 Asbury (Daniel B.) Muskokvlke Enakcokv Esyvhikety. | The Mus-
cogee Hymn Book. | Collected and Revised | by order of the | Meth-
odist Committt[e]e, on Translation. | By Daniel B. Asbury. | [5 lines
quotation.] |

Baptist Mission Press, C. N.: | J. Candy, Printer. | 1855. | swe,
Pp. 1-82.,11. 24°. See Fleming (J.) and Loughridge (R. M.) for other editions.

Aspberry (D. P.)
See Harrison (P.) and Aspberry (D. P.)

173 Assall (Friedrich Wilhelm). Nachrichten tiber die friiheren Hin-
wohner von Nordamerika und ihre Denkmiiler, gesammelt von Frie-
drich Wilhelm Assall, Berghauptmann des Staates Pennsylvanien.
Herausgegeben mit einem Vorberichte von Franz Jos. Mone.

Heidelberg, A. Oswald, 1827. x
152 pp. 8°. Atlas. ‘Almost a literal translation of Vol. I of the Archaeologia
jimenicana.2— Sabin.

174 Assembly's | (The) | Catechism. |
Printed at Stockbridge, .Massachusetts, | by Loring Andrews. |
1795. | MHS. GB.
Pp. 1-31. 12°. Colophon: The foregoing is printed in the | Moheakannuk, or
Stockbridge Indian Language.
The Assembly’s Shorter Catechism, pp. 3-27. ‘‘Dr. Watts’ Shorter Catechism
for Children,” pp. 27-31.

175 Assembly’s (The) Shorter Catechism. BA.

No title-page. 34 pp. 24°. Colophon: ‘The foregoing is printed in the Mohea-
kannuk or Stockbridge Indian Language.”

“‘Assembly’s Shorter Catechism,” pp. 1-22; ‘‘Dr. Watt’s Shorter Catechism for
Children,” pp. 22-25; Extracts from the Gospels, pp. 26-31; ‘‘Select Psalms,” pp.
32-34.

A manuscript note on this pamphlet says: This translation was made by John

“Quincey, and Capt. Hendrick who received his commission from General Washing-
ton. Little else has ever been published into the Stockbridge language besides
this.

“This is one of the earliest translations made into our Indian languages, and is
understood to haye been done prior to the American Revolution, while this tribe
dwelt at Stockbridge, Mass., on the Housatonic River.”—Schoolcraft.

176 Assikinack (F'.) The Odahwah Indian Language. By F. Assiki-
nack, a warrior of the Odahwahs.
In Canadian Institute Proc., vol. 3, new series, pp. 481-485. Toronto, 1858. 8°.

177

Remarks on the paper headed “The Odowah Indian Lan-
guage” published in the Canadian Journal for November, 1858. By
F. Assikinack. Read before the Canadian Institute, 14th January,
1860. Cc.

In Canadian Institute Proc., new series, vol. 5, pp. 182-186. Toronto, 1860, 8°.
Supplementary to paper by the same author in yol. iii.

40 . NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

178 Attend the House of God. c.
2 pp. 12°. Tract in the Chippewa language.

179 Atuagagdliutit. | Nalinginarnik | tuscaruminasassunik univkat. |

No. 1-45 [1-12]. |

Nungme Nunap Nalagata | Nakiteriviane Nakitat. | L. Méller-
mit. | 1861-1865. [1879-1880.] Cc. JWP.

An illustrated eight-page quarto paper, two columns to the page, printed in
Eskimo at Godthaab, Greenland. First issued Jan., 1861, and continued to the
present. It is not issued at stated intervals. Up to and including the issue of
April, 1874 (No. 193), the columns were numbered consecutively to 3,081. This
is followed by 24 columns index. Since that time there has been six volumes
issued (to Ap. 15, 1880), each containing 192 columns, making in all 4,257 columns.

180 Atwater (Caleb). Remarks made ona Tour to Prairie du Chien;
thence to Washington City, in 1829: By Caleb Atwater, late Com-
missioner employed by the United States to negotiate with the In-
dians of the upper Mississippi, for the purchase of mineral country;
and author of Western Antiquities.

Published by Israel N. Whiting Columbus, (O.): 1831. BA.

Pp. i-vii, i-iv, 1-296. 12°.

Remarks on Indian Languages, pp. 75-84. Rudiments of the Grammar of the
Sioux Language, pp. 149-151. A vocabulary of the Sioux Language, pp. 152-172.

181 ——— The | Writings | of | Caleb Atwater. |
Columbus. | Published by the Author. | Printed by Scott and
Wright. | 1833. | 0.

Pp. 1-8. 11. pp.9-408. 8°. This work is made up of two articles: “A Descrip-
tion of the Antiquities discovered in the Western Country: originally communi-
cated to the American Antiquarian Society, by Caleb Atwater” (pp. 9-165), and:
“Remarks made on a Tour to Prairie du Chien; thence to Washington City, in
1829” (pp. 167-408). The latter contains remarks upon and-a few examples of the
Ojibeway, Winnebagog, Sioux, and Osage.

182 The | Indians of the Northwest, | their | Manners, Cus-
toms | &e. &e. | or | Remarks | made on a tour to Prairie du Chien
and | thence to Washington City in 1829, | by Caleb Atwater, | Com-
missioner employed by the United States, to ne- | gotiate with the In-
dians of the upper | Mississippi, for the purchase of the | minera]
country, &e. |

Columbus: | 1850. | C.

Pp. i-vii, 1-296. 12°.

Remarks on Indian Languages, pp. 75-84. Rudiments of the Grammar of the
Sioux Language, pp. 149-151. A vocabulary of the Sioux Language, pp. 152-172.

183 Aubin (—). Etude sur la langue Otomi. *

In Soc. Américaine Archives, 2d series, vol. 1, p. 333.
Not seen; picked-up title.

184 Aubin (M. A.) Essai sur la Langue Mexicaine et la Philologie

Américaine. Par M. A. Aubin. Cc.

In Soc. Américaine Archives, nouvelle série, tome premier, pp. 334-353. Paris,
1875. 8°.

ATTEND—AVILA. Al

Aubin (M. A.)—continued.
185 Langue Américaine; Langue Littérature et Ecriture Mexi-
caines. *
In Encyclopédie du xix™ Siécle, tome xxvi, supplément, pp. 500-507.
Title from Triibner’s Cat.

186 Avendano (/’r. Andres). Diccionario de la lengua de Yucatan. *
187

Diccionario abreviado de los adverbios de tiempo y lugar de

la lengua de Yucatan. *
188 Diccionario de nombres de personas, idolos, danzas y otras
antigiiedades de los Indios de Yucatan. *
189 Arte para aprender la lengua de Yucatan. os

Four titles above from Beristain.

190 Avila (Fr. Augustin). Libro de la explicacion de la Doctrina Chris-
tiana en lengua Kiche.
Written and preserved in the library of the principal convent of Guatemala.—
Beristain.
191 Avila (fr. Francisco). Arte y Platicas en lengua Mexicana.

Mexico 1696. *
Title from Pimentel.

192 Avila (Fr. Francisco de). Espejo de Doctrina Xptiana para los
naturales. Compuesto en su idioma Mexicano por el R®, Pe. Fr.
Francisco de Auila P. Lector del dicho idioma, y Cura mio de la
Doctrina, en el Conuento de N™. S™, de la Assumpcion de la Milpan
y Electo en G*. de dho. Conu®. el ao de 1713. a

Manuscript. 23 11. 4°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes.

193

Arte | de la Lengua Mexicana, | y breves Platicas de los
Mysterios | de N. Santa Fee Catholica, y otras para exortacion de |
su obligacion 4 los Indios. | Compuesto | Por el P. F. Francisco de
Avila, | Predicador, Cura Ministro por su Magestad | del Pueblo
de la Milpan, y Lector del Idio- | ma Mexicano, del Orden de los
Meno- | res de N. P. San Francisco. | Dedicalo | al M. R P. F. Ioseph
Pedrasa, | Predicador General Iubilado, Qualificador | del Santo
Officio de la Inquisicion, Padre de | las Provincias de San Pedro, y
San Pablo de | Michoacan, y Zacatecas, Ex-Ministro Pro- | vincial,
y Padre mas digno de la de Xalisco; | y Vice Comissario General
de todas las | Provincias de Nueva-Espana, | e Islas Philipinas We. |
Con Licencia delos Superiores: | En Mexico, por los Herederos de
la Viuda de Miguel | de Ribera Caldero en el Empedradillo. Ajo
de 1717. | Oo. JOB.
12 p.U. 37 Il. 129. ;

194 Avila (Jose Antonio Magos Garcia de). Diccionario en Castellana
y Otomi, por Rey. Padre Jose Antonio Magos Garcia de Avila. *
Manuscript. 338 pp. 4°. Cent. xviii, Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue,

42 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

195 Ayala (D. Gabriel). Apuntes histériocos de la nacion megicana en
lengua Nahuatl, que es la lengua antigua y sabia de los megicanos. *
Manuscript in the Museum of Boturini. Begins in 1243 and concludes in
1562.—Beristain.
196 Ayora (fr. Juan). Arte y Diccionario de la lengua Tarasca. M
Title from Beristain, who copied it from Antonio.

197 ——— Arte y Diccionario de la lengua megicana. =
He was very skillful in all three idioms [including the Hloca of the Philippine
Islands], and could have written in them all.—Beristain.

198 ——— Tratado del Santisimo Sacramento en lengua megicana. *

Printed, according to the testimony of Torquemada, Betancur, and Larrea.—
Beristain.

199 —— Arte, Diccionario y Tratado sobre el Santisimo Sacramento

{en lengua Mexicana]. *
Title from Pimentel.

200 Azpell (Dr. Thomas F.) Vocabulary of the Klamath language.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 460-471.
Washington, 1877. 4°.

201 t—— Vocabulary of the Hoopa, and of the Klamath.
Manuscript. 10 ll. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in California in 1870.

202 Bacon (Olmer N.) A | History of Natick, | from its | first Settel-
ment in 1651 | to the | present time; | with | notices of the first
white families, | and also an account of the Centennial Celebration,
Oct. 16, | 1851, Rev. Mr. Hurt’s address at the consecration | of Dell
Park Cemetery, &c., &c., &c. | By Olmer N. Brown, | Attorney at
Law. |

Boston: | Damrell & Moore, Printers, | 16 Devonshire Street. |
1856. | Cc.

1 p.1., pp. 1-261. 8°.

Lord’s Prayer in Natick, from Eliot’s Bible, p. 56.

203 [Baegert (Jacob).| Nachrichten | von der | Amerikanischen Halb-
insel | Californien: | mit einem | zweyfachen | Anhang falscher
Nachrichten. | Geschrieben | von einem | Priester der Gesellschaft
Jesu, | welcher lang darinn diese leteztere Jahr | gelebet hat. | Mit
Erlaubnuss der Oberen. |

Mannheim, | gedruckt in der Churfiirstl. Hof- und Academie- |
Buchdruckerey, 1772. | JCB.

8p. IL, pp. 1-385. 12°. map.

Zweyter Theil, Chapter 10, Von der Sprache der Californier (pp. 175-194) con-
tains, pp. 186-189, the Lord’s Prayer, the twelve articles of the creed, and the con-
jugation of the verb “‘Amukri, To play,” in the language of the Waicuri.

Translated and reprinted, in part, as follows:

AYALA—BAEZO. 43

[Baegert (Jacob) |—continued.

204 - An account of the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the California
Peninsula, as given by Jacob Baegert, a German Jesuit Missionary,
who lived there seventeen years during the second half of the last
century. Translated and arranged for the Smithsonian Institution
by Charles Rau, of New York City.

In Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rep., 1863, pp. 352-369. Washington, 1864, 8°;
and in Ibid., 1864, pp. 378-399. Washington, 1865, 8°.

Chapter x, Their languages (1864, pp. 393-398), contains, pp. 397, 398, the
Lord’s Prayer, the twelve Articles of the Creed, and the conjugation of the verb
Amukri, to play, in the language of the Waicuri; and Appendix, p. 399, ‘‘Noto
on the Cora and Waicuri languages by Francisco Piemental” contains a short
comparative vocabulary of the Cora and Vaicura, from Soc. Geog., Bol., Tom. 8,
p. 603. Mexico, 1862, 8°.

205 Baer (Karl Ernst von). Statistische und ethnographische Nachrich-
ten | tiber | die Russischen Besitzungen | an der | Nordwestkiiste
von Amerika. | Gesammelt | von dem ehemaligen Oberverwalter
dieser Besitzungen, | Contre-Admiral v. Wrangell. | Auf Kosten der
Kaiserl. Akademie der Wissenschaften | herausgegeben | und mit
den Berechnungen aus Wrangell’s Witterungsbeobachtungen | und
andern Zusitzen vermehrt | von | K. E. v. Baer. |

St. Petersburg, 1839. | Buchdruckerei der Kaiserlichen Akademie
der Wissenschaften. | C.

Forms vol. 1 of Baer (K. E. von) and Helmersen (G. von). Beitriige zur Kent-
niss des Russischen Reiches. St. Petersburg, 1839. 89°.

War song of the Bodegas with German translation, p. 21; short comparative
vocabulary of the Atna, Ugalenzen, and Koloschen, p. 99; short vocabulary of
the Inkiiliichliiaten, pp. 119-120; a few words and numerals (1-5) of the Eskimo
of Behring Strait, the Kadiak, Eskimo of Igloolik, and Unalaschker, p. 123;
names of planets and months in Kuskokwimer, pp. 134-135. Chapterix: Sprach-
proben, contains a comparative vocabulary of the Chwachamaju and Olamentke,
pp. 234-235; comparative vocabulary of the Aleuten (of Fox Island), Kadjack,
Tschugatschen, Ugalenzen, Kenaier, Atnaer (of Copper River), Koltschauen (of
Copper River), and Koloschen (of Sitka), p. 259 (folding sheet); vocabulary of
the Kuskokwimer, pp. 259-270; vocabulary of the Koloschen, pp. 271-274.

206 —— and Helmersen (Gregor von). Beitriage | zur Kentniss | des
Russischen Reiches | und der | angriéinzenden Linder Asiens. |
Auf kosten der Kaiserl. Akadamie der Wissenschaften | herausge-
geben | von | K. HE. von Baer und Gr. von Helmersen. | Hrster
[Sechsundzwanzigstes] Bindchen. | Wrangell’s Nachrichten iiber
die Russischen Besitzungen | an der Nordwestkiiste von America. |

St. Petersburg, 1839. | [-1871.] Im Verlage der Kaiserlichen Aka-
demie der Wissenschaften. | C.

26 vols. 8°.

Baer (K. E. von). Statistische und Ethnographische Nachrichten. Vol. 1.

/

207 Baezo (Perfecto). Vocabulario de las Lenguas Castellana y Maya.
In Soc. de Geog. Bull., first series, vol. 18, pp. 215-217. Paris, 1832. 8°.

44

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

208 [Bagster (Samuel)| editor and publisher. The Bible of Every Land.

A History of the Sacred Scriptures in every Language and Dialect
into which translations have been made: illustrated with specimen
portions in native characters. Series of Alphabets; coloured Ethno-
graphical maps, tables, indexes, ete.

London: Samuel Bagster and Sons. [n. d.] ABS.
Pp. i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-406, 1-12. 4°. Dedication, dated 1848, signed by Samuel
Bagster.

Extracts from the scriptures in the following languages and dialects: Esqui-
maux of Labrador, John, chap. i, v. 1-14, p. 359; Esquimaux of Greenland, ibid.,
pp. 362, 363; Virginia, ibid., p. 365; Massachusetts, ibid., p. 366; Delaware, John,
chap. i, v. 1-10, p. 868; Cree, Matthew, chap. 1ii, v. 13-17, p. 369; Ojibway, John,
chap. i, v. 1-14, p. 370; Chippewas, ibid., p. 371; Mohawk, ibid., p.375; Chocktaw,
ibid., p. 879; Dacota, or Sioux, ibid., p. 381; Mexican, or Aztec, Luke, chap. vi,
y. 27-38, p. 383; Otomi, Lord’s prayer, p. 385; Mayan, St. Luke, chap. vi, v. 27-38,
p. 386; Mosquito, Lord’s prayer, p. 387.

209 ——— The Bible in Every Land. <A History of the Sacred Scrip-

tures in every Language and Dialect into which translations have
been made; illustrated by specimen portions in native characters;
Series of Alphabets; coloured Ethnographical Maps, Tables, In-
dexes, ete. New edition, enlarged and enriched. [One line quota-
tion. |

London: Samuel Bagster and Sons: At the warehouse for Bibles,
New Testaments, Church Services, Prayer Books, Lexicons, Gram-
mars, Concordances, and Psalters, in ancient and modern languages;
15 Paternoster Row. [n. d.] C.

16 p. ll., pp. 1-36, 1-480. 4°. maps.

Extracts from the Scriptures in the following languages and dialects: Esqui-
maux, John, chap. i, v. 1-14, p. 438; Greenlandish, John, chap. i, v. 1-14 (1799
version), p. 441; Greenlandish, John, chap. i, v. 1-14 (1822 version), p. 443; Vir-
ginia, John, chap. i, v. 1-14, p. 444; Massachusetts, ibid., p.445; Delaware, John,
chap. i, v. 1-10, p. 447; Cree, St. Matthew, chap, iii, v. 13-17, p. 448; Cree, St. John,
chap. i, v. 1-10, p. 449; Cree, St. John, chap. i, v. 1-10 (syllabic characters), p. 449;
Chippeway, St. John, chap. i, v. 1-14, p. 450; Ojibway, ibid., 453; Micmac, St. John,
chap. i, v. 1-14 (phonetic characters), p. 454; Mohawk, St. John, chap. i, v. 1-14,
p. 456; Chocktaw, ibid., p. 461; Dacota, or Sioux, ibid., p. 463; Mexican, or Aztec,
St. Luke, chap. vi, v. 27-38, p. 465; Otomi, Lord’s prayer, p. 467; Mayan, St. Luke,
chap. vi, v. 27-34, p. 468; Mosquito, Lord’s prayer, p. 469; Karif, or Carib, St.
Matthew, chap. v, v. 1-12, p. 473.

210 Baird (Henry 8.) Indian Tribes, Chiefs and Treaties. Hon. Henry

S. Baird.
In Hist. Mag,, first series, vol. 8, pp: 178,179. New York, 1864. sm. 4°.
Remarks on language and names of Menomonee and Winnebago chiefs, with
English synonyms.

211 Baird (Spencer I.) United States Commission of Fish and Fish-

eries. | Part I. [-III.] | Report | on the | Condition of the Sea Fish-
exies | of the | South Coast of New England | in | 1871 and 1872
[1874-1875] | by | Spencer F, Baird, | Commissioner. | With supple-
mentary papers. |

BAGSTER—BALBI, 45

Baird (Spencer F’.)\—continued.
Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1873. [-1876.] | swe.
3 vols., 8°, each vol. with different title-page.
Stone (L.) Report of operations on the McCloud River. Part 2, pp. 168-200,
Supplementary list of McCloud Indian words. Part 3, pp. 428, 429.

212 Balbi (Adrien). Atlas | Ethnographique du Globe, | ou | Classifi-
cation des Peuples | anciens et modernes | d’aprés leurs Langues, |
précédé Wun discours sur Vutilité et Vimportance de l’étude des lan-
gues appliquée a plusieurs branches des connaissances humaines;
dun apergu | sur les moyens graphiques employés par les différens
peuples de la terre; d’un coup-d’ceil sur Vhistoire | de la langue slave,
et sur la marche progressive de la civilisation | et de la littérature
en Russie, | avec environ sept cents vocabulaires des principaux
idiomes connus, | et suivi | du Tableau Physique, Moral et Poli-
tique | des cing parties du monde, | Dédié 4 8. M. ’Empereur Ale-
xandre, | par Adrien Balbi, | Ancien Professeur de Géographie, de
Physique et de Mathématiques, | Membre Correspondant de lV Athé-
née de Trévise, etc., etc. | [Design.|

A Paris, | Chez Rey et Gravier, Libraires, Quai des Augustins,
No. 55. | M.DCCC.XXVI. [1826] | Imprimé chez Paul Renouard, Rue
Garenciére, No. 5, F. S. G. | JWP.

78 unnumbered 11. folio.

Division Ethnographique de ’Amérique et Tableau Général des Langues Amé-
ricaines, sheet 44; Langues de la Région de Guatémala, sheet 51; Langues de
Plateau d’Anahuac ou du Mexique, sheet 53; Langues du Plateau Central de
VAmérique du Nord et des pays limitrophes a Vest et 4 Vouest, sheet 54; Région
Missouri-Colombienne, sheets 55,56; Langues de la Région Allezhanique et des
Lacs, sheets 57, 58; Langues de la Céte Occidentale de Amérique du Nord,
sheet 58; Langues de la Région Boréale de Amérique du Nord, formant la
famille des idiomes Eskimaux, sheet 60. Tableau Polyglotte des Langues Améri-

caines, sheets 69,70, contains a vocabulary of twenty-six words in the following
languages :

Maya-Quiche. Timuacana,

Totonaca, Muskohge,

Azteque ou Mexicaine, Chikkasah,

Cora, Choktah ou Chaktaw,
Huasteca, Cheerake, Cherokee ou Cheleki,
Othomi, Woccons,

Tarahumara, Katahba,

Panis, Mohawk,

Attacapas, Oneidas ou Onnoiout,
Chetimachas, Onondagos,

Sussee, Senecas ou Maechachtini,

Paegan, Pieds-Noirs, Black Feet,
Sioux ou Dacota, Yancton,
Winebago ou Puants,

Ottoes ou Uahtoktato,

Kanzes ou Konza,

Omahaw ou Mahas,

Minetare ou Gros-Ventre,
Osage,

Cayugas ou Quengues,
Tuscaroras,

Wandot,

Hurone,

Hochelaga,

Sawanou ou Shawanoese,
Sakis-Ottogamis, Sakis ou Sakewi,
Miamis-Illinois, Miami Propre,

46 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Balbi (Adrien)—continued.

Pampticough, Tles de la Reine Charlotte,
Lennappe ou Delaware, Delaware, Kolouche de Sitka Sound,
fe “ Minsi, a) autre dialecte,
Sankitani, Tchinkitane ou Baie-Norfolk,
Narraganset, Ougaljakhmoutzi,
Massachusett ou Natick, Kinai ou Kinaitze,
Mohegan, Mohegan Propre, Groenlandais Propre,
fs Abenaki, Ross ou de la Baie du Prince

Etechemine, q Régent,
Gaspésien ou Micmac, es Dobb,
Algonquino - Chippeways, Chippeways ce Parry ou de Ile @ Hiver, etc.,

Pr. ou Ochippewag, Tchougatche-Konega, Tchougatche Pro-
Algonquino-Chippeways, Algonquin Pr. pre,
Knisteneaux, Knisteneaux Propre, we os Konega de Vile

eg Cree, ; Kadjak,

Cheppewyan, Cheppewyan Propre, Aleutien de Vile Ounalaska, ‘
Tacoullies ou Carrier, Tchouktche-Améric ou Aglemoute, Agle-
Cochimi Propre, dialecte de San Xaverio, moute Propre,
Santa-Barbara, Tchouktche-Améric ou Aglemoute de
Rumsen, Vile Nuniwok,
Eslene, Tchouktche-Améric ou Aglemoute de
Noutka ou Wakash, Vile Saint-Laurent,

213 Balitz (Antoine). Vocabulary of the Aleuts.
Manuscript, 10 1]. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in
the Aleutian Islands in 1869.

214 Ballard (Rev. Edward). Indian mode of applying names. By Rev.
Edward Ballard, A. M., Rector of St. Paul’s Church, Brunswick,
Maine.

In New Hampshire Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 8, pp. 440-452. Concord, 1866. 8°,
Indian names connected with the valley of the Merrimack, pp. 451, 452.

215 t—— Geographical Names on the Coast of Maine. By Rev. Ed-
ward Ballard, Sect. of the State Hist. Soc’y.
In Coast Survey, Ann. Rept., 1868, pp. 248-259. Washington, 1871. 4°.
“An attempt at an examination of the geographical nomenclature of the coast
of Maine, for the purpose of furnishing a list of the names of Indian origin, with
their proper authority.”

216 Ballou (E.) Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Shoshone Lan-
__ Bage.

Manuscript, 162 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. In Intro-
duction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d ed. Collected at the Shoshone and
Bannock Agency, Wyoming Territory, 1880-1881. None of the schedules are
neglected, and many are filled and additions made. Mr. Ballou has added much
to the value of his manuscript by copious ethnologic notes.

217 Bancroft (Hubert Howe). The | Native Races | of | the Pacific
States of North America. | By | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | Volume I.
[-V.] | Wild Tribes. |

New York: | D. Appleton and Company. | 1874. [-1876.]

5 vols. 8°. maps. Vol. I. Wild Tribes.; II. Civilized Nations; III. Myths and
Languages; IV. Antiquities; V. Primitive History.

BALBI—BANCROFT. 47

Bancroft (Hubert Howe)—continued.

About one-third of volame 3 of Mr. Bancroft’s work is devoted to “Languages,”
there being twelve chapters, pp. 551-795. In chapter «ne he gives a ‘Classifica-
tion of the Aboriginal Languages of the Pacific States.” The following are the
chapter-headings:

Chapter I. GenrraL Remarks. Native languages in advance of social cus-
toms—Characteristic individuality of American tongues— Frequent ocenrrence of
long words—Reduplications, frequentatives and duals—Intertribal languages—
Gesture-language—Slavé and Chinook jargons—Pacifie States languages—The
Tinneh, Aizetec, and Maya tongnes—The larger families inland—Language as a
test of origin—Similarities in unrelated languages—Plan of this investigation.

Chapter II. Hyprrsorran LancuaGes. Distinction between Eskimo and
American—Eskimo pronu ciation and declension—Dialects of the Koniagas and
Aleuts—Language of the Thlinkeets—Hypothetical affinities—The Tinneh family
and its dialects—Eastern, western, central and southern divisions—Chepewyan
declension—Oratorical display in the speech of the Kutchins—Dialects of the
Atnahs and Ugalenzes compared—Specimen of the Koltshane tongue—Tacully
gutturals—Hoopah vocabulary—Apache dialects—Lipan Lord’s Prayer—Navajo
words—Comparative vocabulary of the Tinneh family.

Chapter III. CoLtumpian Laneuacres. The Haidah, its construction and
conjugation—The Nass language‘and its dialects—Bellacoola and Chimsyan
comparisons—The Nootka languages of Vancouver Island—Nanaimo Ten Com-
mandments and Lord’s Prayer—Aztec analogies—Fraser and Thompson River lan-
‘guages—The Neetlakapamuck grammar and Lord’s Prayer—Sound languages—
The Salish family—Flathead grammar and Lord’s Prayer—The Kootenai—The
Sabaptin family—Nez Pereé grammar—Yakima Lord’s Prayer—Sahaptin State
and Slave languages—The Chinook family—Grammar of the Chinook language—
Aztec affinities—The Chinook jargon.

Chapter IV. Catrrornian Laneuaces. Multiplicity of tongues—Yakon,
Klamath and Palaik comparisons—Pitt River and Wintoon vocabularies—Weeyot,
Wishosk, Weitspek and Ehnek comparisons—Languages of Humboldt Bay—
Potter Valley, Russian and Eel River languages—Pomo languages—Gallinomero
grammar—Trans-Pacifie comparisons—Chocuyem Lord’s Prayer—Languages of
the Sacramento, San Joaquin, Napa and Sonoma Valleys—The Olhone and other
languages of San Francisco Bay—Runsien and Eslene of Monterey—Santa Clara
Lord’s Prayer—Mutsun grammar—Languages of the Missions Santa Cruz, San
Antonio ‘de Padua, Soledad, and San Miguel—Tatché grammar—The dialects of
Santa Cruz and other islands.

Chapter V. SHosHonrE LaNnGuaGEs. Aztec-Sonora connections with the Sho-
shone family—The Utah, Comanche, Moqui, Kizh, Netela, Kechi, Cahuillo and
Chemehuevi—Eastern and western Shoshone, or Wihinasht—The Bannack and
Digger or Shoshokee—The Utah and its dialects—The Goshute, Washoe, Paiulee,
Pinte, Sampitche and Mono—Popular belicf as to the Aztee element in the
North—Grimm’s law—Shoshone, Comanche, and Moqui comparative table—Ne-
tela stanza—Kizh grammar—The Lord’s Prayer in two dialects of the Kizh—
Chemehueyi and Cahuillo grammar—Comparative vocabulary.

Chapter VI. Tue PurBio, CoLtorapdo River AND Lower CaLirorniaA LAn-
GUAGES. Traces of the Aztec not found among the Pueblos of New Mexico and
Arizona—The five languages of the Pueblos, the Queres, the Tegua, the Picoris,
Jemez and Zuni—Pueblo comparative vocabulary—The Yuma and its dialects,
the Maricopa, Cuchan, Mojave, Diegeio, Yampais and Yavipais—The Cochimi,
Guaicuri and Perici with their dialects of Lower Califormia—Guaicuri gram-
mar—Paternoster in three Cochimi dialects—The languages of Lower California
wholly isolated.

48

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Baneroft (Hubert Howe)—continued.

Chapter VII. Tur Pra, Opara AND Cert LanGuaGes. Pima Alto and
Bajo—Pipago—Pima grammar—Formation of plurals—Personal pronoun—Con-
jugation—Classification of verbs—Adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and in-
terjections—Syntax of the Pima—Prayers in different dialects—The Opata and
Eudeve—Eudeyve grammar—Conjugation of aciive and passive verbs—Lord’s
Prayer—Opata grammar— Declension— Possessive Pronoun—Conjugation—Ceri
language with its dialects, Guaymi and Tepoca—Ceri vocabulary.

Chapter VIII. Nort Mexican LancuaGceEs. The Cahita and its dialects—
Cahita grammar—Dialectic differences of the Mayo, Yaqui, and Tehueco—Com-
parative vocabulary—Cahita Lord’s Prayer—The Tarahumara and its dialects—
The Tarahumara grammar—Tarahumara Lord’s Prayer in two dialects—The
Concho, the Toboso, the Julime, the Piro, the Suma, the Chinarra, the Tubar, the
Trritila—Tejano—Tejano grammar—Specimen of the Tejano—The Tepehuana—
Tepehuana grammar and Lord’s Prayer—Acaxée and its dialects, the Topia,
Sabaibo and Xixime—The Zacatec, Cazcane, Mazapile, Huitcole, Guachichile,
Colotlan, Tlaxomultec, Tecuexe, and Tepecano—The Cora and its dialects, the
Muntzicat, Teacuaeitzica, and Ateacari—Cora grammar.

Chapter IX. Tar Azrec AND OTOMf LANGUAGES. Nahua or Aztec, Chichimec
and Toltec languages identical—Andhuac the aboriginal seat of the Aztec
tongue—The Aztec the oldest language in Andhuac—Beauty and richness of the
Aztec—Testimony of the missionaries and early writers in its favor—Specimen
from Paredes’ Manual—Grammar of the Aztec langnage—Aztec Lord’s Prayer—
The Otomi a monosyllabic language of Andhuac—Relationship claimed with the
Chinese and Cherokee—Otomi grammar—Otomi Lord’s Prayer in different dia-
lects.

Chapter X. LANGUAGES OF CENTRAL AND SOUTHERN MExico. The Pame and
its dialects—The Meco of Guanajuato and the Sierra Gorda—The Tarasco of
Michoacan and its granmar—The Matlaltzinca and its grammar—The Ocuiltee—
The Mixtec and its dialects—Mixtee grammar—The Amusgo, Chocho, Mazatec,
Cuicatec, Chatino, Tlapanec, Chinantec, and Popoluca—The Zapotec and its gram-
mar—The Mije—Mije grammar and Lord’s Prayer—The Huave of the Isthmus of
Tehuantepec—Huave numerals.

Chapter XI. Tur Maya-Quicn&é LancuaGers. The Maya-Quiché, the lan-
guages of the civilized nations of Central America—Enumeration of the mem-
bers of this family—Hypothetical analogies with languages of the Old World—
Lord’s Prayer in the Chanabal, Chiapanec, Chol, Tzendal, Zoque and Zotzil—
Pokonchi grammar—The Mame or Zaklopahkap—Quiché grammar—Cakchiquel
Lord’s Prayer—Maya grammar—Totonac grammar—Totonace dialects—Huastec
grammar. ;

Chapter XII. LanGuaGcres or Honpuras, NicaARAGuA, Costa Rica AND
THE IstHMUS OF Darren. The Carib an imported language—The Mosquito
language—The Poya, Towka, Seco, Valiente, Rama, Cookra, Woolwa, and other
languages in Honduras—The Chontal—Mosquito grammar—Love-song in the
Mosquito language—Comparative vocabulary of Honduras tongues—The Cori-
bici, Chorotega, Chontal and Orotifa in Nicaragua—Grammar of the Orotifia or
Nagradan—Comparison be tween the Orotina and Chorotega—The Chiriqui, Gua-
tuso, Tiribi, and others in Costa Rica—Talamanca vocabulary—Diversity of speech
on the Isthmus of Darien—Enumeration of languages—Comparative vocabulary.

218 Bandelier (Adolph Frangois). On the Art of War and Mode of

Wartare of the Ancient Mexicans.
In Peabody Museum Repts., vol. 2, pp. 95-161. Cambridge, 1880. 8°.
Mexican terms passim. :

BANCROFT—BAPTISTA. 49

Bandelier (Adolph Francois)—continued.
219 ——— On the Distribution and Tenure of Lands, and the Customs
with respect to Inheritance, among the Ancient Mexicans.
In Peabody Museum Repts., vol. 2, pp. 385-448. Cambridge, 1880. 8°.
Mexican terms passim.

220 ——— On the Social Organization and Mode of Government of the
Ancient Mexicans.
_In Peabody Museum Repts., vol. 2, pp. 557-699. Cambridge, 1880. 8°.
List of relationships in Nahuatl, pp. 567-569; days of the month in Nahuatl,
Maya, and Tzendal, p. 572; days of the month in Mexican, Quiché, Maya, and
Chiapaneca, p. 573; other linguistic material passim.

221 Bannister (Henry M.) Vocabulary of the Malimoot, Kotzebue

Sound.
Manuscript, 1011. 4°. 200 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

222 Baptista (P. Fr. Elias de 8. Juan). Compendio | de las Exce |
lencias de la Bulla de | la Sancta Cruzada, en lengua Mexica | na
compuesto por el P. Fray Elias de | S. Iuan Baptista, Religioso de
la orden de | Nra. Senora del Carmen de los des- | calcos de esta
Nueua Espana | En 8. Sebastian. [Escutcheon. |

Con licencia y Privilegio. | En Mexico, 4 costa de Christoual de
la | Paz Alguazil de la Saucta Cruzada. | { En la Emprenta de En-
rico Martinez | Interprete del Sancto Officio de | la Inquisicion. |
Ano 1599. | eo

24 11., last 4 unnumbered. 8°. Roman letter. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbal-
ceta. Beristain, who quotes from Pinelo, gives the date of 1601.

223 ——— Dialogos en lengua Megicana.
Mexico, 1598. ke
I have seen only one copy of this work, that in the college of St. Gregory of
Mexico. The dialogues treat of the examination of the conscience.—Beristain.

224 —_ Catecismo megicano. *
Printed, according to Eguiara.—Beristain.

225 Baptista (Fr. Hieronimo). Sermones en Lengua Matlanzinga. e
Manuscript. 4°. Circa 1562. The author was a Monk of the Franciscan Order
and one of the earliest missionaries amongst the Indians, vide date of the present
volume, which appears to be in the anthor’s own handwriting. De Souza says
that a volume of Sermons, in the Matlazinga, was composed by Ir. Geronimo Bau-
tista, Franciscan, in the year 1562, in the College of Tlateluco, in Mexico. He
adds ‘This language is one of the most difficult of New Spain,” and also states
that the volume referred to (no doubt the present) exists in the Library of the
College mentioned.—Vischer Sale Cat.

226 Baptista (Fr. Juan). §K Confessionario M | en Lengva Mexi- | cana
y Caste | Ilano. | 4] Con muchas aduertencias muy necessarias para
los Confessores. | | Copuesta por el Padre Fray Ioan Baptista | de
la orden del Seraphico Padre Sancti Francis- | co, lector de Theologia
en esta prouincia del san | cto Euangelio y guardian del conuento de
Sane | tiago Tlatilulco. |

4 Bib.

50 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Baptista (Fr. Juan)—continued.

Con Privilegio | | En Sanctiago Tlatilulco Por Melehior | Ocharte.
Ano. 1599. | JCB.

Title; reverse woodcut. 11. and 15 other p. IL Text 112 11. 12°. ‘This work,”
the Ramirez Sale Catalogue says, ‘‘has caused much diversity of opinion among
Mexican Bibliographers as to whether there were more than one edition issued.
The present copy contains two distinct lists of erratas, each occupying 2 1l., the
heading of the one being printed in roman letters, that of the other in italics.
Senor Ramirez has inserted a note in which he argues that both lists of errata
pertain to the one edition, and asserts in consequence that this was the only edi-
tion published. Baptista, or Bautista, was a native Mexican. He became a
Franciscan of the province of Santa Evangelio de Mejico. He taught philosophy
and theology, and had for his pupil F. Torquemada, the author of ‘Monarquia
Indiana.’ He was esteemed the most learned of his time in the Mexican language,
which he spoke and wrote with purity and elegance.”

Tross gives this the date of 1599-1600.

227 ——— Confesonario en Megicano y Castellano, con la preparacion
para recibir la Eucharista, y de los admirables efectos de esta.
Mexico, 1604. *
8°. Title from Beristain.
228 ——— Platicas antiquas que en la excellentissima lengua Nahuatl,
enmendo y crecento el... P. Juan Bautista, Franciscano.
Mexico, 1599. *

8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

229 ——— Hvehvetlahtolli. JCB.

Title wanting; incomplete copy. sm.8°. The following description is taken
from Bartlett’s catalogue of the Brown library:

“Begins with signature A in the midst of the introduction signed by Fr. J. B.
on verso of the eighth (unnumbered) leaf of the signature. Text, signatures
BtoN. The first and last leaves wanting; the remaining numbered 2 to 95 (the
3d, 5th, and 7th not numbered, and the 74th misnumbered 34). On the reverse of
95th leaf begins a table of errata.

“Bought at the sale of Puttick & Simpson, 1869, whose catalogue ascribes to
the book the date, Mexico, 1599, which is also printed on the back. The title,
“ Hvehvetlahtolli” (which means ‘‘old words” or ‘‘ancient sayings”) runs through
the whole book on the top of cach page, misprinted ‘ Hvehvetlatholli” on right of
38th, 48th, and 56th leaves. The work contains a number of those allocntions,
in the Mexican or Nahuatl language, which Indian parents or civil authorities
used to deliver at certain solemn occasions (cf. Sahagun, Book vi., Chapter 19).
These are divided in paragraphs, numbered only in the first alloeution, where a
misprint gives to the 25th (on reverse of 12th leaf) the number 32. In continua-
tion are given some doctrinal allocutions of Catholic priests to the Indians in the
same language. They conclude on the reverse of the 76th leaf, and are followed
by other Indian allocutions of fathers, mothers, etc., translated from the Mexican
into Spanish, by the Franciscan monk Fr. Andres de Olmos. They are said to be
copied from the 223d chapter of the first part of Las Casas’ ‘‘ Apologetical His-
tory,” where it is stated that Las Casas received them, being in Spain, from
Father Olmos, in Mexico. They conclude on the right of the 95th leaf.”

Ternaux mentions this as follows:

230 —— Platicas Morales de los Indios para la Doctrina de sus hijos,

BAPTISTA. 51

Baptista (/r. Juan)—continued.
en lengua Mexicana intitulado huehuetlatolli. Por Fr. Juan Bap-
tista franciscano.
Mexico, 1601. *
Collection of moral laws for the Indians for the instruction of their children,
called in the Mexican huehuetlatolli.—Ternauc.
Beristain also gives to this the date of 1601.

231 ——— Aduertencias | para los confessores | de los Naturales. |
Compvestas por el padre | Fray Ioan Baptista, de la Orden del Se-
raphico | Padre Sanct Francisco, Lector de Theologia, y | Guardian
del Conuento de Sanctiago Tla- | tilulco: de la Prouincia del Sancto
Kuangelio. | Primera Parte. | Con Priulegio. |

En Mexico, En el Conuento de Sanctiago | Tlatilulco, Por M.
Ocharte. ato 1600. | JCB.

7 p.ll., text 112. Errata 2 11., and table 56 unnumbered Il., 12°. Alternate
columns Spanish and Mexican.

The only copy I have seen of this work, that in the library of John Carter

Brown, was unaccompanied by the second part. Icazbalceta’s Apuntes describes
the latter as follows:

232 ——— Segunda Parte. *

The same title, imprint and date; 16 p.1l.; ll. 13-143; ll. 1-104 with the Index
Lucorum Communium hujus Secunde Partis.

Colophon :

‘““Hxeudebat Ludonicus Ocharte Figueron Mexici, santi Jacobi de
Tlatiluleo. Anno Domini 1601.”

In a letter received from Sr. Icazbalceta, he says:

“These counsels contain much in the Mexican language. I have seen three
different title pages’ of the second part. There are copies which contain the
same title page as the first, even with the words Primera Parte; others have the
same, but with the title Segunda Parte. I have seen moreover one loose one
totally different from the others in regard to characters and escutcbeons. The
strangest part is that in the other title pages the license of the Viceroy com-
mences on the verso of the title, and in the loose one the reverse side is blank,
so that I do not know how it could belong to the copies. In the First Part the
fold C consists of 9 leaves; one page was left out in the first impressions, and two
were substituted for it; for this reason page 14 is duplicated.”

233 —— Libro de la Miseria y breuedad de la vida del hombre: y de
sus quatro postrimerias, en lengua Mexicana. Compuesto por el
Padre fray loa Baptista de la orden del Seraphico Padre 8. Fran-
cisco, Lector de Theologio, y Diffinidor de la Prouincia del Sancto
Euangelio. Dedicado el Doctor Sanctiago del Riego, del Consejo
del Rey N.S. y su Oydor en esta Real Audiencia de Mexico.

En Mexico. En la emprenta de Diego Lopez Daualos, y a su
costa. Aino de 1604. *

8p. IL; ll. 1-152 and table 22 unnumbered 1]. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes.

234 —— Vida. | Y milagros del bien- | auenturado Sanct Antonio
de | Padua: primer Predicador general de la | Orden del Seraphico

P. 8. Fracisco: a | quien el Papa Grego. I. por la alte | za de su sa-

52 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Baptista (fr. Juan)—continued.
biduria, y excelente | Doctrina, llamo Archa Testa- | menti. | 4] Com-
puesta en lengua Mexicana por el Pa- | dre Fray Ioan Baptista
Lector de Theo | logia, y Guardian de Tlacupan. | {] Dirigida a
Aluaro Rodriguez de Aze- | uedo, Sindico de la ordé de 8. Fraco. |

[ Picture. ]
En Mexico. | Con licencia, en casa de Diego Lopez Daualos. | Ano
de 1605. o

9 p.1L.; ll. 1-95; reverse of 95 and following leaf Table of headings, which is
not finished, owing to some missing leaves, upon which was also the beginning
of another alphabetic table, of which there are 4 ll. remaining, followed by 11.
corrections. 8°. Roman letter.

Colophon:

4] Acabose este libro en la muy noble y muy leal ciudad de Me-
xico Tenochtitlan, Vispera de la Inuencion de la Cruz. Amtio de 1605.
En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos.

Title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta. The work is in possession of Sr. D. J.
M. de Agreda.

235 —— A lesu Christo 8. N. ofrece este Sermonario en lengua Mexi-
cana. § Su indigno sieruo F¥. loan Baptista de la Orden del Seraphico
Padre sanct Francisco, de la Provincia del Sancto Euangelio. Pri-
mera Parte. [An engraving, with a vignette of the Savior, and on
the margin this legend: Ego svn veritas.]| Dico ego opera mea Regi.
Psalm 44.

En Mexico, con licencia. § En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos: ya
su costa. Afo 1606. Vendese en la tienda de Pedro Arias Librero,
en frente de la puerta del Perdon de la Yglesia Mayor de Mexico.

26 p. ll.; pp. 1-710. On the latter a picture of St. Anthony, with this inscrip-
tion:

Acabose de imprimir esta Primera Parte, en la muy insigne y muy
leal ciudad de Mexico Tenochtitlan, a treize dias del mes de Lunio,
deste ano, dia del bienaventurado, y glorioso Sanct Antonio de Pa-
dua, de la Orden del Seraphico Padre Sanct Francisco.

§ En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos, y a su costa. 1606.

Concludes with 24 11., tables, not numbered, and at the end:

Acabaronse de imprimir estas tres Tablas, 4 nueue dias del mes
de Febrero, de 1607. v

Only the first part of this collection of Sermons was published. In the preface
is to be found some interesting notices principally concerning the early writers
in the Mexican language.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes.

The author gives an interesting list of sixteen works which he had published,
only two or three of which are now known to exist. He also refers to a second
part of these sermons, of which he had already printed ‘gran pedago,” but which
was probably never completed.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

236 t——— Sermones para todo el aho en Lengua Mexicano. Pero Solo
se imprimioé el primero en Mexico, Ano 1609. te
3 vols. 4°. This work, according to the testimony of P. Jesuita Tobar, grand
master of the Mexican Idiom, has no equal either in purity of style or substance

of Doctrine.—Beristain.

ARTE Y DICTIO

NARILO: CON OTRAS
Obras,enlengua Michuacana, Cépuetto por
elmuy,R.P Fray IuanBapriftadeLagu
nas, Predicador,Guardiande fan&
Erancifco delaciudad de Guar
yangareo, y Diftinidordela
Prouincia de Mechuas
can.y de Xalifco,
PIRIGIDAS AL MVY YLLV.Y.R,
fexor Docordé Antonio Morales ¢ Molina,Caua
Ilero delaordédeSictiago,obifpo meritilsimo qfua
de Mechuac3,y agora de T laxcala.delcofdefu. Mo

EN MEXICO, _
Encafade Pedro Ballic
197 4»

245,—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF BAPTISTA DE LAGUNA’S ARTE Y DICTIONARIO.

BAPTISTA—BAPTISTA DE LAGUNAS. 53

Baptista (Fr. Juan)—continued.
237 ——— El Kempis, 6 los Libros del Contemptus Mundi, puestos en
Lengua Mexicana. *
Printed in Mexico, according to Torquemada. The first chapters are the same
as those translated by Fr. Luis Rodriguez, but polished and corrected.—Beristain.

238 ——— Catechismo en Megicano y Castellano. *
Printed, according to Beristain.
239 —— Oraciones en Megicano para dar culto 4 la SSma. Trinidad. *
Printed, according to Beristain, at Tlatelulco.
240 ——— Indulgencias que gozan los Terceros de 8S. Francisco, en
lengua Mexicana.
Printed, according to Beristain, at Tlatelulco.
241 ——— Diccionario Eeclesidstico en lengua Mexicana. *
Manuscript. ‘Title from Beristain.
242 —_— Flos Sanctorum, o Vidas de Santos, en Megicano. a
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.
243 —— La obra del P. Estella de la Vanidas del Mundo, puesta en
lengua Mexicana. *

Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

244 —__ The Life and Death of three youths of Tlascala, who died
for the sake of their faith; written by Father Toribio Motolinia, one
of the first twelve missionaries in Mexico, translated into Mexican
by Fr. Juan Bautista. oe

Manuscript. 3011. 4°. A modern transcript of the Mexican original in the
National Museum of Mexico by Don Faustino Galicia Chimalpopoca.—Ramirez,
Bib. Mex.

According to Beristain this was printed in Tlatelulco.

245 Baptista de Lagunas (Fr. Juan). Arte y Dictio- | nario: con otras |
Obras, en lengua Michuacana. Copuesto por | el muy. R. P Fray
Tuan Baptista de Lagu | nas, Praedicador, Guardian de sanct |
Francisco, de la ciudad de Gua- | yangareo, y Diftinidor de la | Pro-
uincia de Mechua- | can, y de Xalisco. | Dirigidas al mvy Yllv.
Y. R. | sehor Doctor do Antonio Morales d Molina, Caua | lero de
la ordé de Sactiago, obispo meritissimo q fue | de Mechuaca, y agora
de Tlaxcala, del cos. de su. M. | [Design.}

En Mexico, | En casa de Pedro Balli. | 1574. |

14p.ll. Numeration begins on reverse of 1. 14. Arte, pp. 1-174. Diccionario,
pp. 1-190. 8°. At the end we read:

4 Acabase el Arte de la lengua de Mechuacan, con el Dictionarito,
o Copia verborum, de los mas principales Verbos, con sus Ethymo-
logias. Casi al modo que lleua el Ambrosio Calepino, Para que por
esta breuedad y Reglas tan prouechosas se puedan aprouechar los
estudiantes. A honra y gloria de la sanctissima Trinidad, Padre,
Hijo Spi sancto.

54 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Baptista de Lagunas (#7. Juan)—continued.

Impresso @ la Yusigne ciudad de Mexico: En casa d Pedro Balli.
1574.

This is followed by 6 unnumbered 11., with the:

4 Tabla y resolucion de las Preposiciones verbales o primeras
posiciones de los mas principales Verbos, que en este Dictionarito y
Arte se contienen, para que de cada qual dellas, sepan sacar muchos
verbos &e.

On the reverse of 1. 6 there commences a new pagination, which reaches to
p. 107, and contains:

Instruction para poderse bien confessar en la lengua de Mechua-
ean. En la qual se contiene Ja preparacion compendiosa Declaran-
dola tambien por los Diez mandamiétos de la ley, y por los Articulos
de la Fee. Y¥ de auditione verbi Dei. Psalmo de Miserere nei, y
las Letanias, y preparacion para biێ morir, por via de construction,
con otras cosas y deuociones: por el muy. R. P. Fray Ioan Baptista
de lagunas, Diffinidor de la Prouincia de Mechuaca, d la orde del
seraphico. P. Sant Fracisco.

Concludes with 11. unnumbered, containing a table in Tarasca, and at the end:

4 Imprimiose esta obra, que en si contiene Tres libros, En la
ynsigne Ciudad de Mexico En casa de Pedro Balli Impressor. - A
costa de Costantino Brauo de lagunas, Alcalde mayor de Tlaxcala,
Ano de. 1574. 2

The printing is very bad throughout. The book is very rare, and I have seen
no more complete copy than my own, formed of two incomplete copies obtained
in the course of fourteen years.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes.

The above title taken from a photolithographic fac-simile furnished by Sr. Ieaz-
balceta.

246 Baraga (Rev. Frederic). A | Theoretical and Practical | Gram-
mar | of the | Otchipwe Language, | the Language spoken by the
Chippewa Indians; which is | also spoken by the Algonquin, Otawa
and Potawatamie Indians, | with little difference. | For the use of
Missionaries | and other persons living among the Indians | of the
above named tribes. | By the Rev. Frederick Baraga, | Missionary
at L’Anse, Lake Superior. |

Detroit: | Jabez Fox, Printer. | 1850. | BA. MHS.

Pp. 1-576. sq. 16°. Sabin, No. 3248, gives an edition of 1851. Shea’s Cath.
Missions gives 1844 as date.

247 <A | Dictionary | of the | Otchipwe Language, | explained in
English. | This language is spoken by | the Chippewa Indians, | as
also by | the Otawas, Potawatamis and Algonquins, | with little
difference. | For the use of | Missionaries, | and other persons living
among the above mentioned | Indians. | By the Rev. Frederic Ba-
raga, | Roman Catholic Missionary among the Otchipwe Indians. |

Cincinnati, 1853. | Printed for Jos. A. Hemann, | Publisher of
the “Wahrheitsfreund.” | Cc. WP.

Pp. i-vii, 1-662. 16°. Shea’s Cath. Missions gives 1852 as date.

Pt. I. Otchipwe-English, pp. 3-420. Pt. I. English-Otchipwe, pp. 423-659,

BAPTISTA DE LAGUNAS—BARAGA. iY)

Baraga (Rev. Frederic)—continued.

248 ——— A Grammar | and | Dictionary | of the | Otchipwe Lan-
guage, | By R. Rh. Bishop Baraga. | A new edition, by a missionary
of the Oblates. | [4 lines quotation. |

Montreal: | Beauchemin & Valois, Publishers, | 256 and 258, St.
Paul Street. | 1879. | Cc. JWP.

1 p.1., pp. i-xi, 1-422; and 3 p. IL, pp.1-301. 12°.

This is composed of the two following works, each with its own title-page and
pagination:

249 ——— A Theoretical and Practical | Grammar | of the | Otchipwe
Language | for the use of Missionaries and other persons living
among the Indians | By R. R. Bishop Baraga. | A second edition,
by a missionary of the Oblates. |

Montreal: | Beauchemin & Valois, Booksellers and Printers, | 256
and 258, St. Paul Street. | 1878 | C. JWP.
Pp. i-xi, 1-422. 12°.

250 t—— A Dictionary | of the | Otchipwe Language, | Explained in
English. | Part I. | English-Otchipwe. | By R. R. Bishop Baraga. |
A new edition, by a missionary of the Oblates. | [Four lines quota-

tion.] |
Montreal: | Beauchemin & Valois, Publishers, | 256 and 258, St.
Paul Street. | 1878 | C. JWR.

3p. U., pp. 1-301. 12°.

251 ——— A Dictionary | of the | Otchipwe Language, | Explained in

English. | Part I. | Otchipwe-English. | By R. R. Bishop Baraga. |

A new edition, by a missionary of the Oblates. | [Four lines quota-
tion.] |

Montreal: | Beauchemin & Valois, Publishers, | 256 and 258, St.

Paul Street. | 1880 | C. JWP.

Pp. i-viii, 1-422. 12°.

252 ——— Otawa | Anamie-Misinaigan. | [One line quotation. |
Wawiyatanong: | Geo. L. Whitney, Ogimisinakisan Manda Misi-
naigan. | 1832. | BA.

Pp. 1-207. sq.24°. Roman Catholic prayer book in the Ottawa language.

253 ——— Otawa | Anamie-Masinaigan | Gwaiakossing anamiewin
Hjitwadjig, | mi sa | Catholique-Enamiadjig | Gewabandangig. |
Paris, | (France, Europe) E.-J. Bailly Ogimisinakisan Manda Misi-
naigan. | 1837. | Ss.
3 p.lL, pp. 1-30U. 24°.

254 ——— Otawa | Anamie-Misinaigan, | Gwaiakossing anamiewin |
Hjitwadjig, | mi sa | Catholique-Enamjadjig | Gewabandangig.
Detroit, | Eugene T. Smith, | Ogimisinakisan Manda Misinai-
gan. | 1842. | BA.
2p. Il, pp. 1-293. 18°.

56 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Baraga (Rev. Frederic)—continued.

255 ——— Otchipwe Anaimie-Masinaigan gwaiakossing anamiewin
ejitwadgig, mi sa catholique-enamiadjig gewabandangig.
Paris, (France, Europe), E. J. Bailly, 1837. *

2p. IL, 300 pp. 18°. Book of prayers and songs, followed by a catechism trans-
lated in the Chippewa language.—Leclere.

256 ——— Jesus | Obimadisiwin | ajonda aking, | gwaiakossing ana-
miewin ejitwadjig, | mi sa | Catholique-Enamiadjig | gewabandan-
gig. |

Paris, (France, Europe.) | E.-J. Bailly ogimisinakisan manda mi-
sinaigan. | 1837. | BA. S.
4 p. lL, one folding sheet, pp. 1-211. 24°. Life of Jesus while on earth; in tho
Ottawa language.
257 - Gete Dibadjimowin, Gaie Jesus, Obimadisiwin oma Aking.
Laibach 1837. Detroit 1837. es
Bible Extracts, Life of Chris‘, Epistles and Gospels. Second edition, 1846.—
Shea’s Catholic Missions.

258 —— Katolik | Anamie-Misinaigan. | Avec Approbation de Mon-
seigneur l’Evéque | Pierre Paul Lefevre. | Troisiéme-édition, cor-
rigée et augmentée. |

Detroit, | Wawiiatanong: | Bagg & Harmon, Ogi-Missinakisana-

wa | Mandan Masinaigan. | 1846. | BA.
Pp. 1-256. 18°. In the Ottawa language.
259 ——— Katolik | Enamiad | O Nanagatawendamowinan. | Avec

approbation de Monseigneur l’Evéque | Pierre Paul Lefevre. |
Wawhatanvng, | (Detroit.) | Jabex Fox. O Gi-masinakisan |
Mandan Masinaigan. | 1850. | BA.
2p. IL, pp. 1-712, index 11. 24°. Catholic Christian’s Meditation8, in the Chip-
pewa language. Shea’s Catholic Missions gives an edition of the date of 1849.
260 ——— Katolik | Anamie-Masinaigan | wetchipwewissing. |
New York, Cincinnati, and St. Louis: | Benziger Brothers, | Print-

ers to the Holy Apostolic See. | [n. d.] JWP.
Pp. 1-322. 16°. Roman Catholic prayer book; in the Chippewa language.
261 ——— Katolik | Gagikwe-masinaigan. | Avec approbation de Mon-

seigneur l’Evéque | Pierre Paul Lefevre. |
Detroit, | Wawiiatanong: | M. Geiger, Ogi-masinakasin | Mandan

Masinaigan. | 1846. | Ss.
Pp. 1-270. 24°.
262 ——— Katolik Gagikwe-Masinaigan.
Cincinnati, 1858. 3 2

Title from the Vinotti Sale Cat.
263 ——— Kagige | Debwewinan, | kaginig ge-takwendang | Katolik
enamiad.
Cincinnati, 1855. | Joseph A. Hemann o gi-masinakisan mandan |
masinaigan. | S.

Pp. 1-334, index 2 11. sm.4° (sq.16°). “Eternal Truths” in the Chippewa
language.

BARAGA

BARKER. 57

Baraga (Rev. Frederic)—continued.
264. ——— Otchipwe Kikimoamadi-Masinaigins. *
8 pp. sq. 16°. No title-page. Ojibwa School-Little book. Reprint ordered by
Rey. Ignatius Tomazin, St. Paul, Minn. Original by Baraga, 1853.—4. 8. Gatschei.

265 and Weikamp (John B.) Katolik | Anamie Masinaigan. |
A | Catholic Prayer Book and Catechism | in the | Otchipwe-Indian
Language. | By | Rt. Rev. Bishop F. Baraga, D. D. | with | An
Appendix of the Mass and Vespers in | Latin; and Prayers in the
Ottawa- | Indian Language. | By Rey. John B. Weikamp, | Tert.
O.S. F. |

New York & Cincinnati: | Benziger Brothers, | Printers to the
Holy Apostolic See. | [1874.] S.

Pp. 1-346. 16°. Father Weikamp’s Appendix occupies pp. 323-346; the Ottawa
prayers, pp. 337-346.

266 Barber (Kdwin A.) Language and Utensils of the modern Utes.
In Hayden (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 2, pp.71-76. Washington, 1876. 8°.

267

Comparative Vocabulary of Utah Dialects. By Edwin A.
Barber.
In Hayden (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 3, pp. 533-545. Washington, 1877. 8°.
Vocabulary of the Yampa [English and scientific notation], pp. 535,536; Com-
parative vocabulary of the Yampa and Weminuche words, pp. 536-537; Sentences
in Weminuche, p. 538; Yampa vocabulary, pp. 538-541; Weminuche vocabulary,
nS 542; Comparative vocabulary of the Comanche, Chemehuevi, and Yampa,
pp. 542,543; Comparative vocabulary of the Yampa, Uinta, and Weminuche,
pp. 543,544; Cardinal numbers [11-1000] of the Yampa, p. 544; A few words of
Moqui, and Seminole, p. 545.

Barclay (Rev. Henry).
See Andrews (W.), Barclay (Henry), and Ogilvie (John),

Bard (Samuel A.)
See Squier (E. G.)

268 Barefoot (Isaac). Ne Karorouh | ne Teyerihwahkwathaokouh |
Shonagarowane | Tehaweanadennyouh. | Skakanyadaradih | T’kea-
tyohkwayea | Tehodirisdohrarakouh. |

Toronto: | Printed by the Church Printing and | Publishing Com-
pany. | 1871. |

Second title :

A Collection | of | Psalms and Hymns | in the | Mohawk Lan-
guage, | for the | use of the Six Nation Indians. | Translated by
Isaac Barefoot. | Published by | the New England Company. |

Toronto: | Printed by the Church Printing and | Publishing Com-
pany. | 1871. | JWP.

Pp. 3-93, 3-93, double numbers, alternate pages Mohawk and English; index,
in English, pp. 95-99. 18°. Indian title verso 1.1 (p.3); English title recto 1. 2
(p- 3)

Barker (Francis).

Seo Meeker (Jotham) and Barker (Francis).

58 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

269 Barker (J. C.) Vocabulary of the Indians of Santa Tomas Mission,
Lower California.
Manuscript, 150 words. 10 Il. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
270 Barnhardt (W. H.) Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages
spoken by the Umpqua, Lower Rogue River, and Calapooa Indians.
Manuscript, 160 words. 4 ll. folio.

271 Vocabulary of the Kalapuya.
Manuscript, 211 words. 6 11. folio.
272 ——— Vocabulary of the Lower Rogue River Indians.

Manuscript, 211 words. 6 ll. folio.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

273 Barratt (Joseph, M.D.) Key | to the | Indian Language | of | New-
England, | in the | Etchemin, or Passamaquoddy Language, | Spo-
ken in Maine and St. Johns New-Brunswick. | Derived and written
from the Indian (Nicola Tenesles.) | By | Joseph Barratt, M. D. |
Member of several Learned Societies. | No. 1. |

Middletown, Conn. | 1850. | MHS. C.
Pp. 1-8. 8°. No. 1 is all that was published.

274 ——— The Indian | of | New-England, | and the | North-eastern
Provinces; | A Sketch of the Life of an Indian Hunter, Ancient
Traditions re- | lating to the | Etchemin Tribe, | their modes of life,
fishing, hunting, We.: | with | Vocabularies | in the | Indian and
English, | giving the names of the | animals, birds, and fish: | The
most complete that has been given for New-England, in the | Lan-
guages of the | Etchemin and Micmaes. | These are now the only
Indian Tribes to the North-east, the former inhabitants | of New-
England, that have preserved their language entire, being the
oldest | and purest Indian spoken in the Eastern States. | Derived
from the Indian (Nicola Tenesles,) | By Joseph Barratt M. D., |
Member of several Learned Societies. | This Book is the only work of
its kind to be had. It contains | the Elements of the Indian Tongue,
and much that is new to the | reading public; especially the names
by which the Red Men of | the forest, designated the natural objects
before them. |

Middletown, Connecticut: | Charles H. Pelton, Printer. | 1851. |
Price 25 Cents. | C. JWP.

Pp. 1-24. 12°.

Names for the Animals in Indian [Etchemin and Micmac], pp. 11-15.

Key to the Indian Janguage of New England, pp. 15-23, includes: Vocabulary of
the Ktchemin, pp. 15-17; Parts of the human body [Etchemin and Micmac], p. 18;
Compendium of Indian Grammar, pp. 20-23.

“To the reader,” reverse of title, is dated Sept. 18, 1851. A third edition, with
slightly different title, is as follows:

275

The Indian | of | New England, | and the | North-eastern
Provinces; | A Sketch of the Life of an Indian Hunter, Ancient

BARKER— BARRIENTOS. 59

Barratt (Joseph, M. D.)—continued.

Traditions, re- | lating to the | Etchemin Tribe, | their modes of life,
fishing, hunting, &c.: | with | Vocabularies | in the Indian and Eng-
lish, | giving the names of the animals, birds, and fish. | The most
complete that has been given for New-Iingland, in the | Languages
of the | Etchemin and Micmacs. | These are now the only Indian
Tribes to the North-east, the former inhabitants | of New-England,
that have preserved their language entire, being the oldest | and
purest Indian spoken in the Eastern States. | Derived from the
Indian (Nicola Tenesles,) | By Joseph Barratt, M. D., | Member of
several Learned Societies. | This book is the only work of its kind
to be had. It contains | the Elements of the Indian Tongue, and
much that is new to the | reading public; especially the names by
which the Red Men of | the forest, designated the natural objects
before them. |

Middletown, Connecticut: | Charles H. Pelton, Printer. | 1851. | c.

Pp. 1-24. 12°. Contents same as 2d ed.

“To the reader,” reverse of title, dated October 8th, 1851, gives ‘‘Notes to the

third Edition”; in it he says the key has been reprinted in Copway’s American
Indians, No. 12.

276 ——— Indian Proprietors | of | Mattebeseck, | and their descend-
ants, | whose names appear in the town records, | from 1673 to
1749. | By Joseph Barratt, M. D. |

Colophon: Middletown, (Connecticut.) 1850. C.
Pp. 1-4. 8°. No title page; heading only. English signification of some tribal
and proper names and ‘‘Note on the word Manitoese [God].”

277 Barreda (Nicolas de la). Doctrina | Christiana | en lengva Chinan-
teca | afadida la explicacion | de los principales mysterios de la
Fee. | Modo de baptizar en caso de necessidad, y de ay | undar 4 bien
morir, y methodo de administracion | de Sacramentos, | Por el Br.
D. Nicolas de la Barreda, | Cura Beneficiado, Juez Eeclesiastico del
Beneficio | de S. Pedro de Yolos | de el Obispado do Oaxaca. |
Dedicalo | Al Muy Ile y Vene Cabildo de la Santa Igle- | sia de la
Ciudad de Antequera. | Con licencia de los Superiores |

En Mexico. Por los Herederos de la Viuda de Francisco Rodri-
guez Lupercio, en la Fuente de Palacio. Antio de 1730. | JCB.
8 p.Il., pp. 1-85. 4°.

278 Barrientos (Fr. Luis). Doctrina Cristiana | en | Lengua Chiapa-
neca | compuesta | por El Muy Reverendo Padre | Fray Luis Barri-
entos | de la orden | de los predicadores de San Vicente de Chiapa y
Guatemala. |

Ano de 1690. | C. JWR.

Pp. 53-72. 4°. Forms part of: Pinart (A. L.) Bibliotheque de Linguistique et
@Ethnographie Américaines publiée par Alph.-L. Pinart. Vol. I. Paris, 1875.
Pp. 1-52 contain Albornoz (Jr. Juan de). Arte de la Lengua Chiapaneca,

60 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

279 Barringer (G.) La langue américaine. Etude sur langlais parlé
aux Etats-Unis.

Paris, Maisonneuve et C*. 1873.
16 pp. 8°. Forms No. 6 of Vol. 3 of the acts of the Société de Philologie.—
Leclere.

280 Barth (Johannes August). Pacis | annis MDCCCXIV et MDCCC-
XV | foedessatis armis restitutae | Monumentum | orbis terrarum |
de | fortuna redua gaudia | gentium linguis interpretans | principi-
bus piis felicibus augustis | populisque | victoribus liberatoribus
liberatis | dicatum. | Curante | Johanne Augusto Barth. |

Vratislaviae, | Typis Grassii Barthii et Comp. | [n. d.] C.
Title and 49 unnumbered Il. folio. An ode in the language of Greenland, leaf 49.

281 Bartlett (John Russell). Vocabulary of the Kechi, and of. the

Apache.

In Whipple (A. W.) Report upon the Indian Tribes, in Pac. R. R. Reports,
vol. 3, pt.3, pp. 77-85. Washington, 1856. 4°.

Vocabulary of the Yuki, and of the H’hana.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 483-488, 504-
508. Washington, 1877. 4°.

283

Vocabulary of the Maricopa, of the Diegueno and of the
Cochimi languages.

In Gatschet (A. 8S.) Yuma Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp.
390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8°.

284 Vocabularies of the Cahita, of the Opate, and of the Tara-
humara.

Manuscript, 200 words each. 7 11. folio.

285 Vocabulary of the Ceris.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio.

Taken by Mr. Bartlett from Hermosilla, a native, January, 1852.

286

Vocabulary of the Cochimi.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 ll. folio.

287

Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 ll. folio.

288 Vocabulary of the Coppermine Apaches.
Manuscript, 150 words. 6 Il. folio.
Obtained by Mr. Bartlett from Mancus Colorado, a chief of the Coppermine

Apaches, July, 1851.
289

Vocabulary of the Diegeno.
Manuscript, 150 words. 6 ll. folio.

290 Vocabulary of the Dieguina.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 ll. folio.
‘These Indians resided for 20 miles along the coast in the neighborhood of San

Diego.”

291

Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 ll. folio.

BARRINGER—BARTON, 61

Bartlett (John Russell)—continued.
292 Vocabulary of the Kioway.
Manuscript, 200 words. 6 ll. folio. Collected from Esteban, a Mexican in the
service of the Mexican Boundary Commission, who had been a captive seven years
among the Comanches and Kioways in Texas.

293

Vocabulary of the Piro.

Manuscript, 6 11. folio. Collected from two of the principal men of the pueblo
of Sineca, a few miles below El Paso del Norte.

294. ——— Voeabulary of the Tigua.
Manuscript, 6 ll. folio. Collected from Santiago Ortiz (Ahebatu), head chief
of Sineca, Isleta, &e.

Vocabulary of the Yaqui of Sonora.
Manuscript, 6 ll. folio.

Vocabulary of the Yuma or Cuchan.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio.
The manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
by Mr. Bartlett while on the Mexican Boundary Commission.

Collected

297 Barton (Benjamin Smith). New Views | of the | Origin | of the |
Tribes and Nations | of | America. | By Benjamin Smith Barton,
M. D. | Correspondent-Member [&e., &c., 10 lines].

Philadelphia: | Printed, for the Author, | by John Bioren. |
1797. | BA. C.
Pp. i-xii, i-cix, 1-83. 8°.

Preliminary Discourse, i-cix, Mohawks,
Comparative Vocabulary [54 words, Onondagos (Zeisberger),
pp- 1-80] of the Lenni-Lenndpe, or Cayugas,

Delawares (Zeisberger’s Essay &
Heckewelder),
Chippewas (Heckewelder,
Long),
Minsi (Heckewelder),
Acadians,
Mahicanni,
Shawnees (Gen. Gibson),
Pottawatameh,
Hurons,
Miamis (Sam. Coleworthy),
Messisaugers,
Kikkapoos (Judge Turner),
Piankashaws (Judge Turner),
Algonkins (La Hontan),
Indians of Penobscot and
(Re~. Mr. Little),
Narragansetts (Roger Williams),
Senecas,

Carver,

St. Johns

Oneidas (Griffith Evans),

Tuscaroras (Lawson),

Indians of New England,

Cochnewagoes,

Wyandots,

Naudowessies (Carver),

Cheerakee (Adair),

Muskohge (Adair),

Chikkasah (Adair),

Choktah (Adair),

Katahba,

Natchez (Du Pratz),

Mexicans (De Laet, Clavgero, Gage,
Forster),

Darien Indians (Lionel Wafer),

Woccons (Lawson),

Sankikani,

Pampticoughs (Lawson),

Hochelagenses.

Reviewed in the Portfolio, vol. 7, pp. 507-526, and extracts given, pp. 518-522.
The article is signed ‘‘C.” Reprinted as follows :
298 New Views | of the | Origin | of the | Tribes and Nations |
of | America. | By Benjamin Smith Barton, M. D. | Correspondent-
Member [&ce., &c., 10 lines].

62 0 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Barton (Benjamin Smith)—continued.
Philadelphia: | Printed for the Author, | by John Bioren. |
1798. | Cc.
1 p. 1. pp. i-cix, 1-133, 1-32. 8°.
In addition to the vocabularies given in the first edition there are as follows:

Natick (from Eliot), Erigas,

Canadians (from Breboeuf), Conchaes,

Arkanzas (from Bossu), Mobiliens,

Indians of Virginia (Capt. Smith), Canestogas,
Montagnais (Massé & Breboeuf), Esquimaux (Kalm),
Greenlanders (Crantz), Poconchini (Gage),

Indians of Pennsylvania (Wm. Penn), Caraibes (Rochefort).
Illinois (Hennepin),

299

Hints on the Etymology of certain English words, and on
their affinity to words in the languages of different European and
American (Indian) Nations, in a letter from Dr. Barton to Dr.

Thomas Beddoes.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Trans., vol. 6, pp. 145-158. Philadelphia, 1804. 4°.
Issued separately as follows:

300 Hints on the Etymology of Certain English Words, and on
their Affinity to Words in the Language of different European,
Asiatic and American [Indian] Nations, in a letter from Dr. Barton
to Dr. Thomas Beddoes.
| Philadelphia, 1803.] *
14 pp. 4°. Title’ from Sabin’s Dictionary.

301 Bartram (William). Travels | through | North and South Caro-
lina, | Georgia, | Hast & West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, the
extensive | Territories of the Muscogulges, | or Creek Confederacy,
and the Country of the Chactaws; | containing an account of the
soil and natural | productions of those regions, toge- | ther with
observations on the | manners of the Indians. | Embellished with
copper-plates. | By William Bartram. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by James & Johnson. | M,DCC,XCI.
[1791.] | C.

1 p.1., pp. i-xxxiv, 1-522. 8°.

Appended :

An | Account | of the | persons, manners, customs | and | govern-
mcnt | of the | Muscogulges or Creeks, | Cherokees, Chactaws, &e. |
Aborigines of the Continent of | North America. | By William Bar-
tram. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by James & Johnson. | M,DCC,XCLI.
[1791.] |

Pp. 481-522. 8°.

Chapter vi. Language and Manners [of the Muscogulges and Cherokees],
pp. 519-522.

302

Travels | through | North and South Carolina, | Georgia, |
East and West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, | the extensive

BARTON—BARTRAM. 63

Bartram (William)—continued.

Territories of the Muscogulges | or Creek Confederacy, | and the
Country of the Chactaws. | Containing | an Account of the Soil aud
Natural produc- | tions of those regions; | together with observa-
tions on the manners of the Indians. | Embellished with copper-
plates. | By William Bartram. |

Philadelphia: Printed by James and Johnson. 1791. | London: |
Reprinted for J. Johnson, in St. Paul’s Church-yard. | 1792. | JcB.

Pp. i-xxiv, 520, 6 1]., map. 8°.

Language and manners [Creeks and Muscogulges], pp. 517-920.

303 ——— Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, Hast
and West Florida, the Cherokee Country, the Extensive Territories
of the Muscogulges or Creek Confederacy, and the Country of the
Choctaws. Containing an Account of the soil and natural produc-
tions of those Regions; together with observations on the manners
of the Indians. Embellished with Copper-plates. By William Bar-

tram.
Dublin: For J. Moore, W. Jones, R. M‘Allister, and J. Rice.
1793.

12 p.ll., 520, 11 pp. 8°. Map and 7 pll. Title from Stevens’ Nuggets.
304

Willam Bartram’s | Reisen | durch | Nord- und Sud-Karo-
lina, | Georgien, Ost- und West-Florida, | das Gebiet | der Tschero-
kesen, Krihks und Tschaktahs, | nebst umstiindlichen Nachrich-
ten | von den Einwohnern, dem Boden und den Naturprodukten |
dieser wenig bekannten grossen Liinder. | Aus dem Englischen. |
Mit erliiuternden Anmerkungen | von | . A. W. Zimmermann, |
Hofrath und Professor in Braunschweig. Cc:

Pp. i-xxvi, 11., pp. 1-469. sm. 8°.

The above forms pp. 1-469 of: Magazin | von | merkwiirdigen neuen | Reise-
beschreibungen, | aus fremden Sprachen iibersetzt | und mit | erliiuternden
Anmerkungen begleitet. | Mit Kupfern. | Zehnter Band. | Berlin, 1793. | In der
Vossischen Buchhandlung. |

Sprache und Denkmiihler, pp. 491-494.

305 ——— Travels | through | North and South Carolina, | Georgia, |
East and West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, | the extensive
Territories of the Muscogulges | or Creek Confederacy, | and the
Country of the Chactaws. | Containing | An Account of the Soil
and Natural Produe- | tions of those Regions; | Together with |
Observations on the Manners of the Indians. | Embellished with
Copper-Plates. | By William Bartram. | The Second Edition in
London. |

Philadelphia: Printed by James and Johnson. 1791. | London: |
Reprinted for J. Johnson, in St. Paul’s Church-yard. | 1794. | JCB.C.

Pp. 1-520, 4 ll. 8°.

Chap. vi. Language and Manners, pp. 517-520.

306 ——— Reizen door Noord- en Zuid-Carolina, Georgie, Oost- en
West-Florida; de Landen der Cherokees, des Muscogulges, of het

64 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Bartram (William)—continued.
Creek bondgenootschap en het land der Chactaws. Uit het En-
gelsch vertaald, door J. D. Pasteur.

Haarlem, 1794-97. *
8°. Map. J. de Jong’s ‘‘Alphabetische Naamlijst” gives the imprint, Amster-
dam, H. Mooleneizer, 1797. 3 parts. 8°. Plate and map.—Sabin.
307 Voyage | dans les parties sud | de Amérique | septentrio-
nale; | Savoir: les Carolines septentrionale et méridio- | nale, la
Georgie, les Florides orientale et | occidentale, le pays des Chero-
kées, le vaste | territoire des Muscogulges ou de la confédé- | ration
Creek, et le pays des Chactaws; | Contenant des détails sur le sol et
les productions natu- | relles de ces contrées, et des observations sur
les | meeurs des Sauvages qui les habitent. | Par Williams [sic] Bar-
tram. | Imprimé 4 Philadelphie, en 1791, et 4 Londres, | en 17:2, et
trad. de ’angl. par P. V. Benoist. | Tome Premier [Second]. |
A Paris, | Chez Carteret et Brosson, libraires, rue Pierre- | Sar-
rasin, Nos. 13 et 7: | Dugour et Durand, rue et maison Serpente.
An VII [1799]. | C. JCB.
2 vols. 8°. Map. i
Chapter vi. Langage, meurs, etc. [Muscogulge et Cherokée], pp. 419-424.

308 Voyage | dans les Parties Sud | de ’Amérique | Septentrio-
nale; | Savoir: les Carolines septentrionale et méridio- | nale, la
Georgie, les Florides orientale et | occidentale, le pays des Chero-
kées, le vaste | territoire des Muscogulges ou de la confédé- | ration
Creek, et le pays des Chactaws; | Contenant des détails sur le sol et
les productions | naturelles de ces contrées, et des observations sur
les | moeurs des Sauvages qui les habitent. | Par William Bartram. |
Imprimé 4 Philadelphie, en 1791, et a Londres, | en 1792, et trad. de
Vangl. par P. V. Benoist. | Tome Premier. | [Second.|

A Paris, | Chez Maradan, Libraire, rue Parée Saint-André- | des-
Ares, No. 16. | An LX [1801]. JCB.

2 vols. 8°.

Chap. vi. Langage, meeurs, ete., vol. 2, pp. 419-424.

309

Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians. By Wil-
liam Bartram. 1789. With Prefatory and Supplementary Notes.
By E. G. Squier.

In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 1-81. New York, 1853. 8°.

The article by Mr. Bartram occupies pp. 11-58, the remaining pages being
taken up with Mr. Squier’s notes.

There are a few Creek and Cherokee terms scattered through.

310 Basac or Basacio (Fr. Arnaldo). Sermones en Lengua Megicana
para los Domingos y Fiestas del ano. Y se conservan en varias
Bibliotecas .

311

Los Evangelios y Epistolas de las Misas de todo el aio tra-
ducidos 4 la Lengua Megicana. =
Manuscripts. Titles from Beristain.

a

=

is

BARTRAM—BASSETA. 65

312 Basalenque (Ir. Diego). Arte de la Lengua Matlaltzinga mui
copioso y assimismo una suma y arte abreviado. Compuesto todo
por el Padre Maestio fr. Diego Basalenque De la orden de nuestro
Padre San Augustin de la Prouincia de Michoacan anni 1.6.4.0.

Manuscript, 4°, apparently original. It commences, without preliminaries,
with the declension of nouns. Sixteen pages farther on is found the preface,
which occupies pp.17-18. The Arte follows to page 121, the 122d missing. On
page 123 begins a:

Vocabulario de la Lengua Maltlatzinga. buelto en la castellana.
Por el P*. Maestro fr. Diego Basalenque de la orden de N. P. S.
Agustin De la Prouingia de Michoacan. anno 1642,

This terminates on leaf 242. One leaf follows with this title:

Vocabulario de la Lengua Castellana: buelta en la Maltlatzinga
[sic]: Por el P*. Maestro fr. Diego Basalenque de la orden De N. P.
8. Augustin De la Prouingia de Michoacan. anno de 1642.

Ll. 1-40 numbered, and 178 unnumbered.

Colophon: .

Finis Dictionarij Maltlalzingo quod absolutum est 18. de febrero
anni 1646. *

Titles from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes.

313 —— Arte de la Lengua Tarasca, dispuesto con nuevo estilo, y
elaridad, por el R. P. M. Fr. Diego Basalenque, del Orden de N. P.
8. Augustin, Provincial que fue de la Provincia de Michoacan, y su
Chronista. Sacalo a luz el R. P. M. Fr. Nicolas de Quixas, Provin-
vincial [sic] de dicha Provincia. Y la dedica a la Serenissima Maria
Santissima, Reyna de los Angeles.

Con licencia: En Mexico, por Francisco de Rivera Calderon.
-Atio de 1714. *

16 p. l., 110 pp. 8°.

Another edition in 8°, minus title-page. Six preliminary leaves remain. The
work contains 102 pp. It is evidently a Mexican edition of the end of the last
century or beginning of the present.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes.

314 ——— Sermones de la lengua Matlacinga. *

315 ——— Catecismo en la misma |Matlacinga| y Manual de Parrocos. *
Manuscripts preserved in the Library of Charo and removed to Valladolid.—
Beristain.
Fr. Diego Basalenque was born at Salamanca 25th July, 1577, went to America
when 9 years of age, became an Augustin 4th February, 1593, elected provincial
1623, and died 12th December, 1651.

316 Basseta (Ir. Domingo de). Vocabulario Quiché-Espanol, <
Finished on the 29th of January, 1690.

317 ——— Vocabulario de la Lengua Quiché. *
Accompanied by an excellent Vocabulario Quiché-Espanol in the dialect of
Rabinal, with a brief grammar of the same, and a defective Vocabulario Espanol-
Quiché. Collectively they form a manuscript volume of 500 pages, and are re-
garded by the Abbe Brasseur de Bourbourg as constituting the most complete
work in existence on the Quiché language.—Squier.

5 Bib.

66 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

318 Bates (H. W.) Stanford’s | Compendium of Geography and
Travel | Based on Hellwald’s Die Erde und ihre Volker | Central
America | the West Indies | and | South America | Edited and
Extended | By H. W. Bates, | Assistant-Secretary of the Royal
Geographical Society; | Author of ‘The Naturalist on the River
Amazons | With | Ethnological Appendix by A. H. Keane, B. A. |
Maps and Illustrations |

London | Edward Stanford, 55, Charing Cross, 8. W. | 1878 | WE.
Pp. i-xi, 1-571. 8°. Maps.
Keane (A. H.) Appendix. Ethnography and Philology of America, pp. 443-561.

319 B[audry] D[e Loziéres] (Louis Narcisse). Voyage | ala Louisiane, |
et sur le Continent | de ’ Amérique | septentrionale, | fait dans les
années 1794 a 1798; | Contenant un Tableau historique de la Loui-
siane, | des observations sur son climat, ses riches productions, | le
caractére et le nom des Sauvages; des remarques | importantes sur
la navigation; des principes @adiminis- | tration, de législation et de
gouvernement propres 4 cette | Colonie, ete., etc. | Par B*** D***, |
Orné Vune belle carte. | [Two lines quotation. }

Paris, | Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, Palais du Tribunat, | galeries
de bois, no. 240. | An XI.—1802. | C. HU.
Pp. i-viii, 1-382. 8°. Map.
List of [145] Indian tribes, pp. 241-245. Vocabulary of- the Naoudoouessis,
pp. 348-353. Vocabulary of the Chipouais, pp. 353-862.
Bautista (Wr. Ioan).
See Baptista (Fr. Juan).

320 Baxter (fev. Joseph). Journal of the Rev. Joseph Baxter, of Med-
field, Missionary to the Eastern Indians in 1717. (Communicated
by the Rev. Elias Nason.)

In New England Hist. and Geneological Register, pp. 45-60. Boston, 1867. 8°.

“Brief vocabulary of the Indian Language” (a few words, and numerals
1-1000), pp. 59-60.

Issued also as follows :

321 Journal of Several Visits to the Indians on the Kennebec
River, By the Rev. Joseph Baxter, of Medfield, Mass. 1717. With
Notes, by the Rev. Elias Nason.

Boston: David Clapp & Son, Printers. 1867. 0.
Pp. 1-16. 8°.
‘A brief vocabulary of the Indian language,” pp. 17-18.

322 Beach (W. W.) The | Indian Miscellany; | containing | Papers on
the History, Antiquities, Arts, Languages, | Religions, Traditions
and Superstitions | of | the American Aborigines; | with | Descrip-
tions of their Domestic Life, Manners, Customs, | Traits, Amuse-
ments and Exploits; | Travels and Adventures in the Indian Coun-
try; | Incidents of Border Warfare; Missionary Relations, ete. |
Edited by W. W. Beach. |

Albany: | J. Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1877. | 0
Pp. 1-490. 8°.

BATES—BEECHEY. 67

Beach (W. W.)—continued.
Gatschet (A. 8.) Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories,
pp. 416-447.
Smith (B.) Comparative Vocabularies of the Seminole and Mikasuke [and
Hitchitee] Tongues, pp. 120-126.
Squier (E. G.) Historical and Mythological Traditions of the Algonquins
[read before the N. Y. Hist. Soc., June, 1848], pp. 9-42.

323 Beamish (North Ludlow). The | Discovery of America | by the
Northmen, | In the Tenth Century, | with | notices of the early set-
tlements of the Irish | in the Western Hemisphere. | By | North
Ludlow Beamish, | Fellow [ete., three lines]. [One line quotation.]

London: | T. and W. Boone, New Bond Street. | 1841. | Cc.

8 p.l., pp. i-xliv, 45-240, 6 unnumbered Il. 8°. maps.

A short vocabulary, showing affinities between the American-Indian and Celtic,
pp. 214-215.

324 Beatty (Charles). The | Journal | of a | Two Months Tour; | with
a view of | Promoting Religion among the | Frontier Inhabitants of
Pennsylvania, | and of | Introducing Christianity among the | In-
dians to the Westward of the Alegh-geuy | Mountains. | To which
are added, | Remarks on the Language and Customs of | some par-
ticular Tribes among the Indians, with a | brief Account of the
various Attempts that have been | made to civilize and convert
them, from™the first Settle- | ment of New England to this day; |
By Charles Beatty, A. M. | [One line quotation. ]

London: | Printed for William Davenhill, No. 8 in Cornhill; | and
George Pearch, No. 12 in Cheapside. | MDCCLXVIII. [1768.] | a.

Pp. i-viii, 9-110. 12°,

Notwithstanding the statement on the title-page, the work contains no ‘‘re-
marks on language.”

Field gives the title of an edition, Edinburgh, 1798, 8°, and Triibner’s Cat. one,
Frankfort, 1771.

325 Beauchamp (fev. W. M.) The Indian Prayer Book.
In Church Eclectic (The), vol. 9, no. 5, pp. 415-422. Utica, 1881. 8°.
An interesting account of the different editions of the Mohawk Book of Com-
mon Prayer. Several examples in the Mohawk language are given.

326 Beaver Indian Primer.

[No title-page. Colophon: London: Gilbert & Rivington, White-
friars Street, and St. John’s Square. | JWP.

Pp. 1-36. 12°.

Prayers, hymus, and (pp. 31-36) vocabulary of the Beaver dialect.

327 Beechey (Capt. Frederic William). Narrative | of a | Voyage to the
Pacific | and | Beering’s Strait, | to co-operate with | the Polar Ex-
peditions: | performed in | His Majesty’s Ship Blossom, | under the
command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, R. N. | F.R.S., FP. R.A.S., and
I. R. G. S. | In the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | Published by authority
of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | In two parts. |
Part I [I]. |

68 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Beechey (Capt. Frederic William)—continued.
London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burlington
Street. | MDCCCOXXXI. [1831.] | BA. C.
2 vols, 4°. map.
Esquimaux names of animais, vol. 1, p. 299. Vocabulary of words of the West-

ern Esquimaux, vol. 2, pp. 619-627.

Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pacific | and Beering’s
Strait | to co-operate with | the Polar Expeditions: | performed in
His Majesty’s Ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F.
W. Beechey, R. N. | F. RB. S., &c. | in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. |
Published by authority of the Lords Commissioners of | the Admi-
ralty. | A new edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burlington
Street. | 1831. | B.

2 vols. 8°. maps.

Vocabulary of words of the Western Esquimaux, pp. 366-383.

The introductory remarks say: ‘‘This vocabulary coutairs a collection of words

made by Mr. Collie, Mr. Osmer, and myself.”
Sabin’s Dict. gives an edition, London, John Murray, 1831, 2 vols., 8°.

328

329

Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and Beering’s Strait,
to cooperate with the Polar Expeditions; performed in his Majesty’s
Ship Blossom, under the command of Captain F. B. Beechey, R. N.,
in the years 1825, 1826, 1827, 1828. Published by authority of the
Lords’ Commissioners of the Admiralty.
Philadelphia, Carey and Lee, 1832. sa
Pp. 1-493. large 8°. Not seen; title from Fields.

330 Reise nach dem Stillen Ocean und der Beeringstrasse... in
den Jahren 1825-28. Aus dem Englischen tibersetzt.
Weimar. 1852. *
2 vols. 8°. map and plate. Title from Sabin.

331 Bejarano (Fr. Fernando). Sermones en Lengua Mije y en Castel-
lano. i
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

332 Vocabulario de la Lengua Mije. a
Idiom very difficult to pronounce and also to write, with only the Spanish

alphabet. Copy preserved in the convent of Tuquila.—Beristain.

333 [Belcourt (Rev. G. A.)| Principes | de la langue des sauvages |
appelés Sauteux. | [By Rev. G. A. Belcourt. ]
Quebec: | de Vimprimerie de | Fréchette & Cie., | Imprimeurs-
Libraires, No. 8, Rue Lamontagne. | 1839. | BA. MHS. C.
Pp. i-vi, 1-146. 16°.

334 Anamihe-Masinahigan. | Jesus Ot IJjittawin | gaye | Ana-
mihe-Nakamunan | Takobihikatewun. Mil’ Ejittwawad | Ketolik

Anamihadjik. |

BEECHEY—BELTRAMI. 69

[Belcourt (Rev G. A.)|—continued.

Kebekong [Quebec] Otenang: | Fréchette Masinahiganikkewinini
endad. Ihiw Pipon—1839—Ka Akko nikit Jesus. | a BA.

Pp. i-v, 1-209. 12°.

Catholic prayer book in the Ojibwa language. Morning Prayers, pp.5-19;
Catechism, pp. 19-106; Prayers for Mass, pp.107-131; Hymns, 133-209.

See Baraga (I*.) for other editions.

Department of Hudson’s Bay. By Rey. G. A. Belcourt.

[Translated from the French by Mrs. Letitia May.|
In Minn. Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 207-244. St. Paul, 1872. 8°.
Scattered throughout this article are a number of aboriginal terms.
336 Belden (Lieut. George P.) Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon.
Manuscript. 27 ll. 12°. Alphabetically arranged.

337 —— Dictionary of the Snake, Crow, and Sioux.

Manuscript. 182 pp. 8°. Alphabetically arranged. These manuscripts are in
the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

338 —— Belden, the White Chief; | or, | twelve years | among the |
wild Indians of the Plains. | 'rom the diaries and manuscripts | of |
George P. Belden, | The Adventurous White Chief, Soldier, Hunter,
Trapper, and Guide. | Edited by | Gen. James 8. Brisbin, U.S. A. |

Cincinnati and New York: | ©. i. Vent. | Chicago: J. S. Goodman
& Co. Philadelphia: A. H. Hubbard. | St. Louis: F. A. Hutchin-
son & Co. | San Francisco: A. L. Bancroft & Co. | 1871. | JWP.

Pp. 1-513. 8°.

Ojibwa war song (from Schooleraft), p. 43; Medicine song of the Dakotas,
-p. 280; Names of months in Indian, pp. 289, 290.

Bellenger (Joseph M.) Editor.
See Maillard (Abbé).

339 Beltrami (Giacomo Costantino). La Découverte | des | Sources |
du | Mississippi | et de | La Riviere Sanglante. | Description | Du
Cours entier du Mississippi, | Qui n’était connu, que partiellement,
et Vune grande partie de | celui de la Riviére Sanglante, presque |
entiérement inconnue; ainsi que du | Cours Entier de Ohio. | Aper-
cus Historiques, des Endroits les plus intéressans, | qu’on y recon-
tre. | Observations Critico-Philosophiques, | Sur Jes Mceurs, la Reli-
gion, les Superstitions, les Costumes, les Armes, | les Chasses, la
Guerre, la Paix, le Dénombrement, ’Origine, &c. &e. | De plusieurs
Nations Indiennes. | Paralléle | De ces Peuples avec ceux de l’Anti-
quité, du Moyen Age, et du | Moderne. | Coup-D’diil, sur les Com-
pagnies Nord-ouest, et de la Baie d’Hudson, | ainsi que sur la Colo-
nie Selkirk. | Preuves Evidentes, | Que le Mississippi est la premiere
Riviere du Monde. | Par J. C. Beltrami, | Membre de plusieurs Aca-
démies. |

Nouvelle-Orleans: | Imprimé par Benj. Levy, No. 86, Rue Royale. |
1824. | BA. HU. OC.

Pp. i-viii, 1-328. 8°.

“Leg mois, ou les Lunes des Sioux,” pp. 149,150; ‘‘Les mois des Cypawais,”
p. 150.

339

70 NORTH AMERIACN LINGUISTICS.

Beltrami (Giacomo Constantino)—continued.

340 A | Pilgrimage | in | Europe and America, | leading to | the
Discovery | of | the Sources of the Mississippi | and Bloody River; |
with a description of | the whole course of the former, | and of | the
Ohio. | By J. C. Beltrami, Esq. | Formerly Judge of a Royal Court
in the Ex-Kingdom of Italy. | In two volumes. |

London: | Printed for Hunt and Clarke: | York Street, Covent
Garden. | 1828. | HU. C.

2 vols. 8°.

The months or moons of the Sioux, vol. 2, p.274; the Chippewa months, pp.
274, 275.

341 Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria (Fr. Pedro). Gramatica, Diccionario,

Catecismo y Sermones de la Lengua Maya. *
Printed in 1739 and 1749.—Beristain.
342 Arte | de el | Idioma Maya | reducido | a succintas reglas, |

y Semilexicon | Yucateco | por el R. P. ¥. Pedro Beltran | de Santa
Rosa Maria, Ex-Custodia, Lec-tor, que fue de Philosophia, y Theolo-
gia, | Revisor del Sto. Oficio, é hijo de esta Sta. | Recolecion Fran-
ciscana de Merida. | Formolo, y dictolo, | siendo Maestro de Lengua
Maya, en el Conven- | to Capitular de N.S. P.S. Francisco, de dicha |
Ciudad. Afio de 1742. | Y lo dedica | a la Gloriosa Indiana | Santa
Rosa Maria | de Lima. |

Con licencia: En Mexico, por la | Viuda de D. Joseph Bernardo
de Hogal. | Ano de 1746. | C.

8 p.1l., pp. 1-188. sm. 4°.

343 Arte | del | Idioma Maya | reducido | a sucintas reglas, |
y | Semilexicon Yucateco | Por el R. P. I'r. Pedro Beltran de Santa |
Rosa Maria, Ex-Custodio, Lector, | que sue de Filosofia y Teologica,
Revisor del Santo oficio, 6 hijo de esta San- | ta Recoleccion francis-
cana de Merida. | Formolo y Dictdlo, siendo Maestro de Lengua Maya
en el Convento Capi- | tular de N.S. P.S. Francisco de dicha Ciudad.
Ano de 1742. | Y lo dedica a la Glorioso, Indiana Santa Rosa Maria
de Lima. | Segunda edicion. |

Merida de Yucatan: | Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa. | Julio 1859. |
9 p. IL, pp. 1-242. sm. 4°. C. HU. JCB.

344 Novena de Christo crucificado, sus siete caidas, explana-
cion (?) de la Eucharistia, Loa y demas metros y naciones, compues-
tos en el idioma Maya, por el P. Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa Rosa.

Colophon : 5

4] Con licencia de los Superiores en Mexico en la imprenta de
Francisco Xavier Sanchez, en la Calle de San Francisco, pasada la
Casa Profesa. Ato de 1740. Y

Ll. 1-27. 8°. The recto of 1. 17 is of no value, according to an autograph note
of the author at the end of 1.16. It is reproduced on the verso of 1. 17.

“The only copy of this work I know of is that in the library of D. Pedro Regil
y Peon, Merida, and is incomplete. The title page being missing I have composed
a title from what appears in the approbation.” Title furnished by Sr. Icazbal-
ceta, who received it from Dr. Berendt.

BELTRAMI—BENSON. 71

Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria (#r. Pedro)—continued.

345 ——— Declaracion de la Doctrina Cristiana en el idioma Yucateco,
nuevamente corregida en algunos vocablos y periodos, con Ja licen-
cia del Yilmo. Sr. Dr. D. Francisco Pablo Matos Coronado, Obispo
de Yucatan, del Consejo de 8. M. &e. Porel R. P. lr. Pedro Beltran
de Santa Rosa, Lector que fue de Theologia, Ex-Custodio de la Pro-
vincia de Sor. 8. Joseph de Yucatan, Revisor de Libros de el Tribu-
nal de el Santo Oficio de la Ynquisicion, Comissario del venerable
Orden Tercero de Penitencia, Regente de Estudios, Guardian € hijo
de la Santa Recolleccion de Merida. Mandada reimprimir por el
Yimo. Sr. Dr. y Maestro D. Fr. Ygnacio de Padilla, Arzobispo Obispo
de dicha Provincia. Con licencia.

En Mexico, en la Imprenta del Colegio Real y més antiguo de San
Yidefonso, ano de 1757.

Pp. 1-36. 8°. Title, p.1; pp. 2-22, ‘‘Advertencias;” p. 18 wrongly unmbered 81.
The first edition of this work was, perhaps, printed in 1740.

346 ——— Declaracion de Ja Doctrina Christiana en el idioma Yuca-
teco, por el R. P. Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa Rosa. Anadiéndole el
acto de contricion en verso. Con licencia.

Reimpresa en Mérida de Yucatan, en la Imprenta del Gobierno,
por D. M. Isac Rodriguez. Ano de 1816. 2

Title, reverse blank, 11.; pp. 3-20. 12°.

The two titles above were communicated by Sr. Icazhalceta, who procured them,
I think, from Dr. Berendt. A ce py of each of the editions is in the library of D.
Pedro Regil y Peon, Merida.

347 -~--. Declaracion de la Doctrina cristiana en el idioma Yucateco.
Por el Reverendo padre Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa-Rosa. Amnadien-
dole el acto de contricion en verso y en prosa.

Mérida. Reimpresa por J. D. Espinosa. Marzo, 1860. *
Pp. 1-23. 8°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.

348 ——— Declaracion de la Doctrina Christiana en el Idioma Yucateco.
Merida, 1866. *
Pp. 1-24. 12°. Not seen; title from Triibner’s Cat. ,

Beltran was a native of Merida in Yucatan, and taught the Maya language in
the principal Monastery of San-Benito, in his native town.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

349 Benito or Beneito (/’r. Marcos). Arte de la Lengua Mije y Devocio-
nario Manual de los Misterios del Rosario en la misma Lengua. *
Title from Beristain.

350 Bennett (Lieut. Col. Clarence i.) Vocabulary of the Yuma.
Manuscript, 211 words. 10 ll. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Collected at Fort Yuma, 1864.

351 Benson (Egbert). Memoir, read before the Historical Society of the
State of New York, 3ist December, 1816; by Egbert Benson.
New York: Printed by William A. Mercein. 1817. *
Pp. 1-72. 8°. Title from Sabin.

72 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Benson (Egbert)—continued.

352 Memoir | read before | the Historical Society | of the | State
of New York, | 31st December, 1816; | by Egbert Benson. | [Two
lines quotation. | |

New-York: | Printed by T. & W. Mercein, | No. 93 Gold-Street. |
1817. | BA.

Memoir, | read before | the Historical Society | of the |
State of New-York, | December 31, 1816. | By Egbert Benson. |
[Two lines quotation.] | Second Edition—with Notes. |

Jamaica: | Henry C. Sleight, Printer. | 1825. | O.

Pp. 1-127. 12°.

Indian names, pp. 7-20.
Memoir, | read before | the Historical Society | of the |
State of New York, | December 31, 1816. | By Egbert Benson. |
[Two lines quotation.] | (Reprinted from a copy, with the Author’s
last corrections.)

New York: | Bartlett and Welford, | No. 7 Astor House. | 1848. |

Pp. 1-72. 8°.

353

304

355 Berardo (D. Juan). Varias versiones del Latin y Castellano al Me-
xicano. *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

356 [Berendt (Carlos Herman).] Cartilla | en Lengu Maya | para la

ensefizana | de los ninos Indigenos | por | C. H. B. |
Merida. | Imprentade J. D. Espinosa é Hijos. | 1871.| — ¢. Jc.
Pp. 1-14. sq. 24°.

Analyctic Alphabet | for the | Mexican & Central American
Languages. | By | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Published by the |
American Ethnological Society. |

New York: | Reproduced in fac-simile by the | American Photo-
Lithographic Company, | (Osborne’s Process.) | 1869. | C.

Pp. 1-8. 8°.

The Lord’s Prayer in Maya in above alphabet, p.8.

I have seen mention of a private edition with addition of portrait of anthor
and constitution of the Ethnological Society.

358 + Geographical Distribution of the Ancient Central American
Civilization.

In Am. Geogr. Soc. Jour., vol. 8, pp. 132-145. [Albany?], 1878. 8°.
General remarks on the languages of the Maya family, pp. 136-140.

On a Grammar and Dictionary of the Carib or Karif Lan.

guage, with some account of the people by whom it is spoken. By

Dr.C . H. Berendt.

In Smithsonian Ann. Rept., 1873, pp. 363, 364. Washington, 1874. 8°.
The Darien Language. R!
In Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, no. 26, pp. 54-59. Philadelphia, 1876. 4°.

Paper read before the Am. Eth. Soc., Noy. 12, 1873. Contains a list of Darien
vocabularies, printed and in manuscript.

Not seen; title furnished by A. S. Gatschet.

307

359

360

BENSON—BETANZOS, 73

Berendt (Carlos Herman)—continued.
361 ——— Classificatiow of Nicaraguan Languages. *
In Berliner Gesellschaft (fiir Erdkunde?), vol. 10.
An extract from this is printed in the Ausland (a weekly paper published in
Stuttgart), 1875, p. 722.
Title furnished by A. 8. Gatschet.

362 ——— Vocabulary of the Maya.
Manuscript, 200 words. 6 ll. folio.
363 ——— Comparative Vocabulary of the Mexican or Nahuatl and

Maya Languages.
Manuscript. 10 Il. 49°.
These manuscripts are in the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

364 Berghaus (Dr. Heinrich). Uber die Verwandtschaft der Schoshonen,
Komantschen und Apatschen. Vom Herausgeber. Cc.

In Berghaus (H.) Physikalischer Atlas. Geographisches Jahrbuch, 1851, no. 3,
pp. 48-62. Gotha. 4°. :

Worter-Verzeichniss der Komantschen-Sprache, pp. 51-53; Vergleichendes
Worter-Verzeichniss der Schoshonen- und der Komantschen-Sprache, p. 54.

365 Bergland (Lieut. Eric). Vocabulary of the Kechi of San Luis Rey,
and of the Yuma or Kertchan.

In Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U. 8. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465, 475,
481. Washington, 1879. 4°.

366 Bericht | tiber die | im héchsten Auftrage | seiner kéniglichen
Hoheit des Prinzen Carl von Preussen | und Sr. Durchlaucht des
Herrn Fiirsten v. Schoenburg- | Waldenburg | bewirkte Untersu-
chung | einiger Theile | des | Mosquitolandes, | erstattet | von der
dazu ernannten Commission. | |Printer’s device.] | Mit zwei Karten
und drei Abbildungen. |

Berlin. | Verlag von Alexander Duncker, | kéniglichen Hofbuch-
handler. | 1845. | - BA.

274 pp. The work contains a valuable chapter on the language and a vocabu-
lary of the inhabitants.

Berlin Academy.

See Konigliche-preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.

367 Berson (I’.) Vocabulary of the Clear Lake Indians, California.

Manuscript. 8 ll. sm. 4°.

368 t— Yuki-English and English-Yuki Dictionary.

Manuscript. 45pp. sm. 4°. These vocabularies were collected in 1851, the latter
from a band of Indians fifty miles south of Clear Lake, California. The original
manuscripts are in possession of the author, who resides in San Francisco, and
copies are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

369 Betancur (fr. Alonso). Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua de Gua-
temala. *

Title from Beristain.

370 Betanzos (Fr. Pedro). Arte, Vocabulario, y Doctrina Christiana en

Lengua de Guatemala. *
Printed in Mexico.—Beristain.

74 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

371 Beteta or Bitela (Fr. Gregorio). Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua

Zapoteca. -
Title from Beristain.

372 [Beverly (Robert).] The | History | and | Present State | of | Vir-
ginia, | in Four Parts. | I. The History of the First Settlement | of
Virginia, and the Government there- | of, to the present Time. |
Il. The Natural Productions and Conveni- | encies of the Country,
suited to Trade | and Improvements. | III. The Native Indians,
their Religion, Laws, | and Customs, in War and Peace. | IV. The
Present State of the Country, as to | the policy of the Government,
and the | Improvements of the Land. | By a Native and Inhabitant ~
of the Place. |

London: | Printed for R. Parker, at the Unicorn, under the Piaz-
za’s | of the Royal Exchange. MDCCV. [1705.] | BA.C.

6 p.11., pp. 1-104, 1-40, 1-64, 1-83. 12°.

Of the Learning and Languages of the Indians, pp. 28,24; and a few aboriginal
terms passim.

373 ——— Histoire | de la | Virginie; | contenant, | I. L’Histoire du
premier Establissement dans 'a Vir- | ginie, & de son Gouvernement
jusques-a-présent. | Il. Les Productions naturelles & les Commodi-
tés | du Pais, avant que les Anglois y négociassent, & | Vamélioras-
sent. III. La Religion, les Loix, & | les Cotitumes des Indiens Na-
turels, tant dans la | Guerre, que dans la Paix. IV. L’Etat présent
du | Pais, tant a V’égard de la Police, que de ’Amé- | lioration du
Pais. | Par un Auteur natif & habitant du Pais. | Traduite de l’An-
glois. | Enrichie de Figures. |

Imprimé 4 Orleans, & se vend | A Paris, | chez Pierre Ribou,
proche les Au- | gustins, a la descente du Pont-neuf, | 4 ’Image
Saint Loiiis. | M.DCCVII. [1707.] | Avee Aprobation, & Privilege
du Roy. | PBAL CE

Engraved title 11., printed title 11., 3 p.1L, pp. 1-417, table 9 ll. 16°.
Du Savoir, & du Langage des Indiens, pp. 250-252.

374

Histoire | de la | Virginie, | contenant | I. L’Histoire du
premier Establissement dans la Vir- | ginie, & de son Gouvernement
jusques a présent. | II. Les productions naturelles & les Commodi-
tez | du Pais, avant que les Anglois y négociassent, & | Vamélioras-
sent. III. La Religion, les Loix, & | les Coutumes des Indiens Na-
turels, tant dans la | Guerre, que dans la Paix. 1V. L’Etat présent
du | Pais, tant a Végard de la Police, que de ’Ame- | lioration du
Pais. | Par un Auteur natif & habitant du Pais. | Traduite de ?An-
glois. Enrichie de Figures. |

A Amsterdam, | Chez Thomas Lombrail, Marchand | Libraire
dans le Beurs-straat. | MDCCVIL. [1707.] | 0.

Engraved title 11., printed title 11., 2 p.Il., pp. 1-432, table 8 11. 16°.
Du Savoir, & du Langage des Indiens, pp. 258-260.

BETETA—BIBELIB. ay

[Beverly (Robert) |—continued.

375 Histoire | de la | Virginie, | contenant | L’Histoire de son
Establissement de son Gou- | vernement d’aprésent, les Productions,
la | Religion, les Loix & les Cotitumes des In- | diens Naturels, tant
dans la Guerre que dans | la Paix, & Vétat présent du Pays 4
Végard | de la Police & de Agriculture. | Par D.S. natif & habitant
du Pays. | Traduit de PAnglois & enrichie de figures. |

A Amsterdam, | Chez Claude Jordan, Libraire, vis-a-vis du | Lom-
bart, proche la Ville de Lion. | M.DOO.XIL. [1712.] | c.

Engraved title 11., printed title 11., 2 ll., pp. 1-432, table 8 Il. 16°.
Du Savoir, & du Langage des Indiens, pp. 258-260.

376 Relation Historique de la Virginie, par D. S. natif et habi-
tant du pais.
Amsterdam, 1718. *

12°. Not seen; title from booksellers’ catalogue.

377

The | History | of | Virginia, | In Four Parts. | I. The
History of the First Settlement | of Virginia and the Government
there- | of, to the Year 1706. | II. The natural Productions and Con-
venien- | cies of the Country, suited to Trade and | Improvement. |
Il. The Native Indians, their Religion, Laws, | and Customs, iu
War and Peace. | IV. The present State of the Country, as to | the
Polity of the Government, and the | Improvements of the Land, the
10th of | June 1720. | By a Native and Inhabitant of the Place. |
The Second Edition revis’d and enlarg’d by the Author. |

London: | Printed for B. and 8. Tooke in Fleetstreet; F.Fayram |
and J. Clarke at the Royal-Exchange, and T. Bicker- | ton in Pater-
Noster Row, 1722. | o.

Engraved title 11., printed title 11., 3 other Il., pp. 1-284, table 12 ll. 12°.
Of the Learning and Languages of the Indians, pp. 160, 161. ¥

378

The | History of Virginia, | In Four Parts. | I. The history
of the first settlement of Virginia, and the Goy- | ernment thereof,
to the year 1706. | II. The natural productions and conveniences of
the country, suited | to trade and improvement. | III. The native
Indians, their re'igion, laws and customs, in war and peace. |
IV. The present state of the country, as to the polity of the gov |
ernment and the improvements of the land the 10th of June | 1720. |
By Robert Beverley. | A native and inhabitant of the place. | Re-
printed from the author’s second revised edition, London, 1722. |
With an introduction | By Charles Camppell Author of the Colo-
nial History of Virginia. |

J. W. Randolph, | 121 Main Street, Richmond, Virginia. | 1855. |

Engraved title 1 1., printed title 11., pp.i-xx, 1-264. 8°. BA.

379 Bikelib | pivianarninga, saimanarningalo. | [Picture of Bible.]
[Druct von J. B. Steinkopf in Stuttgart.] | 1551. | ATS.
1p.1., pp. 1-8. 16°. Tract in the language of the Eskimo of Labrador,

76 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

-” Bible Society.

See American Bible Society.

See British and Foreign Bible Society.

380 Bible Stories | with | Practical Illustrations and Remarks | on | the
Fall. | Baibil Nan Aianowa, | Rev. T. H. Gallaudet vt hollissochi tok
a, | Chahta im anumpa atoshowa. | Second edition revised. |

Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press: John Candy and
John F. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845. | BA.

Pp. 1-24. 12°. In the Choctaw language. First edition, according to Bying-
ton’s manuscript dictionary, 1839, 23 pp.

381 Bible Stories, | with | Practical Illustrations | and | Remarks on the
Fall. | Baibil nan Aianowa, | Rev. T. Gallaudet vt Hollissochi |
tok a, | Chahta im anumpa atoshowa. |

American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street, New York. | [1872.]
Pp. 1-64. 24°. In Choctaw. IWP.
Hymns, pp. 61-64.

382 Bierstadt (Albert). Vocabulary of the Sioux.

Manuscript. 6 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

383 Biet (Antoine). Voyage | de la France | Eqvinoxiale | en VIsle de
Cayenne, | entrepris par les Frangois | en année M.DC.LIi. | Diuisé
en trois livres. | Le Premier, contient l’établissement de la Colonie, |
son embarquement, & sa route iusques a son arriuée | en V’Isle de
Cayenne. | Le second, ce qui s’est passé pendant quinze mois que |
Yon a demeuré dans le pais. | Le troisiésme, traitte du temperament
du pais, de | la fertilité de sa terre, & des moeurs & facons de faire |
des Sauuages de cette contrée. | Avec vn Dictionnaire de la Langue
du mesme Pais. | Par M* Antoine Biet, Prestre, Curé de Se Gene-
viéve | de Senlis, Superieur des Prestres qui ont passé dans le Pais. |

A Paris, | Chez Frangois Clovzier, dans la Cour du Palais, | proche
YHostel du Premier Président. | M.DC.LXIV. [1664.] | Avee Privi-
lege dv Roy. | BA.C.

11 p.-ll., pp. 1-432. 49.

Remarques generales sur la Langue des Galibis, & presque de toute la Coste,
depuis les Amasones iusqw’ an dixiéme ou douziéme degré, auec vn Dictionnaire
des mots principaux, pp. 394-398. Petit Dictionnaire de la Langue des Sauuages

Galibis, en la partie de /Amerique Meridionale, appellée Cap de Nord, reduit en
pratique, pp. 399-482.

Billings (Commodore Joseph).

See Cappruess (T. A.)

See Sauer (Martin).

384 Bingham (A.) Ojibwa Spelling-Book; according to the Improved
Orthography of Edwin Janes. By A. Bingham.
Albany, 1825. be
8°. Not seen; title from Ludewig. Sabin gives it the date 1825 or 1829,

BIBLE SOCIETY—BLACKMORE. 77

385 Biondelli (Bernardino). Sul! antica lingua Azteca o Nahuatl.
Milano, Bernardoni, 1860. *
Pp.1-20. 4°. Not seen; title from Leclere.

386 ——— Glossarium Azteco-Latinum et Latino-Aztecum.
Mediolani, Bernardoni, 1869. *
Pp. 1-256, in 2 columns. 4°. Extract from the Evangelarium of P. Sahagun.—
Leclere.
—— Lditor.

See Sahagun (Bernardino de).
387 Bird (J.) Vocabulary of the Stone Indians.

In House (J.) Vocabularies of certain North American Languages; in
Philolog. Soc. (London) Proc., vol. 4, pp. 114-121. London, 1850. 8°.

388 Bissell (George P.) Vocabulary of the Coos, or Kusa, Oregon.
Manuscript. 46 pp. 4°. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages,
1st ed.

389 —— Vocabulary of the Umpqua.
Manuscript. 511. 4°. These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.
390 ——— Words, phrases and sentences in the Umpkwa Language.

Manuscript. 104 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col-
lected, September, 1881, by Mr. Bissell, ‘‘from the Indians on the Umpqua River,
from 20 to 30 miles above its mouth.” The material is recorded in Introduction to
the Study of Indian Languages, 2d ed., and is made more valuable by the addi-
tion of many explanatory notes, a myth with interlinear translation, etc.

391 Black Hawk. Life | of | Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak | or | Black
Hawk, | embracing the | tradition of his nation—Indian wars in
which he has | been engaged—cause of joining the British in their |
late war with America, and its history—de- | scription of the Rock-
River Village—man- | ners and customs—encroachments by | the
whites, contrary to trea- | ty—remoyal from his | village in 1831. |
With an | Account of the cause and general history | of the | Late
War, | his | surrender and confinement at Jefferson Barracks, |
and | travels through the United States. | Dictated by himself. |
J. B. Patterson, of Rock Island, Ill. Editor and Proprietor. |

Boston: | Published by Theodore Abbott. | 1834. | Cc.

Pp. 1-155, 16°.

‘“‘Ne-ka-na-wen. Ma-ne-se-no oke-maut wap-pi ma-quai” [‘‘ Dedication. To
Brigadier General H. Atkinson”], in the Sac(?) language, with English transla-
tion, pp. 5-6, 7-8.

Issued also with title as above and imprint as follows: Beston, | Russell,
Odiorne & Metcalf. | New York: Monson Bancroft.—Philadelphia: Marshall,
Clark & Co.— | Baltimore: Jos. Jewett.—Mobile: Sidney Smith. | 1834. | BA.

Pp. 1-155. 12°.

There is also an edition with title as above and imprint: Boston: | Published
by Theodore Abbott. | 1845. |

392 Blackmore (William). The North American Indians: a Sketch of
some of the Hostile Tribes, together with a brief account of General

78 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Blackmore (William)—continued.
Sheridan’s campaign of 1868 against the Sioux, Cheyenne, Arapahoe,
Kiowa, and Comanche Indians. By William Blackmore.
In Eth. Soc. of Lond., Jour., new series, vol. 1, pp. 287-320. London, 1869. 8°,
Names of Sioux villages, with English translation, p. 302; Number of Chey-
enne chiefs, pp. 309-310; Number of Arapahoe chiefs, p. 312.

393 Blanchard (I. D.) The History | of | our Lord and Saviour | Jesus
Christ; | comprehending all that the | Four Evangelists | have re-
corded concerning him; | All their relations being brought together
in one | narrative, so that no circumstance is omitted, but | that in-
estimable history is continued in one series, | in the very words of
Scripture, by the Rev. Samuel | Leiberkuhn, M. A. | Translated into
the | Delaware Language, in 1806, | by Rev. David Zeisberger, |
Missionary of the United Brethren. | Re-translated, so as to conform
to the present | idiom of the Language, | by I. D. Blanchard. |

J. Meeker, Printer, Shawanoe Baptist Mission. | 1837. |

Second title:

Rlathemwakunek | Wtclawswakun | nrvlalkwf krthwvalkwf |
Nhesus Klyst; | entu | jijwanukif wuntunasw | cntu | linexsif tclex-
twnrw | mplenhes. | Nhime teli wehwmat. |

Jawanouf, | Tali kejetwn. | 1837. | BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-221. 12°. English title recto 1. 1; Delaware title recto 1. 2. For earlier
edition see Zeisberger (David).

Blanchet (I. N.)
See Demers (M.), Blanchet (F. N.), and St. Onge (L. N.)

394 [Blatchford (fer. Henry).| Iu | Otoshki-kikindiuin | au | kitogima-
minan gaie bemajiinvng | Jesus Krist: | ima | Ojibue Inueuining
Giizhitong. | The | New Testament | of | Our Lord and Saviour |
Jesus Christ: | Translated into the Language | of the | Ojibwa In-
dians. |

New York: | Printed by the American Bible Society, | Instituted
in the year MDCCCXVI. | 1844. | BA. ABS,

Pp. 1-643. 12°.

“Translated by a native Ojibwa, Rev. Henry Blatchford, and is one of the best

specimens of the language extant.”—Mev. J. A. Gilfillan. See James (E.) for
edition of 1833.

395

Ju | Otoshki-kikindiuin | au | Tebeniminvng gaie bemajii-
nvng | Jesus Christ: | ima | Ojibue Inueuining Giizhitong. | The
New Testament | of | Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: | Trans-
lated into the Language | of the | Ojibwa Indians. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCOXVI. | 1856. | C. ABS.
Pp. i-iv, 1-717. 16°.

396

Iu | Otoshki-kikindiuin | au | Tebeniminvng gaie bemajii-
nvng | Jesus Christ: | ima | Ojibue Inueuining Giizhitong. | The |

BLACKMORE—BOMPAS. 79

[Blatchford (ev. Henry)|—continued.
New Testament | of | Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: | Trans-
lated into the Language | of the | Ojibwa Indians. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1875. | JWP.
Pp. i-iv, 1-717. 16°.

397 Bob the Sailor Boy. By Rev. G. C. Smith, Penzance. [One line
Cherokee characters. |
Park Hill: Mission Press, J. Candy & E. Archer, Printers. [One
line Cherokee characters] 1847. BA.
Pp. 57-67. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Appended to the Dairyman’s
Daughter.

398 Boggild (O.) Simonimik Syrenimiumik ... O. Béggild. *
Niingme, 1876. .
48 pp. 8°. A tale in Eskimo.—Rink.

399 Bolduc (Kev. Jean B. Z.) Mission de la Colombie.
Quebec, 18438. *

8°. Contains the Lord’s Prayer in the Chinook jargon, ‘‘et quelques mots
Tchinoucs et Sneomus.” The Snohomish is a tribe of Puget Sound. The Chinook
words are merely jargon.—Gibbs.

400 Bollaert (William). Observations on the Indian Tribes of Texas.

By William Bollaert, F. R. G. 8S.

In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 2, pp. 262-283. London, n.d. 8°.

List of 36 Indian Tribes in Texas, p. 265; Names of some Comanche chiefs
[with English signification], pp. 273-274; Comanche numerals, 1-20, p. 274;
A few words of Lipan, pp. 278-279; A few proper names in Kiowa, Pawnee-Pict,
Pawnee-Mo-haw, Shawnee, Delaware, Kickapoo, Choctaw, and Muscogee, pp. 279,
280, 281, 282, 283.

Examination of Central American Hieroglyphs : Of Yuea-
tan—including the Dresden Codex, the Guatémalien of Paris, and
the Troano of Madrid: the Hieroglyphs of Palenqué, Copan, Nica-
ragua, Veraguas, and New Granada; by the recently discovered
Maya Alphabet. By William Bollaert, F. A.S. L., Ff. R. G.S., Hon.
Sec. A. S. L., Corr. Mem. University of Chile, of the Ethnological
Societies of London and New York, ete.

In Anthrop. Soc. London, Mem., vol. 3, pp. 288-314. London, 1870. 8°.

Maya ternis passim.

401

402 [Bompas (ft. Rev. William Carpenter).] Chipewyan Primer.
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Rivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John’s Square. JWP.
Pp. 1-36. 12°. Bible lessous, hymns, etc.

Cree Primer. ;
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Rivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John’s Square. JWP.
No title-page, pp. 1-36. 12°. Prayers, hymns, etc.

403

80 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Bompas (ft. Rev. William Carpenter) |—continued.
404 Dog Rib Primer.
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Rivington, Whitefriars Street, and

St. John’s Square. JWP.
Pp. 1-22. 12°. Prayers and hymns.

405 Manual of Devotion, | in the | Beaver Indian Dialect. |
Compiled from the Manuals of the Venerable | Archdeacon Kirby, |
by the | Bishop of Athabasca. | For the use of the Indians | in the |
Athabasca Diocese. |

London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | North-
umberland Avenue, Charing Cross; | 43, Queen Victoria Street; and
48, Piccadilly. | [1880.] JWP.

Pp. 1-48. 16°. In syllabic characters. :

Hymns, pp. 3-24; Prayers, pp. 25-33; Creed, p.34; Commandments, pp. 35-37 ;
Catechism, pp. 37-43; Lessons, pp. 43-48.

Tinne Primer.
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Rivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John’s Square. JWP.
Pp. 1-76. 12°. Bible lessons in Tinne.

406

Tukudh Primer.
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Rivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John’s Square. JWP.
Pp. 1-55. 12°. Bible lessons, prayers, etc.

407

408 Western Esquimaux Primer.
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Rivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John’s Square. IWP.
Pp. 1-23. 12°. Grammar lessons, prayers, hymns, and (pp. 16-23) ‘‘ Vocabu-
lary.”

See Kirby (W. W.) & Bompas (W. C.)

Bonaventura (Gabriel de San).
See Buenaventura (Gabriel de San).

409 Bonduel (F.L.J.) Souvenir Religieux | d’une | Mission Indienne |
ou | Recueil de Priéres, | Le premier qui fut jamais écrit dans cette
langue, | pour usage des néophytes, | de la mission des Indiens |
Mennomonies de St. Michel-Archange, fondée le 15 Décembre 1852, |
au nord du lac Shawanow, Etat du Wisconsin, diocése de Milwau-
kie, | par le Révérend Pere F.-L.-J. Bonduel, | Missionnaire, | [W&c.,
&e., three lines. |

Tournai | Imprimerie de Malo et Levasseur. | 1855. | S.
Pp. 1-16. 16°, Prayers, hymns, and primer lesson.

410 Bonifaz (P. Luis). Arte de la Lengua principal de Cinaloa. *

Bonifaz was a missionary to the Indians of Cinaloa, between the years 1602 and

1644. He died in the latter year at Valladolid, in Michoacan, but probably lett

his manuscript in some of the religious establishments of the City of Mexico.—
Beristain.

BOMPAS—BOOK. 81

Bonillo (D. Joseph Zambrano).
See Zambrano Bonillo (D. Joseph).

411 Bonner (T. D.) The | Life and Adventures | of | James P. Beck-
wourth, | Mountaineer, Scout, and Pioneer, | and | Chief of the
Crow Nation of Indians. | With Illustrations. | Written from his
own Dictation, | By T. D. Bonner. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1856. | Cc.

Pp. i-xii, 13-537. 12°.

Many terms and proper names with English signification.

412 Bonneville (B. L. H.) Etymology of the word Oregon.

In Schooleraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 708-709. Philadelphia,
1855. 4°.

413 Book. The Book of | Common Prayer, | and Administration of
the | Sacraments, | and other | Rites and Ceremonies | of the |
Church, | according to the use of the | Church of England: | together
with | A Collection of Occasional Prayers, and | divers Sentences
of | Holy Scripture, | Necessary for Knowledge and Practice. |
Formerly collected, and translated into the Mohawk Language |
under the direction of the Missionaries of that Society for the | Propa-
gation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts, to the Mohawk | Indians. |
A new edition: | to which is added | The Gospel according to St.
Mark, | Translated into the Mohawk Language, | By Capt*. Joseph
Brant, | An Indian of the Mohawk Nation. |

London: | Printed by C. Buckton, Great Pultney Street, | Golden
Square. 1787. |

Second title:

Ne Yakawea | Yondereanayendaghkwa | Oghseragwegouh, |
neoni Yakawea | ne Orighwadogeaghty | Yondatnekosseraghs |
neoni | Tekarighwagehhadont, | oya oni | Adereanayent, | ne teas
nikariwake | Raditsihuhstatsygowa | Ronaderighwissoh | goragh-
gowa a-onea rodanhaouh. | oni, | Watkanissa-aghtoh | Oddyake
Adereanayent, | neoni tsiniyoght-hare ne | Kaghyadoghserado-
geaghty, | Newahoeny Akoyendarake neoni Ahhondatterihhonny. |
A-onea wadiroroghkwe, neoni Tekaweanadénnyoh Kanyen- | kehaga
Tsikaweanondaghko, ne neane Raditsihuhstatsy ne | Radirighwa-
wakoughkgowa ronadanha-ouh, Kanyenke waon- | dye tsi-radina-
keronnyo Ongwe-oewe. | Keagaye ase Yondereanayendaghkwa. |
Oni tahoghsonderoh | St. Mark Raorighwadogeaghty, | Tekaweana-
dennyoh Kanyenkehaga Rakowanea | Thayendanegea, | Roewa-
yats. |

London: | Karistodarho C. Buckton, Great Pultney Street, |
Golden Square. 1787. | JIWP. JCB.

English title verso of 1.1; Indian title recto of 1. 2, verso blank; preface, pp.

ijii; contents, p.1; text, pp. 2-505. 12°. Alternate pages English and Mohawk.

6 Bib.

82 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Book—continued.
Verso of 505, Observations concerning the reading and pronunciation of the Mo-
hawk tongue. St. Mark occupies pp. 176-341.
For other editions see note to Claesse (L.)
The Rev. W. M. Beauchamp, in the Church Eclectic, vol. 9, no. 5, Utica, 1881,
8°, p. 432, says this was in the main prepared by the Rev. Dr. Stuart.

414 ——— The | Book of Exodus | in | Micmae. |
Halifax, Nova Scotia, | 1870. | Ss.
Pp. 1-166, 11. 16°.

415 ——— Book of Prayers, etc., in the Mareschit (or Maliseet) and
Caniba dialects.

Manuscript. 82 pp. 32°. Seen at the Brinley sale, from the catalogue of which
(Part 3) the following note is taken:

“Written by some French missionary to the Abnakis. It is complete and well-
preserved, though its pages bear traces of long and frequent use. It formerly
belonged to Dr. John Pickering, to whom it was presented by Bishop (and Car-
dinal) Cheverus.

“Tt contains ‘Priére du Matin, en Marichit,’ ‘Cantique,’ ‘Priére du Soir, en
Caniba,’ ‘Pritre avant la Confession,’ ‘Interrogation pour la Confession,’ ‘ Priéres
avant [et apres] la Communion,’ ‘Catechisme,’ ‘Maniére de Baptiser,’ ete.

“The mission for which this manual was compiled included Indians of at least
two tribes, the Canibas, of whose principal dialect Rasles has given us a vocabu-
lary, and the Etchemins and Mareschites, on and near the St. John’s River. ‘We
read in the relations of the Jesnits, that the Canibas, the Etchemins, and other
Indians of different tribes lived together in one village,’ under the instruction of
the missionary Fathers (Maurault, Hist. des Abenakis, 9); and it is not imprebable
that this manual contains translations made early in the 17th century, and pre-
served in manuscript copies by successive missionaries.”

416 t—— Book of Revelations in Eskimo. :

British and Foreign Bible Society, 1859. ot
“Not seen; title from Bagster’s ‘‘ Bible of every Land.”

417 Books. The Books | of | Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, | and
Deuteronomy, | translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Chenesis,
Eksotvs, Lefitikvs, Nuombas, | Micha Tutelonomi Holisso | aiena kot
toshowvt | Chahta anumpa toba hoke. |

New York: | American Bible. Society. | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1867. | ABC. C. JWP.
Pp. 1-564. 12°. 0

Chenesis, pp. 5-146; Eskotvs, pp. 147-260; Lefitikvs, pp. 261-343; Numbas,
pp. 345-461; Teutelononi, pp. 461-564.

418 ——— The Books | of | Joshua, Judges, and Ruth, | translated
into | the Choctaw Language. | Choshua, nan Apesa Vhleha Ho-
lisso, | Micha Lulh Holisso | aiena kvt toshowvt | Chahta anumpa
toba hoke. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year

MDCCCOXVI. | 1852. | ABS. C. JWP.
Pp. 1-151. 12°.

419

The Books | of | Joshua, Judges, and Ruth, | translated
into | the Choctaw Language. | Choshua, nan Apesa Vhleha Ho-

BOOK—BOUDINOT. 83

Books—continued.
lisso, | Micha Lulh Holisso | aiena kvt toshowvt | Chahta anumpa
toba hoke. | :
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1871. | JWP.
Pp. 1-151. 16°.

420 Boscana (Rev. Geronimo). Chinigchinich; | a'| Historical Account |
of the | Origin, Customs, and Traditions | of the Indians at the
Missionary Establishment | of St. Juan Capistrano, Alta Califor-
nia; | called | the Acagchemem Nation; | collected with the greatest
care, from the most intelligent | and best instructed in the matter. |
By the | Reverend Father Friar Geronimo Boscana, | of the Order
of Saint Francisco, | Apostolic Missionary at said Mission. | Trans-
lated from | the Original Spanish Manuscript, | by one who was
many years a resident | of Alta California. | [A. Robinson. |

New York: | Published by Wiley & Putnam, | No. 161 Broad-
way. | 1846. | BA.C.

Pp. 227-341. 129°.

Appended to [Robinson (A.)] Life in California. New York, 1846. 12°.

There are a few aboriginal terms scattered through the text; on p. 282, a few
lines of ‘‘ Verses sung to the Betrothed”; and the names of the months, pp. 303, 304.

421 Boudinot (Elias). A | Star in the West; | or, | a Humble Attempt
to Discover | the Long Lost | Ten Tribes of Israel, | Preparatory to
their return to their Beloved City, | Jerusalem. | By Elias Boudinot,
L. L. D. | [Seven lines quotation.] |

Trenton, N. J. | Published by D. Fenton, 8. Hutchinson, and |
J. Dunham. | George Sherman, Printer. | 1816. | SBA HU. Cs

Pp. i-iv, i-xxi, 23-312. 8°.

“Chapter III. An enquiry into the language of the American Indians” (pp. 89-

107), contains a vocabulary of the Charibbee, Creeks, Mohegan and Northern
Languages, and Hebrew, pp. 102-103.

422

Poor Sarah; | or | The Indian Woman. | Translated by BE.
Boudinot. | [two lines Cherokee characters. Picture; one line
Cherokee characters. | |

New Echota: | Published by the United Brethren’s Missionary |
Society at the expense of the American | Tract Society. | J. F.
Wheeler and J. Candy, Printers. | [One line Cherokee characters.] |

1833. | BA. ABC. JWP.
Pp. 1-12. 169.

423 Poor Sarah. [One line Cherokee characters. ].
[Park Hill: Mission Press.] [One line Cherokee characters.] |
1843. | BA.

Pp. 1-18. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

424 Editor. (One line Cherokee characters; picture of Eagle.]
Cherokee Pheenix. | Vol. 1. New Echota, Thursday, February 21,

1828. No. 1. | BA.

84 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Boudinot (Elias)—continued. ;

A four-page, super-royal weekly newspaper, partly in Cherokee, partly in Eng-
lish, Elias Boudinot, editor; Isaac N. Harris, printer.

In No. 48, Vol. 1, Feb. 11, 1829, the heading was slightly changed, the eagle
removed and to Cherokee Phenix was added ‘‘and Indian Advocate.”

Though claiming to be ‘‘ weekly,” it was issued irregularly, sometimes two
weeks, and in one case nearly a month, intervening between issues.

The last I have seen was Aug. 11, 1832, Vol. 4, No. 52, but Professor Turner, in
Ludewig, says it continued until May 31, 1834, Vol. 5, No. 52, when it was sus-
pended for want of funds and perhaps not resumed.

See Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (Elias).

425 ——— and Worcester (S. A.) Cherokee Hymns | Compiled | from
several authors | and revised. | By E. Boudinot & S. A. Worcester. |
[Four lines Cherokee characters.] | Printed for the American Board
of | Commissioners for Foreign Missions. |

New Echota: | Jno. F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.] | 1829. | GB.
Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; introduction, pp. iii-v; pp. 7-50; index, 11. 24°.

The first printing in the syllabic characters invented by Sequoyah (George
Guess) was for the ‘‘Cherokee Pheenix,” in February, 1828. The ‘‘Cherokee
Hymns” was the first tract printed in those characters.

For later editions of this work see Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (E.)

426 [Boulet (Rev. J. B.)| Prayer Book | and | Catechism | in the | Sno-
homish Language. | [Picture of the Crucifixion. |
Tulalip, W. T. | 1879. | JWP.S.
Pp. 1-382. 16°. Ontside title has the imprint: Tulalip Mission Press. 1879.

427 Bourgoing (Jean Francois) Relation dun Voyage récent des Es-
pagnols surles Cotes Nord-ouest de Amérique septentrionale 1792. |

In Archives Littéraires de l'Europe, 1804, No. 4. *

Vocabulary of the Eskelen, Nutka, and Rumsien, pp. 78, 79, 87.

Not seen; title and note from Mithridates. Ludewig gives the above title and
says: Paris, 1789, 3 vols. 8°. He also gives other editions as follows: Second edi-
tion, 1792; third edition, Paris, 1803; German translation, Jena, 1789; and these
dates have been copied by Sabin. I am under the impression that the Relation
of Bourgoing is an extract from or review of Alcala-Galiano’s Relacion del Viage
. . Sutil y Mexicana en el ato 1792, in which case an edition of 1789 would be im-
possible. As Bourgoing’s best known work, Nouveaux Voyage en Espagne, was
published in 3 vols., 8°, at Paris, 1789, 3d ed., 1803, Jena, 1789, it is probable
Ludewig has mixed the two works.

428 Bowrey (Thomas) A Dictionary of the Hudson’s Bay Indian Lan-
guage.
London, 1701. “
Folio. Title from Watt’s Biblioth. Britanica.

429 Boyer (Paul). Véritable | Relation | de tovt ce qvi | s’est fait et
passé | au voyage que Monsieur de | Bretigny fit& ?Amerique | Occi-
dentale. | Auec vne Description des Meeurs, & des | Prouuinces de
tous les Sauuages de cette | grande partie du Cap de Nord: vn Die-
tion- | naire de la Langue, & vn aduis tres-neces- | saire & tous ceux

BOUDINOT—BRADBURY. 85

Boyer (Paul)—continued.
qui veulent habiter ou faire | habiter ce Pais-la, ou qui desirent Vy
esta- | blirdes Colonies. | Le tout fait sur les lieux, par Pavl Boyer, |
Escuyer, Sieur de Petit-Puy. |
A Paris, | Chez Pierre Rocolet, Impr. & Lib. | Ordin. du Roy & de
la Maison de Ville, | au Palais. | M.DC.LIV [1654.] | Auec Priuilege
de Sa Majesté. | BA. JCB.
15 p. 11, pp. 1-463. 12°.
Dictionnaire de la langue Galibienne, pp. 393-433.

430 Bozman (John Leeds). A | Sketch | of the | History of Maryland, |
during the | Three First Years After its Settlement: | to which is
prefixed, | a | Copious Introduction. | By John Leeds Bozman. |

Baltimore: | Published by Edward J. Coale, | No. 176, Baltimore-
street. | 1811. | BA.C.

Pp. i-viii, iii-iv, 9-388. 8°.

This edition contains no linguistic material.

431 ——— The | History of Maryland, | from | its first Settlement,
in 1633, | to | the Restoration, in 1660, | with | a Copious Introdue-
tion, | and | Notes and Ilustrations. | By John Leeds Bozman. |
Vol. I [II]. }

Baltimore: | James Lucas & E. K. Deaver. | 1837. | BA. C.

2 vols. 8°,

Vol. 1, Section vii, pp. 103-193, contains a general sketch of the tribes of
Indians inhabiting Virginia, which includes extracts from and comments upon
Heckewelder’s ‘‘ Historical Account of the Indians who once inhabited Pennsyl-
vania and the neighbouring states”; the ‘Powhatan numerals,” 1 to 10, from
Smith’s History of Virginia; the ‘Delaware (or Lenape) numerals,” 1 to 10, from
Thomas; and copious notes on the geographic names of rivers, ete., given in
Smith’s History of Virginia.

432 Brackett (Col. A.G.) Vocabulary of te Absaraka, or Crow.
Manuscript. 11 pp. folio, In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col-
lected at Fort Wyoming, 1879.

433 Bradbury (John). Travels | in | the interior of America, | in the |
Years 1809, 1810, and 1811; | including | a description of Upper
Louisiana, | together with | the States of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana,
and | Tennessee, | with the | Illinois and Western Territories, | and
containing | Remarks and Observations | useful to | persons emi-
grating to those countries. | By John Bradbury, I. L. 8. London, |
Corresponding Member [&c., two lines].

Liverpool: | printed for the author, | By Smith and Galway, | and
published by Sherwood, Neely, and Jones, London. | 1817. | BA.c.

Pp. i-xii, 9-364, 8°.

Vocabulary of some words in the Osage Language, pp. 213-219.

434

Travels | in | the Interior of America, | in the | Years 1809,
1810, and 1811, | including | a description of Upper Louisiana, |
together with | the States of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and | Ten-

86 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Bradbury (John)—continued.
nessee, with the | unis and Western Territories, | and contain-
ing useful to | persons emigrating to
those countries. | Second Wdition. | By John Bradbury, F. L. 8. Lon-
don, | Corresponding Member [&c., two lines].
London: Published by Sherwood, Neely, and Jones. | 1819. | ©.
Pp. i-xiy, 17-346. 8°.
Vocabulary of some words in the Osage Language, pp. 221-227.

435 Bradford (Alexander Warfield). American Antiquities | and | Re-
searches | into the | Origin and History of the Red Race. | By |
Alexander W. Bradford. |

New York: | Dayton and Saxton, | Corner of Fulton and Nas-
sau | streets. | Boston: Saxton and Pierce. | 1841. | BA. C.

Pp. 1-435. 8°.

Chapter VII. Origin of the Aborigines—Language, pp. 309-314. Chapter VIII.
Origin of the Aborigines—Astronomy, pp. 315-338, gives names of the months in
the Mexican language.

Sabin gives an edition, same date, but avith different publishers, as follows:

436

American Antiquities, and Researches into the Origin and
History of the Red Race. By Alexander W. Bradford.
New York: Wiley & Putnam. 1841. *
435 pp. 8°.

437 American Antiquities | and | Researches into the | Origin
and History of the Red Race. | By | Alexander W. Bradford. |
New-York: | Wiley & Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1843. | C.
1 p.1., pp. 1-435. 8°.
Linguistics as in edition of 1841.

438 Brant (Joseph). The Gospel according to St. Mark. Translated
into the Mohawk Tongue, by Captain Brant.

Second heading :

Ne orighwadogeahti Gospel Royadadogeaghti Mark roghyatouh
tekaweanadennyoh Heyandane ea, kanyenkehaga kaweanondagh-
kouh.

In Book of Common Prayer in Mohawk, pp. 176-341. London, 1787. 129.

Above are headings to pp. 176 and 177, respectively.

— 439 The Gospel according to St. Mark, translated into the

Mohawk Tongue, by Captain Brant. As also several portions of the
Sacred Scriptures, translated into the same language.

New York: Published by the New York District Bible Society:
McElrath & Bangs, Printers; 1829.

Second title:

Ne Royadado Kengh Ty | orighwadokenghty | Roghyadon
S. Mark, | dekawennadenyonk | Kanyenkehhaka Kawennon- |
daghkonh, | Thayentaneken Tehhawen- | natenyonh. | Otyake

skaro tor no righwadokengh ty | Skaghyadon Ovenne, I kanyen-
kehhakaa. |

ih.

BRADBURY—BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG. 87

Brant (Joseph)—continued.
New York: | Published by the New York District Bible Society, |
McElrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1829. | BA.
Pp. 1-239, alternate English and Mohawk. 129.
Some chapters in Genesis, pp. 6-21; some chapters in the Gospel of St. Matthew,
pp. 20-37; the Gospel according to St. Mark, pp. 38-177; a collection of Sentences
of the Holy Scriptures, pp. 178-239.

440 ——— Ne Raorihwadogenti ne Shonwayaner Yesus Keristus Jen-
thorihoten ne Royatadogenti Mark, &e.
New York: Printed by McElrath and Bangs for the New York
District Bible Society. 1829. *
239 pp. 12°. Title from O’Callaghan’s American Bibles, No. 201.

441 Brantz (Lewis). Some words from the Language of the Choctaws.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, p.347. Philadelphia, 1853. 4°.

449 Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles Etienne). Histoire | des Na-
tions civilisées | du Mexique | et de ?Amérique-Centraie, | durant
les siécles antérieurs a4 Christophe Colomb, | écrite sur des docu-
ments originaux et entiérement | inédits, puisés aux anciennes |
archives des indigenes, | par | M. L’Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg, |
ancien aumonier de la legation de France au Mexique, | et adminis-
trateur ecclésiastique des Indiens de Rabinal | (Guatémala). | Tome
premier, | comprenant les temps héroiques et histoire | de ’empire
des Tolteques. | [-Tome Quatriéme. |

Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, éditeur, | libraire de la Société de Géo-
graphie, | rue Hautefeuille, 21. | 1857 [-1859]. | BA. C.

4 vols. large 5°.

Besides many Mexican terms passim and quotations from other authors, this
work contains, vol. 1, pp. xly-lix, the picture writing of the Mexicans, with
explanations; pp. lxii-lxvii, ‘‘ Liste des gens de Teocaltitlan”; pp. 425-427, ‘““Ex-
traits du Codex Chimalpopoca,” with French translation; pp. 428, 429, ‘‘ Manu-
scrit Cakchiquel ou Mémorial de Tecpan-Atitlan, avec la formation des premiers
hommes”; ‘‘Prophéties encore célébres dans ’Yucatan, trouvées dans Lizana,
texte maya et espagnol,” vol. 2, pp. 603-606.

443 —— Collection | de Documents dans les Langues Indigenes |
pour servir a l’étude de Vhistoire et de la philologie | de VAmérique
ancienne. | Volume Premier. [-Quatriéme.] |

[Paris and London: 1861-1868. ] C.
4 vols. 8°. Each volume has a general half title, as above, and its own full
title; these are as follows:

444 ——— Popol Vuh. | Le | Livre Sacré | et les mythes | de Panti-
quité Américaine, | avec les livres héroiques et historiques des
Quichés. | Ouvrage original des indigenes de Guatemala, | texte
quiché et traduction frangaise en regard, accompagnée de notes |
philologiques et Vun commentaire | sur la mythologie et les migra-
tions des peuples anciens de Amérique ete., | composé sur des
documents originaux et inédits, | par | PAbbé Brasseur de Bour-
bourg, | Auteur [&c., 5 lines]. | [Printer’s device. ]

88 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles Ktienne)—continued.
Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | 21, Rue Hautefeuille. | Lon-
don, Triibner and Co., 60 Paternoster-Row. | 1861. | BA. ©.
1 p.1., pp. i-eclxxix, 1-368. 8°. Vol. 1. Colection de Documents.

445 ——— Grammatica de la Lengua Quiché. | Grammaire | de la |
Langue Quichée | Espagnole-Frangaise | mise en parallele avec ses
deux dialectes, Cakchiquel et Tzutuhil, | Tirée des manuscrits des
meilleurs auteurs guatémaliens. | Ouvrage accompagné de notes
philologiques | avec un Vocabulaire | comprenant les sources prin-
cipales du Quiché comparées aux langues germaniques | et suivi
d’un essai sur la poésie, la musique, la danse et V’art dramatique |
chez les Mexicains et les Guatémaiteques avant la conquéte; | ser-
vant Vintroduction au | Rabinal-Achi | drame indigéne avec sa mu-
sique originale, texte quiché et traduction frangaise en regard. |
Recueilli par | PAbbé Brasseur de Bourbourg, | Auteur de l’ Histoire
[&e., &c., 5 lines]. |

Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | 21, Rue Hautefeuille. | Lon-

don, Triibner and Co., 60 Paternoster-Row. | 1862. | C.
2 p.1L, pp. i-xvii, 1-246. 8°. Vol. 2. Collection de Documents.
Appended:

Rabinal-Achi ffvepu | xahoh-tun | u bi xahoh rech vae tinamit
rabinal | x-u tzibam nabe | Bartolo Ziz, mama ah rabinal, | ri
x-elezah-vi quxtubal-ta re cal qui qahol. | X-e xahon rech mamaib
Ah-Rabinaleb chi nima-gih ri san Pablo, chi 25 gih ri iq enero | chi
hunab 1856 | rumal qui cahau ri cura mamaxel, | ahau Brasseur de
Bourbourg, | ri x-u-tzoleomih-vi ronohel tzih vae xahol rumal Qui-
che chabal chi pranzez. |

Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, ahvuh, | 21, chi amag Hautefeuille u

bi. | 1862. |

Second title:

Rabinal-Achi | ou | le drame-ballet du tun | piéce seénique de la
ville de Rabinal | transerite pour la premiére fois par | Bartolo Ziz,
ancien de la méme ville, | pour la laisser comme un souvenir d ses
enfants. | Les anciens de Rabinal la représentérent le jour de la féte
de la Conversion de Saint Paul | le 25 janvierde année 1856, | pour
la satisfaction de* leur pére, administrateur et ancien, | M. Brasseur
de Bourbourg, | qui la traduit en entier de la langue Quichée en
Frangais. |

Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | 21 Rue Hautefeuille. | 1862 |

Pp. 1-122, 16 ll. Quichée title verso of 1. 1(p.2); French title recto of 1. 2 (p. 3).

Some copies have the imprint: Paris, | Auguste Durand, Libraire, | 7, Rue des
Grés. | Madrid, Bailly-Bailliére, Libraire. | 1862. |

446 ——— Relation | des Choses | de Yucatan | de Diego de Landa |
Texte Espagnol et Traduction Frangaise en regard | comprenant les
Signes du Calendrier | et de PAlphabet Hiéroglyphique de la Langue

BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG. $9

Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles Etienne)—continued.
Maya | accompagné de documents divers historiques et chronolo-
giques, | avec une Grammaire et un Vocabulaire Abrégés Prangais-
Maya | précédés d’un essai sur les sourees de Vhistoire primitive |
du Mexique, et de Amérique Centrale, ete., Vaprés les monuments
BHegyptiens | et de ’Histoire primitive de ’Lgypte d’aprés les monu-
ments Américains, | par | ?Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg, Ancien
Administrateur ecclésiastique des Indiens de Rabinal (Guaté-
mala), | Membre de la Commission scientifique du Mexique, ete. |

Paris, | Auguste Durand, Editeur, | 5, Rue des Grés | Bailly-
Bailliere, A Madrid. | 1864. | C:

2p. 11, pp. i-exii, 1-516. 8°. Vol. 3. Collection de Documents.

Esquisse une grammaire de la langue Maya d’apres celles de Beltran et de
Cruz, pp. 459-479; Vocabulaire Maya-Frangais d’aprés divers auteurs anciens et
modernes, pp. 480-512.

lod

7 —— Quatre Lettres | sur,| le Mexique | exposition absolue du
systéme hiéroglyphique Mexieain | la fin de Page de pierre. Epoque
glaciaire temporaire | commencement de age de bronze. Origines
de la civilisation | et des religions de Vantiquité | d’aprés le Teo-
Amoxtli | et autres documents Mexicains, ete. | Par | M. Brasseur
de Bourbourg | Ancien administrateur ecclésiastique des Indiens de
Rabinal (Guatémala), ete. |

Paris | Maissoneuve et C%, Libraires | 15, Quai Voltaire. | Lon-
don, Triibner and C°, 60, Paternoster-Rtow. | 1808 | Tous droits
réservés | C.

Pp. i-xx, 1-463. 8°. Vol. 4. Collection de Documents.

Some copies have the imprint: Paris, | Auguste Durand et Pedore, Editeurs, |
5, Rue Cujas, | Bailly-Baillitre, Libraire & Madrid, | 1868. | Tous droits réservés. |

4483 ——— Monuments Anciens du Mexique | Palenqué | et autres
1uines | de Pancienne civilisation | du Mexique | Collection de Vues,
Bas-Reliefs | Morceaux (Varchitecture, Coupes, Vases, Terres cuites,
Cartes et Plans | dessinés (apres nature et relevés | par M. de Wal-
deck | Texte rédigé par M. Brasseur de Bourbourg | Membre de la ~
Commission scientifique du Mexique, ete. | Ouvrage publié | sous
les auspices de S. E. M. le Ministre de Instruction Publique. |

Paris | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur | Libraire de la Société de Géo-
graphie | 21, Rue Hautefeuille | 1866. |

Second title:

Recherches | surles | Ruines de Palenqué | et sur les origines de la
civilisation | du Mexique | par | M. VAbbé Brasseur de Bourbourg |
Membre de la Commission scientifique du Mexique | Texte public |
avec les dessins de M. de Waldeck | sur les auspices de | 8. 8. M. le
Ministre de Instruction Publique. |

Paris | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur | Libraire de la Société de Géo-
graphic | 21 Rue Hautefeuille | 1866. | BA. C.

1 p.1., pp. i-xxiii, 1-84, i-viii. folio. Many aboriginal terms passim.

90 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles Htienne)—continued.

449 ——— Manuscrit Troano. | Etudes | sur | le Systeme Graphique et
la Langue | des Mayas, | par | M. Brasseur de Bourbourg, | Ancien
Administrateur Heclésiastique des Indiens de Rabinal (Guaté-
mala), | Membre de la Commission scientifique du Mexique, ete. |
Tome Premier [-Seconq]. |

Paris. | Imprimerie Impériale. | M DCCC LXIX [-M DCCC-
LXX]. [1869-1870.] | BA. C.

2 vols. folio. Vol. 1, 2 p.1l., pp. i-viii, 1-244, and Table des Matiéres, 221-224,
69 pls.; vol. 2, 2 p.l., pp. i-xlix, 1-464.

Premitre Partie. Manuscrit Troano. Monographie et Exposition du Systeme
graphique, vol. 1, pp. 1-220; Supplément, vol. 1, pp. 221-224; Introduction aux
éléments de la Langue Maya, vol. 2, pp. i-xlix.

Deuxieme Partie. Grammaire (reprint of that of Antoine-Gabriel de Saint-
Buenaventura, Mexico, 1684) et Chrestomathie, vol. 2, pp. 1-122.

Troisitmeé Partie. Vocabulaire général Maya-Frangais et Espagnol, vol. 2, pp.
123-462.

This work was reprinted, minus the plates, as follows:

-450 ——— Dictionnaire, Grammaire et Chrestomathie | de | la langue
Maya | précédés dune | Titude sur le Systeme Graphique | des In-
digénes du Yucatan, (Mexique) | par | M. Brasseur de Bourbourg, |
Ancien Missionnaire, [ete., 3 lines].

Paris, | Maisonneuve & ©, Libraires Editeurs, 15-Quai Vol-
taire-15 | M DCCC LXXII [1872]. | 8.

1 p.1., pp. i-vii, 1-244, 221-224, i-xlix, 1-464. folio.

A portion of this volume was issued separately, as follows:

451 ——— Catalogue des caractéres Mayas.
Paris, Imprimerie Impériale, 1869. o
23 pp. 4°. Cast at the Imprimerie Impériale for the publication of the Manu-
scrit Troano, Etudes sur le systeme graphique et la langue des Mayas.—Brasseur
de Bourbourg.

452 - Sommaire des voyages scientifiques et des travaux de géo-
graphie, (histoire, Varchéologie et de philologie américaines.
Saint-Cloud, veuve Belin, 1862. -

15 pp. 8°. Not seen; title from Catalogue of books in Library of Congress.

453 ——— Lettre 4 M. Léon de Rosny sur la découverte de documents
relatifs 4 la haute antiquité américaine, et sur le déchiffrement de
Véecriture phonétique et figurative de la langue maya.

Paris, Amyot, 1869.
Extract from the Mémoires de la Société d’Ethnographie de Paris.—Brasseur
de Bourbourg.

454 ——— Antiquités Mexicaines. A propos Vun mémoire sur la pein-
ture didactique et ’Keriture figurative des anciens Mexicains, par
M. J. M. A. Aubin. #

In Revue Archéologique, Paris, 1852.
Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dict.

OF

BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG. 91

Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles Etienne )—continued.
455 ———— Iissai historique sur les sources de la philologie mexicaine
et sur ’ethnographie de ’ Amérique Centrale. *
In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. 1, pp. 341-380; vol. 2, pp. 64-75.
Paris, 1859. 8°. ;
Contains bibliography of works in the languages of Central America.
Title furnished by Mr. Eames. Also, according to Sabin’s Dict., printed sepa-

rately. 4

456 —— Coup (ceil sur la Nation et la Langue des Wabi population
maritime de la cote de. Tehuantapec (Mexique). Par Brasseur de
Bourbourg.

In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. 5, pp. 261-271. Paris, 1861. 8°.
Reprinted in Société Américaine de France, Archives, nouvelle série, tome 1,
pp. 131-142. Paris, 1875. 8°.

457 ——— Quelques traces d’une émigration de Europe Septentrio-
nale en Amérique dans les traditions et les langues de Amérique
Centrale. Lettre adressée 4 M. C. C. Rafn, Secrétaire de la Société
Royale des Antiquaires du Nord 4 Copenhague, par M. Abbé Bras-
seur de Bourbourg.

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 4, 1858, pp. 261-292 (vol. 160 of the
the collection). Paris, n.d. 8°.

Vocabulary, pp. 281-289. ‘‘The greater number of these words belong equally
to the three sister languages, Quichée, Cakchiquéle, and Tzutohile. I will indi-
cate in a special manner those which belong to another language.”—Brasseur de
Bourbourg.

458 ——— Notes d’un Voyage dans Amérique Centrale. Lettres 4
M. Alfred Maury, Bibliothécaire de l'Institut.

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 3, 1855, pp. 129-158 (vol. 147 of the
collection). Paris, n.d. 8°.

General remarks on the languages of Central America.

This was replied to by Mr. E. G. Squier (q. v.) in the succeeding volume of the
above series.

459 ———— Hsquisses d’Histoire, d’Archéologie, d’Ethnographie, ete.

[Paris, 1864. | *

Not seen; title from Bancro{t’s Native Races.

460 ——— Codex Chimalpopoca contenant les Epoques, dites Histoire
des Soleils et ?Histoire des Royaumes de Colhuacan et de Mexico. *
Manuscript. 93 Il. 4°. Mexican tex (corrected after that of M. Aubin), with
an attempt »t a French translation in juxtaposition. Copied and translated by
the undersigned. This is the copy of the document marked at No. 18, § viii of the
catalogue of Boturini, under the title of ‘‘Historia de los Reynos de Colhuacan

y Mexico, ete.”

This document, in which for the first time I have lifted the mysterious veil that
covered the symbols of the religion and history of Mexico, is the most important
of all those which remain to us of ancient Mexican annals. It embraces, chro-
nologically arranged, the geological history of the world, by periods of 13 years,
commencing more than 10,000 years before the Christian era, according to Mexi-
can calculations.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

Possibly this has been printed, as I find the following in a book catalogue, tho
date of which I do not know:

92° NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles [itienne)—continued.

461 ——— Codex Chimalpopoca. Manuscrit en langue nahuatl de
Vancienne collection de Boturini sous le titre de Historia de los
reynos de Colhuacan y Mexico. *

“Tn press. M. Brasseur de Bourbourg is making a duplicate translation of the
first part of this work, which will soon appear. Under the fictions of mythologic
story and under those of Quetzalcoatl and of the kings of Tollan, is veiled
the history of that ancient cataclysm occasioned by tho termination of the glacial
epoch in America; it confines itself chiefly to the glacicrs of the Amazon,
described with minutest details, the volcanic eruptions which fixed the present
continent, the age and epoch of sandstone which covers so great a part of these
regions, and that of all the deposits which cover the Amazonian valleys. The
whole of these revelations given by the Mexican geologists through ten thousand
years agree in the closest possible manner even to the present time with the work
of M. Agassiz. It explains fully what that savant so long sought, the origin and
extent of the ancient Amazonian barriers, and reveals even to the smallest par-
ticulars those mysterious deposits of gold, silver, sapphire, emerald, and jade of
whose discovery the Spaniards, in their search for the Eldorado, vainly dreamed.” —
Maisonneuve Book Cat.

See Galicia (I*. C.), Mendoza (G.), and Solis (F. S.)

462 Bravo (I’r. Juan). Arte de la Lengua de Michoacan.—Confeso.
nario.—Preparacion para bien morir.—Explicacion del Salmo:
Miserere.—Explicacion del Salmo: Beati qui audiunt.—Explicacion
de las Letanias. *

Three works in the Tarascan Language, printed in Mexico by Pedro Balli, in
1574. 8°.—Beristain. .

463 [Brebeuf(k. P. Jean).]| Doctrine | Chrestienne, dv R. P. Ledesme
de la | Compagnie de Iesvs. | Traduite en Langage Canadois, pour
la Con- | uersion des habitans du dit pays. | Par vn pere de la meme

Compagnie. |
A Roven, | Chez Richard ’Allemant, | pres le College. | 1630. |
Pp. 1-26. 16°. JCB.

Ludewig erroneously states that Brebeuf’s translation was printed at Rouen,
1610. 8°.

464 ———\ Doctrine Chrestienne, dv R. P. Ledesme de la Compagnie de
lesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des Mon-
tagnars, pour la conuercion des habitans du dit pays. Par le R. P.
Brebceuf de la mesme Compagnie.

In Champlain (8. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp.1-15. Paris,
Claude Collet, 1632. 4°,

465 ——— Doctrine Chrestienne, Dv R. P. Ledesme de la Compagnie
de Iesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des
Montagnars, pour la conuersion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
k. P. Brebovuf de la meme Compagnie.

In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 1-15. Paris,
Louis Sevestre, 1632. 4°.

Ludewig, quoting from Vater, states that the edition—Paris, Collet, 1627, 8°—
contains the linguistic pieces by Brebwuf and Massé. This is not correct.

“me

BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG—BRETON. 93

[Brebeuf (Rk. P. Jean)|—continued.

466 - Doctrine Chrestienne, dv R. P. Ledesme, de la Compagnie
de Iesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des
Montagnars, pour la conuersion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
h. P. Breboeuf de la mesme Compagnie.

In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Noyvelle France, pp. 1-15. Paris,
Clande Collet, 1640. 4°.

467 - Doctrine Chrestienne, dy R. P. Ledesme de la Compagnie
de Iesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des
Montagnars, pour la conuersion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
R. P. Breboeuf de la mesme Compagnie.

In Champlain, Guvres de, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 1-15 (pp. 1293-1407 of the series).
Québec, 1870. 8°.

468 ——— Relation | de ce qvi s’est passé | en la | Novvelle France |
en année 1636. | Enuoyée an | R. Pere Provincial | dela Compagnie
de Tesvs | en la Prouince de France. | Par le P. Paul Je Ieune de la
mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de la Residence de Kebee. |
A Paris, | chez Sebastien Cramoisy Imprimeur | ordinaire du

Roy, | M. DO. XX XVII [1637]. | Avec Privilege dv Roy. | cS
4.1L, 172 pp. Relation... des Hurons.. . [par Jean de Brébcuf], pp. 2-23.
Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dict.

469 ——— Relation de ce qvi s’est passé dans le pays des Hvrons.
En Pannée 1636. Enuoyée 4 Kébee au R. P. Paul le Ieune, Supe-
rieur de la Mission de la Compagnie de Tesys, en la Nouuelle France.
(D’apres Védition de Sébastien Cramoisy, publiée 4 Paris en Pannée
1637.)

In Relations des Jésuites, vol. 1, pp. 76-139. Québec, Coté-1858. 8°.

Oraison [in Huron, with interlinear French translation], pp. 89,90. Chapi-
tre iv. De Ja langue des Hurons, pp. 91-100.

Jean de Brebeuf was one of the first five Jesuit missionaries who came to
Canada with Champlain in 1625. After having passed the winter following
among the Montagnais, he was sent in 1626 among the Hurons, to whom he was
the first Jesuit missionary. The conquest of the country by the English inter-
rupted his mission, but Canada having been restored to France he in 1634 entered
a second time into his work. In the spring of 1649, the Iroquois having taken
St. Lonis, where he worked with Pere Gabriel Lalemant, made prisoners of the
two missionaries, and subjected them to the most cruel martyrdom.—Jesuit Rela-
lions.

470 t—— Huron Grammar. *

Manuscript. Referred to by Chaumonot in his life, but now lost.— Hist. Mag.

471 Breton (f. P. Raymond). Petit | Catéchisme | ov | Sommaire des
Trois Pre- | miéres parties de la Doctrine | Chrestienne. | Traduit
du Frangois, en la langue des Ca- | raibes Insulaires, par le R. P.
Raymond | Breton Sous-Prieux du Conuent des | Fréres Prescheurs
de Blainuille. |

A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur or- | dinaire du
Roy. | MD.C.LXIV [1664]. | JOB.
Pp. 1-70. 16°.

VY

94 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

/ Breton (R. P. Raymond)—continued.
472 ——— Dictionnaire | Caraibe-Frangois, | Meslé de quantité de
Remarques | historiques pour l’éclaircissement | de la Langue. |
Composé par le R. P. Raymond Breton, | Religieux de Vordre des
Freres Prescheurs, | & l’vn des premiers Missionaires Apo- | sto-
liques en VIsle de la Gardeloupe & au- | tres circonuoisines de

VPAmérique. |
A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur | ordinaire du Roy. |
M.D.O.LXV [1665]. | C. JCB.
| 8 p.1l., pp. 1-480. 16°.
473 ——— Dictionnaire | Francois-Caraibe, | Composé par le R. P.
\ Raymond Breton, | Religieux de ’ordre des Fréres Prescheurs, | &

Yvyn des quatre premiers Francois | Missionaires Apostoliques en
VIsle de la | Gardeloupe, & autres circonuoisines de | PAmérique. |
A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur | ordinaire du Roy. |

M.D.C.LXVI [1666]. | 3) Ob ACIS
Title, reverse blank, 11., 4 other p. 1l., pp. 3-415. 16°.
474 ——— Grammaire | Caraibe. | Composée par le Rk. P. Raymond

Breton | Religieux de ’Ordre des Fréres Prescheurs, | & l’vn des
quatre premiers Missionnaires | Apostoliques en l’Isle de la Garde-
loupe, | & autre circonuoisines de PAmérique. |
A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur | ordinaire du Roy. |
M.D.C.LXVIL [1667]. | JCB.
Pp. 1-136. 16°. Ludewig mentions an edition of 1668, 8°.
J a

Grammaire caraibe, suivie du Catéchisme caraibe, par le
P. Raymond Breton. Nouvelle édition conforme a Voriginale, pu-
bliée par L. Adam et Ch. Leclere.
Paris, 1878. *
xxxli, 80 and 56 pp. 8°. Forms vol. 3 of the collection of American linguistics
published by Maisonneuve & Co., Paris.—Leclere.

476 Bretton (Baron de). Origines des Peuples de PAmérique.
In Cong. Int. des Américanistes, Compte-Rendu, premiere session, tome 1,
pp. 4388-449. Nancy and Paris, 1875. 8°.
Comparative vocabulary ‘‘Indien” and ‘‘ Danois,” p. 448.

477 Breve y mas compendiosa Doctrina Christiana en lengua Mexicana
y Castellana, que contiene las cosas mas necessarias de nuestra
sancta fé cathdlica, para aprovechamiento destos indios naturales
y salvacion de sus animas. Con licencia y privilegio.

Colophon : :

A honra y gloria de Nuestro Sefior Jesu-christo, y de la Virgen
Santissima su madre, fué impressa esta Doctrina Christiana, por
mandado del sefor don Fray Juan de Ziumarraga, primer obispo
desta gran ciudad de Tenuchtitlan, Mexico desta Nueva Espaita y

a su costa, en casa de Juan Cromberger, ano de mill y quinientos y
treinta y nueve. [1539.]

10 ll. 4°. Title from Cartas de Indias, Madrid, 1877, p. 787.

BRETON—BRINTON. 95

Breve y m4s compendiosa Doctrina Christiana, ete.—continued.

In his work on the life and writings of Bishop Zumérraga, Sr. Icazbaleeta
gives this title and says: ‘‘I copy literally this title which I find in the Cartas de
Indias. The notice of a book printed in Mexico prior to all others deserves a
more exact and wider notice. Notwithstanding my relations with some of the
editors of that publication and the interest that my friend Sr. Tamayo y Baus
took in the subject, it has been impossible for me to obtain further information
respecting this precious work—even whence the title was obtained.

478 Brice (Wallace A.) History | of | Fort Wayne, | from | the eailiest
known accounts | of | this point, | to the present period. | Embra-
cing an extended view of the Aboriginal Tribes | of the Northwest,
including, more especially, | the Miamies, of this locality—their
habits, | customs, ete.—Together with a comprehen- | sive summary
of the General Relations | of the Northwest, from the latter | part
of the seventeenth cen- | tury, to the struggles of 1812-14; | with a
sketch of the | Life of General Anthony Wayne; | including also a
lengthy | Biography of the late Hon. Samuel Hanna, | together
with short | Sketches of several of the early pioneer | settlers of
Fort Wayne. | Also an account of the | Manufacturing, Mercantile,
and Railroad Interests | of Fort Wayne and Vicinity. | By Wallace
A. Brice. | With illustrations. |

Fort Wayne, Ind: | D. W. Jones & Son, Steam Book and Job
Printers. | 1868. | BA. C.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-324, 1-33. 8°.

A few tribal names with English signification, p. 17.

479 Brickell (John). The Natural | History | of | North-Carolina. |
With an | Account | of the | Trade, Manners, and Customs of the |
Christian and Indian Inhabitants. Il | lustrated with Copper-
Plates, whereon are | curiously Engraved the Map of the Country, |
several strange Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Snakes, | Insects, Trees, and
Plants, &c. | By John Brickell, M. D. | [One line quotation.] |

Dublin: | Printed by James Carson, in Coghill’s-Court, Dame- |
street, opposite to the Castle Market. | For the Author, | 1737. |

Pp. i-viii, 1-408. 8°. map. BA. C. JCB.

The material for this work was stolen from Lawson.—Field.

Short comparative vocabulary of the Tuskeruro Indians, Pamticoe Indians,
and Woccon Indians, p. 407.

480 t—— The Natural History of North Carolina. With an account
of the Trades, Manners and Customs of the Christian and Indian
Inhabitants. Illustrated with Copper-Plates, whereon are curiously
Engraved the Map of the Country, several strange Beasts, Birds,
Fishes, Snakes, Insects, Trees and Plants, ete.

Dublin: 1748. *

408 pp. 8°. The same as the edition of 1737 with a new title-page.—Bavritlelt.

481 Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison). Notes | on the | Floridian Penin-
sula, | its | Literary History, |. Indian Tribes and Antiquities. |
By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. B. |

96 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison)—continued.

Philadelphia: | Published by Joseph Sabin, | No. 27 South Sixth
Street, above Chestnut. | 1859. | BA. C.

Pp. i-viii, 18-202. 12°.

Remarks on the Timuquana language, with a few examples, pp. 134-138.

The | Myths of the New World: | a treatise | on the | Sym-
bolism and Mythology | of the | Red Race of America. | By | Daniel
G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., | Member of [&c., &c., three lines.] |

New York: | Leypoldt & Holt. | 1868. | BA. C.

Pp. i-viii, 1-307. 8°.

A few remarks on American languages, pp. 7-10, and, scattered throughout,
many aboriginal words.

483 The | Myths of the New World | A treatise | in the Symbol-
ism and Mythology | of the | Red Race of America | By | Daniel
G. Brinton, A. M., M. D. | Member of [&c., &c., six lines]. | Second
edition, revised. |

New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1876 | o
2 p.ll., pp. i-viii, 1-331. 12°. Not seen; title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

The | Ancient Phonetic Alphabet | of | Yucatan. | By D. G.
Brinton, M. D. | [Printer’s device.]
New York: | J. Sabin & Sons, No. 84 Nassau Street. | 1870. |

482

484

Pp. 1-8. large 8°. : BA. WE.
485 [Remarks on the Nature of the Maya Group of Languages. |
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 11, pp. 4-6. Philadelphia, 1871. 8°.
486 Contributions to a Grammar of the Muskokee Language.

By D. G. Brinton, M. D. ’
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 11, pp. 301-309. Philadelphia, 1871. 8°.
Historical notes on the language, its dialects, affinities and literature, pp. 301-
304; the Alphabet, pp. 364-305; Remarks on Buckner’s Maskokee Grammar,
pp. 305-306 ; the Muskokee Verb, pp. 307-308; Specimen Sentence, pp. 398-309.
Separately issued as follows:

487 Contributions | to a | Grammar | of the | Muskokee Lan-

guage, | by | D. G. Brinton, M. D., | Member of the American

Philosophical Society; the Pennsylvania | Historical Society; Cor-

responding Member of the | American Ethnological Society, ete. |

(From the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society.)
Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Printers, 237-9 Dock Street, |

1870. | A. T. WE. JBD. WIS.
Printed cover, pp. 301-309. 8°.

488

On the Language of the Natchez.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 13, pp. 483-499. Philadelphia, 1873. 8°.
Vocabulary of the Natchez, procured by Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, and including
Gallatin’s vocabulary, pp. 486-491; Numerals (1-1,000,000), p. 491; Verbal forms,
p. 492; Indicative forms, pp. 492-494; Comparison of Natchez terms with those
of the Maskoki, Seminole, Choctaw, Koosatis, and Mikasuki, pp. 495-497 ; Words
from early French authors, pp. 497-498.

BRINTON—BRISBIN. 97

Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison)—continued.

489 -- —- The Names of the Gods in the Kiche Myths, Central
America. By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D. Read before the American
Philosophical Society, November 4, 1881.

In Am. Philos. Soc., Proceedings, vol. 19, pp. 613-647. Philadelphia, 1881. 8°.

Contains specimens of the Kiche names, prayers, &c.
Issued separately as follows:

490 ——— The | Names of the Gods | in the | Kiche Myths, Central
America. | By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D., | Secretary [&e., &c., five
lines]. | (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Novem-
ber 4, 1881.) |

Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Prs., 237-9 Dock St. | 1881. |
Pp. 1-37. 8°. JIWP.

491

The Natchez of Louisiana, an offshoot of the Civilized Na-
tions of Central America. By D. G. Brinton, M. D.
In Hist. Mag,, second series, vol. 1, pp. 16-18. Morrisania, N. Y., 1867. sm. 4°.
A few words of Natchez and Choctaw compared and a ‘Comparative Vocabn-
lary of the Natchez, Huasteca, and Maya tongues.”

The National Legend of the Chahta-Muskokee Tribes. By
D. G. Brinton, M. D.

In Hist. Mag., second series, vol. vii, pp. 118-126. Morrisania, N. Y., 1870.
sm. 4°. ?

Contains a few native terms with English signification, and the Tribal divi-
sions of the Muskokees according to several authors.

Separately issued as follows:

The | National Legend | of the | Chata-Muskokee Tribes. |

By | D. G. Brinton, M. D. | Morrisania, N. Y.: | 1870. | INGISH Es
Printed title on cover, title 11, ‘prefatory note” 1 1., pp. 5-13. large 8°.

494 The Books of Chilan Balam, | The Prophetic and Historic
Records | of the Mayas of Yucatan. | By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D. |
Vice-President [&c., six lines]. [Seal.]

Edward Stern & Co., | Philadelphia. | [1882.] JWP.
Pp. 1-19. 8°.
Reprinted from the Penn Monthly, March, 1882.

492

493

495 Notes on the Codex Troano and the chronology of the
Mayas.
In American Naturalist, vol. 15, pp. 719-724. Philadelphia, 1881. 8°.
Editor.

See Byington (Cyrus).
496 Brisbin (Genl. James 8S.) The Language of Signs, universally
known and used by all American Tribes of Indians. By Genl. Jas.
S. Brisbin, U. 8S. Army.

Manuscript, 36 pp., 4°, in the Smithsonian Institution.
Contains many Crow, Sioux, and Snake terms.

7 Bib

98 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

497 British and Foreign Bible Society. St. John III. 16 | in some of the |
Languages and Dialects | in which the | British and Foreign | Bible
Society | has printed and circulated | the Holy Scriptures. |

London: | British and Foreign Bible Society, Queen Victoria
Street. | Philadelphia Bible Society, cor. Walnut and Seventh Sts., |
Philadelphia. | WE. JWP.

No imprint. Printed title on cover, pp. 3-80. 12°.
Contains St. John III. 16 in the following American languages:

Greenland, p. 29, Cree, p. 29, Mohawk, p. 30.
Esquimaux, p. 29, Ojibwa, p. 29, Mayan, p. 30.
Tinne, p. 29, Maliseet, p. 30,

St. John iii, 16, in most of the Languages and Dialects in
which the British and Foreign Bible Society has printed or circu-
lated the Holy Scriptures. Enlarged Edition.

London: Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society.
1878. ABS.

S 1 p.1., pp. 1-50. 16°. :

St. John iii, 16, in the following American languages:

Eskimo, p. 26, Chippewyan or Tinne (syllabic char-

Greenland, p. 26. acters), p. 27.

Tukudh (Loucheux) Indians, p. 26 Ojibwa, p. 27.

Cree (Eastern), in syllabic characters, Maliseet, p. 27.

498

p. 26. Micmace, p. 28.
Cree (Western), Roman characters, Mohawk, p. 28.
p. 27.° Mexican or Aztec, p. 28.
Mayan, p. 28.
Brown (D.)

See Butrick (D. 8.) and Brown (D.)

499 Brown (H. B.) [Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.]
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3. Washington,

Thekielo, U2),
Vocabulary of the Colouse and Teharra, pp. 518-529; Of the Digger [Maidu],
pp. 586-597.

500 Brown (Theodore V.) Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta.
In Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465, 471.
Washington, 1879. 4°.

501 Bruce (W. H.) Vocabulary of the Menomonee.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

502 Brthl (Dr. Gustav). Aztlan—Chiromoztok. | Eine ethnologische
Studie. | Von Dr. Gustav Briihl. |
New York, Cincinnati und St. Louis. | Druck und Verlag von
Beuziger Brothers. | 1879. | ASG.
Pp. 1-16. 8°. A few Aztek words scattered through.

503 Brun or Bruun (Rasmus). Gronland Psalmbog Kiobenhavnime
1761. w
Not seen title from Nyerup.

BRITISH AND FOREIGN BIBLE SOCIETY—BRYANT. 99

504 Brunson (Alfred). Wisconsin Geographical Names. By Alfred
Brunson.

In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 110-115. Madison, 1855, 8°.
A few aboriginal terms, with English signification.

505 Bruyas (Rev. James). Radices'| Verborum Iroquaeorum. | Auc-
tore | RK. P. Jacobo Bruyas, | Societatis Jesu. |
Neo-Eboraci: | Typis J. M. Shea. | 1863. |
Second title :
Radical Words | of the | Mohawk Language, | with their deriva-
tives. | By Rev. James Bruyas 8. J. | Missionary on the Mohawk. |
New-York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1862. | BA. JWP.
2p.ll., pp. 1-123. 8°. Latin title recto]. 2; English title recto 1. 3.
Shea’s Library of American Linguistics, vol.x. Reprinted as follows:

506 ——— (E.) | Radical Words | of the | Mohawk Language, | with
their derivatives. | By Rey. James Bruyas, S. J., | Missionary on the
Mohawk. | Published from the Original Manuscript. | “

Title 11., pp. 3-123. 8°.

In Sixteenth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the State of
New York, on the condition of the State Cabinet of Natural History. Albany,
1863, 8°, but with the heading: ‘‘ Fifteenth Report on the Cabinet of Nat. His-
tory.”

Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in his possession.

507 Bryant (—). Table to shew the Affinity between the Languages
spoken at Oonalashka and Norton Sound, and those of the Green-
landers and Esquimaux.

In Cook (J.) and King (J.) Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, vol. 3, pp. 552-553.
London, 1784. 4°.

Contains vocabularies of Oonalashka, Norton Sound, Greenland (from Crantz),
and Esquimaux.

These vocabularies appear in both the English editions of 1784 (q. v. under
Cook and Dixon); in the Dublin ed., 1784, 3 vols. 8°. (vol. 3, pp. 554-555); in the
extract of Cook and Dixon’s voyage in Kerr (R.) Gen. Hist. and Coll. Voyages and
Travels, Edinburgh, 1811-1817, 17 vols. (Vols. 17, pp. 310-311); and, according
to Ludewig, p. 70, in Pallas (Peter Simon). Neue Nordische Beitraege zur
physikalischen und geographischen Erd- und Voelkerbeschreibung, Naturge-
schichte und Oekonomie, vol. 1, p. 308. St. Petersburg, 1781-1796; 7 vols. 8°.

508 Bryant (Edwin). What I saw in California | Being the | Journal
of a Tour, | by the Emigrant Route and South Pass of the Rocky
Moun- | tains, across the Continent of North America, the | Great
Desert Basin, and through California, | in the years 1846, 1547. |
[One line quotation.] | By Edwin Bryant, | late Alcade of St. Fran-
cisco. |

New York: | D. Appleton & Company, 200 Broadway. | Phila-
delphia: | Geo. S. Appleton, 148 Chestnut Street. | MDCCCXL-
VIII. | BA. C.

Pp. 1-455. 8°.

Short Utah vocabulary, p. 165.

Another edition, London, 1849, 12°, vi, 137 pp., minus the linguistics.

100 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Bryant (Edwin)—continued.

509 What I saw in California: | being the | Journal of a Tour, |
by the Emigrant Route and South Pass of the Rocky | Mountains,
across the Continent of North | America, the Great Desert Basin, |
and through California, | in the Years 1846, 1847. | “All which I
saw, and part of which I was.” Dryden. | By | Edwin Bryant, |
late Alcalde of St. Francisco. | Seventh Edition. | With | An
Appendix, | containing | Accounts of the Gold Mines, Various
Routes, | Outfit, ete., ete. |

New-York: | D. Appleton & Company, 200 Broadway, | Phila-
delphia: | Geo. S. Appleton, 164 Chestnut Street. | MDCCCX-
LIX. | JWP.

Pp. 1-480. 12°.

Short vocabulary of the Utah, p. 165.

510 Buchanan (James), H. B. M. Consul. Sketches | of the | History,
Manners and Customs | of the | North American Indians, | with | a
plan for their melioration. | By James Buchanan, Esq. | His Brit-
tanie Majesty’s Consul for the State of New York. | In two vol-
umes. | Vol. I. [-II.] |

New York: | Published by William Borredaile. | No. 130 Fulton-
street. | 1824. | HU. C.

2 vols. 16°.

Chapter x. Language of the Indians. By Peter S. Duponceau. Vol. 2, pp. 48-77.

Catalogue of Manuscript Works on the Indians and their Languages, presented
to the American Philosophical Society or deposited in their Library. «Vol. 2, pp.
79-82.

These two articles reprinted from Am. Phil. Soc. Trans., Hist. and Lit. Com.,
vol. 1. Phila., 1819. 8°.

Sketches | of the | History, Manners, and Customs | of

the | North American Indians. | By James Buchanan, Esq. | His

Majesty’s Consul for the | State of New York. |

London: | Printed for Black, Young, and Young, | Tavistock-

511

Street. | MDCCCOXXIV. [1824.] | BA. LSH.
Pp. i-xi, 1-371. 8°. Contents as in American edition.
512 Buckner (H. I.) The Lord’s Prayer in Comanche. JWP.

In Texas Baptist.

T have seen only the scrap cut from the Texas Baptist, and am unable to give
the date. It was copied into The Standard July 12, 1877.

513 Buckner (H. F.) and Herrod (G.) A | Grammar | of the | Maskoke.

or Creek Language. | To which are prefixed | Lessons in Spelling,
teading, and Defining. | By | H. F. Buckner, | a Missionary, under
the patronage of the Domestic and Indian | Mission Board of the
Southern Baptist Convention; | assisted by his interpreter, | G.
Herrod, | Superintendent of Public Instruction, etc., | Micco Creek
Nation. |

Marion, Ala.: | Published by | the Domestic and Indian Mission

Board | of the Southern Baptist Convention. | 1860.| | BA.Cc. JWP.
Pp. 1-139. 12°.

BRYANT—BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. 101

Buckner (H. I.) and Herrod (G.)—continued.

514 ---- The Gospel | according to John. | Oponvky hera chanicho-
yvten, | oksumkvlki irkinvkv, | H. I. Buckner | (ichohonvnwy), |
inyvtikv G. Herrod itipake Masoke | imoponvk tohivlhoechvtet
omis. | Pohesayechv Chesuo hechkvte atekat Ohrolope | chokpi rok-
kohvmkin, chokpi chinv- | pakin, pali-epakvtis. |

Marion, Ala.: | Published by the Domestic and Indian | Mission
Board of the Southern | Baptist Convention: | 1860. | ABs. c. swe.

Pp. 1-186, 2 11. 16°.

See Davis (John) and Lykins (J.) for earlier edition.

515 - Miiskoke Hymns. | Original, collected, and revised. | By |
H. F. Buckner, | A Baptist missionary, | and | G. Herrod, | Inter-
preter. | [Two lines quotation.] |

Marion, Ala: | Published by the | Domestic and Indian Mission
Board | of the Southern Baptist Convention. | 1860. | BA. C.:

Pp. 1-140. 24°.

A printed note says many of the hymns were revised and corrected from an old
manuscript collection, composed or translated by Elder James Prettyman, a native
Baptist preacher. For an earlier edition see Fleming (John).

516 Buenaventura (Gabriel de San). Arte | de | la Lengva | Maya, |
Compuesto por el R. P. Fr. | Gabriel de San Buenaventura a | Pre-
dicador, y definidor habitual de la Provincia de San Joseph | de
Yucatan del Orden de N. P. 8S. | Francisco. [Design.]

Ano de 1684. | En Mexico, por la Viuda de Bernardo Calde-
ron. | : JCB.

8p. l., 411]. sm. 4°. Ludewig erroneously quotes an edition of 1560; there is
no such edition.

517 ——— Diccionario Mayo-Hispano é Hispano-Mayo. i

Manuscript in 3 vols., in the library of the Franciscan Fathers of Yucatan. It
consists of 500 1l., and is at the same time a work on the medical and botanical
products of the country.—Beristain.

518 Buk. The | Buk ov Djenesis. | In Mikmak.
Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, by | Isaac Pit-
man, Bath. | 1857. | C.
Pp. 1-213. 16°. In phonetic characters.

519

The | Buk of Samz. | In Mikmak. |
Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, by | Isaac Pit-
man, | Bath. 1859. | S.
Pp. 1-282. 16°. In phonetic characters.

520 Bureau of Ethnology. First Annual Report | of the | Bureau-of
Ethnology | to the | Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution |
1879-80 | by J. W. Powell | Director | [Design] |

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1551 | JWP.

Pp. i-xxxy, 1-603. royal 8°. map.

Dorsey (J. O.), Gatschet (A. S.), and Riggs (S. R.) Illustration of the method
of recording Indian languages, pp. 579-589.

102 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Bureau of Ethnology—continued.
Hoffman (W. J.) Sentences with interlinear translation, p. 483, ef al.
Mallery (Garrick). Sign language among the North American Indians, pp.
263-552.
Powell (J. W.) On the evolution of language, pp. 1-16.
Wyandott government, pp. 57-69.

521 Burton (Richard F.) The City of the Saints and across the Rocky
Mountains to California. By Richard F. Burton.
London: Longman [ete.] 1861. | *
Pp. x, 2, 707. 8°. maps. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

522 ——— The City of the Saints, | and Across the Rocky Mountains
to California. | By | Richard I’. Burton, | author of | “The Lake
Regions of Central Africa,” ete. | With Illustrations. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1862. | JWP.

Pp. v-xii, 211, pp. 1-574. 8°. Map.

Remarks on the Sioux or Dakotah language, pp. 120-122.

Sabin’s Dictionary adds: Second edition. London, Longman, 1862, 8°.

523 Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard). Uber den Naturlaut. Von Hrn.
Buschmann.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1852.
Pt. 3, pp. 391-423. Berlin, 1853. 4°.

Contains a few words of Dahcota, Ménnitarri, Kadjak, Yankton, Eskimo, Grén-
landisch, Cherokee, Chwachamajul, Pawni, Konza, Oto, Cahita, Maya, Wyandot,
Cayuga, Seneca, Pottawatameh, Blackfoot, Tarrahumara, Katahba, Chippeway,
Shawans, Cochimi, Omaha, Quappa, Nez Pereé, Koloschien, Tepeguana, Kinai,
Klicatat, Inilik, and Olamentke.

Issued separately as follows:

Uber | den Naturlaut, | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. |
Berlin, | In Ferd. Diimmler’s Verlags-Buchhandlung. | 1853. |

Gedruckt in der Druckerei der kéniglichen Akademie | der Wissen-

schaften. | *
1p. 1, pp. 1-34. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

524

Uber die Aztekischen Ortsnamen. Von Hrn. Buschmann.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1852.
pt. 3, pp. 607-811. Berlin, 1853. 4°.
Separately issued as follows:

525

526

Uber die | Aztekischen Ortsnamen, | von | Joh. Carl Ed.
Buschmann. | Erste Abtheilung. |
Berlin, | In Ferd. Diimmler’s Verlags-Buchhandlung. | 1853. | Ge-
druckt in der Druckerei der Koniglichen Akademie | der Wissen-
schaften. | ASG,
1 p.1., pp. 1-206. 49°,

527 ———— Die Spuren der aztekischen Sprache im nérdlichen Mexico
und héheren Amerikanischen Norden. Zugleich eine Mustering der
Volker und Sprachen des nérdlichen Mexico’s und der Westseite

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY—BUSCHMANN. 103

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.

Nordamerika’s von Guadalaxara an bis zum BHismeer. Von Joh.
Carl Ed. Buschmann.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1854,
Zweiter Supp.-Band, pp. 1-819. Forms the whole volume. Berlin, 1859. 4°.
Erster Theil. Die Spuren der aztekischen Sprache im nordlichen Mexico: ete.

CONTENTS.

Pima-Cepata local names, p, 19.

Tarahumara local names, pp. 20-23.

Tepeguara local names, pp. 23-25.

Remarks on Cahita and Tarahumara words in Ternaux Compans (Nouvelles
Annales), pp. 32-34.

Cora, Cahita, and Tepeguara polysynthetic words, pp. 36-39.

Vocabulary of the Cora, Cahita, Tarahumara, and Tepeguara, pp. 68-110.

Grammatic comments on the preceding list, pp. 110-147.

Zweiter Theil. Musterung der V6lker und Sprachen Mexico’s und der Westseite
Nordamerika’s von Guadalaxara, ete.

CONTENTS.

Lord’s prayer in Tubas; and same analyzed, pp. 164-170.

Affinities of the Tubas with other languages, pp. 120-172.

Lord’s prayer in Hiaqui; and comments, pp. 212-218.

Lord’s prayer in Eudeve; and comments, pp. 223-227.

Affinities of the Eudeve and other languages, pp. 227-229.

Lord’s prayer in Opata; and comments, pp. 230-236.

Numerals (1-10) and a few words of Coco Maricopa (from Emory in Am. Eth.
Soc. vol. 2), p. 266.

A few words of Coco, Maricopa, and Yuma compared, p. 267.

Vocabulary of the Yuma (from Whipple), pp. 271-274.

Vocabulary of the Moqui (from Simpson), p. 289.

Affinities of the Moqui with other languages, pp. 291-293.

Comparative vocabulary of the Navajo and Jicorilla (from Simpson), p. 320.

Short vocabulary of the Yutah (from Simpson), p. 349.

Comparison of Yutah with kindred languages, pp. 352-357.

Vceabulary of the Comanchen (from Kriwitz), pp. 371-375.

Vocabulary of the Comanchen (from Neighbors in Schooleraft, vol. 2), pp. 375-
377,

Vocabulary of the Comanchen (from Marcy), pp. 377-378.

Comanche words, pp. 378-379.

Analysis of Comanche words, pp. 383-386, 389-391.

Affinities of Comanche with kindred tribes, pp. 392-403.

Comparative vocabnlary of the Caddo (from Gray), Caddo (from Marcy), and
Wichita (from Marey), pp. 445-448.

Comments on the Caddo and Wichita, pp. 448-450.

Vocabulary of the Kiaway (from Whipple), pp. 450-451.

Comparative vocabulary of the Waco and Kichai (from Whipple), pp. 452-453.

Lord’s prayer in Waicuri, p. 484.

Twelve Articles of Faith in Waicuri, pp. 484, 485.

Vocabulary of the Waicuri, pp. 485-487.

Grammatic sketch of the Waicuri, pp. 489-492.

Affinities of the Waicuri with other languages, pp. 493-495.

Lord’s prayer in Cochimi (five versions, from Hervas and Duflot de Mofras),
pp. 496,497.

Short Christian doctrine of the Cochimi (from Heryas), pp. 498, 499.

Short catechism in Cochimi (from Heryas), pp. 499, 500.

104 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.

Short sentences in Laymonische (Ducrue, in Murr’s Spanish Amezika), pp. 500,
501.

List of words in Cochimi, with grammatic remarks, pp. 502-511.

Vocabulary of the language of S. Diego, 8. Barbara, 8S. Luis Obispo, and S.
Antonio (from Coulter), pp. 536, 537.

List of words of the Diegunos (from Whipple, in Schoolcraft, vol. 2), p. 537.

Lord’s prayer in San Diego (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 537.

Grammatic remarks on the San Diego, pp. 538-539.

List of words of the Cocomaricopa (from Whipple and Emory), pp. 542, 543,

List of words of the Mohave (from Whipple), p. 543.

List of words of the Yuma, pp. 544-546,

Names and words of Netela (from Padre Boscana), pp. 546-549.

Lord’s prayer and numerals of the Mission of San Luis Rey (from Duflot de
Mofras), pp. 549, 550.

List of words of the Mission of San Luis Rey (from Bartlett, in Whipple), p. 551.

List of words of the Chemehuevi and Cahuillo (from Whipple), pp. 551, 552.

Grammatic remarks on the Schoschonen languages of California, pp. 556-559.

Lord’s prayer in the language of the Mission of San Fernando (from Duflot de
Mofras), p. 560.

Lord’s prayer in the language of the Mission of San Luis Obispo (from Duflot
de Mofras), p. 560.

Lord’s prayer in the language of the Mission of Santa Ines (from Duflot de Mo-
fras), p. 560.

Lord’s prayer in the language of the Mission of San Antonio (from Duflot de
Mofras), p. 561.

Numerals (1-10) of the language of the Mission of Del Carmelo (from Dutlot de
Mofras), p. 561.

Numerals (1-10), and a few words in Achastlien (from La Perouse), p. 562.

Numerals (1-10), and a few words in Ecclemach (from La Perouse), p. 563.

Vocabulary of the Eslen (from Relacion del Viage), p. 563.

Numerals and a few words of the Runsien (from Relacion del Viage), p. 563.

Lord’s prayer in the language of the Mission of Santa Clara (from Duflot de
Mofras), pp. 564, 564,

Lord’s prayer in the language of the Mission of San Raphael (from Duflot de
Mofras), p. 566.

Lord’s prayer in the language of the Mission of Solano (from Duflot de Mofras),
p. 566.

Vocabulary of the Olamentke (from Kostromitonow), pp. 568, 569.
- Vocabulary of the Chwachamajul (from Kostromitonow), pp. 568, 569.

Numerals (1-10) of Cushna (from Schoolcraft, vol. 2), p. 571.

Lord’s prayer in the language of the Chocouyem (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 572.

Remarks on Hale’s vocabulary of the Shasta, p. 572.

Grammatic remarks on the language of the Hoopah, pp. 575, 576.

Comparison of the Scheyenne vocabularies of Abert, in Trans. Eth. Soc., vol. 2,
Smith, in Schoolcraft, vol. 3, and Prinz Maximilian zu Wied, pp. 610, 611.

Comparison of Blackfoot and Arapahoe, with other Algonkin languages, p. 611.

List of words of the Waiilatpu, Molele, Watlala, two dialects of Chinuk, and
Calapuya, pp. 620-625.

Supplementary vocabulary of the Chinuk and Calapuya (from Parker, Scouler,
Rafinesque, and Archeolog. Amer.), pp. 625, 626.

Lord’s prayer in Chinuk (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 626.

Vocabulary of the Yamkallie (from Tolmie in Scouler), pp. 626-627.

Grammatic remarks on the preceeding vocabularies, pp. 627-631.

Vocabufary of the Schoschonen and Wihinasht (from Hale), pp. 641, 642.

Vocabulary of the Schoschonen (from Say), p. 643.

BUSCHMANN. 105

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.

Vocabulary of the Snake (from Prinz Max. zu Wied), p. 643.

Vocabulary of the Snake (from Wyeth in Schooleraft, vol. 1), p. 643.

Grammatic remarks on the Schoschonen, pp. 646-652.

Vocabulary of the Kaigani (from Radloft), p. 679.

Vocabulary of the Tun Ghasse (from Tolmie in Scouler), pp. 679, 680.

Comparison of the language of Portlock Harbor, with the Koloschen (fram
Krusenstern), p. 681.

Numerals (1-100) of the language of Porte de Frangais, p. 682.

Comparison of terms of the Jakutat and Ugalenzen, p. 683.

Comparison of terms of the Ugaljachmutzi and Aztek, pp. 684-685.

Vocabulary of the Ugalenzen (from Resanow and Wrangell), pp. 688-689.

Vocabulary of the Atnah (from Wrangell), pp. 691, 692.

Comparison of language of Prince William Sound (from Portlock), with the
Tschugatschen (from Wrangell), p. 693.

Comparison of the Tschugatschen (from Wrangell), with the Kadjak (from
Wrangell), and the Innuit of Kotzebue Sound, pp. 693. 694.

Comparative vocabulary of the Unalaschkisch, (from Billings, Lisiansky, Wen-
jaminow, and Wrangell), pp. 700, 701.

Comparison of the dialects of Stuart, Nuniwok, and Tschuakak Islands, with
Eskimo dialects, pp. 703, 704. :

Vocabulary of the Inkilik (from Sagoskin and Wassiljew), pp. 707,708.

Vocabulary of the Inkalit-Jug-eljnut (from Sagoskin), p. 708.

Vocabulary of the Koltschanen (from Wrangell), pp. 709,710.

Separately issued as follows:

528 ——— Die | Spuren der aztekischen Sprache | im nérdlichen Mex-
ico | und héheren amerikanischen Norden. | Zugleich | eine Muste-
rung der Volker und Sprachen | des nérdlichen Mexico’s | und der
Westseite Nordamerika’s | von Guadalaxara an bis zum Eismecr. |
Von Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Kénigl. Akademie |
der Wissenschaften. | 1859. | *

1p. 1., pp. vii-xii, 1-819. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

“This work consists of two volumes; for the portions taken from it and pub-
lished as separate treatises will have to be added to it asa second or supplement-
ary volume, according to the author’s explanation on pp. 119 and 120. Their sepa-
ration from the main work has been owing to practical reasons; and they form,
as shown by the continuous pagination, essential parts of the work. In fact,
without their embodiment into the work, the use of the copious geographical in-
dex, which also refers to them, would be made nugatory. These treatises, or
chapters, should be added to the second volume in the following order: I. Die
Lautveriinderung aztekischer Worter in den sonorischen Sprachen. II. Die Pima
Sprache. III. Der Athapaskische Sprachstamm. IV. Die Vélker und Sprachen
Neumexicos. V. Die Volker und Sprachen des britischen Ostlandes (contained in
the October part of 1858 of ‘‘Monatsberichte der Berliner Akademie,” pp. 465 to
486). VI. Die Sprachen Kizh und Netela von Neu-Californien.”—Sabin’s Dictionary.

529 ——— Der athapaskische Sprachstamm, dargestellt von Hrn.
Buschmann.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, ans dem Jahre 1855.
pp. 144-319. Berlin, 1856. 4°.

Numerals (1-16) of the Chepewyan and Kulchin, p. 163.

Vocabulary of the Chepewayan (from Richardson), pp. 174-177.

Vocabulary of the Tacollies (from Harmon), 177-179.

Vocabulary of the Kutchin and Dog Rib (from Richardson), pp. 179, 180.

106 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.

A few Umpqua words (from Tolmie), p. 180.

Vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Mackenzie), p. 180, 181.

Vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Dobbs), pp. 181, 182.

A few works of the Chepewyan (from Arch. Am.), p. 182.

Vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Richardson), pp. 182, 183.

Vocabulary of the Dog Rib (from Richardson), p. 183. °

Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Dobbs, Mackenzie, and Rich-
ardson), p. 183.

Short comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan (from the above) and Tahkoli
(from Harmon), p, 184. :

Comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan and Kutchin, p. 185.

Comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan and Dog Rib, p. 186.

Comparisons between words of the Chepewyan and Umpqua; Tahkoli and
Kutchin; Tahkoli and Dogrib; Tahkoli and Umpqua; Kutchin and Dogrib; Sus-
see and Umpqua; Dogrib and Umpqua; and Tlatskanai and Umpqua, pp. 186-188.

Comparative lists of words from the Chepewyan, Tahkolli (of Harmon), ‘Tah-
kolli (of Hale), Kutchin, Dogrib, Umpqua, Tlatskanai, and Sussee, pp. 188-209.

Vocabularies of the Kinai (from Dawydow, Resanow, Krusenstern, Wrangell,
and Lisiansky), pp. 233-245.

Comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan, Tahkoli, Kutchin, Sussee, Dogrib,
Tlatskanai, Umpqua, Navajo, Jicorilla, Kiwai, Atnah, Ugalenzen, Inkalik, Inka-
lit, Kaltschanen, and Koloschisch, pp. 242-313.

Separately issued as follows:

530 Der | athapaskische Sprachstamm | dargestellt | von |
Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhandlungen der Konigl.
Akademie der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin 1855. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der kénigl. Akademie | der
Wissenschaften | 1856. | In commission bei F. Diimmler’s Verlags-
Buchhandlung. ASG.

1 p.1, pp. 149-320. 4°.

531 ——— Die Sprachen Kizh und Netela von Neu-Californien, darge-
stellt von Hrn. Buschmann.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1855.
Pp. 501-531. Berlin, 1856. 4°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Kizh (San Gabriel) and Netela (San Juan
Capistrano), pp. 504-509.

Published also as a separate paper, as follows:

532 ——— Die Sprachen | Kizh und Netela | von | Neu-Californien |
dargestellt | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhand-
lungen der K6nig]. Akademie der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin 1855. |

Berlin | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Kénigl. Akademie | der
Wissenschaften | 1856. | In Commission bei F. Diimmler’s Verlags-
Buchhandlung. | oF

1p. 1., pp. 501-531. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

Die Pima-Sprache und die Sprache der Koloschen, darge-
stellt von Hrn. Buschmann.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, AbhandJungen, aus dem Jahre 1856.
Pt.3, pp. 321-432. Berlin, 1857. 4°.

Pima vocabulary, pp. 367-375.

Short comparative vocabulary Mexican and Koloschen, p. 384.

533

BUSCHMANN. 107

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.
Short comparative vocabulary Koloschen and Eskimo, p. 389.
Comparative list of Koloschen from Dawydow, Resanow, Krusenstern, Wran
gell, Lisiansky, Marchand, and Wenjaminow, pp. 390-427.
Separately issued as follows:

534 ——— Die Pima-Sprache | und | die Sprache der Koloschen |
dargestellt | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhand-
lungen der K6nigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin aus
dem Jahre 1856. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Kénigl. Akademie | der
Wissenschaften | 1857. | In Commission bei F. Diimmler’s Verlags-
Buchhandlung. | *

1p.1., pp. 321-482. Title communicated by Mr. W, Eames.

535 ——— Die Lautveriinderung aztekischer W6rter in den sono-
rischen Sprachen und die sonorische Endung ame, dargestellt von
Hrn. Buschmann.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1856,
pp. 433-557. Berlin, 1857. 4°.

Issued also as a separate pamphlet as follows:

536 ——— Die | Lautverinderung aztekischer Wo6rter | in | den so-
norischen Sprachen | und | die sonorische Endung AWZ | darge-
stellt | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhandlungen
der Kénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin aus | dem
Jahre 1856. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Kénigl. Akademie |
der Wissenschaften. | 1857. | In Commission bei F. Diimmler’s Ver-
lags Buchhandlung. | *

1p. 1., pp. 433-557. 4°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

537 ——— Die V6lker und Sprachen Neu-Mexiko’s und der Westseite
des britischeu Nordamerika’s, dargestellt von Hrn. Buschmann.

In K6nig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1857,
pp. 209-414. Berlin, 1858. 4°.

Vocabularies of the Pueblo Indians (from Simpson), as follows (pp. 280-282):
1. 8. Domingo, 8S. Felipe, 8. Ana, Sella, Inquna, Pojuate, Acoma, Cochiti. 2.
S. Juan, 8S. Clara, 8. Ildefonso, Pojuaque, Nambe, Tesuque. 3. Taos, Picoris,
Sandia, Iselta. 4. Jenez (alt Pecos; nach Davis; Taquo oder Tano). 5, Zuni.

Vocabulary of Tesuque (Whiting), and Zuni (Eaton), pp. 283-295.

A few Zuni phrases (Whipple), p. 295.

Vocabulary of the Kinomi, Cochitimi and Acoma (Whipple), pp. 299-301.

Numerals and a few phrases of Pah-Yutah (Carvalho), p. 307.

Vocabulary of the Pima (Whipple), p. 308.

Vocabulary of the Comanche (Whipple), pp. 309-312.

Vocabulary of Fuca Straits and Nutka, p. 324.

Numerals of Prince William’s Sound and Cook’s River, Norfolk Sound, and King
George’s Sound, p. 326.

Vocabularies of Nutka Sound (Hale, Cook, Jewett, and Relacion del Viage), pp.
343-349,

The above compared, pp. 355-357.

The above compared with the Tlaoquatsh (Scouler), pp. 365-366.

A few words of Nutka, Halltzuk (Tolmie), and Hailtsa (Hale), p. 366.

A few words of Nutka and Eskimo, p. 367.

108 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.

A few words of Nutka compared with Sonora languages, p. 368.

A few words of Nutka compared with Aztec languages, pp. 369-370.

A few words of Chinuk and Cathlascon (Scouler), p. 374.

Vocabulary of the Tlaoquatch, Kawitchen, Noosdalum, Squallyomish, and
pseudo-Chinuk (Cathlascon?) (Scouler), pp. 875-378.

Numerals (1—10) of the Hailtsa (Hale) and Fitzhugh Sound, p. 381.

Vocabulary of the Hailtzuk (Tolmie), Hailtsa (Hale), and Bellechoolo
(Tolmie), pp. 385-390.

Vocabulary of the Haidah (Tolmie) and Skiltageet, pp. 395, 396.

Vocabulary of the Haidah (Tolmie) and Skiltageet and Queen Charlotte Island
(Marchand), pp. 396, 397.

A few words of Haidah and Tun Ghasse, pp. 397.

Vocabulary of the Chimesyan (Tolmie), 402, 403.

Issued also as follows:

538 ——— Die Volker und Sprachen | Neu-Mexico’s | und | der West-
seite | des | Britischen Nordamerika’s | dargestellt | von Joh. Carl
Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhandlungen der Konig]. Akademie
der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin 1857. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Konig]. Akademie |
der Wissenschaften | 1858. | In Commission bei F. Diimmler’s Ver-
lags-Buchhandlung. | *

1p. 1, pp. 209-414. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. :

Systematische Worttafel des athapaskischen Sprachstamms,
aufgestellt und erliutert von Hrn. Buschmann. (Dritte Abtheilung
des Apache.)

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1859.
Pt. 3, pp. 501-586. Berlin, 1860. 4°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan, Biber, and Sicanni (from Howse),
pp. 520-527.

Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan and Biber (from McLean), pp.
529-531.

Comparative vocabulary of the Apache, Apachen der Kupfergruben, Atnah,
Biber-Indianer, Chepewyan, Dogrib, Hoopah, Inkilik, Inkalit-Kinai, Koltschaner,
Kutchin, Kivalhioqua, Loucheux, Navajo, Northern Indians, Pinaleno, Sussee,
Sicani, Tahkoli oder Tacullies, Tlatskanai, Ugalenzen oder Ugalachmjut, Ump-
qua, and Xicarilla, pp. 546-586.

Issued also as follows:

540 ——— Systematische Worttafel | des athapaskischen Sprach-
stamms, | aufgestellt und erliutert | von Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. |
Dritte Abtheilung des Apache | Aus den Abhandlungen der Kénig].
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1859. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Kénig]. Akademie | der
Wissenschaften. | 1860. | In Commission von F. Diimmler’s Verlags-
Buchhandlung. | *

1p. 1., pp. 501-586. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

Das Apache als eine athapaskische Sprache erwiesen von

Hrn. Buschmann; in Verbindung mit einer systematischen Wortta-

fel des athapaskischen Sprachstamm. Erste Abtheilung.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1860,
pp. 187-282. Berlin, 1861. 4°,

539

o4L

BUS "HMANN. 109

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.

Comparative vocabulary of the Apache (Henry), Navajo (Eaton), Navajo
(Whipple), Pinaleno (Whipple), and Hoopah (Gibbs), pp. 250-261.

Comparative vocabulary of the Apache (Henry), Navajo (Eaton), and Pinaletio
(Whipple), pp. 262-269,

Comparative vocabulary of the Navajo (Eaton), and Pinaleno (Whipple), pp.
269-272.

Vocabulary of the Coppermine Apache (Bartlett), p. 272.

Vocabulary of the Xicarilla (Simpson), p. 273.

Issued also as follows:

Das Apache als eine athapaskische Sprache erwiesen; in
Verbindung mit einer systematischen Worttafel des athapaskischen
Sprachstammes, von Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmana. Erste Abtheilung.
Aus den Abhandlungen der Konig]. Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin 1860.
Berlin: Diimmler. 1860. *
94 pp. 4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

Die Verwandtschafts-Verhiiltnisse der athapaskischen Spra-
chen dargestellt von Hrn. Buschmann. (Zweite Abtheilung des
Apache.)

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1862,
pp. 195-252. Berlin, 1863. 4°,

Issued also as follows:

54 Die Verwandtschafts-verhiiltnisse der athapaskischen Spra-
chen dargestellt. Zweite Abtheilung des Apache. Aus den Abhand-
lungen der Kénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1862.

Berlin: Diimmler. 1863. : is

Pp. 1-60. 4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

545 ——— Das Lautsystem der sonorischen Sprachen dargestellt von
Hrn. Buschmann. (Erste Abtheilung der Grammatik der vier sono-
rischen Hauptsprachen.)

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1863,
pp. 369-453. Berlin, 1864. 49°.

Separately issued as follows:

Grammatik der sonorischen Sprachen, vorziiglich der Tara-
humara, Tepeguama, Cora, und Cahita, als ix. Abschnitt der Spu-
ren der aztekischen Sprache ausgearbeitet. Erste Abtheilun g.
Das Lautsystem. Aus den Abhandlungen der Konig]. Akademie
der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1863.

Berlin: Diimmler. 1864. *

Pp. 1-85. 4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

547 ——— Das Zahlwort der sonorischen Sprachen dargestellt von
Hrn. Buschmann. Dritte Abtheilung der sonorischen Grammatik.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1867,
pp. 23-215. Berlin, 1868. 49.

Numerals 1-10 and 20 of the Tarahumara, Tepeguara, Cora, Cahita, Eudeve,
Pima, Piede, Kizh, Netela, Cherehuen, Cahuillo, Kechi, Comanche, Schoshonen,
and Wihinasht, face p. 24.

Numerals (decimal and sigesimal system) of above dialects, face p. 70.

Numerals 10-19 of above dialects, face p. 82.

542

543

546

110 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.

548 Der sonorischen Grammatik zweite Abtheilung: der Arti-
kel, das Substantivum und Adjectivum; dargestellt von Hrn. Busch-
mann.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1869,
pp. 67-266. Berlin, 1870. 4°.

549 Die Ordinal-Zahlen der mexicanischen Sprache. ES
[Aus K6nig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin. Berlin, 1880. ]
62 pp. 4°. Title from bookselier’s catalogue.

550 Die Volker und Sprachen im Innern des britischen Nord-

amerika’s.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Monatsberichte, aus dem Jahre 1856,
pp. 465-486. Berlin, 1859. 8°.
Verwandtschaft der Kinai, Idiome des russischer Nord-
amerika’s mit dem grossen athapaskischen Sprachstamme.

In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Bericht aus dem Jahre 1854, pp, 231-
236. Berlin, n. d. 8°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Kenai Sprachen (Kenai, Atnah, Koltschanen,
Inkilek, Inkalit, and Ugalenzen), with the Athapaskische Sprachen (Chepewyan
Tahkoli, Kutchin, Sussee, Dogrib, Tlatskarai, and Umpqua, face p. 236.

552. Butcher (Dr. H. B.) and Leyendecher (John). Vocabulary of the
Comanche Indians.
Manuscript, 200 words. 6 1. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Butel-Dumont (J/.)
See Dumont (1/.)

553 Butler (William). Numerals of the Cherokees.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 209-211. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°,
Numerals one to three hundred millions.

554 Butrick (D. 8.) and Brown (D.) Tsvlvki Sqelvelv. | A | Cheroke |
Spelling Book. | By | D. S. Butrick & D. Brown. | For the Mission
Establishment at Brainerd. |

Knoxville: Printed by | F. S. Heiskell & H. Brown. | 1819. | AAs.

Pp. 1-62. 16°. Cherokee and English. Printed prior to the invention of
Cherokee characters.

551

555 Buynitzky (Stephen Nestor). English-Aleutian | vocabulary | pre-
pared by | Stephen N. Buynitzky. |

Published by the Alaska Commercial Company. | San Francisco.

“ Alta California” book and job printing house. No. 529 California

St. 1871. i
13 pp. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. Marcus Baker, from copy 1n possession of the
author.

556 Byington (Rev. Cyrus). Holisso Anumpa Tosholi. | An | English
and Choctaw Definer; | for the Choctaw Academies and Schools. |
By Cyrus Byington. | First Edition, 1500 copies.

New York: | 8S. W. Benedict, 16 Spruce Street. | 1852. | HU. C.
Pp. 1-252. 16°.

BUSCHMANN—BYINGTON. 111

Byington (ev. Cyrus)—continued.
Tables 43,44, parts of Matthew and Luke (pp. 199-207) are given as ‘‘ literal
translations into Choctaw.”
*Tables 45-51, parts of Matthew, Luke, etc., are ‘literal translations of Choctaw
into English.”

557

Vocabulary of the Choctaw.

In Whipple (Lieut. A. W.) Report upon the Indian tribes, in Pac. R. R. Repts.,
vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 62-64. Washington, 1856. 4°.

558 t—— Grammar of the Choctaw Language. Prepared by the Rey-
erend Cyrus Byington, and Edited by Dr. Brinton.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 11, pp. 317-367. Philadelphia, 1871. 8°.
Introduction by Dr. D. G. Brinton, pp. 317-320. Part 1. Orthography, pp. 320-
324. Part 2. Grammatical forms and inflections, pp. 324-367.
Issued also as follows :

559 ——— Grammar | of the | Choctaw Language, | by the | Rev.
Cyrus Byington. | Edited from the original MSS. in the Library of
the American | Philosophical Society, | by D. G. Brinton, M. D., |
Member of [&c., three lines.] | ;

Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Printers, 237-9 Dock Street. |
1870. | BP. C.

Pp. 1-56, 8°,

Introduction, pp. 1-6; Grammar, pp. 7-56.

560 ——— Chata Dictionary: Chata-English and English-Chata.

Manuscript, 5 vols. folio in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

This manuscript prepared by the late Rey. Cyrus Byington, for many years
missionary to the Choctaws, contains about 16,000 words with English definitions.
The material has been placed in the hands of Prof. O. T. Mason, of Columbian Col-
lege, to be edited and prepared for publication as one of the series of ‘‘Contribu-
tions to North American Ethnology,” He has compiled from it an English-Chata
dictionary of 10,000 words to accompany the original work.

561 t—— Grammar of the Choctaw language.

Manuscript in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

This material also has been placed in the hands of Prof. O. T. Mason, of Colum-
bian College, who is preparing it for publication by the bureau, as one of the series
of Contributions to North American Ethnology.

As left by Mr. Byington it consists of several parts. The first is dated Stock-
bridge, Choctaw Nation, June 23d, 1865, and contains 85 pages of an old journal
sewed together, in which a first attempt is made at systematizing the principles
of the language. The remainder appears to be subsequent revisions of the chap-
ters in the first edition. It is in the form of two or more foolscap sheets pinned
or stitched together. Of some of the least understood portions of the language
there are four or five copies, and it is not always possible to select the latest.

Dr. Daniel Brinton examined this manuscript and published an epitome which
has been compared by Mr. Mason with the original with great care. It is a very
careful piece of work considering the state of the manuscript.

The grammar evidently was designed to consist of nine chapters:

1. Introduction and alphabet.

2. Article-pronouns. [Post-positives, quantitives, and determinatives. ]

3. Pronouns.

4. Verbs.

Wat NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Byington (Rev. Cyrus)—continued.
5. Prepositions.
Nouns.
. Adjectives.
. Adverbs.
. Conjunctions and interjections.

Mr. Mason has made copies of all these chapters in the various editions, and is
now collating them.

Mr. Byington’s material was left in an unfinished condition; it needs but
a casual glance at his manuscript, however, to find that he looked forward to the
wants even of our most advanced philology.

It is probable that Mr. Byington translated the Acts of the Apostles in Choctaw ;
see No. 16 of this catalogue.

On

CMND

See Edwards (J.) and Byington (C.)

562 Cabrera (Br. Cayetano). Arte en lengua Mexicana. *
Title from Pimentel.

563 [Cabrera (José Maria), Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca), Romero
(José Guadalupe), and Pimentel (Francisco).] Sobre el Origin de la
Palabra Mexico.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex. Bol., tom. 8, pp. 405-417. Mexico, 1860. 8°.
Etymologia y motivo del nombre de Mexico. J. M. Cabrera.

El primer rey de México Acamapitzin y la Chinampa. J. M. Cabrera.
Apuntes sobre el origin de las palabras ‘‘Mexica” y Mexico. IF. C. Galicia.
Otra vez el nombre de Mexico. J. G. Romero, F. Pimentel.

564 Cabrera (Fr. Juan de). Alabado dispuesto por el R. P. Fr. Antonio
Margil de Jesus, Missionero Apostélico, y traducido del Castellano
al Idioma Mexicano por el Rt. P. Fr. Juan de Cabrera, de la Regular
Observancia de N.S. P. San Francisco, Predicador y Ministro Coad-
jutor en San Matheo Atenco.

Con licencia en Mexico: en la Imprenta del Nuevo Rezado de
pone Maria de Ribera, en el Empedradillo.

, folio, printed on one side only. The Spanish text is in verse, so bad as
os a be verse.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 174.

565 [Calendar for the year 1880, in Eskimo. |
Nungme nakitigkat, L. Mller. Cc.
1 sheet. folio.

566 Calkins (Hiram). Indian Nomenclature of Northern Wisconsin,
with a sketch of the manners and customs of the Chippewas. By
Hiram Calkins, Esq., of Wausau.

In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 119-126. Madison, 1855. 8°.

567 Calzado (José). Parts of Catechism “Mos Antiguos”, in the lan-
guage of the Indians of Santa Inez, Cal. By José Calzado. Y
Manuscript sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Alex. 8. Taylor.

BYINGTON—CAMPANIUS. 113

568 Camacho (fr. Alonso). Tratado de los siete Sacramentos, y un

discurso sobre la palabra divina. *
In the Zapoteca language. Title from Pimentel.

569 Camargo (Domingo Muiioz). Histoire de la République de Tlax-

callan, par Domingo Munoz Camargo, Indien, natif de cette ville;
Traduite de Yespagnol sur le manuscrit inédif de la bibliotheque de
M. Ternaux-Compans.

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 2, 1843 (vol. 98 of the collection),

pp. 129-204; and vol. 3, 1843 (vol. 99), pp. 129- 197. Paris, n.d. 8°.
Many aboriginal terms and proper names.

570 Camino del Cielo. *

Manuscript of the 17th century. 4°. [In the Mexican language. ]

Althongh this manuscript has the title of ‘“Camino del Ciclo,” after a most
diligent comparison with the printed book of Father Leon which has that title,
we have been unable to discover any relation between the one and the other.
The contents of this volume can easily be recognized, and may be divided into
two parts.

I. An extensive Confesionario occupies the first part, consisting of thirty
leaves, including six blank leaves.

Il. A Gollection of sermons and religious instructions on different subjects,
occupying one hundred and ninety leaves, of which sixteen are blank leaves.

On one of the blank leaves we read ‘‘Al Pe. Oracio Carochi,” which seems to
intimate that the manuscript belonged to him.

The greater portion of it is written in an almost microscopic handwriting,
although very clear and legible-—Ramirez Sale Cat.

571 [Campanius (Johan).| Catechismvs Lutheri | Lingva | Svecico-

572

Americana. |

Second title:

Lutheri | Catechismus/ | Ofwersatt | pa | American-Virginiske |
Spraket. |

Stockholm/ | Tryckt vthi thet af Konigl. | may privilege. |
Burchardi Tryckeri, af J. J. Genath/f. | Anno M DC XC VI [1696]. |

Engraved title 11., printed title 1 1., 7 other p.1l., pp. 1-160. 12°. JCB. S.

At p. 133 is the following title:

Vocabularium | Barbaro- | Virgineo- | rum. | Additis passim locu-
tioni- | bus & observationibus Histo- | ricis brevio; bus ad lingua
plenia | rem notitiam. | Anno M DC XCVI [1696]. | JCB. S.

Pp. 155-160 contain: Vocabula Mahakuassica.

Campanius Holm (Thomas). Novi Svecive | Seu | Pennsylvania | in
America | deseriptivo. |

Second title :

Kort Beskrifning | Om | Provincien | Nya Swerige | uti | Ame-
rica, | Som nu fortjden af the Engelske kallas | Pensylvania. | Af
larde och trowardige Mans skrifter och .berattelser ihopale- | tad
och sammanstrefwen/ samt med athskillige Figurer | utzirad af |
Thomas Campanius Holm. | | Figure. |

Stockholms Tryekt uti Kongl. Boktr. hos Sal. Wankijfs | Ankia-
med egen bekostnad/ af J.H. Werner. Ahr MDCCIL [1702]. | son. c.

Engraved title 11., printed title 11,7 oiien p.ll., pp. 1-190. sm. 4°. maps,

8 Bib.

114 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Campanius Holm (Thomas)—continued.
En Orde- och Samtals-Bok pade Americaners Sprak wid Nya Swerige eller som

det nu kallas Pensylvania, pp. 153-179.
Om the Myncqueser eller Mynckussar och theras Sprak, pp. 180-184.

573, A short description of the Province of New Sweden now
called by the English, Pennsylvania, in Ameriea. Compiled from
the relations and writings of persons worthy of credit, and adorned
with maps and plates. By Thomas Campanius Holm. Translated
from the Swedish, for the Historical Society of Pennsylvania.
With Notes. By Peter S. Du Ponceau, LL.D., President of the
American Philosophical Society, Member of the Royal Academy of
History and Belles Lettres of Stockholm, and one of the Council of
the Historical Society of Pennsylvania.

In Penn. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. 3, pt.1, pp. 1-166. Philadelphia, 1834. 8°.

Book III. Chap.i. Of the origin and language of the Indians in Virginia and
New Sweden, pp. 112-115.

Book IY. Chaps. i-xi. Vocabulary and phrases in the American language of
New Sweden, otherwise called Pennsylvania, pp. 144-156.

Addenda. Chap.i. Of the Minques, or Minckus, and their language [including
vocabulary], pp. 157-159.

Issued also as follows:

574 A | Short Description | of the | Province of New Sweden. |
Now Called, by the English, | Pennsylvania, in America. | Com-
piled | from the relations and writings of persons worthy of credit, |
and adorned with maps and plates. | By Thomas Campanius Holm. |
Translated from the Swedish, | for the Historical Society of Penn-
sylvania. | With Notes. | By Peter S. Du Ponceau, LL.D. | Presi-
dent of the American Philosophical Society, Member of the Royal
Academy of | History and Belles Lettres of Stockholm, and one of
the Council of | the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. |

Philadelphia: | M’Carty & Davis, No. 171, Market Street. |
1834. | BA.
Pp. 1-166, 8°.

575 Campbell (John). Origin | of the | Aborigines of Canada. | A
Paper read before the Literary and Historical Society, | Quebec, |
by | Prof. J. Campbell, M. A., | (of Montreal,) | Délégué Général de
VInstitution Ethnographique de Paris. |

Quebec: | Printed at the “Morning Chronicle” Office. | 1881. |

2p.1L, pp. 1-33, and appendix i-xxxiv. 8°. JIWP.

The first part of this paper is an endeavor to show a resemblance between
various families of the New World and between these and various peoples of the
Old World, The appeudix contains:

Comparative vocabulary of the W)andot-Iroquois and Japanese-Koriak lan-
guages, pp. i-v.

Comparative vocabulary of the Dacotah and Japanese-Koriak languages, pp.
V1—X1.

Comparative vocabulary of the Tinneh and Tungus languages, pp. xii-xiv.

CAMPANIUS—CAMPBELL, 115

Campbell (John)—continued.

Comparative vocabulary of the Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian languages,

pp. XV-xix.
Comparative vocabulary of the Haidah and Malay-Polynesian languages, pp.
XX-Xxii.

Comparative vocabulary of the Chimsyan and Malay-Polynesian languages,
pp. Xxili-xxv.
Comparative vocabulary of the Hailtzukh and Malay-Polynesian languages,
pp. Xxvi-xxviii.
Comparative vocabulary of the Nootkan and Malay-Polynesian languages, pp.
Xxix-xxxi.
* Comparative vocabulary of the Niskwalli and Malay-Polynesian languages,
pp. Xxxii-xxxiv.
576 ——— On the origin of some American Indian Tribes. By John
Campbell. [First article.]
In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 9, new series, pp. 65-80. Montreal,
1879. 8°.
Vocabulary of Algonquin dialects, and of the Maya-Quiche, showing similarities
with the Malay-Polynesian, pp. 72-73.
On the origin of some American Indian Tribes. By John
Campbell. [Second article. |
In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 193-212. Montreal, 1879. 8°.
Wyandot-Iroquois vocabulary, pp. 199-200; Dacotah vocabulary, p.202; Te-
huktchi numerals, 1-10, compared with those of various northwest tribes, p. 204;
Aleutian, Kadiak, and Unalashka words compared with those of the peninsula,
pp. 204-205; Kadiak and Aleutian words compared with Dacotah, 205-206; Ka-
diak and Aleutian words compared with Wyandot-Iroquois, p. 205; Kadiak and
Aleutian words compared with Cherokee-Choctaw, p. 207.

578 ——— Hittites in America. By John Campbell, M. A. [First
article. |

In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 296-318. Montreal, 1879. 8°.
The first of two articles, the second of which (q. v.) contains linguistics.

579 ——— Hittites in America. By John Campbell, M. A. [Second

article. |

In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 345-367. Montreal, 1879. 8°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Basque and Iroquois, pp. 345-346; the same of
the Circassian and Dacotah, pp. 347-348; the same showing analogies between
the Barbara and various American dialects, pp. 355-358; Table of numerals, 1-10,
showing analogies between the Peruvian and various North American dialects,
pp. 360-361.

580 ——— The Affiliation of the Algonquin Languages. By John

Campbell, M. A.

In Canadian Institute, Proc., new series, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 15-53. Toronto,
1879. 8°.

Comparative vocabulary [of the Algonquin (various dialects), Malay-Polyne-
sian, Ural-Altais, Asiatic-Hyperborean, and Peninsular], pp. 26-44.

Comparison of characteristic forms in Algonquin with the same in the neigh-
boring families [Athabascan, Iroquois, Dacotah, and Choctaw ], pp. 45-50.

Comparison of pronouns [Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian], p. 50.

Vocabulary of miscellaneous terms [Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian], pp.
50-53.

Issued also as follows:

577

116 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Campbell (Joln)—continued.

581 ——— The Affiliation of the Algonquin Languages. By John
Cambell, M. A., Professor of Church History, Presbyterian College,
Montreal. S.

Pp. 1-41. 8°.

582 ——— Asiatic Tribes in North America. By John Campbell, M. A.
Professor in the Presbyterian College, Montreal. IWP.
No title-page. pp. 1-38. 8°. Extract from the Proceedings of the Canadian
Institute. I have not seen the volume in which it originally appeared.
Comparative yocabulary of the Tinneh and Tungus languages, pp. 22-23;
‘Numerals, 1-9, of the Tinneh and Peninsular languages compared, p. 24; Com-
parative vocabulary of the Cherokee-Choctaw and Peninsular languages, pp. 24-
26; Comparative vocabulary of the Wyandot-Iroquois and Peninsular languages,
pp. 26-29; Comparative vocabulary of the Dacotah and Peninsular languages,
pp. 34-38.

583 ———— Proposed reading of the Davenport Tablet.
In Am. Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, vol. iv, pp. 145-153. Chicago,
1882. 8°.
Short vocabulary showing ‘“verba! connection of the languages of the Aztec
Sonora family with that of the Yukahiri of Siberia,” p. 152; Vocabulary of the
cremation scene, pp. 152, 153.

584 Campbell (Judge). Vocabulary of the Cherokee. o
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society ; presented by
Mr. Jefferson. :

585 Camposeca (Marcial). Confesionario para confesar 4 los Indios por
su idioma, sacado en Lengua Chanabal por Marcial Camposeca para
el uso del M. R. P. Fray Benito Correa, en Comitan, 4 16 de julio
del ano de 1813. 2

Manuscript, 7 ll., 4°, only, but with that of Father Paz the only monument
known of the Chanabal language. This language, from what the people of Comi-
tan say of it, is called thus only because it issued from and is composed of the four
neighboring languages, spoken around the district of Comitan: the Tzendal on
the east, the Tzotzil on the north, the Mam of Soconusco on the west, and the
Pokoman of Jacaltenango on the south. The Chanabal language then is limited
to a very small number of localities, around Comitan and in a radius of about
twelve leagues in diameter, stretching especially toward the frontier of Guate-
mala on the south.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

586 Canadian Institute. The | Canadian Journal: | a repertory of | In-
dustry, Science, and Art, | and a record of the | Proceedings of the
Canadian Institute. | Edited by | Henry Youle Hind, M. A., | Pro-
fessor of Chemistry in the University of Trinity College; | assisted
by | the Publishing Committee of the Canadian Institute. | Vol. 1

[3]: |
Published by Hugh Scobie, | for the | Council of the Canadian
Institute. | Toronto, 1853 [-1855]. | C.
3 vols. 4°.

Continued as follows:

CAMPBELL—CANTARES. 117

Canadian Institute—continued.

587 ——— The | Canadian Journal | of | Industry, Science, and Art: |
Conducted by | the Editing Committee of the Canadian Institute. |
New Series. | Vol. I [—X1]. |

Toronto: | Printed for the Canadian Institute, | by Lovell and
Gibson, Yonge Street. | MDCCCLVI [-1868}. | C.

11 vols. 8°.

Assikinack (I.) The Odahwah Indian Language, yol. 3, pp. 481-485.

Remarks on above paper, vol. 5, pp. 182- 186.

O'’M[eara]. (I. A.) Review of Schooleraft’s Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 437-451.
Oronhyatekha. The Mohawk Language, vol. 10, pp. 182-194.
Vol. 12 issued with change of title as follows:

588 ———— The | Canadian Journal | of Science, Literature, and His-
tory: | conducted by | the Editing Committee of the Canadian In-
stitute. | New Series. | Vol. XII [-XV]. |

Toronto: | Printed for the Canadian Institute | by Copp, Clark &
Co., King Street East. | MDCCCLXX [-1878]. | C.

Vols. 12-15. 8°.

Oronhyatekha. The Mohawk Lengnage, vol. 15, pp. 1-12.

This article appeared originally in vol. 10.

589 The Canadian Journal: | Proceedings of the Canadian In-

stitute. | New Series. Vol. I. Part I. |
Toronto: | Copp, Clark & Co. | 1879. | C.
149 pp. 8°.
Campbell (J.) The affiliation of the Algonquin Languages, pp. 15-53.

590 Cancer (Fr. Luis). Varias coplas, versos 6 himnos en Lengua de
Coban Verapaz, sobre los misterios de la religion para uso de los
Neofitos de la dicha provincia, compuestos por el Ven. Padre Fray
Luis Cancer, de la orden de Santo Domingo. we

Manuscript, 33 ll. 4°.

This document comes from the ancient archives of the bishopric of Coban, in
Verapaz. When I arrived at Rabinal it was in the possession of Ignacio Coloché,
then secretary of the native municipality, and who presented me with it, together
with many other documents of the same kind. He also assured me that it was
attributed traditionally to the Venerable Luis Cancer, one of the first apostles of
Verapaz. Fray Luis Cancer, born at Balbastro, in Arragon, was the companion
of Las Casas and Angulo, and it is known with what holy ardor he defended the
liberty of the natives, in the reunion of the bishops and theologians held at
Mexico in 1546. He, with Las Casas, composed the first Christian hymns, which
were destined to gain the natives of Verapaz, among whom they were introduced
by some merchants, to the new faith. ‘These hymns were written first in the
Quiché idiom of Zacapulas, then in the Cacchi of Coban, ete. Having returned
to Spain in the interest of the Indians, he was sent from there to Florida, where
he was put to death by the savages, in 1549.

This manuscript is the only one of the sort at present extant. The airs to
which the canticles were sung are found noted.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

591 Cantares Mexicanos.
Manuscript, 179 ll. 4°.
Modern transcript from the original manuscript formerly existing in the library

of the University of Mexico. On the first page is the following:

118 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cantares Mexicanos—continued.
“ Advertencia.”

Esta copia se saco de un volumen, 4 to. MS. que se conserva en la Biblioteca
de la Universidad intitulada, por la parte de afuera, Cantares de los Mexicanos
y otros opusculos, para mas asegriarmi de la fidelidad de la copia la encomiendé
al Lic. D. Faustino Galicia. Este opusculo es el primero en Ja coleccion y los
otros tienen los siguientes titulos. -

2. Kalendario Mexicano. 3. Arte divinatorio de los Mexicanos. 4. Ejemplos
de la SS. Eucharistia en Mexicano. 5. Un sermon sobre aquello de ‘‘Estote
sancti.” 6. Memoria de la Muerte. 7. Vida de San Bartolome. 8. Fabulas de
Esopo. 9. Historia de la Pasion.

Todos ellos, con exepcion del 2° y 3° estan escritos por diversas personas, y algu-
nas de sus formas pueden pertenecer al siglo XVI. Los demas parecen del sigu-
ente. Mexico, Mayo, 12 de 1859. D. José F. Ramirez.

The entire volume of this precious collection is in the clear and distinct hand-
writing of Don Faustino Chimalpopoca, whose name is a sufficient guarantee for
the faithfulness of the copy. The original manuscript having disappeared, ac-
cording to Sefior Icazbalceta (Cat. de Escritores, p. 146), this is, m all probability,
the only complete copy existing of these remnants of ancient Mexican poesy.—
Ramirez Sale Cat. se

592 Cantos en Lengua Mexicana.

Manuscript, 18 11. sm. folio.

One original, the others translated from the Othomi. Copied by me at the li-
brary of the University of Mexico, in the month of February, 1865. It bore neither
name nor date; from the writing it appears to belong to the XVII century, but
the hymns contained in it date back for the most part to a time anterior to the
conquest. At the heal of each of these hymns is an indication of the air and the
intonation to be given it, and also in some cases the instrument which should
accompany it, according to musical measure of the Mexican rhythm.—Brasseur
de Bourbourg.

593 Carceres (Fr. De). 4 En el nombre del S. Comienga una Artezilla
de la lengua Otomi cogida de las migajas de los padres: benemeritos
della y del cornadillo offrecido por el menor de los menores:a gloria
y alabanca de nro sefior Jhu. xpo y de la sagrada virgen su sanc-
tissima madre y vtilidad desta pobre gente. Recopilado por el p*.
F. p°. de Carceres. g. de queretaro. i

Manuscript, 57 11. 4°. Gothic letters of the sixteenth century, small and so
well formed that at first sight it appears to be printed.—Icazbalecta’s Apuntes, No. 95.

It is undoubtedly, if not the first, one of the first grammars written on the
Otomi.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

594 Cardenas (Br. Carlos). Confesionario en lengua Mexicana. *

Title from Pimentel.

595 Cardenas (Ir. Pedro). Varios Libros doctrinales en Lenguas de los
Indios, y muchos sermones, y Dracmas. .

Title from Beristain, who quotes from Vasquez.

596 Cardenas (Zr. Thomas de). Arte de la Lengua Cacchi, de Coban en
la Verapaz, compuesto por el 1llind Sr. Don fray Thomas de Carde-
nas, de la Orden de Predicadores, quarto obispo de Coban. sf

Manuscript of 75 1l., one of which is missing. 4°. This document comes from
the ancient episcopal archives of Coban and was given to me at Rabinal by
Ignacio Coloché, then secretary of the native municipality. He assured me that
tradition attributed it to the fourth bishop of Verapaz.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

*

CANTARES--- CARLI 119

Cardenas (/’r. Thomas de)—continued.

597 t—— Doctrina cristiana y documentos morales y politicos en
Lengua Zacapula. *

Title from Beristain.

Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Caledonio Velasquez de).

See Velasquez de Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Caledonio).

Carey (Mathew).

See American Museum.

598 Carheil (Rev. Stephen de). Racines Huronnes, or Radical Words
of the Huron Language, by Rev. Stephen de Carheil, of the Society
of Jesus. *

Manuscript, 260 and 302 pp.

This manuscript forms two small duodecimo volumes. The radical words are
arranged under five conjugations, and the derivatives with examples in many
cases given after each root or primitive.

The work is properly in Latin, but as definitions and the translation of the
examples are given in French, the whole is a curious mosaic of the three lan-
guages. The copy here described was made, as appears by a date at the end,
in 1744.—Hist. Mag.

599 Carillo (D. Crescencio). Apuntes para un Catalogo de las palabras
Mexicanas introducidas al Castellano. II. Catalogo de las princi-
pales Mayas usadas en el Castellano que se habla en el Estado de
Yucatan, por el Presbitero D. Crescencio Carillo. C.

Appended to Mendoza (E.) Apuntes para un Catalogo, pp. 57-75. Mexico
1872. 8°.

600 [Carli (Gian Rinaldi).] Delle | Lettere | Americane | Parte Prima
[-Seconda] | [Vignette.] |

Cosmopoli | MDCCLXXX [1780]. ~

2 vols. 12°. map.

Numerals 1-100, 1000 in Mexican, vol. 1, pp. 235-236 divisions; of the year, pp.
238-240. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

Sabin adds: Nuova edizione corretta ed ampliata colla aggiunta della Parte
III, ora per la prima volta impresa. Cremona, 1781-83. 3 vols. 8°. map.

This edition was published by Isidoro Bianchi, dedicated by im to Franklin,
and is sometimes erroneously attributed to Bianchi.

601 ——— Lettres | Américaines, | Dans lesquelles on examine
VOrigine, ’Etat | Civil, Politique, Militaire & Religieux, les | Arts,
VIndustrie, les Sciences, les Mceurs, les | Usages des anciens Habi-
tans de ? Amérique, | Jes grandes FEpoques de la Nature, ’ancienne |
Communication des deux Hémisphéres, & la | dernigre Révolution
qui a fait disparoitre | !Atlantide: pour servir de suite aux Mé-
moires | de D. Ulloa. | Par M. le Comte J. R. Carli, | Président
émérite du Conseil Supréme d’Economie | Publique, & Conseiller
privé @Etat de Sa M. Impériale | & Royale. | Avee des Observa-
tions & Additions du Traducteur. | Tome Premier {[—Tome II]. |

A Boston, | Et se trouve A Paris, | Chez Buisson, Libraire, rue
Haute-Feuille, | Hotel de Coetlosquet, Ne 20. | M.DCC.UXXX-
VIII [1788]. | Cc.

Pp. i-xxij, 1-520. 2 vols. 8°. map.

120 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Carli (Gian Rinaldi)—continued.

Numerals 1-100, and 1000, and a few terms in Mexican (from De Laet) and the
divisions of the year, vol. 1, pp. 387-388, 393-395.
To the above, Sabin adds:+Paris, 1792. 2 vols. 8°.

602 ——— Briefe iiber Amerika, nach der neuesten, verbesserten, und
mit dem dritten Theile vermehrten Ausgabe, aus dem Italiainischen
des Grafen Carls Carli iibersetat, und mit einigen Anmerkungen
versehen yon Christian Gottfried Hennig.

Gera: Beckmann. 1785. *
3 vols. sm. 8°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

603 ——— Las Cartas Americanas. Nueva edicion corregida y aumen-
tada con la agregacion de la parte tercera que ahora por primera vez
se da impresa. Traduccion del Italiano por Agustin Pomposo Fer-
nandez.

Mexico. 1821-1822. oS

3 vols. 49. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

The original work is also contained in Tomo xi-xiy, ‘‘Della opere del Don
Gian-inaldo Conte Carli. Milano, MDCCLXXXIV-XCIX. 19 vols. 8°.—Sabin’s
Dictionary.

604 [Carnegie (Sir James).] Saskatchewan | and | the Rocky Mount-
ains. | A Diary and Narrative of Travel, Sport, | and Adventure,
during a Journey through the | Hudson’s Bay Company’s Territo-
ries, | in 1859 and 1860. | By | the Earl of Southesk, | K. T., F. R.
G.S. | [Sir James Carnegie]. [Seven lines quotation.| | With maps
and illustrations. |

Edinburgh: | Edmonston and Douglas. | 1875. | HU. C.

Pp. i-xxx, 1-448. 8°. maps.

Letter from the Mountain Assiniboines [syllabic characters], face p. 250; Cree
syllabic characters, terminations, etc., 4 sheets following p. 422.

605 Carochi (P. Horacio). Arte | de | la Lengua | Mexicana | con Ja
declaracion de los | adverbios della. | Al Tlustriss.c y Reueren-
diss.° | Senor Don Juan de Maiiozea Argobispo de | Mexico, del
Consejo de su Magestad, &e. | Por el Padre Horacio Carochi | Ree-
tor del Colegio de la Compania de Jesus de San | Pedro, y san Pablo
de Mexico. | Ato de 1645. | Impresso con licencia. |

En Mexico: por Iuan Ruyz. Aiio de 1645. | Y

6 p. 11, ll. 1-132 4°. Not seen; title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 16.

First edition of the celebra‘ed grammar of Father Carochi. It is excessively
rare, and was so even 200 years ago, as is learned from the preface of the edition
prepared by Father Paredes, the title of which is given below.

Ludewig makes mention of a Grammatica y Vocabulario de la Lengua Othomi,
Mexico, 1645, 4°, by Carochi, which is probably meant for the above.

“Pather Carochi was a Milanese Jesuit who laboured for 30 years in the Mexi-
can Missions and died in Mexico in 1666.”—Ramirez Sale Cat.

606 t—— Compendio | del Arte | de la Lengua Mexicana [;delar:
Horacio Carochi | de la Compaiiia de Jesvs; | Dispuesto con breve-
dad, claridad, y propriedad, | Por el P. Ignacio de Paredes | de la

CARLI—CARRIEDO. 121

Carochi (P. Horacio)—continued.

misma Compania, y morador del Colegio | destinado salamente para
Indios, de S. Gregario | de la Compania de Jesvs de Mexico: | Y
dividido en tres partes: En la primera se trata de | todo lo pertene-
ciente a Reglas del Arte, con toda su | variedad, excepciones, y
anomalias; en que nada se | podra desear, que no se halle. En la
segunda se | enséna la formacion de unos yocablos, de ostros.
Y | assi con sola una voz, que se sepa, se podran | con facilidad deri-
var otras muchas: En la tercera | se ponen los Adverbios mas neces-
sarios de la Lengua. | Con todo lo qual qualquiera 4 poco trabajo, y
en | breve tiempo podra con facilidad, propriedad, y | expededicion
hablar el Idioma. | Y el mismo no menos afectuoso, que rendido, | y
reverente lo dedica, y consagra | al Gloriosissimo Patriarcha | San
Ignacio de Loyola, | Autor, y Fundador de la Compania de Jesus. |

Con las licencias necessarias, | Hn Mexico en la Imprenta de la
Bibliotheca Mexicana en | frente de S. Augustin. Amo de 1759. |

12 p.1L, pp. 1-202. sm. 4°. JCB.

An abridgment of the Arte of 1645, by Father Paredes. Brasseur de Bourbourg
gives it the date of 1750; Pimentel gives it 1751. I have also seen mention of
an edition of 1749.

607 ——— Vocabulario copioso de la lengua Mexicana. bt
608 t—— Gramatica de la lengua Otomi. , &
609 ——— Vocabulario Otomi. a

Tn the library of Tepozotlan.

610 ---—- Sermones en lengua Mexicana. id
1 vol. 4°. In the library of the College of S..Gregorio, Mexico.
The four titles above from Beristain.

611 Carranza (Fr. Diego). Doctrina cristiana.—Exercicios espiritu-

ales.—Sermones. a

Allin the Chontal language. Author referred to by Burgoa,- Davila, Nicolas
Antonio, and the Franciscans Quetif and Echard.—Berislain.

612 Carranza (Joseph de). Arte donde se contiené aquellos rudimentos
y principios preceptivos que conducen a la légua Mexicana. Divi-
“dese en siete libros. Por el Mui Reverendo Padre Presentado Frai
Joseph de Carranza del orden de Predicadores. =
Manuscript, 233 pp. 4°. Not seen; title from Icazbaleeta’s Apuntes, No. 96.

613 Carriedo (Juan Bautista). Estudios, | Historicos y Estadisticos, |
del | Departamento de Oaxaca. | Escritos por | Juan B Carriedo,
y | comenzacos 4 publicar en perid- | dico titulado el “* Pasatempo”
en el | ano pasado de 1546. |
Oaxaca. Imprenta del Autor. 1847. | A.
3p. ll., pp. 1-141, 211, pp. 1-54 4°. (imperfect; p. 54 breaks off the middle of
a sentence. )

122 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Carriedo (Juan Bautista)—continued.

Contains explanation of several Mexican and Zapotec names of places, p. 29.
Capitulo 23. Religiosos que escribieron en las lenguas Indias.—Naturates [ sic]
que tambien lo hisieron.—Idiomas que se hablan en el Departamento, pp. 103-107,
containing on page 107 specimens of six words in Zapoteco.

The following is perhaps the second edition:

614 ——— Estudios histéricos, y estadisticos del estado Oaxaqueno.
Oaxaca. 1850. 2
2 vols. 8°.
Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary, which does not mention any other
edition.
The author prepared a third edition for press (perhaps never printed) under
the following title:

615 t—— Oajaca Historica estadistica y monumental, o sean Estudios
del estado Oaxaqueno. LEscritos por Juan B. Carriedo, Socio corre-
sponsal de la Sociedad de Geografia y Hstadistica de México. Ter-
cera ediccion corregida y anotada. A.

Manuscript ; title, additions and corrections made in a copy of the first edition
(the copy described above), which is preserved in the Astor Library, New York.
The manuscript introduction entitled ‘‘ Advertencia. Motivos q. se han tenida
para hacer esta tercera ediccion” 3 leaves manuscript is signed ‘‘ Oaxaca Septe 8.
an 1856 J. B. Carriedo.” This and the numerous manuscript annotations are
evidently in the handwriting of Carriedo.

616 Cartier (Jacques). Brief Recit, & | succincte narration, de la
nauiga- | tion faicte es ysles de Canada, Ho- | chelage & Saguenay
& autres, auec | particulieres meurs, langaige, & ce- | remonies des
habitans dicelles: fort | delectable a veoir | [Figure]. |

Avec priuilege | On les uend 4 Paris au second pillier en la
grand | salle du Palais, & en la rue neufue Nostredame 4 | Ven-
seigne de lescu de frage, par Ponce Roftet dict | Foucheur, & An-
thoine le Clere fréres. | 1545. | =

48 pp. sm.8°. Title and collation from Tross’ reprint, 1863, q. v.

“The first edition of Cartier’s Relations, printed at Paris in 1545, has proved
hitherto to be of such extreme rarity that but a single copy has been known
to exist for nearly three hundred years. The editor of the third, printed at Rouen
in 1598, announces that he had translated it from a foreign language, which was,
doubtless, the Italian of the second edition of Ramusio, a fact which proves that
even at a date so early as only fifty years after its publication, the first edition
was unknown. Cartier’s Relations afford us the first positive information regard-
ing the Indians of Canada, and contain the first vocabularies ever printed of the
languages of any nation of American aborigines.”—Field.

617 ——— Prima Relatione di Iacqves | Carthier della Terra Nvova |
detta la nuova Francia, trouata nell’ anno | M.D.XXXIIII. |

In Ramusio (G. B.) Terzo Volume della Navigationi et Viaggi, 1]. 435-440. In
Venetia, 1556. folio.

Linguaggio della terra nuouamente scoperta chiamata la nuoua Francia, verso
1, 440.

CARRIEDO—CARTIER. 1

Cartier (Jacques)—continued.

618 ——— Breve et svccinta narratione del la | nauigation fatta per
ordine del la Maesta Christianissima all’ Isole di Cana- | da, Hoche-
laga, Saguenai, & altre, al presente dette la nuoua Francia | con
particolari costumi, & cerimonie de gli habitanti. |

In Ramusio (G. B.) Terzo Volume della Navigationi et Viaggi, ll. 441-456. In
Venetia, 1556. folio.

“Seguita il linguaggio de paesi & Reami di Hochelaga & Canada da noi chia-
mati la nuoua Francia & primo li nomi de numeri” [1-10]; ‘‘Seguitano li voca-
boli delle parti dell’ huomo”, recto and verso 1. 453.

For other editions of this volume see Ramusio (G. B.)

619

¢ A shorte and | briefe narration of the two | Nauigations
and Discoueries | to the north-weast portes called | Newe Fravuce: |
First translated out of French into Italian by that famous | learned
man Gio: Bapt: Ramutius, and now turned | into English by Iohn
Florio: Worthy the read- | ing of all Venturers, Trauellers, and
Discouerers.

Imprinted at Lon- | don, by H. Bynneman, dyvelling in Thames
Streate, neere vnto | Baynardes Castell. | Anno Domini | 1580, |

4p.ll., 80 pp. sm, 4°. JCB.

First Relation, pp. 1-27; A short and briefe narration, etc. (second relation),
pp. 28-78; Hochelaga Vocabulary, pp. 78-80.

620 ——— Discovrs | dv | Voyage | fait [en 1534] par le Capi- | taine
Jaqves Cartier | aux. Terres-neufues de Canadas, No- | rembergue,
Hochelage, Labrador, et | pays adjacens, dite Nouuelle France, |
auec particulieres mours, langage, et | ceremonies des habitans
dicelle.

A Roven, | de ’imprimerie | De Raphaél du Petit Val, Libraire
et Imprimeur | du Roy, 4 ?Ange Raphaél. | M. D. XC VIII [1598]. |
Avec permission. | .

Title from fac-simile in the Tross’ reprint of 1865, q. v.

621

The first relation of Jacques Carthier, of St. Malo, of the
new land called New France, newly discouered in the yere of our
Lord 1534.

In Hakluyt (R.) Principal Navigations, &c., vol. 3, pp. 201-212. London, 1600.
folio.

The language that is spoken in the Land that is newly discouered called New
France, pp. 211, 212.

622, The third voyage of discouery made by Captain Iaques Car-
thier, into the countries of Canada, Hochelaga and Saguenay.

In Hakluyt (R.) Principal Navigations, vol. 3, pp. 213-232. London, 1600.

folio.
Vocabularies, pp. 231-232.

The first relation of Iaques Carthier of S. Malo, of the new
land called New France, newly discouered in the yere of our Lord
1534.

623

124 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cartier (Jacques)—continued.
In Hakluyt (R.) Collection of the early voyages, vol. 3, pp. 250-262. London,

1810. folio. .
The language that is spoken in the Land newly discouered, called New France

[vocabulary ], pp. 261-262.

624 ——— A shorte and briefe narration of the Nauigation made by the
commandement of the King of France, to the Islands of Canada,
Hochelaga, Saguenay, and divers others which now are called New
France, with the particular customes and manners of the inhabi-
tants therein.

In Hakluyt (R.) Early collection of voyages, vol. 3, pp. 262-285. London, 1810.

folio.

“Here followeth the language of the countrey and kingdomes of Hochelaga
and Canada, of vs called New France: But first the names of their numbers”
[1-10]. ‘Here follow the names of the chiefest partes of man, and other words
necessary to be knowen”, pp. 284-285.

625 —— The Voyage of Jacques Cartier from St. Maloes to New-
foundland and Canada, in the years 1534 and 1535. [First and sec-
ond voyages. |

In Kerr (R.) A General History and Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. 6,
pp. 15-68. Edinburgh and London, 1824. 8°.

Specimen of the language of Newfoundland, pp. 32-33; Specimen of the lan-
guage of Hochelaga and Canada, pp. 676-8.

626 ——— Discovrs de Voyage fait par le Capitaine Jaques Cartier
aux terres neufues de Canadas, Norembergue, Hochelage, Labrador,
et pays adjacens, dites nouuelle France, auec particuliéres meceurs,
langage, et cérémonies des habitants d’icelle. A Rouen, de Vim-
primerie de Raphaél du Petit Val, libraire et imprimeur du Roy, a
VYange Raphaél. M.D. XCVIII.—Avec permission.

In Ternaux-Compans (H.) Archives des Voyages, vol. 1, pp. 117-153. Paris,
[1840]. 8°. :

Langage des pays et Royaumes de Hochelage et Canadas, pp. 120-124.

Above title (caption) is a reprint from the 1598 edition. Ternaux, in a foot-
note, says: ‘‘The first edition of the Relation is of very great rarity; I have not
been able to discover a single copy.”

627 ——— Les Trois Voyages de Jacques Cartier au Canada, en 1534,
1535, et 1540.
In Quebec Société Littéraire et Historique, Voyages, pp. 1-77. Quebec,
1843. 8°.
Le Langage de la Terre Nouvellement descouverte, appellée Nouvelle France,
p. 23; Ensuit le Langage de Hochelaga et Canada, 67-69.

628 t—— Voyages de Découverte en Canada entre les années 1534 et
1542; par Jacques Quartier, le Sieur de Roberval, Jean Alphonse de
Xanctoigne,...ré-imprimés sur d’anciennes relations, et publiés
sous la direction de la Société littéraire et historique de Québec,
avec préface et notes.

Québec: W. Cowan. 1843. ‘
6, 130, pp. 8° Title from Sabin’s Dictionary. Y

CARTIER—CARVALHO, 125

Cartier (Jacques)—contlnued.

629 ——— Bref Récit et Succincte Narration | de la | Navigation |
faite en MDXXXV et MDXXXVI | par le Capitaine | Jacques Car-
tier | aux iles de | Canada | Hochelaga, Saguenay | et autres | Ré-
impression Figurée | de V’édition originale rarissime de MDXLV |
avec les variantes des manuscrits | de la Bibliotheque Impériale |
Précédée | @une breve et succinete | Introduction | Historique | par
M. D’Avezace |

Paris | Librairie Tross | Passage des deux Pavillons (Palais
Royal), Ne. 8 | 1863 | C:

Reprint of the 1545 edition. Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; Introduction, ll. i-xyi;
Fac-simile of original title, reverse dedication, 11.; Av Roy, ll.1-5. The Narra-
tion occupies ll. 6-48; Notes, variantes, ete., 11. 49-68.

“Ensuyt le lagage des pays & Royaulmes de Hochelaga & Canada, aultrement
appellée nous la nouuelle France”, verso 1. 46 & 11. 47-48,

630 ——— Voyage | de | Jaques Cartier | avy Canada | en 1534 | Nou-
velle édition, publiés Vaprés Védition de 1598 | et @aprés Ramusio |
Par M. H. Michelant | avec deux cartes | Documents inédits | sur
Jaques Cartier et le Canada | communiqués | Par M. Alfred Ramé |

Paris | Librairie Tross | 5, Rue Neuve des-petits-champs, 5 |
1865 | C. JCB.

Reprint of 1598 edition. Title, reverse blank, 11.; Fac-simile of original title-
page, reverse blank, 11.; ‘‘L’imprimevr aux Lecteurs”, pp. 3-4; ‘‘Svr le voyage
de Canadas” (poem), pp.5-8; Ensvyt le Langage Hochelage et Canadas, p. 9;
Ensvyt les noms des parties du corps de Vhomme, pp. 10-14; Extrait du Privilege,
1]. unnumbered, recto blank, verso Extrait, ete.; Introduction, pp. i-vii, reverse
of vii blank; Discovrs, etc., pp. 17-68; Le Langage des payes et R6yaumes Hoche-
lage et Canada, d’aprés Ramusio, pp. 69-71.

Cartier’s Voyages are reprinted in Pinkerton’s Voyages, vol. 12, without the ©
vocabularies.

631 Cartilla mayor en Lengua Castellana, Latina, y Mexicana. Nueva-
mente Corregida, y Enmendada, y Reformada en esta vitima Im-
pression.

8 ll., and 4 1]. wjth a Catechism. 4°. On the title-page is a hideous engraving
of the two arms on the cross with a Latin verse half effaced and almost illegible.
Below is the alphabet.

Colophon:

Oquimo nabuatlatoleuipili Padre F. Balthazar del Castillo, temach-
tiani, yhuan Ministro nican Altepetl 8. Luis Obispo Vexotlan mani-
meztli 16 de Iulio de 1683 afos. M.S. S.C. 5S. R. E.

4Con Licencia. En Mexico: por la Viuda de Bernardo Calderon
en la calle de S. Augustin. =

Not seen; title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 97.

632 Carvalho (S. N.) Incidents | of | Travel and Adventure | in the |
Far West; | with | Col. Fremont’s last Expedition | across the
Rocky Mountains: including three months’ residence in | Utah, and
a perilous trip across the | Great American Desert, | to the Pacific. |
By 8. N. Carvalho, | Artist to the Expedition. |

126 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Carvalho (S. N.)—continued.
New York: | Derby & Jackson, 119 Nassau St. | Cincinnati:—H.
W. Derby & Co. | 1857. | C.
Pp.i-xy, 17-380. 8°.
A few sentences and numerals (1-100) of the Piede dialect, pp. 224-225.

633

Incidents | of | Travel and Adventure | in the | Far West;
with | Col. Fremont’s last Expedition | across the Rocky Mount-
ains: including three months’ residence in | Utah, | and a peril-
ous trip across the | Great American Desert, | to the Pacific. | By
S. N. Carvalho, | Artist to the Expedition. |
New York: Derby and Jackson. 1860. | BA.
Pp. i-xv, 17-250; appendix, 1-130.

634 Carver (Jonathan). Travels | through the | interior parts | of |
North America, | in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver,
Esq. | Captain of a company of provincial | troops during the
late | war with France. | Illustrated with copper plates. |

London: | Printed for the Author; | And sold by J. Walter, at
Charing-cross, and | S. Crowder, in Paternoster Row. | MDCCL-
XXVIII [1778]. | HU. C. JCB.

10 p.1l., pp. i-xvi, 17-543. 8°. maps.

Chapter xvii. ‘‘Of their Language, Hieroglyphicks, &c.”, pp. 414-441, con-
tains: A short vocabulary of the Chipéway language, pp. 420-432; the numerical
terms [1-1000] of the Chipéways, pp. 432-433; a short vocabulary of the Naudo-
wessie language, pp. 433-438; the numerical terms [1-1000] of the Naudowessies,
pp. 439-440.

Besides appearing in the various editions given below, these vocabularies have
been reprinted many times.

635 Travels | through the | interior parts | of | North America, |
in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | Captain
of a company of provincial | troops during the late | war with
France. | Hlustrated with copper plates. | The second edition. |

London: | Printed for the Author, | By William Richardson in the
Strand; | and sold by J. Dodsley, in Pallmall; J. Robson in New |
Bond-street; J. Walter at Charing-cross; J. Bew, | in Pater-Noster
Row; and Mess. Richardson and | Urquhart, at the Royal Ex-
change. | MDCCLXXIX [1779]. | C. JCB.

12 p.ll., pp. i-xvi, 17-543. 8°. map. Linguistics as in first edition.

636

Travels | through the | Interior Parts | of | North-Amer-
ica, | in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. |
Captain of a Company of Provincial | Troops during the late | War
with France. | Illustrated with copper plates. |

Dublin: | Printed for S. Price, R. Cross, W. Watson, W. and H. |
Whitestone, J. Potts, J. Williams, W. Colles, | W. Wilson, Kk. Mon-
crieffe, C. Jenkin, G. | Burnet, T. Walker, W. Gilbert, L. L. | Flin,

CARVALHO—CARVER. 127

Carver (Jonathan)—continued.
J. Exshaw, L. White, J. Beatty, | and B. Watson. | MDCCLXXIX
[1779]. | JCB.
10 p.ll., pp. i-xiii, 15-508. 8°. map.
Of their language and hieroglyphicks, pp. 387-412.

637

Johann Carvers | Reisen | durch | die innern Gegenden |
von | Nord-Amerika | in den Jahren 1766, 1767 und 1768, | mit einer
Landkarte. | Aus dem Englischen. |

Hamburg, | bey Carl Ernst Bohn. 1780 | JCB.

XXiv, 456 pp. 12°. map.

Ein kurzes Verzeichnisz von Wortern aus der Tschipiwiiischen Sprache, pp.
350-359.

638 Travels | through the | interior parts | of | North Amer-
ica, | in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. |
Captain of a company of provincial | troops during the late | war
with France. | Illustrated with Copper plates, | coloured. | The third
edition. | To which is added, Some Account of the | Author, and a
Copious Index. |

London: | Printed for C. Dilly, in the Poultry; H. Payne, in |
Pall-mall; and J. Phillips, in George-Yard, | Lombard-Street. | MD-
CCLXXXI [1781]. | BA. C. JCB.

2p. lL, pp. 1-22, 11 11., pp. i-xvi, 17-543; index, 10 ll. 8°.

Same as original edition, except addition of preliminary pages, which contain
“Some account of Captain J. Carver”, and index at end.

639

Three years | travels, | through the | Interior Parts of
North America, | for more than | five thousand miles, | contain-
ing, | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, | Islands,
and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, | Soil and Vegetable
Productions of the North West | Regions of that vast Continent; |
with a | Description of the Birds, Leasts, Reptiles, | Insects, and
Fishes peculiar to the Country. | Together with a concise | History
of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs of the Indians | Inhabiting
the Lands that lic adjacent to the Heads and to the | Westward of
the great River Mississippi; | and an | Appendix, | Describing the
uncultivated Parts of America that are the | most proper tor formin g
Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the Provincial
Troops in America. |

Philadelphia: | Printed and sold by Joseph Crukshank in Mar-
ket Street | and Robert Bell, in Third Street. | M DCC L XXXIV
[1784]. | JCB.

xxi, 217 pp. 8°.

Of their language, hieroglyphicks, &c., pp. 170-179.

640 Voyage | dans | les Parties Intérieurs | de | L’Amérique
Septentrionale, | Pendant les années 1766, 1767 & 1768. | Par Jona-
than Carver, | Ecuyer, Capitaine Vune compagnie de troupes | pro-

vinciales pendant la guerre du Canada | entre la France & l’Angle-

128 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Carver (Jonathan)—continued.
terre. | Ouvrage traduit sur la troisieéme édition | Angloise, par M.
de C.... avee des remar- | ques & quelques additions du traduc-
teur. |
Yverdon. | M.DCOC.LXXXTV [1784]. | JCB.
xxvi, 436 pp. 12°.
Des langues des Indiens, pp. 304-822.

641

Voyage | dans | les parties intérieurs | de | ’ Amérique
Septentrionale, | Pendant les années 1766, 1767 & 1768. | Par Jona-
than Carver, | Ecuyer, Capitaine @une Compagnie de Troupes |
Provinciales pendant la guerre du Canada entre la | France & ?An-
gleterre. | Ouvrage traduit sur la troisiéme édition | Angloise, par
M. de C.... avec des remarques & | quelques additions du Tradue-
teur. |

A Paris, | Chez Pissot, Libraire, quai des Augustins. | M. DCC.
LXXXIV [1784]. | Avee Approbation & Privilége du Roi. | c.scs.

24, xxviii, 451 pp. 8°. map.

Des langues des Indiens, & des signes hiéroglyphiques qui leur tiennent lieu
Vécriture, pp. 315-334.

642

Three Years | Travels | through the | Interior Parts | of |
North-America, | for more than | Five Thousand Miles, | contain-
ing | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the | Lakes, Islands,
and Rivers, Cataracts, | Mountains, Minerals, Soil and Vegeta- | ble
Productions of the North-West Re- | gions of that vast Continent; |
with a | Description of the Birds, Beasts, Rep- | tiles, Insects, and
Fishes peculiar | to the Country. | Together with a concise | History
of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs of the Indians | Inhabiting
the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and | to the Westward of
the great River Mississippi, | and an | Appendix, | Describing the
uncultivated Parts of America that are | the most proper for form-
ing Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the Provincial
Troops in America. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by Joseph Crukshank, in Market Street, |
between Second and Third-Streets. | MDCCLXXXIX [1789]. | scn.

Pp. i-xvi, i-vili, 9-282. 12°.

Of their language, hieroglyphics, &e., pp. 211-228.

643 Three Years | Travels | throughout the | Interior Parts |
of | North-America, | for more than | Five Thousand Miles | con-
taining | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, |
Islands, and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, | Minerals, Soil and
Vegetable Productions | of the North-west Regions of that Vast |
Continent; | with a | Description of the Birds, Beasts, Rep- | tiles,
Insects, and Fishes peculiar | to the Country. | Together with a
concise | History of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs of the In-
dians | Inhabiting the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and |
to the Westward of the Great River Mississippi; | and an | Appen-

- CARVER. 129

Carver (Jonathan)—continued.
dix, | Describing the uncultivated parts of America, that are | the
most proper for forming Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Car-
ver, | of the Provincial Troops in America. |
Printed at Portsmouth, New Hampshire, | by Charles Peirce, for
David West, | No. 36, Marlborough-Street, Boston. | M,DCC,XCIV
[1794]. | JCB.
Pp. i-xvi, i-viii, 9-282, 120,
Of their language, hieroglyphies, &c., pp. 212-228.

644 Three years | Travels | through the | interior parts | of |
North-America, | for more than | five thousand miles; | contain-
ing | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, Islands, |
and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, | Soil and Vegetable
Productions of the North- | West Regions of that vast Continent; |
with a| Description of the Birds, Beasts, | Reptiles, Insects, and
Fishes | peculiar to the Country. | Together with a concise | History
of the Genius, Manners, and customs | of the Indians inhabiting
the lands that lie | adjacent to the heads and to the westward | of
the great river Mississippi; | and an | appendix, | Describing the
uncultivated parts of America that | are the most proper for form-
ing settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the provincial
troops in America. |

Philadelphia: | Published by Key & Simpson. | 1796. | Cc.
Pp. i-xx, i-x, 11-360. List of subscribers, pp. 1-20, 1-8. 8°.
Of the language, hieroglyphies, &c., pp. 273-293.

645

Reize | door de | Binnenlanden | van | Noord-Amerika, |
door | Jonathan Carver, Schildkn. | Kapitein van eene Compagnie
Provintiaale | Troepen Geduurende den Oorlog | met Frankrijk. |
Naar den derden Druk uit het Engelsch vertaald | door | J. D. Pas.
teur | met Plaaten. | Eerste [-Tweede] Deel. | [Portrait of Carver. |

Te Leyden, | bij A. en J. Honkoop, 1796. | JCB.

2 vols. 8°. Title of vol. 2 has no portrait.
Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 150-172.

646 Three Years | Travels |. throughout the | Interior Parts |
of | North-America, | for more then | Iive Thousand Miles, |
containing | An Account of the Great Lakes, and all the Lakes,
Islands, | and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, Soil and
Ve- | getable Productions of the North-west Regions of that | vast
Continent; | with a | Description of the Birds, Beasts, Reptiles, In- |
sects, and Fishes peculiar to the Country. | Together with a con-
cise | History of the Genius, Manners, and Customs | of the In-
dians | inhabiting the Lands that lie adjacent to the heads and | to
the westward of the great river Mississippi; | and an | Appendix, |
describing the uncultivated parts of: America, | that are the most
proper for forming | Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, |
of the Provincial Troops in America. |

9 Bib

130 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Carver (Jonathan)—continued.
Printed | by John Russell, for David West, | No. 56, Cornhill,
Boston. | 1797. | BA. JCB.
Pp. i-xvi, 5-312. 12°.
Of their language, bieroglyphies, &c., pp. 237-254.

647 ——— Carver's Travels | in | Wisconsin. | From the Third London
Edition. |

New-York: | Printed by Harper & Brothers, | 82 Cliff-Street. |

1838. | C.

Pp. i-xxxii, 33-376. 8°. maps.
Of their language, hieroglyphicks, &c., pp. 255-272.

648 ——— Aventures | de Carver | chez les Sauvages | de | ?Amérique

Septentrionale. |

Tours | At Mame & C* | Editeurs. |

Second title :

Aventures | de Carver | chez les Sauvages de Amérique Septen-
trionale | Cinquiéme Edition.

Tours | A? Mame et C'*, Imprimeurs-Libraires | 1852 | C.

Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., pp. 1-236. 12°.

Du langage et des hiéroglyphes des Indiens [no vocabulary], pp. 214-217.

Besides the editions of Carver given above, there are, according to the cata-
logue of the Brown Library, editions in English as follows: Philadelphia, Joseph
Cruikshank, 1792, 12°; Philadelphia, 1795, 8°; Edinburgh, 1798, 8°; Charlestown,
1802, 12°; Edinburgh, 1807, 8°; Walpole, N. H., Isaiah Thomas & Co., 1818, 12°;
ibid., 1838, 12°. Sabin’s Dictionary adds to the above: Edinburgh, 1808. 8°.

649 Casey (Capt. J.C.) Hitchittee or Chell-o-kee dialect numeration.
In Schooleraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 220-221. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

650

Vocabulary of the Muskogee or Creek.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 416-429. Philadelphia,
1854, 4°.

651 [Cass (Lewis).] Inquiries respecting the History, Traditions, Lan-
guages, Manners, Customs, Religion, &c., of the Indians living in
the United States. ;

Detroit: Sheldon and Reed. 1823. oe

64 pp. 8°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary. Reviewed by Schoolcraft
(H. R.), in North American Review, vol. 45, p. 34.

652 Additional Inquiries respecting the Indian Languages. BA.
No title-page. 32 pp. 16°.
Contains several examples in the Delaware, Chippewa, and Wyandot languages.
653 [Review of] Manners and Customs of several Indian Tribes,

located west of the Mississippi. By John Hunter.

In North American Review, vol. 22, pp. 53-119. Boston, 1826. 8°.

The greater part of this review is taken up with a criticism upon and extracts
from Heckewelder’s papers in the Am. Phil. Soc. Trans. Hist. and Lit. Comm.
It was answered by Rawle (W.) in Penn. Hist. Soc. Mem., vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 238-275.

CARVER—CASTIGLIONI. 131

[Cass (Lewis) |—continued.
Philadelphia, 1828. 8°. Mr. Rawle’s article was answered by Mr. Cass (q. v.) in
the North American Review, vol. 26.
Issued also as follows:

654 t—— Remarks | on the | Condition, Character, and Languages,
of the | North American Indians. | From the | North American
Review, | No. L, for January, 1826. |

Boston: | Cummings, Hilliard and Company. | 1826. | AAS,
Pp. 1-70. 8°.

655 ——— 1. [Review of] Travels in the Central Portion of the Mis-
sissippi Valley [&e., &e.| By Henry R. Schooleraft. [&e. |
2. [Review of] A Vindication of the Rey. Mr. Heckewelder’s His-
tory of the Indian Nations. By William Rawle. [&e.|

In North American Review, vol. 26, pp. 357-403. Boston, 1828. 8°.
Criticisms upon and extracts from Heckewelder, pp. 376-403.

656 Cassell (Johann Philipp). Dissertatio Philologico-Historica, de

Navigationibus Portuitis in Americam, ante Chr. Columbum factis.
Magdeburgi. 1742. *
15 ll. 4°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

657 Castano (Bartholomé). Catecismo brene de lo que pre- | cisamente
ha de saber el Christiano. | Sacado 4 luz por el R. P. Bartholomé
Castano, de la Compania de Jesus. |

teimpresso en Mexico por la Vidua de D. Joseph Bernardo de
Hogal, Calle de las Capuchinas. | Ano de 1744. |

One large fold, printed only on one side. On the left is the Spanish text, the
title of which I have copied, and on the right the translation into the Mexican.
Each language is in a sqnare and may be separated. I have loose copies of the
middle fold in which is the Mexican part.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 18.

658 ——— Catecismo Breve, con el Acto de Contricion y el Credo,
Mexicano y Espanol, por Castano.

[Mexico] Calle de Espiritu Santo, 1817. ms
211. folio. Not seen; title from Quaritch’s Cat.

659 t—— Methodo breve para confessar a un Indio, en Idioma Othomi;
Catecismo y breve explicacion de Ja Doctrina, en Idioma Othomi.
Lo que precisamente debe saber el Christiano: por el Padre Bartho-
lomé Castano, de la Compania de Jesus. -

12°. Title from the Tischer Sale Cat. Leclerc gives the collation as 6 I.

660 ——— Catechismo, y breve explicacion de Ja doctrina christiana
en idioma othomi. *
811. 4°. Manuscript, unedited, of the last century. On J). 6-8 we find “Lo
que precissamente debe saber el christiano: Por el Padre Bartholome Castatio de

la compania de Jesus’, in two columns, Spanish and Othomi.—-Leclere.
661 Castiglioni (Luigi). Viaggio | negli | Stati Uniti | dell | America
Settentrionale | fatto negli anni 1785, 1156, e 1787 | da | Luigi Cas-
tiglioni | Patrizio Milanese [&e., three lines]. Cou aleune Osserya-

132 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Castiglioni (Luigi)—continued.
zioni sui Vegetabili | pitt utili di quel Paese. | Tomo Primo [-Se-

cundo}.
Milano. | Nella Stamperia di Giuseppe Marelli | Con Permis-
sione. | 1790. | BA. C.

2vols. 8°. Vocabulary of the Chactaw and Cerochese, vol. 1,. pp. 259-266.

662 ——— ... Reise durch die Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-America
in den Jahren 1785, 1786 und 1787. ... Aus dem Italienischen von
Magnus Petersen. Erster Theil. Mit Kupfern.

Memmingen: bey Andreas Seigler. 1793.
Title, 7 11., 495 pp. 8°. maps and plates. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dic-

*

tionary.

663 Castillo (F. Balthasar del). Luz,*y | Guia de Jos Ministros | Hyan-
gelicos. | Para navegar por el mar proceloso deste mundo | hasta
Megar al puerto de la salvacion, y gozar | eternamente de los thesoros
de la gloria, | y bienaventuranza. | Dedicala el P. Pr. Balthasar del
Castillo, | Predicador, y Ministro, que fue de el Convento de | S. Luis
Obispv, y pueblo de Uexotlan, a sus devotos. | Al Patriarca 8. Jo-
seph, | y 4 la gloriosa Santa Theresa de Jesus. |

Con licencia. | En Mexico: por Juan Joseph Guillena, Carras-
coso, | Impressor, y Mercader de Libros, en el Empedradillo, | junto
las casas del Marques, Ano de 1694. | 3

5p. 1, 111-11; 2 1. not numbered; 3 11. follow, id. and then the leaves are
numbered from 3 to 16. These 17 last leaves are in the Mexican langnage and
appear to be in part a translation from the Spanish.—Jcazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 98.

664 Castillo (Fr. Pedro). Vocabulario de Ja Lengua Otomi. a
Title from Beristain.

665 Castro (Fr. Andrés). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Matla-
zinga. ee
666 — Sermones y Catecismo en dicho idioma. o
These manuscripts, with a freatise on “Matrimonio,” well written and bound,
exist in the Biblioteca.de Santiago Tlatelnlco, where J have seen them.—JLeristain.

667 ——— Sermones en lengua Matlazinga. 1542. *:

Manuscript. 4°.

These sermons in the Matlazinga Language are the originals by Fr. Andres de
Castro, the first Spaniard who spoke and wrote the said langnage.—Vischer Sale
Cat. ?

Whether this is the same manuscript as the. Sermones mentioned above I do
not know.

668 Castro (P. Juan de Dios). Arte 6 gramatica de la Lengua Otomi. *
Manuscript. 49. ;

669 ——— Vocabulario de Ja Lengua Otomi. *
Manuscript. 4°. Bot' books are preserved in manuscript in the library of the
College of Tepozotlin.— Beristain,

CASTIGLIONI—CATECISMO. 133

670 Catalogue | of | one hundred and seventeen | Indian Portraits, |
representing | eighteen different tribes, | accompanied by | a few
remarks | on the | character, &c. of most of them. | Price 124
cents. | LSH.

No imprint. Pp. 1-24. 8°,

This little pamphlet is a list of prominent persons belonging to tribes named
below, whose portraits were painted by King, of Washington, and copied by
Inman. The names of most of them, with English signification, are given. The
following tribes are represented in the collection:

Seminoles, Otta, Choctaw,
Muscogee or Creek, Pawnee, Chippewa,
Cherokee, Winnebago, Sioux,
Osage, Kansas, Menomine,
Sauk, Fox, Ottawa.
Shawnee, loway,
671 Catechism. | [In the Cherokee language.] BA.S.

No title-page. Pp. 1-4. 32°. In Cherokee characters. Appended to Chero-
kee Primer, q. v.
672 ——— Catechism of the Christian Doctrine, by Lucas Mateo. 2
24 11., double columns, Mexican and Spanish. Dated Angust 19th, 1714. A
modern transcript in the handwriting of Professor Galicia Chimalpopoca. Not
seen; title from the Ramirez Sale Cat.

673 —— Catechism Iroquois.
Poissy. 1842. *
8°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

674 Catecismo. Catecismo Breve en Lengua Mexicana con el Acto de

Contricion, en Idioma Mexicana. *
No date. 11. folio. Not seen; title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 347.

675 Catecismo Breve que precisamente de saber el Cristano.

Puebla, 1854. iS
12°. In the Mexican language. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1939.

676 ——— Catecismo | en | Idioma Mixteco, | segun se habla en los
curatos | de la | Misteca baja, | que pertenecen al obispado | de
Puebla, | formado nuevamente | de oren [sic pro drden] del Exmo.
é Ulmo. Sr. Obispo | Dr. D. Francisco Pablo Vasouez. | E impresso
4 sus espensas. | Por una Comision de curas. |

Puebla. | Imprenta del Hospital de San Pedro. | 1837. | B.
7p. ll., pp. 1-21, in 2 col. 4°.

677 ——— Catecismo | en el Idioma Mixteco | Montamiez, | para el-uso
de los Curatos | que van senalados en la lista que se | inserta. | For-
mado | de oren [sic] del Exmo. 6 Imo. Sr. Obispo | de la | Puebla

| Dr. D. Francisco Pablo Vasquez. | Traducido al castellano, por
una Comision | unida de Curas de la Misteca baja y Montanez. |
Puebla. | Imprenta del Hospital de San Pedro. | 1837. | B
2p. ll., pp. 1-20, in 2 col. 4°.
“These three works [including Manual en Lengua Mixteea, q. v.], although
printed separately, form in reality but one, as is shown by the prologue of the

134 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Catecismo—continued.
first, und from the table of errata which is common to the three. The authors
promise an Arte and Vocabulario which I think has not been published. Mention
is made in this work of another Catecismo Mixteco printed in 1834 by order of
the same bishop. I have not seen it.”—Icazbalceta.

- Catecismo del Quarto Concilio Mexicano. *

126 ll. 4°. Anonymous manuscript of the 18th century. It was ordered to be
printed by the fourth Provincial Council of Mexico. Originally it was composed
by the Fathers of the third Mexican Council in 1585. It was printed in the second
half of last century, but the Catechism of Father Ripalda, which had been in gen-
eral use since the beginning of the 17th century, held its place and this never
came into use. The book has become scarce. This manuscript isa beautiful speci-
men of Mexican handwriting, and is preceded by a long description by the late
Mr. Ramirez.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

678

679 Cathecismo de la Doctrina Christiana traducido en Lengua Cahita.
Compuesto por vn Padre de la Compania de Jesus, Missionero en
la Provincia de Cynaloa. La qual dedica al Patriarcha Senor San
Joseph. Con licencia de los superiores.

En Mexico: por Francisco Xavier Sanchez, en el puente de Pala-
cio. Ano de 1737. *
10 ll. 8°. Not seen; title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 86.

680 Catlin (George). Letters and Notes | on the | Manners, Customs,
and Condition | of the | North American Indians. | By Geo. Cat-
lin. | Written during eight years’ travel among the Wildest Tribes
of | Indians in North America. | In 1832, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 and
39. | In two volumes, | with four hundred illustrations, carefully en-
graved from his original paintings. | Vol. I [-IT]. |

New York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1841. | BA.
2 vols. royal 8°. Pp. viii, 264; viii, 266, 312 plates and maps.

681 Illustrations of the Manners and Customs and Condition of
the North American Indians, with Letters and Notes written during
eight years of Travel and Adventure among the wildest and most
remarkable Tribes now existing. With three hundred and sixty en-
gravings from the Author’s original Paintings, by Geo. Catlin.

London: 1841. oe

2 vols. large 8°. Pp. 264-++266-+179 colored plates.

A number of copies (often announced to have been but twelve) have the
etchings colored.—Vield, No. 260.

“Second edition, ibid., 1842, 2 vols., 8°; third edition, ibid., 1842; fourth edition,
1843; sixth edition, 1846.

“Some copies have the imprint, ‘‘ London: Wiley and Putnam”; others, ‘‘Lon-
don: Published by the Author. 1841.” The plates to this work were afterwards

sold to Mr. H. G. Bohn, who issued the work with the title: Ilustrations of the
Manners, Customs, &c¢.”—Sabin’s Dictionary.

682 —-—— Letters and Notes | on the | Manners, Customs, and Condi-
tion | of the | North American Indians, | By George Catlin. | Writ-
ten during eight years’ travel among the wildest tribes of ! Indians
in North America. | In 1832, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 and 39. | In two

CATECISMO—CATLIN. 135

Catlin (George)—continued.
-volumes, | with four hundred illustrations, carefully engraved from
his original paintings. | Third Edition. | Vol. I {11}. |
New York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1844. | c. Jwe.
2 vols. 8°.
A few words of Mandan compared with the Welsh, vol. 2, p.261; Vocabulary
of the Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccarec, Sioux, and Tnskarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265.
Illustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, and Condition |
of the | North American Indians: | in a series of | Letters and
Notes | written during eight years of travel and adventure among
the | wildest and most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three
hindred and sixty engravings, | from the | Author’s Original Paint-
ings. | By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-I]. | Fifth Edi-
tion. |
London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCC-
XLV [1845]. | Gh
2 vols. large 8°.
A few words of Mandan and Welsh compared, vol. 2, p.161; Vocabulary of the
Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tuscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265,

684 Die Indianer Nord Amerika’s und die wibrend eines acht-
jabrigen Aufenthalts unter den wildesten ihrer Stimme erlebten
Abentheuer und Schicksale, von G. Catlin. Nach der fiinften engli-
schen Original-Ausgabe deutsch herausgegeben von Dr. Heinrich
Berghaus.

683

Briissel und Leipzig. [1846-] 48.
Pp. xii, 382. 8°. 20 colored plates. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.
685 ——— Illustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, and Condition | of

the | North American Indians: | in a series of | Letters and Notes |
written during eight years of Travel and Adventure among the |
wildest and most remarkable Tribes now existing. | With three hun.
dred and sixty engravings | from the Author’s Original Paintings. |
By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | Seventh edition. |
London: | Henry G. Bohn, York street, Covent Garden. |
MDCCCXLVIII [1848]. | A.
2 vols. 8°. Maps.
A few words of Mandan compared with the Welsh, vol. 2, p. 261; Vocabulary
of the Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tuscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265.
Sabin, No. 11537, mentions: Eighth edition, London, H. G. Bohn, 1257;
Ninth, ibid.; Tenth, ibid., 1866.

686 ——— Die Indianer Nord Amerika’s und die wihrend eines acht-
jaibrigen Aufenthalts unter den wildesten ihrer Stimme erlebten
Abentheuer und Schicksale von G. Catlin. Nach der fiinften engli-
schen Ausgabe deutsch herausgegeben von Dr. Heinrich Berghaus.
Mit 24 vom Verfasser nach der Natur entworfenen Gemiilden.
Zweite Ausgabe.

Briissel, Muquardt, 1551. *
382 pp. 5°. Not seen; title from Triibner in Ludewig, who says the vocabu-
laries are on pp. 248-252,

136 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Catlin (George)—continued.

687 ——— Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condi-
tion of the North American Indians, by George Catlin. Written
during eight years’ travel, from 1832 to 1839, amongst the Wildest
Tribes of Indians in North America. With One hundred and fifty
illustrations, on steel and wood.

Philadelphia: Willis P. Hazard. 1857. e

2 vols. 8°. pp. 729; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

688 t—— Illustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, and Condition |
of the | North American Indians | with | Letters and Notes | written
during eight years of travel and adventure among the | wildest and
most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three hundred and
sixty engravings, | from the | Author’s Original Paintings. | By Geo.
Catlin. | In two volumes. Vol. I [-II]. | Tenth edition. |

London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | 1866. |

2 vols. large 8°. ; BA.

689 ——— Illustrations of the Manners, Customs and Condition of the
North American Indians. With Letters and Notes written during
Hight Years of Travel and Adventure among the Wildest and most
Remarkable Tribes now Existing. With 360 colored engravings.
from the author’s original paintings.

London, 1876. Si

2 vols. 8°. Title from Woodward’s Trade Cat.

690 ——— Catlin’s Notes | of | Eight Years’ Travels and Residence |
In Europe, | with his | North American Indian Collection: | with
anecdotes and incidents of the travels and adventures of three | dif-
ferent parties of American Indians whom he introduced | to the
Courts of | England, France and Belgium. | In two volumes oe-
tavo. | Vol. I [-II]. | With numerous illustrations. |

New York: | Burgess, Stringer & Co., 22 Broadway. | 1848. | swe.

2 vols. 8°,

Vol. 1, pp. 253-277, contains a list of Mr. Catlin’s collection of Indian portraits,
with names of personages, the English signification of which is usually given.
For this list see, infra, Descriptive catalogue, 1848, 92 pp. 8°. © The same volume
has, pp. 293-295, a list of names of Ojibbeway and Ioway persons; and vol. 2, p,
13, a list of names of Ioways, with English signification.

691 ——— Adventures | of the | Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians | in |
England, France and Belgium; | being notes of | eight years travel
and residence in Europe | with his | North American Indian Collee-
tion, | by Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | With numer-
ous Engravings. | Third edition. |

London : | Published by the author | at his Indian collection, No.
6, Waterloo Place. | 1852. | BA.

2 vols. 8°.

An English reprint of Notes of Eight years’ travel in Europe. Catalogue, vol.
1, pp. 2538-277.

CATLIN. 137

Catlin (George)—continued.

692 — O-kee-pa: | A Religious Ceremony; | and | other customs of
the Mandans. | By George Catlin. | With Thirteen Coloured Illus-
trations. |

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott and Co. | 1867. | C.
3 p.ll.,52 pp. large 8°.
Short comparative vocabulary of the Mandan and Welsh, p. 45.

693 O-kee-pa: | A Religious Ceremony; | and other | customs of
the Mandans. | By | George Catlin. | With Thirteen Coloured Ilus-
trations. |

London: | Triibner and Co., 60 Paternoster Row. | 1867. | All
rights reserved. | BA.

52 pp. large 8°.

A few words of Mandan compared with the Welsh, p. 45.

694. Life amongst the Indians. A Book for Youth. By George
Catlin.
London: 8S. Low, Son & Co. 1861. *

811, pp. xii, 339. 16°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

Life | amongst | the Indians. | A Book for Youth. | By
George Catlin, | Author of “Notes of Travels amongst the North
American Indians,” etc. |

London: Sampson Low, Son, & Marston, | Milton House, Ludgate
Hill. | 1867. | (The right of translation is reserved.) | A.

Pp. xii, 1-339. 16°.
Life | amongst | the Indians. | A Book for Youth. | By
George Catlin, | Author of “Notes of Travels amongst the North
American Indians”. ete. |

New York: | D. Appleton & Co., 443 & 445 Broadway. | 1867. | c.

Pp. i-xii, 1-339. sm. 4°.

Mandan and Iowa proper names with English signification.

695

696

La Vie chez les Indiens; scénes et aventures de voyage
parmi les tribus des deux Amériques. Ouvrage écrit pour la jeunesse.
Traduit et annoté par F. de Lanoye et illustré de 25 gray. sur bois.
Paris: L. Hachette et C*. 1863. *
12°. + seconde édition. Paris: L. Hachette et Cie. 1866. 396 pp. 18°. Title
and note from Sabin’s Dictionary.

697

698 ———- Catalogue | of | Catlin’s Indian Gallery | of | Portraits,
Landscapes, | Manners and Customs, | Costumes &e. &c., | collected
during seven years’ travel amongst thirty-eight dif: | ferent tribes,
speaking different languages. |

New York: | Piercy & Reed, Printers, 7 Theatre Alley. | 1837. |

36 pp. 12°. HU. LSH.

A list of prominent personages of different tribes, giving their names with
English meaning.

699 Catalogue | of | Catlin’s Indian Gallery | of | Portraits,

Landscapes, | Manners and Customs, | Costumes, &c. &e. | Collected

138 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Catlin (George)—continued.
during seven years’ travel amongst thirty-eight | different tribes,
speaking different languages. |
New York: | Piercy & Reed, Printers,7 Theatre Alley. | 1838. | Hu.
36 pp. 16°
Names of personages of the following tribes, most of them with English sig-
nification:

Osage (Wa-Sa-See),

Saecs (Sau-Kie),

Foxes,

Pawnee Picts (Tow-e-ahge),
Konza,

Comanchee (Ko-manche),
Ki-o-wa,

Wee-co,

Sioux (Dah-co-ta),

Puncah,

Crows (Bel-ant-se-a),
Mandans (Se-pohs-ka-nu-ma-kah-kee),
Black Foot,

Me-nom-o-nie,

Shawnee (Sha-wa-no),
Grosventres (Min-a-tar-rees),
Chippeway (O-jib-be-way),
T-ro-quois,

Ric-ca-ree,

Flat Heads,

As-sin-ne-boin (Stone Boilers),
Shi-enne,

Cher-o-kee,

Po-to-wa-to-mie,
Pi-an-ke-shaw,
Mus-ko-gee (Creek),
Win-ne-ba-go,
J-o-wa,

Sen-e-ca,

O-nei-da,

Qua-paw,

_ Ot-ta-wa,

Pe-o-ri-a,
Sho-sho-nie,
O-ma-haw,

O-toe,

Mis-sou-ries,
Kick-a-poo,

We-ah,
Kas-kas-ki-a,

Cree (IV nis-te-neux),
Choc-taw,
Del-a-ware,
Pawnees of the Platte,
Sem-i-noles,
Euchees.

Field, No. gives the title of an edition of 1838. 40 pp. 12°.

700

A | Descriptive Catalogue | of | Catlin’s Indian Gallery |
containing | Portraits, | Landscapes, Costumes, &c., | and | repre-
sentation of the Manners and Customs | of the | North American
Indians. | Collected and printed entirely by Mr. Catlin, | during
seven years travel amongst 48 tribes, mostly speaking different lan-
guages. | Exhibited for nearly three years, with great success, in
the, | Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, London. | Admittance One Shil-

ling. |
Colophon: C. and J. Adlard, Printers, Bartholomew Close, Lon-
don. [1840.] BA.
48 pp. 4°.
701 ——— Catalogue Raisonné | de | La Galerie Indienne de M* Cat-

lin, | renfermant | des Portraits, | des Paysages, des Costumes,
etc., | et | des Scenes de Mceurs et Coutumes | des | Indiens de
YAmérique du Nord. | Collection entiérement faite et peinte par Mr
Catlin | pendant un séjour de 8 ans parmi 48 tribus sauvages. Prix:
50 centimes. |

[No place. ]
1845. |

47 pp. 8°.

Imprimerie de Wittersheim, Rue Montmorency, 8.
HU.

CATLIN. 139

Catlin (George)—continued.

702 ——— A Descriptive Catalogue | of | Catliu’s Indian Collection, |
containing | Portraits, Landscapes, Costumes, &e., | and | represen-
tations of the Manners and Customs | of the | North American In-
dians. | Collected and painted entirely by Mr. Catlin, during eight
years’ travel amongst | forty-eight tribes, mostly speaking different
languages. | Also | opinions of the press in England, France, and
the United States. |

London: | Published by the Author, | at his Indian Collection,
No. 6, Waterloo Place. | 1848. | HU. LSH.

92 pp. 8°, ;

A reprint of the list which appears in Catalogue Raisonné. It is also printed
in Notes of Eight Years’ Travel * * in Europe, New York, 1848, vol. 1, pp. 253-277 ;
and in: Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians, London, 1852, yol. 1,
Pp. 253-277. The list of tribes represented is as follows:

Sacs (Sdukies), Chippeways (Ojibbeways),
Foxes, Iroquois,

Konzas, Ottuwas,

Osage or Wasawsee, Winnebagoes,
Camanchees, Menomonies,
Pawnee Picts (Toweeahge), Potowatomie,
Kiowa, Kickapoo,

Weeco, Kaskaskia,

Sioux (Dahcota), Weeah,

Puncab, Peoria,

Pawnees, Piankeshaw,
Omahas, Toway,

Otetoes, Senecas,

Missouries, Oneida,

Riccarees, Tuskarora,
Mandans, Moheeconneu or Mohegan,
Shienne, Delawares,

Flat Heads or Nez Percés, Shawano (Shawnee),
Chinook, Cherokees,

Black Feet, Muskogee (Creek),
Crows (Belantsea), Choctaw,

Gros Ventres (Minatarrees), Seminole,

Crees (Knisteneux), Uchee.

Assineboins,

703

North and South American Indians. | Catalogue | Deserip-
tive and Instructive | of | Catlin’s | Indian Cartoons. | Portraits,
Types, and Customs. | 600 paintings in oil. | With | 20,00) full length
figures | illustrating their various games, religious ceremonies, and
| other customs, | and | 27 canvas paintings | of | Lasalle’s Discoy-
eries. |

New York: | Baker and Godwin, Printers, Printing-House
Square, | 1871. | C. LSH.

99-pp. 8°.

This catalogue is a reprint, with some additions, of that published in 1848,
The following tribes which are not named in the earlier publications are repre-
sented in the later one:

140 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Catlin (George)—continued.

Arapaho, i Wallawalla, Chippewyan,
Micmac, Yutah, Esquimaux,
Navaho, Stone, Aleutian,
Shoshonee, Copper, Cochimtee,
Nayas, Spokan, Mohave,
Hyda, Athapasca, Yuma,
Klahoquaht, Dogrib, Yumaya,
Klatsop, Selish, Maya.
704. ——— Fourteen | Ioway Indians. | Key | To their various Dances,

Games, Ceremonies, Songs, | Religion, Superstitions, Costumes,
Weapons, &c. &c. | By Geo. Catlin. |

Second title: ;

Unparalleled Exhibition. | The | fourteen | Ioway Indians | and
their | Interpreter, | just arrived from the Upper Missouri, near | the
Rocky Mountains, North America. | “‘ White Cloud,” | the head chief
of the tribe, is with this interesting | party, giving them that pecu-
liar interest, which | no other party of American Indians have had
in a | foreign country; and they are under the immediate | charge
of | G. H.C. Melody, | who accompanied them from their country, |
with their favorite Interpreter, | Jeffrey Doraway. | Price Six-

pence. |
London: | W.S. Johnson, ‘Nassau Steam Press”, Nassau-Street |
Soho. | MDCCCXLIV [1844]. | C.

Outside title and 28 pp. 16°.
Proper names with English signification.
705 Cepeda (I’r. Francisco). Artes de las Lenguas Chiapa, Zoque, Cel-
dales y Cinacanteca.
Mexico, 1560. *
4°. Title from Beristain. Leclerc says no copy of the above is known to exist.
706 Chacon (P. Tomas). Arte de la Lengua Tarasca, y Sermones en la
misma. *
Manuscript in the library of the College of 8. Gregorio, in Mexico.—Beristain.
707 Chahta. Chahta Almanak | Hvpin Chitokaka yvt vtta tok a afvmmi
holhtena | 1843. | [Three lines English; three lines Choctaw.| |
Chalaki yakni ak o aivlhta ha tok. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | [n.d.] ABC.

44 pp. 16°. - :
For Choctaw almanac of previous years see Holisso Hvshi.
708 —— Chahta Almanak | Hvpin Chitokaka yvt vtta tok a afvmmni

holhtina. | 1844. | {Three lines English, three lines Choctaw.] |
Chalaki yakni ak o aivlhta ha tok. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | 1843. | ano.
24 pp. 16°. :
Chahta | Holisso.. |
Boston: | Printed by Crocker & Brewster. | 1830. | BA. ARC.
108 pp. 18°. Choctaw Spelling Book.
First edition, 1827, 65 pp.—Byington’s Mss. Dict.

709

CATLIN— CHAHTA. 141

Chahta—continued.
710 ——— Chahta- Holisso | Ai isht ia vmmona. | Third edition, | Re-
vised: |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster; | 1835. | BA. AAS.
Pp. 1-72. 12°.
Fourth edition, 1846, 108 pp.—Byinglon’s Mss. Dict.

711 Chahta Holisso | ai isht ia vmmona. | The | Choctaw Spell-
ing Book. | Fifth Edition, | revised and enlarged.
Boston: | Press of T. R. Marvin. | 1849. | C.
107 pp. 16°.

712 ——— Chahta Holisso | ai isht ia vmmona. | The
_ ing Book. | Sixth Edition, revised. |

Choctaw Spell-

Boston: | Press of T. R. Marvin. | 1852. | BP. ABC,
107 pp. 16°
7138 —— Chahta Holisso | it im anumpuli. | Or the | Choctaw

Reader. | For the use of | Native Schools. |

Union: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for For-
eign Missions. | John I’. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836.|- wp. LSH. BA.

Pp. 1-123., 2 ll., contents. 16°

714 A Tukla, | or | the Second Chahta Book: | containing trans-
lations | of | Portions of the Scriptures, | Biographical Notices | of |
Henry Obokiah and Catharine Brown, | a Catechism, | and Disserta-
tions on | Religious Subjects. | .

Cincinnati: | Printed by Morgan, Lodge, and Fisher. | 1827, | Ba.

Pp. 1-144. 18°.

715 ——— Chahta I Kana | or the | Choctaw Friend. | Being a Collee-
tion of | Moral and Religious Tracts, original and selected | in the |
Choctaw Language. |

Union: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for
Foreign Missions. | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836. |. Ano. awe.

Pp. i-iv, 1-187 pp. 16°.

This little volume contains a number of tracts each paged separately, but in-
eluding a continuous pagination on the inner edge of the page: The following
are the titles:

Hinili Ubokaia, pp. 1-20.

Keti Bilaun, pp. 21-35.

Poor Sarah, the Indian Woman, pp. 37-52.

Am Ia Christian? Vno vt vba anumpuli sia hoh cho? pp. 52-57.

The Bible. Holisso holitopa isht anumpa, pp. 58-59.

Explanation of the Teu Commandments, pp. 61-98.

A Poison Tree and Sin, pp. 98-100...

Translation of the Book of Jonah, pp. 101-110.

Story of Naaman and Gehazi, pp. 110-116.

Patient Joe, pp. 116-119.

Psalm 116. Anumpa holisso holitopa a kucha, pp. 119-120.

The Worth of a Dollar, pp. 121-130.

Providence Acknowledged, pp. 130-132.

142 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Chahta—continued.

The Incorrigible Sinner forewarned of his doom, pp. 133-144.

He that toucheth you toucheth the apple of his eye, pp. 145-150.

Do as you would be done by, pp. 150-155.

Irreverence in the house of God, pp. 157-165.

Pray for them which persecute you, pp. 165-168.

The Troublesome Garden, pp. 169-186.

Parents’ neglect of their children, pp. 186-187.

Some of these tracts were issued at an earlier date than the above. Byington’s
Manuscript Choctaw Dict. mentions ‘‘Henry Obakiah, abridged, 1827; Catherine
Brown, abridged, 1827; Book of Jonah, 1835.” See IQ tse of this catalogue.

716 ——— Chahta Naholhtina: | or | Choctaw Arithmetic. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster; | 1835. | ABC. CG. BA,
72 pp. 12°.
Second edition, 1845, 72 pp.—Byington’s Mss. Dict.

717 Chamberlain (Montague). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the

Melicite (Malisit) Language, River St. John, New Brunswick. re

Manuscript in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected December,

1820. Recorded in a copy of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages,
first edition.

718 Chamberlayn (John), Hditor. Oratio | Dominica | in Diversas Om-
nium fere | Gentium Linguas | versa | et | Propriis evjvsqve Lin-
gvae | characteribvs expressa, | Una cum Dissertationibus nonnul-
lis de Linguarum | Origine, variisque ipsarum permutationibus. |
Editore | Joanne Chamberlaynio | Anglo-Britanno, Regiae Socie-
tatis Londinensis & | Berolinensis Socio. |

Amsteledxmi, | Typis Guilielmi & Davidis Goerei. | MDCCXV

[1715]. | . ; Ba

24 p. Il, pp. 1-94, 311. 4°.

Contains the Lord’s Prayer in: Mohogice and Savanahice, p. 89; Virginice
and Karirice, p. 90; Mexicane, p. 91; Poconchine, p. 92.

Followed by: ‘‘ Appendix continens quatuor precipuas voces in Orationibus
Dominicis occurrentes....ex Americanis” viz: Pater, Coelum, Terra, Panis
in Algonkine, Caraibice, Chilice, Mohogice, Savanahice, Crickice, Chackta-
wice, Apalachice, Virginiane, Guarinice s. Brasilice, Mexicane, Poconchine.

Title and note furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

719 Champlain (Samuel de). Les | Voyages | de la | Novvelle France |
occidentale, dicte | Canada, | faits par le St de Champlain | Xaince-
tongeois, Capitaine pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponant, & toutes
les Descouuertes qwil a faites en | ce pais depuis Van 1603. iusques
en Pan 1629. | On se voit comme ce pays a esté premierement descou-
uert par les Francois, | sous ’authorité de nos Roys tres-Chrestiens,
lusques au regne | de sa Majesté a present regnante Lovis XIII.
Roy de France & de Nauarre. | Avec vn traitté des qualitez & condi-
tions requises a vn bon & parfaict Nauigateur | pour cognoistre la
diuersité des Estimes qui se sont en la Nauigation; Les | Marques
& enseignements que la prouidence de Dieu a mises dans les Mers |

CHAHTA—CHAMPLAIN. 143

Champlain (Samuel de)—continued.
pour redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tom.
beroient en | de grands dangers. Et la maniere de bien dresser
Cartes mavzines auec leurs | Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, & autre
chose necessaire 4 la Nanigation. | Ensemble vne Carte generalle de
la description dudit pays faicte en son Meridien selon | la declinaison
de la guide Aymant, & vn Catechisme ou Instruction traduicte | du
Francois au langage des peuples Sauuages de quelque contrée, auec |
ce qui s’est passé en ladite Nouuelle France en année 1631 [PAs:
Monseignevr le Cardinal Dve de Richeliey. |

A Paris. | Chez Clavde Collet au Palais, en la Gallerie des Prison-
niers, | a l’Estoille d’Or. | M.DC.XXXII [1632]. | Auec Priuilege du
Roy | JCB.

8, 308, 16, 310, 20, 54, 8 pp. 4°. maps.

Brebceuf (J.) Doctrine Chrestienne * * en Langage Canadois, pp. 1-15.

Massé (E.) L’Oraison Dominicale tradvite en Langage des Montagnars, pp.
16-20.

According to Brunet a portion of the edition of 1632 bears the imprint of Pierre
Le Mur; another that of Louis Sevestre; the former I have not seen, the title to
the latter is as follows:

720 ——— Les | Voyages | de la | Novvelle France | Occidentale,
dicte | Canada, | Faits par le S*de Champlain | Xainctongeois, Capi-
taine pour le Roy en Ja Marine du | Ponant, & toutes les Descou-
uertes qu’il a faites en | ce pais depuis Van 1603. iusques en Van
1629. | Ot. se voit comme ce pays a esté premierement descounert
par les Frangois, | sous l’authorité de nos Roys tres-Chrestiens, ius-
ques au regne | de sa Majesté a present regnante Lovis XIII. | Roy
de France & de Nauarre. | Auec vn traitté des qualitez & conditions
requises 4 vn bon & parfaict Nauigateur | pour cognoistre la diuer-
sité des Estimes qui se font en la Nauigation. Les | Marques &
enseignements que la prouidence de Dieu A mises dans les Mers |
pour redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tom.
beroient en | de grands dangers, Et la maniere de bien dresser
Cartes marines auee leurs | Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, & autre
chose necessaire 4 la Nauigation. | Ensemble vne Carte generalle de
la description dudit pays faicte en son Meridien selon | la declinaison
de la guide Aymant & vn Catechisme ou Instruction traduicte | du
Francois au langue des peuples Sauuages de quelque contrée, auec |
ce qui s’est passé en ladite Nouvelle France en Vannée 1631. | A
Monseigneyr le Cardinal Dve de Richeliev. |

A Paris. | Chez Lovis Sevestre Imprimeur-Libraire rué du Menrier
prés la Porte | 8. Victor & en sa Boutique dans la cour du Palais. |
M.DC.XXXII [1652]. | Auece Priuilege du Roy. | BA. JCB.

16, 308, 310, 8, 54 and 20 pp. 4°. map.

Linguistics as in previous title.

721 ——— Les | Voyages | de la | Novvelle France | occidentale, dite |
Canada: | faits par le S" de Champlain | Xainctongeois, Capitaine

144 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Champlain (Samuel de)—continued.

pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponant, & toutes les Descouuertes
qwil a faites en | ce Pais depuis Van 1603. iusques en Pan 1629. |
On se voit comme ce Pays a esté premierement descouuert par les
Francois, | souz ’authorité de nos Roys tres-Chrestiens, iusques au
regne | de sa Majesté & present regnante Lovis XIII. | Roy de
France & de Nauarre. | Auee vn Traicté de qualitez & conditions
requises 4 vn bon & parfait Naui- | gateur pour cognoistre la diuer-
sité des Estimes qui se sont en la Nauigation: | Les marques & en-
seignements que la prouidence de Dieu a mises dans les | Mers pour
redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tombe- |
roiet en de grands dangers: Et la maniere de bien dresser cartes
marines, anec | leurs Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, & autres choses
necessaires 4 la Nauigation. | Ensemble vne Carte generale de la
description dudit Pays faite en son Meridien, selon | la declinaison
de la Guide-Aymant; & vn Catechisme ou Instruction traiduite |
du Frangois au langage des Peuples Sauuages de quelque contrée:
Auec | ce quis’est passé en ladite Nouuelle France en Pannée 1631. |
A Monseignevr le Cardinal Dve de Richeliev. |

A Paris. | Chez Clavde Collet, au mont sainct Hilaire, prés le
Puits Certain. | M.DC.XL [1640]. | Avec privilege dv Roy. | Ics.

16, 308, 310, 8, 54,20 pp. 4°. map. ;

Brebceuf (J.) Doctrine Chrestienne en Langage Canadois, pp. 1-15.

Massé (f£.) L’Oraison Dominicale tradvite en Langage des Montagnars,
pp. 16-20.

722: ——— (Euvres | de | Champlain | publiées | sous le patronage | de
YUniversité Laval | Par Abbé C.-H. Laverdiére, M. A. | Professeur
d'Histoire a la Faculté des Arts | et Bibliothéeaire de Université |
Seconde Edition | Tome I [-V]. |

Québec | Imprimé au Séminaire par Geo.-E. Desbarats | 1870 |

Aza

2 p.ll., Ixxvi, 1478 pp. reyal 8°. 5 vols.; vol.5 in 2 parts. BA. JCB. C.

Paged at top with original pagination, at bottom consecutively.

Vol. 5 (in 2 parts) is a reprint in fac-simile, as to arrangement, of Les Voyages
de Ja Novvelle France. Paris, Sevestre, 1632.

Brebeuf (J.) Doctrine Chrestienne, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 1-15 (pp. 1298-1407 of the
series).

Massé (I5.) L’Oraison Dominicale, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 16-20 (pp. 1408-1412 of the .
series).

The edition of Paris, 1830, 2 vols., 8°, does not contain the above articles,

723 Chanal (Capt. Prosper). Vocabulaire de Tchinkitane Cote Nord-
Ouest de Amérique a 57 degrés de latitude Nord.

In Fleurieu (C. P. C.) Voyage autour du Monde, vol. 1, pp.585-591. Paris An.
viee-vili. 4°. On pp. 284-286 of the same volume are: Numerals (1-40) of the
Tchinkitané, and of Queen Charlotte’s Island, and a few reraarks on the Tehinki-
tané Janguage.

Reprinted in vol. 1, pp. 380-384, and vol. 2, pp. 258-267, of the English edition.
London, i801. 2 vols. 8°.

CHAMPLAIN—CHARENCEY, 145

724 Chapin (Rev. Alonzo B.) Glastenbury | for | Two Hundred Years: |
a | Centennial Discourse, | May 18th. A. D. 1853. | With an Appen-
dix, | containing | Historical and Statistical Papers of Interest. |
By Kev. Alonzo B. Chapin, D. D. | Rector of St. Luke’s Church,

[&e., 3 lines]. | [Quotation, 3 lines.] | Cc. T.
Hartford: | Press of Case, Tiffany and Company. | 1853. |
252 pp. 8°.

“JIndian History and Sale,” pp. 9-25, giving the etymology and signification

of Indian names of places.

725 Chapin (Col. G.) Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco Apaches.

Manuscript. 1011. 4°. In the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 1867, at Camp Goodwin, Arizona.

726 Chappell (Liewt. Edward). Narrative | of a | Voyage | to | Hud-
son’s Bay | in | His Majesty’s Ship Rosamond | containing some
account of | the North-eastern Coast of America | and | of the
Tribes | inhabiting | that remote region. | By | Lieut. Edward
Chappell, R. N. | [One line quotation.] |

London: | Printed for J. Mawman, Ludgate Street: | By R. Watts,
Crown Court, Temple Bar. | 1817. | BA. C.

6 p.Il., 279 pp. 8°. map.

A short Esquimaux vocabulary (21 words),p.116. Appendix F. “A vocabulary
of the language of the Cree or Knisteneanx Indians inhabiting the western shores
of Hudson’s Bay. Presented to the Author by a Trader who had resided Thirty
Years in that country,” pp. 256-279.

727 Charencey (Hyacinthe de). De la parenté de la langue japonaise
avec les idiomes tartares et américains.

Paris: Challamel. 1858. <

8°. Republished from the Annales de philosophie chrétienne.—Sabin’s Dic-
tionary.

728 ——— Notice sur un Ancien Manuscrit Mexicain dit Codex Telle

riano-Remensis. [Signed H. de Charencey.] 2

In Revue Orientale et Américaine, tome ii, pp. 215-219. Paris, 1859. 8°.
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. Issued separately as follows:
729 ——— Notice sur un ancien manuscrit mexicain, dit Codex Telle-
riano-Remensis.
Paris, Challamel, 1859. i!
7 pp. 8°. 1 pl. Extract from the Revue Orientale et Américaine.—Leclerc.
Eléments | de la | Grammaire Othomi | traduit de VEs-
pagnol | accompagnés d’une Notice d’Adelung sur cette langue |
traduite de VAllemand | et suivie @une | vocabulaire comparé
Othomi-Chinois. |
Paris | Maisonneuve et C*, | Libraires-Editeurs | a la Tour de
Babel. | 1863. | S.
Pp. 1-39. 8°.
731 —— Recherches sur la famille de langues Tapijualapane-Mixe
(Mexique.)
Havre, Lepelletier, 1867.
15 pp. 8°. Title from Leclere.
10 Bib

730

146 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. A

Charencey (Hyacinthe de)—continued.

732 Recherches sur la famille de langues Américaines Pirinda-
Othomi.
Paris, 1867. -
10 pp. 8°. Extract from the Annales de philosophie chrétienne.—Leclere.
733 - Des affinités de la langue Basque avec les idiomes du Nou-

veau-Monde, Par M. H. De Charencey, Membre correspondant. .
In Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen, Mémoires,
pp. 204-238. Caen, 1868. 8°.
Issued separately as follows:

734 Des affinites de la langue basque avec les idiomes du Nou-
veau Monde. -

Caen, 1867.

37 pp. 8°. Not seen; title from the Dufossé Catalogue.

735 Le Pronom Personnel | dans les Idiomes | de Ja Famille Ta-
pachulane-Huastéque | par | M. H. De Charencey | Membre Corre-
spondant de ’Académie impériale des Sciences, Arts | et Belles-
Lettres de Caen | [Vignette.]

Caen | Imprimerie de F’. Le Blane-Hardel | Rue Froide,2| 1868] Ase.

1p. L, 22 pp. 8°. Extract from the Mémoires de l’Académie impériale des

Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen, for 1868. 5

736 ——— Essai de déchiffrement dun fragment Winscription palen-
quéenne. *

In Soc. Philologique, actes, tome i. 1869-72.

Not seen; title from list of contents of ‘‘ Actes,” ete. Separately issued as follows:
Hssai de déchiffrement Wun fragment d inscription palen-
quéenne. :

Paris, 1870. *

15 pp. 8°. Not seen; title from Maisonneuve Catalogue.

737

738 Notice | sur | quelques Familles | de {| Langues du Mexique
| Par H. De Charencey |
Havre | Imprimerie Lepelletier | 1870 | ASG.
39 pp. 8°.

Grammatic notes on the Chichimeque, pp. 1-23; Pirinda-Othomi, pp. 23-29;
Zoque- Mixe, pp. 29-33; Mam-Huastéque, pp. 33-36; Californiennes, pp. 36-39.
739 Le Mythe | de Votan | Btude sur les origines asiatiques | de

la civilisation Américaine | par | H. de Charencey. |
Alengon | Imprimerie de E. de Broise | Place d’armes. | 1871 | A.
3 p.1l., pp. 7-144. 8°.
Explanation of Maya and Quiché terms scattered through.
H. de Charencey. | Recherches | sur les | Lois Phonétiques |
dans les | Idiomes de la | Famille Mame-Huastique. |
Paris. | Maisonneuve et Cie. | Libraires-Editeurs, 15 Quai Vol-
taire. | S.
1 p.1., pp. 1-89, 8°. Extract from Revue de Linguistique. [1872.]
Hssai @analyse grammaticale @un texte en langue Maya,
Par M. H. De Charencey, Membre correspondant.

In Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen. Mémoires,
pp. 142-161. Caen, 1874. 8°.

740

741

CHARENCEY. 147

Charencey (Hyacinthe de)—continued.
742 ——— Essai d’analyse grammaticale dun texte en langue maya.
Caen, Le Blanc-Hardel, 1873. *
22 pp. 8°. Title from Leclere’s Supplement.
743 ——— Essai d’Analyse Grammaticale | @un | Texte en Langue
Maya | Par H. De Charencey | Membre Correspondant de la Société
Havraise | @Btudes diverses |

Havre | Imprimerie Lepelletier | 1875 | ASG.
9 pp. 8°.

744 ——— Hssai de déchiffrement d’un fragment du manuscrit troano.
Paris, 1875. *

8°. Not seen; title from Leroux’s Catalogue, 1879,

745 ——— Fragment de Chrestomathie | dela langue | Maya antique |

par | H. de Charencey |

Paris, Ernest Leroux, Editeur | {ete., four lines] | 1875 | A.
Printed cover, title 11., pp.3-8. 8°.

746 ——— Etude sur la prophétie en langue Maya @’Ahkuilchel.
Paris, 1876. *
5°. Not seen; title from Leroux’s Catalogue.

TAT Recherches sur le codex Troano. *
Paris, 1876.

8°. Not seen; title from Dufossé Catalogue.

748 - Mélanges | sur | Différents Idiomes | de la | Nouvelle Es-
pagne | par H. de Charencey |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | [ete., four lines] | 1876 | A. Des.
Printed cover, half-title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 5-31. 8°.
Fragment de vocabulaire Chiapanéque-Frangais, pp. 6-11; Série des noms de
nombre dans les idiomes Tzendale, Zapotéque, Mixteque, pp. 11-12; Fragment de
grammaire de la langue Quéléne, pp. 12-24; Mélanges surla langue Cakgi, pp. 24-31.

749 ——— Des Couleurs | considerées comme | Symboles des Points de
PHorizon | chez les Peuples du Nouveau-Monde | par | H. De Cha-
rencey |

Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire [&e.,5 lines] | 1877 | asa.
2p.ll., pp. 149-212, 1]. 8°. From Actes de la Société Philologique, tome vi,
no. 3, octobre 1876.

750 ——— Les couleurs symboliques appliquées aux points de ’espace
chez les Américaines.

Paris. 1877. se
8°. Title from Leroux Catalogue, 1879.

Chronologie | des | Ages ou Soleils | Vaprés la Mythologie

Mexicaine | par | M. De Charencey | Membre Correspondant de

VYAcadémie Nationale des Sciences | Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen

| [Vignette.]
Caen | Imprimerie de F. Le Blane-Hardel | Rue Froide, 2 et 4 |

1878 | ASG,
29 pp. 8°. Extract from Mémoires de Académie de Caen.

751

148 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Charencey ([yacinthe de)—continued.
752 — Des | Animaux Symboliques | dans leur relation avec les
points de Pespace | chez les Américains | par | H. De Charencey |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire [&c.,4]ines] | 1878 | ase.
19 pp. 6°.
753 ——— Bitudes de paléographie américaine. Déchiffrement des
écritures calculiformes ou Mayas. Le bas-relief de la croix de Palen-
que et le MSS. Troano.

Alengon, De Broise, 1879. *
32 pp. 8°. Not seen; title from Leclere’s Supplement, 1881.
754 ——— Des Explétives Numérales dans les Dialectes de la Famille
Maya-Quiche. ASG.
No title-page. 48 pp. 8°. Extract from the Revue de Linguistique. [Paris, 1860. ]
755 —— Des signes de numération en maya. *

Alengon, De Broise, 1881.
7 pp. 8°. Title from the Leclere Supplement.

See Cuog (J. A.)

756 Charlevoix (Pierre Frangois Xavier de). Histoire | et Description
Générale | de la | Nouvelle France, | avec | le Journal Historique |
@un Voyage fait par ordre du Roi dans | ’ Amérique Septentrionale. |
Par Je P. De Charlevoix, de la Compagnie de Jésus. | Tome Premier
[-Troisieme]. |

A Paris, | Chez Nyon Fils, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, 4 Occasion. |
M. DCC. XLIV [1744]. | Avec approbation et privilége du Roi.| ¢.7cR.

8 vols. 4°. maps. The third volume has a diffcrent title-page, as follows:

Journal | dun | Voyage | fait par ordre du Roi | dans |
L’Amérique Septentrionale; | Adressé 4 Madame la Duchesse | De
Lesdiguicres. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compagnie de Jésus. |
Tome | roisiéme.

A Paris, | Chez Nyon Fils, Libraire, Quai des Augustinus, & ’Oc-
casion. | M. DCC. XLIV [1744]. | Avee approbation et privilége du
Roi. | C. JCB.

““Onzieme Lettre” contains, p. 189, afew remarks on the Huron language.

Sabin’s Dictionary adds the following imprints:

+A Paris, chez Pierre Frangois Giffart, rue Saint Jacques & Sainte Therese.
M. DCC. XLIV. 3 vols. 4°.

+ A Paris, chez la Veuve Ganeau, Libraire, rue S. Jacques, prés Ja rné du

Plitre, aux Armes de Dombes. M. DCC. XLIV. <Avee approbation et privilége
du Roi. 3 vols. 4°.

-+-A Paris: chez Rolin Fils, Libraire. Quaides Augustins. MDCCXLIV. 3vols. 4°.
757 ——— Histoire | et | Description Générale | de la | Nouvelle
France, | avec | le Journal Historique | @un Voyage fait par ordre
Ju Roi | dans PAmérique Septentrionale. | Parle P. De Charlevoix,
de la Compagnie | de Jésus. | Tome [&e.] |
A Paris, | Chez Pierre Francois Giffart, | rue Saint Jacques, a
Sainte Therese. | M DCC XLIV [1744]. | Avee Approbation & privi-
lége du Roy. BA. JCB.
6 vols. 12°. Vols. 5 and 6 have title-page as follows:

CHARENCEY—:HARLEVOIX. 149

Charlevoix (Pierre Francois Xavier de)—continued.

-1

759

Journal | un | Voyage | fait par ordre du Roi | dans | ’Amé-
rique | Septentrio:nale; | addressé A Madame la Duchesse | de Les-
diguieres. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compagnie | de Jésus. |
Tome [&c.] |

A Paris, | Chez Pierre-Francois Giffart, | rue Saint Jacques, a
Sainte Therese. | MDCCOXLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation & privi-
lége du Roy. | BA. JCB,

Vol. v, Letter xii, contains, pp. 289-292, remarks on the Huron language.

Sabin’s Dictionary, and Leclerc’s Bib. Am. add the following:

+ Paris: Nyon. MDCCXLIV. 6 vols. 12°. ;

+ Paris: Ganeau. MDCCXLIV. 6 vols. 12°.

+ Paris: Didot. MDCCXLIV. 6 vols. 12°.

+ Paris: Didot. MDCCXLIX. 6 vols. 12°.

+ Paris: Rolin fils. MDCCXLIX. 6 vols. 12°,

The “Journal Vun Voyage” has been reprinted in English, as follows:

53 ——— Journal | of a | Voyage | to | North-America. | Undertaken

by Order of the | French King. | Containing | The Geographical De-
seription and Natural | History of that Country, particularly | Can-
ada. | Together with | An Account of the Customs, Characters, |
Religion, Manners and Traditions | of the original Tuhabitants. | In
a Series of Letters to the Duchess of Lesdiguieres. | Translated
from the French of P. De Charlevoix. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I
[-1}. |

London: | Printed for R. and J. Dodsley, in Pall Mall. |
MDCCLXI [1761]. | BA.

2 vols. 8°.

Remarks on the Huron language, vol. 1, pp. 299-303.

Letters | to the | Dutchess of Lesdiguieres; | giving an Ac-
count of a | Voyage to Canada, | and | Travels through that vast
Country, | and | Louisiana, to the Gulf of Mexico. | Undertaken | By
Order of the present King of France | By Father Charlevoix. |
Being a more full and accurate De- | scription of Canada, and the
neigh- | bouring Countries than has been | before published; the
Character of | every Nation or Tribe in that vast | Tract being given;
their Religion, | Customs, Manners, Traditions, Go- | vernme.at,
Languages, and Towns; | the Trade carried on with them, | and at
what places; the Posts or | Forts, and Settlements, established | by
the French; the great Lakes, | Water Falls and Rivers, with the |
manner of navigating them; the | Mines, Tisheries, Plants, and
Ani- | mals of these Countries. | With reflections on the Mistakes
the | French have committed in carrying | on their Trade and Settle-
ments; | and the most proper method of | proceeding pointed out. |
Including also an Account of the Au- | thor’s Shipwreek in the Chan-
nel of | Bahama, and Return in a Boat to | the Mississippi, along
the Coast of | the Gulf of Mexico, with his Voy- | age from thence to
St. Domingo, | and back to France. |

150 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Charlevoix (Pierre Francois Xavier de)—continued.
Printed for R. Goadby, and Sold by R. Baldwin in Pater- | Noster-

Row, London, 1763. | BA. C. JCB.
xvi, 384 pp. 8°. map. Sabin’s Dictionary says some copies have the date 1764.
Remarks on the Huron an] Algonkin Languages, pp. 120-124.

760 ——— A | Voyage | to | North-America: | Undertaken by Com-
mand of the present | King of france. | Containing | the Geographi-
cal Description : . |
With | The Customs, Manners, Trade and Religion | of the Inhabi-
tants; a Description of the Lakes and | Rivers, with their Naviga-
tion and Manner of passing | the Great Cataracts. | By Father
Charlevoix. | Also, | A Description and Natural History of the
Islands in the | West Indies belonging to the different Powers of |
Europe. Illustrated with a number of curious Prints | and Maps
not in any other Edition. | In two volumes. |

Dublin: | Printed for John Exshaw, and James Potts, in | Dame-
Street. | MDCCLXYVI [1766]. | C. JCB.

2 vols. 8°. maps.

Brief remarks on the Huron Language, vol. 1, pp. 163-166.

Ihave seen several partial reprints of Charlevoix which do not contain the
linguistic matter.

761 Chase (Pliny Earle). On Certain Primitive Names of the Supreme
Being.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 9, pp. 420-424. Philadelphia, 1869. 8°.
Terms used by the Algonkin, Cheyenne, Blackfeet, Cushna, Arapaho, Pawnee,
Crow, Iowa, and Assiniboin.

762 - On the Radical Significance of Numerals.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 10, pp. 18-28. Philadelphia, 1869. 8°.
Examples in several Indian languages from Riggs’ Dakota Dict.; Hayden’s
Ethnology Missouri Tribes ; Gibbs’ Chinook Jargon; Rasle Abnaki Dict.
763 Chateaubriand (Viscount Francois Auguste de). Atala, | René, |
Les Abencérages, | suivis du | Voyage en Amérique, | par M. le Vi-
Shateaubriand. |
Paris, | Libraire de Firmin Didot Fréres, Fils et Cie., | Imprimeurs
de l'Institut de France, | Rue Jacob, 56. | 1857. | s.
2p. ll. pp. 1-525, 11. 12°.
Langues Indiennes (Algonkin and Huron), by Father Marcoux, pp. 400-409.
This article does not appear in other editions of the above work examined.

764 Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie). La Vie | du | R. P. Pierre Joseph
Marie | Chaumonot, | Dela Compagnie de Jésus, | Missionnaire dans
la Nouvelle France, | écrite par luiméme par ordre de son Su-
périeur, | Van 1688.

Nouvelle York, | Isle de Man: dla Presse Cramoisy de Jean-
Marie Shea. | M. DCCC. LVIII [1858]. | BA. 8.

Pp. 1-108. 16°. ;

Voeu Ala Sainte Vierge de la nation des Hurons en langue Huronne, envoyé au
chapitre de Chartres en 1678.

CHARLEVOIX—CHEROKEE. 151

Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie)—continued.

The above work was translated by Mr. Shea and printed by Munsell, of Albany,
from a manuscript in the Hotel Dieu, Quebec. The original of the [Huron letter
belongs to M. Doublet de Borsthibault, and « French translation of it is eiven in
his ‘“‘Les Voeux des Hurons et des Abnaquis ’ Notre Dame de Chartres.”

765 t—— Grammar of the Huron Language, by a Missionary of the
Village of Huron Indians at Lorette, near Quebec, found amongst
the papers of the Mission, and Translated from the Latin, by Mr.
John Wilkie.

In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, pp. 94-198. Quebec, 1831. 8°.

He has written a grammar, a dictionary, and a catechism in the Huron lan-
guage. These three works still exist in manuscript, the first has been translated
into English by John Wilkie and printed.—Leclerc.

766 Chavero (Alfredo). La Piedra del Sol.

In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 353-386. Mexico, 1877;
and in tomo 2, pp. 3-46, 128-130. Mexico, 1880. 4°.

167 L. J.C. & M. J. | Chemin de la Croix | et autres Priéres | & usage
des sauvages des postes d’Alba- | ny, Savern, Martin’s Falls, (Baie |
@Hudson). [8 lines syllabic characters. ]

Montréal: | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault. | 1856. | S.
Pp. 1-63. 32°.

768 Cherokee. [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1836. | Cherokee Al-
manac | For the year of our Lord | 1836. | Calculations copied from
the Temperance Almanac as adapted | to the latitude of Charles-
ton. | [Design.] [Hight lines Cherokee; double column.]

Union: | Mission Press: | John IF’. Wheeler, Printer. | [n. d.] [One
line in Cherokee characters.] ~ BA. ABC.

Pp. 1-16. 16°. In Cherokee characters.
The issue of 1854 mentions one of 1837; I have seen no copy of it.

769 ——— [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cherokee Almanac | For
the year of our Lord | 1838. | Fitted to the Meridian of Fort Gibson. |
[Hight lines Cherokee characters; four lines English verse.]

Park Hill: | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1837. | ABC.
Pp. 1-24. 16°. In Cherokee characters.

770 ——— [Two lines Cherokee characters.] Cherokee almanac | For
the year of our Lord | 1839. | [Three lines Gen. 8, 22, and three lines
Cherokee characters. |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, John I’, Wheeler, Printer. Il [One line
Cherokee characters.| | [n. d.] ABC.

Pp. 1-31. 16°. In Cherokee characters.

I have seen the Cherokee Almanac, with but slight change of title, for the
years 1840, 1842, 1644, 1846, 1847, 1848, 1849, 1850, 1851, and 1852.

771

[Two lines Cherokee characters.| | 1853. | Cherokee Alma-
nac | For the year of our Lord | 1853. | [Three lines Cherokee charac-
ters, and two lines English, Gen. 8, 22.]

152 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cherokee—continued.
Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] [n. d.] ABC.
Pp. 1-36. 16°. In Cherokee characters.

772, ——— [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1854. | Cherokee Alma-
nace | 1854. | Calculated for the Cherokee Nation, Lat. 38° 50’ N. Lon.
95° 7/ W. | [Three lines Cherokee characters, and two lines English,
Gen. 8, 22.] For a part of the calculations in this Almanac we are
indebted to the | kindness of Benjamin Greenleaf, A. M., author of
“National | Arithmetic”, “Practical Algebra”, &c. |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. [One line
Cherokee characters.] [n. d.] ABC.
Pp. 1-36. 16°. In Cherokee characters.

[Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1855. | Cherokee Almanac
1855. | [Three lines Cherokee characters, and two lines English, Gen.
8, 22.] Calculated by Benjamin Greenleaf, A. M., Author of ‘ Na-
tional | Arithmetic”, “ Practical Algebra”, &e., for the Latitude |
and Longitude of Tallequah, Cherokee Nation. |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] [n. d.] ABC.

Pp. 1-36. 16°. In Cherokee characters. For the years 1856, 1857, 1858, 1859,
1860, 1861 the almanac appears with no change of title except in the date.

— Cherokee Advocate.
See Ross (W. P.),. Editor.

774. ——— Cherokee Alphabet. Cherokee Baptist Mission Press: H.
Upham, Printer. 2

1 sheet folio. Title from Ludewig, p. 38.
775 ———- Cherokee Alphabet. | ABC,

Noimprint. 1p. 4°.
Includes, also, Lord’s Prayer in Cherokee characters and ‘‘ Interpretation, with,
pronunciation according to the alphabet.”

776 ——— Cherokee Alphabet. |
Pendleton’s Lithography, Boston. | JWP.
11. large 4°. Lithographed for the Am. Board of Com. for Foreign Missions.

Cherokee Alphabet. | Characters as arranged by the inven-
tor. | BA.
No title-page. One sheet. 4°.

777

778 —— [Cherokee Alphabet, characters, sounds, systematic arrange-
ment, &e.| LSH.
In Missionary Herald, vol. 24, pp. 162-163. Boston, n. d. 8°.

- Cherokee Messenger.
See Jones (Rev. Evan), Editor.

Cherokee Phoenix.
See Boudinot (Elias), Editor.

t

G

berskee Alphabet

| Ou Cenc Coun
(| Des
BU.
L W.
88x Ba.
G..
a

Sounds represented by vowels.

0 as av in law or Shortas omnot

u as ao te fool o shortas @ tn pull
y as w in bul, nasalized.

ads ain fither or shortas atm rad
é€as aim hate or shrtas eu mel
€as tm pugueor shert as ¢ i pit

Consonant Sounds.
g neary as in English, but approaching to k.. d nearly as in English but approaching i t._h. k,tmn,4,s.lmy, asm English,
Svilables beginning with g, except § have sometimes the powa Of k, Ason are sometimes Sounded a, te, bv, ad syllables written wie tH,
except LG. sometimes vay to dl

Fendiotens Lithoerapay. Borer

Deawn & Lthiy afher f& t& Aoredicom 13082
fh imumfire fr Fnceg~ Mifare .

776.—FAC-SIMILE OF CHEROKEE ALPHABET; REDUCED ONE-HALF.

CHEROKEE—CHILD’S. 153
Cherokee—continued.
779 ——— [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cherokee Primer. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1840. | C.
24 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
780 ——— [Two lines Cherokee characters.| | Cherokee Primer. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1846. | BA.

24 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

781 -

Book. |

Printed for the | American Board of Commissioners for Foreign
Missions, | by Alonzo P. Kenrick, | at ©. Hickling’s office, 20 Dev-
onshire Street, Boston, Mass. | 1846. | BA. GB.
' Pp. 1-86, 11., index. oblong 8°.

An ordinary school singing-book, the first sixteen pages containing instruc-
tions in music, the remainder hymns set to music, the words in Cherokee.

[One line Cherokee characters.] | The Cherokee Singing

782 ——— Cherokee or Tseloge Vocabulary.
Manuscript. 3 Il. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

783 Chever (Hdward E.) Vocabulary of familiar words used by the In-
dians of California. By Edward E. Chever.
In Essex Inst. Bull., vol. 2, pp. 65-66. Salem, Mass., 1871. 8°.

784 ——— The Indians of California. By Edward BE. Chever.
In Am. Naturalist, vol. 4, pp. 129-148. Salem, Mass., 1871. 8°.
Numerals, 1-12, of the California Indians, p. 144.

785 Chew (William). Vocabulary of the Tuscarora, from William
Chew, written out and transmitted by the Rev. Gilbert Rockwood.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Report to the Secretary of State, pp. 251-258. New
York, 1846. 8°. This work issued also under the title ‘Notes on the Iroquois.”
New York, 1846. 8°. Vocabulary, pp. 251-258. Reissued, enlarged, ‘‘Notes on
the Iroquois.” New York, 1847. 8°. Vocabulary, pp. 393-400.

786 Child’s. The | Child’s Book | on | the creation. | Vila I Holisso |
Nana Moma Toba Tok A Nan Anoli Ka, | Rev. C. A. Goodrich vt
holissochi tok a, | Yuskololit Chahta im anumpa a toshowvt fohka
hoke. | Second Edition revised. |

Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press, John Candy and John
I’. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845. | BA.

Pp. 1-14. 12°.

First ed., 1839, 14 pp.—Byington’s Manuscript Dictionary.

787 ——— The Child’s Book on the Creation. [and other stories. ]

Park Hill, Cherokee nation: Mission Press: John Candy and

John F. Wheeler, Printers 1845. BA.
Pp. 1-159, 11., contents. 12°.
This little volume is made up of fourteen separate articles in Choctaw, most of

them with separate pagination, but only a few of them with title-pages. The

154 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Child’s—continued.
following are the titles, the English translation having been taken from the
“Contents” when not given in the heading of the article:
I. The Child’s Book of Creation, 2d ed., pp. 1-14.
II. Bible Stories, 2d ed., pp. 1-24.
III. The New Birth, Atuklant Vlta, (no title-page), pp. 1-16.
IV. Hatak Yoshuba, Sinners in the hands of an angry God, pp. 1-2.
V. Chihowa [God], (no title-page), pp. 26-28.
VI. Iwill give Liberally, Na Yukpa, (half title), pp. 1-16.
VII. Chitokaka I Ntak [The Lord’s Day], (no title-page), pp. 1-4.
VIII. Salvation by Jesus Christ, Chisvs Kilarst, (no title-page), pp. 1-6.
IX. Representation by the Holy Spirit, Himona Vita, (no title-page), pp. 7-13.
X. Repentance necessary to Salvation, Ilekostinichi, (no title-page), pp. 13-18.
XI. The Resurrection, Hatak illi, (no title-page), pp. 18-28.
XII. Ai-yimmika [Salvation by Faith], (no title-page), pp. 1-13.
XIII. How do we know there isa God? Chahowa hvt asha ka, (no title-page),
pp. 13-20.
XIV. Haksichika, Fraud exposed and detected, (no title-page), pp. 1-9.

&

788 —— Child’s Book on the Soul; in the Choctaw Language.
1840. *

16 pp. Not seen; title from Byington’s Manuscript Dictionary.

789 Chimalpain (D. Domingo). Cronica de Mégico desde el ato 1068

hasta el de 1597 de la Era vulgar. a
790 ———— Apuntamientos de sucesos desde 1064 hasta 1621. e
791 t—— Relaciones originales de los Reynos de Acolhuacén, Megico

*

y otras Provincias desde muy remotos tiempos.

792 ——— Relacion de la Conquista de Megico par los Espanoles. *

These manuscripts and original works in the Nahuatl or Mexican language were

in the possession of D, Cérlos Sigiienza y Géngora, who lent them to the P. Fr.

Augustin Betancur as the latter admits in his Teatro megicano. Sigiienza placed

them with other very valuable manuscripts in the College of S. Pedro y 8. Pabio

de los Jesuitas de Mexico where they were copied by Boturini. Ihave seen in the

College of 8. Gregorio of the said capital various loose quadernos of Chimalpain.—
Beristain.

93 —— Compendio de la Historia Mexicana. Escrito por D. Do-
mingo de 8. Anton. Munoz Chimalpain, Quanhatchuarritzin Indio
Cacique Mestro qui fue de Estudios, en Lengua Mexicano. w

Manuscript XVII. cent. 4°. This curious manuscript contains a compendious
History of Mexico, from 1064 to 1526, in the Mexican language. The author was
a descendant of the Ancient Kings of Mexico.— Fischer.

=

Chimalpopoca Galicia (Faustino).
See Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca).

794 Chinook. The Chinook Jargon and English and French Equiva-
lent Forms. °
In Steamer Bulletin, San Francisco, June 21, 1858.
Unarranged vocabulary of 354 words and phrases.
Title from Gibbs’s Chinook Jargou Bibliography. For other editions see Com-
plete; and Dictionary.

CHILD’S—CISNEROS. 155

*

795 Chippeway Vocabulary.
Manuscript of the last century, important and unpublished. It comprises 75
pp. in 2 columns 4°.—Leclere.

796 Chitokaka I Nitak Holitopa Isht Anumpa.
[No imprint. Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Mission Press, John
Candy and John F. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.] BA.
4 pp. 12°. The Lord’s Day; in the Choctaw language.
797 Choctaw. The Choctaw Girl. Written for the American Sunday
School Union.
Philadelphia, [n. d.] ss
16 pp. 18°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

Chromtschenko (V.. S.)
See Khromchenko (V. 8.)

798 Chronicles of the North American Savages. May, 1835-Sep., 1835. c.

No title-page, pp. 1-80. 6°.

A periodical of sixteen pages, the collation of which I have taken from Jrield.
I have seen four numbers, June, 1835-Sept., 1835 (pp.17-80), in the Library of
Congress, but am unable to say whether its publication ceased with the latter
number. The linguistic contents of these numbers are as follows:

James (E.) Essay on the Chippewa Language, pp. 73-80.

Vocabulary of the Saw-kee and Mus-quaw-ke Indian Tongue; continued
from page 12, pp. 46-48.

Vocabulary of the Saw-kee and Mus-quaw-ke Indian Tongue; continned from
page 48, p. 80.

799 Church Litany of the United Brethren, in the Cherokee language.
1830. *
12 pp. Not seen; title from the Missionary Herald, 1833.

800 Chute (James Andrew). Vocabulary of the Delawares of Missouri.
In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 4, pp. 115-117. Portland, 1856. 8°. Included in
an article by Willis (W.) Language of the Abnaquis.

See Lykins (J.) and Chute (J. A.)

801 Cipriano (Fr. Salvador). Libro de los Idolos de la Provincia de
Zacapula. *
Written in the language of that country. The author sent it to Fr. Antonio
Remesal and then to Fr. Juan Aillon in order to have it translated into Spanish.—
Beristain. ;

802 Historia de la entrada de los Espantoles en Zacapula. me
Manuscript.
803 — Hechos de los PP. Fr. Luis Cancer, I'r. Bartolomé de las

Casas, y Fr. Pedro Angulo en la predicacion del Evangelio. mS

Manuscript. Although these two works were united to the first book, Libro
de los Idolos, it is doubtful whether they were written in the Zacapula language.
It is also doubtfal whether the title is de los Idolos or de los Indios, since Leon
Pinelo in one place says the one and in another, the other,—Beristain.

804 Cisneros (Ir. Garcia). Sermones compuestos en Lengua Megicana.
Torquemada, Betancur, Pinelo, D. Nicolés Antonio, Wadingo, and the Biblio-
teca Franciscana mention this. —Beristain.

156 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

805 Ciudad Real (D. Antonio). Sermones de Santos en Lengua Maya.

Manuscript. 4°. Title from Beristain. o
806 —— Gran Diccionario, 6 Calepino de la Lengua Maya de Yucatan.
Ed

Manuscript, 6 vols. folio.

Tt existed, according to Dr. Nicolis Antonio, in the Libreria del Duque del In-
fantado; part of the original is also preserved in the Convent of Yucatan. It cost
the author, says Cogolludo, twenty years of labor.— Beristain.

' Celebrated for his learning, the Maya language found in Fr. Antonio de Ciudad-

Real its greatest ornament. He dedicated himself to the study, cultivated litera-
ture in this language, and wrote a large Maya-Spanish or Spanish-Maya Diction-
ary, and the Calepino de la lengua Maya, in six volumes, more than a thonsaud
two hundred folds in substance, in which laborious and delicate undertaking he
spent many years of continuous toil and study. He wrote in the same language
a Curso practico de oratoria sagrada de los santos y feltivadades de todo el ano, and
besides these works in the Yucatec idiom, he wrote in Spanish, while secretary
to the fifteenth comissario-general of New Spain, a work entitled. Tratado de las
grandezas de la Nueva Espana.

The historian of Yucatan, Lopez Cogolludo, has dmmortalized: as it deserves,
the name of Fr. Antonio de Cindad-Real, by simply stating his learned Jabors in
the Maya language. He says of him: ‘He knew the language of these Indians
[of Yucatan] so thoroughly as to be the greatest master of it which this country
has ever known. Assuch he preached, taught, and wrote, with great eloquence,
sermons for the Saints’ days and for the whole year. He not only made Vocabu-
larios, one of which begins with Spanish and the other with the native Janguage,
but he composeil a work, so remarkable for its extent, as to be designated Cale-
pino de la lengua Maya. Itisin six volumes, of two hundred folds of writing each,
and by means of it many difficulties which present themselves in the native lan-
guage are explained. It contains all that can be desired on the subject of the
different modes of speech, which are almost innumerable, and it is so copious that
not one word will be found wanting. 1t was an occupation that cost more than
forty years of labor, and as the idiom, though peculiar to this province, is general
in others, the work was, without doubt, one of the most celebrated given to the
world in these realms.”—Carillo.

807 Claesse (Lawrence). The | Morning and Evening Prayer, | The |
Litany, | Church Catechism, | Family Prayers, | And | Several
Chapters of the Old and New-Testament, | Translated into the Ma
haque Indian Language, | By Lawrence Claesse, Interpreter to
William | Andrews, Missionary to the Indians, from the | Honoura-
ble and Reverend the Society for the Propogation | of the Gospel in
Foreign Parts. | Ask of me, and I will give thee the Heathen for
thine Inheritance | and the Utmost Parts of the Harth for thy Pos-
session, Psalm | 2. 8. |

Printed by William Bradford in New York, 1715. |

Second title :

Ne | Orhoengene neoni Yogaraskhagh | Yondereanayen-
daghkwa, | Ne | Ene Niyoh Raodeweyena, | Onoghsadogeaghtige
Yondadderighwanon- | doentha, | Siyagonnoghsode, Enyondereana-
yendagh- | kwagge, | Yotkade Kapitelhogough ne Karighwadagh-
kwe- | agh Agayea neoni Ase Testament, neoni Niyadegari- | wagge,
ne Kanninggahoga-Siniye wenoteagh. | enoscmenten ough fete
rance Claesse; Rowenagaradatsk | William Andrews, Ronwanha-

CIUDAD REAL—CLARK. ‘ 157

Claesse (Lawrence)—continued.

ugh Ongwehoenwighne. | Rodirighhoeni Raddiyadanorough neoni-
Ahoenwadi- | gonuyosthagge Thoderighwawaakhogk ne Wahooni |
Agarighhowanha Niyoh Raodeweyena Niyadegogh. | whenjage. |
Eghtseragewas Eghtjeeagh ne ong-wehoonwe, neoni ne | siyodogh-
. Whenjooktannighhoegh etho ahadyeandough. | NYHS.

English title, verso blank, 11; Mohawk title, verso blank, 1 1., pp. 1-115, verso
of p. 115 blank. sm. 4°. The Church Catechism, a Morning Prayer for Masters and
Scholars, Evening Prayers, etc., etc., pp. 1-21.

The only copy I have seen, that in the library of the N. Y. Historical Society,
is minus the English title, which I have supplied from Sabin’s Dictionary, and
also his note, as follows:

“This interesting volume is a fine specimen of Bradford’s printing; and the

a)

impressions having been chiefly distributed among the Indians, and by them de-
stroyed, it has become a hook of almost matchless rarity. It is the earliest Book
of Common Prayer in any tongue in this country. Mr. Claesse is said to be the
translator, but the greater portion of it was prepared, some years previously, by
a Mr. Freeman, a Calvinist minister at Schenectady, N. Y. In the ‘Hist. Mag..,’
i, 14, itis said to be without date or imprint, which is an error, the copy de-
scribed being imperfect. Some interesting particulars concerning this work will
be found in Humphrey’s ‘Historical Account of the Soc. for Prop. the Gospel,’
¢. xi; Hawkin’s ‘Notes’; O’Callaghan’s ‘List of Bibles,’ &e.”

For other editions see Book of Common Prayer, 1787; Morning and Evening
Prayer, 1763; Andrews, Barclay and Ogilvie, 1769; Clause (D.), 1780; Nelles and
Hill, 1842; Williams (Eleazer), 1853, 1867, and 1875.

808 Clara y sucinta exposicion | del | Pequetio Catecismo | impreso en

el idioma Mexicano | siguiendo el orden mismo preguntas y respu-

estas | Para la mejor instruccion de los feligreses | Indios, y de los

que comienzan & aprender | dicho idioma. | Por un Sacredote devoto

de la Madre San- | tisima de la Luz, bajo cuyo amparo la pone, jy a

cuya honra la dedica. | Y 4 beneficio de la gente pobre se expender

4 | dos reales cada exemplar. | Con las licencias necessarias. |
Puebla. | Oficina del Oratorio de S. Felipe Névi. | 1819. | JCB.
3 p. Il., Il. 1-67. 16°.

809 Clare (James R.) Terms of Relationship of the Jiskimo, West of

Hudson’s Bay, collected by James R. Clare, York Factory, Hudson’s
Bay Ty.

In Morgan (L.H.) Systems of consanguinity and affinity, pp. 293-382. Wash-
ington, 1871. 4°.

810 Clark (Joshua V.H.) Onondaga; | or | Reminiscences | of | Earlier

and Later Times; | being a series of historical sketches relative to
Onondaga; with | notes on the several towns in the county, | and |
Oswego. | By Joshua V. H. Clark, A. M. | Corresponding Member of
the New York Historical Society. | In two volumes. | Vol I [II]. |

Syracuse: | Stoddard and Babcock. | 1849. | BA. C,

2 vols. 8°.

Vol. 1, Chapter 10, Reminiscences, pp. 322-326, gives a list of aboriginal names
of lakes, streams, and localities in Onondaga County, N. Y., and Vicinity, with
English signification.

158 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

811 Clark (W.C.) Vocabulary of the Modoe of Southern Oregon.
Manuscript. 12 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. It wascol-
leeted in 1878 at Yaneks, and is recorded in a copy of the first edition of the Intro-
duction to the Study of Indian Languages.

812 Clarke (Hyde). Researches | in | Prehistoric and Protohistoric |
Comparative Philology, | Mythology and Archeology, | in connec-
tion with the | Origin of Culture in America | and the | Accad or
Sumerian Families, | by | Hyde Clarke, | Member of [&c., three

lines]. |
London: | Published by N. Triibner & Co., | 57 & 59, Ludgate
Hill, E. ©. | 1875. | (Copyright reserved.) | HU. C.

Pp. i-xi, 1-74. 8°.

The | Khita and Khita-Peruvian | Epoch: | Khita, Hamath,
Hittite, Canaanite, | Etruscan, Peruvian, Mexican, ete. | By | Hyde
Clarke, | F. R. Hist. Soc.; [&c., eight lines]. |

London: | N. Trubner & Co., 57 and 59 Ludgate Hill, EH. C. |
1877. | WJH.

Pp. i-vii, 1-88. 8°.

Mexican, Maya, Othomi, Misteca, Huastec, Poconchi, Tarahumara, and Cora
words, names of towns, rivers, lakes, &c.

813

814 ——— Les origines des langues, de la mythologie et de la civilisa-
tion de PAmérique, dans ’ Ancien Monde.

In Congrés Int. des Américanistes. Compte-rendn, seconde session, tome 1,
pp. 158-169. Luxembourg and Paris, 1878, 8°.

815 Clarkson (Matthew). Words in the Osage Language.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, p. 275. Philadelphia, 1854. 4°.

816 Claus (Daniel). The Order | For Morning and Evening Prayer, |
And Administration of the | Sacraments, | and some other | Offices
of the Church | Of England, | Together with | A Collection of
Prayers, and some Sentences of the Holy | Scriptures, necessary for
Knowledge and Practice. | Ne Yakawea. | Niyadewighniserage Yon-
dereanayendakhkwa Orhoenkéne | neoni Yogarask-ha Oghserag-
wegouh; | Ne oni Yakawea, | Orighwadogeaghti Yondatnekos-
seraghs, | Tekarighwageahhadont, | Neoni oya Aderednayent ne
Onoghsadogeaghtige, | Oni | Ne Watkeanissa-aghtouh odd’yake
Adereanaiyent neoni tsi niyoght-hare ne Kaghyadoghseradogeaghti
ne wahoeni | Ayakoderiéndarake neoni Ahondatterihhoninie. | The
Third edition, Formerly collected and translated into the Mohawk
or Iroquois Lan- | guage, under the direction of the Missionaries
from the Venerable | Society for the Propagation of the Gosp+1 in
foreign Parts, to the | Mohawk Indians. | Published | By Order of
His Excellency Frederick Haldimand, | Captain-general and Com-
mander in Chief of all His Majesty’s | Forces in the Province of Que-
bec, and its Dependencies, and | Governor of the same, &e., &e.,
&c. | Revised with Corrections and Additions by | Daniel Claus,

CLARK—CLAVIGERO, 159

Iisq., P.. T. Agent, | For the Six Nation Indians in the Province of

Quebec. |
[Quebee.] Printed in the Year, M. DCC. LXXX [1780]. | GB.
Title, 11. Advertisement and Contents, 2 ll., verso of second blank. Text, pp.
1-208. 12°.

“As the number then printed was small, and some of the copies were unfor-
tunately lost, another impression became necessary.”—Preface to London edition of
1787.

For other editions of the Mohawk Book of Common Prayer, see Claesse (L.),
1715, and note thereto.

817 Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Storia Antica | del Messico |
cavata da’ migliori Storici spagnuoli, | e da’ manoscritti, e dalle pit-
ture antiche deg? Indiani: | divisa in dieci libri, | e corredata di
carte geografiche, | e di varie figure: | e | dissertazioni | Sulla Terra,
sugli Animali, e sugli abitatori del Messico. | Opera | dell Abate |
D. Francesco Saverio | Clavigero | Tomo I [-IV]. | [Design.]

In Cesena M DCCL XXX [1780]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all’ In-
segna di Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. | BA. C. JCB.

4 vols. 4°. maps.
Su Ja lengua Messicana,-vol. iv, pp. 240-247.

818 ——— The | History | of | Mexico. | Collected from | Spanish and
Mexican Historians, | from | Manuscripts, and Ancient Paintings of
the Indians. | Ilustrated by | Charts, and other Copper Plates. | To
which are added, | Critical Dissertations | on the | Land, | the Ani-
mals, and Inhabitants of Mexico. | By Abbé D. Francesco Saverio
Clavigero. | Translated from the Original Italian, | By Charles Cul-
Jen, Esq. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [-I1]. |

London, | Printed for G. G. J. and J. Robinson, No. 25, Pater-nos-
ter Row. | M DCC L XXXVII [1787]. | C. BA.

2 vols. 4°. maps.

Of the languages of the Americans, vol. 2, pp. 394-400.

819 —— Geschichte | von | Mexico | aus | spanischen und mexicani-
schen Geschicht-.| schreiben, Handschriften und Ge- | miilden der
Indianer | zusammengetragen | und durch Charten und Kupferstiche
erlautert | nebst einigen critischen Abhandlungen | iiber die | Be-
schaffenheit des Landes, der Thiere und Ein- | wohner von Mexico. |
Aus dem Italienischen | des Abts D. Franz Xaver Clavigero |
durch | den Ritter Carl Cullen ins Englische, | und aus diesem ins
Teutsche tibersetzt. | .

Leipzig, | im Schwickertschen Verlage. | 1789 [-1790]. | JCB.
2 vols. 6°. map. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 269-273.

820 ——— The | History | of | Mexico. | Collected from | Spanish and
Mexican historians, | from | manuscripts and ancient paintings of
the Indians. | Illustrated by | charts, and other copper plates. | To
which are added, | critical dissertations | on the | land, the animals,
and inhabitants of Mexico. | By Abbé D. Francesco Saverio Clavi-

160 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Clavigero (PD. Francesco Saverio)—continued.
gero. | Translated from the original Italian, | By Charles Cullen,
Esq. | The second edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
London: | printed for J. Johnson, St. Paul’s Churchyard, | by

Joyce Gold, Shoe Lane. | 1807. | Ch)

2 vols. 4°.
Of the languages of the Americans, vol. 2, pp. 394-400.
Sabin’s Dictionary mentions an edition: Richmond, 1806, 3 vols. 8°.

821

The | History | of | Mexico. | Collected from | Spanish and
Mexican Historians, | from manuscripts, and | ancient paintings of
the Indians: | Together with the | Conquest of Mexico | by | the
Spaniards, | illustrated by engravings. | With critical disserta-
tions | on the | land, animals, and inhabitants of Mexico. | By Abbé
D. Francesco Saverio Clavigero. | Translated from the Original Ital
ian, | by Charls Cullen, Esq. | In three volumes. | Vol. I [-III]. |
Philadelphia: | Published by Thomas Dobson, at the Stone House,
No. 41, South Second Street. | 1817. | ‘ C.
3 vols. 8°. maps.

Of the language of the Mexicans, vol. 3, pp. 346-354.

822

Historia Antigua | de | Mcgico: | sacada de | los mejores
historiadores Espanoles y de los manuscritos | y de | las pinturas
Autiguas de los Indios; | dividida en diez libros; | Adornada con
Mapas y Estampas, | E Ilustrada con Dissertaciones sobre la tierra,
los animales y los habitantes | de Megico | escrita por | D. Francisco
Saverio Clavigero; | y traducida del Italiano | por Jose Joaquin de
Mora. | Tomo I [-IT]. |

Londres: | Lo Publica R. Ackermann, Strand, | y en su estableci-
miento en Mexico: | asimismo | en Colombia, en Buenos Ayres, Chile,
Pe u, y Guatemala. | 1826. | C.

2 vols. large 8°. maps.

Lengua Mexicana, vol. 2, pp. 375-383.

823

Historia antigua de México y de su conquista, sacada de los
mejores historiadores espaioles, y de los mss. y pinturas antiquas
de los Indios. Traducido por Joaquin de Mora.
Mexico, Lara, 1544. ?
2 vols. sm. 4°. pp. ix, 285; 321,211. Not seen; title from Leclere’s Supplement,
1831.

824 ——— Historia antigua de Mejico. Obra escrita en italiano, tradu-
cida por F. P. Vasquez. Con muchas laminas.
Mejico. 1853. Y

4°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

825

Storia | della | California | opera postuma | del nob. Sig.
Abate | D. Francesco Saverio | Clavigero. | Tomo I [IT]. |
In Venezia, | M DCC L XXXIX [1789]. | Appresso Modesto
Fenzo. | Con Licenza de’ Superiori, e Privilegio. | C.
2 vols. 12°.

CLAVIGERO—CODICE. 161

Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio)—continued.
Comments on the Cochimi Language, vol. 1, pp. 110-111. Paternoster in va-
rious dialects of the Cochimi; of the Missions of S. Francesco Saverio and S.
Giuseppe di Comondu, pp. 264-265; of the Missions of S. Francesco Borgia, Santa
Gertrude and Santa Maria, p. 265; of the Mission of S. Ignacio, pp. 265-266.

826 ——— Historia | de la| Antigua 6 Baja California. | Obra postu-
ma | del Padre Francisco Javier Clavijero, | dela Compania de
Jesus. | Traducida del Italiano | Por el presbitero don Nicolas Gar-
cia de San-Vicente. |

Mexico. | Imprenta de Juan R. Navarro, Editor. | 1852. | Cc.

4p. ll., v, 252 pp., Indice 3 11., large 8°.

Habitantes, su lengua, arithmetica y ano, pp. 21-22; Lord’s prayer in Cochimi
“en el dialecta de las misiones de San Francisco Javier y San José Comondu,”
p- 116; ibid., de Borja, Santa Gertrudis y Santa Maria, p. 116; ibid., San Igna-
cio, p. 116.

Clerke (Captain).

See Cook (Captain James) and King (Captain James).
Cleveland (Rev. William Joshua).

See Cook (J. W.), Cleveland (W. J.), and Selwyn (W. T.)

827 Coast Survey. Report | of | the Superintendent | of the | Coast [and
Geodetic] Survey, | showing the progress of the Survey | during |
the year 1852 [-1877]. | JWP.

Washington: | Robert Armstrong, Public Printer. | 1853[-1880]. |

26 vols. 4°.

Ballard (fev. Edward). Geographical names on the coast of Maine, 1868, pp.
243-259.

Davidson (George). Report relative to Alaska Territory, 1867, pp. 187-329.

828 Coats (Captain W.) The | Geography | of | Hudson’s Bay: | be-
ing the | remarks of Captain W. Coats, | in many voyages to that
locality, | between the years 1727 and 1751. | With an Appendix, |
containing | extracts from the log of Captain Middleton on his
voyage for | the discovery of the North-west Passage, in | H. M. 8.
“Furnace”, in 1741-2. | Edited by John Barrow, Esq., I. R.S.,
F.S. A. | [7 lines quotation.] |

London: | Printed for the Hakluyt Society. | M. DCCC. LIL
[1852]. | BA. C.

3p. ll., x, 147 pp. 8°.

Contains, scattered throughout, many native names of geographic features.

829 Codice. Codice Anonimo. *

Manuscript. 5211. 4°.

The estimable parish priest of Tizimin, D. Manuel Lucian Perez, has greatly
surprised us by sending us an ancient original Maya manuscript, accompanied by
a letter of the date of March 23rd of the present year (1870), in which he says
among other things:

“T have the pleasure of sending with this a manuscript book which I have pre-
served fur many years as a great treasure, since it treats of some important
events with respect to the conquest of our country and especially of certain oc-
currences belonging to the history proper of the natives and various other mat

11 Bib

162 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Codice—continued.

ters. It has the great merit of antiquity and of being written throughout in
pure Yucatec of the same epoch and undoubtedly by the hand of a native. The in-
teresting literary periodical entitled Revista de Mérida, and its dissertation on
the history of the Yucatec or Maya language, having just come under my observa-
tion, I have seen the deserved enthusiasm with which you speak of the Perez Co-
dex, and the reading of it has convinced me that the book which I have the
pleasure to remit to you, contains much of the first part of the said Codex and also
many other things which the Codex does not contain.”

This book, with which the kindness of the parish priest of Tizimin has enriched our
cabinet is in pure Yucatee, end is another document agreeing with those which we
have described, lacking only the delineation of ancient signs and characters. Not
having the signature of the author we classify it under the name of Codice Anonimo.

The presbyter, D. Eusebio Barcelo, now curate ad interim of Oxkutzcab, has also
certified to the existence, to within the last few months, of a Maya manuscript in
the possession of a native family bearing the name of Xiu. This manuscript is
of considerable size, with a variety of drawings. It would greatly gratify us if
the person who now has this book or can give any notice of it, would communicate
with us. In consequence of the said book having belonged to the family of Xiu
at Oxkutzeab and the short distance of that place from Ticul, we insert the fol-
lowing note from a celebrated periodical of the year 1845, which says:

“Among the curious notices which are the result of our incessant investiga-
tions, one of the most interesting is on the existence of an ancient manuscript,
the work of one of the most notable members of the family of Tutul Xiu, which
became very illustrious after the arrival of the Spaniards. And as from the
power of his family, its antiquity and traditions, he was perfectly informed in the
history of his ancestors, he drew up a history which began with the first appear-
ance of the native tribes and reached to the conquest. The book is in folio,
covered with parchment; it has been transmitted in order of succession to the
heirs of the family name.

““\ few years ago this book was found at Ticul, and in consideration of a real,
could be read by any one who desired to do so. If our illustrious fellow laborer,
Fr. Estanislao Carillo, could have visited the town at that time and could have se-
cured the book, it is certain that we would have at least a copy of that produc
tion, which in its way would be of great interest and would render clear certain
matters which are now the subject of doubt and conjecture.

“Sr. D. Juan Pio Perez made great efforts to obtain it. He spoke with many
persons who had read it, but when he endeavored to secure it, offering much more
than others were accustomed to give, this precious manuscript disappeared.

“Ttis very desirable that the lovers of their country, her history and past glories,
should devote themselves to discovering the hiding place of this hook, which re-
mains hidden doubtless because many persons have given it its due importance,
which is unknown to its possessors, and these latter, fearful of losing it, or else
being imbecile egotists, make a mystery of what is so worthy of being made
known and published.

“We being very desirous to find a book so important from every point of view,
charge all who are interested in their country to be active in the search for this
book, which certainly exists, if not in Ticul, insome neighboring town. Ifitcan be
discovered, and if the work is such as it hes been described to us by several persons
who have seen it, the editor of this periodical will suitably reward the discoverer.”

We will say in conclusion, that a manuscript work of the Chilan Balam order,
which we had seen and handled in company with the Sr. Dr. Berendt, was on the
way from the town of Hocaba to this city [Mexico] where it was destined for our
cabinet. Through an error the person who had it in charge consigned it to the
mercantile house of D. Pedro Leal, the result being the loss of the manuscript
and great injury to the cause of historical research.—Carillo.

CODICE—COLDEN. 163

Codice—continued.
830 ——— Codicc Chumayel in the Maya Language. *

Mavuscript. 112 pp. 4°.

As Sr. D. Juan Pio Perez found the Libro Divino, or ‘“Chilan Balam” of Mani,
and other works in various places in the Peninsula, so we had the good forture
to find that of Chumayel, a town in the district of Tekax, or Sureste del Estado;
hence the name Codice Chumayel. It is evident that in consequence of its an-
tiquity and the neglect into which it has fallen there are some leaves missing
at the beginning. It is subscribed on page 44 under date of January 20, 1720,
by the noble Indian D. Juan Joti Hoil, who, to judge from the character of the

writing, wrote the whole text, with the exception of some insignificant intercal-

ations in another hand.—Carillo.

831 Colden (Cadwallader). The | History | of the | Five Indian Na-
tions | Depending on the Province | of | New York | In America. |
By Cadwallader Colden. |

Printed and sold by William Bradford in New York, | 1727. | scx.

Title, 1 p. 1., xviii, 119 pp. 12°.

A short vocabulary of some words and names used by the French authors,
which are not generally understood by the English that understand the French
language, and may therefore be useful to those that intend to read the French ac-
counts,,or compare them with the accounts now published, pp. xi-xiii.

832 ——— The | History | of the | Five Indian Nations | of | Canada, |
which are dependent | on the Province of New-York in America, |
and | are the barrier between the English and French | in that part
of the World. | With | accounts of their Religion, Manners, Cus-
toms, Laws and Forms of | Government; their several Battles ind
Treaties with the European Na- | tions; particular Relations of their
several Wars with the other Indians; | and a true Account of the pres-
ent State of our trade with them. | In which are shewn | The great
Advantage of their Trade and Alliance to the British Nation, | and
the Intrigues and Attempts of the French to engage them from us; |
a subject nearly concerning all our American Plantations, and
highly | meriting the Consideration of the British Nation at this
Juncture. | By the Honourable Cadwallader Colden, Esq; | One of
his Majesty’s Counsel, and Surveyor-general of New-York. | To
which are added | Accounts of the several other Nations of Indians
in North-America, their | Numbers, Strength, ete., and the Treaties
which have been lately | made with them. A work highly enter-
taining to all, and particular- | ly useful to the Persons who have
any Trade or Concern in that Part of | of [sic] the World. |

London: | Printed for T. Osborne, in Gray’s-Iun MD CC XLVII
[1747]. | BA. JCB.
* xx, 204, 283 pp. 8°. map.

A vocabulary of some words, ete., pp. Xv-Xvi.

23 ——— ne | Llistory | of the | Five Indian Nations | of | Canada, |
which are | the Barrier between the English and | Mench in that
part of the World. | With | Particular Accounts of their Religion,
Manners, Customs, Laws, | and Government; their several Battles

164 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Colden (Cadwallader)—continned.

and Treaties with the | European Nations; | their Ways with the other
Indians; | and | A true Account of the present State of our Trade
with them. | In which are shewn, | The great Advantage of their
Trade and Alliance to the British Nation; | and the Intrigues and
Attempts of the French to engage them from us; | a subject nearly
concerning all our American Plantations, and highly | meriting the
Consideration of the British Nation. | By the Honourable Cadwal-
lader Colden Esq; | One of his Majesty’s Counsel, and Surveyor-
General of New-York. | To which are added, | Accounts of the sev-
eral other Nations of Indians in North America, their | Numbers,
Strength, &« and the Treaties which have been lately | made with
them. | The Second Edition. |

London: | Printed for John Whiston at Mr. Boyle’s Head, and |
Lockyer Davis at Lord Bacon’s Head, both in Fleet- | street, and
John Ward opposite the Royal Exchange. | MDCCL [1750]. | sc.

Xvi, 283 pp. 8°.

Vocabulary of some words, &¢., p. Xvi.

Vocabulary reprinted in: Gentleman’s Magazine, vol. 26. London, n.d. 8°.

p. 405.
I have seen an edition, London, 1755, which does not contain the vocabulary.

834 ——— The History | of the Five Indian Nations | depending on
the Province of New York. | By | Cadwallader Colden. Reprinted
exactly from Bradford’s New York edition (1727) | With an Intro-
duction and Notes | by John Gilmary Shea. |

New York: | T. H. Morrell, 134 Fulton Street. | 1866. | JCB.
Pp. i-xl,11., pp. i-xvii, 1-141. 8°.
Vocabulary, pp. xi-xiii, and 125-127 of notes.

835 Colleccion. Colleccion polidiomica mexicana qui contiene la oracion
dominical, vertida en 52 idiomas indigenos de aquella republica.

Mexico 1859.
Volio. Not scen; title from the Audrade Sale Cat. A later edition as follows:

*

836

Colleecion Polidiémica Mexicana | que contiene | la Oracion
Dominical | vertida en cincuentay dos idiomas indigenos | de aquella
teptiblica. | Dedicada | 4 N.S. P. el Senor Pio TX, Pont. Max. | por
la Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadistica. |

Mexico. Libreria de Eugenio Maillefcrt y Comp., | esquina del Re-
fugio v Pte. del Espiritu Santo. | [Imprenta de Andrade y Esca-
lante.| 1860. | *

vii, 52 pp. fol. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 21. Leclere also gives
{his title, in brief, and adds contents as follows: :

The seven preliminary pages contain a dissertation on the Othomi language,
and upon several translations of the Lord’s Prayer in that language at different
epochs. The 52 idioms in which the prayer is translated are as follows:

Californio, Mazahna, Serrano,
Chanabal, Mazateco (2 dialects), Tarasco,
Chiapaneco, Mexicano, Taraumaro (4 dialects),

Chihuaheno, Mixe, Tepehuano,

COLDEN—COLLINS. 165

Colleccion—continued.

Chol, Mixteco (3 versions), Totonaco (2 dialects),
Cuicateco (2 dialects), Opata, ’ Tubano,

Huaxteco (3 dialects), Otomi (6 dialects) Tzapoteco,

Joba, Pame (3 dialects), Yaqui (2 dialects),
Lipano, Papagol, Zoque,

Matlatzinca, Pimo, Zozil.

Maya, Piros,

Mayo, Sendal,

837 Collection. Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christ-
ians | of | the Iroquois. | Tahkoopehahtawun kuya nahmindt | Ahni-
shenapa Nahkahmoohwenun | kahahnekahnootahpeahkin | owh
Kahkewagwennaby. |

New-York: | Printed at the Conference Office, | by A. Hoyt. |
1827. |

Second title :

Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christians | of
the Iroquois. | To which are added a few Hymns | in the | Chippe-
way tongue: | translated by Peter Jones. |

New York: | Printed at the Conference Office, | by A. Hoyt. |
1827. | S.

Pp. 1-45, 1-45, alternate Indian and English; pp. 46-54, English Hymns. In-
dian title verso 1. 1., English title recto |. 2.

Jones (P.) Hymns for the use of Native Christians of the Chippeway Nation;
also, several Hymns for Sabbath Schools of Native Children, pp. 37-45, 37-45.

838 ——— A Collection of Passages from the Holy Scriptures in Latin,
with their corresponding meanings in Mexican by an anonymous
author of the 17th Cent. z=

39 11. 4°. Not seen; title from Ramirez Sale Cat.

$39 Collin (Rev. Nicholas). Philological view of some very Ancient
Words in several Languages. By the Rev. Nicholas Collin, D. D.
In Am. Philos. Soc. Trans., vol. 4, pp. 476-509. Philadelphia, 1799. 49.

840 Collins (Lieut. C. R.) Report on the Languages of the different
tribes of Indians inhabiting the Territory of Utah. By Lieut. C. R.
Collins, Topographical Engineer.

In Simpson (J. H.) Report of explorations, pp. 415-474. Washington, 1876. 4°.

Tae following vocabularies were collected by Capt. Simpson and placed in
Lieut. Collins’ hands for examination: Ute, or Utah; Shoshonee, or Snake; Pi
Ute, and Washo; also, a few sentences in Ute and the numerals, 1-10 in I-at.

841 Collins (Liewt. Frederick). Report of a Survey of the Proposed
Route for an Interoceanic Ship-canal by way of the Atrato,
Napipi and Doguado Rivers, in the Canton of Choco, State of Cauda,
United States of Colombia, by the United States Expedition of
1875, Lieutenant Frederick Collins, U. 8. N., Commanding.

In Lull (E. P.) and Collins (I’.) Reports of explorations, pp. 55-124. Wash-
ington, 1879. 4°.

“Vocabulary of the language of the Indians of the Canton of Choco, State of
Cauca, United States of Colombia, obtained by Lieut. Frederick Collins,” pp.
118-121.

166 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

842 Collinson (John). The Indians of the Mosquito Territory. By
John Collinson, C. E., F. R. G.S., F. A. S. L., ete., ete.

In Anth. Soc. London, Mem., vol. 3, pp. 148-156. London, 1870. 8°.
Woolua vocabulary, pp. 155-156. Mosquito vocabulary, p. 156.

843 Collinson (Rev.) [Table of Relationships in the Masset dialect of
the Haida Indians. } ;
In Dawson (G. M.) Report on the Queen Charlotte Islands, p. 177. Montreal,
1880. 8°.

844 Coloquios de la paz y tranquilidad Christiana. Interlocadores vn
Religioso y vn Colegial.
Colophon :
Yninamatlomix, Itla pan ytech cdlloquios qui osmi pani xi huisl y
herani pani metztl i deno bienbre Anos bien bre Aiinos D. 1683 Ne-
huatl Lorengo. *

Manuscript of the seventeenth century, in the Nahuatl language, 132 Il. 8°, in
a very distinct hand.—Andrade Sale Cat.

845 Come. Come for Eternity urges you. o.
2 pp. 12°. Tract in the Chippewa language.

846 ———— Come for Jesus loves Sinners. Cc.
2pp. 12°. Tract in the Chippewa language.

847 Comelias (Rev. Padre Juan). Vocabulary of the Indians living.
near Santa Cruz Mission, in Santa Cruz County, taken by Rev. Padre
Juan Comelias, September, 1856.

In Taylor (A. 8) Indianology of California; in California Farmer, vol. 13, no.
8. San Francisco, Apr. 5, 1860.

Reprinted in Hist. Mag,, first series, vol. 8, pp. 68-69. New York, 1864, sm.
4°; and in Powell (J. W.) Cont. to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 535-549. Wash-
ington, 1877. 4°.

848 [Commuck (Thomas).] Sketch of the Brothertown Indians.
In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 4, pp. 291-298. Madison, 1859. 8°.
Indian words [six] of the Narragansett tribe, p. 297.

849 Compendio | del confessionario | en | Mexicano y Castellano | para |
que los que ignoren el primero puedan 4 los menos | en los casos de
necesidad administrar 4 los | indigenas el Sacramento de la Peni-
tencia. | Por | un Sacerdote del Obispado | de Puebla. |

[Puebla:| Imprenta antigua en el Portal de las Flores. | 1840. | c.
Pp. 1-43. 8°. The Fischer Sale Cat. gives [Madrid] as place of publication,
as does also Sabin’s Dictionary. Leclere gives Puebla.

850 Complete. A Complete Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon; to which
is added, Numerous Conversations, thereby enabling any person to
speak the Chinook correctly. Third edition.

Portland, O. T. 1856. .

24 pp. 24°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

COLLINSON—CONGRES. 167

Complete—continued.

851 ——— A Complete Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon. English-
Chinook and Chincok-English. To whichis added numerous conver-
sations, &c. Third Edition.

Portland, Oregon: 8S. J. McCormick: 1862. *
Title from Gibbs’ Chinook Jargon Bibliography. For other editions see
Chinook; and Dictionary.

852 Comstock (Theodore B.) Geological Report. By Prof. Theo. B.
Comstock.

In Jones (W. A.) Report upon the reconnoissance of Northwestern Wyoming,
pp. 85-291. Washington, 1875. 8°.

Chapter XV of this report is entitled ‘‘ Philological Notes on the Eastern
Shoshone Dialect.” It includes a ‘“‘ Vocabulary of two hundred and twenty words
of the dialect of Washakie’s Band of Eastern Shoshones (located on the Wind
River Reservation, Wyoming).” To this has been added for comparative purposes
a similar list of the Comanche and Chemehuevi, from Whipple (Pac. R. R.,
vol. 3, pt. 3). The vocabularies occupy pp. 282-286. These are followed by
“Some Remarks on the Shoshone Grammar,” ‘‘Table of Shoshone Numerals’
[1-19] and twenty-five sentences in Shoshone, with English translation.

The first edition of Jones’ report (Washington, 1873) contains only chapters
i-viii of Prof. Comstock’s paper; these do not include the philologic chapter.

853 Confesionario en lengua Kahchi, en metodo breve. *

Manuscript, 10 11. 4°. Written by a father of the Order of Santo Domingo, of

the pueblo of Taktic, in 1812. This work was given to me by a priest of Taktic,

a village in which the Pocomchi language is spoken and which is situated not far

from Coban. He told me that it had been written by one of his predecessors, a

Dominican monk of Verapaz. On verso of the 7th leaf begins: Para administrar

el Sacramento del matrimonio, followed, on recto of 8th, by numerals in the

Cacchi language, and on verso of 8th, by: Modo de administrar el Sacut? del
Viatico.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

854 Confessionario. Confessionario en el Idioma Tarasco, segun le ha-
blan el dia de dy los Naturales de esta Provincia de Michoacan, y
un vocabulario. i!

Manuscript of 1765. 28 pp. 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat.

855 ——— Confessionario en la lengua de San Miguel Chicah, dialecto
de la lengua Quiche de Rabinal. ie

Manuscript. 1111. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.

856 ——— Confessionario (Fragmentos de un) en Lengua Othomi. *
Manuscript of the 19th century. 4°. Not seen; title from the Fischer Sale Cat.

857 Congrés International des Américanistes. Congrés-| International |
des | Américanistes | Compte-Rendu | de la | Premiere Session |
Nancy—1875. | Tome Premier [-Second]. |

Naney | G. Crépin-Leblond | Imprimeur | 14, Grand’ Rue Ville-
Vieille | Paris | Maisonneuve et C'° | Hditeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire |
1875 | C.

2 vols. 8°.

Adam (L.) Esquisse d’une grammaire
vol. 2, pp. 88-148.

* Chippeways et * * Crees,

168 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Congrés International des Américanistes—continued.
Bretton (MV. le baron de). Origine des peuples de Amérique, vol. 1, pp. 438-
449.
Mallet (J.) Les Caraibes, vol. 1, pp. 394-438.
Petitot (Le R. P.) Les Esquimaux, vol. 1, pp. 329-339.
Déné Dindjiés, vol. 2, pp. 138-37.
Vinson (J.) La langue basque et les langues américaines, vol. 2, pp. 46-80.

858

Congres | International | des | ‘Américanistes | Compte-
Rendu | de la | Seconde Session | Luxembourg—1877 | Tome Pre-
mier | [Second] [Design inclosing: Luxembourg | 1877 | |

Luxembourg | Victor Biick | Libraire | Rue du Curé. | Paris |
Maisonneuve et Cie | Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire | 1878 | SD.

2 vols. 8°. ‘

Adam (L.) Examen grammatical comparé de seize langues américaines, vol.
2, pp. 161-244.

Clark (H.) Les origines des langues de l’Amérique, dans l’ancien Monde,
vol. 1, pp. 158-169.

Malte-Brun (V. A.) Tableau de la distribution des langues au Mexique, vol.
2, pp. 10-44.

Pipart (J.) Eléments phonétiques dans les Ecritures figuratives des anciens
Mexicains, vol. 2, pp. 346-368.

Rémas (/?. P.) Principes de la langue crise, vol. 2, pp. 244-253.

859 Connecticut Historical Society. Collections | of the | Connecticut
Historical Society. | Volume I [IT]. |
Hartford: | Published for the Society. | 1860 [-1870]. | HU. C.
2 vols. 8°.

Trumbull (J. H.) Composition of Indian geographical names, vol. 2, pp. 1-50.

860 [Constitution. Constitution | and | Laws | of the | Cherokee Na-
tion. | Published by authority of the national council. | [Seal of the
Cherokee Nation.] |

St. Louis: | R. & I. A. Ennis, stationers, printers and bookbind-
ers, | 118 Olive street. | 1875.] | C. SWP.

Pp. 1-233, i-vi. 8°. The above is the translation of the title which, as is also
the work, is in Cherokee characters.

861 ——— Constitution | of the | Cherokee Nation, | formed by a Con-
vention of Delegates from the | Several Districts, at | New Echota,
July 1827. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | BA. AAS.

No imprint. 28 pp. parallel columns, English, and Cherokee, in Cherokee char-
acters.

862

The | Constitution | and | Laws | of the | Choctaw Nation. |
Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | John Candy, Printer. | 1840. | Ba.
Pp. 1-34, 11., pp. 1-40. 16°.

Appended:

Chahta Yakni | nan vlhpisa nishkoboka, | micha | anumpa vlhpisa
aiena Jonathan Cogswell vt | Chahta anumpa atosholi tok. |

Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | John Candy, Printer. | 1840. | BA.

Pp. 1-40. 16°. In the Choctaw language.

sdIMOU, APAUTOMIZ

De Env

A090 GO0'0.T

Ony

GWY D8 SOLT

DS£ SSWOITIOLAC ABLADWO-A.

M4 S$SWHT:

B. Dé T.-A. RB, AWE DhZWOiWY, AhsBAWY, DE Tors? WIOWLA Awl;
118 sco swoon.
“1875,

860.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF CHEROKEE CONSTITUTION AND LAWS.

CONGRES—COOK. 169

863 Contreras (Fr. Pedro de). Manval | de Adminis- | trar los Sane-
tos | Sacramentos a los Espa- | oles, y naturales desta nueua
Espana | conforme 4 la reforma de Paulo | V. Pont. Max. | Orde-
nado | porel Padre | Fray Pedro de Contre- | ras Gallardo, Predica-
dor, y Guardian del Conuento | de la Concepcion de Nia Senora de
Theoacan, | hijo desta sancta Prouincia del sancto | Euangelio de
Mexico. |

{{ Impresso con licencia, y priuilegio. | En México. | En la Imprenta
de Ioan Ruyz. Aiio de | 1638, | JCB.

Ll]. 1-147, 3 11., unnumbered. 16°. In the Mexican language.

An exceedingly rare work, of which only a very imperfect copy appeared in the
Abbé Fischer’s Catalogue. A former edition, in Latin and Mexican, was published
in 1637.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

864 Conversaciones, ete., in Lengua Mexicana; and other papers on the
Same language. x
2711. Not seen; title from the Ramirez Sale Cat.

865 [Cook (C. H.)] Parts of the | Holy Bible, | in the Pima Indian
Language, for the use | of Missionaries and Sunday Schools. |

Pima Agency, Arizona Territory. | Press and Type donated by
James G. Baldwin | of Middletown, Conn. | 1875. | JWP.

1p. 1. pp., 1-21. 16°.

The Lord’s Prayer, p. 1; the Ten Commandments, pp. 2-3; the First and Great
Commandment, p. 4; the Parable of the Lost Sheep, of the Piece of Silver, and of
the Prodigal Son, pp. 4-8; the New Birth, the Great Love of God, Condemnation
for Unbelief, pp. 8-11; the Transfiguration of Christ, pp. 11-12; the Rulers con-
spire against Christ, pp. 13-20.

Translated by C. H. Cook, missionary, aided by Antonitto, Huan, and Huan
Emanol, scholars of the Pima day-school.

866 [Cook (Joseph Winfield).] Form | for making Catechists | in the |

Missionary Jurisdiction | of | Niobrara. | Niobrara | Yewicasipi Ma-
koce Obaspe | kin en, | Catechist wicakagapi woecon kin. | ;
Yankton Agency: | St. Paul’s School Press. | 1878. | JIWP.
Title, pp. 2-5 and 2-5, alternate English and Dakota. 16°. In the Santee dia-
lect of the Dakota.

867 —— [Pauls Epistles to Timothy and Titus; in the Santee dialect
of the Dakotan language. By Rev. Joseph W. Cook.
Yankton Agency, Dakota: 1878.] JWP.

No title-page. Pp. 1-26, printed on one side only. 8°.
Prepared by Mr. Cook and sent to his fellow missionaries among the Dakotans
for correction. The work has not been published.

868 ——— [An Analysis of the Bible; in the Yankton dialect of the Da-
kotan language. By Rey. Joseph W. Cook.
Yankton Agency, Dakota: 1879.] JWP.

Pp. 1-48. 12°.

Concerning the above fragment the author, in a letter to me, says that he had
“compiled the Analysis to the end of the Old Testament, but the printing was cut
short at the Book of Psalms on account of the burning of the mission printing
office.” No title-page was composed, and but a few copies were printed.

170 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cook (Joseph Winfield)—continued.

869 Okna Hayake Wakan Kicunpi kin en | wocekiye kin. | Jwe.
No title-page. 1p. 16°. ;
Literal translation: In vestments sacred they put on the in | Prayers the. | i. e.

Prayers in the vestry. In the Yankton dialect of the Dakotan.

See Hinman (8. D.) and Cook (J. W.)

See Hinman (8. D.), Cook (J. W.), Hemans (D. W.), and Walker (L. C.)

, Cle¥eland (William Joshua), and Selwyn (William T.), Editors,
Anpao. | The Day Break. | Published by the Niobrara Mission.
“Wankantanhan Anpao kin hiyounhipi.” Price, Fifty Cents a
Year. | Vol. I, No. 1. January, 1878. Address Anpao, Yankton
Agency, Dakota. | JWP.

A four-page paper, issued weekly, three pages of which are in the Yankton dia-
lect of the Dakotan, and one in English. It is still in course of publication; the
last number I have seen is that of Dec., 1881.

870

871 Cook (Captain James) and King (Captain James). A | Voyage | to
the | Pacific Ocean. | Undertaken, | by the Command of His Ma-
jesty, | for making | Discoveries in the Northern Hemisphere. | Per-
formed under the Direction of Captains Cook, Clerke, and Gore, | in
His Majesty’s Ships the Resolution and Discovery ; in the Years 1776,
1777, 1778, 1779, and 1780. | In three volumes. | Vol. I and II writ-
ten by Captain James Cook, F. B.S. | Vol. IIL by Captain James
King, LL. D. and F. R.S. | Published by Order of the Lords Com-
missioners of the Admiralty. | Vol. I [-IIT]. |

London: | Printed for G. Nicol, Bookseller to His Majesty, in the |
Strand; and T. Cadell, in the Strand. | M. DCC. LX XXIV [1784]. | c.

3 vols, 4°. atlas folio.

Anderson (A.) Nootka words and numerals, vol. 2, pp. 335-336; Vocabulary
of Prince William’s Land, pp. 375-376; and Vocabulary of the Nootka, vol. 3, pp.
540-546.

Bryant (Mr.) Vocabularies of Oonalashka, Norton Sound, Greenland, and
Esquimaux, vol. 3, pp. 552-553.

I have seen in the library of Harvard University an edition of the same date,
differing in title-page from the above as follows:

A | Voyage | to the | Pacific Ocean. | Undertaken, | by the
Command of his Majesty, | for making | Discoveries in the North-
ern Hemisphere. | To determine | the Position and Extent of the
West Side of North America; | its distance from Asia; and the Prac-
ticability of a | Northern Passage to Europe. | Performed under the
direction of | Captains Cook, Clerke, and Gore, | in his Majesty’s
Ships the Resolution and Discovery. | In the Years 1776, 1777, 1778,
1779, and 1780. | In three volumes. | Vol. I and IL written by Cap-
tain James Cook, F. 8. S. | Vol. IIL by Captain James King, LL. D.
and F. R.S. | Mlustrated with maps and charts, from the Original
Drawings made by Lieut. Henry Roberts, | under the direction of

COOK. 171

Cook (Captain James) and King (Captain James)—continued.

Captain Cook; and with a great variety of Portraits of Persons,
Views | of Places, and Historical Representations of Remarkable
Incidents, drawn by Mr. | Webber during the Voyage, and engraved
by the most eminent Artists. | Published by Order of the Lords
Commissioners of the Admiralty. | Vol. I {[-IIT]. |

London: | Printed by W. and A. Strahan: | for G. Nicol, Book-
seller to His Majesty, in the Strand; | and T. Cadell, in the Strand: |
M DCC LXXXIV [1784]. | HU»

3 vols. 4°, and atlas folio.

Linguistics as in edition above, vol. 2, pp. 335-336, 375-376; vol. 3, pp. 542-
548, 554-555.

Reprinted as follows:

873 ——— A | Voyage | to the | Pacific Ocean. | Undertaken, | by
the Command of Lis Majesty, for | making | Discoveries in the
Northern Hemisphere. | To determine | the Position and Extent of
the West Side of North America; | its Distance from Asia; and the
Practicability of a | Northern Passage to Europe. | Performed under
the direction of | Captains Cook, Clerke, and Gore, | In his Majesty’s
Ships the Resolution and Discovery. | In the Years 1776, 1777, 1778,
1779, and 1780. | In three volumes. | Vol. 1 and II written by Captain
James Cook, F. R. 8. | Vol. III by Captain James King, LL. D. and
F.R.S. | Mlustrated with Maps and Charts, from the Original Draw-
ings made by Lieut. | Henry Roberts, under the Direction of Captain
Cook. | Published by Order of the Lords Commissioners of the Ad-
miralty. | Vol. I [IJ]. |

Dublin: Printed for H. Chamberlaine, W. Watson, Potts, [&e., 7
lines]. | M, DOC, LXXXTV [1784]. | C. BA.

3 vols. 8°. maps. ;

Linguistics as in 4° edition, in vol 2, pp. 335-336, 375-376; vol. 3, pp. 542-548,
554-555.

Sabin’s Dictionary says: 2d edition, London, 1785, 3 vols. 4°, and atlas folio.

Mr. Marcus Baker has furnished me with the following title from Sokoloft’s
Bibliography in 3anncku, ete., Journal of the Russian Navy Department, vol. 8,
p- 411, St. Petersburg, 1850, 8°, and translation of the same:

874. ——— Iyremecrnie pp cbeepabiii TuXiil OKeatb, 10 MOBerbAIK Kopoasa Teopria IIT upeanpiartoe,
Aan onpesbacnia nosoKenia 9anaqubixb beperops ChBepooii AMepuku, pascToAnia onoli orb Avia,
HM BOSMOMNOCTO Chpepuard Npoxosa Hob Tuxaro bb Ataantuueckiii OKeanb, HOA HAYAALCTBOMB
Kanntauost Kyka, Kaepka u Topa, na cyzaxb Pesosonin uw AucKoBepn, Bb UposoAmenie 1776,
77, 78, 79 11780 rogonb. Cb Aura. [. Jorrna’ Po.zcunnjest-Kyty90B.

‘Caukrnerepoypr 1805 nm 1810.

300, 209 pp. 4°. 10 charts.

Translation.—Voyage to the North Pacific Ocean, undertaken by direction of
King George III, to determine the situation of the western shores of North
America, their distances from Asia and the possibility of a northern passage from
the Pacific to the Atlantic ocean, under the direction of captains Cook, Clerke
and Gore in the ships Resolution and Discovery during the years 1776, 77, 78, 79
and 1780. (Translated) from the English by Mons. Loggin Golenitshoft-Kutuzoff.

St. Petersburg, 1805 and 1810.

*

172 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cook (Captain James) and King (Captain James)—continued.

875 A voyage to the Pacific Ocean, undertaken by the command
of His Majesty, for making discoveries in the Northern Hemisphere;
to determine the position and extent of the west side of North
America, its distance fom Asia, and the practicability of a north-
ern passage to Europe. Performed under the direction of Captains
Cook, Clerke, and Gore, in His Majesty’s Ships the Resolution and
Discovery, in the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779, & 1780.

In Kerr (R.) A general history and collection of voyages and travels, vol. 15,
pp. 114-514; vol. 16 and vol. 17, pp. 1-311. Edinburg, 1811-16, 17 vols.

Linguistics, vol. 16, pp. 255-257, 285-286; vol 17, pp. 300-309, 310-811.

Extractsfrom this work are printed in Pinkerton, and Pelham, but they contain
no linguistics.

876 Cooper (Dr. J. G.) Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres and Blackfoot.
Manuscript. 6 pp. folio.

877 -——- Vocabulary of the Siksikhod, or Blackfoot.
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. 180 words.
878 Vocabulary of the Tshihalish.

Manuscript. 611. folio. 180 words.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

879 Copeland (Kev. Charles C.) Come to Jesus. | Chisvs A Ho Im Ai
Viah. | Chahta anumpa atoshowa hoke. | By Rev. C. C. Copeland, |
Missionary to the Choctaws, 1868. |

Published by the | American Tract Society: | New York. | ABc.

Pp. 1-102. 16°. In the Choctaw language.

8 0 Terms of Relationship of the Chocta and Chickasa, col-
lected by the Rey. Charles C. Copeland, Missionary, Bennington,
Choctaw Nation.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of consanguinity and affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°. j

881 Copway (George). The | Life, History, and Travels, | of | Kah-ge-
ga-gah-bowh | (George Copway), | ayoung Indian Chiefof the Ojebwa
Nation, | a convert to the Christian Faith, and a Missionary | to his
people for twelve years; | with a | Sketch of the Present State of the
Ojebwa Nation, | in regard to | Christianity and their future pros-
‘pects. | Also an Appeal; | with all the names of the chiefs now liv-
ing, who have | been christianized, and the missionaries now | labor-
ing among them. | Written by himself. |

Albany: | Printed by Weed and Parsons. | 1847. | C.
4p. ll., pp. i-vii, 5-224. 8°.
Hymns in English and Ojebwa, p. ll. 3-4; Songs with translations, pp. 63, 77.

882

The | Life, Wistory, and Travels | of | Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, |
(George Copway) | a young Indian Chief of the Ojebwa Nation, | a
convert to the Christian faith, and a Mis- | sionary to his people for
twelve years; | with a | Sketch of the Present State of the Ojebwa
Nation, | in regard to | Christianity and their future prospects. |

COOK—CORDOBA. 173

Copway (George)—continued.
Also an appeal; | with all the names of the chiefs now living, who
have | been christianized, and the missionaries now | laboring
among them. | Written by himself. | Second edition. |
Philadelphia: | James Harmstead, No. 40 N. Fourth St. | 1847. |
Pp. i-x, 11-158. 8°. Songs, pp. 29, 48, 57. BA.

883 - The Life, Letters and Speeches of Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, or,
G. Copway, Chief Ojibway Nation.
New York: S. W. Benedict 1850. ie
224 pp. 12°.

884 —-—— Recollections of a Forest life: or the Life and Travels of
Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, or George Copway, Chief of the Ojibway

Nation.
London: H. Lea, 1850. a
256 pp. 12°.+ London, 1854. 256 pp. 12°. Two titles above from Sabin’s Dic-
tionary.

~

885 t—— The Traditional History and Character[ilstic Sketches of
the Ojibway Nation. By G. Copway, or Ka-ge-ga-gah-bouh, Chief
of the Ojibway Nation.

London: C. Gilpin. 1850.

xii, 298 pp. 8°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

886 —— The | Traditiouary History | and | Characteristic Sketches |
of the | Ojibway Nation. | By G. Copway, | or, Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh,
Chief of the Ojibway Nation. | Illustrated by Darly. |

Boston: | Benjamin B. Mussey & Co. | 29 Cornhill. | 1851. | Hu. c.
Pp. 1-266. 8°.
Chapter x, their language and writings, pp. 122-136.

887 t—— Hymn in Chippeway.
In Tupper (M. F.) A Hymn for all Nations in thirty languages, p. 48. Lon-
don, 1851. 8°.

See Hall (S.) and Copway (G.)

888 Corbusier (Dr. William H.) Vocabulary of the Apache-Mojave, or
Yavape; and of the Apache-Yuma, or Tulkepa.
Manuseript. 54 pp. 4°. Ia the library of the Bureauof Ethnology. The ma-
terial was collected at the Rio Verde Agency, Arizona, in the years 1873, ’74, ’75.
It is recorded in a copy of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, first
edition, and is enriched by many ethnologic notes.

889 [Cordoba (#’r. Juan).| Vocabulario dela Lengua Zapoteca, 6 Diccio-
nario Hispano-Zapoteco.
Mexico, Ocharte, 1571.
4°.. The Dominicans, authors of the work, ‘‘Seriptores Ordinis Priedicatorum,”
agree that the author of this vocabulario was Fr. Pedro Feria, Provincial of St.
Dominic of Mexico, confounding this book with the Confesonario Zapoteca, which
was really written by Feria. And D. Nicholas Antonio was near falling into the
same error, when speaking of the Confesonario of Father Feria, he called it Voea-
bulario.—Beristain.

174 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cordoba (Fr. Juan)—continued.

Concerning this work, Sr. Ieazbalceta writes me as follows:

I have not seen this book, nor do I know whether any copy exists. Of the
authors who mention it, Beristain is the only one who gives the date of the
edition and the name of the printer, Pedro Ocharte, 1571, in 4°. It appears that
Beristain saw it; but, notwithstanding this, I believe the date to be an error, and
that it should be 1578. 5

Father Burgoa (Geogr. Descrip., fol. 255) declares that Father Cordoba fin-
ished the Vocabulario atter he was relieved of the office of Provincial. This is
proved to have been on the 7th of October, 1570, and between this event and his
retirement to the Convent of Hamechahuya, where he finished the work, there
would not have been time for all that Father Cordoba accomplished, much less’
for the printing of the work.

In the license given by the bishop of Oajaca for the printing of the Arte, dated
June 8th, 1578, it says of the Vocabulario, ‘‘That it is now printed in the said
language.” The license also speaks of a Confesonario breve which does not appear.

890 ——— Arte en Len | gva Zapoteca, com | puesto por el muy reu-
erendo padre | Fray Iuan de Cordoua, de la | orden de los Pre-
dica- | dores desta nue | ua Espana. | [A large cross. |

En Mexico..| ¢ En casa de Pedro Balli. | Atio de 1578. |

7p. ll. 8°. L. 7 is a print of Our Lady of the Rosary. The Arte follows in 125
ll., with curious notices on the calendar, omens, superstitions, etc., of the Zapo-
tecas; 11. errata and 11. with the following:

A gloria y honra de Dios | nuestro Senor, y de la gloriosa
virgen Sancta | Maria su bendita madre, se acabo de | Imprimer este
Arte Zapoteca, | a ocho dias del mes de Agosto. | En Mexico, en
casa de | Pedro Balli. Amo de 1578. | 2

Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 99.

891 Corliss (Capt. A. W.) Vocabulary of the Lacotah, or Sioux, Brulé
band.
Manuscript. 50 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
“Notes made while at Spotted Tail’s Agency of Brulé Sioux Indians on the
White River, in Dakota and Nebraska, in 1874.” Copied from the original manu-
script owned by Captain Corliss.

892 Coronel (#’r. Ioan). Doctrina | Christiana,en Len- | guade Maya. |
Recopilada, y enmendada por el P. F. Ioan | Coronel, de la Orden
de N.S. P. S. Francisco, Guardian del | Conuento de Ti Kax, muy
vtil para los Indios. | Dirigida al Hlvst™°. S. Don | Fray Gongalo de
Salazar, del Consejo | de su Magestad, Obispo de Yucathan.

En la Emprena de Diego Garrido. | Por Cornelio Cesar.
[Mexico.]| M.DC.XX [1620]. | -

8°. Roman letter. Title, reverse blank. Between the title and the imprint
is the design I ti S; at the left and reading from below upward is: Con Licencia;
and at the right, from above downward, is: De los Svperiores. 22 1]. not num-
bered, and one appears to be missing, since, on the title-page, the signature aiij
follows. These 22 1]. contain the Doctrina and the Exposicion. 4 1]. follow with
the ‘‘Tabla de los discur- | discursos [sic] y materias que se contie- | nen en este
libro, acerca de los Articulos de la Fe.” Dedicatoria, 3 11. unnumbered. It sets
forth that by command of the bishop the following has been clearly transcribed
for printing: “Unas platicas espirituales, con la exposicion del Pater noster y de

CORDOBA -~ CORTES. nits)

Coronel (J. loan)—continued.
los articulos de la fe. La Doctrina cristiana con su declaracion; unos ejemplos
de la Sagrada Escritura, y sobre los siete sacramentos, con un Confesionario breve
y Arte”; that he had preached 27 years in that territory, and had taught the
language to the priests. Dated at Merida, January 16th, 1620.

3 1]., not numbered. Commission of the bishop for the examination of the
said writings, 17th of January, 1620. Approval of Fr. Francisco Torralva, 25th
of January, 1620. Approval of the clergyman Ioan Gomez Pacheco, 27th of Jan-
uary, 1620. License of the bishop, 29th of February, 1620. License of the order,
9th of March, 1620. Preface, which says that he availed himself of the works of
the ancient fathers.

Maya text, 11. 1-240 (from 72 there is a break till 83, and from 93 it returns
to 81)., Contains: Spiritual Discourses and predicables; Exposition of the Pater
Noster; Examples from the Holy Scriptures; Discourse on the Seven Sacraments;
Discourse for the baptized; Discourse for after marriage; Devotions, etc., for
confession and communion; Short Confesonario, Spanish and Maya; The names
of kindred among the Indians; End; Laus Deo.

Title, notes, &c., communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta, who was furnished them
by M. Ad. L. Pinart.

Beristain gives this title in brief, and adds:

Fr. Juan de §. Antonio, in his Biblioteca Franciscana, asserts that in the library
of the College of 8S. Buenaventura of Seville, Letter M, number 165, there exists,
in manuscript, a Doctrina Christiana in the language of Yucatan, by our Coronel,
more diffuse than the printed copy.

Fray Juan Coronel, Franciscan, graduated at the University of Alcala in Spain,
went to Yucatan in the year 1590, where he learned and publicly taught the lan-
guage of the Indians. He was one of the disciples of the Chronicler Cogolludo.
He was guardian of the Recollect Convent of Mejorada, and died in one of the
Convents of Merida, in the year 1651, aged 82 years.

893 — Arte para aprender la lengua Maya. *
Printed in Mexico, according to Cogolludo.

$94 ——— Discursos predicales y tratados espirituales en lengua Maya.
Mexico, 1620. *

Printed by Garredo at the expense of Pedro Gutierrez.—Beristain.

895 —

Catecismo de doctrina cristiana, en lengua Maya. oe

896 —— Confesionario 6 instrucciones para los nuevos ministros, en
lengua Maya. a
The two foregoing titles from Carillo, who says they were printed in Mexico.

$97 Corral (D. Felipe Ruiz). Arte y Vocabulario para uso de los Curas
de Guatemala. ~
According to Beristain this work is preserved in the archives of the Church in
Guatemala. According to other anthorities, Corral wrote a work, Arte y Vo-
cabulario dela Lengua de Guatemala, which was printed. . Whether the same

as that mentioned above, is unknown.—Squier.

898 Cortes (Hernan). Historia | de Nueva-Espana. | Escrita por su
esclarecido conquistador | Hernan Cortes, | aumentada | con otros
documentos, y notas, | por el illustrissimo Senor | Don Francisco
Antonio | Lorenzana, | Arzobispo de Mexico. | [One line quota-
tion.] | [Design.] | Con las licencias necesarias. |

176 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cortes (Hernan)—continued.

En México en la Imprenta del Superior Gobierno, del Br. D. Joseph
Antonio de Hogal | en la Calle de Tiburcio. | Anno de 1770. | BA.

Frontispiece engraved by Navarro; preface 9 ll. Viage de Hernan Cortes,
xvi pp. Map of New Spain, drawn by J. A. de Alzate y Ramirez, Mexico, 1769;
plan of the grand temple of Mexico; picture representing the ancient Mexican
calendar. Text 400 pages, index 9 Il. folio. The map of California, which is
found between pages 328 and 329, was drawn in Mexico, in 1541, by the pilot
Domingo del Castillo.

“An extremely important work, containing valuable documents on the history
of the conquest of Mexico. It suffices to say that the three celebrated letters
(the second, third, and fourth) of Fernand Cortes are reproduced in this volume
in order that one may judge of its historical value, which the notes of the learned
Archbishop of Mexico further enhance. Between pages 176 and 177, under the
title ‘‘Cordillera de los pueblos que antes de la conquista pagaban tributo d el
Emperador Muctezuma, y en que especie y cantidad,” are 31 pp. (numbered 32)
giving the fac-simile of a Mexican book in hieroglyphic characters, with the
transcript in Latin letters, and Spanish translation.

“This important document inakes part of the celebrated collection of Boturini.
As the title indicates, it contains the list of the different cities which, before the
conquest, paid tribute to the Emperor Montezuma.”—Leclerc.

Imperfectly reprinted as follows:

899 ——— Historia de Méjico, escrita por su esclarecido conquistador
Hernan Cortes: aumentada con otros documentos y notas, por D.
Francisco Antonio Lorenzana, Antiguo Arzobispo de Mejico. Revi-
sada y adaptada 4 la ortografia moderna, por D. Manuel del Mar.

Nueva York: Sres. White, Gallagher y White. 1828. ag
Pp. 110,614. large 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

900 Cortés y Zedeno (Geronymo Thomas de Aquino). Arte, | Vocabu-
lario, | y Confessionario | en el | Idioma Mexicano, | como se usa en
el Obispado de Guadalaxara. | Compuestos | por el Br. D. Geronymo
Thomas de Aquino, | Cortés, y Zedetio, Clerigo Presbytero, y Domi-
ciliario de el Obis- | pado de Guadalaxara, Descendiente de los Con-
quistadores de la | Nueva-Espana, Cathedratico Interino, que fue
del Real, y Ponti- | ficio Colegio de Sr. S. Joseph de la misma Ciudad
de Guadalaxara, | y actual Substituto de dicha Cathedra, y Exami-
nador Synodal de | dicho Idioma en el mismo Obispado. | Quien
‘afectuoso los dedica | al Sefior Mayorazgo | D. Buenaventura Guada-
lupe | Villa-Sefor, Ortega, Solorzano, | y Arriola, de Ja Ilustre Casa
de Aragon, y Descendiente de los | Conquistadores de Jaen, y
Murcia, | 4 cuyas expensas se imprime. |
Con las licencias necessarias: | En la Imprenta del Colegio Real
de San Ignacio de la Puebla de los Angeles. | Atio de 1765. | ‘

7 p.ll., pp. 1-184 (numbered incorrectly 984), 11. index. 4°. Not seen; title
from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 23.

901 Coruna y Colludo (Antonio de). Zoque—the language spoken at
Santa Maria de Chimalapa, and at San Miguel and Tierra Blanca, in ©

CORTES—COTHREN. nl (z/

Coruna y Culludo (Antonio de)—continued.
the State of Chiapas, Mexico. By Anton’o de Coruna y Colludo.
(Translated from the author’s manuscript by J. A. Daeno.)

In St. Louis Academy of Science Trans., vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 36-42. St. Louis
1880. 8°.

Pater Noster in Zoque, p. 37; Vocabulary, pp. 37-39; A brief essay on the
southern Mexican and Central American languages, pp. 39-42.

902 [Costanso (Miguel).] Diario Historico de los Viages de mar y tierra
hechos al norte de California, de orden del Virrey de Nueva Espaiia
Marques De Croix y por direccion de D. Jose Galvaz. Executados
por la tropa destinada 4 dicho objeto al mando de Gaspar de Por-
tola, y por los Paquebotes S. Carlos y S. Antonio de orden del
Exe. Sr. Virrey.

Mexico: En la imprenta del Gobierno. 1776. te

56 pp. folio. Signed D. Miguel Costanso. Printed for private distribution.—
Sabin’s Dictionary.

I have seen vocabularies, printed in various works, taken from the above, one
of which, the Santa Barbara, from a manuscript by Geo. Gibbs, is in Powell
(J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 560-565. Washington, 1877.
4°. There are also a few San Antonio words in Mithridates, vol. 3, pp. 201, 202,
205, taken from the above work.

903 ——— An Historical Journal of the Expeditions by Sea and Land
to the North of California: in 1768, 1769, and 1770; when Spanish
Establishments were first made at San Diego and Monte Rey. From
a Spanish MS., translated by William Revely, Esq. Published by
A. Dalrymple.

London: George Bigg. 1790. *

76 pp. 4°. 2 maps. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary, which says it is
probably a translation of Diario Historico.

904 Cotheal (Alexander I.) A Grammatical Sketch of the Language
spoken by the Indians of the Mosquito Shore. By Alexander I. Cotheal.

In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, pp. 235-264. New York, 1848. 8°,

Grammar of the Mosquito Indians, pp. 237-256; Lord’s Prayer and Introduction
to the Ten Commandments, with interlinear translation, p- 257; Vocabulary, pp.
257-264,

Probably issued separately ; see next title.

905 t——. A Grammatical Sketch of the Language spoken by the In-
dians of the Mosquito Shore. *

N.p.,n.d. 8°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

906 Cothren (William). History | of | Ancient Woodbury, | Connecti-
cut, | from | the First Indian Deed in 1659 to 1854, | including the |
Present Towns of Washington, Southbury, Bethlem, Roxbury, | and
a part of Oxford and Middlebury. | By William Cothren. | Volume
I [-I11}. | [Quotation, 8 lines.] | Waterbury, Conn.: | Published by
Bronson Brothers. | 1854 [-1879]. | A. ©. 'T. W.

3 vols. 8°.

List of principal Pootatucks, vol. 1, pp. 94-96; Names of places and significa-

tions, vol. 2, pp. 877.
12 Bib

178 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

907 Coto (Pe. F. Thomas). Vocabulario | De la Lengua cakchiquel, v,
Guatimalteca | Nueuamente hecho y recopilado con summo estn-
dio | trauajo y erudicion por el P.° F, Thomas Coto, Pre | dicador y
Padre de esta Pronj.2 de el S. S.m° Nobre | de Jesus de Guatimala.
En que se contienen | todos los modos y frases elegantes conque
los | Naturales la hablan y d. q. se pueden valer | los Ministros estu-

diossos para su mejor | educacion y ensenanza. *
Manuscript, 476 ll. folio, in the library of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia.

Title taken from Dr. D. G. Brinton’s article in the American Journal Science
and Arts, v.7, pp. 222-230, where he describes it as follows:

This dictionary is a splendid testimonial to the zeal and scholarship of the
Franciscan missionaries. The pages are large, with double columns, 37 lines to
a page, written quite distinctly, though here and there the ink has faded so that
it is difficult to read. The first 15 pages are handsomely written in imitation of
printed letters. The characters of Parra are adopted for the five peculiar sounds.
Unfortunately, the copy is incomplete, ending with the word vendible. As it is
exclusively Spanish and Cakchiquel, it complements the Cakchiquel and Spanish
Calepino of Varea. 2

It should be observed that the letter C is wrongly bound so that the latter part
of it comes first, and several other letters do not seem to have been finished.
This copy appears fo date from early in the last century, and is unique so far as I
know. Coto was a native of Guatemala and lived in the latter part of the 17th
century. Mr. Squier gives under his name only one title “Thesaurus Verborum ;
6 Frases y Elegancias de la Lengua de Guatemala;” which, probably, is the same
work as the above. It is peculiarly valuable, not only for the linguistic material
it contains, but for the light it throws on numerous customs of the natives, on the
botany and zoology of the country, and for its quotations of manuscript works in
Cakchiquel. Coto’s principal authorities are Father Francisco Maldonado’s ser-
mons in that tongue, those of Father Antonio Saz (de san Joachim, de la visita-
cion, de la asuncion, de la concepcion, manual en la lengua, and others, none of
them mentioned by Mr. Squier or Pimentel), Father Domingo Vico, bishop of
Chiapas, and the “calepino” of Varea.

908 t—— Thesaurus Verborum: 6 Frases y elegancias de la Lengua
de Guatemala. *
Manuscript in the library of the principal convent. —Beristain.

909 Cotton (Josiah). Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick)
Indian Language. By Josiah Cotton. [Edited by John Pickering. |

In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., third series, vol. 2, pp. 147-257. Cambridge,
1830. 8°.

“ Advertisement” (which includes ‘‘ Notice of the Manuscript; with remarks on
the Author’s Orthography and the Pronunciation of the Language”, signed J. P.),
pp. 147-149; Vocabulary, 155-243 ; Appendix, 244-257.

The words of the vocabulary are grouped or classified, having such headings
as ‘‘Of Arts,” ‘‘Of Beasts,” ‘Of Rational Creatures,” &c.; ‘‘ Adjectives,’
“Verbs,” ‘Imperative Mood,” ‘‘Participles,” ‘‘The Creed,” ‘‘A talk between
two,” ‘‘ Adverbs,” ‘‘ Pronouns,” ‘‘Sentences,” and ‘A Dialogue”; it also contains
a letter, the Natick version being signed Jno. Nemumin.

The Appendix contains ‘‘Examples from the Indian Primer” (Eliot’s), words
of from one to fifteen syllables; two versions of the Lord’s Prayer from Eliot’s
Bible, and two from the Indian Primer; the Ten Commandments, from the
Primer; ‘“‘A Sermon preached by Josiah Cotton to the Massachusetts Indians in

COTO—COURT DE GEBELIN. 179

Cotton (Josiah)—continued.
1710”; and ‘Extracts from a Sermon in English and Indian, the English part be-
ing in the hand-writing of Josiah Cotton, and the Indian in that of his father,
John Cotton.”
The above vocabulary though written, according to the statement of the edi-
tor, in 17078, was printed here for the first time. It was issued also separately,
with title-page as follows:

910 ——— Vocabulary | of the | Massachusetts (or Natick) | Indian
Language. | By Josiah Cotton. |
Cambridge: | Printed by E. W. Metealf and Company. | 1829. | c.
Pp. 1-112. 8°. Contents as above. Some copies with same title are paged 147-
257.

911 Coulter (Dr. John). [Vocabularies of California Indians. }
In Scouler (J.) Observations of the Indian Tribes of the N. W. Coast; in
Royal Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. ii, pp. 215-251.
Vocabularies of the Pima; San Diego; San Juan Capistrano; San Gabriel;
San Luis Obispo; San Antonio.

912 Court de Gebelin (Antoine de). Monde Primitif, | analysé et com-
paré | avec le Monde Moderne, | considéré | dans son génie allégo-
rique | et dans les allégories | auxquelles conduisit ce génie ; | pré-
cédé | du plan général} des diverses parties qui composeront | ce
monde primitif: | Avec des Figures en Taille-douce. | Par M. Court
de Gebelin, | De la Société Econom. de Berne, des Académies Ro-
yales de la Rochelle | & de Dijon, de la Société Libre @Emulation de
France. | Nouvelle Edition. |

A Paris, | Chez L’Auteur, rue Poupée, Maison de M. Boucher,
Secrétaire du Roi. | Boudet, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue Saint Jac-
ques. | Valleyre Vainé, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue de la vieille Bou-
clerie. | Veuve Duchesne, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. | Saugrain,
Libraire, quai des Augustins. | Ruault, Libraire, rue de la Harpe. |
M. DCC. LXXVII [-M. DCC. LXXXI1] [1777-1782]. | Avee Appro-
bation et privilége du Roi. |

vols: 8°; «x .

The above is the title of yol. 1, Monde Primitif. Each of the 9 vols. has its own
title, that of vol. 8, the only one containing North American linguistics, being as
follows:

j

913 ——— Monde Primitif, | analysé et comparé | avec le Monde V
Moderne, | considéré | Dans divers Objects concernant l’Histoire, le
Blason, les Mon- | noies, les Jeux, les Voyages des Phéniciens autour
du | Monde, les Langues Américaines, &e. | ou | Dissertations Mé-
lées. | Tome Premier, | Remplies de Découvertes intéressantes ; |
Avec une Carte, des Planches, & un Monument @’Amérique. | Par
M. Court de Gebelin, | de diverses Académies, Censeur Royal. |

[ Design. ]

A Paris, | Chez L’Auteur, rue Poupée, Maison de M. Boucher,
Secrétaire du Roi. | Valeyre Vainé, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue de

180 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Court de Gebelin (Antoine de)—continued.

la vieille Bouclerie. | Sorin, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. |
M. DCG. LXXXI [1781]. | Avec approbation et privilége du
Roi. | C.

Essai sur les rapports des mots, entre les langues du Nouveau Monde et celles de
lAncien, pp. 489-560, contains:

Langue des Esquimaux et des Groenlandois (with vocabulary), pp. 493-498.

Langue du Canada (including vocabularies from Vincent, Lafitau, Sagard,
and Lahontan), pp. 499-504.

Langues des Caraibes & de Galibis (with vocabularies), pp. 504-514.

Langue des Abenaquis, pp. 514-515.

Langue des Virginiens, pp. 515-520.

Langue des Chipéway et des Naudowessies, pp. 520-523.

Langue de Pensylvanie, p. 523.

Langue Mexicaine, pp. 523-525.

Langue de Californie, pp. 553-555.

Sabin’s Dictionary gives first edition: Paris, Boudet, 1775, 9 vols. 4°.

914 Cox (Ross). Adventures | on the | Columbia River, | including |
the Narrative of a Residence | of Six Years on the Western side of |
the Rocky Mountains, | among | Various Tribes of Indians | hitherto
unknown: | together with | a Journey across the American Conti-
nent. | By Ross Cox. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burling-
ton Street. | 1831. | BA.

2 vols. 8°.

Numerals, 1-20, and a few words and phrases of the ‘natives who reside about
the mouth of the Columbia,” vol. 2, p. 134.

Sabin’s Dictionary gives second edition : London, 1882.

915 Adventures | onthe | Columbia River, | including | the Nar-
rative of a Residence | of Six Years on the Western Side of | the
Rocky Mountains, | among | Various Tribes of Indians | hitherto
unknown: | together with | a Journey Across the American Conti-
tent. | By Koss Cox. |

New York: | Printed and published by J. & J. Harper, 82 Cliff,
Street. | And sold by the Principal Booksellers throughout the
United States. | 1832. | HU.C.

Pp. i-xv, 25-335. 8°.

Numerals (1-20) and a few words and phrases of ‘‘the natives who live about
the mouth of the Columbia,” pp. 225-226.

916 Coxe (William). Account | of the Russian Discoveries | between |
Asia and America. | To which are added | The Conquest of Siberia, |
and | the History of the Transactions and | Commerce between
Russia and China. | By William Coxe, A. M., Fellow of King’s College-
Canibridge, and Chaplain to his Grace the | Duke of Marlborough. |

London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for T. Caddell, in the Strand. |
M DCC L XXX [1780]. BA.

Pp. i-xxiii, 1-344, and index, 13 pp. unnumbered. 4°. maps.

COURT DE GEBELIN—CRANZ. 181

Coxe (William)—continued.
Specimen of the Aleutian Language (12 words
p. 303.
T have seen in the Boston Atheneum an edition of this wo

similar in all respects to the above, with the addition of:
revised and enlarged.

, and numerals 1-10), appendix,

rk with title-page
The second edition,

917 —— Account| of the | Russian Discoveries | between | Asia and
America. | To which are added, | the Conquest of Siberia, | and |
The History of the Transactions | and Commerce between Russia
and China. | By William Coxe, A. M. F. B.S. | One of the Senior
Fellows of King’s College, Cambridge; | Member of the Imperial
Ciconomical Society at St. Peters- | burg, of the Royal Academy of
Sciences at Copenhagen; and | Chaplain to his Grace the Duke of
Marlborough. | The third edition, revised and corrected. |

London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for T. Cadell, in the Strand |
MDCCLXXXVII [1787]. C.

Lp. 1., xxviii, 454 pp., 1]. 8°. maps.

“Specimen of the Aleutian Language” (12 words, numerals 1-10), appendix,
p. 386.

I have seen the following editions which contain no linguisties. Neuchatel,

1781. 8°. Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1783. 8°. London, 1803. 8°, and 4°. London,
1804. 8°.

918 Craig (R. O.) Vocabulary of the Skaget and of the Snohomish.
Manuscript. 4 ll. 4°. In the library of the Burean of Ethnology.

919 [Crane (Rev. J. C.)] [Spelling Book in the Tuscarora Dialect; by
the Rev. Mr, Crane, Missionary to the Tuscarora Tribe. ] AAS.

No title-page. 15 pp. 18°.

This little work is really a vocabulary, pp. 3-15 being occupied with Tuscarora
words arranged alphabetically, with English signification. On pp. 14-15 is the
Lord’s Prayer in Tuscarora and English.

“He [Mr. Crane] accordingly prepared, and has had printed, 500 copies of
Brown’s Catechism, and 400 copies of a Spelling Book, both in the Tuscarora lan-
guage, of which he has sent copies to the Board for their inspection. Nothing
before this was ever published in their language.”—Report of the New York Mis-
sionary Society—April, 1820, pp. 43-44. ;

920 Cranz (David). David Cranz | Historie | von | Grénland | enthal-
tend | Die Beschreibung des Landes und der | Einwohner &e. | ins-
besondere | die | Geschichte | der dortigen | Mission | der | Evan-
gelischen | Briider | zu | Neu-Herrnhut | und | Lichtenfels. | Mit
acht KupfertatelIn und einem Register. |

Barby bey Heinrich Detlef Ebers, und in Leipzig | in Commission
bey Weidmanns Erben und Reich. | 1765. | G:

17 p. ll., pp. 1-1132, 13 I. 12°. maps.

VI. Abschnitt. Von den Wissenschaften der Grénliinder, pp. 277-304, contains
remarks on the grammatic construction of the language of Greenland, with exam-
ples, and the Creed.

A Greenland song, pp. 969-972; Letters written by the Natives, pp. LO96-L100.

921 ——— The | History | of | Greenland | containing | a Deserip
tion | of | the Country, | and | its Inhabitants: | and particularly, |

182 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cranz (David)—continued.

A Relation of the Mission, carried on for above | these Thirty Years
by the Unitas Fratrum, | at | New Herrnhuth and Lichtenfels, in
that Country | by David Crantz. | Translated from the High-Dutch,
and illustrated with | Maps and other Copper-plates. | In two Vol-
umes | Vol. I [II]. |

London, | Printed for the Brethren’s Society for the Furtherance
of the | Gospel among the Heathen: | And sold by J. Dodsley, in
Pall Mall; T. Becket and | P. A. de Hondt; and T. Cadell, Successor
to | A. Millar, in the Strand; W. Sandby, m | Fleet-street; 8. Bla-
don, in Pater-noster-row ; | E. and C. Dilley, in the Poultry ; and at |
all the Brethren’s Chapels. | MDCCLXVII [1767]. JCB.

2 vols. 8°.

Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 217-229; vol. 2, pp. 350-352, and 446-451.

922

Historie | van | Groenland | Behelzende | Eene nauwkeu-
rige Beschrijvinge | van | ’s Lands ligging, gesteldheid, en natuur-
lijke Zeldzaamheden; | Den Aart, Zeden en Gewoonten | Der Inwoo-
neren aan de West-Zijde bij de | Straate Davis; | ’s Lands aloude en
nieuwe Geschiedenisse; | en in’t bijzonder | de Verrichtingen der
Mission arissen | van de | Broeder-Kerk, | door welken | Twee Ge-
meenten van bekeerde Heidenen aldaar gesticht zijn. | Alles in eigen
Perzoon onderzocht en opgesteld | door | David Cranz. | Met Plaa-
ten versierd, in III Deelen | uit het Hoogduitsch vertaald. |

Te Haarleem bij C. H. Bohn Amsterdam bij H. de Wit Boek-
verkoopers. | 1767. | JCB.

3 vols. 8%.

Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 2438-256; vol. 3, pp. 236-238, 352-357.

923

Historia | om | Gronland, | deruti | Landet och desz Inbyg
gare Wc. | I synnerhet | Evangeliska Brédra Forsamlingens | der
warands | Mission, | och Desz Férriittninger | I | Ny-Herrnhut och
Lichtenfels, | beskrifwas; | Af | David Crantz | pi Tyska forfatted,
Men | f6r desz markwardiga Innehill pi Swensta 6fwersatt, | och |
med fullst iindigt Register forstedd. | Férra Delen, | Om | Landet,
Inbyggarne och Missionerne, intil Ar 1740. |

Stockholm, | Tryckd och uplagd af Johan Georg Lange, | Ar
1769. |

Vol 2. has a different title, as follows:

924 ——- Gronlandsta | Historiens | Sednare Del, | Om | Brédra-
Forsamlingens | Missioner | Ifran 1740 ars borjan til 1762 | ars slut. |
[Quotation, 2 lines. ]

Stockholm, | Tryckt och uplagd af Johan Georg Lange, | Ar
1769. | JBC.

2 vols.: vol. 1, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-526; vol. 2, pp. 529-1216. 12°.

Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 279-294; vol. 2, pp. 1011-1013, 1142-1147.

925 ——— The | History of Greenland: | including | an Account of the
Mission | carried on by the | United Brethren | in that Country. |

CRANZ—CRONISE. 183

Cranz (David)—coutinued.

From the German of David Crantz. | With | a Continuation to the
present time; | Illustrative Notes; | and an Appendix, containing a
Sketch of the Mission | of the Brethren in Labrador. | [19 lines quo-
tation.] | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Printed for Longman, Surst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, |
Paternoster-Row. | 1820. | C. BA. JCB.

2 vols. 8°.

Sketch of the Greenland Language, vol. 1, pp. 201-209; Creed, &c., pp 345-
346; Letters by Natives, vol. 2, pp. 225-239, 320; remarks on the language of
Labrador, pp. 293-294.

Reprinted, according to Ludewig, p. 72, in: Bibliothek der neuesten Reisebe-
schreibungen, vol. xx. Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779-1797, 21 vols. 8°.

I have seen the following editions of this work which contain no linguistics:
Barby, 1770, 12°; Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779, 8°; Niimmberg und Leipzig,
1782, 12°.

926 Cremony (John C.) Life | among the Apaches: | By | John C. Cre-
mony, | Interpreter [&c., four lines]. |

San Francisco: | A. Roman & Company, Publishers. | New York:
27 Howard Street. | 1868. | JWP.

Pp. 1-322. 12°,

Numerals, 1-1000, in Apache, pp. 238-239; a few Apache words and sentences,
pp. 239-243.

927 ——— Vocabulary of the Mescalero Apaches.

Manuscript. 6 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Obtained
by Captain Cremony at Fort Sumner, Bosque Redondo, on the Pecos River, N.
Mex., in 1863.

Vocabulary and Grammar of the Mescalero Apache lan-
guage. Y

Manuscript. Mentioned in Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. 3, p.596, where some
examples of it are given. He says it is ‘‘the only Apache grammar known to ex-
ist.” He also refers to an article by Cremony in the Overland Monthly, Sept.,
1868, pp. 306-307.

929 Créve Coeur (St. Johnde). The Nantucket Indians described by St.
John Créve Coeur.

In Mag. of Am. Hist., vol. 2, pp. 360-363. New York, 1878. 8°.

930 Cronise (Titus Fey). The | Natural Wealth | of | California | com-
prising | Barly History; Geography, Topography, and Scenery;
Climate; Agriculture and Commercial | Products; Geology, Zoology,
and Botany; Mineralogy, Mines, and Mining Pro- | cesses; Manu-
factures; Steamship Lines, Railroads, and Commerce; | Immigra-
tion, Population and Society; Educational In- | stitutions and Litera-
ture; together with | a Detailed Description of each County; | its to-
pography, scenery, cities and towns, Agricultural | advantages, min-
eral resources, and | varied productions. | By | Titus Fey Cronise. |

San Francisco: | H. H. Bancroft & Company. | New York: 113
William Street. | 1868. | A. B. YC.

xvi, 696 pp. 8°.

Comparative vocabulary of 17 Indian, Chinese and English words, p. 32.

928

184 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

931 Crook (Lieut. George). [Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.]
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3. Washington,
1877. 4°,
Vocabulary of the Arra-arra, pp. 447-459; Alikwa, pp. 461-471; Shasta, pp. 607-613.
932. ——— Vocabulary of the Hoopah of the Lower Trinity River, Cal-
ifornia.
Manuscript. 211. 4°. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
933. ——— Vocabulary of the Tahluwah.
Manuscript. 3 ll. folio. 180 words. In the library of the Burean of Ethnology.

See Williamson (Lieut. R. 8.) and Crook (Lieut. George). *

934 Cruz (fr. Juan). Catecismo de la Doctrina cristiana en lengua
Huaxteca. =
Printed in Mexico in 1571; reprinted in 1689. 4°.—Beristain. See No. 1050 of

this catalogue.

935 -——— Catecismo en lengua Maya por Fr. Juan Cruz.

Mexico, 1571-1639. ?
Title from Pimentel. Possibly an error, and intended for above.
936 Cuartos (Fr. Julian de). Arte Compendiado de la lengua Maya. *
It is not known whether the Arte by P. Cuartos was printed. Neither Pimen-
tel nor Squier cites this author.—Carillo.

937 Cueba (#r. Pedro de la). Parabolas y exemplos sacados de los cos-
tumbres del Campo, obra escrita en lengua Zapoteca para el con-
suelo é instruccion de los naturales de la misma lengua por el R. P. M.
Fray Pedro de la Cueba, de la orden de Predicadores. i

Original manuscript of 123 leaves, 4°, containing the names of different degrees
of relationships in Zapotéque. Lower down, after an illegible word, the name of
the author, Pedro de la Cueba, with paragraph, leaf 3: “ De lo que causa el agua-
cero llovedigo sobre la tierra.” Title followed by a blank. Two blank leaves
wanting in the order of numeration. On the leaf preceding the commencement
of the work, I have written a title in Spanish according to the data furnished by
the table of subjects, as well as the history of the author according to Burgoa.
At the end, table 1611. The entire manuscript is in the same handwriting as the
signature.

Beside the numerous manuscripts existing, lately in the library of his monas-
tery, we have from him the following:

938 ——— Arte de la Gramatica de la lengua Zapoteca, conforme 4 la
Gramatica Latina que escribié Antonio Nebrija.
Mexico, 1607. *

8°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.
Pimentel gives this the date of 1667.
939 Cuellar (/’r. Lope). Muchos Sermones Doctrinalesen Lengua Mistéca.
Manuscript. Title from Beristain. *
940 Culbertson (Thaddeus A.) Journal of an Expedition to the Mau.
vaises Terres and the Upper Missouri in 1850: By Thaddeus A-
Culbertson.
In Smiths’n Inst. Ann. Rep. for the year 1850, pp. 84-145. Washington, 1851. 8°.
A Tabular View of the Sioux Nation on the Upper Missouri, A. D. 1850 (giving
tribal names with English signification), pp. 141-142.

Tabular View of several Indian Nations on the Upper Missouri, A. D. 1850, pp.
143-144,

CROOK—CUOQ. 185

941 Cull (Richard). A Description of Three Esquimaux from Kinnook-
sook, Hogarth Sound, Cumberland Strait. By Richard Cull.

In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 4, 1856, pp. 215-225. London, n. d. 8°.
Numerals 1-30 of the Esquimanx of Labrador, and of Cumberland Strait (from
Sutherland), 221.

942 Cullen (Dr. Edward). Isthmus of Darien Ship Canal; with a full
History of the Scotch Colony of Darien, several Maps, views of the
country, and Original Documents. By Dr. Cullen, F. R. G. S.
Second Edition much enlarged.

London: Effingham Wilson, 1853. HU.

xii, 204 pp. 3°.

Vocabulary of words in the language of the Tule or Darien Indians, pp. 99-102.

“Wirst edition London: Effingham Wilson, 1852. A selection from this work,
called ‘The Darien Indians,’ was published in 1863.”—Sabin’s Dictionary.

943 ——— Vocabulary of the Language of the Yule [Tule?] Indians,
who inhabit the Rivers and the Coast of Darien, from the mouth of
the Atrato to the Coast of San Blas. By Dt Ed. Cullen.

In Royal Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. 21, pp. 241-242. London, 1851. 8°.

“Reprinted, with corrections and additions in vols. [V. and VI of the transae-
tions of the same society.”—Berendt in Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, p.56.

944 ——_ The Darien Indians. By Dr. Cullen.

In Eth. Soc. of London Trans., vol. 5, pp. 150-175. London, 1868. 8°.

Darien sentences, p. 167; Short comparative vocabulary—Darien and Chocé,
p- 167; Vocabulary of words in the language of the Toole or Darien Indians, pp.
172-175.

945 Cummings (Richard W.) Vocabulary of the Delaware and of the
Shawnee.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

946 [Cuog (Rev. Jean André).| Kaiatonsera | IonteSeienstakSa. | [Cruci-
fix. |
Tiohtiaki [Montreal]: | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1857. |

Pp. 1-24. 12°. Primer in the Iroquois language. GB.
947 ——— Aiamie TipadjimoSin | Masinaigan | ka Ojitogobanen |

Kaiat ka Niinasisi | Mekate8ikonaie8igobanen kanactageng, |
Sak8i enaSindibanen. |

Oki Mag8abikickoton John Lovell, | Moniang |Montreal]: | ate
MekatesikonaieSikamikong, | Kanactageng. | 1859. | JIWP.

Pp. i-iv, 5-339. 16°.

History of the Old Testament in the Algonkin language—Nipissing dialect.

948 t—— Kaiatonserase. |] Tsionk8e, hetsiseSamenton ne RaSenniis. |
Tiotiaki [Montreal]: | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1860. |
Printed cover, pp. 1-132. 12°. JIWP.

Hymns, prayers, &c., in Iroquois. ‘‘ Introit de Noel,” with music, pp-97-127.
Title on cover reads: Kaiatonserase | ou | Vade-mecum | du | Chantre Iro-
quois. |
949 — — Ka Tite | Tebeniminang Jezos, | ondaje aking. | Oom masi-
naigan | ki ojitogoban ka ojitogobanen | aiamie tipadjimo8in masi-
naigan, | Sak8i ena8indibanen. |

186 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cuog (Rev. Jean André)—continued.

O ki magS8abikickoton John Lovell, | Moniang [Montreal]: | Ate
mekateSikonaieSikamikong. | Kanactageng. | 1861. | JWP.

Pp. i-iv, 5-396. 16°. Life of Jesus, in the Algonkin langnage—Nipissing dia-
lect.

950 ——— Catechisme Algonquin | avec | Syllabaire et Cantiques. |
Niina Aiamie KakSedjindiSinimasinaigan | ate gaie | Kekinoamage-
magak | Masinaigan gaie aiamie nikamonan. | Kanactageng. |

Moniang [Montreal]: | TakSabikickote endate John Lovell. |
1865. | GB.

Pp. 1-52. 18°. In the Nipissing dialect of the Algonkin language.

951 ——— Tsiatak NihononSentsiake | onkSe on8e | Akoiatonsera, |
Tonterennaientak8a, teieriSakSatha, | iontaterihonnien- | nitha, ion-
tateretsiaronkSa, iakentasetatha, | iekaratonkSatokentisonha oni. |
Kahiaton oni tokara nikarennake erontaksneha. | Kaneshatake tia-
koson. | Le | Livre des Sept Nations | ou | Paroissen Iroquois. |
Auquel ona ajouté, pour Vusage de la mission du | Lac des Deux-
Montagnes, quelques cantiques | en langue algonquine. |

Tiohtiake |Montreal.] | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1865. | s.

12 p. ll, pp. 1-460. 12°.

In addition to the Processional, Livre de Chant for mass, vespers, &c., in Iro-
quois, the volume contains the mass and nearly a hundred chants and hymns in
the Nipissing dialect of the Algonkin. Many of the hymns in both dialects are
set to music. Appended: j

Marcoux (ev. J.) Ionterrennaientak8a sohna ou Formulaire de Priéres, pp.
275-410.

952 ——— Etudes Philologiques | sur quelques | Langues Sauvages |
de | PAmérique, | Par N{ij-kwenate-anibic].. O[rakwanentakon]. |
Ancien Missionnaire. | [our lines quotation.| |

Montreal | Dawson Brothers | 55, Grande Rue St. Jacques. |
1866. | — BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-160. large 8°.

Preface and Preliminary Chapter, pp. 5-10.

First Part. Critical Examination of some of the works of H. R. Schooleraft and
Peter 8. Duponceau, pp. 11-34.

Second Part. Grammatical System of the Algonquin and Iroquois Languages,
pp. 35-122.

Third Part. Comparative vocabularies of the Algonquin and Iroquois (from
McKenzie, Duponcean, Schooleraft, Catlin, and others), pp. 123-157.

The initials N. O. adopted by Father Cuog are the first letters of the names,
as above, given him by the Indians among whom he lived, the first being an Al-

gonkin name meaning the beautiful double leaf, the second an Iroquois name
meaning the fixed star.

953 ——— Cantique en langue Algonquine.
Paris: Maisonneuve et Cie. 1869. i
4 pp. 8°. No. 4, vol. 1, Actes de Ja Soc. Philologique.—Leclere. Accompanied
by notes by H. de Charencey.
954 ——— Jugement erroné | de | M. Ernest Renan | sur les | Lan-
gues Sauvages | par | ’auteur des Etudes Philologiques. | Deuxiéme
édition entitrement refondue. | [Four lines quotation.] |

: CUO. 187

Cuog (Rev. Jean André)—continued.

Montréal | Dawson Brothers, | 55, Grande Rue St. Jacques, 55 |
J. B. Roland & Fils, | 12 & 14, Rue St. Vincent, 12 & 14 | 1870. |

Pp. 1-113. large 8°. IWP.

Chap. I. Lingnistique Américaine.—Son Importance au point de vue ethuno-
graphique comme an point de vue philologique, pp. 5-9.

Chap. II. Les Langues Américaines comparées aux Langues Sémétiques et aux
Langues Indo-Européennes, pp. 10-15,

Chap. III. Richesse des Langues Américaines, pp. 16-20.

Chap. IV. Systeme Phonique et Graphiqne des Langues Américaines, pp. 21-25.

Chap. V. Curieuses Analogies entre les Langnes Américaines et les Langues
des Races Civilisées, pp. 26-30.

Chap. VI. Caractere des Langues Américaines, pp. 31-35. |

Chap. VII. Formation des Noms des Langues Américaines [Algonquin and
Iroquois], pp. 36-44.

Chap. VIII. Des Accidents dans certaines espéces de mots de la Langue Algon-
quine, pp. 45-51.

Chap. IX. Des Accidents Verbaux et autres Accidents de la Langue Iroquoise,
pp. 52-66.

Chap. X. Diverses Classifications des Verbes Algonquins, pp. 66-78.

Chap. XI. Espéces Particulitres de Verbes Algonquins, pp. 79-83.

Chap. XII. Mots formés par Onomatopee, pp. 88-90.

Chap. XIII. Tour et Construction des Phrases [Prodigalson and Lord’s Prayer
in Iroquois and Algonquin], pp. 91-100.

Chap. XIV. Réponse & diverses questions, pp. 101-112.

First edition, Montreal, 1864, not seen.

955 t—— Kaiatonsera | Ionteweienstakwa | Kaiatonserase. | Nou-
veau syllabaire Iroquois. | [Picture of Indian.|
Tiohtiake: | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell, | 1873. | JwP.

Pp. 1-69, 11. contents. 8°. Reading lessons, prayers, hymns, &c., in Iroquois,
some with Latin, others French and English translations.

956 —— Lexique | de la| Langue Iriquoise | avee | Notes et Ap-
pendices | par | J. A. Cuog | Prétre de Saint-Sulpice. | [Six lines
quotation. |

Montréal |'J. Chapleau & Fils, Imprimeurs-Editeurs, | 31 et 33
rue Cotté. | JWP.

Pp. i-ix, 1-215. 8°.

Racines Iroquoises, alphabetically arranged, pp.1-73; Dérivés et Composés,
alphabetically arranged, pp. 75-151; Notes Supplémentaires, pp. 153-182; Appen-
dices, pp. 183-215.

957 ——— Actes | de la | Socété Philologigue | Tome ILI.—No. 2, Avril
1873 | Chrestomathie Algonquine |

Paris | Maisonneuve et C%, | Libraires- Editeurs | 15, Quai Vol-
taire, 15 | 1873 | A.T.

Printed title on cover, pp. 39-51. 8°. Contains ‘Les huit Béatitudes (Saint
Mathieu, ch. v.)”

958 ——— L’Oraison Dominicale (Texte Algonquin avec Glose)
[signed] N. O. =
In Soe. Philol., Actes, tome 4, pp. 199-205. Paris, 1874. 8°.

188 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cuog (Rev. Jean André)—continued.
959 ——— la Salutation Angélique (Texte Algonquin avec Glose)
[signed] N. O. *
In Soc. Philol., Actes, tome 4, pp. 207-209. Paris, 1874. 8°.
These two titles furnished by Mr. W. Eames. Reprinted, according to Leclerc,
as follows:

960 ——— L’oraison dominicale et la Salutation Angélique, texte algon-
quine, avec gloses.
Paris: Maisonneuve et Cie. 1874. ;
11 pp. 8°.
961 ——— Tiagments de Chrestomathie Algonquine. [Symbole des
Apostres. | *

In Soe. Philol., Actes, tome 4, pp. 287-311.
Title from W. Eames. Issued separately as follows.

962 t—— Fragments de Chrestomathie algonquine (Symbols des
A potres.)
Paris: Maisonneuve et Cie. 1875. 73
28 pp. 8°.

In addition to the above works the author informs me he has written: Caté-
chisme Ircquois, and: Principes de la Foi Catholique, in Iroquois.

963 Cushing (Frank Hamilton). Catalogue of objects collected by the
Bureau of Ethnology at the pueblo of Zuni, during the summer of
1581.

Manuscript. 279 pp. folie. After the English names of these articles Mr.
Cushing has placed the Zuni synonyms.

964 ——— A Census of the A-shi-wi or Zuni Nation.
Manuscript. 100 pp. folio. Includes the Gentes, Phratries, and Societies; and
the names, with English signification, of all the members of the tribe.

965 t—— Collection of Zuni songs and poetry.
Manuscript. 30 pp. folio.

966 ——— Collection of native Zuni speeches.

Manuscript. 50 pp. folio. With interlinear and free translations; illustrative
of Zuni grammar and oratory.

967 ——— The Ixclamative and Imitative Elements in the Origin of
Human Languages, as illustrated by studies of the Etymology of the
Zuni. j

Manuscript. 80 pp. 4°.

963 —— Grammatic forms illustrating the parts of speech, cases,
moods, tenses, syntax, and orthoépy of the Zuni language.

Manuscript. 40 pp. folio. With copious notes and text. Introductory to a
Grammar of the A-shi-wi.

969 — Introductory vocabularies of a Dictionary of the A-shi-wi,
or Zuni language.
Manuscript. 80 pp. folio; contains between 2, 000 and 3, 000 words.

CUO@'—CUSICK. 189

Cushing (Frank Hamiltou)—continued.
970 ——— Prayers, Rituals and Directions for Ceremonials in the Zuni
language.
Manuscript. 50 pp. folio. Collected from the priesthood and sacred societies of
theZunis. In th» originallangnage, with intcrlinear and free translations, notes, ete.
971 ——— Prayers, Rituals and Songs of the A pi-thlan shi-wa-ni or
Zuni “ Priesthood of the Bow.”
Manuscript. 31 pp. folio. In the original langnage, with interlinear and free
translations, explanatory texts, ete.
972 ——— Translations of.Zuni Folk-lore, including twelve stories or
té-lap-na-we, with portions of original text.
Manuscript. 190 pp. folio.
973 —— Vocabulary of Archaic words in the Zuni language.
Manuscript. 24 pp. folio. Gathered chiefly from the ritualistic, mythic, and
folk-lore, and from the ancient songs of the Zunis; with notes.
974 ——— Proverbs, Idioms and Archaic figures, collected from the
Zuni folk-lore.
Manuscript. 20 pp. folio
These manuscripts were prepared by Mr. Cushing during his stay in Zuni in the
employ of the Burean of Ethnology. These manuscripts will form part of the
volume or volumes to be prepared by him and to be published by the Bureau.
975 Cusick (David). Sketches of the Ancient History of the Six Nations.
By David Cusie.
In Schooleraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 631-646. Washington, 1855. 4°.
Numerals, 1-10, of the Mohawk and ‘Tuscarora, p. 645.

976 ——— David Cusick’s | Sketches of | Ancient History | of the |
Six Nations, | —comprising— | first—a tale of the Foundation of

the | Great Island, | (now North America,) | the Two Infants
Born, | and the | Creation of the Universe. | Second—a Real Account
of the Early Settlers of North | America, and their disseusions. |
Third—Origin of the Kingdom of the Five Nations, which | was
called | A Long House: | The Wars, Fierce Animals, We. |

Lockport, N. Y.: | Turner & McCollum, Printers, Democrat
Office. | 1548. | BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-35. 8°.

Numerals, 1-10, of the Mohawk and of the Tuscarora, p. 35.

Accordi g to Sabin’s Dictionary the first edition was published: Tuscarora Vil-
lage, 1825; the secon'!: Tuscarora Village [Lewiston, Niagara Co. ], 1825, 36 pp.

977 Cusick (James N.) The | Collection | of | Sacred Songs, | for the
use of the | Baptist Native Christians | of the | Six Nations. | Re-
vised by | James N. Cusick. |

Philadelphia: | American Baptist Publication Society. | 1846. |

Second title :

Ne Kororon | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyontste | ne
yondatteskos yagorihwiyoghstonh | rotinensyonih kaweanondahko |
ne sokwatigwen, | James N. Cusick. |

Kanadayengowa: | Wasdonrohnon yendatteskos tehatiris- | tora-
raks. | 1846. | GB.

Pp. 1-125. 32°. English title recto 1. 1 (p. 1), Indian title recto 1. 2 (p. 3).

190 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

978 Daa (Ludwig Kristensen). On the Affinities between the Languages
of the Northern Tribes of the Old and New Continents. By Lewis
Kr. Daa, Esq., of Christiana, Norway.

In Philolog. Soc. of Landon, Tra s., 1856, pp. 251-294. London, n.d. 8°.
Comparative table showing affinities between Asiatic and American languages,

pp. 264-285.

979 Dairyman. The | Dairyman’s | Daughter: | By Rev. Legh Rich-

mond. | [Two lines Cherokee characters. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, J. Candy & E. Archer, Printers. |
[One line Cherokee characters.] | 1847. | BA.

57 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
Appended, pp. 57-67, is Bob the Sailor Boy, q. v.

980 Dakota Vocabulary. é o
In Soc. Ethnologique, Mémoires, vol. 2, p. 261. Paris, 1845. 8°.
Title from Ludewig.

981 Dall (William Healey). Alaska | and | its Resources. | By | Wil-
liam H. Dall, | Director of the Scientific Corps of the late Western
Union | Telegraph Expedition. | [Design.] |

Boston: | Lee and Shepard. | 1870. | BA. C.
Pp. i-xii, 1-628. 6°. map.

Glossary, pp. 529-536, contains explanation of Alaskan names of tribes, etc.
Appendix F, Vocabularies, pp. 547-575, contains vocabularies of the following:

Unaldskan from Saur. ‘ Sitkawan from Lisiansky.
Atkan from Gibbs. Stakhi/nkwan from Gibbs.
Ugalikmut from Wrangell. Yakutat from Gibbs.
Chugdtchigmut from Wrangell. Uzaléntsi from Wrangell.
Koniaégmut from Saur. Altendé from Wrangell.
Nushergégmut from Gibbs. Kenditena from Wrangell.
Kuskwégmut from Baer. Tendn-kutch/-in from Dall.
Eké6gmut from Dall. Kutehékuteh’/in from Kennicott.
Unaligmut from Dall. Kaiyuhkhatana (Ulukuk ) from Dall.
Mahlemut from Dall. Kaiyukhatuna (Northeastern) from Dall.
Kavidgmut from Dall. Unakhatdna from Dall.
Greenlandic from Egede. Naldto (In/galik) from Dall.
Choa’klakmit from Hall (in part). Uli’kuk (In’galik) from Dall.
Kygani from Gibbs. Tanana (In‘galik) from Dall.
982 ——— On the distribution of the Native Tribes of Alaska and the

adjacent territory. By W. H. Dall.

In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. 18, pp. 263-273, and 2 folding sheets. Cam-
bridge, 1870. 8°.

Contains a vocabulary of 27 words, and the numerals 1-10 of the tribes of which
vocabularies are given in the same author’s: Alaska and its Resources.

983 t—— On some peculiarities of the Eskimo Dialect. By William
H. Dall.
In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. 19, pp. 332-349. Cambridge, 1871. 8°.
Conjugation of the affirmative form of the indicative mods of the verb ermityitk,
to wash, pp. 335-349.

984 ———— Tribes of the Extreme Northwest. _By W. H. Dall.
Tn Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 1-106. Wash-
ington, 1877. 4°.

DAA—DANFORTH. 191

Dall (William Healey )—continued.
“Appendix to Part I. Linguistics,” pp. 107-156, contains linguistic contribu.
tions from several authors, a full list of which is given under Powell (J. W.), ¢. v.
Mr. Dall’s is as follows:
Terms of Relationship used by the Innuit, pp. 117-119.

985 Dalton (Henry G.) The | History of British Guiana. | Compris-
ing | a General Description of the Colony; | a Narrative of some of
the Principal Events from the earliest | period of its Discovery to
the present time; | together with | an Account of its Climate, Geol-
ogy, Staple Products, | and Natural History. | By | Henry G. Dal-
ton, M.D. | Member [&c., five lines]. | In two volumes. | Vol.I[-IT]. |

London: | Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. | 1855. | *

2 vols. pp. i-xv, 1-518; i-vii, 1-580. 8°. Contains vol. 1, p. 74, a list of Carib
terms (from Rochefort) compared with similar words in Oriental dialects, [He-
brew, &c.], (taken from Edwards’ West Indies, vol. 1, p. 117).

Title from Mr. W. Eames.

986 Dana (—). Vocabulary of the Upper Sacramento, Talatui, Piyuni,

Lekumne, and Tsamak.

In Hale (H.) Ethnography and Philology (U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. 6), pp. 630, 631,
632, 633. Philadelphia, 1846. 4°.

Reprinted in Am. Eth. Soc., Trans., vol. 2, pp. 122, 123, 124, 125. New York,
1848. 8°.

Reprinted, with the exception of the Sacramento, in Powell (J. W.) Contribu-
ions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 552-557, 599, 600. Washington, 1877. 4°.

Also reprinted, in whole or in part, in many other places.

987 D{anforth] (S[amuel]). Masukkenukeeg | Matcheseaenvog | Weque-
toog kah Wuttooanatoog. | Uppeyaonont Christoh kah ne | Yeuyeu |
Teanuk | Wonk, ahche nunnukquodt missinninnuh uk- | quohquen-
aount wutainskoianatamooonganoo- | Kah Keketookaonk papaume
Wussittum- | wae kesukodtum: kah papaume nawhutch | onkatogeh

- Wunnomwayeuongash. | Nashpe Increase Mather. | Kukkootomweh-
teaenuh ut oomveuwehkomong- | anit ut Bostonut, ut New Eng-
land. | Eccles. 12.13. Nootamuttuh pakodtittumoonk mamurtse ke- |
ketookaonk, qush God kah nanawehteaush wutamooteamotongash, |
wutche yeu mamusse wunneseonk missanuinnung. | Acts 20. 21.
Noowauwohheunneau Jewsog kah Greeksog | aiuskoianatamowonk
nogque en Godut, kah oonamptamowonk | nogquein kum Manitoo-
munonut Jesus Christ. | Yeush kukkookootomwehteaongash qush-
kinna- | munash en Indiane unnontoowaonganit nashpe S. D. |

Bostonut, Printuoop nashpe Bartholomew Green, | kah John Allen.
1698. | AAS.

Title; reverse blank; pp. 3-6 wanting. Text, pp. 7-161. 18°.

The copy of the above seen by me in the library of the Am. Ant. Soc., was
not complete, judging from the description of the copy in the Brinley Library,
described in the Catalogue of Books and Tracts, in: Am. Ant. Soc., Proc., No. 61,
where the following translation and description is given:

Translation: Greatest Sinners called and encouraged to come to Christ, and that
Now, quickly. Also, that it is very dangerons for people to delay their repentance,
And a Discourse concerning the Judgment Day; and concerning some other Truths.

192 NORTH. AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Danforth (Samuel)—continued.
By Increase Mather, Teacher of the Church in Boston . . . . . . These
Discourses are translated into Indian language by S. D.

Five Sermons of Increase Mather’s, translated by Samuel Danforth, who sub-
scribes ‘‘The Epistle Dedicatory” to the Author, from Taunton, 14th, 4, 1698.
The last sermon ends on page 162. A ‘‘ Postscript,” pp. 163, 164, certifies to the
success of Experience Mayhew’s labors among the Inlians of Martha’s Vineyard.

The first Indian book known to have been printed after the removal of the
press to Boston.

988 ——— The Woful effects of Drunkenness. A sermon at Bristol,
Oct. 12, 1709 when two Indians, Josias and Joseph were Executed
for Murther.

Boston, B. Green, 1710. 2

11., iv, 52 pp. sm. 12°.

At the end, pp. 43-52, are ‘‘A few words addressed to the poor condemned mur-
derers” in the Indian language.—Brinley Sale Cat., pt. 1, No. 765.

989 Davalos (Fr. Luis). Sermones de Quaresma y Festividades en Idi-

oma Kiche. *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

990 Davidib | assingitalo tuksiarutsiningit nertordlerutingillo | imgeru-
sertaggit. | The Book of Psalms | translated into the | Esquimaux
Language, | by | the Missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum, or
United Brethren. | Printed for the use of the Mission, | by |The
British and Foreign Bible Society. |

London: | W. M’Dowall Printer, | 1830. | ABS.

Pp. 1-216. 12°.

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 22868, gives an edition of 1831, and Bagster’s Bible of
Every Land mentions one of 1826, and another of 1842, the latter translated by

Rey. Valentine Muller.
See Kustumiutut. See Tuksiautit.

991 Davidoff (Gavrila Ivanovich). [Two Voyages to America of the
Naval Officers Khwostoff and Davidoff, described by the latter. ]
St. Petersburg, Morskaia typografia. 1810-1512. o
2 vols. 8°. ;
In Russian. This title and the one below from Dall and Baker’s Alaska Bib-
liography. According to Ludewig, p. 93, it contains a Kenai vocabulary, vol. 2,
pp. Xiii-xxvili, and a Kolush vocabulary, vol. 2, p. 1 et seq.

992 ——— Reise der Russ. kais. Flott-Officiere Chwostow und Dawydow
von St. Petersburg durch Siberien nach Amerika und zuriick, in
den Jahren 1802-1804. Beschreibt von Dawydow und aus dem
Russ. iibersetzt von Dr. Carl Schultz.

Berlin, 1816. *
8°.

993 Davidson (George). Report of Assistant George Davidson relative
to the resources and the coast features oi Alaska Territory.
In Coast Survey Ann. Rept., 1867, pp. 187-329. Washington, 1869, 4°.

DANFORTH—DAVIS. 193

Davidson (George)—continued.

Vocabulary of the languages of the natives of Kadiak, Unalaska, Kenai, and
Sitka (from Lisiansky), pp. 293-298.

Vocabulary of the Spuch’--lotz tribe of the Tchim’/-chx-an’ people (David-
son), pp. 325-329.

994. ——— Report of Assistant George Davidson relative to the coast,
features, and resources of Alaska Territory. LSH.

In 40th Congress, 2d Session. House of Representatives. Ex. Doc. No. 177.
Russian America. | Message | from the | President of the United States, | in an-
swer to | A resointion of the House of 19th of December last, transmitting cor-
respondeuce | in relation to Russian America. |

No imprint. (Cincinnati, Feb. 17, 1868.] 361 pp.; and Part 2,19 pp. 8°.

Mr. Davidson’s report occupies pp. 219-361, and contains, pp. 328-333, vocabu.
laries of the Oonalashka, Kadiak, Kenay, Sitka, all from Lisiansky’s Voyage round
the World.

Davies (John), Translator.

See [Rochefort (Louis César de) ].

995 Davila Padilla (#r. Antonio). Arte para aprender la Lengua Me-
gicana. a

Title fiom Beristain.

996 Davis (Rev. B.) On the origin of the name ‘Canada.’ By Rey. B.
Davis, L. L. D., Member of the Council of the Philological Society
of London.

In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 6, first sess., pp. 430-432. Mont-
real, 1861. 8%.

997 Davis (John) and Lykins (Johnston). Heeat Oponaka Hera Cane
Coeatetest. Momen Mata Oponakan Cane Tyfet Canetan Liken,
tepake Maskoke Ponaka escoeatest.

Shawanoe Baptist Mission, Ind. Ter. 1835. ABS.

Pp. 1-190. 24°.

Literal translation: This word John wrote. And that word John Davis Jona-
than Lykens together Muskoki Language wrote in.

For other editions, see Buckner (H. IF.) and Herrod (G.); Loughridge (R. M.)
and Robertson (W.S.)

998 Davis (Kev. Solomon). <A | Prayer Book, | in the Language of the
Six Nations of Indians | containing | the Morning and Evening Ser-
vice, | the Litany, Catechism, some of the Collects, | and the
Prayers and Thanksgivings upon | several occasions, | in the | Book
of Common Prayer | of the | Protestant Episcopal Church: | to-
gether with | forms of Family and Private Devotion. | Compiled
from various Translations, and prepared for publication by re-
quest | of the Domestic Committee of the Board of Missions of the
Protestant | Episcopal Church in the United States of America. |
By the Rey. Solomon Davis, | Missionary to the Oneidas, at Duck-
Creek, Territory of Wisconsin. |

New-York: | Swords, Stanford, & Co. | D. Fanshaw, Printer. |
1837. | BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-168. 12°.

Hymns, pp. 166-168.

13 Bib

194 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

999 Davis (W. W. H.) EI Gringo; | or, | New Mexico and her peo-
ple. | By | W. W. H. Davis, | late United States Attorney. |
New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1857. | C.
Pp. i-xii, 13-432. 12°.
“A complete vocabulary of words in the languages of the Pueblo or civilized
Indians of New Mexico” (from Simpson), pp. 157-159, as follows:

1. Santo Domingo. 2. San Juan. Picoris.
San Felipe. Santa Clara. Sandia.
Santa Ana. 8. Ildefonso. Isleta.
Silla. Pojuaque. 4. Jemez.
Laguna. Nambe. Old Pecos.
Acoma. Tezuzue. 5. Zuni.
Cochiti. 3. Taos. 6. Moqui.

“Vocabulary of upward of sixty Words in Nabajo and English,” pp. 419-420.

1000 Dawson (George M.) Geological Survey of Canada. | Alfred R. C.
Selwyn, F. R. S., F. G. S., Director. | Report | on the | Queen Char-
lotte Islands | 1878 | by | George M. Dawson, D.S., A. R.S. M., F.
G. S. | [Vignette.] | Published by authority of Parliament. |

Montreal: | Dawson Brothers. | 1880. | JWP.

In Selwyn (A. R. C.) Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress for
1878-79. 211., pp. 1-239 B, map. Montreal, 1880. 8°. 2

Appendix A. On the Haida Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands (containing
Haida terms passim), pp. 103-175.

Appendix B. Vocabulary of the Haida Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands
(Skidegate and Masset dialects), pp. 177-189.

The vocabulary contains a list of relationships in the Masset dialect furnished
by Rey. Mr. Collison.

This report is also issued separately with its own Table of Contents, making
the collation 1 p.1., pp. i-v, 1-239 B.

1001 Dawson (S. J.) Report | on the | Exploration of the Country | be-
tween | Lake Superior and the Red River Settlement, | and | be-
tween the latter place and the Assinniboine and | Saskatchewan. |
By S. J. Dawson, Esquire, C. E. | Printed by Order of the Legisla-
tive Assembly. | | Vignette.]

Toronto: | John Lovell, Printer, Corner of Yonge and Melinda
Streets. | 1859. | JWP.

2p. ll., 226 unnumbered pp., maps and plates. 4°.

Forms appendix 36 to vol. 17, Journals of the Leg. Ass. of Canada, session 1859.

Chapter xiii, Indian Antiquities, Numbers and Distribution, pp. 117-125, con-
tains, p. 124, a list of months in the Dakota, with English signification, and a few
sentences of the Lord’s Prayer with interlinear translation.

1002 Dearborn (Henry Alexander Scammell). A | Sketch of the Life |
of the | Apostle Eliot, | prefatory to a subscription | for | Erecting
a Monument | to his memory. | [Quotation, six lines.] | By Henry
A. 8S. Dearborn. |

Roxbury: | Norfolk County Journal Press. | Over Central
Market. | 1850. | WE.

3p. 1L, pp. 7-32. 8°. plate. The two leaves following the title contain fac-
simile title-page of Eliot’s Indian Bible, 1663, and ten verses from the first chap-
ter of Genesis in the Natick language.

DAVIS—DIJEAN. 195

1003 De Brahm (John Gerar William). History | of the | Province of
Georgia: | with | Maps of Original Surveys. | By | John Gerar Wil-
liam De Brahm. | His Majesty’s Surveyor-General | for the South-
ern District of | North America. | Now First Printed. |

Wormsloe. | MDCCCXLIX [1849]. | BA.

Pp. 1-55,11. large 4°.

List of Cherokee Indian towns in the Province of Georgia, p. 54; List of Creek
Indian towns in the Province of Georgia, pp. 54-55.

Printed privately for the editor, ‘The impression was limited to forty-nine
copies.

1004 De Forest (John William). History | of the | Indians of Connecti-
cut | from the | Earliest known Period | to 1850. | By John W. De
Forest. | Published with the sanction of the | Connecticut Historical
Society. | [Four lines quotation. |

Hartford: | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. | 1851. | BA. C.

Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. large 12°. map.

“Language,” being general remarks on the Massachusetts, Narragansett, and
Pequot languages, and containing the Lord’s Prayer in Mohegan (from Goy. Sal-
tonstall) and in the Massachusetts (from liot’s Bible), pp. 38-42.

Appendix I. Short vocabulary of the Massachusetts, Narragansett, Mohican,
Pequot, and Naugatuck, p. 491.

1005

— History | of the | Indians of Connecticut | from the |
Earliest known Period | to 1850. | By John W. De Forest. | Pub-
lished with the sanction of the | Connecticut Historical Society. |
[Quotation, four lines. | |

Hartford: | Wm. Jas. Haiersley. | 1852. | WE.
Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. 8°. map.
1006 t—— History | ofthe | Indians of Connecticut | from the | Earliest

known Period | to 1850, | By John W. De Forest. | Published with
the sanction of the | Connecticut Historical Society. | [Four lines
quotation. | |

Hartford: | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. | 1853. | C.

Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. 8°. map.

Linguistics as in previous editions.

1007 ———History | ofthe | Indians of Connecticut | from | the Barliest
known Period | to| A. D. 1850. | By John W. De Forest. | [Pcur
lines quotation. | |

Albany: | J. Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1871. | LSH.

Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. 8°. map.

A part of the earlier edition fell into Mr. Munsell’s hands, who issued it with
above title. Linguistics as in the previous editions.

1008 Déjean (Aug.) Anichinabek amisinahikaniwa, kicheanameatchik,
eatonik, Otawak wakanakessi.

Wyastenong [Detroit], G. L. Whitney, 1830. *

106 pp. 18°.

Catechism in the Ottawa language, followed by an alphabet and phrases in
French and in Ottawa. Published by the missionary Dejean and printed in De-
troit. Between pages 10-11 is found a cartoon numbered II, printed on one sido
only. —Leclere.

196 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Déjean (Aug.)—continued.
1009 ———— Lettre de M. Déjean, missionnaire apostolique [dated “ L?Ar-
bre Croche, 29 octobre 1829”).
In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. iv, pp. 491-496. Contains, on
pp- 494-495, a few Ottawa words and phrases, with definitions.
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

1010 [De Kay (J. E.)] (Not published.) Note. [Indian Names of Places

on Long Island. By J. E. De Kay.] WE.
[ Colophon: Holman & Gray, Book and Job Printers, 90 Fulton street, N. Y.]
N.p., n.d. Pp. 1-12. 12°. Dated January Ist, 1851.
List sent to persons in the hope of eliciting further information.

1011 Delafield (John, jr.) and Lakey (James). An Inquiry | into the ori-
gin of the | Antiquities of America. | By | John Delafield, Jr. |
With | an appendix, | containing notes, and ‘A view of the causes
of the superiority of the men of | the Northern over those of the
Southern Hemisphere.” | By | James Lakey, M. D. |

New York: | Published for subscribers, by | Colt, Burgess & Co., |
London: | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. |
Paris: | A. & W. Galignani & Co. | 1839. | Cc.

Pp. 1-142, and folding plate. 4°.

Vocabulary of words in various American dialects compared with those of va-
rious Asiatic dialects (from Mithridates), p. 25.

Some copies have a slightly different title, as follows:

1012 ——— An Inquiry | into the origin of the | Antiquities of Amer-
ica. | By | John Delafield, Jr. | With | an appendix, | containing
notes, and “A view of the causes of the superiority of the men | of
the Northern over those of the Southern Hemisphere.” | By | James
Lakey, M. D. |

New-York: | Published for Subscribers, by | J. C. Colt. | Lon-
don: | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, & Longman. | Paris: |
A. & W. Galignani & Co. | 1839. | BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-142, and folding plate. 4°. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, some
copies have the imprint: Cincinnati, N. G. Burgess & Co.

1013 Delano(A.) Second Thousand. | Lifeonthe Plains | and | among the
Diggings; | being | scenesand adventures | ofan | overland journey
to California: | with particular | incidents of the route, | mistakse
and sufferings of the emigrants, | the Indian tribes, | the present
and the future of the great West. | By A. Delano. |

Auburn and Buffalo: | Miller, Orton & Mulligan. | 1854. | C.

Pp. i-xi, 18-384. 8°.

Sbort Maidu vocabulary, p. 503.

1014 Delgado (Fr. Damian). Arte y Diccionario de dichas Lenguas.

[Quiche y Kachiquel.] ig
1015 t—— Sermones para los Domingos despues de Pentecostes en los
mismos Idiomas. [Quiche y Kachiquel.| .

2 vols. These works have been of much use to the missionaries among the
people.— Beristain.

DEJEAN—-DENCKE. 197

Delgado (fr. Damian)—continued.

1016 ———. Compendio del Arte Quiché del P. F. Damian Delgado, Ord.
Praed. Siguese la Doctrina Christiana en lengua quiche del mismo
Autor, con sermones del mismo Padre y otros, de la Orden de N. P.
Santo Domingo. *

Manuscript. 35 ll. 4°. The Arte occupies the first 9 I].; the 11 following con-
tain the Doctrina Christiana; the remainder, various subjects; the salutation of
the native alcades in transmitting to each other the baton of office, ‘‘Mundan¢a
de varas,” and other salutations imitated more or less from the speeches anciently
made by the native lords on solemn occasions. The last important portion of
this manuscript is a sermon for Good Friday, composed and preached by P.
Damian Delgado, to the title of which the copyist has added these words: ‘Con
este solo sermon sabias bien lengua.”—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1017 ———- Sermones varios, predicados en lengua Quiche por el padre
fray Damian Delgado, y trasladados, para el uso de los padres de
la Santa Orden den”? padre Santo Domingo en Rabinal (por el padre
fr. Domingo de Basseta), ete. tS

Manuscript. 123 ll. 4°. The first 83 11. comprise homilies and sermons on Sun-
days and feast days, by P. Damian Delgado, preceded by these words: ‘Qua-
derno de Evangelios en Ja lengua quiché, los qnales saque de mn librito viejo que
no tenia principio,” and ending with these: ‘‘TVin de los Eyangelios que estaban
escriptos de letra de Fr. Damian Delgado.” Signed ‘‘ Basseta.”

The two sermons following are also in the handwriting of father Domingo de
Basseta, but do not appear to be by him: they were written or re-copied by him,
in the last years of the 17th century; his vocabulary, whi h I have, is of the
year 1698. The three following are subsequent, and according to the note which
ends them, were preached in the villages of Zacualpa, San Antonio and Santa
Cruz del Quiché, by father Joaquin Ramirez, of Aguilera, in 1712. These have
no titles.

P. Fr. Damian Delgado wrote, besides these sermons, ‘Arie y Vocabulario”
of the languages mentioned by Beristain.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1018 Demers (Modeste), Blanchet (Frances Norbert), and St. Onge (L. N.)

/ J.M.J.| Chinook | Dictionary, Catechism, | Prayers and Hymns. |
Composed in 1838 & 1839 by | Rt. Rev. Modeste Demers. | Re-
vised, corrected and completed, | in 1567 by | Most Rey. F. N.
Blanchet. | With modifications and additions by | Rey. L. N. St.
Onge Missionary | among the Yakamas and other Indian Tribes. |

Montreal. | 1871. | JWP. LSH.

Pp. 1-68. sq. 16°.

Outside title: The | Missionary’s Companion | on the | Pacific Coast. | [Three
lines quotation. ] |

1019 Demilier (P. Edmond). Lettre de M. Edinond Demilier |dated
“ Pleasant Point, le 20 avril 1834].

In Annales de Ja Propagation de la Poi, vol. viii, pp. 191-200. Contains, on
pp. 196-198, remarks on the language, the ‘‘ Pater noster,” ‘‘Ave Maria,” ‘*Sancta
Maria,” and definitions of about a dozen words in the Abnaki language.

Title furnished by Mr. Eames.

1020 Dencke (Christian Frederick). Nek | nechenenawachgissitschik |
Bambilak | naga | Geschiechauchsitpanna | Johannessa | elekhan-
gup. | Gischitak elleniechsink, | untschi C. I’. Dencke. |

198 NORTIT AMERICAN LINGUISTICS,

Dencke (Christian Frederick )—continued. :

New York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan-
shaw, Printer. | 1818. |

Second title :

The | Three Epistles | of the | Apostle John. | Translated into
Delaware Indian, | By C. F. Dencke. |

New York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan-
shaw, Printer. | 1818. | IWP.

Pp. 1-21, 1-21, alternate Delaware and English. 32°. Delaware title verso of
1,1., English title recto of 1. 2.

In mentioning the above work, Bagster’s Bible in Every Land, adds: ‘‘Ho
afterwards furnished a version of the Gospels of St. John and St. Matthew, and
an edition of these portions, printed in parallel columns, with English version,
was published by that society.”

1021 ——— Essay of a Chippeway Indian Spelling Book.
Easton, 1803. e
29 pp. 12°. Title from catalogue of sale of Dr. Gilbert’s library, in New
York, 1873.
1022 Denig (E. T.) Vocabulary of the Assiniboine.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, voi. 4, pp. 416-431. Philadelphia,
1854, 4°.

1023 ——— Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres.
In Pallisser (John). Journal, Detailed Reports, British North America, pp.
207-208. London, 1863. folio.

1024 ——— Vocabulary of the Blackfoot, by E. T. Denig, Indian agent,
Fort Union.
Manuscript. 6 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1025 [Denis (Ferdinand).] Paléographie Mexicaine. Documents publiés
par M. Ramirez, de Mexico. [Signed “ Ferdinand Deuis.”] o

In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. v, pp. 70-73. Paris, 1861. 8°.
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

1026 Denny (Major Ebenezer). Vocabulary of words in use with the
Delaware (Fort McIntosh January 1785) and Shawanee (Fort Fin-
ney January 1786) Indians.

In Penn. Hist. Soc., Memoirs, vol. 7, pp. 478-485, Philadelphia, 1860. 5°.

1027 Denton (Daniel). A | Brief Description | of | New York, | former-
ly called | New Netherlands, | with the places thereunto adjoin-
ing. | Likewise | a brief relation | of the customs of the Indians
there. | By Daniel Denton. | A new edition with an introduction
and copious historical notes. | By Gabriel Furman, | Member of the
New York Historical Society. | [Quotations, 18 lines.] |

New York: | William Gowaus. | 1845. | A.C. W. JBD.

Pp. 1-17, 2 1l., pp. 1-57, catalogue, 1-20. 8°.

Denton’s work contains no linguistics, but the notes, by Mr. Furman, contain
‘Indian names of the islands and bay of New York,” pp. 23-27

DENCKE—DICTIONARY. 199

1028 [De Puydt (R.)]| Cuna Vocabulary. *
De Puydt’s Cuna Vocabulary, taken between the Atrato and the headwaters
of the Tuyra River, was published in the 38th volume of the journal of the same
corporation [Royal Geographical Society Journal], in 1869.”—Berendt on the Da-

rien Language, in Am. Hist. Iecord, p. 56.

1029 Devocionario | en | Mejicano. |
Reimpreso en Orizaba. | Oficina de I’. Mendarte. | 1842. | C.
Pp. 1-14 pp. 16°.

Diario Historico.
See [Costanso (Miguel) ].

1030 Diccionario. Diccionario de la lengua Maya de Yucatan. Maya y
Espanol. Diccionario de la lengua Maya de Yucatan. Espanol y
Maya. JCB.

Manuscript. 4°. This valuable manuscript is in the library of the late Hon.
J. Carter Brown, Providence, R.I. Mr. Bartlett, in his catalogue of that library,
thus speaks of it:

“This dictionary bears internal evidence that the original copy was composed
between the years 1590 and 1600, by a Franciscan priest long resident in Yucatan,
and that the present copy is a transcript made during the following century. It
is beautifully written, and from the large number of words and full definitions
which it contains, could only have been compiled by one familiar with the lan-
guage. In extent the dictionary is not surpassed by that of any aboriginal lan-
guage of America, and, if printed, would probably make a volume as large as the
well-known dictionary of the Mexican language by Molina.

“The Maya language is spoken by the native tribes of Yucatan and parts of the
adjacent provinces; and what adds to its interest is the belief that it is the lan-
guage of the people who erected the remarkable monuments of Yucatan, made
known to the world through the works of Waldeck, Stephens, Catherwood, and
Norman. This dictionary has never been printed, and it is not known that any
other manuscript copy exists.”

The late Dr. C. H. Berendt made a copy of the above which is now in the
hands of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Philadelphia.

1031 —— Diccionario Selecto, de las Voces Mexicanos mas Usados y
Comunes en Lengua Castellana y Mexicana.

Manuscript. Cent. xviii, 150 pp. This manuscript contains a Dictionary of the
Mexican words most generally in use; towards the end will be found ‘‘ Com-
pendio-de la Gramatica Mexicana.”—J%scher’s Sale Cat.

1032 Dictionary. A | Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | or | Indian
Trade Language, | Of the North Pacific Coast. | [Design.]

Published by T. N. Hibben & Co., | Victoria, B. C. | [n. d.| swe.

Pri:ted cover and pp. 1-29. 8°.

Chinook English, pp. 1-18; English-Chinook, pp. 19-29; Lord’s Prayer in
Jargon, p. 29.

1033 ——— Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon | to which is added |
Numerous Conversations, | thereby enabling any person | to speak
Chinook correctly. | Sev enth edition. |

Portland, Oregon. | F. L. McCormick, Publisher, 91 ‘Second
street. | 1879. | Cc. JWP. LSH.

Printed cover and pp. 1-26. 12°. For earlier editions, see Complete Dictionary.

200 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1034 Dictionnaire. Dictionnaire Cakchiquel.

Manuscript in the Bibliothéque Impériale. ‘I have avail: d myself of a Cak-

chiquel dictionary in manuscript of great extent, which belongs to the Imperial
Library.”—Ternaux-Compans in Nouvelles Annales, vol. 4, 1840.

1035 ——— Dictionnaire Francais—W allawalla—Kaliketat.
Manuscript of 34 ll. 16°, in the possession of J. G. Shea, Esq., the last five
leaves of which are devoted to a ‘‘ grammaire indienne.”

1036. ——— Dictionnaire Galibis Frangais. °
Manuscript. 41 ll. 4°. Title from Leclere (1878).

1037 ——— Dictionnaire Iroquois-Frangois, M. 8. C. N. ete. e

Manuscript. folio. In Mazarin Library, Paris.—Ludewig.

1038 Diehl (Israel). Vocabulary of the Nome Lackee.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp.
519-529. Washington, 1877. 4°.

1039 Diez (P. Fr. Manuel). Conciones in lingua Tzeldaica, exdratas a
Reverendo Patre Fr. Manuel Diez, Ordinis S* Dominici, de Provin-
cia Sancti Vincentil, dicta de Chiapa et Guatemala. 1675. 2

Manuscript. 103 H. 4°. It comprises 123 sermons in the Tzendale language.
The name of the author is signed twice—first on the recto of 1. 1, and, second, on
the verso of the last leaf but one, following a sort of allocution to the alcades of
the place where he wrote. This place seems to have been the pueblo of Tzibac-
ha, otherwise called Ocotitan, from the words ‘‘Tzibac-ha vinic ” man, or inhab-
itant of Tzibac-ha, which are found under the last signature, unless they indicate
the place of his birth. These sermons were preached in various places as we see
from the titles of some, which have the date of 1672 and 1675.—Brasseur de Bour-
bourg.

1040 Diezman (I. J.) Grammar of the Mosquito Indian Language, pre-
pared by I’. J. Diezman, of San Juan del Norte, Nicaragua.
Manuscript. 16 ll. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1041 Discursos Mexicanos. i

Manuscript of the 17th century. 4°. Thirteen leaves, in a small, but very neat,

and legible handwriting. They are without a title, but we suppose them to be,

more or less, the same as those published by Fr. Juan Bautista under the title of

Huehvetlahtolli, but of which, unfortunately, only one or two fragments have been
preserved.—Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 521.

1042 Dixon (Capt. George). A | Voyage round the World; | but more
particularly to the | north-west coast of America: | performed in
1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | in | the King George and Queen Char-
lotte, | Captains Portlock and Dixon. | Dedicated by permission,
to | Sir Joseph Banks, Bart. | By Captain George Dixon. |

London: | Published by Geo. Goulding, | Haydn’s Head, No. 6,
James Street, Cov ent Garden, | 1789. | BA. HU. C.

Pp. i-xxix, 11., pp. 1-352; Appendix, pp. 353-360; Appendix 2, pp. 1-47, map.
4°,

Numerals, 1-10, of Prince William’s Sound and Cook’s River, Norfolk Sound,
and King George’s Sound, p. 241. Indian song as generally sung by the natives
of Norfoik Sound, p. 243.

DICTIONNAIRE—DOBBS. 201

Dixon (Capt. George)—continued.

1043 ——_ Voyage autour du monde et principalement a la cote nord-
ouest de ’Amérique, fait en 1785, 86, 87 et 88, A bord du King-
George et de la Queen Charlotte, par les capitaines Portlock et
Dixon. Traduit de Vanglois, par M. Lebas.

Paris, Maradan, 1789. *
1 p.1., 499 pp. 4°. ‘Appendix No. 2,” 46 pp., 1 p. 1, 15 fig., 5 maps. Not
seen; title from Leclerc.

1044 ——— Der | Kapitaine Portlock’s und Dixon’s | Reise um die
Welt | besonders nach | der Nordwestlichen Kiiste von Amerika |
wabrends der Jahre 1785 bis 1788 | in den Schiffen King George
und Queen Charlotte, | Herausgegeben | von dem | Kapitain Georg
Dixon. | Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt und mit Anmerkungen
erlautert | von | Johann Reinhold Forster, | der Rechte, Medicin
und Weltweisheit Doktor, Professor der Naturgeschichte und Mine-
ralogie | auf der K6énigl. Preusz. Friedrichs-Universitiit, Mitgleid
der K6nigl. Akademie der héhern | und schénen Wissenschaften
zu Berlin. | Mit vielen Kupfern und einer Landkarte. |

Berlin, 1790. | Bei Christian Friedrich Bosz und Sohn. | JCB.
4p.1l., xxii, 314 pp. 4°. map. Linguistics, pp. 216-218.
See Portlock (N.) See Portlock (N.) and Dixon (G.)

1045 Dobbs (Arthur). An | Account | of the Countries adjoining to |
Hudson’s Bay, | in the | North-west Partof America: | containing |
a Descrip ion of their Lakes and Rivers, the Nature of the | Soil and
Climates, and their Methods of Commerce, &c. | Shewing the Bene-
fit to be made by settling Colonies, and | opening a Trade in these
Parts; whereby the French will be | deprived in a great Measure of
their Traffick in Furs, and | the Communication between Canada
and Mississippi be cut off. | With | An Abstract of Captain Middle-
ton’s Journal, and Observations upon | his Behaviour during his
Voyage, and since his Return. | To which are added, |

I. A Letter from Bartholomew de Fonte, | Vice-Admiral of Peru
and Mexico; | giving an Account of his Voyage from | Lima in
Peru, to prevent, or seize upon | any Ships that should attempt to
find | a Northwest Passage to the South Sea. |

Il. An Abstract of all the Discoveries | which have been publisl’d
of the Islands | and Countriesinand adjoining tothe | Great Western
Ocean, between Ame- | rica, India, and China, &c. pointing | out the
Advantages that may be made, | if aShort Passage should be found
thro’ | Mudson’s Streight to that Ocean. |

III. The Hudson’s Bay Company’s Charter. |

IV. The Standard of Trade in those | Parts of America; with an
Account | of the Exports and Profits made an- | nually by the Hud-
son’s Bay Company. |

V. Vocabularies of the Languages of se- | yeral Indian Nations
adjoining to Hud. | son’s Bay. |

202 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Dobbs (Arthur)—continued.

The whole intended to shew the great Probability of a North-
west | Passage, so long desired ; and which (if discovered) would be
of the | highest Advantage to these Kingdoms. | By Arthur Dobbs,
Esq; |

London: | Printed for J. Robinson, at the Golden Lion in Ludgate-
Street. | M DCO XLIV [1744]. | BA.

Pp. i-ii, 1-211, with map. 4°.

Thompson (Edward). A short vocabulary spoke amongst the Indians inhab-
iting the N. W. part of Hudson’s Bay, pp. 206-211.

Vocabulary of English and Eskimo words, pp. 203-205,

1046 Doctrina. [Doctrina Christiana, Arte, ete., in Cakchbiquel.] oe

Manuscript. 109 1]. sm. 4°. In library of the Philosophical Society, Philadel-
phia.

Title taken from Dr. D. G. Brinton’s article in the American Journal of Science
and Arts, vol. xlvii, pp. 222-230, where he describes it as follows:

Unfortunately the first leaf, with the general title, is missing. The top of the
second leaf commences in the midst of a sentence in a Doctrina Christiana in
Cakchiquel. This covers ten leaves, and is followed by two leaves of ‘‘ Preguntas
de la Doctrina,” al] in Cakchiquel. Next comes a ‘ Confessionario breve en len-
gua Cakchiquel.” The Spanish translation of each question and answer is also
given. After the Confessionario are three leaves, unnumbered and blank, except
that on the recto of the second is a Latin prayer to the Virgin, difficult to de-
cipher. On the recto of the next leaf is the following:

Arte | de la lengua cak | chiquel.

It is written in a clear, small hand, covers fifty-four pages, with 30 lines, on an
average, to the page, sometimes with one column, sometimes with two, and closes
with this colophon—

Martes a 24 de Junio de 1692 atos dia del Nacimiento de 8. Juan Baptista se
acayvo el traslado de oragiones y Arte en Kakchiquel.

From the close of this to the 96th leaf there is another series of doctrinal ques-
tions headed—

Vae Kutubal AKhabal ti | Aut ubex richin Christianos | cakehiquel Mhabal
ri | chin cakchiquel vinak.

(I designate the peculiar modification of the consonants by italics. )

Another “Confessionario breve en lengua castellana y cakchiquel” then fol-
lows, twelve pages in length, differing considerably from the previous one. The
rest of the volume is taken up with ‘‘Platicas,” short discourses on religious sub-
jects. One of them is an incident from the life of Saint Vincent Ferrer, related
for the purpose of “terrifying the natives, and dispelling the shame they usually
have about confessing.” There is an index to the book, and on the verso of the
last leaf this note in regard to the binding, ‘‘Este quaderno es de Fr. Albc rto Mi-
guez”; said ‘“quaderno” being in dark calf, without boards, and with strings.
The characters of Parra are employed in all the divisions of the work, and the
writing is mostly quite legible.

There is no hint throughout where this work was written, nor by whom. The
colopbon above quoted seems to show that it is the original, at least of the Arte
and the prayers. From the mention of Saint Vincent Ferrer, a Dominican, and
fr.m the known rivalry of the two orders at that time in Central America, I am
inclined to attribute,it to a Dominican rather than a Franciscan. None of the
bibliographical authorities already quoted mention any writer of either order
who prepared works of this kind in Cakchiquel at or very near 1692. The manu-
script proceedings of the Philosophical Society for Sept., 1836, when the books
were received throw no light on the matter.

Fat Ser

Bad

ae

=

i eng Na
bene Se

tigua
Guafteca c6 lalengua caftellana, La guaftecacorre|pondiente aca
da palabra: de guafteco: Sezer q fe pudotolerar enla frafts; del
lengua guajteca: com puesta por ynduftria de-va
fraylede la ordendel cloriofo fance
Auguftin: Obifpo y do
ctor delafancta
yglefia

En mexico Encata ve Pedro @cbarte,ts7n

1050.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF DOCTRINA OF 1571.

DOBBS—DOCTRINA. 203

Doctrina—continued.

The linguistic v alue of the Arte is considerable. Only two grammatical notice,
of the language seem to have been published, one abont 1560 in Mexico, another
in 1763, in Guatemala. Both of them are excessively rare, and indeed it is
doubtful if any copy of the first is in existence. The Cakchiquel is peculiarly
important in the comparative study of this group of languages, and with the rich
materials here at hand toillustrate all its constructions, a publication of this short
manuscript with notes would be most welcome to American linguists.

1047 ——— Doctrina Christiana en Lengua Totonaca. ~
Manuscript. 1780. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat.

1048 ——— Doctrina Christiana Totonaca. *
Manuscript. Cent. xviii. 4°. “Title from the Fischer Sale Cat.

1049 t—— Doctrina Christiana ete., in the Otomi Language. i

Manuscript. 57 ll. Its contents are: 1. Doctrina Christiana, in Spanish and

Otomi, 13 ll. 2. Confessionaric: ll. 14-29, in Spanish and Otomi. 3, Manual

de Administrar los Sacramentos, ll. 30-40, Latin, Spanish, and Otomi. 4. Con-
versational Phrases in Spanish and Otomi, ll. 41-57.—Ramirez Sale Cat., No, 637.

1050 —— Doctriana Cristiana en la Lengua Guasteca con la Lengua
Castellana, la Guasteca correspondiente 4 cada palabra de Guasteco
[sic] segun que se pudo tolerar en la frasis de la lengua guasteca,
compuesta por industria de un fraile de la orden del glorioso Sant
Augustin, obispo y Doctor del a Santa Yglesia [An engraving of
St. Agustin. |

En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Ocharte. 1571.

Colophon (1. 50) :

Acabose esta Doctrina Cristiana en el mes de Septiembre de
1570 anos en el convento de Huexutla, y fie vista y examinada eu
presencia del P. Juan de Mesa, lengua guasteca, y de Cristobal de
Frias, y Lope Corzo.....&c., &c. Concluyése en Huexutla 4 30
de Junio de 1571 anos.

En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Ocharte, 4 15 de Septiembre de 1571
anos. -

50]. and2ll.atend; gothic letter. 4°. Title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta,
with the following note: ‘Ihave not seen this work. Of its existence I have no
doubt, but I do not vouch for the accuracy of the description taken from No, 1950
of ‘Ensayo de una Biblioteca de Libros raros y curiosos, formado con los Aj wn-
tamientos de D. Bartholomé José Gallardo, coordinados y aumentadlos por Zareo
del Valle y Rayon,” and from the original annotation of Gallardo, which, strange
to say, does not wholly conform to the printed title. This Doctrina was, ac-
cording-to Beristain, reprinted in 16389, and this statement is confirmed by a pas-
sage in the Noticia de la lengua huasteca, of Tapia Centeno.”

I presume this is by Fr. Juan Cruz, though Sr. Icazbalceta does not put it
under his name. See No. 934 of this catalogue.

1051 ——— Doctriana cristiana en lengua Opata. “1

No title-page. 11 unnumbered UU. 8°. Title from Ieazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 101.

1052. ——— §Doctrina xpiana en légua Mexicana. Per signt crucis.
Icamachiotl Craz 5% yhuicpa Sin toyaohua Nitechmomaquixtili fXK
Totecuiyoe diose. Ica inmotocatzin. Tetatzi. J. yhua Tep...
yhuan spiritis sancti. J]. Amen. Jesu... =

204 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Doctrina—continued.

Title from Sr. Icazbalceta’s Life and Writings of Bishop Zumarraga, where it
is described as follows: In 8° Gothic letter. An edition, unknown, communi-
cated to me by Sr. D. José M. de Agreda. The text, wholly in Mexican, com-
mences on the verso of the frontispiece without any other title than ‘‘ Doctrina.”
The alphabet follows, and immediately thereafter ‘‘Nican ompehua in doctrina
xpiana mexico tlatolli tiquitohua i nemach tiliz in xpianome céca monequi in-
ixquich tlacatl,” &c., which continues to fol. ciij, wanting the remaining leaves,
most likely one only, since there are 7 of the signature N. Neither the name of
the author, nor the date of the edition is given, though it is without doubt a pro-
duction of the presses of Cromberger or Juan Pablos, corresponding to the first
years of our typography. The types and typographic ornaments are the same
which were employed in the first impressions of this houre. There is likewise,
on the frontispiece, the Episcopal scutcheon of Sr. Zumarraga, which shows the
edition to have been made at his expense and during his life. _I judge it to be
of the year 1547.

Concerning the author of this anonymous Doctrina there appears to me to be
sufficient reason to attribute it to Fr. Pedro de Gante.

1053 ——— Doctrina Cristiana en lengua espafola y mexicana, hecha
por los religiosos de la 6rden de Santo Domingo. ce

Title from Sr. Icazbalceta’s Life and writings of Bishop Zumarraga, where it is
described as follows :

Signatures A~T of 8 11., and V of 4 11., 156 numbered I]. of 2 columns, Spanish
and Mexican. 4°. Gothic letter.

T have seen but one copy of this most rare work: it belonged to Sr. D. José F.
Ramirez, passing afterwards into the possession of Sr. D. Alfredo Chavero, and
since into that of Sr. D. Manuel Fernandez del Castillo, who bought it at a sale
in London for £59. It is the same as that described in my Apuntes, No. 100.
It is incomplete, wanting all of fold A, and the first leaf of B, or the first 9 1l.,
beginning with the tenth, numbered x. It lacks, also, the upper part of the last
leaf on which was the colophon; but these faults have been supplied as to certain
points by means of a manuscript copy made in 1775, which I have among my
books. It bears a frontispiece which pretends to be a fac-simile, and if agrees
with that of the edition of 1550, given below. Above it says: ‘‘ Veritas domini
manet in eternum,” followed by a scutcheon of 8. Domingo, and at the foot:
Declaracion y exposicion de la Doctrina Christiana en Lengua Espanola & Mexi-
cana: echa por los religiosos de la orden de Sancto Domingo. Ano de 1548.

On the verso of the last leaf is the colophon, which, completed by means of the
manuscript copy, reads thus:

Con Privilegio Imperial. A gloria y alabanza de nuestro Kedemptor
Jesu Christo y de su bendita Madre, aqui se acaba la declaracion de la
Doctrina Christiana en Lengua espanola y Mexicana, y una columna
corresponda a otra: sentencia por sentencia: de grande utilidad y
provecho para la salud de las animas, y en especial para los naturales
dsta tierra/ | p 4 sean fundados y roborados en las cosas @ n¥a seta
fe cato- | lica: y animados pa la guarda @ los mandamieétos diuines:
y pa|q todos sepan los grades dones y reqzas que nio clemétis-
simo | redemptor qso comunicar mediante sus sactOs sacramentos
con | el exercicio de las obras d mia: assi corporales como sptales:
to| do lo ql se cdtiene @ los Gréta sermocicos ag contenidos. Ua
saca | da la legua @ tata claridad como aq parece: assi porq mejor
se d | todo a entéder a estos naturales/ como, tabié porg mejor | lo

DOCTRINA. 205

Doctrina—continued.

tomen d coro los q lo qsieré tomar. Fue impssa é esta muy leal
ciudad @ mexico @ casa ct jua pablos por ma | dado dl reuerédissimo
senor do fray Jua gumarra | ga primer Obpo de Mexico. Y porg en
la co | gregacio g los seNores obpos tuuierd se or- | deno q se hizies-
sen dos doctrinas: vna bre | ue y otra larga: y la breue es la q el
ano | de. M. d. xlvj. se emprimio. Mada | su seforia reuer@dissima Gq
la otra) grande puede ser esta: pa dela | racion de la otra pequena.

Acabose de imprimir a. | xvij. dias del mes de | enero. Ano d
M. | d. y xlviij. [1548]. Amos. | {Soli Deo honor & gloria in secula
seculora. <Amé. |

It begins with a prologue, which is followed by the Tabla of thesermons. Fol-
lowing is the cartilla 6 silibario, and the Doctrina chiquita, or the text of the doc-
trina cristiana in Spanish and Mexican, except the Per signum crucis and the
four prayers, Credo, Padre nuestro, Ave Maria, and Salve, which are in Latin
and Mexican.

The printing was done by order of the Bishop Zumarraga, and at his expense.
It belongs, most likely, to the year 1547, since it was finished the 17th of January,
1548. The work was not held in much esteem, since in the following year, 1549,
that of the death of Bishop Zumarraga, there appeared the following edition:

1054 ——— ¢ Veritas domini manet in eternum. | [Engraving.| | §% Doc-
‘trina christiana | en legua Espanola y Mexicana: hecha | por los re-
ligiosos de la orden de sctd Domingo. | Agora nueuaméte corregida
y enmédada. Afio. 1550. |

9 unnumbered II., 11. x-clvyj double columns, Spanish and Mexican. 4°.

Colophon, verso 1. clvj :

Con preuilegio Imperial. | @ A gloria y alabanea de nfo redemp-
tor Jesu | Xpo y de su bendita madre | aqui se acaba la declaracid
de la do | ctrina xpiana en légua Espanola y Mexicana: y vnacoluna
cor | respode a otra: sentécia por sentécia: d grade vtilidad y pue-
cho | pa la salud @ Jas aias: y en especial pa los naturales dsta
tierra / | pa q sea fundados y roborados en las cosas de.nfa scta fe
catho | lica: y animados pa la guarda de los madamietos diuinos: y
pa | q todos sepan los grades dones y riquezas q nro clementissimo |
redemptor quiso comunicar mediate sus sct0s Sacrametos con el | ex-
ercicio de las obras de mia: assi corporales como eae todo | lo
ql se cotiene en los qrenta sermoncicos aq cdtendos. Ua saca |
da la légua € tata claridad como ad | parece: assi porqd mejor
se de | todo a entéder a estos naturales | como tabie porg mejor | lo
tome (le coro los q le qsieré tomar. Tue impssa é esta | muy leal
ciudad d mexico @ casa d jua pablos por ma | dado de reuerédis-
simo senor d6 fray Jua cumarra | ga primer Obpo de Mexico. Y
porg en la con | eregacio q los senores obpos tuuierd se or- |
deno q se hiziessen dos doctrinas: vna bre- | ue y otra larga: y la
breue es la G el ano | de M. d. xlvj. se imprimio. Manda | su se-
foria reuerendissima q la otra | grande puede ser esta: pa de-
cla | racion de la otra pequena. | Acabose de imprimir a | xij. dias
del mes de | hebrero. Atio d| M.d.l.anos|tttt| ttt] | La ql

206 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Doctrina—continued.
ha sido agora nueuamente corregida y emédada. | @ Soli deo honor
y gloria in secula seculort. Amen. | 2
Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 24, with corrections furnished by that
gentleman. The title and colophon of an edition, dated two months later, a
copy of which is in the Library of Congress, are as follows:

1055 ——— Q Veritas domini manet in eternum. | [Design. | 3M Doc-
trina christiana | en lengua Espatiola y Mxicana [sic]: hecha por |
los religiosos de la ordé de sctd Domingo. | Agora nueuamete cor-
regida y emédada. Ano d. 1530.

156 I1., first 9 not numbered. Two columns, Spanish on the left, Mexican on
the right, gothic letter.

Colophon, verso 1. 156:

Con priuilegio Imperial. | €[ A gloria y alabaca de nuestro redeép-
tor Jesu | xpo y de su bendita madre, aqui se acaba la declaracio de
la do | ctrina xpiana en legua Espanola y Mexicana: y vna coluia
cor | responde a otra: sentécia por sentécia: d’ grade vtilidad y
proue | cho pa la salud d’ las alas: y en especial para los naturales
d@’ sta | tr¥a, pa G sea fundados y roborados en las cosas de na scta
fee | catholica: y animados pa la guarda @ los madamiétos diuinos |
y pa g todos sepa los grades dones y rigzar q ufo clem@tissimo | re-
demptor quiso comunicar mediate sus sct0s Sacramétos co el | exer-
cicio de las obras de mia: assi corporales como spuales: to- | do lo ql
se contiene en los qrenta sermoncicos aq cotenidos. Ua | sacada la 1é-
gua en tata claridad como aq parece: assi porqd me- | jor se de todo
a entéder a estos naturales, como tabié porg me- | jor lo tome de coro
los G lo qsieré tomar. Fue impssa en esta | muy real ciudad
d@’ mexico € casa @ Jua pablos por ma | dado d’l reuerédissimo senor
do fray Jua gumarra | ga primer Obpo de Mexico. Y porg en la
con- | gregacid q los sefores obispos tuuierd se or- | deno @ se hizies-
sen dos doctrinas: vna bre- | ue y otra larga: y la breue es la
q el ano | de M. d. xlvj. se imprimio. Manda | su seforia reuerendis-
sima q la otra | grande puede ser esta: pa decla | racion de la otra
pequena. | Acabose de imprimir a | xvij dias del mes de | Abril.
Aitio de | 1550. | Anos. | 5M | 5 54 | BM | La ql ha sido agora nueua-
méte corregida y enmendada. | @ Soli deo honor y gloria in secula

seculoru. Amen. | C.
1056 ——— Doctrina pequeftia en Mexicano. Tepiton Teotlatolli.
Colophon :
Mexico, 1831. Imprenta del ciudadano Alejandro Valdés. *

15 pp. 16°. No title-page. Not seen; title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta.

1057 Doctrines and Discipline. | [Methodist Episcopal Church.] [11 lines
Cherokee characters.] |
Park Hill. Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line Cher-
okee characters.] | 1842. BA.
45 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

DOCTRINA — DOMENECH. 207

1058 Dodd (Captain). Vocabulary of the Stakbin-kwan.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 121-133.
Washington, 1877. 4°,

1059 Dodge (J. Richards). Red Men of the Ohio Valley: | an | Aborigi-
nal History | of the | Period commencing A. D. 1650, and ending at
the treaty of | Greenville, A. D. 1795; embracing notable facts
and | Thrilling Incidents in the Settlement by the | Whites of the
States of Kentucky, Ohio, | Indiana and Illinois. | By J. R.
Dodge. | Editor of the American Ruralist. |

Springfield, O.: | Ruralist Publishing Company. | 1860, | A.c. 7Bp.

1p. 1, pp. v—x, 13-435. 12°.

Specimen of the Shawnee and Wyandot languages, pp. 51-60, both from Am.
Antiq. Soc., Trans., vol. 1.

1060 Dodge (Col. Richard Irving). Our Wild Indians: | thirty-three
years’ personal experience | among the | Red Men of the Great
West. | A popular account of | their social life, religion, habits,
traits, customs, exploits, ete. | with | Thrilling Adventures and Ex-
periences | on the great plains and in the mountains | of our wide
frontier. | By | Colonel Richard Irving Dodge, | United States
Army. | Aid-de-Camp to General Sherman. | With an introdue-
tion | By General Sherman, | Fully Mlustrated with Portraits on
Steel, Full-page Engravings on Wood, | and Fine Chromo-Litho-
graph Plates. |

Hartford, Conn.: | A. D. Worthington and Company. | A. G. Net-
tleton & Co., Chicago, Ill. N.D. Thompson & Co., St. Louis, Mo. |
C. C. Wick & Co., Cleveland, O. W. E. Dibble & Co., Cincinnati,
O. | A. L. Bancroft & Co., San Francisco, Cal. | 1882. | JWP.

Pp. i-xxxix, 29-650. 8°.

Wonderful diversity of the Indian languages, pp. 44-48; Indian names, their
meaning and significance, pp. 226-228; Cheyenne names of the larger streams of
the Plains, p. 231; Cheyenne songs, with English translation, pp. 352-353;
Dance songs with music, pp. 354-355; The sign-language with vocabulary,
pp. 379-394.

1061 Domenech (Abbé Emmanuel). Seven Years’ Residence | in the
great | Deserts of North America, | by the | Abbé Em. Domenech |
Apostolical Missionary: Canon of Montpellier: Member of the Pon-
tifical Academy Tiberina, | and of the Geographical and Ethno-
graphical Societies of France, &e. | Illustrated with fifty-eight
woodeuts by A. Joliet, three | plates of ancient Indian Music,
and a map showing the actual situation of | the Indian tribes and
the country described by the author. | In two volumes | Vol.
10} B

London | Longman, Green, Longman, and Roberts | 1860. | BA. C.

2 vols. 8°.

List of ‘‘Indian Tribes of North America,” vol. 1, pp. 440-445. “ Indian
Languages” (including examples of the Natchez, Ojibbeways, Dacotas, Algon

208 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Domenech (4})é Emmanuel)—continued.
quin and Mexican), vol. 2, pp. 109-163.‘ Vocabularies [82 words] of North
American Languages,” vol. 2, pp. 164-189, as follows:

Blackfeet, Kioway, —— Onondaga,

Cahuilo, Mandan, Osage,

Cayuga, Menomonee, Pima,

Chactas, Miami, Querés,

Cherokee, Mojave, Riccaree,

Chinook, Mohawk, Shawnee,

Comanche, ~— Navajo, Sheyenne,

Dacota, Nez Percés, ‘Tuscarora,

Delaware, Ojibbeway, Yuma,

Hueco, Oneida, Zuni.

1062 ——— Voyage pittoresque dans les grands déserts du Nouveau
Monde.

Paris, Morizot. 1862. a

608 pp. imp. 8°. Not seen. Said to contain texts of Aztec and Maya songs.

Domingo de la Anunciacion. £
Seé Anunciacion (Domingo de la).

1063 Dominguez (D. Francisco). Catecismo | de la | Doctrina Cris-
tiana | puesto | en el idioma Totonaco | de la cierra [sic] baja de
Naolingo, | distinto del de la cierra alta de Papantla. | Por | el
Lic. D. Francisco Dominguez, | cura interino de Xalpan. |

Reimpreso en Puebla en laimprenta | del hospital de San Pedro. |
1837. | C.

38 pp., 1p. errata. 16°.

Complete vocabulary of the dialects of Cierra Alta, and Cierra Baja,
pp. 26-37.

‘The first edition of the Christian Doctrine appeared after the Arte, of the same
author published at Puebla in 1752.”—Le Clerc.

1064 Dominguez y Argaiz (Dr. D. Francisco Eugenio). Platicas de los
principales mysterios de nuestra Ste Fee, Con una breve exorticion
al fin, del modo con que deben exitarse al dolor de las culpas. He-
chas en el Idioma Yucateco, por orden del Illmo. y Rmo. Sr. D' y
Mtro b. F. Ignacio de Padilla, Del Sagrado Orden de San Augus.
tin, Dignissimo Arzobispo Obispo de estas Provincias de Yucatan,
de el Consejo de su Majestad, Por el Doctor D. Francisco Kugenio
Dominguez y Argaiz, Curo proprio de la Parrochial del Santo
Nombre de Jesus, intramuros de la Ciudad, y Examinador Synodal
del Obispado de Yacatan [sic]. Quien las dedica al dicho Ilmo. y
Rmo. Sefor. Contiene seis Platicas: la 1. la Explicacion de N.
Santa Fee: la 2. el Mysterio de la SS. Trinidad: la 3. el dela En-
carnacion del Verbo Divino: la 4. el de la Eucharistia: la 5. la Ex-
plicacion del Fin ultimo para que fue criado el hombre: que es solo
Dios: la 6. la Explicacion del modo con que deben excitarse al do-
lor de las culpas.

DOMENECH—DONCK. 209

Dominguez y Argaiz (Dr. D. Francisco Eugenio)—continued. ‘
Impressas en Mexico en la Imprenta del Real y mas Antiguo
Colegio de S. Yldefonso. Afio de 1758. *
6 p. I., pp. 1-24. 4°. On the recto of the last leaf, withont number, is the Act
of Contrition in verse. Not seen; title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta to whom
it was furnished by Dr. Berendt, who owned a copy of the work.
Carillo, who has a copy also, says 6 p. ll. and text, pp. 1-25. 4°.

1065 Donck(Adriaenvander). Beschryvinge | Van| Nieuvv-Nederlant, |
(Ghelijck het tegenwoordigh in Staet is) | Begrijpende de Nature,
Aert, gelegentheyt en vrucht- | baerheyt van het selve Lant; mits-
gaders de proffijtelijcke en- | de gewenste toevallen, die aldaer tot on-
derhout der Menschen, (soo | uyt haer selven als yan buyten inge-
bracht) gevonden worden. | Als Mede | De maniere en onghemeyne
eygenschappen | vande Wilden ofte Naturellen van den Lande. |
Ende | Een bysonder verhael vanden wonderlijcken Aert | ende
het Weesen der Bevers, | Daer Noch By Gevoeght Is | Een Discours
over de gelegentheyt van Nieuw Nederlandt, | tusschen een Neder-
landts Patriot, ende een | Nieuw Nederlander. | Beschreven door |
Adriaen vander Donck, | Beyder Rechten Doctoor, die teghen-
woor- | digh noch in Nieuw Nederlant is. |

Vv Aemsteldam, | By Evert Nieuwenhof, Boeck-verkooper, woon-
ende op ’t | Ruslandt in ’t Schrijfboeck. Anno 1655. | te
4p. ll., pp. 100, Register, 3 pp. 4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1066 ——— Beschiyvinge | Van | Nieuvv-Nederlant, | (Gelijck het te-
genwoordigh in Staet is) | Begrijpende de Nature, Aert, gelegent-
heyt en vruchtbaerheyt | van het selve Landt; mitsgaders de prof-
fijtelijcke ende gewenste toevallen, die | aldaer tot onderhoudt der
Menschen, (soo uyt haer selven als van buyten inge- | bracht) ge-
vonden worden. Als mede de maniere en ongemeyne Eygenschap- |
pen vande Wilden ofte Naturellen vanden Lance. Ende een by-
sonder verhael | vanden wonderlijcken Aert ende het Weesen der
Bevers. | Daer noch by-gevoeght is | Een Discours over de gelegent-
heyt van Nieuw-Nederlandt | tusschen een Nederlandts Patriot,
ende een Nieuw Nederlander. | Beschreven door | Adriaen van
der Donck, | Beyder Rechten Doctoor, die tegenwoordigh | noch in
Nieuw-Nederlandt is. | En hier achter by gevoeght | Het voordee-
ligh Reglement vande Ed: Hoog. Achtbare | Heeren de Heeren
Burgermeesteren deser Stede, | betreffende de saken van Nieuw-Ne-
derlandt. | Den tweeden Druck. | Met een pertinent Kaertje van
t zelve Landt vergiert, | en van veel druckfouten gesuyvert.

t? Aemsteldam, | By Evert Nieuwenhof, Boeck-verkooper, woo-
nende op | ’t Ruslandt, in’t Schrijf-boeck, Anno 1656, | Met Privi-
legie voor 15 Jaren. *

4p. 1l., pp. 100, Register, 4 pp., 4. map. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

14 Bib

210 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Donck (Adriaen van der)—continued.

1067 ——— Description of the New Netherlands, by Adrian Van der —

Donck, J. U. D. Translated from the original Dutch, by Hon.
Jeremiah Johnson, Of Brooklyn, N. Y.

In New York Hist. Soc. Coll. Second series, vol. 1, pp. 125-242.

“Of the different Nations and Languages,” pp. 205-206.

Issued separately with title-page which is a translation of that of the 1656
edition.

1068 [Dorsey (Rev. James Owen).] Ponka | A B C Wa-ba-ru. | Mis-
sionary Jurisdiction of Niobrara. |

New York, | 1873. | JWP.
Pp. 1-16. sq. 16°.
1069 t—— How the Rabbit killed the (Male) Winter. An Omaha

Fable. By J. O. Dorsey.
In Am. Ant., vol. 2, pp. 128-132. Chicago, 1878-79. 8°.
In the Omaha language with interlinear translation in English.

1070 ——— The Rabbit and the Grasshopper. An Otoe Myth. Trans-
lated by Rev. J. Owen Dorsey.

In Am. Ant,, vol. 3, pp. 24-27. Chicago, 1881. 8°.
In the Otoe language with interlinear translation in English. -

1071 ——— Myths, Stories, and Letters in the Vegiha Language.

This material is in the hands of the printer and will form Part I, Vol. VI, Con-
tributions to North American Ethnology, to be published by the Bureau of
Ethnology. It comprises 72 stories and myths and 48 letters, each with inter-
linear translation, explanatory notes, and free translation; 544 pp. 4° are in type
and stereotyped.

1072 —— Letters in the Vegiha Language.

Manuscript. 200 pp. folio. These are 258 in number and were dictated by
Omaha Indians. It was intended to incorporate them in Vol. VI, Part I, Contribu-
tions to North American Ethnology, but the material already in type for that
volume was so extensive as to prevent.

1073 t—— Grammar of the Vegiha Language.
Mauuscript. 800 pp. folio. Will form Part II of Vol. VI, Contributions to
North American Ethnology. ;
1074 Qegiha Dictionary—Wegiha-English and English-Gegiha.
Manuscript. 22,000 slips. Contains 20,000 words alphabetically arranged. Will
form Part III of Vol. VI, Contributions to North American Ethnology.

1075 ——— Linguistic Material of the lowas, Otos, and Missouris.
Manuscript. 1,000 pp. folio. Consists of myths, stories, and letters with inter-
linear translations, explanatory notes, and free translations, a dictionary of 9,000
words, and a grammar.
Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language.
Manuscript. 75 pp. folio, and 2,100 slips. Consists ofa letter with interlinear
translation, notes, and free translation, grammatic notes, and a dictionary of
2,000 words.
Kansas and Omaha Words and Phrases.

Manuscript. 5 pp. folio. These manuscripts are in the Library of the Bureau
of Ethnology.

1076

1077

DONCK—DOUGHERTY. 211

Dorsey (Rev. James Owen)—continued.

1078 , Gatschet (Albert Samuel), and Riggs (Stephen Return).
Illustration of the Method of recording Indian Languages. From
the manuscripts of Messrs. J. O. Dorsey, A.S. Gatschet, and S. R.
Riggs.

In Bureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Rept., pp. 579-589. Washington, 1881.
imp. 8°.

These three gentlemen have prepared monographs which are now in course of
publication by the Bureau of Ethnology ;~to illustrate the manner in which they
will appear, the following extracts were given. Each is accompanied by inter-
linear translation in English, with notes: ,

Dorsey (J.O.) How the Rabbit caught the sun ina trap. An Omaha myth,
pp. 581-583.

Gatschet (A. 8.) Details of a Conjuror’s practice. Inthe Klamath Lake dia-
lect, pp. 583-584.

The Relapse. In the Klamath Lake dialect, pp. 585-586.
Sweat Lodges. In the Klamath Lake dialect, pp. 586-587.
Riggs (S. R.) A Dog’s Revenge. A Dakota Fable, pp. 587-589.

1079 Dougherty (Rev. Peter). The First | Initiatory Catechism, | By
James Gall; | with the ; Ten Commandments, | and the Lord’s
Prayer: | Translated into Ojibwa, | By the Rev. P. Dougherty. |
Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presbyterian
Church. |

New York: | John Westall, Printer. 29, Ann-Street. | 1844. | BA.
Pp. 1-24, alternate English and Ojibwa. 12°.
For later edition see Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.)

1080 ——— A | Chippewa Primer. | Compiled by the | Rev. Peter
Dougherty. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the |
Presbyterian Church. |

New-York: | John Westall, Printer, 29 Ann-Street. | 1844. | BA. c.
Pp. 1-84. 12°.
A vocabulary of words, phrases, and sentences.

1081

A | Chippewa Primer. | Compiled by the | Rev. Peter
Dougherty. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the |
Presbyterian Church. | Second edition—enlarged. |

New-York: | John Westall & Co., Printers, 11 Spruce Street. |
1847. | BA. MHS.
Pp. 1-123. 12°.

1082 ——— Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Grand Traverse Bay.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

1083 ——— Terms of Relationship of the Ojibwa of Lake Michigan
(Ojibwank) collected by Rev. P. Dougherty, Missionary, Chippewa
and Ottawa Mission, Grand Traverse Bay, Mich.

- In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, pp. 293-382. Washington,
1871. 4°. :

1084. ——— and Rodd (D.) Easy Lessons | on | Scripture History: | in

the | Ojibwa Language: | translated by | Rev. P. Dougherty, |

212 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Dougherty (Rev. Peter) and Rodd (D.)—continued.
aided by | D. Rodd. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of
the | Presbyterian Church. |
Grand Traverse Bay. | 1847. | John Westall and Co., Printers, |
11 Spruce street, New-York. | 5 SUNG Ob
Pp. 1-69, alternate English and Ojibwa. 16°.

1085

The First | Initiatory Catechism; | by James Gall; | with
the | Ten Commandments | and the | Lord’s Prayer | in the | Ojib-
wa Language: | translated by | Rev. P. Dougherty, | aided by | D.
Rodd. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presby-
terian Church. |

Grand Traverse Bay. | 1847. | John Westall and Co., Printers, |
11 Spruce street, New-York. | BA. C.

Pp. 3-69, alternate English and Ojibwa. 16°.

1086 Short Reading Lessons | in the | Ojibwa Language; |
translated by | Rev. P. Dougherty, | aided by | D. Rodd. | Printed
for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presbyterian Church. |

Grand Traverse Bay. | 1847. | John Westall and Co., Printers, |
11 Spruce street, New York. | BA. GB.
Pp. 1-95, alternate English and Ojibwa. 12°.

1087 Drake (Samuel Gardner). Indian Biography, | containing the
lives of more than | Two Hundred | Indian Chiefs: | Also such
others of that race as have rendered their names | conspicuous in
the History of North America from its first | being known to
Europeans to the present period. | Giving at large their most | cel-
ebrated speeches, memorable sayings, | numerous anecdotes ; | and
a | History of their wars. | Much of which is taken from Manu-
scripts never before published. | By Samuel G. Drake. | [Four lines
quotation in English and two in Indian.]

Boston: | Published by Josiah Drake, at the Antiquarian Book-
store, | 56 Cornhill. | Clo. Ig. CCCX XXII [1882]. | BA.

1 p.1., pp. i-vili, 9-348. 12°.

First edition of the work afterwards expanded into ‘‘ Biography and His-
tory,” and subsequently titled ‘‘ Book of the Indians.” This edition contains no
linguistics and is given simply because it is the first.

Sabin’s Dictionary mentions: Second edition, Boston, 1833. 8°.

1088

Biography and History | of the | Indians of North Amer-
ica; | comprising | a General Account of them, | and | Details in
the Lives of all the most distinguished chiefs, and | others, who
have been noted, among the various | Indian Nations upon the
Continent. | Also, | a History of their Wars; | their Manners and
Customs; and the most celebrated Speeches | of their Orators,
from their first being known to | Europeans to the Present Time. |
Likewise | exhibiting an Analysis | of the most distinguished, as
well as absurd authors, who | have written upon the great ques-

DOUGHERTY—DRAKRE. 213

Drake (Samuel Gardner)—continued.
tion of the | First Peopling of America. | [Picture of an Indian;
quotation, six lines.] | By Samuel G. Drake, | Member of the New
Hampshire Historical Society. | Third Edition, | with large addi-
tions and corrections, and numerous Engravings. |
Boston: | O. L. Perkins, 56 Cornhill, and Hilliard, Gray & Co. |
New York: G.& C. &N. Carvill. | Philadelphia: Grigg & Elliot. |

1834. | A. C. WHS.
Engraved title, pp. viii, 28, 120, 132, 72, 158, 1 1., pp. 18,1 plain leaf, pp. 12. 8°.
plates.

Short vocabulary of the Kamskadale and Aléoutean, Book 1, p. 15; Lord’s
Prayer in the Muhhekaneew language, Book 2, p.89; Lord’s Prayer in the Wam-
panoag, Book 3, p.40; Specimen of the language of the Tarratines, Book 3, p.
129; A few words in the Mohawk language, Book 5, p. 111.

Fourth edition, Boston, 1835.

1089 —— Biography and History | of the | Indians of North Amer-
ica. | From its first discovery to the present time; | comprising |
details in the lives of all the most distinguished chiefs and | coun-
sellors, exploits of warriors, and the celebrated | speeches of their
orators; | also | a history of their wars, | massacres and depreda-
tions, as well as the wrongs and | sufferings which the Europeans
and their | descendants have done them; | with an accountof their |
Antiquities, Manners and Customs, | Religion and Laws; | likewise
exhibiting an analysis of the most distinguished, as well as absurd |
authors, who have written upon the great question of the | first
peopling of America. | [Monogram; six lines quotation.] By
Samuel G. Drake. | Fifth Edition, | With large Additions and Cor-
rections, and numerous Engravings. |

Boston: | Antiquarian Institute, 56 Cornhill. | 1836. | Cc.

xii, 48, 120, 144, 96,168 pp. 8°.

Short vocabulary of the Kamskadale, and Aléoutean, Book 1, p. 16; Lord’s
Prayer in the Muhkekaneew language (from Edwards), Book 2, p. 87; Lord’s
Prayer in the Wampanoag, Book 3, p. 45; A specimen of the language of the
Tarratines, Book 3, p. 137; Numerals (1-10) in Choctaw, Book 4, p. 24; Lord’s
Prayer in the language of the Six Nations, Book 5, p. 5; Lord’s Prayer in the
Shawnee language, Book 5, p. 127; A few words of Mohawk, and of Mohawk
and Welsh compared, Book 5, p. 132; ;

According to Sabiu’s Dictionary there appeared the following: Sixth Edition:
Boston, 1836. 8°. Seventh Edition: Boston Antiquarian Institute, 1837, pp. xiii,
120, 144, 96, 160, 12. 8°.

1090 ——— The | Book of the Indians; | or, | Biography and History |
of the | Indians of North America, | from its first discovery | to the
year 1841. | [Hight lines quotations.] | By Samuel G. Drake, | Fel-
low [&c., two lines.] | Eighth Edition, | With large Addition and
and Corrections. |

- Boston: | Antiquarian Book Store, 56 Cornhill. | M-DCCC.XLI
[1841]. | BA. 0.
xii, 48, 120, 156, 156, 200 and Index, 16 pp. 8°.

214 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Drake (Samuel Gardner)—continued.
Linguistics as in Fifth Edition, q. v.
According to Sabin’s Dictiovury: Ninth Edition: Boston, 1845, 748 pp. 8°.
Tenth Edition: Boston, MDCCCXLIII. 8°. [Should be MDCCCXLVIIL. }

1091

Biography and History of the Indians of North America,
from its first Discovery. By Samuel G. Drake. Eleventh Edition.
Boston: Benjamin B. Mussey. M.DCCC.LI [1851].
Pp. 1-720. 8°. Linguistics as in Fifth Edition.
Some copies of this edition have the imprint: Boston, Sanborn, Carter &
Bazin, 1857. Another edition is Boston, 1858.—Sabin’s Dictionary.

1092

The | Aboriginal Races | of | North America; | compris-
ing | Biographical Sketches of Eminent Individuals, | and | an
Historical Account of the Different Tribes, | from | the First Discov-
ery of the Continent | to | the Present Period | With a Disserta-
tion on their | Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Customs, | I!lus-
trative Narratives and Anecdotes, | and a | copious analytical in-
dex | By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth Edition, | revised, with val-
uable additions, | by J. W. O’Neill. | Illustrated with Numerous
Co'ored Steel-plate Engravings. | [Quotation, six lines.] |

Philadelphia: | Charles Desilver, | No. 714 Chestnut Street. |
1860. | A.B.

Pp. 1-736. 8°. Linguistics asin Fifth edition, pp. 32, 151, 229-230, 321, 364, 501,
623, 627-628.

This is the Biography of the Indians, with anew title-page and some additions.

1093 ——— The | Aboriginal Races | of | North America; | compris-
ing | Biographical Sketches of Eminent Individuals, | and | an His-
torical Account of the Different Tribes, | from | the First Discov-
ery of the Continent | to | the Present Period | With a Dissertation
on their | Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Customs, | Illustrative
Narratives and Anecdotes, | and a | copious analytical index | By
Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth Edition, | revised, with valuable ad-
ditions, | by Prof. H. L. Williams. | [Quotation, six lines.] |

New York. | Hurst & Company, Publishers. | 122 Nassau
Street. | [n. d., copyright, 1880.] WE.

Pp. 1-787. 8°. Linguistics as in Fifth edition, pp. 32, 151, 229-230, 321, 364, 501,
623, 627-628 ; and in addition:

Gatschet (A. S.) Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories, pp.
748-763.

Smith (B.) Comparative Vocabularies of the Seminole and Mikasuke
Tongues, pp. 763-767.

Squier (E. G.) Historical and Mythological Traditions of the Algonquins,
pp. 718-736.

Title and notes from Mr, W, Eames.

1094 The | Old Indian | Chronicle; | being a collection of ex-
ceeding rare tracts | written and published in the time of King |
Philip’s war, by persons residing in | the country; to which are |
now added marginal | notes and | Chronicles of the Indians | From

DRAKE—DUFLOT DE MOFRAS. 215

Drake (Samuel Gardner)—continued.
the discovery of America to the present time. | By S. G. Drake. |
[Monogram.] |

Boston: | Published at the | Antiquarian Institute, 56 Cornhill. |
MDCCCOXXXVI [1836]. | BA.

2p. ll., pp. 1-208. 16°. plates. Contains, pp. 1-38, reprint of The Present
State of New England, q. v.

1095 The | Old Indian Chronicle; | being a collection of | Exceed-
ing Rare Tracts, | written and published in the | Time of King
Philip’s War, | by persons residing in the country. | To which are
now added an | Introduction and Notes, | By Samuel G. Drake. |

Boston: | Samuel A. Drake, 151 Washington St. | 1867.| wn.
Pp. i-xi, 1-333. sm. 4°.
Contains, pp. 119-169, reprint of The Present State of New-England.

1096 Drennen (John). Numerals of the Choctaw Language.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 204-206. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.
Numerals 1-1,000,000,000.

1097 Dryasdust (Dr.), pseud. Yndian Names, Along the southern border

of Washington County [New York]. JWP.
In Washington County [N. Y.] Post, vol. 16, No. 24. August 22, 1850.
Names of creeks, towns, &c., their etymology and meaning.
1098 Duchateau (Julien). Sur V’écriture calculiforme des Mayas. Par M.
Julien Duchateau. *
In Soc. Américaine de France, Archives, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 31-34.
Paris, 1875. 8°.
Title from Mr. W. Eames.

1099 Ducrue (Franz Benno). Specimina Lingyae Californicae. Briefen
des Herrn P. Franz Benno Ducrue.

In Murr (C. G.) Journal zur Kunstgeschichte, vol. 12, pp. 268-274. Niiren-
berg, 1787. 16°.
Short sentences with interlinear translations.

1100 Dudley (Paul). English Definitions of Indian Terms From Panl

Dudley’s Papers. Furnished by J. Wingate Thornton.

In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 5, pp. 425-429. Portland, 1857. 8°.

“The Lord’s Prayer in the Indian tongue, viz: the Indians of Norridgewock
and Penobscot in New England and Nova Scotia,” pp. 427-428.

“Descriptions of Indian Words from Paul Dudley’s MSS.,” pp. 428-429.

1101 Duflot de Mofras (Kugéne). Exploration | du Territoire | de ’Oré-
gon, | des Californies | et de la Mer Vermeille, | exécutée pendant
les années 1840, 1841 et 1842, | par M. Duflot de Mofras, | Attaché
4 la Légation de France 4 Mexico; | Ouvrage publié par ordre du
Roi, | sous les auspices de M. le Maréchal Soult, Due de Dalmatie, |
Président du Conseil, | et de M. le Ministre des Affaires Etran-
geres. | Tome Premier [Second]. |

Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Bditeur, | Libraire de la Société de
Géographie, | Rue Hautefeuille, n° 23. | 1844 | BA. C.
2 vols. 8°. rs

216 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Duflot de Mofras (Eugéne)—continued.

Philologie.—Diversités des langues.—Examen comparatif des idiomes océa-
niens et américains.—Systémes de numération binaire et quaternaire.—* * * *
Table générale analytique et alphabétique de l’ouvrage (Chapitre xiii, pp. 387-
484, vol. 2) contains the Pater Noster in the following languages:

Tchinouk du Rio Colombia, Guiluco de la Mission de San-Francisco Solano,
pp. 390-391; Choconyem du Rio del Sacramento, Joukiousmé de Ja Mission de
San Rafael, de la Vallée de los Tulares, de la Mission de Santa Clara, Tatché ou
Télami de la Mission de San Antonio de Padua, pp. 391-392; de la Mission de Santa
Inés, San Fernando, San Gabriel, p. 393; de la Mission de San Juan Capistrano,
San Luiz Rey de Francia, p. 394; de la Mission de San Diego, San Francisco de
Borgia, Santa Gertrudis, p. 395; de la Mission de San Ignacio de Loyola, des
Aztéques du Mexique, p. 396.

Numerals 1-10 of the following languages, p. 401:

Céte Nord-ouest de Vv Amérique. Californie.
Sitka. * Mission del Carmelo.
Tle du Roi George. N. 8. de la Soledad.
Indiens Haidas. San Luiz.

Atnas. San Juan.
Noutka. San Gabriel.
Tchinouks. Indien Pima.
Umpquas. ; Indien Aztéque.

Systemes de Numération des Indiens, p. 402.

1102 [Dukes (Joseph).] The | History | of | Joseph and his Brethren. |
In the Choctaw Language. |
Utica: | Press of William Williams. | 1831. | BA. ABC, ATS.

Pp. 1-48. 24°. “This little tract is indebted for its existence to Mr. Joseph
Dukes, a native interpreter.” Reprinted 1836.

1103 Dumont (//.) Mémoires | Historiques | sur | la Louisiane, | conte-
nant ce qui y est arrivé de plus | mémorable depuis l’année 1687.
jus- | qu’a présent; avec Vétablissement de la | Colonie Frangoise
dans cette Province | de ?Amérique Septentrionale sous la | direc-
tion de la Compagnie des Indies; | le climat, la nature & les pro-
ductions | de ce pays; Vorigine & la Religion des | Sauvages qui
Vhabitent; leurs meeurs | & leurs coutumes, &e. | Composés sur les
Mémoires de M. Dumont, | par M. L. L. M[aserier]..| Ouvrage en-
richi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second]. |

A Paris, | Chez Cl. J. B. Bauche, Libraire, Quai | des Augustins,
a Vimage Ste Geneviéve. | M. DCC. LII [1753]. | Avec approbation
& Privilége du Roi. | C.

2 vols. 16°. maps.

Du Gouvernement des Sauvages, de leur Noblesse & de leur Langue, vol. 1,
pp. 175-182. Also a few aboriginal terms en passant in the same volume.

1104 [Dunbar (John).] Lawyrawkvlarits | Pany Kwta. |
Vkytaru lokwryhu téskwrét kitsutyryhu. | 1836. | AAS. ABS. JWP.
Pp. 1-24. 12°.
Exercises in spelling, reading, numerals, &¢., in Pawnee. The translation of
the title is: Book | Pawnee his. | City very great near water great [Boston]
was printed. | 1836. | «

DUFLOT DE MOFRAS—DUPONCEAU. PALL

1105 [Dunbar (John B.)] |The Pawnee Indians, their History and Eth-
nology. [By John B. Dunbar.]
In Mag. of Am. Hist., vol. 4, pp. 241-281. New York, 1880. 4°,
Pawnee proper names passim, and list of relatioriships, pp. 270-271.

1106

Grammatical Sketch and Vocabulary of the Pawnee lan-
guage. i

Manuscript prepared by Mr. Dunbar to accompany his article in the Maga-
zine of American History; it is not yet published.

1107 Dunbar (William). On the Language of Signs among certain
North American Indians. By William Dunbar, Esq., of the Mis-
sissippi Territory, communicated by Thomas Jefferson, President
of the Society.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans., vol. 6, pp.1-8. Philadelphia, 1804. 4°.

1108 Dunn (John). History | of | the Oregon Territory | and British
* North-American | Fur Trade; | with | An Account | of the Habits
and Customs of the Principal Native | Tribes on the Northern Con-
tinent. | By John Dunn, | late of the Hudson’s Bay Company;
eight years a resident in the | country. |
London: | Edwards and Hughes, Ave Maria Lane. | 1844.| —c.
Pp. i-viii, 1-359. 8°. map.
“A few specimens of the Language of the Millbank and Chinook Tribes,” pp.
358-359.

Second edition, London, 1846, viii, 359 pp. 8°. map.
The edition: Philadelphia, Zeiber & Co. 1845, 236 pp. 16°, contains no Jin-
guistics.

1109 Dunne (John). Notices relative to some of the Native Tribes of
North America. By John Dunne, Esq.
In Royal Irish Acad. Trans., vol. 9, pp. 101-137. Dublin, 1803. 4°.

‘Some imperfect strictures on [Algonkin] Indian Language,” with examples,
pp. 180-137. :

1110 Duponceau (Peter Stephen). Report of the Corresponding Secre.
tary [of the Hist. & Lit. Com. of the Am. Philosoph. Soe.] to the
Committee of his Progress in the Investigation committed to him
of the General Character and Forms of the Languages of the
American Indians—Read, 12th Jan., 1819.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans. Hist. and Lit. Com., vol. 1, pp. xvii-xlvii.
Philadelphia, 1819. 8°. Reprinted in

Buchanan (J.) Sketches of the History of the North American Indians, pp.
269-306. London, 1824. 8°; and in ibid.: vol. 2, pp. 48-77. New York, 1824, 2 vols.
8°; and in French in

Duponceau (S.) Mémoire sur * * * Langues de quelques Nations Indiennes,
pp. 413-464. Paris, 1838. 8°. Original article reviewed by

Pickering (J.) In North American Review, vol. 9, pp. 179-187. Boston,
1319. 8°.

Separately issued as follows:

Report | wade | to the Historical & Literary Committee |

of the | American Philosophical Society, | held at Philadelphia,

for promoting | useful knowledge, | By their Corresponding Secre-

1111

218 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Duponceau (Peter Stephen)—continued.
tary, | stating | His Progress in the Investigation committed to
Him, of the | General character and Forms | of the | Languages
of the American Indians. | Read in committee, | 12th January,
1819. | BA.

Pp. 1-34. 8°.

1112 ——— Mémoire a leffet de déterminer le caractére grammatical
des langues de VAmérique Septentrionale, connues sous les noms de
Lenni Lenapé, Mohégan, Chippeway, qui a obtenu le prix de lin-
guistique 4 l'Institut de Frange fondé par M. de Volney. Par M.
Pierre S. Du Ponceau.

Paris. 1836. oe
8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.
1113 —— Mémoire | sur | le Systeme Grammatical | des langues |

de | quelques Nations Indiennes de ? Amérique | du Nord; | ouvrage
qui, dla séance publique annuelle | de | ’Institut Royal de France, |
le 2 Mai 1835, | a remporté le prix fondé par M. le Comte de Vol-
ney: | par M. P.-Bt Du Ponceau, LL. D. | Président [&e., six lines].

Paris, | A la librairie d’A. Pihan de la Forest, | Rue des Noyers,
37 | Gide, Librairie, | Rue de Seine 8. G. 6 bis. | Dentu, Libraire,
Au Palais Royal. | 1838. | BA. HU. C.

xvi, 464 pp. 8°. t

Memoir on the grammatical character of the North American languages,
chapters y-xx being devoted to the Algonkin, pp. 75-256.

Appendix A. Comparative vocabulary of the Algonkin (Lenapi, from Hecke-
welder) and Iroquois (Onondago from Zeisberger), pp. 257-269.

Appendix B. Comparative vocabulary, with notes, of the Algonkin, pp. 271-
411.

Report on the general character and forms of the American languages: made
to the Hist. & Lit. Com. Am. Phil. Soc., by the Cor. Sec., P. S. Duponceau, pp.
413-464.

1114 Notes and Observations on Eliot’s Indian Grammar. Ad-

dressed to John Pickering Esq. By Peter 8S. Du Ponceau.

In Mass. Hist. Soc. Col., second series, vol. 9, pp. i-xlvii [313-359]. Boston,
1822. 8°.

The above article is supplementary to the reprint of Eliot’s Indian Grammar,
which is preceded by ‘‘ Introductory Observations,” by John Pickering, g.v. ©

See Heckewelder (J. G. E.) and Duponceau (P. 8.)

See Pickering (J.) and Duponceau (P. S.)

See Zeisberger (fev. David). :

1115 Dupont (—). Essai sur la langue des Indiens Galibis. e
In Revue de Linguistique, tome douzieme, pp. 148-164? Paris, Maisonneuve,
1879. 8°.

Not seen; title from contents of vol. xii, of which I have seen only part 4.
1116 [Duralde (Martin).] Vocabulaire de la Langue d’A tacapa.

In Vater (J. S.) Analekten der Sprachenkunde, pp. 63-72. Leipzig, 1821. 8°.
Vocabulaire de la Langue des Chetimachas.
In Water (J.S.) Analekten der Sprachenkunde, pp. 73-84. Leipzig, 1821. 8°.

1117

DUPONCEAU—DU TERTRE. 219

1118 Duran (Fr. Diego). Historia | de las | Indias de Nueva-Espaiia |
y Islas de Tierra Firme, | por | el Padre Fray Diego Duran | Reli-
gioso de Ja Orden de Predicadores | (Escritor del siglo xvi) | La
publica con un Atlas de estampas, Notas é Illustraciones, | José F.
Ramirez | Individuo de varias Sociedades Literarias | Nacionales y
Extranjeras. | Tomo I. |

Mexico | Imprenta de J. M. Andrade y I’. Escalente. | Bajos de
San Agustin num. 1. | 1867. | A.B.

Pp. l-xvl, 1-535. 4°.

The foot-notes of the editor contain numerous explanations and translation
of Mexican words. : d

1119 Duret (Claude). Thresor de Vhistoire des Langues de cest Uni-
vers, contenant les origines, beautez, perfections .... et autre
ruines des Langues Hebraique ... . des animaux et oiseaux.

Céln. 1613. =
4°. Title from Auers Sprachenhalle.
1120 ——— Thresor de | Histoire des | Langves de cest | Univers, |

Contenant les Origines, Beautez, Perfections, Degadences, Muta-
tions, | Changements, Conuersions, & Ruines des Langues | He-
braique, Chananeenne, * * * * Indienne des Terres neufues * * *. |
Par M. Clavde Dvret Bovrbonnois, | President a Movlins. | Nous
auons adiousté Devx Indices: L’vn des Chapitres: L’autre des
principales | matieres de tout ce Thresor. | Seconde Edition. |

A Yverdon, | De V’Imprimerie de la Societé Helvetiale Caldo-
resqvi. | M. DC. XTX [1619]. | Cc.

16 p.11.,1030 pp. 4°.

Numerals, 1-10, of Canada, ancient and modern, and of the Souriquois and
Etchemins (all from L’Escarbot), p. 955.

Durocher (P.)

See Aiame, No. 38, and Aiamieu, No. 40, of this catalogu

1121 Du Tertre (Rk. P. lean Baptiste). Histoire | Générale, | des Isles |
deS. Christophe, | delaGvadelovpe, | dela Martiniqve, | etavtres |
dans YAmériqve. | Ou Von verra Vestablissement des Colonies
Fran- | goises, dans ces Isles; leurs guerres Ciuiles & | Estrangeres,
& tout ce qui se passe dans les | voyages & retours des Indes.
Comme aussi plusieurs belles particularitez des Antisles de ’Amé-
rique: | Vne description generale de Isle de la Guadeloupe: | de
tous ses | Mineraux, de ses Pierreries, de ses Riuiéres, Fontaines
& | Estangs: & de toutes ses Plantes. | De plus, la description de
tous les Animaux de la Mer, de Air & de la | Terre: & un Traité
fort ample des Mceurs des Sauuages du pays, de Estat | de la
Colonie Francoise, & des Eclaues, tant Mores, que Saunages. | Par le
R. P. Iean Baptiste dv Tertre, Religieux de ’Ordre des I. I’. Pre- |
scheurs, du Nouitiat du Faux-Bourg Sainet Germain de Paris, |
Missionaire Apostolique dans Amérique. | [Device.]

220, NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Du Tertre (&. P. lean Baptiste)—continued.

A Paris, | Chez Iacqves Langlois, Imprimeur Ordinaire du Roy, |
Au Mont de sainte Geneuiefve, vis 4 vis la Fontaine. | Et Em-
manvel Langlois, dans la grand’ Salle du Palais, | 4 la Reyne de
Paix. | M. DC. LIV [1654]. | Avee Priuilége du Roy, & Approba-
tion des Superieurs. | BA. G.

10 p.1l., 481, 7 unnumbered pp. 8°. map.

“ Advis ay lectevr,” p. 11.5 & 6, contains the following prayers in Carib, ex-
tracted from the manuscript of Sr. R. P. Raymond Breton:

“T/Oraison Dominicale,” ‘‘La Salutation Angelique,” ‘‘Symbole des Apos-
tres,” ‘‘La benediction auant le repas,” ‘Action de graces apres le repas,” and
“Les commandemens de Dieu.”

Leclere, No, 2133, sa)s there are two editions of this work with different dedi-
cations, one beginning ‘‘A Monsieur Achilles de Harlay;” the other ‘‘A Messire
Achilles de Harlay.” The latter is the one I have handled.

1122 Eastman (Mrs. Mary H.) Dahcotah; | or, | Life and Legends of
the Sioux | around Fort Snelling. | By Mrs. Mary Eastman, |
with | Preface by Mrs. C. M. Kirkland. | Illustrated from drawings
by Captain Eastman. |

New York: | John Wiley, 161 Broadway. | 1849. | HU. C.

Pp. i-xxxi, 33-268. 8°.

A list of Sioux Chiefs with English signification, p. xxv; Sioux names for
children, in order of birth, p. xxv; List of Gods of the Dahcotahs with English
signification, p. xxxi.

1125 Eaton (Capt. J. H.) Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of
Zuni, New Mexico, and of the Navajos of New Mexico.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 416-431. Philadelphia,
1854, 4°.

1124 Edinburgh Philosophical Journal. The | Edinburgh | Phi'osophical
Journal, | Exhibiting a view of | the progress of discovery in Na:
tural Philosophy, | Chemistry, Natural History, Practical Me-
chanics, | Geography, Statistics, and the Fine and Useful | Arts, |
for | June... . October 1819. | Conducted by | Dr. Brewster and
Professor Jameson. | To be continued quarterly. Vol. I [-XIV].

Edinburgh: | Printed for Archibald Constable and Company. |
1819 [-1826]. BA. C.

Continued as follows:

1125 Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. The | Edinburgh New |
Philosophical Journal, | exhibiting a view of the | progressive im-
provements and discoveries | in the | Sciences and the Arts. | Con-
ducted by | Robert Jameson, | Regius Professor [&e., 15 lines]. |
April... October 1826. | To be continued quarterly. |

Edinburgh: | Printed for Adam Black, North Bridge, Edin-
burgh; | and Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, & Green, | London. |
1826 [-1854]. BA. C.

57 vols. 8°,

Scouler (John). On the Indian tribes inhabiting the Northwest coast of
America, vol. 41, pp. 168-192.

Continued as follows:

DU TERTRE —EDWARDS. 221

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal—continued.

1126 The | Edinburgh New | Philosophical Journal, | exhibiting
a view of the | progressive discoveries and improvements | in the
Sciences and the Arts. | Editors. | Thomas Anderson, M. D., I. R.
S. E., &c., | Regius Professor [&c.] Sir William Jardine, Bart., F.
R. S. E., &e., | and | John Hutton Balfour, M. D., F. R. S. EB.
&e., | Professor [&e.] | January .... April 1855. | Vol. I [-X1X].
New Series. |

Edinburgh: | Adam and Charles Black. | Longman, Brown,
Green, & Longmans, London. | MDCCCLV [-MDCCCLXIV]
[1855-1864]. | BA.

19 vols. 8°.

1127 Edwards (Bryan). The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of |
The British Colonies in the West Indies: | In two volumes. | By
Bryan Edwards, Esq. | of the Island of Jamaica. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | M. DCC.-
XCIIL [1793]. | Cc.

2 vo's.: pp. i-xxxvi, 1-494; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-494, folding tables. 4°.

Charaibe terms (from Rochefort) compared with similar terms from Oriental
dialects (Hebrew, &c.), vol. 1, p. 114.

1128

The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of | The British

Colonies in the West Indies: | In two volumes. | By Bryan Ed-

wards, Esq. | of the Island of Jamaica; | F. R. S. S. A. and Mem-

ber of the American Philo- | sophical Society of Philadelphia. |

The Second Edition, | Illustrated with Maps. | Vol. I {-III]. |
London: | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | M.DCC.-

XCIV [-1801]. | C.
3 vols.: pp. liv, 1494; 11., pp. 1-520, 11.;11., pp. v-xx, 1-443. 49.

Charaibe terms (from Rochefort) compared with similar terms from Oriental
dialects (Hebrew, &c.), vol. 1, p. 117.

1129 ——- The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of the | British
Colonies | in the | West Indies. | By Bryan Edwards, Esq, I. R. 8.
S. A. | In three volumes. | Third edition, | with considerable addi-
tions. | Illustrated with Plates. | Vol. I {-II]]. |

London: | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | 1801. | a. w.

3 vols.: pp. i-xxiv, i-xxiii, 1-576; pp. i-viii, 1-617 (1); 1 p. 1., pp. i-xxxii,
1-477. 8°.

Charaibe terms, ete., vol. 1, p. 145.

Sabin’s Dictionary gives the following:

+ Dublin: Luke White. M. DCC. XCIII. 2 vols. 8°.

-+ Fourth edition. Philadelphia: James Humphreys. 1805-6. 4 vols. 8°, and

atlas 4°.
+ Fourth edition, with considerable additions. Illustrated with plates. Lon-

don: John Stockdale, 1807. 3 vols. 8°.

222 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Edwards (Bryan)—continued.
+ With a continuation to the present time. Fifth edition. London: G. and
W. B. Whitaker. 1819. 5 vols. 8° and atlas 4°.
+ Baltimore: Coale & Thomas. 1810. 4 vols. 8°.
-- Philadelphia: Levis & Weaver. 1810. 4 vols. 8°.
+ Charleston: E. Morford, Willington & Co. 1810. 4 vols. 8°.

Histoire civile et commerciale des Indes Occidentales de-
puis leur découverte; suivie dun tableau historique et politique de
Vile de St. Domingue. Traduite de ’Anglaise. 2° édition corrigée.

Paris: Dentu, 1504. *

8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, as also the following:

1130

1131 ——— Burgerlijke en handelkundige geschiedenis van de Engel-
sche volkplantingen in de West Indién, door B. Edwards.
Haarlem. 1794-1799. *

6 vols. 8°. Abridgments were published: London: J. Parsons. 1794. 2
vols. 8°, and London: J. Crosby. 1798. 8°. U

1132 Edwards (Rev. John) and Byington (Rev. Cyrus). Terms of Rela-
tionship of the Chocta, (Chata) collected by Rey. John Edwards
and Rev. Cyrus Byington, Missionaries, Wheelock, Chocta Nation.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of consanguity and affinity of the Human Fam-
ily, pp. 293-382. Washington, 1871. 4°.

1133 Edwards (Jonathan). Observations | on the | Language | of the |
Mubhekaneew Indians; | in which the extent of that language in |
North-America is shewn; | its Genius is | Grammatically traced :
some of its Peculiari- | ties, and some Instances of Analogy be-
tween | that and the Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to
the Connecticut Society of | Arts and Sciences, and published at
the | Request of the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Pas-
tor of a Church in New-Haven, and | Member of the Connecticut
Society of | Arts and Sciences. | .

New Haven, Printed by Josiah Meigs, | M, DCC, LXXXVIII
[1788]. | HU. C.

Pp. 1-17 12°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Mohegan, and Shawnee (from Gen. Parsons),
pp. 6-7 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Mohegan, and Chippewa (from Carver),
pp: 7-8; Numerals, 1-10, Mohegan, and Mohawk, p. 9; Pater Noster in Mohe-
gan, p. 9; Pater Noster in the language of the Six Nations (from Smith’s New
York), p. 10; Grammatical Notes, pp. 10-17.

Reprinted as follows:

Observations | on the | Language | of the | Muhhekaneew
Indians; | in which | The Extent of that Language in North-Ame- |
rica is shewn; its Genius is grammatically | traced; some of its
Peculiarities, and some | Instances of Analogy between that and
the | Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to the | Connecti-
cut Society of Arts and Sciences, | And published at the Request
of the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Pastor of a Church
in New-Haven and Member of the | Connecticut Society of Arts
and Sciences. |

1134

EDWARDS. 223

Edwards (Jonathan)—continued.

New Haven, printed by Josiah Meigs, 1787; | London reprinted by
W. Justins, | Shoemaker-Row, Blackfriars. | M, DCC, LXXXVIII
[1788]. | BA.

Pp. i-iv, 5-16. 8°. Contents as in American edition. Some copies differ in
date as follows: New Haven, printed by Josiah Meigs, 1788; London, reprinted
by W. Justins, Shoemaker Row, Blackfriars. M, DCC, LXXXIX.

1135 ——— A | Sermon | at the Execution of | Moses Paul, an In-

dian; | Who had been guilty of Murder, | Preached at New Haven
in America. | By Samson Occom, | A native Indian, and Missionary
to the Indians, who was in England | in 1766 and 1767, collecting
for the Indian Charity Schools. | To which is added | a Short Ac-
count of the | late Spread of the Gospel, | among the Indians. |
Also | Observations on the Language of the | Muhhekaneew In-
dians; | communicated to the | Connecticut Society of Arts and
Sciences. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. |

New Haven, Connecticut: Printed 1788. | London: Printed, 1789,
and Sold by Buckland, Pater- | noster-Row; Dilly, Poultry;
Otridge, Strand; J. Lepard, | No. 91, Newgate-street ; T. Pitcher,
No. 44 Barbican; Brown, | on the Tolzey Bristol; Binns, at Leeds;
and Woolmer, at Exeter. | C. JCB.

Pp. i-iv, 5-24, 1-16. 8°. The first 16 pp. comprise the Observations, &c., as
in No, 1134.

Reprinted in Carey (Mathew), editor. American Museum or Repository of ** *
fugitive pieces, &c., vol. 5, pp. 21-25, 141-144. Philadelphia, 1789. 8°. . Also
(according to Ludewig) New York, 1801. 8°. And again as follows:

1136 t—— Observations on the Language of the Muhhekaneew Indi-

ans; | In which the Extent of that Language in North America is
shewn; | its Genius is grammatically traced; some of its Peculiari-
ties, | and some instances of Analogy between that and the Hebrew
are | pointed out. | Communicated to the Connecticut Society of Arts
and Sciences, and | published at the Request of the Society. | By
Jonathan Edwards, D. D., Pastor of a Church in New Haven | and
Member of the Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences. | New
Haven, Printed by Josiah Meigs, M, DCC, LXX XVIII. BA.

In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., second series, vol. 10, pp. 81-160. Boston, 1823. 8°.

This reprint is preceded by an ‘‘ Advertisement” signed John Pickering, and
dated Salem, Mass., May 15, 1822, which oceupies pp. 81-84.

The contents of the Observations are the same as the original and occupy pp.
84-98,

“Notes, By the Editor,” occupy pp. 98-160, the contents of which, in addition
to comments and remarks on affinities, grammatic structure, ete., are as follows:

Numerals, 1-10, of the Minsi and Unami (from Heckewelder), p. 101; Numer-
als, 1-10, from the Mohawk Primer, and from Edwards, p. 101; Pater Noster,
from the Mohawk Primer and from Edwards, p. 102; Cherokee verbs (from Buth-
rick), p. 121.

“Comparative Vocabulary [45 words] of various dialects of the Lenape (or
Delaware) Stock of North American Languages, together with a Specimen of
the Winnebago (or Nipegon) Language,” which includes the following:

224

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Edwards (Jonathan)—continued.

1137

Mohegan (from Edwards), p. 186; Mohegan (from Rev. W. Jenks), p. 137;
Lenape or Delaware (from Rev. Mr. Heckewelder), p. 137; Munsee, or Minsi (from
Dr. Barton), p. 138; Shawanese (from Edwards), p. 188; Shawanese (from Ar-
chaeologia Americana), p. 188; Nanticoke (from Gen. Murray and Mr. Hecke-
welder), p 139; Naraganset (from Roger Williams), p. 189; Massachusetts (from
Eliot), p. 140; Penobscot (from French Missionaries’ MS.), p. 140; Abnaki (from
Father RAle’s MS. dictionary), p. 141; St. Franci Indians (from Rev. Dr. Holmes
and Rev. Mr. Noyes), p. 141; Messisaugas (from Barton’s New Views), p. 142;
Algonkin (from La Hontan), p. 142; Algonkin (from McKenzie), p. 143; Chip-
peway (from Edwards), p. 143; Chippeway (from Long’s Travels, London edi-
tion, 1791), p. 144; Knisteneaux (from McKenzie), p. 144; Knisteneaux (from
Harmon’s Journal, 1820), p. 145; Winnebago or Nippegon (from Professor Say),

. 145.
: Comparative table of the Sioux or Naudowessie Stock; comprehending the
Winnebago, communicated by Mr. Du Ponceau, p. 151. ;

Postscript. Translation of the 19th Psalm into the Muh-he-con-nuk language
doue at the Cornwall School under the superintendence of Rey. John Sergeant,
Missionary (from Rey. Dr. Morse’s Report on Indian Affairs), pp. 152-154.

Index of Mohegan and other Indian words, explained in Edwards’ Observa-
tions, pp. 155-157. :

Index of the principal matters in Edwards’ Observations and the Editor’s
notes, pp. 158-160.

This reprint in the Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll. was also published as a separate
paper with addition of title-page, but otherwise unchanged, as follows:

Observations | on the | Language | of the Muhheekaneew
Indians. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D.| A new edition: | with
notes, | by | John Pickering. | As published in the Massachusetts
Historical Collections. |

Boston: | Printed by Phelps and Farnham. | 1823. | BA.

Pp. 1-82. 8°. Reprinted, according to Sabin’s Dictionary, as follows:

1138 t—— Observations on the Language of the Muhhekaneew In-

1139

dians. By Jonathan Edwards. A New Hdition, with Notes by
Jobn Pickering.
Boston: Little and Brown. 1843. 2
8°.

The Works | of | Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Late Presi-
dent of Union College. | With a| Memoir of his Life and Charac-
ter, | by Tryon Edwards. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
Andover: | Printed and Published by Allen, Morrill & Ward-
well. | New York: Dayton and Newman. | Philadelphia: Henry
Perkins.—Boston: Crocker and Brewster, | Gould, Kendall and
Lincoln, Tappan and Dennett. | Hartford: Tyler and Porter. |
1842. | *
2 vols. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

Observations on the Language of the Muhhekaneew Indians, vol. 1, pp. 469-480.
Another edition: Boston, 1850. 2 vols, 8°, not seen.

1140 Eells (Rev. Myron). Hymns | in the | Chinook Jargon Language |

compiled by | Rev. M. Hels, [sic] | Missionary of the American Mis-
sionary Association. | [Design.]

EDWARDS—EELLS. 225

Eells (fev. Myron)—continued.
Portland, Oregon: | Publishing House of Geo. H. Himes. |
1878. | JWP.
Pp. 1-30. sq. 16°.
Hymns, pp. 4-27; Lord’s Prayer, pp. 28-29; Blessing before meals, p. 30.
1141 —— The Twana Indians of the Skokomish Reservation in Wash-
ington Territory. By Rey. M. Eells, Missionary among these Indians.
In Hayden (I. V.) Bulletin, vol. 3, pp. 57-114. Washington, 1877. 8°.
Numerals 1-1000, pp. 86-87; Names of days, months, &c., 87-88; Chinook
songs, pp. 91-92; Vocabulary, 211 words, pp. 93-98.
1142 ——— Indian Music.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 249-253. Cleveland, 1878; Chicago, 1879. 8°.
Short songs in Clallam and Chemakum, with music, p. 252.
1143 ——— The Twana Language of Washington Territory. By Rev.
M. Eells.
In Am. Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, vol. 3, pp. 296-303. Chicago,
1881. 8°.
Grammatic forms of the Twana or Skokomish, pp. 296-298; of the Skwaksin
dialect of the Niskwalli, pp: 298-299; of the Clallam, pp. 299-301; of the Che-
makum, pp. 301-303 ; of the Spokane, pp. 302-303; of the Chinook Jargon, p. 303.

1144 —— The Twana, Chemakum, and Clallam Indians of Washing-
ton Territory. By Rev. Myron Hells, Missionary of the American
Missionary Association.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-435. 4°.
Chapter XIII. Language and Literature, pp. 219-268, contains, pp. 219-230,
remarks and examples of the languages of Washington Territory.

1145 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Chemakum lan-
guage.

Manuscript. 37 Il. 4°, Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In-
dian Languages, 1st edition. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation, Wash-
ington Territory, 1878.

1146 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the S’klallam or Sclal-

lam language.

Manuscript. 5211. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In-
dian Languages, Ist edition, complete. Collected at the Skokomish Reserva-
tion in 1878. Includes plural forms and possessive cases of nouns and pronouns
and the partial conjugation of the verb ‘‘to eat.”

1147 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Skwaksin Dialect of
the Niskwalli Language.

Manuscript. 5211. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In-
dian Languages, Ist edition, complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural
forms, possessive cases and diminutives of nouns, comparison of sdjectives,
cases of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs ‘“‘to eat” and ‘to drink.”

1148 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Twana Language.
Manuscript. 52 1]. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In-
dian Languages, Ist edition, complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural
forms, possessive cases and genders of nouns, comparison of adjectives, possessive
case of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs ‘‘to eat” and “to drink.”
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

15 Bib

226 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1149 Egede (Hans). De gamle Grénlands nye perlustration, eller en
kort beskrivelse om de gamle Nordske coloniers begyndelse og
undergang ete. forst Anno 1724 forfattet af H. Egede, og nu Anno

1729 efterseet ... af een der paa nog en tiid har vaeret i Gronland.
Kjobenhavn, H. Chr. Pauli, 1729. *

Title and 58 pp. sm. 8°.

This seems to be the first essay of Egede’s celebrated work on Greenland
which was first published in 1741. Both are very similar in the division, etc.,
but the latter is of course much more simple.—Muller’s Cat.

The following is, I presume, a translation of the above:

1150 Des Alten | Grénlands | Neue | perlustration, | Oder—
Eine kurtze Beschreibung | Derer | Alten Nordischen Colonien |
Anfang und Untergang in Grénland, | wobey desselben Situation,
Beschaffenheit | der Gewiichsen, Thieren, Végeln und Fischen,
Lufft und | Temperament, des Himmels Constitution, der jetzigen
Ein- | wohner Verhalten Wohnungen Sprache Gestalt Anse- | hen,
Kleider-Tracht Nahrung Gebraiuche Handthierung | Speisen Hand-
lung Sprach Ehestands-Ceremonien | und Kinderzucht; | Nebst
ihrer Religion oder Superstition | und anderer so wohl in ihren
Zusammen | kiinfften, als auch zu Hausz gebriuchlichen Sitten. |
Erstlich von Hans Egede, | Missionarius bey der [&c., &e., five
lines]. |

Frankfurt, bey Stock Erben und Schilling Ad. 1730. | JCB.

47 pp. 12°.

Chapter XI. On the language of Greenland, pp. 34-47.

1151 ——— Det gamle | Grgnlands | Nye | Perlustration, | Eller | Na-
turel-Historie, | Og | Beskrivelse over det gamle Grénlands Situa-
tion, | Luft, Marmvaaneraant og Beskaffenhed; | De gamle Norske
Coloniers Begyndelse og Undergang der | Samme-Steds, de itzige
Indbyggeres Oprindelse, Vaesen, | Leve-Maade og Handteeringer,
samt Hvad ellers Landet | Yder og giver af sig, saasom Dyer,
Fiske og Fugle &c. med | hosfgyet nyt Land-Caart og andre Kaa-
ber-Stykker | over Landets Naturalier og Indbyggernis | Handte-
ringer, | Forfattet af | Hans Egede, | Forhen Missionair udi Gr¢n-
land. |

Kjgbenhavn, 1741. | Trykt hos Johan Christoph Groth, boende
paa Ulfelds-platz. | Cc. JCB.

6 p.Il., 131 pp. sm. 4°. map.

Greenland song, with interlinear translation, pp. 86-92.

Chapter XVII, pp. 94-105, is on language and customs; besides general re-
marks it contains a vocabulary, pp. 96-97; grammatic construction, with ex-
amples, pp. 97-103, and the creed and Lord’s prayer translated into the Greenland
langnage, pp. 104-105.

There are also scattered throughout many native terms.

1152 ——— Des alten Groénlands Neue Perlustration, oder Naturell-
Historie Und Beschreibung Der Situation, Beschaffenheit, Lufft
und des Temperaments dieses Landes; Wie auch vom Anfange

EGEDE. 227

Egede (Hans)—continued.
und Untergange, derer alten Norwegischen Colonien daselbst :
vom Ursprunge, der Sitten, Lebensart und den Gebriiuchen derer
jetzigen Einwohner, und was dieses Land an Thieren, Fischen,
Végeln ec. heget und mittheilet; deme beygefiiget Eine neue
Land-Charte und andere in Kupfer gestochene Figuren und Abbil-
dungen der Naturalien und Handthierungen derer dasigen Hin-
wohner; Verfasset und beschrieben von Hans Egede.... Aus den
Danischen ins Teutsche iibersetzt.

Copenhagen: gedruckt bey Johann Christoph Grothen. 1742. is
Title, 12, 144 pp. 4°. map. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1153 ——— A | Description | of | Greenland. | Shewing | The Natural
History, Situation, Boundaries, | and Face of the Country; the
Nature of the | Soil; the Rise and Progress of the old Nor- | we-
gian Colonies; the ancient and modern | Inhabitants; their Genius
and Way of Life, | and Produce of the Soil; their Plants, Beasts, |
Fishes, &e. | with | A new Map of Greenland. | And | Several Cop-
per Plates representing different Animals, | Birds and Fishes, the
Greenlanders Way of Hunting | and Fishing; their Habitations,
Dress, Sports | and Diversions, &e. | By Mr. Hans Egede, Mis-
siovary in that Country for twenty five Years. | Translated from
the Danish. |

London: | Printed for C. Hitch in Paternoster Row; S. Austen
in | Newgate-Street; and J. Jackson near St. James’s Gate. | MDC-
CXLY [1745]. | - JCB.

Xvi pp., 2 1l., 220 pp. 12°.

Linguistics as in 1741 edition, pp. 155-159, 163-174.

1154 ——_ Beschryving | van | Oud-Groenland, | Of eigentlyk van de
zoogenaamde | Straat Davis: | Behelzende | Deszelfs Natuurlyke
Historie, Standsgelegenheid, Gedaante, | Grenscheidingen, Veld-
Gewassen, Dieren, Vogelen, Visschen, enz. | Mitsgaders | Den
Oirsprong en Voortgang der Aeloude | Noorweegsche Volkplanti-
gen | in dat Gewest; | Benevens | Den Aart, Inborst, Wooningen,
Levenswyze, Kleding, Spraak, | Bygelovigheid, Dichtkunst, Uit-
spanningen en Tydverdry ven der | Hedendaagsche Inboorlingen. |
Eerst in de Deensche Taal beschreven door | M. Hans Egede, |
Van den jare 1721 tot 1736 Missionaris of Luitersch Predikant al-
daar, | En nu int Nederduitsch overgebragt. | Met | Een Nieuwe
Kaart van dat Landschap en | Aardige Printverbeeldingen ver-
ciert. |

Te Delft | By Reinier Boitet, 1746. | JCB.

12 p.1l., 192 pp. sm. 4°. map.

Linguistics, pp. 131-134, 137-150.

1155 — Description | et | Histoire Naturelle | du | Groenland, |
par Mr. Eggede, [sic] | Missionnaire & Evéque du Grénland. | Tra-
duite en Frangois | par Mr. D. R. D. P. |

228 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Egede (Hans)—continued.
4 Copenhague et 4 Geneve, | chez les Fréres C. & A. Philibert. |
M DCC LXILI [1763)}. | C. JCB.
Pp. i-xxviii, 1-171. 12°. Translated by Mr. D[es] R[oches] D[e] PLarthenay }.
Linguistics, pp. 119-122, 124-135.

1156

Herrn Hans Egede, | Missionars und Bischofes in Grén-
land, | Beschreibung | und | Natur-Geschichte | von | Grénland, |
iibersetzet | von | D Jo”. Ge. Krunitz | Mit Kupfern. |

Berlin, | verlegts August Mylius. | 1763. | C.

xxii, 237 pp. 8°. maps.

Linguistics, pp. 173-176, 180-192.

1157 ——— A | Description of Greenland. | By Hans Egede, | who
was a missionary in that country | for | twenty-five years. | A new
edition. | With an | Historical Introduction | and | a life of the
author. | Illustrated | with a map of Greenland, and numerous
engravings on wood. | [Picture.]

London: | Printed for T. and J. Allman, | Princes Street, Han-
over Square; | W. H. Reid, Charing Cross; and Baldwin, Cradock,
and Joy, | Paternoster Row. | 1818. | BA.

exviii, 225 pp. 8°. map.

Linguistics, pp. 158-161, 165-178.

1158

Elementa fidei Christianae, in qvibus in Gronlandorum
vernacula proponuntur. 1, Ordo Salutis, 2, Catechismus Lutheri,
3, Pretinuente qvedam et Psalmi, item 4, Formula baptizandi In-
fantes & Adultos.

Hafn. 1742. 2

8°. Not seen; title from Giessing’s Nye Samling af Danske- Norske- og Is-
landske- Jubel- Lierere, vol. 3. Kidbenhavn, 1779.

1159 Egede (Paul). Evangelium Okausek tussarnersok Gub Niarnanik
Innungortomik, okansianiglo, Usornartuleniglo, tokomello uman-
nelo. Killaliarmello, Innuin annauniartlugit, aggerromartomiglo,
tokorsut tomasa umartitsartortlugit. Koralit okausiet attuattlugo
aglekpaka Paul Egede.

Kiobenhavnme. 1744. s
8°. The Gospels, in the Eskimo language, translated by Paul Egede.—Sabin’s
Dictionary.

Nyerup gives this title in brief, and adds: Subsequently issued in 1758, adding
the ‘‘Wanderings of the Apostles.” Bagster’s ‘“‘ Bible of Every Land” mentions
this latter edition also.

1160

Dictiona- | rium | Grénlandico- | Danico- | Latinum, |
Complectens | Primitiva cum suis | Derivatis, | qvibus | interjectae
sunt voces primariae | é | Kirendo Angekkutorum. | adornatum |
a | Paulo Egede. |
Hafinae, | Anno MDCCL [1750]. Sumptibus & typis Orphan
Regii, | Excudit Gotum Frid Kisel, Orphanotroph, Reg. Typogr. |
8p. IL, pp. 1-312. 12°. JCB.

ta

EGEDE. 229

Egede (Paul)—continued.
1161 ———\ Catechismus | Mingnek | D. M. Lutherim | Aglega | Innu-

suinnut Innungnullo Gum | Okausianik illisimangangitsut, | suna
ope- | rekullugo, kannorlo innukullugit Tokorsub kingornnane Kil-
Jang- | mut pekkullugit. | [Design.]

Kidbenhavyn, | Illiarsuin Igloenne nakittet | Nakittairsomit Gott-
man Friderich MKisel. | 1756. | YC.

Pp. 1-160. 12°.

Luther’s Catechisin, with a selection of Hymns, translated into the language
of Greenland. Introduction signed Paul Egede. Catechism, pp. 5-56; Hymns,

pp. 57-148; Register, pp. 149-160. See Kateskismuse Luterim. .
1162 ——_ Grammatica | Gronlandica | Danico-Latina, Edita | a |

Paulo Egede. |
Havine | Sumptibus & typis Orphantrophii Regii | Excudit Gott-
man, Frid. Kisel. An. 1760. | JCB,
8p. Il., 236 pp. 12°.

1163 t—— Testamente | Nutak,| eller | Det Nye | Testamente, |

oversat | i det | Grénlandske Sprog, | med | Forklaringer, Paral-
leler | og udf6rlige Summarier, | af | Paul Egede, | Professor Theol.
Nat. ved Kiébenhavns | Universitet, Inspector og Proost for | den
Grénl. Mission, og Preest ved det | Kongel. Alm. Hospital | i Kié-
benhavn. |
Kidbenhayn, | Trykt paa Missionens Bekostning, | af Gerhard
Giese Salikath, | 1766. | Cc.
12 p. 11., 1000 pp., 411. 12°.
' New Testament translated into the Greenlandish language, with commenta-
ries, parallels, and extensive summaries.

1164 ——— Ajokoersoirsun Atuagekseit Nalegbingne Gréndlandme.

Ritual over Kirke-Forretningerne ved den Danske Mission paa
Gronland.

Kidbenhavn, H. Ch. Schroder. 1783. i!

63 pp. 8°. Groenland and Danish. Ecclesiastical Ritual for the use of the
Danish Missions in Greenland, translated by Egede? It is a volume heretofore
almost unknown. Printed for distribution in Greenland, but few copies were
retained in Europe.—Leclere.

Nyerup gives this title in brief under Paul Egede. For later edition, see
Fabricius (0.)

1165 t—— Thomas a Kempis de imitative Christ, overs. paa Gronl.

Kiobenhavnime, 1787.
Title from Nyerup.

1166 ——— Kristusimik | Mallingnaursut | pivdlugit | Thomasib 4

Kempisib Aglega. | Kaladlin okauzeennut nuktersimarsok | Pele-
siunermit | Payiamit Hgedemit, | Hlegeegnerublo ussornartorsub
“Det Danske Mis- | sions Selskabimik” taiutiglub ama | nakittar-
komago, | narkingniarkiksaralloara | A. F. Honnib. |
Kjébenhaynime. | lliarsuin iglow/nne nakittarsimarsok | 1524. |
C. F. Skubartimit. | 0.
6 p. ll., pp. 1-168. 16°.
Imitation of Christ, in the Eskimo language.

230 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1167 Egercicio Devoto en Honor del Sagrado Corazon de Jesus en Idioma
Mejicano.
127 pp. No title-page. Not seen; title from Ramirez Sale Cat.

See Hjercicio.

1168 Eichthal (Gustav D’). Etudes sur Histoire primitive des Races
Océaniennes et Américaines, par Gustav D’Bichthal, Secrétaire-
adjoint de la Société Ethnologique.

In Soc. Ethnologique, Mémoires, tome second, pp. 151-320. Paris, 1845. 8°.

““Huitidme Ktude. Rapport des langues Caribe et Polynésienne” [with vocab-
ularies], pp. 253-269.

‘‘Neuvitme Etude. Rapports entre quelques langues Américaines et le Copte,”
pp- 270-289. i

“Dixiéme Etude. Rapports des langues Caribe et Ouolofe,” pp. 290-309.

This paper with half title (Etudes sur Vhistoire, &c.) issued also as a separate
pamphlet, pp. 1-173. 8°.

““Huitieme Etude,” pp. 105-121; ‘‘Neuvieme Etude,” pp. 122-141; ‘Dixieme
Etude,” pp. 138-161.

1169 Ejercicio. El Hjercicio del Santo Viacrucis puesto en lengua maya
y copiado de un antiguo manuscrito. Lo da ala prensa con supe-
rior permiso el Dr. D. J. Vicente Solis Rosales, quien desea se pro-
pagua esta devocion entre los fieles, principalmente de la clase
indigena. Va corregida por el R. P. Fr. M. Antonio Peralta.—

Mérida.—Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa 6 hijos.—1869. &

32 pp. 8°. Title from Carillo, who says of it: ‘‘There is a manuscript which
has fora literal title the following: ‘Manesscrito de estacion de Pixilé, y yo,
Damian Chim, maestro de capilla.’ 48 pp. 4°. From a note it appears that
the copy was concluded by the Indian Damian Chim. By another title which
appears after the frontispiece it seems that the author of this work was Sr. Dr.
D. Pedro Nolasco de los Reyes: ‘A devocion del Dr. D. Pedro Nolasco de los
Reyes, cura interino de la parroquia de Santiago. Héle en 30 de Enero de 1826
anos.’ The work was finally given to the press in 1869 with the above title.”

Extracts, in Maya only, reprinted as: Textes Mayas, in Archives de la Société
Américaine de France, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 373-378. *

See Egercicio.

1170 Elder (P. E.) Terms of Relationship of the Osage, Collected by
P. E. Elder, U. S. Indian Agent for the Osages, Neosho Agency,
Fort Scott, Kansas.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human
Family, pp. 293-382. Washington, 1871. 4°.
1171 [Elementary Ojibway Grammar. | JWP.
No title-page; pp. 1-8. 24°. Title taken from running heading at top of page.
It contains: Pronouns, pp. 1-3; Adverbs, pp. 3-5; Nouns, pp. 5-4.

1172 Eliza Marpicokawin, | raratonwan oyate en wapiye sa; | qa Sara
Warpanica Qon, | he nakun ikcewicaxta oyate wan etanhan |

Boston: | Published for the American Tract Society, by | Crocker

& Brewster. | 1842. | BA. JWP.

EGERCICIO—ELIOT. 231

Eliza Marpicokawin, etec.—continued.

: Translation.—Eliza Cloud center woman [i. é., in the midst of the cloud] | falls
village* people in repairer [medicine man] | and Sara Poor | that also common
man [Indian] people one from. |

Pp. 1-12. 12°. In the Dakota language.

Eliza Marpicokawin, raratonwan oyate en wapiye sa, pp. 1-6. Sara Warpa-
nica Qon, pp. 7-12.

1173 [Eliot (John).| A further Accompt | of the Progresse of the | Gos-
pel | amongst the Indians | in | New-England, | and | Of the means
used effectually to advance the same. | Set forth | In certaine Let-
ters sent from thence declaring a | purpose of Printing the Script-
ures in the | Indian Tongue into which they are already | Trans-
lated. | With which Letters are likewise sent an Epi- | tome of some
Exhortations delivered by the In- | dians at a fast, as Testimonies
of their Obedi- | ence to the Gospell. | As also some helps direct-
ing to the Indians how to | improve naturall reason unto the knowl-
edge | of the true God. |

London, Printed by M. Simmons for the Corpo- | ration of New-
England, 1659. | a!

Title and 4 p.1l., pp. (1), 1-385 (1). 4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

Peirson (A.) Some helps for the Indians, pp. 22-35.

A reprint of the first sheet of Peirson’s Indian Catechism * * which was
then in press at Cambridge. The portion reprinted ends in the middle of a sen-
tence (p. 35), and has the catch-word of the following sheet, which was not yet
received in England.—Brinley Sale Cat., Part 1.

1174 ——— The New | Testament | of our | Lord and Saviour | Jesus
Christ. | Translated into the | Indian Language, | and | Ordered to
be Printed by the Commissioners of the Vnited Colonies | in New-
England, | At the Charge, and with the Consent of the | Corpora-
tion in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel amongst the
Indians | in New-England. | — |

Cambridg: [sic] | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John-
son. | MDULXI [1661]. | — |

Second title:
Wusku | Wuttestamentum | Nul-Lordumun | Jesus Christ |

Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun. | — | [Printer’s device, 32stars.] | — |
Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke Joln-
son. | MDCLXI [1661]. | HU. BA.
Translation.—New | his-Testament | oar Lord | Jesus Christ | our-deliverer. |

2 blank 1l.; English title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1.;
Dedication of New Testament (A® and A*), 2 ll.; Indian title, within an acorn
pattern border, verso blank, 11.; Matthew to Revelation, A? to L‘, Aa to Xx* in
fours; 1 blank leaf (Xx‘):=4 p. ll. and 126 ll. of text. sm. 4°.

1175

Mamvsse | Wunneetupanatamwe | Up-Biblum God | na-
neeswe | Nukkone Testament | kah wonk | Wusku Testa-
ment. | —| Ne quoshkinnumuk nashpe Wuttinneumoh Christ |
noh aswwesit | John Eliot. | — |

* Dakotan name for the Ojibwas, so called from their former residence at Sault Ste.
Marie, Michigan. ~

232 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Eliot (John)—continued.

Cambridge: | Printeuwp nashpe Samuel Green kah Marmaduke
Johnson. | 1663. |

Translation.—The-whole | Holy | his-Bible God, | both | Old Testament | and
also | New Testament. | This turned by the-servant-of Christ | who is-called |
John Eliot. |

2 blank Il.; Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1.;
names of Books, etc., of the Old and New Testaments (in English), recto blank,
1 1.; Genesis to Malachi, A to Mmmmm? in fours: =2 p.ll.and 414 11. of text.
sm. 4°.

Appended is the New Testament as follows:

Wusku | Wuttestamentum | Nul-Lordumun | Jesus Christ |

Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun. | — | [Printer’s device, 32 stars.] | — |
Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John-
son. | MDCLXI [1661]. | MHS. HU.

Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1.; Matthew to
Revelation, A? to Lt, Aa to Xx? in fours; 1 blank 1. [Xx*]:=1 p.1. and 126 ll. of
text. sm. 4°. Followed by the Psalms in meter:

VVame | Ketehomae Uket«homaongash | David. |

[Cambridge: 1663. ]

Translation.—All the singing-songs of David.

A to verso in N? in fours: —50 Il. sm. 4°. Followed by a brief catechism:
Nowome Wuttinnewaonk God, Gen. 5, 22. Enobh weeche |
pomushau God nishwudt pasukwe kodtumwaeu. Wonk | noowomes,
Proy. 23, 17: Qush Ieovah neteagu: newaj | ken atoctomoush. |

11., ending on verso of N?; 1 blank 1. sm. 4°.

This is the whole Bible as bound for the use of the Indians.

1176 ——— The | Holy Bible: | containing the | Old Testament | and
the New. | — | Translated into the | Indian Language, | and | Or-
dered to be Printed by the Commissioners of the Vnited Colonies | in
New-England, | At the Charge, and with the Consent of the | Cor-
poration in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel amongst
the Indians | in New-England. | — |

Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John-

_— son. | MDCLXIIT [1663]. | AAS. GB.

lblank 1.; English title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1.;
Dedication of the whole bible ‘To the High and mighty Prince, Charles the
Second,” A® and A4, 211.; names of Books, &c., of the Old and New Testaments
(in English), recto blank, 1 ]. (inserted in the manner of maps); Genesis to
Malachi, A to Mmmmm? in fours: = 4 p. ll. and 41411. of text. sm. 4°, followed by
the New Testament, Psalms, and Catechism as in preceding number.

Only twenty copies of this description were sent to England, by order of the
Corporation, for presentation to the universities and to such persons as the Gov-
ernor of the Corporation should think fit. These were bound in England, and
probably in uniform style. j

Of this edition I have seen two copies—one in the library of the American
Antiquarian Society and one at the Brinley sale—the latter the copy formerly
belonging to Mr. John Allan.

The titles to an edition, with English title to the Bible and Indian title to the

Testament, without the printer's marks, are given in O’Callaghan’s American
Bibles, as follows: ;

ELIOT, 7B

Eliot (John)—continued.
1177 ——— The | Holy Bible: | containing the | Old Testament | and

the New. | — | Translated into the | Indian Language, | and | Or-
dered to be Printed by the Commissioners of the Vnited Colo-
nies | in New-England, | At the Charge, and with the Consent of
the | Corporation in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel
amongst the Indians | in New-England. |—|

Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John-
son. | MDCLXIII [1663]. |

Title, within an ornamental border, 11., verso blank. ; Dedication, 2 11. ; List
of books, 11.; text, Genesis to Malachi as in other editions. sm. 4».

Title to New Testament:

Wusku | Wuttestamentum | Nullordumun | Jesus Christ | Nup-
poquohwussuaeneumun. | — | [12 inch space.| | — |

Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John-
son. | MDCLXI [1661]. | *

Title, 1 1., verso blank. Text as in New Testament already described, followed

by Psalms in Indian meter and Catechism as in previously described bible of
1663.

With the exception of the absence of the “stars” on the Indian title to the
New Testament, this does not differ from the Allan copy already described.

1178 ——— VVvskv | Wuttestamentum | Nul-Lordumun | Iesus

11

lord

‘

Christ | Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun. | — | [§ inch space.] | — |

Cambridge, | Printed for the Right Honourable | Corporation in
London, for the | propogation [sic] of the Gospel among the In- |
dians in New-England. 1680, |

Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 11.; Matthew to
Revelation, A? to recto of Kk? in fours, verso of Kk? blank :—1 p. 1. and 129 ll.
sm. 4°. ‘

Followed by the Psalms in meter:

VVame Ketchomae uketahomaongash David.

|[Cambrid ge. 1682. | AAS. MHS.

Kk* to verso of Yy* in fours:=53 ll. sm. 4°. Followed by the catechism;
title as in edition of 1663, 11. sm. 4°.

9 —— Mamvsse | Wunneetupanatamwe | Up-Biblum God | Na-
neeswe | Nukkone Testament | kah wonk | Wusku Testa-
ment. | — | Ne quoshkinnumuk nashpe Wuttinneumoh Christ |
noh asxwesit | John Eliot. | Nahohtéeu ontchetée Printenc-
muk. | — |

Cambridge. | Printeuxp nashpe Samuel Green. MDCLXXXV
[1685]. | HU. BA. AAS.

Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 11.; Genesis ot
Malachi, A to verso of Ppppp! in fours; names of Books, &c., of the Old and
New “Testaments (in English), reeto hank, 1 1.:=1 p. 1., 424 1l., and 11. sm. 4°,
Followed by the New Testament of 1680:

VVvskv | Wuttestamentum | Nul-Lordumun | Iesus Christ |
Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun. | — | [§ inch space.] | — |

Cambridge, | Printed for the Right Honourable | Corporation in

234

“NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Eliot (John)—continued.

London, for the | propogation [sic] of the Gospel among the In- |
dians in New-England. 1680. | AAS. HY. BA.

Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 11.; Matthew to
Revelation, A® to recto of Kk? in fours, verso of Kk? blank: =1 p.1. and 129 ll.
sm. 4°. Followed by the Psalms in meter:

VVame Ketohomae uketwohmaongash David.

[Cambridge. 1682.|

Kk to verso of Yyt in fours: =53 ll. sm. 4°. Followed by a brief catechism ;
title as in edition of 1663, 11. sm. 4°.

John Eliot, born 1604, died 1690, came to New England in 1631, commenced
the study of the Indian language about 1646, and from that time on devoted
himself to the teaching of the Indians. His translation of the Bible was com-
pleted in 1658, after a labor of eight years. Portions had already been printed—
Genesis in 1655, Matthew, and a few Psalms in meter. The printing of the New
Testament was commenced about 1659 and completed in 1661 in an edition of
about 1500 copies, of which 200 were ordered by the commissioners to be bound
in leather for the immediate use of the Indians. Twenty copies, with a dedica-
tion of the New Testament to Charles II., were sent to England for presentation.
The Old Testament was finished in 1663 in an edition of about 1040 copies. Most
of these were bound with the New Testament, Psalms, and one leaf Catechism,
as occasion required. Those intended for the use of the Indians had both titles
in Indian only. <A dedication of the whole Bible to Charles II., and a general
title in English in place of the Indian one, were prefixed to a few copies, twenty
of which were sent to England. Two of these dedication copies, one of which is
now in the Library of Brown University at Providence, contain the general title
in both English and Indian. Another, formerly in the possession of the Rev.
Thaddeus M. Harris, contains both of the royal dedications.* In some of the
dedication copies the New Testament title is without the printer’s device of 32
stars. Some copies have the running title to Luke xxi and xxiv incorrectly
numbered ‘‘10” and ‘‘15”; others have these errors corrected, but in so doing
the last letter of the catch-word waabeh on L? has been pushed into the margin,
thus: waabe h.

Fifteen years later, at the close of the Indian war of 1675-8, this edition had
been exhausted. Many of the Bibles had been carried away or destroyed, and
those in use were mostly imperfect. After a thorough revision by Mr. Eliot and

_ the Rey. John Cotton, the printing of the new edition of the New Testament was

commenced in 1680, but, although the title bears the date of this year, it was
not completed until 1682. The edition was 2,500, of which 500 were bound for im-
mediate use.+ No copy of this separate edition is known to be extant. Late in
1685, or early in 1686, after six years’ labor, the printing of the new edition of
the Old Testament was completed in an edition of 2,000 copies, most of which
were bound with the remaining New Testaments. The title, which bears date
of 1685, may have been printed in both Indian and English,} but no copy has
yet been found with the latter. A dedication to the Hon. Robert Boyle, dated
October 23, 1685, and printed on the recto of a single leaf, was prefixed to a few
copies, only three of which are now known.§

*Thomas, vol. 1, p. 398, 2d ed.; 1 Mass. Hist. Col., vii, pp. 222-228; Francis’s f

Eliot, p. 223.
t Thomas, vol. 1, pp. 58, 73.
¢t Thomas, vol. 1, p. 73.
§ Trumbull in Brinley Cat., No. 789,

ELIOT. 235

Eliot (John)—continued.

Notwithstanding the comparatively large number printed of both editions,
but few copies have been preserved to the present time. Six copies of the New
Testament of 1661 are known in this country. Three of these are in public li-
braries, one of which, now in the Lenox Library, was purchased at the Brinley
sale in 1879 for $700. Of the first edition of the Bible, over thirty copies are
known, and nearly as many of the second edition. Most of these are in public
libraries. The rarity and importance of this remarkable work, the first Bible
printed in America, has been fully recognized only within the last twenty-five
years. Forty years ago the original edition was priced in a well-known London
bookseller’s catalogue at 12s., and an eminent American collector purchased a
fine copy for 20s. A copy of the second edition was sold at the Furman
sale in New York in 1846 for $11. But since the sale of Corwin’s copy of the
first edition in 1856 for $200 the price has rapidly advanced, and good copies
of this edition have repeatedly been sold for upwards of $1,000.

See O’Callaghan’s List of Am. editions of Holy Scriptures, pp. 1-18; Thomas’s
History of Printing, 2ded., vol. 1, pp. 53-58, 66, 67, 73, 74, 393-403; Hist. Mag., Ist
series, vol. 2, p. 277, 306-308, vol. 3, pp. 87, 88, vol. 5, p. 59; Field’s Indian Bib-
liography, pp. 119, 120; Sabin’s Dictionary, vol. 6, pp. 137-139; Francis’s Life of
Eliot, pp. 216-242; Mass. Hist. Coll., vol. vii, pp. 222-228.

1180 t—— [The Book of Genesis, and the Gospel of Matthew, trans-
lated by John Eliot. Cambridge, 1655]. iy
Eliot wrote, Aug. 16, 1655: ‘Genesis is printed, and we are upon Matthew.”
(Thorowgood’s Jewes in America, pt. ii, p. 53.) In December, 1658, he mentions
“those pieces that were printed, viz., Genesis and Matthew,” which he ‘‘had sent
to such as he thought had best skill in the language, and entreated their animad-
versions, but heard not of any faults they found.” (A further Accompt of the Pro-
gresse, etc., pp. 2, 3).—TZrumbull.

1181 ——— [Psalms in Metre. 1658 ?} x
In a postscript to the ‘‘ Epitomy of such Exhortations as these Indians...
.... did deliver,” etc., sent by Eliot to the Corporation, Dec. 28, 1658, he wrote:
“They have none of the Scriptures printed in their own language, save Genesis
and Matthew, and a few Psalmes in Meeter.” (A further Accompt etc.) The
Treasurer’s account presented Sept., 1659, includes a payment “fo Mr. Green, in

part for printing the Psalmes.”—Trumbull.

1182 ——— [The Psalter. 1663. | =

The Commissioners, Sept. 10, 1664, write that 500 Psalters have been printed

(Ree. U. Cols., ii, 316), and the same year there is an item in the Treasurer’s ac-

count for ‘“‘ printing 9 sheets of the Psalter, at 20 shillings a sheet.” This charge

is too small to include composition, and it is probable that these 500 copies of

the Psalms were worked from the forms used in printing the Old Testament and
were bound up separately.—Trumbull.

1183 - Wame Ket whomae uketoo homaongash David. ~
[Cambridge. 1663.]

50 ll. sm. 4°.

+([Cambridge. 1682.) 5311. sm. 4°. Poetical translation of the Psalms into
the Indian language of Massachusetts. Some copies of the Psalms were issued
separately, and passed through several editions. Marvin refers to one dated Cam-

bridge, 1664. 8°. pp. 50.—Sabin’s Dictionary.

236 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Eliot (John)—continued.
1184 — [A Catechism, by John Eliot. 1653-54. ] 2
The Commissioners of the U. Colonies wrote, Sept. 24, 1653: ‘*Mr. Eliot is
prejaring to print a Catechism in the Indian language,” ete. ; and they anthor-
ized the Commissioners for Massachusetts to order the printing of 500 or 1,000
copies. (Records of Comm’rs, IT, 105, 106.) The next year, Sept. 25, they wrote:
“One Catechism is already printed, and Mr. Peirson is preparing another,” ete.
(Id., 120.) Of this little book, which, so far as is known, appears to have been the
first printed in New England in the Indian language, no copy has been found.
A “new impression” was made in 1662.—Trumbull.

1185 ——— [A Catechism, by John Eliot. Second Impression. 1662.] *
This ‘new impression of a Catechism” is mentioned by the Commissioners in
1661, in their estimate of expenditure for the ensuing year. Mr. Usher was in-
structed “to take order for reprinting of 1,000 copies” (Rec. U. Cols., 11, 260, 265).
In his account, presented Sept., 1662, is an item for ‘‘printing 1,500 catechisms,
£15.00.00” (ibid., 278). The cost of printing, at this.period, was about £2.10 per
sheet, for 1,000 copies (exclusive of paper, which was supplied by the Corpora-
tion), and this would not be increased more than twenty per cent. (to £3) by the
press-work on 500 additional copies. At £3 per sheet, the Catechism must have
required five sheets (80 pages, sm. 8°), to bring the cost of the edition to £15. This
agrees nearly with the charge of paper for printing the first edition in 1654; when
“for the two Catechisms,” Eliot’s and Peirson’s, Green used 30 reams. Not more
than 143 reams was required for Peirson’s (43 sheets per copy, edition of 1,500), leav-
ing at least 154 for Eliot’s, or sufficient for a small 8° of 70 to 75 pages.—Trumbull.

1186 ——— [ Wehkomaonganoo asquam Peautogig kah asquam Quin-
nuppegig, ete.

Cambridge: Printed by Marmaduke Johnson, 1664.]

Baxter’s Call to the Unconverted, translated by Eliot. On the last page is
“Finitur, 1663, December 31.” It was ‘‘printed and dispersed” in an edition of
1,000 copies, before Sept., 1664.—Trumbull.

1187 ——— Wehkomaonganoo | asquam | Peantogig | kah asquam
Quinnuppegig, | Tokonogque mahche woskeche Pean- | tamwog.
Onk woh sampwuttea- | hae Peantamwog. | Wutanakausuonk wun-
neetounoh | nohtompeantog. | — | Ussowesu Mr. Richard Baxter. |
Kah | Yeuyeu qushkinnumun en Indiane | Wuttinnontowaonga- :
nit. | Wussohsuma#wontamunat ewesuonk | God ut Christ Jesus
ut, kah | oneneheonat Indiansog. | Ezek. 33. 11. | Qushkek, qush-
kek, tohwhutch woh nuppok, woi Israeles weh. |

Cambridge: | Printed by 8S. G. for the Corporation in London |
for the Indians in New England 1688. | MHS. P.
1883 pp. 18°. Second edition of Baxter’s Call. ;

1188 — Manitowompae | Pomantamoonk : | Sampwshanau | Chris-
tianoh | Uttoh woh an | Pomantog | Wussikkitteahonat | God. |
I Tim. 4. 8. | Manitooonk ohtoxme quoshoatuongash yeuyeu ut po-
man- | tamc«onganit kah ne paomeng. |

Cambridge: | Printed in the Year 1665. | AAS.

397 and 3 unnumbered pp. 16°, Eliot’s abridged translation of The Practice
of Piety, by Lewis Bayly, B:shop of Bangor.

Translation.—Godly Living: Directs a-Christian how he may live to-please
God.

ELIOT. 237

Eliot (John)—continued.
1189 ——— Manitowompae | Pomantamoonk | Sampwahanau | Chris-

tianoh | Uttoh woh an | Pomantog | Wussikkitteahonat | God |
I Tim. 4.8. | Manittdoonk ohtooomoo quoshoditungash yeuyeu ut
poman- | tamooongamut kah ne paomooug. |

Cambridge. | Printed for the right Honerable Corperation in
London | for the Gospelizing the Indians, in New-England. |
1685. | HU. P. JCB.

333 pp. (=349 as numbers 273-288, inclusive, are duplicated). 16°. Second
edition, Eliot’s version Practice of Piety.

1190 —— The | Indian | Grammar | Begun: or, | An Essay to bring

the Indian Language | into | Rules, | For the Help of Such as de-
sire to Learn the same, for | the furtherance of the Gospel among
them. | — | By John Eliot. | — | [Nine lines quotation: Isa. 33.19,
Ixa. 66. 18, Dan. 7. 14, Psal. 19. 3, and Mal. 3. 11.] | —|

Cambridge: Printed by Marmaduke Johnson: | 1666. | JCB.

Title, verso blank, 1 1.; Dedication, To the Right Honourable, Robert Boyle,
Esq., 11.; text 66 pp. sm. 4°.

At the close of the book, Mr. Eliot speaks of his work as follows:

“TI have now finished what I shall do at present; and in a word or | two to
satisfie the prudent enquirer how I found out these new wayes | of Grammar,
which no other Learned Langnage (so farre as T know) useth; I thus inform
him: God first put into my heart a compassion | over their poor souls, and a
desire to teach them to know Christ, and to | bring them into his kingdome.
Then presently I found out (by Gods | wise providence) a pregnant witted young
man, who had been aser- | vant in an English house, who pretty well understood
our Language, | better that he could speak it, and well understood his own Lan-
guage: | Him I made my interpreter * * * #2

1191 ——— The Indian Grammar Begun: or an Essay to bring the

Indian Language into Rules. By John Eliot. [Thirteen lines quo-
tation.] Cambridge: Printed by Marmaduke Johnson. 1666.

In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., second series, vol. 9, pp. 223-312, i-liv. Cam-
bridge, 1822. 8°.

Reprint of Eliot’s Grammar, preceded by “Introductory Observations” on
the Massachusetts language, by John Pickering, which occupies pp. 223-242, fol-
lowed by the Grammar, pp. 243-312. This is followed by ‘‘Notes and Observa-
tions by Peter S. Duponcean,” pp. i-xxix. “Supplementary Observations.
By the Editor,” followed by an ‘Index of Indian Words in Eliot’s Gram-
mar: including select Words from his Translation of the Bible,” the joint work
of Messrs. Pickcring and Duponceaun, conclude the paper.

Issued also as a separate paper, with a few additions, as follows:

1192 ——— A | Grammar | of the | Massachusetts Indian Language. |

By John Eliot. | A New Edition: | With Notes and Observations, |
by | Peter S. Du Ponceau, L. L.D. | and | an Introduction and Sup-
plementary Observations, | by | John Pickering. | As published in
the Massachusetts Historical Collections. |
Boston: | Printed by Phelps and Farnham: | 1822. | BA.
Pp. 1-28, 3-66, i-lvi. 8°.

238 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Eliot (John)—continued.
T) e contents are the same as above, except that two pages have been added
from Mr. Duponccau, giving the numerals, 1-10, of the True Nanticoke, the

.

Nanticoke according to Dr. Barton, and the Bambara Africans.

1193 ——— The | Indian Primer; | or, | The way of training up of
our | Indian Youth in the good | knowledge of God, in the |
knowledge of the Scriptures | and in an ability to Reade. | — | Com-
posed by J. E. | — | 2Tim.3.14,15. Qut ken nag- | wutteansh nish
nahtuhtauanish | kah pohkontamanish, waheadt | noh nahtuhtau-
onadt | 15. Kah watch kummukkiesuin- | neat koowabteo wunnee-
tupana- | tamwe wussukwhongash, &e. | — |

Cambridge, Printed 1669. | *
GL Il., unnumbered. 24°. Title from a fac-simile of the original in the reprint

of 1877, given below, which says the only perfect copy of the original known to
exist is in the library of the University of Edinburgh.

1194 ——— [Indian Primer. By John Eliot. 168-.] MHS.
Title-page missing. 13 unnumbered, 62 pp., 2 11. 32°. Indian and English.
The only copy of this edition I have seen, and the only one known, is in the
library of the Mass. Hist. Soc. Contains the Lord’s prayer, ‘“‘The Ancient
Creed,” “The Large Catechism,” “A Short Catechism,” and ‘The Numeral
Letters and Figures.”
For edition of 1720, see Eliot, (J.) and Rawson (G.)

1195 ——— The | Indian Primer; | or, | The way of training up of our
Indian Youth in | the good knowledge of God. | By John Eliot. |
Reprinted from the original edition of 1669. | With an Introduction
by | John Small, M. A., | Librarian, University of Edinburgh. |

Edinburgh: Andrew Elliot. | 1877. | JWP. BA.
Introduction, pp. i-xl; Reprint in fac-simile, 61 unnumbered Il. 16°.

1196 ——— The | Indian Primer; | or, | The way of training up of our
Indian Youth in | the good knowledge of God. 1669. | By John
Eliot, | To which is prefixed | The Indian Covenanting Confes-
sion. | Reprinted from the Originals in the Library of | the Uni-
versity of Edinburgh. | With an Introduction | By John Small, M.
A., F. 8. A. Scot. |

Edinburgh: Andrew Elliot. | 1880. | Cc.

Title, reverse blank, 11.; Introduction, pp. i-xl. The Indian Covenanting Con-
fession, pp. xli-liv, and foiding-sheet fac-simile of original q. v. infra, the Intro-
duction by Mr. Sinall occupying pp. xli-xlvi; Indian Primer in fac-simile, 61 un-
numbered Il. 16°.

1197 Christiane OOnowae Sampeoowaonk. | The same in Eng-

lish: | A Christian Covenanting Confession. | CONG.

11., reverse blank. sm.4°. Two columns, Indian and English.

The only copy of this sheet I have seen is in the Congregational Library, Bos-
ton; this is damaged, part of the English translation having been destroyed, but
has been supplied in modern handwriting.

There is also a copy in the library of the University of Edinburgh, a fac-
simile being given in the 1880 reprint of Eliot’s Indian Primer, q. v. supra, made
from the original in that institution.

GLS0 SO DEH OS SSC HTER

® ai au ci »)¢a0 0100 00 Ou,

z =

& abcchdefghijkima
BS opqrfstav wazyzs =
aN BChDEFGHIKLMS
= NOPQRSTUV W @
$ XYZ, =

wp abcdefehikimno
3 a
Barf stsowmxys Pe
2 ore
= Unnontoowaa fe, a
2 Bciou. =
SS = Neefoatoowaath. Se
3 Ge
=

®

FEE TAI OH

1194,.—FAC-SIMILE OF RECTO OF SECOND LEAF OF ELIOT'S PRIMER.

fae

Oye

ELIOT—ELLIOT, 239

Eliot (John)—continued.

1198 ——— Psalm C. | To be sung at the Tea Party given in the Town-
Hall at Natick, | October 28, 1846, | for the purpose of raising
meaus to purchase a copy of Eliot’s Indian Bible, | to be preserved
in the Archives of the Town. | MHS. BA.

No title-page. 1 p. folio. Extract from Eliot’s translation of the Psalms.

1199 ——— and Rawson (Grindal). Sampwutteahae | Quinnuppekom-
pauaenin | Wahuwomek oggussemesuog Sampwutteahde | Wun-
namptamwaenuog, | Mache wussukhumun ut English-Mane Un-
nont«waonk nashpe | Ne muttade-wunnezentie Wuttinneumoh
Christ | Noh asxwesit | Thomas Shephard. | Quinnuppentimun en
Indiane Unnontwwaonganit nashpe | Ne Quttianatamwe wuttinnen-
moh Christ | Noh aswwesit | John Eliot. | Kah nawhutche ut
aiyeuongash oggussemese ontcheteanun | Nashpe | Grindal Raw-
son. | — | Matth. 24.14. Kah yeu assootamxorgaue wunnaun- | che-
mekaonk pish kuhkotaméadtin wame muttaohkit ne- | watch
ewauwaenuunneate wame wutohtimoineash. | Rom. 10. 14, 15.
Kah toh woh wuttin notamunneau- | matta Kuhksotamwohteae-
ntiunneg? Kah toh woh ben Kuh- | ketamihkon matta anunit-
tumuk. | Matth. 28.19. Towatche moncheek, kah kuhkwamuh- |
teagk wame wutohtimoneash. |

Cambridge. | Printed by Samuel Green, in the Year, 1689. |

2 p.ll.,161 pp. 18°. AAS. JOB.

Translation.—The-Sincere Convert [literally, ‘“‘man who stands turned-
about”]}. Making-known they-are-few sincerely who-believe. Having-been
written in Englishman’s language by that very-excellent Servant-of Christ who
isnamed Thomas Shepard, is-turned into Indian language by that honoured
Servant-of Christ who is-named John Eliot, and in some places a-little amended
by Grindal Rawson.

1200 ——— Indiane | Primer | Asuh | Negonneyeuuk. | Ne nashpe
Mukkiesog | Woh | tauog wunnamuhkuttee | ogketamunnate In-
diane | Unnontoowaonk. | Kah | Menninunk wutch | Mukkiesog. |

Mushauwomuk: | Printeuun | nashpe B. Green. | 1720. |

Second title:

The Indian | Primer | or | The First Book. | By which Children |
may | know truely | to read the Indian | Language. | And | Milk
for | Babes. |

Boston: | Printed | by B. Green. | 1720. | 1

Pp. 3-84, 3-84, alternate Indian and English. Indian title, verso l. 1. Eng-
lish title, recto 1. 2. 16°.

Cotton’s Milk for Babes, with Rawson’s translation, occupy pp. 30-46, 30-46.

1201 Elliot (Rev. Adam). Vocabulary of the Mohawk, and of the

Cayuga.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Report to the Secretary of the State of New York,
pp. 264-270, 271-277. New York, 1845. 8°. Reprinted in:
Notes on the Iroquois. New York, 1846, 8°., pp. as above. Reprinted
in Jbid., pp. 393-400. New York, 1847. 8°. Reprinted in
Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 482-493. Philadelphia, 1852. 4°.

240 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1202 Ellis (Rev. Robert). Observations on Dr. Trumbull’s “Numerals

in North American Languages.”
In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc., Eighth Ann. Sess., 1876, 8°, pp. 8-10.
The paper is followed by a few remarks by Mr. Trumbull.

1203 Ellis (W.) An Authentic Narrative of a voyage performed by
Captain Cook and Captain Clerke, in his Majesty’s Ships Resolu-
tion and Discovery, During the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779, and
1780; in search of a North-West Passage Between the Coutinents
of Asia and America. Including A faithful Account of all their
Discoveries, and the unfortunate Death of Captain Cook. Ilus-
trated with A Chart and a Variety of Cuts. By W. Ellis, Assist-
ant Surgeon to both vessels.

London: G. Robinson. MDCCLX XXII [1782]. *

Qvols.: 6 pp. IL, 358 pp.; 4p. ll., 347 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

As the paging of this and the second edition are the same, the vocabulary is
probably to be found on the same page in this edition, vol. 1, pp. 224-229.

1204 An Authentic | Narrative | of a | Voyage | performed by |
Captain Cook and Captain Clerke, | in His Majesty’s Ships | Reso-
lution and Discovery, | During the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779,
and 1780; | in Search of a| North-West Passage | Between the
Continents of Asia and America. | Including | A faithful Account
of all their Discoveries, | and the | unfortunate Death of Captain
Cook. | Illustrated with | A Chart and a Variety of Cuts. | By W.
Ellis, | Assistant Surgeon to both vessels. | The Second Edition. |
Vol. I [I]. |

London, | Printed for G. Robinson, Paternoster Row; J. Sew--
ell, | Cornhill; and J. Debrett, Piccadilly. | MDCCLXXXIII
[1783]. | =

2 vols.: 6 p. IL, pp. 1-358, 1 1.; 4 p. IL, pp. 1-347. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

Vocabulary of.the language of King George’s Sound, vol. 1, pp. 224-229.
Sabin’s Dictionary gives: Third Edition. London: G. Robinson, MDCCLXXXIV.
2 vols. 8°.

1205 Zuverlissige Nachricht von der dritten und letzten Reise

der Kap. Cook und Clerke in den kéniglichen Schiffen, die Reso-

lution und Discovery, in den Jahren 1776 bis 1780, besonders in
der Absicht, eine nordwestliche Durchfarth [sie] zwischen Asien
und Amerika austindig zu machen. Von W. Ellis, Unterwundarzt
auf beyden Schiffen. Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt, nebst einer

Charte.

Frankfurt und Leipzig, auf Kosten der Verlagskasse. 1783. *
324 pp. map. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1206 Emmons (George Falconer). Vocabulary of the Klatsop.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 223-224. Philadelphia,
1853. 4°.

ELLIS—EPISTLE. 241

1207 Emory (Lieut. Col. William Helmsley). Thirtieth Congress—First
Session. | Ex. Doe. No. 41. | Notes of a Military Reconnoissance, |
from | Fort Leavenworth, in Missouri, | to | San Diego, in Cali-
fornia, | including part of the | Arkansas, Del Norte, and Gila
Rivers. | By Lieut. Col. W. H. Emory. | Made in 1846-7, with the
Advanced Guard of the “Army of the West.” | February 9, 1848.—
Ordered to be printed. | [&e., four lines.]

Washington: | Wendell and Van Benthuysen, Printers. | 1848. |

Pp. 1-614 8°. JWP.

Abert (J. W.) Report of Exploration of New Mexico, pp. 417-548.

An edition of this work, 30th Cong., Ist sess., Senate Executive, No. 7, pp.
1-416, does not contain Abert’s article.

1208

Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa.
In Gallatin (A.) Hale’s Indians of N. W. America, in Am. Bth. Soc. Trans.,
vol. 2, Introductory, p. cix. New York, 1848. 8°.

Encyclopedia Americana.
See Lieber (Francis), Zditor.

1209 Encyclopedia Britannica. The | Encyclopedia Britannica | a |
Dictionary | of | Arts, Sciences, and General Literature | Ninth
Edition | Volume I{[—XTI]. |

New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons | M DCCC LXXVILI |-M D-
CCC LXXXT] [1878-1881]. | (All rights reserved.) | JWP.

12 vols. 4°.

Keane (A. H.) American Indians, vol. 12, pp. 823-830.

1210 English-Pottowatami Dictionary | copied from a manuscript at | St.
John’s College, Fordham. | S.
Manuscript. 44 1]. 16°. Preceded by a brief grammatic notice. In possession

of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

1211 Epistle. The | Epistle | of | James | Translated into the Choctaw
Language. | Chemis i Holisso hvt | Chahta anumpaisht atoshowa-
hoke. |

Park Hill, | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | 1843. | BA.
Pp. 1-23. 24°.

1212 Epistle to the Corinthians, and a part of Galatians. =
96 pp. 24°. In the Cherokee language. Title from Forty-ninth Rep. Am. Bd.

Com. for For. Mis., 1858.

1213 The Epistle of Paul to the Phillipians [Colossians and
Thessalonians]. | [One line Cherokee characters.] | O.
No title-page; 43 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
Phillipians, pp. 1-14; Colossians, pp. 14-26; Thessalonians, pp. 26-43.

1214 The | Epistle | of | Paul to Timothy. | {Two lines Cherokee
characters. | | C.
No title-page; pp. 1-24. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

16 Bib

242 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Epistle—continued.

1215 The | Epistle of Paul | to Titus. | [Philemon and Hebrews.]
[Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cc.

No title-page; 49 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
Titus, pp. 2-7; Philemon, pp. 7-10; Hebrews, pp. 10-49.

1216 Epistles. The | Epistles | of | John, | Translated into the Chahta
Language. | Chani I Holisso Vhleha | Chahta anumpa isht ato-
showa hoke. |

Park Hill. | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | 1841.| Ba.
Pp. 1-27. 24°.
First edition, 1840, 27 pp.—Byington’s Manuscript Dict.
The | Epistles | of | John | translated into the Cherokee
Language. | | Two Jines Cherokee characters.] |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters. | 1840. | BA. ABC. C.
Pp. 1-20. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

The | Epistles | of | John | translated into the Cherokee

Language. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Second Edition. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line

Cherokee characters.] | 1843. | BA. ABC.
Pp. 1-20. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

The | Epistles | of | John. | Translated into the Cherokee

Language. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Third Edition. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line

Cherokee characters.] | 1848. | : C.

Pp. 1-20. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

1217

1218

1219

1220

The | Epistles | of | Paul to Timothy. | Translated into the
Cherokee Language. | [Two lines in Cherokee characters.] |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line in
Cherokee characters.] | 1844. | ABC. C.
Pp. 1-28. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

1221 The | Epistles | of | Peter. | C.
No title-page; 24 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters; second edition.
]222 Epistolas. Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano. *

Manuscript beginning:

¢ Incipiunt Epistole et euagelia Que in Diebus Dominicis per
ani totius circulum legtitur traducta in lingua Mexicanam.

This first page bordered with red and black with a large initial N in both
colors.

74 unnumbered ll. 4°. Letters of the 16th century; headings inred. No date.
Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 103.

1223

Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano. *
‘Manuscript of the sixteenth century. 4°. Begins with a calendar, ll. 1-8.

4 Incipiunt Epistole et euangeli a feria quarta cinerum.

Li. 1-57.

EPISTLE—ESCOBAR. 243

Epistolas—continued.

§ Incipiunt Epistole et Euagelia Dominicalibus officiis cogruétias
que per anni totius Discursu leguuntur traducta in lingua Mexicana.

LI. 1-46. 2 blank ll. follow, on one of which in more modern letters we read:
Este libro pertese [sic] a la casa de novisios de Santo Domingo mi p*.

Incipiuntur euangelia que per ani totius Tractum leguuntur in
diebus festis.

LI. 1-46; at the end:

§ Axcan miercoles a xxj dias del mes de Febrero de 1596. Afios
otlan y micuillona Sancto Euang™.

Small letters neat and clear, with titles in red.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 102.

1224 Erdmann (Friedrich). Eskimoisches Wérterbuch, gesammelt von
den Missionaéren in Labrador, revidirt und herausgegeben von
Friedrich Erdmann.

Budissin, E. Moritz Monse. 1864. "

2p. IL, 360 pp. 4°. Not seen; title from Platzmann and Leclerc.

Prof. Rink has furnished me the collation of an Eskimo-Wérterbuch, doubt-
less the same as the above, as follows: 1st part, Eskimo-German, 365 pp. large
8°; 2d part, German-Eskimo, 242 pp. large 8°.

1225 Eriniugkat nitigdlit. 105 tamalanik imagdlit, iliniarfingne igdlu-
nilo atortugssat. va

160 pp. 8°. Song-book with notes for school and private use. Title from a
Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink.

1226 Erman (Georg Adolph), Editor. Archiv | fiir | wissenschaftliche
Kunde | von | Russland. | Herausgegeben | von | A. Erman. | Erster
[-Fiinfundzwanzigster] Band. | 1841 [-1867]. | Mit drei Tafeln. |

Berlin, | gedruckt und verlegt von G. Reimer. [n. d.] C.
25 vols. 8°

Lowe (F.) Wenjaminow iiber die Aleutischen, vol. 2, pp. 459-495.

Romberg (H.) Hin Tschuktschischer Woérterverzeichniss, vol. 19, pp. 340-345.
Schott (W.) Etwas iiber die Sprache der Koloschen, vol. 3, pp. 439-445.

Ueber die Sprachen des russischen Amerika’s, nach Wenjaminow, vol.

7, pp. 126-143.

Ueber ethnographische Ergebnisse der Sagoskinschen Reise, vol. 7,

pp. 480-512.

1227 Escalona (Jr. Alonso). Sermones en Lengua Megicana, que tra-

dujo despues 4 la Achi Guatimalteca. *
1228 --—— Comentario sobre los diez preceptos del Decdlogo en Len-
gua Megicana. *

The two titles above from Beristain, who says that D. Nicolas Antonio attri-
butes to him other writings which are certainly by Fr. Alonso de Molina.

1229 Escamilla (D. Juan Francisco). Arte 6 Gramatica de la Lengua

Otomite. *
Escamilla was professor of Otomi in the University of Mexico.—Beristain.

1230 Escobar (J). Sebastian). Cartas en Lengua Otomi a varios sugestos.

Manuscript. 8°. In the Biblioteca del Seminario Tridentino de Megico.—

Beristain. *

244 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1231 Eskimo. Vocabularies (60 words each) of the Asiagmut, of Norton
Bay; Kuskokvims, of Norton Bay; of the Indians near Mount St.
Elias; of Kadiak Island; and of the Indians of Bristol Bay.

Manuscript. 5 ll. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1232 Espinareda (Fr. Pedro). Arte y vocabulario del Idioma de los

Zacatecas. *
Manuscript seen by P. Arlequi in the archives of the convent of the town of
Nombre de Dios.—Beristain.

1233 Espinosa (D. Fr. Juan). Arte y Vocabulario completo del Idioma

Concho. *.
Manuscript seen by P. Arlequi and referred to in his catalogue.—Beristain.
The Concho is a dialect of the Mexican language.

1234 Espinosa de los Montesos. Interpretacion del Escudo y Tau, signos
estampados en el altissimo picacho del ceno Tianquiztepetl en la
sierra de Metztitlan. *

Manuscript of the nineteenth century ; 42 leaves.

Two interesting essays to decipher some hieroglyphics found in one of the
Mexican mountains. The author, a canon of the Church of Our Lady of Guada-
lupe, endeavours to explain these hieroglyphics in such a manner as to bring
them in connection with some of the prophecies of the Old and [New] Testa-
ment.—Rameriz Sale Cat.

1235 Essex Institute. Bulletin | of the | Essex Institute, | Volume I
[-XIIT]. 1869 [-1881]. |
Salem, Mass. | Essex Institute Press. | 1870 [-1882]. | C.
13 vols. 8°.

Chever (E. E.) Vocabulary of familiar words used by the Indians of Cali-
fornia, vol. 2, pp. 65-66.

1236 Esta explica | cion de la Doctrina Christiana | va con el mismo
testo de la cartilla impresa el Ano | de mill y quinientas y ginquenta
y seys por explicar los | terminos que los Yndios Saben mal en-
tendidos, por tuvien | do el mismo authorre fformado la dicha Car-
tilla por man | dado de ill.™° Senor Don fray juan gapata y Sancto-
val | obispo de guatemala, se puso aqui en la misma forma | que
la Conrregie para que sirva de brevi.*** exposicion A | la antigua

sub cen Sura Sanct | te Romane eccle | ssie. :
Manuscript. 9 ll. folio. In the library of the Am. Philosoph. Soc., Philadel-
phia.

At the close is a table of contents followed by this colophon in Cakchiquel:

Chupam 6 de Julio huna 1748 aio mixgizvi vugibaxic vae vutz
libro Ramillette manual tihobal quichin Yndios chupam vutzilz
Dios Doctrina Christiana yn Seuastian lopez tzarin vae ueva voch-
Sancta Maria Asumpgion tecpanatitan de tzolala.

Then follow two leaves in Cakchiquel headed: A la emperatrix a la vergen
Maria Senora Nra su humilde esclayvo.

From this evidence we learn that this is a copy made in 1748 by Sebastian
Lopez at Solola on Lake Atitan of two works, the older printed in 1556, author
not given, the other by Francisco Maldonado [g. v.]. The former must be the

ESKIMO—ETTWEIN. 245

Esta, etce.—continued.
“Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Utlateca,” or Quiche, published at Mexico in
that year, whose author, Fray Francisco Marroquin, died in 1563. It is true that
this was said to be in Quiche,* and that Zapata y Sandoval was not a bishop un-
til 1613+ But as Ihave never seen a copy of Marroquin’s Doctrina, I am unable
to reconcile these discrepancies.—Brinton.

1237 Ethnological Society of London. Journal | of the | Ethnological

Society | of | London. | Vol. I [-IV ]. | 1848 [-1856 ]. |

Edinburgh [and London]: Neill and Company, Printers, Old
Fishmarket. | [n. d.] HU. C.

4 vols. 8°.

Bollaert (W.) Observations on the Indian Tribes of Texas, vol. 2, pp. 262-283.

Cull (R.) A Description of Three Esquimaux from Kinnooksook, vol. 4, pp-
215-225.

Kennedy (J.) On the Probable Origin of the American Indians, vol. 4, pp.
226-267.

Latham (R. G.) On the Language of Oregon Territory, vol. 1, pp. 154-166.

On the Ethnography of Russian America, vol. 1, pp. 182-191.

Scouler (John). On the Indian Tribes inhabiting the Northwest Coast of
America, vol. 1, pp. 228-252.
Sutherland (P. C.) On the Esquimaux, vol. 4, pp. 193-214.

1238 ——— The | Journal | of the | Ethnological Society | of London. |
Edited by | Professor Huxley, I’. R. 8., President of the Society. |
George Busk, Esq., F. R. S. | Sir John Lubbock, Bt., F. R.S. |
Col. A. Lane Fox, Hon, Sec. | Sub-Editor J. H. Lanprey, Esq. |
New Series. | Vol. I [II]. | Session 1868-69 [1869-70]. |

London: | Triibner & Co., 60 Paternoster Row. | 1869 [1871]. | c.
2 vols. 8°.
Blackmore (Wm.) The North American Indians, vol. 1, pp. 287-320.

1239 ——— Transactions | of the | Ethnological Society | of London. |

Vol. I [-VII]. New Series. |

London: | Published for the Ethnological Society, | by | John
Murray, Albermarle Street. | 1861 [-1869]. | C.

7 vols. 8°.

Cullen (Dr.) The Darien Indians, vol. 5, pp. 150-175.

Markham (C. R.) The Arctic Highlanders, vol. 4, pp. 125-137.

Tylor (E. B.) Remarks on Buschmann’s Researches in North American
Philology, vol. 2, pp. 150-136.

Whymper (I°.) Russian America, or ‘‘Alaska,” vol. 7, pp. 167-185.

The Ethnological Society in 1871 was, with the Anthropological Society of
London, merged into the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ire-
land, q. v.

1240 Ettwein (fev. John). Remarks upon the Traditions, &e., of the
Indians of North America. By Rey. John Ettwein.
In Penn. Hist. Soc. Bulletin, vol. 1, pp. 29-44. Philadelphia, 1848. 8°.
“Of their Languages,” pp. 89-44, includes ‘‘A Collection of words” of the
Maqna, Delaware, and Mahikan, pp. 41-44.

de Guatemala,” also at Mexico, year unknown. If this should prove to have ap-
peared in 1563 also, one of the difficulties would be surmounted.
tSquier, Monograph, p. 52.

246 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1241 Euphrasia (Sister M.) Exercises in the Papago Language, by Sis-
ter M. Euphrasia, St. Xavier’s Convent, Arizona.
Manuscript. 611. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Twenty-seven exercises and phrases and sentences.

1242 Evangelio. El | Evangelio | de 8. Lucas, | del | latin al Mexi-
cano, | 6 mejor Nahuatl. |
Impresso por Samuel Bagster, | en Londres. | 1833. | Yc.
Title and 139 pp. 8°. See Kanzi (Dr. Pazos), No. 2052.

1243 Evans (James). The Speller and Interpreter, in Indian and Eng-
lish, for the Use of the Mission Schools, and such as may desire to
obtain a Knowledge of the Ojibway Tongue. By James Evans...

New-York: D. Fanshaw. 1831. *

195 pp. 12°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1244 The | Speller and Interpreter, | in | Indian and English, |
for the use of | The Mission Schools, | and such as may desire to
obtain | a knowledge of the | Ojibway Tongue. | By James Evans,
Wesleyan Missionary. | | Picture.]

D. Fanshaw, Printer, | No. 150 Nassau-street, | New-York. |
1837. | BA. MHS. JWP.

Pp. 1-195. 16°.

Conjugation of the verb to see, pp. 180-195.

See [Jones (Rev. P.), Evans (Rev. J.), and Henry (G.)].

1245 [ and Henry (George).]| Nu-gu-mo-nun | O-je-boa | an-oad |
ge-é-se-tiu-ne-gu-noo-du-be-iing | uod | muun-gou-duuz | gu-ea |”
moo-ge-gee-seg | ge-ge-noo-ii-muu-ga-oe-ne-ne-oug. | [Three lines
Ojibwa quotation, Jamz, 5-13.] |

New-York: | Printed by D. Fanshaw, | 150 Nassau-street. |
1837. | BA. MHS. ¢.

Pp. 1-392. 24°. Hymns in Ojeboa. Translator’s preface signed James Evans
and George Henry, and it states that two editions had already been printed. For
later editions see Jones (P.), Evans (J.), and Henry (G.)

1246 Events | in | Indian History, | beginning with an account of the |
Origin of the American Indians, | and Early Settlements in North
America, | and embracing | Concise Biographies | of the Principal
Chiefs and Head-Sachems | of the Different Indian Tribes, | with |
Narratives and Captivities, | including | the Destruction of Schen-
ectady, Murder of Miss M’Crea, | Destruction of Wyoming, Battle
of the Thames and | Tippecanoe, Braddock’s Defeat, General
Wayne’s | Victory at Miami, Life of Logan, Massacre | of the In-
dians at Lancaster, Pa., &c. | also | an appendix, | containing the
statistics of the population of | the U. States, and an Indian vocab-
uwlary. | Illustrated with eight fine engravings. |

Lancaster: | Published by G. Hills & Co. | Dryson, Pearsol and
Wimer, Printers. | 1841. | Cc.
Pp. 1-633. 8°.

EUPHRASIA—EXPLICACION. 247

Events, ete.—continued.

Dictionary of [Knisttenaux] words and phrases (from Mackenzie), pp. 529-536.
Have seen an edition of 1843 with title-page exactly similar, except that after
“engravings” comes: (Copyright secured. )

1247 Everett (William E.) Vocabulary of the Sioux, alphabetically ar-
ranged; by Will. E. Everett, Government Scout.
Manuscript. 91 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1248 Evil. [Three lines Cherokee characters.| The | Evil | of | Intoxi-
cating Liquor, | and | the Remedy. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John I’. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.| | 1838. | ABO.
Pp. 1-12. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

1249 ——— [Four lines Cherokee characters.] The Evil | of | Intoxi-
cating Liquor, | and | the Remedy. | Second Edition. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1844. | BA.
Pp. 1-24. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

Ewbank (Thomas).
See Whipple (Lieut. A. W.)

1250 I. Examen critico de la Gramatica Otomi de Neve y Molina. *

Manuscript of the 18th century. 4°. 5511. ina very clear and neat hand-
writing.

IL. Discursu critico de la Doctrina Otomi. a

15 ll. in the same condition.

Both works from the same anonymons writer, who tells us, however, that he
is a native of Otomi, who by forty years of continental study and practice con-
siders himself a perfect master of this, the most difficult and intricate of all
American languages.

The first of the two treatises is one of the bitterest and severest critiques that
has ever been written. After annihilating the grammatical rules which Neve
intended to apply to the Otomi language, our author holds him up to ridicule
and contempt; now lashing him in prose, and then in verse; sometimes in pure
Spanish, at others calling to his aid his native Otomi. We suppose that the
bitterness which characterizes the first tract prevented its publication, but both
are worthy of that honour. They contain not only valuable information on the
language of the inhabitants of the Mexican Valley before the immigration of
the Toltecs and the rise of the Mexicans—still largely in use among the natives—
but also interesting historical notices.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

1251 Explicacion | clara y sucinta | de los | principales Misterios | de |
nuestra santa I*é, | oracion dominical, | Mandamientos | y Sacra-
mentos | en el idioma | Mexicano | 4 beneficio de los Indios, y en
el Cas- | tellano para los que aspiran al minis- | terio de estos. |
Compuesta por un Cura del Obispado | de la Puebla, puesta al
honor yam- | paro de la Magestad de Ntro. Sr. Je- | sueristo y de la
Madre Sma. de la Luz. | Con Ja licencia necesaria. | ;

Puebla. Imprenta del Hospital de 8. Pedro. 1835. 0.
266 pp., 11. errata. 16°.

248 NORTH: AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1252 Fabricius (Otho). Favna | Groenlandica, | systematice sistens |
Animalia Groenlandiae Occiden- | talis Hactenvs Indagata, Qvoad
Nomen | specificvm, triviale, vernacvlvmqve; synonyma avcto |
rvm plvrivm, descriptionem, locvm, victvm, genera- | tionem, mores,
vsvin, captvramqve singvli, provt | detegendi occasio fvit, maxi-
maqve parte secyn- | dvm proprias observationes. | Olhonls Fa-
bricii | Ministri Evangelii [&c., four lines]. | [Device.]

Hafniae et Lipsiae, | Impensis Ioannis Gottlob Rothe, | Avila
atqve vnivers. reg. bibliopolae. | M DCC LX XX [1780]. | BP.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-452. 12°.

A number of Eskimo words scattered inronahore

1253 —— Forsdg til en forbedret Grénlandsk Grammatica.
Kiébenhavn, C. Friderich Schubart, 1791. o

viii, 322 pp. and 4 tables. 8°. Title from Leclerc.

1254 ——— Forsgg | til | en forbedret | Grgnlandsk Grammatica |
ved | Otho Fabricius, | Sognepraest ved Vor Frelseres Kirke paa
Christianshavn. | Andet Oplag. |

Kigbenhavn, 1801. | Trykt udi det Kongelige Vaysenhuses Bog-
trykkerie, | af C. F. Schubart. | é C.

Pp. i-viii, 9-388. 12°. Grammar in the Eskimo langnage, of Greenland.

1255 ——— Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlin okauzeennut | nuktersimar-
sok, nar’kiutingozn- | niglo sukuiarsimarsok. |
Kidbenhaynime, | Iliarsuin igloenne pingajueksanik nakittarsi-
marsok | 1799. | C. F. Shubartimit. | C. W. JCB.
Pp. i-viii, 9-107z. 16°. New Testament in the Eskimo language. Preface
signed Otho Fabricius. Erslew mentions an edition of 1794.

1256 ——— Testamente Nutak kaladlin okauzennut nuktersimarsok,
narkiutingoaenniglo sukuiarsimarsok.

Kidbenhavnime. 1827. 3 %
Title from Sabin’s Dictionary. i

1257 t—— Ivngerutit Tuksiutidlo, Kaladlinnut Opertunnut. Attue-

gekfeet.

Kidbenhayvnime, Lliarsuin igloenne aipeksinik nakittarsimarsut
C. F. Skubartimit. 1801. HU. W.

Pp. 1-528. 24°. Psalms in meter. Prayers, pp. 386-528. Preface signed Otho
Fabricius.

Erslew mentions a psalm book with appendix of prayers, in the Eskimo
language, Kjébenhavnime, 1788. 8°.

1258 t—— Den | Grgnlandske Ordbog, | forbedret og for¢get, | udgi-
vet | ved | Otho Fabricius, | Sognepreest ved vor Frelsers Kirke
paa Christianshayvn. |

Kjobenhavn, 1804. | Trykt i det oneal Yaisenhuses Bogtryk-
kerie | af Carl Frid. Schubart. | : BA. C.

Pp. i-viii, 1-795. 12°.

Greenlandish-Danish, pp. 1-544; Register, pp. 545-795.

FABRICIUS—FAGES. 249

Fabricius (Otho)—continued.

1259 ——— Arkiksutiksak | Pellesinnut Ajokersdirsunnudlo, | Kan-
nong-illivdlutik pirsaromarput | Nalegiartorbingne, | Kaladlit Nu-
nenne. | Ritual | over | Kirke-Forretningerne | ved | den Danske
Mission i Grgnland. |

Omarbeidet og forgget | ved | Otho Fabricius, | og 2den gang
trykt i det Kongelige Waysenhuses Bog- | trykkerie i Kigbenhayn |
1819 | af Carl Friedrich Schubart. | HU.

Pp. 1-87. 16°. Alternate pp., Eskimo and Danish. Ritual prepared for the
Danish missions in Greenland. For earlier edition, see Egede (Paul).

1260 —— Okalluktuet Opernartut | Terséuko | Bibeleimit | Testa-
mentitokamidlo Testamentitamidlo | Ottob Fabriciusib | Pellesitine-
rub) Kenneréj attuaegeksaukudlugit Innungnut | koisimarsunnut.

Kiébenhavnime | Illiarsuin igloznne nakkittarsimarsut. | 1820. |
C. F. Skubartimit. | C.

Pp. 1-256. 16°. True narratives from the Bible in Greenlandish-Eskimo.

1261 ——— Testamentitokamit | Mosesism Aglegéj | Siurdleet. | Ka-
ladlin okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut | narkiutingoenniglo sukkui-

arsimarsut | Pellesiinermit | Ottomit Fabriciusimit, | Attuzegek-
saukudlugit innungnut koisimarsunnut. |

Kiébenhavnime, | Illiérsuin igloenne nakkittarsimarsut. |
1822. | C. F. Skubartimit. | C. W. JWP.

Pp. 1-202. 16°. In the Eskimo language.

1262 ——— Bibelingoak | Merdlainnut | imaloneet: | Gudim Okauzee-
saillejt kennikket, | ndéitsunnik kajumiksarnernik ilakartut, |
merdilertunnut nalektartunnut. | Kablunen okauzeenne agleksi-
magalloak, | mana kaladlin okauzeenut nuktersimarsok | Pellesit-
nermit | Ottomit Fabriciusmit. |

Kidbenhavnime, | Mliarsiiin iglozenne nakkitarsimarsok | 1+22. |
C. F. Skubartimit. | C.

Pp. 1-68. 16°. Bible teachings for children in the Eskimo language.

1263 ——— Bibelingoak | imalonét: | Gudim okauséssa illéit kener-
simassut | netunigdlo okaukiksarultingoanik. | illakardluttik. |
Havniame nakittarsimassok | 1849. | J. G. Salomonimit. | HU.
59 pp., 11. 16°. The Small Bible in the Eskimo language.

1264 Fages (D. Pedro). Voyage en Californie, par D. Pedro Fages;
Traduit de Pespagnol sur le manuscrit inédit de la bibliotheque de
M. Ternaux-Compans. CG.

In Nouvelles Annales des voyages, vol. 1, 1844 (vol. 101 of the collection),
pp. 141-182, 311-347. Paris, n. d. 8°.

‘Pour terminer cette relation, je citerai une soixantaine de mots indiens, de la
signification desquels j’ai pn m’assurer. Ils sont de la langue que parlent ceux
qui habitent dans tn rayon d’une vingtaine de lieues autour des missions de Saint
Louis.” [Vocabulary, 66 words.] Pp. 345-347.

250 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1265 Fairbanks (—). Numerals of the Chippewa (Ojibwa) of the upper
Mississippi.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 216-218. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.
1266 Falknern (Daniel). Curieuse Nachricht von Pensylvanie.... Von
Daniel Falknern....
Frankfurt und Leipzig. 1702. *

Pp. iv, 58. 12°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary. Probably a translation of
Thomas’s Pensilvania, q. v.

1267 Farmer. The | Farmer’s Monthly Visitor; | intended to promote |
the interest of the Farmer; | to defend the | dignity of the agri-
cultural profession, | and encourage the | practice of domestic econ-
omy. | By Isaac Hill. | Vol. 1, for 1839. |

Concord, N. H. | Published by William P. Foster, | for the
editor. | [n. d.] HU.
Vols. 1-11, 4°, edited by Isaac Hill.

The Farmer’s | [Picture.] | Monthly Visitor, [Edited by C.
I. Potter.| | A monthly -periodical, devoted to | agriculture, horti- .
culture, mechanic arts | and education. | Terms, $1,00 per Annum
in Advance. | Vol. XII. January, 1852. No.1. |

Manchester, N. H. | Rowell, Prescott, and Company, Proprie-
tors. | Office . . . . 88 Elm Street, corner of Manchester
Street. | [n. d.] HU.

Vols. 12-13, 8°, edited by C. E. Potter.

Biography of Passaconnaway, v. 12, pp. 33-40, contains some Indian words
with English meanings. Language and Religion of the Pennacooks, v. 13, pp.

323-325, includes a list of ‘‘ Primitive nouns used in forming the nomenclature of -
the Merrimack Valley.”

1268

1269 Farrar (Rev. Frederic William). Families of Speech: | Four Lect-
ures | delivered betore | the Royal Institution of Great Britain | In
March 1869 | By the | Rev. Frederic W. Farrar, M. A., F. R. 8S. |
Late Fellow of Trinity [&c., four lines]. | Published by request. |

London: | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 1870. | BA. C.
Pp. i-xiv, 1-192. 12°. A few polysynthetic words in the Mexican, p. 177-179.

1270 Fasting (Ludvig). Sendebrev til alle Grénleenderne i Norden (Ag-
lekket neksiutet Kaladlinnut tamannut auangnar miunnut).
Kjébenhavn, Fabritius de Tengnagels, 1838. -
23 pp., 21). 8°. In Danish and Greenlandish. Title from Leclere’s Supple-
ment, No. 2763.

1271 Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis). Practical | Cosmophonography; | a
System of Writing and Printing all | the Principal Languages, with
their exact Pronunciation, | by means of an original | Universal
Phonetic Alphabet, | Based upon Philological Principles, and rep-
resenting Analogically all the Component Elements of the Human |
Voice, as they occur in | Different Tongues and Dialects; | and ap-
plicable to daily use in all the branches of business and learning; |

FAIRBANKS—FERIA. 251

Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis)—continued.

Illustrated by Numerous Plates, | explanatory of the | Calligraphie,
Steno-Phonographie, and Typo-Phonographic | Adaptations of the
System; | with specimens of | The Lord’s Prayer, | in One Hundred
Languages: | to which is prefixed, | a General Introduction, | eluci-
dating the origin and progress of language, writing, stenography,
phonography, | etc., ete., ete. | By | Francis Fauvel-Gouraud, D.
E.S. | of the Royal University of France. |

New York: | J. S. Redfield, Clinton Hall. | 1850. | A.

1p. 1., pp. 1-186, 11., plates 1-21, A~T, 4. 8°.

The Lord’s Prayer in Cherokee (New Echota, 1832, 2d edition), plate 8, No. 30;
Greenlandish (London, 1822), plate 14, No. 57; Esquimaux (Coast of Labrador,
London, 1813), plate 14, No. 58; Choctaw (New Testament, Am. Bible Society,
1848), plate 14, No. 59; Mexican, plate 20, No. 93; Poconchian, plate 20, No. 94.

1272 Featherstonhaugh (George William). A Canoe Voyage | up | the
Minnay Sotor; | with | an Account of the Lead and Copper Depos-
its in Wisconsin; | of the Gold Region in the Cherokee Country ; |
and sketches of Popular Manners; | &c. &. &e.| By G. W.
Featherstonhaugh, TF. R. S., F. G. S. | Author of “Excursion
through the Slave States.” | In two volumes. | Vol. I [IT]. |

London: | Richard Bentley, New-Burlington Street, | Publisher
in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1847. | C.
2 vols. 8°.

Numerous Sioux names of places and chiefs, &c., with English significations,
scattered through.

1273 [Fellechner (A.), Miiller (Dr.), and Hesse (C. L. C.)]
See Bericht iiber die, &e.

1274 Felt (Joseph Barlow). Statistics of towns in Massachusetts. Pre-
pared by Joseph B. Felt.
In Am. Statistical Ass. Coll., vol.1, pp. 7-99. Boston, 1847. 8°.
Indian names of many of the towns in Massachusetts.

1275 Feria (Fr. Pedro de). [Doctrina Christiana en lengua castellana
y gapoteca; compuesta por el Rey. Padre Fray Pedro de Feria, pro-
vincial de la orden de Sancto Domingo, en la provincia de Sancti-
ago de la Nueva Hespana.

En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Ocharte 1567. |

Colophon:

{[ Al gloria y alabanga de nro Redéptor Jesu Xpo, y de | su ben-
ditissima madre nra seiiora, y de nro glorioso y san | ctissimo
padre sancto Domingo: y pa vtilidad y proue- | cho de las alas,
aquise acaba la declaracio breue y copé | diosa @ la doctria xpiana
en légua Espanola y ¢apoteca, | sentécia por sentécia: copuesta
por el muy Rk. P. Fray | Pedro d’ Feria, prior prouincial de la ordé
de los Frayles | Predicadores de Sancto Domigo, esta nueua
Espana. | Fue impssa ensta muy leal y insigne ciudad de Mexico |
en casa de Pedro Ocharte ipressor de libros, c6 licécia | d’ 1 illus-

252 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Feria (Fr. Pedro de)—continued.
trissimo y reverédissimo seiior do Fray Aloso de | Motufar, argo-
bispo meritissimo @ la dicha ciudad: aca | bose, a diez y ocho dias
d’l mes @’ Marco, de, 1567 aiios. | JCB.
Title and 7 p. 11; text, ll. 1-116. sm. 4°. The Spanish in Gothic, the Zapoteca
in Roman letters; double columns; wood-cut in text. Copy seen in library of
John Carter Brown; it is minus the title-page which is taken from the catalogue
of the same library.
Feria was born 1524, went to Mexico, joined the Dominicans, became a mis-
sionary amongst the Zapotecas, and after filling many posts of dignity in the
chureh, was made Bishop of Chiapas, in 1575. He died about the year 1586.

1276 ——— Vocabulario de la Lengua Zapoteca. *
1277 ——— Confesonario en la misma Lengua. *

Printed, according to Remesal.—Beristain.

1278 Fernandez (Benito). Doctrina christiana en lengua Mixteca.
Mexico, 1550. ie
4°, An elaborate article on this work, which is noticed by Davila Padilla,

Alonso Fernandez, Fr. Francisco Burgoa, Barcia, and others, appears in Harrisse’s
Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima, New York, 1866. It was prepared’ by Sr.
Teazbalceta, who says no copy is known of this edition, nor is he entirely satisfied
that it was printed.

1279 ——— Doctrina christiana en lengua mixteca.

Colophon :

4 A gloria y ala | banga de Nuestro Redép | tor Iesu Christo, y
de su | vendita Madre Sancta | Maria, y prouecho de- | los proximos.
Aqui se aca | ba la Doctrina en lengua | misteca: compuesta por
el | muy | Reuerando Padre | fray Benito Hernandez | Vicario pro-
uincial de Ja | Misteca de Ja Orden de | los Predicadores en esta
nueua Espana. |

Fue im- | pressa en Mexico en casa | de Pedro Ocharte | impre-
sor de libros | acabose. a. 22. de | Nouiembre. | de 1567. | anos. i"
4 Laus Deo.

elxxxix ll. 4°. Gothic letter, double columns. Title from Icazbalceta’s
Apuntes, No. 106.

1280 t—— Doctrina en lengua Mixteca. =
A volume lacking the first leaf. Begins with 1. ii, signature aij; as the text
does not begin on this leaf it may be inferred that it commences on the verso of the
title. At present the copy includes from 1. ii to the following subscription :
4A gloria y alabanga de nuestro Re | deptor | Iesu xpo. Aqui se
acaba la Doctria Xpia | na en lengua Mixteca: coOpuesta por el muy
KR. | padre fray Benito Hernadez. Fue impre | ssa en Mexico, en
casa de Pedro O- | charte, impressor de libros. A- | cabose,a veynte
y quatro | dias dl mes @ Enero @ 1568. Aiios. |
Then follows 1 1. unnumbered, signature BB, lines complete, the whole in Mix-
teca. The end ofthe bookis lacking. Gothic letter, in two columns, 4°, the whole

in Mixteca. Many coarse wood engravings and some plain chants; the notes in
red and black.

FERIA—FERRY. 253

Fernandez (Benito)—continued.

Attention is directed to the fact that at the same time two editions were made
of the Doctrina of Fr. Benito Fernandez, the printing of one (see the preceding
number) was completed on the 22d of November, 1567, and the other on the 24th
of January, 1568. Taking the time into account there is no doubt that the print-
ing of this last alone lasted two months, and consequently it began to be printed
before the completion of the other. But the whole is explained by this single
observation: that his two works were written in different dialects of the Mexi-
can language. It is enough to compare the two volumes to prove it. According
to Sr. Pimentel, the edition of 1567 is in the dialects of Tlachiaco and Chintla,
and that of 1568, in that of Tepuzculula, which is the principal language.
Father Hernandez (or ’ernandez), being so well versed in the languages of those
provinces and wishing, without doubt, to be useful to the missionaries, labored
at the two Doctrinas in two of these principal dialects, and published them
at about the same time. In the library of the Sociedad de Geografia y Estadis-
tica there is a manuscript of 220 IL, 4°, which begins thus: ‘‘ Aqui comienzan
algunos modos de bien hablar en lengua Cluchona (another dialect of the Mix-
teco) de Cuextlahuaca.” And near the end: ‘Index seu tabula oim contentor
in hac salubri doctrina f. Benedicti ferdinandii bonw mem? viri apVici.”

There is also another manuscript in 4°, much mulitated, which contains, ac-
cording to Sr. Pimentel, doctrine and orations and christian morals, in the
Tepuzculula langnage. In one of the leaves there is a note in Mixteco, in which
we can only read the name of ‘‘ Fray Benito.” Probably this manuscript is his
also.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 107.

‘KI R. P. Fr. Benito Fernandez compuso . . . . los misterios de la Santa fé
en idioma Misteco y escribid un arte de rudimentos gramaticales del mismo idioma.”—
Carriedo.

1281 Fernandez (Fr. José). Arte y vogabulario de la Lengua Tepehu-
*

ana, genérica en la Sierra Madre.
Title from Beristain who quotes from Arlequi.

Ferrall (Simon Ansley).
See O’Ferral (S. A.)

1282 Ferry (Hypolite). Description | de la Nouvelle | Californie | Géo-

graphique, Politique et Morale | contenant | L’historique de la dé-
couverte de cette contrée. | Un précis des événements politiques
qui s’y sont accomplis. | Des renseignements détaillés sur sa topo-
graphie, son climat, ses produc- | tions minérales, végétales et ani-
males. | Des notions sur la minéralogie, la métallurgie et la géo-
logie. | Le caractére, les mceurs, usages, coutumes de ses habi-
tants. | La description de ses baies, ports, villes, missions, vil-
lages. | Des instructions nautiques sur ses baies et ses ports. |
Le tarif des douanes en Californie. | Des renseignements généraux
concernant les routes qui conduisent en | Californie, les lieux de
passage, description de Chagres, | Panama, du Cap Horn et de la
Terre-de-Feu, ete., etc. | Par Hypolite Ferry, | Membre de la So-
ciété de géographie de Paris. | Avec un grande carte de la nou-
velle Californie. | Des cartes particuliéres des baies de Monterey et
de San-Francisco. | De ’Isthme de Panama.| Du Cap Horn et du Dé-
troit de Magellan. | Et plusieurs vues intéressantes de la Californie. |

Paris. | 1850. | x

254 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Ferry (Hypolite)—continued.
2.11, pp. 1-386. 12°. maps and plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Short comparative vocabulary of American Indian and Asiatic Words, p. 203;
Specimens of the Rumseu language, pp. 215-216 ; Lord’s Prayer in language of
the Indians of the valley of Tulares, p. 217.

1283 Figueroa (Fr. Francisco Antonio de la Rosa). Tesoro Catequistico
Indiano. Espejo de Doctrina cristiana y politica para la instruc-
cion de los Indios, en el idioma Castellano y Mexicano, por Fr.
Francisco Antonio de la Rosa Figueroa. *

Original manuscript of the 18th century, 4 p. ll. and 279 ll. of text, of which
a few are blank.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

1284. ——— Vindicias de la Verdad por el R. Pe. Fr. Francisco Anto-
nio de la Rosa Figueroa. *

Manuscript of the 18th century. 148 pp.

During the eighteenth century several efforts were made by Spaniards of high
official position to extinguish the native languages of the Indians. Archbishop
Lorenzana was persuaded to enter into this crusade, and to give a long ‘“In-
forme” to the king of Spain, in which he indicates the ways and means to ac-
complish the proposed extinction.

Father Figueroa, an enlightened missionary and an untiring friend of the In-
dian, took up his pen, and, in rather indignant terms, undertook to show, not
only the injustice, but also the impracticability of the project.. Incidentally he
goes into the question of the mental capacity of the Indians, and gives much in-
formation not to be found elsewhere.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

1285 Figueroa (P. Geronimo). Arte y copioso vocabulario de las Len-
guas Tepehuana, y Tarahumara. a

1286 ——— Catecismo y confesonario en dichas lenguas. te
Of these books he left four copies in his own hand, according to P. Florencia
in the life of that venerable Jesuit who wrote in 1689.— Beristain.

1287 Filley (William). Life and Adventures | of | William Filley, | who
was | stolen from his home | in | Jackson, Michigan, | by the In-
dians, | August 3rd, 1837, | and his | safe return from captivity, |
October 19, 1866, after an absence of | 29 years. |

Chicago: | George H. Fergus, Book and Job Printer, | 12 and 14
Clark Street. | 1867. | Cc.

Pp. 1-96. 8°.

Religious chant of the Camanche Indians with English translation, p. 66.

Another edition as follows:

1288 ——— Life and adventures | of | William Filley, | who was |
stolen from his home | in | Jackson, Mich., by the Indians, | Au-
gust 3d, 1837, | and his safe return from captivity, | October 19,
1866, | after an absence of 29 years. |

Chicago: | Published by Filley & Ballard. | 1867. | BA.

Pp. i-vi, 7-112. 8°.

Religions Chants, &e., p. 82.

The author signs himself ‘‘Chief Medicine Man, Camanch Tribe, Rocky Mount-
ains, Oregon.”

FERRY—FIRST. 255

1289 Finley (Rev. James B.) History | of | the Wyandott Mission, |
at | Upper Sandusky, Ohio, | under the direction of the Methodist
Episcopal Church. | By Rey. James B. Finley. | [Three lines, Isaiah
ix, 2.] |

Cincinnati: | Published by J. F. Wright & L. Swormstedt, | for
the Methodist Episcopal Church, at the book concern, | corner of
Main and Kighth-streets. | R. P. Thompson, Printer. | 1840.| Ba.

Pp. 1-432. 12°.

Hymn in the Wyandott Language, p. 221.

1290

Life among the Indians; | or, | Personal Reminiscences |
and | Historical Incidents | illustrative of | Indian Life and Char-
acter. | By | Rev. James B. Finley, | “‘the Old Chief,” or Ra-wah-
wah. | Edited by Rev. D. W. Clark, D. D. |

Cincinnati: | Printed at the Methodist Book Concern, | for the

” Author. | Rk. P. Thompson, Printer. | 1859. |

Pp. 1-548. 12°. plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Wyandott hymn, p. 386.
Other editions: + Cincinnati, 1857; + [Zbid.], 1860; + [Zbid.], 1868.

1291 First. The | First and Second Books of Samuel, | and the | First
Book of Kings, | translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Samuel
I Holisso | Vmmona, Atukla Itatuklo, | micha | Miko Vhleha, |
isht anumpa Vmmona | aiena kvt Toshowvt | Chahta anumpa toba

hoke. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1852. | ABS. C.

Pp. 1-256. 12°.

Samuel I, pp. 3-92; Samuel II, pp. 93-167; Kings, pp. 169-256.

The | First and Second Books of Samuel, | and the | First
Book of Kings, | translated ‘into | the Choctaw Language. | Samuel
T Holisso | Vmmona, Atukla Itatuklo, | micha | Miko Vhleha, |
isht anumpa Vmmona | aiena kvt toshowvt | Chahta anumpa toba

1292

hoke.
So York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1871. | JWP.
Pp. 1-339. 16°.
1293 The First Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the Thessalonians.
[In the Cherokee language. ] ABC.

No title-page. 12 pp. 12°. In Cherokee characters.

Included under the above heading are the following: Second epistle of Paul
the Apostle tothe Thessalonians; ibid., to Titus; ibid., to Philemon; the general
epistle of Jude.

The | First three Chapters | of the | Revelation | of |
| John | translated into the Choctaw Language. | Vbanumpeshi
| Chani a nan im otvni | tok holisso Chapta tuchina | kvt Chahta
anumpa ato- | showa hoke. |
Park Hill: Mission Press: | John Candy, Printer. | 1844. |
Pp. 1-20. 24°. BA. ABC.

1294

256 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1295 Fish (Lucy E.) Words, phrases, and sentences in the language of
the Gros Ventres of the Prairies.

Manuscript. 151 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col-
lected in 1881 at Fort Belknap, Montana Territory, at the request of the Bureau
and written on one of its forms, Introduction to the Study of Indian languages,
2d edition, though the alphabet there recommended is not used. It has evi-
dently been prepared with care, and for the first time the schedules of rela-
tionship have been completely filled.

1296 Fish (Paschal) and Harvey (Simon D.) Terms of Relationship of
the Kickapoo, collected by Paschal Fish and Friend Simon D.

Harvey.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, pp. 293-382. Washington,
1871. 4°.

1297 Fisher (William). New Travels | among the | Indians of North
America; | being | a compilation, taken partly from the commu-
nications already | published, of | Captains Lewis and Clark, |
to the | President of the United States; | and | partly from
other authors who travelled among | the various Tribes of Indians. |
Containing | a variety of very pleasant anecdotes, remarkably cal-
culated | to amuse and inform the mind of every curious reader; |
With | a Dictionary of the Indian Tongue. | Compiled | by William
Fisher, Esqr. | j

Philadelphia: | Published by James Sharan. | J. Maxwell,
printer. | 1812. | JWP.

1p. 1., pp. i-xii, 13-300. 12°.

List of m-ons in Knisteneaux, p. 182; Examples of their language, pp. 135-
141; both from Mackenzie.

1298 t—— An | Interesting Account | of the | Voyages and Travels |
of | Captains Lewis and Clark, | in the years 1804, 1805, 1806. |
Giving a faithful description of the River Missouri and | its source
—of the various tribes of Indians through | which they passed—
manners and customs—soil—climate— | commerce—gold and silver
inines—animal and vege- | table productions; interspersed with
very enter- | taining anecdotes, and a variety of other useful and |
pleasing information remarkably calculated to de- | light and in-
struct the readers. To which is added | a complete dictionary of
the Indian tongue. | By William Fisher, Esq. |

Baltimore: | Printed by Anthony Miltenberger, | For the Pur-
chasers. | 1812. | Cc.

Pp. v-xv, 16-326. 12°. Vocabulary of the Knisteneaux (from Mackenzie),
pp. 148-155.

1299 t—— An | Interesting Account | of the | Voyages and Tray-
els | of | Captains Lewis and Clark, | in the years 1804-5, & 6. |
Giving a faithful description of the River Missouri and | its source
—of the various tribes of Indians through | which they passed—
manners and customs—soil— | climate—commerce—gold and sil-

FISH—FLEMING. 257

Fisher ( William)—continued.

ver | mines animal and vegetable | productions. | Interspersed |
With very entertaining anecdotes, and a variety of other useful
and pleasing information re- | markably calculated to delight and |
instruct the readers. | To which is added | A Complete Dictionary
of the Indian Tongue. | By William Fisher, Esq. |

Baltimore: | Printed and Published by P. Mauro, | No. 10, North
Howard St. | 1813. | C.

Pp. iii-xii, 13-262. 16°,

““ixamples of their Language” [Knisteneaux], pp. 116-124.

“William Fisher, esq., must have been a bold man, and be may not have been
a bad man too. Whereas the compiler, or editor, or whatever he may have been,
of the editions of 1809 [see Lewis (Capt. Meriwether), No. 2282] retired behind
an anonym, William Fisher not only stole his »roduction bodily, and gave
it another name, but also formally announced himself as the author of the
same; for the edition of 1812 is a literal reprint, as nearly as may be, of that of
1809—even to the snake story and Master Neddy. The edition of 1813 is nearly
another reprint; the title reads substantially the same, though the typography
of the title-page is entirely different. In this edition, Master Neddy is dropped.
The edition is notable as the first of this series of apoerypha which was illus-
trated. The smiling faces of ‘Captains Lewis and Clarke, returned’ greet us;
we have a tragic scene of an Indian ‘destined to death’ by the flames; a thrilling
view of a man with a bear behind and a precipice in front, &c. William Fisher
does not appear to have possessed the copyright of this production.”—Coues.

1300 Flachenecker (Kev. George). Notes on the Shyenne Language,

by Rev. Geo. Flachenecker, Lutheran Missionary, Deer Creek, Ne-

braska, September, 1862.
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1301 [Fleming (John).] The | Mvskoki Imvnaitsv. | Muskokee (Creek)

1302 ——— A Short Sermon:

1503

Assistant. | [Picture.|
Boston: | Printed by Crocker & Brewster, | 47 Washington
Street. | 1854. | ATS. AAS.
Pp. 1-101. 18°. Alternate pages Muskoki and English.
also | Hymns, | in the Muskokee or
Creek Language. | By Rev. John Fleming, | Missionary of the
American Board of Commissioners for Foreign | Missions. |
Boston: | Printed for the Board, by Crocker & Brewster, | 47
Washington Street. | 1835. | BA. C. JWP.
Pp. 1-35. 18°.
Mvskoki Alphabet, pp. 3-4; Sermon (John iii, 16), pp. 5-11; Hymns, pp. 13-35.
For later editions of the Hymns, see Asbury (D. B.), Buckner (H. F.),
and Herrod (G.); Harrison (P.) and Aspberry (D. P.); Lcughridge (R. M.);
Loughridge (R. M.) and Winslett (David); Loughridge (Kh. M.), Winslett
(D.), and Robertson (W. 8.)
Istutsi in Naktsoky. | Or | the Child’s Book. | By Rey. John
Fleming. | Missionary of the American Board of Commissioners
for | Foreign Missions. | | Picture. ]
Union: | Mission Press: John F. Wheeler, | Printer. | 1835. | ©. JwWP.
Pp. 1-24. 18°. In the Muskoki language.

17 bib

PABe) NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Fleming (John)—continued.
1304. The | Maskoke Semahayeta, | or
Cemo Hayate. |
Union: | Mission Press, John IF’. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836.| — c.
Pp. 1-54. 16°. Primer in Muskoki.

Muskokee Teachex. |

1305 Fletcher (Jonathan C.) Magic Song in the Chippewa Language.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, p. 223. Philadelphia, 1852. 4°.

1306 ——— List of Moons in the Winnebago Language.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 239-240. Philadelphia,
1854. 4°.

1307 [Fletcher (Rev. Richard).]| Breve devocionario | para | todos los
dias | de | la semana | Payalchioob | utial | tulacal le u, Kiniloob |
tile | Semana. |

Londres. | 1865. | 2
37 pp., 17 Spanish, 17 Yucatec. 8°.

1308 t—— Catecismo | de los metodistas | No. 1. | para los mifios de-
tierna edad. | Catecismo | ti le metodistavol | No. 1 | utial mehen
palaloob. |

Londres. | 1865. | e

37 pp., 17 Spanish, 17 Yucatec or Maya. 8°.

1309 —— Leti u Evanhelio Hezu Crizto hebix Huan.

Londres.—1869. Cambridge.—Printed for the British and fore-
ing [sic] bible society by C. J. Clay M. A. at the university press. *

100 pp., a few more or less. 8°.

The three titles above are from Carrillo, in Bol. Geog. Soc. Mex.; the first
two have since been furnished me in extenso by that gentleman. The first
two are in Brasseur de Bourbourg also, but are ascribed to Henderson (Alexan-
der), and the collation of each given as 17 pp., 8°, adding to the first ‘‘in Span-
ish-Maya.” The collation of the third, Sabin gives as 83 pp.

To reconcile these differences I wrote to Sr. Icazbalceta, of the city of Mexico,
for an explanation; he kindly forwarded my letter to Sr. Carrillo who replied
as follows:

“The Catecismo . . . and the Devocionario . . . are anonymous, and I do
not know what reason any writer has had to attribute them to Mr. Henderson.
Ihave attributed them to Mr. Fletcher because that gentleman, on the occasion
of a visit which he paid me in the year 1871, told me that they were his
works, our deceased friend, Sr. D. Carlos H. Berendt, being witness. (See the
note which he appended to my dissertation on the History of the Maya language
on page 191 of the Boletin de la Soe. Mex., vol. 4, 1872.) I havein my possession
a copy of each of these little works and I forward copies of their respective title-
pages which are in Maya and Spanish.

“As regards the ‘Leti u Evanhelio Hezu Cristo hevix Huan,’ I have no copy;
but Mr. Fletcher, who told me he was its author, showed me a copy and re-
gretted that he could not let me have it, for it was the only one he had. He
then copied the title-page. As I had forgotten to count the pages I calculated
afterwards that it must have about 100 pages, and this is why in the Boletin
(p.91) I say ‘100 pags. poco mas 6 menos,’ a phrase which I do not use about

- other books. I do not doubt that Sabin was right when he said 83 pages.”

FLEMING—FLORES, 259

1310 Fletcher (Robert H.) Vocabulary of the Nez Percés.
Manuscript. 10 ll. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col-
lected in 1873 in Idaho. j
1311 Fleuri (—). See Ruz (Joaquin), No. 3415.

1312 Fleurieu (Charles Pierre Claret, Comte de). Voyage | autour du
monde, | pendant les années 1790, 1791, et 1792, | Par Etienne Mar-
chand, | précédé | dune Introduction Historique; | auquel on a
joint | des recherches sur les Terres Australes de Drake, | et |
un examen critique du voyage de Roggeween; | avec cartes et
figures: | Par C. P. Claret Fleurieu, | De VInstitut national des
Sciences et des Arts, et du Bureau | des Longitudes. | Tome I.
[II. III. Quatriéme.] |

A Paris, | de ’Imprimerie de la République. | an VI [-VIII]
[1798-1800] | C.

4 vols. 4°.

Numerals, 1-40, of the language of Nootka Sound, from Cook, vol. 2, and Dix-
on; of the Tchinkitané, according to Chanal and from Dixon; and of Queen
Charlotte’s Island, according to Chanal, vol. 1, p. 284; Remarks on the Tchinki-
tané Language, vol. 1, pp. 284-286; A few words in the language of Queen Char-
lotte’s Island, vol.1, p. 361; Vocabulaire de Tchinkitaéne, Cdte Nord-Ouest do
VPAmérique, & 57 degrés de latitude Nord, [by Surgeon Roblet and Captain
Chanal], vol. 1, pp. 585-591.

1313 ——— A_| Voyage | round the World, | performed | during the
years 1790, 1791, and 1792, | by | Etienne Marchand, | preceded |
by a Historical Introduction, | and | Illustrated by Charts, ete. |
Translated from the French | of | C. P. Claret Fleurieu | of the
National Institute of Arts and Science, | and of the Beard of Longi-
tude of France. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Printed for T. N. Longman and O. Rees, Pater- | Nos-
ter-Row; and T. Cadell, Jun. and W. Davies, | in the Strand. |

1801. | Cc.
2 vols. 8°.
Linguistics as in the French edition, vol. 1, pp. 380, 381-382, 483, and vol. 2,
pp. 258-267.

1314 Flores (fr. Ildefonso Joseph). Arte de la Lengua Metropolitana
del Reyno Cakchequel, 6 Guatemalico, con un Paralelo de las Len-
guas Metropolitanas de los Reynos Kiché, Cakchiquel, y Zutuhl,
que hoy integran el Reyno de Guatemala. Compuesto por el P. I.
Ildefonso Joseph Flores, hijo de la Santa Provincia del Dulcissme
Nombre de Jesus de Guatemala, de la Regular Observancia de N.
Seraphico P. 8. Francisco, Ex-lector de Phylosophia, Predicador, y
Cura Doctrinero por el Real Patronato del Pueblo de Santa Maria
de Jesus.

En Guatemala, por Sebastian de Arebalo, ano de 1753. *
26 11., 387 pp. sm. 4°. Title from Squier’s Monograph of Authors,

260 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1315 Focher (Fr. Juan). Arte de la lengua Megicana. *
Title from Beristain, who quotes from Torquemada.

1316 Fonte (P. Juan). Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua Tepehuana. *

Title from Beristain.

1317 Forbes (Alexander). California: | A History | of | Upper and
Lower California | from their first discovery to the present time, |
comprising | an Account of | the climate, soil, natural productions,
agriculture, commerce, | &c. | A full view of | the Missionary Es-
tablishments and condition | of the free and domesticated Indians. |
With an appendix relating to | steam navigation in the Pacific. |
Illustrated with a new map, plans of the harbours, | and numerous
Engravings. | By Alexander Forbes, Esq. |

London: | Smith, Elder, & Co., Cornhill. | 1839. | Cc.
xvi, 352 pp. 8°. map. <A few aborig nal terms passim.

1318 Forster (Johann Georg Adam). Geschichte der Reisen, | die seit
Cook | an der | Nordwest- und Nordost-Kiiste | von Amerika |
und in dem | nérdlichsten Amerika selbst | von | Meares, Dixon,
Portlock, Coxe, Long u. a.m. | unternommen worden sind. | Mit
vielen Karten und Kupfern. | Aus dem Englischen, | mit zuziehung
aller anderweitigen Hiilfsquellen, ausgearbeitet | von | Georg
Forster. | Erster [—Dritter] Band. |

Berlin, 1791. | In der Vossischen Buchhandlung. | A.
3 vols. 4°, pp. i-ix (1), 1-130, 1-302; 5 p. l., pp. i-xxii, 1-314; i-xv, i-iii, 1-74,
1-380.

Comparative vocabulary, numerals 1-10, of the languages of Prince William’s
Sound and Cook’s River, Norfolk Sound, and King George’s Sound (from Port-
lock and Dixon), vol. 2, pp. 216-217; Song in the language of Norfolk Sound
(from Portlock and Dixon), vol. 2, p. 219; Vocabulary in language of Prince
William’s Sound (from Portlock), vol. 3, pp. 119-121; Vocabulary of the lan-
guage of the Northwest Coast of America (from Portlock), vol. 3, p. 145.

Sabin’s Dictionary says there was an 8° edition, 1791, 3 vols.

1319 Foster (John Wells) and Whitney (Joseph Dwight). Report | on
the | Geology aud Topography | of a portion of the | Lake Supe-
rior Land District, | in | the State of Michigan: | By | J. W. Foster
and J. D. Whitney, | United States Geologists. | In two parts. |
Part I. | Copper Lands. | [Part II. The Iron Regien. |

Washington: | Printed for the House of Reps. | 1850 [1851]. | swe.

2 vols. 8°. '

Origin and Orthography of some of the proper names in the Lake Superior
District (in which are a few Chippewa terms with English signification), pt. 2,
pp. 396-400.

1320 Foster (John William). Pre-historic Races | of the | United States
of America. | By J. W. Foster, L. L. D., | Author of [&c., six lines].

Chicago: |S. C. Griggs and Company. | London: Triibner &
Co. | 1873. | BA. C.

Pp. i-xv, 17-415, 8°.

Remarks on American languages in general, from Gallatin, Bancroft, etc., pp.
318-322.

FOCHER—FRANKLIN. 261

1321 Foster (Dr. Thomas), Hditor. Vol. I, | No.1[-3]. Foster’s Indian
Record and Historical Data. | JWP.
A four-page paper, of which only three numbers were issued, the first Nov. 30,
1876, the other two between that date and March 1st, 1877. The editor was
“Indian Historiographer,” and his sheet partook of the nature of a semi-official
publication of the Indian Bureau. It was intended as a vehicle for the prelimi-
nary publication of material to be afterwards embodied in a series of monographs
to be prepared by him and to be published by the government. There are many
notes of value and interest to the philologist and a few vocabularies, as follows:
Vocabulary of the Attacapas (from Duralde’s Manuscript in the Library of
American Philosophical Society); Names of Ioway children in order of birth;
Proper names in Winnebago, with translations; Vocabulary of the Winnebago.

1322 Fragorri (P. Juan). Vocabulario y Didlogos [en lengua Mexi-
cana]. *
Title from Pimentel. See Iragorri (I. F.), No. 1948.

1323 Franchére (Gabriel). Relation | dun | Voyage | a la céte du |
Nord-ouest | de | Amérique Septentrionale, | dans les années |
1810, 11, 12, 13, et 14. | Par G. Franchere, fils. |

Montreal: | de imprimerie de C. B. Pasteur. | 1820. | JEM.

Pp. 1-284. 8°.

Quelques mots de la langue Chinouque ou Tchinoque, pp. 204-205. Also native
terms passim.

I have seen an English translation by J. V. Huntington, New York, 1854,
376 pp., 12°, which contains no vocabulary.

1324 Francis (Convers). Life | of | John Eliot, | the | Apostle to the
Indians. | By Convers Francis. |
Boston: | Hilliard, Gray, and Co. | London: | Richard James
Kennett. | 1536. | A.C. T.
Pp. i-xii, 1-357. 16°. -
Remarks on the Indian languages in Note 3, pp. 352-354.

1325 [Franco (P.)| Coleccion | de | Linguistica y Etnografia Ameri.
canas. | Publicada por | A. L. Pinart. | Tomo IV. | Noticias de los
Indios de Departamento de Veragua, y | Vocabularios de las Len-
guas | Guaymi, Norteno, Sabanero y Dorasque. |

San Francisco: | Imprenta de A. L. Bancroft y Ca., | 721 Calle
de Market. | 1882. ASG.

Pp. 1-73. royal 8°. Title, 11.; Dedication to Comte de Lesseps, 11.; Preface,
by Alph. Pinart, 11.; Noticia de los Indios Guaymies y de sus Constumbres, by
Pere Franco, pp. 7-20.

Vocabulario Castellano, Guaymi y Nortefo, pp. 21-49; Vocabulario de las
Lenguas Guaymi, Sabanero y Dorasque, pp. 50-73.

1326 Franklin (Capt. John). Narrative of a Journey | to the Shores
of | the Polar Sea, | in the Years | 1819, 20, 21, and 22. | By John
Franklin, Captain R. N., F. R.S., | and Commander of the Expe-
dition. | With an Appendix on various subjects relating to | Science
and Natural History. | Ulustrated by numerous Plates and Maps. |
Published by authority of the Right Honourable the Earl Bathurst. |

262 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Franklin (Capt. John)—continued.
London: | John Murray, Albemarle-street. | M DCCC XXIII
[1823]. | A.C.
2 p. 11, pp. vii-xvi, 1-681. 4°. Plates and maps.
Names of animals, fish, plants, ete., in Eskimo, with English significations,
pp. 87-93; Blackfoot vocabulary, 18 words, p. 109; Names of the various parts
of an Eskimo house, with English significations, p. 267.

1327

Narrative of a Journey | to the Shores of the | Polar
Sea, | in | the Years 1819-20-21—22. | By | John Franklin, Capt.
R.N., F. BR. S., M. W.S., | and Commander of the Expedition. |
Published by authority of the Right Honourable | the Earl Bath-
urst. | Third Edition. | Two Vols.—Vol. I [II]. |

London: | John Murray, Albemarle-street. | MDCCCXXIV
[1824]. | o

2 vols. 8°. pp. i-xix, 1-370; 1 p. 1, pp. i-iv,11., pp. 134-145, 170.

Linguistics as in previous edition, vol. 1, pp. 87-93, 109; vol. 2, p. 267.

Sabin’s Dictionary gives: + Second edition, London: John Murray. MDCCC-
XXIV, pp. 370, 399, 2 vols. 8°.

1328 Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in
the years 1819-20-21-22. By John Franklin,.... With an Ap-
pendix containing Geognostical Observations and Remarks on the
Aurora Borealis.

Philadelphia: Carey & Lea. 1824 *

482 pp. 8°.
1829

Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in
the years 1819-20-21-22; with a brief account of the Second Journey
in 1825-26-27. By John Franklin, Capt. R. N., F. R. 8., and Com-
mander of the Exhibition. With Plates.

London: John Murray. M DCCU XXIX [1829]. «

4 vols, 18°. Titles from Sabin’s Dictionary.

Freeman (fev. Bernardus).
See Another Tongue.

See Claesse (Laurence).

1330 Frémiot (N. M.) Lettre du R. P. Frémiot. Y
In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. xxvi, pp. 241-269.
Contains remarks on the language and a few Indian words and definitions (in
Ojibway?). Title from Mr. W. Eames.

Friese (Valentine).
See Arny (W. F. M.)

1331 [Fritz (Johann Friedrich).] Orientalisch- und Occidentalischer |
Sprachmeister | Welcher | nicht allein hundert Alphabete | nebst
ihrer Aussprache, | So bey denen meisten | Europiisch-Asiatisch-
Africanisch- und | Americanischen Vélekern und Nationen | ge-

FRANKLIN—FROST. 263

[Fritz (Johann Friedrich) |—continued.
brauchlich sind, | Auch einigen Tabulis Polyglottis verschiedener |
Sprachen und Zahlen vor Augen leget, | Sondern auch | das Ge-
bet des H. Errn, | In 200 Sprachen und Mund-Arten | mit dersel-
ben Characteren und Lesung, nach einer | Geographischen Ordnung
mittheilet. | Aus glaubwiirdigen Auctoribus zusammen getragen,
und mit | darzu néthigen Kupfern versehen. |

Leipzig, | Zu finden bey Christian Friedrich Gessnern. |
1748. | JE.

10 p. ., 224, 128 pp.; Appendix,7 ll. 8°. Title from copy in possession of Mr.
Joseph Enthoeffer, Washington, D. C.

Pater Noster, Mexicana and Poconchica, p. 124; Carabaica and Savanahica,
p. 125; Virginiana and Mohogica, p. 126.

Short vocabulary (4 words) of Mexieane, Poconchine, Caraibice, Apalachice,
Algonkine, Chacktawice, Savanahice, Crickice, Virginiane, Mohogice, App., p.
6 (unnumbered).

The first clause of the Lord’s Prayer, ‘‘ Our Father which art in Heaven,” was,
according to Auer’s Sprachenhalle, reprinted in the yarious languages in Geo-
graphisch-philologische Karten von Homann’s Erben in Niirnberg, 4 sheets.
small folio.

1332 Frobel (Julius). Aus Amerika. Erfahrungen, Reisen und Studien.
Von Julius Frébel.
Leipzig: Weber. [1857-58.] oe
2 vols. pp. xvii, 550; xvi, 616. 8°.
Contains vocabulary of the Woolwa, spoken by the Indians of Chontales,
Nicaragua, vol. 1, pp. 400-401.

1333 ——— Seven Years’ Travel in Central America, Northern Mexico,
and the Far West of the United States. By Julius Frébel. . . .
With Illustrations.

London: Richard Bentley. M. DCCC. LIX [1859]. =

xiv, 587 pp. 8°.

1334 t—— A travers ’Amérique par Julius Freebel.- Traduction de
PAllemand, par Emile Tandel.

Bruxelles: Lacroix, Van Menen. Paris: E. Jung-Treuttel.
1861. S

3 vols. 12°. Three titles above from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1335 t—— Vocabulary of the Woolwa spoken by the Indians of Chon-
tales, Nicaragua. Obtained by Mr. Julius Froebel.

In Squier (E. G.) The States of Central America, pp. 255-256. New York,
1858. 8°.

1336 Frost (John). The | Book | of the | Aborigines. | [Picture.]

New York: | D. Appleton & Company.

Second title :

The Book | of the | Indians | of | North America: | illustrating |
their manners, customs and present state. [Picture.] | Edited by
John Frost, L. L. D. | Author of the “‘ Book of the Navy,” “ Book of
the Army,” &e., &e. |

264

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Frost (John)—continued.

New York: | D. Appleton & Co., 200 Broadway. | Philadelphia: |
George 8. Appleton, 148 Chestnut St. | M DCCC XLV [1845]. | Hu.c.

Engraved title; 1 p.1., pp. i-x, 13-283. 12°.

A few Camanchee proper names with English signification, p. 43; ibid. of the
Sioux, p. 44; ibid. of the Sac, pp. 44-45; ibid. of the Crow, p. 46; A few Sioux,
Mandan, Blackfoot, Riecaree and Tuskarora terms, pp. 60-61; Numerals, 1-10,
of the Riccaree, p. 62.

Sabin’s Dictionary gives: + New York: M DCCC XL VIII.

Frost (J. H.)
See Lee (D.) and Frost (J. H.)

1337 Fry (Edmund), Compiler. Pantographia; | containing | accurate

copies of all the known | Alphabets in the World; | together with |
An English explanation of the peculiar | force or power of each
letter: | to which are added,.| Specimens of all well-authenticated |
Oral Languages; | forming | a comprehensive digest of | Pho-
nology. | By Edmund Fry, | Letter-Founder, Type Street. |
London. | Printed by Cooper and Wilson, | For John and Arthur
Arch, Gracechurch-Street; | John White, Fleet-Street; John Hd-
wards, Pall-Mall; and | John Debrett, Picadilly. | M DCC XC IX
[1799]. | BA. C.
2p. l1., xxxvi, 320 pp. 6°.
Lord’s Prayer in the language of New England (from Wilkin’s Essay), p. 58.
Short vocabulary and numerals (1-10) of the Eeclemach (from Perouse), ). 78;
ibid. of the Esquimaux (from Cook), p. 80; ibid. of the language of Greenland
(from Cook), p. 104; Lord’s Prayer in the Mexican language (from Orat. Dom.),
p. 200; ibid. in the Mohawk language (from Orat. Dom.), p. 202; Vocabulary of
the language of Nootka Sound (from Cook), p. 210; ibid. of Norton Sound (from
Cook), p. 212; ibid. of Oonalashka (from Cook), p. 214; Lord’s Prayer in the Po-
conchi language (from Wilkin’s Essay), p. 224; Numerals, 1-100, of the language
of Port des Francais (from Perouse), p. 232; Short vocabulary and numerals (1-8)
of the language of Prince William’s Sound (from Cook), p. 240; Lord’s Prayer in
the Savanna language (from Orat. Dom.), p. 258; ibid. in the Virginian language
(from Orat. Dom.), p. 300; Numerals, 1-10, of the Achastlien language (from
Perouse), p. 308,

1338 Fuensalida (fr. Luis). Sermones en Lengua Mexicana. a

Manuscript in the Biblioteca de Santiago Tlatelulco de Mexico.—Beristain.

Fuente (). José Antonio Perez de la).
See Perez de la Fuente (D. J. A.)

1339 Fuente de los verbos Mexicanos, seguida de la fuente de los nom.

bres mexicanos. =
Manuscript. 28 11, 4°. Short vocabulary —Spanish-Mexican.— Brasseur de
Bourbourg.

1340 Fuentes (D. Manuel). La doctrina christiana en la lengua Mam,

hallada entre los papeles que quedaron del defunto Sr. presbitero
Don Manuel Fuentes, cura que fué de San Miguel Ixtlahuacan. *

Manuscript, 18 l]., 12°, containing two distinct parts, and in different hand-
writing. Both were given to me as having been composed and written nearly
thirty years before my sojourn in this parish, by my predecessor Don Manuel

FROST—FURUHELM, 265

Fuentes (1). Manuel)—continued.
DUES codgad oo This little manuscript, and the following, with the vocabu-
lary which I have made, are all that remain at present of the ancient language
of the Mames of Guatemala.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1341 ——— Preguntas p* administrar el Santo Sacram™ del matrimo-
nio en Mam conformes al Manual que usamos. Siguen las varias
partes de la doctrina cristiana en mam y en castellano, ete., lo todo
hallado entre los papeles que quedaron del defunto Sr. presbitero
Don Manuel Fuentes, cura propio que fué de la parroquia de San
Miguel Ixtlahuacan. S

Manuscript. 8 ll. 4°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1342 Fuentes y Guzman (D. Francisco Antonio). 1. Reeordacion Flo-
rida; Discurso historico, natural, material, militar, y politico del
Reyno de Guatemala. *

This work exists in manuscript in the Archives of the Cabildo of Guatemala,
and is supposed to contain much information bearing on the history and lan-
guages of the aborigines.—Squier’s Monograph of Authors.

Beristain gives this title as follows: Recordacion florida, 6 Historia de Guate-
mala. Tres Tomos. He adds: Two of these volumes are preserved in the Archives
of the city of Guatemala, the other having been sent to Madrid to be printed.

1343 Fuertes (EH. A.) Vocabularies of the Chimalapa or Zoque; Gui-
chiovian or Mixl; Zapoteco; and Maya.
Manuscript. 17 Il. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. They
consist of 200 words each, arranged in parallel columns, and are accompanied
by grammatic notes.

Further Correspondence, &c.
See Arctic Expedition.

1344 Further Papers | relative to the | Recent Arctic Expeditions | in
search of | Sir John Franklin | and the crews of | H. M.S. “Erebus”
and “Terror.” | Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Com-
mand of Her Majesty. | January 1855. |

London: | Printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis-
woode, | Printers to the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty. | For Her
Majesty’s Stationery Office. | 1855. | A.

Pp. i-iv, 1-958. folio.

Simpson (John). Observations on the Western Esquimaux and the Country
they inhabit, pp. 917-942.

Contains the names of the seasons and months in Esquimaux, pp. 933.

1345 Furuhelm (Gov. Hjalmar). Notes on the Natives of Alaska. (Com-
municated to the late George Gibbs, M. D., in 1862.) By his Excel.
lency J. Furnhelm, late Governor of the Russian American Colonies-

In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 111-116,
121-133. Washington, 1877. 4°. :

Vocabulary and grammatic comments on the Sitka, pp. 111-114; ibid., Aleut,
pp. 115-116; Vocabulary of the Yakutat, pp. 121-133.

266 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Furuhelm (Gov. Hjalmar)—continued.
1346 Vocabulary of the Venambakaiia.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 504-508.
Washington, 1877. 4°.

1347 Gai nah shoh. Gai nah shoh | Ne | De o Waah’ si o’ nyoh gwah |
Na/ wén ni’ yuh. | Honont/gahdeh hodi’ yado’ nyoh. |
Do syo wit: | [Seneca Mission Press.] | 1843. | BA. MHS. JWP.
Pp. i-vi, 7-136. 16°.
Hymns inthe Seneca language. Prefaced with Wright (A.) Method of writ-

ing Seneca.
See Young (J.) for edition of 1829,
1348 ——— Gai nah shoh | Neh | Deo Waah’ sa 0’ nyoh gwah | Na’
wén ni/ yuh. Honont/gahdeh hodi/yado’ nyoh. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street,
New York. | 1852. | ABC. MHS.
Pp. 1-232. 16°.
1349 ——— Gai nah shoh | Neh | Deo Waah’ s& o’ nyoh-gwah |
Na/wénni/yuh. | Honovt/gahdeh hodi/yado/nyoh. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,
New-York. | ATS.
No date. pp. 1-352. 16°. Appended to this work is ‘‘Songs of Zion,” 31 un-
numbered 1l.; songs in English, with music, inserted for the benefit of the
Indians.

Gai nah shah | Neh | Deo | Waah/sio/nyoh gwah |
Na/wénni/yuh. | Honont/gahdeh hodi’yado/nyoh. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,
New-York. | C.
No date. pp. 1-416. 12°.

1350

1351 Gabb (Dr. William M.) On the Indian Tribes and Languages of
Costa Rica.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 14, pp. 483-602. Philadelphia, 1876. §°.
General ethnologic notes, pp. 483-526; The Bri-bri Language (grammatic
and miscellaneous notes), pp. 527-539; Vocabulary of the Language of the
Bri-bri Indians, pp. 539-578; Comparative vocabulary of the Cabecar of Estella
River, Cabecar of Coen River, Tiribi, Terraba, and Brunka languages, pp.
579-602.
Issued also as a separate pamphlet, as follows:
On the | Indian | Tribesand Languages | of | Costa Rica. |
By Wm. M. Gabb. | (Read before the American Philosophical So-
ciety, Aug. 20, 1875.) | :
Philadelphia: | MeCalla and Stavely, Printers, Nos. 237-9 Dock
St. | 1875. SI.
1p. 1., pp. 483-602. 8°. Contents as above.

Vocabulary of the Trinity Indians.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 8, pp. 518-529.
Washington, 1877. 4°.

1353

FURUHELM—GAGE. 267

Gabb (Dr. William M.)—continued.
1354 ——— Vocabulary of the Kutchan, H’taiin, Kiliwi, and Cochimi.
In Gatschet (A. S.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp.
390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8°.

1355 t—— Vocabularies of the Cochimi and Kiliwee.

Manuscript. 1011. 4°. 211 words each. Collected April, 1867. The Cochimi
vocabulary was collected in the center of the peninsula of Lower California, in
the vicinity of San Borja and Santa Gertrude; the Kiliwee 150 miles farther
north.

1356 —— Vocabulary of the Klamath of Southern Oregon.
Manuscript. 10 ll. 4°. 150 words. Collected in 1864,

13857 t—— Vocabulary of the Yuma.
» Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 186 words.

1358 ——— Vocabulary of the Yuma and H’tiiim.
Manuscript. 1011. 4°. Collected in 1867. These manuscripts are in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1359 Gabelentz (Hans Georg Conon von der). Beitriige | zur | Sprachen-
kunde | von | H. C. von der Gabelentz. | Erstes [-Drittes] Heft. |
Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1852. | C. JWP.

Pp. 48, 64, 64. 8°. 3 parts in 1 vol., each with its own title. That of part 2 is:
Grammatik | der | Dakota-Sprache | von | H. C. von der Gabe-

lentz. |
Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1852. |
Pp. 1-64. 8°,

1360 ——— Kurze Grammatik der Tscherokesischen Sprache. Vom
Staatsminister Dr. H. C. von der Gabelentz.
In Zeitschrift fiir die Wissenschaft der Sprache. Herausgegeben von Dr.
Albert Hoefer. Dritter Band, pp. 257-300. Drittes Heft, Greifswald, G. A. Koch,
1852. 8°.
Sabin’s Dictionary says: Issued separately as follows:

1361 - Kiirze Grammatik der Tscherokesischen Sprache. te

42 pp. 8°.

1362 Gabriel. Specimen of the Mountaineer, or Sheshatapooshshoish,
Skoffie, and Micmac Languages.
In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., first series, vol. 6, pp. 16-33. Boston, 1800. 8°,
The above vocabularies appear without authorship. In the preliminary re-
marks the writer states: ‘‘The ensuing vocabulary I transcribed viva voce from
Gabriel, a young Mountaineer Indian. * * * He spoke both French and English
tolerably, and was well acquainted with the Skoftie, Micmac, and Mountaineer.”

1363 Gage (Thomas). The English-American his Travail by Sea and
Land: | or, | ANewSvrvey | of the | West-India’s, | containing | A
Journall of Three thousand and Three hundred | Miles within the
main Land of America. | Wherein is set forth his Voyage from
Spain to St. John de Vihua; | and from thence to Xalappa, to

268

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gage (Thomas)—continued.

1364 ——— A New Survey

Tlaxcalla, the City of Angeles, and | forward to Mexico; With the
description of that great City, | as it was in former times, and also
at this present. | Likewise his Journey from Mexico through the
Provinces of Guaxaca, | Chiapa, Guatemala, Vera Paz, Truxillo,
Comayagua; with his | abode Twelve years about Guatemala, and
especially in the | Indian towns of Mixco, Pinola, Petapa, Amati-
tlan. | As also his strange and wonderfull Conversion, and Calling
from those | remote Parts to his Native Countrey. | With his return
through the Province of Nicaragua, and Costa Rica, | to Nicoya,
Panama, Portobelo, Cartagena, and Havana, with divers | oceur-
rents and dangers that did befal in the said Journey. | Also, | A
New and exact Discovery of the Spanish Navigation to | those
Parts; And of their Dominions, Government, Religion, Forts, |
Castles, Ports, Havens, Commodities, fashions, behaviour of |
Spaniards, Priests and Friers, Blackmores, Mulatto’s, Mestiso’s, |
Indians; and of their Feasts and Solemnities. | With a Grammar,
or some few Rudiments of the Indian Tongue, | called, Poconchi, or
Pocoman. | By the true and painfull endevours of Thomas Gage,
now Preacher of | the Word of God at Acris, in the County of
Kent, Anno Dom. 1648. |

London, Printed by R. Cotes, and are to be sold by Humphrey
Blunden at the | Castle in Cornhill, and by Thomas Williams at the
Bible in Little Britain, 1648. | JCB.

5 p. 1l., 220 pp., 6 Il. folio.

Some brief and short rules for the better learning of the Indian tongue called

Poconchi, or Po-coman, commonly used about Guatemala and some other parts of
Honduras, pp. 213-220.

of the | West-India’s: | or, | The English
American his Travail by Sea and Land: | containing | A Journal of
Three Thousand and Three hundred | Miles within the main Land
of America. | Wherein is set forth his Voyage from Spain to St.
John de Vihua; | and from thence to Xalappa, to Tlaxcalla, the
City of Angels, and | forward to Mexico; With the description of
that great City, | as it wasin former times, and alsoat this present. |

Likewise, his Journey from Mexico, through the Provinces of
Guaxaca, | Chiapa, Guatemala, Vera Paz, Truxillo, Comayagua;
with his | abode Twelve years about Guatemala and especially in
the | Indian-Towns of Mixco, Pinola, Petapa, Amatitlan. | As also
his strange and wonderfull Conversion and Calling from those | re-
mote Parts, to his Native Countrey. | With his return through the
Province of Nicaragua, and Costa Rica, to | Nicoya, Panama, Porto-
belo, Cartagena, and Havana, with divers | Occurrents and Dan-
gers that did befal in the said Journey. | Also, | A New and Exact
Discovery of the Spanish Navigation | to those Parts: And of their
Dominions, Government, Religion, Forts, | Castles, Ports, Havens,

GAGE 269

Gage (Thomas)—continued.

Commodities, Fashions, Behaviour of | Spaniards, Priests and
Friers, Blackmores, Mulatto’s, Mestiso’s, | Indians; and of their
Feasts and Solemnities. | With a Grammar, or some few Rudiments
of the Indian Tongue, | called Poconchi, or Pocoman. | The Second
Edition enlarged by the Author, and beautified with Maps. | By
the true and painful endevours of Thomas Gage, Preacher of the |
Word of God at Deal in the County of Kent. |

London, Printed by E. Cotes, and sold by John Sweeting | at the
Angel in Popes-head-alley M. DC. LY [1655]. | BA. JCB.

5 p. ll., 220 pp., 6 ll. contents. folio. map.

Some brief and short rules, &c., pp. 213-220.

1365 ——— A New Survey of the | West-Indies: | or, | The English-
American his Travel by Sea and Land: | containing a Journal of
Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | within the main Land
of | America: | Wherein is set.forth | His voyage from Spain to S.
John de Ulhua; and thence | to Xalappa to Tlaxcalla, the City of
Angels, and forward to | Mexico: With the Description of that
great City, as it | was in former times, and also at this present. |
Likewise His Journey from Mexico, through the Provinces of
Gua- | xaca, Chiapa, Guatemala, Vera Paz, Truxillo, Commaya-
gua, | with his abode xii. years about Guatemala, especially in |
the Indian Towns of Mixco, Pinola, Petapa, Amatitlan. | As also |
His strange and wonderful Conversion and Calling from | those re-
mote Parts to his native Countrey: With his Return | through the
Province of Nicaragua and Costa Rica, to. Nicoya, | Panama,
Porto bello, Cartagena and Havana, with divers Occur- | rents and
Dangers that did befal in the said journey. | Also | A new and ex-
act Discovery of the Spanish Navigation | to those Parts: And of
their Dominions, Government, Reli- | gion, Forts, Castles, Ports,
Havens, Commodities, Fa-|shions, Behavior of Spaniards,
Priests and T'riers, | Black-moors, Mulatto’s, Indians; | and of their
Feasts and Solemnities. | With a Grammar, or some few Rudiments
of | the Indian Tongue, called Poconchi or Pocoman. | The third
Edition enlarged by the Author, with a new and accurate map. |
By Thomas Gage. |

London: Printed by A. Clark, and are to be sold by | John
Martyn, Robert Horn and Walter Kettilby. 1677. | C.

4p. 1l.,477 pp., 9 ll. contents. map. sm. 8°.

Some brief and short rules, &c., pp. 465-477.

1366 —— Novvelle | Relation | des | Indes Occidentales, | conte-
nant | Les Voyages de Thomas Gage dans la | Nouvelle Espagne,
ses diverses avantures. | Et | son retour par la Province de Nicara-
gua, jusques | 4 la Havane, avee la description de la Ville de |
Mexique, telle quwelle estoit autresfois, & comme | elle est a preé-
sent. | Ensemble | Vne Relation exacte des Terres & Provinces que

270

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gage (Thomas)—continued.

possédent | les Espagnols en ’Amerique, de la forme de leur Gou- |
vernement Ecclésiastique, & Politique, de leur Com- | merce, de
leurs meurs, & de celles des Criolles, des Me- | tifs, des Mulatres,
des Indiens, & des Negres. Et vn | Traitté de la Langue Poconchi
ou Pocomane. | Dédié a Monseigneur Colbert Secrétaire | d’Estat. |
Le tout traduit de PAnglois, par le sieur De | Beavliey Hués O
Neil. |

a Paris, | chez Gervais Clouzier, au Palais, sur les degrez | en
montant pour aller a la Ste Chappelle, au Voyageur. | M. DC.-
LXXVII [1677]. | Avec Privilege dv Roy. | *

4 vols. 12°. The date of the other vols. is MDCLXXVI. Title from Mr. W.
Eames.

Poconchi dictionary, vol. 4, pp. 125-153.

Sabin’s Dictionary, in a note to the above edition, quoting from Brunet, says
‘the Poconchi Grammar is sometimes found separately.”

Nine other editions of the French translation of Gage’s travels appeared, none
of which contain the Poconchi vocabulary. They are as follows: Amsterdam,
1680, 1685, 1687, 1694, 1695, 1699, 1720, 1721, 1722; all in 12°.

1367 ——— Nieuwe ende seer naeuwkeurige | Reyse | Door de Spaen-

—
ise)
(=)
aw

sche West-Indien | van | Thomas Gage; | Met seer curieuse soo
Land-kaerten als Historische Figue- | ren verciert ende met twee
Registers voorsien. | Overgeset door | H. V. Q. |

Tot Utrecht, | By Johannes Ribbius, Boeckverkooper in de |
korte St. Ians-straet. M. DC. LX XXII [1682]. | JCB.

9 p. lL, 450 pp., 33 11. sm. 4°.

“Korte onderwysinge Om de Indiaansche Taale, welke men Poconchi orte

Pocoman noemt, te leeren, werdende deselve in ende omtrent Guatimala gesproo-
cken, gelijckook in eenige gedeelten van de Honduras,” pp. 489-450.

Thomas Gage | Neue merckwiirdige Reise-Beschreibung |
Nach | NeiiSpanien/ | Wasihm daselbst seltsames begegnet /und |
wie er durch die Provintz Nicaragua wider zurtick | nach der Ha-
vana gekehret: | In welcher zu finden ist | Ein ausfiibrlicher Be-
richt von der Stadt Mexico, | wie selbte so wol vor Alters gewesen/
als auch wie sie ietzo | beschatfen sey: | Ingleichen | Kine vollkom-
mene Beschreibung aller Liin- | der und Provinzen/ welche die
Spanier in ganz Ame- | rica besitzen; von ihrem Kirchen- und Poli-
cien-Regiment; ihrem | Handel: wie auch von ihren und der Criol-
len, Mestifen, | Mulaten, Indianer und Schwartzeny Sitten | und
Lebens-Art. | Deme allem zum Beschlusz noch beygefiiget ist | Ein
kurtzer Unterricht von der Poconchischen | oder Pocomanischen
Sprache, | Aus dem Frantzéschen ins Deutsche iibersetzt. |
Leipzic/ | Verlegts Johann Herbordt Klosz/ Buchhiindl. | Anno
M. DC. XCIII [1693]. | JCB.
3p. lL, 471 pp. sm. 4°.
Kurtzer Unterricht Die Indianische Spreche/ die man Poconchi oder Poco-

man nennet/ und in der Gegend umb Gvyatimala, und an etlichen Orthen der
Honduras gebriiuchlich ist/ zuerlernen, pp. 457-471.

GAGE. 271

Gage (Thomas)—continued.

1369 ——— A New Survey of the | West-Indies. | Being | a Journal of
Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | within the main Land
of | America: | By Tho. Gage, the only Protestant that was | ever
known to have travel’d those Parts. | Setting forth | His Voyage
from Spain to S. John de Ulhua; and thence | to Xalapa, Tlax-
calla, the City of Angels, and | Mexico: With a Description of that
great | City, as in former times, and at present. | Likewise | His
Journey thence through Guaxaca, Chiapa, Guate- | mala, Vera
Paz, &e. with his abode XTTf. years about | Guatemala, His won-
derful Conversion and Calling to | his Native Country: With his
Return through Nica- | ragua and Costa Rica, to Nicoya, Panama,
Porto bello, | Cartagena, and Havana. | With | An Account of the
Spanish Navigation thither; their | Government, Castles, Ports, °
Commodities, Religion, | Priests and Friers, Negro’s, Mulatto’s,
Mestiso’s, Indians; | and of their Feasts and Solemnities, | With a
Grammar, or some few Rudiments of | the Indian Tongue, called
Poconchi or Pocoman. | The fourth Edition enlarg’d by the Author,
with an accurate Map. |

London: Printed by M. Clark, for J. Nicolson at | the Kings
Arms in Little Britain and T. Newborough, at | the Golden-Ball in

S. Pauls Church Yard. 1699. | BA.
Title; To the Reader, 5 pp.; text, 477 pp.; The Contents, 18 pp. With a map of
Mexico. 8°.

Some brief and short rales, &c., pp. 465-477,

1370 ——— Nieuwe ende seer naeuwkeurige | Reyse | Door de Spaen-
sche West-Indien | van | Thomas Gage; | Met seer curieuse soo
Land-kaerten als Historische Figue- | ren verciert ende met twee
Registers voorsien. | Overgeset door | H. V. Q.| Den Tweeden
Druk. |
vAmsterdam, | By Willem de Coup, Willem Lamswelt, Philip |

Verbeek en Johannes Lamsvelt, | Boekverkoopers. Anno 1700. |
9 p. I, 450 pp., 32 11. sm. 4°, JCB.
Korte ondevoysinge, &c. (as in 1682), pp. 439-450,

1371

A Survey of the | Spanish-West:Indies. | Being | A Journal
of Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | on the Continent of |
America: | By Tho. Gage, Gent. | Giving | An Account of the
Spanish Navigation thither; their | Government, Castles, Ports,
Commodities, Religion, | Priests and Iriers, Negro’s, Mulatto’s,
Mestiso’s, Indians; | and of their Feasts and Solemnities. | Also |
His own Voyage from Spain to S. John de Ulhua;: and | thence to
Xalapa, Tlaxcalla, Ciudad de los Angelos, | and Mexico: With a de-
scription of that | great City, as in former times, and at present. |
Likewise | His Journey thence through Guaxaca, Chiapa, Guate- |
mala, Vera Paz &e. with his abode XII. years about Guatemala,
and an Account of Return into | his Native Country England: De-

272

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gage (Thomas)—continued.

1372

scribing Nicaragua | and Costa Rica, to Nicoya, Panama, Porto
bello, Carta- | gena and Havana. | With a Grammar, or some few
Rudiments of | the Indian Tongue, called Poconchi or Pocoman.
With an exact Map of the Country. |
London: Printed for Thomas Horne, at the | South Entrance of
the Royal Exchange. 1702. | JCB.
4p. ll., 477 pp., 9 11., table. 16°. map.

A New Survey of the | West Indies: | being, | a Journal
of Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | within the main
Land of | America. | By Tho Gage, the only Protestant that was |

- ever known to have travel’d those Parts. | Setting forth | His Voy-

1373

age from Spain to 8. John de Ulhua: and thence | to Xalapa,
Tlaxcalla, the City of Angels, and | Mexico: With a Description of
that great | City, as in former times, and at present. | Likewise |
His Journey thence through Guaxaca, Chiapa, Guate- | mala, Vera
Paz, &c. with his abode XII. years about | Guatemala. His won-
derfull Conversion and Calling to | his Native Country: With his
Return through Nica- | ragua and Costa Rica, to Nicoya, Panama,
Porta bello, | Cartegena, and Havana. | With | An Account of the
Spanish Navigation, thither; their | Government, Castles, Ports,
Commodities, Religion, | Priests and Friers, Negro’s, Mulatto’s,
Mestiso’s, Indibus; | and their Feasts and Solemnities. | With a
Grammar, or some few Rudiments of | the Indian Tongue, called
Paconchi or Pacoman. | The 4th Edition enlarg’d by the Author,
with an accurate Map. |

London; Printed by Benj. Motte, for Tho. Horne, | at the South-
Entrance of the Royall-Exchange, 1711. | JCB.

4p.1L, 477 pp., 811. 16°. map.

The Traveller. Part I. Containing, A Journal of Three
Thousand Three Hundred Miles, through the Main Land of South-
America. By Mr. Thomas Gage, an Englishman; and a Mission-
ary Friar in New-Spain, twelve Years. In which is set forth, His
Journey from St. John de Ulva to Mexico, with a Description of
that great City as in former Times, and at present; as also his
Travels through many other Parts of New-Spain; with an Account
of their Government, Castles, Ports and Commodities ; as also their
ecclesiastical State, in which the lascivious Intrigues, and wicked
Lives of the Jesuits and Friars in those Parts, and their grand Impo-
sitions upon the poor ignorant Natives, are truly delineated. To
which is added, The Policy, Manners, Behaviour, Arts and Sciences,
religious Rites and Ceremonies, Feasts and Solemnities of the Na-
tive Indians. Concluding with The Wonderful Conversion of the
Author to the Protestant Religion; his Escape from the Spaniards,
in South-America; his Return to England, his Native Country ;

GAGE—GALICIA. Qe

Gage (Thomas)—continued.
and the reception he met with theze by his Relations, after an ab-
sence of four-and-twenty Years. To be published Monthly in the
New American Magazine.
Woodbridge, in New-Jersey: Printed and Sold by James Parker.
1758. =

136 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary. Ido not know whether it contains
the Poconchi Grammar.

1374 ——— Nueva Relacion que contiene los viages de Tomas Gage en
la Nueva Espana.
Paris: Rosa, 1838. *

2 vols. 12°. Title from Ludewig.

1375 Gailland (Rev. Maurice). Potewatemi | Neméwinin | ipi | Neméni-
gamowinin. | Rev’d Maurice Gailland, 8. J. | Wespanionag. |
St. Louis, Mo. | Francis Saler, Okimisinakisan. | 1866. | S.
Pp. 1-119. 32°. Roman Catholic prayer-book, hymns, &c., in the Potewatemi
language.
1376 —— Potewatami | Nememisenitikin | ipi | Neménigamowinin. |
Rev. Maurice Gailland, 8S. J. |
Cincinnatinag: | Wewikaneitidjik Benziger, | okimisinakisa-
nawa. | 1868. | C.
Pp. 1-550. 16°.
See Potewateme for other editions.
1377 Gaiwayandahgoh héndowayeeh nawénniyh. s.
4 pp. 8°. Tract in the Seneca language.
1378 Galbraith (Frank G.) Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of
Santa Clara, New Mexico.

Manuscript. 14 ll. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col-
lected in 1880.

1379 Galdo Guzman (Fr. Diego de). Arte | Mexicano | por el Padre Fr.
Diego | de Galdo Guzman, Reli- | gioso, y Predicador del Orden
de | N. P.S. Augustin, Cathedratico Pro- | prietario de las Lenguas
Mexica- | na, y Otomi, en la Real Vniuer- | sidad de Mexico. | Di-
rigido a N. Reverend™® | P. M. Ir. l'rancisco de Mendoga, Prouin-
cial de | el Orden de N. P.S. Augustin, en esta Prouin- | cia del San-
tissimo Nombre de Iesus | desta Nueua Espana. | Con privilegio. |

En Mexico, por la Viuda de Bernardo Caldero, | en la calle de
S. Augustin. Aftio 1642. | >

8 p. l., pp. 1-206, table 4 pp. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 28. Lude-
wig gives it the date of 1643.

1380 Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca). Silabario | de | Idioma Mexi-

cano. | Por el Lic. D. Faustino Chimalpopocalt [sic] Galicia. |
Mexico: 1849. | Imprenta de las Escalerillas u. 7, | Dirigida por

M. Castro. | C.
Pp. 1-17 sm. 4°.

1381 ——— Silabario | de | Idioma Mexicano, | dispuesto por el | Lie.
Faustino Chimalpopoca Galicia, | Catedratico propietario | del

18 Bib

274 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca)—continued.
mismo idioma en la Nacional y Pontificia Universidad | de esta

capital. |
Mexico. 1859. | Tipografia de Manuel Castro. | Escallerillas
num. 10. | B.

32 pp. 8°. Much more copious than the edition of 1849.
1382 ——— Epitome | 6 | modo facil | de aprender el | Idioma Na-
huatl | 6 Lengua Mexicana, | por el lic. | Faustino Chimalpopoca. |
México.—1869. | Tip. de la V.de Murguia 6 hijos Portal del

Aguila de Oro. | C.
Pp. 1-124. 16°.

1383 ———— Disertacion sobre la Riqueza, etc., del Idioma Mexicano. *
In Museo Mexicana, tome 4. Mexico, 1844. 8°. Title from Bancroft’s Native

Races.
1384 Notas en la parte Mexicana, 4 las noticias estadisticas

sobre el Departamento de Tuxpan, por Eduardo Fages.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 4, pp. 325-338. Mexico, 1854. 8°.

1385 Devocionario para oir Misa (en lengua Mexicana). Dedicado
4 los Indios pt el Lic. Faustino Chimalpopocatl Galicia. a
Manuscript. 33 pp. 32°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1386 ——— Apuntes para una Gramatica Mexicana 6 Nahuatl, por el
Lic. Faustino Chimalpopoca Galicia, ano de 1852. *
Manuscript. 3811. 4°. The author, a descendant of one of the ancient lords
of Mexico, was an excellent scholar in all matters relating to Mexican history

and languages.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

See [Cabrera (J. M.), and others].

1387 ——, Mendoza (Gumesindo), and Solis (Felipe Sanchez). Anales
de Cuauhtitlan.

In Museo Nacional de Mex., Anales, tomo 1, no.7. Mexico, 1879. 4°.

An anonymous manuscript in the Nahuatl language, found originally in the
College of San Gregorio at Mexico, but now in the library of the Museo Na-
cional. A copy of it was owned by Mr. Aubin. At the instance of the Abbé C.
E. Brasseur de Bourbourg, who calls it the Codex Chimalpopoca, the Licentiate
Faustino Chimalpopoca Galicia translated it into Spanish, and the Musco Na-
cional is now publishing the original text, Galicia’s translation, and a new
translation by Mendoza and Solis, in parallel columns. Beginning in the Anales
as above, as an appendix separately paged, it has run through to vol. 4, pt. 4.
Mexico, 1881—40 pages in all. :

1388 Galindo (Col. Don Juan). Description of the River Usumasinta,
in Guatemala. Communicated by Col. Don Juan Galindo, of the
Central American Service, corresponding Member of the Royal
Geographical Society. Dated Flores, on Lake Peten, 12th March,
1832. Read 26th Nov. 1832.

In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 3, pp. 59-64. London, 1834. 8°.
Short Maya and Putune Vocabulary, p. 63.

j

GALICIA—GALLATIN. 275

Galindo (Col. Don Juan)—continued.

1389 ——— Notice of the Caribs in Central America. Communicated
by Colonel Don Juan Galindo, F. R. G. 8S. Dated Government
House, Trugillo, 1833.

In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 3, pp. 290-291. London, 1834. 8°.
Carib Vocabulary, 28 words, p. 291.

1390 Galindo (M.) Mémoire de M. Galindo, officier supérieur de la ré-
publique de ’Amérique Centrale, adressé 4 M. le seecrétaire de la
Société de géographie de Paris. : C.

In Soc. de Géog., Bull., premitre série, tome 18, pp. 198-214. Paris, 1832. 8°.
L’oraison dominicale et le symbole des apétres en maya, p. 213; Numerals,
1-10, in Maya, p. 213; Numerals, 1-100, in Kakchiquel, p. 214.

1391 Gallatin (Albert). A Synopsis of the Indian Tribes within the
United States East of the Rocky Mountains, and in the British and
Russian Possessions in North America. By the Hon. Albert Gal-
latin.

In Am. Ant. Soc., Trans. (Archeologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422. Cam-
bridge, 1836. 8°.

Section vi, Indian Languages, pp. 160-422, contains, pp. 160-208, a general
discussion on the construction of Indian languages, with examples in various
tongues; the conten ts of the remainder of the article, as follows:

Grammatical notices:

Eskrmavux (from “Mithridates” and Crantz), pp. 211-214.

ATHAPASCAS (from Du Poncean), pp. 215-216.

ALGONKIN LENAPE, Massachusetts (from Eliot’s Indian Grammar), pp. 216-
220; Delaware (from Zeisberger’s Grammar, translated by Mr. Du Pon-
ceat), pp. 220-224; Chippeway Nouns (from Schooleraft’s Lectures), pp.
224-228; Micmacs (from Father Maynard), pp. 228-232.

Iroquois, Onondago (from Zeisberger), pp. 232-236; Hurons or Wyandots
(from Father Brebeuf), pp. 236-238.

CHEROKEE (from Pickering), pp. 239-250.

S1oux (from Gen. Lewis Cass), pp. 251-252.

Cuoctaw or Cuaura (from Missionary Spelling Book and Alfred Wright's
notes), pp. 252-256.

Muskoeus (from Mr. Compére), pp. 256-258.

Verbal Forms. Specimens of simple conjugations and transitions, pp. 267-300,

Cherokee Alphabet, p. 301. :

Vocabularies and select sentences, pp. 303-422. The following is Mr. Gallatin’s

GENERAL TABLE OF THE TRIBES, OF WHICH VOCABULARIES ARE ANNEXED.
Names of Tribes. | Authorities.
I. EsQuIMAUX: |
1| Hudson's Bay.--....-. Parry, (pp. 305-367].
2 Kotzebue’s Sound..... Beechy, [pp. 305-367].
3 Tshuktchi (Asia) ..-... Koscheloff (German), [pp. 305-367].
a Greenland --/ Egede; Crantz (German), [p. 368).
b Kadiak ...... --| Mlaproth (German), [p. 368).
JOG, 2b}! TORN Ge sencocecacosecs Resenoff (German), [pp. 305-367].
It. ATHAPASCAS: |
5 Tacullies -----....-.-. Harmon, [pp. 305-367).
6 Cheppeyans .-- -- M’Kenzie, [pp. 305-367].
c Sussees ...----.--..--. Umfreville, [p. 374].

<

276

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gallatin (Albert)—continued.

Names of Tribes.

Authorities.

33
34
35 |

ALGONKIN-LENAPE:
Knistinaux
Chippeways
Algonkins

zie’s).
Ottawas ....--.--..---
Pottowotamies. -...--
Old Algonkin
Chippeways (eastern)
Mississages
Sheshatapoosh (Lab-

rador).
Scoffies
Micmacs

( M’Ken-

Souriquois ....--.-----

Etchemins (Passama-
quoddy).

Abenakies ...--.-----.

Penobscots

Massachusetts ---..--

New England.-.-....-.

Narraganset .-.-...---
Mohicans ....---.-----

Long Island. -....--.--.
Delawares ....-....-.-

Saukies -.......--..--
Menomenies
TROQUOIS:
Wyandots
Hurons
Mohawks....-.-.-----
Hochelaga .-...-.-....
Onondagoes...... .-..
Senecas eeeeacie see eeisae
Oneidas. .. .
Cayugas .............
Tuscaroras
Nottoways...-....-.-
Sroux:
Winnebagoes .........
Dahcotahs
Yanktons

Harmon; M’Kenzie, [pp. 305-367].
Schoolcraft; James; Keating, [pp. 305-367].
M’Kenzie, [p. 368).

* Hamelin (French) ; James, [pp. 305-367].

* War Department; Barton, [p. 375].

La Hontan, [pp. 305-367].

John Long, [p. 369).

Barton, [p. 375]. 2
Gabriel, [pp. 305-367].

-| Gabriel, [p. 369].

* Father Maynard (French); * Bromley; Gabriel, [pp.
305-367].

[p. 369].

* Kellogg; * Treat, [pp. 305-367].

Father Rasle, [pp. 305-367].

* Mrs. Gardiner; * Treat, [p. 370].

Eliot; Cotton, [pp. 305-367].

Wood, [p. 370].

Williams; * Treat, [pp. 305-367].

* Jefferson; *Heckewelder; Edwards; Jenks,
305-367].

* Jefferson; Wood, [805-367].

* Heckewelder; Zeisberger, [pp. 305-367].

De Laet, [p. 371].

C. Holm, [p. 371]. a,

* Heckewelder, [p. 370].

*Van Murray; * Heckewelder, [pp. 305-367].

Smith; Beverly, [p. 376].

Lawson; Heriot; Lane, [p. 375].

| * Thornton; * War Department, [pp. 305-367].

*Anon., Duponceau Collection, [pp. 305-367].

* Jefferson; * War Department; Johnston; Barton;
Gibson; Butler; Parsons, [pp. 305-367].

Keating, [pp. 305-367].

*Doty; * War Department; James, [pp. 305-367].

(pp.

Johnston; Barton; War Department, [pp. 305-367].
Sagard, [p. 372).

* Parish; * Dwight, [pp. 305-367 and 383-397].

De Laet, [p. 376].

* Zeisberger, [pp. 305-367].

* War Department; Parish, [pp. 305-367 and 383-397].

-.| * Jefferson; Barton, [pp. 305-367].

Barton, [p. 376].
* Parish, [pp. 805-367].
*I. Wood; * Trevezant, [pp. 305-367].

* Boilvin; *Cass; * War Dep.; Maj. Long, | pp. 305-367].
Keating; Maj. Long; * Cass, [pp. 305-367].
Say, [pp. 305-367].

GALLATIN. 277

Gallatin (Albert)—continued.

Names of Tribes. Authorities.
VI. S1oux—Continued.
m™m Assiniboins..-.-...... Unfreville, [p. 374].
36 * Gen. Izard, [pp. 205-367].
37 * Dr. Murray; * Cass; Bradbury, [pp. 305-367].
38 Say, [pp. 305-367].
n TOWAYSeseseeeeciecees * Cass, [p. 377].
39 Omahas!2sessssneseee Say, [pp. 305-367].
40 Minetares Say, [pp. 305-367].
7) Crow Speesnenesaenna a Say, [p. 377].
Dp Mandanes ....-..----- Indian Treaties, [p. 379].
qd Shyennes)---.--=----- Indian Treaties (doubtful), [p. 379].
VALET CATAWBAS i 2ce oes sc scce | *J. L. Miller; Barton, [pp. 305-367].
VIII. 42 | CHEROKEES ............. *Boudinot; Worcester, [pp. 305-367 and 398-404].
IX. CHAHTAS:
43 @hoctas'-2---eceseae *A. Wright; Missionary Spelling Book, [pp. 305-367;
382-396, and 405405).
44 Chicasas/i=-- ence sneer * Gallatin, from a Chicasa boy, [pp. 305-367].
x. MUSKHOGEE:
45 Muskhogee ....-..-- * Gallatin ; *Compére, [pp. 305-367 ; 382-396, and 405406].

B Hawkins’ Muskhogee.|} * Hawkins, [p. 372].
r

Hitchittees * Ridge (a Cherokee), [p. 377.]
XI. 46 | UTcHEEs.-........ ---| *Ridge; Ware, [pp. 305-307].
SXoTT GAT, | ENUAGHES foeeee penne ese *Gallatin, [pp. 305-367].
SOG, 2634] INNA ses sodeegeane- Bee * Sibley, [pp. 305-367].
XIV. 49 | CHETIMACHAS..-.....-.. Duralde, [pp. 305-367].
KV. 50) Arracaras .........-... Duralde, [pp. 305-367].
XVI. 51 | CADDOES.....--.- -| *G. Gray, [pp. 305-367 and 383-397].
XVII. 52 | PAWNEES .............. Say, [pp. 305-367].
XSVAUEE 53h SALISH. = - ==. 5. -n--2- 2 -- *Anon., Duponceau Collection, [pp. 305-367].
XIX. 54 WOCCONS ,..----.---..-- Lawson, [p. 372].
XX. 55 | FALL INDIANS.......---- Umfreville, [p. 373).
XXI. 56 | BLack FEET Unmfreville, [p. 373].
XXII. 57 | SHOSHONEES Say, [p. 378].
SXOXSLT Te OS) AINA S taco seer erie M’Kenzie, [p. 378].
XXIV. 59 | Srraits OF FUCA ....-- Voyage of Sutil y Mexicana, [p. 378].
XEXV. 60 | WAKASH...:....... .-- Jewitt.
XXVI. 61 Satmon River (Friendly | M’Kenzie, [p. 378].
Village).
XXVIII. 62 | KOuLIscHEN .-..-------- Davidoff, [p. 371].
SXoRG VIE 163)|) CHINGOKS).--2 222-5 *Franchére, [p. 379].

XXIX. 64 | QueEN Cuartorre’s Ist.| * Sturgis; * Bryant, [p. 380].

Roman numerals indicate families; Arabic numbers, and letters indicate ar-
rangement.

The mark * denotes manuscript authorities. The Greek letters 3 and y are du-
plicates or varieties.

Select sentences in Muskhogee, Chocta, and Caddo, pp. 408-413; Select sen-
tences in Ojibway, or Chippeway, Cherokee, and Seneca, pp. 414-418; Supple-
mentary Cherokee Transitions, pp. 418-420; The Lord’s Prayer in Cherokee,
and Muskhoghee, p. 421; The Lord’s Prayer in Chocta, and Dahcota, 422.

This volume as a whole, but more particularly that part of it relating to Al-
gonkin languages, was reviewed by Schoolcraft (H. R.) in North American
Review, vol. 45, p.34. Boston. 8°.

278 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gallatin (Albert)—continued.
1392 —— Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan,

and Central America. By Albert Gallatin.

In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 1, pp. 1-352. New York, 1845. 8°.

Sec. 1. Languages—Vocabularies, grammar, derived and compounded words.

Sec. 2. Numeration—Vigintesimal.

Sec. 3. Calendars and astronomy.

Sec. 4. History and chronology.

Sec. 5. Conjectures on origin of semi-civilization in America,

No.1. Appendix. Grammatical notices of the

Mexican; from Father Carochi’s Grammar, and Curate Carlo’s and Tapia
Zenteno’s Grammar.
Tarasca, or Language of Michoacan; from Father Diego Basalenque’s
Grammar.
Maya, or Language of Yucatan; from Father Beltram’s Grammar and
manuscript notes of Pio. Perez, Giefe Politico.
Poconchi, spoken in Guatemala (including Lord’s Prayer).
Quiche (Lord’s Prayer).
Huasteca, spoken in province of the sane; from Father Tapia Zenteno.
Otomi Grammar and Dictionary; from Licenciate Louis de Neve y Molina
and Emanual Naxera’s Dissertation; includes comparative vocabulary of
Otomi, Mexican, Huasteca, and Maya.
1393 t—— Hale’s Indians of North-West America, and Vocabula-
ries of North America; with an Introduction. By Albert Gallatin.

In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2. Introduction, pp. i-clxxxviii, Hale’s Indians
of North America, pp. 1-130. New York, 1848. 8°.

Article III of the Introduction, entitled ‘‘ Philology,” occupies pp. xeviii-
exliv, and includes:

Section I. Vocabularies, which contains: <A short vocabulary of the Coco-
Maricopa, from Emory, p. cix; A comparative vocabulary of the Chocta and
Muskhogee, p. exii; Affinities of the Sastika or Blackfeet Language, with those of
the Algonkins, pp. exiii-cxiv; Affinities of the Shyenne, with Languages of the
Algonkin Family, pp. exiv-cxv; Affinities of the Upsaroka, or Crow Language,
with that of the sedentary Missouri Minetares, and those of the Sioux, pp. ¢xv-exvi};
Vocabulary of the Shyenne Language, with some notes; from Abert, pp. eXvi-cxviii,

Section II. Grammar, with examples of grammatic forms in several lan-
guages, pp. exix-cxliv. :

Part First. Hale’s Indians of North-West America, extracted from Hale’s Eth-
nology, pp. 1-70, contains: Names of the months in Piskwaus and Selish, p, 135
Grammatic forms of the Tsihaili-Selish, pp. 26-34; Grammatic forms of the Sa-
haptin, pp. 34-55; Grammatic forms of the Tshinuk, pp. 56-70; Part Second. Vo-
cabularies of North America, pp. 71-130; Below is given acopy of Mr. Gallatin’s

INDEX TO THE VOCABULARIES.

Families. Languages or Dialects.
PA ctalstara oe Teebskim axe ema ess .--- Hudson’s Bay, pp. 78-82.
III. Athapascas ......-.-.-.. Tahculi, pp. 78-82.
TV Alponkinseeesyseseeee Chippewa, Delaware, pp. 78-82. VA
Wie kroquoisise sees eicereeers Mohawk, Wyandot, pp. 79-83.
I ieepact PXo Cherokeesjss--- sates Cherokee, pp. 82-88.
X. Chocta-Muskhog...-.--- Chocta, Muskhog, pp. 82-88.
AAR Ob ee eBe BS Seadadese Dacotah, Osage, Upsaroka, pp. 83-89.
(onseas iV); “Al ponkin) fee seeeeee Blackfeet, pp. 88-94.
XXXII. ‘Shoshonees:- -----.)2-se- East Shoshonees, pp. 88-94.
2O:CNDIG SIN Cons coonde can5 one Flatheads, pp. 88-84.

i Sy

GALLATIN. 279

Gallatin (Albert)—continued.

Families. Languages or Dialects.
CeeXeXT Ve Sabaptinien-ce-\seseclo ss Nez Percés, pp. 89-95,
2.O:QG OIG) Keaesconcusescone Lower Tshinook, pp. 89-95.
XRT Wiakasheceeecsiccsey se ces Newittee, pp. 89-95.
Drm VL Catawbas.se-2-ssece 2c pp. 94-96.
xo Cheesieseeseeeeees eee pp. 94-96.
2.5 IRENE? saoaso seeded chad pp. 94-96.
RATT -A'd 8180s. S scion sees ae pp. 95-97.
XIV. Chetemachas -.......... pp. 95-97.
26 J MITEXCRINES p65 caccop cone pp. 95-97.
Eie= =| XV, Caddos:..co- SOROCCU SOR Caddo, pp. 96-98.
XVII. Pawnies................Pawnie, pp. 96-98.
VII. Arrapahoes'-..---..------ Arrapahoes, pp. 96-98.
XX. Kotunahayn saeco eee Flatbows, pp. 97-99.
2.0.05 YEMEN coepcoccos sane Cayuse, pp. 97-99.
XXVII. Kalapuya Willamet, pp. 97-99.
IT 552 OID.G ALIEN sp cecaan onos esas pp. 98-100.
EXEXSX SAS LOs aceasta eeneeeeee pp. 98-100.
EXOXCK Te alaiks eee asso ee ees pp. 98-100.
2-O:0\Y)00 lh DEO a55569 6 ocesosneeae pp. 99-101.
10 Jan Boe Beacsoscce bosses pp. 99-101
Gee Xe Koulischentssssseinas— ee Koulischen, Sitka, p. 102.
XIX. Queen Charlotte Island... Skittagete, p. 102.
EL foeatoere PRERGEN DASH eee ee sls wea ce seeee Hailstla, Haceltzuk, Billechola, Chimeysan,
p. 103. :
TE poeecoe8 ee tiskcim auxeee area ee - Greenland, Kotzebue’s Sound, Tshuktchi,
Kadiace, p. 104.
Mies: os iiwAthapascasmesseciee nce: Cheppeyans, Tlatskani, Umqwas, p. 105.
DS Fees TiVieweAl oOnkinis reese see mee eee Knistinaux, Old Algonkin, p. 106; Eastern
Chippewas, Ottowas, Potewotamies, p.
107.
OYsseeS (OF g eocsseeteeese Sheshapootosh, Scoffies, p. 108; Micmacs,
Etchemins, Abenakis, p. 109.
IP eased US s--------- ----Massachusetts Narragansets, Mohicans,
p- 110; Long Island, Minsi, Nanticokes,
p. 111.
Oleeees Be eb decobapcosS - Miamis, Illinois, p. 112; Shawnoes, Saukies,
Mnemones, p. 113.
Piijeninetotet= Wo Lit OH oaSemcoSeccdceoc Onondagos, Senecas, Oneidas, p. 114; Cayu-
gas, Tuscaroras, Nottoways, p. 115.
Masanaad WAI SONS <sssRcqomocetio cocseC Yanktons, Winebagos, p. 116 ; Quappas, Ot-
toes, Omaha, Minetares of Missouri, p. 117.
Teer SOX Uy SOlishtsaseeeeescen ee sees Atnahs, Skitsuish, Piskaws, p. 118;Skwale,
Tsihailish, Kowelitz, p. 119.
OXI SES eee eee ae Nsietshaws, p. 120.
XXIV. Sahaptin ...............Walawala, p. 120.
XXV. Waiilatpu ...-..-....... Molele, p. 120.
2.0.1 ig AVS NIN SS soe=ponceseccod Waitlala, p. 121.
XXXIT. Shoshonee .----..-...-.. Wihinacht, p. 121,
XO Wiakashieees [n= secsane Nootka Sound, p. 121.
secocesece California ..............San Francisco, Kij, Netela, p. 128.
Wisaecye ses CEC Bc clo Sm once ett Pima, San Diego, Sta. Barbara, 8. Luis
Obispo, S. Antonio, p. 129.
Xeaweseee) NOI AMOLICH cecesienee Onoolaska, Aleutan Islands, Kamchatka,

p. 130,

280 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gallatin (Albert)—continued.

1394 Sur Vancienne civilisation du Nouveau Mexique, des bords
du Rio Gila et des contrées voisines. Par feu M. Albert Gallatin,
Président.

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 3, 1851 (vol. 131 of the collec-
tion), pp. 287-811. Paris, n.d. 8°.
Numerals, 1-10, and a few words of the Maricopa (from Emory), p. 294.

Table of Generic Indian Families of Languages.

In Schooleraft (H.R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 401-402. Philadelphia, 1853. 4°,

1396 Gallaudet’s | Picture defining | and reading book: | also, | New-
Testament Stories, | in the Ojibua language. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. | BA. AAS.
Pp. 1-123. 12°.

1397 Gambino (D. Pedro J.) Piadoso | Devocionario | en honor | del |
Sagrado Corazon de Jesus. | Contiene el Devoto egercicio que la
Pia | Union de la Ciudad de la Puebla confor- | me 4 la general de
Roma, practica todos | los Domingos del ano en Ja Iglesia del Es- |
piritu Santo; y la Novena para la Fiesta | del Santisimo Corazon,
que compuso el | P. D. Teodoro de Almeida. | Traducido al idioma
Mexicano, para utili- | dad de los devotos congregantes de | la Pia
Union de | Santiago Tlilapan | por el Presbitero D. Pedro J. Gam-
bino, | quien lo dedica | 4 su Prelado, el Escmo. é Mlmo. Sr. Dr.
D. | Francisco Pablo Vazquez. |

Orizava | Imprenta de Felis | Mendarte | 1839. | C.
4p. 11., 128 pp. 16°.

1395

1398 Gante (fr. Pedro de). Doctrina en lengua Mexicana.
Ambreres 1528 + Mexico 1559. *
Title from Pimentel.

Doctrina cristiana en lengua mexicana.

Colophon:

4 A honrra y gloria de nues- | tra Sefor Jesu xpo y de su bédita
ma- | dre aqui se acaba la presente do- | ctrina xpiana en legua
Mexica | na. La ql fue recopilada por | el R. p. fray Pedro de
Ga | te de la ordé de sant Fracisco.

Fue impressa en | casa de Iua pablos | impressor de libros. | Afio.

1399

de. 1553. | ¥
172 11. 8°. Gothic letter. Title-page missing. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apun-
tes, No. 109.

See Doctrina Cristiana (1548).

1400 [Gaona (fr. Juan).] Colloquios de | la paz y tranquilidad Chri- |
Stiana, en lengua | Mexicana. | [ An engraving of St. Francisco. |
Con licencia, y | priuilegio. |

En Mexico, é casa d Pedro Ocharte. | M.D.LX XXII [1582]. |

Colophon:

A honra, y gloria | de nfo sefior Iesu Christo, y @ su be | dita
madre: acabardse de impri- | mir estos collogos, cd licécia | y priui-

m COLLOQVIOS DE- we
Ja paz, y tranquilidad Chri-
ftiana, enilengua
Mexicana.

ND 1 iY
ey MU t ~
GEASS Seal Sipe,

—

CON LICENCIA,Y
Priuilegio.
En Mexico,é cafa d Pedro Ocharte,
M.D.UXXXIIL

1400.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF GAONA’S COLLOQUIOS.

GALLATIN—GARCIA. 281

Gaona (Fr. Juan)—continued.
legio: en Mexico, en | casa d Pedro Ocharte, | a. xxviij de Octubre, |
de M. D. ae [1582]. | Anos. | [Verse in Latin.] >

16 p. 1l., 1. 1-121. 8°.

According to Beristain this edition is the second; but he does not indicate the
date of the first. Ternaux comments on two editions: one in 1583, the other in
1593. I have seen only that of 1582, and I do not believe there is any other.
The approvals and licenses are all from April to August, 1582.

P. Gaona died in 1560, and his work was published by P. Fr. Miguel de Zarate.
The dedication of this to the viceroy, dated May 26, 1582, clearly indicates that
it treats of a first edition.

The copy which I possess is intercallated, in alternate leaves, with a manu-
script translation of the same work into another native language, which, up to
the present time, I haye not been able to identify, nor have I found any one who
could tell me what it is. The lettering is of the sixteenth century, very clear
and even, and with the titles in red ink.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 31.

See Coloquios, No. 844, of this catalogue.

1401 ——— Colloquios de la paz y tranquilidad christiana. a

Manuscript. 8°. Lettering of the xvi. century, red and black.

Anonymous translation. It begins in the same way as that mentioned in No.
31, and is the same lettering. It occupies 91 leaves. I believe that it is in
Otomi, because there follows in the voiume a treatise of 134 leaves which is de-
clared to be in Otomi, and it appears to be the same language.—Icazbalceta’s
Apuntes, No. 110.

The above-mentioned manuscript belonged to Sr. Ramirez. In the sale cata-
logue of his books it is titled and described as follows:

I. Coloquios de la paz y tranquilidad christiana. Interlocutores: Un religioso
y un colegial. Manuscript of 91 leaves. (A translation.) II. A course of reli-
gious instructions by an anonymous writer; 1]. 138; in 1 vol. 8vo.

Both these works are in the Othomi language, written during the sixteenth
century, in a small, clear, and beautiful handwriting, with titles and initials in
red. This is one of the most precions gems of this collection.

In Tross’ Bib. Mex., a manuscript with the same title is given under Gaona;
the collation is 143 Il., 8°, and the date 1683 ; it is said to be acopy of the printed
edition of 1582.

1402 Garcia (P. Fr. Bartholomé). Manual | paraadministrar | los santos
Sacramentos | de Penitencia, | Eucharistia, Extrema-Uncion, | y
Matrimonio: | Dar Gracias despues de Comulgar, | y Ayudar 4
bien Morir | A los Indios de las Naciones: Pajalates, Orejones, |
Pacaos, Pacoéas, Telijayas, Alasapas, Pausanes, y otras | muchas
diferentes, que se hallan en las Missiones del | Rio de San Anto
nio y Rio Grande, pertenecientes | 4 el Colegio de la Santissima
Cruz de Ja Ciudad de | Queretaro, como son: los Pacuaches, Me-
scales, | Pampopas, Tacames, Chayopines, Venados, Pama- | ques,
y toda la Juventud de Pihuiques, Borrados, Sanipaos, y Manos de
Perro. | Compuesto | por el P. Fr. Bart holomé Garcia, | Preédicador
Apostolico, y actual Missionero de la | Mission de N.S. P.S. Iran-
cisco de dicho Colegio, | y Rio de San Antonio en la ieee incia de |
Texas. Impresso con las Licencias necessarias en }a Imprenta de
los Herederos de | Dona Maria de Rivera, en la Calle de S. Ber-
nardo, y esquina de la Plazuela | de el Volador. Ano de 1760. |

282 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Garcia (P. Fr. Bartholomé)—continued.
8 p. ll, 88 pp. 4°. Beristain has no mention of this work. JWP.

1403 Garcia (Fr. Gregorio). Origen de los Indios de el Nuevo Mundo, e

Indias Occidentales. Averiguado con discurso de opiniones, por

_el Padre Presentado Fr. Gregorio Garcia,. ... . Tratanse en este

libro varias cosas y puntos curiosos tocantes a diversas ciencias y

facultades con que se hace varia historia, de mucho gusto para el
ingenio y entendimiento de hombres agudos y curioses.

Valencia: Pedro Patricio Mey, 1607. S
14 p., l., pp. 535. sm. 8°. Not seen; title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1404 —— }K | Origen | de los Indios | de el Nuevo Mundo, | e Indias
Occidentales, | averiguado con discurso (de opiniones | por el Padre
Presentado Fr. Gregorio Garcia, | de la orden de Predicadores. |
Tratanse en este libro varias cosas, y puntos | curiosos, tocantes a
diversas Ciencias, i Facultades, con que se hace varia | Historia, de
mucho gusto para el Ingenio, i Entendimiento de Hombres | agudos,
i curiosos. | Segunda Impresion. | Enmendada, y Anadida de algu-
nas opiniones, | 0 cosas notables, en maior pruebade lo quecontiene,
con tres tablas mui | puntuales de los capitulos, de las materias, y
autores, | que las tratan. | Dirigido | al Angelico Doct. S*. Tomas |
de Aquino. | | Engraving.] | Con privilegio real. |

En Madrid: en la Imprenta de Francisco Martinez Abad. Afio
de 1729. | BA.

14 p.1l., pp. 3-6, 1-336, index, 40 ll. folio.

Numerous Mexican words scattered through, particularly pp. 232-316, where

the manners, customs, languages, &c., of various nations of the Old World are
compared with those of the Mexicans and Peruvians.

1405 Gardiner (William H.) Vocabulary of the Sisseton Dakotas, by
W. H. Gardiner, Assistant Surgeon, U. 8. A.
Manuscript. 101]. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 1868.

1406 Gardiner (Bishop —). Some forms of the Chipewyan verb.
Manuscript. 5 ll. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1407 Garin (Rk. P.) L. J.C. & M. J. | RM | Catéchisme, | recueil de |
Priéres et de Cantiques | 4 Pusage des | Sauvages d’Albany, (Baic-
d’Hudson). | [Three lines syllabic characters.] [Oblate seal.]

Montreal: | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault, | No. 22 Rue Saint-
Vincent. | 1854. | C.8.

1p. 1, pp. 1-94. 12°. In syllabic characters. Alphabet, with French equiva-
lents, reverse of title.

1408 Garnier (—). Huron Grammar. %
Manuscript. ‘‘Referred to by Chaumonot in his life, but now lost.”—His!.
Mag.

* qm

SesepesenDOneaneanesgenseet

% 4 eo * o
aes. gov CETSSSSTTIVETTS gee
bead

; 2S oop

ARTE oe

DE LENG VA MEXICANA @ se
COMPUESTO POR EL BACHILLER D. o)*, Sen
Ahtonio Vafquez Gaftelu.el Rey de Figue~ #3 “em
roa: Cathedratico de dicha lengua en los Rea- Dye
les Collegios deSan Pedro, ySan Juan. 3 Sse

Corregido fegun fu original por el Br. D. ea 3D
Antonto de Olmedo,yTorre,CuraTheniente 3*422
dela Parrechia Auxsliar del EvangelifiaS ©4 2°

Marcos dela Ciudad de los Angeles.

*
Sd

95.8 vi
Sor

eto

AG 25289808308
“io *,* oF
SEUSS TS SLT Y

&
uw
%
we

Be iso OR2OR8:
SSESTSLTS ELI

*
eee

2p
8

OS) °
Te phe
oe
«3
ce oF
«3

Som
: oe
e Soe
«= ae
ae =
See Bs
mix 3S
md Con tigécia gu laPacls.parDiego Fernidez deLed, prod
2S gen y por fu original eafe Imprentade Francifco Xavier gs Sam
8 x ‘gy de Morales, y Sane Impreffor, y Mercader de Lis 3,502
=’ Onl ei el Partgl de Borja, dondefe vende. RS a
5) no de 1726 3
ee & 2 Def ects Be so

Senseesaneeaegeeitey siderite

1412,—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF GASTELU’S ARTE OF 1726,

GARCIA—GASTELU. 283

1409 Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez). Arte | de Lengva Mexicana | Com-
pvesto | Por el Bachiller Don Antonio Vasquez Gastelu | el Rey
de Figueroa: Cathedratico de dicha Len- | gua en los Reales Col-
legios de 8S. Pedro, y S. Juan | Sacalo Alvz | Por orden del Ilus-
trissimo Setior Doctor Don Manuel Fernandez de Sancta Cruz,
Obispo de la Puebla de los | Angeles: Diego Fernandez de Leon. |
Y¥ le dedica | A los Senores Ligenciados Don Ivanximenez de Leon, |
Cura Benefigiado, Vicario, y Juez Ecclesiastico del Partido de |
Santiago Tecalli, por su Magestad : que antes lo fue del Castillo, |
y Real Fuerza de San Juan de Vllula. | Y | A Don Alonso Cordero
Zapata, Cura Benefigiado | por su Magestad, de dicho Partido, de
Santiago Tecalli, avien- | dolo sido antes de el de Coscatlan, y Ori-
zaba, de este dicho | Obispado. |

Con Licencia en la Puebla de los Angeles, en la Imprenta nueva
de Diego | Fernandez de Leon, aiio de 1689, | Impresso 4 la costa:
Hallarase en su Libreria. | JCB.

6 p.1., 1]. 1-42. sm. 4°,

1410 ——— Arte | de Lengua Mexicana | Compvesto | Por el Bachiller
D. Antonio Vasquez Gastelu | el Rey de Figueroa: Cathedratico
de dicha | Lengua en los Reales Collegios de S. Pedro, | y San
Juan. | Dase a la estampa segvnda vez. De orden del Illustrissimo
Seftor Doctor D. Manuel | Fernandez de Santa Cruz, Obispo de la
Puebla de | los Angeles. | Va aniadido, y enmendado en esta se-
gunda | +Impression.+ | [Engraving.]

Con licencia en la Puebla de los Angeles, en la Im- | prenta de
Diego Fernandez de Leon, aio de 1693. | Impresso 4 su costa: hal-
larase en su Libreria en el | portal de las flores. | C.

50 Il. sm. 4°,

1411 ——— Arte de Lengua Mexicana corregido segun su original por el
Br. D. Antonio de Olmedo y Torre, cura theniente de la parrochia
auxiliar del Evangelista S. Marcos de la ciudad de los Angeles.

Con licencia en la Puebla por D. F. de, Leon; y por su Original

en la Imprenta de F. X. de Morales y Salazar, 1716. -

Title, 1 p.1., 54 pp. 4°. Third edition; so rare that Leclere (1878, p. 604)
charges Ludewig with an error in mentioning this edition, although there was a
copy in the Fischer catalogue which produced £4. 4s.—Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 351.

Arte | de Lengva Mexicana | Compuesto por el Bachiller
D. | Antonio Vasquez Gastelu, el Rey de Figue- | roa: Cathedra-
tico de dicha lengua en los Rea- | les Collegios de San Pedro, ¥.
San Juan. | Corregido segun su original por el Br. D. | Antonio de
Olmedo, y Torre, Cura Theniente | de la Parrochia Auvxiliar del,
Evangelista S. | Marcos de la Ciudad de los Angeles. |

Con ligécia en la Puebla, por Diego Ferfiadez de Led, | y por su
original en la Imprenta de Francisco Xavier | de Morales, y Sala-

1412

284 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez)—continued.
zar, Impressor, y Mercador de Li- | bros en el Portal de Borja,

donde se vende. | Afio de 1726. | C. JCB.
2p. ll, 1. 1-54. 4°.

1413 ——— Arte de lengua Mexicana compuesto por el Bachiller D.
Antonio Vasquez Gastelu, el Rey de Figueroa: Cathedratico de
dicha lengua en los Reales collegios de San Pedro, y San Juan.
Corregido segun su original por el Br. D. Antonio de Olmedo y
Torre, ete.

En la Puebla, imprenta de Francisco Xavier de Morales y Sala-
zar, ete. Ato de 1756. *
1 unnumbered 1., 34 11, 4°. Followed by:

1414 ——— Confesonario breve en lengua Mexicana y Castellana. o

LI. 34-54,

Gastelu was a native of the diocese of Puebla. He was a secular priest and
professor of the Mexican language in the royal colleges of San Pedro and San
Juan, of that city.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1415 ———. Cathecismo Breve, que precisamente deve saber el Christi
ano. Dispuesto en Lengua Mexicana por el Licenciado Don Anto-
nio Vasquez Castelu |sic] el Rey de Figueroa, Cathedratico que
fue, de dicha Lengua, en los Reales Colegios de 8S. Pedro y 8. Juan.
Y salid a luz de orden de el Ill ™? y Exe.™° Sr. Doct. D. Manuel
Fernandez de Santa Cruz, Obispo, que fué, de este Obispado de la
Puebla de los Angeles, del Consejo de su Magestad, Se.

Reimpresso en la Puebla: Por la Viuda de Miguel de Ortega, en
el Portal de las Flores, donde se vende. Ano de 1733. *

Title, pp. 1-10. 4°. _ Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 112.

1416 —— Catecismo breve que precisamente debe saber el] Cristiano.
Dispuesto en Lengiia Mexicana por el Lic.?e D. Antonio Vasquez
Gastelu el Rey de Figueroa, Catedratico que fue de dicha Lengua
en los Reales y Pontificios Colegios de San Pedro y San Juan de
esta Ciudad de la Puebla de los Angeles.

Reimpresso en la Imprenta de D. Pedro de la Rosa, en Portal de

las Flores. Ato de 1792. *

8 unnumbered ll. 4°. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, from copy in his
possession.

1417 ——— Catecismo Breve | que precisamente | debe saber el cristi-

ano, | dispuesto | por el Licenciado | D. Antonio Vasquez Gas-
telu. | Lleva anadidos | Los actos de Fé, Esperanza y Caridad, y
le | Confesion general. |

Puebla. | Imprenta del hospital de San Pedro. | 1838. | C.

30 pp. 16°. In the Mexican language.

1418 ——— Catecismo | Breve | que precisamente | Debe saber el cris-
tiano, | dispuesto | en el Idioma Mejicano | por el Licenciado | D.
Antonio Vasquez Gastelu | el Rey de Figueroa, | catedratico que
fue de dicha lengua de | los nacionales y pontificios colejios de |

GASTELU—GATSCHET. 285

Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez)—continued.
San Pedro y San Juan de la ciudad de la | Puebla de los Anje-
les. |
Reimpreso en Orizaba. | Oficina de Felis Mendarte. | 1842. | oc.
16 pp. 16°.

1419 ——— Catecismo | breve | que precisamente debe saber | el cris-
tiano, | dispuesto en el idioma mejicano por el Lie. | D. Antonio
Vasquez Gastelu | el Rey de Figueroa. | Corregido y adicionado,
por un Sacerdote | profesor de dicho idioma en el Obispado de |
Puebla.

Reimpresso en Orizava. | Impr. de la Caja de ahorros, dirigida

por | J. Ramon Matos. | 1846. | *
16 pp. 8°. Title from Ieazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 34.

1420 ——— Catecismo in idioma Mexicano por Ant. Vasquez Gastelu.
Puebla. 1854. *
8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1421 ——— Breve Catecismo de la Doctrina Cristiana, traducido al

Mexicano. s
Orizaba: B. Aburto. 1865. *

19 pp. 8°. Title from Tross’ Bib. Mex., No. 127.

1422 Gatschet (Albert Samuel). Zw6lf Sprachen | aus dem | Siidwesten
Nordamerikas | (Pueblos- und Apache-Mundarten; Tonto, Ton-
kawa, | Digger, Utah.) | Wortverzeichnisse | herausgegeben, er-
lautert und mit einer Einleitung iiber Bau, | Begriffsbildung und lo-
cale Gruppirung der amerikanischen | Sprachen versehen | von |
Albert 8S. Gatschet. |

Weimar | Hermann Bohlau | 1876. | JWP.

Pp. i-v, 1-150. &°.

In addition to general remarks, grammatic examples, &c., pp. 87-115 of this
work contain vocabularies, as follows:

Loew (0.) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Isleta, Jemez, Moqui, Tehua (I-II),
Acoma, and Queres; of the Apache, Navajo, Tonto, Tonkawa, Diggers [ Win-
tun], and Utah. — M

White (J. B.) Vocabulary of the Apache [Coyotero].

Yarrow (H. C.) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Taos.

1423 ——— The Klamath Indians of Oregon.

4°. In press.

This paper will form vol. 3, Contributions to North American Ethnology.
Part 1 will consist of texts, with interlinear translations and explanatory notes,
and of the grammar of the language; 197 pages are in type. Part 2 will include
the Klamath-English and English-Klamath dictionary; 305 pages are in type.

Report on the Pueblo Languages of New Mexico, and of

the Moquis in Arizona; their affinity to each other and to the lan-

guages of the other Indian Tribes: By Alb. S. Gatschet, Philol-
ogist.
In Wheeler (Lieut. G. M.) Ann. Rept. 1875, pp. 180-187. Washington, 1875. 8°.
Based on vocabularies collected by Dr. Osear Loew and Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
Lieut. Wheeler’s Report also forms Appendix LL of the Annual Report of the
Chief of Engineers for 1575. Mv. Gatschet’s paper occupies pp. 1100-1107.

1424

286 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gatschet (Albert Samuel)—continued.

1425 Analytical Report on Eleven Idioms spoken in Southern
California, Nevada, and on the Lower Colorado River, their pho-
netic elements, grammatical structure, and mutual affinities. By

Alb. S. Gatschet.
In Wheeler (Lieut. G. M.) Ann. Rep. 1876, pp. 330-349. Washington, 1876. 8°.

. The tribes treated of are the Kasua, Kauvuya, Takhtam, Gaitchim, Kizh,
Southern Payutes, Chemehuevi, Western Payutes, Mohave, Hualapai, and
Diegueno.

Lieut. Wheeler’s Report also formed Appendix JJ of the Annual Report of the
Chief of Engineers for 1876, and in that connection Mr. Gatschet’s paper occu-
pies pp. 550-563. It was also issued as a separate pamphlet, as follows:

1426 U.S. Geographical Surveys west of the 100th Meridian. |
Analytical Report | upon | Indian Dialects spoken in Southern
California, Ne- | vada, and on the lower Colorado River, &c. &e., |
based upon vocabularies collected by the | Expeditions for Geo-
graphical Surveys | west of the 100th Meridian, Lieut. | Geo. M.
Wheeler, Corps of En- | gineers, U. S. Army, | in charge, | by |
Alb. S. Gatschet ; | being | extract from | Appendix JJ. | of the |
Annual Report of the Chief of En- | gineers for 1876. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1876. | JWP.
Printed cover, title 1 1., errata 1 1., pp. 550-563. 8°.

1427

Appendix. Linguistics. Prefaced by a Classification of
Western Indian Languages. By Albert S. Gatschet.

In Wheeler (Capt. G. M.) Report upon U. 8. Geographical Surveys, vol.
7, pp. 399-485. Washington, 1879. 4°.

Mr. Gatschet’s prefatory remarks-occupy pp. 403-421. For contents of paper,
see Wheeler (Capt. Geo. M.)

1428 Die Sprache der Tonkawas. Von Albert S. Gatschet.
In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp. 64-73. Berlin, 1877. 8°.
1429 Volk und Sprache der Timucua. Von Albert S. Gatschet.

[First article. |
In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp. 245-260. Berlin, 1877. 8°.

1430

Der Yuma-Sprachstamm nach den neuesten handschrift-
lichen Quellen dargestellt von Albert S. Gatschet.
In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp. 341-350, 365-418. Berlin, 1877. 8°.
Besides his own remarks, comparisons, &c., Mr. G. gives the following vocab-

ularies:
Tonto (Oscar Loew and J. B. White). Cocopa (Major Heintzleman).
Mancopa (Whipple and Bartlett). Dieguetio (Oscar Loew).
Hualapai (Oscar Loew). Diegueto (J. R. Bartlett)
Mohave (Oscar Loew). H’taiim (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb).
Mohave (George Gibbs). Kiliwi (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb).
Kutchan (Lieut. Whipple). Cochimi (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb).
Kutchan (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb). Cochimi (J. R. Bartlett).
1431 Farbenbenennungen in nordamerikanischen Sprachen.

Von Albert 8. Gatschet in Washington. JWP:
In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp. 293-302. Berlin, 1879. 8°.

we
aoe
om

GATSCHET. 287

Gatschet (Albert Samuel!) —continued.
1432 — Volk und Sprache der Timucua. Von Albert S. Gatschet
iu Washington. [Second article.]
In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp. 189-200. Berlin, 1881. 8°.

1433 ——— Land und Volk der Timucua. Von A. S. Gatschet. *
In Belletristisches Journal [a weekly periodical published in New York],
4. Mai 1877.
Not seen; title furnished by Mr. Gatschet.

1434 ——— A sketch of the Klamath Language. By Albert S. Gat-
schet, U. S. Special Agent for Linguistics, Ethnology and Sta-
tistics. JWP.

In The Ashland Tidings [a weekly paper published at Ashland, Oregon], Dec.
28, 1877.

1435

Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories.
In Magazine Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 145-171. New York, 1877. 4°.
Contains comparative vocabulary Chocuyem and Mutsun, p. 158.

Issued separately as follows:

1436 ——— Indian Languages | of the | Pacific States and Territories |
by | Albert S. Gatschet | Reprinted from March Number of The
Magazine of American History | JWP.

Half title 11., pp. 145-171. Reprinted in

Beach (W. W.) Indian Miscellany, pp. 416-447. Albany, 1877. 8°; and in

Drake (8. G.) Aboriginal Races of North America, pp.748-763. New York,
[1880]. 8°.

A supplementary paper as follows:

1437 ——— Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories and

of the Pueblos of New Mexico.

In Magazine Am. History, vol. 8, pp. 254-263. New York, 1882.

Issued separately as follows:

1438 —— Indian Languages | of the | Pacific States and Territories |
and of | The Pueblos of New Mexico. | By Albert S. Gatschet. |
Reprinted from the Magazine of American History, April, 1882.

New York: | A. 8. Barnes & Co. | 1882. | JWP.

Printed title on cover; 5 unnumbered Il. 4°.

1439 t—— Proper Names of California Indians.
In Magazine Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 758-759. New York, 1877. 4°.
Wrongly titled; should be: Tribal names of Oregon Indians.

1440 ——— Vocabulary of the Chumtéya.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp.
536-549. . Washington, 1877. 4°.

1441 People and Language of the Timucua. JWP.
In Semi-Tropical Magazine, pp. 329-331. Jacksonville, Pla., 1877.
1442 ——— Remarks upon the Tonkawa Language. By Albert S. Gat-
schet.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 16, pp. 318-327. Philadelphia, 1877. 8°.
Also separately issued without title-page but repaged, 1-10.

288 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gatschet (Albert Samuel)—continued.
1443 The Timucua Language. By Albert S. Gatschet. [First

article. |

In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 16, pp. 626-642. Philadelphia, 1877. 8°.

Historical and Ethnological Remarks, pp. 626-629; Phonetic Elements, pp.
629-630; Inflection, pp. 680-631; Selected Text (from Pareja), pp. 633-639;
Words and Sentences, pp. 639-642.

Also separately issued without title-page, but repaged, 1-17.

1444 —_— The Timucua Language. By Albert 8. Gatschet. [Second
article. ]
In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 17, pp. 490-504. Philadelphia, 1878, 8°.
Selected words, text, and sentences, from Pareja.

1445 ——— The Timucua Language. By Albert 8. Gatschet. [Thid
_ article. |
In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proce., vol. 18, pp. 465-502. Philadelphia, 1880. 8°.
Timucua-Maskoki Affinities; Timucua-Carib Affinities; Grammatic Notes,
Prefixes, Suffixes, &c., pp. 477-488; Selected Texts (from Pareja), pp. 489-494 ;
Address sent to the King of Spain by Timucua chiefs (from Buckingham Smith,
with corrected text and English translation, by Mr. Gatschet), pp. 495-497;
Words and Sentences, pp. 498-503.

1446

Sketch of the Klamath Language of Southern Oregon. By
Albert 8. Gatschet.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 81-84. Cleveland, 1878, and Chicago, 1879. 8°.

1447 ——— Mythologie Text in the Klamath Language of Southern
Oregon. Commented by Albert S. Gatschet.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 161-166. Cleveland, 1878, and Chicago,
1879. 8°.
1448

The Numeral Adjective in the Klamath Language of
Southern Oregon. By Albert 8S. Gatschet.

In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 210-217. Chicago, 1879-80. 8°.

Issued separately as follows:

1449 —-~- The Numeral Adjective | in the Klamath Language of
Southern Oregon. | By Albert S. Gatschet. | From the American
Antiquarian, vol. If, No. III. | JWP.

Pp. 1-8. 8°.

1450 t—— The Test of Linguistic Affinity. By Albert S. Gatschet.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 163-165. Chicago, 1879-80. 5°.
Issued separately as follows:

1451 —— The Test of Linguistic Affinity. By Albert S. Gatschet.
[Followed by ‘ Linguistic Notes.” JWP.

Pp. 1-7.. 8°.
1452 ——— Linguistic Notes. Edited by Albert S. Gatschet, Wash-

ington, D. C.

In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 267-269. Cleveland, 1878, and Chicago,
1879. 8°. Vol. 2, pp. 76-79, 171-174, 236-238, 318-319. Vol. 3, pp. 66, 249-252,
337-338. Vol. 4, pp. 73-77, 235-238. Chicago, 1879-82. 8°.

Brief comments, reviews, &c.

GATSCHET. 289

Gatschet (Albert Samuel)—continued.

1453 ——— On Syllabic Reduplication as observed in Indian Lan-
guages, and in the Klamath Language of South-western Oregon in
particular.

In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc., Eleventh Ann. Sess., pp. 35-37. Hartford, 1879.
8°,

1454 ——— Volk und Sprache der Maklaks im siidwestlichen Oregon.
Von Alb. S. Gatschet in Washington. [Articles I and IL] *

In Globus Illustrirte Zeitschrift fiir Liinder- und Vélkerkunde, Band 35, No.
11, pp. 167-171, 187-189. Braunschweig, 1879.
This article includes a yocabulary of 31 words of the following Pacific Coast

tribes:
Takilma, by Dr. [Gen.] Hazen. Ydkona, from Horatio Hale.
Takilma, by Dr. Barnhardt. Alséya, by Dr. Milhau.
Kusa, by Dr. Milhan (two dialects). Sayuskla, by Dr. Milhau.
Not seen; title furnished by the author.
1455 ——— Adjectives of color in Indian Languages. By Albert S.
Gatschet.

In Am. Naturalist, vol. 13, pp. 475-485.

1456 ——— Vocabulary of the Achom4wi, Pit River Valley, Northeast-
ern California.

Manuscript. 11 pp. folio. Includes the dialects of Big Valley; Hot Springs;
Goose Lake.

1457 ——— Vocabulary of the Ara (Karok), Klamath River, California,

trom Red Caps to Clear Creek, near mouth of Scott River.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 211 words.

1458 ——— Linguistic material of the Cha’hta Language, as spoken in
the parishes north of Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana.

Manuscript. 82 1]. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Powell’s Introduction to the

Study of Indian Languages, 2d ed. It contains over 1000 terms and sentences.

Obtained from Indians in New Orleans, La., and at Manderyille, St. Tammany
Parish, La., 1881-82.

1459 t—— Cheroki Linguistic Material obtained from Richard M.
Wolfe, Delegate of the Cherokee Nation to the United States Goy-
ernment.

Manuscript. 5 ll. folio. Principally phrases and sentences.

1460 Linguistic material of the Tchalagi or Cheroki Language:
Mountain Cheroki dialect of North Carolina.

Manuscript. Containing about 350 words alphabetically arranged, on slips,
and some phrases ; obtained in December, 1881, from Sampson Owl, a Cheroki,
stopping at Kataba Nation, York Co.,S. C. The alphabet used is that given in
Powell’s Introduction, 2d ed.

1461 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Clackama.
Manuscript. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to Study of Indian Lan-
guages, Ist ed. The Clackamas belong to the Chinuk family. Material col-
lected at Grande Ronde Reservation, Yamhill County, Oregon, December, 1877.

19 Bib

290 - NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gatschet (Albert Samuel)—continued.

1462 Creek or Maskoki Linguistic Material obtained from Gen-
eral Pleasant Porter and Mr. R. Hodge, Delegates of the Creek
Nation to the United States Government, 1879-80.

Manuscript. 411. folio. Principally phrases and sentences.

1463 —-_— Kayowé Linguistic Material.

Manuscript. 10 pp. folio. Composed principally of sentences with translation.
Collected February and March, 1880, from Itaéli Du” moi, or ‘‘ Hunting Boy,” a
young pupil of the Hampton, Va., school, employed at the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, and afterwards sent to the Indian School at Carlisle, Pa.

Linguistic Material of the Kalapuya family, Atfalati dialect.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-399. sm. 4°, in five blank books. Consists of texts with
interlinear translation, grammatic notes, words, phrases, and sentences. Col-
lected at Grande Ronde Agency, Oregon, in 1877.

List of Suffixes of the Kalapuya family, Tualati or Atfalati

1464

1465

dialect.
Manuscript. Blank book. sm. 4°. Arranged in 1878. C

1466 Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Kalapuya family,
Atfalati or Wapatu Lake Language.

Manuscript. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Lan-
guages, Ist ed., nearly complete. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877.

1467 ——— Vocabulary of the Kalapuya family, Likamiute and
Ahantchuyuk dialects.
Manuscript. 16 pp. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of

Indian Languages, 1st ed., incomplete. Collected at Grande Ronde Indian
Agency, 1877.

1468 t—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Kalapuya family,
Yamhill dialect.

Manuscript. 9 pp. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, Ist ed:, incomplete. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency,
1877.

1469 —— Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw.

Manuscript. 12 pp. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of

Indian Languages, 1st ed., incomplete.

1470

— Linguistic material of the Kataba Language, spoken on
Kataba River, York Co., South Carolina.

Manuscript. 37 ll. folic. It contains over 1200 words, 400 sentences, and a few
texts. Obtained in December, 1881, at Kataba Nation, York Co.,8.C. The
alphabet used is that given in Powell’s Introduction, 2d ed.

1471

Linguistic Material collected at the Chico Rancheria of the
Michopdo Indians (Maidu family), Sacramento Valley, California.

Manuscript. 84 pp. sm. 4°, Blank book. Text with interlinear translation,
phrases, and sentences. Collected in 1877.

1472 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Mélale Language.
Manuscript. 30 1], 4°, Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In-
dian Languages, Ist ed. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, Oregon, 1877.

GATSCHET. 291

Gatschet (Albert Samuel)—continued.
1473 —— Texts in the Molale Language with interlinear Translation.
Manuscript. 121]. folio. Consists of w short description of marriage ceremo-
nies, the “‘ Myth of the Coyote,” and a “Raid of the Cayuse Indians.” Collected
from Stephen Savage at the Grande Ronde Reserve in 1877.

1474 ——— Vocabulary of the Mohawk.

Manuscript. 7 1]. folio. Collected from Charles Carpenter, an Iroquois of
Brantford, in 1876.

1475 ——— Vocabulary of the Noénstéki or Nestucca dialect, Selish
family.
Manuscript. 1011. 4°. Collected in 1877 from an Indian called “Jack,” of
Salmon River, Oregon Coast.

1476 ——— Sasti-English and English-Sasti Dictionary.

Manuscript. 8411. sm. 4° Alphabetically arranged from materials collected
at Dayton, Polk County, Oregon, in November, 1877. The informants were two
young men, the brothers Leonard and Willie Smith, pure blood Shasti (or Sdsti)
Indians, who had come from the Grande Ronde Indian Agency, a Uistance of 25
miles. Their old home is the Shasti Valley, near Yreka, Cal.

1477 ——— Shasti-English and English-Shasti Dictionary.
Manuscript. 69 1]. sm.4°. Obtained from ‘White Cynthia”, a Klamath
woman living at Klamath Lake Reservation, Williamson River, Lake County,
Oregon, in September, 1877. Dialect spoken at Crescent City, Cal.

1478 t—— Shawano Linguistic Material.
Manuscript. 24pp. folio. Texts with interlinear translation, grammatic forms,
phrases, and sentences. Collected February and March, 1880, from Charles Blue-
jacket, delegate of the Shawano tribe to the United States Government.

1479 t—— Vocabulary of the Saéwano or Shawnee.
yi
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. Collected in 1879 from Bluejacket. Includes clans
of the Shawnees with thei totems.

1480 t_— Texts of the Shetimasha Language.

Manuscript. 13 1]. folio. Collected in December, 1881, and January, 1882, at
Charenton, St. Mary’s Parish, La. It is accompanied by an interlinear trans-
lation in English. The alphabet used is that given in Powell’s Introduction,
2d ed.

1481 t—— Dictionary of the Shetimasha Language.
Manuscript, containing about 1,500 words alphabetically arranged, on slips,
and including over three hundred sentences, partly taken from the texts above.
The alphabet used is that given in Powell’s Introduction, 2d ed.

1482. ——— Tonkawa-English and English-Tonkawa Dictionary.
Manuscript. 52 pp. sm. 4°.
1483 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Umpkwa Language.

Manuscript. 2211. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In-
dian Languages, Ist ed. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1577.

1484 ——— Vocabulary of the Warm Spring Indian dialect, Sahaptin
family; Des Chutes River Valley, Oregon.
Manuscript. 10 1]. 4°. 200 words. Collected in 1875.

292 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gatschet (Albert Samuel)—continued.
1485 —— Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanéssisi dialects of the
Chinuk Fanily.
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. Taken at the Klamath Lake Agency, Oregon, 1877.
1486 ——— Vocabulary of the Zuiian Language, with grammatic re-
marks. © :
Manuscript. 10 11. folio. Obtained from a Zuni boy about 10 years old, who
was attending the Indian school at Carlisle, Pa., in 1850.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

See Dorsey (J. O.), Gatschet (A. 8.), and Riggs (8. R.)

Gebelin (Antonio de Court de).
See Court de Gebelin (Antonio de),

1487 Gebow (Joseph A.) A Vocabulary | of the | Snake, | or, | Sho-sho-
nay Dialect | by | Joseph A. Gebow, Interpreter. | Second Kdi-
tion, | Revised and Improved, January Ist, 1864. |

Greén River City, Wg. Ter.: | Freeman & Bro., Book and Job
Printers. | 1868. | C. JWP.
Pp. 1-24. 8°.
1488 Geisdorff (Dr. Francis). Vocabulary of the Mountain Crows.
Manuscript. 101]. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1489 General. The | General Epistle | of | James. | Translated into the
Cherokee Language. | [One line Cherokee characters.] | _
Park Hill. | Mission Press: Hdwin Archer, Printer. | [One line

Cherokee characters.] | 1847. | ABC. C.
16 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

1490 —— The | General Epistle | of | James. | Translated into the
Cherokee Language. | Second Edition..| |Two lines Cherokee char-
acters. | |

Park Hill. | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1850. | ABC. GC.

16 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

1491 The General Epistle of Jude. [One line Cherokee charac-
ters. | C.

No title-page. 66 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
1492 General Rules | of the | United Societies | of the Metho-

dist Episcopal | Church. | Translated into the Chahta Language. |
Mehlotist Iksa | i nana vlhpisa puta. | Chahta anumpa isht ato-
showa hoke. |
Park Hill. | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | 1841. |
24 pp. 24°. BA. ABC.
1493 Geografi ubvdlo: Nunaksiib nunangita okautigijauningit. ‘Y
84 pp. 8°. Description of the countries of the globe. Title from a Greenland
missionary, through Prof. Rink.

Geographical Society of London.
See Royal Geographical Society.

GATSCHET—GIBBS. 293

1494 Georgia Historical Society. Collections | of the | Georgia | Histo-
rical Society. | Vol. I [-IV]. | [One line quotation].
Savannah: Printed for the Society. | M. DCCC X L [-1878]. | c.
4 vols. 8°.
Hawkins (B.) A Sketch of the Creek Country, vol. 3, pt.1, pp. 1-88.
1495 Gibbs (George). Alphabetical Vocabulary | of the | Chinook Lan-
guage. | By | George Gibbs. | [Design.]
New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1863. | BA. JWP.
1 p.1., pp. i-viii, 9-23. 8°. ‘Shea’s Library of American Linguistics. XIII.”
Preface, pp. iii-v; Orthography, p. vi; Bibliography, pp. vii-viii; Vocabulary,
pp. 9-20; Local Nomenclature, pp. 21-23.

1496 ——— Alphabetical Vocabularies | of the | Clallam and Lummi.
By | George Gibbs. | [Design.]
New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1863. | |Design.] BA. JWP.

Pp. i-vii, 9-40. 8°. “Shea’s Library of American Linguistics. X1.”

Vocabulary of the Clallam, pp. 9-19; Local Nomenclature of the Clallam tribe,
p. 20; Vocabulary of the Lummi, pp. 21-36; Local Nomenclature of the Lummi
tribe, pp. 37-39; Names of Lummi Chiefs, p. 40.

1497 ———A | Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | or, | Trade Lan-

guage of Oregon. | By George Gibbs. | [Design.|
New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1863. BA. JWP.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-44. 8°. “Shea’s Library of American Linguistics. XII.”
Issued also as follows: .

1498 t—— Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | 161 | A | Die-
tionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | or | Trade Language of Ore-
gon. | Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George
Gibbs. | [Seal of the Institution. }

Washington: | Smithsonian Institution: | March, 1863. | awe.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-44. 8°. Also forms part of vol. 7, Smithsonian Institution Mis-
cellaneous Collections. Preface (including a few words of Tlaoquatch and
Nutka, and Columbian, from Scouler), pp. v—xi. ; ;

Bibliography of the Chinook Jargon, pp. xiii-xiv; Part 1, Chinook-English,
pp. 1-29; Part 2, English-Chinook, pp. 33-43 ; The Lord’s Prayer in Jargon, p. 44.

1499 ———— Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | 160 | Instrue-
tions | for research relative to the | Ethnology and Philology | of |
America. | Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George
Gibbs. | [Seal of the Institution. |

Washington: | Smithsonian Institution: | March, 1863. | = awe.

2p. 11, pp. 1-51. 8°. Also forms part of vol. 7, Smithsonian Institution Mis-
cellaneous Collections. Prepared for and distributed to collectors, resulting in
the securing of many manuscripts, mostly philologic, which are now in the
library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

Numerals, 1-10, of the Mexican (from Molina), and Selish; of the Niskwally ;
of the Lenni Lenape ({rom Zeisberger).

A portion of this paper, including the numerals, reprinted in Hist. Mag,, first
series, vol. 9, pp. 249-252. New York, 1865. 4°.

1500 —— Observations on some of the Indian Dialects of Northern
California. By G. Gibbs.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 420-423. Philadelphia,
1853. 4°.

294 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gibbs (George)—continued.
1501 —— Vocabularies of Indian Languages in Northwest California.
By George Gibbs, Esq.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 428-445. Philadelphia,
1853. 4°.
Vocabulary of the Tchokoyem, Copeh, Kula-Napo, and Yukai, pp. 428-434.
Vocabulary of the Choweshak, Batemdakaice, Wecyot, and Wishosk, pp. 434—
440.
Vocabulary of the Weitspek, Hoopah, Tahlewah, and Ehnek, pp. 440-445.
These vocabularies, with the exception of the Hoopah and Tahlewah, reprinted
in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 439-
613. Washington, 1877. 4°.

1502 Notes on the Dispersion of the Tlatscaleas. By George
Gibbs.
In Hist. Mag,, first series, vol. 7, pp. 99-100. New York and London, 1863. 4°.
Includes vocabulary of the Tlatscaleas.
1503 —— On the language of the aboriginal Indians of America.
In Smithsonian Institution Ann. Rept. 1870, pp. 364-367. Washington,
1871. 8°.
1504. ——— The Mode of Expressing Number in certain Indian Lan-
guages.
In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc., third Ann. Sess., pp. 25-26. New York, 1872. 8°.
1505 t—— Terms of Relationship of the Spokane (Sinhu) and Yakoma,

Steilacoom, Washington Ty., and of the Kootenay.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°.
1506 t—— Vocabulary of the Mohave.
In Gatschet (A. 8.) Yuma-S rachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp.
390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8°.
| Vocabularies of Tribes of the Extreme Northwest.|

In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp
107-156. Washington, 1877. 4°.

Vocabulary of the Skatkwan, pp. 121-133; Vocabulary of the Tongas, Kai-
gani, Chutsinni, Skitaget, and Kaniagimut, pp. 135-142; Vocabulary of the Naas,
Hailtzukh, and Kwakiutl, pp. 143-153; Note on the use of Numerals among the
Tsimsian, pp. 155-156.

1508

1507

[ Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.]

In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3.
Washington, 1877. 4°.

Vocabulary of the Arra-arra and Ehnek (from Schoolcraft), pp. 447-459 ; of the
Alikwa (1 and 2, the latter from Schooleraft), pp. 460-473; of the Wishosk and
Wiyot (from Schooleraft), pp. 478-482; of the Batemdakaii (from Schoolcraft),
pp. 491-503; of the Chainslek and Yukai (from Schoolcraft), pp. 492-503; of the
Kulanapo (from Schoolcraft), pp. 504-508; of the Kopé (from Schoolcraft), pp.
519-529; of the Tchokoyem (from Schooleraft), pp. 535-549; of the Lutuami, pp.

- 601-606.
1509

Part Il. Tribes of Western Washington and Northwestern
Oregon. By George Gibbs.

In Powell (J.W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp.
157-241. Washington, 1877. 4°.

GIBBS. 295

Gibbs (George)—continued.

“Appendix to Part II, Linguistics” (pp. 243-361), contains contributions from
various authors. Those of Mr. Gibbs are as follows:

Vocabulary of the Shihwapmukh, Nikutemukh, Okinaken, Shwoyelpi, Spokan,
and Piskwaus, pp. 247-265; Vocabulary of the Kalispelin, Belhoola, Lilowat,
Tait, Komookbs, and Kuwalitsk, pp. 267-283; Dictionary of the Niskwalli, Nisk-
walli-English, pp. 285-307; English-Niskwalli, pp. 309-361. 3

1510 ——— Account of Indian Tribes upon the Northwest Coast of
America.
Manuscript. 10 11. folio.

1511 ——— Comparisons of the Languages of the Indians of the North-
west. :
Manuscript. 23 ll. 8° and folio.

1512

Miscellaneous Notes on the Eskimo, Kinai, and Atna Lan-
guages.
Manuscript. 25 ll. 4° and folio.

1513 ——— Notes on the Language of the Selish Tribes.
Manuscript. 10 ll. folio.

1514 ——— Notes to the Vocabularies of the Klamath Languages.
Manuscript. 7 11. folio.
1515 t—— Indian Nomenclature of Localities, Washington and Oregon
Territories.

Manuscript. 7 ll. folio.

1516 t—— Observations on the Indians of the Klamath River and
Humboldt Bay, accompanying Vocabularies of their Languages.
Manuscript. 25 ll. folio.

1517 ——— Principles of Algonquin Grammar.
Manuscript. 5 pp. 4°.

Vocabulary of the Chemakum and Mooksahk.
Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words.

1519 t—— Vocabulary of the Chikasaw.
Manuscript. 10 ll. 4°. 200 words. Collected in 1866,

Vocabulary of the Clallam.

Manuscript. 3 JI. folio. 180 words.

1521 ——— Vocabulary of the Cowlitz.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 200 words.

1522 ——— Vocabulary of the Creek.
Manuscript. 1011. folio. 200 words. Collected in 1866.

Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Davis Strait.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 211 words.

1524 ——— Vocabulary of the Hitchittie, or Mikasuki.
Manuscript. 10 ll. 4°, 200 words. Collected in 1866.

296 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gibbs (George)—continued.
1525 Vocabulary of the Hoopah.
Manuscript. 4 ll. folio. 180 words. Collected at the mouth of the Trinity
River, in 1852.

1526 Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Ysletta.
Manuscript. 101]. 4°. Collected in 1868.
1527 ——— Vocabulary of the Klikatat.
Manuscript. 611. folio. 150 words. Obtained from Yahtowet, a subchief, in
1854.
1528 Vocabulary of the Kwantlen of Fraser’s River.
Manuscript. 5 ll. folio. 180 words. Collected in 1858.
1529 Vocabulary of the Makah.
; Manuscript. 4 1]. 4°. 200 words.
1530 Vocabulary of the Makah.
Manuscript. 6 1]. folio. 180 words.
1531 Vocabulary of the Molele, Santiam Band.
Manuscript. 3 ll. folio.
1532 Vocabulary of the Toanhootch of Port Gambol.
Manuscript. 3 ll. folio. 180 words.
1533 Vocabulary of the Willopah Dialect of the Taheully, Atha-
pasca.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 100 words.
1534 Observations on the Indians of the Colorado River, Calli-

fornia, accompanying Vocabularies of the Yuma and Mohave Tribes.
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio.

1535 Vocabulary of the Mohave.
Manuscript. 611. folio. 180 words. Obtained from a chief, Iritaba, in New
York, 1863.
1536 Vocabulary of the Sawanwan.

Manuscript. 10 ll. 4°. 211 words.

1537 —-— Vocabulary of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

See Pandosy (Rev. Mie. Cle.)

1538 Gil (D. Hilarion Romero). Memoria sobre los descubrimientos
que los espafioles hicieron en el siglo XVI en la region occidental
de este continente, en la parte 4 que se le dio el nombre de Nueva
Galicia, Reinos y Cacicazgos que contenia, su poblacion, religion,
gobierno, lenguas, costumbres y origen. LEscrita por el lic. D. Hi-
larion Romero Gil.

In Soe. de Geog. Mex. Bol., tome 8, pp. 474-501. Mexico, 1860. 8°.

GIBBS—GILBERTI. 297

1539 Gilbert (Grove Karl). Vocabulary of the Ari raipa.
In Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U.S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465.
Washington, 1879. 4°.

1540

Vocabulary of the Hualapai language of Arizona.
Manuscript. 23 11. 4°. 411 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1541 Gilberti (Fr. Maturino). Dialogo de la Doctrina cristiana en Len-
gua Tarasca: dedicalo al Virey D. Luis de Velasco.
Mexico, 1555. a
Title from Beristain.

1542 ——— Arte en lengua de Michoacan.

Colophon :

§A honra y gloria | de nuestro Sefor Iesu Christo, y de su ben-
dita | madre: aqui se acaba el arte en la lengua Ca- | stellana, y
en la Jengua de Mechuacan: hecha | por el muy. R. padre Fr.
Maturino Gyl- | berti de la ordé del Seraphico padre sant Fra |
cisco: con la qual se podran aprouechar della | todos los que pre-
tendieren aprender la | lengua de Mechuacan: y tambien | podra
seruir para los indios de | Mechuacan para apren- | der la lengua
Castella- | na. acabose de imprimir a ocho de | Octubre de 1558. |

Anos. |
8°. Italic lettering. The whole of signature A is missing, including the title-
page.

Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No, 113. The Ramirez Sale Cat., describing
the same copy, gives the collation as 171 numbered 11. ; colophon and table 2
ll, 12°, and adds: wants title and about 20 Il.

1543 ——— { Thesoro Spiritual en Lengua | de Mechuaca, en el ql se
contiene la doctrina | xpiana y orones pa cada dia, y el examé d la
co | ciecia, y declaracio d la missa. Copuesto por el | R. p. fray
Maturino Gilberti, de la ordé del se | raphico padre sant Francisco.
Anio de 1558. *

This title is under the Episcopal seal of Sr. Montufar. 8°. Roman lettering.

Ihave seen no mention of this Thesoro Espiritual, which is seventeen years
anterior to the Thesoro spiritual de pobres (No. 116 of the Apuntes), nor do I
know of any other copy than the one described, which belongs to Sr. D. J. M. de
Agreda.

Title and note communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta.

1544 ——— Thesoro spiritual de | pobres en légua de Michuaea: Diri-
gida | al muy Illustre y. R. Senor Don | Fray Ioan de Medina Rin-
con Electo dignissimo Obispo | de la dicha Prouincia. | Por el muy.
R. Padre Fray Maturino | Gilberti de la ordé de los menores. | [A
picture of Calvary.]

En Mexico. | Con licencia, por Antonio de Spinosa. | 1575. | *

L). 1-302. 8°. Title froin Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 116,

“The rarity of this valuable work is extreme. It is not less important from
a philological point of view than from a bibliographical one, for it must ever
remain, with the anthor’s other works on the same language, authorities for the
Tarasca language, in relation to which there are so few printed works, ancient
or modern.—Lamirez Sale Cat.

°

298 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gilberti (Fr. Maturino)—continued.

1545 —— § Vocabulario | en lengua de | Mechua | can. | Compvesto
por el | reuerendo padre Fray | Maturino Gilberti | de la orde del
sera | phico padre | sant Fran | cisco. | Fue visto y examinado | y
con licencia impresso. | Dirigido al muy | Illustre y reuerédissimo
Se | Dor Dd Vasco de Quiro- | ga Obispo de Mechua | can. Ano de.
1559. |

4°, Title. Ll. 2-79 contain the Tarasca-Spanish part intwo columns; 11. 80-87
contain: ‘unos verbos... 4 los quales algunos han querido llamar rayzes .. .

y no los he querido poner en el arte porque es materia muy dificultosa.” One
blank leaf follows, and then the title of the second part:

q@ Aqui comienga el Vocabulario | en la lengua Castellana y |
Mechuacana. Compuesto por el muy Reuerendo | padre Fray Ma-
turino Gylberti de la orden del Se | raphico padre Sant Fran-
cisco. | “s i

This is followed by an engraving of St. Francis, and around it these words:
Signasti domine seruum | tuum Franciscus sig | nis redemptionis nostre. |

Below the engraving is the verse: Indorum nimia te fecit prole parentem, &c.

180 ll. Spanish-Tarasca. At the end, on one unnumbered leaf:

4A honrra y gloria de nuestro Se- | flor Iesu Christo, y de su ben-
dita madre la virgen Maria, | aqui se acaba el Vocabulario en len-
gua de Mechuacan | y Castellano: hecho y copilado por el muy.
R. Pa- | dre Fray Maturino Gylberti, de la orden del Se- | raphico
padre Sant Francisco. Fue impresso é | casa de Iuan Pablos Bres-
sano, con licencia | del Hlustrissimo Senor don Luys de Ve | lasco,
Visorrey y Capitan general en | esta nueua Espana por su Mage |
stad. Y assimesmo con licécia | del muy yllustre y Reue- | rendis-
simo Sefor do | Alonso de Mon- | tufar Argobis | po desta | grande
ynsigne y muy leal ciudad @ | Mexico. Acabose de imprimir | a

siete dias del mes de | Setiembre de | 1559. | Anos. | uy
On the reverse we read some Latin lines: in laudum authoris, and a note in
Tarasco. ;

Not seen; title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 115, with corrections furnished
me by that gentleman from copy in his possession.

1546 ——— 4Dialogo de Doctrina | Christiana en la lengua d Mechu-
aca. Hecho | y copilado de muchos libros de sana doctri- | na, por
el muy Reuerendo padre Fray Ma- | turino Gylberti de la orden
del seraphico Pa | dre sant Fracisco. Trata de lo que ha de saber |
creer, hazer, dessear, y aborrecer, el Christia- | no. Va pregun-
tando el discipulo al Maestro. |

Followed by a title in Tarasco. Folio; Gothic letters; preliminaries in Ro-
man, ll. i-cexey ; l. eevi is duplicated, and ll. cev-cexii are repeated. On the
reverse of 1. eexliv is an inscription in Tarasco, and another on the reverse of
ceexcy. Another numbering follows: 1-25; on the reverse of 1.22 we read:

¢ A horra y gloria ¢ nuestro Senor Iesu Xpo | y de su bendita
madre la virgen Maria, aqui se acaba el libro llamado dia | logo de
doctrina christiana en lengua de Mechuacan: hecho y copila- | do

nari
LTD
4

2.

Gp) MMEVSUIETA BG

€] Gocabulario

en lenguade
Mechua

can
COMPVESTOPOREL
reuerendo padre Fra
Matusino Gilberti
dela ordé del era
phico Padre
fant Fran
cilco,
$4 Fue viltoy examinado
y con licencia impreffo,
DIRIGIDO AL MVY
Illoftre y reverédiffitno Se
forDé Valco de Quiro-
ga Obifpode Mechua
can, Afio.dez 559,

My

1545.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF GILBERTI’S VOCABULARIO.

r}

Pr;

a
rade t

Wii

Mr

ig ie

Y,

He)

@DIALOGO DE DOCTRINA
Chriftiana,enlalengua & Mechuacaé,Hecho
y copilado de muchos libros defana doGri-
na,por elmuy Reuerendo padre Fray Ma-
rurino Gylberu dela orden del feraphico Pa
dre fant Fracifco, Trata delo que ha defaber
creer,hazer,deflear,y aborrecer, el Chriftia- |
uo, Va preguntando el dilcipulo al Maeftro,

QYYETISIRANDA YQYVI
ringahaca Dialogo avingani,ycbubca bi-
bo cbapengabaqui Cbriftianoengani,
yaghivca tata ché cafireg Fray
Maturino Gilbert: {ant Fra=
cifcotata, Teparimentoam
baqueti, Ma burengua
yeri. curamayvibati
_ tepari burens
dab pevini.Ca burendabpeyi mayo
cucupanStabati burendaegembanj,
Bio de. 15596

VE

Mt Wi
UU fed

tiijey
MEAL OO hy J,

INES oe
NY

Zu Bi & AN “ -
wr = PS, < v%
al en ec ans
eT SAN

1546.—¥AC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF GILBERTI’S DIALOGO,

GILBERTI—GILDER. 299

Gilberti (/r. Maturino)—continued.
de muchos libros de sana doctrina por el muy. R. P. Fray Ma- | tu-
tino Gylberti de la orden del seraphico padre Sant Francis | co: el
qual fue visto y examinado por el muy Reuerendo | padre Fray
Alonso de la Veracruz, maestro en sancta | Theologia y provincial
de la orden del Senor Sant | Augustin. Fue impresso en casa de
Juan Pa-| blos Bressano, con licencia del Lllustrissi- | mo Seior
Don Luys de Velasco Vi- | sorrey y Capitan general en esta nu |
eua Espana por su Magestad. | Y assimesmo con licencia | del muy
Illustre y Re | uerendissimo Se | ior don Ald | so de Md | tufar. |
Argobispo desta grande ynsigne y | muy leal ciudad de Mexico.
A | cabose de imprimir a xy. di| as del mes de Iunio de | 1559.

Atos. | 5 | *
The six pages remaining are occupied with the table of subjects and notes in
Tarasco.

Title from Icazbaleeta’s Apuntes, No. 114.

1547 ——— Cartilla para los Nifios en Lengua Tarasca. Imp. en Mé-
gico 1559. y corregida se reimprimié en 1575. *

It begins thus: ,,Chemendo casirequa acha hurendahperi, care noz an” andib-
mapirini, ysquire nangatezan cuiripeni aripiringa hurendani ,,Cartilla, hinguix
yamendo Christianoecha himbo undahaca hurenquareni.”—Beristain.

“T have not seen the edition of 1559. The reprint of 1575 must be that which
is included in the Thesoro Espiritual de Pobres, printed in the same year. At
least the Cartilla begins there with the same words quoted by Beristain.”—Jcaz-
balceta.

1548 ——— Evangelios en Tarasco. *

Manuscript. 224 ll. 8°.

A precious manuscript in the writing of the very learned P. Gilberti. It con-
tains, up to leaf 17, a series of Scripture texts in Latin, with the version in Ta-
tasco following each, appropriate to the title of each Thema. The first of these
is entitled: Para que se oiga la voz del Senor. Beginning with the 2d, they all
have the name of voices: Voz ad credulos et incredulos; Voz ad infructuosos;
Voz ad charitatiuos et incharitatiuos, etc., and there are ten of these voices. On
the reverse of page 17 begins a new series of texts in alphabetic order, which
extends to the reverse of page 76, and these are preceded only by the word
Thema. ‘The five following leaves are blank. On the Sist is given the be-
ginning of the Evangelios de los Santos, which is finished on the 118th leaf.
On the two succeeding leaves, and in a different writing, is the theme appropri-
ate to the Feast of St. Francis, and from the 121st nearly to the end, which is
not complete, are the Evangelios Dominicales de todo el ano, preceded by a
short Auiso to preachers, signed by the author. Excepting this Auiso and the
Latin texts, the whole is in Tarasca, in very clear and beautiful lettering.

Title and description from El Museo Mexicano, vol. 3, p. 436. Mexico, 1844. 8°.

1549 Gilder (William H.) Schwatka’s Search | Sledging in the Aretic in
quest of | the Franklin records | By | William H. Gilder | Second
in Command | With maps and illustrations |

New York | Charles Scribner’s Sons | 743 and 745 Broadway |
1881 | BA. WE,
Pp. iii-xvi, 1-316. 8°.

300 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gilder (William H.)—continued.
Innuit Philology, pp. 299-316, contains, pp. 299-307, general remarks on the
_ Esquimaux language and, pp. 308-316, a glossary which ‘‘comprises all tho
words in. general use in conversation between the natives and traders in Hudson
' Bay and Cumberland Sound,” alphabetically arranged.

1550 - TInnuit Philology. How Esquimaux Talk with White
Men. The Old Language and the New. Useful Glossary of a
Strange: Tongue. JWP.

In New York Herald, No. 16219, Monday, January 17, 1881.
; Vocabulary of about 450 words of the Eskimo of Greenland collected by
’ Mr. Gilder while with the ‘“‘Schwatka Expedition.” This vocabulary reprinted
with a few additions in Schwatka’s Search.

1551 ——— The Chuekchees. Some Account of the Strange Customs
of a Primitive Tribe. A Race without Religion. Superstitions and
Medicine Men. . . . How Babies are Brought Up. Rotten Walrus
and Fish. Revolting Viands Which Constitute Their Daily Food.
Peaceful and Kindly Though Filthy. so

In New York Herald, July 31, 1882. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Contains vocabulary, 66 words, of Chuckchee and English.

Gilfillan (Joseph Alexander).
See O’Meara (Rev. James D.)

1552 Gilg (P. Adamo.) Vocabulario de las Lenguas Eudeve, Pima y
Seris. e
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

1553 Gilij (Abate Filippo Salvadore). Saggio | di Storia Americana |
o sia | storia naturale, civile, e sacra | De regni, e delle provincie
Spagnuole di Terra-ferma | nell?’ America meridionale | descritta
dall’ Abate | Filippo Salvadore Gilij | E consecrata alla Santita di
N.S. | Papa Pio Sesto | Felicemente Regnante | Tomo I [-IV]. |

Roma MDCCLXXX [-MDCCLXXXIV] [1780-1784]. | Per

« Luigi Perego Erede Salvioni | Stampator Vaticano nella Sapienza |
Con Licenza de’ Superiori. | C.

4 vols. 8°. Each of the four volumes has a special title, the third being as
follows: ‘Della religione, e delle lingue degli Orinochesi, e di altri Americani,”
xvi, 430 pp. 8°. 1783.

Appendice II, Delle pit. celebri lingue Americane. Della lingua Aitina [S.
Domingo], pp. 220-228; Della lingua Messicana, pp. 228-233; Della lingua Al-
gonchina, ed Hurona, pp. 265-272; Cataloghi dialcune lingue Americane per fare
il confronto tra loro, e con queste del nostro emisero, pp. 355-357; Hurona, ed
Algoncbina, pp. 384-385.

.

1554 [Giorda (Rev. J.), S.J.) A | Dictionary | of the | Kalispel or Flat-
head Indian Language, | compiled by the | Missionaries of the So-
ciety of Jesus | Part I | Kalispel-English. |

St. Ignatius Print. Montana, | 1877-8-9. | Cc. JWP.
2p. IL, pp. 1-644 8°, and appendix as follows:

GILDER—GOMEZ. 301

Giorda (Rev. J.), 8. J.—coutinued.
1555 — Appendix | to the | Kalispel Enelish Dictionary. | Com-
piled by the | Missionaries of the Society of Jesus |
St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | —1879— | ‘
2p. Il., pp. 1-36. 8°.
The Appendix is composed entirely of verbal conjugations.
The work is copyrighted by Rey. J. Giorda, S. J., as anthor and proprietor.

But fifty copies, I think, were printed and but few have found their way into the
trade.

C. JWP.

1556 ——— A | Dictionary | of the | Kalispel or Flat-head Indian Lan.
guage, | compiled by the | Missionaries of the Society of Jesus |
Part II. | English-Kalispel. |

St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1877-89. | JWP.
4p. ]l., pp. 1-456. 8°.

1557 - Lu | tel kaimintis holinzuten | kuitlt smii mii. | Some Nar-
ratives, From the Holy Bible, in Kalispel. | Compiled by the | Mis-
sionaries of the Society Of Jesus. |

St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1879. | C. JWP.
Printed cover, 2’p. ll., pp. 1-140, 1-14. 8°, aa =

1558 ——— Szmiméie-s Jesus Christ. | [Cross.] A Catechism, | — of
the — | Chrisitan Doctrine | — in the — | Flat-Head or Kalispél
Language | composed by the | Missionaries of the Society of
Jesus. |

St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1880 |. JWP.
Printed cover, 2 p. ll., pp. 1-45. 8°.

Girard (Just), pseud.
See [Roy (J. J.)]

Gladstone (W. S.), jr.
See Lanning (C. M.)

1599 Gomara (Francisco Lopez de). Historia | de las Conquistas | de |
Hernando Cortés, | escrita en Espaiol | por | Francisco Lopez de
Gomara, | traducida al Mexicano y aprobada por verdadera | por
D. Juan Bautista de San Anton Munon | Chimalpain Quauhtle-
huanitzin, | Indio Mexicano. | Publicala | Para instruecion de la
juventud | nacional, con varias notas y | adiciones, | Carlos Maria
de Bustamante. | [Quotation, six lines.] | Tomo I° [-I1°]. |

Mexico: Imprenta de la testamentaria de Ontiveros. Ajo de
1826. | A.C.
2 vols.: 1 p.1., pp. i-xiii, 1-315; 1 p.1., pp. 1-187, 1 1., pp. 1-39, Index 211. sm. 4°,

De las letras de México, tomo 1, p. 165; El modo de contar [numerals 1-20
in Mexican], tomo 1, p. 165; Names of the months, days, years, &c., in Mexican,
tomo 1, pp. 166-169, 178-192; Calendario Indiano Tulteco, tomo 1, pp. 193-211.

1560 Gomez (Ir. Francisco). Warios Opusculos sobre la inteligencia de
la Lengua Megicana. ~
Title from Beristain.

302 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1561 Gonzalez (Fr. Antonio). Traduccion de el Cathecismo castellano
del P. M. Geronimo de Ripalda de la Compania de Jesus, en el
idioma Mixteco. Por el R. P. Fr. Antonio Gonzales del Orden de
Predicadores, Cura de la Doctrina de Nochistlan, y Prior del Con-
vento de Cuilapa, con vn resumen curioso de los principales miste-
rios de nuestra Catholica fee, vy el modo de administrar el Viatico 4
los Naturales en dicho idioma. Dedicalo 4 su querida Madre la
Santa, muy docta, y exemplarissima Provincia de Oaxae.

Con licencia de los Superiores en la Puebla en la Imprenta de la
viuda de Miguel de Orttega. Afo de 1719 *
56 unnumbered Il. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 118.

1562 Cathecismo y explicacion de la Doctrina Christiana. Com-
puesto por el P. Geronymo de Ripalda, de la Sagrada Compania de
Jesus. Y traducido en Lengua Mixteca. Por el M. R. P. Fr. Anto-
nio Gonzales, del Sagrado Orden de Predicadores, Ministro Mixteco,
y Cura de la Casa de Nochistlan. Tiene anadido los Mysterios ne-
cessarios, de necessitate medi para el comun de los Indios, y la
forma de dar el viatico 4 los Enfermos. Dedicalo a su querida
Madre la Santa Provincia de Oaxaca, Orden de Predicadores.

Reimpresso en la Puebla, en la Imprenta de la Viuda de Miguel
de Ortega. En el Portal de las flores. Ano de 1755. 3

9 p. lL, pp 1-38. 4°.

The approvals and licenses are dated 1719: this and the word ‘‘reimpreso ”
makes me believe that this is a new edition of the former number (118), but Ihave
not been able to compare the two books in order to assure myself of it.—Icazbal-
ceta’s Apuntes, No. 119.

1563 [Gonzalez (P. Diego Pablo).] Manual | para administrar | 4 los In-
dios | del idioma Cahita | los santos | Sacramentos, | segun la re-
forma de NN. SS. PP. | Paulo V. y Urbano VIII. | Compuesto |
por un Sacerdote. de la Compania de Jesus, | Missionero en las de
la Provincia | de Zynaloa. | Sacalo 4 luz | la piedad del Alferez D.
Sebastian Lopez | de Guzman, y Ayala. | Y lo dedica | al Gloriosis-
simo Patriarca Senor | S. Joseph. |

Impresso en Mexico; con las licencias necessa- | rias, en la Im-
prenta Real del Superior Gobierno | de Dona Maria de Ribera, en
el Empedradillo. | Ano de 1740. | “

13p. ll., pp. 1-164, 2unnumbered Il. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No.
42, where no author is given. Brasseur de Bourbourg puts it under Gonzalez,
and says: ‘‘The name of the author is mentioned only on the last leaf. It is

strange the editor omitted it from the title.” Beristain also puts it under the
same author.

1564 Gonzalez (Fr. Jacinto). Instituciones gramaticales para aprender
con facilidad y perfeccion la Lengua Megicana. ‘

Manuscript in the library of the Convento principal de la Merced, Mexico.—
Beristain.

GONZALEZ—GOoD. 303

1565 Good (Kev. John Booth). The Morning and Evening Prayer, | And
the Litany, | With Prayers and Thanksgivings, | translated into
the | Neklakapamuk | Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the |
St. Paul’s Mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. | [By Rev. J. B.
Good, S. P. G. Missionary.

Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul’s Mission Press. |
1878. | JWP.

Printed cover, 11., pp. 1-48. Outside title, printed cover, reads as follows:

The Morning and Evening Prayer, | And the Litany, | Also Prayers and
Thanksgivings, | with | Office for the Holy Communion, and | Select Hymns. |
Translated into the | Neklakapamuk Tongue | for the use of the Indians of the |
St. Paul’s Mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. |

Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul’s Mission Press. | 1878. |

Morning and Evening Prayer, pp. 1-33; Administration of the Lord’s Supper,
pp. 34-48.

Pp. 34-48 of this work are also issued as a separate pamphlet as follows:

1566 The Office for the Holy Communion | translated into the |
Neklakapamuk | Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the | St.
Paul’s Mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. |

Victoria, B. C.| Printed by the St. Paul’s Mission Press. |
1878. | JWP.
Printed cover, 11., pp. 32-48. 8°. Outside title, printed cover, reads as follows:
The | Office for the Holy Communion, and | Select Hymns. | Translated into

the | Neklakapamuk Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the | St. Paul’s Mis-
sion, | Lytton, British Columbia. |

Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul’s Mission Press. | 1878. |

1567

The | Office for Public Baptism | and the Order of Con-
firmation, | with | Select Hymns and Prayers | translated into
the | Neklakapamuk | or | Thompson Tongue | for the use of the
Indians of the | St. Paul’s Mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. |
( By aid of the Venerable Society for Promoting Christian |

Knowledge.) |
Victoria: | B. C., | Printed by the S. Paul’s Mission Press (tS 12%
C. K.) | Collegiate School. | 1879. | JWP.

Printed cover, pp. 1-32. 8°.

1568 Offices for the | Solemnizat[ijon of Matrimony | the | Visi-
tation of the Sick, | and | the Burial of the Dead. | Translated into
the | Nitlakapamuk | or | Thompson Indian Tongue. | By J. B.
Good, 8. P. G. Missionary, Yale-Lytton. | By aid of a Grant from
the Ven. Society for Promoting | Christian Knowledge. |

Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul’s Mission Press, (S. P.
C. K.) | Collegiate School, 1880. | IWP.

Printed cover, pp. 1-15. 12°.

1569 A Vocabulary | and | Outlines of Grammar | of the | Nit-
Jakapamuk | or | Thompson Tongue, | (The Indian language spoken

304 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Good (Rev. John Booth)—continued.
between Yale, Lillooet, | Cache Creek and Nicola Lake.) | Together
with a| Phonetic Chinook Dictionary, | Adapted for use in the
Province of | British Columbia. | By J. B. Good, 8S. P. G. Mission-
ary, Yale-Lytton. | By aid of a Grant from the Right Hon. Super-
intendent of Indian | Affairs, Ottawa. |
Victoria,: | Printed by the St. Paul’s Mission Press, (S. P. C. K. | )

C. K.) | Collegiate School, 1880. | JWP.
Printed cover, pp. 3-46. 12°. Outside title has a slightly different imprint, as
follows:

Victoria, B. C.: | Printed by the St. Paul’s Mission Press, (8. P. C. K.) | Col-
legiate School, 1880. |

1570 [Goodrich (Samuel Griswold).] The Manners, Customs, | and |
Antiquities of the Indians | of | North and South America: | by the
Author of | Peter Parley’s Tales. |

Boston: | J. E. Hickman. | 12 School Street. | [1844.] Mi
Pp. 1-336, plates. 16°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

The 23d Psalm in the Massachusetts Indian language (from Eliot), pp. 261-
262; Chippewa song, with translation, pp. 263-264.

1571 Gordon (Thomas). Indian names, with their signification.
In Barber (J. W.) and Howe (H.) Historical Collections of the State of
New Jersey, p.512. New York, 1845. 8°. :

Gore ( Capt.)
See Cook (Capt. J.) and King (Capt. J.)

1572 Gorman (Rev. Samuel P.) Terms of Relationship of the people of
Laguna, collected by Rev. Samuel P. Gorman, missionary, Pueblo
of Laguna, N. M.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°.

1573 Gospel. The | Gospel according to John, | translated into the |
Choctaw Language. | Vbanumpa. | Chani vt holissochi tok, |
Chahta anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |

Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster; | 1845. | BA.
Pp. 1-95 8°.
1574 Gospel according to St. John in the Mikmak Language.

London: British and Foreign Bible Society. 1854. *
Title from Bagster’s Bible of Every Land.

1575

Gospel according to St. John in the Cree (of Rupert’s Land)
Language. 1855.
12°. Title from Quaritch’s Cat., 1879.

GOOD—GOSPEL. 305

Gospel—continued.

1576 The | Gospel according to Luke, | translated into the |
Choctaw Language. | Vbanumpa. | Luk vt holissochi tok, | Chahta
anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1845. | BA.
127 pp. &°.
The Gospel | according to | Luke. | Translated into the
Cherokee Language. | [Two lines in Cherokee characters. |
Park Hill. | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line

Cherokee characters.| | 1850. | ABS.

134-pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

The Gospel according to | Saint Luke. | In Mikmak. |

Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, by | Isaac Pit-

man, Bath. | 1856. | C.

Pp. 1-148. 169. In phonetic characters.

1577

1578

1579

/
The Gospel according to Mark. [One line Cherokee char-
acters. |
Colophon:
Cherokee Nation, Baptist Mission Press. Cc.
No title-page. 28 pp. 12°. In Cherokee characters.

1580

[The Gospel of Mark, in the Cherokee Language. | Cc.
No title-page. 56 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
[The Gospel of Mark, in the Cherokee Language. | ABS.
No title-page. 70 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
The | Gospel according to Mark, | translated into the |
Choctaw Language. | Vbanumpa. | Mak vt holissochi tok, | Chahta
anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |

1581

1582

Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1845. | BA. ABC,
Pp. 1-73. 8°.
1583 — The | Gospel according to St. Matthew. | LSH. JWP.

No title-page. Pp. 3-32. 8°. Parallel columns, Chippewa and English.
See Mesah oowh. See Minuajimouin.
— The | Gospel according to Matthew, | translated into the |
Choctaw Language. | Vbanumpa | Mahlu vt holissochitok. | Chahta
anumpa isht atoshowa hoke. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1842. BA. ABC. C.

Pp. 1-198. 12°. °
The | Gospel according to Matthew, | translated into the |
Choctaw Language. | Vbanumpa | Mahluvtholissochitok, | Chahta
anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. | Second Edition. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1845. | BA.

Pp. 1-115. 8°.

20 Bib

1584

1585

306 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gospel—continued.

1586 Gospel of St. Matthew in the Cree Language.
Church Missionary Society 1852. *
Title from Bagster’s Bible in Every Land.

1587 ——— The Gospel | according to Saint Matthew, | in the Mic-

mac Language. | Printed | for the Use of the Micmac Mission | by
the British and Foreign | Bible Society. |
Charlottetown: | Printed by G. F. Hazard. | 1853. | ABS.
2p. lL, pp. 1-118. 16°.

1588 Gospels. The | Gospels | according to | St. Matthew, St. Mark, St.
Luke, | and | St. John, | translated into the Language | of | the
Esquimaux Indians, | on the Coast of | Labrador; | by the | Mission-
aries | of the | Unitas Fratrum; or, United Brethren. | Residing |
at Nain, Okkak, and Hopedale. | Printed | for the use of the Mis-
sion, | by | the British and Foreign Bible Society.

London: | Printed by W. M’Dowall, Pemberton Row, Gough
Square. | 1813. | JWP. ABS. C.

1p. 1., pp. 1-416.12°. The work does not contain the Gospel of John. The
Report of the British and Foreign Bible Society, vol. 1, gives the title: The
Four Gospels in Esquimaux. British and Foreign Bible Society, 1811 & 1813.
Bagster’s Bible of Every Land says John was published in 1810, the remaining
three in 1813.

See Tamedsa in present catalogue for the former.

1589 Gospels and Epistles in the Greenland language.
Copenhagen. 1848. ie
744 pp. 16°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary; note to No. 22853.

1590 Gospels and Epistles in the Mixteca language. te

“Two versions of the Gospels and of the Epistles are, however, said by Le
Long to have been made in Misteco, a language likewise spoken in the State of
Oajaca. The first version was made by Benedict Ferdinand, who flourished about
A. D. 1568; and the second version by Arnold 4 Bosaccio. It is doubtful whether
either of these versions are extant.”—Bagster’s Bible of Every Land.

1591 Graah (Wilhelm August). Underségelses-Reise | til | Ostkysten
af Groénland. | Efter kongelig Befaling udfgrt | 1 Aarene 1828-31 |
af W. A. Graah, | Capitain-Lieutenant i Soe-Etaten. |

Kiobenhavn. | Trykt has J. D. Qvist, i det Christensenske Offti-
cin. | Ostergade Nr. 53, | 1832. | C.

Pp. i-xviii, 1-216. 4°. map.

Botanisk og zoologiske Gienstande. Planter Pattedyr, Fugle og Fiske, hvilke
forlkomme paa @stkysten af Gronland, App. 2, pp. 191-195.

1592 - Narrative of an Expedition | to the | East Coast of Green-
land, | sent by order of the King of Denmark, | in search of | the
lost colonies, | under the command of | Capt W. A. Graah, of the
Danish Royal Navy, | Knight of Dannebrog, &e. | Translated from
the Danish, | by | the late G. Gordon Macdougall, F. R.S. N. A., |
for the | Royal Geographical Society of London. | With the | origi-
nal Danish chart completed by the Expedition. |

GOSPEL—GRANT. 307

Graah (Wilhelm August)—continued.
London: | John W. Parker, West Strand. | M. DCCC. XX XVII
[1837]. | C.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-199. 8°. map.
Greenland names of Mammalia, Birds, and Fish, Appendix B, pp. 178-180.

1593 Gramatica. Gramatica Mexicana, Modo facil y breve para apren-
der el Idioma Mexicano. *
Manuscript. Cent. xviii. 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat.

1594 ——— Gramatica Mexicana, Metodo facil y Breve en Idioma
Mexicano. Modo de Escribialo y Pronunciato. *
Manuscript. Cent. xviii. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1934.

1595 ——— Gramatica y Vocabulario de la Lengua Mexicana. *
Manuscript. 284 11. 12°. Cent. xvi.
This valuable manuscript 1s undoubtedly of a period immediately subsequent
to the discovery and conquest of Mexico.—Fischer Sale Cat.

1596 Grammar. Grammar, Catechism, Sermons, and Keligious Poetry

in the Zapoteca Language. *
Manuscript. Cent. xvii, 167 pp. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 2036.

1597 ——— Grammar of the Mexican Language, to which is added a

short Catechism. *
Manuscript. Cent. xviii. 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1938.

1598 Granados y Galvez (fr. Joseph Joaquin). Tardes | Americanas: |
Gobierno Gentil y Catolico: | breve y particular noticia | de toda
la Historia Indiana: | Sucesos, casos notables, y cosas ignoradas,
desde la | entrada de la Gran Nacion Tulteca 4 esta tierra | de
Anahnac, hasta los presentes tiempos. | Trabajadas | por un Indio,
y un Espanol. | Sacalas a Luz | El M. R. P. Fr. Joseph Joaquin
Granados | y Galvez, Predicador general de Jure, ex-Defini- | dor
de la Provincia de Michoacan, y Guardian que fue | de los Conven-
tos de Xiquilpan, Valladolid, Rio- | verde, y Custodio de todas sus
Missiones, | y las dedica | al Exemé. Sr. D. Joseph de Galvez, |
Caballero de la Real distinguida Orden de Car- | los III., del Con-
sejo de Estado, Gobernador del | Supremo de las Indias, y Secre-
tario del Des- | pacho universal de ellas. |

Mexico: En la nueva Imprenta Matritense de D. Felipe | de
Ziniga y Ontiveros, calle de la Palma, ano de 1778. | A.C.

36 p. ll., pp. 1-540. 4°.

Names of months, days of the month, ‘Theogony, ete., in Mexican, with inter-
pretation, pp. 57-69; Ode of Netzahualcoyotl in Otomi, pp. 90-91; Otoini numerals
1-100, p. 131.

1599 Grant (W. Colquhoun). Description of Vancouver Island. By its
first Colonist, W. Colquhoun Grant, Esq., F. R.G.S., of the 2nd Dra-
goon Guards, and late Lieut.-Col. of the Cavalry of the Turkish
Contingent.

In Royal Geog. Soc., Jour., vol. 27, pp. 268-320. London,n.d. 8°.
Numerals, 1-100, of the Macaw or Nitteenat, and Tsclallum, p. 295.

308 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1600 Gravier (Rev. James). Dictionary of the Illinois Language. o
Manuscript. Mentioned by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, in his Forty Algonkin
Versions of the Lord’s Prayer, p.99. In a note on the Illinois version of the
prayer, printed by Bodoni, 1806, ‘‘ex MS.,” Dr. Trumbull says: “‘A copy of this °
version, evidently trom the same original, was communicated to Dr. John Pick-
ering in 1823 as from a MS. grammar and dictionary of the Illinois language.
The MS. may have been that of Father Boulanger, missionary to the Illinois in
1721. The version is more probably that of Father James Gravier, 8. J., mission-
ary from 1687 to 1706, who ‘was the first to analyze the language thoroughly
and compile its grammar, which subsequent missionaries brought to perfection.’
I have recently had the good fortune to discover the long-lost dictionary of
Gravier, with additions and corrections by his successors in the Illinois Mission,
and by its aid Iam enabled to correct some—though not all—of the errors of
Bodoni’s copy.”

Dr. Shea (History of Catholic Missions, 1855, p. 415, note) had mentioned the
fact that ‘‘a catechism and dictionary [by Gravier] were extant some years
since, but seem to have perished.”

Of the manuscript dictionary mentioned by Dr. Trumbull, he gives me the

following description:

“Tt is a stout volume in quarto or small folio, the leaf measuring 114 by 8}
inches. It has been bound, but is now, and probably for many years has been,
without its covers. It has lost the first two or three leaves at the beginning,
and perhaps as many at the end, and a few other leaves have been somewhat
injured by mice. There remain 293 leaves (586 pages), which average about 38
lines to the page, indicating a total of about 22,000 words. The arrangement is
Illinois-French (not French-Illinois), The dialect is that of the Peorias (Peoua-
ria), readily distinguished from the Miami-Illinois by the use of r for Miami 1.
Occasionally, however, words and phrases are introduced which are marked as
‘Miami.’ The manuscript is very neat and legible. The handwriting and the
orthography, in my opinion and in that of French scholars who have inspected
it, show that it was written before or not many years after the beginning of the
18th century; certainly, I should say, not later than 1710. Ifso, it cannot have
been the work of the Rev. Jos. 1. Le Boulanger, whose connection with the Illi-
nois Mission has not been traced before 1719. On nearly every page, however,
there are additions, corrections, or explanations in at least two later and distinct
hands; but these are not more frequent than two or three to the page on the
average.

“Throughout the work references are made to another volume or volumes,
which contained a grammar, lists of radicals, names of animals, plants, medi-
cines, ete.

“T conclude that this dictionary was compiled by Gravier, though I cannot
positively say that it is in his autograph, and that the additions and emenda-
tions were made by his successors in the mission, some of them, perhaps, by Le
Boulanger.

‘The French-Illinois dictionary, discovered by the late Hon. Henry Clay Mur-
phy (see the Historical Magazine, vol. 3, pp. 227, 228; New York, 1859), which
Dr. J. G. Shea proposed to edit, and which was unfortunately lost about 1865,
may have been the French-Illinois counterpart of the Illinois-French dictionary
of Gravier, or may have been a transcript of that counterpart revised and com-
pleted by Le Boulanger; but from the article above cited it appears that Mr.
Murphy’s manuscript was in the Wiami-Ilinois dialect, while the earlier work I
have described is unquestionably in that of the Peouaria-Lllinois, among whom
Gravier labored. Mr. Murphy (to whom I showed the volume here described)
believed it to be of earlier date than the counterpart (French-Ilinois), which
disappeared from his office-desk about 1865, after the first form of it had been
printed by Dr. Shea. (See No. 2280.)”

GRAVIER—GUADALAXARA. 309

1601 Green (J. S.) Extracts from the report of an exploring tour on
the north-west coast of North America in 1829, by Rey. J. 8.
Green. LSH.

In Missionary Herald, vol. 26, pp. 343-345. Boston,n.d. 8°.

Contains remarks on the langnages of the above locality, and a few examples
of the language of the Queen Charlotte Island language compared with the jar-
gon of the traders.

1602 Greenleaf (Moses). Indian Names of some of the Streams, Islands,
&c., on the Penobscot and St. John Rivers in Maine: furnished by
Moses Greenleaf, Esq.

In Am. Soc., First Ann. Rept., pp. 49-53. New Haven, 1824. 8°.

1603 Grijelmo (/’r. Domingo). Sermones en Lengua Zapoteca, de mucho
uso entre los Misioneres. a

The P. Fray Domingo Saenz de Miera, Dominican of Oajaca, possessed, in the
year 1746, a manuscript volume by Grijelmo, entitled :

1604 t—— Sesenta y siete Textos de la Santa Escritura explicados
moralmente en Lengua Zapoteca. oe

The first of these texts is: Quasi 4 facie colubri fuge peccatum; and the
last: Nemo potest venire ad me, nisi Pater meus traxerit eum.—Beristain.

1605 Groenlandsk A B D Bog.
Kjébenhavn, 1760. oe

8°. Title from Ludewig. For reprint, see Kattitsiomarsut.

1606 Grossman (Capt. I'rederick E.) Some Words of the Languages
of the Pimo and Papago Indians of Arizona Territory.
Manuscript. 80 pp. 4°. In the library of the Burean of Ethnology.
English-Pimo and Pimo-English, alphabetically arranged. Accompanied by a
few grammatic notes, and three stories with interlinear English translation.
Collected at the Gila River Reservation, during 1871.

1607 Guadalaxara (P. Thomas de). Compendio del Arte de la Lengua
de los Tarahumares, y Guazapares. Dedicado 4 la Reyna de los
Angeles Maria Santiss™’ Virgen siempre Madre de Dios, Puris-
sima, y Senora Nuestra. Dirigido al Rey nuestro Senor Carlos II
Patron Defensor, y Propagador de Nuestra Santa Fee Catholica
Romana en este Nuevo Orbe, y agora nuevamente en las gentili-
dades de la Nueva Vizcaya. Compuesto por el Padre Thomas de
Guadalaxara Missionero de la Compania de Iesus. Contiene cinco
libros de la Gramatica, vn Vocabulario, que comienza en Tarahu-
mar, y otro en Castellano, y otro de nombres de parentesco.

Con Licenzia en la Puebla de los Angeles por Diego Fernan-
dez de Leon. Ano de 1683. ve

11 p.1l., 11. 1-35. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 120.

The copy described by Sr. Icazbalceta was that in the library of Sr. Ramirez.
The sale catalogue of that gentleman’s books describes it as follows: Title,9
p- ll., text, folios 1-35 (wants end); 2 woodcut figures ; and wood-cut of the arms
of Spain, coarsely executed. An excessively rare, if not unique, grammar of the
Tarahumar language, apparently quite unknown to bibliographers.

310 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Guadalaxara (P. Thomas de.)—continued.
1608 ——— Arte general de diferentes Idiomas de los Indios bar-
baros. *
P. Oviedo makes mention of this work in his Menologio, and adds that P.
Guadalajara died on the 6th of January, 1720, at the Mission of San Geronimo
Huexotilan, in ancient Tarahumara.—Beristain.

1609 Giien (Hamon). TIontaterihonniennitak8a | ne | Kari8iioston Tei-
eiasontha, | ne Roiatonserison a8ennishete kenha, | ou | Instruc-
tion sur la Foi Catholique, | par M. H. Guen, Ancien Missionaire. |
[Three lines quotation. ]

Tiotiake-Montreal: | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1870. | GB-

Pp. 1-23. 16°. In the Iroquois Language.

M. Hamon Giien died at the Lake of the Two Mountains, in 1761, aged 74, after
passing more than 50 years among the Indians, now at the Mission Sault and
Récollet, now at that of the Lake of the Two Mountains. The above is the only
work by this venerable missionary which has been printed. I have changed
such terms as have fallen into disuse, and modified the orthography.—Latract
from a letter from Father Cuoq.

1610 Gueretia (Fr. Marcos). Via Crucis; 6 modo de hacer las Estacio-
nes; en Lengua de los Indios del Norte. *

Title from Beristain.

1611 Guerra (Fr. Joan). Arte | de la Lengua Mexicana | segun la acos-
tumbran hablar los Indios en todo | el Obispado de Guadalaxara,
parte del de | Guadiana, y del de Mechoacan. | Dispuesto | por
orden y mandato de N. M. R. P. | Fr. Ioseph de Alcaras, Pre- |
dicador, Padre de la Santa Provincia de Zacate- | cas, y Ministro
Provincial, de esta Santa Provin- | cia de Santiago de Xalisco, y
por el Reverendo | y Venerable Difinitorio de ella en | Capitulo
Intermedio. | Dedicado | a la Santa Provincia de Santiago de
Xalisco, | Por el R. P. Fr. Joan Guerra, Predicador, y Difinidor
actual de dicha | Provincia. |

Con licencia, en Mexico, por la Viuda de Fran- | cisco Rodriguez
Lupercio, en la puente | de Palacio, atio de 1692. | *

8p. ll. Arte, Il. 1-27; Vocabulario, 1]. 28-49; Instruccion para administrar
los Sacramentos, ll. 49-62; Index, 11. 8°.

Title from Icazbaleeta’s Apuntes, No. 121.

1612 ——— Arte de la Lengua megicana segun el Dialecto de los Pue-
blos de la Nueva Galicia.
Mégico por Lupercio, 1699. ie

4°, Title from Beristain. Ludewig quotes it, same date. Pimentel gives it
the date of 1669.
1613 Guerra (José Maria). Pastoral del Ilustrisimo Sefior Obispo, di-
rigida 4 los Indigenos de esta didcesis.
Merida de Yucatan, impreso por Antonio Petra, 1848. oY

8pp. 4°. Inthe Maya language. A pastoral letter addressed by this bishop
to the rebel Indians.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1614 Guevara (P. José). Sermones Megicanos. o
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

GUADALAX ARA—GUEVARA. 311

1615 Guevara (Fr. Juan). Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Huasteca. *

Printed in Mexico as is affirmed by P. Juan Cruz in his dedication to his Cate-
cismo Huasteco.

Concerning this work, Sr. Icazbalceta writes me as follows: Beristain mentions
this work, but omits the date of the edition which is given, at least approximately,
in the dedication of the Doctrina in the same language, printed by P. Juan de
Ja Cruz in 1571. I say approximately as the expression of P. Cruz is “se impri-
mi6 en la sede vacante del ano de 1548,” that is to say, in that of Sr. Zumarraga
which began in that year and lasted to the year 1553.

1616 Guevara (/r. Miguel de). I HS. Arte Doctrinal i modo G'. para
aprender la lengua Matlaltzinga Para administracion de los sanctos
sacramentos asi para confessar cassar i Preedicarla con la Diffinicion
de sacramentis y demas cossas necessarias para Ablarla i enten-
derla Por el modo mas ordinario y versado comun ig!mt**. para no
ofuscarse en su inteligencia. Hecho y ordenado Por el Padre Fray
Miguel de Guevara Ministro Preedicador i Operario Euangelico en
las tres lenguas q G'mente corren Mexicana, tharasca y Matlalt-
zinga en esta Prouincia de Michhuacan. Prior actual del conuento
de Stiago athatzithaquaro. Ajo de 1638.

Original manuscript. 4°. Title and dedication ‘a los Pes estudiantes Matlal-
zingos”; lines by the author, 4 ll.; Arte, 62 I].

Declaracion y Modo de mostrar el Ministro la doctrina Chris-
tiana y para examinar a los Naturales la Quaresma y quando los
prescentan para contraher Matrimonio como esta dispuesto &e.

19 11.

Suma de Sacramentis. Edita plane et distinct declarata. Per
patrem Fratrem Michaelem A Guevara Sacre Ordinis Heremitarum
Diui Aurelij Augustini &e.

53 ll., which include the Confesonario.

Declaracion literar conforme a la letra de los Huagelios y Epis-
tolas desde la primera donica del Aduiento y Pasquas
Traduccido conforme al dialogo del P. Pe. fr. Maturino Gilberti,
buelto en la lengua Matlalzinga Por Orden del Pe. fr. Miguel de
Gueuara Ministro Predicador en las Tres Jenguas Mexicana tha-
rasca y Matlaltzinga. Ano de 1634.

131 ll., table, 8 11.

Para el Rosario de nfra senora.

13 11.

Apocalipse del Benerable St. Gregorio Lopes de felis recordacion
- . . . raducido Por el P*. F. Miguel de Gueuara Prior de
s‘ttiago Udameo. *

63 1. The last part is in Spanish.—Jcazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 122.

This has been printed, in part, as follows:

1617 ——— Arte Doctrinal y modo general para aprender la lengua
Matlaltzinga, para la administracion de los Santos Sacramentos,
asi para confesar, casar y predicar con la definicion de Sacramentis
y demas cosas necesarias para hablarla y entenderla, por el modo

312 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Guevara (/’r. Miguel D.)—continued.
mas ordinario y versado comun y generalmente para no ofuscarse
en suinteligencia. Hecho y ordenado por el padre Fr. Miguel de
Guevara, Ministro [&e.] Ano de 1638.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 9, pp. 197-260. Mexico, 1863. 8°.

Grammar, pp. 198-245; Doctrina Cristiana, pp. 245-252; Modos y Tiempos del
verbo, pp. 253-260.

This last is from the manuscript of Father Diego de Basalenque, and was
inserted to supply the deficit caused by the loss of thirty-nine pages of the orig-
inal manuscript of Guevara.

This article was probably also issued separately, as Brasseur de Bourbourg
gives the title and adds the imprint: [Mexico, imprenta de Vicente Garcia Tor-
res, 1862], 8 preliminary pages, and 64 pp. Grammar.

1618 ——— Arte, Vocabulario y Manual de la Lengua Pirinda. 2
Manuscript in the Convent of Charo.—Beristain.

1619 Guide to the Province of British Columbia for 1877-8, compiled
from the latest and most authentic sources of Information, includ-
ing the various Prize Essays on the Province, Government Reports,
ete. Also a Dictionary of the Chinnook Jargon, the Indian Trade
Language of the North Pacific Coast. Part 1. Chinnook English.
Part 2. English Chinnook.

Victoria (B. C.) 1877. ot

8°. Title from bookseller’s catalogue.

1620 Guthrie (Rev. H. A.) Terms of Relationship of the Otoe; collected
by Rev. H. A. Guthrie, at the Otoe Mission, Kansas.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, and affinity pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°. F:

1621 Gatip okausisa ilait. *
64 pp. 8°. Bible quotations for school use in the Eskimo language. Title
from a Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink.

Guzman (Fr. Diego de Galdo).
See Galdo Guzman (Ir. Diego de).

1622 Guzman (Wr. Pantaleon de). Compendio de nombres en Lengua
Cakchiquel, y Significados de verbos por Imperativo y Acusativo
recipricos: En doce Tratados, por el Pe. Predicador F. Pantaleon
de Guzman, Cura Doctrinero.por el Real Patronato desta Doctrina,
y Curato de Santa Maria de Jesus Pache; en 20 dias del mes de Oc-
tubre, de 1704 anos. 2

Manuscript. 336 pp. sm. 4°.

1623 t—— Doctrina Christiana y dos Romances al Nacimiento de
Christo, ete. -
The only known works of Guzman are the above, of which the originals are

in the possession of the author of this Monograph.—Squier.

Gylberti (/r. Maturino).
See Gilberti (Jr. Maturino).

GUEVARA—HAKLUYT. 313

1624 Haedo (D. Francisco). Gramatica de la Lengua Otomi, y método
para confesar 4 los Indios en ella. =
Printed for the second time in Mexico, 1731. 8°.—Beristain.

1625 Hagen (Carl). Naparsimassugdlid | atuartagagssait. | nugterdlu-
git kavdlunait nakorsaisa agdlagait, | maligtarineruvdlugit: |
“Thornams Lxegebog,” | “ Huslegen af Raspail” | agdlagkat Carl
Hagen iit. |

Nungme. | Nunap nalagata nakiteriviane nakitat, | L. Moller
mit. | 1866. | JWP.

Pp. 1-72. 8°. Medical manual in the Eskimo language of Greenland.

1626 Haikischika | ik achukmo otvninchi. | Fraud exposed and de-
tected. | Abridged from Rey. Edward Payson, D. D. |

[Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press, John Candy and

John F, Wheeler, Printers. | 1845.] | BA.

No imprint. pp. 1<11. 12°. In the Choctaw language. Byington, in his manu-
script dictionary, saysit contains 16 pp. —

1627 Hakluyt (Richard). The | principal navi | gations, voiages, traf-
fiqves and disco | veries of the English Nation, made by Sea, or
ouer land, to the remote and farthest di- | stant quarters of the
Earth at any time within | the compasse of these 1500 yeeres. De-
uided | into three seuerall Volumes, according to the | positions of
the Regions, whereunto | they were directed. This first volume
containing the woorthy Discoueries, | &c. of the English toward
the North and Northeast by sea, | as of Lapland, Scrikfinia, Core-
lia, the Baie of S. Nicolas, the Isles of Col- | goieuse, Vaigatz, and
Noua Zembla, toward the great riuer Ob; | with the mighty Empire
of Russia, the Caspian Sea, Geor | gia, Armenia, Media, Persia, Bo-
ghar in Bactria, | and diuers kingdoms of Tartaria: Together with
many notable monuments and testimo | nies of the ancient forren
trades, and of the warrelike and | other shipping of this realme of
England in former ages. | Whereunto is annexed also a briefe Com-
mentarie of the true | state of Island, and of the Northern Seasand |
lands situate that way. | And lastly, the memorable defeate of the
Spanish huge | Armada, Anno 1588, and the famous victorie | at-
chieved at the citie of Cadiz, 1596, | are described by Richard Hak-
luyt, Master of | Artes, and sometimes Student of Christ- | Chureh
in Oxford. |

Imprinted at London by George | Bishop, Ralph Newberie | and
Robert Barker. | 1598. | JCB.

3 vols., each with its own title-page. folio. maps.

Cartier (J.) Voyages of Jaques Carthier, vol. 3, pp. 201-232.

There are two earlier editions of Hakluyt’s voyages: London, 1582, and ibid.,
1589, each in one volume. Neither contains Cartier’s voyages.

1628 ——— Hakluyt’s | Collection of the Early | Voyages, Travels,
and Discoveries, | of the | English Nation. | A new edition, with
additions. | Vol. I [-V and Supplement]. |

314 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hakluyt (Richard)—continued.
London; | Printed for R. H. Evans, 26, Pall Mall; J. Mackinlay,
Strand; | and R. Priestley, Helborn. | 1809 [-1812]. | BA.C.
5 vols. 4°, and supplement.
Cartier (J.) [Voyages of Jacques Cartier], vol. 3, pp. 250-294.

1629 Haldeman (Samuel Stehman). Analytic Orthography: | An | In-
vestigation of the Sounds of the voice, | and their | alphabetic nota-
tion; | including | the mechanism of speech, | and its bearing upon |
Etymology. | By | 8.8. Haldeman, A. M., | Professor in Delaware
College; | Member [&c., six lines].

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | London: Triibner & Co.
......... Paris: Benjamin Duprat. | Berlin: Ferd. Diimmler. |
1860. | BA. JWP. WE.

Pp. i-vili, 5-148. 4°.

Lord’s Prayer, with interlinear translation, in Cherokee and Wyandot, and
a short vocabulary in Kansa and Chippeway, pp. 132-136.

Numerals, 1-10, of the Cherokee, Creek, Choctaw, Iroquois, Wyandot, Co-
manche, Waco, Lenape (two versions), Chippeway, Penobscot, Passamaquoddy,

Potewatemi, Shawanee, Kansa, Osage, Eskimo, Cape Vlattery, Apache, Yuma,
and Chinook, pp. 144-146.

1630 On the Phonology of the Wyandots.
In Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 268-269. Philadelphia, Ber Se,
Wyandot numerals, 1-10, in phonetic characters, p. 269.

1631 t—— On some Points of Linguistic Ethnology: with Illustra-

tions, chiefly from the Aboriginal Languages of America. By Prof.
S. 8S. Haldeman, A. M.

In Am. Ass. Adv. Science, Proc., 2d meeting, pp. 423-426. Boston, 1850. 8°.
Reprinted, with additions, as follows:

1632

On some Points in Linguistic Ethnology; with Iustrations,
chiefly from the Aboriginal Languages of North America. By
8S. 8. Haldeman, A. M.

In Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 165-178, Boston and
Cambridge, 1852. 8°.

1633 Hale (Edward Everett). Kanzas and Nebraska: | The | History,
geographical and physical Characteristics, | and political position
of those Territories; | an account of the | Emigrant Aid Com-
panies, | and | directions to emigrants. | By | Edward E. Hale. |
With an | original map from the latest authorities. |

Boston: | Phillips, Sampson and Company. | New York: J. C.
Derby. | 1854. | BA. C.

Pp. i-viii, 9-256. 12°.

A few Mandan and Welsh words (from Catlin) compared, p. 32.

1634 H{ale] (Horatio E.) Remarks | on | Some Words in the Language |
of the | St. John’s or Wlastukweek Indians. | By H. E. H. |
[Cambridge, 1834.] GB.
Pp. 1-4. 169.

HAKLUYT—HALE 315

Hale (Horatio E.)—continued.

1635 United States | Exploring Expedition. | During theyears |
1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | Under the Command of | Charles
Wilkes, U. S. N. | Vol. VI. | Ethnography aud Philology. | By |
Horatio Hale, | Philologist of the Expedition. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by C. Sherman. | 1846. | C.

Pp. i-xiii, 1-666. 4°. map.

Languages of Northwestern America, pp. 553-650, includes general remarks
and examples of the language of the:

Tahkali-Umkwa family, pp. 534-535; Kitunaha, p. 535; Tsihaili-Selish
family, pp. 535-542; Sahaptin family, pp. 542-561; Waiilatpu family, p. 561;
Tshinuk family, pp. 562-564; S. Kalapuya, pp. 564-567 ; Remarks on the vocab-
laries, pp. 567-568.

The following is a copy of Mr. Hale’s list of vocabularies, which occupy pp.

569-629 :
FAMILIES. LANGUAGES. DIALECTS.
(as Tahkali (Carriers). i
1. Tahkali-Umkwa...........4 B. Tlatskanai ......---.-.--- [fGen
0. Umkwa (Umpqua). ‘| b. Kwalhioqua.
2 sKitunahaerc.--s-\- secon D. Kitunaha (Coutanies Flat-
bows.
E. Shushwapumsh (Shush-
waps, Atnahs).
Northern (e Kullespelm (Ponderays).
item F. Selish (Flatheads) .-....--- < d. Tsakaitsitlin (Skokan Inds.)
|e Skitsuish (Cour d'aléne). (¢” SoaiatIpi (Kettle-falls, &c.)
H. Piskwaus (Piscous).
Middle =
3. Tsihaili-Selish .2 Branch {F Skeyislo\hasdually):

[z- Tsihailish.
J. Tsihailish (Chickailis, te Kwaiantl.

‘Western f Chilts). h. Kwenaiwitl.
Branch |

K. Kawelitsk (Couelits).

he

SEGA Sse, Nsietshawus (Killamuks)-
Branch (|

(aL. Sahaptin (Nez-Percés).

auSahaptin eetsetec seen cet (is Pelus (Pelooses).
Ly. Walawala (Wallawallas).. <j. Jaakema (Yakema).
Vie Tlakatat (Klikatats).
O. Waiilatpu (W illetpoos,
5. Waiilatpu -.-..-...-.--.--- (Cayuse).
P. Molele.
Q. Watlala (Upper Chinooks) fl. Watlala (Cascade Inds.).
\m. Nihaloitih (Echeloots).
6. Tshinuk....-.......-.----- (7 Tshinuk.
R. Tshinuk (Chinooks) .-..---. 4 0- Tlatsap (Clatsops).
(p. Wakaikam (Wahkyecums)
7. Kalapuya.-..-.--.-- .----- 8. Kalapuya..-.....----------, f a LSA AF ;
(r. Tuhwalati (Follaties).
Bislakoneece a -ense-s--==\--=- T. Jakon (Lower Killamuks).
9, Lutuami.....2.2..-.:------ U. Lutnami (Tlamatl, Clamets).
TOS SER) cascctececonsuacoy aces V. Saste (Shasties).
TiePalainnilvecessesccc--eas05 W. Palaihnih (Palaiks).

°. Sh z ¢ X. Shoshoni (Shoshonees, Snakes).
IPD, SUCRE T aces eascecccecccrs \_¥. Wihinasht (Western Shoshonees).

13:\Satsikaa: ---.--...--.---.-. Z. Satsikaa (Blackfeet). 5
14. Nootka .....-.---------.--- Kwoneatshatka.

GS ceosee 66 San Raphael.

16K ZNeeeastsccocaceaweecs =< San Gabriel.

17. Netela . ... ---------------- San Juan Capestrano.

316 NORTH AMER CAN LINGUISTICS.

Hale (Horatio E.)—continued.

Miscellaneous vocabularies as follows: :

(1.) Upper Sacramento (collected by Mr. Dana), p. 630; (2.) Talatui (collected
by Mr. Dana), p. 631; (3.) Pujuni, (4.) Sekumne, (5) Tsamak (from Dana), pp.
632-633; (6.) La Soledad, (7.) San Miguel, pp. 633-634; (8.) Hailtsa (from Mr.
A. Anderson), p. 634; The Jargon or Trade Language of Oregon, pp. 635-630.

1636 ——— Vocabulary of the Tutelo, with remarks on the same.
Manuscript. 30 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1637 Halfmoon (Charles). A Collection | of | Muncey and English |
Hymns, | for the use of the Native Indians. | Translated by
Charles Halfmoon, | Local Preacher. | [Two lines quotation. |

Toronto: | Printed for the Missionary Society of the Wesleyan |
Methodist Church in Canada. | Conference Office, No. 9, Welling-
ton Buildings. | 1842. |

Second title:

Minseeweh | Nuhkoomwawaukunul, | nuhkoomwaghtohteetij |
Neik Linnaupawug. | Auneh kowhwaujmoowhwaig hungkeil |
Nun Kashohweish, | local preacher. | [Two lines quotation. |

Toronto: | Printed for the Missionary Society ef the Wesleyan |
Methodist Church in Canada. | Conference Office, No. 9, Welling-
ton Buildings. | 1842. JWP.

2p. 11, pp. 1-205, alternate pp. English and Muncey. 24° English title verso
1. 1, recto blank; Muncey title recto 1. 2, verso blank.

1638 A | Collection of Hymns, | in | Muncey and English, | tor
the use of the native Indians. | Translated | By Charles Half:
moon, | Assistant Missionary. | [Two lines quotation. |

Toronto: | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at the |
Conference Office, 80 King Street East. | 1874. |

Second title:

Minseewee, | Loonzwaywaukunnul, | loonzwaghtohteedt | Neek,
Linnaupaywug, | onnihkowhwoj moowhwaig hummohteedt. | Nun,

Kayshohweesh, | Weej mod Paimtoonhayleed. | [Two lines quota-

tion. |
Toronto: | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at the |
Conference Office, 80 King Street Hast. | 1874. | Jw.

Pp. 1-96, 1-96, alternate pp. English and Muncey ; index in English, pp. 97-102.
16°, English title verso 1. 1; Muncey title recto 1. 2.

1639 Hall (Charles Francis). Arctic Researches | and | Life among the
Esquimaux: | being the | narrative of an Expedition in search of Sir
John | Franklin, | in the years 1860, 1861, and 1862. | By | Charles
Krancis Hall. | With maps and one hundred illustrations. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1865. | BA. C.

Engraved title, pp. i-xxviii, 29-595. 8°. map.

Lord’s Prayer in Esquimaux, p. 69; Innuit numerals, 1-10, p. 577.

Sabin’s Dictionary gives a title: Life with the Esquimaux: A Narative of
Arctic Experience in Search of Survivors of Sir John Franklin’s Expedition,

HALE—HALY. 317

Hall (Charles Francis)—continued.
London: 8. Low, Son & Co., pp. x-547. 8°; and Field, No. 640, one: Life with
the Esquimaux: The Narrative of Captain C. F. Hall, * * * discovering some
of the survivors of Sir John Franklin’s Expedition * * .* London: Sampson
Low & Co. 1864. 2 vols. 8°.
Perhaps they are the same as the above.
Narrative | of the | Second Arctic Expedition | made by |
Charles I, Hall: | His Voyage to Repulse Bay, Sledge Journeys to
the Straits of Fury | and Hecla and to King William’s Land, |
and | Residence among the Eskimos during the Years 186469: |
Edited under the Orders of the Hon. Secretary of the Navy, | by |
Prof. J. E. Nourse, U.S. N. | U.S. Naval Observatory, | 1879. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1879. | JWP.
_ 5p. Il., pp. i-l, 1-644. 4°. maps.

Besides many Eskimo terms passim, there are also in this work four lists of
names of geographic features, a few with English signification, in the follow-
ing localities :

Northeast coast of Fox Channel (50 names), p. 354; Too-noo-nee-noo-shuk, or
Adniralty Inlet (40 names), pp. 355-356; Pond’s Bay (33 names), p. 370; King
William’s Land, and the adjacent country (16 names), p. 398.

1640

1641 [Hall (Rev. Sherman).] Ojibwa nugumoshiing. | Ojibwa Hymns. |

Published by the American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,

New York. | [n. d.] JWP.

Pp. 1-7, 1-95, alternate pages English and Chippewa. 16°. Rey. J. A. Gil-

fillan, an Ojibwa missionary, says these hymns are not original translations, but
adapted from other collections, by Mr. Hall.

1642 ——— and Copway (George). Minuajimouin gainajimot | au | St.
Luke. | Anishinabe enuet giizhianikvnotabiuvg, | au | S. Hall, |
mekvdeuikonaie; | gaie au | George Copway, | anishinabe gygi-
kueuinini. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1837. | BA. MHS.

Literal translation.—The good tidings as he told it | that | St. Luke. | The In-
dian as he speaks they have translated and put it in writing, | that | S. Hall, |
the one clothed in black [minister] | and that | George Copway, | Indian
preacher man. |

Pp. 1-112. 12°. Gospel of Luke in the Chippewa language.

1643 t—— Odizhijigeuinua | igiu | Gaanoninjig. | Anishinabe enuet
anikvnotabiong | au | Sherman Hall | gaie au | George Copway. |
(Acts of the Apostles in the Ojibwa Language.) |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1838. | BA. ABC.

Literal translation.—Their actions | those | who were hired. | The Indian as he
speaks they translate and put it in writing | that | Sherman Hall | and that |
George Copway. |

Pp. 1-108. 12°.

1644 Haly (—). A Short Vocabulary in the language of the San Blas
Indians. :

In Berendt (C. H.) The Darien Languages, in Am. Hist, Record, vol. 3, Dp.
59. 1874. 4°.

318 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Haly (—)—continued.

At the coast of San Blas, Mr. Haly, an English trader, who lived for many
years in Blewfields (Mosquito coast), has collected in 1834 a list of words which
has not yet been published. I obtained it from the Rev. Alexander Henderson,
the well-known linguist and missionary in Belize, who made his first entry into
the mysteries of the Mosquito language under the guidance of Mr. Haly.—
Berendt.

1645 Hamilton (A.S.) Vocabulary of the Haynarger Dialect of the
Taheully, Athapasea.
Manuscript. 511. folio. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1646 Hamilton (S. M.) Chippewa Vocabulary.
Manuscript. 20 pp. folio. 180 words. Inthe library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1647 [Hamilton (Rev. William).| Translations | into the | Omaha Lan-
guage, | with | Portions of Scripture; | also, | a few Hymns. |
New York: | Printed by Edward O. Jenkins, | 20 North William
Street. | 1868. | JWP.
Pp. 1-30. 16°.
Scriptural sentences with interlinear translation, pp. 7-14; Exodus xx, pp.
14-17; Psalm li, pp. 12-19; Lord’s Prayer, p. 20; Hymns, pp. 20-30.

1648 Remarks on the Iowa Language.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 397-406. Philadelphia,

1854. 4°.

1649 ——— Vocabulary of the Pawnee Language.
In Hayden (F. V.) Contributions to the Ethnology and Philology of the
Tribes of the Missouri Valley, in Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans., new series, vol.
12, pp. 347-351. Philadelphia, 1863. 4°.

1650

Vocabulary of the Iowa and Omaha.
Manuscript. 12 1]. 112 words. oblong folio.

1651

Vocabulary of the Omaha, alphabetically arranged.

Manuscript. 33 11. 4°. These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.

1652 —— and Irvin (Rev. 8. M.) Wv-wv-kv-he | e-ya e-tu u-na-
ha | Pa-hu-ce e-cie | v-ta-we, my-he-hvn-ye e-ce | ra pre-tee-kee. |
Wv-kvn fee—Frie-cxe | Wv-kun-fee—J weh-ce-ku | «&-wv-un-ye-kee: |
wvy-kxn-ta wv-je-kee «-ta-wie, | Pra-spa-te ra-a-na-e-na-ha, | u-ke-
ce e-tan-ta wy-ke-kun-foe-na-ha | wv-wa-ye #-ta-wa ce-ween-ye-ce |
pa-ce-fee-ig-ze E. ca-prae-te-ke |

Pa-hu-ce Fy-ke-ku Wv-kun-fe e-ta-woe Wv-wv-kv-he-u-na-ha
w-ta-we-ta. | 1843. |

Second litle :

An Elementary Book | of the | loway Language, | with an |
English Translation. | By | Wm. Hamilton, and | 8S. M. Irvin. |
Under the direction of the B. F. Miss. of the | Presbyterian
Church. | J. B. Roy, Interpreter. |

Ioway and Sac Mission Press, | Indian Territory. | 1843.| BA.

101 pp. 8°.

HALY—HAMILTON. 319

Hamilton (ev. William) and Irvin (Rev. S. M.)—continued.

1653 —— Ya-wee | pa-hu-ce | e-cxe «-ta-wie | e-tu-hee wa-u-na-ha. |
Pa-hu-ce fa-ka-ku | wv-kun-fee w-ta-wee | «-wv-u-nye-ke. | W.
W’ke. U’nta. wv’ha, | wv-wa-ye ae-ta-woe ae-wen-ye-ce: | Pre-
spa-te-ra-ya-na-we-na-ha. | ‘‘ Ya-wee cae-kaeh-ce ye-ho-wv o- | ke-ya-wee-
we-re: Inv-ya-pro-ke ye-ho- | wv 0-ke-ya-we-we-re.” | W.Y.xcvi-6. |

Pa-hu-cee Fa-koe-ku Wy-kun-foe | ce-ta-woe Wy-wv-ky-he-u-na-
ha | «-ta-we-ta, | 1843. |

Second title:

Original | Hymns, | in the | loway Language. | By | the Mis-
sionaries, | to the loway & Sac Indians, | Under the direction of
the | Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presbyterian Church. |
[Two lines quotation. ]

Toway and Sac Mission Press, | Indian Territory, | 1543. |

Pp. 1-62. 18°. Indian title recto 1. 1; English title recto 1. 2. BA. JWP.

1654 ——— An | loway Grammar, | illustrating | the principles | of
the | Language | used by the | loway, Otoe and Missouri | In-
dians. | Prepared and printed | by | Rev. Wm. Hamilton | and |
Rey.S. M. Irvin. | Under the direction of the Presbyterian B. F. M. |

Joway and Sac Mission Press. | 1848. | C. JWP.
Pp. i-xiv, 9-152. 16°.

1655 —— The | Ioway | Primmer | composed of the most common |
words, and arranged in | alphabetic order. | Compiled and printed |
for the Ioway School | by | Wm. Hamilton | and | 8. M. Irvin. |
Under the direction of the Presbyterian B. F. M |

Toway and Sac Mission Press. | 1849. | JWP.
Pp. 1-8. 16°.
1656 ——— The | Ioway Primmer | Second Edition | Prepared and

printed | by | Wm. Hamilton | and |S. M. Irvin. | Under the di-
rection of the Presb’n. B. I’. Missions. |

Toway and Sac Mission Press | 1850. | JWP.

15 ll. 16°.

The pagination of this little pamphlet is curiously mixed. I have seen but
one copy of it, that in the library of Maj. J. W. Powell, and but infrequent refer-
ences. It is bound with the first edition (q. v.), which ends with p.8. The
second edition, which has its own title-page, as above, is paged 12 on reverse of
title, followed by 13 on recto of 1. 2, the verso of which is paged 9, followed on
recto of 1.3 by p. 7, verso not paged; the recto of 1.4 is paged 9, and the pagi-
nation runs consecutively to 24; the recto of 1.12 is numbered 17, but the verso
26 is correct, as is also p.27, the reverse of which is blank. The recto of the
14th leaf is numbered 21, verso 30; the fifteenth, recto p. 31, verso p. 24.

No series of books has given me so much trouble as the publications in the
Iowa language. Usually they have no title-page, nor any caption in English, so
that without a knowledge of the language it is well nigh impossible to form an
idea of the subject matter. They are sometimes bound with one work, some-
times with another, sometimes in whole, sometimes in part.

1657 ——— Ce-sxs | wo-ra-ke-pe «-ta-we, | Mat-fu Ad-wy-ky-hee-na-
ha, | A-ree-kee. | BA. JWP.

320 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hamilton (Rev. William) and Irvin (fev. 8. M.)—continued.
No imprint. Pp. 1-32 (?). 16°. The copies seen were incomplete, containing
but six chapters.
Literal translation.—Jesus | good news his | Matthew he who wrote it | that
is it. | Gospel of Matthew in the Iowa language. .

We-wv-he-kju. JWP.
No imprint. Pp. 1-29. 16°. Catechism in the Iowa language. The transla-
tion of the heading is: Some questions. ss

Wv-ro-hae. BA. JWP.
No imprint. Pp. 1-24. 18°. Prayers in the Iowa language.

1660 Hammond (Mrs. L. M.) History | of | Madison County, | State of
New York. | By Mrs. L. M. Hammond. |
Syracuse: | Truair, Smith & Co., Book and Job Printers. |
1872. | Cc.
Pp. 1-774, 11. 8°.
Names of the months, and numerals, 1-10, in Mohawk, pp. 19-20; Names of
the several degrees of relationship in the Seneca language, p. 40.

1661 Handy (Charles W.) Vocabulary of the Miami.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

1662 Hanson (John W.) History | of | Gardiner, | Pittston and West
Gardiner, | with a sketch of the | Kennebec Indians, & New Ply-
mouth Purchase, | comprising historical matter from | 1602 to
1852; | with genealogical sketches of many families. | By J. W.
Hanson. | Author of ‘History of Norridgewock and Canaan,
Me.;” | “‘ History of Danvers, Mass.;” &c. &e. |

Gardiner: | Published by William Palmer. | 1852. | BA. BP. ¢.

Pp. i-xii, 13-343. 12°.

Various aboriginal names of places in Maine and their significations, pp.
20-21.

1658

1659

Hara (Fr. Domingo de).
See Ara (J’r. Domingo de).

1663 Hardy (Lieut. Campbell). Sporting adventures | in | the New
World; | or, | days and nights of Moose-Hunting | in | the pine
forests of Acadia. | By Lieut. Campbell Hardy, | Royal Artillery. |
In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Hurst and Blackett, Publishers, | Successors to Henry
Colburn, | 13, Great Marlborough Street. | 1855. | C.

2 vols. 12°.

A few terms in the Micmac dialect, vol. 2, p. 227, et seq.

1664 Harmon (Daniel Williams). A | Journal | of | Voyages and Trav-
els | in the | Interiour of North America, | between the 47th and
58th degree of north latitude, extend- | ing from Montreal nearly
to the Pacific Ocean, a distance | of about 5,000 miles, including an
account of the prin- | cipal occurrences during a residence of nine-
teen | years, in different parts of the country. | To which are ad

HAMILTON—HARRIS. 321

Harmon (Daniel Williams)—continued.
ded, | a concise description of the face of the country, its inhabi-
tants, | their manners, customs, laws, religion, etc., and considera- |
ble specimens of the two languages, most extensively | spoken;
together with an account of the princi- | pal animals, to be found
in the forests and | prairies of this extensive region. | Illustrated,
by a map of the country. | By Daniel Williams Harmon, | a part-
ner in the North West Company. |

Andover: | Printed by Flagg and Gould. | 1820. | BA. C.

Pp. i-xxiii, 25-432. 8°. map.

Names of the seasons in the Cree tongue, pp. 368-369 ; Names of the moons in
the Cree tongue, pp. 369-370; A specimen of the Cree or Knisteneux tongue,
which is spoken by at least three-fourths of the Indians of the northwest coun-
try, on the east side of the Rocky Mountains, pp. 385-401; Numerical terms,
1-1000, of the Crees or Knisteneux, pp. 402-403; A specimen of the Tacully or Car-
rier Tongue, pp. 403-412; The numer.cal terms, 1-1000, of the Tacullies, p. 413.

These vocabularies reprinted many times.

1665 Harris (Thompson 8.) Ne | Hoiwiyosdosheh Noyohdadogehdih |

ne | Saint Luke, | nenonodowohga nigawenohdah. |

New-York. | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan-
shaw, Printer. | 1829. |

Second title:

The Gospel | according to Saint Luke, | translated | into the
Seneca tongue, | by T. 8S. Harris. |

New-York. | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan-
shaw, Printer. | 1829. | BA. ABS. JWP.

Pp. 1-149, 1-149, double numbers, alternate Seneca and English. 18°. Seneca
title verso of 1. 1; English title recto of 1. 2.

1666 —— [Gospel of Matthew in the Seneca language. About 1829.] *
The gospel of Matthew, translated by the Rey. Mr. Harris, and published by
the American Bible Society.—Hist. of Am. Missions.

1667 ——— [Collection of Hymns in the Seneca Language. | i!

Two small collections of hymns in the Scneca language have recently been

published, one by the Rey. T. S. Harris, missionary at Seneca, and the other by

Mr. Thayer, the teacher at Cattaraugas, aided by interpreters.—Missionary
Herald, 1829.

1668 t—— and Young (J.) Christ | Hagonthahninoh | Nonodaga-

hyot. |

New-York. | Printed for the American Tract Society, | By D.
Fanshaw. | 1829. |

Second title:

Christ’s | Sermon on the Mountain. | Translated | into the Seneca
Tongue, | by T. S. Harris and J. Young. |

New-York. | Printed for the American Tract Society. | By D.
Fanshavw. | 1829. | ATS.

Pp. 1-16, 1-16, double numbers. 18°. Indian title verso 1.1; English title
recto 1.2; alternate pp., Seneca and English.

21 Bib

a2 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1669 Harrison (Rev. P.) and Aspberry (D. P.) The | Muskoke Hymns. |
Prepared and Translated by | Rev. P. Harrison and D. P. Asp-
berry, | Native Missionaries. |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: J. Candy and E. Archer, Printers. |

1847. | - BA.
Pp. 1-101. 24°.
Includes also the Ten Commandments, Lord’s Prayer, and Chief Command-
ments.

For other editions of Muskoki Hymns, see note to Fleming (J.), No. 1302.

1670 The | Muskoke Spelling Book. | Prepared by | Rev. P. Har-
rison and D. P. Aspberry, | Native Missionaries. | Mvskokvlke En
Nakgvkvg. |

Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer,
Printer. | 1847. | BA.
Pp. 1-36. 24°.

1671 [Hartgers (Joost), editor.| Beschrijvinghe | Van | Virginia, |
Nieuw Nederlandt, | Nieuw Engelandt, | En d’Eylanden | Bermu-
des, | Barbadoes en 8. Christoffel. | Dienstelyck voor elck een der-
waerts handelende, en alle voort-planten | van nieuw Colonien. |
Met koperen Figuren verciert. |

+ Amsterdam, | By Joost Hartgers, Boeck-verkooper op den
Dam, bezyden ’t Stadt-huys, | op de hoeck vande Kalver-straet,
inde Boeck-winckel, Anno 1651. | *

Pp. 1-88. 4°. map and plates. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 5045; Miiller’s
Catalogue, 1872, Nos. 1069, 1089; N.Y. Hist. Soc. Coll., 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 141.

Megapolensis (J.) Korte Ontwerp van de Mahakuase Indianen in Nieuw
Nederlandt, pp. 42-49.

1672 Harvey (Henry). History | of the | Shawnee Indians, | from the
year 1681 to 1854, inclusive. | By | Henry Harvey: | a Member of
the Religious Society of Friends. | :

Cincinnati: | Ephraim Morgan & Sons. | 1855. | A.C.

Pp. i-x, 11-216, 16°.

Penn (W.) Letter [ete.], pp. 12-21.

Contains the brief vocabulary, p. 13.

1673 Harvey (Simon D.) Terms of Relationship of the Shawnee (Saw-
anwakee), collected by Friend Simon D. Harvey, Shawnee Reser-
vation, Kansas.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, pp. 293-382. Washington,
1871. 49.

See Fish (Pascal) and Harvey (Simon D.)

1674. Hassey (Oloardo), translator. Dela Lengua Waicura de la Baja-
California. Traducido del aleman, de una obra anénima de un
Jesuita Missionero publicada en 1773, por Oloardo Hassey.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., segunda época, tomo 4, pp. 31-40. Mexico
1872. 8°.

El Padre Nuestre en Lengua Waicura, p. 26; El Credo, pp. 36-38; Conjugacion
completa del verbo Amukisi, Jugar, pp. 39-40, (from Baegert).

HARRISON—HAVEN. 323

1675 Hatak Yoshuba | vhlehahvt | Chihowa Anukhobela YaIbbak Foy-
uka. | Sinners inthe Hands | of an Angry God. | A Sermon by the
Rey. President Edwards. |

Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press; | John Candy and
John I’. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845. | BA.

Pp. 1-25. 12°. Appended, pp. 26-28, is a tract entitled “Chihowa” [God].

1676 Hatchets. The Hatchets, to hew down the Tree of Sin, which
bears the Fruit of Death, or, The Laws, by which the Magistrates
are to punish Offenders, among the Indians, as well as among the
English. Togkunkash, tummethamunate Matcheseongane mehtug,
ne meechumuoo Nuppooonk. Asuh, Wunnaumatuongash, nish
nashpe Nananuacheeg kusnunt sasamatahamwog matcheseongash
ut kenugke Indiansog netatuppe onk ut kenugke englishmansog.
(asuh Chohkquog.) sy

Colophon :

Boston: Printed by B. Green. 1705.

One sheet of 15 pp. sm. 8°. On the first page, the double title, as above, and
an introduction to the Laws, beginning: ‘‘ The Laws are now to be declared,
O Indians,” &c. This introduction and each of the twenty laws are followed,
in order, by the Indian translation. At the end,.on p. 15, are two paragraphs of
admonition, and on the lower half of the page, between single rules, is the colo-
phon, as above. In the language of the Indians of Massachusetts.

Title and note from Trumbull’s Books and Tracts in the Indian Language,
where he says there are copies in the libraries of George Brinley andthe Am. Ant.
Soc. A diligent search by me in the library of the latter, during the winter of
1878, failed to bring it to light.

1677 Hathaway (Joshua). Indian Names. By Joshua Hathaway.
In Wisconsin Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 1, pp. 116-118. Madison, 1855. 8°.
A partial list of aboriginal names of rivers, lakes, &c., in the State of Wis-
consin.

1678 Haumont (J. D.), Parisot (J.), and Adam (Lucien). Grammaire et
Vocabulaire | de la | Langue Taensa | avec | textes traduits et
commentés | par | J.-D. Haumonté, Parisot, L. Adam. | [Design.]

Paris | Maisonneuve et C, Libraires-Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire,
25 | 1882 | ASG.

2p. ll, pp. i-xix, 1-111, and table 11. 8°. Forms vol. 9 of the Bibliotheque
Linguistique Américaine.

Grammaire, pp. 1-42; Textes avec traduction et commentaire perpétuel, pp.
43-54; Cancionero Taensa, pp. 55-77; Priéres, p. 78; Vocabulaire Taensa-Fran-
gais, pp. 79-111.

1679 Haven (Samuel F.) Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. |
Archeology | of the | United States. | Or | Sketches, Historical
and Bibliographical, of the Progress of | Information and Opinion
respecting vestiges of | Antiquity in the United States. | By |
Samuel F. Haven. |

Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. |
July, 1856. | New York: G. P. Putnam & Co. | JWP.

Printed title on cover, 2 p.ll., pp. 1-168. 4°. Forms portion of Smithsonian
Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 8.

Languages of the American Indians, pp. 53-72.

324 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1680 Hawkins (Benjamin). A | Sketch of the Creek Country | in 1798
and ’99. | By | Col. Benjamin Hawkins, | U. 8S. Agent for Indian
Affairs. | With an introduction and historic sketch | of the | Creek
Confederacy. | By W. B. Hodgson, of Savannah, Georgia. |

New York: | Bartlett & Welford. | 1848. | C.
88 pp. 8°. Forms Vol. 3, Pt. 1, Georgia Historical Society Collections.

The towns on Chat-to-ho-che, p.25; The towns on Coo-sau and Tal-la-poo-sa
p. 25; The towns of the Seminoles, p. 25; Names of physic plants.

1681 ——— A Sketch of the Creek Country with a Description of the
Tribes, Government, and Customs of the Creek Indians. By Colo-
nel Benj. Hawkins, for Twenty Years Resident Agent of that Nation.
Preceded by a Memoir of the Author and a History of the Creek
Confederacy. :

Published by the Georgia Historical Society. Savannah. 1848. *
1 p.1.,88 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary and Field’s Ind. Bib.

1682 Vocabulary of the Creek, Chickasaw, Cherokee and Choe-

taw languages. se
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, presented by
Mr. Thomas Jefferson.
Eight volumes of manuscript relating to the Indians, written by Col. Benj.
Hawkins, are in the possession of the Georgia Historical Society. Some of these
contain vocabularies.

1683 Hawley (Rev.) Mohawk Numbers, By Rev. Mr. Hawley, of Marsh-
pee. From President Stiles’ MSS.

In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., first series, vol. 10, p. 1387. Boston, 1809. 80,
Numerals, 1-1000, of the Mohawk.

1684 Hayden (Ferdinand Vandeveer). A Sketch of the Mandan Indians,
with some observations illustrating the Grammatical Structure of
their Language. By Dr. F. V. Haydeu.

In Am. Journal Science and Arts, vol. 34, pp. 57-66. New York, 1862. 8°.
Taken in part from Contributions to the Ethnology and Philology of the In-
dian Tribes of the Missouri Valley, q. v. infra.

1685 t—— Contributions to the Ethnography and Philology of the In-

dian Tribes of the Missouri Valley. By F. V. Hayden, M. D.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans., new series, vol. 12, pp. 231-461. Philadel-
phia, 1863. 4°.

Chapter 1, Introduction, pp. 231-234.

Chapter 2, Ethnographical History, Knisteneaux or Crees, pp. 234-248.

Chapter 3, Blackfeet; Ethnographical History, pp. 248-256.

Chapter 4, Remarks on the Grammatical Structure of the Blackfoot language,
pp. 257-266. ;

Chapter 5, Vocabulary of the Sik-si-ké or Blackfoot language, pp. 266-273.

Chapter 6, Shyennes; Ethnographical History, pp. 274-283.

Chapter 7, Remarks on the Grammatical structure of the Shyenne language,
pp. 283-293. 5

Chapter 8, Vocabulary of the Shyenne language, pp: 294-320.

Chapter 9, Arapohos; Ethnographical History and Remarks on the Gram-
matical Structure of their language, pp. 321-327.

HAWKINS—HAYDEN. 325

Hayden (Ferdinand Vandeveer)—continued.

Chapter 10, Voeabnlary of the Arapoho language, pp. 328-339.

Chapter 11, Atsinas; Ethnographical History, pp. 340-344; Vocabulary of the
Atsina dialect of the Arépoho language, pp. 344-345,

Chapter 12, Pawnees; Ethnographical History, pp. 345-347.

Hamilton (Lev. W.) Vocabulary of the Pawnee language, pp. 347-351.

Chapter 13, Arikaras; Ethnographical History, pp. 351-356 ; Phrases, numerals,
&c., pp. 356-358; Vocabulary of the Arickara dialect of the Pawnee language,
pp. 358-363.

Chapter 14, Dakotas; Ethnographical History, pp. 364-375 ; Names of Dakota
bands, with their principal chiefs, pp. 375-376; Names of months or moons, riv-
ers, animals, &c., pp. 376-377; Vocabulary of the Dakota language, pp. 377-378.

Chapter 15, Assiniboins; Ethnographical History, pp. 379-389 ; Vocabulary of
the Assiniboin dialect of the Dakota language, pp. 389-391. .

Chapter 16, Aub-sd-ro-ke, or Crow Indians; Ethnographical History, pp. 391-
395; Remarks on the Grammatical Structure of the Aub-s4-ro-ke or Crow lan-
guage, pp. 395-401; Phrases and sentences, pp. 401-402.

Chapter 17, Vocabulary of the Aub-sé-ro-ke or Crow language, pp. 402-420.

Chapter 18, Minnitarees ; Ethnographical History, pp. 420-424; Vocabulary
of the Minnitaree dialect of the Aubsérokee or Crow language, pp. 424-426.

Chapter 19, Mandans; Ethnographical History, pp. 426-435.

Chapter 20, Observations on the Grammatical Structure of the Mandan lan-
guage, pp. 435-439,

Chapter 21, Vocabulary of the Mandan language, pp. 439-444,

Chapter 22, Omahas-Iowas, or Otos, pp. 444-448; Vocabulary of the Omaha
language, pp. 448-452; Vocabulary of the Iowa or Oto language, pp. 452-456.

This work was also issued with title page, as follows:

1686 Contributions | to the | Ethnography and Philology | of
the | Indian Tribes | of the | Missouri Valley. | By Dr. F. V. Hay-
den, | Member of the American Phiiosophical Society, of the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of | Philadelphia, etc. ete. | Prepared
under the direction of Capt. William F. Raynolds, T. E. U. S. A,, |
and published by permission of the War Department. |

Philadelphia: | C. Sherman & Son, Printers. | 1862. | JIWP.
2 p.ll., pp. 231-461. 4°. map.

1687 ——— Brief Notes on the Pawnee, Winnebago, and Omaha Lan-
guages. By F. V. Hayden, M. D.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 10, pp. 389-421. Philadelphia, 1869. 8°.
Pawnee. Grammatical forms and phrases, pp. 390-396; The Lord’s Prayer in
Pawnee, pp. 396-397 ; Vocabulary, pp. 397-406.
Omaha. Grammatical forms and phrases, pp. 406-407 ; Vocabulary, pp. 407-411.
Winnebago. Grammatical forms and phrases, pp. 411-415; Vocabulary, pp.
415-421.

1688 ——, in charge. Department of the Interior. | Bulletin | of | the
United States | Geological and Geographical Survey of | the Terri-
tories. | [I’. V. Hayden, in charge.] No.1 [-Vol. VI. Number 2}. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1874 [-1881]. | swe.

5 vols. and two numbers of vol. 6. 8°. It was not the intention when started
to make these Bulletins into volumes, consequently the first volume is irregularly
paged and titled. The publication will be discontinued upon the completion of
the sixth volume.

326 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hayden (Ferdinand Vandeveer)—continued.
Ainslie (Rev. G.) Notes on the Grammar of the Nez Percés, vol. 2, pp. 271-277.
Barber (E. A.) Language of the modern Utes, vol. 2, pp. 71-76.
Comparative Vocabulary of Utah Dialects, vol. 3, pp. 533-545.
Eells (Rev. M.) The Twana Indians, vol. 2, pp. 57-114.

1689 Hayes (Dr.Isaac Israel). The Open Polar Sea; | A | Narrative of a
Voyage of Discovery | towards the North Pole, | in the | Schooner
“ United States”. | By | Dr. I. I. Hayes. | [Picture.]

New York: | Published by Hurd and Houghton. | 459 Broome
Street. | 1867. | BA. JWP.

Pp. i-xxiv, 1-454. 8°. maps.

Eskimo names with meanings, passim.

1690 Haywood (John). The | Natural and Aboriginal | History | of |
Tennessee, | up to the | First Settlements therein | by the | White
People, | in the | year 1768. | By John Haywood, | of the county of
Davidson, in the State of Tennessee. |

Nashville: | Printed by George Wilson. | 1823. | Cc.

Pp. i-viii, 1-390, i-liv. 8°.

Lingual Affinities and Hebraisms of the Cherokees, pp. 281-282; Vocabulary
of the Cherokee, pp. 282-285.

1691 Hazard (Ebenezer). Historical Collections; | consisting of | State
Papers, | and other Authentic Documents; intended as materials
for | an History of the | United States of America. | By Ebenezer
Hazard, A. M. | Member of the American Philosophical Society,
held at | Philadelphia, for Promoting Useful Knowledge; | and fel-
low of the American Academy | of Arts and Sciences. | Volume 1
[II]. | [Quotation, three lines. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by T. Dobson, for the Author. | M DCC-
XCII [-M DCC XCIYV | [1792-1794]. | A. 0. T.

2 vols.: pp. iv, 639, x; iv,654. 4°.

Megapolensis (J.) A short account of the Maquaas Indians, in New-
Netherland, vol. 1, pp. 517-526.

1692 Hazen (Gen. William B.) Vocabulary of the Shasta.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 607-
613. Washington, 1577, 4°.

1693 Vocabulary of the Takilma.
Manuscript. 611. folio. 211 words.
1694 Vocabularies of the Upper Rogue River Languages—Ap-

plegate (Umpkwa), Takilma, and Shasta.
Manuscript. 3 ll. folio. 180 words each. These manuscripts are in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1695 Hazlitt (William Carew). The | Great Gold Fields of | Cariboo; |
with an authentic description, brought down | to the latest period, |
of | British Columbia | and | Vancouver Island. | By William Carew
Hazlitt, | of the Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law. | With an accurate
map. |

HAYDEN—HECKEWELDER. 327

Hazlitt (William Carew)—continued.

London: | Routledge, Warne, and Routledge, | Farringdon
Street. | New York: 56, Walker Street. | 1862. | A.B.

Pp. i-viii, 1-184. 16°. map.
Contains, from the San Francisco Bulletin of 4th June [n. d. J, a vocabulary
of the Chinook Jargon in treble columns, pp. 177-180.
It is possible the vocabulary also appears in the same author’s: British Colum-
bia and Vancouver’s Island. London, 1858, 12°.

1696 Heaviside (J.T. C.) American Antiquities, or the New World the

Old, and the Old World the New. By J. 'L. C. Heaviside.
London: Triibner & Co. 1868. G
46 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary. This title, in one of Triibner’s cata-

logues, is put among the works on the Aboriginal Languages of America.

1697 Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus). An Account of the His-
tory, Manners, and Customs, of the Indian Nations, who once in-
habited Pennsylvania and the Neighbouring States. By the Rev.
John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans. of the Hist. and Lit. Com., vol. 1, pp. 1-347.
Philadelphia, 1819. 8°.

Chapter ix, Languages, pp. 104-114, contains notices of the Karalit, the Iro-
quois, the ene and the Floridian languages.

This article was reviewed by Cass (L.) in the N. A. Review, vol. 22. pp.
53-119. _ Boston, 1826. 8°. This was answered by Rawle (W.) in Penn. Hist.
Soc. Mem., vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 238-275. Philadelphia, 1826. 8°; and thisin turn by
Cass (L.) in the N. A. Review, vol. 26, pp. 357-403. Boston, 1828. 8°.

Reprinted as follows:

Johann Heckewelder’s | evangelischen Predigers zu Beth-

lehem. | Nachricht | von der | Geschichte, den Sitten und Ge-

briuchen | der | indianischen Vélkerschaften, | welche ehemals

Pennsylvanien und die benach- | barten Staaten bewohnten. Aus

dem Englischen iibersetzt und mit den Angaben | anderer Schrift-

steller iiber eben dieselben Gegenstiinde | Carver, Loskiel, Long,

Volney vermehrt | von | Fr. Hesse | evangelischen Prediger zu

Nienburg. | Nebst einem die Glaubwiirdigkeit und den anthro-

polo- | gischen Werth der Nachrichten Heckewelder’s | betreffenden

Zusatze | von G. E. Schulze. |

G6ttingen | bey Vandenhoeck und Buprecht. | 1821. | Cc.
xviii, 582 pp., 11. 8°.
Linguistics, pp. 158-199.
Histoire, | Mceurs et coutumes | des | Nations Indiennes |
qui habitaient autrefois la Pensylvanie | et les états voisins; | par
le Révérend | Jean Heckewelder, | Missionnaire Morave, | Traduit
de Y Anglais | Par le Chevalier Du Ponceau. |
Paris, | Chez L. De Bure, Libraire rne Guénégaud, no. 27. | 1822.
Pp. i-xii, 18-571. 8°. C.
Chapitre ix. Des langues. Le Karalit, Iroquois, le Lenape, le Floridien,
pp. 170-188.

1693

1699

328 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus)—continued.

1700 ——— History, | Manners, and Customs | of | The Indian Na-
tions | who once inhabited Pennsylvania and | the neighbouring
states. | By the | Rev. John Heckewelder, | of Bethlehem, Pa. |
New and Revised Edition. | With an | Introduction and Notes | by
the | Rev. William Reichel | of Bethlehem, Pa. |

Philadelphia: | Publication Fund of | the Historical Society of
Pennsylvania, | No. 820 Spruce Street. | 1876. |

In Penn. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. xii, pp. 15-348. Philadelphia, 1876. 8°.

Chapter ix. Languages, pp. 118-127.

1701 Words, Phrases, and Short Dialogues, in the Language of
the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians. By the Rev. John Hecke-
welder, of Bethlehem.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans. of the Hist. and Lit. Com., vol. i, pp. 450-
464. Philadelphia, 1819. 8°. Reprinted as follows:

1702 t—— Words, Phrases, and Short Dialogues in the Language of
the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians. By the Rev. John Hecke-

welder, of Bethlehem.
In Penn. Hist. Soc. Mem., vol. xii, pp: 435-442. Philadelphia, 1876. 8°.

1703 Names which the Lenni Lenapes or Delaware Indians, who
once inhabited this country, had given to Rivers, Streams, Places,
&c., &¢., within the now States of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Mary-
land and Virginia; and also Names of Chieftains and distinguished
Men of that Nation; with the Significance of those Names and Bio-
graphical Sketches of some of those Men. By the late Rev. John
Heckewelder, of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Communicated to the
American Philosophical Society April 5%, 1822, and now published
by their order; revised and prepared for the press by Peter S. Du
Ponceau.

In Am, Philosoph. Soc., Trans., new series, vol. 4, pp. 351-396. Philadelphia,
1834. 4°,

Letter of Peter 8. Duponceau to Franklin Bache, M. D., Chairman Publishing
Committee, pp. 851-353; Introductory Remarks by the Rev. John Heckewelder,
p. 354; Indian Names of Rivers, Streams, and other Noted Places in the State of
Pennsylvania, pp. 355-374; Indian Names of Rivers, Creeks, &c., in New Jersey,
from maps, pp. 375-376; Indian Names of Rivers, Creeks, &c., in Maryland, pp.
377-379 ; Indian Names of Rivers, Persons, &c., in Virginia, pp. 379-382; Names
of Delaware Chiefs and other Noted Characters of this Nation, since the arrival
of William Penn, together with the Signification of some of the Names here pre-
sented, and short Biographical Sketches, pp. 383-396.

This article was also issued as a separate pamphlet with addition of title-page,
as follows:

1704 Names | givenby | the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians to
Rivers, Streams, | Places, &c., in the now States of Pennsylvania, |
New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia; | and also | Names of Chief:
tains and distinguished men of that Nation: | with | Their Significa-
tions, and some Biographical Sketches. | By the late | Rev. John
Heckewelder, | of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. | Communicated to

HECKEWELDER. 329

Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus)—continued.
the American Philosophical Society, April 5, 1822, and now pub-
lished by | their order; revised and prepared for the press by Peter
S. Du Ponceau. |
Printed by | James Kay, Jun. and Co., Philadelphia, | Printers
to the American Philosophical Society. | 1833. | BA.
Reprinted as follows:

1705 ——— Memorandum of the Names and Significations which the
“QLenni Lenape” otherwise called “the Delawares” had given to
Rivers, Streams, Places, &c., within the States of Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, together with the names of
some Chieftains and eminent men of this nation. Taken from the
papers of the Rev. John Heckewelder, during his mission among
the Indians of Pennsylvania. Presented to the “ Historical Society
of Pennsylvania” by Maurice C. Jones, of Bethlehem, Pa.

In Penn. Hist. Scc., Bulletin, vol. 1, pp. 121-135, 139-154. Philadelphia,
1848. 8°.
Reprinted as follows:

1706 ——— Names which the Lenni Lennape or Delaware Indians gave
to Rivers, Streams and Localities within the States of Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, with their significations, by
John Heckewelder. *

In Moravian Hist. Soc., Trans., pp. 227-282. Nazareth, 1876. 8°.
Title from 1. W. Eames. MlIssued separately as follows:

1707 ——— Names | which the | Lenni Lennape or Delaware Indians |
gave to | Rivers, Streams, and Localities, | within the States of |
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, | with their sig-
nifications. | Prepared for the transactions of the | Moravian His-
torical Society, from | a MS. by John Heckewelder, | by | William
C. Reichel. |

Nazareth. | 1872. | WE.

Title 1 1., pp. 227-282.

In preparing this edition the author has placed the names in alphabetic order
and added numerous philologie notes. Field, No. 948, gives a title similar to
above with the imprint: Bethlehem, H. T. Clauder, Printer, 1872. 58 pp. 8°.

1708 ——— A Vocabulary of the Mahicanni, taken down from the
mouth of one of that nation, born in Connecticut. 2
Manuscript.

1709 A Vocabulary of the Shawans; taken down from the mouth
of a white woman, who had been twenty years a prisoner with that

nation. *
Manuscript.

1710
a Nanticoke chief, in 1785.
Manuscript.

A Vocabulary of the Nanticoke, taken from the mouth of
*

330 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus)—continued.

1711 A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape and Al-

gonquin. os
Manuscript.

1712 A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape proper,

the Miami dialect, the Mahicanni, Natik or Nadik, Chippeway,

Shawans, and Nanticoke. *
Manuscript.

1713 A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape and

Twightwee. *

Manuscript.

1714 Names of various trees, shrubs and plants in the Language
of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware, distinguishing the dialects of the
Unamis and Minsi. =

Manuscript.
The above manuscripts are in the possession of the Am. Philosoph. Soc., having
been presented by the author.

1715 and Duponceau (Peter Stephen). A Correspondence be-
between the Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem, and Peter S.
Duponceau, Esq., Corresponding Secretary of the Historical and
Literary Committee of the American Philosophical Society, respect-
ing the Languages of the American Indians.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans, of the Hist. and Lit. Com., vol. 1, pp. 351-
4428. Philadelphia, 1819. 8°. Reprinted as follows:

- A Correspondence between the Rev. John Heckewelder, of

Bethlehem, and Peter 8. Duponceau, Esq., Corresponding Secre-

tary of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American

Philosophical Society, respecting the Languages of the American

Indians.

In Penn. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. xii, pp. 349-433. Philadelphia, 1876. 8°.
Reviewed by Pickering (J.) in N. A. Review, vol. 9, pp. 129-187. Boston,
ton, 1819. 8°.

1716

1717 Heintzelman (Gen. Samuel P.) Vocabulary of the Cocopa.
In Gatschet (A. S.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp.
390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8°.

1718 Vocabulary of the Cocopa.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 100 words.
1719 Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi.

Manuscript. 611. folio. 180 words. These manuscripts are in the library of
the Bureau of Ethnology. They were furnished by the Hon. John R. Bartlett,
who copied them from the originalsin the possession of Gen. Heintzelman.

1720 Heller (Carl Bartholomaeus). Reisen | in | Mexiko | in den
Jahren 1845-1848. | von Carl Bartholomaeus Heller. | Mit zwei
Karten, sechs Holzschnitten und einer Lithographie. |

Leipzig, | Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann. | 1853. | C.

xxiv, 432 pp. 8°. maps.

HECKEWELDER—HENDERSON. 331

Heller (Carl Bartholomaeus)—continned.
Betrachtungen iiber die alten Sprachen Mexikos, pp. 377-378, includes gram-
matic remarks on the Maya, pp. 380-381; Numerals, 1-100, of the Maya, and
1-400, of the Azteca, p. 386; a few Maya and Aztek words, pp. 387-388.

Helmersen (Gregor von).
See Baer (K. E. von) and Helmersen (G. von).

1721 Helmsing (J. S.) Vocabulary of the M’mat of Southwest Arizona
and Southeast California.
Manuscript. 10 1]. 4°. 211 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1722 [Hemans (Kev. Daniel Wright).] Thanktonwan Iapi. | Ikee Wo-
cekiye Wowapi Kin, | qa Minahanska Makoce | kin en | Token
Wokduze, | qa okodakiciye wakan en | tonakiya woecon kin, | hena
de he wowapi kin ee. |

Yankton Agency, D. T. | Mission Press. | 1870. | IWP.

Pp. 1-108. 16°.

Literal translation.—Yankton speech | Crying to [Ordinary Prayer] Some-
thing-written the, | and knife-long [American] Land | the in | How thing-not-to-
be-touched [sacred thing, sacrament] | and fellowship sacred in | how-many-
ways things-done the, | those this that something-written the that-is-it. |

Parts of the Book of Common Prayer in the Yankton dialect of the Dakota,
translated by Mr. Hemans, a full-blood Santee.

1723 ——— The King’s Highway. | Wicastayatapi Tatanku: | qais, |
Woahope Wikcemna | Oyakapi kin. | Rev. Richard Newton, D.
D., | Kaga. | Rev. Daniel W. Hemans, | Dakota Iapi en | Kaga. |

Yankton Agency: | St. Paul’s School Press. | 1879. | JWP.

Pp. 3-427. 16°.

Above preceded by an engraved title-page composed of chain of ten links,
each link representing a commandment, inside of which is ‘The King’s High-
way. Illustrations of the Ten Commandments. Rev. R. Newton, DD.” The
work is entirely in Dakota, having been translated by Mr. Hemans, 2 native Da-

kotan (Santee), educated by Rey. Mr. Hinman. The translation was revised by
the Rey. J. W. Cook.

See [Hinman (S. D.), Cook (J. W.), Hemans (D. W.), and Walker (L. C.)].

1724 Henderson (Alexander). A | Grammar | of | the Moskito Lan-

guage, | by | Alexander Henderson. | Belize, Honduras. |
New York: | Printed by John Gray, 104 Beekman St. | 1846. | c.
47 pp. 8°.

1725 ——— Araidatiu Tumurau segung Madeju karabagungte lau Alex-
ander Henderson (The Gospel according to Mathew in the Cha-
ribbean language translated by A. H.)

Edinburg. 1847. *
88 pp. 8°. Not seen; title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1726 ——— The Maya Primer. By Alexander Henderson, Belize, Hon-
duras.
Birmingham: Printed by J. Showell. [n. d.] *
12 pp. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

332 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Henderson (Alexander)—continued.

1727 Catecismo de los Metodistas [in Maya].
17 pp. 8°.

1728 Breve Devocionario [in Maya]. a
17 pp. 8°. ‘Titles from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 31305.

1729 Grammar and Dictionary of the Karif Language of Hon-

duras (from Belize to Little Rock). Belize, 1872.
Manuscript. Pp. 1-340. 12°, in eight blank books. In the library of the Bu-
reau of Ethnology.

1730 Henderson (Capt. George). An | Account | of the | British Settle-
ment of Honduras; | being | a View of its Commercial and Agri-
cultural Resources, Soil, Climate, Natural History, &c. | To which
are added, Sketches | of the | Manners and Customs | of the |
Mosquito Indians, | preceded by the Journal of a Voyage to the |
Mosquito shore. | Illustrated by a Map. | By Capt. Henderson, | of
his Majesty’s 5th West India Regiment. |

London: | Printed by and for C. and R. Baldwin, | New Bridge
Street, | 1809. | Cc.

Pp. i-xi, 1-203. 8°. map. Signification in English of some words in the
Mosquito tongue, pp. 1938-195.

An | Account | of the | British Settlement | of | Hondu-
ras; | being | a view of its commercial and agricultural resources, |
soil, climate, natural history, &c. | To which are added, | Sketches |
of the | Manners and Customs | of the | Mosquito Indians, | pre-
ceded by the Journal of a Voyage to the | Mosquito Shore. | Ilus-
trated by a map. | Second Edition, enlarged. | By Capt. Hender-
son, 44th Reg*. |

London: | Printed for R. Baldwin, Paternoster Row. | 1511. | A. b.
Pp. i-xi, 1-237. 8°. map.
Mosquito vocabulary, pp. 227-229.

1732 Henley (—). A list of Words in the Chinese and Indian [of Cali-

fornia] Languages.

In Cronise (T. F.) Natural Wealth of California, pp. 31-32. San Francisco,
1868.

1731

1733 Henry (Charles A.) Vocabulary of the Apachee.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 578-589. Philadelphia,
18555742.
Henry (George).
See [Evans (J.) and Henry (G.)].

See [Jones (fev. P.), Evans (Rev. J.), and Henry (G.)].
1734 Henry (Victor). Esquisse d’une grammaire de la langue Innok

DGB.
38 pp. 8°. Extrait de la Revue de Linguistique.

1735

Esquisse @une grammaire raisonnée de la langue aléoute
(suite et fin.) *
In Revue de Linguistique, vol. 12, pp. 1-62. Paris, 1879. 8°.
Title from contents of vol. 12 of which I have seen only Part 4. Reprinted as
follows:

HENDERSON—HERLEIN. 333

Henry (Victor)—continued.

1736 ——— HEsquisse | une Grammaire Raisonnée | de la | Langue
Aléoute | @aprés la grammaire et le vocabulaire de Ivan Vénia-
minov | Par V. Henry. |

Paris | Maisonneuve et Cie, Libraires - Editeurs | 25, Quai Vol-
taire, 25 | 1879. | ASG.
2p. IL, 73 pp., 11.

1737 Hequembourg (C. L.) Pai-yu-te Vocabulary. By ©. L. Hequem-
bourg, Post Chaplain, U.S. A.

Manuscript. 211 words, and many phrases. In the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.

1738 Herdesty (W. L.) Terms of Relationship of the Kutchin or Lou-

chieux, collected by W. L. Herdesty, Fort Liard, Hudson’s Bay Ty.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°.

1739 Heriot (George). Travels | through | the Canadas, | containing |
A Description of the Picturesque Scenery | on some of the Rivers
and Lakes; | with an account of the | Productions, Commerce, and
Inhabitants | of those Provinces. | To which is subjoined a | Com-
parative View of the Manners and Customs | of several of the | In-
dian Nations of North and South America. | By George Heriot,
Esq. | Deputy Post Master General of British North America. |
Ilustrated with | a map and numerous Engravings, from drawings
made at the | several places by the author. |

London: | Printed for Richard Phillips, | No. 6, Bridge-Street,
Blackfriars. | 1807. | By T. Gillet, Wild-court. | BA. C.

Pp. i-xii, 1-602. 4°. maps. ~

Chapter xx. Origin of language—Indian languages in general capable of
being arranged under rules of grammar—Infinite diversity of tongues in Amer-
ica—Examples of four different languages, pp. 569-602, contains: O! salutaris
Hostia, &c. (from Father Rasles), in Abinaquis, Algonquin, Huron, and Ili-
nois, pp. 578-579; Vocabulary of the Algonquin Tongue, pp. 579-599; Indica-
tive mode of the verb Sakia, ‘‘to love,” in Algonquin, pp. 599-600; Numeration,
according to the Algonquins [1-1000], pp. 601-602.

Partly reprinted, minus the linguistics, in Phillips’ Voyages, vol. 8.

1740 [Herlein (J. D.)] Beschryvinge | van de | Volk-Plantinge | Zuri-
name: | vertonende | De Opkomst dier zelver Colonie, de Aanbouw
en Be- | werkinge der Zuiker-Plantagien. Nessens den aard | der
eigene natuurlijke Inwoonders of Indianen; | als ook de Slaafsche
Afrikaansche Mooren; | deze beide Natien haar Levens-manie- | ren,
Afgoden-dienst, Regering, | Zeden, Gewoonten en dage- | lijksche
Bezigheden. | Mitsgaders | Een vertoog van de Bosch-grond,
Water- en Pluim-Gedier- | tens; de veel vuldige heerlijke Vrugten,
Melk-artige | Zappen, Gommen, Olyen, en de gehele ge- | steltheid
van de Karaibaansche Kust. | Door | J. D. HI. | Verrijkt met de
Land-Kaart (daar de legginge der Plan- | tagien worden aangewe-
zen) en Kopere Platen. | Den Tweden Druk. |

334 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Herlein (J. D.)—continued.
Te Leevwarden, | By Meindert Injema, Boek-drukker en | Ver-
koper voor aan in de St. Jacobs-straat, 1718. | C.
10 p. 1., pp. 1-262, 11. sm. 4°. maps.
Karaibaansch Woorden-Boek (from Rochefort), -pp. 249-262.

1741 Hermes (F.) Uber die Natur der amerikanischen Indianer-
sprachen. Cc.
In Herrig’s Archiv fiir das Studium der neuern Sprachen, Band 29, pp. 231-
254. Braunschweig, 1861. 8°.
Title furnished by Mr. A. S. Gatschet.

1742 Hernandez (Francisco). De Materia Medica Nouze Hispanie
Philippi Secundi Hispanearum ac Indiarum Regio invictissimi iussu
collecta a Doctore Francisco Hernando noui Orbis primario, ac in
ordinem digesta a Doctore Nardo Antonio Recio eiusdem Maiesta-
tis medico, libris quatuor. *

Manuscript of about 450 closely written pages. 4°.

The original autograph manuscript of Dr. Nardo Antonio Reccio, bound in old
red morocco, with the arms of Cardinal Zelanda, from whose library the volume
came. It is not the work as finally printed.—Stevens’s Bib. Hist., 1870, No. 891.

1743 —— Quatro Libros. De la naturaleza y virtudes de las Plantas
y animales que estan recividos en el uso de Medicina en la Nueva
Espana, y la methodo y coreccion y preparacion que para admini-
strallas se requiere con lo que el Doctor Hernandez escrivio en
lengua latina. Muy util para todo genero de gente que vive en
estancias y Pueblos, do no ay Medicos ni Botica. Traduzido y
aumentados muchos simples y compuestos y otros muchos secretos
curativos por Fr. Francisco Ximenez.

Mexico, en casa de la Viuda de Diego Lopez Davalos. 1615. e

Sm.4°. Title and note from Sabin’s Dictionary and Rich, No. 140.

Ximenes, in his introduction, remarks that the work of Hernandez, abridged
by the Neapolitan physician Nardo Antonio Reccho, by strange ways reached
the Indies and fell into his hands; and that he was induced to publish this trans-
lation, adding such examples as fell into his way.

1744 ——— Rerum Medicarum Nove Hispanize Thesaurus, seu Planta-
rum Animalium Mineralium Mexicanorum historia ex Francisci
Hernandi Noui orbis medici Primarij relationibus in ipsa Mexicana
vrbe conscriptis 4 Nardo Antonio Reccho. . . . Collecta ac in
ordinem digesta 4 Joanne Terrentio Lynceo notis illustrata; cum
Indice, et Historiz Animalium et Mineralium libro. Nune primum
in naturalid rerti studiosor gratia et utilitaté studio et impensis
Lynceorum Publici iuris facta Philippo magno dicata.

Rome. M. DCX XVIII) 1628] Ex Typographeio Jacobi Mascardi. *

Folio. Engraved title, pp. 950, 17 11., followed by: ‘‘ Historie Animalium,” pp.
90,3 11. folio. Title and note from Sabin’s Dictionary. 3

This edition was abridged, and edited from the author’s manuscript by Dr.
Reccho, of Naples; pp. 345-455 are additions by Terrentius de Constance; pp. 460-
840, by John Faber; pp.841-899 are annotations by Fabio Colonno; the tables
by Prince Cesi. Leclerc, No. 546, describes: Fabri (Joannis lyncei). Animalia

HERLEIN—HERNANDEZ. 335

Hernandez (Francisco)—continued.

Mexicana Descriptionibus, scholijsq. exposita. Rom, 1628, folio, which is merely
an extract, pp. 460-840, from the foregoing.

Leon Pinelo says an edition was printed in Germany previous to 1629.

1745 ——— Rervm medicarvm | Nove Hispanix | Thesavrvs | sev |
Plantarvm Animalivm | Mineralivm Mexicanorvm | Historia | ex
Francisci Hernandez | Noui Orbis Medici Primarij relationibus | in
ipsa Mexicana Vrbe conscriptis | A Nardo Antonio Reecho | Monte
Coruinate Cath. Maiest. Medico | Et Neap. Regni Archiatro Gene-
rali | lussu Philippi II. Hisp. Ind. ete. regis | Collecta ac in ordinem
digesta | 4 Ioanne Terrentio Lynceo | Constantiense Germ®. Pho
ac Medico | Notis Mlustrata | Nune prima in Naturalit rer Studiosor
gratia | lucubrationibus Lynceorti publici iuris facta. | Quibus Jam
excussis accessere demum alia | quor omnium Synopsis sequenti
pagina ponitur | Opus duobus voluminibus diuisum | Philippo
IIIT. Regi Catholico Magno | Hispaniar vtriusqz Sicilia et Indiari
ete. Monarche | dicatum. |

Cum Priuilegijs. Rom Superior permissu, Ex Typographeio
Vitalis Mascardi. M. DC. XXXXXI [1651]. | a

4p. ll.; pp. 1-590, 1 1., index 7 11. folio. Engraved title in center of a hand-
some frontispiece. Followed by:

1746 ——— Historiae animalivm et mineralivm nove Hispaniae, liber
Vnicus. =

Pp. 1-90, 3 ll. folio. Titles from Mr. W. Eames.

Contains the Mexican names with latin equivalents, and wood-cut engray-
ings, of plants, pp. 1-459; animals, pp. 460-840; followed by Annotationes &
Additiones, pp. 841-899. Vocum quorundam Americanarum explicatio, on the
recto of the 12th leafof the index. The Historiae Animalium et Mineralium also
contains the Mexican and Latin names.

Some copies are dated 1649, and others have a printed title as follows:

1747 ——— Nova Plantarum, animalium et mineralium Mexicanorum
Historia a Francisco Hernandez Medico in Indiis preestantissimo
primum compalita, deim 4 Nardo Recho in volumen digesta, a Jo
Terentio, Jo Fabro et Fabio Columna Lynceis Notis et additionibus
longe doctissimus illustrata. Cui demum accessere alliquot ex Prin-
cipis Federici Cesii Frontispiciis Theatri Naturalis Phytosophice
Tabulze Vna cum quam plurimis Iconibus, ad octingentas, quibus
singula contemplanda graphice exhibentur. Cum Priuilegiis.

Rome, Blasii Deuersini et Zanobij Masotti. 1651.

Title from Rich, No. 282, and Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 31516. See the former
for other variations in this edition.

1748 ——— Francisci Hernandi, | Medici atque Historici | Philippi I1.
Hisp. et Indiar. Regis, | et totius Novi Orbis Archiatri, | Opera, |
cum edita, tum inedita, | ad autographi fidem et integritatem ex-
pressa, | impensa et Jussu Regio. | Volumen Primum [—Tertium]. |

Matriti. | Ex Typographia Ibarrae Heredum. | Anno M. DCC.
LXXXX [1790]. | A. W.

3 vols.: 1 p. 1., pp. i-xviii, 4 1l., pp. 1-452; 2p. ll., pp. 1-562; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-571
(Ds Zee

336 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hernandez (Francisco)—continued.

This is the work of Hernandez unabridged, but without engravings. It is
entirely taken up with the Historia Plantarum Novae Hispaniae, containing
the Mexican names of the plants, with the latin equivalents.—Zames.

This edition is not to be compared with the work of Dr. Ricci. This is more
of Hernandes without his editors, more correct, with many additions, but with-
out any illustrations. Hernandes, the celebrated naturalist, was sent to New
Spain by Philip the Second abont 1595, where he spent seven years in active
research into the natural history of the country, and returned to Europe with an
herbarium, the very richness and magnitude of which overwhelmed the men of
science. A part of the original collection was burnt with the library of the
Escurial in 1671.—Stevens’s Bib. Hist., 1870, pp. 76, 226.

The natural history of Dr. Hernandez gives evidence [of the copiousness of
the Aztec language], in which are described twelve hundred different species of
Mexican plants, two hundred or more species of birds, and a large number of
quadrupeds, reptiles, insects, and metals, each of which is given its proper name
in the Mexican language.—Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. 3, p. 728.

1749 Hernandez (D. Vicente). Apuntamiento de Idioma Kiché. Junio

de 1854. *
Manuscript. 16 1]. folio. At the foot of the title-page these words are added
in the same hand: ‘‘Es del Padre Presb. Vincente Hernandez Spina, cura de

Santa Catarina Ixtlanacan.”

I received this document from my friend Dr. Padilla, deceased, who assured
me it was the original of the Vocabulary, described by Dr. Karl Scherzer, of
Vienna, since printed in volume 15 of the Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch-
historischen Klasse der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Wien, 1855,
pp. 28-35.—BDrasseur de Bourbourg.

1750 Herrera (Fr. Alonso). Sermones Dominicales y de Santos en Len-

gua Megicana. ie
Printed, according to Clavigero.
1751 ——— Diccionario-Mexicano. ce

Title from Triibner in Ludewig, p. 230.

1752 [Herrera y Perez (Manuel Maria).]| Tlahuac Cabecera, Linderos,
Pueblos de su jurisdiccion, Barrios de la Cabecera, Pescados, Patos,
Yerbas, Arboles, Seforios, y varios animales de la Tierra.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tercera 6poca, tomo 1, pp. 294-303. Mexico,
1873160

Herrod (G.) .
See Buckner (H. F.) and Herrod (G.)

1753 Hervas (D. Lorenzo). Idea | dell’ Universo | che contiene | la
storia della vita dell’ uomo, | elementi cosmogratici | viaggio estatico
al mondo planetario, | «@ | Storia della Terra. | Opera | del Signor
Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas. | Tomo Primo [—X VIII]. | Conce-
zione, nascimente, infanzia, e puerizia dell’ Uomo. | [Figure.]

In Cesena MDCCLX XVIII [-MDCCLXXXY] [1778-1785]. | Per
Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegnadi Pallade| Con Licenzade’ Superiori. |

Vols. 1-18. sm. 4°. A.

The only copy of the above work I have seen is in the Astor Library. Lude-

wig collates it as follows: Cesena, 1778-1781 [1787], xxi vols. 4°. Vol. xxii, Fu-
ligno, 1792, 4°, and names the later volumes as follows:

HERNANDEZ—HERVAS. 337

Hervas (D). Lorenzo)—continued.

Vol. xvii (1784), Catalogo delle Lingue conoscinti e notizia della loro affinita
e diversita.

Of this volume an enlarged Spanish edition was published by the author:
Madrid, 1800-1805. 6 vols. 4°. See below.

Vol. xviii (1785), Origine, Formazione, Mecanismo ed Armonia degli Idiomi.

Vol. xix (1786), Aritmetica delle Nazioni.

Vol. xx (1787), Vocabulario Poliglotto con Prolegomeni sopra pit di CL Lingue.

Vol xxi (1787), Saggio pratico delle Lingue con Prolegomeni ed una raccolta
di orazioni dominicali in pit di trecento lingue e dialetti.

It is probable the volumes were numbered consecutively to vol. 22, for I find
vols. 17 and 18 each with two different title-pages, one with the volume number,
one without: she Astor Library has no copy of the volumes above 18 with the
number on the title-page—each of the others having an individual title. The
titles of the volumes containing North American Linguistics are as follows:

1754 ——— Catalogo | delle Lingue conosciute | e Notizia | della loro
affinita, e diversita. | Opera | del Signor Abate | Don Lorenzo Her-
vas. | [Figure.]

In Cesena MDCCLXXXIV [1784]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all
Insegna di Pallade. | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. | A.C.

1 p. 1., pp. 1-260. sm. 4°.

Capitolo i. Lingue Americane: loro numero: * * * p. 14.

Articolo 5. * * * * Nelle province di Popayan, Darien, e Veraguas si nosano
52 nazioni di varj linguaggj poco conosciuti, e 24 villaggj di Darieni rubelli.
Forse in Darien, e Veraguas si parlano dialetti caribi, p. 69.

Art. 6. Lingue del Continente della Nuova-Spagna, Messivana, Otomita (col
sui dialetto Mazahui), Tarasca, Pirinda, Cora, Maya (o Yucatana), Mizteca, To-
tanaca, Hiaki, Tarahumara, Tubar, Opata, Eudeve, Pime, Guaima, Tepehuana,
Huasteca, Pame, Matlazinga, Mazahua, Cuitlateca, Zapoteca, Chinantcca, Po-
poluca, Chontal, Chocona, Mazateca, Mixe, Chiapaneca, Mame, Lacandona,
Zoke, Celdala, Kiche, Cakchikel, ed Utlateca. Si annoverano altre otto lingue
sconosciute del Nuovo Messico, p. 72.

Catalogo di alcuni nomi Tolteki e Chichimeki, co’ quali si prova, che parlarono
il Messicano queste due antichissime nazioni, p. 77.

‘Art. 7. Lingue della California, e de’ paesi settentrionali dell’ America. Nella
California lingue Perict estinta, Guaicura (co’ dialetti Loretano, Cora, Uchitie,
ed Aripe) e Cochimi con 4 dialetti. Colonia Cinese al nord della California, p. 81.

Groenlandese, ed Eskimese lingne affini: linguaggio Lapponico-Teutonico
nella Groenlandia; Hurone, ed Irokese affini; Algonkino con 43 dialetti, che vi
sinominano. Si notano 17 linguaggj della Florida Spagnuola, p. 85.

This volume enlarged and reprinted as follows:

1755 ——— Catalogo de las Lenguas | de las Naciones Conocidas, | y
numeracion, division, y clases de estas | segun la diversidad | de
sus Idiomas y Dialectos. | Su Autor | el Abate Don Lorenzo Her-
vas, | Tedlogo del Eminentisimo Senor Cardenal Juan Francisco |
Albani [&e., three lines]. | Volimen I [-VI]. | Lenguas y Naciones
Anericanas. | Con licencia. | En la imprenta de la administracion
del real arbitrio de beneficencia. |

Madrid Aiio 1800 [-1805]. | Se hallara en la Libreria de Ramz
calle de la Cruz. | HU.
6 vols. sm. 4°.

22 Bib

338 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hervas (D). Lorenzo)—continued.
Capitulo vi. Lenguas que se hablan en el continente de la Nueva-Espafia.
Capitulo vii. Lenguas que se hablan en la California en su costa septen-
trional hasta el estrecho de Anian, y en la vasta extension de paises que hay.
entre el rio Misisipi, Florida y Groenlandia.

1756 ——— Origine | Formazione, Meccanismo, ed Armonia deg!’ Idi-
omi. | Opera | dell’ Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della Reale
Accademia delle Scienze, ed Antichita | di Dublino. | [Figure.]

In Cesena M DCC LXXXYV [1785]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all’
Insegna di Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. | A.

1 p.1., pp. 1-180. sm. 4°.

The Introductory letter in this issue occupies pp. 1-4 (the title being the p.1.),
and is much longer than that in the issue with ‘‘Tomo xviii” on the title-page,
the letter in the latter occupying pp. 3-4, the title being pp. 1-2.

Contains words in many American languages scattered throughout.

1757 ——— Aritmetica delle Nazioni | e Divisione del Tempo | fra
Y Orientali. | Operi | dell’ Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della
Reale Accademia delle Scienze, ed Antichita | di Dublino. | [Fig-

ure. |
In Cesena M DCC LXXXYVI [1785]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all
Insegna di Pallade. | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. | A.

Pp. 1-201. sm. 4°.

Darien-Itsmo numerals and remarks, p.106; Tarasca numerals, 1-13, and re-
marks, p. 107; Messicana numerals, 1-48000, and remarks, pp. 107-109; Otomita
numerals, 1-1000, and remarks, pp. 109-110; Maya numerals, 1-72000, pp. 110-111 ;
Cora numerals, 1-400, pp. 111-113; Timukuana numerals, 1-10, p. 113; Cochimi
numerals, 1-20, p. 113; Tuskrura numerals, 1-1000, pp. 113-114; Woccon numer-
als, 1-20, p. 114; Pampticough numerals, 1-10, p. 114; Algonkina numerals, 1-1000,
p. 114; Comparison of numerals of the Tuskrura, Woccon, Pampticough, and
Algonkina, p. 115.

1758 ——— Vocabolario Poligloto | con prolegomini | sopra pit di CL.
Lingue | Dove sono delle scoperte nuove, ed utili all’ antica | storia
del?’ uman genere, ed alla cognizione del | meccanismo delle pa-
role. | Opera dell’ Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della Reale
Accademia delle Scienze, ed An- | tichita di Dublino, e dell’ Etrusca
di Cortona. | [Figure.]

In Cesena M DCC LXX XVII [1787]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all’
Insegna di Callade. | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. | A.
Pp. 1-247. sm.4°. Only a few American words.

1759

Saggio Pratico | delle Lingue | con prolegomeni, e una rac-
colta di orazioni Dominicali in | pit di trecento lingue, e dialetti,
con cui si dimostra | l infusione del primo idioma dell’ uman genere,
e la | confusione delle lingue in esso poi sueceduta, e si | additano
la diramazione, e dispersione della na- | zioni con molti risultati
utili alla storia. | Oficia | dell’ Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio
della Reale Accademia delle Scienze, ed Antichita | di Dublino, e
del? Etrusca di Cortona. | [Figure.]

HERVAS—HESS. 339

Hervas (D. Lorenzo)—continued.

In Cesena M DCC LX XXVII [1787]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all’
Insegna di Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. | A.

Pp. 1-256. sm. 4°.

Lord’s Prayer in Carib, with comments, p.112: in Poconchi, with comments,
pp. 113-115; in Maya, with comments, pp. 115-116; in Messicana, with comments,
pp. 116-118; in Mixteca, p.118; in Totonaca, pp. 118-119; in Otomita, with com-
ments, pp. 119-120; in Tarasca, p.120; in Pirinda, p.120; in Cora, with com-
ments, p. 121; in Hiaki, or Hiaque, p.121; in Tubar, p. 122; in Tarahumara, with
comments, pp. 122-123; in Eudeve, pp. 123-124; in Opata, p. 124; in Pima, pp,
124-125; in Cochimi (Missione di S. Saverio), p. 123; in Cochimi (Missione di S.
Borgia e di 8S. Maria), p. 123; in Shavanna, p. 126; in Virginese, p. 126; in Groen-
landese (two dialects), with comments, pp. 126-127; Orazione in Lingua Hurona
(with interlinear translation), pp. 231-232; Lingue Abnakise, Hurona, Algon-
kina, ed Ilné (from Rasles), p.233; Instruzione in Cochimi secondo il dialetto
*** di S. Saverio, e S. Giuseppe Commandu (with interlinear translation), pp.
234-236; Catecismo nel dialetto Cochimi delle Missione di S. Geltrude, S. Borgia,
e Santa Maria, pp. 236-237.

1760 ——— Analisi | Filosofico-Teologica | della Natura | della Ca-
rita | ossia dell’ | Amor di Dio | opera dell’ Abate | Don Lorenzo
Hervas. | [Figure.]

In Fuligno 1792. | Per Giovanni Tomassini Stampator Vesco-
vile. | Con approvazione. | A.
Pp. 1-323. sm. 4°.

1761 Herzog (Wilhelm). Ueber die Verwandtschaft des Yumasprach-
stammes mit der Sprache der Aleuten und der Eskimostiimme.
Von Wilh. Herzog, Pfarrer.

In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, etc., Jahrgang 1878, pp. 449-459.
Comparative vocabulary of various Yuma dialects with the Aleut, pp. 450-452;
Comparative vocabulary of various Yuma dialects with the Eskimo, pp. 453-457.

Hess (William).

See Hill (H. A.), Hess (Wm.), and Wilkes (J. A.), jr.

1762 ——— and Wilkes (J. A.), jr. Ne Yehohyaton ne Royatadogenhti
Paul jinonka ne Galatians.

New-York: Published by Howe & Bates, for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, auxiliary to the Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. 1835. a

12°. The Epistle to the Galatians, translated into the Mohawk language,
by William Hess, with corrections by J. A. Wilkes, jr. Title from O'Callaghan’s
American Bibles, p. 4.

See Hill (H. A.), Hess (W.), and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., for edition of same date.

1763 Ne tyotyerenhtonh | kahyatonhsera | ne Paul | ne royata-
dogenhti shagohyatonni | jinonka ne | Corinthians, | William
Hess, | tehaweanatennyon oni shogwatagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes,
Jr.

ee | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. |

340 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hess (William) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr.—continued.

Second title :

The [First] Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Corinthi-
ans, | translated into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, |
with corrections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the

Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | JWP.
Pp. 2-55. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso ].1; English title
recto 1. 2.

See Hill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., for edition of 1834.

1764 Ne Yehohyaton | ne Royatadogenhti Paul | jinonka ne |
Philippians, | William Hess, | Tehaweanatennyon oni shogwata-
gwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. |

Second title :

The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Philippians, | trans-
lated into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with correc-
tions by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the

Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 2-17. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1.1; English title

recto 1.2.
1765 Ne Yehohyaton | ne Royatadogenhti Paul | jinonka une |

Colossians, | William Hess, | tehaweanatennyou oni shogwata-
gwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. |

Second title :

The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Colossians, | trans-
lated into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with cor-
rections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the

Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 2-16. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1.1; English title
recto 1.2.

1766 Ne Tyotyerenhton | ne Royatadogenhti Paul | yehohyaton
jinonka ne | Thessalonians, | William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon
oni Shogwatagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Mpiscopal Church. | 1836. |

HESS. 341

Hess (William) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr.—continued.

Second title :

The Epistle[s] | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Thessalonians, |
translated into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with
corrections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the

Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 2-22. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1.1; English title
recto 1. 2.

Ist Thessalonians, pp. 5-15; 2d Thessalonians, pp. 16-22.

Ne ne Tyotyerenhton | ne Royatadogenhti Paul | yehohya-
tonni ne | Timothy, | William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon oni shog-
watagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible BOcIELy of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. |

Second title:

The Epistle[s] | of | Paul the Apostle | to | Timothy, | translated
into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with corrections
by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the

1767

Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 2-31. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk titl everso 1. 1; English title
recto 1. 2.

- Ist Timothy, pp. 5-20; 2d Timothy, pp. 21-31.

Ne Yehohyaton | ne Royatadogenhti Paul | jinonka | ne
Titus, | William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon oni shogwatagwen ne |
J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. |

Second title:

The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to | Titus, | translated into
the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with corrections by |
J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | BA. JWP.

Pp. 2-11. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1.1; English title
recto 1. 2.

1768

1769

Ne Yehohyaton | ne Royatadogenhti Paul | jinonka ue |
Philemon, | William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon oni shogwatagwen
ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. |

342. NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hess (William) and Wilkes (J. A.), j7.—continued.

Second title :

The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to | Philemon, | translated
into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with corrections
by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s.
Bible Society of New-York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | BA. JWP.

Pp. 2-7. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1.1; English title
recto 1. 2.

1770 ——— Ne Yehohyaton | Ne Royatadogenhti Paul | jinonka ne |
Hebrews, | William Hess, | Tehaweanatennyon oni shogwatagwen
ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. |

Second title:

The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Hebrews, | trans-
lated into the Mohawk Language, | by William Hess, | with cor-
rections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | GB.

Pp. 1-44. 16°. Entirely in Mohawk. Indian title verso 1. 1 (p. 2), recto blank ;
English title recto 1. 2 (p. 3), verso blank.

1771 Hidalgo (Presb. D. Manuel). Libro en que se trata de la lengua
Tzotzil; se continua con el Bocabulario breve de algunos brevos y
nombres, ete. La Doctrina Cristiana; el Formulario para admi-
nistrar los Santos Sacramentos; el confesionario y sermones en la
misma Lengua Tzotzil. Obra (segun parece) del Presbitero Don
Manuel Hidalgo, insigne sierbo de Maria Santisima. ce

Manuscript. 66 pp. fol. I have inscribed it under the name of D. Manuel
Hidalgo, who is given on page 10 as the author of the hymn to the Holy Virgin
there found. The document has no indication as to the date, except these words
on page 59: ‘De el pueblo de San Pablo en el atio [17] 35 20 qu., ete.”

The Tzotzil, Zotzil, or Tzotzlem language is the second in importance in the
state of Chiapas. Its chief seat was formerly the strong city of Tzotzlem (dwell-
ing of the bat), called by the Mexicans, who garrisoned i¢ in the time of Monté-
zuma, Tzinacantlan, or Cinacantlan, whence the name Cinacanteca, given also
to this language. The present most considerable place of the Tzotziles Indians is
Alanchen, commonly called San Bartolomé de Jos Llanos.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1772 Hierro (PD. Diego Fernandez del). Arte [Mexicana]. *
Title from Beristain, who quotes from the author of ‘‘Allegaciones del Clero
Angelopolitano.”

1773 Higgins (N. 8S.) Notes on the Apaches of Arizona.
Manuscript. 30 pp. folio. In the library cf the Bureau of Ethnology. It
includes a vocabulary of 200 words, names of tribes, &c.

HESS—HILL. 343

1774 Hill (A. H.) Ne| karoron | ne | Teyerighwaghkwatha | ne ne
enyontste | ne yagorihwiyoghston |, kanyengehaga niyeweano-
ten. | Ne Tehaweanadenyon | kenwendeshon. |

New-York, | Conference Office tsi nonwe t’karistoh- | rarakon
by J. Collord. | 1829. |

Second title:

A | Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of native christians |
of the | Mohawk Language. | Translated chiefly by A. H. Hill.

New-York, | Printed at the Conference Office | by J. Collord. |
1829. | JWP.

Pp. 1-39, 1-39, alternate Mohawk and English; pp. 40-69, hymns in Mohawk;
pp. 70-106, hymns in English; Index in Mohawk, pp. 107-109; Index in English,
pp. 109-112. 16°.

1775 t—— Ne | Karoron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyont-
ste | ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | Kanyengehaga Kaweanondahkon. |
Oni ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate | Teyerihwahkwatha ne ex-
haogon ah | enyonste ji yonaderihonnyeanitha. |

New-York: | MElrath & Bangs, Teharistohrarayon, | No. 85
Chatham-street. | 1832.

Second title:

A | Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christians |
of the | Mohawk Language; | to which are added, | a number of
Hymns for Sabbath Schools. |

New-York: | Printed by M’Elrath & Bangs, | No. 85 Chatham-
Street. | 1832. | GB.

Pp. 1-89, 1-39, 40-69, 70-106, 70-106, 107-146. 16°. Indian title verso 1.1(p.1);
English title recto 1. 2 (p. 1); alternate pages Mohawk and English, except pp.
40-69 (Hymns, Nos. 54-86), which are not translated into English, and pp. 107-
146 (English Hymns, pp. 107-137; and Index, pp. 138-146).

Ne | Karoron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyont-
ste | ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkoga |
Ni ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate | Teyerihwahkwatha ne ex-
haogon ah | enyonste ji yondaderihonnyeanitha. | 7

New-York: | D. Fanshaw, Teharistohraragon, | No. 150 Nassau-
Street. | 1835. |

Second title:

A | Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christians |
of the | Mohawk Language; | to which are added | a number of
Hymns for Sabbath | Schools. |

New York: | Printed by D. Fanshaw. | 1835. | BA.

Pp. 1-89, 1-39, alternate Mohawk and English; pp. 40-68 in Mohawk; p. 69
blank; pp. 70-106, 70-106, alternate Mohawk and English; pp. 107-137 in Eng-
lish; pp. 139-142 index in Mohawk; pp. 143-147, same in English; Mohawk title
verso 1.1; English title recto 1. 2. 24°.

1777 ——— Ne | Karoron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | kanyengehaga
kaweanondahkon | yayak ni ononhwenjageh raonawenk. | Kora-
rahkowahne Tkentyohkawyen |

Oghronwakon [Hamilton]: | Printed at Ruthven’s Book & Job
Office, &c. | King-street. | 1539. |

1776

344 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

Hill (A. H.)—continued.

Second title:

A | Collection | of | Psalms and Hymns, | in the | Mohawk lan-
guage, | for the use of the Six Nation Indians. | By the New-Eng-
land Corporation. |

Hamilton: | Printed at Ruthven’s Book & Job Office, Se. |
King-street. | 1839. | BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-62, 1-62 (double numbers), alternate pages Mohawk and English; pp. 63-
77 in Mohawk; pp. 78-80, index in Mohawk. 16°. Mohawk title verso 1. 1(p.1);

English title recto 1. 2 (p. 1).
Triibner’s Catalogue gives this title, same date and place, 144 pp. 16°.

1778 Ne | Karoron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyont-
ste | ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | kanyencehaga kaweanondahkoga |
ni ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate | Teyerihwahkwatha ni ex-
haogon ah | enyontste ji yondaderihonnyeanitha. |

New-York: | Published by Lane & Scott, | For the Missionary
Society of the Methodist | Episcopal Church. | Joseph Longking,
Printer. | 1850. |

Second title:

A | Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christians |
of the | Mohawk language; | to which are added | a number of
Hymns for Sabbath | Schools. |

New-York: | Published by Lane & Scott, | for the Missionary
Society of the Methodist | Episcopal Church. | Joseph Longking.
Printer. | 1850. | GB. JWP.

Pp. 2-240. 16°. Indian title verso 1.1 (p. 2), recto blank; English title recto
1. 2(p. 3); pp. 1-195 alternate pages Mohawk and English; pp. 197-230, ‘‘ Hymns
for Children” in English; Mohawk index, pp. 231-235; English index, pp. 236-
240. Nearly a reprint of 1832 ed.

1779

Ne | Karoron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyontste
ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | Kanyengehaga Kaweanondahkoga | ni |
ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate teyerihwahk- | watha ne ex-
haogon ah enyontste ji | yondaderihonnyeanitha. |

New-York: | American Tract Society. | [18537]

Second title:

A | Collection of Hymns, | for | the use of Native Christians |
of | the Mohawk Language; | to | which are added a number of
hymns | for | Sabbath-Schools. |

Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,
New-York. | [1853? | IB.

Pp. 1-146, 1-146 (double numbers), alternate pages Mohawk and English; pp.
147-183, Hymns for children, in English; pp. 189-193, index in Mohawk; pp. 194-
198, index in English. Reprint of edition of 1850.

1780

Ne | Tsinihhoweyea-nenda-onh | orighwa do geaty, | Rog-
hyadon Royadado Geaghty, | Saint Luke. |

New York, | Printed for the American Bible Society. | A. Hoyt,
Printer. | 1827. |

HILL. 345
Hill (A. H.)—continued.

Second title :

The Gospel | according to Saint Luke | translated into the Mo-
hawk tongue. | By H. A. Hill. |

New York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | A. Hoyt,
Printer. | 1827. | BA.

Pp. 1-157, 1-157 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and English. 16°. Mo-
hawk title verso 1. 1; English title recto 1. 2.

See Hill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., for edition of 1833.

1781

and Wilkes (J. A.), jr. Ne Raorihwadogenhti | ne | Shong-
wayaner Yesus Keristus, | jenihorihoten ne | Royatadogenhti
Luke, | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon kenwendeshon | Tehawe-
anatenyon | oni shogwatagwen | ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr. Oshwegon
Kaihonhatatye, U. C. |

New York: | Published by the Young Mens’ Bible Society of
New York, | auxiliary to the Bible | Society of the Methodist Epis-
copal Chureh. | M’Elrath, & Bangs Printers. | 1833. |

Second title :

The Gospel | of our | Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, | according
to | Saint Luke, | translated into the Mohawk Language | by [H.}
A. Hill, | and corrected by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. Grand River, U.C. |

New York: | Published by the Young Mens’ Bible Society of
New York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis-
copal Church. | M’Elrath, & Bangs Printers. | 1833. | BA.

Pp. 1-109, 1-109 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and English. 12°. Mo-

hawk title verso 1]. 1; English title recto 1. 2.
See Hill (H. A.) for edition of 1827.

1782 The Gospel | of our | Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, | ac-
cording to | Saint Matthew, translated into the Mohawk Language, |
by A. Hill, | and corrected by | J. A. Wiikes, Jr. Grand River,
We Ge |

New York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist
Episcopal Church. | McElrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1831. |

Second title:

Ne Raorihwadogenhti | ne | Shongwayaner Yesus Keristus, |
jinihorihoten ne | Royatadogenhti Matthew, | kanyengehaga kawe-
anondahkon kenwendeshon | Tehaweanatenyon | oni * shotwatag-
wen | ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr. Oshwegon Kaihonhatatye, U. C. |

New York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist
Episcopal Church. | McElrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1831. | ABS.

197 pp., alternate Mohawk and English. 16°. English title verso 1. 1; Mo-
hawk title recto 1. 2.

1783 Ne Raorihwadogenhti | ne | Shongwayaner Yesus Keris-

tus, | jinihorihoten ne | Royatadogenhti Matthew, | kanyengehaga

346 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hill (A. H.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr—continued.
kaweanondahkon kenwendeshon | Tehaweanatenyou | oni shog-
watagwen | ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr., Oshwegon Kaihonhatatye, U.C. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist
Episcopal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1836. |

Second title :

The Gospel | of our | Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ | according
to | Saint Matthew, | translated into the Mohawk language | by A
Hill, | and corrected by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr., Grand River, U. C. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis-

copal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1836. | JWP.
Pp. 2-99, 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1.1; English title

recto 1. 2.
1784 Ne tyotyerenhton kahyatonhsera | ne | Royatadogenhti

Paul shagohyatonni | ne | Corinthians, | kanyengehaga kaweanon-
dahkon | H. A. Hill, | ne tehaweanatenyon | oni shogwatagwen |
ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr., Oshwegon kaihonhatatye, U. C. |

New York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible Society of
New York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the Methodist Epis-
copal Church. | McElrath, Bangs & co., Printers. | 1834. |

Second title:

The First Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Gormehians i
translated into the Mohawk Language, | by H. A. Hill, J and cor-
rected by J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible Soviéty of
New York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the Methodist Epis- ¢
copal Chureh. | McElrath, Bangs & co., Printers. | 1834.-| Gs

50 and 50 pp., alternate Mohawk and English. 16°. Mohawk title verso of 1.
1; English title recto of 1. 2

See Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., for edition of 1836.

1785

Ne Orighwadogenhty | ne jinityawea-onh ne Royatado-
genhty ne | John. |
[New York: Young Men’s Bible Society. 1836.] GB. JWP.
No title-page; pp. 5-91. 12°. Gospel of St. John in the Mohawk language.

1786 [Hpistles.in the Mohawk Language. | GB.
No title-page. pp: 1-57. 16°. :
Ne Yehhonwaghyadonnubh ne | James. | [General Epistle of James. ] Ppt 1-18.
q Ne Tyutyerenghdonk | yebhonwaghyadonnyh orighwakwekonh ne | Kwiter. |
(Yayadakweniyu.) [First Epistle of Peter.] Pp. 19-33.
Ne Teke-Nihhadond | yehhonwaghyadonnyh rayadakwe-niyu | Kwiter. |
{Second Epistle General of Peter. ] Pp. 35-44.
Ne Tyutyadonghseratyerenghdonh | Rayadakwe-niyu ne | Janae | [First
Epistle of John.] Pp. 45-57.

1787 Ne ne Tekaghyadonghserakehhadont ne | Janyh. | - GB.
No title-page; pp.5-6. 16°. Second Epistle of John in the Mohawk language.

HILL. 347

Hill (A. H.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr.—continued.
1788 Ne Agsenhhadont | Nikaghyadonghserakeh ne Janyh.! GB.
No title-page; pp. 5-6. 16°. Third Epistle of John in the Mohawk language.

1789 Ne Rayadakwe-niyu | Yehhonwaghyadonnyh | Jude. | GB.

No title-page; pp. 5-8. 16°. General Epistle of Jude in the Mohawk language.

1790

Ne ne | Revelation | Konwayats. | GB.
No title-page; pp. 5-64. 16°. Revelation of John in the Mohawk language.

1791 - , Hess (William), and Wilkes (John A.), jr. Ne ne jinihodi-
yeren | ne | Rodiyatadogenhti, | kanyengehaga kaweanondah-
kon | ne Tehaweanatennyon ne kenwendeshon | nok oni shodigwa-
tagwen | ne William Hess and John A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis-
copal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. |

Second title:

The Acts | of | the Apostles, | in | the Mohawk language, |
transiated by | H. A. Hill, | with corrections by | William Hess and
John A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis-
copal Chureh. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | C. JWP.

1 1., pp. 1-121. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso of 1. 1; Eng-
lish title recto of 1.2.

1792 Ne ne Shagohyatonni | Paul ne Royatadogenhti | jinonka-
dih ne Romans, | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon | ne Tehaweana-
tennyon ne kenwendeshon | nok oni shodigwatagwen | ne William
Hess and John A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis.
copal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. |

Second title :

The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle, | to the | Romans, | in | the
Mohawk language, | translated by | H. A. Hill, | with corrections
by | William Hess and John A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis-
copal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | _BA. C. JWP.

1 p.1., pp. 1-56. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso of 1.1; Eng-
lish title recto of 1. 2.

Ne ne Shagohyatonni | Paul ne Royatadogenhti | jinon-
kadih ne | Galatians, | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon, | ne Teha-
weanatennyon | ne kenwendeshou nok oni shodigwatagwen ne |
William Hess aud J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of

_ New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis-

copal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. |

1793

348 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hill (A. H.), Hess (William), and Wilkes (John A.), jr.—continued.

Second title:

The Epistle | of | Paul, the Apostle, | to the | Galatians, | in the
Mohawk language, | translated by | H. A. Hill, | with corrections
by | William Hess and J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis-
copa! Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-17, 1-17 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and English. 12°. Mo-
hawk title verso 1.1; English title recto 1. 2.

1794 Ne ne Shagohyatonni | Paul ne Royatadogenhti | jinonka-
dih ne | Ephesians, | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon, | ne Teha-
weanatennyon | ne kenwendeshon nok oni shodigwatagwen ne |
William Hess and J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | é

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis-
copal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. |

Second title:

The Epistle | of | Paul, the Apostle, | to the | Ephesians, | in
the Mohawk language, | translated by | H. A. Hill, | with correc-
tions by | William Hess and J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible | Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis-
copal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-18, 1-18, alternate Mohawk and English. 12°. Mohawk title verso 1. 1;
English title recto 1. 2.

1795 Hill (Ira). Antiquities | of | America | Explained. | By Ira Hill,
A. M. | [Quotation, three lines. ]
Hagers-town: | Printed by William D. Bell. | 1831. | A.

131 pp. 12°.
Comparative vocabulary English, Indian, and Hebrew, p. 84.

1796 Hill (John). Yoedereanayeadagwha | ne | Akonouhsakouh | or-
hoekene nok yokarasneha | kanyeakehaka kaweanoetaghkouh. | —
John Hill, | Tehaweanatenyouh. |

Belleville, | Intelligencer Office, | Canada West. | 1844.| swe.
Pp. 1-8. 12°. Prayers in the Mohawk language.

Hill (John,) jr.
See Nelles (Rev. A.) and Hill (Jobn), jr.

1797 Hind (Henry Youle). North-West Territory. Reports of Prog-
ress; together with a Preliminary and General Report on the As-
siniboine and Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition, made under in-
structions from the Provincial Secretary, Canada. By Henry
Youle Hind, M. A., Professor of [&c.] In charge of the Expedi-
tion. Printed by order of the Legislative Assembly.

Toronto: Printed by John Lovell: 1859. © HU.
xi, 205 pp. 4°.

HILL—HIND. 349

Hind (Henry Youle)—continued.
The Sionx, or Dakotah Indians, pp. 115-116, includes remarks on language,
list of moons; a sentence, with translation, &c., from Riggs’ Grammar.
Reprinted as follows:
- Rapports sur ’Expédition d’Exploration de Assiniboine
et_de la Saskatchewan.
Toronto, 1859. *
4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1798

1799 British North America. | Reports of Progress, | together
with | A Preliminary and General Report | on the | Assinniboine
and Saskatchewan | Exploring Expedition; | made under instrue-
tions from | the Provincial Secretary, Canada. | By Henry Youle
Hind, M. A., | Professor of Chemistry and Geology in the Univer-
sity of Trinity College, Toronto, | in charge of the Expedition. |
Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Command of Her Ma-
jesty, | August, 1860. |

London: | Printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis-
woode, | Printers to the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty. | For her
Majesty’s Stationery Office. | 1860. | C.

220 pp. folio. maps.

The Sioux or Dakotah Indians, pp. 126-128.

1800

Narrative | of | the Canadian Red River | Exploring Ex-
pedition of 1857 | and of the | Assinniboine and Saskatchewan |
Exploring Expedition of 1858 | by | Henry Youle Hind, M. A. F. R.
G. 8. | Professor of Chemistry and Geology in the University of
Trinity College, Toronto | In Charge of the Assinniboine and Sas-
katchewan Expedition | In Two Volumes | Vol. I [II]. |

London | Longman, Green, Longman, and Roberts | 1860. | The
right of translation is reserved. | C.

The Sioux or Dakotah Indians, vol. 2, pp. 153-166, contains a few tribal
names with English signification, list of moons in Dakotah, a sentence with
translation, and a few remarks on language.

1801

Explorations in the Interior | of | the Labrador Peninsula |
the country of | the Montagnais and Nasquapee Indians. | By |
Henry Youle Hind, M. A. IF’. R.G.S. | Professor of Chemistry and
Geology in the University of Trinity College, Toronto: Author of |
‘Narrative of the Canadian Red River Exploring Expedition of
1857, and of the | Assinniboine and Saskatchewan Exploring Ex-
pedition of 1858.’ | In two volumes. | Vol. I [IT]. |

London: | Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green. |
1863. | BA. HU. JWP.

A few words in Montagnais, vol. 1, p. 32.

A | Preliminary Report | on the | Geology of New Bruns-
wick, | together with | a special report | on the distribution of the |
“Quebec Group” | inthe Province. | By | Henry Youle Hind, M. A.,
F. R. G. 8S. | (Late Professor of Chemistry and Geology in the Uni-

1802

350 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hind (Henry Youle)—continued.
versity of Trinity College, Toronto.) | Author of [&c., two lines]. |

[Seal.]
Fredericton. | G. E. Fenety, Printer to the Queen’s Most Excel-
lent Majesty. | 1865. | JWP.

Pp. i-xviii, 19-203 8°.

Origin of the names of certain rivers and places in New Brunswick, containing
a short vocabulary cf the Micmac and Milicete languages, pp. 257-259.

Names of places and rivers derived from the Abenaquis language, pp. 260-261.

1803 Hinman (Rev. Samuel Dutton). Calvary | Catechism, | in the |
Dakota Language. | Translated for the Mission of St. John. | [By
Rey. 8S. D. Hinman.] [Two lines quotation.]

Fairbault, Minn.: | Central Republican Book and Job Office, |
O’Briew’s Block, Main Street. | 1864. | o
50 pp. 32°. Title furnished by Mr. J. F. Williams, librarian Minn. Hist. Soc.

1804

Calvary Catechism, | in | Santee Dakota. | Translated by
permission | for the | Collegiate Mission. | H. | [Two lines quota-
tion. |

Mission Press. | Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. | 1871. | = JWP.

Outside title: Calvary Wiwicawangapi kin. | Isanyati Dakota Iyapi en. |
[Cross composed of eleven stars. ] | Yewicaxipi okodakiciye. | [Two lines quota-
tion. ] 5

Niobrara Taokiye Itancan makoce en, | Wowapi kaga kin. | Santee Agency,
Neb. | 1871. |

Pp. 1-28. 16° ‘Second edition, revised and corrected.”—S. D. Hinman.

1805 Ikce wocekiye wowapi. | Qa isantanka makoce. | Kin en |
token wohduze, | qa okodakiciye wakau en | tonakiya woscon kin, |
hena de he wowapi kin ee. | Samuel Dutton Hinman, | Missionary
to Dakotas. |

Saint Paul: | Pioneer Printing Company. | 1865. | C.

x, 321 pp. 8°.

Literal translation.—Common Prayer Book. | And knife-large [ American] Coun-
try. | The in | how sacrament, | and fellowship holy in | how many doings the, |
those that this book the it [is] it. | Samuel Dutton Hinman, &e.

1806 ——— Odowan. | XXII. | H. |

Philadelphia: | MeCalla & Stavely, prs. | 1869. | ey

26 pp. 32°.

Hymns in the Santee dialect of the Dakota. Title from Mr. J. F. Williams,
librarian of the Minn. Hist. Soc.

1807

Exercises in Dictation, in English and Santee Dakota, for
Collegiate Mission. H.
Mission Press: Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. 1871. ce
50 (?) pp. 12°. Title furnished by the author, who says the work was not

completed, about fifty pages only having been printed; it was printed on the
mission press for use in the schools.

1808

Hanranna Qa Rtayetu | Cekiyapi en Odowan Kin. |
Psalms and Hymns | of | Morning and Evening Prayer, | in |
Santee Dakota. | Pointed for Chanting. |

HIND—HINMAN. 351

Hinman (ev. Samuel Dutton)—continued.
Mission Press. | Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. | Santee Agency,
Neb. | 1871. | SI.

Pp. 1-17. 12°, Second edition, revised and corrected, by S. D. Hinman.

1809

Hymns and Psalms | in | Santee Dakota. | For the | Col-
legiate Mission, | to the | Dakota Indians. |

Mission Press: | Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. | Santee Agency,
Neb. | 1871. | SI.

Pp. 1-81. 12°. Second edition, revised and corrected, by S. D. Hinman.

1810

The Mission Service. Wocekye Wowapi. Isantanka qa
Isanyati, Iyapi en. Collegiate Mission.
Mission Press: Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. 1871. if
Pp. 1-143. 12°. Title furnished by the author.
In English and Santee Dakota. It is published also in Santee alone (see

next title), and there was also a translation into the Yankton dialect by Hemans
(D. W.)

1511 Wocekiye Wowapi. Isanyati Iyapi en Yewicaxipi okoda-
kiciye Niobrara Taokiye Itancan makoce kin en.

Santee Agency: 1871. ‘3

Literal translation.—Prayer Book Santee speech in. They-sent-them fellowship
Niobrara His-seryant chief country the in, .

Santee edition of the mission service. Title communicated by the author.

1812

Hymns in Dakota, | for use in the | Missionary Jurisdiction
of Niobrara. |
Published | by the | Indian Commission | of the | Protestant

Episcopal Church. | 1874. | TWP.
Pp. 1-17. 16°.
1815 ——— Hymns in Dakota, | for use in the | Missionary Jurisdiction

of Niobrara. |
Published | by the | Indian Commission | of the | Protestant

Episcopal Chureb. | 1879. | JWP.
Pp. 1-127. 16°.
1814 —— Prayer for Indian Missions. JWP.

No title-page; 1p. 6°. In the Dakota language.

1815 - and Cook (Joseph Winfield). English and Dakota | Ser-
vice Book: | being parts of the | Book of Common Prayer | set forth
for use in the | Missionary Jurisdiction | of | Niobrara. |

Published by | the Indian Commission | of the | Protestant Epis-
copal Church. | 1875. | AAS. ABS. JWP.
1p. 1., pp. 2-135, 2-135 (double numbers), alternate English and Dakota. 12°.

1816 ——— English and Dakota | Service Book: | being parts of the |
Book of Common Prayer | set forth for use in the | Missionary Ju-
risdiction | of | Niobrara. |

Published by | the Indian Commission | of the | Protestant Epis-
copal Church. | 1879. | JWP.
1 p.1., pp. 2-135, 2-135, alternate English and Dakota. 12°,

352 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hinman (Rev. Samuel Dutton)—continued.

1817 [———, Cook (Joseph W.), Hemans (Daniel W.), and Walker (Luke
C.)| Okodakiciye | Wocekiye Wowapi kin, | ga | okodakiciyapi
token wicaqupi kin; | qa | okodakiciye wakan kin en woecon qa
wicohan | kin, America makoce kin en, United States | en, Protest-
ant Episcopal Church | unpikin ohnayan: | qa nakun | Psalter, Qais
David Tadowan kin. |

[New York :] Published by | the New York Bible and Common
Prayer Book Society | for | the Indian Commission of the Protest-
ant Episcopal Church. | 1878. | ABS. JWP.

Pp. i-xxii, 1-664. 12°.

Literal translation.--Church | Prayer Book the, | and | sacraments how them
they give the; | and | Church Holy the in rites and ceremonies | the, America
country the in, United States | in, Protestant Episcopal Church | use the ac-
cording to: | and alse | Psalter, or David his song[s] the. |

1818 ——— and Welsh (William). Taopi| and his Friends, | or the |
Indians’ | Wrongs and Rights. |
Philadelphia. | Claxton Remsen & Haffelfinger. | 1869. | BE.
1 p. 1., pp. i-xviii, 1-125. 8°.
Missionary carol in Dakota, with English translation by 8. D. Hinman, pp.
45-46.

1819 ——— and Whipple (Henry Benjamin). Journal | of the | Rev.
S.D. Hinman, | Missionary | to the | Santee Sioux Indians. | And |
Taopi, | by | Bishop Whipple. | [Three lines quotation.]

Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Printers. | 1869. | JWP.

Pp. i-xviii, 1-87. 12°.

Mr. Hinman’s Journal occupies pp. 1-49. On pp. 45-46 is a missionary carol
in Dakota, with English translation.

1820 Historical Magazine. The | Historical Magazine, | and | Notes and
Queries | concerning | the Antiquities, History, and Biography |
of | America. | Vol. I [—X]. | [First Series.] |

Boston: | C. Benjamin Richardson. | London: | John Russell
Smith. | 1857 [-1866]. | HU. JWP.
10 vols. sm. 49.
Anderson (A. C.) Notes on Indian tribes N. W. Coast, vol. 7, pp. 73-78.
Baird (H.S.) Indian Tribes, Chiefs and Treaties, vol. 8, pp. 178-179.
Comelias (J.) Dialects of the Mutsun of California, vol. 8, pp. 68-69.
~ Gibbs (G.) Notes on the dispersion of the Tlascaltecas, vol. 7, pp. 99-100.

Indian system of Numerals, vol. 9, pp. 249-252.

History of the translation of the Book of Common Prayer into the Mohawk

Language, vol. 1, pp. 14-16.

Indian Numerals, vol. 9, p. 252.
Jimeno (A.) Vocabulary of Santa Cruz, vol. 7, pp. 220-222.
Le Clerq (C.) Language of the Gaspesiens, vol. 5, pp. 284-285.
Macgowan(D.G.) [Sign Language], vol. 10, pp. 86-87.
Pefferkorn (lather). Indian Names in Sonora, vol. 5, p. 370.
Ross (Lieut. E.) Vocabularies of the Yuba and Yukeh, vol. 7, pp. 123-125.
Shea (J. G.) The Identity of the Andastes, &c., vol. 2, pp. 294-296.
Micmac Hieroglyphies, vol. 5, pp. 289-292.
Inhabitants of Stadacona and Hochelaga, vol. 9, pp. 144-145.

HINMAN—HISTORICAL. 353

Historical Magazine—continued.

18

2

a

Smith (B.) The Timuquana Language, vol. 2, pp. 1-3.

Specimens of the Appalachian Language, vol. 4, pp. 40-41.

Mame Vocabulary, vol. 5, pp. 117-118, 149.

Vocabulary of the Nevome, vol. 5, pp. 202-203.

—— The Opata Language, vol. 5, p. 236.

Vocabulary of the Eudeve, vol. 6, pp. 18-19.

Vocabularies of the Seminole and Mikasuke, vol. 10, pp. 239-243.
Lord’s Prayer in Mikasuka, vol. 10, p. 288.

Squier (E.G.) Specimen of the Montagnais Language, vol. 7, pp. 268-269.
Taylor (A. 8.) Santa Ytez Vocabulary, vol. 9, pp. 147-148.

Turner (W. W.) Mutsun Manuscript, vol. 1, pp. 205-206.

Vocabulary of the Iroquois, vol. 10, p. 115.

1 —— The | Historical Magazine, | and | Notes and Queries, |
concerning the | Antiquities, History and Biography | of | Amer-
rica. | Vol. I [-IX]. | [Second Series.]

Morrisania, N. Y.: | Henry B. Dawson. | 1867 [-1871]. | HU. mwe.
Vols. i-ix, and x, Nos. 1 and 2, sm. 4°.
Brinton (D. G.) The Natchez of Louisiana, vol. 1, pp. 16-18.
National Legend of the Chahta-Muskokee Tribes, vol. 7, pp. 118-126.
Riley (J. H.) Vocabulary of the Kahweyah and Kahséway, vol. 3, pp.

238-240.

Rockwell (E. F.) Analogy between Japan proper names and Indian proper

names, vol. 3, pp. 141-142.

Sewall (R. K.) Wawenoce Numerals, vol. 3, pp. 179-180.

Trumbull (J. H.) Indian Names in Virginia, vol. 7, pp. 47-48.

-—— Thevet’s specimens of the Indian Language of Norumbega, vol. 7, p. 239.
But two numbers of vol. x (Nos. 1 and 2, July and August, 1871) were printed.

The publication of the remaining numbers was postponed on account of the ill-

ness of the publisher, he intending to make them up at a future time; this was
never done.

22 ——— The | Historical Magazine, | and | Notes and Queries, |

concerning | the Antiquities, History and Biography | of | Amer-
ica. | Vol. I [Il]. Third Series. |

Morrisania, N. Y. | Henry B. Dawson. | 1872 [-1875]. | ©. swe.

Vols. i-ii, and iii, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.

Simms (J. R.) Indian Names [Mohawk Valley], vol. 1, pp. 120-121.

Of vol. iii of this series there was published Nos. 1, 2 and 3, January, Feb-
Tuary, and March, 1874. There was then no number issued until April, 1875. The
directions “To the Binder,” which accompanies this part, says: ‘‘There are no
numbers bearing date, from April, 1874, to March, 1875, both inclusive; and this
number, dated April, 1875, follows that dated March, 1874, in the same volume,
as if would were it dated 1874 instead of 1875.

“The perfect Volume III, therefore, will consist of numbers dated January,
1874, February, 1874, March, 1874, Extra for March, 1874, Extra No. Il, Extra
No. III, Extra No. IV, April, 1875, Extra, No. V, May, 1875, June, 1875, Extra,
No. VI.” The parts for May and June and Extra No. VI were never published.

Besides the linguistic articles given above there have appeared in this maga-
zine u any notes and queries concerning Indian languages, lists of names of
places by E. B. O’C., H. R.S., and others; etymology of many Indian words, &c.

23 Bib

354 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1823 History. History of the Delaware and Iroquois Indians.
See American Sunday School Union.
The History of the Passion of our Saviour, in the Mexican
Language. o
Manuscript. Cent. xvii, 39 Il. 12°. Bound with this is another treatise in the
Mexican language. Manuscript. Cent. xvii, 33 Il. 12°.—Fischer Sale Cat.

1824

1825 History of the Translation of the Book of Common Prayer
into the Mohawk Language.
In Hist. Mag,, first series, vol. 1, pp. 14-16. Boston and London, 1857. sm. 4°.
In addition to the title of the several editions of the Book of Common Prayer
this article includes the Lord’s Prayer in Mohawk.
The Rey. W. M. Beauchamp (q. v.) has also given an interesting account of
the ‘‘History of the Indian Prayer Book,” in the Church Eclectic, vol. 9, No. 5,
pp. 415-422. Utica, 1881. 8°.
1826 Hitchcock (—). [Tracts in the Cherokee Language.]| *
Six cards translated and written in the characters of Guess, by Mr. Hitch-
cock, of Dwight, have been lithographed in Boston * * * embracing the Ten
Commandments, the Fourth Commandment, and the Eighth, each separate;
John Preaching in the Wilderness, The Star in the East, and the Prodigal Son.—
Missionary Herald.
Hodge (David M.)
See Loughridge (R. M.), Winslett (D.), Perryman (L.), and Hodge (D. M.)

See Robertson (A. E. W.), Perryman (J.), Perryman (T. W.), and Hodge
(D. M.)

1827 Hodgson(Adam). Letters | from | North America, | written | Dur-
ing a Tour | in the | United States and Canada. | By Adam Hodg-
son. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Printed for Hurst, Robinson. & Co, | and | A. Con-
stable & Co. Edinburgh. | 1824. | A.C.
2 vols. 1 p. L., pp. i-xv, 1-405; 1 p.1., pp. 1-iv, 1-473. 8°. maps.

Contains translation of part of the 19th Psalm into the Muh-he-con-nuk
language, done at the Cornwall School, under the superintendence of the Rev.
John Serjeant, Missionary, in double columns, Indian and English, vol. 2, p. 413.

The New York edition of 1823 contains no linguistics.

1828 Hoffman (Charles Fenno). Wild Scenes | in the | Forest. | By
C. F. Hoffman, Esq. | Author of “A Winter in the Far West.” |
Two Volumes in One. |

London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street. | Publisher
in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | [n. d.] A.

1 p.1., pp. 1-292, 1-284. 12°.

Medicine song of an Indian Hunter [in Ojibbwa? with translation], vol. 1,
pp. 173-181; Medicine song of an Indian lover [in Ojibbwa? with translation],
vol. 1, p. 208.

Wild Scenes in the Forest and Prairie. By C. F. Hoffman,

Esq. Author of “A Winter in the Far West.” In Two Volumes.

London: Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street. 1839. i
2 vols.: vi, 292 pp.; (4), 284 pp. 12°. Title from Field’s Indian Bibliography,
No. 707.

1829

HISTORY—HO{WIYOSDOSHAH. 355

Hoffman (Charles Fenno)—continued.
1830 Wild Scenes in the Forest and Prairie. With Sketches of
American Life. By C.F. Hoffman, Esq. . . .
New York: William H. Colyer. 1843. *
2 vols.: viii, 13-207 pp.; (4), 13-210 pp. 12°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1831

Wilde Scenen in Wald und Prairie, mit Skizzen amerika-
nischen Lebens. 1545. *
2 vols. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1832 Hoffman (Dr. Walter James). Notes on the Migrations of the
Dakotas.
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., Ninth Ann. Sess., pp. 15-17. Hartford, 1877. 8°.
Various comments on language, with examples in Dakota.

1833 —— List of Mammals found in the Vicinity of Grand River,
D.T. By W. J. Hoffman, M. D., Late U. S. Army.
In Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 19, pp. 94-102, Boston, 1878. 8°.

Twenty eight names of animals in the Dakota Language (Tetonoway
dialect).

1834 Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta.

In Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U. 8. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465,
471. Washington, 1879. 49.

1835 Sentences with interlinear translation.

In Mallery (G.) Sign Language among North American Indians, in Bureau
of Ethnology, First Aun. Rept. Washington, 1881. 8°.

Brulé Dakota sentences, pp. 483, 492; Ponka sentence, p. 484; Pani sen-
tence, p 484; Pima sentences, p. 485; Wichita, p. 525.

The above are given in connection with and as explanatory of gesture lan-
guage.

1536 t—— Vocabulary of the Arikare Language, to which are appen-
ded phrases with translations, and remarks concerning the origin
and definition of the word Arikare.

Manuscript. 11 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
at Ft. Berthold, Dak., September, 1881.

1837 —— Vocabulary of the Mandan.
Manuscript. LL 11. 200 words. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Collected at Ft. Berthold, Dak., September, 1881.

1838 Hoiwiydsdoshah. Hoiwiyosdoshih | neh | Cha gaoheedvs, | geeili-
nigaya doshagee | neh | naidowahgaah héniadiwanoh daah. | The

Four Gospels | in the | Seneca Language. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year

MDCCCXVI. | 1874. | ABS.
Pp. 1-445. 16°.
1839 t—— Hoi’wiyos’doshah | neh | Chaga’o hee dvs, | geeih/ niga’ ya

dos’ ha gee, | neh | nan’do wah’gaah he/ni a/di wa/noh daaih. | The
four Gospels | in the | Seneca Language. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCOXVL. | 1878. | 0.
Pp. 1-445. 16°.

356 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1840 Holden (A. W.) A | History | of the | Town of Queensbury, | in
the | State of New York, | with | Biographical Sketches | of | many
of its Distinguished Men, | and | some account of the Aborigines
of | Northern New York, | By A. W. Holden, M. D. | [Quotation, six
lines. |

Albany, N. Y.: | Joel Munsell. | 1874. | A.C.
Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-519. 8°. plates.
Vocabulary of Indian Names, pp. 23-35.

1841 Holisso. Holisso Holitopa, | Chitokaka Chisus Im Anumpeshi
Luk, Chani | Itatuklo kut Holissochi tok Mak O, | a kashapa kut |
Chahta im anumpa isht holisso hoke. |

Utica: | Press of William Williams, Genesee St. | 1831. | BA. ATS.
Pp. 1-152, 11. 16°. Gospels of Luke and John and a few chapters of Matthew
in the Choctaw language.

Holisso | hvshi holhtena isht anoli. | Chahta Almanac | for
the year of our Lord | 1836: | Adapted to the latitude of the Choc-
taw Country. | [Five lines Choctaw.]
Union: | Mission Press, John F’. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836. | ABO,
Pp. 1-16. 16°.

Holisso | hyshi holhtema isht anoli. | Chahta Almanac | for
the year of our Lord | 1837: | Calculations copied from the Louis-
iana and Mississippi Almanac — adapted to the latitude and merid-
ian of Natchez. | [Eight lines Choctaw.]

Union: | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer, | 1836. | ABc.
Pp. 1-24. 16°.

1844 Holisso j hvshi holhtena isht anoli afvmmi 1839. | Chahta
Almanac | For the Year of our Lord | 1839. | [One verse Choctaw ;
one verse English. ]

Park Hill: | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [n. d.]
Pp. 1-24. 16°. ABC. ATS.
For editions of later years, see Chahtah Almanac.

Holm (Thomas Campanius).
See Campanius Holm (Thomas).

1842

1843

1845 Holmberg (Heinrich Johann). Ethnographische Skizzen | iiber die
Volker | des Russischen Amerika, | von | H. J. Holmberg. | Erste
Abtheilung. | Nebst einer Karte. | (Aus den Atken der Finnl. So-
ciet. d. Wissensch. | besonders abgedruckt.) |

Helsingfors. | Gedruckt bei H. C. Friis. | 1855. | JWP.

11., pp. 1-142. 4°, map. Native terms passim.

1846 [Holmes (Abiel).] [Memoir of the Moheagan Indians.]

In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., first series, vol. 9, pp. 75-99. Boston, 1804. 8°.

Contains, pp. 90-99, a discussion on the language of these Indians, which
includes Specimens of the Chactaw language, pp. 94-95; Comparative vocabu-
lary of 10 words of the Chactaw and Moheagan, p. 96; Numerals, 1-10, of the
Chactaw and Moheagan, p. 97; Specimen of the Moheagan language, taken at
Cambridge, 1804, by Wm. Jenks, pp. 98-99.

Issued separately as follows:

HOLDEN—HORDEN. 357

Holmes (A biel)—continued.
1847 A Memoir of the Mohe[a]gan Indians, written in the year

1804.
[Boston. 1804. ] *
Half title, pp. 1-27. 8°. Title from Field’s Indian Bibliography.

Honne (Andreas Fridsh),
See Egede (Paul).

1848 Hooper (Liewt. William Hulme). Ten Months | among | the Tents
of the Tuski, | with Incidents of an | Arctic Boat Expedition in
search of | Sir John Franklin, | as far as the Mackenzie River, and
Cape Bathurst. | By Lieut. W. H. Hooper, R. N. | With a Map and
Illustrations. |

London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1853. | A.C.

Pp. xvi, 1-447. map. 8°.

Tuski phrase, with translation, p. 87; Tuski song of rejoicing, with translation,
p. 181; and many terms scattered through.

1849 - List of Esquimaux Words collected between Point Barrow

row and Cape Bathwrsh, 1849-50, by Lieut. W. H. Hooper, R. N.
In Arctic Expeditions, pp. 179-186. London, 1852. fol.
Contains vocabulary of the Eastern and Western Esquimaux, and of the Coast
and Inland Tchouski, pp. 179-184; List of Esquimaux persons, p. 185.

1850 Horden (ev. John). The Book | of | Common Prayer, | and ad-
ministration of | the Sacraments, | and other rites and ceremonies
of the Church, | according to the use of the | United Church of
England and Ireland. | Translated into the language of the | Moose
Indians | of the Diocese of Rupert’s Land, North-West America. |
(““Rev. J. Horden’s Translation.”) |

London: | Printed by W. M. Watts, | for the | Church Missionary
Society, | 14, Salisbury Square. | 1859. | JWP. JCB.
Title, 11, pp. 1-861. 12°. In syllabic characters.

1851

[Three lines syllabic characters.] The New Testament, |
translated into | the Cree Language, | by the | Right Rey. John
Horden, D. D., | Bishop of Moosonee. |
London: | Printed for the | British and Foreign Bible Society, |
Queen Victoria Street, E. O. | 1876. | JWP.
1 p.1., pp. 1-245. 12°. In syllabic characters. See Mason (W.) No. 2494.

1852 [Three lines syllabic characters.] Proper Lessons | from |
The Old Testament, | for the | Sundays and other Holy Days |
throughout the year. | In the Cree Language. | By the Right Rev.
J. Horden, D. D. | Bishop of Moosonee. |

Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, |
77, Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn-Fields. | 1878. | JWP.
1 p.1., pp. 1-317. 12°. In syllabic characters.

1853 A Grammar of the Cree Language as spoken by the Cree
Indians of North America.

London. 1881. .

358

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Horden (Rev. John)—continued.

1854

1855

1856

viii, 238 pp. sm. 8°. Title from Triibner’s Catalogue of Dictionaries and Gram-
mars. 1882.

“He has translated into the Cree language the Bible, New Testament, Prayer-
book, Hymn-book, Psalter, Gospel History, and all the lessons appointed by the
Church for Sundays and holy-days. The first books the Bishop printed and
bound with his own hands. Into Ojibbeway he has translated the Bible, the
Book of St. Matthew, Gospel History, and Hymn-book.”—N., Y. Times.

and Kirkby (Rev. W. W.) [One line syllabic characters.] |
A Collection | of | Psalms and Hymns, | in the language | of the |
Cree Indians | of North West America. | Compiled by the | Right
Rev. John Horden, D. D. | Bishop of Moosonee. | Adapted for the
use of the Indians of the York Factory | District, by the Rev.
W. W. Kirkby. |

London: | Printed for the | Church Missionary Society, | Salis-
bury Square. | 1876. | JWP.

Pp. 1-128. 16°. In syllabic characters.

and Sanders (Rev. John). The | Moosonee Hymnal, | trans-
lated into the | Ojibbeway Language | by the | Right Rev. The
Bishop of Moosonee, | and the | Rev. John Sanders, | Native Mis-
sionary to the Ojibbeways of the Diocese | of Moosonee. |

London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | North-
umberland Avenue, Charing Cross; | 4, Royal Exchange; and 48,
Piccadilly. | 1879. | JWP.

Pp. 1-112. 16°. In syllabie characters.

The Book of Common Prayer | and | Administration of the
Sacraments, and other | Rites and Ceremonies of the Church, | ac-
cording to the use of | the Church of England. | Translated into the
language of | the Ojibbeway Indians | in the Diocese of Moosonee, |
by| the Right Rev. the Bishop of Moosonee | and the Rev. J. Sanders,
of Matawakumma. | (Some of the Occasional Offices are omitted.) |
Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | Northumberland
Avenue, Charing Cross, London. | 1880. | JWP.
Pp. 1-152. 16°. In syHabic characters.

1857 —_— St. Matthew’s Gospel. | Translated into the language | of

the | Ojibbeway Indians | in the | Diocese of Moosonee, | by | the
Right Rey. the Bishop of Moosonee | and the | Rev. J. Sanders, of
Matawakumma. |
Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | Northumberland
Avenue, Charing Cross, London. | 1880 | JWP.
Pp. 1-141. 12°.

1858 Hossler (—). Eskimos.

In Ersch(J. 8.) and Gruber (J.G.) Allgemeine Encyklopadie, vol. 38, pp. 108-
130. Leipzig, 1843. 4°.
Two versions of the Lord’s Prayer in Eskimo, p. 111.

HORDEN—HOWE. 359

1859 Hough (Franklin B.) A | History | of | St. Lawrence and Frank-
lin | Counties, New York, | from the | Earliest Period to the Pres-
ent time. | By | Franklin B. Hough, A. M., M. D., | Corresponding
Member of the New York Historical Society. | [County seals.]

Albany: | Little & Co., 53 State Street. | 1853. | BA. ©.

Pp. i-xvi, 17-719,11. 8°. maps.

Indian names of places of the St. Regis (Caughnawaga) Indians, pp. 178-181.
Notes on the language of the Mohawk dialect of the Iroquois; the Mohawk

numerals, 1-1000 (from Dwight), and the Lord’s Prayer in Mohawk (from Davis),
pp. 707-708.

1860 House (J.) Vocabularies of certain North American Languages.
By J. House, Esq.
In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc., vol. 4, pp. 102-122. London, 1850, 8°.
Vocabulary (words and sentences) of the Nipissing, Shawnees, Brunswick,
Blackfoot (1), Blackfoot (2), pp. 104-112; Vocabulary (words and sentences) of
the Iroquois, Mohawks, Hurons (Amherstburg), Stone Indians (from J. Bird),
pp. 114-121.

Vocabularies of certain North American Languages. By
T. [J.?] House, Esq.
In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc., vol..4, pp. 191-206. London, 1850. 8°.
Vocabulary [words, phrases, and sentences] of the Chipewyan (1), Chipe-
wyan (2), Beaver (1), Beaver (2), Sikanni (of New Caledonia), pp 191-193; Vo-
cabulary of the Kitani, Flat-head, Okanagan, Atna, or Shoushwhap, pp. 199-206.

1861

1862 Howe (Henry). Historical Collections of Ohio; containing a col-
lection of the most interesting facts, traditions, biographical
sketches, anecdotes, ete. relating to its General and Local History:
with Descriptions of its Counties, Principal Towns and Villages.
Illustrated by 177 engravings, giving views of the Chief Towns,
Public Buildings, Relics of Antiquity, Historic Localities, Natural
Scenery, etc. By Henry Howe.

Cincinnati: Published for the Author by Derby, Bradley & Co.
Price Three Dollars. 1847. *
581 pp. 8°. map. Title from Thomson’s Bibliography of Ohio.

1863

Historical Collections of Ohio; containing a collection of
the most interesting facts, traditions, biographical sketches, anec-
dotes, etc. relating to its General and Local History: with De-
scriptions of its Counties, Principal Towns and Villages. Ilus-
trated by 177 engravings, giving views of the Chief Towns, Pub-
lic Buildings, Relics of Antiquity, Historic Localities, Natural
Scenery, etc. By Henry Howe.

Cincinnati: Bradley & Anthony. 1848. *
599 pp. 8°. Title from Field’s Sale Cat., No. 1033.
Johnston, (Col. John). Vocabularies of the Shawanoese and Wyandott

languages, pp. 590-594.

1864 t—— Historical Collections | of | Ohio; | containing | a collec-
tion of the most interesting facts, traditions, | biographical sketches,
anecdotes, etc. | relating toits | Generaland Local History: | with |
Descriptions of its Connties, Principal Towns and | Villages. | H-

360 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Howe (Henry)—continued.
lustrated by | 180 Engravings, | giving | Views of the chief towns,
—public buildings, —relies of anti- | quity, —historic localities, —
natural scenery, etc. | By Henry Howe. | [Seal of the State. ]
Cincinnati: | Published for the Author by Bradley & Anthony. |
Price Three Dollars. | 1850. | IN
599 pp. 8°. map and plates.
Johnston (Col. John). Vocabularies of the Shawanoese and Wyandott lan-
guages, ete., pp. 590-594; Names of rivers by the Shawanese, p. 594.
Other editions: -+ Cincinnati, 1849. 8°. -+ Eighteenth thousand. Cincin-
nati: H. Howe. 1857. pp. 620. 8°.

1865 Historical Collections | of | Ohio; | containing | a collec-
tion of the most interesting facts, traditions, | biographical sketches,
anecdotes, ete. | relating to its | General and Local History: | with |
Descriptions of its Counties, Cities, Towns, and Villages, | illustra-
ted by 180 engravings, | giving views of the chief towns, public
buildings, relics of antiquity, | historic localities, natural scenery,
etc. | By Henry Howe. |

Cincinnati: | Robert Clarke and Company. | 1869. | o

599 pp. 8°.

Vocabulary as in other editions, pp.590-594. Another edition: Cincinnati,
1875, £99 pp. 8°.

1866 Howison (Robert R.) A | History of Virginia, | from its | Discov-
ery and Settlement | by Europeans | to | the present time. | By |
Robert R. Howison. | Vol. I [II]. | Containing the History of the
Colony to the | Peace of Paris, in 1763. |

Philadelphia: | Carey & Hart. | 1846 [-1848]. | A.C.

2 vols.: pp. 496; 528. 8°.

A short vocabulary and specimen of the Indian language (from Smith’s Vir-
ginia), vol. 1, p. 113.

1867 Howse (Joseph). A Grammar | of the | Cree Language; | with
which is combined | An Analysis | of the | Chippeway Dialect. |
By Joseph Howse, Esq. F. R. G. 8. | and Resident twenty years in
Prince Rupert’s Land, in the | Service of the Hon. Hudson’s Bay

Co. |
London: | J. G. F. and J. Rivington, | St. Paul’s Church Yard,
and Waterloo Place, Pall Mall. | 1844. | BP.

Pp. i-xx, 1-324 8°. There is another edition with change of title only: Lon-
don, Triibner, 1865.

1868 Hubbard (Dr.) Vocabulary of the Lototen or Tutatamys (from
Dr. Hubbard’s Notes, 1856.)

In Taylor (A. S.) Indianology of California, in California Farmer, vol. 13,
No. 16, June 8, 1860.

1869 [Huggins (Eliza) and Williamson (Nancy J.)]| Dakota Text-Book. |
Waniyetu, Modoketu | iyahna | anpetu otoiyohi on | oehde wanji-
dan | wowapi wakan etanhan. | Wakantunka i oie kin tewahinda
woyute | mitawaisanpa. Job 23: 12. |

HOWE—HUMBOLDT. 361

Huggins (Eliza) and Williamson (Nancy J.)—continued.
American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street, New York. |
[1872.] C. BE.
Pp. 1-108. 32°. Reverse of title ““A verse for each day in the year. Selected
from the Holy Scriptures by Eliza W. Huggins and Nancy J. Williamson.”

1870 Humboldt (Friedrich Heinrich Alexandre Freiherr yon. Voyage |
de | Humboldt et Bonpland. | Premiére Partie, | Relation Histori-
que. | Atlas Pittoresque. |

A Paris, | Chez F. Schoell, rue des Fossés-Saint-Germain-l’Au-
xerrois, N.° 29. | 1810. |

Second litle:

Vues | des Cordilléres, | et Monumens | des Peuples Indigénes |
de PAmérique. | Par Al. de Humboldt. |

A Paris, | Chez F. Schoell, rue des Fossés-Saint-Germain-lAu-
xerrois, N.° 29, | 1810. | A.

5 p. lL, pp. i-xvi, 1-350, 1 1.; plates 1-69 on 68 sheets. folio.

Numerals, 1-13, in Azteque and Noutka, compared with Qquichua, Muysca,
Mantchou, Mongole, and Oigour, pp. 140-141. Names of the Aztec months,
cycles, days, signs of time, and calendar, pp. 132-134, 140, 144-147, 152, 160, 162,
178, 307. Fac-simile of portion of a Maya manuscript, plate 45.

Also, according to Sabin’s Dictionary: Paris. 1813. folio.

1871 ——— Vues des Cordilléres, et Monumens des Peuples Indigénes
de PAmérique. Par Al. de Humboldt.
Paris: Maze. 1815. =
2 vols. 8°. -++A Paris: A la Libraire grecque . . . 1816. 2vols. 8°. Titles
from Sabin’s Dictionary. Translated into English under the following title:
1872 ——— Researches, | concerning | the Institutions & Monu-
ments | of | the Ancient Inhabitants | of | America, | with Descrip-
tions & Views | of some of the most | striking scenes | in the |
Cordilleras! | Written in French by | Alexander de Humboldt, | &
Translated into English by | Helen Maria Williams. | Vol. I [II]. |

[Engraving.|
London: | Published by Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown,
J. Murray & H. Colburn. | 1814. | BA. C.
2 vols. 8°.

Comments on language, length of Aztec words, Aztec names of days of months,
&c., scattered throughout.

1873

Essai Politique | sur le royaume | de | la Nouvelle-
Espagne; | par Alexandre de Humboldt. | Avec un atlas | Physique
et Géographique, fondé sur des Observations Astronomiques, des
Mesures | Trigonométriques et des Nivellemens Barométriques. |
Tome Premier [Deuxiéme|. |

A Paris, | chez F. Schoell, Libraire, Rue des Fossés-Saint-Ger-
main-l Auxerrois, N°. 29. | 1811. | De ’Imprimerie de J. H. Stone. |

2 vols. folio. BA. C.

Diversité des langues, vol. 1, p.81; Numerals, 1-10, of the Mexican, Escelen,
Rumsen, and Noutka, vol. 1, p.322. Reprinted, according to Sabin: Paris, 1811.

362 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Humboldt (Friedrich Heinrich Alexandre Freiherr von)—continued.
1874 Political Essay | on the | Kingdom of New Spain. | Con-
taining | Researches relative to the Geo | graphy of Mexico, the
Extent | of its Surface and its political | Division into Intendancies,
the | physical Aspect of the Coun- | try, the Population, the State |
of Agriculture and Manufae- | turing and Commercial In- | dustry,
the Canals projected | between the South Sea and | Atlantic
Ocean, the Crown | Revenues, the Quantity of the | precious
Metals which have | flowed from Mexico into Eu- | rope and Asia,
since the Dis- [| covery of the New Continent, | and the Military
Defence of | New Spain. | By Alexander de Humboldt. | With |
Physical Sections and Maps, | founded on Astronomical Observa-
tions, aud | Trigonometrical and Barometrical | Measurements. |
Translated from the original French. | By John Black. | Vol. I
[-IV}. |
London: | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown;
and | H. Colburn: and W. Blackwood, and Brown and Crombie, |

Edinburgh. | 1811. | A.
4 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p. 138; vol. 2,
p. 346.

According to Sabin’ s Dictionary, reprinted as follows:

-+ Second edition. London. 1814. 4 vols, 8°.

+ Third edition. London. 1822. 4 vols. 8°.

+ New York: I. Riley. 1811. Vols. 1 and 2. 8°. (All published.)

1875 Versuch tiber den politischen Zustand des K6nigreichs
Neu-Spanien. .. Von Friedrich Alexander von Humboldt.
Tiibingen: J. G. Cotta. 1811 [-1814]. #

5 vols. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1876

Ensayo Politico | sobre el Reino | de | la Nueva-Espaiia, |
Por Alej. de Humboldt; | Traducido al Espanol, | Por Don Vin-
cente Gonzalez Arnao, | condos mapas. | Tomo Primero [(—Cuarto]. |

Paris, | en casa de Rosa, gran patio del palacio real, | y calle de
Montpensier, N° 5. | 1822. | AL

4 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p. 151; vol. 2,
pp. 154-155.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, reprinted as follows:

+ Paris: J. Renouard. 1827. 5-vols. 8°.

+ Tercia edicion. Paris. 1836. 5 vols. 8°.

Also an abridgement: Madrid. MDCCCXVIII. 2 vols. 8°.

1877 Essai Politique | sur le “Royaume | de la | Nouvelle-Es-
pagne, | par Alexandre de Humboldt. | Deuxiéme édition. | Tome
Premier [—Quatriéme]. | [ Anchor. ]
A Paris, | Chez Antoine-Augustin Renouard. | M DCCC oe
bee DCCC XXVII| [1825-1827]. |
4 vols. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 324-326, 352,
353; vol. 2, p. 280.

HUMBOLDT. 363 .

1878 Humboldt (Karl Wilhelm von). Uber | die Kawi-Sprache auf der
Insel Java, | nebst | einer Einleitung | iiber | die Verschiedenheit
des menschlichen Sprachbaues | und ihren Einfluss auf die geistige
Entwickelung des | Menschengeschlechts. | Von | Wilhelm von
Humboldt. | Erster [-Dritter] Band. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der kéniglichen Akademie |
der Wissenschaften. | 1836 [-1839]. | In commission bei F. Dumm-
ler. | HU. C.

3vols. 4°. Forms K6énig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem
Jahre 1832. Zweiter Theil. Berlin, 1836. 4°.
Character and Origin of the Delaware Language, pp. ceexxxii-ceexxxviii.

1879 ——— Wilhelm von Humboldt’s | gesammelte Werke. | Erster

[-Fiinfter| Band. |

Berlin, | gedruckt und verlegt bei G. Reimer. | 1841 [-1846]. | a. w.

5 vols. 8°.

Ueber die Meinung der nahen Verwandtschaft des Vaskischen mit ameri-
canischen Sprachen, vol. 2,spp. 189-194.

Ueber das Entstehen der grammatischen Formen, und ihren Einfluss auf die
Ideenentwicklung, vol. 3, pp. 269-306, containing grammatic examples in Ka-
raiben, Lule, Brasilianischen, Mexikanischen, Huasteca, Tamanaca, Mixteca, &c.

i880 —— [Grammars of the Cora and Tarahumara languages. ] a
Manuscript. Referred to, and extracts given in, Buschmann’s Spuren der
aztek Sprachen, pp. 46-50, and in Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. 3, pp. 666, 713.

1881 - - Otomitische Grammatik. *

Manuscript. 66 pp., and 10 pp. appended. 4°. 2 pp. in handwriting of Busch-
mann.

1882. ——— Otomi Grammatik. *
Manuscript. 41 1l., and 22 1]. appended. folio. An older draft.

1885 t—— Otomi Grammatik. - *
Manuscript. 39 pp. folio. Followed by notes, 20 pp. A new revision.

1884 ——— Maya Grammatik. *

Manuscript. 36 pp. folio. In Humboldt’s handwriting; 82 pp. and table in
handwriting of his secretary. To this are appended 15 pp. explanatory notes
and a list of grammatic affixes in Humboldt’s handwriting.

“1885 t—— Mixteca Grammatik. *
Manuscript. 28 pp. folio.

1886 ——— Totonaca Grammatik. *
Manuscript. 56 pp. folio. and appendix.

1887 ——— Huasteka Grammatik. *

Manuscript. 55 pp. in the handwriting of Humboldt’s secretary, and 46 pp. in
his own. folio.

1888 t—— Cora Sprache. *

Manuscript. 15 pp. folio. In the handwriting of Humboldt’s secretary.

1889 ——— A treatise intended to form an introduction to a general
treatise on American languages. *
Manuscript. 151 pp. In Humboldt’s handwriting. Contains: a. Prefatory
remarks on American languages; b. Phonetic system of the languages in general;

ce. On the grammar of the languages in general,

364 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Humboldt (Karl Wilhelm von)—continued.

1890 Onondago Grammatik von W. vy. Humboldt. *
Manuscript. 60 pp. folio. In Humboldt’s handwriting, with notes by Busch-

mann.
1891 - W. vy. Humboldt’s Massachusett’s Grammatik. *

Manuscript. 57 pp. folio. In the handwriting of Humboldt, with some notes
by Buschmann. ; ;
1892 ——— Ueber die amerikanischen Sprachen. i
Manuscript. 40 pp. folio. Auxiliary papers by Humboldt and Buschmann.
Allgemeine amerikanische Arbeiten. Untersuchungen
iiber die amerikanischen Sprachen, angefangen den 18. Mai 1826. *
Manuscript. 21 pp. folio.

1893

1894. ———— Sprachtabellen. *
Manuscript. 38 ll. folio.
1895 ———— Ueber das Verbum in den amerikanischen Sprachen. -
Manuscript. Wholly in Humboldt’s own hand; 40 pp., and 13 pp. lead-pencil
notes by? .
1896 — Ueber die amerikanischen Sprachen. e
Manuscript. 19 pp. folio. ‘Incidental papers.
1897 Ueber die amerikanischen Sprachen. Introduction. oe
Manuscript. 51 pp. folio.
1898 Muhhekaneew Grammatik. *

Manuscript. 20 pp. folio.
Above titles from Stargardt’s Cat., 185, Amerika und Orient.

1899 Hunfalvy (Paul). A | Dakota Nyelov | Hunfalvy Paltoil. | Kii-

lénnyomat am. acad. Ertesitobél.

Pesten. | Nyomatott Landerer és heckenastnal. | 1856. | S.
Pp, 1-68. 8°. Extract from the Bulletins of the Hungarian Academy.

1900 [Hunter (Rev. James).] Oo Meyoo Abchemowin | S. Matthew. |
London: | Church Missionary House, | Salisbury Square. |

1853. | JWP.
Title, reverse blank, 1 1., pp. 1-148. 12°. Gospel of St. Matthew in the Cree
language.
1901 Oo | Meyo Achimoowin | St. Matthew. | The Gospel | ac- -

cording to | St. Matthew; | translated into the language of the |
Cree Indians, | of the Diocese of Rupert’s Land, | North-west
America, | by | the Venerable James Huni2r, D. D., | late Arch-
deacon of Cumberland, Rupert’s Land. |
London: | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. |
1877. | JWP.
2 p.1L., pp. 1-136 16°. oe
Oo | Meyo Achimoowin | St. Mark. | The Gospel | accord-
ing to | St. Mark; | translated into the language of the | Cree In-
dians, | of the Diocese of Rupert’s Land, | North-west America. |
London: | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. |
1855. | C. TWP. ~
2p. l., pp. 1-87. 16°.

1902

HUMBOLDT—HUNTER. 365

Hunter (Kev. James)—continued.

1903 Oo | Meyo Achimoowin | St. Mark. | The Gospel | accord-
ing to | St. Mark; | translated into the language of the | Cree In-
dians, | of the Diocese of Rupert’s Land, | North-west America, |
by | the Venerable James Hunter, M. A., | late Archdeacon of
Cumberland, Rupert’s Land. |

London: | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. |
1876. | JWP.
Pp. 1-90. 16°.

Oo | Meyo Achimoowin | St. John. | The Gospel | accord-
ing to | St. John; | translated into the language of the | Cree In-
dians, | of the Diocese of Rupert’s Land, | North-west America. |

London: | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. |
1855. | ABS. JWP.

Pp. i-iv, 1-108. 16°.
Oo | Meyo Achimoowin | St. John. | The Gospel | accord-
ing to | St. John; | translated into the language of the | Cree In-
dians, | of the diocese of Rupert’s Land, | North-west America, |
by | the Venerable James Hunter, D. D., | late Archdeacon of
Camberland, Rupert’s Land. |

London: | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. |
1876. | JWP.

Pp. 1-126. 16°.

Hunter (Mrs.) Nistum oo Mamowe Mussindhumakawin John. The First
Epistle General of John, pp. 111-121.

1904

1905

1906 Liturgy of the Church of England in the Cree Tanguase:
Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. 1854.
In Roman characters. Title from Bagster’s Bible of Every Land.

1907 Oo Tapwatumoowin | mena | Oo Tipetotumoowin | Oota-

yumehaw. | The Faith and Duty | of | a Christian, | translated into
the language of the | Cree Indians, | of the Diocese of Rupert’s
Land,North-west America. |
Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, |
Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s Inn Fields. | 1855. | JWP.
Pp. i-iv, 5-54, 12°.

1908

Ayumehawe Mussinahikun. | The Book | of | Common
Prayer, | and Administration of | the Sacraments, | and other
Rites and Ceremozsenof the Church, | according to the use of the |
United Church of England and Ireland. | Translated into the lan-
guage of the | Cree Indians, | of the Diocese of Rupert’s Land, |
North-west America. |

Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, |
Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s Inn Fields. | 1855. | JWP. GB

Pp. i-iv, 1-274. 12°.

A selection of Hymns, pp. 249-274.

366 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hunter (Rev. James)—continued.

1909 Portions of | the Book | of | Common Prayer | according to
the use of the | United Church of England and Ireland | in the
‘Language of the | Cree Indians, | of the Diocese of Rupert's
Land. | (Transmuted into the Phonetic Syllabic Symbols.) | Pub-
lished under the Sanction and Superintendence | of the | Right
Rey. David, Lord Bishop of Rupert’s Land. | Specially designed as
an aid to the | Family and Private Devotion of the Indians, while
at | a distance from the Public Means of Grace. |

London: Church Missionary House, | Salisbury Square. | 1856. |
Lithographed by J. J. Netherclift, Sen., 100, St. Martin’s Lane. |

2 poll, pp. i-vili, 1-52. 8°. GB.

The Jotroductory Observations and appended diagrams supply a key to the
‘*Phouetie Syllabie Symbols” of the text.

1910 ——~ [One line syllabie characters.| The Book | of | Common
Prayer, | and Administration of | the Sacraments, | and other
Rites and Ceremouies of the Church, | according to the use of the |
United Church of England and Ireland. | Translated in the Lan-
guage of the | Cree Indians | of the Diocese of Rupert’s Land,
North-west America. |

London: | Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian
Knowledge, | Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s Inn Fields. | 1860. | GB
2p. lL, pp. 1-190. 12°. In sylabic characters.

Ayumehawe Mussinahikun, | mena | Ka Isse Makinane-

wikee | Kunache Kéche Issétwawina, | mena | ateét kotuka issét-

wawina ayumehawinik, | ka isse aputchétanewikee | akayasewe
wyunehawinik: | ussitehe | David oo Nikumoona, | ka isse niku-
moonanewtkee apo ka isse ayumetanewtkee | ayumehawekumi-
kook. | A isse Mussinahik naheyowe isse keeswa- | winik, akaya-
sewe mussinahikunik Oche, | the Ven. Archdeacon Hunter, D.D., |
(Late Archdeacon of Cumberland, Rupert’s Land), | Vicar of St.
Matthew, Bayswater, London. |
Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, |

1911

Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn Fields. | 1877. | JWP.
2p. lL., pp. 1-739. 12°. Book of Common Prayer in the Cree language. Psalms,
pp. 469-739.

Literal translation.—The prayer book | and | for the administration | of the
holy great feasts | and | those other rites of prayer | which are therein | also Da-
vid’s Psalms | which are to be sung or to be said | in the church. |

1912 ——— A Lecture | on the | Grammatical Construction | of | the
Cree Language, | delivered by | the Ven. Archdeacon Hunter,
M. A.| (Late Archdeacon of Cumberland, Rupert’s Land, and
now | Vicar of St. Matthew’s, Bayswater, W.), | before the | Insti-
tute of Rupert’s Land, | at the | Court House, Fort Garry, Red
River Settlement; | On the 2nd April, 1862. | The Right Reverend |
the Lord Bishop of Rupert’s Land, | President of the Institute, in
the Chair. | Also | Paradigms of the Cree Verb, | with its | vari-
ous Conjugations, Moods, Tenses, Inflections, Se. |

HUNTER. 367

Hunter (fev. James)—continued.
London: | Printed for the Society for Promoting Christian Knowl-
edge, | Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn Fields. | 1875. | IWP.
2p. ll, pp. 1-267. royal 8°.
Lecture, pp.1-14; Paradigms of the Cree verb, with its various conjuga-
tions, moods, tenses, inflections, &¢., pp. 15-267.

1913 Hunter (Mrs. James). Nistum | oo Mamowe Mussinaé Humakawin |
John. | The First Epistle General | of | John; | translated into the
Language of the | Cree Indians, | of the Diocese of Rupert’s
Land, North-west America. | By Mrs. Hunter. |

London: | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. |
1855. | JWP. ABS.
Pp. 1-18. 16°. In the Cree language.

1914

[Three lines syllabic characters.] The First Epistle General |
of | John, | Translated by | Mrs. Hunter | into the | Language of
the Crees. | Transmuted into the Phonetic Syllabic Symbols | of
the | Indians of Rupert’s Land, North West America, | under the |
Superintendence of the | Right Rey. David | Lord Bishop of Ru-
pert’s Land. |

[London: Church Missionary House. 1856.] GB.

1p.1., pp. 1-13. 8°.

1915 Nistum oo Mamowe Mussinahumakawin John. The First
Kpistle General of John. [In the Cree language. |

In Hunter (fev. J.) Oo Meyo x» « St. John, pp. 111-126. London, 1876. 16°.

1916

Kukwachétoowe | Mussinahikun. | A Catechism | for the |
Cree Indians of Rupert’s Land | (North-west America), | by | Mrs.
Hunter. |
London: | Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian
Knowledge, | Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn Fields. | 1874. |
Pp. 1-8. 12°. JWP.

1917 Hunter (John Dunn). Manners and Customs | of | Several Indian
Tribes | Located West of the Mississippi; | Including some account
of the Soil, Climate and Vegetable | Productions, and the Indian Ma-
teria Medica: to which is | prefixed the History of the Author’s
Life during a-resi- | dence of several years among them. | By John
D. Hunter. |

Philadelphia: | Printed and Published for the Author, | by J.
Maxwell, | 8S. E. Corner of Fourth and Walnut Streets. | 1823. | o.

Pp. i-ix, 11-402. 8°.

List of remedies used by the Indians; in the Osage (?) language, with Eng-
lish signification, pp. 369-394.

1918 Memoirs | of a| Captivity | among | the Indians | of |
North America, | from childhood to the age of nineteen: | with |

anecdotes descriptive of | their Manners and Customs. | To which

368 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hunter (John Dunn)—continued.
is added, | some account of the | Soil, Climate, and Vegetable Pro-
ductions | of the Territory westward of the Mississippi. | By John
D. Hunter. |
London: | Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and
Brown, | Paternoster-Row. | 1823. | BA. C. LSH.
Pp. i-ix, 1-447. 8°. List of remedies, &c., pp. 402-427.

1919

Memoirs | of a| Captivity | among | the Indians | of |
North America, | from childhood to the age of nineteen: | with |
anecdotes descriptive of | their Manners and Customs. | To which
is added, | some account of the | Soil, Climate, and Vegetable Pro-
ductions | of the Territory westward of the Mississippi. | By John
D. Hunter. | A new edition, with portrait. |

London: | Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown,
and Green, | Paternoster-Row. | 1823. | T.

Pp. i-ix, 1-447. 6°.

1920

Memoirs of a captivity among the Indians of North
America, from Childhood to the Age of Nineteen; with Anecdotes
Descriptive of their Manners and Customs. ... By John D. Hunter.
The Third Edition, with Additions.

London: Longman & Co. 1824. *

xi, 468 pp. 8°. Title from Menzie’s Sale Catalogue.

1921 Der | Gefangene unter den Wilden | in | Nord-Amerika; |
nach J.D. Hunter’s Denkwiirdigkeiten | seines | Aufenthalts unter
denselben und seiner Schilderung | des Charakters und der Sitten
der westlich | vom Mississippi wohnen Stimme, | herausgege-
ben | von | W. A. Lindau. | Erster [—Dritter] Theil. |
Dresden, bei P. G. Hilscher. | 1824. | C.
3 vols. 16°. List of medicines, &c., vol. 3, pp. 90-119.

1922 Minnesteckningar rérande an fangenskap bland Indianerna
i Nord-Amerika, ifriin barndomen till nitton drs alder. .
Mariefred, Collin et Comp., 1826. i

320 pp., L]. 8°. Swedish translation of Hunter’s interesting narrative.—Leclere,
1878, No. 2548.

1923 Huntington (Dimmick B.) A few words | in the | Utah and Sho-
sho-ne | dialects, | alphabetically arranged: | Collected by D. B.
Huntington. | Second edition—revised and enlarged. |

Printed by W. Richards, | G. 8. L. City, U. T., | 1854. | Yc.
Pp. 1-36. 16°. Utah, 1-25; Shoshone, 26-36.

1924

Vocabulary | of the | Utah and Sho-sho-ne | or Snake |

Dialects, | with Indian Legends and Traditions. | Including a Brief
Account of | the Life and Death of Wahker, | the Indian Land
Pirate, | By | D. B. Huntington, | Indian Interpreter. | Third Edi-
tion—Revised and Enlarged. |

HUNTER—HYDE. 369

Huntington (Dimmick B.)—continued.

Salt Lake City: | Printed at the Salt Lake Herald Office: | 1872. |
Pp. 1-32. 16°. JWP.
Utah Vocabulary, pp. 5-16; Shoshone Vocabulary, pp. 17-32.

1925 Hurlburt (Rev. Thomas). A Memoir on the Inflections of the Chip-
pewa Tongue.

In Schooleraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 385-396. Philadelphia,
1854. 49.

1926

On the Structure of the Indian Languages.
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., first Ann. Sess., pp. 26-27. New York, 1870. 8°.

, editor. Petaubun. | Peep of Day. | Vol. 1. Sarnia, C.
W., August, 1861. No. 7. | [Vol. 2. August, 1862, No. 8.] Ss.

4°. The above are the first and last numbers I have seen of this paper. Itis
a quarto of four pages, printed three pages in Chippewa, the fourth in English,
and issued monthly. I presume it began in January, 1861, but whether it still
continues I do not know.

The colophon is: ‘‘Printed and Published by Rev. Thomas Hurlburt,” and
he is frequently addressed, in communications by contributors, as editor.

See Iu Pitabvn.

1927

1928 Huron. Huron Manuscript. *
“There also exists a small volume, comprising extracts from the Gospels, in-
structions, a treatise on the existence of God, another on religion, and some.
addresses to deputations, in some cases with a French or Latin version.” — Hist.
Mag., vol. 2, p. 197.
1929 Husband (Bruce). Vocabulary of the Sioux.

Manuscript. 6 II. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at
Fort Laramie, 1849.

1930 Hutchings (James M.) Scenes | of | Wonder and Curiosity | in |
California. | Mlustrated with over one hundred engravings. | A
Tourist’s Guide | to the | Yo-semite Valley, | The Big Tree Groves,
[&c., six lines]. | By J. M. Hutchings | (of Yo-semite). |

New York and San Francisco: | A. Roman and Company, Pub-
lishers. | 1870. | BA.C.

Pp. 1-292. 8°,

Aboriginal names of water-falls and mountains in the Yo-semite Valley, with
English signification, p. 169.

There are earlier editions, one dated 1861, one no date, and, perhaps others,
none of which I think contain the list of names with meanings.

1931 Hyde (Jabez B.) Kianasa, | nana nonedowaga | Neuwenuda. | In-
dian Hymns, | in the | Seneca Language; | By Jabez B. Hyde. |

Buffalo: | Printed by H. A. Salisbury, | 1818. | WE.

Pp. 1-19, alternate Seneca and English. 16°.

Hymns, pp. 2-11; John, Chap. iii, pp. 10-17; Lord’s Prayer, pp. 18-19; Al-
phabet, p. 20.

1932 —— Kianasa, | nana nonedowaga | Neuwentida. | Hymns, | in

the | Seneca Language; | By Jabez B. Hyde. |
Buffalo: | Printed by H. A. Salisbury. | 1819. | V. AAS.

Pp. 1-40, alternate Seneca and English. 16°.
24 Bib

370 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hyde (Jabez B.)—continued.
1933 Christ?s Sermon on the Mount: In the Seneca Tongue.

New York: American Bible Society. 1829. *

18°. Not seen; title from O’Callaghan’s Bibles.

Mr. [ J. B. ] Hyde has finished a new edition of a Spelling Book in the
Seneca language, and is about publishing in the same language Christ’s Sermon
on the Mount, and the first six chapters of the Gospel of the Evangelist John.
The Seneca Hymns which he formerly published have been found highly useful
in the tribe. Indeed the great test of renouncing Paganism and becoming a
candidate for Christian instruction is tho use of these Hymns.—Ann. Rep. New
York Miss. Soc., April, 1820, p. 40.

1934 Hymns. Hymns | in the | Ojibway | Language: |
Published by | Alonzo Barnard, | Omena, Mich. | [n.d.] Jwpe.
11., pp. 1-20, 11. 32°.

1935 ——— [Hymns in the Abnaki Language.] JWP.

4 unnumbered ll. printed on one side only. 12°.

1936 I will give liberally. | By the Rev. William Nevins, D. D. | Na
Yukpa Hosh Nana Ka Bohli Lashke. |
[Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Mission Press, John Candy and

John F. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.| BA.
Pp. 1-16. 12°.
1937 Imgerutit. Imgerutit | attorekset | illageéktunnut | Labrador-
emétunnut. |
Lebaume, | J. A. Duroldtib Nenilauktangit. | [1840?] GB.

Pp. i-xii, 1-340. 16°. A collection of hymns, in the dialect of Labrador.

1938 Ingerutit attoraeksat illagéktunut Labrador-emétunut. *

410 pp. 8°. Hymn book for the Moravian communities of Labrador. Title
from a Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink.

1939 Indian. Indian Prayer Book, compiled and arranged for the bene-
fit of the Penobscot and Passamaquoddy Tribes. Printed by order
of the Rt. Rev. B. Fenwick.

Boston, 1834. *
18°. Title from the Finotti Sale Cat.

1940

Indian Treaties, | and | Laws and Regulations | relating
to Indian Affairs: | to which is added | an Appendix, | containing
the Proceedings of the Old Congress, and other | important State
Papers, in relation to Indian Affairs. | Compiled and Published
under Orders of the Department of War of | the 9th February and
6th October, 1825. |

Washington City: | Way & Gideon, Printers. | 1826. | *

Xx, 529 pp. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from copy in his possession.

HYDE—INSTITUTO. 371

Indian—continued.
Contains numerous lists of names of the Indian chiefs, many of which are ac-
companied by the English signification in full, in the following languages:

Delaware, p.7, Maha, pp. 283-286,

Six Nations, pp. 11-12, Toway, p. 287,

Seneca, pp. 39-40, Kanzas, pp. 290, 294,

Ottawa, Chippewa, Wyandot, Shawa- Winnebago, pp. 295-296,
nee, pp. 62-63, Menomenee, p. 296,

Chippewa, Ottawa, Pattawatime, Wy- Ottoe, pp. 298-299, 301,
andot, Delaware, Shawanee, Seneka, Poncara, pp. 302, 305,
Miami, Kickapoo, pp. 68-70, 76-81, Quapaw, p. 308,

94-96, 102-103, Pawnee, pp. 317-320, 323,
Wea and Kickapoo, p. 83, Yancton, Teton, pp. 338-339,
Peoria, Kaskaskia, Mitchigamia, Ca- Sioune and Ogallala, pp. 341-342,
hokia, Tamarois, p. 105, Chayenne, p. 345.
Cherokee, pp. 114-115, 119-120, 122, Hunkpapa (Sioux), p. 348,
125-126, 130, Ricara, p. 350,
Creek, pp. 193-194, Mandan, pp. 353-354,
Piankeshaw, p. 228, Minnetaree, pp. 356-357,
Sac and Fox, pp. 234-237, 239, 242, Crow, pp. 359-360,
Great and Little Osage, pp. 249-252, Sioux, Winnebago, Menominie, Chip-
257, pewa, Ottawa, Pottawatomie, Sac,
Wea, pp. 261-262, Fox, Ioway, pp. 367-370,
Kickapoo, p. 264, Great and Little Osage, pp. 418-419,
Teeton, p. 277, Kanzas, p. 421,
Sioux, pp. 278-281, Cherokee alphabet, with the names of
Yancton, p. 282, the letters, p. 485.

1941 Indrenius (Andreus Abraham). Specimen Academicum | De |
Esquimaux, | Gente | Americana, | Quod | In Regio Fennorum
Lyceo, | Consent. Ampliss. Facult. Philos. | Sub Umbone | Viri
Ampliss. atque Celeberrimi | Dn. Petri Kalm, | Oeconom. Profess.
Reg. & Ord. item | Reg. Scient. Acad. Holm. Membri, | Placid
eruditorum discussioni submittitur | Ab | Andrea Abrahami Indre-
nio, | Tavast. | ad Diem XIX. Junii, Anni currentis MDCCLVI
[1756]. | Loco horisque consvetis. |

Aboae, Impressit Direct. & Typogr. Reg. Magn. Due. | Finland.
Jacob Merckell. | JCB.

1 p.1., pp. 1-24. sm. 4°.

Vocabula Esquimatica, 100 words, pp. 23-24.

1942 Inin | tibajimouinun | gaozhibiumagouajin | igin abinojiug | inin |
kekinoamagenijin. |
Oberlin: | 1849. | ze
Tales for children, in Ojibwa, by their teacher. For the above title I am
indebted to Rev. J. A. Gilfillan, a missionary to the Ojibwas, who says ‘‘Tt is a
collection of tales in the purest and most idiomatic Ojibway. Translator to me
unknown, but, I think, Mr. Blatchford.”

Instituto Nacional de Geografia Estadistica de la Republica
Mexicana.
See Sociedad de Geografia * * Mexicana.

372 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

1943 Instructions. Instructions | en | Langue Crise | sur | toute la Doc-
trine Catholique | par | un Missionnaire Oblat dela Saskatchewan |
[Two lines French and two lines Cree quotation.]

St. Boniface: | Imprimerie du Journal Le Metis | Anno Domini

1875. | C.

Pp. 1-505, i-iv. 16°.
1944 Instructions on religious subjects by an anonymous author
of the beginning of the 17th century. *

Manuscript. 23 11. 4°. In the Mexican language.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

1945 Interpretation of Indian Names of Places, &c. By a Missionary to

the Odjibwas.
In Maryland Hist. Soc., Supp. to Fund Pub., No. 7, pp. 40-44. 1877. 8°.
An attempt to give the signification of various Indian names of geographic
features in Maryland.
1946 Invention of the Cherokee Alphabet.
In Missionary Herald, vol. 24, pp. 330-332. Boston, n.d. 8°.
Contains the Lord’s Prayer in Cherokee, with literal translation. —

1947 Ir | Mishiniigin. | Eku omeru | tshe apatstats ishkuamishkornuts,
uiapo- | kornuts, uashaornuts, ekuandfornuts, | mashkuarornuts,
shikotinniornuts | kie piokuakamiornuts. | [Cross.]

Moniants [Montreal]: | Akonikano nte etat Louis Perrault. |
1852. | Vv.
Pp. 1-168. 12°. Mass, pp. 1-21; Songs for Mass, pp. 21-44; Hymns, pp. 44-150;
Litanies, pp. 151-155; Prayers, pp. 155-163 ; Table, pp. 165-168. Probably by Pére
Flavien Durocher. In Algonkin.
1948 Iragorri (P. Juan Francisco). Vocabularios y Dialogos megicanos.
Mannscript. 4°. In the library of the University of Mexico.—Beristain. *
See Fragorri (P. Juan), No. 1322.
1949 Iriondo (Fr. José). Exposicion del Simbolo de S. Atanasio en
Idioma Kachiquel. *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.
Irvin (Rev. 8. M.)
See Hamilton (Rev. W.) and Irvin (Rev. 8. M.)

1950 Isbester (J. A.) OnaShort Vocabulary of the Loucheux Language.
By J. A. Isbester.

In Philolog. Soc. [of Lordon], Proc., vol. 4, pp. 184-185. London, 1850. 8°.
Vocabulary (35 words) of the Loucheux, to which is added for comparison a
few words (14) of the Kenay, p. 185.

1951 Iu Pitaben; | gema gaie | Okikinoamaguziuiniua | igiuabinojivg. |
The Peep of Day; | or | a series of the | Harliest Religious Instruc-
tion | the infant mind | is capable of receiving. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by T. R. Marvin. | 1844. | BA. S.
Pp. i-viii, 1-144. 12°. In the Ojibwa language.
See Hurlburt (ev. T.)
1952 Ivangkiliunik isumasittit sapatine nagdlitssivingnilo atugagssat. *
2 parts, 224 pp. 8°. Sermons for Sundays and holy-days. Title froma Green-
land missionary, through Prof. Rink.

INSTRUCTIONS—JAMES. 373

1953 [Jacker (Kev. Edward).] The Red Man gauged by his speech.
In Am. Catholic Quarterly Review, April, 1877, pp. 304-324. 8°.
Review of Lacombe’s Dictionnaire de la Langue des Cris, and the same

author’s Grammaire de la Langue des Cris. Contains many Algonkin terms, ex-
amples, &c.

1954 Jacker (Francis). Nawagijig’s Story; in the Ojibwa language.
In Mallery (G.) Sign Language among the North American Indians, in
Bureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Rept., pp. 518-520. Washington, 1881. 8°
Mr. Jacker contributed to this report a story in signs and appended the oral
part of it in Ojibwa, with English translation.

1955 Jackson (George W.) Vocabulary of the Wintoon Language. 8,

Manuscript. In possession of Mr. H. H. Bancroft, of San Francisco, Cal.
Partly printed in Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. 3, p. 641.

Jacobs (fev. Peter).
See O’Meara (fev. James D.) and Jacobs (Rev. P.)

1956 Jacobs (Sarah 8.) Nonantum and Natick. | By | Sarah S. Jacobs. |
Written for the Massachusetts Sabbath School Society | [&c.]
Boston: | Massachusetts Sabbath School Society. | Depository
13 Cornhill. | 1853. | C.
Pp. 1-336. 12°.
A few specimens from Eliot’s Indian Bible, pp. 177, 180. A list of names of
tribes, persons, places, &c., many of them with English signification, pp. 333-336.
Reissued with the following title:

The | White Oak and its Neighbors. | By Sarah 8. Jacobs. |
[Engraving.| | Written for the Massachusetts Sabbath School So-
ciety, and revised by the Committee | of Publication. |

Boston: | Massachusetts Sabbath School Society. | Depository,
13 Cornhill. | [n. d.}

336 pp. 12°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

1958 James (Edwin). Account | of | an Expedition | from | Pittsburgh
to the Rocky Mountains, | performed in the years 1819 and 720, |
by order of | The Hon. J. C. Calhoun, Sec’y of War: | under the
command of | Major Stephen H. Long. | From the notes of Major
Long, Mr. T. Say, and other Gen- | tlemen of the Exploring Party. |
Compiled | by Edwin James, | Botanist and Geologist for the Hx-
pedition. | In two vols.—With an atlas. | Vol. I [IT]. |

Philadelphia: | H.C.Carey and I. Lea, Chestnut St. | 1823. | BA. 0.

2 vols. 8°. atlas, 4°.

Brief references to the languages of the Otoes, Missouries, and Ioways, vol. 1,
pp. 342-343; Indian language of signs, pp. 378-394,

Long (Maj. 8. H.) Vocabularies of various Indian languages, vol. 2, pp. xxxvi-
Ixxxviii.

Say (T.) Vocabularies of Indian languages, vol. 2, pp. lxix—Lxxviii.

1957

374 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

James (Edwin)—continued.

The account of Major Long’s Expedition of 1819~20 was reprinted with title-
page, essentially the same as above: London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and
Brown: 1823, 3 vols. 8°; the Language of Signs occupying vol. J, pp. 271-258;
the remarks on imate vol. 2, pp. 65-66; the vocabularies are not given.

1959 ——— A | Narrative | of | the Captivity and Adventures | of |
Jobn Tanner, | (U. S. Interpreter at the Saut de Ste. Marie,) |
during | thirty years residence among the Indians | in the | inte-
rior of North America. | Prepared for the press | by Edwin James,
M. D. | Editor of An Account of Major Long’s Expedition from
Pittsburgh | to the Rocky Mountains. |

New York: | G. & C. & H. Carvill, 108 Broadway. | 1830. |

Pp. 1-426. 8°.

“Catalogue of Plants and Animals found in the country of the Ojibbeways,
with English names as far as these could be ascertained,” pp. 294-312; Minerals,

. 312.
? “Catalogue of totems among the Ottawwaws and Ojibbeways, with the name
of some to whom they belong,” pp. 314-316; List of moons in Ottawwaw and
Menomonee, p. 321; List of Stars, pp. 321-322.
Comparison of numerals, 1-10, in the following languages, pp. 324-333:

BA.

Oto (from Say), Nousaghauset,

Konza, Sourikwosiorum (from De Laet),
Omawhaw, Canadenses (from Lescarbot),
Yauktong, Saukikani (from De Laet),

Dahkotah. of Upper Mississippi, Algonkin (from J. Long),

Minnetahse, Chippeway (from J. Long),

Pawnee, New Stockbridge (from Kao-no-mut, a
Choktaw, woman who had been living on Fox
Ojibbeway, River, 1827),

Muskwake, Mohegan,

Minsi (from Heckewelder),
Algonkin (from Heckewelder),
Delaware (from Heckewelder),

Monsee (from an Indian at Buffaloe),
Naudoway (from Tanner),
Seneca (from an Indian at Buffaloe,

Mahnomonie, 1827),
Cree (from Say), Potiwattomie (from an Indian at De-
Winnebago, troit, 1827),

Adage (from Duponceau),

Muskogee (from Adair),

Choktah and Chickasah (from Adair),

Cherokee (from Adair),

~ Quaddies (Maine) (from Duponceau),

Quawpaw (from Duponceau manu-
script),

Penobscot (from Duponceau manu-
script),

Miami (from Duponceau manuscript),

Shawnese (from Duponceau manu-
script),

Unachog
script),

Natick (from Eliot’s Bible),

(from Duponceau manu-

Ottawwaw (from Tanner),

Chippewyan (from a German inter-
preter),

Chippewyan (from M’Kenzie),

Chippewyan (from a woman, a native
of Churchill),

Cree (from M’Kenzie),

Algonkin (from M’Kenzie),

Chippewyan (from a Chippewyan),

Winnebago (from a Winnebago),

Cree (from a native),

Mahnesheet (Slow Tongues, residing
on the St. Johns, N. B., from a na_
tive).

Chapter 3. Music and poetry of the Indians, including songs, &c., pp. 334-381.
Chapter 4. Languages of the North American Indians, pp. 382-426, includes
“Comparison of words and sentences in the dialect of the Ottawwaws, and Me-

©

JAMES. 375

James (Edwin)—continued.

nomonies,” pp. 392-398 ; ‘‘Ojibbeway words and phrases,” pp. 399-411; ‘‘Conju-
gation of a verb” [To tie], pp. 419-417; ‘‘Lord’s Prayer in Ojibbeway,” p. 418;
‘Comparison of the language of Eliot’s version of the Bible, with some of the
dialects of the present day,” pp. 419-420; ‘‘ Comparison of the language of some
versions of the Bible with the Ottawwaw of the present time,” pp. 421-422;
‘Comparison of a Greek sentence with the dialect of the Ottawwaw,” p. 423;
“First chapter of Genesis translated into the Ojibbeway language,” pp. 424-426.

1960 A | Narrative | of | the Captivity and Adventures | of |
John Tanner, | (U. S. Interpreter at the Saut de Ste. Marie,) |
during | thirty years residence among the Indians | in the | Interior
of North America. | Prepared for the Press | By Edwin James, M.
D. | Editor of an Account of Major Long’s Expedition from Pitts-
burgh | to the Rocky Mountains. |

London: | Baldwin & Cradock, Paternoster Row. | Thomas
Ward, 84 High Holborn. | 1830. | A. T.
426 pp. 8°. portrait. The American edition with a new title-page only.

1961

John Tanner’s Denkwiirdigkeiten iiber seinen dreissigjihri-
gen Aufenthalt unter den Indianern Nord-Amerika’s. Aus dem
Englischen tibersetzt von Karl Andre.

Leipzig: Engelmann. 1840. ts
344 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.
1962 t—— Mémoires de John Tanner, ou Trente Années dans les dé-
serts de PAmérique du Nord.
Paris: 1855. ®

2vols. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

1963

Chippewa First Lessons | in | Spelling and Reading. | By
Edwin James, M. D. |
Boston: | Published by the Baptist Board of Missions. | 1832. |
Pp. 1-16. 12°. ABC.
Grammar, pp. 12-16, contains Outlines of the Paradigm of a Chippewa
verb—Nenodandum, I hear.
For an earlier edition, see Bingham (A.)

1964 Outlines of the Paradigma on the Chippewa vocabulary.
Albany. [n. d.] a
Folio. Title from Ludewig.

1965 ——— Kekitchemanitomenahn | Gahbemahjeinnunk | Jesus

Christ, | otoashke | Wawweendummahgawin. |

Albany: | Packard and Van Benthuysen, Printers. | 1833. |

Pp. 1-484. 12° C. MHS. ABS.

New Testament in the Chippewa language. This is the first Chippewa ver-
sion of the whole of the New Testament. It was made by Dr. James with the
help of John Tanner.

See Blatchford (H.), for later editions.

376 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

James (Hd win)—continued.
1966 [Review of] A Grammar of the Language of the Lenni
Lenape or Delaware Indians, by Zeisberger. tS
In American Quarterly Review, vol. 3, pp. 391-422. Philadelphia, 1828. 8°.
With the heading ‘‘Indian language and condition.” Contains grammatic
examples of the Delaware, &c.—Eames.

1967 Essay on the Chippewa Language; Read before the Amer-
ican Lyceum, at the third annual meeting, in the City of New York,
May 3rd, 1833.

In Chronicles of North American Savages, No. 5, pp. 73-80. Sept., 1835. 8°.

1968 Janssen (Carl Emil). Kalatdlit Inuvdluar-Kugamigit 1857.
Nungme. 1858. *

27 pp. 8°. Printed at Godthaab on the first printing-press sent to Greenland,
in the summer of 1857.—Sabin’s Dictionary.

1969 Silamiut ingerdlausianik,. .. C. E. Janssen.
Copenhagen, 1861. *
136 pp. 8°. History of the world in Eskimo.—Rink.

1970 Elementarbog | i | Eskimoernes Sprog | til Brug for | Eu-

ropeerne ved Colonierne i Grgnland. | Ved | C. BE. Janssen. |
Kj¢benhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 1862. | JWP.

Pp. 1-92, 1 1., index. 12°. In the Eskimo language of Greenland.

1971

Hlementarbog i Eskimoernes sprog til brug for Europae-
erne ved colonierne i Grénland.
Kjébenhavn. 1869. o
Not seen; title from Steiger’s Bib. Glot., I.

1972 Jarvis (Samuel Farmar). A discourse on the Religion of the In-
dian Tribes of North America: delivered before the New York His-
torical Society, December 20, 1819. By Samuel Farmar Jarvis,
1D IDS AWA Sh

In New York Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 3, pp. 181-268. New York, 1821. 8°.

A few Delaware and Iroquois words of the Onondago dialect (from Zeisber-
ger), p. 229; Numerals, 1-10, of the Onondago dialect of the Iroquois (from
Zeisberger), of the Lenapé or Delaware (from Zeisberger), and the Cherokee,
Chickesaw and Choctaw, and Creek or Muskoghee (from Adair), p. 230; Gram-
matical forms of the Onondago and Lenapé compared with the Hebrew, pp. 231-
232; Example of a noun in the Lenapé with the inseparable pronouns (from
Heckewelder), p.233; Example of the verb ‘To love” in the Lenapé and Iro-
quois compared with the Hebrew, pp. 234-288; Example of the personal forms
in Delaware and Hebrew, pp. 239-245.

Issued, also, as follows:

1973

A. | Discourse | on the | Religion of the Indian Tribes |
of | North America. | Delivered before | the New-York Historical
Society, | December 20, 1819. | By Samuel Farmar Jarvis, | D. D.
A. A.S. | [Four lines quotation. ]

JAMES—JEFFERYS. 377

Jarvis (Samuel Farmar)—continued.
New-York: | Published by C. Wiley & Co. 3 Wall Street. | C.
S. Van Winkle, Printer. | 1820. | WE. BP. C. BA.
Pp. 1-111. 8°.
Reviewed by Pickering (J.), in the North American Review, vol. 11, pp. 103-
113. Boston, 1820, 8°.

1974 Jean (Pére). [Aléoute Catechism.] *

Father Jean has joined to his translation of the Catechism some observations
upon the language of the Aléouts.—Lutke, vol. 1, p. 236.

1975 Jefferson (Thomas). Fragments of a Comparative Vocabulary of
several Indian Languages. *
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society.

1976

Vocabulary of the Unquachog. me
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society.

1977 Jefferys (Thomas). The Natural and Civil | History | of the | French
Dominions | in | North and South America. | Giving a particular
Account of the | Climate, | Soil, | Minerals, | Animals, | Vegeta-
bles, | Manufactures, | Trade, | Commerce, | and | Languages, | to-
gether with | the Religion, Government, Genius, Character, Man-
ners and | Customs of the Indians and other Inhabitants. | Ilus-
trated by | Maps and Plans of principal Places. | Collected from the
best authorities, and engraved by | T. Jefferys, Geographer to his
Royal Highness the Prince of Wales. | Part I. Containing | A De-
scription of Canada and Louisiana. | [Part IJ. Containing | Part of
the Islands of St. Domingo and St. Martin, | The Islands of | St.
Bartholomew, Guadaloupe, Martinico, La Grenade, | and | The
Island and Colony of Cayenne.| |

London, | Printed for Thomas Jefferys at Charing Cross. | MDC-
CLX [1760]. | C.

Part 1: 4 p.1L,168 pp.; Part 2: 2 p.l., 246 pp. folio. maps.

Of the origin, languages * * * of the different Indian nations inhabiting

Canada [Eskimanx, Sioux, Assiniboels, Algonkins, Roundheads, Saltuers, Mal-
hommes, Hurons], part 1, pp. 42-97.

1978

The Natural and Civil | History | of the | French Domin-
ions | in | North and South America. | With an Historical Detail
of the Acquisitions and Conquests made by the | British Arms in
those Parts. | Giving a particular Account of the | Climate, | Soil, |
Minerals, | Animals, | Vegetables, | Manufactures, | Trade, | Com-
merce | and | Languages. | Together with | the Religion, Govern-
ment, Genius, Character, Manners and | Customs of the Indians
and other Inhabitants. | Illustrated by | Maps and Plans of the
principal Places, | Collected from the best Authorities, and en-
graved by | T. Jefferys, Geographer to his Majesty. | Part I. Con-
taining | A Description of Canada and Louisiana. | [Part I.]

378 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Jefferys (Thomas)—continued.
London: | Printed for T. Jefferys, at Charing-Cross; W. Johns-
ton, in Ludgate-street; J. Richardson | in Pater-noster-Row; and
B. Law and Co. in Ave-Mary-Lane. | MDCCLXI [1761]. | C.
Part 1: 4p.1l.,168pp. maps; Part2: 2 p.11.,246 pp. folio. maps. Contents as
in edition of 1760.
1979 Jenks (William). Specimen of the Moheagan Language, taken at
Cambridge, 1804.
In Holmes (A.) Memoir of the Moheagan Indians, in Mass. Hist. Soc.
Coll., first series, vol. 9, pp. 98-99. Boston, 1804. 8°.
1980 Jerusalemib asserornekarnera. | [ Picture. ]
[N. p.] 1845. | ATS.
Pp. 1-8. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador.

1981 Jesus, Judit naleganneraet. | [Picture.] ATS.
No title-page, 1 p.1., pp. 1-8. 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo dialect of Green-
land.
1982 Jesuse, Judikut attauinget. | [Design.] ENS ATS.
No title-page; 1 p.1., pp. 1-8. sq. 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo dialect of
Labrador.
1983 Jesusib. Jesusib Kristusib ajokaersutai pirssariakarnerit.

75 pp. 8°. Abstract of Christ’s doctrines, in the Eskimo language.

1984 Jesusib Kristusib ajokertutingita pijariakarnerpango-
ningit. *

116 pp. 8°. Asummary of Christian Doctrine in the Eskimo language. The
two titles above from a Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink.

1985 Jewitt (John R.) <A | Narrative | of the | Adventures and Suffer-
ings, | of | John Rk. Jewitt; | only survivor of the crew of the |
ship Boston, | during a captivity of nearly three years among the
savages of | Nootka Sound: | with an account of the | Manners,
Mode of Living, and Religious | Opinions of the Natives. | Embel-
lished with a plate, representing the ship in | possession of: the
Savages. | |Two lines quotation. |

Middletown: | Printed by Seth Richards. | 1815. | BA. LSH.

Pp. 1-204. 16°.

A list of words in the Nootkian language, the most in use, p. 5; War song of
the Nootka tribe, p. 204.

1986 A | Narrative | of the | Adventures and Sufferings | of |
John kh. Jewitt; | only survivor of the crew of the | Ship Boston, |
during a captivity of nearly three years among the savages of |
Nootka Sound: | with an account of | the manners, mode of living,
and religious | opinions of the Natives. | Embellished with a plate
representing ‘the ship in| the possession of the Natives. | |Two
lines quotation.| |

New York: | Printed by Daniel Fanshaw, | No. 241. Pearl
Street. | 1816. | COA. BA.

Pp. 1-208. 16°. Vocabulary, p.4; War song, p. 208.

JEFFERYS—JOHNES. 37

©

Jewitt (John R.)—continued.

1987 ——— Narrative | of the | Adventures and Sufferings | of | John
R. Jewitt; | Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship | Boston, |
during a captivity of nearly three years among the | Savages of
Nootka Sound: | with an account of the | Manners, Mode of Liv.
ing, and Religious | Opinions of the Natives. | Embellished with
engravings. |

Ithaca, N. Y.: | Mack, Andrus, & Co. | 1849. | C.
Pp. 3-116. 16°. A list of words, &c., p.5; War song, p. 166.

1988 Narrative | of the | Adventures and Sufferings | of | John
R. Jewitt; | only survivor of the crew of the | Ship Boston, | dur-
ing a captivity of nearly three years among the | Savages of
Nootka Sound: | with an account of the | manners, mode of living,
‘and religious | opinions of the natives. | Embellished with ten en-
gravings. |

New York: | Printed for the Publisher. | [n. d.] JWP.

Pp. 1-166. 16°. A list, &c., p.5; War song, p. 166.

Sabin’s Dictionary gives the following editions of Jewitt:

Middletown, Loomis & Richards. 1815. 203 pp. 12°; [bid.] 1816. 208 pp. 129;
Wakefield [England]. 1816. 12°; Middletown. 1820, 208 pp. 12°; Edinburgh.
1824. 12°; Ithaca. 1840. 8°; [bid.] 1851. 12°.

Jimeno (ev. Antonio).
See Timeno (Rev. Antonio).

1989 Johnes (Arthur James). Philological Proofs | of the | original
unity and recent origin | of the | Human Race. | Derived from a
comparison of the languages | of | Asia, Europe, Africa, and Amer-
ica. | Being an inquiry | how far the differences in the languages of
the globe | are referable to causes now in operation. | By | Arthur
James Johnes, Esq. | [Three lines quotation. ]

London: | Samuel Clarke, 13, Pall Mall East. | 1843. | C.

Pp. iii-Ix, 1-172, and appendices 102 pp. 8°.

On the origin of the American Tribes, pp. 155-172, contains, Words from the
North American Indian Dialects of the Algonquyn Class compared with anal-
ogous Terms in Asiatic and European Languages; Table showing Mandan
and Welsh affinities (from Catlin); Conjugations in the Chippeway, and Lenni
Lenape dialects; Algonquyn Pronoun Prefixes.

Appendix A. Analytical comparison of some of the most important words
in the African languages with the analogous words in the languages of Asia,
Europe and America, pp. 1-82.

1990 ——— Philological Proofs | of the | original unity and recent
- origin | of the | Human Race. | Derived from | a comparison of the
languages | of | Asia, Europe, Africa, and America. | Being an in-
quiry how far the difference in the languages of | the globe are re-
ferrible to causes now in operation. | By | Arthur James Johnes,
Esq. | [Three lines quotation].

9

380 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Johnes (Arthur James)—continued.
London: | John Russell Smith, | 4, Old Compton Street, pche
Square. | MD CCC XLVI [1846]. |
Pp. iii-lx, 1-172, 1-103. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

1991 Johnson (Adam). Languages of California.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 406-415. Philadelphia,
1854. 4°.

Includes grammatic comments and vocabularies of the Tuolumne, pp. 408-
412; Coconoms, p. 413; Indians of Kings River and Tulare Lake, pp. 413-414;
and of the Upper Sacramento, pp. 414-415.

Reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology,
vol. 3, pp. 518-529, 5385-549, 570-585. Washington, 1877. 4°.

1992

- Vocabulary of the Cushna.

In Schoolcraft (H.R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 494-505, 506-508. Philadel-
phia, 1852. 4°. :

Reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology,
vol. 3, pp. 586-597. Washington, 1877. 4°

1993 [Johnson (Anna C.)| The Iroquois; | or, | The Bright side of In-
dian’ Character. | By | Minnie Myrtle [Anna C. Johnson]. |
New York: | D. Appleton and Company, | 346 and 348 Broad-
way, | 1855. | ©.
Pp. 1-317. 12°.
“The Language of the Iroquois,” pp. 298-301, contains a short Iroquois vo-
cabulary, the Lord’s Prayer, and Specimen of an Indian Hymn.

1994 Johnson’s | New | Universal Cyclopedia: | a | Scientific and
Popular | Treasury | of | Useful Knowledge. | Illustrated with
maps, plans, and engravings. | Editors-in-Chief. | Frederick A. P.
Barnard, 8. T.D., LL. D., L. H. D., M. N. A.S., | President of Co-
lumbia College, New York; | Arnold Guyot, Ph. D., LL. D., M. N.
A.S., | Professor of Geologyeand Physical Gcosraphee College of
New ASRS | Associate Editors. | Martin B. Anderson, LL. D.,
&e., 30 lines]. | Assistant editors. | [Two lines.] | With numerous
contributions from writers of distinguished eminence in every de-
partment | of letters and science in the United States and in Eu-
rope. | Not to Exceed Four Volumes, including Appendix. | Vol-
ume I [-IV]. | A—E [-S—Appendix]. | (Testimonials at the end
of this volume.) |

A. J. Johnson & Son, | 11 Great Jones Street, New York. |
W. D. Cummings, Pittsburg, Pa. H.D. Watson, San Francisco,
Cal. | MDCCCLX XVII [-MDCCCLX XVIII] [1877-1878]. | swe.

4 vols. royal 8°.

Trumbull (J. H.) Indian languages of America, vol. 2, pp. 1155-1161.
Johnson (Jeremiah), Translator.

See Donck (Adriaen Van der).

1995 Johnson (J. C.) Vocabulary of the Nishinam.

In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp.
587-598. Washington, 1877. 4°.

JOHNES—JOHNSTON. 381

1996 Johnson (John). Vocabulary of the Wyandot.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Notes on the Iroquois, pp.393-400. New York,
1847. 8°.

1997 Johnson (Rev. Philip). Dakota A B C Wowapi. Rey. Philip
Johnson, Kaga.
Mission Press: Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. 1871. SI.
Pp. 1-32. 12°. Primer in the Dakota language.

1998 Dakota A B © | Wowapi. | Rev. Philip Johnson, Kaga. |
New York | American Church Press Co., 111 East Ninth Street. |
1872. | JWP.

Pp. 1-23. 16°.

1999 Johnson (Sir William). Extracts of some Letters, from Sir Wil-
liam Johnson Bart. to Arthur Lee, M. D., F. R. 8. on the Customs,
Manners, and Language of the Northern Indians of America.

In Royal Soc., [of London], Philosoph. Trans., vol. 63, pp. 142-148. London,
1773. sm. 4°.
Contains a few Mohawk terms.

2000 Extracts of some letters, from Sir William Johnson, Bart.
to Arthur Lee, M. D., F. R. S. on the customs, manners, and lan-
guage of the northern Indiavs of America.

In Am. Museum, vol.5, pp. 19-21. Philadelphia, 1789. 8°.

2001

On the Customs, Manners, and Languages of the Indians
[of the Six Nations].

In O'Callaghan (E. B.) Doc. Hist. of New York, vol. 4, pp. 430-437. New
York, 1851. 8°.

Reprinted in Stone (W. L.) Life and Time of Sir William Johnson, vol. 2,
pp. 481-488. Albany, 1865. 8°.

2002 [Johnston (George).| The | Morning | and | Evening Prayer, |
translated from the | Book of Common Prayer | of the Protestant
Episcopal Church in the | United States of America, | together with
a Selection | of Hymns. |

Detroit: | Geiger and Christian, Printers. | 1844. | BA.

1 p.1., pp. 1-59. 12°. In the Ottawa language.

The Ten Commandments, pp. 27-28; Hymns, pp. 30-59, alternate English and
Ottawa.

2003

Vocabulary of the Ojibua of St. Mary’s.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°. j

2004 Johnston (John). Account of the Present State of the Indian
Tribes inhabiting Ohio. In a Letter from John Johnston, Esq.
United States Agent of Indian Affairs, at Piqua, to Caleb Atwater,
Esq. Communicated to the President of the American Antiqua-
rian Society.

In Am. Ant. Soc., Trans., vol. 1, pp. 269-299. Worcester, 1820. 8°.

382 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Johnston (John)—continued.

Vocabulary of the language of the Shawanoese, pp. 287-292; Specimen of the
Wyandot language, pp. 292-297; Names of the rivers by the Shawanoese, pp.
297-299.

The Wyandot vocabulary reprinted in Schoolcraft (H. R.) Notes on the
Iroquois, pp. 292-400.

The Shawanoese and Wyandot vocabularies reprinted in Dodge (J. R.) Red
Men of the Ohio Valley, pp. 51-60. Springfield, 1860. 12°; and in Howe (H.)
Historical Collections of Ohio, pp. 590-594. Cincinnati, 1850. 8°.

2005 Johnston (William). Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Michilimacknace.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

2006 Jomard (Edme Frangois). Langue des Indiens Cheyennes.
In Soc. de Géog., Bull., troisiéme série, tome 6, pp. 384-386. Paris, 1846. 8°,
Comments on Lieut. Abert’s Cheyenne vocabulary.
Reissued in the following:

2007 ——— Note sur les Botecudos, accompagnée @’un Vocabulaire de
leur langue et de quelques remarques. WE.
1p. 1., pp. 1-13. 8°. Extrait du Bulletin de la Société de Géographie. (No-
vembre et decembre 1846.)
Langue des Indiens Cheyennes, pp. 8-10.

2008 Jones (Rev. David). A | Journal | of | Two Visits | made to some
Nations of | Indians | on the west side of the River Ohio, | in the
Years 1772 and 1773. | By the Rev. David Jones, | Minister of the
Gospel at Freehold, in New-Jersey. |

Burlington: | Printed and sold by Isaac Collins: | M. DCC.-
LXXIV [1774]. | HU.

Pp. i-iv, 5-95. 16°.

The numerals, 1-10, a few terms, and remarks on the Shawannee language,
and the numerals, 1-10, of the Delaware, pp. 44-45.

2009 A | Journal | of | Two Visits Made to some Nations of In- |
dians on the West Side of the River | Ohio, in the years 1772 and
1773. | By the | Rev. David Jones, | Minister of the Gospel at Iree-
hold, in New Jersey. | With a| Biographical Notice of the Au-
thor, | by | Horatio Gates Jones, A. M., | Corresponding Secre-
tary Ilistorical Society of Pennsylvania. |

New York: | Reprinted for Joseph Sabin. | 1865. | C. BA.

Pp. i-xi, v-x, 11-127. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 61-62, 106-107.

2010 Jones (Electa I.) Stockbridge, | Past and Present; | or, records
of | an Old Mission Station. | By Miss Electa F. Jones. |

Springfield: | Samuel Bowles & Company. | 1854. | BA. C.

Pp. 1-275. 8°.

“The language of the Muh-he-ka-ne-ok” (chiefly from Edwards), pp. 30-37,
contains a short comparative vocabulary of the Muh-he-ka-neew, Shawanoe,
and Chippeway, pp. 31-32; Grammatical forms, p. 33; Lord’s Prayer in the Lan-
guage of the Eastern Indians (from Eliot), p. 36; Lord’s Prayer, in the dialect of
the Six Nations, pp. 36-37; Lord’s Prayer in the dialect of the Stockbridge In-
dians, p. 37.

JOHNSTON—JONES. 383

2011 Jones (Rev. Evan). Terms of Relationship of the Mountain Chero-
kee, collected by Rev. Evan Jones, Missionary.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. Wash-
ington, 1871. 4°. :

2012 ——— [New Testament in Cherokee. | *
‘‘The translation of the [Cherokee] New Testament was completed by Mr.
[E.] Jones in 1847.”—Newcomb’s Cyclop. of Missions.

2013 ———, editor. The Cherokee Messenger. | [One line Cherokee
characters.] | Vol. I. August, 1844. No. 1. | [—Vol. I. May, 1846.
No. 12.] | [One line Cherokee characters. | ABC. C.

Pp. 1-192. 8°. A sixteen-page, two-column paper issued irregularly, mainly
devoted to religious and temperance topics; published by H. Upham. Cherokee,
Baptist Mission Press. It was printed almost entirely in Cherokee characters,
less than four columns of English appearing in the first number, and scarcely
anything but the titles of articles in the last.

A series of articles on Cherokee grammar began in No. 1, on pronouns, con-
tinued in Nos. 2, 6, 7, and 9 on verbs.

The title given above is the caption of No. 1. It is probable each issue had
outside cover with title-page; the only one I have seen, however, is that of No-
vember, 1845, which reads as follows: The Cherokee Messenger. | Edited by |
Evan Jones. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] November 1845. | Cherokee: |
Baptist Mission Press. H. Upham, Publisher. | ['Two lines Cherokee characters. ]
1845. |

Perhaps these twelve numbers are all that was issued of this series. I have
seen one later issue: Vol. 1, No. 2, Sept., 1858, J. Buttrick Jones, Editor. Baptist
Mission, Cherokee Nation, Mark Tyger, Printer. 16 pp. 8°.

2014 ——— and Jones (John Buttrick). The | Epistle of Paul, the
Apostle, | to the | Ephesians. | Translated into Cherokee, | for
the Am. Baptist Missionary Union, | by Evan Jones, and John B.
Jones. | [Five lines Cherokee characters. |

Cherokee: | Baptist Mission Press: H. Upham, Printer. | [Two
lines Cherokee characters.] | 1848. | C.
Pp. 1-24. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

2015 Jones (John). The Tower of Babel; or, Essays on the Confusion
of Tongues, from a ground-work of the late Mr. Le Brigant, with
comparisons between the languages of the Old and New World,
and a defence of those rights which Ancient Britons derive from
the first European Settlement formed in America by a Prince of
Wales. By John Jones.

London: Theodore Page. [1800 ?]

92 pp. 8°.

An essay to establish the existence of a tribe of Welsh Indians and the dis-
covery of America by their ancestors. ‘We feel bold to refer unbelievers to
original papers in possession of Lady Juliana Penn, we mean the good and great
William Penn’s M.S. Journals, where the Welsh Indians are frequently mentioned
without the least doubt of their existence.”—Page 77—Sabin’s Dictionary.

384 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2016 Jones (John) and Jones (Fev. Peter). The | Gospel | according
to | St. John. | Translated into the Chippeway Tongue | by John
Jones, | and | revised and corrected by Peter Jones, | Indian
Teachers. |

London: | Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, |
Instituted MDCCCIYV. | 1831. |

Second title:

Menwahjemoowin | kahezhebeegaid owh | St. John. | Ahneshe-
nahba anwaid keezhe ahnekahnootahbeung | owh | Thayendane-
gen, | kiya owh | Kahkewaquonaby, | ahneshenahba kekenooah-
mahga-wenenewug. |

London. | 1831. | JWP. BA.

280 unnumbered pp., alternate English and Chippeway. 16°. English title
verso 1.1; Chippeway title recto 1. 2.

Minuajimouin Gaizhibiiget | au | St. John. | The Gospel of
St. John | in the | language of the Ojibwa Indians. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1838. | BA. ABC. JWP.

Pp. 1-83. 12°. Verso of title says: Translated by John and Peter Jones, native
religious teachers.

2018 Jones (John Buttrick). Vocabulary of the Cherokee; mountain
dialect.

Manuscript. 1011. 4°. 200 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Collected in 1866.

2017

See note to Jones (E.), editor.

See Jones (E.) and Jones (J. B.)

2019 Jones (Rev. N. W.) No. I. | Indian Bulletin | for 1867. | Contain-
ing a brief | Account of the North American Indians, | and the |
Interpretation of many Indian names. | By | Rev. N. W. Jones. |

New York: | Printed by C. A. Alvord, | 1867. | C. JWP. LSH.

Pp. 1-16. 8°. Imprint of printed cover reads: New York: | C. A. Alvord, 15
Vandewater Street. | 1867. |

Interpretation of Indian Names in New York, p. 13; on Long Island, pp. 13-14;
in Pennsylvania, p. 14; in New Jersey, pp. 14-15; in Massachusetts, p. 15; in Con-
necticut, pp. 15-16; in Rhode Island, p. 16; in New Hampshire, p. 16; in Maine,
p. 16.

2020

No. II. | Indian Bulletin | for 1868. | Containing a brief |
Account of Chinese Voyages to the North-west | coast of Amer-
ica. | And the | Interpretation of 200 Indian names. | By | Rev.
N. W. Jones. |

New York: | Printed by C. A. Alvord | 1869. | C. JWP. LSH.

Pp. 1-26. 8°.

Interpretation of Indian Names in New York, pp. 12-14; on Long Island, pp. 14-
15; in Pennsylvania, pp. 15-16; in New Jersey, pp. 16-17; in Delaware, p. 18; in
Maryland, p. 18; in Maine, pp. 18-20; in New Hampshire, pp. 20-21; in Massa-
chusetts, pp. 21-23; on Nantucket, p. 23; in Rhode Island, pp. 23-25; in Connec-
ticut, pp. 25-26; Western Indian Names, p. 26.

JONES. 385

Jones (Rev. N. W.)—continued.

2021 - Notes upon the Esopus Indians [ Algonkin family] and
their Language. By the Rev. N. W. Jones. BA.
In Ulster Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 1, pp. 92-96. Kingston, 1860. 8°.
A few Minsi words, with English significations, pp. 94-95.

+022 Jones (fev. Peter). Ojebway Spelling Book. *
Translated 1828. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

2023

Parts of the | New Testament | of our | Lord and Saviour |
Jesus Christ, | translated into the Chippewa tongue, | from the
Gospel by St. Matthew. | By Peter Jones, | Native Missionary. |
Pungkeh | ewh Ooshke Mahzenahekun | Tepahjemindt owh | ke-
lookemahwenon kahnahnauntahweenungk | Jesus Christ. | Ahne-
shenahpay anwadt keezhe ahnekahnootahpe | ekahtaigk ewh oote-
pahjemoowin owh | St. Matthew. | Kahahnekahnootahpeungk |
owh kah kewaqonnaby, | ahneshenahpay makahtawekoonakya. |

York: | Printed at the U. C. Gazette Office, by Robert Stanton. |
1829. | Vv.

Pp. 1-32. 6°. Matthew, chaps. i-vii; 2 columns, Chippewa and English.

2024 Nahkahnoonun | kanahnahkahmoowaudt | ekewh | ahne-
shenahpaegk anahmeahchik. | Kahahnekahnootahpeungken owh |
kahkewaquonnaby, | ahneshenahpa makahtawekoonnahya. |

New York, | Printed at the Conference Office | By J. Collord. |
1829. |

Second title:

Collection | of | Hymns | for | the Use of Native Christians | of
the | Chippeway Tongue. | Translated by Peter J ones, | Native Mis-
sionary. |

New York, | Printed at the Conference Office | By J. Collord. |
1829. | S.

Pp. 2-387, 2-37, alternate pages Chippewaand English. 320°. English hymns, pp.
38-92.

2025

Netum | ewh oomahzenahegun owh Moses, | Genesis |
azhenekahdaig. | Kahahnekahuootamahmoobeung owh kahkewa-
qunaby, | ahneshenahba makohdawekoonahya. |

Toronto: | Printed for the Toronto Auxiliary Bible Society, | at
the Christian Guardian Office. | 1835. |

Second title:

The First Book of Moses, | called | Genesis. |

Toronto: | Translated by P. Jones, for the Auxiliary Bible So-
ciety. | Guardian Office.—J. H. Lawrence, Printer. | 1835. | BA. A. Bs.

Pp. 1-178. 12°. In the Chippewa language. Chippewa title recto 1.1; Eng-
lish title recto 1.2.

2026 — Part of the Book of Genesis in the Chippewa Language.
Boston: American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions:

1835. *
Title from Bagster’s Bible of Every Land.

25 Bib

386 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

Jones (Rev. Peter)—continued.
2027 Nvgrmouinevn | Genvnvgymouat | igiu | Anishinabeg
Anviniajig. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1836. | BA. ABC. JWP.

Pp. 1-52. 12°. Hymns in the Chippewa language.

A note on the reverse of the title says these hymns were taken from a collec-
tion prepared by Mr..Peter Jones, an Ojibwa convert and licensed preacher, the
only alteration consisting in substituting the orthography of Mr. Pickering for
that used by Mr. Jones.

For later editions, see Jones (Rev. P.), vans (fev. J.), and Henry (G.)

2028 ———— Hymns for the use of Native Christians of the Chippeway
Nation; also, several Hymns for Sabbath Schools of Native Chil-
dren. -

In Collection of Hymns * * * of the Iroquois, pp. 37-45, 37-45 (double num-
bers). New York, 1827. 8°.

2029 History | of the | Ojebway Indians; | with especial refer-
ence to their | Conversion toChristianity. | By | Rev. Peter Jones, |
(Kahkewaquonaby,) | Indian Missionary. | With a brief | Memoir
of the Writer; | and | Introductory Notice by the Rev. G. Osborn,
D.D., | Secretary of the Wesleyan Methodist | Missionary Society. |

London: | A. W. Bennett, 5, Bishopsgate Street Without. |
Houlston and Wright, Paternoster Row. | [1861.] BA. C.

Pp. i-viii, 1-278. 12°.

Names of the seasons and months, pp. 135-136; Specimens of Indian proper
names, with literal translations, pp. 161-162, 163-164; A short vocabulary of words
in use among the settlers, ‘‘spelled in English,” ‘‘as pronounced by Indians,” and
their signification, p. 164.

“The Indian Languages,” pp. 178-190, contains general remarks and vocabu-
laries of 20 words, of the following:

Ojebway, Munsee, Onondaga,
Odahwah, Cree, Seneca,
Poodawahduhme, Mohawk, Oneida,
Delaware, Cayuga, Tuscarora.

Conjugation of the verb ‘‘to walk” in Ojebway; ‘Specimen of an Ochepwa
verb: Waubi, He sees,” and the Lord’s Prayer in Ojebway.

.

See Jones (J.) and Jones (Rev. P.)

2030 [ , Evans (ev. James), and Henry (George).| Ojibue | Nv-

gvmouinen. | Geaiouajin | igiu | anishinabeg envmiajig. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners |
for Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1844. | BA.

Pp. i-xil, 9-212. 16°. Hymns in the Chippewa language.

The preface to the above work says these hymus were collected from the
Hymn Book of the Rey. Peter Jones, and that prepared by Rev. James Evans
and George Henry, the latter published by the Am. Tract Society, N. Y. The
orthography was changed.

For an earlier edition, see Jones (Rev. P.)

JONES. 387

Jones (Rev. P.), Evans (Rev. J.), and Henry (G.)—continued.

2031 A Collection | of | Chippeway and English | Hymns, | for
the use of the Native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Indian
Missionary. | To which are added | a few hymns translated by the
Rey. | James Evans and George Henry. | [Two lines Seripture.]

New York: | Published by Lane and Tippett, | for the Missionary
Society of the M. E. Church | 200 Mulberry-Street. | 1847. |

Second title :

Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, kanuhnuhguhmowabjin | Owh Kah-
kewaquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya dush
go pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonun kahahnekuhnootuhmo-
beeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeezhig kuhya | mongwuhdaus. |
[Two lines Scripture in Ojibway.]

New York: | Published by Lane and Tippett, | for the Missionary
Society of the M. E. Church | 200 Mulberry-Street. | 1847.| BA.

Pp. i-vi, 1-289, alternate English and Chippeway. 24°.

2032 A Collection | of | Chippeway and English | Hymns, | for
the use of the native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Indian
Missionary. | To which are added | a few hymns translated by the
Rev. James | Evans and George Henry. | [Two lines quotation. ]

New-York: | Published by Lane and Scott, | for the Missionary
Society of the M. B. Church, | 200 Mulberry-Street. | 1851. |

Second title:

Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowabjin | Egewh
Uhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | owh Kah-
kewaquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya dush
go pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonun, kahahnekuhnootuhmo-
beeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeezhig kuhya | mongwuhdaus. |
[Three lines quotations. ]

New York: | Published by Lane and Scott, | for the Missionary
Society of the M. E. Church, | 200 Mulberry-Street. | 1851. | swe.

Pp. i-vi, 1 1., pp. 3-289, alternate English and Chippewa. 24°. English title
verso 1.1; Indian title recto 1. 2.

Triibner, Bib. Hisp. 1870, gives the English title of an edition: New York,
1853, vi, 290 pp. 24°.

2033

Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowabjin |
egewh uhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | owh
kahkewaquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya
dush go pnngee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonun, kahahnekuhnoo-
tuhmobeeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeejhg kuhya | mongwuh-
daus. | [Three lines quotation. |

Cincinnati: Published by John D. Thorpe, | for the Chippewa
and Ottawa Mission Presbyterian Board, | Little Traverse, Middle
Village. | 74 West Fourth Street. | 1857. | S.

Pp. 1-144, 32°.

388 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Jones (Rev. P.), Evans (Rev. J.), and Henry (G.)—continued.

2034 A Collection | of | Ojebway and English | Hymns, | for the
use of the Native Indians. | Translated | by the late Rev. Peter
Jones, | Wesleyan Indian Missionary. | To which are added a few

translated by the Rev. James | Evans and George

eta | [One line quotation. |

Toronto: | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at | the
Conference Office, 9, Wellington Buildings, | 1860. |

Second title :

Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowabjin | egewh
uhneshenahbaig | kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | Owh Kahkewa-
quonaby, | ubneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya dush go
pungee enewh Ojebway nuhguh- | monun, kahahnekuhnootuhmo-
beeuhmowahjin | egewh, mookegeezhig kuhya mongwuhdaus. |
[Two lines quotation. ]

Toronto: | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at | the

Conference Office, 9, Wellington Buildings, | 1860. | GB.
Pp. i-vi, 1-236. 16°. English title verso 1. 1 (p. 2); Indian title recto 1.2

(p. 3).
2035 A Collection | of | Ojebway and English | Hymns, | for the

use of the native Indians. | Translated | by the late Rev. Peter
Jones, | Wesleyan Indian Missionary..| To which are added a few
hymns trans- | lated by the Rev. James Evans | and George
Henry. | [Two lines quotation. ]

Toronto: | Printed for the Methodist Missionary Society, | at the
Methodist Conference Otfice. | 1877. |

Second title:

Ojebway | Nubguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | Egewh
Uhneshenahbaig | kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | owh Kahke-
waquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya dush go
pungee enewh Ojebway nuh- | guhmonun, kahahnekuhnootuhmo-
beeuh- | mowahjin egewh, mookegeezhig | kuhya mongwuhdaus. |
[Three lines quotation. |

Toronto: | Printed for the Methodist Missionary Boclehys | at the
Methodist Conference Office. | 1877. | JWP.

Pp. i-vi, 1 1., pp. 3-234. 16°. English title verso 1.1; Chippewa title recto 1. 2.

2036 ——-— A Collection | of | Chippeway and English | Hymns, | for
the use of the native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Indian
Missionary. | To which are added | a few bymns translated by the
Rey. James | Evans and George Henry. | [Two lines quotation. }

New York: | Nelson & Phillips. | Cincinnati: Hitchcock & Wal-
den, | Sunday school Department. | [n. d.]

Second title :

Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | egewh
uhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | owh Kahke-

JONES. 389

Jones (tev. P.), Evans (Rev. J.), and Henry (G.)—continued.
waquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene | kuhya dush go
pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonun, kahahnekuhnootuhmo-
beeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeezhig kuhya | mongwuhdaus |
[Three lines quotation.]

New York: | Nelson & Phillips. | Cincinnati: Hitchcock & Wal-
den. | Sunday-school Department. | [n. d.] IWP.

Pp. i-vi, 11., pp. 3-289, alternate English and Chippewa. 24°. English title
verso 1. 1; Chippewa title recto 1. 2.

2037

A Collection | of | Chippeway and English | Hymns, | for
the use of the Native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Indian
Missionary. | To which are added | a few Hymns translated by the
Rev. James | Evans and George Henry. | [Two lines quotation. }

New York: | Published by Carlton & Porter, | for the Missionary
Society of the M. E. Church, | 200 Mulberry-Street. | |n. d.]

Second title:

Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | egewh
Uhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | owh Kahke-
waquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene | kuhya | dush go
pungee enewh Ojebway | nubhgubmonun, kahahnekuhnootuhmo-
beeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeezhig kuhya | mongwuhdaus. |
[Three lines quotation. ]

New York: | Published by Carlton & Porter, | for the Missionary
Society of the M. E. Church, | 200 Mulberry-Street. | {n. d.] GB.

Pp. i-vi, 1-289. 24°. English title verso 1. 1 (p. ii); Indian title recto 1. 2
(p. ili). “Advertisement to the Second Edition,” p. 3.

2038 Jones (Pomroy). Annals | and | Recollections | of | Oneida
County. | [Seven lines quotation.] | By Pomroy Jones. |
Rome: | Published by the Author. | 1851. | A.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-893. 8°.
Names of localities in Indian, with English significations, pp. 871-872.
Jones (Thomas Rupert), editor.
See Royal Society [of London].

2039 Jones (Capt. William A.) 45d Congress, 1st Session. House of
Representatives. Ex. Doc. No. 285. | Report | upon | the Recon-
naissance | of | Northwestern Wyoming, | made in | the summer of
1873.| by | William A. Jones, | Captain of Engineers U.S. A. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1874. | JWP.

Pp. i-v, 1-210. 8°. maps.

Putnam (J. D.) Entomological Report [names of insects and colors in the
Shoshone language], pp. 206-210.

2040 Report | upon | the Reconnaissance | of | Northwestern

Wyoming, | including | Yellowstone National Park, | made in |
the summer of 1873 | by | William A. Jones, | Captain of Engineers

U.S. A. | With Appendix. |

390 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Jones (Capt. William A.)—continued.
Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1875. | JWP.
Pp. i-vi, 1-331. 8°. maps.
Comstock (T. B.) Geological Report [Chap. 15, Philological Notes], pp. 85-
291.
Putnam (J. D.) Entomological Report [includes names of insects and colors
in the Shoshone language], pp. 315-318.

2041 Jordan (Capt. Thomas). Vocabulary of the Cayuse.
Manuscript. 311. folio. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2042 Jorensen (Thoger). Nagdliutorsiutit ernaglit.
Niingme, 1875. eS
94 pp. 12°. Psalms in Eskimo.—Rink.
Jorgensen (H. I.)
See Kleinschmidt (S.)

2043 Juarez (D. Diego). Memorial de cosas memorables en mexicano. *
Title from Pimentel.

2044 Juarros (D. Domingo). Compendio | de la Historia dela Ciudad |
de | Guatemala. | Escrito por el Br. D. Domingo Juarros, | Presbi-
tero Secular de este Arzobispado. | Tomo I. | Que comprendre los
prelimminaires | de dicha Historia. | [Tomo II. | Contiene un croni-
con del Reyno de | Guatemala.] |

Con licencia, en Guatemala. | Por D. Ignacio Beteta, | Alo de

1808. | ©.

2 vols. sm, 4°. Contains many references to the native languages of Central
America.

2045 A | Statistical and Commercial | History | of the Kingdom

of Guatemala, | in | Spanish America: | containing | important
particulars relative to its productions, | manufactures, customs, &e.
&e. &e. | With an account of its | conquest by the Spaniards, | and
a narrative of the principal events down to | the present time: |
from original records in the archives; actual observations; | and
other authentic sources. | By Don Domingo Juarros, | a native of
New Guatemala. | Translated by J. Baily, Lieutenant R. M. | Em-
bellished with two maps. |

London: | Printed for John Hearne, 81, Strand; | by J. F. Dove,
St. John’s Syuare. | 1823. | C.

Pp. i-viii, 1-520. 8°. maps. Linguistic contents as above. %

JONES—KALADLIT. 391

2046 Kagakimzouiasis | Ueji | Uo‘banakiak | Adali Kimo‘gik Aliuit-
zo'ki | za Plasua. |
Imprimé par Fréchette & Cie. | Rue Lamontagne, No. 25, Basse-
Ville, Québec. | 1832. | V. JWP. LSH.
Pp. 1-44. 16°. In the Abnaki (?) language.
Primer, pp. 1-8, followed by a Roman Catholic catechism, acts, prayers, &c.

2047 Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Vienna. Sitzungsberichte |
der kaiserlichen | Akademie der Wissenschaften. | Philosophisch-
historische Classe. | Erster [-89| Band. |

Wien: | Aus der k. k. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei. | In Commission
bei W. Braumiiller, Buchhandler des k. k. Hofes und der | k. Aka-
demie der Wissenschaften. | 1848 [-1878]. | BA.

89 vols. 8°.

Muller (F.) Der grammatische Bau der Algonkin Sprachen, Band 56,
pp. 132-154,

Scherzer (Dr. K.) Sprachen der Indianer Central-Amerikas, Band 15,
pp. 28-37.

2048 Kaladlit. Kaladlit Assillaliait | Grgnlandske Traesnit. | Kirken,
Seminariet og Inspekteurboligen | ved Kolonien Godthaab. |

Godthaab. | Trykt I Inspektoratets Bogtrykkeri af L. Mgller |
og R: Berthelsen. | 1860. | JWP. C.

Title and 25 pp. 4°.

Thirty-nine engravings designed and engraved on wood by Eskimos of Green-
land. It is probable the copies seen by me are imperfect, as Field, No. 810, says:
Title, 2 pp. text, 39 engravings and a folding colored plate.

These interesting engravings are the result of some experiments made be-
tween the years 1858-60, to determine whether among the Eskimos there existed
taste or genius for this branch of the arts. They were all engraved, and, with the
exception of Nos. 1-8, designed by five or six natives, without any other assist-
ance than the furnishing of the wood and of the most necessary instruments.
The greater part of these engravings are the work of an Eskimo named Awn,
who has received no more than the common education of his countrymen.—
Behrendt Sale Cat., No, 2342.

2049 ——— Kaladlit Assilialiait | ou | quelques gravures, dessinées et
gravées | sur bois | par | des Esquimaux du Gronland. | [Picture
of a ship, with two lines explanation in French. |
Godthaab | Imprimé chez VInspecteur du Groenland Meridional |
par L: Mgller et R: Berthelsen. | 1860. | Yc:

2511. Prints with Eskimo titles.

2050 ——— Kaladlit Okalluktual- | liait. | kaladlisut kablunatudlo. |
Attuaket siurdliet. |

392 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Kaladlit—continued.

Noungme. | Nunnap Nalegata Nakitteriviane Nakitat | L. Mg¢l-
lermit, | Irsigirsoralugo R: Berthelsen. | 1859 [-1863]. |

Second title :

Gronlandske Folkesagzen, | opskrevne og meddeelte af Indfgdte, |
med dansk Oversettelse. | Fdérste [-Fjerde] Bind. | Med traesnit, |
tegnede og udskaaresse af | en indfddt. |

Godthaab. | Trykt I Inspectoratets Bogtrykkeri | af L: Mller, |
under tilsyn af hjelpelerer | R. Berthelsen. | 1859 [-1863]. | BA.c.

4 vols. 8°. 1859: 4p. l., 137 pp.,11.,8 pp. music; 1860: 4 p. 11., 111 pp., charts;
1861: 4 p.11., 136 pp., 12 pp. illustrations, numbered 1-12; 1863: 3 p.1L, 123 pp.,
alternate Eskimo and Danish.

Greenlandish folklore; popular tales and legends. The illustrations were
made by native Greenlanders. Rink, in ‘Eskimoeske Eventyr og Sagn,” says
Berthelsen (Rasmus) aided in the translations.

2051 Kane (Paul). Wanderings of an Artist | among the | Indians of
North America | from Canada | to Vancouver’s Island and Ore-
gon | through the Hudson’s Bay Company’s Territory | and | back
again. | By Paul Kane. |

London | Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans, and Roberts. |
1859. | BA. ©.

Pp. i-xviii, 1-455, 4 Il. 8°. maps.

List of Indian tribes inhabiting northwest coast of America (census of 1846);
4 unnumbered ll. at end.

2052 Kanzi (Dr. Pazos). Gospel of St. Luke in the Mexican Language.
British and Foreign Bible Society. [About 1829.] 2
Title from Bagstcr’s Bible of Every Land. See Evangelio de 8. Lucas, No. 1242.

2053 Karo ron, | ne | Te ye rihwahgwatha. | {Four lines quotation.]
Brantford: | Printed at the Courier Office. | 1877. | GB.
Pp. 1-53. 32°. Hymns in the Mohawk language. See Hill (A. H.) for earlier
editions.

2054 Katekismuse. Katekismuse | Luterim | Aglega | Tersa | Hiniarkau-
tikset Gudimiglo pekkorsejnig- | lo innungnut nalegekseunik, pi-

dluarsin- | naungorkudlugit nunamétidlutik | tokublo kingérn-
gagut. |

KGiébenhavnime, | Pingajuksanik nakittarsimarsok | 1797. |
I. R. Thielimit. | JWP.

Pp. 1-22. 16°. Luther’s Catechism in the Eskimo language. Also reprint:

2055

Katekismuse | Luterim | Aglega. | Tersa | [liniarkaéutik-
set Gudimiglo pekkorsejnig- | lo innungnut nalegeksznnik, pidlu-
arsin, | naungorkudlugit nunamétidlutik | tokublo kingérngagut. |
idbenhavnime, | Illiarsuin igloewnne fissameksénik nakittarsi-
marsok | 1816 | C. F. Schubartimit. | Cc.
Pp. 1-24. 16°.
See Ajokzrsutit oppersartut; also Bgede (Paul).

Ricans, a

my,

fi i
Sey
et

enthaltend den Ratechismus, Betrachtung, Gesang.

Lakot A ¢ oXof HX

Die kaiserliche wie auch kénigliche © Buchdruckerei

me

hat es gedruckt

[WV1k Gs

Stadt Wien in Oesterreich

Haga OVC VOY JON
ee PEUDIGO)

2057.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF KAUDER’S CATECHISM, ETC,

KALADI.IT—KAUDER. 393

2056 Kattitsiomarsut attuaromarsullo Malligekseit.
Gnadau, 1835. *

£2. Greenland primer; reprint of Groenlandsk A B D Bog. Reprinted: Kjé-
benhayn, Missions-Collegium, 1849, 20 pp. 8°.—Ludewig.

JB (AUB Oe

enthaltend den Katechismus, Detrachtuag, Gessng.

Loot A 5 oXoi XO

Dig kaiserliche © wie auch kéuigliche © Buchdruckerei

eee

bal es gedrucht
c A A
Lokxot TV Gee
ip der kaiserlichen Stadt Wien in Oestorreich

Ex 1866, <=

2057 Kauder (Rev. Christian). Buch | das gut | enthaltend den Kate-
chismus, Betrachtung, Gesang. |

Die kaiserliche wie auch kénigliche Buchdruckerei | hat es ge-

druckt | in der kaiserlichen Stadt Wien in Oesterreich | 1866. | s.

Catechismus, 4 p. Il, pp. 1-145; Betrachtungsbuch, pp. 1-111; Gesangbuch,
pp. 1-210.
This embraces two other works, as follows:

2058 — Buch | das gut | enthaltend den Katechismus, Betrach-
tung. |
Die kaiscrliche wie auch kénigliche Buchdruckerei | hat es ge-
druckt in der kaiserlichen Stadt Wien in Oesterreich. | 1866. | HU.s.
4 p.1l., pp. 1-146, 1-109, 11. 12°.

2059 ——— Buch | das gut | enthaltend den Gesang. |

Die kaiserliche wie auch kénigliche Buchdruckerei | hat es ge-
druckt | in der kaiserlichen Stadt Wien in Oesterreich, | 1866. | HU. s.

4p.1l., pp. 1-210. 12°.

These works are printed in special characters for the use of the Mikmak In-
dians. The titles are also in those characters, with the German equivalent un-
derneath each.

The following note is from Mr. J. G. Shea’s introduction to Le Clercq’s First
Establishment of the Faith:

394

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Kauder (Rev. Christian)—continued.

As these hieroglyphics are still in use among the Micmacs, who write and
read them, and a font of type for them has actually been cast at Vienna, in which
a prayer-book has been printed in our day, through the exertions of Rev. Charles
Kauder, a Redemptorist missionary, who spent some years at Tracadie, it will not
be out of place to give [Father Christian] Le Clereq’s own words:

‘“‘The easy method which I feund for teaching our Gaspesians their prayers
with certain characters which I have formed, effectually convinces me that the
majority would soon become instructed; for, indeed, I should find no more diffi-
culty in teaching them to read than to pray to God by my papers, in which each
arbitrary letter signifies a particular word, and some even two together. They
so readily grasp this kind of reading that they learn in a single day what they
would never have been able to retain in a whole week without the aid of these
cards, which they call Kignamotinoer or Kateguenne. They preserve these in-
structive papers so carefully and prize them so highly that they keep them very
neatly in little bark cases adorned with wampum, beads, and porcupine quills.
They hold them in their hands as we do our prayer-books during holy mass, after
which they replace them in their cases. The main utility and advantage result-
ing from this new method is that the Indians teach one another, wherever they
may happen to be. Thus the children teach the father, the wife her husband,
and children the aged, their great age giving them no repugnance to learn from
their little nephews, and even from girls, the principles of Christianity.

“Tt is, therefore, easy to judge hereby of the use of these characters to a mis-
sionary who wishes to produce a great deal of fruit in a short time throughout
the whole extent of his district; for, poor as our Indians’ memory may be, they
can not only easily learn their prayers by these characters, but when they forget
them it is easy to bring them to mind again by counting them one after another,
in the manner shown them.

“ Our Lord inspired me with this method the second year of my mission, when,
being greatly embarrassed as to the mode in which I should teach the Indians
to pray, I noticed some children making marks on birch bark with coal, and they
pointed to them with their fingers at every word of the prayer which they pro-
nounced. This made me think that by giving them some form which would aid
their memory by fixed characters, I should advance much more rapidly than by
teaching on the plan of making them repeat over and over what I said. I was
charmed to know that I was not deceived, and that these characters which I had
traced on paper produced all the effect I desired, so that in a few days they learned
all their prayers without difficulty. I cannot describe to you the ardor with
which these poor Indians competed with each other in praiseworthy emulation
which should be the most learned and the ablest. It costs, indeed, much time
and pains to wake all that they require, and especially since I enlarged*them so
as to include all the prayers of the Church, with the sacred mysteries of the
Trinity, Incarnation, Baptism, Penance, and the Eucharist. But, after all, what
ought we not to do for God’s sake?

“As I sought in this little formulary only the good of my Indians and the
easiest and readiest method of instructing them, I always used them with greater
pleasure since several persons of merit and virtue have been kind enough orally

and in letters to exhort me to continue, even forcing me to send specimens to
> thém in France, in order to show the curious a new method of learning to read,

and how God avails Himself of the least things to manifest the glory of His holy
name to these tribes of Gaspésie. The approbation of Monseigneur de Saint
Valier, now Bishop of Quebec, has more than sufficiently authorized their use,
and that worthy prelate has esteemed them so highly that after witnessing in
person their advantage and utility in a very painful voyage which he made to
Acadia, he asked some specimens from the Rev. Father Moreau, to whom I had
imparted them some years before.” i

KAUDER—KEATING. 395

Kauder (Rev. Christian)—continued.

Mr. Shea, in the Historical Magazine, vol. 5, p. 259, says:

“A manuscript in this character is said to exist in one of the public libraries
at Paris, and steps have been taken to have it copied in whole or in part. As
described to me, it is of the seventeenth century; and it may possibly be one of
those sent to France by Father Le Clercq himself, who states that he was re-
quested to furnish specimens, and did so. From its age, it will be of great value

for comparison.
“Of the last century I know one specimen in the British Museum, of which
Mr. E. G. Squier has shown me a copy that he made.”

2060 Kaumajok | nellojunnik | kaumatsitiksak. | [Design.] ATS.
N.p.,n.d. 1 p.l., pp. 1-8. sq. 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo dialect of
Labrador. Published also in the Greenland dialect, as follows:

2061 Kaumarsok naellursunnut | kaumarsautiksak. | [Picture.] ATS.
N.p.,n.d. 1p.l.,pp.1-8. 24°.

2062 Kautz (August Valentine). Vocabulary of the Indians of the

Pueblo of Isleta, N. Mex.
Manuscript. 1011. 4°. Collected in 1869,

2063 Vocabulary of the Too-too-ten.
Manuscript. 6]1. folio. 180 words.

These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2064 Keane (A. H.) Appendix. Ethnography and Philology of Amer-
ica. By A. H. Keane.
In Bates (H. W.) Central America, the West Indies, &c., pp. 451-561. Lon-
don, 1878. 8°.
Languages—Polysynthesis, Consequences, Syncope—Letter-change—Evanes-
cence—Vast number of American Janguages accounted for—Their classification,

pp. 451-459.
General scheme of American races and languages, pp. 460-483, as follows:

Sub Arctic races, Columbian races,

Athabascan or Tinney family, Californian races,

Algonquin family, Shoshonee and Pawnee families,
Wyandot-Iroquois family, New Mexican and Arizona races,
Dacotah family, Mexican races,

Appalachian races, Central American races.

Alphabetical list of all known American tribes and languages, pp. 498-561.

American Indians.

In Encyclopedia Britannica, ninth edition, vol. 12, pp. 823-830. New York,
1881. 4°.
Remarks on language, pp. 823-824.

2066 Keating ( William H.) Narrative | of | An Expedition | to the |
Source of St. Peter’s River, | Lake Winnepeek, Lake of the
Woods, | &c. &e. | Performed in the year 1823, | by order of | the
Hon. J. C. Calhoun, Secretary of War, | under the command of |
Stephen H. Long, Major U.S. T. E. | Compiled from the Notes of
Major Long, Messrs. Say, | Keating, and Colhoun, [sic] | by | Wil-
liam H. Keating, A. M. &c. | Professor of Mineralogy and Chemistry
as applied to the arts, in | the University of Pennsylvania; Geol-

2065

396 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Keating (William H.)—continued.
ogist and | Historiographer to the Expedition. | In two volumes. |
Vol. I [II]. |
Philadelphia: | H. C. Carey & I. Lea—Chestnut Street. | 1824. |

2 vols. 8°. maps. BA. C.
Keating (W. H.) Names of moons in Dakota, vol. 1, pp. 422-423; Names of

moons in Chippewa, vol. 2, p. 169.

Vocabulary of the Sakewi or Sauk; of the Dacota or Sioux; of the

Ochippewag or Chippewa, vol. 2, pp. 450-459.

Say (T.) Vocabulary of the Killisteno or Cree, vol. 2, pp. 450-459.

Narrative | of an | Expedition | to the | Source of St. Peter’s
River, | Lake Winnepeek, | Lake of the Woods, We. | Performed in
the year 1823, | by order of the Hon. J. C. Calhoun, | Secretary of
War, | under the Command of Stephen H. Long, U. 8. T. E. | Com-
piled | from the Notes of Major Long, Messrs. Say, Keating, &
Colhoun, [sic] | By William H. Keating, A. M. &e. | Professor of Min-
eralogy and Chemistry, as applied to the Arts, in the University
of | Pennsylvania; Geologist and Historiographer to the Expedi-
tion. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [IT]. |

London: | Printed for Geo. B. Whittaker, Ave-Maria-Lane, |
1825. | BA. C.
2vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p. 441; vol. 2, p. 165; Appendix, pp. 147-156.

2068 Kellogg (Rev. Elijah). Vocabulary of Words in the Language of
the Quoddy Indians; (Name Passamaquoddie, its meaning, Pollock
Fish) located in Perry Pleasant Point, State of Maine, on the Waters
of Schoodak, adjoining the British Provinces. (Pleasant Point in
Indian is Seboiak; Schoodak is an Indian word and signifies Burnt
Land.)

In Mass. Hist. Soc., Coll., third series, vol 3, pp. 181-182. Cambridge, 1333. 8°.
There are also a few words of the Shawanoes on p. 181.

2067

2069 Kennedy (Dr.) Vocabulary of the Tsimsian.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp.
145-153. Washington, 1877. 4°.
Kennedy (C. M.), editor.
See Kennedy (James).

2070 Kennedy (James). On the Probable Origin of the American Indians,
with particular reference to that of the Caribs. By James Kennedy,
Esq., L. L. B. Late H. B. M’s Judge in the Mixed Court at Havana.

In Eth. Soc. [of London], Jour., vol. 4, pp. 226-267. London, [1856]. 8°.

Words of the Carib language, showing affinities with those of various African
tribes, pp. 264-265.

Issued separately as follows:

Probable Origin of the American Indians with particular

reference to that of the Caribs. A Paper read before the Ethno-

logical Society the 15 March 1854. And printed at their special
request. By James Kennedy, Esq. LL. B. [&e.]
London: Wi. Lumley, 126 High Holburn, 1854. x
1p.1., pp. 1-42. 8°. Title from Field’s Bibliography. Reprinted in:

2071

KEATING—KENNICOTT. 397

Kennedy (James)—continued.

20(2.—— Ethnological and Philological Essays. By James Kennedy,
Esq. ... I. Probable Origin of the American Indians. II. Ques-
tion of the supposed Lost Tribes of Israel. . . .

London: Hall and Virtue. 1855. *
42, 57, 30 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary. Reprinted in:

2073 Essays | Ethnological | and | Linguistic | by the late |
James Kennedy Esq., LL. B. | Formerly her Britannic Majesty’s
Judge at the Havana. | Edited by | C. M. Kennedy, B. A. |

Williams & Norgate | 14 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, Lon-
don; | and | 20 South Frederick Street, Edinburgh. | 1861. | C.

Pp. i-vil, 1-230. 8°.

Carib words showing affinities with dialects of Africa, pp. 120-121.

2074 Kennicott (Robert). Kotch-4-Kutchin Vocabulary. Words from
the language of the Kotch-4-Kutchin—the Indians of Yukon River,
at the mouth of Porcupine River, in northern Alaska.

In Whymper (IF.) Travel and Adventure in Alaska, pp. 322-828. London,
1868. 8°.

This vocabulary also appears in the reprint of Whymper, N. Y., 1869, 8°, pp.
345-350; and in thesame, N. Y., 1871, 8°, same pages. Itis also printed in Whym-
per’s article on Russian America, in Eth. Soc. of London, Trans., vol. 7, pp. 183-

185. London, 1869. 8°. Issued also by the Smithsonian Institution, 5 unnum-
bered ll. folio, printed on one side only.

2075 Vocabulary of the Slave Indians, Tenne. JWP.
7 unnumbered Il. folio, printed on one side only; issued by the Smithsonian
Institution.

“Slave Indians of Liard River, near Fort Liard. They call themselves A-che-
t6-e-tin’/-ne, as distinguished from the other Tenne; it means ‘People of the low-
lands,’ or ‘People living out of the wood.’”

2076 ——— Terms of Relationship of the Slave Lake Indians (Achao-
tinne) Fort Liard, Mackenzie River District, Hudson’s Bay Ty., and
of the Utahs (Tabegwaches) collected at Washington, D. C., from
a delegation of Utahs.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°.

2077 ——— Vocabulary of the Chipewyan of Slave Lake.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio.
2078 t—— Vocabulary of the Hare Indians, of Fort Good Hope, Mac-

kenzie River.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio.
2079 ——— Vocabulary of the Nahawny Indians of the Mountains west
of Fort Liard.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio.
Vocabulary of the Tsuhtyuh (Beaver People)—Beaver In-
dians of Peace River west of Lake Athabasca; and of the Thekenneh
(People of the Rocks) Siccanies of the Mountains, south of Fort Liard.
Manuscript. 61]. folio, These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.

2080

398 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2081 Kent (—). List of names of Iowa Indians, with English transla-

tion.
Manuscript. 8 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. It is ac-
companied by a similar list revised by the Rev. William Hamilton,7 pp. folio.

2082 Kerr (Robert). A | General History and Collection | of | Voyages
and Travels, | arranged in systematic order; | forming a complete
history of the origin and progress | of navigation, discovery, and
commerce, | by sea and land, | from the earliest ages to the present
time. | By | Robert Kerr, F. R. S. & F. A. S. Edin. | Mlustrated by
maps and charts. | Vol. I [-X VII]. |

Edinburgh: | Printed by George Ramsay and Company, | for
William Blackwood, South Bridge Street; | J. Murray, Fleet
Street, R. Baldwin, Paternoster Row, | London; and J. Cuming,
Dublin. | 1811 [-1816]. | C.

17 vols. foiio.

Cartier (J.) The Voyages of Jacques Cartier, vol. 6, pp. 15-68.

Cook (J.) and Dixon (J.) A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, vol. 15, pp. 114-
514; vol. 16, and vol. 17, pp. 1-311.

2083 Keti Bilaun. | ATS.
No title-page. Pp. 1-15. 16°. Katie Brown, in the Choctaw language. For
another edition see Chahta I Kana.

2084 Khromchenko (Capt. Vasili Stepanovich). Journal kept during a
Cruise along the Coast of Russian-America. o
In Northern Archives for History, Statistics, and Voyages (in Russian), Nos.
11-18. St. Petersburg, 1824. 8°.
Contains vocabulary of the Kadjak. Translated into German: Hertha, 1825.
Vocabulary, pp. 218-221.—Ludewig.

Khuostoff (Nikolai Alexandrovich).
See Davidoff (G. I.)

2085 Kidder (Frederic). The Abenaki Indians; their Treaties of 1713
& 1717, and a Vocabulary: with a Historical Introduction. By
Frederic Kidder, of Boston.

In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 6, pp. 229-263. Portland, 1859. 8°.

“Extracts from a Spelling Book in the Abenaki language. Published in
Boston in 1830 and called ‘Kimzowi Awighigan,’ the last word being the term
for book,” pp. 245-249. See Uzokhilain (pp. ).

Issued separately as follows:

2086

The Abenaki Indians; their Treaties of 1713 & 1717, and
a Vocabulary: with a Historical Introduction. By Frederic Kid-
der of Boston.

Portland: Printed by Brown Thurston: 1859. _ HU.
Pp. 1-25 [35]. 8°.

2087

Vocabulary of the Openango or Passamaquoddy language.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 689-690. Philadelphia,
1855. 4°,

KENT—KINGSBOROUGH. 399

2088 King (Edward, Lord Kingsborough). Antiquities of Mexico: |
comprising | fac-similes | of | Ancient Mexican Paintings and
Hieroglyphics, | preserved | in the Royal Libraries of Paris, Berlin,
and Dresden; | in the Imperial Library of Vienna; | in the Vatican
Library; | in the Borgian Museum at Rome; | in the Library of the
Institute at Bologna; | and in the Bodleian Library at Oxford. |
Together with | the Monuments of New Spain, | By M. Du Paix: |
with their respective | scales of measurement and accompanying
descriptions. | The whole illustrated by | many valuable inedited
manuscripts, | by Augustine Aglio. | In seven [nine] volumes. |
Vol. I [-IX]. |

London: | Published by A. Aglio, 36, Newman Street; | To be
had also of Whittaker, Treacher, and Co. Ave-Maria Lane. |
M. DCCC. XXX [-MDCCCXLVIIT] [1830-1848]. | C. DI.

9 vols. folio. The titles of vols. 6, 7,8, and 9 are changed somewhat and have
different imprint.

Adair (J.) History of the North American Indians [ Arguments 1-23], vol. 8,
pp. 273-375.

[Alva (B. de).] Extract from a Manual of Confession published in Mexico
in 1634 (in Mexican), vol. 8, p. 110.

Fac-simile of an original Mexican [Mayan] Painting preserved (in the Royal
Library at Dresden), 74 pages on 27 plates, vol. 3. (In Maya hieroglyphics. )

There are many aboriginal terms scattered throughout each of the volumes.

A part of the edition was bought by Havell who changed the title so as to
make it read the same in all the volumes, as follows:

2089

Antiquities of Mexico: | comprising | fac-similes | of | An-
cient Mexican Paintings and Hieroglyphics, | preserved | in | the
Royal Libraries of Paris, Berlin, and Dresden; | in the Imperial
Library of Vienna; | in the Vatican Library; | in the Borgian Mu-
seum at Rome; | in the Library of the Institute at Bologna; | and
in the Bodleian Library at Oxford. | Together with | the Monuments
of New Spain, | By M. Dupaix: | with their respective | scales of
measurement and accompanying descriptions. | The whole illus-
trated by many valuable | Inedited Manuscripts, | By Lord Kings-
borough. | The drawings, on stone, by A. Aglio. | In seven [nine]
volumes. | Vol. I [-[X}. |

London: | Printed by James Moyes, Castle Street, Leicester
Square. | Published by Robert Havell, 77, Oxford Street; | and |
Colnaghi, Son, and Co. Pall Mall East. | M. DCCC. XXXI [-M.
DCCC. XLVIIT] [1831-1848]. | JWP.

9 vols. folio.

2090 Kingdon (fev. John). Dictionary Maya-Spanish-English, and
English-Spanish-Maya. *

Manuscript. In possession of American Bible Society.—Turner, in Ludewig.

Kingsborough (Lord).
See King (Edward).

400 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2091 Kinzie (Mrs. John H.) Wau-Bun, | the | “Early Day” | in | the
Northwest. | By Mrs. John H. Kinzie, | of Chicago. || Second
edition, with illustrations.

Chicago: | D. B. Cooke & Co., Publishers. | 1857. | BA.
Pp. i-xii, 13-498. large 12°.
Winnebago (?) terms passim.
Wau-bun, | the | Early Day in the Northwest. | By | Mrs.
John H. Kinzie, | of Chicago. | [Three lines quotations. ]
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1873. | C.
Pp. 1-390. 12°. Winnebago (?) terms passim.

2092

2093 Kip (Lawrence). Army Life on the Pacific; | a journal | of the |
Expedition Against the Northern Indians, | the tribes of the |
Coeur D’Alenes, Spokans, and Pelouzes, | in the Summer of 1858. |
By | Lawrence Kip, | Second Lieutenant of the Third Regiment of
Artillery, U.S. Army. |

Redfield, | No. 34 Beekman Street, New York. | 1859.| —- BA. C.
Pp. i-vi, 7-144. 12°.
A few aboriginal terms scattered through.

2094 Kip (Rev. William Ingraham). The | Early Jesuit Missions | in |
North America; | compiled and translated from the letters of the |
French Jesuits, with notes. | By the | Rev. William Ingraham Kip,
M. A., | Corresponding Member of the New York Historical Soci-
ety. | Part I [IT]. |

New York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1846. | Ba. c.

Pp. i-xiv, 2 1l., pp. 1-321. 12°.

A few remarks on language, and the ‘‘O Salutarus Hostia” in the Abnakis,
Algonkin, Huron, and Illinois languages (from Father Rasles), pp. 29-30.

2095

The | Early Jesuit Missions | in | North America; | com-

piled and translated from the letters of | the French Jesuits, with

notes. | By the | Right Rev. William Ingraham Kip, D. D., |

Bishop of California, Honorary Member N. Y. Historical Society. ;
Albany, N. Y.: | Pease & Prentice, 82 State Street, | 1866. | HU.
Pp. i-xiv, 1 1., pp. 1-825. 12°. Linguistics, pp. 29-30.

2096 The | Early Jesuit Missions | in | North America; | com-
piled and translated from the letters of | the French Jesuits, with
notes. | By the | Right Rev. William Ingraham Kip, D. D., | Bishop
of California, Honorary Member N. Y. Historical Society. |

Albany, N. Y.: | Joel Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1873. | A.
Pp. i-xiv, 1 1., pp. 1-325, 12°. map.

2097 Kipp (James). Vocabulary of the Mandan.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 255-256, 446-459. Philadel-
phia, 1853. 4°.

Kipp (Joseph).
See Lanning (C. M.)

KINZIE—KIRKBY. 401

2098 Kirk (Charles W.) Hymns in the Wyandot Language.
Manuscript. 24 ll, 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2099 Kirkby (fev. William West). Hymns and Prayers: | for the | Pri-
vate Devotions | of the | Slave Indians of McKenzie’s River. | By
Rey. W. W. Kirkby. |

New York: | Rennie, Shea & Lindsay. | 1862. | JWP.
11.,pp.1-16. 12°. In syllabic characters.

A Manual | of | Devotion and Instruction | for the | Slave

Indians of M’Kenzie River, | by | the Rev. W. W. Kirkby. | [Seal.]

[London:] | Printed by W.M. Watts, | 80, Gray’s Inn Road. | WE.
Pp. 1-65. 16°. In Roman characters.
A Manual | of | Devotion and Instruction | for the | Slave
Indians of McKenzie River. | By | Rev. W. W. Kirkby. |
London: | Printed by W. M. Watts, | 28, Whitefriars Street,
City. | [1-642] | JWP.
Pp. 1-76. 16°. In syllabic characters.
A Manual | of | Devotion and Instruction | for the | Slave
Indians of McKenzie River, | by Rev. W. W. Kirkby. | [Seal.]
With the approbation of | the Lord Bishop of the Diocese. |
[N. p., n. d.] ATS. JWP.
Pp. 1-86. 24°. In syllabic characters.

Manual | of | Devotion and Instruction, | in the | Chipe-
wyan Language, | for the | Indians of Churchill. | By the Rev.
W. W. Kirkby. |

London: | Church Missionary House, | Salisbury Square. | [N.d.]
Pp. 1-113. 16°. In syllabic characters. JIWP.

2104" The Gospel | according to | Saint John. | Translated into

the Tinné Language. | [Three lines syllabic characters. |
London: | British and Foreign Bible Society. | 1870. | JWP.
Pp. 3-93. 16°. In syllabic characters.

2100

2101

2102

2103

2105 Natsun kaothet nake kendi | Jesus Christ | be konde
nezo | Saint Mark | ekaonte adikles | Tinne yatie kesi. |
London: | 1574. | JWP.
Pp. 1-64. 16°. Gospel of St. Mark in the Tinné language.
2106 St. Mark. | IWP.

No title-page. Colophon: [London.] W. M. Watts, 80, Gray’s Inn Road.

Pp. 1-66. 16°. Gospel of St. Mark in the Tinné language (Ft. Simpson). In
syllabic characters.
The Gospels | of | the Four Evangelists, | St. Matthew, St.
Mark, St. Luke, | and St. John. | Translated into the language |
of | The Chipewyan Indians | of | North-West America. |

London: | Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society. |
1878. | JWP.

Pp. 1-344. 12°. In syllabic characters.
Portions | of the | Book of Common Prayer, | Hymns,
&ce., | in the | Chipewyan Language. | By Archdeacon Kirkby. |

26 Bib

2107

2108

402 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Kirkby (Rev. William West)—continued.

Printed at the request of | the Bishop of Rupert’s Land, | by
the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | 77, Great
Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn-Fields, London. | [n. d.] JWPe.

Pp. 1-195. 16°. In syllabiccharacters. For another edition, see Kirkby (W.
W.) and Bompas (W. C.)

See Horden (Rev. John) and Kirkby (Rev. W. W.)
and Bompas (W.C.) Portions | of the | Book of Common
Prayer, | Hymns, &c., | in the | Chipewyan Language. | By Arch-
deacon Kirkby. | Adapted for the use of | the Slavi Indians | by
the | Right Reverend W.C. Bompas, D. D., | Bishop of Athabasca. |
Printed by the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, |
77, Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn-Fields, London. | [n. d.] JwP.
Pp. 1-176. 16°. In syllabic characters. For another edition. see Kirkby
(W. W.)

2109

2110 Kishemanito Mvzinaigyn Te- | zhiuindvmiin, | Josip Tvzhimint, |
Auesivg pineshivg Gaie Tv- | zhimintuag. | Or | Old Testament
Bible Stories, | Story of Joseph, | and | Natural History. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners |
for Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. | BA. JWP. Vv.
Pp. i-v, 7-72. 12°. In the Chippewa language.

2111 Kjer (Knud). Tuksiautit | Julesiutit | makko | nukterdlugidlo-
neet arsillincardlugidloneet | narkringuiardlugidloneet katterso-
rei | nakrittoegangortidlugidlo. | K. Kjer-ib | Amertlormiut ma-
neetsormiudlo pellesizta. Tussarnersunnik umativsigut tuksi-
ardluse nalekkamut. | Koloss. 3. 16. |

Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritius de Tengnagelikut nakrittareit. |
1831. | S.
Pp. 1-34, 11. 16°. Hymns in the Eskimo language.

2112 Illerkorsutit ... K. Kjer.
Aarhusime, 1832. Y
89 pp. 8°. Psalms in the Eskimo language.—Rink.

2113 Sannerutilingmik. Tugsiautitait K. Kjermit.
Odensime, 1834. a
237 pp. 8°. Psalm book in the Eskimo language.—Rink,

2114 Ivngerutit K. Kjerimit.
Kjobenhavnime, 1838. *
490 pp. 8°. Psalm book in the Eskimo language.—Rink.

2115 Jungerutitutit kerssungme senningarsome Kikiektomic

ajokaersu tjeniglo.
Kjébenhavn. 1838. #
Three hundred and thirty spiritual songs in the Eskimo language. Title from
Steiger’s Bib. Glot.
Kattengutigeek. | K. Kjerib | nuktigej. |
Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritius de Tengnagelib nakitteriviane | na-
kittarsimarsut. | 1838. | JWP.
Pp. 1-45. 16°. A story in the Eskimo language.

2116

KIRKBY—KLETT. 403

Kjer (Knud)—continued.

2117 ———Tuksiautit | Kikiektugarursomik, pellesib K. Kjerim aglegij
kattersugejlo. | [Seven lines quotation.] | Tapekarput. |
M. Vogeliusib Nakittsegej, Frederikshavnime, 1856. | HU.

Pp. i-xviii, 1-385, 211., pp. 1-97. 24°. In the Eskimo language.

2118 Kjgbenhavnske Selskab. Skrifter, | som udi | det Kigbenhavnske |
Selskab | af | Leerdoms og Videnskabers Elskere | ere fremlagte og
opleste | i Aarene 1743 og 1744. | Fgrste [-Tolvte] Deel. |

Kjgbenhayn, | Udi det Kongelig Waysenhuses Bogtrykkerie |
og paa dets Forlag. | Trykt af Gottmann Friderich Kisel. Aar
1745 [-1779]. | A.

12 vols. 4°. plates. After the tenth volume the name of the society appears
on the title-page as ‘‘ Kongelige Videnskabers Selskab.”

Woldike (M.) Betwnkning om det Grgnlandske Sprogs Oprindelse og Uliig-
hed med andre Sprog, vol. 2, pp. 129-156.

2119

Scriptorum | 4 | Societate | Hafniensi | Bonis artibus pro-
movendis | dedita | Danice editorum, | nune autem | in Latinum
sermonem conversorum | Interprete | P. P. | Pars Prima [—Tertia]. |

Hafnie, | Anno MDCCXLV [-MDCCXLVII]. [1745-1747.]
Sumptibus & typis Orphanotrophii Regii | Excudit Gottmann.
Frid. Kisel, Orphanotroph. Reg. Typogr. | A.

3 vols. 4°. 611.,394 pp.,11.; 211.,384 pp., 14 1l.; 211,418 pp.,511., plates. No
more published.

Woldike (M.) Meletema, de Lingve Groenlandice origine, ejusque a ceteris
lingvis differentia, vol. 2, pp. 137-162.

2120 Kleinschmidt (Samuel). Grammatik | der | grénlindischen
Sprache | mit theilweisem Hinschluss des Labradordialects | von

S. Kleinschmidt. |
Berlin, 1851. | Druck und Verlag von G. Reimer. | C. V.

Pp. i-x, 1-182. 8°.

2121 Silame iliornerit . . . S. Kleinschmidt.
Nungme [Godthaab ], 1859. *
128 pp. 8°. History of the world in Eskimo.—Rink.

2122 - Den Grénlandske Ordbog, | omarbeidet | af | Sam. Klein-

schmidt; | udgiven | paa Foranstaltning af Ministeriet for Kirke.
og Underviisningsvaesenet og med | det kongelige danske Viden-
skabernes Selskabs Understéttelse | ved | H. F. Jorgensen. |
Kidbenhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 1871. | Cc.
Pp. i-x,11., pp. 1-460. 8°.
Terms of Relationship of the Eskimo, Greenland, collected
by Samuel Kleinschmidt, Godthaab, Greenland.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1571. 4°.
2124 Klett (Francis). Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta, and of the Pueblo of
Acoma.

In Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424465,
471. Washington, 1879. 4°.

2123

404 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2125 Knipe (Rev. C.) Some account of the Tahkaht language as spoken
by several tribes on the western coast of Vancouver Island. [Quo-
tation. |

London: Hatchard; 1868. o
80 pp. 8°. Title from M, Alph. Pinart.
Introduction, pp. 1-8; Grammar, pp. 9-31; Vocabulary, part 1, Tahkaht-
English, pp. 33-58; part 2, English-Tahkaht, pp. 59-78.
2126 ——— Nootka or Tahkaht Vocabulary.

Manuscript. 71I. folio. 250 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2127 Kohl (Johann Georg). Kitschi-Gami oder Erzihlungen vom
Obern-See. Ein Beitrag zur Charakteristik der amerikanischen
Indianer... .

Bremen: Schiinemann. 1859. *
2 vols. 8°. pp. viii,600. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

2128 - Kitchi-gami. | Wanderings round Lake Superior. | By |
J. G. Kohl, | author of “Travels in Russia,” &e. | [Five lines
quotation. |

London: | Chapman and Hall, 193, Piccadilly. | 1860. | Regis-
tered according to International copyright Act. | Cc.

Pp. i-xii, 1-428. 8°.

A few Chippeway geographic terms, names of certain stars, &c., pp. 118-119;
“Language of signs, symbolic writings,” &c., pp. 137-159.

2129 Koniglich-bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Gelehrte
Anzeigen | herausgegeben | von Mitgliedern der k. bayer. Akade-
mie | der Wissenschaften. | Erster [—Fiinfzigster] Band. |

Miinchen, | im k. Central-Schulbiicher-Verlage. | 1835 [-1860]. |
50 vols. 4°. C.

Schubert (H. von). Correspondenz-Nachrichten aus Labrador, Band 18,
columns 217-430.

2130 Koniglich preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.
Abhandlungen der kéniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in
Berlin. Aus den Jahren 1804 [-1878]. Nebst der Geschichte der
Akademie in diesem Zeitraum. | {Design.]

Berlin: finder Realschut Buchhandlung. | 1815 [-1879]. | Ba. c.

75 vols. 4°.

This publication was begun in 1723 with the following title: Miscellanea Bero-
linensia, ad increm scientiarum, ex scriptio societatis regiae exhibita. Vols. 1-7.
1723-1744, and continuation to vol. 7, 1746; followed by:

Histoire de l’Académie Royale des Sciences et Belles Lettres de Berlin. Année
M DCC XLIV [-M DCC LVIII}. Berlin: M DCC XLIV [-M DCC LXV}.

14 vols. 4°. Continued as follows:

Nouveaux Mémoires de Académie Royale des Sciences et Belles Lettres.
Année M DCC LXXVI [-M DCC LXXXVI}]. Berlin: M DCC LXXIX [ -M DCC
LXXXVIII}.

Vols. 15-25. 49. Continued as follows:

Mémoires de l’Académie Royale des Sciences et Belles Lettres. Année M DCC
LXXXVI[-MDCCCIV]. Berlin: M DCC XCII [-M DCCC VIII}.

Vols. 26-38. 4°. This was followed by title as above ‘“‘Abhandlungen,” &c.

Buschmann (J.C. E.) Uber den Naturlaut, 1852, pt. 3, pp. 391-423.

Uber die aztekischen Ortsnamen, 1852, pt. 3, pp. 607-811.

KNIPE—KRAGH. 405

Koniglich preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin—cont?d.
Buschmann (J. C. E.) Die Sparen der aztekischen Sprache im nérdlichen
Mexico, 1854, Zweiter Suppl.-Band, pp. 1-819.

Der athapaskische Sprachstamm, 1955, pp. 149-319.

—— Die Sprachen Kizh und Netela von Neu-Californien, 1855, pp. 501-531.

——— Die Pima Sprache und der Sprache der Koloschen, 1856, pp. 321-432.

— Die Lautveriindernng aztekischer Worter, 1856, pp. 443-457.

Die Volker und Sprachen Neu Mexico’s und der Westseite des briti-

schen Nordamerika’s, 1857, pp. 209-414.

Systematische Worttafel des athapaskischen Sprachstamms, 1859,

pp. 501-586.

Das Apache als eine athapaskische Sprache, 1860, pp. 187-282.

Die Verwandtschafts-Verhiltnisse der athapaskischen Sprachen, 1862,

pp. 195-282.

Das Lautsystem der sonorischen Sprachen, 1863, pp. 369-453.

Das Zahlwort der sonorischen Sprachen, 1867, pp. 238-215.

Der sonorischen Grammatik, 1869, pp. 67-266.

Humboldt (W. von). Uber die Kawi-Sprache auf der Insel Java * * *.
1832. Zweiter Theil (3 volumes).
2131 ——— Bericht | iiber die | zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten | Ver-
handlungen | der kénigl. preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften |
zu Berlin. | Aus dem Jahre 1836 [?] [-1855]. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der kéniglichen Akademie |

der Wissenschaften. | {n. d.—1855.] Cc.
? vols. 8°. Title taken from volume for 1848, the earliest I have seen.
Buschmann(J.C.E.) WVerwandschaft der Kinai Idiome, 1854, pp. 231-236.
In 1856 the title was changed as follows:

2132 ——— Monatsberichte | der | kéniglichen | preuss. Akademie der
Wissenschaften | zu Berlin. | Aus dem Jahre 1856 [-1878]. | Mit 1L
Tafeln. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der kéniglichen Akademie |
der Wissenschatten. | 1856 [-1879]. | C.

? vols. 8°.

Buschmann (J. C. E.) Vélker und Sprachen im Innern des brittischen Nord-
amerikas, 1856, pp. 465-486.

2133 Kragh (Peter). Testamentitokab | Makpérsegéjsa Illangoeet, |
Profetit Mingnerit | Danieliblo Aglegéit, | Kaladlin okauzeennut
nuktersimarsut, | nark’igutingoenniglo sukuiarsimarsut | Pellesi-
mit | Petermit Kraghmit. | Attuegeksiiukudlugit inntingnut koisi-

marsunnut. |
Kjébenhavnime: Fabritiusit de Tengnagelib. 1829. | w.
Pp. i-viii, 2 1l., pp. 1-290,11. 16°. Parts of the Old Testament in the Eskimo
language.
2134 ——— Okalluktuautit | sajmaubingmik annékbingmiglo | Jesuse-

Kristusikut, | makpérsiekknnit Kablunait adledlo | okauzeenne
agléksimarsunnit | kattersérsimarsut, | Kaladlidlo okauzeenut
nuktérsimarsut| Pellesimit Peter-Kraghmit. | {Three lines quotation. |
Kjébenhavnime. Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nal’itteriviane nak-
ke’ittarsimarsut | 1830. | C.
4 p.1l., pp. 1-292. 16°. Salvation through the mediation of Jesus Christ, in the
Eskimo language.

406 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Kragh (Peter)—continued.
2135 t—— Tracts in Greenlandish. (21.)
Kjobenhavnime, 1830. _
19 sheets. 12°. The English consul, Mr. Brown, bore the expense of this pub-
lication.—Erslew.

2136

Testamentitokab | Makpérsegejsa Hlangoeet, | Mosesim
Aglegejsa | Ardlejt Tedlimejdlo, | Jobib, Esrab, Nehemiab, Este-
rib | Rutiblo Aglegejt, | Kaladlin okauzeennut nuktérsimarsut, |
nar’k’igutingoenniglo sukuidrsimarsut | Gjerlevimiut Enslevi-
miudlo Pellesiénnit | Peter Kraghmit. | Attuegeksmukudtugit
innangnut koisimarsunnut. |

Kjébenhavnime: Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib. 1832. | w.

Pp. 1-633,11. 16°. Parts of the Old Testament in the Eskimo language.

2137 —_— Okalloutit, | Sabbatinne akkudleesikset, | Evangeliumit
sukuiadutejt okiokun | attuegékset, | kattersorsimarsut | Kala-
dlidlo okauzeennut nuktérsimarsut | Pellesimit Peter-Kraghmit. |
[Five lines quotation. |

Kjébenhavnime 1833. | Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nak’ itteri-
viane nak’ ittarsi- | marsut. | GB.

Pp. i-viii, 11, pp. 1-464, 2 11. (one folding). 16°. Prayers and lessons on the
Gospels, for Sundays and holy-days, in the Eskimo language.

2138 Testamentitokab makpersaegejsa illangoeet, Josvab er’-
kartoursirsudlo aglegejt, Samuelim aglegaj siurdleet ardlejdlo,
aglékket Kongiunik siurdleet ardlejdlo . . . . nuktersimarsut
Peter Kragh-mit.

Kjébenhavnime, 1836. ie
708 pp. 8°. Parts of the Old Testament.—Rink,

2139

Erkarsautigirsekset | sillarsoarmik, | agléksimarsut |
G. I. Ursinimit, | nuktersimarsut | P. Kragh-mit, | Lintrupimiut
Pellesiznnit. |

Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritius de Tengnagelib nal’ itteriviane nal’-

ittarsimarsut. | 1839. | JWP.
Pp. 1-23. 16°. Treatise on astronomy, by Ursini, translated into Eskimo by
Kragh.

It is probable that this work was issued also with alternate pages, Danish and
Eskimo, as Erslew mentions an edition: Kidbenhaynime, 1839. 8°. 45 pp.

2140

Okalluktualiet, | nuktérsimarsut, | R. J. Brandt-mit, |
Karsome niiivertuksaugalloamit, | ark’iksérsimarsut titarnekartisi-
marsudlo | P. Kragh-mit | Lintrupimiut Hjertingimiudlo Pellesién.

nit |
Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritius de Tengnagelib nak’itterividne nak’-

ittarsimarsut. | 1839. | HU. JWP.

Pp. 1-118. 16°. Dialogues, tables, &c., in Greenlandish Eskimo.
2141 ——— Attuegautit, | Evangeliumitsukuiautejt Paaskimit | Trini-
tatis Sabbateesa kingurdlizn- | nut attuegekset, | kattersorsimar-

KRAGH—KRISTUMIUTUT. 407

Kragh (Peter)—continued.
sut Kaladlidlo | okauzeennut nuktersimarsut | Pellisimit Peter
Kraghmit, | [Three lines quotation. |
Kjébenhavnime: | Bianco Lunob naklitteriviane naklittarsimar-
sut. | 1848. | HU.
Pp. i-vili, 1-731, 211. 16°, Explanation of the Gospels in the Eskimo language.
2142 ——— Attuekken illuarsautikset (W. A. Wexelsen) nuktersi-
marsut P. Kragh-mit.
Kjébenhavnime, 1850. *
206 pp. 8°. Sermons in the Eskimo language.—Rink.

2143 ——— Unnersoutiksak | ernisiksiortunnut | Kalddlit nunzenné-
tunnut, | Kablunain okauzeenne agléksimarsok | nekkursdirsomit
Lerkimit, | Kaladlidle okauzeennut nuktersimarsok | Pellesimit |
Peter-Kraghmit. |

Kjébenhavuime. | Louis Kleinib nak’itt/eriviksoane. | 1867. |

Second title:

Underretning | for Jordemédre | i Grénland, | skrevyen paa
Dansk | af | Chirurg Lerch, | oversat paa Grgnlandsk | af | Praesten
Kragh. | :

Kj¢ébenhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 1867. | JWP.

Pp. 2-63. Alternate pages Eskimo and Danish. Eskimo title versol.1; Dan-
ish title recto 1.2. 16°.

2144 ——_ Johannesib koirsirsub nejsa innukajuitsame ... . nukter-
simarsok P. Kragh-mit.
Haderslevime, 1871. *
98 pp. 8°. Story of John the Baptist in the Eskimo language.—Rink.
2145 t—— Greenlandish Sermons. (27.) *

27 sheets. 8°. Printed at the expense of the Danish Missionary Society.—Rink.

2146 |Krausen (Johann Ulrich ) and Wagner (Johann Ch. ), editors. ]
Oratio Dominica zodvyiwttos za) zodvpopgos nimirum plus centum
linguis, versionibus aut characteribus reddita et expressa, editio
novissima, speciminibus variis quam priores auctior. Das ist: das
Gebet des Herrn oder Vater Unser in viel Sprachen und Schreib-
arten, nemlich, in mehr als hundert Sprachen, Uebersetzung und
Schriften verfasset und vorgestellet, die letzte Edition, um unter-
schiedliche Exempel vermehrter als die vorige. Verlegt von Joh.
Ul. Krausen, u. J. Ch. Wagner.

[N. p., n. d.] *
Folio. This was printed at Augsburg about 1710 or 1712, and is generally
called the Augsburg collection. Title from Auer Sprachenhalle. Sabin’s Die-
tionary, No. 57434, gives the collation: pp. (4), 22. 4°.
Contains the Mexican, Poconchi, and Virginian versions of the Lord’s Prayer,
See [Mottus (B.), editor].
2147 Kristumiutut tugsiautit.
Kjébenhavnime, 1876.
115 pp. 8°. Psalm book in the Eskimo language.—Rink.
See Davideb assingitals; also, Tuksiautib.

408 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2148 Kruger (I".) The | First Discovery of America, | and its early civ-
ilization. | Translated and enlarged from the German of | Dr. F.
Kruger, | by | W. L. Wagener, | Professor [&ec., two lines]. [Two
lines quotation. |

New York: | Sheldon & Company, | 335 Broadway, cor. Worth
St. | 1863. | C.

Pp. 1-134. 12°.

A few words of ‘‘Indian” compared with those of different peoples, pp. 96-128.

2149 Krusenstern (Adam Johann von). W6rter-Sammlungen | aus den
Sprachen | einiger V6lker | des | 6stlichen Asiens | und | der Nord-
west-Kiiste von Amerika. | Bekannt gemacht | von | A. J. v. Kru-
senstern | Capitain der Russisch Kaiserlichen Marine. |

St. Petersburg. | Gedruckt in der Druckerey der Admiralitit |
1813. | JWP.

11]., pp. i-xi, 11, pp. 1-68,11. 4°.

Wortersammlung aus der Sprache der Koljuschen (from Resanoff, Lisiansky,
Khlebnikoff), pp. 45-55; Wortersammlung aus der Sprache der Kenai (from Dawi-
doff, Resanoff, and Lisiansky), pp. 59-67.

2150 Kumlien (Ludwig). Department of the Interior: | U. 8. National
Museum. | 15 | Bulletin | of the | United States National Mu-
seum. | No. 15. | Published under the direction of the Smithsonian
Institution | -

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1879. |

Second title :

Contributions | to the | Natural History | of | Arctic America, |
made in connection with | the Howgate Polar Expedition, 1877-
78, | by | Ludwig Kumlien, | Naturalist of the Expedition. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1879. | JWP.
Outside title:
Department of the Interior: | U. S. National Museum. | —15— | Bulletin | of

the | United States National Museum. | Contributions to the Natural History of

Arctic America, | made in connection with the Howgate | Polar Expedition,

1877-78, | by Ludwig Kumlien, | Naturalist of the expedition. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1879.

Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-179. 8°.

Mr. Kumlien’s contributions to this pamphlet are as follows: Ethnology, pp.
11-46; Mammals, pp. 47-67; Birds, pp. 69-105. The first contains a few Innuit
terms passim, and numerals 1-10; the latter two contain many names of animals
and birds in the Cumberland Eskimo.

Reprinted, in part, as follows:

Ethnology. Fragmentary Notes on the Eskimo of Cum-
berland Sound. By Ludwig Kunlien. JWP.

In Science. A weekly record of scientific progress, vol. 1, pp. 85-88, 100-101,
214-218. New York, 1880. 4°.
Innuit numerals, 1-10, p. 216.

2152 Kungip tugdliata perkissutai | Kalatdlit misigssuissortait piv- |
dlugit nunataloakigssautai pivdlugit, | Kungip tugdliata sulivfiane
agdlagsimassut 1872 me | Januarip 31 ane. | JWP.

No title-page. Pp.1-18. 8°. Instructions for the trading posts in Greenland,
in the Eskimo language.

2151

KRUGER—LACOMBE. 409

L. J. C. et M. I.

For titles of works beginning with these letters, see next word of title.

2153 [La Brosse (Rev. Jean Baptiste de).] Nehiro-Iriniui | aiamihe |
Massinahigan, | Shatshegutsh, Mitinekapitsh, | Iskuamiskutsh,
Netshekatsh, | Misht’, Assinitsh, Shekutimitsh, | Ekuanatsh, As-
huabmushuanitsh | Piakuagamitsh, | Gaie missi missi nehiro-iriniui
Astshitsh | ka tatjits, ka kueiasku aiamihatjits ka utshi. |

Uabistiguiatsh [Quebec]. | Massinahitsetuau, Broun gaie Gir-
mor. | 1767. | C. HU.

Pp. 1-96. sm. 4°. Prayer-book in the Montagnais language.

In the approbation by Bishop Briant prefixed to the volume the compiler’s
name appears in its Montagnais form as Tshitshisahigan, i. e., “‘the broom” (la
brosse). The title-page shows that the manual was designed for all the praying
Indians who live at Shatshegu, Mitinekapi, Iskuamisku, Netskeka [ Lake Nitche-
guan?], Mishtassini [‘‘ the great rock” on the river of that name, between Lake
St. John and Hudson’s Bay], Shekutimi [now Chicoutimi, near Lake St. John],
Ekuani [Agwanus, on the St. Lawrence?], Ashuabmushuani [now Assuapmou-
son, one of the king’s posts, in Saguenay county], and Piakuagami [Picoutimi,
on Lake St. John], and all Nehiro-Irinui places, every where.—Zyumbull.

In 1769 * * he composed an alphabet and a catechism for the Montagnais. * *
He wrote a dictionary of the Montagnais language, and died about the year
1776.—Hind’s Explorations.

2154 [Lacombe (fév. Albert).] Dictionnaire et Grammaire | de la |
Langue Crise | par | un Missionnaire de la Saskatchiwan | Pros-

pectus |
Montréal | C.-O. Beauchemin & Valois, Libraires-Imprimeurs |
237 et 239, Rue St-Paul | 1872 JWP.

Pp. 1-17. 8°. A prospectus of the work afterwards issued ; contains remarks
upon and examples of the Cree language.

2155 —— Dictionnaire | de la | Langue des Cris | par | Le Rév. Pére
Alb. Lacombe, Ptre, | Oblat de Marie Immaculeée. | [Six lines quo-
tation. |

Montréal | C. O. Beauchemin & Valois, | Imprimeurs-Libraires |
237 et 239, Rue St-Paul | 1874 | C. HU. JWP.

Outside litle :

Dictionnaire et Grammaire | de la | Langne des Cris | par | Le Réy. Pere Alb.
Lacombe, Ptre, | Oblat de Marie Immaculée. | [Six lines quotation. }

Montréal | C.O. Beanchemin & Valois, Libraires-Imprimeurs | 237 et 239, Rue
St-Paul | 1874 |

Printed cover, 6 Il., pp. v-xx, 1-718. 8°. map.

Frangais-Cris, pp. 1-274; Cris-Frangais, pp. 277-663; Liste des noms de pa-
renté, pp. 664-672; Noms des différentes parties du corps, pp. 672-680; Racines du
dictionnaire Cris, pp. 681-704; Etymologie, pp. 705-710; Le symbole des apdtres,
p- 712; Les Commandements de Dieu, p. 713.

410 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lacombe (/év. Albert)—continued.
2156 Grammaire | de la | Langue des Cris, | par le R. P. A. La-
combe, Ptre | de la | Congrégation des Oblats de M. I. | [Design.]
Montréal | C. O. Beauchemin & Valois, Libraires-lmprimeurs, |
237 et 239, Rue Saint-Paul | 1874 | HU. C. JWP.
1 p.L., pp. i-iii, 1-190. 8°.

2157

[Four lines syllabic characters.] | (Livre de Prieres, ete.,
en Sauteux.) | [One line syllabic characters.] [Seal of the Oblates. ]

[Two lines syllabic characters.] Beauchemin & Valois, [One and
one-half lines syllabic characters.|—1880—|One-half line syllabic
characters. | | : JWP.

<Or-V LeoAb
Gee Br APC A»
bs

<M AS D> 3 GelNAB =>
(LIVRE DE PRIERES, Etc, EN SAUTEUX,)

Tn Wea emis lps

m=

=

UNA

ITS» DUD»
BEAUCEIEMIN dz VWALOIS,

LrLAbT SATU: Cx
Ake A> -1880-b <q 0P: GA

Pp. i-iv, 11., pp. 1-382. 16°. Roman Catholic prayer book in the Sauteux lan-
guage. Insyllabic characters. The verso of title in some copies is blank; others
have a paster bearing the approbation of the Most Rev. Alex. A. Taché, archbishop
of St. Boniface, and notice of copyright by Albert Lacombe, Ptre. O.M.S8. Others
have a smaller paster bearing the approbation but minus the copyright. The
preface, p. iv, is signed: G. Belcourt, Ptre, Missionnaire, and the title is the same

a ake cs

| : Percaoren <4ums
<PLYPrHE? |e 2 recorcn <sds
<600 Cn 4s

JANVIER.—La Sto Humanité de J-0. PAK

AUX OAEDEEXERAEEEXOOATEEXEL

FEVRIER.—N.-D, des Douleurs. a FPHAAAH« F

TATED ELED QUEDA

ao

Al

AVRIL.—Le St, Scapulaire.
[e) oo

PATTEM CULT TD

MAI.—Mois do Marie, DATSV-AAr«

MOUSHEMEORRREXUNHGEEMORRNEUXOEE fs

P<bV PAA

Dat z
IXUUDUUUXORUNEURERRPXEBENNEXE (=:

AOUT.—Le Sucré Corur de Marie. Bi<PAA fi

IM UMONNECOTEENEKEOHBEUXUNEE

SEPTEMBRE.—St Michel Archange. mile) ADA AK

TOTO

OOTOBRE—Les 8S, Angea Gardiens. bb DAAC: 5

YUALIOE SUNDER URERAEORNEREXOL

NOVEMBRE,— Les Ames du Purgatoire. SSbN ND. AA fe

TULLE:

o <<-LPie%

TTT 4

x
EXPLICATIONS :—X Dimanche.—X Dimanche avec fated Jour de jefine et dabstinonce,

JUILLET. —Le Previous Sang.

Caréme.—t Féte WVobligationa

2159.—FAC-SIMILE OF CREE CALENDAR; REDUCED ONE-HALF.

LACOMBE—LAET. 411

Lacombe (Fév. Albert)—continued.
as that of the edition of 1839, No. 334 of this catalogue. It may be the same work,
put into syllabic characters, by Father Lacombe. See fac-simile of title-page.

The following transliteration from the syllabic characters was furnished by
Archdeacon Kirkby; the English translation by Rev. J. A. Gilfillan:

Sauteux transliteration.—Anamiwemasinaikan | Jesus ot isitwawin | kaye | ana-
mii nakamonan takopiikatewan | (Livre de Priéres, ete., en Sauteux.) | Mi esit-
wawat Katolik anamiachik |

Ketimakisiwat kikinoamowawuk | Moniya otena | Beauchemin & Valois, |
Masinaikanikewininiwuk entawat | ivew pipoon-1880-ka ako nikit Jesus. |

English translation.—The Prayer Book | Jesus his religion of | and | sacred
hymns printed therewith | (Book of Prayers, etc., in Sauteux.) | The religion
Catholic according to. |

The poor for teaching them | Montreal | Beauchemin & Valois | the publish-
ers’ residence. | The year-1830-since the birth of Jesus |

2158 ——— Abrégé | du | Catéchisme | dans la | Langue des Sauteux |
Montréal | Beauchemin & Valois, Libraires-Imprimeurs | 256 et
258, rue St-Paul. | [1881.] JWP.

Printed cover, 1 1., pp. 1-43, 1 1. 32°.

2159 - [Calendar for the Saskatchewan Indians. ]
[Montreal: Beauchemin & Valois. 1882.] JWP.
1 sheet, folio. See fac-simile.

——., editor.
See Baraga (ev. F.) and Belcourt (Rev. G. A.), in Additions and Corrections.

2160 Laet (Joannes de). Nieuwe Wereldt | ofte | Beschrijvinghe |
van | West-Indien, | uit veelerhande Schriften ende Aen-teekenin-
gen | van verscheyden Natien by een versamelt | Door | Ioannes de
Laet, | Ende met | Noodighe kaerten en Tafels voorsien. |

Tot Leyden, | In de Druckerye van Isaack Elzevier | Anno
1625. | Met Privilegie der Ho. Mo. Heeren Staten Generael, voor

12 Jaren. | =
1 p.1., pp. xxii, 526. folio. maps. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

2161 ——— Beschrijvinghe | van | West-Indien | door | Ioannes de
Laet: | Tweede druck: | In ontallijecke plaetsen ver- | betert, ver-
meerdert, met eenige | nieuwe Caerten, beelden van | verschyden
dieren ende | planten verciert. |

Tot Leyden, bij de Elzeviers. A°. 1630. | CG.

14 p. IL, pp. 1-622, ‘‘Register” 17 pp. folio. maps.

Numerals, 1-10, of the Hochelaga (from Cartier), p.70; ibid., of the Indians of
Canada (from Lescarbot), p.70; Names of the parts of the human hody in Hoch-
elaga (from Cartier), p. 70; Numerals, 1-10, parts of the human body, and a short
vocabulary of the Souriquois, p.74.

2162 —— Novvs Orbis | seu | Descriptionis | Indiz Occidentalis |
Libri XVIII. | Authore | Ioanne de Laet Antverp. | Novis Tabulis
Geographicis et variis | Animantium, Plantarum Fructuumque |
Iconibus illustrati. | Cvm Privilegio. |

Lvgd. Batay. apud Elzevirios. A°. 1633. | BA. C.

412 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Laet (Joannes de)—continued.
Engraved title-page, 16 Il., pp. 1-690 (in reality only 590, p. 105 wrongly num-
bered 205, and the error continued throughout), Index, 9 ll. folio. maps.
Numerals, 1-10, of the Hochelaga, and of the Indians of Canada, p. 52; Names
of the parts of the body in Hochelaga, pp. 48-49; Vocabulary of the Souriquois,
p.53; Numerals, 1-10, of the Etchemin, p.54; Vocabulary of the Sankikani, pp.
75-76; Vocabulary of the Mexican, pp. 241-242.

2163 ——— L’Histoire | dv | Nouveau Monde | ou | Description | des
Indes | occidentales, | Contenant dix-huict-Liures, | Par le Sieur
Tean de Laet, @’Anuers; | Enriche de nouuelles Tables Géographi-
ques & Figures des | Animaux, Plantes & Fruicts. | | Figure.]

A Leyde, | Chez Bonauenture & Abraham Elseuiers, Impri-
meurs | ordinaires de ’Vniuersité. | CIO ICO XL [1640]. | BA. c.
16 p.1l., pp. 1-632, 611. folio. maps. Linguistics, pp. 52, 57, 58, 81, 153, 154.

Partly reprinted as follows:

2164. ——— L’Histoire | du | Nouveau Monde | ou | Description | des |
Indes Occidentales | Nouvelle France | Livre Second | Réimpres-
sion |

Quebec | Typographie de P.-G. Delisle | 1882 | D.

Outside title 1 1., followed by reprint of title-page of the 1640 edition and a
second title-page as above, pp. 1-98. 8°. Chaps. i-xxii.

Chap. xii, Habits * * langage des Sauvages, pp. 52-57, contains, pp. 56-57,
a Hochelagoes vocabulary, 25 words.

Chap. xvi, Meurs, Coutumes, Langage des Souriquois, pp. 70-74, contains, pp.
72-73, names of the parts of the body, relationships and elements.

But 200 copies of this edition were printed.

2165 t—— Extracts | from | The New World, | or | A Description of
the West Indies. | By | John de Laet, | Director of the Dutch
West India Company, &e. | Translated from the original Dutch, |
by the Editor [George Folsom]. |

In New York Hist. Soc., Coll., second series, vol. 1, pp. 281-316. New York,
1841. 8°.

Numerals, 1-10, parts of the human body, names of sexes, elements, animals,
birds and fishes, in the language of the Sankikans, p. 313.

2166

Ioannis de Laet | Antwerpiani | Note | ad | Dissertatio-
nem | Hugonis Grotii | De Origine Gentium Americanarum: | et |
Observationes | aliquot ad meliorem indaginem difficilime | illius
Queestionis. | | Figure. |

Amstelodami, | Apud Lydovicvm Elzivirivm | CIO IoC XULIII
{1643}. | BA.C.

Pp. 1-223. 16°.

A few words of Huron, Hochelaga, Souriquoi, Sankkani, Maqua, and Mexican,
pp. 147-151; Huron and Mexican vocabulary, pp. 173-178 ; Maqua vocabulary, pp.
178-180.

2167

Ioannis | de Laet | Antuerpiani |. Note | ad | dissertatio-
nem | Hvgonis Grotii | De Origine Gentium Americanarum: | et
observationes aliqvot | ad meliorem indaginem difficil- | lime illius
Questionis. |

LAET—LAHONTAN. 413

Laet (Joannes de)—continued.
Parisiis, | apud Viduam Gvilielmi Pelé, | via Icobse& sub signo
crucis auree. | M. DC. XLII [1643]. | *
_ Pp. 1-223. sm. 8°.
It contains, pp. 139-151, comparative vocabularies of the Trish, Gaelic, Ice-
Jandish, Souriquois, and Mexican languages.—Sabin’s Dictionary.

2168 Lafitau (P. Joseph Francois). Mceurs | des Sauvages | Améri-
quains, | comparées aux Mceurs | des premiers temps. | Par le P.
Lafitau, de la Compagnie de Jésus. | Ouvrage enrichi de Tigures
en taille-douce. | Tome Premier [Second]. | [Design.]

A Paris, | Chez Saugrain Vainé, Quay des Augustins, pres la
rué | Pavée, a la Fleur de Lys. | Charles Estienne Hochereau, a Ven-
trée | du Quay des Augustins, A la descente du Pont 8. Michel, | au
Phenix. | M DCC XXIV [1724]. | Avee Approbation et Privilége
dv Roy. |

2 vols. 4°. BA. C.

De la Langue [Huron], vol. 2, pp. 458-490.

2169 ——— Meeurs des sauvages Amériquains, comparées aux meeurs
des premiers temps.
Paris, Saugrain, 1724. *

4 vols. 12°. Title from catalogue of the Brown library, vol. 3, pt. 1, No. 345,
where it says: “Reprinted at Rouen the following year in 4 vols. 12°. * * Mr.
Rich notices a quarto edition in 1723, which is probably an error.” Sabin’s Dic-
tionary mentions an edition: Amsterdam, 1730, 4 vols. 12°.

2170 ——— De | Zeden | der | Wilden | Van | Amerika | Zynde | Een
nieuwe uitvoerige en zeer kurieuse Beschryving van derzelver
Oor- | sprong. Godsdienst, manier van Oorlogen, Huwelyken,
Opvoe- | ding, Oeffeningen, Feesten, Danzeryen, Begravenissen, en
andere zeldzame gewoonten; | Tegen | De Zeden der oudste Volke-
ren Vergeleken, en met getugenissen uit de oudste | Grieksche en-
andere Schryveren getoetest en bevestigt. | Door den zeer geleer-
den. | J. F. La Fiteau, | Jesuit en Zendeling in Amerika; in’t
Fransch beschreven. | Eerste [Tweede] Deel. |

In’s Gravenhage. | By Gerard Vander Poel, Boekverkoper. |

M DCC. XXXI [1731]. | JCB.
2 vols. paged continuously, 1 p.1., pp. 1-555. folio. Linguistics, p.529 and
following.

German translation in Baumgarten (S. J.) Allgemeine Geschichte der Liinder
und Volker von America. Halle, 1752. 4°. Von der Sprache, vol. 1, pp. 490-504.
Lagunas (/7r. Juan Baptista de).
See Baptista de Lagunas (J/'r. Juan).

2171 Lahontan (J/. le Baron). Nouveaux | Voyages | de | Mr. Le Baron
de Lahontan, | dans | Amérique | Septentrionale, | Qui contien-
nent une relation des différens Peuples | qui y habitent, la nature
de leur Gouvernement; leur | Commerce, leurs Coutumes, leur Re-
ligion, & | leur maniére de faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des Francois

414

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lahontan (MM. le Baron)—continued.

& des Anglois dans le Com- | merce quwils font avec ces Nations;
Vavantage que | ’Angleterre peut retirer dans ce Pais, étant | en
Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. |
Tome Premier. | [Figure.]

A La Haye, | Chez les Fréres Honoré, Marchands Libraires. |
M. DCC. IIT [1703]. |

Title to vol. 2, as follows:

Mémoires | de ’Amérique | Septentrionale, | ou la suite | des
Voyages de Mr. le | Baron de Lahontan. | Qui contiennent la De-
scription @une grande éten- | dué de Pais de ce Continent Vintérét
des Francois & des | Anglois, leurs Com- | merces, leurs Naviga-
tions, | les Moeurs & | les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c. | Avee un
petit Dictionnaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes
& de Figures. | Tome Second. | [Figure.]

A La Haye, | Chez les Fréres Honoré, Marchands Libraires. |
M DCC II] [1703]. |

Title to vol. 3, as follows:

Supplément | aux Voyages | du | Baron Lahontan, | Ou lon
trouve des Dialogues curieux | entre | ’Auteur | et | un Sau-
vage | de bons sens qui a voyagé. | L’on y voit aussi plusieurs Ob-
servations faites par le méme | Auteur, dans ses voyages en Por-
tugal, en Espagne, | en Hollande, en Dannemarck, &e. | Tome Troi-
siéme. | Avec Figures. | [Figure.|

A La Haye. | Chez les Freres Honoré, Marchands Libraires. |
M. DCC. LIT [1703). | JCB.

3 vols. 12°. Vol.1: 10 p.1l., 279 pp.; vol. 2: 220 pp., table, 8 ll.; vol.3: 7 p.11.,
322 pp., 4 plates, and 2 maps.

The only copy I have seen of the 3-vol. edition of 1703 was in that the Carter
Brown library. Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 38636, says this is the original edition,
and adds: ‘‘In enumerating the succeeding editions I do it with some diffi-
dence, for there are some variations which are not very clear; for example, in
the edition of 1742, the ‘“‘Suite” reads as vol. 2, and the ‘‘Mémoires” as vol. 3.
Some editions include the Dialogues, others do not. To be quite sure about these

details, one ought to have them under the eye at the same time, and that has
not been possible.”

2172 ——— Nouveaux | Voyages | de | Mr. le Baron de Lahontan, |

dans | ’ Amérique | Septentrionale, | qui contiennent une relation des

~ différens Peuples | qui y habitent: la nature de leur Gouverne-

ment; | lear Commerce, leur Coutumes, leur Reli- | gion, & leur
maniere de faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des Francois & des Anglois
dans le Commer- | ce qwils font avec ces Nations; Vavantage que |
Angleterre peut retirer dans ce Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la
France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier. |
| Design.]

A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres ’Honoré, Marchands Libraires |
M. DCC. III [1703]. |

LAHONTAN. 415

Lahontan (iM. le Baron)-- continued.

Title of vol. 2:

Mémoires | de | ’Amérique | Septentrionale, ou la suite des
voyages | de | Mr. le Baron de Lahontan. | Qui contiennent
la Description dune grande étendué de | Pais de ce Continent,
Pintérét des Frangois & des | Anglois, leurs Commerces, leurs Navi-
gations, les | Meurs & les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c. | Avec un
petit Dictionnaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes
& de Figures. | Tome Second. | [Design.]

A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres Honoré, Marchand Libraires. |
M. DCC. III [1703]. | BA. ©.

2vols. 12°. Vol.1: Engraved frontispiece, title 1 1., Epitre, 2 11; Préface, 7
pp.3 table, 11 pp.; in all, including title, 12 p.1l., followed by small map, pp. 1-
279. Large map at p. 136. Vol. 2: 220 pp., including title; table, 9 ll. ; map at p. 4.

Petit Dictionnaire de la Langue des Sauvages [Algonkin], vol. 2, pp. 195-218;
Quelques mots Hurous, vol. 2, pp. 219-220.

2173 ——— Nouveaux | Voyages | de | Mr. Le Baron de Lahontan, |
dans | PAmérique | Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Relation
des différens | Peuples qui y habitent; la nature de leur | Gou-
vernement; leur Commerce, leur Coi- | tumes, leur Religion, &
leur maniére de | faire la Guerre. | L’Intérét des Frangois & des
Anglois dans le Commer- | ce qwils font avee ces Nations; Vavan-
tage que | Angleterre peut retirer dans ce Pias, étant | en, Guerre
avec la France: | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. Tome
Premier. |

A la Haye, | Chez les Freres ?Honoré, Marchands Libraires. |
M. DCC. III [1703]. |

Title of vol. 2:

Mémoires | de | Amérique | Septentrionale | ou la suite des
voyages | de | Mr. le Baron de Lahontan, | Qui contiennent la
Description (une grande | étendué de Pais de ce Continent, Vinté-
rét | des Francois & des Anglois, leurs Com- | merces, leurs Navi-
gations, les Meurs, & | les Cotitumes des Sauvages, &e. | Avec un
petit Dictionnaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes
& de Figures. | Tome second. | [Design.|

A la Haye, | Chez les Freres ’Honoré, Marchands Libraires. |
M. DCC. III [1703]. | BA. JCB.

2 vols. 12°. Voll: Engraved frontispiece of an Indian, 11 p. ll., text pp.
1-279, one large and one small map. Vol.2: 220 pp., table 9 11., and one map.

Petit Dictiounaire de la Langue des Sauvages, vol. 2, pp. 195-218; Quelques
mots Hurons, vol. 2, pp. 219-220.

Although this bears the same imprint as the work which precedes it [3-vol.
ed., 1703], a comparison shows them to be different editions. The text of the
latter is, page for page, like that of volumes 1 and 2 of the former. The type,
however, is smaller, and all the capitals and ornaments at the head of the chap-
ters are different in the two copies. The Epistle, Prologue, and table of con-
tents differ in the two. The engravings in the latter are very inferior to the
former, and were evidently got up expressly for this edition, which is probably
a spurious one.—BLarilett.

4l6 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lahontan (M. le Baron)—continued.

2174 New | Voyages | to | North-America. | Containing | an Ac-
count of the several Nations of that vast Con- | tinent; their Cus-
toms, Commerce, and way of | Navigation upon the Lakes and
Rivers; the seve- | ral Attempts of the English and French to dis-
possess | one another; with the Reasons of the Miscarriage | of the
former; and the various Adventures be- | tween the French, and
the Iroquese Confederates of | England, from 1683 to 1694. | A Geo-
graphical Description of Canada, and a Natu- | ral History of the
Country, with Remarks upon | their Government, and the Interest
of the English | and French in their Commerce. | Also a Dialogue
between the Author and a General of the | Savages, giving a full
View of the Religion and strange | Opinions of those People: With
an Account of the An- | thor’s Retreat to Portugal and Denmark,
and his Remarks | on those Courts. | To which is added, | A Dic-
tionary of the Algonkine Language, which is generally | spoke
in North-America. | Illustrated with Twenty three Mapps and
Cutts. | Written in French | By the Baron Lahontan, Lord Liev-
tenant | of the French Colony at Placentia in New- | foundland,
now in England. | Done into English | In Two Volumes. | A great
part cf which never Printed in the Original. |

London: | Printed for H. Bonwicke in St. Paul’s Church-yard ; |
T. Goodwin, M. Wotton, B. Tooke, in Fleetstreet; and 8S. Manship in
Cornhil, 1703. |

Title of vol. 2, as follows:

New | Voyages | to | North-America. | Giving a full Account
of the Customs, | Commerce, Religion, and strange O- | pinions of
the Savages of that Country: | With | Political Remarks upon the
Courts | of Portugal and Denmark, and the Present | State of the
Commerce of those Countries. | Never printed before. | Written |
By the Baron Lahontan, Lord | Lieutenant of the French Colony
at | Placentia in Newfoundland: Now in | England. | Vol. II. |

London: | Printed for H. Bonwicke in St. Paul’s Church-yard; T.
Goodwin, M. Wotton, B. Tooke in Fleetstreet; and S. Manship in
Cornhil, 1703. | HU. JCB.

2 vols. 8°. maps.

A Short Dictionary of the most Universal Language of the Savages, vol. 2,
pp. 287-801; Some Huron words, pp. 301-302.

2175

Nouveaux | Voyages | de Mr. Le Baron | de Lahontan |

dans | ’ Amérique | Septentrionale. | Qui contiennent une relation
des différens Peu- | ples qui y habitent, la nature de leur Gowver- |

nement, leur Commerce, leur Cotitume, leur | Religion, & leur ma-
miére de faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des Francois & des Anglois dans
le | Commerce quwils font avec ces Nations, l’a- | vantage que An-
gleterre peut retirer dans ce Pais, étant en Guerre avec la France. |

Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier. |

LAHONTAN. 417

Lahontan (I. le Baron)—continued.
A La Haye. | Chez les Fréres L’ Honoré, Marchands Libraires. |
M.DCCIV [1704]. | JCB.

2 vols. 12°. map. Vol. 2., Mémoires, &c., not numbered. Dictionary, vol. 2,
pp. 199-220; Huron words, pp. 220-222.

2176 ——— Voyages | du Baron | de la Hontan | dans | VAmérique |
Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Relation des différens Peu-
ples | qui y habitent; la nature de leur Gouvernement ; leur | Com-
merce, leurs Coiitumes, leur Religion, & | lear maniére de faire ia
Guerre; L’intérét des Francois & des Anglois dans le Com- |
merce qwils font avee ces Nations; Vavantage que | Angleterre
peut retirer de ce Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France. Le tout
enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second]. | Seconde
édition, revue, corrigée & augmenteée. |

A La Haye, | Chez Jonas Honoré, & Compagnie. | MDCCV
[1705]. | JCB.

2 vols. 12°. map. Vol. 2, Mémoires, &c. Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 310-335; Hu-
ron words, pp. 335-336.

2177 ——— Voyages | du Baron | de Lahontan | dans | Amérique |
Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Relation des différens | Peu-
ples | qui y habitent; la nature de leur | Gouvernement, leur | Com-
merce, leurs | Coiitumes, leur Religion, & | leur maniére | de faire la
Guerre: | L’Intérét des Frangois & des Anglois dans le Com- | merce
qwils font avec ces Nations; Vavantage que | PAngleterre peut
retirer de ce | Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout en-
richi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second]. | Seconde
édition, revué, corrigée & augmentée. |

Amsterdam, Chez Francois L’Honoré & Compagnie. MDCCV
[1705]. | BA.

2 vols. 12°. Vol. 2, Mémoires, &c. Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 311-335; Huron
words, pp. 335-336.

2178 t—— Voyages | du Baron | de la Hontan | dans | L’Amérique |
Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Rélation des différens Peu-
ples | qui y habitent; la nature de leur Gouvernement; leur | Com-
merce, leur Cotitumes, leur Religion; & | leur maniére de faire ja
Guerre: | L’intérét des Francois & des Anglois dans le Com- | merce
qwils font avec ces Nations; Vavantage que | Angleterre peut
retirer de ce Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout earichi
de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second]. | Seconde édi-
tion, revué corrigée & augmenteée. | [Design.|

A La Haye, | Chez Charles Delo, sur. le Singel. | MDCCVI
[1706]. | JOB.

2 vols. 12°. map. Vol.2, Mémoires, &c. Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 311-3885; Hu-
ron words, pp. 335-336.

27 Bib

418 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lahontan (I. le Baron)—continued.

2179 — Nouveaux | Voyages | de Monsieur | le Baron de Lahon-
tan, | dans | ’Amérique | Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Re-
lation des diffé- | rens Peuples qui y habitent, la nature | de leur
Gouvernement, leur Commerce, | leurs Cotitumes, leur Religion, &
leur | maniére de faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des Francois & des
Anglois dansle | Commerce quw’ils font avec ces Nations; | ’avantage
que la France, peut retirer dans ce | Pais, étant en Guerre avec
VPAngleterre. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome
Premier [-Troisiéme]. |

A la Haye, | Chez Isaac Delorme, Libraire. | M. DCC VII
[1707]. | C.

3 vols. 16°. Vol. 2, Mémoires, &e.; vol. 3, Dialogues de M. Lahontan, &c.
Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 217-237; Huron words, pp. 238-239.

2180 ——— Nouveaux | Voyages | de Mr. Le Baron | De Lahontan, |
dans | L’Amérique | Septentrionale. | Qui contiennent une re-
lation des différens Peu- | ples qui y habitent, la nature de leur
Gouver- | nement, leur Commerce, leur Cotttume, leur | Religion,
& leur maniere de faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des Frangois & des
Anglois dans le | Commerce quwils font avee ces Nations,, l’a- |
vantage que VAngleterre peut retirer dans | ce Pais, étant en
Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. |
Tome Premier [Second]. |

A La Hage, | Chez les Fréres L’Honoré, Marchands | Libraires. |
M. DCCIX [1709]. | JCB.

2 vols. 12°. map. Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 199-220; Huron words, pp. 220-222.

2181 t—— Des beriihmten | Herrn | Baron De Lahontan | neueste
Reisen | nach | Nord Indien | oder dem | mitternichtischen Ame-
rica, | mit vielen besondern und bey keinem Scribenten | befind-
lichen | Curiositeeten. | Aus dem Frantzésischen iibersetzet |
von | M. Vischer. |

Hamburg und Leipzig. | Im Neumannischen Verlag. | MDCCIX
[1709]. | JCB.

6 p.11., 459 pp. 12°. map. Anhang eines Worter-Buchs von der Wilden Sprachen,
pp. 433-454.

2182 —-—— Des beriihmten | Herrn | Baron De Lahontan | Neueste
Reisen | nach | Nord-Indien/ | oder dem | mitternichtischen
America | mit vielen besondern und bey keinem Scribenten befind-
lichen | Curiositaeten. | Auch bey dieserandern Auflage mit | seiner
Reise nach Portugall/ Dennemarck und | Spanien/ vermehret. |
Aus dem Frantzésischen iibersetzet | von | M. Vischer. |

Hamburg und Leipzig/ | Im Neumannischen-Verlag/ MDCCXI
[1711]. | JCB.

12 p. lL, 753 pp. 16°. map. Anhang eines Worter-Buchs von der Wilden
Sprachen, pp. 563-590.

LAHONTAN. 419

Lahontan (I. le Baron)—continued.

2183 — Voyages | du Baron | de Lahontan | dans | ’Amérique |
Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Rélation des différens |
Peuples qui y habitent; la nature de leur | Gouvernement; leur
Commerce, leurs | Cofitumes, leur Religion, & leur maniére | de
faire la Guerre: | L’Intérét des Francois & des Anglois dans le |
Commerce qu’ils font avec ces Nations; Va- | vantage que ’Angle-
terre peut retirer de ce | Pais, étant en Guerre avec la France. | Le
tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second]. |
Seconde édition revué, corrigée & augmentée. | [Design.]

A Amsterdam, | Chez Frangois Honoré, vis-a-vis de la Bourse. |
M.DCC.XXVIII [1728]. | BA. JCB.

3 vols. 12°. maps. Vol. 2, Mémoires, &c. The third volume, Suite du voyage,
&c., has the imprint: Amsterdam, | Chez la Veuve de Boeteman. | M. DCC.
XXVIII. |

Dictionary of the Algonkin, vol. 2, pp. 311-336.

2184 ——— New | Voyages | to | North-America. | Containing | an
Account of the several Nations of that vast Con- | tinent; their
Customs, Commerce, and Way of Naviga- [tion upon the Lakes
and Rivers; the several Attempts of | the English and French to
dispossess one another; with the reasons | of the Miscarriage of
the former; and the various.| Adventures between the French,
and the Iroquese Confe- | derates of England from 1683 to 1694. |
A Geographical description of Canada, and a | Natural History of
the Country, with Remarks upon | their Government, and the In-
terest of the English and’| French in their Commerce. | Also a
Dialogue between the Author and a General | of the Savages, giv-
ing a full View of the Religion and | strange Opinions of those
people: With an Account of | the Author’s Retreat to Portugal and
Denmark, and his | Remarks on those Courts. | To which is added, |
A Dictionary of the Algonkine Language which is | generally
spoke in North-America. | Illustrated with Twenty-three Maps and
Cuts. | Written in French | By the Baron Lahontan, | Lord Lieu- |
tenant of the French Colony at Placentia | in Newfoundland, at
that Time in England. | Done into English. The Second Edition. |
In Two Volumes. | A great Part of which never Printed in the
Original. | Vol. I [IT]. |

London: | Printed for John Brindley, Bookseller, at the Kings-
Arms | in New-bond-street, Bookbinder to her Majesty and his |
Royal Highness the Prince of Wales; and Charles | Corbett, at
Addison’s-head. Temple-bar. 1735. | JOB.

2 vols. 8°. maps. The imprint to vol. 2, New voyages * * g y
count of the customs, commerce, religion, &c., is: Printed for J. Brindley * * and

C. Corbett, * * M. DCC. XXXV.
Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 289-303; Huron words, pp. 303-304.

giving a full ac-

2185 t—— New | Voyages | to | North-America. | Containing | An
Account of the several Nations of that vast Con- | tinent; their

420 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lahontan (J. le Baron)—continued.

Customs, Commerce, and Way of Naviga- | tion wpon the Lakes
and Rivers; the several Attempts of | the English and French to
dispossess one another; with the | Reasons of the Miscarriage of
the former; and the various | Adventures between the French, and
the Iroquese Confe- | derates of England, from 1683 to 1694. | A
Geographical Description of Canada, and a| Natural History of
the Country, with Remarks upon their | Government, and the In-
terest of the English and French | in their Commerce. | Also a
Dialogue between the Author and a General of the | Savages, giv-
ing a full View of the Religion and strange Opi- | nions of those
People: With an Account of the Author’s Retreat | to Portugal and
Denmark, and his Remarks on those Courts. | To which is added, |
A Dictionary of the Algonkine Language, which is | generally
spoke in North-America. | Hlustrated with Twenty-three Maps and
Cuts. | Written in French | By the Baron Lahontan, | Lord Lieu-
tenant of the French Colony at Placentia | in Newfoundland, at
that time in England. | Done into English. The Second Kdition. |
In Two Volumes. | A great Part of which never Printed in the
Original. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Printed for J. and J. Bonwicke, R. Wilkin, S.
Birt, T. Ward, | E. Wicksteed; and J. Osborn. M.DCC. XXXV
[1735]. | BA. C.

2 vols. 8°. maps. Title to vol. 2 has the imprint: London: | Printed for J.
Walthoe, R. Wilkin, J.and J. Bonwicke, | J. Osborn, 8S. Birt, T. Ward and E.
Wicksteed. | 1735. | °

Algonkin Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 289-303; Huron words, pp. 303-304.

2186

Reizen | van den Baron | van La Hontan | in het | Noor-
delyk | America, | Vervattende een Verhaal van verscheide
Volke- | ren die het bewoonen, den aart hunner Re- | geering, hun
Koophandel, hun Ge- | woontens, hun Godsdienst, en | hun wys
van Oorloogen. | Neevens het Belang der Franschen en der Engel- |
schen in hun Koophandel met die Volkeren; en | ’t voordeel dat
Engeland, met Vrankryk in | Oorlog zynde, van dat Land kan
trekken. | Alles met verscheide Aanteekeningen vermeer- | dert
en opgeheldert, en met Kaarten en | Plaaten verciert. | Eerste
[Tweede] Deel. | Vertaalt door | Gerard Westerwyk. |

In’s Gravenhage, | By Isaac Beauregard. 1739. | C. JCB.
2 vols. 12°. map. Woordenbook van de Taal der Wilden, vol. 2, pp. 524-551;
Eenige Huronsche Worden, pp. 551-552. ,

2187

Voyages | du Baron | de Lahontan | dans | ?Amérique |
Septentrionale. | Qui contiennent une Relation des diffé- | rens
Peuples qui y habitent; la nature | de leur Gouvernement; leur
Commer- | ce, leurs Cotitumes, leur Religion, & | leur maniére de
faire la Guerre: | L’Intérét des Frangois & des Anglois dans le |
Commerce qwils font avec ces Nations, V’a- | vantage que l Angleterre

LAHONTAN—LAMBERT. 421

Lahontan (Jf. le Baron)—continued.

peut retirer de ce | Pais, étant en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout
enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome P{rjemier [-Troisiéme]. |
Seconde Edition, reviie, corrigée & augmentée. |

A Amsterdam, | Chez Frangois L’Honoré, vis-a-vis de la
Bourse. | M. DCC. XX XXI [1741]. | JCB.

3 vols. 12°. maps. Tome Second: Suite | des Voyages | du Baron | De La
Hontan | &c. Tome Troisiéme: Mémoires | de | ’ Amérique | &e.

Dictionary, vol. 3, pp. 219-236; Huron words, pp. 236-237.

Other editions of La Hontan are mentioned by Sabin and Leclere, as follows:

A Amsterdam, Chez Frangois ? Honoré, MDCCXXI, 2 vols. 12°.

A Amsterdam, Fr. L’ Honoré, 1731, 2 vols. 12°.

La Haye, Chez les Fréres Honoré, MDCCXXXI, 2 vols. 12°.

In addition to the foregoing, I have seen the following partial reprints of La-
hontan, which are not accompanied by the Dictionary:

Geographical Description of Canada, in Harris (J.) Collection of Voyages,
vol. 2, 1705.

Reise aus dem Jangen Flusse, in Allgemeine Hist., vol. 16, 1758.

Travels in Canada, in Pinkerton (J.) Collection of Voyages, vol. 13, 1812.

Lakey (James).
See Delafield (John), j7., and Lakey (James).

2188 |Lalemant (P. Jérome).] Relation De ce qui s’est passé de plus
remarquable en la Mission des Péres de la Compagnie de Iesus aux
Hyvrons pays de la Novvelle France, depvis le mois de Ivin de V’an-
née 1640. Ivsqves ay mois de Ivin de année 1641. Addressée au
Reuerend Pere Iacques Dinet, Prouincial de la Compagnie de
Tesus, en la Prouince de France. [Signed H. L’Alemant.]

Pp. 1-104, 8°. Appended to Vimont (Barth.) Relation de ce qyi s’est passé en
la Novvelle France, es années 1640 et 1641. Paris, M. DC. XLII. 8°. Reprinted
in Relations des Jésuites, vol. 1, 1641, pp. 59-86. Québec, 1858. 8°. Containing
prayer in Huron, with interlinear French translation, pp. 84-86.

Pere Jérome Lalemant went among the Hurons in 1638, remaining until 1645.
In 1650, after the destruction of the Huron Nation, he returned to France. In
1659 he obtained permission to return to his neophytes, and was chosen Superior
of the Missions of Canada. He died in that country January 26, 1673, aged 80
years.—Jesuit Relations.

2189 ———— Principles of the Huron Language. a!
Manuscript. ‘‘Referred to by Jaques in one of his letters, but now lost.”—
Hist. Mag., vol. 2, p. 197.

2190 Lamanon (Jf. de). | Notes on various Indian dialects. |

In La Pérouse (J. F. G. de). Voyage Autour du Monde, vol. 2, pp. 210-292.
Paris, 1797. 4°.

Numerals, 1-10, of the Indians of Port des Frangais, and observations on their
language, vol. 2, pp. 210-213; Observations on and numerals, 1-10, of the Achast-
liens, vol. 2, pp. 288-291; Notes on and a short vocabulary of the Ecclemachs,
vol. 2, pp. 291-292.

Reprinted in the various editions of La Pérouse, q. v.

2191 Lambert (M/. Vabbé). Curious | observations | upon the | Manners,
Customs, Usages, different | Languages, Government, Mytho- |

422 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

Lambert (If. ’'abbé)—continued.

logy, Chronology, Antient and Modern | Geography, Ceremonies,
Religion, | Mechanics, Astronomy, Medicine, | Physics, Natural
History, Commerce, | Arts, and Sciences, | Of the several Nations
of | Asia, Africa, and America. | Translated from the French of |
M. L’Abbé Lambert. | Vol. I [IT]. |

London: | Printed for G. Woodfall, at the King’s Arms, Cha- |
ring Cross; W. Russel, at Horace’s Head, without | Temple-
Bar; and W. Meyer, in May’s-Buildings, | St. Martin’s-Lane. |
[1750.] | C.

2 vols. 8°.

Chapter xxviii. The different languages of the Hurons, of the Abnakis, the
Algonkins, the Illinese, the Outaouacks, and several other nations of New France,
ey avOlel speed

The promise given above is not carried out, as the statement itself constitutes
about all there is on language in this work.

Other editions: London, M DCCL, 2 vols. 8°; London, 1755, 2 vols. 8°; Lon-
don, 1760, 2 vols. 8°.

2192 Lambert (Edward R.) History | of the | Colony of New Haven, |
before and after | the Union with Connecticut. | Containing a par-
ticular description | of the towns which composed that government,
viz., | New Haven, | Milford, | Guilford, | Branford, | Stamford,
& | Southold, L. I. | with a notice of the towns which have been set
off from | “‘The Original Six.” | Illustrated by Fifty Engravings. |
[Engraving.] | By | Edward Rk. Lambert. |

New Haven: | Printed and published by Hitchcock & Stafford. |
1838. | A.C. T.

Pp. 1-216. 12°. plates.

Vocabulary of the Montauk Indians, p. 184.

2193 Landa (Diego de). Arte perfeccionado de la lengua maya. ‘
Title from Carillo, in the Bulletin of the Mexican Geographical Society.

See Brasseur de Bourbourg (C. E.), No. 446 of this catalogue.

2194 Lane (William Carr). Letter on affinities of Dialects in New Mex-
ico. Gov. W. C. Lane.
In Schoolcraft (H.R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, p. 689. Philadelphia, 1855. 4°.

2195 Lanman (Charles). Haw-ho-noo; | or, | Records of a Tourist. |
By | Charles Lanman, | Author of “ Letters from the Alleghany
Mountains,” ete. | [Quotation, three lines. |]

Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo and Co., | Successors to |

Grigg, Elliot and Co., | 14 North Fourth Street. | 1850. | C.
4p.ll., pp. 13-266. 12°.
Chippeway song, with translation, p. 208.

2196

Adventures | in the | Wilds of the United States | and |
British American Provinces. | By | Charles Lanman, | author of

LAMBERT—LA PEROUSE. 423

Lanman (Charles)—continued.
[&e., one line.] | Mlustrated by the Author and Oscar Bessau. |
(Quotation, one line.] | With an appendix by Lieut. Campbell
Hardy. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
Philadelphia: | John W. Moore, No. 195 Chestnut Street. |
1856. | BA. HU.

2 vols. 8°. Chippewa song, with translation, vol. 2, p. 415.
Reprinted: London, 1856, 2 vols. 8°. -+Second Edition, London, 1859, 2
vols. 8°. :

2197 ——_—— The Red Book | of | Michizan; | a | Civil, Military and
Biographical History. | By | Charels Lanman, | Author “Dic-
tionary of Congress,” ete. |

Detroit: | E. B. Smith & Company. | Washington: | Philp & Sol.
omons. | 1871. | C.

Pp. i-xiv, 7-549. 8°.

Aboriginal names of geographic features in the State of Michigan, with Eng-
lish signification, p. 133. ‘

2198 Lanning (C. M.) A Grammar | and | Vocabulary | of the | Black-
foot Language, | Being a Concise and Comprehensive Grammar
for | the use of the Learner, to which is added an | exhaustive
Vocabulary, containg [ sic] upwards | of Five Thousand Words,
Phrases and | Sentences, upon Five Hundred differ- | ent Subjects
of everyday occur- | rences, all arranged under | their respective |
headings, | with the Negations | and Interrogations | of each. |
Compiled by | C. M. Lanning | from | Original Translations | by |
Joseph Kipp and W. 8. Gladston, Jr. |

Fort Benton, | Published by the Author. | [1882.] JWP.

Outside title :

A Grammar | and | Vocabulary | of the | Blackfoot Language | by | C. M. Lan-
ing. |

Fort Benton. | Montana Territory, | 1882. |

Printed cover 11., title 1 1., errata 1 1., introduction, pp.iii-iv. Grammar and
Vocabulary, pp. 5-143. sq. 24°.

2199 La Pérouse (Jean Francois Gallup, Comte de). Voyage | de La Pé-
rouse | Autour du Monde, | publié | conformément au Décret du 22
Avril 1791, | et rédigé | par M. L. A. Milet-Murean, | Général de
Brigade dans le Corps du Génie, Directeur des Fortifications, |
Ex-Constituant, Membre de plusieurs Socictés littéraires de Paris. |
Tome Premier [Second]. |

A Paris, | de ’Imprimerie de la République. | An V (1797). | BA.c.
4 vols. 4°, and atlas.
Lamanon (i. de). Numerals, 1-10, of the Indians of Port des FPrangais, and
observations on their language, vol. 2, pp. 210-213
Observations on, and numerals, 1-10, of, the Achastliens, vol. 2, pp. 288-

291.
? Notes on, and a short vocabulary of, the Ecclemechs, vol. 2, pp. 291-292.

424 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

La Pérouse (Jean Francois Gallup, Compte de)—continued.

2200 ——— A | Voyage | Round the World, | in the years 1785, 1786,
1787, and 1788, | by J. I’. G. de la Pérouse: | published conforma-
bly to the decree of the | National Assembly, | of the 22d of April,
1791, | and edited by | M. L. A. Milet-Mureau, | Brigadier General
in the Corps of Engineers, | Director of Fortifications, Ex-Constitu-
ent, | and member of several literary societies at Paris. | In three -
volumes. | Translated from the French. | Vol. I {[—I1]. |

London: | Printed for J. Johnson, St. Paul’s Church Yard. |
1798. | BA. C. JCB.
3 vols. 8°. Linguistics as in French ed., vol. 2, pp. 152-156, 242-244, 244-246.

Sabin’s Dictionary gives the titles of editions: London, 1798, 2 vols. 8° +
London, Allen, 1798, 1 vol. 8° + Edinburgh, 1798, 1 vol. 8°.

2201

Voyage | de la Pérouse | autour du Monde, | publié con-
formément au Décret du 22 Avril, 1791 | et rédigé | Par M. L, A.
Milet-Mureau, | Général de Brigade dans le Corps du Génie, Di-
recteur des Fortifications, Ex-Constituant, | Membre de plusieurs
Sociétés littéraires de Paris. | Tome Premier [Second]. |

A Londres: | de ’Imprimerie d@’A. Hamilton: | Se vend Chez G.
G. et J. Robinson, Paternoster-Row; | J. Edwards, Pall-Mall; et
T. Payne, Mews-Gate, Castle-Street. | 1799. | JCB.

2 vols. 4°. maps. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 412-415, 470-471.

2202 A | Voyage | round the World, | performed | In the Years
C 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | By the Boussole and Astrolabe, | Un-
- der the Command of | J. F. G. de la Pérouse: | Published by Order
of the National Assembly, | under the Superintendence of | L. A.
Milet-Mureau, | Brigadier-General in the Corps of* Engineers, Di-
rector of Fortifications, Member of the | Constituent Assembly, and
Fellow of several literary Societies at Paris. | In two Volumes. |
Illustrated by a variety of Charts and Plates | in a separate folio
volume. | Translated from the French. | Vol. I [IT]. |
London: | Printed by A. Hamilton, | for G. G. and J. Robinson,
Paternoster-Row; | J. Edwards, Pall-Mall; and T. Payne, Mews-
Gate, Castle-Street. | 1799. | ; JCB.
2 vols. 4°. atlas. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 409-411, 467-469.
The catalogue of the Brown library gives the title of an edition: London,
J. Johnson, 1799, 3 vols. 8°. Ludewig mentions one: Berlin, 1799, 2 vols. 8°.
Sabin’s Dictionary gives the title of others: Boston, Joseph Bumstead, 1801.
12°-+4+ London, 1807, 3 vols. 8° + Paris, Arthus Bertrand, 1831. 8°.

Lara (Fr. Domingo de).
See Ara (Fr. Domingo de).
2203 Larios (fr. Geronimo). Arte 6 Gramatica de la Lengua Mame.
Megico, 1607. oe

Title from Beristain. Ludewig gives it the date, 1697.

Lasso de la Vega (Luis).
See Vega (Luis Lasso de la).

LA PEROUSE—LATHAM. 425

2204 Latham (Robert Gordon). Miscellaneous Contributions to the
Ethnography of North America. By R. G. Latham, M. D.

In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc., vol. 2, pp. 31-50. [London], 1846. 8°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Fall Indian (from Umfreville), Ahnenin, and
Minetare, p. 31.

Table of words showing affinities between the Ahnenin and the following:
Sheshatapoosh, Passamaquoddy, Caddo, Taheuli, Uche, Miami, Shawnee, Omo-
haw, Osage, Quappa, Old Algonkin, Massachusetts, Natchez, Onondagos, Paw-
nee, Muskoghe, Catawba, Mohawk, Sack and Fox, Tuscarora, Nottoway, Seneca,
Wyandot, Dacota, Yancton, Choctaw, Chickasaw, Abenaki, Miami, Illinois,
Oneida, Blackfoot, Kenay, Narragansett, Mohican, Montaug, Ojibbeway, Ottawa,
and Knistenaux, pp. 32-34.

Table of words showing affinities between the Blackfoot and most of the tribes
mentioned above, and, in addition thereto, the following: Delaware, Nanti-
coke, Catawba, Upsaropa, Esquimaux, Menomeni, Attacapa, Micmac, and Chipe-
wyan, pp. 34-38.

Numerals, 1-10, of the Blackfoot, of Umfreville, the Blackfoot, of Mackenzie,
and the Indians of Fitz-Hugh Sound, p. 38.

Comparative vocabulary, 60 words, of the Mandan, and Crow, pp. 38-40.

Table showing affinities between the Mandan and many other Indian lan-
guages, pp. 40-42.

Comparative vocabulary, 50 words, of the Pawnee (from Say), and Riccaree
(from Catlin), pp. 42-43.

Table showing attinities between the Riccaree and other Indian langaages,
pp. 43-44.

Table showing affinities between the Natchez and other Indian languages, pp.
44-47,

A few words of the language of the Missions of San Juan Capistrano and San
Gabriel, p. 47.

Table showing affinities between the Severnow and Bodega, and the Esqui-
maux, pp. 47-48.

Table showing affinities between the Iowa and other Indian languages, pp.
48-50.

A few words, and the numerals, 1-10, of the Iowa of Hamilton and Irvin
compared with those of Cass, p. 50.

2205 t—— On the Languages of the Oregon Territory. By R. G.
Latham, M. D.
In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 154-166. Edinburgh, [1848]. 8°.
Short vocabulary, 16 words, of Queen Charlotte’s Island (from Sturgis and Bry-
ant, Tolmie, and Mithridates), p.154; Short vocabularies, 11 words, of Friendly
Village, and Billechoola (from Tolmie), p. 155; The numerals, 1-10, of Fitz-Hugh
Sound, compared with the Haeltzuk and Billechoola, p. 155; Vocabulary, 12
words, of Cook’s Nootka and Tlaoquatch (from Tolmie), p.159; Six words of
Fuca, Tlaoquatch (from Tolmie), and Wakash (from Jewett), p.156; Ten words
of Atnah, and Noosdalum, p. 157 ; Vocabulary of 19 words of the Salish (Arch.
Am.), and Okanagan, p. 158; Twenty-four words of Shoshonie, showing miscella-
neous affinities (‘‘such as they are”) with the Chenook, Haidah, Cathalascon,
Blackfoot, Souriquois, Penobscot, Micmac, Echemin, Pima, Calapooiah, Cheti-
macha, Onondago, New Sweden, Algonkin, Shahaptan, Pima, Chocta, Crow,
Kawitchen, Nez Perces, Ahnemin, Potowotami, Ojibbeway, Ottawa, and Old Al-
gonkin, pp. 159-160; A table of 10 Sussee words, showing miscellaneous affinities
with the Kenay, Taculli, Chipewyan, Illinois, Minitare, Eskimo, Mohawk, On-
ondago, Seneca, Oneida, and Nottoway, p. 161; Short comparative yocabulary, 9
words, of the Sitka and Kadiack, p. 163; A few words of Tunghaase (from Tol-

426 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Latham (Robert Gordon)—continued.
mie), and Sitea, compared, p. 163; Table showing miscellaneous affinities between
the languages of Oregon Territory and the Eskimo, pp. 164-165,

9206 —— On the Ethnography of Russian America. By R. G. La-
tham, M. D.
In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 182-191. Edinburgh, [1848]. 8°.
Contains general remarks on the classification of the languages of the above
region, and a list of the vocabularies which have been printed.

2207 ——— The | Natural History | of | The Varieties of Man. | By |
Robert Gordon Latham, M. D., F. R.S., | late Fellow of King’s
College, Cambridge; | one of the Vice-Presidents of the Ethnolog-
ical Society, London; | Corresponding Member to the Ethnological
Society, | New York, ete. |

London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M. D. CCCL
[1850}. | Ok

Pp. i-xxviii, 1-574. 8°.

American Mongolidx, pp. 287-460, includes remarks on the Eskimo language,
pp. 288-294 ; on the Koltich, pp. 294-295 ; ‘‘ Doubtful Koluches ” (vocabularies of
the Loucheux and Kenay), pp. 297-300; ‘‘Billechtla” (short vocabulary of
Friendly Village, from M’Kenzie, and Billechula, from Tolmie), pp. 300-301; ‘The
Athabaskans” (vocabularies of the Chippewyan, Tlatskanai, and Unkwa), pp.
302-310; ‘‘The Tsihaili” (names of the seasons in Piskwaus and Salish; and a
vocabulary of the Chekeeli and Wakash, from Scouler), pp. 310-316; ‘‘Chinuk ”
(short vocabulary of the Jargon), pp. 317-523; Difference in American languages,
pp. 352-358; Vocabularies of the Uché, Natchez, and Adahi, pp. 366-367 ; Vo-
cabularies of the Cayuse and Willamet, pp. 368-370 ; Vocabularies of the Beaver
Indian and of the Clhippewyan, pp. 370-371; Table showing miscellaneous affini-
ties of the Adahi with other Indian languages, pp. 371-375 ; A few words of the
language of the Missions of San Juan Capistrano and San Gabriel, p. 385; Vo-
cabulary of the Coco-Maricopas (from Emory), and of the San Diego, p. 394;
Comparison of the Otomi with the Seriform languages, pp. 405-406 ; Comparison
of the Maya with the Seriform languages, p. 407.

- The | Ethnology | of | the British Colonies | and | depend-
encies. | By | R. G. Latham, M. D., F. R.S., | Corresponding Mem-
ber to the Ethnological Society, | New York, | ete., ete. |

London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M DCCC LI
[1851]. | C.

Pp. i-vi, 1-264. 12°.

Chapter vi. Dependencies in America, pp. 224-264, contains references to, and
a few examples of, the languages of North America.

2208

2209 ——— Notes upon the Language of Central America. By Rh. G.
Latham, M. D.
In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 20, pp. 189-190. London, 1851. 8°.
Remarks on the language of Central America, a vocabulary (27 words, 6 sen-
tences) of the Chols, and a table showing want of affinity between the Chols
and the languages of Venezuela and Colombia.

2210 ——— Man and his Migrations. | By | R. G. Latham, M. D.,F.
R. 8., | Corresponding Member to the Ethnological Society, New
York, | etc., ete. |

LATHAM. 427

Latham (Robert Gordon)—continued.
New York: | Charles B. Norton, 71 Chambers Street, | Irving
House. | 1852. | C.
Pp. i-vii, 9-261. 12°. Contains various comments on North American languages.
I have seen mention of an edition: London, John Van Voorst, M DCCC LI. 12°.

2211 ——— The | Native Races | of | the Russian Empire. | By | R. G.
Latham, M. D., F. R.S., &c., | Author of [&c., two lines]. | With a
large coloured map, | Taken from that of the Imperial Geograph-
ical Society of St. Petersburg, | and other illustrations. |

London: | Hippolyte Bailliere, 219, Regent Street; | and 290,
Broadway, New York, U. S.| Paris: J. B. Bailliere, Rue Haute-
feuille. | Madrid: Bailly Bailliere, Calle de Principe. | 1854. | C.

Pp. i-viii, 1-340. 8°. maps.

Definition of Northwest tribal names, pp. 288-297.

2212 ——— On the Languages of New California. By R. G. Latham,
M. D.

In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc., vol. 6, pp. 72-86. London, 1854. 8°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Uta (from Simpson), and the Comanch (from
Neighbours), pp. 73-74.

Paternoster in the language of the Indians of the Mission of San Diego (from
Duflos de Mofras), p. 75.

A few words of the Mission of San Gabriel and San Juan Capistrano (from
Coulter), p. 76.

A tew words of the Kij and Netela (from Hale), p. 76.

Paternoster in the languages of the Missions of San Gabriel, San Juan Capis-
trano, San Luiz Rey de Francia, p. 76.

Paternoster in the language of the Missions of San Fernando (from Duflot de
Mofras), p. 77.

A few words of the language of the Mission of San Fernando (from Mithridates
and Dr. Coulter), p. 77.

A few words in the language of the Missions of San Luis Obispo and Santa
Barbara (from Coulter), p. 78.

A few words in the language of the Missions of San Miguel (from Hale), p. 77.

Numerals, 1-10, in the language of the Missions of San Miguel (from Hale),
and San Antonio (from Coulter), p. 78.

A few words (12) in the language of the Mission of La Soledad (from Hale),
p. 78.

Numerals, 1-10, in the language of the Mission of La Soledad (from Hale and
Duflot de Mofras), p. 78.

Numerals, 1-10, in the language of the Mission of Carmel (from Duflot de
Mofras), Eslen (from Bourgoing), Mission of La Soledad (from Duflot de Mofras),
and the Ruslen (from Bourgoing), p. 79.

Comparative vocabulary of the Pujuni, Sekumne, and Tsamak (from Dana),
pp. 80-81.

Comparative vocabulary of the Talatui and San Raphael (from Dana), p. 81.

Short vocabulary of the Indians of the Upper Sacramento (from Dana), p. 82.

Paternoster in the language of the Missions of Santa Clara, Santa Ines,
Indians of Tulare Valley, Mission of San Francisco, Chocuyem dialect, and the
Mission of San Raphael (all from Duflot de Mofras), p. 83.

Numerals, 1-10, in the languages of the Missions of San Luis Obispo, San Juan
Capistrano, and San Gabriel (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 54.

A few words of Weeyot, Wishosk, Heopah (all from Gibbs), Navajo, and
Jicorilla, p. 85.

428 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Latham (Robert Gordon)—continued.
2213 On certain additions to the Ethnographical Philology of
Central America, with remarks upon the so-called Aztec Conquest
of Mexico; by R. G. Latham, M. D.
In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Trans., 1854, pp. 151-156. London, n.d. 8°.

2214 ——— On the Languages of Northern, Western, and Central
America. By R. G. Latham, M. D.

In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Trans., 1856, pp. 57-115. London, n.d. 8°.

Table showing affinities between the Bethuck and various Algonkin dialects,
pp. 58-61.

Comparative vocabulary of the Arrapaho and Shyenne, pp. 62-63.

Table showing affinities between the Arrapaho and ‘“‘other Algonkin lan-
guages,” pp. 63-64. ;

Tribal divisions of the Takulli, p. 66; of the Kutshin, with English significa-
tion, p. 67.

Some tribal names of the Athabascans, with English signification, p. 69.

Numerals, 1-8, of the Sahaptin and Cayis, p. 73.

A few words of the Lutuami, Palaik, and Shasti (from Hall), pp. 74-75; of the
Shoshoni, showing affinities with the Palaik, Lutuami, and Shasti, p. 75; of the
Jakon, showing affinities with the Palaik, Lutuami, and Shasti, p. 76.

Short comparative vocabulary of the Ehnek and Tahlewah, pp. 76-77 ; of the
Khwakhlamayu and Kulanapo, p. 77; of the Weitspek and Kulanapo, pp. 78-79 ;
of the Copeh, Indians of Mag Readings and upper Sacramento River, pp. 79-80; of
the Copeh and Shasti, &c., p. 80; of the Secumne and Cushna, p. 81; of the Tuo-
Jumne and Talutui, p. 82; of the Costano and Tshokoyem, pp. 82-83; of the Cos-
tano and Ruslen, p.84; of the Coconoons and Tulare, pp. 84-85; of the Pimo,
Cuchan, Cocomaricopa, and Dieguno, pp. 86-87.

Lord’s Prayer in the Cochimi of San Xavier (Southern Calitornia), p. 87.

Short comparative vocabulary of the St. Xavier, 8S. Borgia, Loretto, and Wai-
kur, p. 90.

Loréd’s Prayer in Waikur, p. 90. Fragments of the Waikur conjugation, p. 91.

Paternoster in Opata, Hiaque, Tubar, Tarahumara, and Cora [Sonora], pp.
92-93. Paternoster in Pirinda, p. 95; in Tarasca, p. 96.

Short comparative vocabulary cf the Navaho and Apatch, pp. 96-97; of the
Zuni and Tesuque, p. 98.

Table showing affinities between the several Pueblo languages, pp. 98-99; be-
tween the several Pueblo languages and the Navahos and Jecorillas, pp. 99-100.

Short comparative vocabulary of the Caddo and Wichita, pp. 104-105.

Paternoster in Totonaca (two versions), pp. 107-108 ; in Mixteca, p. 109.

Short comparative vocabulary of the Guajiquiro, Opatoro, and Intibuea [Hor-
duras and San Salvador], pp. 109-110; of the Nagranda and Choretega [ Moskito
Country], pp. 111-112; of the Wulwa and Waikna [Moskito Country], p. 112; of
the Talamenca [Costa Rica], p. 113.

Short comparative vocabulary of the Cunacuna and Darian [Veragua], pp.
113-114 ; of the Mokorosi and Moxa [South America], p. 114.

Numerals, 1-9, of the Timuacuana [Mexico], p. 115.

2215 —— Opuscula. | Essays | chiefly | Philologicaland Ethnograph-
ical | by | Robert Gordon Latham, | M.A., M.D., F.R.S.,ete. | Late
Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge, late Professor of English | in
University College, London, late assistant physician | at the Mid-
dlesex Hospital. |

LATHAM. 429

Latham (Robert Gordon)—continued.

Williams & Norgate, | 14 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, Lon-
don | and | 20 South Frederick Street, Edinburgh. | Leipzig, R.
Hartmann. | 1860. | BP. C.

Pp. i-vi, 1-418. 8°.

On the Languages of the Oregon Territory, pp. 249-265; On the Ethnography
of Russian America, pp. 266-274; Miscellaneous Contributions to the Ethnog-
raphy of North America, pp. 275-297; On a short Vocabulary of the Loucheux
Language, by J. A. Isbester, pp. 298-299; On the Languages of New California, pp.
300-316; On certain additions to the Ethnographical Philology of Central Amer-
ica, with remarks upon the so-called Aztek Conquest of Mexico, pp. 317-322 ;
Note upon a paper of the Honourable Captain Fitzroy’s on the Isthmus of
Panama, published in the Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society, No-
vember 25, 1850; On the Language of Central America, pp. 323-325; On the
Languages of Northern, Western and Central America, pp. 326-377; Addenda
and Corrigenda (1859), pp. 378-418.

The above papers are but reprints of articles read before the Ethnological and
Philological Societies of London. To one of them, “Languayes of Oregon Ter-
ritory,” a few additions have been made—extracts from Dr. Scouler’s article on
the N. W. Coast, viz: A Comparative Vocabulary of the Tlaoquatch and Nootka,
and Columbia; and one of the Shahaptan, Wallawalla, and Kliketat.

Addenda and Corrigenda contains a Vocabulary of the Ahnenin (from
M’Kenzie), pp. 379-380; A Comparative vocabulary of the Blackfeet and Crow
(from M’Kenzie), pp. 380-384; A few words of Cherokee and Iroquois compared,
p- 384; Comparative vocabulary of the Navaho and Pinaleno, p. 385; Kutanai
vocabulary (from Howse), pp. 386-3+8; Miscellaneous affinities of the Jakon, p.
389; Numerals, 1-10, of the Piede (from Carvalho), p. 390; Vocabulary of the

—— Kioway (from Whipple), p. 390; Comparative vocabulary of the Chemehuevi,
and Cahuillo, p. 391; Comparative vocabulary of the Mohave (from Whipple),
Cuchan, Dieguno, and Cocomancopa [Cocomaricopa], p. 392; Comparative table
of words of the Old Californian and Yuma, pp. 393-394; Comparative vocabulary
of the Tarahumara and Pima, pp. 394-395 ; Miscellaneous affinities of the Otomi,
pp. 395-396; Affinities of the Otomi with the languages akin to the Chinese en
masse, pp. 395-396; Affinities of the Maya with the languages akin to the Chinese
en masse, p. 393; Comparative vocabulary of the Acoma, Cochetime, and Kiwomi,
p. 399; Comparative vocabulary of the Kichai, and Hueco, pp. 399-400; Miscel-
laneous affinities of the Adahi, pp. 402-405; of the Uche, pp. 409-410; Numerals,
1-5, of the Eskimo, Aleutian, and Kamskadale, p. 410; Comparative vocabulary
of the Cayuse, and Willamet, pp. 412-413; of the Beaver Indians, and Cheppe-
wyan, p. 413; of the Selish, Chinuk, and Shoshoni, pp. 415-416; of the Wish-
osk and Wiyot, p. 416; of the Hupa and Tahlewah, p. 416; of the Dieguno and
Cuchan, pp. 416-417.

2216 ——— Elements | of | Comparative Philology. | By | R. G. La-
tham, M. A., M. D., F. R.S., &e., | Late Fellow of King’s College,
Cambridge; and late Professor of English | in University College,
London. |

London: | Waiton and Maberly | Upper Gower Street, and Joy
Lane, Paternoster Row; | Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, and
Green, | Paternoster Row. | 1862. | The Right of Translation is
reserved. | C.

Pp. i-xxxii, 1-774. 8°.

Chapter ly. Languages of America, The Eskimo, The Athabaskan dialects,
The Kitunaha, The Atna, The Haidah, Chewesyan, Wakash, and Chinuks, pp.

430

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Latham (Robert Gordon)—continued.

384-403, contains Comparative vocabulary of the Unalashka, Kadiak, Kuskut-
shewac, and Labrador, pp. 386-387; Two Eskimo [Asiatic] vocabularies, p. 387 ;
Tribal divisions of the Takulli, p. 388 ; of the Kutshin, with English fenitilen.
ticn, p. 389; Athabaskan tribal names, with English signification, p. 390; Com-
parative vocabulary of the Kenay, Kutshin, Slave, and Dog-rib, pp. 390-391 ;
Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan and Takulli, pp. 391-392; of the Uga-
lents, Atna, and Kolstshani, pp. 392-393; of the Tlatskanai, Kwaliokwa, and
Umkwa, p. 394; of the Navaho, Apatsh, and Pinalero, pp. 394-395; of the Hoopah,
and Jecorilla, p. 395; Vocabulary of the Kutani, pp. 396-399 ; Comparative vo-
cabulary of the Atna, Piskaws, Skwali, and Kowelitsk, pp. 399-400; Compara-
tive vocabulary of the Kolush of Sitka, Skittegats, Chemmesyan, and Hailtsa,
pp. 401-402; of the Nsietshawus, Watlala, and Nutka, pp. 402-403.

Chapter lvi. Languages of Oregon and California, Cayus, &c., Lutuami, &c..
Ebnek, Weitspek, Kulanapo, Copeh, Pujuni, &c., Costano, &c., Eslen, Netela,
San Diego, &c., pp. 404-422, contains Comparative vocabulary of the Selish,
Tshintik, and Shoshoni, p. 404; of the Wishosk and Weiyot, p. 405; of the Die-
gunoand Cuchan, p. 405; of the Caytis and Willamet, pp. 406-407; of the Lutu-
ami, Shasti, Palaik, and Jakon, pp. 407-408 ; Affinities between the Sahaptin and
Caytis, p. 409; between the Shoshoni and Palaik and Lutuami, p. 409; Compar-
ative vocabulary of the Ehnek and Tahlewah, pp. 409-410; Vocabulary of the
Weitspek, p.410; of the Khwakhlamayu, p. 411; of the Kulanapo, p. 411; Com-
parative vocabulary of the Copeh, Mag Readings, and Upper Sacramento, p. 412;
of the Pujuni, Sekumne, and Tsamak, pp. 412-414; of the Talatui, and San
Raphael, pp. 414-415; Vocabulary of the Tshokoyem, p. 415; of the Costano,
pp. 415-416; Comparative vocabulary of the Coconoons and Tulare, p. 416; of
the Eslen, Ruslen, Soledad, San Miguel, and San Antonio, pp. 416-417; of the
Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo, pp. 417-418; of the Netela and Kiz,
pp- 419-420; of the Cuchan, Cocomaricopa, and Dieguno, pp. 420-421.

Chapter lvii. Old California, pp. 422-426, contains The Paternoster in the Co-
chimi of San Xavier, p. 422; Comparative vocabulary of the San Xavier, San
Borgia, Loretto, and Waikur, p. 424; The Paternoster in Waikur, p. 425; Frag-
ments of the Waikur Conjugation, p. 425-426.

Chapter lviii. Languages of Sonora, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, &c.,
pp. 427-438, contains Vocabulary of the Pima, p. 427; Specimen of Opata, Hiaqui,
Tubar, Tarahumara, and Cora, pp. 428-429; of the Pirinda, p. 432; Paternoster
in Tarasca, and a few words of the same, p. 432; Paternoster in Mixteca, p. 433;
Comparative vocabulary of the Guajiquiro, Opataro, and Intibuca (Honduras),
pp. 435-436 ; of the Masaya and Subtiabo (Nicaragua), p. 436; Vocabulary of the
Wulwa, (Nicaragua), p. 436; of the Waikna, p. 437; of the Talemenca (Costa
Rica), p. 437; Comparative vocabulary of the Savaneric and Bayano (St. Salva-
dor), pp. 437-438 ; of the Cunacuna and Darien (Darien), p. 438.

Chapter lix. Sahaptin, Paduca, and Pueblo Languages, pp. 439-446, contains
Comparative vocabulary of the Sahaptin, Wallawalla, and Klikiketat, pp. 440-
441; of the Shoshoni and Wihinasht, p. 442; of the Uta, and Comanch, p. 443;
Vocabulary of the Piede (or Pa-uta), p. 443; Comparative vocabulary of the
Chemuhuevi and Cahuillo, pp. 443-444; Vocabulary of the Kioway, pp. 444-445 ;
of the Pueblo of Tesuque, p. 445; Comparative vocabulary of the Acoma, Coche-
timi, and Kiwomi, p. 446.

Chapter lx. Languages between the Athabaskan, the Rocky Mountains, and
the Atlantic, the Algonkire, the Sioux, the Iroquois, the Catawba, Woccon, Uche,
Natchez, Chetimacha, Adahi, and Attacapa Languages, the Pawni, Riccari, and
Caddo, the Languages of Texas, pp. 447-477, contains Comparative vocabulary
of the Blackfoot and Menomeni, p. 448; of the Ojibwa, Ottawa, and Potowotami,
pp. 449; of the Old Algonkin and Knistinuux, pp. 449-450; of the Sheshata-

LATHAM—LAWSON, 431

Latham (Robert Gordon)—continued.

poosh and Skoffi, p. 450; of the Micmac, Etchemin, and Abenaki, pp. 451; of the
Minsi, Nanticok, and Mohikan, pp. 451-452; of the Massachusetts and Narra-
gansetts, p. 452; of the Miami, Illinois, Sauki, and Shawni, pp. 452-453; Table
of words of the Bethuck having affinities with various dialects of the Algonkin,
pp. 453-455; Table showing affinities between the Arapaho and other Algonkin
languages, pp. 456-457; Comparative vocabulary of the Arapaho and Shyenne,
p. 458; of the Mandan and Crow, pp. 458-460; of the Yankton, Winebago, Dah-
cota, and Osage, pp. 460-461; of the Omaha and Minetari, pp. 461-462; of the Mo-
hawk, Cayuga, Tuscarora, and Nottoway, p. 463; Vocabulary of the Wyandot,
p. 464; Comparative vocabulary of the Onondago, Seneca, and Oneida, pp. 464-
465; Vocabulary of the Catawba, pp. 465-466; Comparative vocabulary of the
Cherokee, Chocktaw, and Muskogulge, p. 468; of the Uchee, Natchez, Adaihe, and
Chetemacha, pp. 469-470; of the Pawni and Riccari, pp. 470-471; of the Caddo
and Witshita, p. 475; of the Kichai and Hueco, pp. 475-476; Vocabulary of the
Attakapa, pp. 476-477; Specimen of the Heve or Eudeye, pp. 754-755; Compar-
ative vocabulary of the Huasteca, Maya, Mexican, and Otomi, p. 755.

2217 ——— Note upon a paper of the Honourable Captain Fitzroy’s on
the Isthmus of Panama. a
In Royal Geog. Soc. [of London], Trans., vol. ?

See Lloyd (T. G. B.)

2218 Latrobe (Rev. Peter). Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Labrador.
In Richardson (Sir John). Arctic Searching Expedition, pp. 483-496. New
York, 1852. 8°.

2219 Laverlochére (—). Extrait d’une lettre du R. P. Laverlochére,
oblat de Marie Immaculée [dated Lac des Deux-Montagnes, 25
aout 1844].

In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. xvii, pp. 257-264. Contains,
p- 262, a specimen of the Montagnais (?) language, with translation.

2220 ———— Missions de la Baie d’Hudson. Suite de la lettre du R. P.
Laverlochére, oblat de Marie Immaculée [dated Montréal, décem-
bre 1849].
In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. xxiii, pp. 202-220. Contains
scattered phrases, examples of long words, &c., with translations in the Make-
gong language of Fort Albany.

2221 ——— Lettre du R. P. Laverlochére.[&c., from Lac des Deux-

Montagnes].
In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. xxiv, pp. 69-79. Contains, p. 77,
a specimen of the Iroquois language.

2222 Lawson (John). A New | Voyage | to | Carolina; | Containing
the | Exact Description and Natural History | of that | Country: |
Together with the Presant [sic] State thereof | and | A Journal |
Of a Thousand Miles Travel’? thro’ several | Nations of Indians. |
Giving a particular Account of their Customs, | Manners Se. | By
John Lawson, Gent, Surveyor- | General of North Carolina. |

London, | printed in the year 1709. | [No publisher.| ° C.

432 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lawson (John)—continued.

2p. 11, pp. 1-258. sm. 4°. Forms part of Stevens (John). A new collection
of voyages and travels. London, 1708-09.

The only copy of the 1708-09 edition of Stevens I have seen is that in the Li-
brary of Congress; it is minus the title-page to Lawson’s Voyage, and this I have
supplied from Field, No. 896. ‘The collation is as follows: title-page (missing) ;
Dedication, 11.; Preface, 11.; Introduction, pp.1-5; Journal, pp. 1-60; A de-
scription of N. C., pp. 61-168; Account of Indians of N. C., pp. 169-238 ; Charters
of N. C., p.239; Advertisement, 11.; Vocabularies of the Tuskeruro, Pampti-
cough, and Woccon, pp. 225-230.

Stevens’ Nuggets, No. 1662, says this edition of Lawson ‘‘was originally pub-
lished in numbers having the several titles to the April, May, June, and July
numbers, 1709.” For full titles to the work in numbers, see Stevens (J.)

2223 —_—— A New | Voyage | to | Carolina; | Containing the | Exact
Description and Natural History | of that | Country: | Together
with the Present State thereof. | And | A Journal | Of a Thousand
Miles, Travel’d thro’ several,| Nations of Indians. | Giving a par-
ticular Account of their Customs, | Manners, &c. | By John Law-
son, Gent. Surveyor- | General of North Carolina. | 3

London: | Printed in the Year 1709. | NYHS.

3 p. ll, pp. 1-258. sm. 4°. maps. Forms part of Stevens (John). A New Col-
lection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1711, 2 vols. sm. 4°.

Vocabularies: Tuskeruro, Pamticough, and Woccon, pp. 225-230.

2224 —— Allerneuste Beschreibung | der Provintz | Carolina | in |
West-Indien, | samt einem | Reise-Journal | von mehr als | tau-
send Meilen | unter allerhand | indianischen Nationen, | auch
einer | accuraten Land-Carte und andern | Kupfer-stichen. | Aus
dem Englisvhen iibersetzet durch | M. Vischer. |

Hamburg, | Gedruckt und verlegt | durch seel. Thomas von
Wierings Erben/ | bey der Bérse/ im giilden A, B, C. Anno 1712. |
Sind auch za Franckfurt und Leipzig/ bey Zacharias Herteln | zu

bekommen. | HU. JCB.
7 p.ll., pp. 1-368. 16°. map. Vocabularies, pp. 341-348.

2225 - The | History | of | Carolina; | containing the | exact de-
scription and Natural History | of that | Country; | Together with
the Present State thereof. | And | a Journal | of a Thousand
Miles, Travel’d thro’ several | Nations of Indians. | Giving a par-
ticular Account of their Customs, Manners ce. | By John Lawson,
Gent. Surveyor-General | of North-Carolina |

London: | Printed for W. Taylor at the Ship, and T. Baker at the
Black- | Boy, in Pater-Noster-Row, 1714. | C.
3p. ll, pp. 1-258. sm.4°. map. Vocabularies, pp. 225-230.

2226 ——— The | History | of | Carolina; | containing the | exact de-
scription and Natural History | of that | Country; | Together with
the Present State thereof. | And | a Journal | of a Thousand Miles,
Travel’d thro’ several | Nations of Indians | giving a particular
account of their Customs, | Manners, &e. | By John Lawson, Gent.
Surveyor-General | of North-Carolina. |

one.

LAWSON—LE BOULANGER, 433

Lawson (John)—continued.
London: | Printed for T. Warner, at the Black-Boy in Pater
Noster | Row, 1718. Price Bound Five Shillings. | BA. HU. JCB,
3 p.Il., pp. 1-258. sm.4°. map. Vocabularies, pp. 225-230.

2227 ——— The | History of Carolina, | containing the | exact de-
_ scription | and | Natural History of that Country, | together with
the present state thereof and a journal of | a thousand miles trav-
eled through several na- | tions of Indians, giving a particular |
account of their customs, | manners, &c., &e. | By John Lawson, |
Gent. Surveyor-General of North Carolina. | London: | Printed for
W. Taylor at the Ship, and I’. Baker at the | Black Boy in Pater-
Noster Row, 1714. |
Raleigh: Printed by Strother & Marcom at their Book and Job
Office, | 1860. | c.

Pp. 1-390. 12°. Vocabularies, pp. 366-377. See Brickell (John), for editions
of 1737 and 1743.

2228 Lazaro (Ir. Juan). Arte y Vocabulario y Sermones [in various
languages of Guatemala]. *

Manuscript. Title from Beristain. Squier says Vasques, in his Chronicle,
and Arochena, in his Catalogue, make mention of a work by Lazaro, entitled:

2229 ——— Combinacion y Analogia de diversos Idiomas del Reyno de
Guatemala. «

2230 [Le Boulanger (f¢év. Joseph Ignatius)|. [French-Ilinois Dictionary.]
No title-page. Pp. 1-8. large 8°. JIWP.
The above is the first signature, and the only one that was printed, of a work

intended to form one of the series of Shea’s American Linguistics. When this
portion had been put in type, about 1865, the manuscript was sent by Dr. Shea to
the owner and was never returned. The following description is taken from
Dr. Shea’s prospectus: ‘‘A manuscript dictionary exists of the Illinois language,
which, in extent and in careful preparation, exceeds any work known on any of
the Algonquin dialects. It is to all apnearance the work of the Jesuit Father
Le Boulanger, whose labors on the Illinois language are highly extolled in the
Lettres Edifiantes. The Illinois have now disappeared, but for purposes of
research and study their language is one of the most interesting of the various
dialects of the widespread Algonquin * * * Their language, as shown in this
dictionary, throws much light on Western names of tribes, rivers, lakes, &c., and
by comparison with that of the kindred Lenni or Delawares, as preserved by the
Moravians, furnished the amplest known material for the study of the Algonquin
language. * * *

‘The dictionary will form over five hundred pages, in fine type, double
column, similar to that used in the French-Onondago Dictionary issued by me.”

See Gravier (Jtev. James), No. 1600.

Rev. J. I. Le Boulanger, 8. J., was born in France, July 22, 1664; entered the
order in 1700, came to America, and was on the Illinois Mission as early as 1719,
and probably some years previous to that date, and is said to have died there in
1744.

28 Bib

/

434 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2231 [Lebret (—).] L. J. C. et M. I. | Niina | Aiamie Masinaigan |
ou | Recueil de Priéres | et de | Cantiques | 4 ’usage des Sauvages
de Temiscaming, d’Abbitibi, | du Grand Lac, de Mata8an et du
Fort William. | [Design.]

Moniang [Montreal]: | TakS8abikickote endate John Lovell. |
1866. | GB.

Pp. 1-277 .12°. Compilation from different authors by Father Lebret, O. M.
S. I. In the Nipissing dialect of the Algonkin.

2232 Le Caron (Father Joseph). [Dictionary of the Huron Language.]

The dictionary of the Huron language was first drafted by Father Joseph Le

Caron in 1616. The little Huron whom he took with him when he returned to

Quebec aided him greatly to extend it. He also added rules and principles dur-

ing his second voyage to the Hurons. He next increased it by notes which Fa-

ther Nicholas sent him, and at last perfected it by that which that holy religious

had left when descending-to Quebec, and which the French placed in his hands:

so that Father George, Procurator of the Mission in France, presented it to the

king with the two preliminary dictionaries of the Algonquin and Montagnais
languages in 1625.—Zxtract from Father Le Clercq’s Establishment of the Faith.

2233 Lecciones Hspirituales | para | las tandas de Hjercicios | de 8. Igna-
cio, | dadas 4 los Indios | en el idioma | Mexicano. | Compuestas
por un Sacerdote del Obispado de la | Puebla de los Angeles. |
Quien las dedica 4 la Luz increada, bajo el poderosisimo | amparo
de la Madre Santisima de ella. | :

Puebla. | Imprenta Antigua en el Portal de las flores. | 1841. | B.
Pp. 1-213. 8°. The preface is signed J. J. P.

2234 Leclereq (P.) Dictionnaire caraibe-frangais, par le Pére Leclercq.
Rennes. 1665. x
Title from Ternaux-Compans, No. 830.

2235 Le Clercq (P. Chrestien). Nouvelle | Relation | dela | Gaspesie, |
qui contient | les Moeurs & la Religion des Sau- | vages Gas-
pesiens Porte-Croix, | adorateurs du Soleil, & dautres | Peu-
ples de PAmérique Septen- | trionale, dite le Canada. | Dédiée a
Madame la | Princesse d’Epinoy, | Par le Pére Chrestien le
Clereq, | Missionnaire Recollet de la Province de | Saint Antoine
de Pade en Artois, & | Gardien du Convent de Lens. |

A Paris, | Chez Amable Auroy, rué Saint | Jacques 4 Image S.
Jéréme, attenant | la Fontaine 8. Severin. | M. DC. XCI [1691]. |
Avee privilége du Roy. | BA. O.

14 p.l., pp. 1-572. 16°.

“De la Langue des Gaspesiens,” pp. 160-164. Extract as follows:

2236 Language of the Gaspesiens.
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 284-285. New York, 1861. sm. 4°.
2237 First | Establishment of the Faith | in New France. | By |

Father Christian Le Clereq, | Recollect Missionary. | Now first trans-
lated, with notes, | by | John Gilmary Shea. | Vol. I [II]. | [Seal.]
New York: | John G. Shea. | 1881. | ~ JWP.

LEBRET—LEE, 435

Le Clereq (P. Chrestien)—continued.

2 vols. large 8°. The original edition of this work is: Paris, MDCXCI; the
titles of the various editions are given in this edition.

Mr. Shea, in his sketch of Father Le Clercq, gives, vol. 1, p. 16, the Lord’s
Prayer in Micmac hieroglyphies, as below. See Kauder (Rev. C.)

Buen Cele ike pees

mnshinen Wajok ebin tchiptook delwigiht
Our Father in heaven ecated may thy name

ey oS Gite

meguidedemek Wajok n'tclidanen tchiptook {gnemwiek ula
be respected in heayen to us may grant theo

“a
w
2a, 6& BH w& tte oki
nemulek uledechinen. Natel wajok deli chkedoolk
to sea in staying. There in heayen ag thou art obeyed

A rE Ey | is

tchiptook deli chkedulek makimiguek elmek
amay re) be obeyed on earth where we are,

tE—GE oe A we BA

Delamukubenigua echomicguel apeh neguech kichkook
‘As thowhast givenittous in the same manner also now to-day

Bt eaGaen Sieg. 3s.) 22 SESE

delamooktech Ppenegninenwin niliuen; deli abikchiktakachik
give it ournourishment tous; wo forgive thoso

BG Ew A GB Ses

Wegaiwinametnik elp kel nixkam abikehiktwin clweultick
who have offended us so thou O God forgivo our faults

Il BSED CD eee eaiike

melkeninrech wioncludil mu k'tygalinen keginukamkel
hold us strong by the hand not to fall keep far from us

BAR BED EE DZ

winnchiguel twaktwin. Ndelictch,
sufferings evils, Amen.

THE LORD’S PRAYER IN MICMAC HIEROGLYPHICS,

2238 Lee (Daniel) and Frost (J. H.) Ten Years in Oregon. | By D. Lee
and J. H. Frost, | late of the Oregon Mission of the Methodist
Episcopal Church. | [Picture.]

New York: | Published for the Authors: 200 Mulberry-Street. |
J. Collord, Printer. | 1844. | BA. C.

Pp. 1-344. 8°. map.

A specimen of Indian dialects (Killemook, Checalish, and Clatsop), pp.339-344.

436 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2239 Le Fort (Abraham). Vocabulary of the Onondago Language.
In Schooleraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 481-493. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

2240 Lefroy (J. H.). A Vocabulary of Chepewyan and Dog-Rib words.
In Richardson (Sir John). Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 2, pp. 400-402.
London, 1851, 2 vols. 8°.

2241 Le Hir (Abbé Arthur-Marie). Etudes Bibliques, par M. ’abbé Le
Hir, avec introduction et sommaires par M. abbé Grandvaux. |
Paris, Joseph Albanel, 15, rue de Tournon, 15. [1868 ?] e
2 vols. 8°. Title from Cuoq’s Jugement Erroné.
Contains an article, ‘‘Des langues américaines,” in which many analogies are
shown between the Algonkin and the Aryan and Semitic languages.

2249 Leigh (Rev. J.) Vocabulary of the Language of the Natives of
Newfoundland; procured by the Rev. J. Leigh, from Mary March,
a Native Woman, taken up the Bay of Exploits by Mr. Peyton, in
March, 1818.
In Royal Geog. Soc., Jour., vol., 4, pp. 218-220. London, 1834. 8°.

2243 Le Jeune (P. Paul). Relation | de ce qvi s’est passé en | la Nov-
velle France | en ’année 1633. | Enuoyée | av R. P. Barth. lacqvi-
not | Prouincial de la Compagnie de | Iesvs en la prouince de |
France. | ar [sic] le P. Paul le Ieune de la mesme Compa- | gnie,
Superieur de la residence de Kebee. |

A Paris, | chez Sebastien Cramoisy, |...]| M. DC. XXXIV
[1634]. | Avec Privilege dv Roy. | *

216 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary. Reissued with aslight change in
the title:

2244

Relation | de ce qvi s’est passé | en la | Novvelle France |
en année 1633. | Enuoyée au R. P. Barth. Tacqvinot | Prouincial de
la Compagnie de | Iesvs en Ja Prouince de | de [sic] France. | Par
le P. Paul le Ieune de la mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de la resi-
dence de Kebee. |

A Paris. | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy, rué sainct | Iacques, aux
Cicognes. | M. DC. XX XIV [1634]. | Avec Privilege dv Roy. | a

216 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary and O’Callaghan’s manuscript bib-
liography.

Reprinted in Relations des Jésuites, vol. 1, 1633, pp. 1-44. Québec, 1858. 8°.
Contains, p. 23, a prayer in Montagnais.
Relation | de ce qvi s’est passé | en la | Novvelle France, |
en Vannée 1634. | Enuoyée au | R. Pere Provincial | de la Compa-
gnie de Tesvs | en la Prouince de France. | Par le P. Paul le Ieune
de la mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de la residence de Kebee. |

A Paris, | chez Sebastien Cramoisy, Imprimeur | ordinaire du
Roy, rué 8. Iacques, au Cicognes. | M. DC. XX XV [1635]. | Avec
Privilege dv Roy. | 2

2 p. ll, pp. 1-342, 11. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames, from O’Calla-
ghan’s manuscript bibliography. Reprinted at Paris the same year, with several
errors in the text and pagination corrected, and again as follows:

2245

be 4

LE FORT—LE MERCIER. 437

Le Jeune (P. Paul)—continued.

2246 ——— Relation | de ce qvi s’est passé | en Ja Nouuelle France | en
Vannée 1634. | Enuoyée au R. Pere Provincial de la Compagnie de
Tesvs en la | Prouince de France | Par le Pere le Ievne de la Com-
pagnie, Superieur de la | Residence de Kebee. |

En Avignon | de ’Imprimerie de Iaqves Bramereavy, | Imprimeur
de sa Saincteté, de la Ville & | Vniversité. Auec permission des
Superieurs. | M. DC. XXXVI [1636]. | *

5 p. ll., pp. 1-416. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary

Reprinted in Relations des Jésuites, vol. 1, 1634, pp.1-92. Québec, 1858. 8°.

Contains: Chapitre xi. De la langue des Sauuages Montagnais, pp. 48-51;
Deux Oraisons (with interlinear French translation), p. 76.

Le Jeune’s Relation for 1636 contains Brebceuf’s supplementary relation for
the same year, which has the linguistics on pp. 48-49, 79-84. See Brebceuf (R.
P. Jean), Nos. 468 and 469 of this catalogue.

Pere Paul Le Jeune may be regarded as the father of the Jesuit Missions in
this country, although he did not come to Canada until 1632, after the restora-
tion of Quebec to the French. He had always cherished a desire to evangelize
the savages of Canada, and after the treaty of St. Germain, came over with P.
Anne de Nouwé, arriving at Quebec in July, 1632. In a short time he acquired so
thorough a knowledge of the Montagnais that he wrote a catechism for those
Indians in that language.—Jesuit Relations.

2247 Leland (Charles Godfrey). The | Union Pacific Railway, | Eastern
Division, | or, | three thousand miles in a railway car, | By Charles
Godfrey Leland. | U. P. R. W., E. D. |

Philadelphia: | Ringwalt & Brown, Steam-Power Book and Job
Printing, | Nos. 111 and 113 South Fourth Street. | 1867. | = JwP.

Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-95. 8°.
Short vocabulary of the Kaw language, p.71. ‘‘ Obtained from the natives
and from Mr. H. L. Jones, of Salina.”

2248 —— Fusang | or | The Discovery of America | By | Chinese
Buddhist priests in the | Fifth Century. | By | Charles G. Leland. |
New York: | J. W. Bouton, 706 Broadway. | 1875. | WE.

Pp. i-xix, 1-212. 12°.
Contains, pp. 101-109, an extract from Roehrig (F. L. 0.) The language of
the Dakotas, published in Smithsonian Inst. Ann. Rept. for 1871.

2249 Fusang | or | The Discovery of America | By | Chinese

Buddhist priests in the | Fifth Century. | By | Charles G. Leland. |
London: | Triibner & Co., Ludgate Hill. | 1875. | (All rights re-

served.) | A.
Pp. i-xix, 1-212. 12°.

2250 Le Mercier (P. Francois Joseph). Relation | de ce qvi s’est passé |
en la Mission des Peres | de la Compagnie de Iesvs, | en la | Nov-
velle France, | és années 1653. & 1654, | Enuovée au R. P. Nicolas
Royon, | Prouincial de la Prouince de France. | Par le R. P. Fran-
gois Le Mercier, | Superieur des Missions de la mesme | Com-

pagnie. |

438 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Le Mercier (P. Frangois Joseph)—continued.

A Paris, | chez | Sebastien Cramoisy, | Imprimeur ordinaire du
Roy, | & de la Reyne, | et Gabriel Cramoisy | rué S. | Iacqves | aux
Ci- | cognes. | M. DC. LV [1655]. | Avec Privilege dv Roy. | ss

2p.ll.,pp.1-176. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from O’Callaghan’s
manuscript bibliography.

Reprinted in Relations des Jésuites, vol. 2, 1654, pp. 1-34. Québec, 1858. 8°.
Contains letters in Huron, with accompanying French translation, pp. 27-28.

Frangois Joseph Le Mercier, who came to Canada in 1635, was Superior from 1653
to 1656, and accompanied Captain Dupuis to the Onontagués, where he preached
the gospel. After having been three years at the Mission of Three Rivers he be-
came Superior for the second time in 1665 fulfilling the charge until 1670.—Jesuit
Relations.

2251 Lennan (Cyrus). Vocabulary of the Pima language, prepared by
Mr. Cyrus Lennan, in Arizona, by filling up one of the blanks pub-
lished by the Ethnological Society in 1852. 2

Manuscript in possession of the American Ethnological Society, New York.
A short extract is printed in Am. Eth. Soc., Bulletin, 1861-62, p. 6. New
York, [1863]. 8°.—Eames.

2252 Leon (Martin de). Camino del | Cielo en lengua Mexicana, | con

; todos los requisitos necessarios para conseguir este | fin, cd todo lo
que vn Xpiano deue creer, saber, | y obrar, desde el punto que
tiene vso de | razon, hasta que muere. | Copuesto, por el P. F. Mar-
tin de Leo, de la ordé de Predicadores. | 4 Dirigido al Excelentis-
simo Senor Don Fray Garcia | Guerra de la ordé de nfo padre S.
Domingo, Argo | bispo de Mexico, y Virrey desta Nueua Espaiia. |

4 En Mexico, Enla Emprenta de Diego Lopez daualos. | Y a costa
de Diego Perez de los Rios. Afi. De. 1611. |

Colophon :

4 A honra y gloria de nuestro Seftor Jesu Christo, y de su Bendi-
tissima Madre, y de Nro glorioso P. 8. Domingo, y de la gloriosa
Madalena, se acabd este libro de imprimir 4 16. de Diziembre, ato
de 1611. B.

12 p.ll.,the last of which is entirely filled with a curious table of contents;
ll. 1-160; 6 1]. not numbered, the first three of which contain tables, the last
three: Los Governadores, y Virreyes que an gouernado esta tierra, desdel Marques
del Valle quela gano, hasta el Excelentissimo Senor Don Fray Garcia Guerra, de
la orden de Nuestro Padre S. Domingo, Argobispo de Mexico y Virrey desta
nucua Espaiia, q de preséte la gouierna.

2253 Primera Parte | del Sermona- | rio del tiempo de todo el
afio, | duplicado, en lengua Mexicana. | { Compuesto por el R. P.
Martin | de Leon, de la Orden de Predicadores de N. P. sancto
Domingo. | Dirigido a nuestro muy R. P. Maestro | fr. Hernado Ba-
gan Cathedratico jubilado de la Vniuersi- | dad Real, y Prouincial
de esta Prouincia de | Sanctiago de Mexico. | :

En Mexico, con licencia. | 4 En la Emprenta de la Viuda de Diego
Lopez Daualos. | PorC. AdrianoCesar. Atio M.D.C.XIIII [1614]. | *

8 p. IL, Il. 1-830; 11. Tabla and Errata, 4°. According to a statement by the
author, at the end of the work, it should consist of four volumes whose contents

LE MERCIZR—LEON Y GAMA. 439

Leon (Martin de)—continued.

he gives; but only the present volume was published.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes,
No. 38.

Qnaritch’s Catalogue, Feb., 1879, gives the following: Sermonario del tiempo
de todo el ano duplicado en Mexicana. Mexico, 1610.

Leon was born in New Spain, joined the Augustinians in 1574, and died in the
beginning of the 17th century. He was most learned and eloquent in the Mexi-
can tongue.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

2254 -—— Manual | breve y forma de ad- | ministrar los Santos
Sacramen- | tos 4 los Yndios. | Recopilado por el Padre fray Mar-
tin de | Leon, de Ja Orden de los Predicadores. Y agora nueua-
mente corregido, y afadidas | algunas cosas. | Dirigido a nro M. R.
P. Fr. Gaspar | de Ledesma, Prior Prouincial desta Pro- | uincia de
Sanctiago de Predicadores. | Por el Conuento de Nra. S. de la

Piedad. |
En Mexico, Por el Bachiller Ioan de Aleagar, | junto 4 la Inqui-
sicion, Ato de 1617. | *

55 11. 8°. Contains several exhortations in the Mexican language.—Icazbal-
ceta’s Apuntes, No, 39.

2255 Manual Breve y Forma de administrar los santos Sacra-
mentos 4 los Indios, agora nuevamente corregido, y anadidas algu-
nas cosas, por el Convento de S. Domingo de Mexico (en Lengua
Mexicana, Espaiiola y Latina.)

En Mexico en la Imprenta de Francisco Robledo: 1640. *
Title, 1 p. 1.,52 numbered ll., and table 3 pp. 12°. Title from the Ramirez Sale
Cat., No. 445.

9956 ——— Manual Breve, y forma de administrar los Santos Sacra-
méetos alos Yndios. Por el Padre Fr. Martin de Leon, de la Orden
de Predicadores. Y agora nuevaméte sacado a luz, y afidido [sic]
por el P. Lector Fr. Diego Cortezero, Cathedratico de légua Mexi-
cana en el Convento Real de N. Padre Santo Domingo desta Ciudad
de Mexico.

Con licencia: Impresso en Mexico. Por Francisco Rodriguez
Lupercio. 1669. +
5 p. 11, ll. 1-85, table, 11. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 124.

2257 Leon y Gama (Antonio de). Descripcion | Hist6rica y Cronolé-
gica | de las dos Piedras | que con ocasion del Nuevo Empedrado |
que se est4 formando | en Ja Plaza Principal de México, | se halla-
ron en el’a el Aiio de 1790. | Explicase el sistema de los Calendarios
de los Indios, el | método que tenian de dividir el tiempo, y la cor-
reccion | que hacian de él para igualar el ano civil, de que usaban, |
con el ano solar trépico. Noticia muy necesaria para la | perfecta
inteligenica de la segunda piedra: 4 que se ana- | den otras curi-
osas 6 instructivas sobre la Mitologia de los | Mexicanos, sobre su
Astronomia, y sobre los ritos y cere- | monias que acostumbraban
en tiempo | desu Gentilidad. | Por Don Antonio de Leon y Gama. |
[Design.]

440

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Leon y Gama (Antonio de)—continued.

México. | En la Imprenta de Don Felipe de Ziniga y Ontiveros. |
Aflo de M.DOC.XCII [1792]. | C.

3p. ll., pp. 1-116, 11. 4°.

§ I, Metodo de dividir el tiempo, que tenian los Mexicanos, &c., pp. 14-35,
and § III, Explicase el sistema de los Calendarios de los Indios, &c., pp. 47-62,
contain the names of the divisions of time in Mexican, with translation; Calen-
darios Mexicanos, pp. 63-76.

2258 —— Saggio | dell’? Astronomia Cronologia | e Mitologia | Degli

Antichi Messicani | Opera | di D. Antonio Leon e Gama | Tradotta
dallo Spagnuolo, e dedicata | Alla Molto Nobile Ilustre ed Impe-
riale | Citta di Messico | [Engraving.]
Roma | Presso il Salomoni | 1804 | Con Permesso | A.
Engraved title, pp. i-xiii, (1), 1-184,2 plates. 8°.

Names relating to the Mexican Calendar, with translations, pp. 24-26, 39, 49,
97-110.

2259 —— Descripcion | Hist6ricay Cronolégica | delas dos piedras, |

que con ocasion del nuevo empedrado | que se esta formando | en
la plaza principal de México, | se hallaron en ella el ato de 1790. |

Explicase el sistema de los calendarios de los Indios, el método |

que tenian de dividir el tiempo, y la correccion que hacian de | él
para igualar el ano civil, dé que usaban, con el aio solar tro- | pico.
Noticia muy necesaria para la perfecta inteligencia de la | segunda
piedra: 4 que se afaden otras curiosas é instructivas so- | bre la
mitologia de los Mexicanos, sobre su astronomia, y sobre | los ritos
y ceremonias que acostumbraban en tiempo de su | gentilidad. |

Por Don Antonio de Leon y Gama. | Dala a luz | con notas, bio-
grafia de su autor y aumentada con Ja segunda parte que estaba
inédita, y bajo la proteccion del Gobierno | general de la Union: |

Carlos Maria de Bustamente, | diputado al congreso general mexi-
cano. | Segunda edicion. |

México, | Imprenta del ciudadano Alejandro Valdés. | 1832. | c.

1 p.1., pp. i-vili, 1-114, 1-148, 5 plates. sm. 4°.

Names relating to the Mexican Calendar, with translations, pt. 1, pp. 16-18,
26, 27, 31, 62-75.

Numerous extracts, in Mexican, from the Manuscripts of Cristobal del Castillo,
in Bustamente’s notes, pt. 1, pp. 20, 43, 47, 59, 60, 78, 82, 83, 86, 88, and 27 lines
on p. 96.

Apéndice Segundo. Sobre la aritmética de los Mexicanos, pt. 2, pp. 128-148,
contains Mexican numerals and mathematical words, with translations.

2260 Le Page du Pratz (M.) Histoire | de la | Louisiane, | Contenent la

Découverte de ce vaste Pays; | sa Description géographique; un
Voyage | dans les Terres; l’Histoire Naturelle; les | Mceurs, Cot-
tames, & Religion des Natu- | rels, avec leurs Origines;, deux Voy-
ages | dans le Nord du Nouveau Mexique, dont | un jusqu’a la
Mer du Sud; ornée de deux | Cartes & de 40 Planches en Taille
douce. | Par M. Le Page du Pratz. | Tome Premier [—Troisieme]. |

LEON Y GAMA—LE PLONGEON. 441

Le Page du Pratz (M/.)—continued.
A Paris, | Chez De Bure, l’Ainé, sur le.Quai des Augustins, J a
S. Paul. | La Veuve Delaguette, rue S. Jacques, a | Olivier. | Lam-
bert, rue de la Comédie-Frangoise. | M. DCC. LVIII [1758]. | nv. c.
3 vols. 16°. map.
A few remarks on the language of the Natchez, vol. 2, pp. 323-325.

2261

The | History | of Louisiana, | or of | The Western Parts |
of | Virginia and Carolina: | containing | a Description of the
Countries that lye | on both Sides of the River Missisippi: | with |
An account of the Settlements, Inhabitants, | Soil, Climate, and
Products. | Translated from the French, | (lately published) | By
M. Le Page Du Pratz; | with | Some Notes and Observations | re-
lating to our Colonies. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |

London, | Printed fur T. Becket and P. A. DeHondt | in the
Strand. M DCC L XIII [1763]. | HU.

2 vols. 16°.

Of the language, government, religion, ceremonies and feasts of the natives,
vol. 2, pp. 170-196, contains a few remarks on the language of the Natchez.

2262

The | History | of | Louisiana, | or of | the Western Parts |
of | Virginia and Carolina: | Containing a Description of the |
Countries that lie on both Sides of the River Missisippi: | With
an Account of the | Settlements, Inhabitants, Soil, | Climate, and
Products. | Translated from the French | of M. Le Page du Pratz; |
With some Notes and Observations relating to our Colonies. | A
new Edition. |

London, | Printed for T. Becket, Corner of the Adelphi, in the
Strand. | MDCCLXXIYV [1774]. | BA. C. JCB.

1p.1., pp. i-xxxvi, 1-387. 8°. maps. Of thelanguage of the natives, pp. 327-329.

2263 An Account of Louisiana, exhibiting a Compendious

Sketch of its Political and Natural History and Topography, with

a Copious Appendix containing several Important Documents.
Newbern: Franklin & Garrow. 1804. te

2 11., 272, exviii pp., 1]. 18°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

2264 Le Plongeon (Dr. Augustus). Vestiges of the Mayas, | or, | Facts
tending to prove that Communications and Intimate Relations must
have | existed, in very remote times, between the inhabitants of |
Mayab | and those of | Asia and Africa. | By | Augustus Le Plon-
geon, M. D., | Member [&c., three lines. |

New York: | John Polhemus, Printer and Stationer, | 102 Nassau
Street. | 1881. | BA. WE.

Printed title 11., pp. 1-68. 8°.

Names of Maya deities, p. 39, and following; and many Maya terms scattered
throughout.

Letter from Dr. Augustus Le Plongeon. [To the Right Rev.

Bishop Courtenay, Bishop of Kingston. |

In Am. Ant. Soc., Proc., No. 73, pp. 113-117. Worcester, 1879. 8.

2265

<

442 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Le Plongeon (Dr. Augustus)—continued.

Comments on the Maya language, showing its affinity with those of the
ancient nations of the eastern continent. To it is added a ‘‘Note by the
Publishing Committee,” signed 8. F. H{aven], citing authorities showing a
concurrence in Dr. Le Plongeon’s views. :

2266 - [Letter to Right Rev. Bishop Courtenay, Bishop of King-
ston, on the Antiquity of the Mayas. |

In The Present Century. A weekly journal, No. 22, vol: 2. New York, 1880.

Contains Maya terms compared with the Sanskrit, Welsh, &c.

2267 Lerch (—). Unnersoutiksak ernisuksiortunut... Lerch. Kjéven-
haynime, 1867. o
63 pp. 8°. Manual for midwives, in the Eskimo language.— fink.

2268 Lescarbot (Marc). Histoire | de la Novvelle | France | Contenant
les navigations, découvertes, & habi- | tations faites par les Francois
és Indes Occiden- | tales & Nouvelle-France souz Paveeu & autho- |
rité de noz Rois Tres-Chrétiens, & les diverses | fortunes d’iceux
en execution de ces choses, | depuis cent ans jusques a hui. | En
quoy est comprise Histoire Morale, Naturele, & Geo- | graphique
de ladite province: Avec les Tables & | Figures dicelle. | Par Mare
Lesecarbot Advocat en Parlement, | Témoin oculaire d’vne partie
des choses ici récitées. | Multa renascentur que iam cecidere,
cadéntque. |

A Paris | Chez Iean Milot, tenant sa boutique sur les degrez | de
la grand’ salle du Palais. | M. DC. IX [1609]. | Avec privilege dv
Roy. | JCB.

24 p.Il., pp. 1-888. 16°. maps.

Chap. vii. ‘‘Du Langue,” contains numerals, 1-10, “Ancien” and “Nou-
veau” of Canada, and of the Souriquois and Etechemin, pp. 697-703.

2269 —— Histoire | de la Novvelle | France | Contenant les naviga-
tions, découvertes, & habi- | tations faites par les Francois és Indes
Occiden- | tales & Nouvelle-France souz Paveeu & autho- | rité de
noz Roys Tres-Chrétiens, & les diverses | fortunes @iceux en V’exe-
cution de ces choses, | depuis cent ans jusques a hui. | En quoy est
comprise Histoire Morale, Naturele, & Geo- | graphique de ladite
province: Avec les Tables | & Figures @icelle. | Par Mare Lescar-
bot Advocat en Parlement. | Témoin oculaire d’vne partie des
choses ici récitées. | Multa renascentur que iam cecidere c¢a-
déntque. | Seconde Edition, reveué, corrigée, & augmentée par
PAutheur. |

A Paris | Chez lean Millot, devant S. Barthelemi aux trois |
Coronnes: Et en sa boutique sur les degrez de la | grand’ salle du
Palais. | M.DC.XI [1611]. | Avee Privilege dv Roy. | JCB.

26 p. ll, pp. 1-877. 16°. Du Langue, pp. 686-699. ‘

Histoire | de la Novvelle- | France | Contenant les naviga-

tions, decouvertes et habi- | tations faites par les Frangois és Indes

Occiden- | tales et Nouvelle-France souz lVavoeu & utho- | rité de

noz Roys Tres-Chrétiens, et les diverses | fortunes d’iceux en l’exe-

2270

LE PLONGEON—LESCARBOT. 443

Lescarbot (Marc)—continued.
cution de ces choses, | depuis cent ans jusques a hui. | En quoy est
comprise l’Histoire Morale, Naturele et Geo- | graphique de ladite
province; avec les Tables | et Figures Wicelle. | Par Mare Lesear-
bot, Advocat en Parlement. | Témoin oculaire @vne partie des
choses ici recitées. | [One line quotation.] | Seconde Edition, reveué,
corrigée, et augmentée par l’Autheur. | [Design.]

A Paris | Chez Iean Millot, devant S. Barthelemi aux trois |
Coronnes: Et en sa boutique sur les degrez de la | grand’ salle du
Palais. | M. DC. XII [1612]. | Avec privilege du Roy. JCB.

10 p. U., pp. 1-877, 14 1. sm. 8°. maps. Du langue, pp. 686-699.

2271 ——— Histoire | dela Novvelle- | France. | Contenant les naviga-
tions, découvertes, & ha- | bitations faites par les Frangois és Indes
Occi- | dentales & Nouvelle-France, par commission | de noz Roys
Tres-Chrétiens, & les diverses | fortunes @iceux en Vexecution de
ces choses, | depuis cent ans jusques 4 hui | En quoy est comprise
Vhistoire Morale, Naturale, & | Geographique des provinces cy
décrites; avec | les Tables & Figures necessaires. | Par Mare Les-
carbot Advocat en Parlement | Témoin oculaire d’vyne partie des
choses ici recitées. | Troisieme Edition enrichie de plusieurs choses
singulieres, | outre la suite d Histoire. | [Printer’s emblem.]

A Paris, | Chez Adrian Perier, rué saint | Iacques, au Compas
@or | M. D.C. XVIII [1618]. | JCB.

27 p. ll., pp. 1-971 16°. maps. Du Langage, pp. 734-786.

The third edition, that of 1617, I think, is the same, except the title, as

that of 1618. Translated into English by P. Erondelle, and printed in London,
1619.—Leclere.

2272 ——— Histoire | de la | Nouvelle France | par Mare Lesearbot |
suivie des | Muses de la Nouvelle-France, | Nouvelle édition |
publiée par Edwin Tross | avec quatre cartes géographiques |
Premier [—Troisiéme] Volume |

Paris | Libraire Tross | 5, Rue Neuve-des-petits-Champs, 5 |
1866 | BA. QHS.

3 vols., 12°, paged continuously: Vol. 1, 6p. ll., pp. i-xviii, 11., pp. 1-287;
vol. 2, 2p. ll., pp. 289-586; vol. 3, 1 p. 1., pp. 587-851, 13 ll. Reprint of edition
of 1612, the title-page of which is given in vol. 1. The pagination of the original
is shown by cross bars and side numbers.

Chap. vii. Du langage, pp. 661-671, contains the numerals 1-10, Ancien et
Nouveau langage du Canada, p. 662; of the Souriquois and Etchemins, p. 663;
vocabulary, 65 words, pp. 665-668.

2273 ——— Nova Francia | Or the | Description | of that part of |
Nevv France, | which is one continent with | Virginia. | Described
in the three late Voyages and Plantation | made by Monsieur de
Monts, Monsivur du Pont-Graué, and | Monsieur de Poutrincourt,
into the countries called | by the French-men La Cadie, ly- | ing to
the Southwest of | Cape Breton. | Together with an excellent
seuerall Treatie of all the commodities | of the said countries, and

444 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lescarbot (Marc)—continued.
manners of the naturall | inhabitants of the same. | Translated out
of French into English by | P. E[rondelle]. |
London, | Printed for Andrew Hebb, and are to be sold at the
signe | of the Bell in Pauls Church-yard. | [1609?] C. JCB.
7 p. lL, pp. 1-307 sm. 4°. Of their Language, pp. 168-172.

2274

Nova Francia: | Or the | Description | of that part of |
Nevv France, | which is one continent with | Virginia. | Described
in the three late Voyages and Plantation made by | Monsieur de
Monts, Monsieur du Pont-Graué, and | Monsieur de Poutrincourt,
into the countries | called by the Frenchmen La Cadie, | lying to
the Southwest of | Cape Breton. | Together with an excellent
seuerall Treatie of all the commodities | of the said countries, and
maners of the naturall | inhabitants of the same. | Translated out
of French into English by | P. E[rondelle]. |

Londini, | Imponsis Georgii Bishop. | 1609. | i.

18 p. lL, pp. 1-307. 4°. Title from Field, No. 916.

2275 Noua Francia. | Griindliche History | Von Erfiindung |
i [&e., six lines].
Anno M. DC. XIII [1613]. | Gedruckt zu Augspurg bey Chryso- |
stomo Dabertzhofer. C.
4p. ll, 86 ll. 4°. No linguistics.

/ 2276 Lesley (Joseph Peter). On the Insensible Gradation of Words,

by J. P. Lesley.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 129-155. Philadelphia, 1862. 8°.

Contains the word for Stone in Karib, Greenland Esquimaux, Comanche,
Tschuktsch, Cora (New Mexico), Mexican, Koljusch (N. W. Am.), pp. 136-139; the ©
word for Hair in Tuscarora, Penobscot, Comanche, Mexican, Onondago, Huron,
Hochelaga, Nagailer, Chipewyan, Waccoon, Souriquois, Kuskatchewak, and Lab-
rador, pp. 145-148; the word for Head in Florida Waccoon, Yavi, Carib, Delaware,
Sankikani, Huastecan, Kuscatchewan, Mohegan, Cayubaba (N.A.), Minsi, Na-
guiler, Chippewyan, Hudson’s Bay, Kadjak (N.A.), Tschegavi (N. A.), Othomi,
Mexican, pp. 148-152.

2277 Lesseps (Jean Baptiste Barthélemy, baron de). Journal Histori-
que | du Voyage | de M. de Lesseps, | Consul de France, employé
dans Vexpédition | de M. le comte de la Pérouse, en qualité | @in-
terprete du Roi; | Depuis Vinstant ot il a quitté les frégates Fran-
goises | au port Saint-Pierre & Saint-Paul du Kamtschatka, |
jusqw’a son arrivée en France, le 17 octobre 1788. | Premiére
[Seconde] Partie. |

A Paris, | de ’Imprimerie Royale. | M. DCCXC [1790]. | C.

2 vols. 8°.

Vecabulaite des langues Kamtschadale, Koriaque, Tchouktchi et Lamoute,
vol. 2, pp. 355-375 ; Vocabulaire de la langue Kamtschadale, vol. 2, pp. 376-380.

2278

Travels | in | Kamtschatka, | during the years 1787 and
1788. | Translated from the French of | M. de Lesseps, Consul of

LESCARBOT—LEVANTO 445

Lesseps (Jean Baptiste Barthélemy, baron de)—continued.
France, | and | interpreter to the Count de la Pérouse, now | en-
gaged in a voyage round the world, by | command of His Most
Christian Majesty. | In two volumes. | Volume I [II]. |
London: | Printed for J. Johnson, St. Paul’s Church-yard. |
LT90%| > BA
2 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 384-403, 404-408.

2279 |Lesson Book in the Mohawk Language. |] IB.
A copy of the above is in the possession of Rey. Isaac Barefoot, Point Edward,
Canada. It is 16° in size, and contains pp. 5-108, p.5 being A?. It is minus the
title-page and the last leaf is torn in such a way as to render it impossible to tell
whether it is the end of the book or not. Pp. 5-6 contain the alphabet; pp.7-8,
words of one syllable, gradually increasing to words of eleven syllables (Lesson
X, p. 17). These are followed by reading exercises (Lessons I-XI) to p. 42;
Prayers for different occasions, pp. 43-64; Collects from the Prayer Book, pp. 65-
102; Hymns, pp. 102-108.
Mr. Barefoot thinks it was published about 1820.

2280 Lettres | Hdifiantes et Curieuses | concernant | L’Asie, L’Afrique,
et L’Amérique, | avec | quelques relations nouvelles des missions, |
et des notes géographiques et historiques. | Publiées sous la direc-
tion | de M.‘L. Aimé-Martin. | Tome Premier [—Quatriéme]. |
Gréce.—Turquie. | Syrie—Arménie.—Perse.—Hgypte. | Amérique
septentrionale. |

Paris | Auguste Desrez, Imprimeur-Editeur, | 50, rue Neuve-
des-petits-champs. | MDCCCXXXVIII |-MDCCCXLIII] [1838-
1843]. | C.

4 vols. large 8°.

Rasles (P.) Lettres du P. Sébastien Rasles, vol. 1, pp. 668-669.
Sabin’s Dictionary mentions other editions as follows:

Paris, 1772-1776, 34 vols. 12°. Paris, 1861, 3 vols. 8°.

Paris, 1780-1783, 26 vols. 12°. Paris, 1875-1877, 4 vols. 8°.

A Toulouse, 1810-1811, 26 vols. 12°. Madrid, 1753-1757, 16 vols. 4°.
Lyon, 1819, 14 vols. 8°. Milano, 1825-1829, 6 vols. 8°.

Paris, 1824-1826, 8 vols. 8°.

2281 Levanto (Ir. Leonardo). Cathecismo | de la Doctrina | Christi-
ana, | en lengua Zaapoteca. | Dispuesto | Por el M. R. P. Mro. Fr.
Leonardo | Levanto, Provincial que fué dos veces | de la Provincia
de S. Hypolito Martyr | de Oaxaca, y una de la de S. Miguel, y |
Santos Angeles de Ja Puebla, Prior tres | veces del Convento
Grande, y otras tres | del Convento de Recoleccion de N. P. Sto. |
Domingo Soriano, Comisario del Smo. | Rosario, Asistente Real,
Examinador | Synodal del Obispado de Oaxaca, Con- | sultor del
Santo Oficio, y su Corrector | de Libros, We. |

Impreso con las Licencias necesarias en la Puebla por | la Viuda
de Miguel de Ortega: y por su Original en | la Oficina Palafoxiana
de dicha Ciudad, ano de 1776. | JCB.

5 p. ll, pp. 1-32. sm.4°, The approvals and licenses are dated 1732, probably
the date of the first edition.

446 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2282 Lewis (Capt. Meriwether). The | Travels | of | Capts. Lewis &
Clarke, | by order of the | Government of the United States, | per-
formed in the years 1804, 1805, & 1806, | being upwards of three
thousand miles, from | St. Louis, by way of the Missouri, and | Co-
lumbia Rivers, to the | Pacifick Ocean: | Containing an Account of
the Indian Tribes, who inhabit | the Western part of the Continent
unexplored, | and unknown before. | With copious delineations of
the Manners, Cus- | toms Religion, &c. of the Indians. | Compiled |
From various authentic sources, and Documents. | To which is sub-
joined, | A Summary of the Statistical view of the Indian | Nations,
from the Official Communication of | Meriwether Lewis. | Embel-
lished with a Map of the Country inhabited by | the Western tribes
of Indians, and five Engravings | of Indian Chiefs. |

Philadelphia: | Published by Hubbard Lester. | 1809. | Price—
1 dollar 62% cts. | C.

Pp. i-xii, 13-300. 12°.

Names of the moons in Cree, p. 132; Vocabulary of the Knisteneanx (from
Mackenzie), pp. 133-141.

Of the many editions of Lewis and Clarke examined, the one above, the two
following, and those under Fisher (q. v.) are the only ones containing linguistic
-material, and these have all borrowed the Cree vocabulary of Mackenzie.

2283 The | Travels | of | Capts. Lewis & Clarke, | from | St.
Louis, by way of the Missouri and Columbia Rivers, | to the | Pacific
Ocean; | Performed in the years 1804, 1805, & 1806, | by order of
the | Government of the United States. | Containing | delineations
oi the Manners, Customs, | Religion, &c. | Of the Indians, | compiled
from | Various Authentic Sources, and Original Documents, | and |
a Summary of the Statistical view of | the Indian Nations, | from the
official communication of | Meriwether Lewis. | Illustrated with a
Map of the Country, inhabited by the | Western Tribes of Indians. |

London: | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Rees, and Orme, Pater-
noster Row. | 1809. | S.
Pp. i-ix, 1-309. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 132-142.

2284 The | Journal | of | Lewis and Clarke, | to the Mouth of
the Columbia River | beyond the Rocky Mountains. | In the years
1804-5, & 6. | Giving a faithful description of the River Missouri |
and its source—of the various tribes of Indians | through which
they passed—manners and cus- | toms—soil—climate—commerce—
gold and | silver mines—animal and vegetable | productions, We. |
New Edition, with Notes. | Revised, corrected, and illustrated with
numerous | wood cuts. | To which is added | a complete dictionary
of the Indian tongue. |

Dayton, O. | Published and sold by B. F. Ells. | John Wilson,
printer. | 1840. | C.
Pp. i-xiv, 15-240, 16°. Another edition: Dayton: Ells, Claflin & Co., 1851,
240 pp. 12°. According to Coues in Hayden's Bulletin, second series, No. 6, all

these editions of Lewis and Clarke are spurious as far as they claim to be narra-
tions of the expedition.

LEWIS—LINCOLN. 447

Leyendecher (John Z.)
See Butcher (Dr. H. B.) and Leyendecher (John Z.)

2285 Lieber (Francis). Plan of thought of the American Languages.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 346-349. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

2286 ———, editor. Encyclopedia Americana. | A | Popular Diction-
ary | of | Arts, Sciences, Literature, History, Politics and | Biog-
raphy, | brought down to the present time; | including | a copious
collection of original articles | in | American Biography; | on | the
basis of the seventh edition of the German | Conversations-
Lexicon. | Edited by | Francis Lieber, | assisted by | E. Wiggles-
worth and T. G. Bradford. | Vol. I [—XITT]. |

Philadelphia: | Carey and Lea. | Sold in Philadelphia by E. L.
Carey and A. Hart—in New York | by G. & C. & H. Carvill—in
Boston by | Carter, Hendee & Babcock. | 1829 [-1847]. | Cc.

13 vols. and supplement (vol. 14). 8°.

[Pickering (John).] Appendix. Indian Languages of America, vol. vi, pp.
581-600.

2287 Lieber (Oscar Montgomery). Vocabulary of the Catawba Lan-
guage, with some Remarks on its Grammar, Construction and Pro-
nunciation. By Oscar M. Lieber, State Geologist of S. C.

In South Carolina Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 2, pp. 327-342. Charleston, 1858. 8°.
Issued also separately as follows:

2288 ——— Vocabulary | of the | Catawba Language, | with some re-
marks on | its grammar, construction and pronunciation. | By
Oscar M. Lieber, | State Geologist of South-Carolina. | (From Col-
lections of the South-Carolina Historical Society, Vol. IL.) |

Charleston, 8. C. | James and Williams, Printers, | 16 State-
Street. | 1858. | C.
Pp. 1-18. 8°.

2289 Linapi’e | Lrkvekun, | Apwivuli Kavuni Vawinj Wato. | Opvaloqr-
peas, | Nelahi Maneto. | {One line in Delaware. ]
Shawnee Mission; | J. Meeker, Printer; | 1834. | BA.
Pp. 1-24. 18°. Primer in the Delaware language.

2290 Linapie Lrkvekun, ave Apwatuk. Wuhni Nrtyrvekrs—Maneto.
Irpuna bni lepwrokun.
Shawannoe Mission: J. Meeker, Printer. 1834. MHS.
Pp. 1-48. 18°.

2291 Lincoln (Enoch). Remarks on the Indian Languages [of Maine].

In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 310-323. Portland, 1831. 8°.

A posthumous paper edited by Rey. Edward Ballard; it includes: Remarks on
the grammatic structure of the Norridgewock, pp. 310-317; Vocabulary of the
Norridgewock, pp. 317-318; Grammatic structure of the Micmac, pp. 319-321.

This volume was reprinted in 1865, the above paper occupying pp. 412-427.

448 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2292 [Lionnet (Rév. —).] Vocabulary | of the | Jargon or Trade Lan-
guage | of Oregon. |

Colophon:
Published by the Smithsonian Institution, | Washington, D. C., |
April, 1853. | ~ 8.

No title-page, 1 p.1., pp. 1-22. 4°.

Printed in octavo form on quarto page: wide margin for corrections and addi-
tions. It was ‘‘ obtained in Oregon” by Dr. B. Rush Mitchell, ‘and is said to
have been compiled by a French Catholic priest. It was submitted to Prof. W.
W. Turner, and, in accordance with his suggestion, the vocabulary has been or-
dered to be printed for distribution in Oregon.”

2293 Lissiansky (Capt. Uriy). myremecrnie | norpyrs cpbra Bp | 1803. 4. 5. m 1806
‘rojax, | 10 noBerbHit0 | ero uMMepaTopcKaro BermyecTBa | AreKcanapa Hepnaro, | Ha Kopadat |
Heh, | noab uayaapcroms | #10Ta Kanmranb-Jeiirenanta, WIN Kauntaua | 1-ro panra
kaBasepa | lOpia Jmcanckaro. | Yactb neppaa [—Bropaa]. |

Cankt Herepoyprs, Bb TunOrpavin O. Apexcazepa, | 1812. | Cc.

Translation.—Voyage | around the world | in the years 1803, 4, 5 and 1806 |
by order of | His Imperial Majesty | Alexander I, | on the ship Neva, | under
command | of Captain-Lieutenant of the Navy, now Captain | of the 1st rank |
and Knight Uriy Lissiansky. | Vol. I [II]. |

St. Petersburg, | in the printing office of Th. Drechsler, | 1812. |

2 vols. 8°.

Short Vocabulary of the languages of the Northwestern parts of America,
with Russian translation. Russian-Kadiak- Kenai and Russian-Sitka-Oona-
Jashka, vol. 2, pp. 154-181, 182-207.

2294 —_— <A | Voyage Round the World, | in | the years 1803, 4, 5, &
6; | performed | by order of His Imperial Majesty | Alexander the
First, Emperor of Russia, | in | the ship Neva, | by | Uriy Lissi-
ansky, | Captain in the Russian Navy, and | Knight of the Orders
of St. George and St. Vladimer. |

London: | Printed for John Booth, Duke Street, Portland Place;
and | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, Paternoster Row; |
by S. Hamilton, Weybridge, Surrey. | 1814. | BA.

Pp. i-xxi, 11., pp. 1-388. 4°. maps.

Appendix No. 3. Vocabulary of the Languages of the Islands of Cadiack and
Oonalaschea, the Bay of Kenay and Sitca Sound, pp. 329-337. i

These vocabularies reprinted in Davidson (G.) Report relative to * * Alaska;
in Coast Survey, Ann. Rept., 1867, pp. 293-298, Washington, 1869, 4°; and in
Davidson (G.) Report relative to * * Alaska,in Ex. Doc. 77, 40th Cong., 2d
sess., pp. 328-333; and in Coast Survey, Coast Pilot of Alaska, pp. 215-221.
Washington, 1869. 8°.

2295 Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. Transactions | of the |
nee “and Historical | Society | of Quebec: | Forwarded, Janu-

ary 6 . | Volume I [-V]. |
ee | Printed for the Literary and Historical | Society: by
apneois Lemaitre, | Star Office. | 1829 [-1862]. | QHS.

5 vols. 12°. The Transactions are followed by ‘‘ New Series,” parts 1-9, 1863-
1872; these by ‘‘Sessions,” 1872-1881-82, and these in turn by ‘‘ New Series,” of
which only part 1, 1882, has been issued.

Campbell (John). Origin of the Aborigines of Canada, Sess. 1880-81, pp. 61-
93, and i-xxxiv.
{Chaumonot (P.J.M.)] Grammar of the Huron language, vol. 2, pp. 94-198.

LIONNET — LOAIZA. 449

2296 Liturgiit, upvalo: tuksiarutsit imgerutillo kujalitiksat nertordle-
rutiksatdlo atoraksat illagéktunut Labradoremétunut. *
278 pp. 8°. Collection of hymns sung during week-day services. Title from

a Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink.

2297 Lloyd (J. A.) Notes respecting the Isthmus of Panama. *
In Royal Geog. Soc., Jour., vol. 1.
Not seen. Supposed to contain a short Darien vocabulary on p. 69, which is
reprinted in Bollaert (W.) Antiquarian, Ethnological, and other Researches,
p-70. London, 1860. 8°.

2298 Lloyd (T.G.B.) On the “Beothues,” a Tribe of Red Indians,
supposed to be extinct, which formerly inhabited Newfoundland.
By T.G. B. Lloyd, C. E., ¥.G.S., M. A. I.
In Anthrop. Inst., Jour., vol. 4, pp. 21-389. London, 1875. 8°.

Vocabulary of Mary March’s language, presented to Mr. John Peyton by the
Rey. John Leigh, pp. 37-39.

2299 ——— A Further Account of the Beothucs of Newfoundland.
By T. G. B. Lloyd, ©. E., FG. S., M. A. L.
In Anthrop. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 222-230. London, 1876. 8°. Conjectures
on the [Beothuc] Vocabulary, p. 229.

2300 Loa en Obsequio de la Aparicion de Nuestra Sefiora de Guadalupe.
(En lengua Azteca.)
[Mexico,] 1866. =

Title from Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. 1, p. xxxiv.

2301 Loaiza (Francisco de). Historia y Fundacion de la Ciudad de
Tlascala y sus quatro caveceras sacada por Francisco de Soria
[Loaiza], de lengua castellana a esta mexicana. Ato de N.S. Jxpo.
de 1718. *

Manuscript. 48 ll. 4°. A modern copy in the possession of Senor Ramirez.
The original is in the Archivo General, in a volume without number, entitled
Seccion de Historia.—/cazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 123.

The copy belonging to Sr. Ramirez was badly made, the name of Soria being
given instead of that of Loaiza. The same mistake occurs in the Ramirez
Sale Catalogue, No. 810. Sr.Icazbalceta has since examined the original in
the Archivo General and ‘‘found the name of Loaiza very distinctly written at
the top,”

Triibner’s Bibliotheca Hispano-Americana, London, 1870, gives the following
notice:

2302 ——— Historia y fundacion de la Ciudad de Tlaxcala, y sus cuatro
caveceras. Sacada por Francisco de Loaiza de lengua Castellana &
esta Mexicana. -Ato de 1718. Con una traduccion Castellana,
publicado por S. Leon Reinisch.

In preparation, one volume in folio, with 25 photographie plates (fac-simile of
the Aztec text).

Don J.G.Icazbaleeta first drew attention to this interesting work. On the
history of Tlaxcala very little more has hitherto been known than what is occa-
sionally briefly mentioned in the larger historical works on Mexico by Clavijero,
Lorenzana, Veytia, Solis, ete. The discovery of a manuscript representing the
entire history of Tlaxcala in its principal outline is therefore all the more im-

29 Bib

450 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Loaiza (Francisco de)—continued.

portant. The author of this work, originally written in Spanish, is not known.
All that can be gathered from the title of the manuscript is that in the year 1718
Don Francisco de Loaiza translated the work into the Mexican (Aztec) language,
probably in order to make it accessible to native readers of the Aztec race. We
need not take the loss of the original Spanish text to heart, as, instead of it, the
Aztec translation has been preserved to us, which is all the more valuable, for,
in addition to its being a great historical gain, it is a most interesting philologi-
cal acquisition. This work is the first profane text in the Aztec language that
has ever appeared in print, as all the Aztec texts hitherto published belong to
the so-called edifying literature, such as catechisms, prayer-books, and biblical
texts, and all, therefore, poor reading for investigators desirous of impressing
themselves with the spirit of the Aztec language.

The original of the work, 48 pages, large folio, is contained in a large volume
entitled ‘‘Seccion de la Historia. Documentos relativos 4 la Historia de Colima
y California,” in the archives of Mexico. The copying and literal translation of
the original was done at the expense of the editor, by Don Francisco Rosales,
sworn government interpreter of the Aztec language. In order to make the
original accessible to scholars for the purpose of comparison, the editor has had
the entire text photographed. It forms 25 plates, and will be issued with the
work.

2303 Loew (Dr. Oscar). [Vocabularies of various Indian dialects. |

In Gatschet (A. 8.) Zwé6lf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas,
pp. 98-115. Weimar, 1876. 8°.

The vocabularies are as follows: Pueblos of Isleta, Jemes, Moqui, Tehua (I
and IT), Acoma, and Queres; and of the Apache, Navajo, Tonto, Tonkowa, Dig-
gers [Wintun] and Utah.

In addition to the above Dr. Loew has contributed grammatic comments and
phrases of most of the above-mentioned languages.

The Digger vocabulary is reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North
American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 518-529. Washington, 1877. 4°.

2304 ——— Vocabulary of the Tonto, Hualapai, Mohave, and Dieguenio.

In Gatschet (A. 8.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp.
390-407, 412-418. Berlin, 1877. 8°.

2305 t—— Notes upon the Ethnology of Southern California and

adjacent Regions. By Dr. O. Loew.

In Wheeler (Lieut. G. M.) Ann. Rept. 1876, pp. 321-327. Washington, 1876. 8°.

“Table showing Indian words similar to Chinese or Japanese.” The Indian
words are selected from the Southern and Western Payute, Moqui, Mohave,
Takhtam, Kauvuya, Gaitchini, Tobikhar, and Kasua.

Table showing similarity of words for land and water in different languages,
p. 326.

Lieut. Wheeler’s Report also forms Appendix JJ of the Ann. Rept. of the Chief
of Engineers, for 1876; in this connection Dr. Loew’s paper occupies pp. 541-547.

2306 ——— Ueber Wortiihnlichkeiten zwischen amerikanischen und
ostasiatischen Sprachen. Separat-Abdruck aus den Sitzungsbe-
richten der Miinchener anthropologischen Gesellschaft. Ordent-
liche Sitzung den 18. Januar 1878. JWP.

Pp. 1-6. 8°.
Comparison of the Japanese and Chinese with various dialects of the Rocky
Mountain region.

LOAIZA—LONG. 451

Loew (Dr. Oscar)—continued.

2307 ——— | Vocabularies of various Western Indian Languages. ]
In Wheeler (Capt. G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7. Wash-

ington, 1879. 4°.

Contains vocabularies of the:
Arivaipai, pp. 424-465, 468-469, Diegueitio, pp. 424-468,
Navajo, pp. 424-465, 469, Isleta Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 482,
Southern Pa Uta, pp. 424-465, 475-479, Tehua Pueblo on Moqui Mesa, pp. 424-
Pa Uta of Cal., pp. 424-465, 475-479, 465,

Chemehuevi, pp. 424-465, 472, Tehua, San Juan Pueblo, pp. 424-465,
Moqui Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 473, 482-483,

Takhtam, pp. 424-465, 473, Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo, pp. 424-465,
Kauvuya, pp. 424-465, 473-474, 484,

Gaitchini, pp. 424-465, 474-475, 475-479, Acoma and Laguna Pueblo, pp. 424-465,
Tobikhar, 424-465, 475, 484,

Mohave, 424-465, 475-479, 480-481, Silla Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 484,
Hualapai, 424-465, 481, Wintun, pp. 424-465, 434,

Tonto, pp. 424-465, Kasua, pp. 424-465, 485.

2308 Logan (John H.) A | History | of the | Upper Country | of |
South Carolina, | from the | earliest period | to the | close of the
War of Independence. | By | John H. Logan, A. M. | Vol. I. |

Published by | 8. G. Courtenay & Co., Charleston, | P. B. Glass,

Columbia. | 1859. | Cc.
Pp. i-xi, 1-521. 12°. Only vol. 1 was published. It contains Cherokee terms
passim.

2309 Lombardo (Natal). Arte de la Lengua Teguima vulgarmente Ila-
mada Opata. Compuesta por el P. Natal Lombardo de la Compania
de Jesus, y Missionero de mas de veinte y seis aiios en la Provincia
de Sonora. Le dedica al General D. Juan Fernandez de la Fuente,
Capitan Vitalicio de el Real Presidio de S. Phelipe, y Santiago de
Janos, y Theniente de Capitan General en aquellas fronteras por
su Magestad.

Con Licencia En Mexico, por Miguel de Ribera, Impressor y Mer-
cader de libros, ano de 1702. ~

8 p.1l., ll. 1-251; the last page appears ‘to be missing. 4°. The original
manuscript of this grammar is in the library of Sr. Ramirez.—Icazbalceta’s
Apuntes, No. 126.

2310

Vocabulario de la Lengua Teguima y Platicas doctrinales
en ella. Por Natal Lombardo.
Mexico, 1702. >
4°, Title from Ludewig, and Sabin’s Dictionary.
London Geographical Society.
See Royal Geographical Society.

London Philological Society.
See Philological Society [of London].

2311 Long (John). Voyages and Travels | of an | Indian Interpreter
and Trader, | describing | the Manners and Customs | of the |
North American Indians; | with | an Account of the Posts | the

452

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Long (John)—continued.

2312

River Saint Laurence, Lake Ontario, &c. | To which is added, | A
Vocabulary | of | the Chippeway Language. | Names of Furs and
Skins, in English and French. | A list of words | in the | Iroquois,
Mohegan, Shawanee, and Esquimeaux Tongues, | and a table,
shewing | the Analogy between the Algonkin and Chippeway Lan-
guages. | By J. Long. |

London: | Printed for the author and sold by Robson, Bond-
Street; Debrett, | Picadilly; T. and J. Egerton, Charing-Cross;
White and Son, Fleet- | Street; Sewell, Cornhill; Kdwards, Pall
Mall; and Messrs. Tay- | lors, Holborn, London; Fletcher, Oxford:
and Bull, Bath. | M, DCC, XCI [1791]. | BA. C.

1p. L, pp. i-xi, 1-295. 4°. map.

Vocabulary of the Esquimaux, 22 words, p. 183; Numerals, 1-1000, of the
Iroquois, Algonkin, and Chippeway, pp. 184-195; A table of words shewing, in
a variety of instances, the difference as well as analogy between the Algonkin
and Chippeway languages, with the English explanation, pp. 196-208; Vocabu-
lary of the Mohegan, 46 words, pp. 209-210; Shawanee, 26 words, p. 209; Algon-

kin and Chippeway, 20 words, p. 211; Iroquois, pp. 212-215; Chippeway [clas- -

sified], pp. 218-252; Table of words, Chippeway arranged alphabetically, pp.
253-282; Familiar phrases in the English and Chippeway language, pp. 284-295.

J. Long’s | westindischen Dollmetschers und Kaufmanns |
See- und Land-Reisen, | enthaltend: | eine Beschreibung der Sitten
und Gewohnheiten | der | nordamerikanischen Wilden; | der |
englischen Fortes oder Schanzen lings dem St. Lorenz- | Flusse, dem
See Ontario u. s. w.; | ferner | ein umstiindliches Wérterbuch der
Chippewiischen und anderer | nordamerikanischen Sprachen. |
Aus dem Englischen. | Herausgegeben | und mit einer kurzen Hin-
leitung itiber Kanada und einer erbesserten | Karte versehen | von |
E. A. W. Zimmermann, | Hofrath und Professor in Braunschweig. |
Mit allergnidigsten Freiheiten. |

Hamburg, 1791. | bei Benjamin Gottlob Hoffmann. | JCB.

Pp. i-xxiv, 1 1., pp. 1-834. 8°. map. Linguistics, pp. 217-334.

I have seen a German edition of Long’s travels: Berlin, 1792, 8°, and a French
one: Paris, 1794, 8°, neither of which contain the linguistic materia’.

2313 Long (Maj. Stephen Harriman). Vocabularies of the Winnebago,

Puant or Nippegon, and Naudowessies of Carver and Hennepin.
In James (K.) Account of an Expedition, vol. 2, pp. Ixxxvi-Ixxxvili. Phila-
delphia, 1822. 89°.
“Taken down by Major Long during his tour on the upper Mississippi inthe
year 1817.”

2314 Longfellow (Henry Wadsworth). The Song of Hiawatha. By

Henry Wadsworth Longfellow.
Boston: Ticknor and Fields. MDCCCLYV [1855]. a
Pp. i-iv, 1-316. 12°.
“Vocabulary” [Chippewa], pp. 314-316.
The earliest edition I have seen is thatof 1856. Mr. Longfellow kindly furnished
me the above title to the first edition. Reprinted many times, among others:

LONG—LORRA BAQUIO. 453

Longfellow (Henry Wadsworth)—continued.
London, 1855, 1856, 1858, 1859; Paris, 1861. 8°. It has also been reprinted in
the complete poetical works of the author; among others: Boston, 1858, 1863,
1865, 1866, 1867, 1868, 1869, 1871, 1872, 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876, 1877, 1878, 1880, 1881.
There are many English editions also, some of which are: London, 1856, 1861,
1864, 1866, 1868. There is a German edition: Leipzig, 1856, 3 vols. 16°. The
latest edition is as follows:
2315 ——— The | Poetical Works | of | Henry Wadsworth Long-
fellow | In four volumes | Vol. I [-IV]. |
Boston | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press,

Cambridge | 1882 | *
4 vols. 12°. Vocabulary [Chippewa], vol. 2, pp. 203-205. Title from Mr. W.
Eames.

2316 Lopez Yepes (Jr. Joaquin). Catecismo | y Declaracion | de la Doe-
trina Christiana | en lengua | Otomi, | con un Vocabulario del
mismo idioma. | Compuesto | por el R. P. Fr. Joaquin Lopez
Yepes, | Predicador Apostélico, y Discreto del Colegio de Pro- |
paganda fide de N. S. P. S. Francisco de Pachuca. | Con las licen-
cias necesarias. |

Megico: 1826. | Impreso en la oficina del ciudadano Alejandro
Valdés, calle de santo | Domingo y esquina de Tacuba. | C.

Pp. 1-256. 4°,

Grammatic Remarks, pp. 3-17; Catechism and Christian Doctrine, pp. 18-92 ;
Dictionary, pp. 93-251; Table of numbers, &c., pp. 252-254.

“The author was a native Mexican, and a religious of the Franciscan College

at Pachuca. His vocabulary is still the most complete which has been published
of this language.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

2317 Lord’s. The Lord’s Prayer in Shawanese.
In Am. Museum, vol. 6, p.318. Philadelphia, 1789. 8°.

2318 ——— The | Lord’s Prayer, | the | Ten Commandments, | and |
Apostles’ Creed; | also, | Other Portions of the Church Service: |
together with a | Selection of Hymns, | in the | Ojibwa (or Chip-
pewa) Language. |
Toronto: | Henry Rowsell, Printer, | MDCCOXL [1840]. | swe.
Pp. 1-32. 32°.

Loring (I'rederick Wadsworth).
See Richardson (E. M.) and Loring (F. W.)

2319 Lorra Baquio (D. Francisco de). Manval | Mexicano, | de la ad-
ministracion | de los santos Sacramentos, | conforme al Manual |
Toledano. | Compuesto en lengua Mexicana, por el Bachi- | ller
Francisco de Lorra Baquio | Presbytero. | Dirigido al Doctor An-
dres Fernandez | de Hipenga, Prothonotario A postolico, | Prouissor
de los Naturales, Iuez de Tes- | tamentos, y Capellanias, y Exami-
na- | dor Synodal en este Argobis. | pado de Mexico. | [Design.]

Con privilegio, | En Mexico, por Diego Gutierrez, aio 1634. Gh
8 p. IL, the first containing a coat of arms, Il. 1-135, Pimentel gives this work
the date of 1633.

454 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lorra Baquio (D. Francisco de)—continued.
2320 Explicacion de los efectos de los Santos Sacramentos en
Lengua Mexicana. =

Title from Beristain, who quotes from the author of the Alegaciones por el
Clero Angelopolitano.

2321 Loskiel (Georg Heinrich). Geschichte | der | Mission der evan-
gelischen Brider | unter | den Indianern in Nordamerika | durch |
Georg Heinrich Loskiel. | [Design.]

Barby | zu finden in den Bridergemeinen, und in Leipzig in
Commission bey Paul Gotthelf Kummer. | 1789. | BA. HU. C.

8 p. ll., pp. 1-783. 8°.

Of the Indian languages, pp. 23-28; Lord’s Prayer in Delaware, p. 28; Vo-
cabulary of the Delaware, and Iroquois, pp. 29-30.

History | of the | Mission | of the | United Brethren |
among the | Indians in North America. | In three parts. | By |
George Henry Loskiel. | Translated from the German | by Chris-
tian Ignatius La Trobe. | :

London: | Printed for the Brethren’s Society for the | Further-
ance of the Gospel: | Sold at No. 10, Nevil’s Court, Fetter Lane; |
and by John Stockdale, opposite Burlington House, | Piccadilly. |
1794, | C.

Pp. i-xii, 1-159, 1-234, 1-233, Index 11 ll. 8°’ map. Of the languages, &c.,
p. 22 and following.

2322

Lossing (Benson John), editor.
See American Historical Record.

2323 Loughridge (Rev. Robert M.) Nakchokv Esyvhiketv. | Muskokee
Hymns, collected and revised | by | Rev. R. M. Loughridge. |
[ Picture. ]
Park Hill: Mission Press. John Candy, Printer. | 1845. | BA.
Pp. 1-47. 24°. Includes Ten Commandments and the Lord’s Prayer.

See Fleming (J.), for earlier editions. See Loughridge (R. M.) and Winslett
(D.), for later editions.

2324 Mvskoke Mopunvkv, | Nakehokv Setempohety. | Transla-
tion of the Introduction to the | Shorter Catechism into the | Creek
Language. | By | R. M. Loughridge, | Missionary to the Creek

Indians. |
Park Hill, | Mission Press: J. Candy & E. Archer, Printers. |
1846. | ABC. C.

Pp. 1-81. 24°. See Loughridge (R. M.) and Winslett (D.); Loughridge (R.
M.), Winslett (D.), and Robertson (W. S.), for later editions.

2325 — - Cesvs Klist, | em opunkv hera, | Maro | Coyvte. | The |
Gospel | according to | Matthew. | Translated into the Muskokee
Language. |

Park Hill, | Mission Press: | Edwin Archer, Printer. | 1855. |
Pp. 1-153. 24°. ABC. ABS.

LORRA BAQUIO—LOUGHRIDGE. 455

Loughridge (Rev. Robert M.)—continued.
Appendedis ‘‘Opunky—hera Cane Coyvte,” the first chapter of John, translated
by Mr. Loughridge, pp. 1-7. For the whole gospel of John, see Loughridge
(R. M.), Robertson (W. 8.), and Robertson (A. E. W.)

2326

Cesvys Klist | em opunky-herv | Maro Coyvte. | The Gospel
according to | Matthew, | translated from the original Greek | into
the Muskokee Language. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
M DCCC XVI. | 1867. | ABS. JWP.
Pp. 1-92. 16°.

2327

Cesvs Klist | em Opunky-herv | Maro Coyvte. | The Gospel
according to | Matthew, | translated from the original Greek | into
the Muskokee Language. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
M DCCC XVI. | 1875. | C.
Pp. 1-92. 16°.

2328 Terms of Relationship of the Creek, collected by Rev. R.
M. Loughridge, Missionary, Talahasse Mission, Creek Agency.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°.

2329 ———— English and Creek Dictionary. Collected from various
sources, and revised by Rey. R. M. Loughridge, A. M., Presby-
terian Mission. Weaklaka, I. T., 1852.

Manuscript. Title, versol. 1. Creek alphabet, 11.; 97 other unnumbered Il.
written on both sides. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Alphabet-
ically arranged, English-Muskokee. Verso of last leaf contains names of the

months.
2330 ——— A brief grammar of the Creek language.
Manuscript. 18 ll., written on both sides. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology. .
2331 and Winslett (Kev. David). Nakeoky Esyvhikety | Musko-

kee Hymns: | collected and revised | by | Rev. kh. M. Loughridge, |
of the Presbyterian Mission, | and |, David Winslett, | Interpre-
ter. | [One line quotation.] [Two lines Muskokee.]

Park Hill: | Mission Press: | Edwin Archer, Printer: | 1851. | c.

Pp. 1-144. 24°. Temperance pledge, English and Muskokee, p. 139.

For earlier editions, see Loughridge (R. M.), and for later ones, see Lough-
ridge (R. M.), Winslett (D.), and Robertson (W. 8.)

Nakeoky esyvhikety. | Muskokee Hymns. | Collected and
revised by | Rev. R. M. Loughridge, A. M. | of the Presbyterian
Mission, | and | David Winslett, | Interpreter. | [Two lines quota-
tions, one Muskokee, one English.] | Third edition, revised and
enlarged. |

New York: | Mission House, 23 Centre Street. | 1859. | 0.

2332

456 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Loughridge (Rev. Robert M.), and Winslett (Dens) sereutued

Pp. 1-216. 16°. Four Yoochee hymns, pp. 199-203.
For later edition, see Loughridge (R. M.), Winslett (D.), and Robertson
(W. 8.)

2333 Nakeokv Setempohetv. | Introduction | to the | Shorter
Catechism. | Translated into the Creek Language. | By Rey. R. M.
Loughridge, A. M., | and Rev. David Winslett. | Second Edition, |
Revised and Improved. |

Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board: of Publication, No. 821
Chestnut Street, | 1858. | C. JWP.

Pp. 1-34. 24°. For earlier edition, see Loughridge (R. M.)

2334

Nakeoky Setempohetv. | Introduction | to the | Shorter
Catechism. | Translated into the Creek Language. | By | Rev. R. M.
Loughridge, A. M., | and | Rev. David Winslett. | Third Edition. |
Revised and Improved. |
Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication, | 1880. | Jwp.
Pp. 1-30. 24°.

, Robertson (Rev. W.S8.), and Robertson (A. H.W.) Opunvkv
Hera, | Cane Coyvte. | The Gospel according to | John, | trans-
lated | from the original Greek | into the Muskokee Language. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1871. | ABS. Cs
Pp. 1-73. 16°. See Davis (J.) and Lykins (J.); Buckner (el F.) and Herrod

(G.), for earliereditions. The first chapter was translated by Mr. Loughridge (q. v.)
and appended to Cesys Klist * *. Gospel of Matthew: Park Hill, 1855, pp. 1-7.

- 2335

2336 Opunvkv Hera, | Cane Coyvte. | The Gospel according
to | John, | translated | from the original Greek | into the Muskokee
Language. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXYVI. | 1875. | CG.

Pp. 1-73. 16°.

2337 , Winslett (Rev. D.), and Robertson (fev. W. 8.), Narcoky
Esyvhiketv. Muskogee hymns, collected and revised by Rev. R.
M. Loughridge of the Presbyterian Mission and Rev. David Wins-
lett, Interpreter. Fourth edition, revised and enlarged. By Rev.
W.S. Robertson.

New York, Mission House, 23 Centre Street, 1868. *

221 pp. 24°. Title from Field, No. 957.

2338 Nakeokv esyvhiketyv. | Muskokee Hymns. | Collected and
revised by | Rev. R. M. Loughridge, A. M. | of the Presbyterian
Mission, | and | Rey. David Winslett, | Interpreter. | [Two lines
quotation, one English, one Muskokee.]| | Fourth edition, revised

and enlarged. | By Row W. 8. Robertson. |

LOUGHRIDGE—LUBBOCK. 457

Loughridge (R. M.), Winslett (D.), and Robertson (W. S.)—continued.
New York: | Mission House, 23 Centre Street. | 1871. | C.
1p. 1., pp. 1-221. 16°.

I have seen in the library of Congress, and in that of J. W. Powell, editions
of the above, similar in all respects except change of date, and all called Fourth
edition, dated 1873, 1878, 1880. The following persons are named as the
“Translators or Writers of Hymns” in these editions:

Rey. Daniel Asbury, Miss Wilmot Hambly, Lewis Perryman,

John Davis, Rey. R. M. Loughridge, Leguest C. Perryman,
Rey. John Fleming, Rev. James Perryman, Rey. J. Ross Ramsay,
David Hodge, Rey. Joseph M. Perryman, Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson,
Rey. Peter Harrison, Henry Perryman, Rev. David Winslett.

For earlier editions, see Loughridge (R. M.) and Winslett (D.)

2239 Lowe (I'.) Wenjaminow iiber die aleutischen Inseln und deren
Bewohner. Von Herrn F. Lowe.
In Erman (A.) Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland, vol. 2, pp.
459-495. Berlin, 1842. 8°.
Brief remarks on the Aleut language, pp. 486-487, and on the Koloschen, p.
494. Reprinted as follows:

2340 Les Isles Aléoutes et leurs habitants. Par M. Venjaminov.
Article de M. Erman [F’. Lowe]. Traduit de allemand.
In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, &c., vol. 2, 1849 (vol. 122 of the collee-
tion), pp. 66-82. Paris, n. d. 8°; and vol. 4, 1849 (vol. 124 of the collection),
pp. 112-148. Paris, n. d. 8°.

2341 Lowry (A. A.) Klamath Vocabulary. *

Manuscript. In possession of H. H. Bancroft. Collected in 1873. Title from
Bancroft’s Native Races.

2342 Lowry (Miss Elizabeth). Numerals [1-1,000,000,000] of the Winne-
bago.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 214-216. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

2643 Loziéres (Louis Narcisse Baudry de).
See Baudry de Loziéres (L. N.)

2344 Lubbock (Siv John). The | Origin of Civilisation | and the | Prim-
itive Condition of Man. | Mental and Social Condition of Savages. |
By | Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. R.S. | Author [&c., two
lines].
London: | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 1870. | A.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-380.

2345 The | Origin of Civilisation | and the | Primitive Condi-
tion of Man. | Mental and Social Condition of Savages. | By | Sir
Jobn Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. R.S. | Author [&e., two lines].

New York: | D. Appleton and Company, | 90,92 & 94 Grand
Street. | 1870. | WE.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-380. 8°.

“Pather” and ‘‘ Mother” in the language of the Costanos, Tahkali, Tlatska-
nai, Nasqually, Nootka, Athapascans, Omahas, Minnetarees, Choctas, Caribs, and
South American languages, p. 285.

458 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lubbock (Sir John)—continued.

Other editions, as follows: Second edition with additions, London, Longmans,
xx, 426 pp. 8°; Third edition, London, 1875. 8°; Jena, Costenoble, 1875, xxiii,
A72 pp. 8°; Fourth edition, London, Longmans, 1881, xx, 548 pp. 8°; New York,
D. Appleton & Co., 1882, xx, 548 pp. 8°.

2346 Luckenbach (Abraham). Forty-six | select | Scripture Narra-
tives | from the | Old Testament. | Embellished with | Engravings,
for the use of Indian Youth | Translated into Delaware Indian, |
by A. Luckenbach. | [Two lines quotation. |

New York: | Printed by Daniel Fanshawe, | No. 150 Nassau-
street. | 1838. |

Second title :

Newinachke & guttasch | pipinasiki | gisehekhasiki elekpanni
wendenasiki | untschi | mechowek | nachgundowoagaai bambil. |
gischitasik elleniehsink | untschi A. Luckenbach. | (Three lines
quotation. | ATS. JWP.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-304. 12°. English title recto 1.1; Indian title recto 1. 2.

Preface in English and Delaware, pp. ix-xvi. Sabin’s Dictionary gives an
“uncertain title from an auctioneer’s catalogue,” with the imprint: New Fair-

field, River Thames, U. C., 1886. This was taken from the preface of the above
edition.

2347

A | Collection of Hymns, | for the use of the Delaware |
Christian Indians, | of the Missions of the | United Brethren, | in |
North America. | Second edition revised and abridged by | A.
Luckenbach. |
Bethlehem: | Printed by J. and W. Held. | 1847. | ATS. JWP.
4p.1l., pp. 1-305, Appendix 2 ll. 16°. See Zeisberger (D.), for earlier edition.

2348 Lucy-Fossarieu (P. de). Les langues indiennes de la Californie;
étude de philologie ethnographique.
Paris, Impr. Nat. 1881. *
59 pp. 8°. Title from Koehler’s Catalogue No. 364.

2349 Lull (Edward Phelps). Vocabulary of the Language of the
Indians of San Blas and Caledonia Bay, Isthmus of Darien. By
Edward P. Lull, Commander U. 8. Navy.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1873, pp. 103-109. Hartford, 1874. 8°.
Also separately issued, pp. 1-7.

2350

and Oollins (I'rederick). 45th Congress, 3d Session, Senate.
Ex. Doc. No. 75. | Reports | of | Explorations and Surveys | for
the | Location of Interoceanic Ship-canals | through the Isthmus of
Panama, | and | by the valley of the River Napipi, | by | U. S.
Naval Expeditions. | 1875. | Commander Edward P. Lull, U.S. N., |
commanding Panama Expedition. | Lieutenant Frederick Collins,
U.S. N., | commanding Napipi Expedition. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1879. | JWP.

Pp. 1-124. 4°. Lieut. Collins’ paper occupies pp. 55-124 of this volume, and
contains a ‘‘ Vocabulary of the language of the Indians of the Canton of Choco.”

ae

LUBBOCK—LYKINS. 459

2351 Luque Butron (DP. Juan). Catecismo de la Doctrina Cristiana en
Lengua Kiche. *
Title from Beristain. Squier copies this title and says: It is probably the
same as the book mentioned by the Abbé Brasseur, under the following title:
Confessionario y Oraciones, etc., en Lengua Kiché, por el R. P. Juan Luque
Butron, Guatemala, 1752.

2352 Lushbaugh (B. I.) Terms of Relationship of the Republican Paw-
nee (Kit-ka) collected by B. F. Lushbaugh, U. S. Indian Agent,
Geneva, Neb.

In Morgan (Lewis H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871, 4°.

2353 Lutké (Feodor Petrovich). tyremecrsie soxpyrp * * 1826, 1827, 1828 1 1829.

St. Petersburg, C. Hintze, 1835. i

2 vols. 4°, and atlas folio. Title from Dall and Baker’s- Bibliography of
Alaska.

2354 —— Voyage | Autour du Monde, | exécuté par ordre | de sa

Majesté L’Empereur Nicolas 1°, | Sur la Corvette Le Séniavine, |
Dans les années 1826, 1827, 1828 et 1829, | par Frédéric Lutké, |
Capitaine de Vaisseau, Aide-de-Camp de S. M. L’Empereur, | Com-
mandant de L’Expédition. | Partie Historique, | avec un atlas, litho-
graphié Vaprés les dessins originaux | D’Alexandre Postels et du
Baron Kittlitz. | Traduit du Russe sur le manuserit original, sous
les yeux | de l’auteur, | par le Conseiller d’état F. Boyé. | Tome
Premier [—Troisiéme]. |
Paris, | Typographie de Firmin Didot Fréres, | Imprimeurs de
_Vinstitut, Rue Jacob, N° 24. | 1835 [-1836]. | Cc.
3 vols. 8°. maps.
Remarks upon the language, and a vocabulary of the Ounalachka, vol. 1, pp.
236-247.
Dall and Baker’s Bibliography of Alaska gives a brief title of a French edition:
Paris, Engelman & Cie., 1835-1836.
2355 Lykins (Johnston). Siwinowe | Eawekitake. | Cinstin Liekens,
Wastoti. Pokimiwe Kesbwi. |
Shawannoe Mission, | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1854. | BA.
Pp. 1-54. 16°. Shawnee Speller and Reader.

2356 ——— Siwinowe | Eawekitake. | Liekens | Wastoti. | [Two lines
quotation in Shawnee.|
Shawanoe Mission, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1838. | BA.

Pp. 1-24. 16°. Shawnee Speller and Reader.

2357 t—— The | Gospel | according to Matthew, | and the | Acts of
the Apostles; | translated into the | Putawatomie Language. | By
Johnston Lykins. | Carefully compared with the Greek text. | Pub-
lished under the Patronage of the American | and Foreign Bible
Society, by the Board of | Managers of the American Indian Mis-
sion Asso- | ciation. |

Louisville, Ky. | William C. Buck, Printer. | 1844. |

460 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lykins (Johnston)—continued.

Second title:

Oti ere | Mnoahemowun | Kaonuperuk Mrto, | epe | katotmoat
nwakanhik | kao nuperuk e putrwatmemwun. | [Picture of open
book.] | O Hanstan Nykens, | 1844 tso pponkit pe kanekit | Hesus
Knyst. | [No imprint. ] BA.

Pp. 1-240. 16°. Gospel according to Matthew, pp. 7-123; Acts of the Apostles,
pp. 125-240.

See Lykins (J.) and Chute (J. A.), for earlier editions.

, editor. Shawanowe Kesauthwau or Shawanoe Sun.

In McCoy’s History of Baptist Indian Missions, Washington, 1840, 8°, p. 567,
it says ‘‘ There was issued (from the Shawano Press), until late difficulties occa-
sioned a suspension, a small monthly paper of only a quarter sheet, edited by
Mr. Lykins, entitled: ‘Shawanowe Kesauthwan—Shawanoe Sun.’” This was
written by Dr. McCoy late in 1839,

“Farly in 1884 Mr. Lykins commenced the publication on the ‘new system,’
of a small periodical called the ‘Shawanoe Sun.’ This was the first newspaper
ever published entirely in an Indian language. Many of the natives were ex-
tremely interestedin it. * * Some wrote for it, and in one instance seven com-
munications were made to the editor, for a single number.”’—Hist. of American
Missions, p. 542.

2358

2359 and Chute (James Andrew). The | Gospel | according to |
Saint Matthew.| translated | into the | Shawanoe Language | by
Johnston Lykins. | Revised and compared with the received | Greek
text, | by J. A. Chute, M. D. |

Shawanoe Baptist Mission, Ind. Ter.

Reverse title:

Owase | Opeaticemowa | Ceses Kliest, | tapalamalikwa okwe-
bile. | Mabew | Otiwekiti. | Cinstin Liekins, | Lieipiwekitiki. |

Ealimapeaskiki, Chena pinete, | Chena cose, | nieitimiwicke. |
1836. | BA.

Pp. 1-64. 16°. Appended are hymns (Nikimoani), pp. 1-16. i

‘‘Nine chapters and a half of the Gospel of Matthew in Shawanoe” were
printed in 1835 in an edition of 500 copies.—Hist. of American Missions, p. 542.

2360 ——— The Gospel according to Saint Matthew. Translated
into the Shawanoe Language, by Johnston Lykins, Missionary of
the Amer. Bap. Bd. of For. Missions. Aided in revising and com-
paring with the Greek, by James Andrew Chute, M. D.

Shawanoe Baptist Mission Press: J. G. Pratt, Printer. 1842.
* Reverse title : ’
Owase Opeaticemowa Ceses Kliest, tapalamalikwa okwebile.
Mabew Otiwekiti Cinstin Liekins, Lieipiwekitiki.
Ealimapeaskiki, Chena Pinete, Chena Cose, nieitimiwicke, 1842. c.
Pp. 1-116. 16°.

2361 Lynde (James W.) History of the Dakotas. [From] J. W. Lynde’s

Manuscripts.

In Minn. Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 57-84. St. Paul, 1865. 8°.

Paper translated by Rev. 8. R. Riggs, the portion here published being
‘Chapter 6, Religion of the Dakotas.” It contains a number of Dakota terms,

1836.

J. Meeker, Printer.

LYKINS—MACDONALD. 461

2362 Macauley (James). The | natural, statistical and civil | History |
of the | State of New-York. | In three volumes. | By James Macau-
ley. | Volume I [-ITI]}. |

New-York: | Published by Gould & Banks, | and | by William
Gould & Co. | Albany. | 1829, | A. S. Gould, Printer. | C.

3 vols. 8°.

“Of the several Tribes of Indians on Long Island, &c.” (from Silas Wood’s
Sketches of first settlements of Long Island), pp. 252-275, contains remarks on
the Moheakanneew and Huron Languages, Montauk, Massachusetts, and Narra-
gansett vocabularies. Also a Powhatan vocabulary from Smith’s Virginia, and
a collection of one hundred and fifty Agoneasean words.

2363 McBeth (Miss S. L.) Grammar of the Nez Percé language.
Manuscript. 66 ll. folio.

2364 ——— Vocabulary of the Nez Percé language.

Manuscript. 7 I. folio. 150 words. These two manuscripts are in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2365 McCoy (Isaac). History | of | Baptist Indian Missions: | embrac-
ing | remarks on the former and present condition | of the | Abo-
riginal Tribes; | their settlement within the Indian Territory, | and
their | future prospects. | By Isaac McCoy. | [Four lines quotation.]

Washington: | William M. Morrison; | New-York: | H. and S.
Raynor 76 Bowery, New-York, and | Bennett, Backus and Hawley,
Utica. | 1840. | BA. C. JWP.

5 p. ll., pp. 3-611. 8°.

A few remarks and examples of the Putawatomie language, p. 10.

2366 McCualloh (James H.), jr. Researches, | Philosophical and Anti-
quarian, | concerning the | Aboriginal History of America. | By J.
BH. McCulloh, Jr., M. D. |

Baltimore: | Published by Fielding Lueas, Jr. | 1829. | Cc.

Pp. i-x, 13-535. 8°. map.

Chapter ii. On the Languages of the American Indians, pp. 33-63, is a general
discussion on this subject, with extracts and examples from several authors,
Heckewelder, Zeisberger, Dixon, Cook, Edwards, Rafinesque, Barton, Dupon-
ceau, &c.

There are two editions earlier than the above: Baltimore, 1816, 8°, and ibid.,
1817, 8°, neither of which contain the linguistic material.

2367 McDonald (Angus). Vocabulary of the Kootenay.

Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 200 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2368 Macdonald (Duncan George Forbes). British Columbia | and |
Vancouver’s Island | comprising | a Description of these Depend-
encies: their Physical | Character, Climate, Capabilities, Popula-

‘

tion, Trade, Natural History, | Geology, Ethnology, Gold-Fields,

462 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Macdonald (Duncan George Forbes)—continued.

and Future Prospects | also | An Account of the Manners and
Customs of the Native Indians | by | Duncan George Forbes Mac-
donald, C. E. | (Late of the Government Survey Staff of British
Columbia, and of the International Boundary | Line of North
America) Author of ‘What the Farmers may do with the | Land’
‘The Paris Exhibition’ ‘Decimal Coinage’ &e. | With a Compre-
hensive Map. |

London | Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green | 1862. |

Pp. i-xiii, 1-524. 8°. map. Cc.

Proper names of thirteen members of the Songish Tribe, pp. 164-165; Chinook
Jargon and English Equivalents, pp. 394-398,

According to Sabin’s Dictionary: Second edition, London, Longman, 1863. 8°.

2369 MDonald (Rev. Robert). A Selection | from the | Book of Com-

mon Prayer, | according to the use of the | United Church of Eng-
land and Ireland. | Translated into | Tukudh, | by the Rev. R.
M’Donald, | Missionary of the Church Missionary Society. |

London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | 77,
Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn-Fields; | 4, Royal Exchange;
and 48, Piceadilly. | 1873. | : JWP.

1p. 1., pp. 1-123. 16°. Hymus, pp. 105-123.

2370

Nuwheh Kukwadhud Jesus Christ | vih kwunduh nirzi |
Matthew, Mark, Luke, John | ha rsiotitinyokhai kirre | kwitinyi-
thutluth kwikit. | John rsiotitinyoo vih etunetle | tig ha | Tukudh
tsha zit | thleteteitazya. |

London, | 1874. | JWP.

Literal translation.—Our Lord Jesus Christ | the Gospel of | Matthew, Mark,
Luke, John | by them written | epistle first of | John written by him | into the |
Tukudh tongue | translated. |

Pp. 1-267. 12°.

2371 - Terms of Relationship of the Tukuthe, collected by R.
McDonald, Peel River Fort, Hudson’s Bay Ty.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°.
2372 McElroy (Patrick D.) Vocabulary of the Jicarilla Apache.
Manuscript. 15 1]. 4°, 275 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Compiled at Cimarron, Colfax County, N. Mex., in 1875.

2373 Macgowan (Dr. D.G.) [Sign Language of the Caddos, Wichitas,
and Comanches.]| By Dr. D. G. Macgowan.

In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 10, pp. 86-87. Morrisania, N. Y., 1866.

sm. 4°,

2374

Vocabulary of the Caddo, with Linguistic notes.
Manuscript. 8 pp. folio.

2375 Vocabulary of the Comanches.
Manuscript. 6 11. 4°. 200 words. Collected in 1865.

These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

MACDONALD—MCINTOSH. 463

2376 McIntosh (John). The Discovery of America by Christopher Co-
lumbus; and the Origin of the North American Indians. By J.
Mackintosh.

Toronto: Printed by W. J. Coates. 1836.
152 pp. 8°.
Particularities of the Indian Languages, pp. 43-47.

2377 ——— The | Origin | of the | North American Indians; | with a |
Faithful Description of their manners and customs, both civil |
and military, their religions, languages, dress, and | ornaments. |
To which | is prefixed, a brief vifw oe [sic] the creation of the
world, the situation | of the garden of Eden, the Antediluvians,
the foundation of | nations by the posterity of N oah, the progeni-
tors | of the N. Americans and the discovery | of the New World
by Columbus. | Concluding with a copious selection of Indian
speeches, the antiquities | of America, the civilization of the Mexi-
cans, and some | final observations on the origin of the | Indians. |
By John McIntosh. |

New York: | Published by Nafis & Cornish, | 278 Pearl Street. |
1843. | Cc.

Pp. iii-xxxvi, 37-311. 8°.

Particularities of the Indian Languages [ Algonquin, Huron, Sioux], pp. 92-97.

A comparative view of the Indian and Asiatic Languages, includes a few
words, from the Lenni Lenape, or Delawares, Algonquin and Chippewas, Onon-
dagas, Kikkapoos, Narragansetts, Pottawatameh, Miamis, Naudowessies, Darien
Indians, Poconchi, Caraibees, Indians of Pennsylvania, Piankashaws, Acadians,
Indians of Penobscot and St. Johns, Tuskaroras, Shawnees, Macicanni, Indians
of New England, Chikasah, Indians of North Carolina, Muskohge, Cherokee,
and Wyandots, pp. 100-103.

2378 ——— The | Origin | of the | North American Indians; | with a |
faithful description of their Mauners and | Customs, both Civil and
Military, their | Religions, Languages, Dress, | and Ornaments: |
including | various specimens of Indian Eloquence, as well as His-
tor- | ical and Biographical Sketches of almost all the | distin-
guished Nations and celebrated | Warriors, Statesmen and Ora-
tors, among the | Indians of North America. | New Edition, im-
proved and enlarged. | By John McIntosh. |

New York: | Cornish, Lamport & Co., Publishers, | No. 8 Park
Place. | 1849. | BP.

Pp. 1-345. 8°. Linguistics as in edition of 1843, pp. 93-98, 101-104. I have
seen an edition of 1853 with title similar to the above, except in date, and Sa-
bin’s Dictionary mentions editions of: New York, 1844. 8°, and ibid., 1858. 8°,

2379 ——— The | Origin | of the | North American Indians; | with a |
Faithful Description of their Manners and | Customs, both Civil
and Military, their | Religions, Languages, Dress, | and Orna-
ments. | Including | Various Specimens of Indian Hloquence, as
well as Histor- | ical and Biographical Sketches of almost all the |
distinguished nations and celebrated | Warriors, Statesmen and

464 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

McIntosh (John)—continued.
Orators, | among the | Indians of North America. | New Edition,
improved and enlarged. | By John McIntosh. |
New York: | Sheldon and Company. | No. 115 Nassau Street. |
1859. | WHS. WWB.
1 p.1., pp. v-xxxv, 39-345. 8°.

2380 Mackay (Rev. John A.) [One line syllabic characters.] | Psalms
and Hymns | in the language | of the | Cree Indians | of North-
West America. | Compiled by the | Rev. J. A. Mackay, | C. M.S.
Missionary. | Sanctioned by the | Bishop of Saskatchewan. |

London: | Printed by the | Society for Promoting Christian |
Knowledge, Great Queen Street. | 1877. | JWP.
Pp. 1-108. 32°. In syllabic characters.

2381 M'Keevor (Thomas). A | Voyage | to | Hudson’s Bay, | during
the summer | of 1812. | Containing | a particular account of the
icebergs and other | phenomena which present themselves | in those
regions; | also, | a description of the Esquimeaux and North Ame- |
rican Indians; their manners, customs, | dress, language, &e. &e.
&c. | By | Thomas M‘Keevor, M. D. | of the Dublin Lying-in Hos-
pital. | [Six lines quotation.]

London: | Printed for Sir Richard Phillips and Co. | Bride-Court,
Bridge-Street. | 1819. | C.

2 p.ll., pp. 1-76. 8°. Appended, with full title-page, is: Voyage to the North
Pole by the Chevalier de la Poix de Freminville, pp. 77-96.

Vocabulary, 27 words, of the Esquimaux, pp. 29-30.

Vocabulary, 125 words, of the Oochepayyans or Northern Indians, pp. 73-75.

A few familiar phrases in the Chippewa language, p. 76.

2382 [McKenney (fev. Edward).] {Omahaw Primer.] Sc Jiwiee

8 pp. 16°. Curiously paged, the recto of ]. 1 having no number, the verso
paged 3; 1. 2 is paged 4, both recto and verso; 1.3 unpaged; 1. 4 recto paged 7,
verso &.

The only copy I have seen is minus the title-page; the first page begins: Les-
son I. Alphabet of Omahaw Syllables.

It contains, in addition to the alphabet and words of two or more syllables,
the Lord’s Prayer, Account of the Creation and Fall of Man, and two hymns.

The first publication in the Omaha language. The author, a Presbyterian
missionary to the Omahas, from 1846 to 1853, was aided in his work by Louis
Sans Souci, a native Omaha.

2383 McKenney (Thomas Lograine). Sketches | of a | Tour to the
Lakes, | of the character and customs of the | Chippeway Indians, |
and of incidents connected with | the Treaty of Fon du Lae. |
By Thomas L. McKenney, | of the Indian Department, | And joint
Commissioner with his Excellency Goy. Cass, in negotiating the
Treaty. [| Also, | a Vocabulary | of the | Algic, or Chippeway Lan-
guage, | formed in part, and as far as it goes, upon the basis of one
furnished | by the Hon. Albert Gallatin. | [Two lines quotation.]

MW’ INTOSH—MACKENZIE. 465

McKenney (Thomas Lograine)—continued.
Ornamented with twenty-nine engravings, of Lake Superior, and
other | scenery, Indian likenesses, costumes, &e. |
Baltimore: | Published by Fielding Lucas, Jun’r. | 1827. | Ba.c.
Pp. i-viii, 9-493. 8°,
Ottawa Hymn, with English translation, pp. 166-167; Ojibwa Song, p. 187;
Verses in Mohawk, p. 432; Vocabulary of the Algic, or Chippeway Language,
pp. 487-493.

2384 Mackenzie (Alexander). Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the River
St. Lanrence, | through the | Continent of North America, | to
the | Frozen and Pacific Oceans; | in the years 1789 and 1793. |
With a preliminary account | of the Rise, Progress, and Present
State of | the Fur Trade | of that Country. | Tilustrated with
maps. | By Alexander Mackenzie, Esq. |

London: | Printed for T. Cadell, Jun. and W. Davies, Strand;
Cobbett and Morgan, | Pall-Mall; and W. Creech, at Edinburgh. |
By R. Noble, Old-Bailey. | M. DCCC. I [1801]. | BA. C.

1 1., pp. i-viii, i-exxxii, 1-414. 4°, maps.

Some account of the Knisteneaux Indians, pp. xci-cxvi, includes: The names
which they give the moons, pp. ev-cvi; Examples of the Knisteneaux and Al-
gonkin Tongues, pp. evii-cxvi.

Some account of the Chepewyan Indians, pp. ¢xvi-cxxxii, includes: Exam-
ples of the Chepewyan Tongue, pp. exxix—cxxxii.

Vocabulary in the languages of the Nagailer, or Chin Indians, and the Atnah
or Carrier Indians, 25 words, pp. 257-258.

Vocabulary of the Indians of Friendly Village, 25 words, p. 376.

2385

Voyages | from | Montreal | through the | Continent of
North America, | to the | Frozen and Pacific Oceans; | In the
Years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary account | of the rise,
progress, and present state of | the fur trade | of that country. |
With original notes by Bougainville, and Volney, | Members of the
French Senate. | Illustrated with maps. | By Alexander Macken-
zie, Esq. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Printed for T. Cadell, Jun. and W. Davies, Strand; |
Cobbett and Morgan, Pall-Mall; and W. Creech, | at Edinburgh. |
By R. Noble, Old-Baily. | M. DCCC. IL [1802]. | Gh

2 vols. 8°. maps. Linguistics, as in first edition, vol. 1, pp. 129-130, 131-142,
153-162; vol. 2, pp. 148-149, 203.

2386

Voyages | D’Alex."° Mackenzie; | dans Vintérieur | de |
PAmérique Septentrionale, | Faits en 1789, 1792 et 1793; | Le 1.«,
de Montréal au fort Chipiouyan et 4 la mer Glaciale; | Le 2.™°, du
fort Chipiouyan jusqw’aux bords de VOcéan | pacifique. | Prévédés
@un Tableau historique et politique sur | le commerce des Pellete-
ries, dans le Canada. | Traduits de ’Anglais, | par J. Castéra, |
Avee des Notes et un Itinéraire, tirés en partie des | papiers du
vice-amiral Bougainville. | Tome Premier {-III]. |
30 Bib

466 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Mackenzie (Alexander)—continued.
Paris, | Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, Palais du Tribunat, | gale-

ries de bois, n.° 240. | An X.—1802. | C.
3 vols. 8°. maps. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 257-258, 261-274, 304-310; vol. 3,

pp. 20, 277.
2387 Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the River St. Laurence, |

through the | Continent of North America, | to the | Frozen and
Pacific Oceans; | in the years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary
account | of the rise, progress, and present state | of | the Fur
Trade | of that Country. | Illustrated with | a general map of the
Country. | By Sir Alexander Mackenzie. |

Philadelphia: | Published by John Morgan. | R. Carr, Printer. |
1802. | a

2vols.ini. 3p. Il., pp. i-viii, i-exxvi, 1-113, 115-392. maps. 8°. Linguistics,
pp. ¢-ex, exxili-exxvi, 247, 358-359. Title from Mr. W. Eames, who says:

I have seen a copy of the above edition, which reads: | INustrated with maps
and a portrait of the author. |

According to Sabin’s Dictionary: First American Edition. New York: Printed
and Sold by G. F. Hopkins. 1802, pp. viii, ix, 94,296. 8°.

Reisen von Montreal durch Nordwestamerika nach dem

Hismeer und der Siid-See in den Jahren 1789 und 1793. Nebst

einer Geschichte des Pelzhandels in Canada. Aus dem Englischen.
Hamburg. 1802. tS
8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary. Linguistics, pp. 118-131, 145-149.

* 2388

2389

Voyages | from Montreal, | on the River St. Laurence, |
through the | Continent of North-America, | to the | Frozen and
Pacific Oceans: | in the years 1789 and 1793. | With a Preliminary
Account of | the Rise, Progress, and Present State of the | Fur
Trade | of that country. | Illustrated by a map. | By Alexander
Mackenzie, Esq. | Third American Edition. |

New-York: | Published by Evert Duyckinek, Bookseller. | Lewis
Nichols, Printer. | 1803. | C.

Pp. i-vili, 9-437. 16°. Liuguistics, pp. 93, 94-99, 110, 314, 409.

2390 Tableau historique et politique du commerce des pelleteries
dans le Canada depuis 1608 jusqu’A nos jours. Contenant beau-
coup de détails sur les nations sauvages qui Vhabitent, et sur les
vastes contrées qui y sont contigués; avec un Vocabulaire de la
langue de plusieurs peuples des ces vastes contrées. Traduit de
Vanglais par J. Castéra.

Paris, Dentu, 1807. e

310 pp., 11. An extract of the translation of vol. 1, pp. 1-310 of the edition:
Paris, 1802, 3 vols. 8°.—Leclere (1867), No. 920.

Vocabulary of the Algonquin and of the Knisteneaux, pp. 261-274; of the
Chipeway, pp. 304-310.

2391

Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the River St. Laurence, |
through the | Continent of North America, | to the | Frozen and

MACKENZIE—MADIBR DE MONTJAU. 467

Mackenzie (Alexander)—continued.
Pacific Oceans; | in the years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary
account | of the rise, progress, and present state | of | the Fur
Trade | of that Country. | Iustrated with naps and a portrait of
the author. | By Sir Alexander Mackenzie. , Vol. I [II]. |
New-York: | Published by W. B. Gilley. ; 1814. | Cc.
2vols. 3p. ll., pp. i-vili, i-exxvi, 1-113; 11., pp. 115-392. 8°. Linguistics, pp. c-
CX, Cxxili-cxxvi, 247, 358-359.
McKillop (John).
See Robertson (W. S8.), McKillop (J.), and Winslett (D.)

2392 McLean (J. J.) and Vanderbilt (J. M.) A Dictionary of the Thlingit
Language of Southeastern Alaska. By J. J. McLean and J. M.
Vanderbilt.

Manuscript. Preface, 2 p. ll., vocabulary ll. 1-52. folio. In the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology.

Arranged alphabetically under English words. Includes the numerals 1-1000,
names of the months, conjugation of the verbs ‘‘to work” and ‘‘to eat,” and the
Lord’s Prayer, with interlinear English translation.

2393 M’Lean (John). Notes | of a | Twenty-Five Years’ Service | in
the | Hudson’s Bay Territory. | By John M’Lean. | In Two Vol-
umes. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street, | Publisher
in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1849. | BA. C.

2 vols. 12°. Field, No. 996, gives brief title of an edition: London, Bentley,
1842, 2 vols. 12°, which is probably a mistake.

Vocabulary of the principal Indian Dialects in use among the tribes in the
Hndson’s Bay Territory (Sauteu, or Ogibois, Cree, Beaver Indian, and Chippe-
wayan), vol. 2, pp. 323-328.

2394 M’Murray (J7.) and M’Pherson (Mr.) Vocabulary of the Kutchin
of the Yukon or Kutchi-Kutchi, drawn up by Mr. M’Murray; to
which the Cheppewyan Synonyms were added by Mr. M’Pherson.

In Richardson (Sir J.) Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 2, pp. 382-385.
London, 1851. 2 vols. 8°.
M’Pherson (J/7.)
See M’Murray (M/r.) and M’Pherson ( Mr.)
2395 M’Pherson (Mrs.) Fragment of a vocabulary of the Chepewyan

dialect.
In Richardson (Sir J.) Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 2, pp. 387-395.
London, 1851. 2 vols. 8°.
2396 Madier de Montjau (Ed.) Sur quelques manuscrits figuratives de
Vancien Mexique par Ed. Madier de Montjau. w
In Soc Américaine de France, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 227-256. Paris,
1875. 8°.

Contains specimens, with interlinear translations.

2397

Discours sur les Etudes Américaines. Par Ed. Madier de
Montjau, Président. :
In Soc. Américaine de France, Annuaire, 1874, pp. 5-380. Paris, 1875. 8°.

468 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Madier de Montjau (fd.)—continued.
2398 Homélies sur les Evangiles en langue Nahuatl. Publié
par Hid. Madier de Montjau.
In Soc. Américaine de France, Archives, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 269-275,
Paris, 1875. 8°.
2399 [—_——] Textes Mayas.
In Soc. Américaine de France, Archives, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 373-378.
Paris, 1875. 8°.
Contains extracts from Bjercicio del Santo Viacrucis. Mérida, 1869.
2400 Madison (James). Vocabulary of the Delaware in 1792. From
the papers of James Madison.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 424-427. Philadelphia,

1853. 4°.
2401 Madre de Dios (#. Ambrosio de la). Arte y Diccionario de la
Lengua de la Nueva Segovia. *
2402 Explicacion de los Evangelios en dicha lengua. *
2403 Doctrina Cristiana en la misma. *
2404 La Pasion de Ntro Sr. Jesucristo en la misma.
z According to the Cronista Franco these works were printed at Manilla.—
Beristain.

2405 Magazine of American History. The | Magazine | of |. American
History | with | Notes and Queries | Vol. I [-VIII]. | [Edited by
John Austen Stevens, Librarian of the New York Historical Society. ]

A. S. Barnes & Company | New York and Chicago | 1877
[-1882]. | BA. ©.

8 vols. sm. 4°,

Créve Coeur (H. St. J. de). The Nantucket Indians, vol. 2, pp. 360-363.

Dunbar (J.B.) The Pawnee Indians, vol. 4, pp. 241-281; vol. 5, pp. 321-345.

Gatschet (A. S). Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories,
vol. 1, pp. 145-171.

Proper names of California Indians, vol. 1, pp. 758-759.

Indian languages of the Pacific States and Territories, and of the

Pueblos of New Mexico, vol. 8, pp. 254-263.

Robertson (R.S8.) Long Island Indians, vol. 2, pp. 370-371, 501.

Trumbull (J. H.) Indian Names of Places on Long Island, derived from
esculent roots, vol. 1, pp. 346-387.
Oregon. The origin and meaning of the name, vol. 3, pp. 36-38.

In addition to the above articles there are various short notices, etymologies,
&v., scattered through the ‘‘ Notes and Queries” department of the magazine.

2406 Mahan (I. L.) Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Odjibwe.
Manuscript. pp. 8-102. 4°. In the library of the Burean of Ethnology.
Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st

edition, nearly complete. Collected at Bayfield, Wis., in 1879, with the aid of
Abbé Ferrard. Mr. Mahan is the Indian agent at Red Cliff Reserve, Wis.

2407 Maillard (Abbé). Grammar | of the | Mikmaque Language | of
Nova Scotia, | Edited from the Manuscripts of the Abbé Maillard |
by the | Rev. Joseph M. Bellenger. |

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1864. |

MADIER DE MONTJAU—-MALCOLME. 469

Maillard (Abbé)—continued.
Second title:
Grammaire | de la | Langue Mikmaque, | par | M. Abbé Mail-
lard, | Redigée et Mise en Ordre par Joseph M. Bellenger, Ptre. |
Nouvelle-York: | Presse Cramoisy de Jean-Marie Shea. |
1864. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 3-101. 8°. English title recto 1.2; French title recto 1. 3.
“Shea’s Library of American Linguistics, ix.” In French.

2408 Maine Historical Society. Collections | of the | Maine Historical

Society. | Vol. I [-VI]]. | ‘
Portland [and Bath]: | Printed by Day, Fraser & Co... .
Exchange St. | 1831[-1876]. | BA. C.

7 vols. 8°. Vol. 1 reprinted, with additions: Portland, 1865. §°.
Dudley (Paul). English Definitions of Indian Terms, vol. 5, pp. 427-429.
Kidder (F.) The Abenaki Indians, vol. 6, pp. 229-263.
Lincoln (Enoch). Remarks on the Indian Languages, vol. 1, pp. 310-333.
Potter (C.E.) Appendix to ‘“‘Language of the Abnaquis,” vol. 4, pp. 185-193.
Vetromile (Rev. E.) The Abenaki Indians, vol. 6, pp. 203-227.
Acadia and its Aborigines, vol. 7, pp. 337-349.

Willis (W.) The Language of the Abnaquies, or Eastern Indians, vol. 4,
pp. 93-117.

— The Indians of Hudson’s Bay, and their Language, vol. 6, pp. 265-272.

2409 [Malcolme (Rev. David).] An | Essay | on the Antiquities of | Great
Britain and Ireland: | Wherein they are | Placed in a clearer Light
than hitherto. | Designed | As an Introduction to a larger Work, |
especially an Attempt to shew an Affinity | betwixt the Languages,
&c., of the anci- | ent Britains and the Americans of the | Isthmus
of Darien. | In answer to an Objection against revealed Religion. |
[Six lines quotation. |

Edinburgh, | Printed by T. and W. Ruddimans, and sold | by
Alexander Kincaid, Bookseller. M DCC XXX VIII [1738].| — c.

16, 8, 24, 32, 32, 32, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,8,8,48 pp. 8°.

A few aboriginal prone passim, including a short vocabulary of the Darien
Indians (from Wafer), with observations thereon.

2410 —— and others. A | Collection of Letters, | in which | The Im-
perfection of Learning, even a- | mong Christians, and a Remedy
for it, are | hinted. | The Usefulness of the Celtick is instanced, in |
illustrating the Antiquities of the British Isles, | in pointing out
the errors of Mr. Innes, and | the most ancient People and Lan-
guage; some | Elements of which are set down. | The Affinity
betwixt the Language of the Ame- | ricans of the Terra Firma, and
these of the ancient | Britains, is proved. The Seripture-Account
of | Things is confirm’d. An Objection against Re- | vealed Re-
ligion, heretofore not fully answered, is | removed. A Specimen
of a Dictionery, English- | Celtick, and Celtick-English, is given. |
As also, | A Collection of Papers, | In which the Proceedings of
the Honourable So- | ciety of Improvers, the Honourable and

470

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

Malcolme (Rev. David) and others—continued.

Learned | Faculty of Advocates, some General As- | semblies, their
Commissions and Committees, and the | Testimonies of some
learned Men about this Affair, | are represented. | [Quotation,
seven lines. |]

Edinburgh, | Printed in the year MDCCXXXIX [1789]. | *

Sccond title: as in preceding number. 2 p.ll., pp. 30, 48, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 32,
24,8,16,4. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

The sixth part contains a comparison of Darien words with the ancient Scot-
tish; the eighth part contains Wafer’s specimen of Darien words on pp.5,6; and
the seventh, ninth, and tenth parts contain observations and comparisons of the
Darien with other languages.

2411 —_—...... Letters, Essays, and other Tracts, illustrating the

Antiquities of Great Britain and Ireland; together with many
Curious Discoveries of the Affinity betwixt the Language of the
Americans and the Ancient Britains to the Greek and Latin, &e.
Also Specimens of the Celtick, Welsh, Irish, Saxon, and American
Languages. By D. Malcolme.

London, 1744. *

8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

2412 Maldonado (Fr. Francisco). [Arte, Doctrina Christiana, &e. in the

Cakchiquel language. | ates

Manuscript. 77 unnumbered ll. folio. In the library of the American Philo-
sophical Society, Philadelphia, described by Dr. Brinton in the American Journal
of Science and Arts, vol. 47, pp. 222-230, as follows:

On the recto of the second leaf is the following title:

Arte pronunciacion y ortographia de la lengua en el mismo
ydioma | Cakchiquel. |

On the fourth line of the verso of the same leaf:

Ramilette, Manual para los Yndios sobre | la Doctrina Christi-
ana | por fray francisco Maldonaldo minorita, | Sub Censura sante

Romane eclesie Dialogo primo.

This ‘‘nosegay,” or anthology, consists of twelve dialogues on the confession,
creed, sacraments, good works, &c., between a priest and his catechumen. After
the twelfth dialogue tliere is an addition of nine leaves in Cakchiquel, with the
title: [See Esta explicacion].

The Dialogos is a work hitherto unknown of Maldonado, one of the most
learned of the Franciscan missionaries. He lived in the latter half of the 17th
century. The only one of his productions given by Mr. Squier is ‘‘Sermones y
Panegiricos en Lengua Cakchiquelche,” which is that also chiefly referred to by
Father Coto in his dictionary. >

2413 t—— Ha nima Vuh vae Theologia Indorum ru binaam. a

Manuscript. 178 ll. folio. Preceded by 1 1. with these words: ‘‘ Dios nima
Akauh ti qohe aniquin at nu lokol ah tata,” followed by these: ‘‘De la libreria
de N. P.S. France? de Guat*.” Signed A. de la Raya.

Following 1.178 are two others in Cakchiquel, but in a very different hand,
and signed ‘‘Yn Fran Gonzalez.”

Although the name of Maldonado does not appear, there is no doubt that he
is the author, as only he and Father Domingo de Vico wrote a book of this sort
in the Cakchiquel language. As to the latter, the manuscript bears his name,
and it is entirely different from the first.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

MALCOLME—MALLERY. 471

Maldonado (Fr. Francisco)—continued.
2414 ——_ Sermones super evangelia que in sanctorum festivitatibus

leguntur: Cum eorumdem vitis, et transitis idiomathe Guatimalensi
Cakchiquel. Per fratrem Franciscum Maldonado. Ordinis divi
Francisci predicatorem. Olim que diffinitorem nominis Jesu Gua-
themalensis provincie alumnum licet Matritinatum. Anno D. M.
LXXI [1671] [sic]. :

Manuscript. 2 unnumbered 11., 153 11. folio.

He had an admirable knowledge of the three dialects of the principal lan-
guage of this country, Quiché, Cakchiquel, and Tzutuhil,in which he wrote a
great number of religious works and treatises, all of which remained in manu-
script. Such was the estimation in which they were held that many were trans-
lated into Spanish for the use of missionaries and priests.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

Beristain speaks of this author, as follows:

He united so admirably the most profound theological knowledge with the
perfect understanding of the difficult Quiché, Cakchiquel, and Tutuchil idioms,
that he formed a complete Teologia Indiana, very useful to the teaching priests
of those provinces and very advantageous to the neophytes.

He left at his death 13 volumes in manuscript, some of which are preserved
in the library of the Franciscan Fathers of Guatemala, and others translated into

“ Spanish are in possession of the missionaries and parish priests, according to P.
Arochena, who thus enumerates the writings of this author:

2415 t—— Instruccion teoldgica de los Indios. ie
2 vols. of more than 100 pp. each.
2416 ——— Explicacion del Simbolo de la Fe. i
1 vol.
2417 ——— Explicacion de los milagros de Jesucristo. e
1 vol.
2418 —-—— Didlogo moral y politico. *
1 vol.
2419 ———— Sermones varios. -
2 vols.
2420 ——— Explicacion de los Sacramentos.—Examen de penitentes.—
Practica de Confesores.—Explicacion de los Indulgencias. “

4 vols. Allin the idioms mentioned.

2421 Mallery (Col. Garrick). Smithsonian Institution—Bureau of Eth-

bo
rs
bo
bo

nology | Introduction | to the | Study of Sign Language | among
the | North American Indians | as | illustrating the gesture speech
of mankind | By Garrick Mallery | Brevet Lieut. Col., U. 8.
PAST ID yaa |e

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1880 | JWP.

Printed cover 1 1., pp. i-iv, 1-72. 4°.

Smithsonian Institution— Bureau of Ethnology | J. W.

Powell, Director | A Collection | of | Gesture-Signs | and Signals |
of the | North American Indians | with | some comparisons | by |
Garrick Mallery | Brevet Lieut. Col. and formerly Acting Chief
Signal Officer, U.S. Army | Distributed only to collaborators |

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1880 | JWP.

Printed cover 11., title, reverse blank 11., pp. 1-329. 4°. Only 200 copies of this
were printed.

472 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Mallery (Col. Garrick)—continued.
2423 A calendar of the Dakota Nation.
In Hayden (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 3, pp. 3-25. Washington, 1877. 8°. Da-
kota terms passim. Also separately issued with half-title.

2424 ——— The former and present number of our Indians. By Gar-

rick Mallery.

In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. 26, pp. 340-366. Salem, 1878. 8°. Also
separately issued with half-title.

Various comments on language, etymologies, synonomies, &c.

2425 ——— The Sign Language of the Indians of the Upper Missouri,
in 1832. By Col. Garrick Mallery.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 218-228. Chicago, 1879-80. 8°.

2426

The Sign Language of the North American Indians. By
Garrick Mallery, U.S. Army, Washington, D. C.
In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. 28, pp. 493-519. Salem, 1880. 8°.
2427 ——— The Sign-language of the North American Indians. By
Garrick Mallery.
In Am. Annals of the Deaf and Dumb, vol. 25, No.1, pp. 1-20. Washington,
- [1880]. 8°.

2428

— The Sign-language of the North American Indians.
[Signed Garrick Mallery.]

In United Service, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 226-243. Philadelphia, 1880. 8°.

A few Ojibwa terms, p. 234.

2429 —_- The Sign Language of the North American Indians. By
Garrick Mallery.
In Anthrop. Soc. of Washington, Trans., 1880-81, pp. 19-21. Washington,

Less 8°:

2430 Sign Language among North American Indians compared
with that among other peoples and deaf-mutes. By Garrick Mal-
lery.

In Bureauof Ethnology, First Ann. Rept., pp. 263-552. Washington, 1881. 8°.
Hoffman (W.J.) Sentences with interlinear translation, p. 483 and following.
Jacker (I.) Nawagijig’s Story, pp. 518-520.

Issued also separately, with title-page as follows:

2431 Sign Language | among | North American Indians | com-
pared with | that among other peoples and deaf-mutes | By | Gar-
rick Mallery | Brevet Lieut. Col. U. 8. Army | (Extfacted from the
First Annual Report of the Bureau | of Ethnology) |

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | JIWP.
Outside printed cover 11., pp. 263-552. royal 8°.
2432 Mallet (J.) Les Caraibs.
In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, compte-rendu, premiére session, tome 1,
pp. 394-403. Nancy et Paris, 1875. 8°.
A short Carib vocabulary, p. 403.
2433 Maltby (Frank). The Lord’s Prayer |in the Comanche language].
In Am. Naturalist, vol. 13, p.790. Philadelphia, 1879. 8°.

MAL).ERY—-MALTE-BRUN. 473

2434 Malte-Brun (Malthe Konrad Brun, known as). Précis | de la |
Géographie Universelle, | cu | Description | de toutes les parties
du Monde, | sur un plan nouveau, | d’aprés les grandes divisions
naturelles du Globe; | Précédée de ’ Histoire de la Géographie chez
les Peuples anciens | et modernes, et une Théorie générale de la
Géographie | Mathématique, Physique et Politique; | Et accom-
pagnée de Cartes, de Tableaux analytiques, synoptiques et | élé-
mentaires, et V@une Table alphabétique des noms de Lieux. | Par
M. Malte-Brun. | Tome Premier [—Huitiéme]. | Histoire de la Géo-
graphie. |

a Paris, | Chez Fr. Buisson, Libraire-éditeur, | Rue gilles-cceur,
N° 10. | 1810 [-1829]. | A.

8 vols. 8°, and atlas 4°,

Tableau de Venchainement géographique des langues américaines et asiatiques,
vol. 5, pp. 227-234. Being a comparison between various American and Asiatic
words. Also, according to Sabin’s Dictionary :

-+ Seconde édition, corrigée. Paris, 1812-1829, 8 vols. 8°.

+ Nouvelle édition. Paris, 1831-1837, 12 vols. 8°.

+ Cinquiéme édition revue, corrigée et augmentée de toutes les nouvelles
découvertes, Par M. J.-J.-N. Huot, Paris, Furne et Cie, 1841, 6 vols. 8°.

+ Paris, Garnier Fréres, 1853, 6 vols. 8°.

+ Nouvelle édition,. . . par V. A. Malte-Brun fils, Paris, Penaud Freres,
1852-1856, 8 vols. 8°.

The succeeding editions (Paris, 1855-1857, &c.) do not contain the linguistics.

2435 ——— Malte-Brun’s neustes Gemiilde von Amerika und seinen
Bewohnern. Aus dem Franzésischen iibersetzt und mit Zusiitzen
vermehrt von E. W. von Greipel.

Leipzig. 1819. 8°. ‘
+ Leipzig. 1824, 2 vols. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary.

4236

Universal | Geography, | or | A Description | of | all the
parts of the world, | on a new plan, | according to the great natural
divisions of the globe; | accompanied with | analytical, synoptical,
and elementary tables. | By M. Malte-Brun. | Improved by the ad-
dition of the most recent information, derived | from various
sources. | Vol. I [-III]. | Containing the theory or, mathematical,
physical, and | political principles, of geography, &e. |

Philadelphia: | Published by Anthony Finley, | north east corner
of Fourth and Chestnut Streets. | William Brown, Printer. |
1827. | O.

3 vols. 8°. Table of the geographical connection of the American and Asiatic
languages, vol. 3, pp. 148-154.

2437 ——— A | System | of | Universal Geography, | or | a Deserip-
tion | of | all the parts of the world, | on a new plan, | according
to the Great Natural Divisions of the Globe; | Accompanied with |
Analytical, Synoptical, and Elementary Tables. | By M. Malte-
Brun, | Editor of the ‘* Annales des Voyages,” &c. | With additions

474 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Malte-Brun (Malthe Konrad Brun, known as)—continued.
and corrections, | by James G. Percival. | Emtellished with | a
complete atlas, | and | a series of beautiful engravings. | In three
volumes. | Vol. I [-IIT}. |
Boston: | Printed and Published by Samuel Walker. | Published
also in Philadelphia [&c., four lines]. | 1834. | Cc.

3 vols. 4°, Table of the geographical connexion of the American and Asiatic

languages, vol. 2, pp. 173-176.
Sabin’s Dictionary gives the following editions:

-+ Edinburgh, Adam Black, 1822, 10 vols. 8°.

-++ Boston, Wells and Lilly, 1824-1831, 9 vols. 8°.

+ Philadelphia, Anthony Finley, 1827-1832, 6 vols. 8°.

-+ Boston, 1828, 3 vols. 4°.

-++ Philadelphia, 1832-1837, 5 vols. 8°, atlas 4°.

-++ Boston, 1847, 1851, 1865, 3 vols. 4°.

2438 Malte-Brun (Victor Adolphe.) Tableau de la Distribution Ethno-
graphique des nations et des langues au Mexique.

In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, compte-rendu, seconde session, tome 2,
pp. 10-44. Luxembourg et Paris, 1878. 8°. Accompanied by ‘‘Carte Ethno-
graphique du Mexique d’aprés celle de M. Orozco y Berra.

2439 Manual [de administrar los Sacramentos] | en Lengua Mixteca |
de | ambos dialectos | Bajo y Montaiez, | para | los Curatos de la
Sagrado Mitra | de Puebla | en los que | se habla este idioma. |
Formado | por una Comision de Curas, | de 6rden de Su Excelencia
Iilma. | el Sr. D. D. Francisco Pablo Vasquez, | Dignisimo Obispo
de esta Didcesis.

Puebla. | Imprenta del Hospital de San Pedro. | 1837. | B.

Pp. 1-75 in 3 columns, Mixteco Bajo, Spanish, and Mixteco Montanez, 1 1. in-
dex and errata.

These three works [including Catecismo Mixteco and Catecismo Mixteco
Montaiiez], although printed separately, form in reality but one, as is shown by
the prologue of the first, and from the table of errata which is common to the
three. The authors promise an Arte and Vocabulario which I think has not
been published. Mention is made in this work of another Catecismo Mixteco,
printed in 1834 by order of the same bishop. I have not seen it.—Icazbalceta’s
Apuntes, No. 19. See Doctrina Christiana, 1834, No. 1050a.

2440 Manualito para Administrar el Viatico y Extrema uncion, en
Idioma Mexieano....

Mexico: A. Valdés. 1817. o
8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 48528.

2441 Manuscripts. [Manuscripts in the Algonquin language.] a
While on a visit to the mission of the Lac des deux Montagnes, or, as it is now

better known on the maps, the village of Oka, Canada, during the autumn of 1882,
Ihad the pleasure of inspecting a number of manuscripts in the library of Father
Leclaire, the missionary at that place. The titles and descriptions of these will

be found in their proper places in this catalogue. There is also a large number
preserved in the Convent of the Sisters of the Congregation at the same place, of

the existence of which I was not aware at the time. I have, however, been fur-

MALTE-BRUN—MANUSCRIPTS. 475

Manuscripts —continued.
nished with a list of them by Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, an employé of the Bureau
of Ethnology, who is engaged in the preparation of a grammar and dictionary
of the various dialects of the Iroquois. A number of these manuscripts are
anonymous, and I have grouped them under the above general title. In the
descriptions, Mrs. Smith was aided by Father Leclaire and the Sisters of the
convent. They are as follows:

2442 ——— Dictionnaire Algonquin-Frangais de Van 1661.

Manuscript. sm.4°. Preserved in the archives of the convent at the mission
of the Lac des deux Montagnes. ;

This work has passed through the hands of M. Mathevette, a former missionary
at this place, as one clearly sees by an inspection of the cover, which is entirely
covered with short notes in Algonquin written by this missionary; besides these
he has made many additions throughout the dictionary.

Other additions and corrections have been made by the hand of another mis-
sionary, whose name is not known, but from whom we have a large number of
Algonquin manuscripts. To this author belong the six pages which end the
work.

These writers were evidently very capable men, and already far advanced in
the knowledge of the language.

Another anonymous author has compiled a

2443 —— Dictionnaire Frangais-Algonquin.

Which appears equally ancient. It is not complete, beginning with the letter
B and ending with the letter T. The mice have partially destroyed it, but the
remainder is in a readable state.

The hand of this same author is to be seen in a manuscript of 99 Il., containing,
in abridged Latin and Algonquin, a discourse on Purgatory, and a part of Gen-
esis in Algonquin.

The Algonquin-French dictionary of 1661 appears to be the work of a Jesuit
priest; the incomplete French-Algonquin, that of a priest of the same order, and
his contemporary.

The three works above named were all corrected and augmented by a Jesuit
Father, who wrote in 1699, and who knew the language perfectly, for he wrote
concerning the roots of the Algonquin, and also a

2444 ——— Dictionnaire Frang¢ais-Algonquin.
This is in a very bad condition; leaves torn, &c. He also wrote

2445 ——— Instructions sur les symboles, &e.
A fifth Jesuit missionary, not less ancient than the preceding, wrote a large
volume in 18°, well preserved, containing:

2446 ——— Grammaire, Petit Catéchisme, Priéres et Cantiqes.
Another priest of the same order and epoch has left a fragment of a

2447 ——— Dictionnaire Francais-Algonquin.
And a large book of instructions, &c., and a seventh has left a catechism
which is contained in a 12° volume, No. 4.

2448 ——— Catéchisme Algonquin.
140 pp. 4°. Used by the Sisters in teaching the children of their school. The
one now in use is a copy made, they think, about fifty years ago. Besides the
catechism it contains many psalms and hymns.

476 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2449 Manuscrit. Manuscrit Mexicain Original. *

1511. 4°. Ancient title on maguey paper of the territory of Zenpualan and

other places, painted and written in the first years following the conquest of

Mexico. * * The inscriptions in Latin characters are all in the Nahuatl lan-
guage.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

2450 t—— Manuscrit Mexicain N° 2 de la Bibliothéque Impériale, »
photographié (sans rédaction). Par ordre de 8S. E. M. Duruy,
Ministre de l’Instruction Publique, Président de la commission
scientifique du Mexique.

Paris, 1864. Imprimerie Bonaventure et Ducessois.—Imprimerie
photographique Benoist. *

22 plates. large folio. This manuscript is,in characters, identical with the
manuscript Troano and the Dresden Codex. It is the most perfect of the three
in regard to the beauty and delicacy of the writing; but it is also the one that
had suffered most. But 50 copies were published.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

2451 Manuscritos en Mexicano.

A yolume in folio containing fourteen original pieces in manuscript and three
printed ones, the manuscript occupying two hundred and six leaves. They
extend from 1580 to 1847.—Ramirez Sale Cat.

2452 Marcel (Jean Jacques). Oratio Dominica | CL linguis Versa | et
propriis cujusque lingue | characteribus | plerumque expressa ; |
Edente J. J. Marcel, | Typographeii Imperialis Administro Gene-
rali. | [ Design. |

Parisiis, | Typis Imperialibus. | Anno repar. sal. 1805, | Impe-
riique Napoleonis Primo. | C.

7p. IL, ll. 1-150, 1 1., usually printed on one side only.

Pars Quarta, Linguas Americanas complectens, ll. 132-150, contains the Lord’s
Prayer in Groenlandice (ex Evang. groenland. Hafniz edito), Canadice, mon-
tium dialecto (ex Masseo), Illinice (ex Manuscripto), Mohogice, novi eboraci
dialecto (ex Chamberlaynio), Virginice (ex Bibliis Virginice impressis Canta-
brigie), Savanahice (ex Chamberlaynio), Mexicane (ex Wilkinsio), Poconchine
(ex Wilkinsio), Caraibice (ex Catechismo caraibice edito), Otomitice (ex Lau-
rentio Hervas).

Marchand (Etienne).

See Fleurieu (C. P. C.)

2453 Marcoux (Rév. Francois Xavier). Roman Catholic Church Service

in the Mohawk dialect of the Iroquois language. He

Manuscript. 300 pp. 8°. Set to music. Title communicated by the author,

a missionary to the Mohawks at St. Regis, Cauada. He has spent fifty-six years

among the Iroquois, and his knowledge of the language is most thorough. The
manuscript is in his possession.

2454 ——— and Burtin (Rév. Nicholas Victor). Kaiatonsera | teierSa-
k8atha onk8e on8e neha | tseiehasens iokarenre oni | Reson Teio-
ronhiatthe akesasronon ron8ahueh | Livre de Chants en Sauvage |
pour la Messe & les Vepres | composés par M. F. Marcoux Missri a
St. Regis. | 1878 | CV.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-530. 4°. The mass and vespers in the Mohawk language.
In the archives of the Roman Catholic Church at the Indian village of Cangh-
nawaga, Canada. The vespers was translated into Caughnawaga and the whole
set to music by Pere N. V. Burtin, now missionary at that village. Six copies
exist, in one or two of which Pére Burtin was aided by one of his Indian choristers.

— *

MANUSCRIT—MARCOUX. 477

2455 [Marcoux (év. Joseph).| Tonteri8aienstakSa | ne | kariSiioston
Teieiasontha, | Kahna8akeha. | [Crucifix].

Tiohtiaki [Montreal], | Tehoristorarakon Louis Perrault. |
1844. | JWP.
) Pp. 1-39. 18°. Catechism in the Caughnawaga dialect of the Iroquois.
2456 ——— lonteri8aienstak8a | ne | Kari8iioston Teieiasontha, | Kah.
naSakeha. | [Crucifix].
Tiohtiaki [Montreal], | Tehoristorarakon Louis Perrault. |
1854. | Vv. B.
Pp. 1-48. 24°, Catechism, prayers, &c.,in Iroquois. Second edition: Issued
under the supervision of Abbé J. A. Cuoq.
2457 ——— lonteri8aienstakSa | ne | kari8iioston teieiasontha, | Kah-
naSakeha. | [Design].
Tiohtiake [Montreal] | Tehoristorarakon J. Chapleau et Fils. |

1875. | JWP.
Outside title as follows: Catéchisme | Iroquoise. | (Troisitme dition.) |
Printed cover, 1 p.1., pp. 1-66. 16°.

— Kaiatonsera Lonterennaientak8a | ne teieiasontha | ne
taiakos8ateten tsi iakori8iioston | KahnaSake Tiakoshon. | Tsiatak
nihonon8entsiake | Onk8e On8e | Akoiatonsera. |

Tiohtiaki [Montreal]: | tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1852. | wx.
Pp. 1-204, 12°. Prayer-book in the Canghnawaga dialect of the Iroquois. See
Marcoux (J.) and Burtin (N. V.), for later edition.

2459 ——— Lettres | de | feu M. Jos. Marcoux, | Missionnaire du
Sault, | aux | Chefs Iroquois | du | Lac des Deux Montagnes. |
1848-49. | Nene tesakoiatonnihne ne ratikoSanensk8e | kanesata-
kehronon ne tharonhiakanere- | kenha kahna8akehronon ronSani-
kenha. | [Two lines quotation. |

Tiohtiake [Montreal]: | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1869. |
Printed cover 11., pp. 1-27. 16°. IWP. GB.

2458

2460 -- Vie | de | Catherine Tekak8ita | (Traduction Iroquoise.)
Tiohtiake [Montreal] | Tehoristorarakon J. Chapleau et Fils |
1876. | JIWP.
Outside title 1 1., pp. 1-53. 18°.
2461 ———— Ionterennaientak8a sohna ne tharonhiakanere kenha roson

Kahna8akeronon rondanikenha. Ou Formulaire de Priéres par feu
M. Marcoux, Missionnaire du Sault St. Louis.
In[Cuoq(J.A.)] Tsiatak Nihonon8entsiake, pp. 296-410. Tiohtiake, 1865. 12°.
In the Iroquois language.
2462 ———— Langues Indiennes. A
In Chateaubriand (—). Atala, René, &c., pp. 400-409. Paris, 1857. 12°.
Comments on the Algonkin and Huron, with conjugation of a Huron verb.
2463 t—— Dictionnaire Iroquois. | Iroquois-Frangais | [et Frangais-
Iroquois]. ov.
Manuscript. 2 vols. folio, bound; arranged alphabetically. The Iroquois-
French portion is dated 1844 and contains pp. 1-820; the French-Iroquois con-
tains pp. 1-590, each written on both sides. In the archives of the Roman Cath-
olic Church at the Indian village of Caughnawaga, Canada. The last word in

478

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Marcoux (Rév. Joseph)—continued.

the French-Iroquois portion is zéle, ‘‘soyons zéle pour la gloire de Dieu, Tewata-
skennha rawenniieraarisa | Finis | Ad Majorem Dei gloriam. | J. M. | This dic-
tionary, in the Mohawk dialect, is probably the most valuable contribution yet
made to the Iroquois stock of dialects.

2464 ——— Grammaire Jroquoise | ou | La Langue Jroquoise | redu-

ite | en Principes Fixes | Par Moi | Sault Saint Louis | 1828. |
Manuscript. Title-page, in the upper right hand corner of which is ‘Jos.
Marcoux ptre”; reverse blank, 11.; 7 blank ll.; pp. 1-157; reverse of 157 blank;
5 blank 11. followed by Table des Matiéres, 3 pp.; oblong folio. In the archives
of the Roman Catholic Church at the Indian village of Caughnawaga, Canada.

It is in the Mohawk dialect, although these people have been so isolated from
the other tribes that they consider themselves only as the Iroquois. The manu_
script has been well preserved and is nicely bound. The first page begins with
the preface or introduction entitled: Grammaire Iroquoise. The six tribes of
Iroquois are briefly referred to, and the page closes with the statement that
“Cette grammaire sera divisée en trois parties, 6lémens, syntaxe, et idiotismes.”
Premiére partie, Elémens, p.1. In this is given the number of letters used, and
their different sounds. Régles de prononciation, p.2. Fiverules are given. On
the middle of page 3 begins the chapter: Des Noms. Then follow three pages
on the noun. At the end of p.5 is the paragraph: Du Paradigme K- des Noms.
Two pages are devoted to the conjugations of this paradigm. Then follow two
pages of the conjugations in Paradigm A of the nouns. These tables are very
elaborate. On p. 10is the heading of a chapter: Des Genres et nombres. Page
11 begins another: Noms de Nombre. These are divided into cardinal, ordi-
nal, distributive, and multiplicative. Ist Division, Nombres Cardinaux—the
numerals 1-1,000,000. Page 14 begins a paragraph entitled: Observations, fol-
lowed by: Nombres Ordinaux, Nombres Distributifs, p.15; Nombres Multipli-
catifs, p.16. The next division is: Des Adjectifs, observations, followed by the
divisions: comparatif et superlatif, p.17. The eighteenth page begins with: Des
Pronoms. This contains a very complete table of the personal pronouns. The
following page has a table of: Pronoms Possessifs. Page 21 is devoted to Pro-
noms Indéterminés. Page 22 begins a new chapter: Du Verbe. ‘‘ Le verbe est le
mot par excellence de l’Iroquois, puisque dans cette langue tout est verbe, noms,
pronoms, adjectifs.” All of the pages to 108 are filled with the paradigms of the
different conjugations, &c.

Then follows, p. 109: Seconde Partie, Syntaxe. This is divided into para-
graphs headed: Syntaxe d’accord, p,109; Tour Négatif, p. 110; Tour Interroga-
tif, p. 110; Tour Impératif, p.111. The next division is: Syntaxe des Pronoms,
p. 111, followed by the paragraphs: Que avec les verbes, p. 112; De—Pour avec les
verbes, p. 113; Noms d’instrument, de cause, de matiére, &c., p. 113; Régime d’un
verbe sur un autre verbe, p.114; Des pronoms en Y, p. 114; Adverbes de lieu, p.
115; Des Quantités, p. 115; Des Comparaisons, p. 118.

On p. 118 begins: Des Mesures, followed by Table des Mesures, Monoies,
Poids, Longueur et Largeur, p. 119; Liquides, with table, p. 120; Tems, with table,
p. 121; Relations de Parenté, pp. 121-128. ‘

Then begins, p. 129: Troisiéme Partie, Idiotismes. Forty of these are given,
each in numbered paragraphs, extending to p.139. Pp. 140-150 are blank.

Page 151 begins a new section: Différences dans les Dialectes Iroquois entr’eux
et avec la langue Huronne. On p. 153 begins an appendix: Remarques addi-
tionelles et explications, which closes with p.157. Reverse of p. 157 blank, fol-
lowed by 6 blank ll. unpaged; then: Table des matieres, 3 pp. unnumbered.

MARCOUX—MARCY. 479

Marcoux (Kév. Joseph)—continued.
2465 — Formules | des annonces & faire du prone | [par Réy. Joseph
Marcoux]. CV.

Manuscript. pp. 1-282. 4°. Rewritten and augmented by Pére Burtin; see
Marcoux (J.) and Burtin (N. V.)

2466 ——— J. M. J. | Instructions | Sur la Doctrine Chrétienne &e. |
en langue iroquoise | 1855 | D’aprés le plan de Mr. P. I. Henri, curé
de Surice. | [Par Réy. Joseph Marcoux.] CV.

Manuscript. 11., reverse blank, pp. 1-112, written on both sides. 4°.
In the archives of the Roman Catholic Church at the Indian village of Caugh-
nawaga, Canada. It was left unfinished,

2467 ——— Traduction iroquoise | de la Vie de N 8. Jésus Christ, par
le Pere de Ligny, S.J. [Translated by Rév. J oseph Marcoux.| cy.
Manuscript. pp. 1-173. folio. In the archives of the Roman Catholie Church
at the Indian village of Caughnawaga, Canada. It comprises extracts from the

four evangelists.

Pere Joseph Marcoux, born at Quebec, March 15, 1791, was a secular priest of
the diocese of Montreal, having been ordained June 12, 1813. From 1813 to 1819
he was missionary to the Mohawks at St. Regis, and from 1819 until his death,
May 29, 1855, to the Mohawks at Sault St. Louis (Caughnawaga).

In addition to the above manuscripts Father Marcoux left translations of the
Church discipline and the pastoral letters of the bishops, on loose sheets of large
size without titles, and a great number of his sermons written in Mohawk, which
are still preserved in the church at Caughnawaga, where he so long officiated.

2468 ——— and Burtin (Rév. Nicolas Victor). Kaiatonsera | Ionteren-
naientakSa | ne roson | tharonhiakanere kenha, | Oia sonha Saho-
roke Tekaronhianeken. | Formulaire | de Priéres | par Feu M. Jo-
seph Marcoux, | Missionnaire du Sault St. Louis, | revu et aug-
menté | par le Rev. P. Burtin, O. M. I. |

Montreal: | J. Chapleau & Fils, Imprimeurs et Relieurs, | 31, Rue
Cotté, 31 | 1879 | B. JWP.

Pp. i-iv, 1-288. 16°. Preface, pp. iii-iv, signed N. V. Tekaronhianeken [Bur-
tin]. See Marcoux (J.), for earlier edition.

2469 ——— Cahier dannonces | a faire | pour les prénes | (ancienne
édition de M. Marcoux | recopiée et augmentée | de plusieurs an-
nonces nouvelles) [par N. V. Bartin]. |

Caughnawaga | 1878. | CV.
Manuscript. pp. 1-268 followed by 41 blank ll.; Table des matiéres, 4 ll. 4°.
See Marcoux (J.), for original manuscript. :

2470 Marcy (Capt. Randolph Benton). Specimens of the Caddo and
Wichita Languages. By Capt. R. B. Marey, U.S. A.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 709-712. Philadelphia,
1855. 4°.
The Wichita vocabulary given here is not the same as that in the Red River
Exploring Expedition. The few words given in both works (numerals 1-10)
differ greatly in spelling.

480 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Marcy (Capt. Randolph Benton)—continued.

2471 and McClellan (Capt. George Brinton). 32d Congress, 2d
Session. Senate. Executive No. 54. | Exploration | of the | Red
River of Louisiana, | in the year 1852: | By | Randolph B. Marcy, |
Captain Fifth Infantry U. 8S. Army; | assisted by | George B.
McClellan, | Brevet Captain U. 8S. Engineers. | With Reports on
the Natural History of the Country, | and numerous illustrations. |

Washington: | Robert Armstrong, Public Printer. | 1853. | LSH.
1-320. 8°. maps.
“Appendix H. Ethnology. Vocabularies of words in the languages of the

Comanches and Wichitas. By Capt. R. B. Marey”; with Remarks on the
preceding vocabularies, by Prof. W. W. Turner, pp. 305-311.

2472 ——— 33d Congress, Ist Session. Ho. of Reps. Executive Doe. |
Exploration | of the | Red River of Louisiana, | in the year 1852: |
by | Randolph B. Marey, | Captain Fifth Infantry U.S. Army; |
assisted by | George B. McClellan, | Brevet Captain U. 8. Engi-
neers. | With reports om the Natural History of the Country, | and
numerous illustrations. |

Washington: | A. O. P. Nicholson, Public Printer. | 1854. | Jwp.

Pp. i-xv, 1-286. 8°. Linguistics asin previous edition, pp. 273-276.

2473 Marial sacro y Santoral. Sermones en la Lengua fiche, escritos
por varios autores, principalmente por un Indio por lo qual hay
mucho que correjir, o emendar en todos los Textos Latinos. Per-
tenece al uso del Pe Pr EF Ie A. 8. hijo de la St Prov® del dul-
cismo fibre de J. H. S. Guatem*: ano de 1796. a

Manuscript in the Imperial Library, Paris. Contains 23 sermons.—Ludewig.

2474 Markham (Clements Robert). The Arctic Highlanders. By C.R.
Markham, Esq.
In Bth. Soc. of London, Trans., vol. 4, pp. 125-137. London, 1866. 8°.
A short comparative vocabulary of the Greenlanders and Siberian, p. 133.

Language of the Eskimo of Greenland.

In Royal Geog. Soc. of London. Arctic Geography and Ethnology, pp. 189-
229. London, 1875. 8°.

In addition to a lengthy vocabulary Mr. Markham gives the Eskimo names of
many geographic features, with English signification. The above is the third of
a series of ‘‘ Papers on the Greenland Eskimo,” by Mr. Markham, in this volume.

2476 Marroquin (D. Francisco). Catecismo y Doctrina Cristiana en
idioma Utlateco, por el Imo D. Francisco Marroquin, obispo de
Guatemala.

Impreso en Mexico, por Juan Pablos, 1556. e

4°, Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, who says: Factitious title; no copy of
this edition is known; that of another edition, very rare, is as follows:

2477 —— Doctrina Cristiana en légua Guatemalteca. Ordenada por
el Reuerédissimo Senor Don Francisco Marroquin, primer obispo
de Guatemala, y del Cosejo de su Majestad &. Con parecer de los

MARCY—MARTIN. 481

Marroquin (D. Francisco)—continued.
intérpretes de Jas Religiones del Sefior Santo Domingo, y S. Fran-
cisco: Frai Jua de Torres y Frai Pedro de Betangos.

Verso:

Christianoil tzitz pa Cakchiquel Jhabal relegan chan Obispo D.
Francisco Marroquin: nabei Obispo Cakchiquel chi Santo Domingo
San Francisco Padre Frai Juan de Torres, Frai Pedro de Betancos.

En Guatemala Co licécia de los Superiores, por el B. Antonio
Velasco, 1724. ; *

32 unnumbered Il. sm. 4°. The first 30 11., and 6 lines of the 31st, in 2 columns.
Ll. 1-3, preface in Spanish and Latin, the first paragraph of which corresponds,
with frequent variations, with the copy mentioned by Remesal, p.116. LI. 4-31,
Doctrina Christiana in the language of Guatemala. Christianoil tztiz po cak-
chiquel Jhabal, in Spanish and Cakchiquel. Ll. 31-32, Protestation of faith,
act of contrition, and hymn in praise of the Sacrament, in Cakchiquel only, and
in one column.

Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, to whom it was communicated by Dr.
Berendt.

2478

Arte para aprender las Principales Idiomas de Guatemala.

Besides the Arte and Doctrina, Marroquin seems to have compiled a Kachi-
quel dictionary. At any rate his name appears at the end of a Kachiquel dic-
tionary in my possession, as also at the end of another in the Imperial Library
of Paris. Both of these, however, are copies of a single original.—Squier.

2479 Marshall (Orsamus H.) Narrative | of the Expedition of | the
Marquis de Nonville, | against | the Senecas, | in | 1687, | trans-
lated from the French, with an introductory notice and notes. |
By | Orsamus H. Marshall. |

New York: | Bartlett & Welford, | No. 7 Astor House. | 1848. | *

Pp. 1-48,2 maps. 8°. Reprinted from New York Hist. Soc. Coll., second
series, vol. 2. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

Explanation of the map, pp. 41-43, contains a list of Seneca names of places,
with definitions.

2480 The Niagara Frontier: Embracing Sketches of its Early
History and Indian, French, and English Local Names. Read be-
fore the Buffalo Historical Club, February 27th, 1865, By Orsamus
H. Marshall. Printed for Private Circulation. [1865.] -
Noimprint. 46 pp. 8°.
The Niagara Frontier. Embracing Sketches of its Early
History, and Indian, French and English local names. Read be-
fore the Buffalo Historical Society, February 27,1865. By Orsamus
H. Marshall. Reprinted for private circulation from Pub. of Buff.
Hist. Soe.
Buffalo. 1881. =

8°. Title from Magazine of American History.

2481

2482 Martin (Robert Montgomery). History | of | Nova Scotia, | Cape
Breton, the Sable Islands, | New Brunswick, | Prince Edward
Island, the Bermudas, | Newfoundland, &e. &e. | By | R. Mont-
gomery Martin, I’. 8. 8. | [Seal.]

31 Bib

482 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Martin (Robert Montgomery )—continued.
London: | Whittaker & Co. Ave MariaLane. | MDCCCXXXVII
[1837]. | C.
Pp. i-viii, 1-364. Also forms vol.6 of Martin’s British Colonial Library, Lon-
don, MDCCCXLIV. 16°.
Robinson (Capt. Hercules). Vocabulary of the language of the Red Indians
of Newfoundland, pp. 300-301.

2483 Martinez (Ir. Marcos). Arte de la lengua Utlateca 6 Kiche, vul-
garmente llamado el, Arte de Totonicapan: compuesto por el Rdo
Padre Fray Marcos Martinez, de la orden de Predicadores.

Manuscript, 65 11., 4°, in old and very regular writing, which has become a lit-
tle pale. Ireceived it from the Belgian engineer Van de Gehuchte, who obtained
it at Toconicapan; it had remained from time immemorial in the presbytery,
whence it must have been removed at the epoch of the revolution. It bore the
name of ‘‘Arte de Totonicapan,” and it was in that town that Remesal says he
saw it in the hands of the Franciscans who administered this parish. * * * It
is, in effect, a grammar, composed with much care, and seems to have served as
a model for the grammar of Ximenez, and for the Cakchiquel grammar of Father
Ildefonso Flores. The first 47 ll. contain the grammar proper; the following 11
give the analysis of a certain number of words, and the 6 last a catechism,
abridged, of the Christian doctrine.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

Martinez de Araujo (D. Juan).

See Araujo (Martinez de).

2484 Martius (Dr. Carl Friedrich Philipp von). Beitriige | zur | Ethno-
graphie und Sprachenkunde | Brasiliens. | Von | Dr. Carl Friedr.
Phil. von Martius. | I. | Zur Sprachenkunde. |

Erlangen. | Druck von Junge & Sohn. | 1863. |

Second title:

Glossaria | Linguarum Brasiliensium. | Glossarios | de diversas
lingoas e dialectos, que | Fallao os Indios no Imperio do Brazil. |
Wortersammlung | brasilianischer Sprachen. | Von | Dr. Carl
Friedr. Phil. von Martius. | [Three lines quotation. ]

Erlangen. | Druck von Junge & Sohn. | 1863. | C.
2 vols. 8°. First title verso 1. 1; second title recto 1.2. I have seen no copy
of vol. 1.

Dictionnaire Galibi. Dictionarium gallice, latine et galibi (from Sauvage),
vol. 2, pp. 325-370.

— Beitriige | zur | Ethnographie | und | Sprachenkunde
Amerika’s | zumal | Brasiliens. | Von | Dr. Carl Friedrich Phil. v.
Martius. | I [II]. | Zur Ethnographie. | Mit einem Kartchen. |

Leipzig | Friedrich Fleischer. | 1867. |

Second title :

Zur | Ethnographie Amerika’s | zumal | Brasiliens. | Von | Dr.
Carl Friedrich Phil. v. Martius. | Mit einem Kartchen | iiber die
Verbreitung der Tupis und die Sprachgruppen. |

Leipzig | Friedrich Fleischer | 1867. | C.

2 vols. 8°. First title verso 1.1; second recto 1.2. Vol. 2 also has two titles,

the second of which differs from the above.
Dictionnaire Galibi, vol. 2, pp. 325-370.

2485

MA TIN—MASON. 483

2486 Martyr (Peter). Joannes ruffus foroliniensis Archiepis Cosenti |
n’: legata’: apo. ad lectoré de orbe nouo. | Accipe non noti prae-
clara uolumina mundi | Oceani: & magnas noscito lector opes. |
Plurima debetur typhis tibi gratia: gentes | Ignotas: & aues qui
uehis orbe nouo. | Magna quoq, autori referenda est gratia nos-
tro: | Qui facit haee cunctis regna uidenda locis. | Autor. | Siste
pedem lector: breuibus compacta libellis | Haec lege: principibus
uariis de cimogq, leoni | Pontifici summo inscripta. hie noua multa
uidebis. | Oceani magnas terras: | uasta aequora: linguas | Hac-
tenus ignotas: atq aurea faecula nosces: | Et gentes nudas expertes
feminis atri: | Mortiferi nummi: gemmisq, aurog, feracem | Torren-
tem zonam: parcat ueneranda uetustas. | De orbe nouo Decades |

Colophon :

Cura & diligentia uiri celebris Magistri Antonii Ne- | brissensis
historiciregii fuerunt hae tres protono | tarii Petri martyris decades
Impressae in | contubernio Arnaldi Guillelmi in | Ilustri oppido
carpetanae pui | ciae copluto quod uulgari | ter dicitur Alcala pfe |
ct est nonis No | uébris An. | 1516 | JCB.

65 unnumbered and 16 numbered ll. folio.

The 63d, 64th, and 65th unnumbered 11. contain a Vocabyla Barbara of about

300 words alphabetically arranged; they are for the greater part proper names,
among which are a few Cuban, Central American, and Darien.

2487 ——— De Orbe No- | uo Petri Martyris ab | Angleria Mediola-
nen | sis Protonotarij | Cesaris Sena | toris de- | cades. | 5% |
q Cum priuilegio Imperiali Compluti apud Micha | elé d@’ Eguia
Anno | M. D. XXX [1530]. |

Colophon :
Excysvm Complvti in aedibvs | Michaelis de Eguia. Anno Vir-
ginei | partus M. D. XXX [1530]. | Mense Decébri. | JCB.

exvii ll., including title. folio. map. ‘‘ Vocabula Barbara,” 3 Il.

2488 [Cross.] | Masinaigan | ka | Patakaikatek. | Ka ako nikigobanen
Jezos, | 1857 gaie 1858. | t Manadjitagani8an. | P. Pakitandjikena-
nisan. | K. Kiigocimonanisan. |

Moniang [Montreal]: | Tak8abikickote endate | John Lovell. |
1857. | JWP.

Outside printed title, 1 1., and 6 unnumbered Il. narrow 16°. Calendar, July,
1857, to June, 1858, in the Algonkin language. Probably by the Abbé Cuoq.

2489 Mason (Mrs.) [One line Cree characters.] Watts First Cate-
chism | for | Children, | the Lord’s Prayer, the Apostles’ Creed, |
and | the Ten Commandments. | Translated by Mrs. Mason | into
the language of the | Cree Indians of Rupert’s Land, | North-west

America. |
[London: Printed by W. M. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.|
May 7th, 1859. | 38, Craven Street, Strand. | JIWP.

Pp. 1-8. 12°. In syllabic characters.

484 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2490 Mason (Rev. William). Gospel of St. John in the Cree language.
British and Foreign Bible Society. 1854. *
In syllabic characters.—Bagster’s Bible of Every Land.

2491 ——— [Seven lines syllabic characters. |
London: | Printed by W. M. Watts | for the | British and For-
eign Bible Society, | 10 Earl Street, Blackfriars. | 1859. | C.
2 p.ll., pp. 1-612. 12°. New Testament in the Cree language. In syllabic
characters.

Cree transliteration.—Oski | Testament | Ketipiyichikeminow mina Kipimachi-
yiweminow | Chisus Krist | Amiskochiitasinaak neiyaweinik | by | William
Mason Ayumiewikinow. |

English translation.—New | Testament | Our Lord and Saviour | Jesus Christ |
the Cree Language translated into | by | William Mason, Minister. |

2492 ——— A Collection | of | Psalmsand Hymns. | Translated into the
language | of the | York Indians | of the Diocese of Rupert’s
Land, | North-West America. | By the | Rev. W. Mason. |

London: | Society for Promoting Christian | Knowledge, | 77,
Great Queen-Street, Lincoln’s Inn Fields; | 4, Royal Exchange;
and | 16, Hanover Street, Hanover Square. | 1860. | GB.

Pp. 1-163. 32°. In the Cree language; syllabic characters.

2493

- [Ten lines syllabic characters.] |
London: | Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society. |

1861. | TWP.
2p.1l., pp. 1-855. 8°. The Bible in the Cree language. In syllabic characters.
See fac-simile of title-page.

The following transliteration into the Cree language, and English translation
of the same, were furnished by the Rev. W. W. Kirkby, as were also those of the
New Testament below:

Cree transliteration.— Kanachi | Kichi Masinaikan, | Kayasi Testement, |
mina | Oski Testement, | Ketipeyichikeminow mina Kipimachiyiweminow |
Chisas Knist. | Emiskochiitasinahat neiyawewinik issi, | William Mason, aya-
miewikimaw.

English translation.—Holy | the Great Book, | Old Testament, | and | New
Testament, | Our Lord and Saviour of | Jesus Christ. | Translated these same
are, | William Mason, | Minister. | .

The New Testament has its own pagination and a separate title, as follows:

2494. ——— [Seven lines syllabic characters.] |
London: | Printed by W. M. Watts | for the | British and For-
eign Bible Society, | 10, Earl Street, Blackfriars. | 1862. | JWP.

2p. 11, pp. 1-292. 8°. New Testament in the Cree language. Insyllabic char-
acters. See fac-simile of title-page.

Cree (ransliteration.—Oski | Testament | Ketipeyichikeminow mina Kipimachi-
yiweminow | Chisas Knist | emiskochiitasinahat neiyawewinik | issi | William
Mason ayamiewikimow |

English translation.—New | Testament | Our Lord and Saviour of | Jesus
Christ | Translated these same | are | William Mason, Minister. |

So far as I am aware, the whole Bible has been printed in but three American

languages—the Massachusetts, the Cree, and the Dakota.

bal

Pap eigen Ns <

bey (Oe WIP,
fa
Pa Cea a kW nig owes
PAVE "Rara® Fa PALS A Verae

PING Boe

VF*dfACrad*s vASV:Arc® Ax,
Jxommtn® al doe

<ISTVAPL®,

LONDON:
PRINTED FOR THE BRITISH AND FOREIGN BIBLE SOOCINTY.

1861.

2493.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF CREE BIBLE.

pe

Pies eos

COV! | Oi onle Inia PAE Mim Vieln ase

(Re | BOOM,

V FdPAfad vAbV:Ao%
A?

Bossi mots lop Vi NoPE oe

LONDON:
PRINTED BY W. M. WATTS
TOR THE
BRITISH AND FOREIGN BIBLE SOCIETY.
10, EARL STREET, BLACKFRIARS,

1862.

2494,—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF CREE NEW TESTAMENT.

Dr
ih

MASON—MASSf& 485

2495 Mass. A Mass and Vesper Book | in Micmac | written in hiero-
glyphies by a | Chief of | Cape Breton in 1858. |
Manuscript. 35 unnumbered I. 16°. In possession of J. G. Shea, esq., Eliza-
beth, N. J.

2496 Massachusetts Historical Society. Collections | of the | Massachu-
setts Historical Society, | For the Year 1792 [-1878?]. | Vol. 1 [Fifth
series Vol. 6]. |

Boston: | Printed in the Year 1792. | Re-printed by Monroe &
Francis, Court-Street, Printers to the Historical Society. | 1816
[1792-1879]. | A.C.

45 (?) vols. 8°; in four series of 10 vols. each, and a fifth of five.

CONTENTS FIRST SERIES.

[Gabriel.] Specimens of the Mountaineer, or Sheshatapooshshoish, Skoffie,
and Micmac languages, vol. 6, pp. 16-33.

Hawley (ltev.) Mohawk Numbers, vol. 10, p. 137.”

Holmes (A.) Memoir of the Moheagan Indians, vol. 9, pp. 75-99.

Rasle (fev. 8.) Numbers in the Norridgwog, vol. 10, pp. 137-138.

Williams (R.) A Key into the Language of America, vol. 3, pp. 203-239.

Vocabulary of the Narragansett Language, vol. 5, pp. 80-106.

CONTENTS SECOND SERIES.
Du Ponceau (P.S.) Notes * * on Eliot’s Grammar, vol. 9, pp. i-liv [313-366].
Edwards (Dr. J.) Observations on the Mohegan Language, vol. 10, pp. 81-98.
Eliot (J.) The Indian Grammar Begun, vol. 9, pp. 243-312.
Pickering (J.) [The Massachusetts Language.] Introductory to Eliot’s In-
dian Grammar Begun, vol. 9, pp. 223-242.
Notes on the foregoing, by the editor, vol. 10, pp. 98-160.
Schermerhorn (J. F.) Report respecting the Indians inhabiting the western
parts of the United States, vol. 2, pp. 1-45.

CONTENTS THIRD SERIES.

Cotton (J.) Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick) Indian Language,
vol. 2, pp. 147-257.

Kellogg (tev. E.) Vocabulary of words in the language of the Quoddy In-
dians, vol. 3, pp. 181-182.

Morgan (Col. G.) The Lord’s Prayer in Shawanese, vol. 5, pp. 286-287. «

The fourth series, and fifth so far as seen, contain no linguistic material.

2497 Massé (P. Enemond). L’Oraison | Dominicale, | Tradvite en Lan-
gage | des Montagnards | de Canada, | Par le R. P. Massé de la
Compagnie | de Iesvs. |

In Champlain (8. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 16-20. Paris,
Clande Collet, 1632. 4°.

2498 ——— L’Oraison | Dominicale, | Tradvite en Langage | des Mon-
tagnards, | de Canada, | Par le R. P. Massé de la Compagnie | de
Tesvs. |

In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 16-20. Paris,
Louis Sevestre, 1632. 4°.

2499 —— L/Oraison | Dominicale, | Tradvite en Langage | des Mon-
tagnards, | de Canada, | Par le R. P. Massé de la Compagnie | de
Tesvs. |

In Champlain (8. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 16-20. Paris,
1640. 49,

486 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

Massé (P. Hnemond)—continued.
2500 L’Oraison Dominicale, tradvite en langage des Monta-
gnars de Canada, Par le R. P. Massé de la Compagnie de Iesys.

In Giuvres de Champlain, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp..16-20, pp. 1408-1412 of the series,
Québec, 1870. 8°.

2501

L’Oraison Dominicale | et autres priéres | traduites | en
langue des Montagnards de Canada | par le R. P. Massé | de la
Compagnie de Jésus | (Hxtraites des Voyages du sieur de Cham-
plain) | | Picture.]

Orléans | H. Herluison, Libraire-Kditéur | 17, Rue Jeanne
@Are | 1865 | Vv.
Outside title 1 1., pp. 1-12. 12°.

2502 Mather (Rev. Cotton). Wussukwhonk En Christianeue asuh pean-

tamwae Indianog, Wahteauwaheonaount Teanteaquassinash, Nish

Englishmansog Kodtantamwog Indianog Wahteaunate kah Usse-

nate, En michemohtae Wunniyeuonganit.—Wussukwhosik nashpe

Cotton Mather, Englishmanne Nohtompeantog, nampoohamunate

kodtantamoonk Edward Bromfield Englishmanne Nanawunnuae-

nuh, noh ukkodaninnumau yeu womoausue Magooonk en In-
diansut.

Mvshavywomvk, Printeuum nashpe Bartholomew Green, kah John
Allen, 1700.

Second title :

An Epistle to the Christian [or praying] Indians, Giving them A
Short Account, of what the English Desire them to know and to
do, in order to their Happiness.—Written by [Cotton Mather] an
English Minister, at the Desire of [ Edward Bromfield ] an English
Magistrate, who sends unto them this Token of Love.— ie

Boston, Printed by Bartholomew Green, and John Allen.—1700.

One sheet 16°; the page numbers doubled. Indian title on verso of first
leaf; English, on recto of second leaf, the verso of whichis page 1 of the Indian
text, with page 1 of the English, opposite. Ends on (double) page 14. Title
from Trumbull’s Books and Tracts in the Indian language. -

2503

Wussukwhonk | En Christianeue asuh peantamwae | In-
dianog, | Wahteauwaheonaount | Teanteaquassinish, | nish | En-
glishmansog | Kodtantamwog Indianog | Wahteaunate kah Usse-
nate, | En michemohtae Wunniyeuonganit. | — | Wussikwhosik
nashpe Cotton Mather, | Englishmanne Nohtompeantog, nampoo- |

' hamunate kodtantamoonk Edward | Bromfield Englishmanne Nana-
wunnuaenuh, | noh ukkodaninnumau yeu womoausue | Magooonk
en Indiansut. | — |

Mvyshavwomvk, | Printeuum nashpe Bartholomew Green. |
1706. |

Second title :

An Epistle | to the Christian | Indians, | Giving them | A Short
Account, of what the | English | Desire them to know and to do, |

Oi yaa y apis

MASSE—-MATHIVETTR. 487

Mather (Rev. Cucton)—continued.
Tn order to their Happiness. | — | Written by an English Minister,
at the | Desire of an English Magistrate, | who sends unto them
this | Token of Love. | — | The Second Edition. | — |
Boston, | Printed by Bartholomew Green. | 1706. | MHS.

11., pp. 1-14, 1-14, alternate Indian and English. 16°. Indian title verso 1. 1;
English title recto 1. 2.

2504 - Family Religion | Excited, and Assisted. | — | By Doctor
Cotton Mather. | — |
Teashshinninneongane Peantamooonk, | Wogkouunumun kah
Anunumwontamun. | — | Nashpe Doctor Cotton Mather. | — |
English colophon: Boston: Printed by B. Green. 1714. |
Indian colophon: Bostonnut: Printeunap nashpe B. Green.
1714. | AAS.
No title-page; pp. 2-19, 2-19; recto 1. 1 and verso 1. 20 blank; English caption
verso 1.1; Indian caption recto 1. 2. English colophon yerso p. 19; Indian colo-
phon recto p.19 (1.20). Alternate pp. English and Indian.

2505 —— India Christiana | — | A Discourse, | Delivered unto the |
Commissioners, | for the | Propagation of the Gospel among | the
American Indians | which is | Accompanied with several Instru- |
ments relating to the Glorious | Design of Propagating our Holy |
Religion in the Eastern | as well as the Western Indies | An Enter-
tainment which they that are | Waiting for the Kingdom of God |
will receive as Good News | from a far Country. | By Cotton
Mather, D. D. | and F. B.S. |

Bostonin New England: | Printed by B.Green. 1721. | BA. P. AAS.

11., pp. i-ii, 1-94. 16°. Title recto of 1.1; reverse blank; pp. 52-55 are double
numbers, the even-numbered pages being printed in Indian, the odd in English,
these four pages of Indian being the only ones in the work.

On p. 51 is the following heading: II. Versus Christianismus. Or, the Sum
of the Christianity taught unto the Indians. That Strangers may see the Nature,
and Marrow, and Spirit of the Religion, wherein our Indians are instructed; and
that the more Curious may also have a Taste of the Language wherein their
Instructors give it unto them; We shall here insert the Ensuing Instrument.

The Indian heading, p. 52, is as follows: Wame wunetooog Wusketompaog
pasukqunnineaout ut yeunnag peantamweseongash.

2506 ——— [A Monitor for Communicants. By Cotton Mather. 17?] *
Mather, in his discourse entitled India Christiana (p. 32), mentions this
among the books which had been added to the ‘‘ Indian Library.” The Indian
translation must have been printed between 1714 and 1721. No copy has been
found. The (English) title appears in the list of Mather’s publications under

the year 1714.—Trumbull’s Books and Tracts.

See Another Tongue.

2507 Mathivette (P. —). priéres de laste famille | ouvrages de M. Mathi-

vette no. 5° | mission du lace | J. P. Roupe ptre | LDM.

Manuscript. 6 JL 4°. In the Mohawk language. In the archives of the
Roman Catholic Church at Lac des deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada,

488

Mathivette (P. —)—continued.
2508 — [Sermons et Instructions Iroquois, par M. Mathivette (Taior-
hensere). | ‘a
Manuscripts in the Convent of the Sisters of the Congregation at Lac des
deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. The following list has been furnished by Pére
Leclaire, the missionary at that place:

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

sur la guerre

increpation,

les cendres,

Nos devoirs envers Dieu,

sur les prochain et envers nous’ni,
Pourquoi sommes nous en a monde,
Baptéme e-Confirmation,

Parole de Dieu,

57¢ ch. du 111 1. du Vimitation,
education des enfants,

Ann de la procession du St. Sacrement,
St. Luc—St. André,

C de M. Guen,

1 D. de V’avent,

St. Jeant 1 evangeliste,

Qw’on abandonne pas le pauvres. Ron-

Confession—impuré tés,

Amour de Marie, &c.

Passion.—Eglise—Ascention,

Pénitence.—avis—exortation,

Annonce des Rogation,

Avis.—Mariage—ann de St. Jdt.

Venderes eau de vie—tire des sages
entretien,

Ste. J. B.—Péché.—Vol,

Purgatoire—Toussaint,

Service de Dieu et Serv. du monde,

Avis.—Salut—jugement dernier avis
Si,

Paresse—emploie du temps,

Economies de la Religion Francais en
regard,

iakonkowa,

Femme n’aller pas a Montréal,

Toussaint.—Purgatoire—St, Michel,

1 Janvier (de meditatione mortes),

Sur la Ste. V. Marie,

purification inrognerie,

sur le Peter sur la priéres,

Commandments,

Of his works there have been lost the book A, containing Trinité, Euchariste,
Processionnal, Pentecéte, Croix de Calvaire, Enfer, Angelus; also Cahier C, con-
taining Catéchisme, Priéres, &c.; L’Histoire de ancien Testament L’Histoire
du nouvean Testament; plusieurs psaumes, cantiques, prierés, &c.

Pentecéte. moyen de perseverer,

jugement dernier—priére—Toussaints,

let D. de Vavent St. Frangois X,

concepcion—diverses petites choses,

Laff du Saluts—Ste. famille—Mort Ane-
disance,

differentes autres choses—circoncission.

2509 Matthews (Dr. Washington). Grammar and Dictionary | of the |
Language of the Hidatsa | (Minnetarees, Grosventres of the Mis-
souri). | With an | Introductory Sketch of the Tribe. | By | Wash-
ington Matthews. |

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1873. | BA. JWP.

Pp. i-xxv, 27-148. large 8°. “Shea’s American Linguistics, Series II, No. 1.”

Introduction, pp. v-xxv ; Hidatsa Grammar, pp. 27-59; Dictionary of the Hi-
datsa Language, pp. 61-148.

2510 Hidatsa (Minnetaree) English | Dictionary. | By | Wash-
ington Matthews. |
New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1874. | BA. JWP.

2p. 11, pp. 149-169. large 5°.‘ Shea’s American Linguistics, Series II, No. 2.”
English-Hidatsa Vocabulary, pp. 149-168.

2511 ——— Department of the Interior. | United States Geological and
Geographical Survey. | F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge. |
Miscellaneous Publications, No. 7. | Ethnography and Philology |

MATHIVETTE—MAURY. 489

Matthews (Dr. Washington)—continued.
of the | Hidatsa Indians. | By | Washington Matthews, | Assistant
Surgeon United States Army. |
Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1877. | JWP.
Pp. i-vi, 1-239. 8°.
Ethnography, pp. 3-72, includes list of relationships, pp. 55-56; Philology,
pp. 73-85; Hidatsa .Grammar, pp. 87-121; Hidatsa Dictionary, pp. 123-212;
English-Hidatsa Vocabulary, pp. 213-239.

2512 ——— [The best way of studying the aboriginal tongues.]
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc. Third Ann. Sess., pp. 26-27. New York, 1872. 8°.

2513 ——— Navajo Grammar and Dictionary.
Manuscript. Grammar, 150 pp.; Navajo-English Dictionary, 250 pp.; English-
Navajo, 70 pp. folio.
Dr. Matthews, who is now (1882) stationed at Fort Wingate, is collecting
material for a monograph on the Navajo Indians, to be published by the Bureau
of Ethnology.

2514 Notes and Vocabulary of the Modoc.
Manuscript. 50 pp. folio.

*2515 —— Vocabulary of the Pah-Utes of Owen’s Valley, California.
Manuscript. 17 pp. folio.

2516 —— Vocabulary of the Pah-Utes of Surprise Valley, California.
Manuscript. 30 pp. folio.

2517 ——— Vocabulary of the Shoshone.

Manuscript. 6 pp. folio. These manuscripts are in the possession of the
author.

2518 Mauer (Georg Pistorius). Pater Noster, oder das Vater unser in
viertzig unterschiedenen Sprachen. Gedruckt zu Olmiitz. 1621. *
12°. Title from Adelung’s Mithridates and Auer’s Sprachenhalle.

2519 Maurault (Abbé J. A.) Histoire | des | Abenakis, | depuis 1605
jusqu’a nos jours. | Par Vabbé J. A. Maurault. | [Eleven lines quo-

tation. |
[N. p.] Imprimé | a Vatelier typographique de la ‘‘Gazette | de
Sorel” | 1866. | V. BA. QHS.
3 p. 1l., pp. ii-xi, numbered reverse of usual way, 1-631; conclusion 1 1., ‘lable
311. 8°.

List of English words introduced by the Abenakis into their language, p. viii.
Short Abenaki vocabulary, p. 275.

2520 Maury (Alfred). Onthe distribution and classification of Tongues,—
their relation to the geographical distribution of Races; and on the
inductions which may be drawn from these relations. By Alfred
Maury.

In Nott (J. C.) and Gliddon (G. R.) Indigenous Races, pp. 25-86. Phila-
delphia and London, 1871. 4°.
Contains remarks on American languages, pp. 81-84,

490 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2521 Maximilian (Alexander Philipp, Prinz von Wied-Neuwied). Reise |
in | das innere Nord-America | ip den Jahren 1832 bis 1834 | von |
Maximilian Prinz zu Wied. | Mit 48 Kupfern, 33 Vignetten, vielen
Holzschnitten und einer Charte. | Erster [Zweiter] Band. |

Coblenz, 1839 [-1841]. | Bei J. Hoelscher. | C.

2 vols. 4°.

The first volume of this work, though having no part specially devoted to
linguistics, contains numerous references to and examples of language; p. 401
gives the gentes of the Crow Indians; p. 403, names of the prairie antelope in
several dialects; pp. 584-585, the numerals 1-100 and a few words of Blackfoot,
the latter compared with the same words collected by Capt. Franklin; pp. 647-
648, the names, with signification, of chiefs of the Sacs, Foxes, Sioux, Omahas,
Joways, and Otoes.

Anhang ii, vol. 2, pp. 455-653, is entitled: Sprachproben verschiedener V6l-
kerstiimme des vord-westlichen Americas, and contains Sprachproben der Arik-
karas, Rikkaras oder Ris der Franzosen, pp. 465-474; Sprachproben der Assini-
boins, pp. 474-480; Sprachproben der Black-foot-Sprache, pp. 480-486; Ein Paar
Worte der Chayennes (Shyennes der Anglo-Americaner), pp. 487-489; Ein Paar
Worte der Crows (Corbeaux), p. 490; Sprachproben der Dacota (Sioux) vom
Stamme der Yanktonans, pp. 491-498; Ein Paar Worte der Tetons (Dacéta),

p. 498; Einige Worte der Fall-Indians oder Grosveutres des Prairies, pp. 499-500; ,
Einige Worte der Flat-heads in den Rocky-Mountains, pp. 501-502; Ein Paar
Worte der Kickapus, pp. 502-503; Ein Paar Worte der Konsa-Sprache, p. 504;
Einige Worte der Krih- oder Knistenaux-Sprache, pp. 505-511; Einige Worte der
Kutiinii- oder Kutnehii-Sprache, pp. 511-514; Sprache der Mandans oder Numang-
kake, pp. 514-544; Grammaticalischer Versuch iiber die Mandan-Sprache, pp. 544-
557; Abweichungen der Mandan-Sprache in den beiden Dérfern dieses Stammes,
pp. 557-561; Sprachproben der Ménnitarris, pp. 562-590; Worte der Musquake
(Fox) Sprache, pp. 590-592; Sprachproben der Ojibwii’s oder Ojibuii’s (Chipewii’s)
oder Algonkin’s, pp. 592-598; Worte der Omaha-Sprache, pp. 599-612; Worte der
O’to-Sprache, pp. 612-630; Ein Paar Worte der Pahni-Sprache, pp. 630-632; Hinige
Worte der Punca’s (Pons der Canadier), p. 682; Einige Worte der Saukis oder
Sakis (Sacs der Franzosen), pp. 633-634; Ein Paar Worte der Snake-Indians
(Schoschone’s in den Rocky-Mountains), pp. 635-636; Sprachproben der Wasaji
(Osagen), pp. 637-645; Indianische Zeichensprache, pp. 645-653.

2522 ——— Voyage | dans V’intérieur | de | ’ Amérique du Nord, | exé-
euté pendant les années 1832, 1833 et 1834, | par | le prince Maxi-
milien de Wied-Neuwied. | Ouvrage | accompagné d’un Atlas de 80
planches environ, | format demi-colombier, | dessinées surleslieux |
Par M. Charles Bodmer, | et | gravees par les plus habiles artistes
de Paris et de Londres. | Tome Premier [~Troisieme]. |
- Paris, | chez Arthus Bertrand, éditeur, | Libraire de la Société
de Géographie de Paris, | et de la Société royale des antiquaires du
Nord, | Rue Hautefeuille, 25. | 1840 [-1843]. | C.

3 vols. 8°. But a portion of the linguistics appearing in the German edition
is given inthe above. Notice sur les langues de différentes Nations an nord-ouest
de VAmérique, vol. 3, pp. 373-398, contains a vocabulary of 23 words of the dif-
ferent languages treated of in the German edition, pp. 379-382; Essai d’une gram-
maire de la langue Mandane, pp. 383-388; De la langue des signes en usage chez
Jes Indiens, pp. 389-398,

MAXIMILIAN—MAYHEW. 491

Maximilian (Alexander Philipp, Prinz von Wied-Neuwied)—continued.
2523 Travels in the Interior of North America. By Maximilian
prince of Wied.
London, Ackerman & Co., M DCCC XLIII [1848]. a
5 p. Il. and 520 pp. 4°, and 1 vol. folio of plates.
The wiseacre who gave it an English dress, takes credit to ‘himself in his
preface, for omitting the very extensive vocabularies found in the German edi-

tion, occupying nearly one quarter of volume second, or pp. 455 to 560.—Field,
No. 1036.

2524 Mayer (Brantz). Mexico | as it was and as it is: | by | Brantz
Mayer, | Secretary of the U.S. Legation to that country in 1841
and 1842. | With numerous illustrations on wood, | engraved by
Butler from drawings by the author. | [Engraving—Pyramid of
Papantla.|

New-York: | J. Winchester, New World Press. | London and
Paris: | Wiley and Putnam. | MDCCCXLIV [1844]. | BA. WE.

Pp. i-xii, 1-390. 8°.

Fac-simile of a page of the Codex Mexicanus faces p. 258. Names of Mexican
Deities, with English meanings, pp. 109-114.

Other editions: Ibid., 1847; Ibid., 1854.

2525

Mexico, | Aztec, Spanish and Republican: | A historical,
geographical, political, statistical and social | account of that coun-
try from the period of the invasion | by the Spaniards to the present
time; | with a view of the | ancient Aztec Empire and civiliza-
tion; | a historical sketch of the late war; | and notices of | New
Mexico and California | by | Brantz Mayer, | formerly Secretary of
Legation to Mexico. | In two volumes | Volume I [IJ]. |

Hartford: | 8. Drake and Company. | MDCCCLII [1852]. | C.

2 vols. 8°. Another edition: Jbid., 1853.

Names of the 20 days of the Yucatan month in Yucateec, Chiapa, Mechoacan,
Nicaragua, and Mexican, vol. 2, p.174; Yucatan cycle of 52 years, p.175; Table
of Yucatese month, p. 177.

2526 Mayhew (fev. Experience). Ne Kesukod Jehovah Kessehtun-
kup. | — | Kekkuttoohkaonk | Papaume | kuhquttummooonk |
kah | Nanawehtoonk | Ukkesukodum Lord. | — | Mussohhomun-
nap Monuppeantamooonk- | anut ut Boston. 4 Kesudod I. Nu-
pauz, 1703. |— | Nashpe noh quhtiantamwe Kuhkootumweh- |
teaenin assoowesit, Cotton Mather. | — | Kah woh Oo neunneh-
qunnaout Indiansog, | Ukquishkunumun en wuttunnonttoowa- |
onkannoowout Experience Mayhew. | — | Chrysostom ut I. Kekut-
toohkaonk papaume | Lazerus unnoowau. | Sabbath Matta wutche
unnunuminaatin woh waske- | tompaog na wuttut Kahkonapin-
naout, qut onk woh | mahche chippehtamehtit wutchagonttam-
mooonkanoo | mohmohtshae Chaguasinish, wuttouwohkonoo ma- |
musse ne Anwosonnooonk ut hahshauanittoowin- | nunkoh-
kish. | — |

Boston, N. E. Up-Printhamun B. Green. 1707. |

4

v

a? NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Mayhew (fev. Experience)—continued.

25:

Second title:

The Day which the Lord hath made. | — | A | Discourse | Con-
cerning | the Institution | and | Observation | of the | Lord’s
Day. | — | Delivered in a Lecture, at Boston, | 4 d. Im. 1703. | — |

Chrysostom. Hom. I. de Lazaro. | The Sabbath was not allowed for
Idleness, | but that men being withdrawn from | the Cares of Tem-
poral Things, its | Rest should be spent in Spirituals. | — |

Boston, N. E. Re-printed by B. Green. | 1707. | AAS. MHS.

36, 36, H, 2 pp. 16°. Indian title verso 1.1; English title recto 1.2; text begins
verso English title; 33 and 36 pp. alternate Indian and English, followed by 4
pp. numbered I, I, 2, 2—two pp. Indian, two English, the former headed: Noh-
wutche nekone Chapter John. | The English headed: Some parts of the first
Chapter of John | (Inserted in these supernumerary Pages, for the more | special
Meditation of the Indian Reader.) |

The copy seen in the library of the Massachusetts Historical Society is minus
the Indian title and last leaf.

27 —— Massachusee Psalter: | asuh | Uk-kuttoohomaongash |
David | Weche | wunnaunchemookaonk | Ne ansukhogup John, |
Ut Indiane kah Englishe | Nepatuhquonkash. | Ne woh sogkom-
pagunukhettit | Kakoketahteekuppannegk, aketumunnat, | kah
wohwohtamunat Wunnetuppantam- | we Wussukwhongash. | — |
John v 39 | Natinneakontamook Wussukwhonkanash, newut- |
che ut yeush kuttunnantamumwoo Kuttahtom- | woo micheme po-
mantammooonk; kah nish | nashog wauwaonunkquenish. | — |

Boston, N. KE. | Upprinthomunneau B. Green, kah J. Printer, |
wutche quhtiantamwe Chapanukkeg | wutche onchekehtouunnat
wunnaunchum- | mookaonk ut New-England. &c. 1709. |

Second title:

The | Massachuset Psalter: | or, | Psalms of David | with the |
Gospel | According to John, | In columns of Indian and English. |
Being | An Introduction for Training up the | Aboriginal Natives,
in Reading and Un- | derstanding the Holy Scriptures. | — | John
v. 39 | Search the Scriptures, for in them ye think | ye have eter-
nal Life, and they are they | which testifie of me. | — |

Boston, N. BK. | Printed by B. Green, and J. Printer, for the | Hon-
ourable Company for the Propa- | gation of the Gospel in New-Eng-
land, &c. | 1709. | BA. AAS. JCB.

Psalter 152 unnumbered 1l., Gospel of John 51 11. 16°. Indian title verso of
J. 1; English title recto of 1. 2.

28 Letter dated 1721.

Manuscript. In possession of J. Wingate Thornton, esq., of Boston. Con-
tains the Lord’s Prayer in ‘‘the dialect of the Pequot Indians.” The prayer is
printed in Trumbull (J. H.) Notes on Forty Versions, p. 34.

2528 Mead (Daniel M.) A History | of the Town of | Greenwich, |

Fairfield County, Conn., | with | Many Important Statistics. | By |
Daniel M. Mead, | Attorney, etc., at Law, Greenwich, Conn. |

Uk- Butioctonraonpafh
D A Mi J D

| Mafichufee PSALTER PSALTER :
|
{

Ne anfukhogup JOHN,

Ut Indiane kah Englifbe
Nepatuhquonkajlt

‘Ne woh fogkompagunukhettie
Kakoketalteaekuppannegk, akétamunnat,
kah wohwohtamunat Wunnctuppantam-
we Wuilakwhongath

| J ohn. 49:
Natinneakontamook Wafukwhonkanafh, wewut-
che ut yeufl kuttunnantamumwoe kuttahton-

kab nif

woo michenie pomantammooonk ;

nafhog ee

TON, PINVE SEs E.
Ceniennen B. Greer, kah F. Einten
wutche quhtiancamwe CHAPANUKKEG
wutche onchekéhtouunnat wuuaunc |
1.9 0 9

—-

mookaonk ut New-England.&c.

|
eee eee

eae aes a Oe

eMeajfachufer PSALTER

-0R

PSALMS of DAVID

With the prem By —

GOSPEL
According to JOHN:

In Columns of Indian and Englifh.

BEING *Mayhen

An {nttoduction for Training up the
Aboriginal Natives, in Reading and Un-
defftanding the BOLY: SGRIEZURES.

“John 7. 39:
Search theScripturesy* for in them ge think |
ye have eternal Lifey and they are thy
which teftifie of Mi Me.

BOSTON, NB.

Printed by B.Grees, and F. Printer, for the
Honourable COMPANY for the Propa-
gation of the Goipel i we New- England, &a

EGC). OF

SN

2527.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGES OF MASSACHUSETTS PSALTER.

fi dec Wau hummnig ei

a
; e
7
in ;
A
feat
v :
x
oF

MAYHEW—MEDINA RINCON. 493

Mead (Daniel M.)—continued.

New York: | Baker & Godwin, Printers. | Corner Nassau and
Spruce Streets. | 1857. | C.

Pp. 1-7, 13-318. 12°.

Indian names of places, with significations, pp. 245-246.

2530 Medina (Francisco de). La Vida | Y milagros del glorio- | so S.
Nicolas de Tolentino, de la orden | de Sanct Augustin, Doctor de
la | Yglesia | Traduzida en lengua Mexicana, por el padre fray
Fran- | cisco de Medina, de la Orden del Seraphico | Padre Sanct
Francisco, Predicador | Guardian del Couento de 'fepepuleo. | Di-
rigida al Dr. D. Pedro de Vega | y Sarmiento, Maestro cuela de
la | Cathedral de Tlaxcallan. | [ Engraving. ]

En Mexico, con licencia | { En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos, y.
a su costa. | Ano de 1605. |

Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta from a complete copy belonging to Sr. D.
A. Chavero. The following description is given in his Apuntes from the incom-
plete copy belonging at that time to Sr. Ramirez, but since bought by himself:
1p.1., with approval of Fr. Francisco de Ferra, prior of Coyoacan, dated Feb.
2, 1604, and another by the celebrated P. Fr. Juan Bautista, dated at Santiago
Tlalteloleo, July 16, 1602. L1.1 to 80 follow, the end missing. 8°.

The Ramirez Sale Cat. gives the collation: Title, 7 p.ll.; text, 81 numbered
ll.; table 4 pp.

2531 Medina Plara (Fr. Juan). Explicacion del simbolo de la Fe en
Lengua Tarasca 6 Pirinda; y Sermones para los domingos y fiertan
del ado en dicha Lengua. *

Title from Beristain.

2532 Medina (P. Juan). Doctrinalis fidei | in Mechvacanensivm_in-
dorym lingva: aeditus | ab admodvm Reverendo Patre fratre |
Toanne Metinensi, Bethico, Augustiniani ordinis | & Priore con-
uentus Cuisensis. | Tomus Primus. | Ad Ilustrissimum et Reveren-
dissimvm | D. Dominum Fratrem Ioannem a Medina Rinconeum |
Michuacanensem Episcopum, eiusdé instituti. | Accessere sermones
qvattuor. Scilicet in festo | sancti Ioannis Baptiste in festiuitate
Apostolorunn Petri & Pauli. In festo magni patris | Augustini
Ecclesiz Doctoris. In festo sancti Fracisci ordinis fundatore. |
[Engraving. |

Mexici. | Cum licencia. In wdibus Antonij Ricardi Typogra-
phie. | Via apostolort Petri & Pauli. Anno, 1577. | B.
Ll. 1-61, 1-72. folio. 2 cols. The approvals say the work contains in two
books ‘‘la exposicion de los Articulos de nuestra sancta fe catholica y los sacra-
mentos de la sancta yglesia, y los preceptos del Decalogo, y-los mandamientos
de la yglesia, y los siete pecados capitales, y las catorze obras de misericodia,

con vn Dialogo al cabo de Metheorologicas impressiones cosas naturales.”
“The copy described appears to be incomplete, since it contains only the fol-
lowing: 7 p.1l., unnumbered; Il. 1 to 61 with sermons and dialogues on the arti-
cles of faith; 1 to 72 (new numeration and new signatures) with sermons and
dialogues on the sacraments. It concludes with Lays Deo, without colophon,

Here may have followed, with separate numeration, the other treatises, which

are missing; or, it may be, they never were printed. It is a rare book and is

Db?
not mentioned by any bibliographer.”—Jcazbalcela’s Apuntes, No, 127.

494 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2533 Meditaciones | del | Santo Via Crucis | que compuso en lengua
italiana | el beato Leonardo | de | Porto Mauricio, | y | tradujo 4 la
castellana el R. P. Fr. Juan de San | José de la provincia de des-
calzos de Cas- | tillala Nueva. Trasladadas al idio- | ma mexicano ~
por un cura | del obispado de | Puebla. |

Jmprenta del Hospital de San Pedro, | Portal de las Flores. |
1837. | ce
34 pp. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 44.

2534 [Meeker (Jotham).] Lenapi Wawipoetakse aie Apwatuk. First
Lessons in Delaware.
Baptist Shawanoe Mission. 1834.
48 pp. 18°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 47377.

2535 Lenapee Spelling Book.
Shawanoe Mission. For the Baptist Society. 1834. o
24 pp. 12°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 47377.
Ottawa | First Book. | Prepared by | Jotham Meeker, |
Missionary of Am. Bap. Bd. For. Missions. |
Shawanoe Mission, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1838. | BA.
Pp. 1-24, 24°.
Original and Select Hymns, in the Ottawa Language. By
Jotham Meeker, Missionary of the Amer. Baptist Board of Foreign
Missions. [Two lines quotation. |
Press of Amer. Baptist Board of For. Missions: Shawanoe, Ind.
Ter. 1845, BA.
Pp. 1-96. 24°.
Hymns | in | theOttawa Language, | Original and Select, |
by | Jotham Meeker, | Missionary of the American Baptist Mis-
sionary Union. | Third edition. | O Praise the Lord all ye Heathen, |
Praise Him all ye Nations. |
Ottawa Baptist Mission Station. | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1850. | s.
Pp. 1-127. 32°.
Ottawa | First Book, | Containing | Lessons for the
Learner; | portions of | the Gospel by Luke, omitted by | Matthew
and John; | and the Ottawa Laws.| By Jotham Meeker, | Mis-
sionary of | the Amer. Bap. Mis. Union. | Second Edition. |
Ottawa Baptist Mission Station. | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1850. | BA.
Pp. 1-128. 24°.
and Barker (I’rancis). The | New Testament | of | our Lord
and Saviour Jesus Christ; | translated into the Ottawa Language |
by | Jotham Meeker, | Missionary of the Amer. Bap. Board of For.
Missions. | Carefully revised, and compared with the Greek, | by |
Rev. Francis Barker, A. M. | Baptist Missionary to the Shawanoes. |
Shawanoe Baptist Mission Press, | J.G. Pratt, Printer. | 1841. |
Reverse title:
Me Su Mantu | Katepahimint Kuer Kailihekrt | kapekrskoninuf
Hesus Knist. | Hihak Kuer Lafwal| me kaanekunotakr olepeikrhik. |

2536

2537

2538

2539

2540

MEDITACIONES—MEGISER. 495

Meeker (Jotham) and Barker (Irancis)—continued.
Lawunonaf ketuli olepeikatr. | Kauko Tukwilif Hesus | mantu
minik tso pepon. | 1841. | BA.
Pp. 1-125. 12°.

2541

‘Lhe | Gospel | according to John, | translated into the Ot-
tawa Language | by | Jotham Meeker, | Missionary of the Amer.
Bap. Board of For. Missions. | Revised, and compared with the
Greek, | by | Rev. Francis Barker, A. M. | Baptist Missionary to
the Shawanoes. |

Press of Amer. Baptist Board of For. Missions, | Shawanoe. |
1844, | C. BA.
Pp. 1-98. 16°.

2542 Megapolensis (Johann), jr. Een kort ontwerp vande Mahakvase
Indianen, haer landt, tale, statuere, dracht, godes-dienst ende Ma-
gistrature. Aldus beschreven ende uu kortelijek den 26 Augusti
1644 opgesonden uit Nieuwe Neder-Lant. Door Johannem Mega-
polensem Juniorem, Predicant aldaar. Mitsgaders een kort verhael
van het leven ende statuere der Staponjers, in Brasiel.

v Alckmaer, by Ysbr. Jansz. v. Houten. [N. d.] Y

32 pp. 8°. plate. Title from the only known copy, in the University Library
of Gend.—F, Miiller’s Catalogue, 1372, p. 122.

2543) Korte Ontwerp van de Mahakuase Indianen in Nieuw Ne-
derlandt, haer landt, stature, dracht, manieren, en Magistraten; be-
schreven in ’t Jaer 1644; door Johannem Megapolensem, Juniorem,
Predikant aldaer.

In [ Hartgers (Joost) ]. -Beschrijvinghe van Virginia, Nieuw Nederlandt,
Nieuw Engelandt, &c., pp. 42-49. Amsterdam, 1651. 4°,

2544 A short account of the Maquaas Indians, in New-Nether-
land, their Country, Stature, Dress, Customs and Magistrates, writ-
ten in the Year 1644. By John Megapolensis, Jun. Minister there.

In Hazard (E.) Historical Collections, vol. 1, pp. 517-526. Philadelphia,
17925 4°.

2545

A short sketch of the Mohawk Indians in New Netherland,
their land, stature, dress, manners, and magistrates, written in the
year 1644, by Johannes Megapolensis, Junior, minister there. Re-
vised from the translation in Hazard’s Historical Collections, with
an introduction and notes, by John Romeyn Brodhead.

In New York Hist. Soc. Coll., second series, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 137-160. New
York, 1857, 8°. A few copies were issued separately.

Several Mohawk phrases in this article.

2546 Megiser (Hieronymus). Specimen XL diversarum linguarum,
quibus Oratio dominica est expressa.
Frankfurt, 1592. *
6°. Contains specimens of American languages, according to Sabin’s Dic-
tionary.

496 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Megiser (Hieronymus)—continued.

2547 Specimen L diversarum linguarum..._
Frankfurt, 1593. Q
49,

2548 Prob einer Verdolmetschung in fiinfzig unterschiedlichen

Sprachen, darin das heylyg Vater unser, der Englisch Gruss, die
azwolf Artikel unsers Christlichen Glaubens, die zehen Gebott,
sampt mehr andern geistlichen Spriichen transferiret vnnd mit
grossem Fleisz zusammengebracht vnnd in Truck verfertiget wor-
den, durch Hieronymum Megiser.

Frankfurt. 1603. *

Sm.8°. Titles from Adelung’s Mithridates and Auer’s Sprachenhalle. Hervas
mentions an edition: Frankfurt, 1650.

2549 Meiners (Christopher). Geschichte des weiblichen Geschlechts.
Hanover, Helwing, 1788-1860. >
4 vols. 4°. Title from Ludewig, p. 32.
On the Carib language as spoken by females, vol. 1, p. 47.

2550 History | of the | Female Sex; | comprising | a view of the
habits, manners, and influence of | women, among all nations, from
the ear- | lest ages to the present time. | Translated from the Ger-
man of | C. Meiners, | Councillor of State to his Britannic Majesty,
and Professor | of Philosophy at the University of Gottingen. | By
Frederic Shoberl. | In Four Volumes. | Vol. I [-IV]. |

London: | Printed for Henry Colburn, Conduit-Street, | New

Bond-Street, | 1808. | C.
4 vols. 16°.
Brief allusions, from Du Tertre, to the language of the Carib women, vol. 1, p. 40.
2551 Meletta (—). Pah-Utah Vocabulary. te

Manuscript in possession of H. H. Bancroft, San Francisco, Cal. Title from
Native Races, vol. 1, p. xxxvi.

2552 Meline (James F.) Two Thousand Miles | on | Horseback | Santa
Fé and Back. | A Summer Tour through Kansas, Nebraska, | Colo-
rado, aud New Mexico, in the | year 1866. | By | James F. Meline. |
[Design. ]

New York: | Published by Hurd and Houghton, | 459 Broom
Street. | 1867. | BA.

Pp. i-x, 1-317. 12°. map. Another edition: Ibid., 1868.

“Pueblo Indians,” pp. 195-233, contains, pp. 203-205, a few remarks on lan-
guage, and vocabularies, 15 words, of the people of the following pueblos (from
Don Domingo de Cruzate, Governor of New Mexico, and Lieut. Simpson, U.S. A.):

Santo Domingo. San Juan. Picuris.
San Felipe. Santa Clara. Sandia.
Santa Ata. San Ildefonso. Isleta.
Zia. Pojuaque. Jemes.
Laguna. Nambe. Old Pecos.
Acoma. Tesuque. Zuii.

Cochiti. Taos,

MEGISER—MENDOZA. 497

Meline (James I’.)—continued.

2553 ——— Two Thousand Miles | on | Horseback. | A Summer Tour
to the Plains, the Rocky | Mountains, and New Mexico. | By |
James I’. Meline. | Fourth Edition. |

New York: | The Catholic Publication Society, | 9 Warren
Street. | 1873. | *
Pp. i-x, 1-317 pp. 12°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

2554 Mena (Fr. Carlos). Sermon y Opisculos piadosos en Lengua
Yucateca. =

Title from Beristain, who quotes from Cogolludo and Pinelo.

“He wrote two works, both in the native idiom, namely: I. Coleccion de ser-
mones; II. Materias varias. He wrote many sermons and other things, says
Lopez de Cogolludo (Op., loc. cit.), in the idiom of these Indians, with an elo-
quence esteemed by all the ministers who have succeeded him and have made
use of his works.”—Carillo.

2555 [Menaul (John).] Child’s Catechism. | in | English and Laguna. |
Translated and Printed | at the | Laguna Mission Station. |
Laguna. | Valencia Co. | New Mexico. | 1880. | JWP.
5p. 11, verso of 1. 1,2, 5, and recto of 1.3 blank, pp. 5-69. sq. 16°.; p. 69 wrongly
numbered 96. One hundred and forty-five questions and answers in English and
Laguna.

2556 ——— Laguna Indian Translation | of | Me Gufeyf’s [sic] New
First Eclectic Reader. | Translated and Printed | by | John
Menaul. |

Laguna, New Mexico. | 1882. | JIWP.

Directions to the book-binder, reverse blank, 11.; title, reverse blank, 1 1.;
introduction, pp. i-iv; text, pp. 7-84, wrongly numbered 82. No page vi, and
recto of page 7 blank. This little work is arranged to be interleaved with
McGuffey’s New First Eclectic Reader. The Arabic pagination is peculiar, the
odd numbers being on the left and the even on the right-hand pages, that they
may face the corresponding pages of the English Reader. In order that the sig-
natures may fold properly there are but 14 printed pages to each, the middle two
of each being left blank. ‘These are the verso of 12,28, 44,60,and 76; and the
“recto of 13,29, 46, 61, and 77.

2557 ——— [An Address to the friends of the Laguna Mission.] Jwe.
No title-page; pp. 1-20. sq.16°. Anaddress prepared by the Rey. John Menaul,
missionary at the Pueblo of Laguna, in New Mexico, and printed on the Mission
press. It contains a few remarks on the language of the Indians of the Mission,
a sentence from the Bible, with literal translation, and the Lord’s Prayer in the
same language.
These works were set up and printed by Mr. Menaul with the aid of his In-
dian assistants.

2558 Mendoza (Hufemio). Eufemio Mendoza. | Apuntes | para un |
eatalogo razonado de las palabras Mexicanas | introducidas al Cas-

tellano. |
Mexico. | Imprenta del Gobierno, en Palacio, | 4 cargo de José
Maria Sandoval. | 1872. | oO.

32 Bib

498 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Mendoza (Eufemio)—continued.
Pp. 1-88. 8°. The above paper occupies pp. 1-55, followed by:
Carillo (D.C.) Apuntes para un Catdlogo de las palabras Mexicanas intro-
ducidas al Castellano, pp. 57-75.
Catdlogo de voces formado por el Instituto Smithsoniano de Washing-
ton, para las comparaciones filolé6gicas. Version Mexicana de Eufemio Mendoza,
pp. 77-88.
Vocabulary of 199 words, pp. 77-83; Nociones de Aritmetica Mexicana,
pp. 83-86.

See Najera (Fr. Manuel).

2559 Mendoza (Gumesindo). Estudio comparativo entre el Sanscrito y
el Nagiiatl.
In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 75-84. Mexico, 1877. 4°.
Comparison of words in Sanscrit and Naguatl, Greek, Latin, and German,
pp. 79-82.

2560 t——- Complemento al erudito articulo del Setior Orozco y Berra,
escrito por el Setior G. Mendoza, Director del Museo.
In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 217-226. Mexico, 1877. 4°.
Lord’s Prayer in Nahuatl, pp. 218-219; Nahuatl and Sanscrit roots, suffixes, and
prefixes, pp. 220-221.

2561 Trabajo Comparativo entre el Sanscrito, el Naguatl, Griego
y Latin, por el Sr. G. Mendoza.

In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 286-288. Mexico, 1877. 4°.
Table showing affinities between the above languages, p. 287.

2562 Cosmogonia Azteca, por el Professor G. Mendoza.

In Museo Nacicnal de Mexico, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 340-353. Mexico, 1877. 4°.

See Galicia (F. C.), Mendoza (G.), and Sédlis (F. S.)
2563 Mendoza (fr Juan). Doctrina cristiana en Lengua Megicana. *

2564.

Flos Sanctorum, 6 Vidas de Santos en Lengua Kachiquel. *

2565 ——— Platicas doctrinales, sobre los Evangelios de todo el aiio
en dicha Lengua. *
Titles from Beristain.

2566 Mengarini (Rev. Gregory). A | Selish or Flat-Head | Grammar. |
By the | Rev. Gregory Mengarini, | Of the Society of Jesus. | [De-
sign. |

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1861. |

Second title:

Grammatica | Lingue Selice. | Auctore | P. Gregorio Menga-
Tini, | Soc. Jesu. |

Neo-Eboraci. | 1861. | BA. JWP.

Pp. i-viii, 1-122. 8°. English title recto 1. 2; Latin title recto 1.3. Shea’s
“Library of American Linguistics, ii.” In Latin.

2567

Vocabulary of the Santa Clara, by the Rev. Professor Men-
garini.

MENDOZA—METODO. 499

Mengarini (Rev. Gregory)—continued.
In Taylor (A. 8.) Indianology of California, in California Farmer, San Fran-
cisco, vol. 14, No. 13, Noy. 23, 1860.
Reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology,
vol. 3, pp. 538-549. Washington, 1877. 4°.

2568 ——— Vocabulary of the Skoyelpi, Schitsui, and Selish proper.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1,
pp. 248-265, 267-283. Washington, 1877. 4°.

2669 Mercado (P. Nicolas). Arte de la Lengua Megicana, segun el Dia-
lecto, que usan los Indios de la Costa del Sur de Cinaloa. =
Manuscript which was prepared for the press.—Beristain.

3570 Merlet (Lucien). Histoire | des Relations | des Hurons et des Ab-
naquis | du Canada | avec Notre-Dame de Chartres, | suivi de
documents inédits | sur la Sainte Chemise, | Par M. Lue. Merlet, |
Ancien Eléve des Chartres et de Vécole d’Administration. |

[Design. |
Chartres. | Pétrot-Garmer, Libraire, | Place des Halles, 16 et
17. | 1858. | Vv.

Outside title, 1 1., one other 1., pp. i-xxiii, 1-78, 11. 12°.

Ouendat Lorétrénon Tesatontarige haon Gonastaenchouindik, &e., pp. 3-4.
Translation of same: Voeu & la Sainte Vierge, dela Nation des Hurons, en Nou- ~
velle France, énoncé en Frangais, envoyé au Chapitre de Chartres; avec un col-
lier ou ceinture de grains de porcelaine, en 1678, pp. 5-6.

Veeu des Sauvages Abnaquis de la Mission de Saint-Frangois de Sales, en la
Nouvelle France, pp. 23-24. This isin Abnaki. At the end the editor says:

La traduction de ce veeu des Abnaquis n’existe plus aux Archives d’Eure-et-
Loir, nous ne savons méme si elle, a jamais existé, quoique l’Abbé Brillon dise,
dans ses notes, que le Veeu des Abnaquis avait été traduit en latin.

2571 Merrill (Moses). Wdtwhtl | Wdwdklha Tva | Eva Wdhonetl. |
Marin Awdofka. | Otoe Hymn Book. | By Moses Merrill. |
Shawannoe Mission. | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1834. | BA.
Pp. 1-12. 16°.
“‘Farly in 1837, Mr. Merrill completed the translation of a portion of the
[Otoe] New Testament, and sent enough for thirty-two pages to Shawanoe to be
printed.”—Hist. of Am. Missions, p. 556.

2572 Mesah Oowh | menwahjemoowin, | Kahenahjemood Owh | St.
Matthew. | Kahkewagwonnaby Kiya | Tyentennagen | kahahne-
kahnootahmoobeungig keahmoonegoowod enewh | York | Auxil-
iary Bible Society. |

York: | Printed at the York Colonial Advocate Office, | by James
Baxter, Printer. | 1831. | BA.S.

Pp. 1-67. 8°.

Gospel of Matthew in Chippewa. Bagster’s Bible of Every Land says this
translation was made by the Rey. John and Peter Jones. For other editions, see
Minuajimouin; also Gospel.

2573 Método faci] y breve para aprender el Idioma Mexicano. *
Manuscript. 14 ll. 4°. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta.

500 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2574 Meulen (Lieut. HE. de). Vocabulary of the Sitka-Kwan.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1,
pp. 121-133. Washington, 1877. 4°.

2575 - Vocabulary of the Kenay of Cook’s Inlet.
Manuscript. 10 1], 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
2576 Mexican. Mexican or Aztec Manuscript. .

A roll composed of 15 skins of parchment joined together, 19 feet 4 inches long,
about 7 inches wide, written in a character presumed to be that of one of the
aboriginal languages of America, most probably Mexican or Aztec; apparently
very ancient.

This manuscript has baffled all the experts to whom we have shown it, to
none of whom is the character known. It would seem from the disposition of
the lines to read from left to right. In any case it must be regarded as a great
curiosity.—Berendt Sale Cat., No, 2956.

2577 ——— Mexican or Aztec Manuscript, with some rude drawings. *
Manuscript. 6 pp. 4°. ;
Of great antiquity and curiosity. The fabric (paper) upon which it is writ-
ten, the character, and the drawings are all of the highest interest to the stu-
dent of aboriginal remains.—Vischer Sale Cat., No. 1926.

2578 ——— Mexican Paintings. oe
Two long sheets on which are painted some of the principal events of the Con-
quest of Mexico; they date from the 16th century; copies made at that time
from the originals which existed in the ancient convent of San Francisco in
Mexico, and which have been destroyed long ago. Size, 11 feet 10 inches by 2
feet 10 inches; and 11 feet 8 inches by 23 inches.
They contain numerous figures, with explanations in the Mexican language.—
Ramirez, Sale Cat., No. 540.

2579 t——— Mexican MS. Pintura del Gobernador, Alcades, y Regi-
dores de Mexico. Cédice en geroglificos Mexicanos y en lengua
castellana y azteca existente en la Biblioteca del Duque de Osuna.

Madrid, M. G. Hernandez, 1818. S
10 pp., 39 ll. fac-similes. folio. Only one hundred copies printed.—Ramirez
Sale Cat., No. 1141.
2580 ——— Miscellanea en Lengua Mexicana.
Manuscript. Cent. xvi and xvii, 600 pp. 12°.
A curious collection of treatises in the Mexican language on historical and
theological subjects, also one or two pieces of a dramatic character.—Tischer
Sale Cat., No. 1946.

2581 Mijangos (fr. Juan de). Hspeio Divi- | no en Lengva Mexicana, |
en qve pveden verse los pa- | dres, y tomar documento para acertar
a doctri- | nar bien 4 sus hijos, y aficionallos a las virtudes. | 4 Com-
pvesto por el Padre F. Ioan | de Mijangos, Religioso indigno, y
humilde de la Or- | den del glorioso Padre Augustino, Doctor de
la | Yglesia, y Obispo de Yponia, We. | 4 In nomine Sanctz, & indi-
vidue Trinitatis, Patris, & Filij, & | Spiritus sancti. Amen. Da
Domine Iesu virtutem manibus | meis, & illumina qui illuminasti,

per multos cecos cecum in- | teleectum meum semper Virgine inter-
cedente. |

MEULEN—MIJANGOS. 501

Mijangos (fr. Juan de)—continued.

¢ En Mexico, con licencia. | {En la Emprenta de Diego Lopez
Daualos. 1607. |

On the recto of the last leaf is:

4 Fve corrector de la Lengva | Augustin De la Fuente, natural
de Sanctiago Tlatilulko, | muy entendido (que en esta obra, y en
todas las demas que el | Padre Fray Ioan Baptista, de la Orden del
Seraphico | Padre Sanct Francisco hizo a ayudado mucho, y |
seruido 4 Nuestro Senor) el se lo pague, y | le guarde muchos aiios. |
Fray Ioan de Mijangos. | Acabose de imprimir esta | presente obra
en la muy noble, y leal Ciudad de | Mexico, a veynte y quatro de
Tulio, Vispera | del Glorioso Apostol Sanctiago Patron | de Espana.
Ano de 1607. |

¢ En la emprenta de Diego Lopez Daualos. | Cc.

8 p. ll, pp. 1-562, 11. sm. 4°. Icazbalceta’s Apuntes says there are 3 un-
numbered pp. at end, the last containing a table.

2582 ——— Primera Parte del | Sermonaric, Dominical, y | Sanctoral,
en lengua Mexica- | na. Contiene las Dominicas, que ay desde la
Septua- | gesima, hasta la vltima de Penthecostes, Platica para los
que Comulgan el | Iueues Sancto, y Sermon de Passion, Pasqua de
Resurreccion, y del Es- | piritusanto, con tres Sermones del Sanctis-
simo Sacraméto. | {Compuesto por el P. Maestro. Fr. Ivan de
Miian- | gos, de la Orden del glorioso Padre, y Doctor de la Iglesia.
S. Augustin. | [An engraving of St. Augustin followed by this
verse :]

; 4 Hoc opus Aurelio patri, sacro quiescit
Mens mea, nec Votis spes obitura meis
Paruula sunt, fateor, patri munuscula tanto
Quae ferimus, toto prestita corde tibi.
En Mexico en la Imprenta del Licenciado Iuan | de Aleagar, Ano
1624. Vendese en la libreria de Diego de Ribera. |
9 p.ll., pp. 1-564. 4°. Concludes with 46 unnumbered leaves, containing:
ist. Tabla de los Sermones que | contiene este libro. |
1p.
2d. Table de los lugares asi de | la Sagrada escriptura, como de
los Doctores, y | Sanctos, que se alegan en esta primera pate,
[sic] | y estan aqui mas fielmente sacados. |
25 pp.
3d. Table remissiva | a otras Evangelios, assi | de Dominicas,
como de Santos, para que los Pa- | dres Predicadores puedan hazer
otros sermo- | nes, &e.
48 pp.
4th. Phrases, y modos de | hablar elegantes y metaphori- | cos, de
los Yndios Mexicanos, y porg he vsado de algunos dellos en el dis-
curso de estos Sermo- | nes, y los que estan por imprimir, me pare-
cio | bien que se | imprimiessen, para que se tenga noticia, y vso
dellos. | =

502 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Mijangos (Fr. Juan de)—continued.

14 pp. The Mexican phrases are accompanied by a Spanish translation. Fol-
lowed by 5 pp. erratasand 1p. blank. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 46.

Beristain, in giving the above title, adds: ‘‘ He left many other manuscript
sermons and the parable of the Prodigal Son, in the same idiom.”

‘‘Mijangos was born in Antequera, the capital of Oajaca. He took the habit
of an Augustinian, and taught philosophy and theology in the University of
Mexico. He preached to and taught the natives in their own language, in
the knowledge of which he was most eminent.”—Ramirez Sale Cat.

2583 Milhau (Dr. John J.) Vocabulary of the Anasitch (Coos Bay,

No. 1).
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 211 words.

2584. Vocabulary of the Indians of Coos Bay, No. 2.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 211 words.
2585 —-_—— Vocabulary of the Coast Indians living on the streams

emptying between Umpqua Head and Cape Perpetua, Oregon, and
on the Umpqua River for twenty miles above the mouth.
Manuscript. 311. folio.

2586 Vocabulary of the Hewut, Upper Umpqua, Umpqua Val-
ley, Oregon.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 180 words.

2587 Vocabulary of the Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon.
Manuscript. 3 ll. folio. 180 words.
2588 Vocabulary of the Yakona.

Manuscript. 3 ll. folio. 180 words. Language of the Coast Indians lying be-
tween Cape Perpetua and Cape Foulweather, and up the Alseya and Yakona
Rivers.

These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2589 Mills (Robert). Statistics | of | South Carolina, | including | a
view | of its | Natural, Civil, and Military History, | general and
particular. | By Robert Mills, | of South Carolina, P. A. Engineer
and Architect. | [Four lines quotation.| |

Charleston, 8. C. | Published by Hurlbut and Lloyd. | 1826. | wz.

1 p. L., pp. i-ix, 17-182, 1-47. 8°. map.

The Catawba Indian Tongue, exemplified in the pronunciation of the nine
digits, and a few common phrases, p. 111.

2590 Minnesota Historical Society. Annals | of the | Minnesota Histori-
cal Society, | for | Highteen hundred and fifty-three. | Number IV
[I-V|. | Printed by order of the Executive Council. |

Saint Paul: | Owens & Moore, Printers, | 1853 [1850-1856]. | WE.

Title from No.4, the only one seen; printed title 11. title, 11., pp. 3-64. In
the preface to vol. 1 of the Collections of this society it says: ‘‘The volume of
which this [vol.1] is a reprint was composed of five parts or pamphlets, issued
in various years” from 1850 to 1856.

Belcourt (G. A.) Department of Hudson’s Bay, No. 4, pp. 16-32.

Neill (E.D.) Dakota Land and Dakota Life, No. 4, pp. 45-64.

MIJANGOS—MITCHELL. 503

Minnesota Historical Society—continued.

2591 ——— Collections | of the | Minnesota Historical Society, | Vol-
ume I [-III]. [Seal of the Society.] Being a Republication of the
Original Parts | Issued in 1850-51-52-53-56. |

St.Paul: | Ramaley Chaney &Co., Printers. | 1872 [-1874]. | c.BP.
3 vols. 8°,
Belcourt (G. A.) Department of Hudson’s Bay, vol. 1, pp. 207-244.
Lynde (J. W.) History of the Dakotas, vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 56-84.
Neill (Rev. E. D.) Dakota Land and Dakota Life, vol.1, pp. 254-294.
F Pond (G. H.) Dakota Superstitions, vol. 2, pt. 3, pp. 32-62.
Riggs (8S. R.) The Dakota Language, vol. 1, pp. 89-107.

2592 Minseeweh | Nuhkoomwawaukunul. | JIWP.
Half-title, pp. 2-34. 16°. Hymns in the Algonkin language. Appended to
Morning and Evening Prayers. London, 1847. 16°.

2593 Minuajimouin | au | St. Matthiu. | The Gospel according to
Matthew | in the | Ojibwa Language. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1839. | BA. ABS. JWP.
Pp. 1-112. 12°.
See Mesah oowh; also Gospel.
2594 Miranda (Francisco de). Catecismo | breve | en lengua Otomi, |
dispuesto | por el P. Francisco de Mi- | randa de la Compaiia de |

Jesus. | ,
Impresso en Mexico, en la | Imprenta de la Bibliotheca | Mexi-
cana. Ano de 1759. | B.

1p. 1., pp. 1-14. 16°,

2595 Miriewo (Theodor Jan Kiewitch de). Sravnitel niy Slovar, ete.
(Comparative vocabulary of all the languages and dialects.)
St. Petersburg, 1790-1791. *
4 vols. 4°. Pallas having published, in 1786 and 1789, the first part of the
Vocabularium Catharineum (a comparative vocabulary of 286 words in the lan-
guages of Europe and Asia), the material contained therein was published in the
above edition in another form, and words of American languages added. The
book did not come up to the expectations of the government, and was therefore
not published, so that but few copies of it can be found.—Ludewig.

2596 Misceliénea Hispano-Américana de ciencias, literatura i artes.
Obra especialmente dirijida, 4 dar conozer el estado i 4 promover,
los progresos de la instruccion en Hispano-America.

Londres. 1827-1829. ~
4 vols.; 320; 320; 314; 314 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 49434.
Morénas (—). Sobre la Lengua de los Salvajes de la America del Norte, vol. 4.

2597 Miscellaneous Pieces.
Colophon: Mission Press, Park Hill. 1844. BA.
No title-page; heading only; 24 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Temper-
ance tract in the Cherokee language.

Mitchell (Dr. B. Rush).
See Lionnet (1/.)

504 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2598 Mitchell (Dr. Samuel L.) Letter from Dr. Samuel L. Mitchell, of
New York, to Samuel M. Burnside, Esq. Corresponding Secretary
of the American Antiquarian Society.

In Am, Ant. Soc., Trans., vol. 1, pp. 313-317. Worcester, 1820. 8°.
Two Cherokee songs, with translation, p. 317.
2599 Mitre (Manuel Francisco). Prayer Book in the Mexican Lan-
guage, by Manuel Francisco Mitre. *
Manuscript, 1758. 80 11. 18°. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue, No. 1991.
Mofras (Eugene Duftot de). :
See Duflot de Mofras (Eugene de).

2600 Molina (fr. Alonso de). @ Aqui comienga vn vocabula- | rio en la
lengua Castellana y Mexicana Compuesto | por el muy reuerendo
padre fray Alonso de | Molina: Guardia dl coueto d sant Antonio
d | Tetzcuco dla ordé de los frayles Menores. |

m TUU

SERUUM

DOMINE
S3YLSON SINOILdN3G3uU SIN

@ SIGNASTI

@ Indorum nimia te fecit prole parentem.
qui gennit moriens, quos pater alme foues.
Confixus vinis, langues: cum mente reuoluis.
vulnera, cum spectas, stigmata carne geris.

Title in alternate lines red and black letters; wood-cut in center; reverse,
wood-cut filling the page (see below), with i. h. s., Gothic letters, in center, 1 1.,
5 other p. IL; Il. 1-259. sm. 4°; followed by 1 1., containing colophon, as follows:

q@A honrra y gloria de nues- | tro sefior Iesu xpo y de su bédita
madre aq se aca | bala presente obra: la ql fue compuesta por el |

MITCHELIL—MOLINA. 505

Molina (Fr. Alonso de)—continued.

muy reuerédo padre fray Aldso @ molina. | Imprimio fe @ la muy
grade & insigne y | muy leal ciudad de Mexico, en casa de | Ina
pablos, co licencia del Illustrissi | mo setior Do Luys de Velasco |

Visorrey y Gouernador dsta | Neueua Espana, y de la Au | diécia
Real q é ella resi | de. Y assimismo co | licencia del Reue | rendis-
simo Se- | Dor do fray | Aloso de | Mon | tufar por la gracia de Dios
Argobispo meri | tissimo dla dicha ciudad de Mexico. Fue | vista
y examinada esta presente obra | por el reuerédo padre fray Pran-
cis | co de Lintorne, Guardian del | nonestero de sant Francisco |

de Mexico, y por el Reue | rédo padre fray bernar | dino d Sahagu,
dela | dicha ordé, a quié | el examé della | fue cometido. Acabe fe
@ | imprimir a qtro di | as del mes de | Mayo. de | 1555. | Ja | scx.

2601 Vocabylario | en lengva Castellana y Mexicana, com- |
puesto por el muy Reuerendo Padre Fray Alonso de Molina, de
la | Orden del bienauenturado nuestro Padre sant Prancisco. | Di-
rigido al mvy Excelente Senor | Don Martin Enriquez, Visorrey
desta nueua Espaiia. | [Wood-cut of a shield.]

En Mexico, | En Casa de Antonio de Spinosa. | 1571. | JCB.

Title; reverse, *‘ Licencias,” ‘ Epistola Nvneopatoria,” 11.; “ Prologo al Lec-
tor,” 11.; ‘ Avisos,” 11.; text,121 ll. ‘“‘Dirigatvr Oratiomea,” &c., w ith wood-
cut, reverse, wood-cut,11. folio. Followed by:

506 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Molina (Fr. Alonso de)—continued.

2602 Vocabylario | en lengva Mexicana y Castellana, com- |
puesto por el muy Reuerendo Padre Fray Alonso de Molina, de
la | Orden del bienauenturado nuestro Padre sant Francisco. |
Dirigido al mvy Excelente Senor | Don Martin Enriquez, Visorrey
desta nueua Espana. |

En Mexico, | En Casa de Antonio de Spinosa. | 1571. |

Colophon:

4] Aqvi hazen tin los dos vocabvlarios, en lengva Caste | Ilana
y nahual o Mexicana que hizo y repoilo el muy Reuerendo padre,
fray Alonso de Mo | lina: de la orden de sefior san Francisco. Im-
primieronse en la muy insigne y gran ciudad | de Mexico: en casa
de Antonio de Spinosa, en el Afio de nuestra redépcion, de
1571. | JCB.

Title, with wood-cut of St. Francis; reverse, ‘‘Prologo al Lector,” 1 1. ;
“Avisos,” 11.; text, 1-162 1l.; reverse of last Jeaf a wood-cut. folio.

2603 —— Vocabulario | de la | Lengua Mexicana | compuesto por el
P. Fr. Alonso de Molina | publicado de nuevo | por | Julio Platz-
mann | Edicion facsimilaria |

Leipzig | B. G. Teubner | 1880 | ASG.

Half title, 11.; title, 11.; dedication to Catherine of Russia, 2 1l.; fac-simile of
original title-page, Castellana y Mexicana, reverse Licencias, 1 1., &c., as in
original edition, 3 ll.; in all, 8 p. ll. Text, 121 ll.; Dirigator, &c., 1 1.; fac-
simile of original title-page, Mexicana y Castellana, reverse Prélogo, 11.; Avisos,
1 1.; Text, 162 1l.; reverse of last leaf, wood-cut with I. H. S.

2604 —— Confessionario breue, en lengua | Mexicana y Castellana: |
compuesto por el muy reuerédo | padre fray Alonso de Molina, de
la ordé del sera- | phico padre Sant Francisco. |

En Mexico en casa de Antonio de Espinosa, Impressor. | 1565. |
Title, with large wood-cut of a crest; reverse, Privilege, 1 1.; text, ll. 2-20,
in double columns, Gothic letter. 4°. JCB.

2605

Confessionario breue, en len- | gua Mexicana y Castellana:
compuesto por | el muy Reuerendo Padre Fray Ald | so de Molina,
de la orden del Se | raphico Padre sant | Francisco. | [Eeeraynes|

§ En Mexico. | En casa de Pedro Balli. | 1577. |

Between the title and imprint there is a singular engraving which I have not
seen in any other book of this epoch, which represents the saviour placed in a
press with two screws, and shedding from the five wounds torrents of blood,
which flow out below the press and are.caught by two angels, in a chalice.

On the reverse of the title-page is the license of the viceroy, D. Martin Enri-
riquez; ll. 1-20, gothic letters, 2 columns, one in Spanish, one in Mexican; en-
graving on wood. 4°. There is no colophon, and it terminates with: Gracias
scan dadas 4 nuestro Sefior Dios. Laus Deo.

Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, from copy belonging at the time to Pbro.
D. Augustin Fischer, and afterwards sold in London.

2606

Confessionario mayor, en lengua Mexicana y Oastellaia. |
En Mexico, por Antonio de Espinosa. | 1565. |

MOLINA. 507

Molina (Fr. Alonso de)—continued.

Colophon :

@Acabose de impri- | mir este Confessionario, en la muy in |
signe y gran ciudad de Mexico: en casa de An- | tonio de Espinose
impressor de libros, jun | to ala yglesia de Seftor Sint Augu- |
stin: a quinze de Mayo. | Anio de 1565. | Laus deo. | JCB.

Title, with a wood-cut of the Crucifixion, nearly filling the page; reverse, Pri-
vilege, 11.; ‘‘Epistola nuncupatoria,” dated 1564, 1 1.; text, 121 numbered I1.,
in double columns; table, 3 ll. 4°. Gothic letter.

2607 ——— Confes | sionario Ma- | yor, en la lengna [sic] Me | xicana
y Castellana. | Compuesto por | el muy Reuerendo padre | Fray
Alonso de Mo | lina, de la orden del | Seraphico sant | Francisco. |

En Mexico. | { En casa de Pedro Balli. | Atio de 1578. | x
Ll. 1-2, title and dedication; 113-132 (wrongly numbered 113), the Confessio-

nario; 41]., unnumbered, table and privilege; Gothic letter, 2columns 4°. Title
from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 131.

2608 ——— Doctrina xpiana breue traduzida en lengua Mexicana, por
el p* frai Alonso de Molina de la Orden de los menores, y exami-
nada por el R% p° Ioan gongalez, Canonigo de la ygVia Cathedral
de la giudad de Mexico, por mandado del Rmo. S* don frai Ioa de
Cumarraga, obpo de la dha. giudad, el qual la hizo imprimir en el
ano de 1546 a 20 de Iunio.

It is known that Fr. Alonso de Molina wrote a Doctrina, major and minor, in
the Mexican language; P. Mendieta expressly says so in his Historia Dcclesids-
tica Indiana, book iv, chap. 44, and this notice has been printed many times. P.
Torquemada has incorporated it literally in chap. 33, book xix, of his Monarquta
Indiana. Gonzaga says the same in his work De Origine Seraphice MReligionis, p.
1242. In the colophon of the Doctrina castellana y mexicana, of 1548 (No. 13),
there is mentioned, with sufficient clearness, the edition of the Doctrina breve,
made in 1546, although without stating the name of the author. ‘In the con-
gregation held by the bishops it was ordered that there should be made two
doctrinas, one short and the other large, and the short one is that which was
printed in the year 1546. The reverend seflors commanded that the other, the
great one, should be for the fuller explanation of the small one.” This indication
cannot refer to the Doctrina of 1546, spoken of here (No. 10), for that is in Casti-
lian alone, and this speaks evidently of one in Castilian and Mexican, like that
of 1548 (No. 13), of which itis amate. [See No. 1053 of this catalogue.] Never-
theless, D. Nicolés Antonio, well versed in the books of America (Bibl. Hisp.
Nova, vol. 1, p. 37), has spoken of this edition, since among the writings of P.
Molina he places the following: ‘‘ Cathecismo mayor y menor. Doubtless this is
the same as the Doctrina Christiana in the Mexican tongue, edited in Mexico in
1546 [1564], again in 1606. 4°.” Pinelo Barcia (column 726) mentions “two

Doctrinas Christianas, greater and less, printed 1546, 1606”—a notice which I

think is !aken from Antonio. Finally P. Molina himself, in the dedication of his

Arte, 1571, asserts that he has printed a Doctrina Christiana—a reference which

cannot apply to that of 1578, for {hat was made afterwards. In spite of all this

and of the mention by less noted authors of four editions of the Doctrina breve
in Mexican (1675, 1718, 1732, 1735, in 8°), without counting one of 1571 (of which
there are clear indications in the license of the Vocabulario of said year), nor that
of 1606 mentioned by Antonio y Barcia, which I have not seen nor found cited
anywhere else, Beristain does not put such a Doctrina menor among the writings
of P. Molina, except only the Mexican one of 1578.

508 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Molina (Fr. Alonso de)—continued.

I have never met an example of the edition of 1546. A certain knowledge of
it, and also of its text in Castilian and Mexican, is found in the Codice franciscano
which I have already spoken of (p. 247, note 2). This codex contains, among a
multitude of important documents, a copy of the Doctrina, with the title which
T have given above.—Icazhalceta’s Life, §c., of Bishop Zumdrraga, No. 9.

2609 —— Doctrina | Christiana en lengua Me | xicana muy neces-
saria: en la qual | se contienen todos los princi | pales mysterios de
nue- | stra Sancta Fee ca- | tholica. Compuesta por el muy Reve- |
rendo Padre Fray Alonso de Molina, de la orden | del glorioso
Padre Sant Francisco. |

Con Priuilegio. | En Mexico, En casa de Pedro Ocharte. | MDL-
XXVIII [1578]. | oe

LI. ii-xci, table 411. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 51.

Beristain says: Reprinted in Sevilla, with the approbation of the Cardinal
Quiroga, Inquisidor General, 1584, 4°.

2610 —— Doctrina Christiana y Cathecismo en Lengua Mexicana.
Nucuamente Emendada, Dispuesta, y Anadida; para el vso, y en-
senanca de los Naturales. Compuesta Por el P. Fr. Alonso De
Molina, de la Orden del Glorioso Padre San Francisco.

Afio de 1675. Con licencia. En Mexico, Por la Viuda de Ber-

nardo Calderon. *
16 unnumbered Il. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 133.
2611 ——— Doctrina Christiana, y Cathecismo, en Lengua Mexicana.

Compuesta por el P. Fr. Alonso de Molina, de la Orden del Glo-
rioso Padre S. Francisco. Corregida ahora nuevamente por el R.
Padre Lector Fr. Manuel Perez, Cathedratico de Lengua Mexicana
en esta Real Vniversidad, del Orden de San Augustin. Para la
buena ensenanga de los Naturales.

Aiio de 1718. Con licencia: En Mexico, por Francisco de Ribera

Calderon. : *
16 unnumbered ll. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 134.
2612 t—— Doctrina Christiana, y Cathecismo en Lengua Mexicana.

Compuesta por el P. Fr. Alonso de Molina, de la Orden del Glorioso,
y Seraphico Padre San Francisco. Corregida fielmente, por su

original.
Afio de 1732. Reimpressa en Mexico: Por la Viuda de Francisco
de Ribera Calderon, en la Calle de San Augustin. ‘2

16 unnumbered Il. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 135.

2613

Doctrina | Christiana | y Cathecismo | en Lengua Mexi-
cana. | Compuesta | por el P. Fr. Alonso de | Molina, de la Orden
del | Glorioso Seraphico Padre | San Francisco. | Corregida fiel-
méte, por su original. |
Ano de { 1735. | Reimpressa en Mexico: | Por la Viuda de Fran-
cisco de Rivera, | Calderon en la Calle de 8. Augustin. | e
16 unnumbered Il. 8°. Title from Icazbaleeta’s Apuntes, No. 52.

DOCTRINA
CHRISTIANA,EN LENGVA ME

xicana muy neceflaria: enla qual
fe contienen todos los princi
pales myftcrios de nue-
ftra Sancta Fee ca-
tholica.:.
COLMPVEST A POREL MVY.REVEs

rend Padre FrayeAllon(i de Molina,dela orden
del glorsofo Padre Sant Francifcd

CON, PRIVILEGIO.
En Mexico , En cafa de Pedro Ocharte,

M.D.LXXVITI

2609.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF MOLINA’S DOCTRINA OF 1578.

MOLINA. 509

Molina (Fr. Alonso de)—continued.

2614 ——— ¢ Arte de la lengua Mexi | cana y Castellana, Compuesta
por el muy Re | uerendo padre fray Alonso de Mo- | lina de la or-
den de Senor | sant Francisco. |

q En Mexico en casa de Pedro Ocharte. 1571. | JCB.
Title, reverse Privilege, 1 1.; Epistola nuncupatoria, 2 1l.; text, ll. 1-82;
Segunda Parte, ll. 1-35, Gothic letter. 12°.

2615 ——— @ Arte de la Lengua Me | xicana y Castellana, Compuesta
por el muy | R. P. Fray Alonso de Molina, de la orden de | Seftor
sant Francisco, de nueuo en esta segun | da impression corregida,
emendada y afadi | da, mas copiosa y clara que la primera. | Di-
rigida al Muy Excelente Senor Vissorrey, &e. |

Mexico, en casa de Pedro Balli, 1576. | JCB.
Title 1 1., Licence 2 11., Epistola 4 1l.; Arte, Ist part, ll. 1-78; 2d part, ll. 79-
112. Portrait of St. Francis on title same as first edition.

2616 m—— Vida de 3S. Francisco de Asis en megicano. *
>
Printed.
2617 ——— Oficio parvo de la Virgen Maria en megicano. *
2618 —— Los Lvangelios traducidos al megicano. =

The three titles above from Beristain, who says: These last two works were not
allowed to be printed, in consequence of the ancient prohibition against transla-
tions of the Bible into common tongues.

Molina (Luis de Neve y).

See Neve y Molina (Luis de).

510 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2619 Mombert (J.I.) An | Authentic History | of | Lancaster County, |
in the | State of Pennsylvania. | By | J. I. Mombert, D. D. | Mem-
ber of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. |

Lancaster, Pa.: | J. E. Barr & Co. | 1869. | C.

Pp. i-viii, 1-617, 11., pp. 1-175. 8°.

Lord’s Prayer in the language of the Six Nations, p.13; Indian localities in
Lancaster County, with definitions and remarks, p. 386.

2620 Moncrovie (J. B.) Vocabulary of the Satsika, or Blackfeet (Upper

Missouri). JIWP.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 494-505. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

2621 Monte y Tejada (Antonio del). Historia | de | Santo Domingo |
desde su descubrimiento hasta nuestros dias, | por Don Antonio del
Monte y Tejada | Tomo I. |

Habana. | Establecimiento Tipegratico de Soler | calle de la Mu-
ralla nim 82. | M DCCCLIIL. | C.

3 p. Il, pp. i-xxx, 1-680. 8°. No more published.
Remarks, with examples, on the Yucayo language, of Hayti, pp. 366-379.

Montreal Natural History Society.
See Natural History Society of Montreal.

2622 Monumentos. Monumentos Guadalupanos. *
First series, 3 vols. 4°. Vol. 1, 223 ll. ; vol. 2,272 Il., and vol. 3, 154 11.
Manuscripts, partly original and partly modern transcripts, some in Spanish

and others in the native Janguages of Mexico, illustrated by several old engrav-
ings executed in Mexico, and representing Our Lady of Guadalupe.

These three volumes, with the second series, comprise everything which the
late indefatigable Mr. Ramirez was able to collect on both sides of the Atlantic,
respecting this renowned Sanctuary, embracing a period of more than three
hundred years.

They not only comprise many originals which have reference to the renowned
Apparition, but whenever Mr. Ramirez was unable to obtain the originals, he had
copies made of them and incorporated them in this collection. The copies of
documents in native languages are all made by the well-known scholar Lic. Ga-
licia Chimalpopoca, who also gives their respective translations.

A bibliographical notice not only furnishes information of all that has been
written and printed on the subject in sermons and devotional books, but also
lists of works which, in his judgment, ought to contain information on the sub-
ject, but do not. Among the pieces in the Mexican language are two ‘‘ Colo-
quios,” or theatrical representations in reference to the Apparition. Whenever
copies occur, Mr Ramirez has always noted their sources.—Ramirez Sale Cat.,
No. 379.

2623

Monumentos Guadalupanos. *

Second series, 2 vols. folio. Vol. 1,13611.; vol.2,36411. Manuscripts from the
17th to the 19th century. This second series is a continuation of the preceding,
containing mostly original pieces, with a few in the Mexican language.—Rami-
rez Sale Cat., No.380.

2624 |Moor (Edward).] Oriental Fragments. | By | the author of | the
Hindu Pantheon. | [Quotation, four lines.]

MOMBERT—MORAN. 511

[Moor (Edward) |—continued.
London: | Smith, Elder, and Co., Cornhill, | Booksellers, by ap-
pointment, to their Majesties. | 1834. | C. BL.
Pp. viii, 537. 12°. plates.

Sanskrit names in North America and South America, pp. 416-431.

Moor (fev. Thorowgood).
See Another Tongue.

2625 Moore (Martin). Memoirs | of | the Life and Character | of | Rev.
John Eliot, | Apostle of the N. A. Indians. | By Martin Moore, A.
M. | Pastor of the Church in Natick, Mass. | [Two lines quotation.]
Boston: | Published by T. Bedlington. | Flagg & Gould, print-
ers. | 1822. | HU.
Pp. 1-174. 16°.
A few sentences in the Natick language, p. 41.

2626 Memoir | of Eliot, | Apostle to the | North American In-
dians. | By Martin Moore, | [One line qaotation.] Second Edition, |
revised and corrected. |

Boston: | Seth Goldsmith, | and Crocker & Brewster. | 1842. | HU.
Pp. 1-144, 16°. 5
Lord’s Prayer in the Natick language, pp. 95-96.

2627 Mora (D. Pedro). Disertacion sobre la palabra cuatiquia [Mexi-
can] equivalente 4 la latina baptizo. *
Title from Pimentel.

2628 Morales (D. Francisco Antonio). Arte y Vocabulario [Mixteco
por el cura D. Francisco Antonio Morales. . me
Manuscript. 1761. Title from Pimentel.

2629 Moran (fev. Francisco). [Cholti Grammar, Confessionario, and
Vocabulary. | *
Manuscript. 9211. sm. 4°. In the library of the American Philosophical So-

ciety, Philadelphia.

A work on the Cholti dialect of the Maya, by Francisco Moran. It is a small
quarto of 92 leaves. The first three pages contain a narrative in Spanish, diffi-
cult to decipher, by Thomas Murillo, a layman, touching the missions in 1689-92.
Then comes one leaf not numbered, with notes on the verso in Cholti, nearly il-
legible. On the recto of the fourth leaf:

Arte | en lengua cholti que qui | ere decir lengua de mil | peros.

Thirty-two pages in a clear hand, ornamented with scroll work and pen
sketches of birds and grotesque animals. On page 35:

Libro de lengua cholti que quiere | decir lengua de milperos.

Twenty-four pages in a cramped but legible hand. At the end the colophon:

Fin del arte q® trae no. M. R.%° P.° Frai Fran®® moran en un libro
de quartilla grande alto, que enquaderno i Recogio de nuestro Re-
ligiosos i barias cosas (atiadio), el R.4° P.° Frai Alonzo de Triana;
Requiescant in pace todos. Amen Jesus, Maria Joseph.

A few notes on elegant phrases are added, ‘‘que mi dio el P. Angel.”

512

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Moran (fev. Francisco)—continued.

This is a duplicate of the preceding Arte, differing from it, however, in sev-
eral particulars, being more full and accurate. They both seem to be copies of
the original of Moran, not the one of the other.

After the Libro follow eight leaves of questions and answers at the confessional
&c., in Cholti. On p. 77 commences:

Confessionario en lengua | cholti, escrito en el pue | blo de san
lucar salac de | el chol, aio de 1685:

Three leaves ending with a catchword, indicating that it is but a fragment.

The remaining leaves are occupied by a vocabulary, Spanish and Cholti,
chiefly on the rectos only. At the commencement is the following marginal
note:

Todo el Vocabulario grande de no. M. R. P.° fr. fran®° moran esta
tra Dusido en este libro, Por el A Besedario, i algunos bocablos mas.

The colophon is:

En este pueblo de lacandones Namado de Nta Sefiora de los do-

lores en 24 de Junio dia de 8.7 Juan de 1695 aiios.

We have here therefore two copies of the grammar and one of the vocabulary
of the Dominican missionary, Francisco Moran, referred to by Father Francisco
Vasquez in his Cronica (1714) as written in the characters invented by the Fran-
ciscan friar, Francisco de la Parra (about 1550), to express the five pecular conso-
nants of the Maya group of languages. These are modifications of k, p, ch, t,
and tz.! Both these copyists have, however, adopted Roman letters.

Neither the original nor any other copies are known to exist, nor any other
work in the Cholti dialect, though a certain Father Cérdoba also wrote a gram-
mar of it.2 It has even been uncertain whether the Cholti was an independent
dialect. It is not mentioned at all in Ludewig’s ‘‘ Literature of American Abo-
riginal languages,” and Mr. Squier gives the title of Moran’s work from Vasquez
thus: Arte de la Lengua Cholti (Chorti?).3 The Chorti, however, was spoken
in Chiquimula and vicinity, while the Cholti, Chol, or Putum, was the dialect
of the village of Belen in Vera Paz, of parts of Chiapas, and generally of the
eastern Lacandones'among the mountains between the former province and
Guatemala. The name chol means cornfield, in Mexican Spanish milpa, and
ahcholob or cholti owners or cultivators of cornfields, mitperos. From the short
vocabulary of Chorti collected by Mr. Stevens at Zacapa it appears to be farther
than the Cholti from p re Maya.

The grammar of Moran is succinct, clear, and comprehensive, and eminently
deserves publication, together with selections from the vocabulary. I have made
a careful coy of it for my own use and have found it of great service as illus-
trating certain points of growth in these idioms, for instance, with reference to
the development of the personal pronouns, recently discussed in a scholarly essay
by M. de Charencey ;4 and affording some additional illustration of the ‘vowel
echo,” ’écho vocalique of the Maya dialects, to which the same writer has called
attention as analogous to the law of the harmonic sequence of vowels common

in Scythian languages.°—Brinton.

'T have also noticed the occasional use in these manuscripts of a peculiar
vowel sound represented by an i with a diacritical mark beneath it.

? Pimentel: Cuadro Desecriptivo de las Lenguas Indigenas de Mexico, t. ii,
p.234. Cordoba is not mentioned by Mr. Squier.

5’ Monograph of Authors, &c. p. 38.,

+ Le pronom personnel dans les idiomes de la famille Tapachulane-Huastéque.
Caen, 1868.

> Ktude comparative sur les langues de la famille Maya-Quiché. Revue Amé-
ricaine, tome i.

MORAN—MORCH. 513

2630 Moran (George). Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Saginaw.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

2U31 Moran (P. Fr. Pedro). Arte breve y compendiosa de la lengua
Pocomehi de la provincia de la Verapaz compuesto y ordenado por
el venerable Padre fray Dionysio de Quniga para los principiantes
que comiengan 4 aprender, y traducido en la lengua Pocoman de
Amatitan por el padre fray Pedro Moran, quien lo empeco 4 escre-
bir en este conv’? de N. P. St? Domingo de Goath® oy juebes diez
del mes de abril de este ano de mill cetessientos y veynte. a!
Manuscript. 8 ll. folio. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.

2632 ——— Bocabulario de solo los nombres de la lengua Pokoman, es-
crito y ordenado por el padre fray Pedro Moran en el convento de
N. P. St? Domingo de Goathemala. S
Manuscript. 120 11. folio. Comprises only the words from A to N, inclusive,

but very copious.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

2633 —— Bocabulario de nombres que comiengan en romance en la
Lengua Pokoman de Amatitan. Ordenado y compuesto por el

padre fray Pedro Moran, en este convento de N. P. Ste Domingo de

Goathemala.

Manuscript. 99 ll. folio, A dictionary of conversation, the phrases of which
begin with Spanish. The author entitles it romance, that is, the vulgar tongue.—
Brasseur de Bourbourg.

2634 ——— Vidas de santos en forma de homilias, en Pokoman y eas-
tellano, para los principiantes que comiengan a aprender la lengua
pokoman de Amatitan, ordenadas por el padre fray Pedro Moran,
en este conv’ de N. P. Ste Domingo de Goathemala. *

Manuscript. 9211. folio. Comprises a succession of homilies in the Pokomane
language, with the Spanish translation interlined, followed by notes and expla-
nations, evidently made to facilitate the study of the language. It is a copious
work, and the only one of the sort with which I am acquainted.—Brasseur de
Bourbourg.

2635 Morch (Johan Christian). Kaladlit | Pelleserkangowéta | Hans
Egedib | Okalloutei Unnukorsiutit | ajokzrsukkaminut, | agleksi-
magalloet | Johan Christian Mérch-mit | Kakortormiut ninvertori-
galloxnnit | manalo titarnekartisimarsut | Peter Kragh-mit | Gjer-
levimiut Pellesiznnit. |

Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritius de Tengnagelib nakk’itteriviane |
nakl’ittarsimarsut. | 1837. | C. HU. JWP.

Pp. 1-189. 16°. In the Eskimo language. The work is also issued with Dan-
ish translation, with title as above, followed by title in Danish, as follows:

2636 ——— Grénlendernes | forste Prasts | Hans Egedes | Aften-
Samtaler | med sine Diciple, | forfattede efter Canpe | af | Johan
Christian Morch, | forhenverende Kjgbmand ved Julianehaab, |
og nu udgivne af | Peter Kragh, | Prast i Gjerlev.

33 Bib

514 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Morch (Johan Christian) —continued.
Kjébenhavn: | Trykt i Fabricius de Tengnagels Bogtrykkeri: |
1837. | W. HU.
Pp. 1-876. 16°. Alternate pages Danish and Greenlandish. Eskimo title
verso 1.1; Danish title recto 1.2. Evening Conversations of Hans Egede, trans-
lated by Morch.

2637 Morénas (M.) Noticia sobre Ja lengua de los salvajes de la Amé-
rica del Norte por M. Morénas. *
In Miscelanea Hispano-Américana de ciencias, literatura i artes. Londres,

1827. 4 vols. 8°.
Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 49434, and bookseller’s catalogue.

2638 Moreno (Fr. Geronimo). Arte y gramatica de Zapoteco. =

“Fr, Ger6nimo Moreno compuso arte y gramatica de Zapoteco - - - y tradujo

4 esta lengua el simbolo de San Atanasio, los evangelios, y epistolas de san
Pablo.”—Carriedo.

2639

2640
la Lengua Zapoteca.
Manuscripts. Titles from Beristain.

Sermones en Lengua Zapoteca. o

Tratado curioso de las raices y formacion de los Verbos de
*

2641 Morgan (Alfred). A description of a Dakotan Calendar, with a
few ethnographical and other notes on the Dakotas, or Sioux In-
dians, and their territory. By Alfred Morgan.

In Lit. and Philos. Soc. of Liverpool, Proc., vol. 33, pp. 233-253. London,
and Liverpool, 1879. 8°.
Names of Dakota bands, pp. 239-240, and a number of Dakota terms passim.

2642 [Morgan (Col. George).] A letter from Col. George Morgan to Gen.
Washington, inclosing the Lord’s Prayer in Sha-wa-nese. [Signed
“George Morgan.” |

In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., third series, vol. 5, pp. 286-287. Boston, 1836. 8°.

2643 Morgan (Lewis Henry). League | of the | Ho-dé-no-sau-nee, | or |
Iroquois. | By Lewis H. Morgan, | Corresponding Member of the
New York Historical Society; of the | American Ethnological So-
ciety, etc. | [Two lines quotation.] [Picture.]

Rochester: | Sage and Brother, Publishers. | New York: — Mark
H. Newman & Co. | Boston:—Gould & Lincoln. | 1851. | ¢.BA. WE.

Pp. i-xx, 1-477. 8°. map.

Titles or Sachemships of the Iroquois, founded at the institution of the
League (English signification in foot-notes), pp. 64-65.

Table exhibiting the scientific [and Seneca] names of the animals adopted by
the Iroquois as the emblems of their respective tribes, foot-note, p. 80.

Terms of relationship among the Ho-dé-no-sau-nee, in the language of the
Senecas, foot-note, p. 86.

Schedule of Iroquois dances, p. 290.

Book iii, Chap. ii. Language of the Iroquois; Alphabet; The Noun; Adjec-
tive; Comparison; Article; Adverb; Preposition; Species of Declension; The
Verb; Fulness of Conjugation; Fermation of Sentences ; The Lord’s Prayer, pp.
394-411. This also includes: ‘Table exhibiting the dialectical variations of the

MORCH—MORGAN. 515

Morgan (Lewis Henry)—continued.

Language of the Iroquois, as illustrated in their geographical names,” giving the
names of 24 geographic features in the State of New York, in the Seneca, Cayuga,
Onondaga, Tuscarora, Oneida, and Mohawk dialects, with English signification,
folding sheet, facing p. 394.

Schedule explanatory of the Indian map, giving English equivalents of Indian
geographic names, pp. 465-474.

Table exhibiting, in the Seneca dialect, the conjugation of the verb Gé-yiise,
““T shoot,” pp. 475-477.

2644. ——— Circular in reference to the degrees of relationship among
different nations. |
[| Washington. Smithsonian Institution: 1862.] C. JWP.

No title-page; pp. 1-33. 8°. Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Collec-
tions, No. 138. Also forms part of vol. 2, Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous
Collections.

Contains a list of relationships in the Seneca language.

2645 t——— Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | 218 | Sys-
tems | of | Consanguinity and Affinity | of the | Human Family. |
By | Lewis H. Morgan. |

Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. |
1871. | C. WE. JWP.

Outside title, 11., pp. i-xiv, i-xii, 1-590. 4°. Forms vol. 17, Smithsonian Contri-
butions to Knowledge.

Pronominal inflections of the Knisteneaux or Cree, Cherokee, and Seneca-Iro-
quois, p. 137.

Specializations in the dual and plural (Cherokee), p. 137.

Table of Consanguinity, &c., of the Seneca-Iroquois and Yankton-Dakota, pp.
167-169.

Table of relationships, Winnebagoe and Isauntie-Dakota, p. 181.

Comparative vocabulary of the Mandan, Kau, Otoe, Isauntie-Dakota and
Winnebagoes (Gallatin), p. 182.

Comparative vocabulary of the Minnataree (Morgan), Crow (Morgan), Chocta
(Byington), Creek (Casey), Cherokie (Morgan), Wyandote (Morgan), p. 183.

A few words in the Crow language, p. 186.

Table of relationships in Seneca, Wyandote, Yankton, Mandan, Kaw, Otoe,
Chocta, Cherokee, p. 194.

Comparative vocabulary of the Grand Pawnee (Morgan), Arickaree (from
Maximilian), Kichai (from Lieutenant Whipple), Wichita (from Captain Marcy),
Hueco (from Lieutenant Whipple), p. 195.

Relationships in Pawnee, p. 196; Possessive Pronouns, p. 197.

Comparative vocabulary of the Cree, Ojibwa, Potawattamie, Blood-Blackfoot,
Ahahnelin, p. 209.

Comparative vocabulary of the Shawnee (Morgan), Menominee (from Bruce),
Shiyan (from Smith), Arapahoe (from Smith), Ahahnelin (Morgan), p. 214.

Comparative vocabulary of the Slave Lake Indians (Kennicott), Beaver In-
dians (Kennicott), Chepewyan Indians (Richardson), Dog Rib Indians (Richard-
son), Kutchin Indians (Richardson), p. 282.

Relationships of the Yakama (Pandosy), p. 253.

Comparative yocabulary of the Eskimo of Behring’s Sea (Kuskutchewak)
(Richardson), Eskimo of Hudson’s Bay (from Gallatin), Eskimo of Labrador
(from Latrobe), Eskimo of Northumberland Inlet (Morgan), Eskimo of Green-
land (Cranz and Egede), p. 268.

System of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Ganow4nian Family, Tables I
ond II, pp. 293-382, contains the terms of relationship of the following peo,les:

516

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Morgan (Lewis Henry)—continued.

GANOWANIAN FAMILY.

Olasses. Branches. Nations or languages. By whom collected.
¢ NSIS ENG Ye Seance aooceeisace Scneasnncsacde Lewis H. Morgan.
| 2. Cayuga ---...-.--.------ -. Lewis FL. Morgan.
j 8. Onondaga Lewis H. Morgan.
BESS | LY OMGIOD) nsqgacocuscoaSuaonsecododccoane Lewis H. Morgan.
eee. | Bb INGE IS SosooogasbossonsacsuapbEsoneG Lewis H. Morgan.
eatin GheRuscaroraess eee seeee erence eer Lewis H. Morgan.
7. Two Mountain Iroquois. .--- Lewis H. Morgan.
8. Wyandote : Lewis H. Morgan.
( 9. Dakota: Isauntie .-...--..----------- Rey. Stephen R. Riggs.
10. Dakota: Yankton.-.......-....------ Lewis H. Morgan.
11. Dakota: Yanktonais -..-....---...-- Lewis H. Morgan.
Dakota Na- 12. Dakota: Sisseton -.--- canlliCnials H. Morgan.
"ela 418. Dakota: Ogalalla ....-............... Lewis H. Morgan.
ae | 14. Dakotas) Brul6yeecceceseccocecces se Lewis H. Morgan.
15. Dakota: Uncpapa...-..-.--..-...---- Lewis H. Morgan.
E Dakota: Blackfoot ..........--..--.-- Lewis H. Morgan.
Dakotan Stem. AOI EwAtSini b OING eRe ne ee oeeeas et seconene sere Lewis H. Morgan.
f TG TEE, soc Sosc0 eobnocaecdi oaasso08esaa Lewis H. Morgan,
| TY, OME oconocedxenenes --- .Rev. Charles Sturges.
Meet HPN, WON Ey c-cses caobob cdascocuonDenGsGas9 Lewis H. Morgan.
Nations. 4 21. Otoe (Missouri the same)..------.---- Lewis H. Morgan.
[2 TRG oi eiels ele slo emiee en stein nelle iain ee WAS ee Morgans
23. Osage (Quippii the same) ....-..-..-. P. E. Elder.
24. Winnebagoe . .--- Lewis H. Morgan.
Upper Ps WENT EIN sdecsaqdadsdsbonRcosseasccenes Lewis H. Morgan.
Missouri 4 26. Minnitaree..-.-.......---.-.--------- Lewis H. Morgan.
Nations. lor. GIN eos ad necoopsnsssosposseasosHbouus Lewis H. Morgan.
if 28. Chocta Rey. John Edwards.
29. Chocta Rey. Ch. C. Copeland.
Gulf } 30. Chickasa Rev. Ch. C. Copeland.
Nationsiys) ales Creeks cones ots eee ee eee Rey. R. M. Loughridge.
32/x Cherokee haasdsese neces re eee Rev. C. C. Torrey.
U 33. Mountain Cherokee ..-.----------.--- Rey. Evan Jones.
{Prairie Na. 34. Republican Pawnee.....--..--.------ B. F. Lushbaugh.
3 35. Grand Pawnee -.....---.----.--<----- Lewis H. Morgan.
| Hons: 36: Arickance) enn seame serena eee Lewis H. Morgan.
(37. Cree: of the Prairie.........-...---.- Lewis H. Morgan.
38. Cree: of the Woods ..-...-..--.------ Lewis H. Morgan.
39. Cree: of the Lowlands ...---.--..--. Lewis H. Morgan.

Great Lake
Nations.

46. Miami --.

Algonkin Stem. ¥ Mississippi

|
a 5s
Nations. |
Eel

Sawk and Fox...

52. Menomine ...-...--.- -
| 53. Shiyan (Arapahoe the same)
noanGoAbGeOSSe0 Paschal Fish.
ogaqseenedaccee Simon D. Harvey.

5
54. Kikapoo -
5
5

Oo. Shawnee ..-..-- 3-2...

40. Ojibwa: Lake Superior
441. Ojibwa: Lake Michigan
42. Ojibwa: Lake Huron
43. Ojibwa: Kansas..-----
44. Otawa..-..-------.----
45. Potiwattamie ..-....--

Rey. Father Ed. Jacker.

dddiacobeubies Rey. P. Dougherty.
SHEE E IE CO COS Lewis H. Morgan.
SSosenescresoos Lewis H. Morgan.
eases cicscsnes Lewis H. Morgan.
aosadcoasCD CRG Lewis H. Morgan.

Lewis H. Morgan.
Lewis H. Morgan.
Lewis H. Morgan.
Lewis H. Morgan.
Lewis H. Morgan.
Lewis H. Morgan.

onbaobooosesoo> Lewis H. Morgan.

booscosan Lewis H. Morgan.

MORGAN. 517

Morgan (Lewis Henry)—continued.

GANOWANIAN FaMILy—continued.

Classes. Branches. Nations or languages. By whom collected.
Rocky (es . Ah-ah/-ne-lin (Gros Ventves of Prairie).Lewis H. Morgan.
Mountain 4 57. Piegan Blackfoot.......-..---.---.-- Lewis H. Morgan.
Nations. ike 585 Blood:Blackfoot)-2--:--------<--es-==- Lewis H. Morgan.
09.) Micmac. -5. -<<2e-o2 =~ LA néeocccas Rev. Silas T. Rand.
Atlantic | 60. Etchemin, or Malisete..............-. Rey. Silas T. Rand.
PA on In Wi (6 le VLON eG Pan sete ete eee eee Lewis H. Morgan.
Nations. | 62. Delaware . Sac honcdticooneaee Lewis H. Morgan.
GSA Mun See vsccem esas cis sewelian ee eee Lewis H. Morgan.
64. Slave Lake Thaiene. or A-cha/-o-tin-ne Robert Kennicott.
Menta scicos Atdapascan 65. Hare nde ou Ta-ni’ re S84cc- eas H. Morgan.
eacnestenm neNations: 66. atl Keane or eR Ocesc SAsasccesS Lewis H. Morgan.
67. Kitchin, or Louchieux...............W. L. Herdesty.
| 68. Tukuthe (Peel River)................
fc SDOKANO peace eee ene aes Geo. Gibbs.
SAMS Stsoes { Fe aa e { 704 Okinikany =. \osen 0 owe a Lewis H. Morgan.
Sahaptin Stem..:...........--. hk MEN Eons peoamceonanocceaseOOeeue Geo. Gibbs.
Kootenay Stem..-....--.------ PE ACO EA oooSsdceconincs cooocsecacaesd Geo. Gibbs.
ShoshoneeStem...-...-.------- 73. Utahs (Tabegwaches)..........--.--. Robert Keunicott.
ee TEEPE NEY ons eccaticocesoadeoccochose Rey. Samuel Gorman.
own ka taal ee \WiosResnquesesesasee eee ee ae eee Michael Steck MD):
sere LOLS ort 76. Chontal (‘Tabasco).--..----------.--- Guillermo Garcia.

77. Chibcha, or muyska (New Grenada) -.E. Uricoechea.

AnctTic FAMILY.

{xz imo Na. [78. Eskimo (west of Hudson’s Bay) -.-. James R. Clare.
S r 479. Eskimo (Greenland) -.---.-----.----- Samuel Kleinschmidt.
i ton: [ 80. Eskimo (Northumberland Inlet)...... Lewis H. Morgan.

2646 ——— Ancient Society | or | Researches in the Lines of Human
Progress | from Savagery, through Barbarism | to Civilization |
by | Lewis H. Morgan, LL. D | Member of the National Academy
of Sciences. Author of “The League of the Iroquois,” | “The
American Beaver and his Works,” ‘Systems of Consanguinity
and | Affinity of the Human Family,” Ete. | [Two lines quotation.]

New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1877 | C. JWP.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-560. 8°.

Proper names in Omaha, with English signification, p. 78.

“Table of sachemships of the Iroquois,” with English signification; Mohawks,
Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas, and Senecas, pp. 130-131.

Gentes of the following tribes: Chickasas, p. 163.
Troquois and Wyandotes, p. 153. Cherokees, p. 164.
Punkas and Omahas, p. 155. Ojibwas, p. 166.
Iowas, Otoes and Missouris, and Potawattamies, p. 167.
Kaws, p. 156. Miamis and Shawnees, p. 168.
Winnebagoes, p. 157. Sauks and Foxes, p. 170.
Mandans and Minnitarees, p. 158. Blood Blackfeet and Piegan Black-
Upsarokas, or Crows, p. 159. feet, p. 171.
Creeks, p. 161. Delawares, pp. 171-172.
Choctas, p. 162. Phratries of the Mohegans, p. 174.

2647 ——— Department of the Interior | U. 8S. Geographical and Geo-
logical Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region | J. W. Powell in

518 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Morgan (Lewis Henry)—continued.
Charge | Houses and House-Life | of the | American Aborigines |
by | Lewis H. Morgan | [Seal]
Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | ©. WE. JWP.
Pp. i-xiv, 1-281. 4°. Forms vol. 4 of Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North
American Ethnology.
Table of sachemships of the Iroquois, in the Seneca dialect, with translations,
pp. 30-31.

2648 —— Laws of Descent of the Iroquois. By Lewis H. Morgan, of
Rochester, N. Y.
In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. 11, pp. 152-148. Cambridge, 1858. 8°.
Names of the several degrees of relationship recognized among the Iroquois,
in the dialect of the Senecas, p. 137.

2649 ——— Laws of Descent of the Iroquois. By Lewis H. Morgan of
Rochester.
New York. a

16 pp. 5°. Title from Field, No. 1092. Perhaps separate issne of above. Sa-
bin’s Dictionary, No. 50665, gives titles of editions: N. p., n.d., 16 pp. 8°.; and,
Rochester, 1859, 12 pp. 12°.

2650 ——— Letters on the Iroquois, by Skenandoah, addressed to Al-

bert Gallatin, LL. D., President New York Historical Society.

In Am. Review, vol. 5, pp. 177-190, 242-257, 447-461; vol. 6, pp. 477-490, 626-
633. New York, 1847. 8°. :

Contains a list of the sachemships of the Iroquois confederacy, vol. 5, pp. 181-
182; Seneca names of animals, vol. 5, p. 186 (foot-note); List of Seneca relation-
ships, vol. 5, p.188; Table exhibiting, in the Seneca dialect, the conjugation of
the verb Geyase, and remarks on language, vol. 5, pp. 457-461.

Scattered throughout are a great number of Iroquois terms, geographic and
proper names, &c.

Partly reprinted as follows:

2651 ——— Letters on the Iroquois by Skenandoah: addressed to
Albert Gallatin, L. L. D., President N. York Historical Society. *
In Craig (N.B.) The Olden Time, vol.2. Pittsburgh, 1847. 8°.
Reprinted in Craig (N. B.) The Olden Time, vol. 2, pp. 68-87, 117-139, 289-307.
Cincinnati, 1876. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 81, 84, 301-307. .
Titles {rom Mr. W. Eames, the latter from copy seen in the Astor Library.

2652 ——— [List of Donations] from Lewis H. Morgan, of Rochester
[to the Historical and Antiquarian Collection in the New York
State Cabinet of Natural History].

In New York University, second ann. rept., pp. 74-75. 1849. 8°.

List of 49 articles, some of which have names in the Seneca dialect. Reprinted,
with additions (Nos. 1-67), in Catalogue of the Cabinet of Natural History of the
State of New York, Appendix, pp. 1-6. Albany, 1853. 6°. Pp. 22-24 of this ap-
pendix contain a further list of articles (Nos. 66-153) made by the Indians of
Western New York; and pp. 25-28, a list of articles (Nos. 154-271) made by the
Indians residing in Canada West, the name of each article being given in the
Seneca dialect. ?

2653

Schedule of Articles obtained from Indians residing in
western New-York, being the product of their own handicraft and

MORGAN. 519

Morgan (Lewis Henry)—continued.
manufacture, for the New-York Historical and Antiquarian Collec-
tion, under the direction of Lewis H. Morgan, of Rochester.

In New York University, third ann. rept., pp. 57-60. Albany, 1850. 8°.
Each article is given its name in the Seneca language.

2654 —— Report to the Regents of the University, upon the articles
furnished the Indian Collection: by L. H. Morgan. December 31,
1849.

In New York University, third ann. rept., pp. 65-97. Albany, 1850. 8°.

List of articles used by Indians, with names in the Seneca dialect, accompanied
by 17 colored plates of dress, ornaments, &c.

2655 ——— The Fabrics of the Iroquois.
In American Quarterly Register, vol. 4, pp. 319-343. Washington [1850]. 8°.
Contains names of many articles in the Seneca dialect. Reprinted as follows:

2656

Report on the fabries, inventions, implements and uten-
sils of the Iroquois, made to the Regents of the University, Jan. 22,
1851, by Lewis H. Morgan. Illustrative of the Collection annexed
to the State Cabinet of Natural History, With Illustrations. By
Richard H. Pease, Albany.

In New York University, fifth ann. rept., pp. 67-117. Albany, 1852. 8°.

List of implements and utensils, with names in the Seneca dialect, accom-
panied by 20 colored plates.

2657 t—— Donations [of Indian Articles] from Lewis H. Morgan.
In New York University Catalogue, pp. 3-6. Albany, 1853. 8°.
2658 —— Purchases from Lewis H. Morgan, of Rochester [of] Arti-

cles manufactured at special request, by Indians residing in West-
ern New York and Canada West.
In New York University Catalogue, pp. 22-28. Albany, 1853. 8°.

2659 ——— A Conjectural Solution of the Origin of the Classificatory
System of Relationship. By Lewis H. Morgan, of Rochester, New
York.

In Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 436-477. Boston and Cambridge,
1868. 8°.

Comparative Table of the System of Relationship of the Seneca Iroquois In-
dians * * * and of the People of South India, pp. 456-460.

Separately issued as follows:

2660 ——— A | Conjectural Solution | of the | Origin of the Classifica-
tory System | of | Relationship. | By | Lewis H. Morgan, | Associ-
ate Fellow [&c., seven lines.] (From the Proceedings of the Ameri-
can Academy of Arts and Sciences, | Vol. VII, February 11, 1868.) |

Cambridge: | Welch, Bigelow and Company, | Printers to the
University. | 1868. HU.

Pp. 435-477. 8°.

“Lewis H. Morgan was born in Aurora, Cayuga County, New York, November
21, 1818. He was graduated by Union College, Schenectady, in the class of
1840. Returning from college to Aurora, Mr. Morgan joined a secret society com-
posed of the young men of the village and known as the ‘Grand Order of the

520

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Morgan (Lewis Henry)—continued.

Iroquois.’ This had a great influence upon his future career and studies,
The ‘Order’ was instituted for sport and amusement, but its organization was
modeled on the governmental system of the Six Nations; and chiefly under Mr.
Morgan’s direction and leadership the objects of the ‘Order’ were extended, if
not entirely changed, and its purposes improved. To become better acquainted
with the social polity of the Indians, young Morgan visited the aborigines remain-
ing in New York—a mere remnant, hut yet retaining, so far as they were able,
their ancient laws and customs; and he went so far as to be adopted as a mem-
ber by the Senecas. Before the ‘Council of the Order,’ in the years 1844, 45,
and’46, he read a series of papers on the Iroquois, which, under the nom-de-plume
of ‘Skenandoah,’ were published in 1847 in the American Quarterly Review,
in the form of letters addressed to Albert Gallatin. From this source they were
transferred the following year to the columns of Olden Time, a pioneer historical
magazine published in Pittsburgh, Pa. Mr. Morgan died in Rochester, N. Y.,
D. cember 17, 1881.”

2661 Morillot (Abbé). Mythologie et Legendes des Esquimaux du Green-

land.
In Soc. Philologique, Actes, vol. 4, pp. 215-283. Paris, 1875. 8°.
Contains remarks on the Eskimo language.
Separately issued as follows:

2662 ——— Actes | de la | Société Philologique | Tome IV.—No. 7.—

Juillet 1874. | Mythologie & Legendes | des | Esquimaux | du
Groenland |
Paris | Maisonneuve & Cie, Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Vol-
taire, 15 | 1874. | INGO
Printed title on cover, pp. 215-288. 8°.

2663 Morning. Morning and Evening | Prayers, | the | Administration

of the Sacraments, | and | other rites and ceremonies of | the
Church. | According to the use of | The United Church of England
and Ireland. |

London: | Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian

Knowledge. | 1847. | JWP.
1 p.1., pp. 1-157, alternate English and Algonkin, 16°.
Appended:

Minseeweh | Nuhkoomwawaukunul. |
Pp. 1-34. 16°. Hymns—entirely in the Algonkin language.

2664 t—— The | Morning and Evening Prayer. | The Litany, and

Church Catechism. | Ne | Orhoengene neoni Yogaraskhagh | Yon-
dereanayendaghkwa, | Ne Ene Niyoh Raodeweyena, neoni | Onogh-
sadogeaghtige Yondadderigh- | wanondoentha. |

Boston, New-England: | Printed by Richard and Samuel Draper.
1763. | GB.

1 p. 1, pp. 1-24, 1-18. sm.4°. In the Mohawk language.

The Order for Morning Prayer daily throughout the year, pp. 1-16; The Lit-
any, pp. 17-24; The Church Catechism, pp. 1-9; Prayers, pp. 10-18.

Seen at the Brinley sale, from the catalogue of which, pt. 3, no. 5708, the fol-
lowing note is taken:

MORGAN—MORSE. Pail

Morning—continued.

“It may have been printed at the instance of the Rey. Dr. Eleazer Wheeloc k, or
by the Boston Commissioners of the (Scotch) Society for Propagating Christian
Knowledge, for the use of the missionaries and school-masters sent from New
England to the Six Nations.

“Wm. Weyman was employed by Sir Wm. Johnson, in 1762, to print a new
edition of the Mohawk Prayer-Book, and began the work early in 1763, under
the supervision of the Rey. Dr. Barclay. Its progress was interrupted by the
death of Dr. Barclay, in 1764, and less than half the book was printed when
Weyman died,in July, 1768. In the meantime several missionaries had gone
from New England to the Six Nations; Mr. Cornelius Bennett, a catechist of the
Episcopal church, was teaching school among the Mohawks in 1764; Mr. C. J.
Smith (accompanied by young Joseph Brant) and the Rey. Samuel Kirtland
went, the same year, from Lebanon, as missionaries to the same field—sent by
the Boston Commissioners, and several others were preparing themselves at Leb-
anon for this mission. This Prayer-Book and Catechism was probably printed
for the use of these missionaries and their Indian scholars. It seems to be a re-
print, so far as it goes,of the first edition (Wm. Bradford, 1715), omitting the
‘Several Chapters of the Old and New Testament’; and founded, like that edition
on the translations made ‘by Mr. Freeman, a very worthy Calvinist minister.’”

For other editions of the Book of Common Prayer, see Claesse (L.), 1715, and
note thereto.

2665 Morris (Rev. Richard). Fifth Annual Address of the President
to the Philological Society, delivered at the Anniversary Meeting,
Friday 19th May, 1876

No title-page. 125 pp. 8°.
On the North American Languages, pp. 83-95.

2666 Morse (Rev. Jedidiah). A | Report | to the | Secretary of War |
of the United States, | on Indian Affairs, | Comprising a Narrative
of a Tour | performed | in the summer of 1820, under a commission
from the President of | the United States, for the purpose of ascer-
taining, for | the use of the government, the actual state of | the
Indian Tribes in our country: | Ilustrated by a map of the United
States; ornamented by a | correct portrait of a Pawnee Indian. |
By the Rev. Jedidiah Morse, D. D. | Late Minister of the First
Congregational Church in Charlestown, near Boston, now resident |
in New-Haven. |

New-Haven: | Published by Davis & Force, Washington, D. C.;
Cushing & Jewett, Balti- | more; W. W. Woodward, and E. Lit-
tell, Tegulieclelin aes Spalding & Howe, | and R. N. Henry, New-
York; E J. & EH. Hosford, Albany ; Howe & | Spalding, New-Haven;
G. Goodwin & Sons, Uudson & Co. O. D. Cooke | & Sons, Hart-
ford; Richardson & Lord, 8S. T. Armstrong, Lincoln & Ed- | munds,
Cummings & Hilliard, and G. Clark, Boston. | Printed by 8S. Con-
verse. | 1822. | C. BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-96, and Appendix 1-400, 8°. map.

Scattered thronghout this volume are a number of aboriginal terms; on p.
128 of the Appendix are a few Sank words; pp. 806-308, a list of names of Indian
villages in Florida, with English signification; and on pp. 356-360, an article en-
titled “ Indian Languages,” which includes, pp. 359-360, “ Translation of the 19th

522 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Morse (Rev. Jedidiah)—continued.
Psalm into the Muh-he-con-nuk language... . under the superintendance of
Rey. John Sergeant, Missionary.” Pp. 361-374 give a “Statistical Table of all
the Indian Tribes within the limits of the United States”.

See American Society.

2667 Mosesib aglangita sivorlingit ....The Book of Genesis translated
into the Esquimaux Language.
London, M’Dowall, 1834. a
166 pp. 12°. Title from Leclere’s Supplement, No. 2671.

2668 Mosesil Aglangit. The Five Books of Moses, translated into the
Esquimaux Language. By the Missionaries of the Unitas Fra-
trum, or, United Brethren.

London, 1841. *
678 pp. 12°. Title from Clark’s Bibliotheca Americana, 1878, No. 4379.

2669 Motolinia 6 Benavente (fr. Toribio). Doctrina Cristiana en lengua
Megicana. *
Title from Beristain.

2670 [Mottus (B.)], editor. Oratio Dominica xodvylwrtos, zodvpopgos,
nimirum plus C linguis, versionibus aut characteribus reddita et
expressa. Editio novissima, speciminibus variis quam priores
comitatior.

Londini, apud Dan. Brown et W. Keblewhite, 1700. Y

Pp. 76. sm. 4°. Preface signed ‘‘B. M. Typogr. Lond.” Title from Auer’s Spra-
chenhalle and Brunet’s Manuel.

Contains the Mexican, Poconchi, and Virginian versions.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, reprinted as follows: London, 1713, pp. (4),
71, 4°;-++ London, 1736, 4°.

See Auer (A.); [Bodoni (G.B.)]; Chamberlyn (J.); Krausen (J. U.) and
Wagner (J. C.); Marcel (J.J.); [Mottus (B.)]; and Miiller (A.)

2671 Mouilla (Fr. Gregorio de). Explicacion | de la Doctrina qve |
compvso el cardenal | Belarmino, por mandado del | Seftor Papa
Clemente 8. | [BK] | {Tradvcida en Lengva | Floridiana: | Por el
Padre | Fr. Gregorio de Mouilla Diffinidor de la Pro- | uincia de
santa Elena, de la Orden de 8. Fran- | cisco, natural de la Villa de
Carrion de los | Condes, hijo de la Prouincia de la Con- | cepcion,
y del Conuento recolecto de | nia Sefora de Calahorra. | (*) | Cor-
regida, enmendada | y atiadida en esta segunda impression, | por
el mesmo Autor. | —*—(*)—*—

En Mexico. | Impressa con licencia en la Imprenta de Iuan |
Ruyz. Ano de 1635. |

Colophon:
Acabose 4 q. de Enero de 1636. | con licencia en Mexico, por Iuan
Ruyz. | NYHS.

12 unnumbered 11., ll. 1-197. 16°. First edition, according to Beristain, printed
in Madrid, by Francisco Martinez, 1631. 8°.

MORSE—MULLER. 523

Mouilla (fr. Gregorio de)—continued.

2672 ——— Forma Breve | de administrar los | Sacramentos a los |
Indios, y Espanoles que viuen | entre ellos. | § Approbado por
Ay | toridad Apostolica, y sacado del Manual | Mexicano, que se
vsa en toda la nueua EHs- | patia y Pirt, mutatis mutandis, esto es,
lo q | estaua en legua Mexicana traducido en len- | gua Floridia | na.
Para vso de los Religiosos | de nfo Padre S. Francisco, que son los
mi- | nistros de las Prouincias de la Florida. | % | { Por el Padre
Fr. Gre- | gorio de Mouilla. | 4 Con licencia del setior Don Lope

Al | tamirano Comissario general de la | santa Cruzada. | —%—
K—)K— |
Impresso en Mexico | Por luan Ruyz. Ajio de 1635. | NYHS.
32 11. 16°.

2673 Mowry (Lieut. Sylvester). Vocabulary of the Diegano.
Manuscript. 611. folio. 175 words. Taken from the interpreter at Fort Yuma—
an intelligent Diegano who spoke Spanish fluently.

2674 —— Vocabulary of the Mohave.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words. Collected from Miss Olive Oatman, who
was for years a prisoner among these Indians.
These manuscripts are in the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2675 Mox6 (D. Benito Maria de). Cartas’ Méjicanas, escritas por D.
Benito Maria de Mox6, afio de 1805. Segunda Edicion Correjida
y Enmendada.

Genova: Tipogratia de Louis Pellas. [1839.] i!

4p.1L,pp.416. plates. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 51213.

According to Ludewig, p. 229, this contains: Numerals, 1-21, 30, 800, 8000.
Tabla aritmetica comparada de los Mejicanos y Tarascos, p. 68.

There is a copy in the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. See Bancroft’s Native
Races, vol. 3, p. 746, note, for a reference to Mox6 relating fo the Tarasco language.

Rich, vol. 2, p. 332, says: By the prologue to this work we learn that its author,
anative of Cervera, died young, immediately after a revolution in South America
in which this work came near being buried in ‘‘eternal oblivion”; that it was
brought to Europe and printed, but so hastily that it could hardly be read for the
many orthographic errors with which it was stained; in consequence of which it
was thought proper to prepare the present edition, which is, indeed, handsomely,
but not very correctly, printed. The ‘‘ Entretenientos de un Prisionero,” ete., by
Baron de Juras Reales, a nephew of the author, is almost entirely made up from
these letters, copied verbatim, without any other acknowledgment than that he
had, for some of his dissertations, made use of a certain manuscript which his
uncle, the late Archbishop of Charcas, D. Benito Maria de Moxo, had left him,
relating to Mexico, which he should have published before, but he thought it
better to wait until he could procure his uncle’s ‘‘Cartas Peruanas” to join with
them. Now,all the baron’s dissertations are copies of the letters, with a few
n tes added, and the omission of the passages which shew that they were writ-
ten in Mexico.

2676 [Miiller (Andreas).] Orationis Dominice versiones ferme centum.

Second litle:
Oratio Orationum. S. s. Orationis Dominic versiones preter

authenticam fere centum, eique longe emendatius quam antehac,
et e probatissimis autoribus potius quam prioribus collectionibus,

524 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Miiller (Andreas)|—continued.
jamque singuli genuinis linguaé sud characteribus, adeoque magnam
partem ex ere ad editionem a Barnimo Hagio tradite edit edite-
que a Thoma Ludekenio, Solq. March.

Berolini, ex officina Rungiana, Anno 1680. o

4°, Title from Auer’s Sprachenhalle.

Contains only 83 specimens, including the Mexican, Poconchi, and Virginian.
Thomas Ludeken and Barnimo Hagio are both pseudonyms of Andreas Miiller.

A new edition, as follows:

2677 ——— Alphabeta ac Note diversarum linguarum pene LXX,
tum et versiones Orationis dominic prope centum, collecta olim
et illustrata ab Andrea Miillero, Greiffenhagio cum prefatione
de vita ejus et prasertim opusculorum historia.

Berolini. [n. d.] *
4°, The preface is signed ‘‘S. G. Stark,” and dated ‘1703.” Title from Auer’s
Sprachenhalle.

See Auer (A.); [Bodoni (G.B.)]; Chamberlyn (J.); Krausen (J. U.) and
Wagner (J.C.); Marcel (J.J.); [Mottus (B.)]; and Miiller (A.)

2678 Miller (Dr. Friedrich). Grundriss | der | Sprachwissenschaft |
von | Dr. Friedrich Miiller | [ete., three lines]. | I. Band | I. Abthei-
lung. | Hinleitung in die Sprachwissenschaft [-I. Band. | Die
Sprachen der Schlichthaarigen Rassen. | II. Abtheilung. | ]. |

Wien 1876 [-1882]. | Alfred Holder | K. K. Universitits-Buch-
hiindler. | Rothenthurmstrasse 15. |

2 vols. in four parts, 8°,each with a double title. Vol.2, part 1, which in-
cludes the American languages, has the following special title: ;

Die Sprachen | der | schlichthaarigen Rassen | von | Dr. Frie-
drich Miiller | Professor [&ec., eight lines]. | I. Abtheilung. | Die
Sprachen der australischen, der hyperboreischen | und der ameri-
kanischen Rasse. |

Wien 1882 | Alfred Holder | K. K. Hof- und Universitiits- Buch-
hiindler | Rothenthurmstrasse 15. | JWP.

Pp. i-x, 1-440. 8°.

The contents are as follows: Die Sprache der:

Aleuten, pp. 146-161. Otomi (Xia-Xit), p. 277,
Innuit (Eskimo), pp. 162-180. Tarasken, p. 283.
Athapasken- (Tinne-) und Kinai- Totonaken, p. 288.
Stiimme, p. 184. Matlatsinken, p. 294.
Algonkin-Stiimme, p. 193. Mixteken (Mi8teken), p. 298.
Trokesen, p. 206. Zapoteken, p. 302.
Dakota, p. 214. Maya-Sprachen, p. 305.
Tscherokesen (Tselake), p. 223. Mosquito (Miskito), p. 314.
Choctaw (TSayta), p. 232. Bribri, p. 318.
Koloschen (Tylinkit), p. 239. Arowaken und der Caraiben, p. 322.
Tsihaili-Selisch (Tsyailis-Selis), p. 243. Arowaken (Lukunu) und der Goayiros,
Sahaptin-Walawala, p. 248. p. 323.
Tsbinuk (Tsinuk, Tsinuk), p. 254. Caraiben des Festlandes (Karina, Ga-
Mutsun, p. 257. libi), p. 333.
Nahuatl] (Nawatl), p. 260. Caraiben der Inseln (Kalinago), p. 339.

Sonorischen Sprachen, p. 271.
Pp. 429-439 contain the numerals in the following American languages: Paw-

MULLER—MURR. 525

Miller (Dr. Friedrich)—continued.
nee (Pani), Riccara, Hueco (Weko), Kitunaha, Waiilatpu, Molele, Kalapuya,
Yakon (Lower Killamuk}, Lutuami, Palaihnih (Palaik), Shastie (Saste), Yurok,
Alikwa, Wischosk, Wiyot, Pomo, Gallinomero, Yokaia, Arraarra, Pehtsik, Ebnek,
Konkau, Nishinam, Cushna, Kasua, Santa Cruz, Yokuts, Tinlinneh, Yuma, Pue-
blos (Isleta, Jemes, Tehua, Taos, Acoma, Queres, Moqui), Tonkawas, Kioway, Ca-
huillo (Kauwnya), Chimehuevi, Mixes (Mises), Bayanos (Darien), Chinchasuyu,
Zamucos, Cayubabos, Cotoxos, Sapiboconos, Puelche (Puel-tse).

Der grammatische Bau der Algonkin-Sprachen. Ein
Beitrag zur amerikanischen Linguistik. Von Dr. Friedrich Miil-
ler, Professor &e.

In Kaiserliche Akad. der Wissensch., Sitzungsb., vol. 56, pp.132-154. Wien,
1867. 8°. Separately issued: Wien, 1867. 23 pp. 8°.

2680 Muller (Baron Johann Wilhelm von). Reisen | in den | Vereinig-
ten Staaten | Canada | und | Mexico | von Baron J. W. von Miil-
ler, | Dr. phil., [&e., two lines]. | In drei Biinden. | Mit Stahlsich-
ten, Lithographien und in den Text gedruckten Holzschnitten. |
Erster [—Dritter] Band. | [Design.]

Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1864 [-1865]. | B.

3 vols. sm. 4°.

Aztekische Kalender, chap. 3, vol. 3, pp. 62-90. Die aztekische Sprache,
chap. 5, vol. 3, pp. 105-108, is a short discussion of the Aztek grammar; it is
taken almost literally from Clavigero.

2681 Mungwandus. An | account | of the | Chippewa Indians, | who
have been travelling among the whites, | in the | United States,
England, Ireland, Scotland, | France and Belgium; | with very
interesting incidents in relation to the general | characteristics of
the English, Irish, Scotch, French, | and Americans, with regard to
their hospi- | tality, peculiarities, ete. | Written by Mungwandus, |
The Self-Taught Indian of the Chippewa Nation, for the benefit of
his youngest | Son, called Noodinokay, whose Mother died in
England. | Price 12 1-2 Cents. |

Boston: | Published by the author. | 1848. | WHS.

Printed cover, l 1, pp. 1-16. 8°.

Hymns in Chippewa with English translation, pp. 14-16.

2682 Murr (Christoph Gottlieb von). Christoph Gottlieb von Murr |
Journal | zur | Kunstgeschichte | und | zur allgemeinen | Littera-
tur. | Erster |-Siebenzehnter] Theil. | [Two lines quotation.]

Niirnberg, | bey Johann Eberhard Zeh | 1775 [-1789]. | C.

17 vols. 16°.

Ducrue (Fr. Benno). Specimina Lingvae Californicae, vol. 12, pp. 268-274.

2683 ———— Nachrichten | von | verschiedenen Liindern | des span-
ischen Amerika. | Aus eigenhiindigen Aufsiitzen | einiger Mis-
sionare der Gesellschaft Jesu | herausgegeben | von | Christoph
Gottlieb von Murr. | Erster [Zweiter] Theil. |

Halle, | verlegt bey Joh. Christian Hendel. | 1809 [-1811]. | Co.

2 vols., pp. i-xxi, 1-388; 3 11., pp. 391-616. 8°.

Ducrue (F. B.) Reise aus Californien * * * im Jahr 1767, vol. 2, pp. 389-430;
containing * Californische (Laymonische) Sprachproben,” pp. 394-397.

Steffel (S.M.) ‘Tarahumarisches Worterbuch, vol. 1, pp. 293-374.

2679

526 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Murr (Christoph Gottlieb von)—continued.
2684 ——— Worter der Osage-Sprache aufgenommen von Dr. Murray.
In Vater (J.S.) Analekten der Sprachenkunde, pp. 53-62. Leipzig, 1821. 8°.

2685 Murray (Dr. —). A Vocabulary of the Language of the Osage
Indians, by Dr. Murray, of Louisville, Kentucky. *
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

2686 [Murray (Mr. —).] Collection of words having a similar sound
and signification in the Kutchin and Dogrib languages.
In Richardson (Sir J.) Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 1, pp. 399-400. Lon-
don, 1851, 2 vols. 8°.

2687 Museo Mexicano. El | Museo Mexicano, | 6 | Miscelanea Pinto-
resca de Amenidades Curiosas | é Instructivas. | [One line quota-
tion.] | Tomo Primero [—Quarto]. |

México. | Lo imprime y publica Ignacio Cumplido, | Calle de los
Rebeldes casa nimero 2. | 1843 {[-1844]. | C.

4 vols. royal 8°.

Consulta a los estudiosos sobre la lengua Mexicana, vol. i, pp. 251-253.

- 2688 Museo Nacional de Mexico. Anales | del | Museo Nacional | de
México. | Tomo I | [-III Entrega 2°). |
Mexico. | Imprenta Poliglota de Carlos Ramiro, | calle de Santa
Clara esquina al callejon | 1877 [-1883}. | C. JWP.
Vols. 1 and 2 and pts. 1-2 of vol. 3.
Chavero (A.) La piedra del sol, vol. 1, pp. 353-386; vol. 2, pp. 3-46; 107-126;
233-266.
Galicia (G.) et al. Anales de Cuahtitlan, vol. 1, no. 7—vol. 2, no. 7, pp. 1-64.
Mendoza (G.) Trabajo comparativo entre el Sanscrito, el Naguatl, Griego y
Latin, vol. 1, pp. 286-288.
Estudio comparativo entre el Sanscrito y el Nagiiatl, vol. 1, pp. 75-84.
Complemento al erudito articulo del Senor Orozco y Berra, vol. 1,
pp. 217-226.
Mitos de los Nahras, vol. 2, pp. 271-278, 315-322; vol. 3, pp. 31-36.
Cosmogonia Azteca, vol. 1, pp. 340-353.
Orozco y Berra (M.) El Cuauhxicalli de Tizoe, vol. 1, pp. 3-39.
(6dice Mendozino. Ensayo de descripacion geroglifica, vol. 1, pp. 120-186.
Doctrinas en geroglificos, pp. 202-216.
Cédice Mendozino. Ensayo de descrifracion georoglifica (continued),
vol. 1, pp. 242-270, 289-339; vol: 2, pp. 47-82, 128-130, 205-232.
Sanchez (J.) Glosario de voces Castellanos derividas del Idioma Nahiiatl
6 Mexicano, vol. 3, pp. 57-67.
Valentini (Ph.J.J.) Discurso acerca de la piedra llamada Calendario Mexi-
cano, vol. 1, pp. 226-241.

2689 Muskoki. Muskoki Hymn: What a friend we have in Jesus.
Manuscript. 11. folio.

2690 ——— Muskoki Vocabularies (Creek and Cherokee dialects).
Manuscript. 10 Hl. folio. 211 words in parallel columns. These manuscripts
are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Myrtle (Minnie), pseud.
See Johnson (Anna C.)

MURRAY—NAGERA. 527

2691 Nadezhdin (Ivan). [Works in the Koloshian language.| *

The following list of works, translated into the Koloshian language by Ivan
Nadezhdin, is taken from ‘‘ Russian-American Colonies, report of the committee”
{in Russian], St. Petersburg, 1863, 8°, vol. 2, Table 5, a copy of which I have
seen in the Library of Congress:

1. Esauresie orb Matoen (The gospel according to Matthew).

2. Jntypria (The liturgy).

3. OTnycTnTesbnbie BOCKpecibl Tpolaph HW KOWAAKH OCbMM raacoBD (Doxologies and
hymns for eight voices).

4, Tponapb H Konjaks Bb neybao Matnyzecatnuyn (Canticle and short hymn for Pen-
tecost week).

5. Agoctoy'b Bb wegb.t0 30 3a4. 258.

6. Exsanresic na jenb Ca. Wacxn (The gospel for holy Easter day).

7. AecaTb sanoptyeii (The ten commandments).

H3b Beenomnoii (From the all-night [service]),

. Baarocaosn zyme Moa Tocnoga (Bless my soul, O Lord!).

. Baaken myik’b (Blessed man).

. Xbasute uma Tocnogue (Praise the name of the Lord).

. Bockpecenie Xpucroso Buybaute (The visible resurrection of Christ).

. Bocxpeceuie TBoe, Xpucte Cuace (Thy resurrection, O Christ, the Saviour).

. Beansanie Cratutesmmb (Exaltation of the saints).

. Xpuctocs Bockpece (Christ is risen).

. Ipokumunt Bockpecub! ocbMa rsacoss Jnryprin n tpn MoamTsb (Resurrection hymns
for eight voices, the liturgy and three prayers).

oartaurwwnwnre

CaoBa Jia pasropopa (Words for conversations).

1. O Boxectst 1 Bbpb,o mpa3squnKaxs, O BCeleNNHOll 1 BPeMeBN M BpeMenax’ Posa, 0 Ye1OBLRS
H YacTAXd ero, 0 GOADSHAXD, O HMGOTNDIXD YTBePOHOLUXS, UTNNAXS, pblOaxb, 0 AepeBbaxs,
pacteniax, 0 NBETAX, Tpabaxd u n40jaxb n mpoy (On God and religion, on festivals,
on the universe and time and the seasons, on man and his parts, on sickness, on
quadrupeds, birds, fishes, on trees, plants, on flowers, grasses, and fruits, etc.).

0 snc.1axb (On numbers).
KoanectBen nix, nopAqowHLixd u Aposax (Cardinals, ordinals, and fractions).
C1oza (Words).

Cospanusia 10 arwapnty cb PyecKaro na Kasommneniii (Collection arranged alphabet-
ically from Russian into Koloshian).

Ipuwkpot Aut nenawbnaemsx yacreii phua (Examples of the invariable parts of
speech).

2692 Nagera Yanguas (Fr. Diegode). Doctrina, | y | Hnsenanga | en la
* Jengua Macahva | de cosas mvy vtiles, y pro- | uechosas para los
Ministros de Doctrina, | y para los naturales que hablan la | lengua
Macahua | §& | = dirigido 24 | Al illustrissimo senor | Don Fran-
cisco Manso, | y Guniga, Arcobispo de Me- | xico, del Consejo de
su Magestad | y de el Real de las Indias | (*) | { Por el Licenciado
Diego | de Nagera Yangvas, Beneficiado | del partido de Xocotitlan:
Comissario del santo | Officio de la Inquisicion, y examinador | en

la dicha lengua macahua | a @) * |
Con Licencia. | Impresso en Mexico por Juan Ruyz. Ano de
1637. | JCB.

Title, in manuscript, and 4 other p. ll.; ll, 1-177; tabla, 2 unnumbored ll. 8°.

528 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Nagera Yanguas (Ir. Diego de)—continued.
2693 t—— Manual para administrar los St6s. Sacramentos en la Len-
gua Mazahuatl. 2
8°. Title from Beristain.

2694 Najera (fr. Manuel de San Juan Crisostomo). De Lingua Otho-
mitorum Dissertatio; Auctore Emmanuele Naxera, Mexicano, Aca-
demiz Litterarize Zacatecaruin Socio. Communicated to the Amer-
ican Philosophical Society, 6th March 1835,

In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Trans., new series, vol. 5, pp. 249-296. Philadel-
phia, 1837. 4°. Separately issued as follows:

2695 ———— De Lingua Othomitorum Dissertatio. Auctore Emmanuel
Naxera.

Philadelphie: Ex Prelis James Kay, Jun. ac Fratris. MDCCC-

XXXV [1835]. -

Pp. 2, 48. 4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No, 52131.

2696 - De Lingua Othomitorum Dissertatio. Auctore Emanuele
Naxera, Mexicano, Academie Litterarie Zacatecarum Socio. (Ex
quinto tomo Nove Seriei Actorum Societatis Philosophic A meri-
cane decerpta.) Philadelphia. 1835.

In Royal Geog. Soc. [of London] Jour., vol. 5, pp. 355-361. London, 1885, 8°.
The Lord’s Prayer (from Andreas Olmos) (two versions) and numerals (1-11)
in the Ot’homi language, pp. 359-361.

2697 ——— De Othomitorum Lingua, Dissertatio . . . nune cor-
recta et aucta, utque, praeside R. P. Mexicanae jubente, iterum typis
mandata.

Mexico, 1845. ie

Pp. 116. 4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No, 52132, Triibner’s Catalogue of
Grammars and Dictionaries, and Triibner’s Bib. Hispano-Americana.

2698 —— Disertacion | sobre | la Lengua Othomi, | leida en latin |
en la Sociedad Filosofica Americana de Filadelfia, | y publicada de
su orden | en el tomo 5.° de la nueva série de sus actas; | traducida
al casteliano por su autor | I’. Manuel Crisostomo Naxera, | indi-
viduo | de varias sociedades literarias. | Publicase | de orden del
H. 8. Presidente | de la Republica. |

Mexico. | En la imprenta del Aguila. | 1845. | B.C.
11., pp. i-xiii, 1 1. Latin title, pp. 1-145. large 8°.

2699 ——— Observations critiques sur le chapitre XIII. du dernier vo-
lume de Vouvrage intitulé: ‘“ Exploration du territoire de ?Orégon,
des Californies, et de la mer Vermeille exécutée pendant les années
1840, 1841 et 1842, par M. Duflot de Mofras, attaché a la légation
de France & Mexico.” Par le Pere Emmanuel Najera, Mexicain.

Mexico, 1845. e
Pp.16, 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 51734, and Triibner’s Bib. His-
pano-Americana. The latter puts this title among the special works on the

Mexican language. It is probably a review of the linguistic chapter of Duflot
de Mofras’s work.

NAGERA—NALUNAERUTIT. 529

Najera (Fr. Manuel de San Juan Crisostomo)—continued.

2700 — Gramatica del Tarasco | compuesta | por el M. R. P. Prior
del Carmen | Fr. Manuel de S. Juan | Crisostomo Najera. | Copiada
del autografo | Por Agustin IF’. Villa. | Quien tiene el honor de
dedicarla al Sr. Gobernador de | Michoacan | Lic. D. Justo Men-
doza. | Morelia. |

Imprenta de Octaviano Ortiz, | Plazuela de Villalongin, n°. 2. |

1870. | .

45 pp. sm. 8°. Title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his pos-
session.

2701 ——— Gramatica de la Lengua Tarasca, precedida de una diser-

tacion sobre el mismo Idioma por el M. R. P. Fray Manuel de San
Juan Crisostomo Najera. Publicada segun el original por Eufemio
Mendoza.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex,, Bol., segunda época, tomo 4, pp. 664-684. Mexico,
1872. 4°.

2702 Naleganta. Jesusil Kristusim Annaurcirsinta sullirsei, okantsinnik
Tussarnersunnik, Aglegniartut sissamaet Pissitansimaput Attantsi-
mut.

Barbine. 1804. *
280 pp. 12°. The history of the passion of Jesus Christ, in the Greenland lan-
guage.—Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 22861.

2703 Nalegapta. Nalegapta | Jesusib Kristusib | Piulijipta | Pinniar-
ningit, Anialervinga | Nelliutingmet | Okautsinnik Tussarnertun-
nik. | Aglengniartut Sittamet | Katissimavut at- | tautsimut. |
[Design.]

Barbime, 1800. GB.
Pp. 1-132. 12°. The Life of Christ, in the Eskimo dialect of Labrador.

2704 ——— Nalegapta Jesusib Kristusib, piulijipta pinniarningit;
okautsinik tussarnertunik, aglangniartut sittamet, kattisimavut
attautsimut.

Londonneme, W. M.°Dowallib, 1810. *
8 p.11., 366 pp. 12°. New Testament in the Eskimo language of Labrador.
Printed for the Brethren’s Society for the furtherance of the Gospel among the
Heathen ; for the use of the Christian Esquimaux in the Brethren’s settlements,
Nain, Okkak, and Hopedale, on the Coast of Labrador.— Leclere, 1867, No. 1461.
2705 Nalekab okausee. | [Picture.] ATS.
No title-page. 1p.1., pp.1-8. 24°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Greenland.

Matth. 15, 21-28; Luk. 8, 5-8; Luk. 22, 39-44; Ebr. 12, 18-24.
2706 Nalekam okausinga. | | Picture.] ATS.
No title-page. 1 p.1.,pp.1-8. sq.24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language

of Labrador.

Matth. 15, 21-28; Luk. 8, 5-18; Luk. 22, 39-44; Ebr. 12, 18-24.

2707 Nalunaerutit. Nalunaerutit | sinerissap kujatane misigssuissut |

pivdlugit. | 1862-1866 [-1867]. |

Meddelelser | vedkommende Forstanderskaberne | i Sydgrgn-
land. | 1862-1566 [-1867]. | IWP.

1 p.1., pp. 1-172, 1-20, 1-7. 8°.

34 Bib

530 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Nalunaerutit—continued.
2708 Nalunaerutit | sinerissap kujatane misigssuissut pivdlu-
git. | 7-9. | 1868-70. |
Meddelelser | vedkommende Forstanderskaberne i Syd- | gr¢n-
land. | 7-9. | 1868-70. | JWP.
1 p.1, pp. 1-87. 8°.

2709

Nalunaerutit | sinerissap kujaténe misigssuissut pivdlu-
git. | 10. | 1870-71. |
Meddelelser | vedkommende | Forstanderskaberne i Sydgrén-
land. | 10. | 1870-71. | JWP.
1 p.1., pp. 1-54. 8°.

2710 Nalunaerutit | sinerissame kujatdlarme misigssuissut |
pivdlugit. | 11. | 1871-72 |
Meddelelser, | vedkommende | Forstanderskaberne i Sydgrén-
land. | 11. | 1871-72. | JWP.
1 p.1., pp. 1-43. 8°.
Reports concerning the Municipal Council of South Greenland, and statistical
tables. Printed at Gothaab, Greenland.

2711 Nalungiak Bethleheme. | [Picture.]

[Stuttgart, J. F. Steinkopf.] | 1847. | ATS.
1p.1l.,pp.1-8. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador.
2712 Nana a kaniohmi | Baibil a foka kvt | harakvchi yoke.| = JwP.

Half-tirle. pp. 1-30. 16°. Things made known in the Bible, in the Choctaw
language. The following are the contents—translations of the headings:

Attributes of God—The Bible, how and when written; its translation into the
English and other languages—What the Bible teaches about angels—The Bible
account of the creation and fall of man—What the Bible teaches about the duty
of public worship and aiding religious teachers—What the Bible teaches in
relation to the Sabbath—The goodness of God manifested in his works—How
do you know there is a God?

2713 Naphegyi (Gabor). The | Album of | Language | illustrated by
the | Lord’s Prayer | in | one hundred languages. | By G. Naphegyi,
M. D., A. M. Member of the “Sociedad Geografica y Estadistica” of
Mexico, | and ‘‘ Mejoras Materiales” of Texoco. | Lith. & Printed in
colors by Edward Herline, 650 Chestnut St. Philadelphia. | Pub-
lished | by | J. B. Lippincott | & Co. | Philadelphia. |

Printed title: .

The | Album of Language. | Illustrated by | the Lord’s Prayer |
in | One Hundred Languages, | with | historical descriptions of the
principal languages, interlinear translation and | pronunciation of
each prayer, a dissertation on the languages of | the world, and
tables exhibiting all known | languages, dead and living. | By G.
Naphegyi, M.D. A.M. | Member of the “Sociedad Geografica y
Estadistica,” of Mexico, and ‘Mejoras Materiales,” of Texoco, of
the | Numismatic and Antiquarian Society of Philadelphia, ete. |

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1869. | C. BP.

Pp. 1-324. 4°.

NALUNAERUTIT—NATURAL. 531

Naphegyi (Gabor)—continued.

The Lord’s Prayer in the following languages:

Cherokee, p. 295. Kolusie, p. 304.
Delaware, pp. 296-297. Greenland, p. 305.
Micmac, pp. 298-299, Mexican, pp. 306-307.
Totonac, pp. 300-301. Mistekic, pp. 308-309,
Heiang-hyong, or Ot’homi, p. 302. Mayu, or Yucatekic, pp. 310-311.
Cora, p. 308.
2714 Narciso (J.) [Maya Grammar. Madrid, 1838.] ce

Ruz, in his Preface, speaks of a [Maya] grammar by J. Narciso, of Herranz and
Quiros, printed at Madrid in the year 1838.—Ludewig, p. 227. Squier also gives
this title.

2715 Narragansett Club. Publications | of the | Narragansett Club. |

(First Series.) Volume I [-VI]. |

Providence, Rk. I. | M DCCC LXVI [-M DCCC LXXIV (1866-
1874)]. | C. BA.

6 vols. sm. 4°.

Williams (Roger). A Key into the language of America, edited by J. Ham-
mond Trumbull, vol. 1, pp. 1-219 and 3 pp. n.n.

2716 Nash (—). English Aztec Vocabulary. *
Manuscript about 1850. 16°.—Quariich’s Catalogue.

2717 Natural History Society of Montreal. The | Canadian | Naturalist
and Geologist. | [and Proceedings of the | Natural History Soci-
ety | of Montreal, | Conducted by a Committee of the Natural His-
tory Society]. | By E. Billings. | Volume I. | [-VIII.]

Montreal: | Printed by John Lovell, at his steam printing estab-
lishment | St. Nicholas Street. | 1857 [-1863]. | C. JWP.

8 vols. 8°. Title changed as above in vol. 2.

Davies (fev. B.) On the origin of the name ‘‘Canada,” vol. 6, pp. 430-4382.

On the Indian Tribes of McKenzie River District and the Arctic Coast, from a

correspondent, vol. 4, pp. 190-197.
Continued, with change of title, as follows:

2718 The | Canadian Naturalist | and Geologist: | A Bi-Monthly
Journal of Natural Science, | conducted by a Committee of the
Natural | History Society of Montreal. | New Series. -— Vol. 1. | [-3.]
(With two maps.) | Editing committee. | General Editor: David
A. P. Watt. | J. W. Dawson, LL. D., F.1R.S., | [&e., § lines. ]

Montreal: | Dawson Brothers, Great St. James Street. | 1864

[-1868]. | 0. JWP.
3 vols. 8°.
Continued, with change of title, as below:
2719 ——— The | Canadian Naturalist | and | Quarterly Journal of

Science, | with the | Proceedings of the Natural History | Society
of Montreal. | Conducted by a Committee of the Society. | New
Series — Vol. 4 [-9]. | (With two plates and a map.) | Editing Com-
mittee. | Acting Editor: J. F. Whiteaves, I. G. S., ete. | [&e., 9
lines. ]

532 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Natural History Society of Montreal—continued.
Montreal: Dawson Brothers, 55 to 59 St. James Street. | 1869
[-1880]. | Cc. JWP.
Campbell (J.) On the origin of some American Indian Tribes [first article],
vol. 9, pp. 65-80.
On the origin of some American Indian Tribes [second article], vol. 9,
pp. 193-212.
Hittites in America, vol. 9, pp. 275-296.
— Hittites in America [second article], vol. 9, pp. 345-367.

2720 Naughtawkkoa kollin-illoaet? | [Picture.]

[n. p.] 1844. | ATS.
No title-page, 1 p.1., pp.1-8. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of
Labrador.

Lue. 4, 24-26, p.1; Lue. 4, 27, p.2; Jac. 5, 16-18, pp. 3-4; Matth. 23, 34-39, pp.5—
6; Timoth. 1, 1-5; 3, 15-17, pp. 7-8.

2721 Nauk taipkoa neinenik? | [Picture of Eskimo.]

[n. p.], 1844. | ATS.
No title-page. 1 p.1.,pp.1-8. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of
Labrador.

Lue. 4, 24-26, p.1; Lue. 4,27,p.2; Jacobi 5, 16-18, pp. 3-4; Matth. 23, 34-39,
pp. 5-6; 2 Timoth. 1, 1-5; 3, 15-17, pp. 7-8.

Though this tract has the same contents as the previous one, it is not the
same work; where the stories run through more than one page, the pages do not
end alike. ‘There are also verbal discrepancies throughout.

Naxera (Fr. Manuel de S. Juan Crisostomo).
See Najera (fr. Manuel de 8. Juan Crisostomo).

Naxera Yanguas (I’r. Diego de).
See Nagera Yanguas (Jr. Diego de).

2722 Ne. Ne | Kaghyadonghsera | ne | Royadadokenghdy | ne
Isaiah. | C. ABS. JWP. WHS.
New-York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan-
shaw, Printer. | 1839. |
Pp. 1-243. 18°. Book of Isaiah in the Mohawk language.

2723 ——— Ne neh | Yonaderihhonnyen ni tha|ka nyen kehhaka
kawen nondaghkonh | teke nih skarighware | nok royanen ra o de
ren nayengh | d ye ry wennyh, | ro ty ya da do kenghty, | ro digh-
yadon ye righ wa nendon th’a | i wak yadon | O nengh deyogh se
raghsenh shik he rihhon ny en ny=Yayak | niya kaonghwenjakeh.
Ex ha ho konah. | I sho na jowa ne. |

New-York, Printed at the Conference Office | by J. Collord. |
1829 | oO.

Pp. 1-32. 32°. Mohawk Primer. Lord’s Prayer, Apostles’ Creed, Ten Com-
mandments, and Prayers, pp. 20-32.

2724

Ne neh | yondaderihhonnyen ni tha |ka nyen kehhaka
rawen nondaghkonh | teke nih skarighware | nok royaner ra o de
ren nayengh | 0 ye ry wennyh, | ro ty ya da do kengh ty. | Ro digh-

NATURAL—NEIGHBORS, 533

Ne—continued.
yadon ye righ wa nendon tha |i wak yadon | O nengh deyogh se
raghsenh shik he ribhon ny en ny | Yayak niya kaonghwenjakeh |
Ex ha ho konah. | IT sho na jowa ne.
Belleville: | Printed at the “Intelligencer” Office, by Bowell &
Moore. | 1851. | JWP.
Pp. 1-16. 16°. Primer in the Mohawk language.

2725

Ne | Yeriwanontontha | ne ne | Wesleyan Methodists. |
Lynn, Mass.: | Newhall and Hathorne. | 1834. | BA.
Pp. 1-12. 16°. Catechism in the Mohawk language.

2726 Neal (Daniel). The | History | of | New-England | Containing
an | Impartial Account | of the | Civil and Heclesiastical Affairs |
Of the Country | To the Year of our Lord, 1700. | To which- is
added | The Present “tate of New-England. | With a New and
Accurate Map of the Country. | And an | Appendix | Containing
their | Present Charter, their Ecclesiastical Disci- | pline, and their
Municipal-Laws. | In Two Volumes. | By Daniel Neal. | Vol.
I [il]. |

London: | Printed for J. Clark, at the Bible & Crown in the
Poultry, | R. Ford, at the Angel in the Poultry, and R. Crut- |
tenden, at the Bible and Three Crowns in Cheapside | M DCC XX
[1720]. | C.

2 vols. 1 p.1., pp. i-vi, i-ix,11., pp. 1-830; 2 p.11., pp. 331-712, i-xvi. map. 8°.

A few Indian words and sentences, with English translations, vol. 1, pp. 44-45.

2727 The | History | of | New-England, | Containing an | Im-
partial Account | of the | Civil and Ecclesiastical Affairs | Of the
Country, | To the Year of our Lord, 1700. | To which is added, |
The Present State of New-England. | With a New and Accurate
Map of the Country. | And an | Appendix | Containing their |
Present Charter, their Ecclesiastical Disci- | pline, and their Mu-
nicipal-Laws. | In Two Volumes. | The Second Edition. | With
many Additions by the Author. | By Daniel Neal, A. M. | Vol.
I [-I]]. |

London: | Printed for A. Ward, in Little-Britain; T. Longman |
and T. Shewell, in Paternoster-Row; J. Oswald, | in the Poultry;
A. Millar, in the Strand; and | J. Brackstone, in Cornhill. M DCC
XLVII [1747]. | a

2 vols. 1 p.1., pp. i-vi, i-vi,11., pp. 1-392; 2p. ll., pp. 1-380, 8 Il. map. 8°.
Title from Mr. W. Eames, from a copy in the Astor library.

A few Indian words and sentences, with English translations, vol. 1, pp. 47, 48.

2728 Negro. The Negro Servant C.
No title-page. Pp.1-40. 24°. Except heading above, entirely in Cherokee
characters.
2729 Neighbors (Robert S.) Commanche Numeration.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 129-130. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

534 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Neighbors (Robert S.)—continued.

2730 —-—— Vocabulary of the Néuni, or Comanche (Texas).

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 494-505. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

2731 Neill (Edward Duffield). Annals | of the | Minnesota Historical
Society. | MDCCCLVI, | containing | Materials | for the | History
of Minnesota. | [Seal.] | Prepared by | Edward D. Neill, Secretary
of the Society. |

Saint Paul: | Joseph R. Brown, Territorial Printer, | Pioneer and
Democrat Office. | 1856. |

Second title:

Materials | for the future | History of Minnesota; | being a | Re-
port | of the | Minnesota Historical Society | to the | Legislative
Assembly, | in accordance with a joint resolution. | Fifteen hun-
dred copies ordered to be printed for the use of the Legislature. |

Saint Paul: | Joseph R. Brown, Territorial Printer, | Pioneer

and Democrat Office. | 1856. | ie
1 p.1., pp. 1-141, 1-17. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from a copy in the Astor
library.

Names of the Bands of the Scioux of the East, with their significations, p. 40.
The | History of Minnesota: | from the | Earliest French
Explorations | to the | Present Time. | By | Edward Duffield
Neill, | Secretary of the Minnesota Historical Society. | [Quotation
one line.] |
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1858. | a
628 pp. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames from copy in the Astor library.
Dakota hymn, with translation, p. 64; Dakota names for the months, with trans-
lations, p. 86; Dakota alphabet, p. 97.
+ Second Edition. Philadelphia, 1873, pp. lii, 50-758. 8°.
Dakota Land and Dakota Life. By Edward D. Neill.
In Minn. Hist. Soc., Annals, No. 4, pp. 45-64. Saint Paul, 1853. 8°.
Names of the Scioux of the East, with their signification, pp. 46-47; Lan-
guage, pp. 49-50; Song and translation, p.53; List of Moons, p. 62.
Reprinted in Minn. Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 1, pp. 254-294. Saint Paul, 1872. 8°.
The | History of Minnesota: | from the | Earliest French
Explorations | to the | Present Time, | By the | Rev. Edward Duf-
field Neill, |: President of Macalester College; | Corresponding
Member of Massachusetts Historical Society; Author of | ‘ Vir-
ginia Company of London,” “The English Colonization of | Amer-
ica,” [“‘| Founders of Maryland,” Kte., Ete., Etc. | [One line quota-
tion.]| Fourth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. |
Minneapolis: | Minnesota Historical Company. | 1882. | Cc.
Pp. i-xlix, i-iii, 49-928, 1-10, 1-16, 1-4. 8°. Linguistics as in 1858 edition.
2735 Nelles (Rev. Abraham) and Hill (John), jr. The Book ot | Com-
mon Prayer, | according to the use of the | Church of England, |
translated into the Mohawk language, | compiled from various
translations, revised, corrected, and | prepared for the press, under
the direction of | the Rev. Abraham Nelles, | Chief Missionary in

2732

2733

2734

NEIGHBORS—NEUES. 535

Nelles (ev. Abraham)—continued.

the service of the Company for the Propagation of the | Gospel
in New England and the parts adjacent in America. | The Col-
lects, the Service of Baptism of such as are of Riper Years, the |
Order of Confirmation, the Visitation of the Sick, the Communion |
of the Sick, Thanksgiving of Women after Child Birth, &e. |
Translated by John Hill, Junr., | Appear in Mohawk for the first
time, in this Edition of the Prayer Book. |

Hamilton: | Printed at Ruthven’s Book and Job Office, &c., King
Street. | 1842. |

Second title:

Ne Kaghyadouhsera ne | Yoedereanayeadagwha, | tsiniyouht ne
yontstha ne | Skanyadaratiha Onouhsadokeaghty, | tekaweanate-
nyouh kanyeakehaka kaweanoetaghkouh, | watkeanisaaghtouh ne
tekaweanatenyoehokouh, watkease, skagwada- | gwea, neoni ka-
weyeaneatase ne tsiteyeristoghraraktha, | ne raoteweyeanoeny-
aghtshera | ne Ratsi. Abraham Nelles, | Rarighwawakhouhtsherag-
weniyoh ne shakonatsteristase ne Tsikeatyogh- | gwayea ne Teha-
dirighwarenyatha ne Orighwadokeaghty ne Ase | Skanyadaratiha
neoni aktatyeshouh ne America. | Ne Adereanayeathokouh, ne Yoe-
datnekosseraghtha ne Yakaoseragwea, | ne Yoedaderighwahnirats-
tagweanitha, Yoedadenadarenawitha ne | Yakonouhwaktany, Yoe-
douhradaghgwha Tyakothoewisea, &c. | Ne Tehaweanatenyouh
John Hill, Junr., | Nene toetyereaghte waokeatane ne Kanyeake-
hakake ne keaiekea Kaghya- | douhserakouh ne Yoedereanayea-
dagwha. |

Oghroewakouh: | Tekaristoghrarakouh Ruthven Tsiteharistogh-
raraktha ne Kaghyadouh- | sera, &c., Koraghkowah Tsitekanato-
kea. | 1842. |

Pp. i-viii, 1-432, alternate pages English and Mohawk. 8°. English title verso
1.1; Mohawk title recto 1. 2.

Appended :

Ne | Karoegwea | ne ase tekaweanatenyouh | ne | teharighwag-
wathaokouh ne David, | ne kaghsaeany | ne eayontsthake | Onouh-

sadokeagihtike. |
Hamilton: | Printed at Ruthven’s Book and Job Office, &c.,
King Street. | 1842. | C. BA. WE. JWP.

Pp. 433-456. Part of the singing psalms and hymns.
For other editions of the Book of Common Prayer in Mohawk, see Claesse (L.),
and note thereto.

2736 Neues | Lausitzisches Magazin. | Unter Mitwirkung der Oberlau-
sitzischen | Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, | herausgegeben
und verlegt | von | Johann Gotthelf Neumann, | Diakonus an der
Kirche zu St. Petr. und P., Seeretair | der Oberl. Gesellsch. der
Wissensch. und Chrenmitglied der | Schles. Gesellschaft fiir vater-
landische Kultur. | Erster [—Dreiundvierzigster] Band. | Mit 4
Steindricken und mehrern Tabellen. |

536 NORTH AMER:‘CAN LINGUISTICS.

Neues—continued.
Gorlitz, | beim Herausgeber und in Commission bei C. G. Zobel. |
1822 [-1866]. | Gedruckt bei Johann Gottlieb Dressler. | C.
43 vols. 8°.
Hasling (—.) Eine Probe der Esquimaux-Sprache, vol. 14, pp. 260-262.

2737 Neuville (év. Jean Baptiste). [Catéchisme en langue Iroquoise.]
Manuscript. 26 unnumbered leaves. 24°. No title-page. Some pages missing
at beginning. CV.

2738 Neve y Molina (Luis de). Reglas | de Orthographia, | Dicciona-
rio, | y Arte | del Idioma Othomi, | breve instruccion | para los
principiantes, | que dicto | El L. D. Luis de Neve, y Molina, | Ca-
thedratico Proprietario de dicho Idioma | en el Real, y Pontificio
Colegio Seminario, | Examinador Synodal, é Interprete de el | Tri-
bunal de Fe en el Provisorato de Indios | de este Arzobispado,
y Capellan del | Hospital Real de esta Corte. | Dedicalo | al Glorio-
sissimo | Senor San Joseph, | Padre Putativo del Verbo Eterno, |
y bajo su Proteccion lo saca a luz. |

Impressas en Mexico, con las licencias necessarias, | en la Im-
prenta de la Bibliotheca Mexicana, en el | Puente del Espiritu
Santo. Ano de 1767. | B.C. JCB.

12 p. ll., pp. 1-160. sm. 4°.

2739 ——— Reglas de Ortografia, | Diccionario | y Arte del Idioma
vthomi: | breve instruccion | para los principiantes, que | dicto |
D. Luis de Neve y Molina. | Catedratico propietario | de dicho
idioma en el Real y Pontificio Colejio | Seminario, examinador
sinodal é intérprete | del Tribunal de la Fé en el provisorato de
indios de | este arzobispado y capellan del Hospi- | tal Real de esta
Corte. | Dedicalo | al gloriosisimo | Sr. San Jose, | Padre putativo
del Verbo Eterno, y bajo su | proteccion lo saca a luz. |

Mexico: 1863. | Tipografia de Mariano Villanueva. | Calle de Or-
tega ntim. 24. | Cc.

Pp. 1-256. 16°.

According to Naxera (Disertacion, &c.), the author was an Othomi native.
He became a priest in the seminary of the district, where he taught his mother

tongue, and was made interpreter of the Tribunal of the Faith for the native
section of the Ecclesiastical Court.

2740 —— Grammatica | della Lingua Otomi | esposta in Italiano |
dal conte {| Enea Silvio Vincenzo Piccolomini | membro de piu Ac-
cademie e Societa Scientifiche, | Secondo la Traccia del licenziato
Luis de Neve y Molina | col vocabulario Spagnuolo-Otomi | spiegato
in Italiano. | [Design.]

Roma | nella tipografia di propaganda fide | 1841. | B.YV.

Outside title 11., pp. 1-82,11. 12°. Grammar of the Otomi language, trans-
lated into Italian by Count Piccolomini, from the Spanish-Otomi of Neve y Mo-
lina.

See Charencey (H. de), No. 730 of this Catalogue.

NEUES—NEWTON. 537

2741 New. The New Birth. Atuklant Vtta.
[Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Mission Press, 1845.] BA.
Pp. 1-16. 12°. No title-page. ‘‘First ed., 1827; Second ed., 1836.”—Byington.

2742 [The New Testament in the Cherokee Language.
Mission Press, Park Hill, 1850.] *
2 vols. 24°. Title from Catalogue of Books in Library Am. Bib. Soc.

2743 [The New Testament in the Cherokee Language. Five

lines in Cherokee characters. }
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1860. | C. WE. JWP.
Pp. 1-408. 12°. In Cherokee characters.

2744. The | New Testament | of | our Lord and Saviour Jesus
Christ, | translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Pin | Chitokaka
pi okehalinchi Chisvs Klaist | in Testament Himona, | Chahta
anumpa atoshowa hoke. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1848. | C. WE. ABC. ABS.

Pp. 1-818. 12°. Have seen editions of 1854, 1858, and 1871, with no change of
title-page except in date.

2745 Newcomb (Harvey). The | North American Indians: | being | a
series of conversations | between | a mother and her children, |
illustrating the | character, manners, and customs | of the | Natives
of North America. | Adapted both to the general Reader and to
the Pupil of the | Sabbath School. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [IT]. |
By Harvey Newcomb. |

Pittsburgh: | Published by Luke Loomis, | No. 79, Market
Street. | [1835.] C. WHS.

2 vols. 16°.

Appendix, vol. 1, pp. 155-169, contains remarks on Indian languages from Bou-
dinot’s Star in the West, Adair, Colden, Edwards, and a table, from Edwards,
of English, Charibbee, Creek, Mohegan, and Hebrew words.

2746 New Hampshire Historical Society. Collections | of the | New-Hamp-
shire | Historical Society, | for the year 1524. | |No date in v. 8.]
Volume I [-VIII]. |

Concord: | Published by Jacob B. Moore. | 1824 [-1566]. | ©. BA. -
8 vols. 8°.
Ballard (fev. E.) Indian mode of applying names, vol. 8, pp. 446-452.

2747 Newton (Alfred). Notes on Birds which have been found in

Greenland.

In Royal Soc. [of London]. Manual of the Nat. Hist., Geol., and Physics of
Greenland, &c., pp. 94-115. London, 1875. 8°.

Esquimaux names of birds, passim.

2748 Newton (J. H.), editor. History | of | Venango County, | Penn-
sylvania, | and incidentally of petroleum, | together with | accounts
of the early settlement and progress of each township, | borough

538 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Newton (J. H.), editor—continued.
and village, | with | personal and biographical sketches of the
early settlers, represen- | tative men, family records, Ete. | By an
able Corps of Historians. | With illustrations | Descriptive of its
Scenery, Private Residences, Public Buildings, Farm Scenes, Oil |
Derricks, Manufactories, etc., from Original Sketches. | Edited
by | J. H. Newton. |

Columbus, Ohio: | Published by J. A. Caldwell. | 1879. | Cc.

Pp. 1-651. 4°.

“Chapter 8, Language of the Iroquois,” pp. 24-25, contains general remarks
on the language of the Iroquois, and a short vocabulary; Lord’s Prayer with
interlinear translation, and a hymn in Seneca.

New York (State of).
See O’Callaghan (Edmund Bailey), editor.

2749 New York Historical Society. Collections | of the | New-York |
Historical Society, | for the year 1809 [-1830]. | Volume I [-V]. |
[One line quotation. ]

New York: Printed and published by I. Riley. | 1811 [-1830]. |

5 vols. 8°. Cc. BA.

Jarvis (S.F.) A Discourse on the Religion of the Indian Tribes of North
America, vol. 3, pp. 181-268.

Smith (W.) History of the late Province of New York, vols 4 and 5.

2750

Collections | of the | New-York | Historical Scciety. |
Second Series. | Vol. I [-III]. | [Three lines quotation. |

New-York: | Printed for the Society, | by H. Ludwig, 72 Vesey-
Street. | 1841 [-M DCCC LVII (1857) ]. | : Cc. BA.

3 vols. 8°,

Benson (I.) Memoir read before the Society, vol. 2, pp. 77-148.

Donck (A. Van der). Description of the New Netherlands, vol. 1, pp. 125-242.

Laet (J. de). Extracts from the New World, vol. 1, pp. 281-316.

Marshall (O.H.) Narrative of the Expedition of the Marquis de Nonville,
vol. 2, pp. 149-192.

Megapolensis (J.), jr. A,short sketch of the Mohawk Indians, vol. 3, pp.
137-160. :

2751 Collections | of the | New-York Historical Society | for the
year | 1868 {[-1876]. | Publication Fund Series [vols. 1-9]. |
New York: | Printed for the Society. | MDCCCLXVIII

[-MDCCCLXXVII (1868-1877)]. | C. BA.
9 vols. 8°. ;
2752 Proceedings | of the | New York Historical Society. | For

the year 1843 [-1848]. |
New York: | Press of the Historical Society. | 1844|-1848] | co. BA.
6 vols. 8°.
Schoolcraft (H.R.) Comments on the Aboriginal names * * of the State
of New York, vol. 2, pp. 77-115.

Thompson (B.F.) Paper upon the Indian names, of Long Island, vol. 3,
pp. 126-131.

NEWTON—NICAN. 539

2753 New York University. [First-Thirty-first] Annual Report[s| | of
the | Regents of the University, | on the | Condition of the State
Cabinet | of | Natural History. | With | Catalogues of the same. |
Made to the Senate April 11, 1848. |

Albany: | C. Van Benthuysen, Printer. | 1848 [-1879]. | C.

31 vols. 8°.

Bruyas (Rev.J.) Radical words of the Mohawk language, appended to six-
teenth ann. rept., pp. 1-123.

Morgan (L.H.) List of articles furnished the Indian collection, second ann.
rept., pp. 74-76.

Schedule of [88] Articles obtained from Indians residing in western

New-York, being the product of their own handicraft and manufacture, &c.,

third ann. rept., pp. 57-60.

Report upon the articles furnished the Indian collection, third ann.

rept., pp. 65-97.

Report on the fabrics, inventions, &c., of the Iroquois, fifth ann. rept.,

pp. 67-117.

2754 Catalogue | of the | Cabinet of Natural History | of the
State of New-York, | and of the | Historical and Antiquarian Col-
lection | annexed thereto. | Printed by Order of the Regents of the
University. |

Albany: | C. Van Benthuysen, Printer to the Legislature, |
1853. | Cc.

Pp. 1-34, 1-61, 1-22, 1-53, 1-31, 1-28, 1-22. 8°.

Morgan (L. H.) Donations [of Indian articles] from Lewis H. Morgan, of
Rochester, with names of a few in the Seneca dialect, 6th paper, pp. 3-6.
Purchases, from Lewis H. Morgan, of Rochester, [of] articles manu-
factured at special request, by Indians residing in western New York and Canada
West, with names of each article in the Seneca dialect, 6th paper, pp. 22-28.

2755 Nez-Perces | First Book. | Designed for Children and New Begin-
ners. |
Clear Water: (Mission Press.) | 1839. | BA, ABC. JWP. MHS.
Pp. 1-20. 16°.

2756 Nican. @ Nican yeuiliuhtic ayninri | Hapovaleatca mexica ca
naulitetl | ymiuhqueutova ceaca yuitlamia- | xiij acatl cetecpatl
quitlomi | a xiij iccpatl. cecatliqui | tlamia xiij. call i. cetoch | Hi
quit] amia xiij= | tochtli. Aihyni | quac otlami | tonauhte | ixtin= |
in | mamolpiain toxiuhypanynomea catlxi | sitl ompovalxiuhti
caommatlica | ypan on xivitl Veleemcueti | tiztli. quin omicilloni |
con mexico a xxvij | dias. clmes | de Seli | @ | brede 1576 as |

Colophon:
[Paris:] Lith. J. Desportes, inst nat des Souards Muets.—F. D.
script. | B.

1p.1., pp. 1-158. 8°. Mexican hieroglyphs with explanations in Aztec. A
manuscript of the 16th century belonging to M. Aubin, who had it reproduced in
fac-simile. The copy seen was from the library of Mr. Squier, to whom it was
presented by M. Aubin.

540 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Nican—continued.

2757 ——— Nican tecpantoc ihcuiliuhtoe centzacuhtoe tepoztocatoe, in
tlamantli mogentoca ihqui techmo machtililia ihqui techmo ixpanti-
lilia, inqui techmo ititilia, inqui techmo nezcayotilia in theo amoch
tlacuilacatzin S". Lucas, theo amoch tlacuilolpantzinco. -

Colophon:

Se acabaron. estos Evangelios de trasladar oy quatro de Agosto
dia de N. P. Se, Domingo en este atio de mil setesientos y veinte
y Sinco (1725). e

Unedited manuscript of 154 leaves, 4°, in very regular writing. The author
of this work is entirely unknown to us. It is a volume of sermons drawn from
the Evangelists.—Leclere, 1878, No. 2329.

2758 Nichols (A. Sidney). Vocabulary of the Navajo.
Manuscript. 10 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
2759 Nihina | Ayamie-Mazinahigan. | Kanachchatageng. | [Crucifix.]
Moniang [Montreal]: | Fabre-Endatch. | 1830. |

Colophon:
Montreal: | Imprimé par Ludger Duvernay, | a ’Imprimerie de
la Minerve. | 1830. | JWP.

Pp. 1-100. 18°. Prayers, catechism, hymns, prayers for mass, litany, d&c., in
the Algonkin language. Pp. 97-100 contain a brief primer.
2760 Niina | Aiamie Masinaigan. | Kanactageng. | [Cross.]
Moniang [Montreal]: | TakSabikickote endate John Lovell. |
1854. | S. JWP.

Picture of cross p. 1, reverse blank; title p. 3, reverse contains ‘‘Approbation”;
pp. 5-156. 16°. Catholic book of prayers in the Algonkin language.

2761 Nitvk Hollo Nitvk A Isht | Anumpa Hoke. | ATS.
No title-page. Pp. 1-17. 16°. Tract ‘‘On the Sabbath” in the Choctaw lan-
guage.

2762 Noah (Mordecai Manuel). Discourse | on | the evidences | of |
the American Indians | being the descendants | of the | Lost Tribes
of Israel. | Delivered before the | Mercantile Library association, |
Clinton Hall. | By M. M. Noah. |

New York: | James Van Norden, | No. 27 Pine-street. |
1837. | WE. WHS.
Pp. 1-40. 8°. According to Sabin there is a German translation: Altona, bei

Johann Friedrich Hammerich. 1838.
Indian words from Hebrew roots, pp. 10-12.

Nolasco de los Reyes (D. Pedro).
See Bjercicio, No. 1169.

2763 Nondadyu égi Gainah. Dosyowah Ganok/dayih, Tgais/dani/yout,
Nisah 24%, 1845 Donation Hymn. (Seneca Mission, January 24*,
1845.) ABC.

No title-page. 1 sheet. 8°. In Seneca and English.

2764 Noosoluph Vocabularies, (Noosoluph, or Upper Chihalis, and Kwi-
naiut] dialects).

Manuscript. 11 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

NICAN—-NORTON. 541

2765 Nordhoff (Charles). California: | for | Health, Pleasure, and Resi-

2766

dence. | A book for travellers and settlers. | By Charles Nord-
hoff, | Author of ‘Cape Cod and all along Shore,” &e., &e. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1872. | C.

3 p. IL, pp. 11-255. 8°.

Indians names of places in the Yosemite Valley, with English significations,
p. 75.

California | for | Health, Pleasure, and Residence | A
Book for travellers and settlers | New Edition, thoroughly Re-
vised | giving | detailed accounts of the culture of the wine and
raisin grape | the orange, lemon, olive, and other semi-tropical
fruits | colony settlements, methods of irrigation, ete. | By |
Charles Nordhoff | With maps and numerous illustrations |

New York | Harper & Brothers, Publishers | 1882 | Cc.

2 p.Il., pp. 9-206. 8°. Indian names of places in the Yosemite Valley, with
English significations, p. 58.

2767 Norman (Benjamin Moore). Rambles in Yucatan; | or, | Notes

of Travel through the Peninsula, | including | a visit to the
remarkable Ruins | of | Chi-chen, Kabah, Zayi, and Uxmal. | With
numerous illustrations. | By B. M. Norman. |

New York: | J. & H. G. Langley, 57 Chatham Street. | Philadel-
phia: Thomas, Cowperthwait, & Co. | New Orleans: Norman, Steel,
& Co. | MDCCOXLII [1843]. | B.C. WE.

Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., pp. 3-304, “Second edition” and “Third
edition” similar in all respects to above except the addition of the quoted words.
Fourth edition, N. Y.,1844; Seventh edition, N. Y., 1849. 8°. map.

Lord’s Prayer in Maya, p. 68.

Chapter xiv. Remarks on American Languages in general—Conflicting Opin-
ions of Philologists—Religious Zeal a Stimulus that has produced the Grammars
and Vocabularies of the American Languages—Sketch of the Grammar of the
Maya Tongue—Concluding Observations respecting its Origin, pp. 236-251.

A brief Maya Vocabulary, pp. 255-263. ;

Rafinesque (C.S.) Ancient Languages of the First Inhabitants of America,
pp. 292-296.

2768 Norris (Philetus W.) The | Calumet of the Cotean, | and other |

2

7

poetical legends of the border. | Also, | a glossary of Indian names,
words, and | western provincialisms. | Together with | a guide-
book | of the | Yellowstone National Park. | By P. W. Norris, |
five years Superintendent of the Yellowstone National Park. | All
rights reserved. |
- Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1883. | IWP.
Pp. 3-275. sm. 8°.
Glossary of ‘Indian words” and ‘‘provincialisms,” pp. 223-233, contains
Dakota, Ojibwa, Pani, Chinook, Nootka, Chinook Jargon, Kickapoo, and Sho-
shone terms.

69 [Norton (John).] Ne raowenna | Teyoninhokarawen | Shakona-

donde ne rondaddegenshon ne | rondadhawakshon | Rodinonght-

542 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Norton (Jo1n).|—continued.

syoni | Tsiniyoderighwagennoni ne | Raorighwadogenghte | ne
ne | Sanctus John. | Address to | the Six nations; | recommending
the | Gospel of Saint John. | By | Teyoninhokarawen, | The Trans-
lator.—London. |

London: | Printed by Phillips and Fardon, George Yard, Lom-
bard Street. | 1805. | HU.

Half title:

Nene | karighwiyoston | tsinihorighhoten ne | Saint John |
The | Gospel | according to | Saint John. |

London: | Printed for the | British and Foreign Bible Society, |
By Phillipps & Fardon, George Yard, Lombard Street. |

Pp. i, ii-vii, ii-vii, 1 ]., pp. 1-125, 1-125 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and
English ; 11. Mohawk. 16°.

2770

Nene | Karighyoston | tsinihorighhoten ne | Saint John. |

New-York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan-
shaw, Printer. | 1818. |

Second title:

The | Gospel | according to | Saint John. | (In the Mohawk Lan-
guage.) | [By Tryoninhokaraven, called John Norton, a Chief of the
Six Nations. |

New-York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan-
shaw, Printer. | 1818. | C. BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-116, 1-116 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and English; one page

corrigenda in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso of 1.1; English title recto of 1. 2.
16°.

2771

Nene | Karighwiyoston | Tsinihorighhoten ne | Saint
John. | The | Gospel | according to | Saint John. |
London: printed for the | British and Foreign Bible Society, |
By Phillips & Fardon, George Yard, Lombard Street. | [n. d.]
ABS. JWP.
Pp. 1-126, 1-126 (double numbers), alternate pages Mohawk and English. 16°.

Trumbull gives this the date of 1805; Kohlers’ catalogue puts it under 1804;
Sabin, [about 1805]; and Muller, 1820.

2772 Notice sur les mceurs et couttiimes des Indiens Esquimaux de la
baie de Baffins, au pole arctique, suivie @’un vocabulaire esquimau-
francais.

Tours: Mame. 1826. .
Pp. 24. 12°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 22863.

2773 Notices | of | East Florida, | with an Account | of the | Seminole
Nation of Indians. | By a Recent Traveller in the Province. |
Charleston: | Printed for the Author, | By A. E. Miller, 4 Broad-
Street. | 1822. | BP.
Pp. 1-106. 16°.
Vocabulary of the Seminole language, pp. 97-105.

NORTON—NOUVELLES. 543

2774 Noticia Brebe de los vocables mas usuales de la Lengua Cacchi-
quel. us
Manuscript. 921]. 4°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.

2775 Nott (Josiah Clark) and Gliddon (George Robins). Indigenous
Races | of | the Earth; | or, | New Chapters of Ethnological En-
quiry; | including | monographs on special departments of Philol-
ogy, Iconography, | Cranioscopy, Paleontology, Pathology, Ar-
chology, Com- | parative Geography, and Natural History: | con-
tributed by | Alfred Maury, | Bibliothécaire [&c., seven lines], |
Francis Pulszky, | of Lubocz and Cselfalva, | Fellow [&ce., six
lines], | and J. Aitken Meigs, M. D., | Professor of |&c., seven
lines], | (With Communications from Prof. Jos. Leidy, M. D., and
Prof. L. Agassiz, LL. D.) | presenting fresh | investigations, docu-
ments, and materials; | by | J.C. Nott, M. D., | Mobile, Alabama, |
and Geo. R. Gliddon, | Formerly U. 8. Consul at Cairo, | Authors
of “Types of Mankind.” |

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | London: Triibner & Co. |
1857. | : C. BA. WE. JWP.

Pp. i-xxiv, 25-656, 49°.

Maury (Alfred). On the distribution and classification of tongues, pp. 25-86.

2776 Nouvelle Bretagne. Vicariat Apostolique d’Athabaska et Mae-
kenzie. *
In Annales de la Propag. de la Foi, vol. 43, pp. 457-478. Paris, 1871. 8°. Title
from Mr. W. Eames.
Contains remarks on the Esquimaux and Cris languages.

2777 Nouvelles Annales | des Voyages, | de la Géographie | et de PHis-
toire, | ou | recueil | Des relations originales inédites, communi-
quées par|des voyageurs francais et étrangers; | Des voyages
nouveaux, traduits de toutes les langues | européennes; | Ht des
mémoires historiques sur Vorigine, la langue, les | mceurs et les
arts des peuples, ainsi que sur les pro- | ductions et. le commerce
des pays jusqwici peu ou mal | connus; | Accompagnées dun bulle-
tin ou l’on annonce toutes les découvertes, recherches et entreprises
qui tendent | 4 accélérer les progrés des sciences historiques, et |
spécialement de la géographie. | Avec des cartes et planches, |
gravées en taille-douce, | publiées par | MM. J. B. Eyriés et Malte-
Brun. | Tome Premier [-208]. |

Paris, | Librairie de Gide Fils, | Rue Saint-Mare-Feydeau, No.
16. | 1519 |-1870]. | CO. BA.

208 vols. 8°. This work has been published in series as follows:

First series, 1819-1826, 30 vols. ; Second series, 1827-1833, 30 vols. ; Third series,
1834-1839, 24 vols.; Fourth series, 1840-1844, 20 vols.; Fifth series, 1845-1854, 40
vols.; Sixth series, 1855-1865, 44 vols. ; Seventh series, 1866-1870, 20 vols.

The volumes are not numbered consecutively, each year having its own series,
usually 1-4.

Brasseur de Bourbourg (C. E.) Notes d’un voyage dans l’Amérique centrale,
1855, vol. 3, pp. 129-158.

544 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Nouvelles—continued.
Quelques traces Vune émigration de ’Europe septentrionale en Amé-
Tique, 1858, vol. 4, pp. 261-292.

Camargo (D.M.) Histoire de la République de Tlaxcallan, 1843, vol. 2, pp.
129-204; vol. 3, pp. 129-197.

Gallatin (A.) Sur Vancienne civilisation du Nouveau Mexique, 1851, vol. 3,
pp. 237-311.

Fages (P.) Voyage en Californie, 1844, vol. 1, pp. 145-182, 311-347.

[Lowe (F.)] Les Iles Aléoutes et leurs habitans, 1849, vol. 2, pp. 66-82; vol.
4, pp. 112-148.

Squier (E. G.) Lettre 4 propos de la lettre de M. Brasseur de Bourbourg,
1855, vol. 4, pp. 273-285.

Les Indiens Xicaques du Honduras, 1858, vol. 4, pp. 133-136.

Ternaux-Compans (H.) Vocabulaire des principales langues du Mexique,
1840, vol. 4, pp. 5-37; 1841, vol. 4, pp. 257-287.

Tezozomoc (A.) Histoire du Mexique, 1844, vol. 2, pp. 5-93, 129-160, 257-291 ;
1844, vol. 3, pp. 5-29; vol. 4, pp. 5-64, 129-178, 257-281 ; 1845, vol. 3, pp. 300-311 ;
1846, vol. 3, pp. 329-345; vol. 4, pp. 98-109, 172-209; 1847, vol. 1, pp. 161-184; vol.
2, pp. 184-206; vol. 4, pp. 308-320; 1848, vol. 1, pp. 168-185; vol. 2, pp. 204-221;
vol. 3, pp. 275-292; vol. 4, pp. 148-160; 1849, vol. 1, pp. 286-304.

Urrtia (J. A.) Nouvelles découvertes d’antiquités monumentales dans
VAmérique centrale, 1857; vol. 1, pp. 175-186.

Venjaminov (I.) Langues de l’Amérique Russe, 1850, vol. 1, pp. 359-364.

Wrangell (—). Observations sur les habitants des cotes nord-ouest de ’Amé-
rique, 1853, vol. 1, pp. 195-221.

2778 Nukakpiak pernertok saniarsimarsok. | [Picture.]
[Druct von J. I. Steinkopf, in Stuttgart.] | 1849. | ATS.
1 p.1.,pp.1-8. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador.
2779 Nukakpiarkek, Gudemik okau- | seeniglo asseeniktuk. | [Picture of
Bible. ]
[Druct von J. F. Steinkopf in Stuttgart.| | 1851. | ATS.
1 p.1., pp. 1-7. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador.
2780 Nukapiak angerarviksab nelliuningane. | [Picture.]
[Druct von J. F. Steinkopf in Stuttgart.] | 1849. | ATS.
1p.1.,pp. 1-8. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador.
2781 Numipuain | Shapahitamanash | Timash. | Ma hiwash naks ka
watu timash hisukuatipaswisha. |

Lapwai. 1840. | ABC.
Pp. 1-52. sq. 16°. Primer in the Nez Perces language.
2782 Nunalerutit. Nangme sanat, 1858. be

60 pp. 8°. Geography in Eskimo.—Rink.

2783 Nunez (Fr. Joan). Algunas cossas curiossas en lengua Chapaneca
sacadas de pposito p* doctrina de los yn® y p* q. los p* que de-
prenden esta lengua se aprovechen dellas por no aver en ella nada
escrito. Los padres perdonen y R™*" el buen desseo que tubo qe
lo trauajo por servirles y aprouechar las almas destos pobres. *

Manuscript. 5411. 4°. Signed in the margin, Fr. Joan Nunez. It is a series of
homilies or sermons, and is unique of its kind, since, as the author says, nothing

had been written for the instruction of the natives in the Chiapaneque.—Bras-
seur de Bourbourg.

NOUVELLES—O’CALLAGHAN. 545

Nunez (/'r. Joan)—continued.

2784 ——— Sermones de Doctrina en lengua Chapaneca compuestos
por el R. P. Fr. Joan Nunez, dominico, recogidos en la familia del
Sr. D. Esteban Nucamendi, gobernador que fué de Acala. =

Manuscript. 80 1].,many of which are injured. 4°. Title from Brasseur de
Bourbourg.

2785 Nuttall (Thomas). A | Journal | of | Travels | into the | Arkan-
sa Territory, | during the year | 1819. | With occasional observa-
tions on the manners of the | Aborigines. | Hlustrated by a map
and other engravings. | By Thomas Nuttall, F. L. 8S. | Honorary
member of the American Philosophical Society, and of | the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences, &c. |

Philadelphia: | Printed and published by Thos. H. Palmer. |
- 1821. | C. BA.

Pp. i-xiv, 9-296, 8°. map. A few words in the Natchez language (from Du
Pratz), p. 271, foot-note.

2786 Nuwheh kukwadhud Jesus Christ | vih kwunduk nirzi | Matthew,
Mark, Luke, John | ha rsiotitinyokhai kirre | kwitinyithutluth
kwikit. | John Rsiotitinyoo vih etunetle | tig ha |Tukudh tsha
zit | thleteteitazya. |

London, | 1874. | JWP.
Pp. 1-267. 12°. The Four Gospels, and epistles of John, inthe Tukudh language.

2787 Ober (Frederick A.) Vocabulary of the Carib; Islands of Domi- V
nica and St. Vincent.
Manuseript. 10 ll. folio. 211 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2788 O'Brian (Mr.) A Vocabulary of Fort Simpson Dog-Rib, by Mr.
O’Brian, of the Hudson’s Bay Company.
In Richardson (Sir J.) Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 2, p. 398. London,
1851. 8°.

2789 Vocabulary of the language of a tribe dwelling near the
sources of the River of the Mountains, and known to the voyagers
by the name of “ Manvais Monde,” and of the Dog-rib dialect,
drawn up by Mr. O’Brian, of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s service.

In Richardson (Sir J.) Arctie Searching Expedition, vol. 2, pp. 399-400. Lon-
don, 1851. 8°.

2790 O'Callaghan (Edmund Bailey). The | Documentary History | of
the | State of New-York; | arranged under direction of the | Hon.
Christopher Morgan, | Secretary of State. | [Vignette.] | By E. B.
O'Callaghan, M. D. | Vol. I [-IV]. |

Albany: | Weed, Parsons & Co., Public Printers. | 1849
[-1851]. | Cc
4 vols. 8°.

35 Bib

546 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

O'Callaghan (Edmund Bailey)—continued.
Johnson (Sir W.) On the Customs, Manners, and Languages of the Indians.
Vol. 4, pp. 430-437.
Wassenaer (C.) Description and first settlement of New Netherland. Vol.
3, pp. 27-48.

2791 The | Documentary History | of the | State of New-York, |
arranged under direction of the | Hon. Christopher Morgan, | Sec-
retary of State. | [Vignette.] | By E. B. O’Callaghan, M. D. | Vol-
ume I [-IV]. |

Albany: | Weed, Parsons & Co., Public Printers. | 1850 [1851]. | c.

4 vols. 4°.

Johnson (Sir W.) On the Customs, Manners, and Languages of the Indians.
Vol. 4, pp. 269-273,

Wassenaer (C.) Description and first settlement of New Netherland. Vol.
3, pp. 19-31.

2792 , editor. Documents | relative to the | Colonial History | of
the State of New-York; | procured in | Holland, England and
France, | by | John Romeyn Brodhead Hsgq., | Agent, | under and
by virtue of An Act of the Legislature |&c. seven lines] Edited by |
E. B. O'Callaghan, M. D., L.L.D. | With a General Introduction by
the Agent. | Vol. I [—XIIT]. |

Albany: | Weed, Parsons and Company, Printers. | 1856
[-1881]. | C. BA. JWP.

13 vols. 4°. The eleventh volume of this work (Albany, 1861) is a ‘General
Index” to the preceding ten volumes. Under ‘‘Indian Language” Mr. O’Calla-
ghan has brought together, pp. 282-284, the different Algonkin, Cherokee, and -
Iroquois terms occurring in the work, with their English signification.

2793 Occom (Samson). A | Sermon | at the Execution of | Moses Paul,
an Indian; | who had been guilty of Murder, | Preached at New
Haven in America. | By Samson Occom, | A native Indian, and
Missionary to the Indians, who was in England | in 1776 [sie for
1766] and 1777, [sie for 1767] collecting for the Indian Charity
Schools. | To which is added | A Short Accountof the | Late Spread
of the Gospel, | among the Indians. | Also | Observations on the
Language of the | Muhhekaneew Indians; | Communicated to the
Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences, | By Jonathan Edwards,
D. D. |

New Haven, Connecticut: Printed 1788. | London: Reprinted,
1788, and Sold by Buckland, - - --. i?
Pp. 24,16. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary. Inthe second edition, London,

1789 (see next title; also No. 1135 of this catalogue), the dates on the title-page
are correctly given.

2794 A | Sermon | at the Execution of | Moses Paul, an In-
dian; | Who had been guilty of Murder, | Preached at New Haven

in America. | By Samson Occom, | A native Indian, and Missionary

O’CALLAGHAN—OJIBUE. 547

Occom (Samson)—continued.

to the Indians, who was in England | in 1766 and 1767, collecting
for the Indian Charity Schools. | To which is added | a Short Ac-
count of the | late Spread of the Gospel, | among the Indians. |
Also | Observations on the Language of the | Muhhekaneew In-
dians; | communicated to the | Connecticut Society of Arts and
Sciences. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. |

New Haven, Connecticut: Printed 1788. | London: Printed, 1789,
and Sold by Buckland, Pater- | noster-Row; Dilly, Poultry; Otridge,
Strand; J. Lepard, | No. 91, Newgate-street; T. Pitcher, No. 44
Barbican; Brown, | on the Tolzey Bristol; Binns, at Leeds; and
Woolmer, at Exeter. | C. JCB.

Pp. i-iv, 5-24, 1-16. 8°. The final 16 pages contain Edwards’ Observations, as
in title No, 1134 of this catalogue, and note thereto.

2795 Ocki Aii | masinaiganikikinohamagan | ou | Nouveau Syllabaire
Algonquin. | [Design.]
Moniang [Montreal]: | Takwabikickote endate John Lovell. |

1873. | JWP.

Outside printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-64. 16°. Primer, prayers, hymns, &c., in the
Algonquin language.

2796 O’Ferrall (Simon Ansley). A | Ramble | of | six thousand miles |
through | the United States | of | America. | By |S. A. Ferrall,
sq. | [ Design. ]

London: | Published by Effingham Wilson, | Royal Exchange. |

1832. | C. BA.
Pp. i-xii, 1-360. 8°.
Fac-simile of the first two paragraphs of the leading article in the ‘‘ Cherokee
Phenix” of July 31, 1880, faces titie-page.

Ogilvie (Fev. John).
See Andrews (W.), Barclay (H.), and Ogilvie (J.)

2797 Ojibue. O-jib-ue | Spelling Book, | designed | for the use of | Na-
tive Learners. |
Utica: | Printed by G. Tracy. | 1833. | BA.
Pp. 1-72. 18°. Yor earlier editions, see Bingham (A.) and O-jip-ue.

2798 O-jib-ue | Spelling Book, | Designed for the use of | Native
Learners. | Second Edition, | Corrected and Enlarged.
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners
for | Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1835. | JwP.LSH.
Pp. 1-107. 12°.

2799 Ojibue | Spelling Book. | [Part I.]
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners
for | Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1546. | JWP.

Pp. 1-64. sq. 18°.

548 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Ojibue—continued.

2800 Ojibue | Spelling Book. | Part II. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners
for | Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1846. | JWP.
Pp. 1-96, sq.18°. See Bingham (A.), and O-jip-ue.
guistics.

2801 Ojibway Muzzeniegun. | The | Catechism | of the | Church of En-
gland; | written in the { Ojibwa (or Chippewa) Language. |
Toronto: | Printed by Robert Stanton. | 1834. | JWP. LSH.
Pp. 1-18. 12°.

2802 O-jip-ue | Spelling Book. |

Colophon :
Utica: | William Williams, Book Printer, 60 Genesee Street. |
1832. | JWP.

Pp. 1-12. 12°. Entirely the Ojipue language. For earlier edition, see Bing-
ham (A.); for later ones, see Ojibue.

2803 Oka homi ishko shahli nan isht im achukma kvt ilvppak | oke. |
No title-page. Pp.1-8. 16°. Reward of drunkenness, in the Choctaw lan-
guage. ATS.

2804 Okalautsit attoraksat kattimajunut Sontagine, piluartomik katti-
mavingmit apsimanerme. oe
2 parts,271 pp. 8°. Sermons and addresses. Title from Greenland mission-

ary, through Prof. Rink.

2805 Okautsit | Testamentitokame agleksimarsut illeit. | ATS. JWP.
No title-page, 1 p.1., pp. 1-8. 18°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of
Greenland.

2806 Okikinoadi-Mezinaigan. | i. e. Spelling and Reading Book in the
Chippeway language ; | Containing Scripture Histories of the Old
and New Testament | with an addition of a few Hymns. |

Detroit: | Daily Tribune Book and Job Print. | No. 34 Woodward
Avenue, | 1852. JHT.
Pp. 1-144. 16°. See James (E.) for Chippewa Speller and Reader of 1832.

2807 Okpernermik mallingninganiglo. | [Picture.] ATS. JWP.

No title-page. 1 p.1.,pp.1-8. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of
Labrador.

2808 Old Records from New Jersey.
In Am. Hist. Record, vol. 1, pp. 308-311. Philadelphia, 1872. 49°.
Contains 267 words and phrases in the language of the New Jersey Indians,
with English definitions. The original manuscript, “Indian Interpreter, 1684,”
is preserved in the Salem Records, Liber B, in the office of the Secretary of State,
at Trenton, N. J.

OJIBUE—OLEARIUS. 549

2809 Olearius (Adam). Vermehrte | Newe Beschreibung | der | Musco-
witischen und Persischen | Reyse | so durch gelegenheit einer
Holsteinischen Gesandschafit an | den Russischen Zaar und Konig
in Persien geschehen. | Worinnen die Gelegenheit derer Orter und
Liander/ durch | welche die Reyse gangen/ als Liffland/ Russland /
Tartarien / Meden und | Persien/ sampt dero Einwohner Natur/
Leben, Sitten/ Hans=Welt=und Geistlichen | Stand mit fleiss auff-
gezeichnet/ und mit vielen meist nach dem Leben | gestelleten
Figuren gezieret/ zu befinden. | Welche | zum andern mahl heraus
gibt | Adam Olearius Ascanius/ der l’iirstlichen Regierenden |
Herrschafft zu Schleswig Holstein Bibliothecarius und Hoff Mathe-
maticus. | [Design.] | Mit Rém: Kayserl. Mayest. Privilegio nicht

nachzudrucken. |
Schleswig/ | Gedruckt in der Fiirstl. Druckerey/ durch Johan
Holwein/ | Im Jahr MDCLVI [1656]. | BP.

19 p. ll., pp. 1-778, 17 11. folio. maps, plates. Engraved title recto 1. 1.
Greenlandish vocabulary, 106 words, p. 171.

2810 Relation | dv | Voyage | d’Adam Olearivs | en Moscovie,
Tartarie | et Perse. | Avgmentée en cette novvelle édition | de plus
d’vn tiers, & particulierement d’vne seconde Partie | contenant le
Voyage de | Iean Albert de Mandelslo | avx Indes Orientales. |
Traduit de PAllemand par A. de Wicqvefort, | Resident de Bran-
debourg. | Tome Premier [Second]. | [Device.]

A Paris, | Chez Iean dv Pvis, rué Saint Iacques, a la Couronne

Wor. | M. DC. LIX [1659]. | Avec privilége dv Roy. | BA.
2 vols. 4°. maps, plates, Greenlandish vocabulary, 106 words, vol. 1, pp. 133-

134.
2811 The | Voyages & Travels | of the | Ambassadors | from

the | Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke | of Muscovy, and the
King of Persia. | Begun in the year M. DC. XX XIII and finish’d
in M. DC. XXXIX. | Containing a compleat History of | Muscovy,
Tartary, | Persia, | And other adjacent Countries, | with several
Public Transactions reaching neer [sic] the Present Times; | In
Seven Books. | Illustrated with diverse accurate Mapps and Tig-
ures. | By Adam Olearius, Secretary of the Embassy. | Rendered
into English, by John Davies of Kidwelly. | [Design.]

London | Printed for Thomas Dring, and John Starkey, and are
to be sold at their Shops, at the George | in Fleet-street, near Clif-
ford’s-Inn, and the Mitre, between the Middle-Temple-Gate | and
Temple Barr. M. DC. LXIT [1662]. | HU.

12 p.11., pp. 1-424. folio. Frontispiece, maps, plates. Greenlandish vocabulary,
pp.71-72. Mandelslo’s Voyages are appended with separate title, same imprint,
pp. 1-187, 5 Hl.

2812 The | Voyages and Travels | of the | Ambassadors | Sent
by Frederick Duke of Holstein, | to the Great Duke of Muscovy,

and the King of Persia. | Begun in the year M. DC. XX XIII. and

550 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Olearius (Adam)—continued.
finish’d in M. DC. XX XIX. | Containing a Compleat | History |
of | Muscovy, Tartary, Persia. | And other adjacent Countries. |
With several Public Transactions reaching near the Present
Times; | In VII. Books. | — | Whereto are added | The Travels of
John Albert de Mandelslo, | (a Gentleman belonging to the Em-
bassay) from Persia, into the | East-Indies. | Containing | A par-
ticular Description of Indosthan, the Mogul’s Empire, the | Oriental
Tlands, Japan, China, &c. and the Revo- | lutions which happened
in those Countries, within these few years. | In III. Books. | The
whole Work illustrated with divers accurate Mapps, and Fig-

ures. | — | Written originally by Adam Olearius, Secretary to the
Embassy. | — | Faithfully rendred into English, by John Davies
of Kidwelly. | — | The Second Edition Corrected. | — |

London, | Printed for John Starkey, and Thomas Basset, at the
Mitre near Temple-Barr, and at the George near | St. Dunstans
Church in Fleet-street. 1669. | 2

10 p.1l., pp. 1-316. Mandelslo’s Travels are appended with separate title, 3 p.
ll., pp. 1-232,5 ll. folio, Greenlandish vocabulary, pp. 53-54. Title from Mr. W.
Eames from copy in the Astor Library.

Relation | du | Voyage | d’Adam Olearius | en Moscovie, |
Tartarie, | et Perse, | Augmentée en cette nouvelle édition | de
plus Wun tiers, & particulierement dune seconde Partie; | conte-
nant le voyage de | lean Albert de Mandelslo | aux Indes Orien-
tales. | Traduit de l’)Allemand par A. de Wicqvefort, | Resident de
Brandebourg. | Tome Premier [Second]. | Seconde édition. | [De-
vice]

A Paris, | Chez Antoine Dezallier, rué Saint Jacques, | 4 la Cou-
ronne Wor. | M. DC. LX XIX [1679] | Avec privilege du Roy. | BA.

2 vols. 4°. maps. Greenlandish vocabulary, 106 words, vol. 1, pp. 183-134.

2815

2814

Voyages | trés curieux & trés renommez, | faits en | Mos-
covie, | Tartarie, et Perse, | par | le St. Adam Olearius, | Bibliothe-
caire du Due de Holstein, & Mathematicien de sa Cour. | Dans
lesquels on trouve une Description curieuse & la Situation | exacte
des Pays & Etats, par-ot il a passé, tels que sont la | Livonie, la
Moscovie, la Tartarie, la Medie, & la Perse; | Et ot il est parlé du
Naturel, des Manieres de vivre, des Meeurs, & des Coutumes | de
leurs Habitans; du Gouvernement Politique & Ecclesiastique; des
Raretez | qui se trouvent dans ce Pays; & des Ceremonies qui s’y
observent. | Traduits de ’Original & angmentez | par le St. De
Wicquefort. | Conseiller aux Conseils Estat & Privé du Due de
Brunswic & Lunebourg Zell &c. | Auteur de ’ Ambassadeur & de
ses fonctions. | Divisez en deux parties. | Nouvelle Edition revte
& corrigée exactement, augmentée considerablement, tant | dans
les corps de ’Ouvrage, que dans les Marginales, & surpassant en
bonté | & en beauté les précedentes Editions. | A quoi on a joint

OLEARIUS—OLMOS. 551

Olearius (Adam)—continued.
des Cartes Geographiques, des Représentations des Villes, &
autres | Tailles-douces trés belles & trés exactes. | Tome Premier
|Second]. | [Design]

A Leide, | Chez Pierre Vander Aa, Marchand Libraire, | Impri-
meur ordinaire de Université & de Ja Ville, demeurant dans l’Aca-
demie. | Chez qui lon trouve toutes sortes de Livres curieux, comme
aussi de Cartes Geographiques, des Villes, | tant en plan qu’en
profil, des Portraits des Hommes Illustres, & autres Tailles-douces. |
MDCCXVIIII [1719]. | Avec Privilege. | A.

2 vols. folio. maps, plates. Greenlandish vocabulary, vol. 1, columns 187-188.

2815

Voyages | Trés-curieux & trés-renommez | faits en | Mos-
covie, | Tartarie et Perse, | par le Sr. | Adam Olearius, | Bibliothe-
caire du Due de Holstein, & Mathematicien de sa Cour. | Dans
lesquels on trouve une Description curieuse & la Situation exacte
des | Pays & Etats, par ot il a passé, tels que sont la Livonie, | la
Moscovie, la Tartarie, la Medie, & la Perse; | et ot il est parlé du
Naturel, des Manieres de vivre, des Mceurs, & des Coutumes de |
leurs Habitans; du Gouvernement Politique & Ecclesiastique, des
Raretez qui | se trouvent dans ce Pays; & des Ceremonies qui s’y
observent. | Traduits de Original & Augmentez | par le Sr. De
Wicquefort, | Conseiller aux Conseils @Etat & Privé du Due de
Brunswick & Lunebourg, Zell, &c. | Auteur de PAmbassadeur & de
ses Fonctions | Divisez en Deux Parties. | Nouvelle Edition revite
& corrigée exactement, augmentée considerablement, tant dans le
Corps de | ’Ouvrage, que dans les Marginales, & surpassant en
bonté & en beauté les | précedentes Editions. | A quoi on a joint
des Cartes Geographiques, des Représentations des Villes, & autres
Taille-douces | trés-belles & trés-exactes. | Tome Premier [Se-
cond]. | [Design.]

A Amsterdam, | Chez Michael Charles Le Céne, Libraire, | Chez
qui on trouve un assortiment general de Musique. | MDCCX XVII
[1727]. | Avee Privilege. | C. BP.

2 vols. folio. maps, plates. No page numbering; columns, two on a page,
numbered. Greenland vocabulary, about 100 words, vol. 1, columns 187-188.

I have also seen mention of the following editions. In German: Sleswig,
1647; +1663; +1669; +1671. Hamburg, 1690. Dutch: Amsterdam, 1691. An
Italian edition, Viterbo, 1658, contains no linguistics.

2816 Olinano (P. Olin Gi). Arte en lengua Pima 6 Nevome. a

Title from Pimentel.

Olmedo y Torre (). Antonio de).

See Gastelu (Antonio Vasquez).

2817 Olmos (/’r. Andres de). Arte de la Lengua Mexicana.
Mexico 1555,

552

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Olmos (/’r. Andres de)—continued.

This work is dedicated, in Latin letter very chaste and very learned, to the
Bishop of Tlaxcalla, D. Fr. Martin de Hojacastro, he being Comisario-General of
New Spain. Torquemada recommends the work for learning this idiom, and for
teaching it to others.

There is in the library of the Santa Iglesea of Toledo a manuscript of the Arte
y Vocabulario Megicanos of P. Olmos, and the original was seen by Sr. Eguiara
in the pueblo of Tlanepantla. Betancur asserts that the works in Huasteca are
preserved in Ozolvama, a town in Tampico. I have seen the greater number of
the works in Mexican in the library of the College of San Gregory in Mexico.—
Beristain.

2818 ——— Grammaire | de | la Langue Nahuatl | ou Mexicaine, | com-

posée, en 1547, | par le Franciscain André de Olmos, | et | publiée
avec notes, éclaircissements, etc. | Par Rémi Siméon. | [Design.]

Paris. | Imprimerie Nationale. | M DCCC LX XV [1875]. | BP. ye.

2 p. IL, pp. i-xv, 1-274. 8°. Introduction, pp. xiii-xv; Epistola Nvnevpatoria,
p.3; Prologo al Lector, p.7; Primera parte, p. 13; Segvnda parte, p.63; Tercera
parte, p.171; Indice, p.265; Table, p. 267.

“The above work is printed from two manuscripts, one in the Bibliothéque
Nationale, the other belonging to us. This last is now in the valuable collection
of M. Pinart. See my former catalogue, No. 1097.”—Leclere, 1878, No. 2330.

From statements made by the author in the several manuscripts of the Arte
made by him, it is doubtful whether it was printed in 1555 as stated by Beristain
and his predecessors. There are four of these manuscripts known to exist: one
in the possession of M. Aubin, of Paris; a second belonging to M. Alph. Pinart
and described in the Leclere Catalogue of 1875, No. 2330; a third in the Biblio-
théque Nationale at Paris; and a fourth formerly belonging to the late Seftor
Ramirez, now in the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, where I have seenit. In
the sale catalogne of his books.the statement is made that Sr. Ramirez con-
sidered the copy belonging to M. Aubin as the oldest, the next in date that in
the National Library, and the most modern his own. ‘The latter two are very
fully described by Sr. Icazbalceta (Apuntes, No. 88, and additions and corrections
thereto) and their differences pointed out. From this description I take the fol
lowing : .

“That this Arte (or another by the same author) was printed in Mexico in the
year 1555, I have always doubted, and now doubt the more, in that in this manu-
script of 1563 nothing is said of its having been printed eight years before,
although the author gives a history of the book. Certain it is that no one claims
to have seen the edition of 1555, and the opinion favorable to its existence is sup-
ported, so far as I know, by but one passage, not very clear, in the additions to
the Biblioteca Universa Franciscana of Fr. Juan de San Antonio.

“ Still less do I believe in the existence of the Arte y Vocabulario de Las Len-
guas Mexicana, Totonaca y Huasteca, which, it is asserted, was printed in Mexico,
1560, 2 vols. 4°.” See No. 2819 of this catalogue.

2819 t—— Gramatica et Lexicon Linguze Mexican, Totonaque et
Huastece.
Mexico, 1560. :

2vols. 4°. Title from Clavigero. Vater gives the dates 1555, 1560. The Mith-
ridates, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 92, gives the title also, and adds: Cum Catechismo, Evan-
geliis, Epistolisque Mexicanice. Mexico, 1560, 2 vols. 4°. Neither Beristain,
Brunet, Rich, nor Ternaux-Compans mentions this work. It probably never was
printed.

OLMOS—O’MEARA. 553

Olmos (#’r. Andres de)—continued.

2820 t—— Vocabulario Mexicano. *
2821 ——— Tratado de los Pecados Capitales, en Megicano. a
2822 ———- Tratado de los Santos Sacramentos, en Megicano. sa!
2823, Tratado de los Sacrilegios, en Megicano. me
2824 ——— Arte y Vocabulario de la lengua Totonaco. -
2825 ———— Arte, Vocabulario, Catecismo, Confesonario y Sermones

Huaxtecos. ie

Titles from Beristain, who says: In addition to these works, which are given
by Torquemada and Betancur, and several of which I have seen in the libraries
of Mexico, Leon Pinelo adds:

2826 —— Tratado de las Antiquedades Megicanos. oe
On pp. v-vi of the Grammaire of 1875 the following list of his works is given:
En langue Nahuatl. En langue Huaxteque.
1. Arte de la lengua Mexicana. 9. Arte de la lengua guaxteca.
2. Vocabulario. 10. Vocabulario.
3. El juicio final. 11. Doctrina christiana,
4. Platicas que los senores Mexicanos 12. Confessionario.
hacian a sus hijos. 13. Sermones.
5. Libro de los siete sermones.
6. Tratado de los siete pecados mor- En langue Totonaque.
tales y sus hijos.
7. Tratado de los sacramentos. 14. Arte de la Jengua Totonaca.
8. Tratado de los sacrilegios. 15. Vocabulario.

Sobron, p. 37, says the Gramdtica megicana, the Vocabulario megicano espa-
fiol, the Arte and Vocabulario totonaca, and the Arte and Vocabulario guaxteca
were printed in Mexico. In addition to the works given above by various au-
thorities, Sobron gives the following: Doctrina cristiana in Totonaca, in Mexi-
can, and in Tepehua; Vocabulario in Tepehua; and Confesonario in Mexican.

Father Andres de Olmos was born near Ofia, in the district of Burgos, but
having been brought up at Olmos, took the name of that place. He entered the
Franciscan order at Valladolid, and went to Mexico in 1528 with Bishop Zumar-
raga. He soon was a complete master of the Mexican, Totonac, Tepeguan, and
Huasteca languages. After a life of labor and holiness, he died at Tampicane,
near Panuco, on the 8th October, 1571.—Shea.

2827 Omajibiigeuinvn au John. | The | Epistlesof John. | Inthe | Ojibwa
Language. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1840. | BA. JWP. LSH.
Pp. 1-30. 12°.

2828 O’M[eara] (Rev. Frederick A.) [Review of] Historical and Statis-
tical Information respecting the History and Prospects of the Indian
Tribes of the United States. Collected and prepared under the di-
rection of the Bureau of Indian Affairs. Vols. I and IL.

In Canadian Inst., Proc., new series, vol. 3, pp. 437-451. Toronto, 1858, 8°,
Criticism of Schoolcraft’s linguistics, with examples,

554 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2829 O'Meara (Rev. James D.) Ewh | Oomenwahjemoowin | owh Ta-
wanemenung | Jesus Christ, | kahenahjemoowand egewh newin
manwahjemoojig | owh St. Matthew owh St. Mark owh St. Luke |
kuhya owh St. John. | Keahnekuhnootuhbeegahdag | Anwawand
egewh Ahneshenahbag Ojibwag anindjig. | Keenahkoonegewaud
kuhya ketebahahmahgawaud | egewh mahyahmahwejegajig | Soci-
ety for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | ewede London Anduh-
zhetahwaud. |

Toronto: | Printed by A. F. Plees, No. 7 King Street. | 1850. | — *

Literal translation: That | His-good-tidings | that-one Our-Lord [very literally,
‘“‘that-one-who-owns-us” ] | Jesus Christ, | as-they-have-told-the-story those four
who-relate-good-tidings | that-one St. Matthew that-one St. Mark that-one St.
Luke | and that-one St. John. | Translated-and-written-iuto | as-the-manner-of-
their language-is those Indians Chippewas who-are-called. | As-they-have-deter-
mined-that-it-should-be-done and have-paid-for-it | those who-are-associated-to-
gether-in-doing- | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | there London.
where-they-work. |

338 pp. 8°. The four gospels in Chippewa translated by Rev. Dr. O’Meara.—
O Callaghan.

2830 ——— Ewh | Oowahweendahmahgawin | owh Tabanemenung |
Jesus Christ, | keahnekuhnootuhbeegahdag | anwamand egewh
Ahneshenahbag Ojibway anindjig. | Keenahkoonegawaud kuhya
ketebahahmahgawaud | egewh mahyahmahwejegajig | Society for
promoting Christian Knowledge, | ewede London anduhzhetah-
waud. |

Toronto: | Henry Rowsell, King Street. | 1854. | WE. JWP.

Literal translation: That | His-promise-which-He-makes | that-one Our-Lord
[very literally, ‘‘that-one-who-owns-us”] | Jesus Christ, | translated-into-and-
written | as-their-language-is those Indians Chippewas who-are-called. | As-they-
have-determined-that-it-should-be-done [very literally, ‘‘as they have passed a
law that it should be done” ] and have-paid-for-it | those who-are-associated-to-
gether-in-work | Society-for promoting Christian Knowledge, | there London
where-they-work. |

1 p.1., pp. 1-766. 12°. New Testament in the Ojibwa language.

2831 ——— Oowahweendahmahgawin | owh tabanemenung | Jesus
Christ, | keihnekuhnootuhbeégahdag | anwamand egewh Ahneshe-
nahbag Ojibwag anindjig. | Keénahkoonegawaud Kuhya Keteba-
hahmahgawaud | egewh mahyahmahwejegajig | Society for pro-
moting Christian Knowledge, | ewede London anduhzhetahwaud. |

Toronto: | Bell & Co., 13 Adelaide Street East. | 1874. | JWP.

Literal translation: His-promise-that-he-makes | that-one Our-Lord | Jesus
Christ, | translated-into-and-written | as-their-language-is those Indians Chippe-
was who-are-called. | As-they-have-determined-that-it-should-be-done [ very lit-
erally, ‘‘as-they-have-passed-a-law-that-it-should-be-done”] and have-paid-for-
it | those who-are-associated-together-in-doing | Society for promoting Christian
Knowledge, | there London where-they-work. |

Pp. 1-771. 12°. New Testament in the Ojibwa language.

2832 ——— Shahguhnahshe | Ahnuhmeihwine Muzzeneégun, | Ojib-
wag anwawaud Azheiihnekenootah- | beégahdag. |

O’MEARA. 555

O'Meara (Rev James D.)—continued.

Toronto: | Printed by Henry Rowsell, | for the Venerable Society
for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | London. | MDCCCLIII
[1853]. | JIWP.

Literal translation: English | prayer book, | the-Chippewas as-their-language-
is so-translated-and-put- | in-writing. |

Pp. 1-272, i-ceclvi. 12°, English prayer-book translated into the language of
the Ojibwas. Administration of the sacraments, &c., pp. i-cxx; psalms, pp.
exxi-cccxxv; hymns, pp. ccexxvii-ccclvi.

2833 t—— Shahguhnahshe | Ahnuhmeihwine Muzzeneégun. | Ojib-
wag anwawaud azheiihnekenootah- | beégahdag. | (The Benedicite
Omnia Opera and Athanasian Creed are omitted | for reasons stated
herein.) | [Seal.]

London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge; | North-
umberland Avenue, Charing Cross. | WE.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-643. 12°. In the Ojibwa language. Book of common prayer,

pp. 1-270; administration of the sacraments, etc., pp. 270-392; psalms, pp. 392-601 ;
hymns, pp. 603-643.

2834 ——— Oodahnuhmeihwine | Nuhguhmoowinun owh David. |

Ojibwag Anwawaud | azheiihnekenootahbeégahdagin. |

Toronto: | Printed by H. Rowsell | for the Upper Canada Bible
Society. | 1856. |

Literal translation: His-religion | songs that David. | The-Chippewas as-their-
language-is | so-translated-and-put-in-writing. | :

1 p. 1., pp.1-204. 12°. Songs of David, in the Ojibwa language. Translated
by the Rev. Dr. O’Meara.—Rev. J. A. Gilfillan.

2835 ——— Ewh | Kechetwah-Muzzeneégun. | Nahnun muzzeneégu-
nun | Moses kahoozhebetihmoowahjin | keihnekuhnootuhbeégah-
dag anwawaud | egewh Ahnishnahbag Ojibwag | anindjig. | Keé-
nahkoonegawaud kuhya ketebahahmahgawaud egewh mahyah-
mah- | wejegajig | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, |
ewede London anduzhetahwaud. |

Toronto: | Printed by Lovell and Gibson, Yonge Street. |
1861. | JWP.

Literal translation: That | Sacred-Book. | Five books | Moses which-he-
wrote | as-it-has-been-translated-into-and-written as-their-language-is | those
Indians Chippewas | who-are-called. | They-having-determined-that-it-should-
be-done and have-paid-for-it those who-are-associated-together- | in-work | Soci-
ety for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | there London where-they-work. |

Pp. 3-587. 8°. The Five Books of Moses in the Ojibwa language.

2836 ——— and Jacobs (fev. Peter). Nuhguhmoowinun, | Kanuhguh-
moowahjin | egewh | Ahnishenahbag Ojibwag | anindjig. | Kah-
ahnekuhnootuhbeuhmoowahjin egewh | makuhdawekoonuhyag, |
Rey. Dr. O'Meara, | kuhya | Rev. Peter Jacobs. |

Toronto: | Printed by Lovell and Gibson Yonge Street. |
1861. | JwP.

556 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

O'Meara (Rev. James D.) and Jacobs (Rev. Peter)—continued.

Literal translation: Songs [or hymns], | which-they-will-sing | those | In-
dians Chippewas | who-are-cailed. | Which-they-have-translated -and-written
those | clergymen, | Rev. Dr. O'Meara, | and | Rev. Peter Jacobs. |

Pp. 1-94, 32°. Hymn-book in the Ojibwa language. No English hymns,

2837 [———, Gilfillan (Rev. Joseph Alexander), Beaulieu (Paul), Warren
(Truman A.), and Bellair (Frangois).] Mizi Anamiawinun | Anamie_
Muzinaigun | Wejibweuissing | Wejibwemodjig | tchi abadjito-

wad. |
Published | by the | Indian Commission | of the | Protestant
Episcopal Church, | New York. | 1875. | BE. JWP. LSH.

Literal translation: Common Prayers | Prayer-Book | in-the-Chippewa-
tongue | those-who-speak-Chippewa | to_use. |

1 p.1., pp. 1-101. sq.24°. Ojibwa mission service used at the Indian Church
of St. Columba, White Earth, Minn. Revised from Dr. O’Meara’s Book of Com-
mon Prayer, by Rev. J. A. Gilfillan with the aid of three half-breeds. Mr. Gil-
fillan, in a letter to the compiler, says: ‘‘ Being only a revision of a translation
of one whose mother tongue was not Ojibway, it is not purely idiomatic.”

Iam indebted to the Rey. J. A. Gilfillan for the above English translations of
Ojibwa titles.

2838 [Onasakenrat (Chief Joseph).] The Holy Gospels. | Translated from
the authorized English version | into the Iroquois Indian dialect,
under the | supervision of the Montreal Auxiliary | to the British
and Foreign Bible | Society. |

Printed by John Lovell & Son, for the British | and Foreign
Bible Society. | Montreal. | 1880. | :

Second title:

Neh | Nase tsi Shok8atak8en | ne | SonkS8aianer Iesos-Keristos. |
Tsiniiot tsi tehoSennatenion oni tsi roiahton | ne sose onasakenrat. |

Tri teharistoraraksta ne John Lovell, teio- | teristorarakon, neh
rotikariakon tsi teka- | ristorarakon ne kaiatonseratokenti | tehon-
reniatha Skaniataratiko8a | oni tiotiake ratitiok8aien. | Tiotiake
1880. | Jwre.

Pp. 1-324. 16°. English title verso 1.2 (p.4); Indian title recto 1.3 (p.5).

2839 ———Teieriwakwatta Onkwe-onweneha | tsini ionststa tsi iakot- |
kennison oni | akohnonskonsson, niakoianere. | [Four lines quota-
tion.| | Sose Onasakenrat. |

Montreal: | “Witness” Printing House, 33 &°35 Bonaventure
Street. | 1880 | JWP.

Outside title (with date 1881), reverse blank, 11., pp. 1-46. 12°. Hymns in the
Iroquois language. :

He translated, from the English, the New Testament and Moody and Sankey’s
Hymns, and at the time of his death was engaged in translating the remainder
of the Bible into Iroquois.—N. Y. Herald, February 9, 1881.

One thing needful.
See Swiss.

O’MEARA—ORDENACION. 557

2840 [Oppert (Gustav).] On the Classification of Languages. A Con-
tribution to Comparative Philology. [By Dr. Gustay Oppert.] ©.
In Madras Journal of Literature and Science for the year 1879, pp. 1-137.
London, 1879. 8°.
In addition to frequent allusions to American languages, there is, on pp. 110-
112, a table of relationships of the Dakota nations, Missouri nations, Upper Mis-
souri nations, Gulf nations, Prairie nations, Selish stem, Arctic family, and, on
pp. 114-115, of the Algonquin family ; taken, with few exceptions, from Morgan’s
Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity.
2841 Oracion Dominical en las lenguas Cahita, Teguima y Opata. *
711. 4°. The same in Mazahua, with an interesting letter of the Curate of
Atlacomuleo to the Archbishop of Mexico, August 29, 1857, on the actual state
of that language.—Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 160.
2842 Oraciones en el Idioma Chocho. e
Manuscript, xvii cent. 101]. Extremely rare and interesting. We know of
no other work, either printed or in manuscript, in this American dialect. Dr.
Cullen has published a vocabulary.—Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1850.

2843 Oratio Dominica in CCL Linguas Versa . .. .

Romae: Typographia 8S. C. Propoganda Fide. 1870. Me
4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 57438, note.
See Auer (A.); [Bodoni (G. B.)]; Chamberlayn (J.); [Krausen (J. U.)

: and Wagner (J. Ch.)]; Marcel (J. J.); [Mottus (B.)]; [Miller (A.)].

2844 Orbigny (Alcide Desallines d’). Voyage | dans | ? Amérique Mé-
ridionale | (Le Brésil, la République Orientale de ’Uruguay, la
République | Argentine, la Patagonie, la République du Chili, la
République de Bolivia, | la République du Pérou), | exécuté pendant
les années 1826, 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832 et 1833, | par |
Alcide @Orbigny, | Chevalier [&e., two lines]. | Ouvrage dédié au
Roi, | et publié sous les auspices de M. le Ministre de Instruction
publique | (commencé sous M. Guizot).|Tome Premier [—Neuvieme]. |

Paris, | Chez Pitois-Levrault et C.°, Libraires-Editeurs, | Rue de
la Harpe, N.° 81; | Strasbourg, | Chez V.° Levrault, Rue des Juifs,
N.° 33, | 1835 [-1847]. | c. BP.

9 vols. 4°. Vol. 4, L’ Homme Américain (de ’ Amérique méridionale), contains,
p. 79, a few words of Delaware, Pottawatameh, and Pennsylvanien.

2845 ——— L’Homme Aniéricain | (de ’ Amérique Méridionale), | con-
sidéré | sous ses rapports physiologiques et moraux; | par | Alcide
@Orbigny, | chevalier [&c., four lines]. Tome Premier [Second]. |

Paris: | Chez Pitois-Levrault et C.°, Libraires-éditeurs, | Rue dela
Harpe, N.° 81; | Strasbourg, Chez IF. G. Levrault, rue des Juifs,
N.° 33. | 1839. | A. BP.

2 vols. 8°, and atlas 4°. A few words of Delaware, Pottawatameh, Pennsyl-
vanien, and Galibi, vol. 1, p. 162; Carib vocabulary (17 words) and numerals
(1-10), vol. 2, pp. 274, 291; Galibi and Carib vocabulary, vol. 2, p. 276.

2846 Ordenacion de Mexico ciudad. | B.

Manuscript. 2511. 4°. In the Baneroft Library, San Francisco. An ordinance
of the cabildo of the city of Mexico, in the Mexican language; in 55 paragraphs,
beginning ‘‘Inic 1,” ‘‘Inic 2,” &c. Corners and edges of the manuscript much
worn. Dated in 1629; signed by some of the city officials.

558 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2847 Ordenaneas de su mag.* | B.

Manuscript. 511, 4°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Ordinances

of the king of Spain, in the Mexican language. Wluminated capital letter at

beginning of first paragraph. Clearly written, in handwriting of middle of 16th
century.

2848 Ordonez (Fr. Diego). Doctrina dogmatica en Lengua de Guate-

mala. -
Manuscript. 1 vol.

2849 Exhortaciones sobre la Penitencia y Comunion en la

misma lengua. id
Manuscript. 1 vol.

2850 Sermones panegericos y morales en la misma. se

Manuscript. 2 vols. Titles from Beristain.

2851 O'Reilly (Bernard). Greenland, | the | Adjacent Seas, | and | The
North-West Passage | to the | Pacific Ocean, | illustrated in a voy-
age to Davis’s Strait, | during the summer of 1817. | With charts
and numerous plates, | from drawings of the author taken on the
spot. | By | Bernard O’Reilly, Esq. |

London: | Printed for Baldwin, Cradock, and Joy, | 47 Pater-

noster-Row. | 1818. | C. HU.
Pp. i-viii, 1-293. 4°. maps, plates.
Remarks on the language of Greenland, pp. 60-61, 83-84; ‘Brief list of words
[27] from the language of the Greenlander,” pp. 84-85.

Greenland, | the | Adjacent Seas, | and | the North-west
Passage | to the | Pacific Ocean, | illustrated in a| Voyage to
Davis’s Strait, | During the Summer of 1817. | By Bernard O'Reilly,
Esq. |

New York: | Published by James Eastburn and Co. | at the
literary rooms, Broadway. | Clayton & Kingsland, Printers. |
1818. Cc. BA.

Pp. i-viii, 1-251. 8°. maps. Linguistics, pp. 73-74.

2853 Original. Original | and | Select Hymns, | in | the Shawanoe Lan-
guage. | By | Missionaries of the Amer. Baptist Board | of Foreign
Missions. | [Two lines quotation.] Second Edition. |

Shawanoe Baptist Mission Press, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1842. |

Second title :

Nikimowani | Siwinwike Ealitowawice | wastowice | paptesewe
mkitawkolieake, | chena kotikike. | [Three lines quotation in Sha-
wanoe.|

Ealimapeaskiki | lieipicemoti. | 1842. | 0.

Pp. 1-48. sq. 16°. English title recto of 1.1; Shawanoe title verso of 1. 1.

2854

Original and Select | Hymns, | in the Shawanoe Lan-
guage. | Published by one of the Missionaries to | the Shawanoe
Indians. | [Two lines quotation.] Fourth Edition. |

St. Louis: | Printed at the Methodist Book Depository. | 1859. |

ORDENANGAS—OROZCO, 559

Original—continued.
Second title :
Nikimowani | siwinwike ealitowawice, | wastowice | paptesewe
mkitawkolieake, | chena kotikike. | [Two lines quotation. }
Ealimapeaskiki. | Lieipicemoti. | 1859. |
Pp. 1-48. 16°. English title recto 1.1; Shawanoe title verso 1.2. Title from
copy in possession of a delegate of the Shawanoes visiting Washington.

2855 Oronhyatekha. The Mohawk Language. By Oronhyatekha.
In Canadian Inst., Proc., new series, vol. 10, pp. 182-194. Toronto, 1865. 8°.
Grammatic notices, numerals 1-150, and a few words of the Mohawk, Oneida,
Onondaga, Cayuga, Tuscarora, and Delaware.

2856 t—— The Mohawk Language. By Oronhyatekha, of the Mo-
hawk Nation.
In Canadian Inst., Proc., new series, vol. 15, pp. 1-12. Toronto, 1878. 8°.
Reprint of the article which appeared in vol. 10 of same journal.

2857 Oroz (Fr. Pedro). Gramatica de la Lengua Otomi mas correcta y
aumentada que la de Fr. Pedro Palacios. a
Title from Beristain.

2858 t—— Sermones en Lengua Megicana para todos los Domingos

y Festividades del aio. zm

Manuscripts in many libraries of America. Pinelo says that these sermons

were translated from those written in Portugal by Fr. Felipe Diaz. They are
different, however, and original.—Beristain.

See Palacios (Fr. Pedro).

2859 Orozco y Berra (Manuel). Geografia de las Lenguas | y | Carta
Etnografica | de México | precedidas de un ensayo de clasificacion
de las mismas Lenguas | y de apuntes para las inmigraciones de
las tribus | por el lic. | Manuel Orozco y Berra | [Five lines quota-
tion.| Inter folia frvetvs [in a picture].

Mexico | Imprenta de J. M. Andrade y F. Escalante | Alle de
Tiburcio Num. 19 | 1864. | B. C. BA. BP.

Pp. i-xiv, 1-392. royal 8°. map.

Primera Parte. Ensayo de clasificacion de las lenguas de México, pp. 1-76,
contains: Chap. 1. Ojeada sobre la carta etnogrdfica * * *, pp.3-8; Chap.2. Los
nahéas.—Diferencia establecida entre el nahéa y el mexicano * * *, pp.8-15;
Chap. 3. Segunda familia, el othomf 6 hia hii.—Etimologia.—Sus dialectos * * *,
pp. 16-18; Chap.4. Familia huaxteca—maya—quiché.—Los cuextecas.—El hu-
axteco y sus dialectos * * *, pp. 18-25; Chap.5. Familia mixteca—Zapoteca.—El
mixteco y sus dialectos * * *, pp. 25-29; Chap.6. El matlaltzinca * * *, pp. 29-31;
Chap.7. Familia 6pata—tarahumar—pima.—E1 é6pata.—Sus lenguas hermanas
*** pp. 32-40; Chap. 8. Familia apache 6 yavipai.—El chemegue.—El yuta.—El
muca oraive.—E] faraon.—El llanero.—E] lipan, pp. 40-41; Chap. 9. El séri.—El
upanguaima.—E]l guaima, p. 42; Chap. 10. El guaicura y sus dialectos.—El co-
chimi y los suyos, pp. 42-43; Chap.11. Lenguas sin clasificacion.—El zoque.—
El chiapaneco.—El huave * * *, pp. 43-54; Chap.12. Tabla general de clasifica-
cion, pp. 54-62; Chap. 13. Catalogo general de los nombres de las lenguas de

560 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Orozco y Berra (Manuel)—continued.
México, pp. 62-66; Chap.14. Lista alfabética de los nombres de las tribus en
México, pp. 67-76.
Segunda Parte. Apuntes. para las inmigraciones de las tribus en México, pp.
77-152, contains: Chap.5. El calendario en los pueblos de filiacion tolteca, etc.
pp. 102-108.
Tercera Parte. Geografia de las lenguas de México, pp. 153-387.

2860 El Cuauhbxicalli de Tizoe.
In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, vol. 1, pp. 3-39. Mexico, 1877. 4°.
Aztec words scattered throughout.

2861 ——— Codice Mendozino Ensayo de descifracion geroglifica por

Manuel Orozco y Berra.

In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, vol. 1, pp. 120-186, 242-270, 289-339 ;
vol. 4, pp. 47-82, 128-130, 205-232. Mexico, 1877, 1880. 4°.

In addition to a number of Aztec terms scattered throughout, there is, on pp
258-270, an account of the numeral system spoken and written; Cronologia, pp.
289-306; Intercalacion—Comparacion, pp. 306-316; Nuestro Systema, pp. 316-
332; El Calendario Astronomico, pp. 332-339.

2862 ——— Doctrinas en Geroglificos.
5
In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, vol. 1, pp. 202-216. Mexico, 1877. 4°.
Lord’s Prayer in Nahuatl, pp. 205-213.

2863 Ortega (P. Joseph de). Doctrina cristiana, oraciones, confesona-
rio, arte y vocabulario de la Lengua Cora. me

Printed at the expense of Illm6 Sr. D. Nicolas Gomez de Cervantes, Bishop of
Guadalajara, 1729.—Beristain.

2864. ——— Vocabulario en Lengua Castellana, y Cora, dispuesto por
el P. Joseph de Ortega, de la Compaidia de Jesus, Missionero de los
Pueblos del Rio de Jesus, Maria, y Joseph, de la Provincia de
Senor San Joseph del Nayaerit (sic) y visitador de la mesma Pro-
vincia. Y lo dedica al Ill.™°’ Senor Doctor Don Nicolas Carlos de
Cervantes, Dignissimo Obispo, que fue de Guatemala, y aora de la
Nueva-Galicia, del Consejo de su Magestad. Con licencia.

En Mexico: Por los Herederos de la Viuda de Francisco Rodri-
guez Lupercio, en la Puente de Palacio. Ano de 1732. ~ x
9p.11.,43 1. 4°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 138.

2865

Vocabulario en Lengua Castellana y Cora dispuesto por el
Padre Joseph de Ortega, de la Compania de Jesus, [&e.]

In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 8, pp. 561-602. Mexico, 1860. 8°.
Notas por Francisco Pimentel, pp. 603-605.

2866 Ortiz (Fr. Francisco). Arte y Gramatica de la Lengua Misteca, y
Catecismo cristic no en la misma, dedicado 4 la Provincia del SSm6.
Nombre de Jesus del Orden de 8. Agustin. me

Manuscript. Seen by Eguiara in the library of the College of San Pablo, in
Mexico.—Beristain.

OROZCO—OVIEDO. 561

2867 Osagiitiuin Au Jesus, | gibinibotauat | Iniu Mejiizhiuebizinijin. |
In the | Ojibwa Language. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for

Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1840. | BA.
Literal translation : His-love that Jesus, | in-that-he-died-for | those who-were-
wicked. |

Pp. 1-21. 16°, The love of Jesus in coming to die for sinners.

2868 Oshki Nagumowin | nagamotiwik Manito | Jesus | JHS | Maria

Joseph | F.

No imprint. Title,1 1.,pp.1-18. 16°. In the Ojibwa language. Printed at
Wikwemikong, Lake Huron, 1865, by the Catholic missionaries.
Reverse of title, a prayer; prayers, pp. 1-4; hymns, pp. 5-17.

2869 Osorio (I. Diego). Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua Megicana,
preparados para las prensas.
Title from Beristain.

Osunkhirhine (Peter Paul).
See Wzokhilain (P. P.)

2870 Oviedo y Valdés (Gonzalo lernandez de). Historia | General y
Natural de las Indias, | Islas y Tierra-firme del Mar Océano, |
por | el Capitan Gonzalo Fernandez de Oviedo y Valdés, | primer
Cronista del Nuevo Mundo. | Publicala la Real Academia de la His-
toria, | cotejada con el cédice original, enriquecida con las enmien-
das y adiciones del autor, | é ilustrada con la vida y el juicio de las
obras del mismo | por | D. José Amador de los Rios, | Individuo
[&e., one line]. Primera [-IV| Parte. | [Design.]

Madrid. | Imprenta de la Real Academia de la Historia. | A cargo
de Jose Rodriguez, Calle de 8. Vicente Baja, Num. 74. | 1851
[-1855]. | B.C. BA.

4 vols. 4°.

Voces Americanas empleadas por Oviedo, vol. 4, pp.593-607. Alphabetically
arranged, and contains a number of words of Nicaragua, Nueva Espaia, etc.

36 Bib

562 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2871 Pacheco (D. Francisco). Doctrina Christiana traducida de la
lengua Castellana en lengua Zapoteca Nexitza, por el Licenciado
D. Francisco Pacheco de Sylva, Cura Beneficiado por su Magestad,
del Partido de Yahee y Taneche.

Mexico, 1687. *

8°. The title-page missing. I have formed the title by collecting the data
scattered throughout the Approvals and Licenses. The last are of May, 1687,
in which year the book must have been printed in Mexico. In the copy which
I have at hand there are only 27 preliminary ll. remaining, and Il. 1 to 185; those
at the end being missing. It is a translation from P. Ripalda.—Icazbalceta’s
Apuntes, No. 189.

2872 Packard (Robert L.) Terms of relationship used by the Navajo

Indians.

Manuscript. 411. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col-
lected at the Navajo Reservation, New Mexico, in 1881. This manuscript has
been corrected and supplemented by Dr. Washington Matthews, Fort Wingate,
N. Mex.

2873 Paez (Fr. Bernabé). Reglas para aprender con facilidad la Lengua
megicana. Y
2874. ——— Los Quatros Evangelios puestos y explicados en Megicano. *

2875 ——— Método de Confesion Sacramental en Megicano. i

2876 El Simbolo de S. Atanasio en Megicano con Notas. =

Manuscripts. Titles from Beristain.

2877 Palacio (Dr. D. Diego Garcia de). Carta | dirijida al | Rey de
Espana, | por el | Licenciado Dr. Don | Diego Garcia de Palacio, |
Oydor de la Real Audiencia de Guatemala; | Ano 1576. | Being
a Description of the Ancient Provinces of’| Guazacapan, Izalco,
Cuscatlan, and Chiquimula, | in the Audiencia of Guatemala: |
with | An Account of the Languages, Customs and Religion | of
their Aboriginal Inhabitants, and a | Description of the Ruins of
Copan. |

[New York: Charles B. Norton. 1860.] C. BA. WE.

1p.1., pp. 1-131. sm.4°. Forms No. 1 of Squier (E.G.) Collection of Rare
and Original Documents.

Also printed in ‘Coleccion de Documentos Inéditos relativos al Deseubrimi-
ento, Conquista y Colonizacion de las Posesiones Espanolas en America,” vol. 6,
pp. 5-40. Madrid, 1866. 8°. A translation into German by Dr. A. von Frantzius
was published in Berlin, 1873, pp. xv, 70. 8°. A French translation is included in

Ternaux-Compans’s ‘‘ Recueil de Documents et Mémoires originaux sur Histoire
de la Découverte de VAmérique.” Paris, 1840. 8°.

2878 Palacios (fr. Pedro). Arte de la lengua Otomi. Y
2879 ——— Vocabulario Megicano y Otomi. -
2880 ——— Corono de Ntr6. Sr. Jesucristo en Lengua Otomi. ee

Manuscripts. 8°. In the library of the College of Tlateluleo, Mexico. Fr. Pedro
Oroz corrected and enlarged the Otomi Grammar, which was printed many
times.—Beristain.

PACHECO—PALMER,. 563

2881 Palafox y Mendoza (Juan de). Manual de los Sanctos Sacramentos
corregido por Alvarez de Abreu.
Madrid 1758. *

4°. Pages 25-28 contain the office of the Sacrament of Baptism administered
to the Indians, in the Mexican language. Title and note from Sabin’s Dictionary,
No. 58297.

2882 Pallisser (Capt. John). Exploration.—British North America. |
The | Journals, Detailed Reports, and Observations | relative to |
the Exploration, | by Captain Paliiser, | of | That Portionof British
North America, | which, | in Latitude, lies between the British
Boundary Line, and the | height of land or Watershed of the North-
ern | or Frozen Ocean respectively, | and | in Longitude, between
the western shore of Lake Superior and | the Pacifie Ocean, |
During the Years 1857, 1858, 1859, and 1860. | Presented to both
Houses of Parliament by command of Her Majesty, | 19% May,
1863. |

London: | Printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis-
woode, | Printers to the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty, | for Her
Majesty’s Stationery Office. | 1863. | [Arms.| BA.

Pp. 1-325. folio.

Denig (E.T.) Vocabulary of the Gros Ventre, pp. 207-208.

Sullivan (J.W.) Various vocabularies of the Northwest Indians, pp. 207-216.

2883 Palma (D. Victoriano). Examen critico de todos los catecismos
publicados en lengua Mexicana. *
Title from Pimentel.

2884 Palmer (Dr. Edward). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo
of Taowa.
Manuscript. 2 ll. folio. 40 words.

2885 t—— Vocabulary of the Pinalefo and Arivaipa Apache.
Manuscript. 3 11. 4°. 200 words. These manuscripts are in the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology.

2886 Palmer (Joel). Journal of Travels | over the | Rocky Mountains, |
to the | Mouth of the Columbia River; | made during the years
1845 and 1846: | containing minute descriptions of the | Valleys of
the Willamette, Umpqua, and Clamet; | a general description of |
Oregon Territory; | its inhabitants, climate, soil, productions, ete.,
ete.; | a list of | necessary outfits for emigrants; | and a | Table of
Distances from Camp to Camp on the Route. | Also; | A Letter
from the Rey. H. H. Spalding, resident Missionary, for the last ten
years, | among the Nez Percé Tribe of Indians, on the Koos-koos-
kee River; The | Organic Laws of Oregon Territory; Tables of
about 300 words of the Chinook | Jargon, and about 200 Words of
the Nez Percé Language; a Description of | Mount Hood; Inci-
dents of Travel, &c., &c. | By Joel Palmer. |

564 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Palmer (Joel)—continued.
Cincinnati: | J. A. & U. P. James, Walnut Street, | between

Fourth and Fifth. | 1847. | C.
Pp. i-iv, 9-189. 12°. Issued also in 1852, with no change except date on title-
page.

Words used in the Chinook Jargon, pp. 147-151; Chinook mode of computing
numbers, p. 152; words used in the Nez Percé language, pp. 152-156; Nez Percé
mode of computing numbers, p. 157.

2887 Pandosy (Rev. M'*. C's.) Grammar | and | Dictionary | of the |
Yakama Language. | By | Rev. M's. C's, Pandosy, | Oblate of Mary
Immaculate. | Translated by George Gibbs and J. G. Shea. |

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1862. | C. BA. WE. JWP.
Pp. iii-viii, 9-59. 8°. ‘‘Shea’s Library of American Linguistics. VI.”

Grammar of the P’shwan-wa-pam, Wala-wala, Tairtla, Roil-roil-pam, and
Palus languages, pp. 9-30; specimens of the Yakama language (Lord’s Prayer),
p. 31; peace song, composed by Father Pandosy, pp. 32-34; dictionary, pp. 35-59.

2888 Pangua (P. Diego Diaz). Arte de la Lengua Chichimeca; Diccio-
nario de la misma, y Catecismo en la misma. w
Manuscripts. Title from Beristain.

2889 Pani. Pani Vocabulary; Hueco or Waco dialect.

Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 50 words.

2890

Pani Vocabulary; Kichai dialect.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 30 words. These manuscripts are in library of the
Bureau of Ethnology.

2891 Paredes (P. Ignacio de). Catecismo Mexicano, | Que contiene
todo la Doctrina Christiana con todos | sus Declaraciones: en que
el Ministro de Almas ha- | llara, lo que 4 estas debe ensenar: y
estas hallaran lo | que para salvarse, deben saber, creer, y ob-
servar. | Dispusolo primeramente en Castellano | el Padre Ge-
ronymo Deripalda | de la Compania de Jesus. | Y despues para la
comun utilidad de los Indios; y es- | pecialmente para alguna ayuda
de sus zealosos Minis- | tros, clara, genuina, y literalmente lo tra-
duxo del | Castellano, en el puro, y proprio Idioma Mexicano | El
Padre Ignacio de Paredes | de la misma Compania de Jesus. | Y le
anadio la Doctrina pequena con otras cosas, 4 | todos utilissimas,
para la vida del Christiano, que se | hallaran en el Indice, que esta
al fin de esta Obra. | Y el mismo, no menos afectuoso, que reve-
rente, y | rendidq, lo dedica | Al Ilmo Senor | D. D. Manuel Jo-
seph | Rubio, y Salinas, | Dignissimo Arzobispo de ‘esta | Diecesi
de Mexico, del Consejo | de su Magestad, Se. |
Con las licencias necessarias, y permisso de la Con- | gregavion
de la Anunciata de 8S. Pedro, y 8. Pablo, en | Mexico, en la Im-
prenta de la Bibliotheca Mexicana, | enfrente de San Augustin.
Ano de 1758. |

PALMER—PAREDES 56

or

Paredes (P. Ignacio de)—continued.

Mexican title :

Christianoyotl | Mexicanemachtiloni, | In itech onactica, ihuan
ontzauctica in Imelahualoca | ihuan in Ieaquiztica in Izquitla-
manth nepapan Teo | tlatolli, ihuan Teometachtilli; in cemix-
quich in Teo | tlaneltocani, in Christiano Tlacatl ci huei ina.
hua | til huei imamal, inic cacicamatiz, quichicahua | caneltocaz,
ihuan quitequipanoz, inic momaquixtiz. | Auh yehuatlin Temach-
tilli oquimachtopatecpanil | Caxtillancopa in Toteopixcatazin Yé-
huatzin | Padre Geronymo de Ripalda | de la Compania de Jesus. |
Auh quingatepan in ireoh oquimocopinili, ihuan ma- | cehualeopa
Mexicatlatolcopa ocuimocuepili in | Toteopixeatatzin, Yehuatzin |
Padre Ignacio de Paredes, | de la Compafia de Jesus. | Auh ¢an-
yeno nican iculiuhtoc in Tepiton Teotlatolli | ihuan in oe izquitla-
mantli quallachihualli, in itcol | huel onmonequi in iyeenemiliz in
Christiano. | Aut ganno yehuatzin huei tetlacotlaliztica, Tema-
huizti- | liliztica, ihnan nepechtequiliztica, quimohuemmanilili |
in Cenquizcamahuiztililont Cenquizcaixtililoni, in hue | Teopix- .
catepachécatzuitli, Yehuatzin in Mahuiztie | Tlatoani, | D. D.
Manuel Joseph Rubio, | y Salinas, | Teoyotica Ichcapixeatzintli,
gagenca huel Tlacnopilhui- | ani Arzobispo, in iz Tlatocayopan,
itocayocan Mexi- | co moteyacanilia; ihuan ganyenoyuh qui in itech
om- | mohuitia in Tlatocanendnotzaloyan, in ompa | Castillan
mantimani, &e. |

In nican Mexico omotepuzicuilo in Tepuztlacuiloloyan, in Ixpan
S. | Augustin mantimani, ipan ipin, in tichualtoca, Xihuitl
1758. | : A. JCB.

17 p. 1l., pp. 1-170, Indice11. 12°. Spanish title rectol.1; reverse, quotations;
picture of St. Francis Xavier, 11].; Mexican title recto 1.3; reverse, coat of arms.

2892 ——— Promptuario | Manual Mexicano. | Que a la verdad podra
ser utilissimo & los Parrochos para | la ensenanza; 4 los necessita-
dos Indios para su instruccion; | y a los que aprenden la lengua
para la expedicion. | Contiene | quarenta, y seis Platicas con sus
Exemplos, y morales | exhortaciones, y seis Sermones morales,

acomodados a los | seis Domingos de la Quaresma. | Todo lo qual

corresponde a los cinquenta, y dos Nomingos | de todo el ano; en
que se suele explicar la Doctrina | Christiana 4 los feligreses. | En
las platicas se van explicando, uno por uno, todos los puntos, | que
todo Christiano debe saber, y entender. | En los Sermones se trata

de aquellas materias mas solidas, y | conducentes al provecho, y

Converston de las Almas. | Anladese por fin un Sermon de | Nues-

tra Santissima Guadalupana | Senora, | con una breve narracion

de su historia; y dos | Indices: que se hallaran al principio de la

Obra. | La que con la claridad, y propriedad en el Idioma, que

pudo, | dispuso | El P. Ignacio de Paredes de la Compania de |

Jesus, Morador del Colegio destinado para solos Indios, | de S.

566

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Paredes (P. Ignacio de)—continued.

Gregorio de la misma Compania de la Ciudad | de Mexico. | Y él
mismo en compania de otro Noble, honrado, y agradecido | Cabal-
lero, lo dedica afectuoso, y rendido | Al Senor D. Feliz Venancio
Malo de Villavicencio, | del Consejo de su Magestad, y su meritis-
simo Oydor de la Real | Audiencia de Mexico, Se. |
Con las licencias necessarias, | En Mexico, en la Imprenta de la
Bibliotheca Mexicana, enfrente de | San Augustin. Ano de 1759. |
23 p.11., pp. 1-380, i-xe. sm.4°. The Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 649, gives the colla-
tionas: ‘‘Front.; title; 22 prel.ll.; text, pp. 380, xc, and Ixxiii to elxxxviii.
After p. xe the pagination begins with Ixxiii and runs to clxxxviil. These 58 Il.
comprise sermons, platicas, &c.” The copies seen by me do not contain these
final pages numbered in Roman, nor does Icazbalceta, Brasseur de Bourbourg, or
Leclerc mention them. A.B. JCB.
Since the above was put in type Mr. W. Eames has furnished me the following
full collation from a copy in the Astor Library which contains the extra pages:
Frontispiece; 23 p. ll.; pp. 1-380; i-xe; 1 blank 1.; plate; pp. lxxiii-clxxxviii.
sm. 4°. The supplementary matter consists of ‘‘Sermon Primero [-Sexto] de
Quaresma,” pp. i-lxxii; ‘‘Sermon de nuestra gran reyna, poderosissima Patrona,
Madre, y Setora nuestra, Maria Santissima de Guadalupe,” pp. lxxiii-xe; 1 blank
leaf; 1 plate entitled ‘‘Copia dela Milagr. Imagen de Jesus” * * * 3; ‘Sermon
Primero [-Sexto] de la publicacion de la Mission, y del Santo Jubileo,” pp. Ixxiii-
elvii; ‘‘Platica Primera [-Quarta] del acto de Contricion de la Mission,” pp. elviii-
elxxvii; “‘Exhortacion * * * ,” with the top heading ‘‘Avisos al Alma,”
pp. clxxviii-elxxxv; ‘‘Saetas al Alma,” in verse, pp. clxxxvi-clxxxviii. These
additional pages, numbered in Roman, are, except the headings, entirely in the
Mexican language.

2893 t——— Compendio del Arte de la Lengua Mexicana del P. Horacio

Carochi; Dispuesto con brevidad, claridad, y propriedad, Por el P.
Ignacio de Paredes.
Mexico, 1759. B. JCB.
For full title, see Carochi (P. Horacio).

2894 ——— Doctrina breve sacada del Catecismo Mexicano, que dis-

puso el P. Ignacio de Paredes, de la Compania de Jesus.

Colophon : :

Reimpresa en la Oficina de D. Mariano de Zuniga y Antiveros,
ano de 1809. *

No title-page. 8 unnumbered ll. 8°. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbaleeta from
copy in his possession. :

2895 Pareja (P. Fr. Francisco). Cathecismo, | en Lengva | Castellana,

y | Timuquana. | En el qual se contiene lo que se les pue- | de en-
sefiar a los adultos que an | de ser baptizados. | Compvesto por el
P. F. Fran- | cisco Pareja, Religioso de la Orden del seraphico | P.
8. Francisco, Guardian del Conuento de | la purissima Cocepcion
de N. Senora de | S. Augustin, y Padre de la Custo- | dia de sancta
Elena de la | Florida. | | Vignette.]

En Mexico. | En la Impréta de la Viuda de Pedro Balli. | Por C.
Adriano Cesar. M. DC. XII [1612]. | NYS.

Title; reverse, woodcuts, 1 ].,and 79 other unnumbered ll, 8°. Some pages
two columns, some but one.

PAREDES—PARBEJA, 567

Pareja (P. Fr. Francisco)—continued.

2896 ——— Catechismo. | y Breve Expo- | sicion de la Doc- | trina
Christiana. | Muy vtil y necessaria, asi para los Espaioles, co- |
mo para los Naturales, en Lengua Castellana, y Timu- | quana, en
modo de preguntas, y respuestas. Copuesto | por el P. FE. Fran-
cisco Pareja de la Orden de N. | Seraphico P. S. Fracisco, Padre
de la Custo-dia | de 8. Elena de la Florida. | [ Vignette.]

Colophon:

Con Licencia de los Svype- | riores, en Mexico, en casa de la
viuda de | Pedro Balli. Atio de 1612. | Por C. A. Cesar. | NYHS.

176 ll. 8°. Some pages two columns, some but one.

2897 ——— Catecismo de la Doctrina cristiana en dicha [Timuquana]
Lengua.

Megico, 1617. *
Title from Beristain.

2898 ——— Cathecismo, y | Examen Pa-| Ra Los Que Comulgan.
En | lengua Castellana, y Timuquana. | En el qual se codtiene el
respecto que se deue tener 4 | los templos, con algunos Similes del
santissimo Sa- | cramento y sus effectos; y la preparacid para la
co- | munion actual y espiritual, y para quado se da 4 los | enfer-
mos. Las gracias que despues de la comunion | se deuen dar 4
Dios, que se recibe en ella. Y algunos | milagros deste santissimo
Sacramento. Y dichos de| Santos, y de personas doctas, que
aconsejan | y exortan 4 su frequencia. | Aora en Esta II. Impres-
sion | corregido, y enmendado, y alojo necessario anadido | Por el
Padre Fr. Francisco Pareja, Religioso de | 1a Orden de N. Sera-
phico P. 8. Francisco, y Padre de la | Provincia de Santa Elena de
la Florida, natural de | Auton diocesi del Arcobispado de Toledo. |

Con Privilegio | En Mexico, en la Imprenta de Juan Ruyz. |
Ano de 1627. | zs

Title furnished by R. H. Major, from copy in the British Museum, to Buck-
ingham Smith, who prints it in the Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 2, p. 1.

2899 -——— Confesonario en Lengua Timuquana de la Florida.

Mégico 1612. *
Title from Beristain.

2900 ——— Confessionario | En lengua Castella- | na, y Timuquana
Con algunos con- | sejos para animar al penitente. | *|4Y assi
mismo van declarados algunos effectos y | prerrogariuas deste
sancto sacramento de la confes- | sion. Todo muy vtil y proue-
choso, assi para que | los padres confessores sepan instruyr al
peni- | tente como para que ellos aprendan a | @ saberse confes-
sar. 9 | [Design.] § Ordenado por el Padre ’r. Fran- | cisco Pareja,
Padre de la Custo- | dia de Santa Elena de | la Florida. | { Religi-
oso de la Orden de nuestro Seraphico | Padre san Francisco. | 5% |

¢ Impresso con licencia en Mexico, en la Em | prenta de la Viuda
de Diego Lopez | Daualos. Anti de 1613. | NYHS.

568 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Pareja (P. Fr. Francisco)—continued.

Title; reverse, wood-cut, followed by 15 unnumbered 11, containing indul-
gence, official preface, errata, contents, &c.; 11. 9-230. 16°.

In the official preface to the Confessionario, 1.3, the president and auditors of
the royal ‘“‘Audiencia” of New Spain mention the following writings composed
by this author: ‘‘Fray Francisco Pareja de la Orden de san Francisco * * *
a compuesto, traduzido y declarado la Doctrina Christiana, tres Cathecismos, Con-
fessionario, Arte, y Vocabulario, y otro tratado de Jas penas del Purgatorio, y de
las penas del infierno: y gozos de la Gloria, y el Rosario de la Virgen con otras
cosas de deuocion, en lengua Castellana y Floridana, y gastado en esto mas de
diez y seys afios.”

2901 ——— Gramatica de la Lengua Timuquana.
Mégico 1614. *

Title from Beristain, who quotes from Antonio.

The “Arte de la lengua Timuquana,” was found by Charles Leclerc, and its
discovery announced to the ‘‘Congrés des Américanistes” at the Madrid meeting
in 1881. It was published by Juan Ruiz, Mexico, 1614. Pages 1-158 (probably
leaves) are printed, and the remainder is in manuscript, and written by the
author’s own hand, as attested by a remark of Father Aix, pasted inside the
book. There are many manuscript corrections on it, made by himself and others.
A new edition is in press for Maisonneuve & Co., Paris, edited by Lucien Adam
and Julien Vinson.—d. S. Gatschet.

2902 Parisot (J.) Notes sur la langue des Taensas (ancienne Louisiane.)
In Revue de Linguistique, vol. 13, pp. 166-186. Paris, 1880. 8°.
Principles of the Taensa Grammar, pp. 168-183; texts, songs, and prayers, with
translation, pp. 183-186.
Also issued separately, according to Leclere, but whether with addition of
title-page I do not know.

See Haumonté (J. D.), Parisot (J.), and Adam (Lucien).

2903 Parker (Ely 8.) Vocabulary of the Seneca.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Notes on the Iroquois, pp. 393-400. New York, 1847. 8°.

2904 Parker (Rev. Samuel). Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond
the Rocky Mountains, | under the direction of the | A. B.C. F. M. |
Performed in the years | 1835, 36, and 737; | containing | a descrip-
tion of the geography, geology, climate, and | productions; and the
number, manners, and | customs of the natives. | With a | Map of
Oregon Territory. | By Rev. Samuel Parker, A. M. |

Ithaca, N. Y.| Published by the author. | Mack, Andrus, &
Woodruff, Printers. | 1838. | Cc. BA. BP.

Pp. i-xii, 13-371. 12°. map. Vocabulary of the Nez Percé language, pp. 327-830;
of the Klicatat, pp. 330-333; of the Calapooa, pp. 333-336; of the Cheucok, pp.
336-338.

2905 -——— Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond the Rocky
Mow Ains, | under the direction of the | American Board of Com-
missions for Foreign Missions, | in the years 1835, 736, and 737; |
containing | a description of the geography, geology, climate, pro-
ductions | of the country, and the number, manners, and | customs

PAREJA—PARKER. 569

Parker (Rev. Samuel)—continued.
of the natives: | with a | Map of Oregon Territory. | By Rev. Sam-
uel Parker, A. M. | Second edition. |
Ithaca, N. Y. | Published by the Author. | Mack, Andrus, &
Woodruff, Printers. | 1840. | C.
Pp. i-xvi, 17-400. 12°. map. Linguistics as in first edition, pp. 385-389;
389-392 ; 392-396; 396-898.

2906 A Journey | Beyond the Rocky Mountains | in 1835, 1836,
and 1837. | By the | Rev. Samuel Parker, A. M. | Corrected and ex-
tended in the present edition. |

Edinburgh: Published by William and Robert Chambers. |
1841. | Cc.

1 p.1., pp.1-78. 8°. Does not contain the vocabularies.

2907

Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond the Rocky
Mountains, | under the direction of the | A. B.C. F. M. | in the
years 1835, ’36 and 737; | containing | a description of the geogra-
phy, geology, climate, produc- | tions of the country, and the num-
bers, manners, | and customs of the natives: | with a | map of Ore-
gon Territory. | By Rev. Samuel Parker, A. M. | Third Edition. |

Ithaca, N. Y. | Mack Andrus, & Woodruff. | Boston [&c., three
lines]. 1842. | B.

Pp. i-xvi, 17-408, 12°. map. Linguistics as in previous editions, pp. 395-398;
399-402 ; 402-405 ; 405-408.

2908 Journal of an Exploring Tour beyond the Rocky Mount-
ains, under the direction of the A. B.C. F. M. Containing a De-
scription of the geography, geology, climate, productions of the
country, and the Numbers, Manners, and Customs of the Natives,
with a Map of the Oregon Territory. By Rev. Samuel Parker.
Fourth edition.

Ithaca, N. Y., 1844. s
416 pp. 12°. map. Vocabularies, pp. 401-416. Title from Field, No. 1175.

2909 Journal | of an| Exploring Tour | beyond the Rocky
Mountains, | under the direction of the | A. B.C. F. M. | contain-
ing |a description of the geography, geology, climate, | produc-
tions of the country, and the numbers, | manners, and customs of
the natives: | with a | Map of Oregon Territory. | By Rev. Samuel
Parker, A. M. | Vifth edition. |

Auburn: | J.C. Derby & Co.; | New-York: Mark H. Newman &
Co.,—Geneva: G. H. Derby & Co. | Cincinnati: Derby, Bradley &

Co. | 1846. | o.
Pp. i-xvi, 17-422. 12°. map. Vocabularies, pp. 407-411; 411-415; 415-418;
419-421.

2010 Parker(W.B.) Notes taken | during the Expedition | commanded
by Capt. R. B. Marey, U.S. A., | through | Unexplored Texas, | in

570 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Parker (W. B.)—continued.
the Summer and Fall of 1854. | By W. B. Parker, | Attached to the
Expedition. | ie
Philadelphia: | Hayes & Zell, No. 193 Market Street. | 1856. | c.
Pp. i-xii, 9-241. 12°. List of tribes of Texas, p. 221.

2911 Parra (Fr. Francisco). Vocabulario Trilingue Guatilmateco de
los tres principales Idiomas, Kachiquel, Quiche y Tzutuchil. ?
The original is preserved in the library of S. Francisco de Guatemala.— Beristain.

2912 Parry (Dr.) Vocabulary of the Pima Indians.
Manuscript. 611. folio. 150 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2913 Parry (C.C.) Vocabulary of the Pimo.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 461-462. Philadelphia,
1853. 4°.

2914 Parry (Capt. William Edward). Journal | of a | Second Voyage
for the Discovery of a | North-west Passage | from the Atlantic to
the Pacific; | performed in the years 1821-22-23, | in His Majesty’s
Ships | Fury and Heela, | under the orders of | Captain William
Edward Parry, R. N., KF. R.S., | and Commander of the Expedi-
tion. | Illustrated by numerous plates. Published by Authority of
the Lords Commissioners | of the Admiralty. |

London: | John Murray, | Publisher to the Admiralty, and Board
of Longitude. | M DCCC XXIV [1824]. | C. BA. BP.

4 p.11., pp. i-xxxii, 1-571. 4°. maps, plates.

Grammatie remarks and a few examples of the Esquimaux language, pp.
551-558; vocabulary of Esquimaux words and sentences, pp. 559-569; Esqui-
maux names of places, pp. 570-571.

2915

Journal | of a | Second Voyage for the Discovery | of a| .
North-West Passage | from | the Atlantic to the Pacific; | per-
formed in the years 1821-22-23, | in His Majesty’s Ships | Fury and
Hecla, | under the orders of | Captain William Edward Parry, R.
N., F.R.S., | and commander of the Expedition. |

New-York: | Published by E. Duyckinck, G. Long, Collins & Co.,
Collins & Hannay, | W. B. Gilley, and Henry I. Megarey. | W. E.
Dean, Printer, 90 William-Street: | 1824. | C. BA.

Pp. i-vii, i-xx, 1-464. 8°. Linguistics as in English edition, pp. 451-457;
459-464. According to Sabin a German translation was published at Jena, 1824. 6°.

2916 Parsons (James). Remains of Japhet: | being | Historical Enqui-
ries | into | the Affinity and Origin | of | the European Lan-
guages. | By James Parsons, M. D. Member of the College of Phy-
sicians, | and Fellow of the Royal and Antiquary Societies of Lon-
don. | [Quotation, five lines.] |

London, | Printed for the Author: | And sold by L. Davis and
C. Reymers, in Holbourn; J. Whiston, at | Boyle’s Head, B. White,
at Horace’s Head, Fleet Street; | and G. Faulkner, at Dublin.
MDCCLXVII [1767]. | : C.

PARKER—PAUW. 571

Parsons (James)—continued.

Pp. i-xxxii, 1-419. 4°.

Observations on the names of the numbers of the American Indians, pp.
341-345 ; containing, on p. 345, the numerals 1-100, 1000, in the languages of the
Mohawks, Oneydoes, Onondagas, Cayugas, Seneckas, Wanats, Shawanese, Dela-
wares, and Carribeans.

2917 Parsons (Gen. Samuel H.) Discoveries in the Western Country, by
General Parsons.

In Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences, Memoirs, vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 119-127. Boston
and Cambridge, 1793. 4°.

Short comparative vocabulary, 6 words, of the Shawanese, Delawares, and
Wyandots.

2918 Parsons (Usher). Indian Names | of | Places in Rhode-Island: |
Collected by | Usher Parscns, M. D., | for the R. I. Historical So-

ciety. |
Providence: | Knowles, Anthony & Co., Printers. |
1861. | BP. GB. WE. JWP.
Pp. i-iv, 5-32. 8°. Names given by the Narragansetts to places in Rhode
Island.

2919 Pi{auw] (Cornelius de). Recherches | Philosophiques | sur les |
Américains, | ou | Mémoires intéressants pour servir a | Histoire
de ’Espece Humaine. | Par Mr. De P * * *. | Avec une Disserta-
tion sur /Amérique & les | Américains, par Don Pernety. | Et la
Défense de Auteur des Recherches | contre cette Dissertation. |
{One line quotation.] Tome I [-III]. | [Design.]

A Berlin, | M. DOC. LXX [1770]. | C. BA.
3 vols. 16°. Du défaut des mots numériques chez les Américains, vol. 3,

pp. 141-147. :
2920 ——— Recherches | Philosophiques | sur | les Americains, | ou |

Mémoires intéressants pour servir a | Histoire de ’Espece Hu-
maine. | Par M.de P * * *. | Avec une Dissertation sur l’ Amérique
& les | Américains, par Dom Pernety. | [One line quotation.]
Tome Premier [—Troisiéme]. | [Engraving.]

A Londres. | M. D.CC.LUX XI [1771] [—A Berlin. | — | M. DCC.-
LXXI (1771).| *

3 vols. 16°. Du défaut, &c., vol. 3, pp. 129-134. The third volume is entitled
“Defense des Recherches Philosophiques sur les Américains.” Title from Mr.
W. Eames from copy in the Astor Library.

2921 - Recherches | Philosophiques | sur | les Américains, | ou |
Memoires intéressants pour servir a | Histoire de ’lspece Hu-
maine. | Par M. de P * * *. | Nouvelle édifion, augmentée dune
Dis- | sertation critique par Dom Pernety, & | de la Défence de
YAuteur des Recherches | contre cette Dissertation. | {One line quo-
tation.] | Tome Premier [-Troisiéme] | [Design.]

A Berlin. | MDCCLXXIV [1774]. | BA.
3 vols. 8°. Du défaut, &c., vol. 3, pp. 129-131. Issued also in 1777, with no
change except date on title-page.

572 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Piauw] (Cornelius de)—continued.

Z Recherches | Philosophiques | sur | les Américains, | Ou
mémoires intéressans pour servir a | histoire de ’espéce humaine. |
[One line quotation.] Tome I [-IIT]. |

A Paris, | chez Jean-Frangois Bastien. | L’an III [1795] de la
République frangaise, une et indivisible. | c

3 vols. 8°. Du défaut, &c., vol. 3, pp. 337-345.

Sabin notes the following additions:

A Berlin: George Jacques Decker. MDCCLXVITI-MDCCLXX. 3vols. +A
Berlin. M.DCC.LXX. 3vols. -+}A Berlin. M. DCC. LXXI. 3 vols. -+ Berlin.
MDCCLXXII. 3 vols. -+Cléves. MDCCLXXII. 3 vols. + Berlin. M. DCC.-
LXXIV. 3vols. -++A Londres. M.DCC.LXXIV. 3vols. +A Berlin. M.DCC.-
LXXVII. 3vols. -+ Paris. 1799. 7 vols. -+ A Dutch translation. Deventer,
1771-72. 3 vols.

2923 Paz (Fr. Alonzo). Escala del Cielo, en la Lengua Kachiquel. *

Title from Squier.

2924 Paz (Fr. Domingo). Confesionario y Doctrina Christiana en lengua
Chanabal de Comitan y Tachinulla en las Chiapas, su autor el R.
Padre Fray Domingo Paz, de la orden de Santo Domingo, el ano
de 1775. *

Manuscript, 8°, comprising 47 Il. in Chanabal, followed by 3 blank leaves; then
a Doctrina Christiana, in Spanish, 25 ll. The last leaf gives the names of the
numerals 1-21. This little manuscript is of great value, being, with the excep-
tion of the Confesionario of Camposeca, the only existing monument of the
Chanabal language.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

2925 Peabody Museum (Cambridge). Reports | of the | Peabody Mu-
seum | of | American Archeology and Ethnology | in connection
with | Harvard University. | Volume I [-III, No. 2]. | 1868-1876
[1882]. |

Cambridge: | Printed by order of the Board of Trustees. | 1876
[-1882]. | WE. JWP.

2 vols. and pts. 1 and 2 of vol. 3. 8°.

Bandelier (A.F.) On the Artof War * * * of the Ancient Mexicans,
vol. 2, pp. 95-161.

On the distribution * * * of lands * * * among the Ancient

Mexicans, vol. 2, pp. 385-448.

On the Social Organization * * * of the Ancient Mexicans, vol. 2,
pp. 557-699.

2926 Peck (Edmund). Portions of the Holy Scripture, | for the | Us.
of the Esquimaux | on the | Northern and Eastern Shores of Hud-
son’s Bay, | Edited by | Edmund Peck, | C. M.S. Missionary to the

Esquimaux. |
Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. |
77, Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn-Fields. | 1878. | WE. JWP.

2 p. IL, pp. 1-93. 16°. In syllabic characters, similar to those used in the
publications in the Cree language.
Peet (Rev. Stephen D.), editor.
See American Antiquarian.
Pefferkorn (Ignaz).
Seo Pfefferkorn (I.)

PAUW —PPEIRSON. 573

2927 Peintures et Antiquités mexicaines. s
1211. in black and color, engraved at Paris and Berlin. folio. Fac-simile of

the Mexican Codex of Berlin, 1 1.; of the Codex preserved at Vienna, Nos. 1 to8,

_ 3 11; of the manuscript of TD 2 11.; of the Collection of Mendoes! uh 1b

* Hierogly phic history of the Aztecs from AO Deluge to the foundation of Mexico
(copied from the work of Gemelli), 11. Lunar Calendar of the Muyscas (drawn

by the Canon Duquesne in 1801, at Santa Fé de Bogota), 11. Granite vases
found on the coast of Honduras, 11. Ruins of Mitla, in the province of Oaxaca, 11.
Aztec Idol, in basalt, found in the valley of Mexico, 1 1.—Leclere, 1878, No. 2332.

2928 Peirson (Abraham). Some | helps for the | Indians | Shewing
them | How to improve their natural Rea- | son, To know the True
God, and | the true Christian Religion. | 1. By leading them to see
the Di- | vine Authority of the Scriptures. | 2. By the Scriptures
the Divine | Truths necessary to Eternal Salvation. | Undertaken |
At the Motion, and published by | the Order of the Commission- |
ers of the United Colonies. | by Abraham Peirson. | Examined and
approved by Thomas | Stanton Interpreter-General to the U- |
nited Colonies for the Indian Language, | and by some others of
the most able | Interpeters [sic] amogst [sic] us. |

Cambridg, | Printed by Samuel Green 1658. | 1

Pp. 1-67. sm.8°. In Indian and English, interlinear throughout.

“Only
two copies of this Catechism are known to the editor of the present reprint. One
of these is in the library of Mr. James Lenox, of New York; the other is in the
British Museum. The title-pages of the two differ in several particulars. That
of Mr. Lenox’s copy, which is proved by its agreement with the English reprint
of the first sheet to be the earlier, has a border of the acorn pattern. The other
has no border; the lines are longer, and the page less compact. After the title
proper, ending with the words ‘Eternal Salvation,’ the Museum copy has—

« «By | Abraham Peirson | Pastor of the Church at Brandford [sic]. | — | Ex-
amined and approved by that | Experienced Gentleman (in the In- | dian Lan-
guage) Captain | John Scot. | —| Cambridge: | Printed for Samuel Green,
1658.’

“Here no reference appears to the Commissioners of the United Colonies, and
the imprint, it may be observed, is ‘for’ (not ‘by’) Samuel Green.

““The second title-page of the Catechism, on which he is named as an ‘expe-
rienced gentleman,’ may have been prefixed to part of the edition—to all the
copies, perhaps, which were sent to England about the time of the Restoration,
and subsequently—with the knowledge of Mr. Peirson and the Commissioners;
or the substitution may have been Scot’s own device to give himself, in London,
a certificate of position and character, and perhaps add weight to his statements
in support of the title of the Narragansett proprietors and of his own claims to
lands for which he had procured deeds from Indians on Long Island.”—Trumbul!.

Mr. Trumbull, in his Catalogue of Books and Tracts, says: ‘‘The advice of
the commissioners ‘to turn it into the Narragansett or Pequot language’ was
not followed. The Catechism remains in the dialect of ‘the southwest parts’—
i.e., the Quiripi (or Quinnipiac) spoken from New Haven westward, near Long
Island Sound, and presents the only known specimen of that dialect.”

The following is a copy of Scot’s title-page taken from fac-simile in Mr. Trum-
bull’s reprint:

2929 ——— Some Helps for the | Indians; | Shewing them how to |
Improve their Natural Reason, | to know the true God, and the |

574 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Peirson (A braham)—continued.

Christian Religion. | 1. By leading them to see the Divine | Au-
thority of the Scriptures. | 2. By the Scriptures, the Divine | truths
necessary to Eternal sal- | vation. | By | Abraham Peirson | Pastor
of the Church at Branford. | — | Examined and approved by that |
Experienced Gentleman (in the In- | dian Language) Captain |
John Scot. |

Cambridge: | Printed for Samuel Green, 1658. | =

The first sheet of the catechism was reprinted in [Bliot (John)] A further
Accompt of the Progresse of the Gospel amongst the Indians in New England,
pp. 22-35. London, 1659. 4°. The portion reprinted has a separate title-page
[p. 22], on which the imprint ‘‘London: Printed by M. Simmons, 1659.” is sub-
stituted for Green’s, and ends in the middle of a sentence (p. 35), and has the
catch-word of the following sheet, which was not yet received in England.—
Brinley Catalogue, Part 1, No. 448; A.A, S. Proc., Oct., 1873, pp. 46-47.

Reprinted as follows:

2930 Some Helps for the Indians: | A Catechism | in the Lan-
guage of the Quiripi Indians | of New Haven Colony, | By the Rev.
Abraham Pierson [sic]. | Reprinted from the original edition, Cam-
bridge, 1658. | With an Introduction, | by J. Hammond Trumbull. |
From the Collections of the Connecticut Historical Society, Vol. III. |

Hartford: | Printed by M. H. Mallory & Co. | 1873. | JWP.

Introduction. pp. 1-11; reprint, 67 pp., with interlinear translation, 2 fac-simile
titles, and fac-simile of p.4 of original. 8°.

The edition of vol. 3, Conn. Hist. Soc. Coll., of which this paper formed a part,
was burned when ready for the binder, and the extra copies (100) of the Cate-
chism printed for the author were the only ones which came into circulation.

2931 Pela Kesagiinoodimtimkawa | tan tila | uksaktmamenoo wésto-
woolkw’ | Sasoogoole Clistawit | ootenink. | Megtimoweesimk. |

Chebooktook [Halifax]: | Megimagea’ ledaktin-weektigémkawa,

moweome. | 1871. | S.

Pp. 1-126. 24°, The Gospel of St. Matthew in the Micmac language. Trans-
lated probably by S. T. Rand.

2932 Pelleprat (P. Pierre). Relation | des Missions des PP. | de la
Compagnie | de Iesvs | Dans les Isles, & dans la terre ferme | de
YAmerique Meridionale. | Divisée en devx parties: | avec vne in-
trodvection | 4 la langue des Galibis Sauuages de la | terre ferme
de ’Amerique. | Par le Pere Pierre Pelleprat, de | la Compagnie
de lesvs. | [Design.]

A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy, & Gabriel | Cramoisy, rué
S. Iacques, aux Cicognes. | M. DC. LV [1655]. | Auec Priuilege du
Roy, & Approbation. | C. BA.

8 p.1., pp. 1-93, 11., pp. 1-125, 1-31. 12°. Appended to and occupying the final
31 pp. of this work is the following:

2933

Introdvetion | a la Langve | des Galibis, | Savvages de la
Terre Ferme | de ’Amerique Meridionale. | Par le P. Pierre Pelle-
prat, de | la Compagnie de Iesvs. | | Design.]

PEIRSON—PENN. 575

Pelleprat (P. Pierre)—continued.
A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy, Imprimeur | du Roy & de
la Reine. | Et Gabriel Cramoisy, rué S. Iacques | aux Cicognes. |
M. DC. LY [1655]. | Avee privilege dv Roy. | C. BA.
Pp. 1-31. 12°.
Introdvction a la langve des Galibis, pp. 3-15; les termes dont on a le plus
de besoin dans la conuersation des Galibis, pp. 15-31.

Pierre Pelleprat was born in 1606, at Bordeaux. In 1639 he embarked for the
missions, visited the different houses which the Jesuits possessed in the French
islands, and then passed into Mexico, where he lived eleven years. He died at
Puebla de los Angeles, April 21, 1667.

Pena (D. Andres Saenz de la).
See Saenz de la Peiia (D. Andres).

2934 Penn (William). <A | Letter | from | William Penn | Poprietary
[sic] and Governour of | Pennsylvania | In America, | to the | Com-
mittee | of the | Free Society of Traders | of that Province, residing
in London. | Containing | A General Description of the said Proy-
ince, its Soil, Air, Water, Seasons and Produce, | both Natural and
Artificial, and the good Encrease thereof. | Of the Natives or Abo-
rigines, their Language, Customs and Manners, Diet, Houses or
Wig- | wams, Liberality, easie way of Living, Physick, Burial, Re-
ligion, Sacrifices and Cantico, | Festivals, Government, and their
Order in Council upon Treaties for | Land, &e. their Justice upon
Evil Doers. | Of the first Planters, the Dutch, &c. and the present
Condition and Settlement of the | said Province, and Courts of
Justices, &c. | To which is added, an Account of the City of | Phila-
delphia | newly laid out. | Its Scituation between two Navigable
Rivers, Delaware and Skulkill, | with a | Portraiture or Platform
thereof, | Wherein the Purchasors Lots are Distinguished by certain
Numbers inserted, directing | to a Catalogue of the said Purchasors
Names, | And the Prosperous and Advantagious [sic] Settlements
of the Society aforesaid, within | the said City and Country, &e. |

Printed and Sold by Andrew Sowle, at the Crooked-Billet in
Holloway-Lane in | Shoreditch, and at the several Stationers in
London, 1683. | a

Pp.10 (4). plan. folio. There were two editions. In the second ‘‘ Poprie-
tary” is corrected to ‘‘ Proprietary,” and the signature varies from ‘‘ Your Kind
Cordial Friend,” in the first, to ‘‘ Your Kind and Cordial Friend” in the second.—
Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 59712.

Contains an account of the language of the Pennsylvania Indians, with a
brief vocabulary.

Translated into Dutch, as follows:

2935 t—— Missive | van | William Penn, | Eygenaar en Gouverneur
van | Pennsylvania, | In America. | Geschreven aan de Commissa-
rissen van de Vrye Socie- | teyt der Handelaars, op de selve Pro-
vintie, | binnen London resideerende. | Behelsende: | Een generale
beschrijvinge van de yoornoemde Proyintie: te weten, van | hare

576

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Penn (William)—continued.

2936

Grond, Lucht, Water, Saisoenen en’t Product, soo uyt de natuur
als | door het bouwen, neffens de groote vermeerderinge of meenigh-
vuldin- | ge, welke het Land aldaar uytgevende is. | Als mede: van
de Naturellen of Inboorlingen des Landts, haer Taal, Gewoontens,
en Manieren, haar Spijsen, Huysen of Wigwams, | Mildheyt, ge-
mackelijcke manier van leven, Medicijnen, manieren, van | Begraaf-
fenis, Godsdienst, Offerhanden en Gesangen, haar Hooge- | feesten,
Regeeringe, en ordre in hare Raden, wanneer sy met yemandt |
handelen over het verkoopen van Landeryen, ete. Nevens hare
Justi- | tie, of Recht doen over quaatdoenders. | Mitsgaders een
Bericht van de eerste Coloniers de Hollanders, ete. En | van de
tegenwoordige toestant en welgesteltheyt van de voornoemde Pro- |
vintie en Rechtbanken, etc. aldaar. | Waar by noch gevoeght is een
Beschrijving van de Hooft-Stadt | Philadelphia. | Nu onlangs uyt-
geset, en gelegen tusschen twee Navigable Rivieren, | namentlijk:
tusschen Delaware en Schuylkil. | Ende een verhaal van de voor-
spoedige en voordeelige standt van saken van | de voornoemde
Societeyt binnen de voornoemde Stadt en Provintie, ete. |
Amsterdam, | Gedruckt voor Jacob Claus, Boekverkooper in de
Prince-straat, 1684. | 2
Pp. 23. 4°. plan. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 59716.

Missive | van | William Penn, | Eygenaar en Gouverneur
van | Pennsylvania, | In America. | Geschreven aan de Commissa-
rissen van de Vrye Societeyt der | Handelaars op deselve Provintie,
binnen London residerende. | Behelsende: | Een generale beschrij-
vinge van de voornoemde Provintie: te weten/ van | hare Grondt/
Lucht/ Water/ Saisoenen en’t Product soo uyt de natuur | als
door het bouwen/ neffens de groote vermeerderinge of meenigh-
vuldin- | ge/ welke het Land aldaar uytgevende is. | Als mede:
van de Naturellen of Inboorlingen des Landts/ haer Taal/ | Ge-
woontens en Manieren/ haar Spijsen/ Huysen of Wigwams/ |
Mildheyt/ gemackelijcke manier van leven/ Medicijnen/ manieren
van | Begraaffenis, Godsdienst/ Offerhanden en Gesangen/ haar
Hooge- | feesten/ Regeeringe/ en ordre in hare Raden/ wanneer
sy met yemandt | handelen over het verkoopen van Landeryen/
etc. Nevens hare Justi- | tie of Recht doen over quaatdoenders. |
Mitsgaders een Bericht van de eerste Coloniers de Hollanders/ ete.
En | van de tegenwoordige toestant en weltgesteltheyt van de
voornoemde Pro- | vintie en Rechtbanken/ ete. aldaar. | Waar by
noch gevoegt is een Beschrijving van de Hooft-Stadt | Philadel-
phia. | Nu onlangs uytgeset, en gelegen tusschen twee Navigable
Rivieren, | nameutlijk: tusschen Delaware en Schuylkil. | Ende een
verhaal van de voorspoedige en voordeelige standt van saken van |
de voornoemde Societeyt binnen de voornoemde Stadt en Provintie /
etc. | Waar by noch komt een Voor-reden/ gevende een korte onder-

PENN—PENNSYLVANIA. 577

Penn (William)—continued.

rechtinge van de | Conditien/ hoe de Gouverneur sijn Landt nu
verkoopt/ en verhuurt op een | eeuwige Erf-pacht/ als mede van
eenige van de voornaamste Wetten/ ete. | Den tweeden Druk. |
vAmsterdam, | By Jacob Claus, Boekverkooper in de Prince-
straat, 1684. |

Pp. 28. 4°. plan. Linguistics, p.12. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from copy in
the library of the late E. B. O’Callaghan.

2937 ——— A | collection | of the | works | of | William Penn. | In
Two Volumes. | To Which is Prefixed | A Journal of His Life. |
With many | Original Letters and Papers | Not Before Published. |
Volume the First [Second]. | [Two lines quotation. |

London: | Printed and Sold by the Assigns of J. Sowle, at the |
Bible in George-Yard, Lombard-Street. 1726. | CG.
4p.]l,pp.1-911; 2p.Il., p.1-916. 4°. ‘A Letter,” ete., vol. 2, pp. 699-706.

The letter reprinted in Barber (J.W.) The History and Antiquities of New
England, New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania, pp. 536-540. Hartford, 18433,
1846, 1847, 1856. 8°. In Clarkson (T.) Memoirs of the Private and Public Life of
William Penn, vol. 1, pp. 375-406. London, 1813. 8°. In Lbid., vel. 1, pp. 292-815.
New York, 1813. 12°. In Jbid., pp. 137-148. London, 1849. 12°. In Cornell
(W.M.) The History of Pennsylvania, pp. 111-125. New York, 1879. 8°. In Ibid.,
Philadelphia and Boston, 1876. 8°. In Harvey (H.) History of the Shawnee
Indians, pp. 12-21. Cincinnati, 1855. 16°. In Janney (S.M.) The Life of Wil-
liam Penn, pp. 227-238. Philadelphia, 1852. 8°. In Proud (R.) The History of
Pennsylvania, vol. 1, pp. 246-264. Philadelphia, 1797. 5°.

2938 Pennsylvania Historical Society. Memoirs | of the | Historical So-
ciety | of | Pennsylvania. | [Double seal.]
Philadelphia: | Published by M‘Carty and Davis, | No. 171 High
Street, | 1826 [-1876]. | C.
12 vols. 8°.
Campanius Holm (T.) A short description of the Province of New Sweden,
vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 38-166.
Denny (E.) Vocabulary of words in use with the Delaware and Shawanee
Indians, vol. 7, pp. 478-435.
Heckewelder (J.) History, Manners, and Customs of the Indian Nations
who once inhabited Pennsylvania, vol. 12, pp. 1-348.
A correspondence respecting the Languages of the American Indians,
vol. 12, pp. 349-433.
Words, phrases, and short dialogues, in the language of the Delaware
Indians, vol. 12, pp. 435-442.

2939 —— The | Bulletin | of the | Historical Society | of | Pennsyl-
vania. | [Seal.] | Volume I. | 1845-1847, |
Philadelphia: | Printed for the Society. | By Merrihew & Thomp-
son, No. 7 Carter’s Alley. | 1848. | C. HU.
180 pp. 8°. There are also three papers paged independently, 16, 40, and 33.
Ettwein (Rev. J.) Remarks on the Traditions, &e., of the Indians of North
America, pp. 29-44.
Heckewelder (fev. J.) Memorandum of the Names and Significations which
the ‘‘Lenni Lenape” had given to Rivers, &c., pp. 121-135, 159-14.

37 Bib

578 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2940 Pentateuch. Pentateuch in Eskimo.
London, 1847. *
Title from Bagstet’s Bible of Every Land.

2941 ——— [The Pentateuch, in the Cakchiquel language. | x

Manuscript. 202 pp. 4°. A fine manuscript, apparently a translation of the

Pentateuch, elegantly and clearly written in the ancient characters, bearing
date, at end, 1553. In Bibliothéque Impériale of Paris.—Squier.

Peralta (/r. M. Antonio).

See Hjercicio, No. 1169.

2942 Perez (D. Francisco). Catecismo | de la | Doctrina Cristiana |
en Lengua Otomi, | traducida literalmente al Castellano | por |
el Presbitero D. Francisco Perez, | catedratico Propietario de dicho
idioma | en la nacional y pontificia universidad | de la ciudad fede-
ral de los estados Mexi- | canos, examinador sinodal de dicho
idio- | ma de este arzobispado. |

México: | Imprenta de la testamentaria de Valdés, | 4 cargo de
José Maria Gallegos. | 1834. | B. GC. HU. JWP.
5 p. ll., pp. 1-17, parallel columns Otomi and Spanish. sm.4°. Followed by:

2943 ——— Manualito | Otomitica | para los principiantes. | Dispu-
esto | por | el Presbitero D. Francisco Perez, | Catedratico propie-
tario de dicho idioma en la Na- | cional y Pontificia Universidad de
la Ciudad Federal | de los Estados Mexicanos, Ecsaminador Sino-
dal de di- | cho idioma en este Arzobispado. |

[México: José Maria Gallegos. 1834.| B. C. HU. JWP.
Pp. 1-44, 1]. errata. sm. 4°.

2944 ——— Instruccion para examinar la conciencia de los penitentes
en la confecion (sic), y modo de dar las manos. Dispuesta en Ydi-
oma Othomi, y traducida al Castellano por el Presbitero D.” Fran-
cisco Perez para el uso de sus Dicipulos. Mejico Afio de 1823. *

Manuscript. 36 Il. 8°.—Leclerc, 1878, No. 2376.

2945 Perez (José). Note sur un ancien manuscrit Américain inédit

[Signed José Perez.| es

In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. 1, pp. 35-39. Paris, 1859. 8°.

Title from Mr. W. Eames from copy in the Astor Library. Issued separately, as
follows:

2946 ———— Note sur un ancien manuscrit Américain.
Paris, 1858. *
8°. Extract from the Revue Orientale et Américaine, No. 1, October, 1858.—
Leclerc, 1867, No. 1151.

2947 Mémoire sur les Relations des Anciens Américains avec les
Peuples de l’Europe, de l’Asie et de ? Afrique. [Signed José Perez.]*
In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. 8, pp. 162-198. Paris, 1863. 8°.
Comparison of Algonkin and Irish words, pp. 180-181; comparison of various
American, European, Asiatic, and African words, pp. 181-183.

PENTATEUCH—PEREZ. 579

Perez (José)—continued. ;

2948 t—— Mémoire sur les Relations des Anciens Américains avec les
Peuples de ’Europe, de l’Asie et de Afrique [continued]. [Signed
José Perez. | i

In Revue Américaine, 2° série, vol. 2, pp. 162-175, 300-310. Paris, 1865. 8°.
Comparison of American and Sanscrit words, p. 308.
Titls above from Mr. W. Eames from copies in the Astor Library.

2949 Perez (D. Juan Pio). Diccionario | de la | Lengua Maya | por |

D. Juan Pio Perez |

Merida de Yucatan | Imprenta Literaria, de Juan F. Molina
Solis | 1866-1877 C. WE.

Pp. i-x, i-xx, 1-437. 4°. Maya-Spanish.

Reviewed under the title “Native American Languages” in The Critic, vol.
3, No. 61, pp. 96-97. New York, 1883. 4°. See Gatschet (A.S.) and De Kay (C.),
in Additions and Corrections.

2950 —— Ancient Chronology of Yucatan; or a true exposition of
the method used by the Indians for computing time. Translated
from the manuscript of Don Juan Pio Perez, Yucatan.

In Stephens (J.L.) Incidents of travel in Yucatan, vol. 1, pp. 434-459. New
York, 1843. 2 vols. 8°.

Contains names of the days, months, years, &c¢., in Yucateco, vol. 1, pp. 434-459.

Reprinted in the 1860 edition of Stephens, same volume and page; in Brasseur’s
Cosas de Yucatan, Paris, 1864; and, according to Brinton,in: Registro Yuca-
teco, tome 3; Diccionario Universal de Historia y Geografia, tome 8, Mexico,
1855; Diccionario Historico de Yucatan, tome 1, Merida, 1866.

I have seen a manuscript copy of this article, possibly the original, in the
library of M. Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal. Its title is as follows:

Explicacion | del Calendario y de la cronologiea | antiqua de Yucatan, | escrita
por D. Pio Perez, | juez que fué de Peto. |

Manuscript. 14 ll. folio.

2951 ——— A manuscript written in the Maya language, treating of
the principal epochs of the history of the Peninsula of Yucatan
before the Conquest. With comments by Don Pio Perez.

In Stephens (J.L.) Incidents of Travelin Yucatan, vol. 2, pp. 465-468. New
York, 1843. 2 vols. 8°.

2952 ——— Codice Perez, in the Maya language. i!
Manuscript. 200 pp. 4°. In the library of D. Crescencio Carrillo.

2953 ——— Apuntes para una Gramatica Maya. *
Manuscript. pp. 45-136. In possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Philadelphia,
who thus speaks of it in his Maya Chronicles: “The eminent antiquary, Don
Juan Pio Perez, contemplated writing a Maya grammar, and collected a number
of notes for that purpose, as did also the Jate Dr. Berendt, but neither brought
his work to any degree of completeness. I have copies of the notes left by both
these diligent students,as also both editions of Beltran, and an accurate MS.
copy of Buenaventura, from all of which I have derived assistance in complet-
ing the present study.”
Carrillo gives, under Perez, the following title: Gramatica Maya de la lengua
Maya, and speaks of it as follows: ‘‘It is evident that Sr. Perez left it written,

580 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Perez (D. Juan Pio)—continued.
since not only do we find proofs of it in various documents which we have ex-
amined, but we have also had in our hands a leaf which is known to have been
taken from the original book, in small 4°, in the handwriting of the author, and
which is in possession of the Lic. D. Carlos Peon.” It is probable that the manu-
script spoken of is the one now belonging to Dr. Brinton.

2954 Perez (Manuel). Arte | de el Idioma | Mexicano. | Por el P. Fr.
Manuel Perez, | del Orden de N. P. San Augustin, hijo de la Santa |
Provincia del Santissimo Nombre de Jesvs, ac- | tual Visitador en
ella, Cura-Ministro, por su Ma- | gestad, de la Parroquia de los
Naturales del Real | Collegio de San Pablo, y Cathedratico de |
dicho Idioma en la Real Vniversidad | de Mexico. | Dedicalo | ala
dicha Santis- | sima Provincia. | [Design.]

4] Con Licencia. | En Mexico, por Francisco de Ribera Calderon,
en la | calle de San Augustin. Ano de 1713. | B.C.
8 p.1L, pp. 1-80. “Indice,” 3 pp. sm. 4°.

2955 —— Farol | Indiano, | y Gvia de Curas | de Indios. | Summa
de los cinco Sacramen- | tos que administran los Ministros Evan-
gelicos en | esta America. Con todos los casos morales que su- |
ceden entre Indios. Deducidos de los mas clasicos | Authores, y
amoldados 4 las costumbres, y pri- | vilegios de los Naturales. |
Por el P. Fr. Manuel Perez, | del Orden de N. P. 8S. Augustin, hijo
de esta Provincia | del Santissimo Nombre de Jesus, Visitador ac-
tual de | ella, Cura-Ministro, por su Magestad, de la Parroquia
de | Naturales de S. Pablo de Mexico, y Cathedratico | de Lengua
Mexicana en la Real | Vniversidad. | Dedicala | Al Santissimo Es-
poso de la Esposa, y Madre de | Dios, y Patron de esta Nueva EHs-
pana, | Senor San Joseph. |

Con licencia de los Svperiores. | En Mexico, por Francisco de
Rivera Calderon, en | la calle de San Augustin. Ano de 1713. | c.
24 p.ll., pp. 1-192; Indice and erratas, 2]. 4°.

2956 ——— Alfabeto espanol latino y megicano.
Megico por Calderon 1714 e
4°. Title from Beristain.

2957 ———— Cathecismo | Romano, | traducido | en Castellano, | y
Mexicano, | Por el P. F. Manvel | Perez, | del orden de N. P.S.
Agvstin. | Hijo de la Santa Provincia del Santissimo | Nombre de
Jesus de la Nueva-Espatia: | Ex-Visitador de dicha Provincia:
Cura- | Ministro por su Magestad, de la Parro- | quia de los Natu-
rales de San Pablo de Me- | xico; y Cathedratico de Lengua Mexi-
ca- | na, veinte y dos afios ha, en la Real | Vuiversidad. | Dedicalo
a la di- | cha SS.” Provincia. |

Con Licencia, en Mexico, por Francisco de | Rivera Calderon.
Ano de 1723. | C. B.
14 p. I1., pp. 1-248. sm. 4°.

PEREZ. 581

Perez (Manuel)—continued.
2958 ——— Método para auxiliar moribundos en Lengua Mexicana con
las Indulgencias que concedié el Ilmé. Sr Arzopispo Lanciego. *
Printed several times.—Beristain.

2959 Perez (Pedro Alcdntara). Silabario del idioma otomi | Dispuesto |
Por Pedro Alcantara Perez exsustituto de la Cate- | dra de aquel
idioma en la Nacional y Pontificia | Universidad de Mexico, y socio
de la compania | Lancasteriana aprobado por el Sr. Br. D. Manuel |
Garrido Cura de la Parroquia de 8." Catarina Mar | tin y Sinodal del
espresado idioma en este Arzobis | pado y por el Sr. Br. D. Manuel
Ibarra cura pro | pio de San Antonio Huisquiluca, por encargo de |
dicha compania como Direccion Gral. de instru | -cion primaria. |
Dedicalo | 4 | Maria Santisima de Guadalupe tierra Madre | de los
indios y fuente de su ilustracion. | B.

Manuscript title; 1 p. printed; 13 pp. manuscript. 4°. No date.

The printed page contains words of one, two, and three syllables in Otomi. Of
the manuscript, p. 1 contains the alphabet; pp. 2-9, words of one, two, and three
syllables; pp. 10-11, the numerals; pp. 11-13, a brief moral discourse. The manu-
script is of the present century.

Perez was professor of the Othomi language at the University of Mexico.

2960 Perez de la Fuente (D. Joseph Antonio). Cartilla Mexicana, y

Castellana. *
Manuscript. 12 ll. folio. Title from Boturini.

2961 ——— Gramatica en Idioma Nahuatl. a
Manuscript. 36 1]. 49.
A correct instructor of the most elegant Nahuatl] idiom—that is, a grammar of
the said idiom. Faulty at the end.—Boturini.

2962 ——— Manuscripts in the Nahuatl language. *

Diverse works in Nahuatl and Spanish, and some in Nahuatl alone. They are
in a book of 19 11. folio, and are as follows:

Relacion de la admirable Aparicion de Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe. In
Spanish and Mexican.

Interrogatorio para confessar 4 los Indios Mexicanos. In Spanish and Mexican.

Practica de ayudar 4 bien morir recopilada del Ritual Romano. In the
Nahuatl language.

El Portento Mexicadno. Drama in Mexican verse of the Apparition of Our
Lady of Guadalupe.

El Dia Festivo del Alma. Written by various authors and translated into
the Mexican language.

Mercurio Encomiastico. J ourteen lines in Mexican verse.

Borradores Devotos. Contains various prayers of the Most Holy Rosary and
much else.

Versos Mexicanos de Nuestra Sefiora de Guadalupe.

Sacra Philoména, que discanta en el Idioma Mexicdno los Misterios del San-
tissimo Rosario.

Consideracion de la Santissima Trinidad. In the Mexican language.

La Cartilla con todas sus Oraciones. In the Mexican language.

Titles from Boturini.

582 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2963 [Pc-rault (Rev. Charles Ovide).| Prieres L. J.C. & M. J. Can-
tiques et Catechisme, en langue Montagnaise, ou Chipewyan. [One
line of Indian characters, with motto and emblem in a circle.]

Montreal, Imprimerie de Louis Perrault, 1857. o
144 pp. 24°. Prayers, sacred songs, and catechism, in the Montagnais, or Chipe-
wyan language.—Tield, No. 1243.

2964 —_—__ L. J. C. & M. J. | Prieres, | Cantiques et Catechisme | en
langue | Montagnaise ou Chipeweyan. | [One line syllabic charac-
ters.| | [Oblate seal.]

Montréal: | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault et Compagnie. |
1865. | 0. 8S. WE.

Pp. i-xi, 3-179. 24°. Pp. 3-179 are in syllabic characters. One of the three
copies of the above work seen by me, that in the possession of Mr. Eames, differs
in collation from the other two, the 11 preliminary pages being missing, and after
pp. 1-179 follows ‘‘Explication de quelques Images propres 4 V’instruction des
Montagnais,” pp. 145-180; which is probabiy a continuation of the edition of
1857, No. 2963, bound with this later edition for convenience, the pagination of
that work, as will be observed, ending at page 144.

2965 Prieres L. J.C. & M. T. Cantiques, Catechisme ete. en
langue Crise. [Indian characters, one line, and motto. |
Montreal, Imprimerie de Louis Perrault et Compagnie, 1866. *
324 pp. 24°. Prayers, sacred songs, catechism, etc., in the Cree language.
Printed in a species of phonetic characters.—Iield, No. 1242.

Perryman (James).
See Robertson (A. E. W.), Perryman (J.), Perryman (T. W.), and Hodge
(D.M.)

Perryman (Leguest Chateau).
See Loughridge (R. M.), Winslett (D.), Perryman (L.), and Hodge (D. M.)

2966 Perryman (S. W.) and Perryman (L. C.) Constitution and Laws |
of the | Muskokee or Creek Nation, | translated into | Muskokee
Language, | by | S. W. & L. C. Perryman, | by | An Act of the
National Council. |

Washington City: | McGill & Witherow, Printers and Stereo-
typers. | 1868. | JWP. LSH.
Pp. 1-16. 8°. Preceded by the same in English, 15 pp.

Perryman (Thomas W.)
See Robertson (A. E. W.), Perryman (J.), Perryman (T. W.), and Hodge
(D. M.)

2967 and Robertson (Mrs. A. E. W.) Cesvs oh Vyares. | I will
go to Jesus. | By Rey. J. B. Waterbury, D. D. | Translated into
Creek | by Thomas Perryman, Esq., | and | Mrs. A. E. W. Robert-
son, Tullahassee Mission. |
Published by the | American Tract Society | 150 Nassau-street,
New York. | [N. d.] JWP.
Pp. 1-23. (24°.

PERRAULT—PETITOT. 583

2968 Petitot (P. E.) Dictionnaire | de la | Langue Déne-Dindjié | dia-
lectes | Montagnais.ou Chippewayan, Peaux de Liévre et Loucheux |
renfermant en outre | un grand nombre de termes propres a sept
autres dialectes de la ménie langue | précédé | @une monographie
des Déné-Dindjié | @une grammaire et de tableaux synoptiques
des conjugaisons | par | le R. P. E. Petitot | Missionnaire-Oblat de
Marie Immaculée, Officier d’Académie, Membre correspondant de
VAcadémie de Nancy, | de la Société d’ Anthropologie et Membre
honoraire de la Société de Philologie de Paris. | [Two lines quota-
tion.] [Design.]

Paris | Ernest Leroux, Kditeur | libraire des Sociétés Asiatiques
de Paris, de Calcutta, de New-Haven (Etats-Unis), de Shanghai
(Chine) | de ’Ecole des langues Orientales Vivantes, de la Société
Philologique, ete. | 28, Rue Bonaparte, 28 | Maisonneuve, quai Vol-
taire, 15 | San Francisco, A.-L. Bancroft and C°. | 1876 | B.c. AP. JWP.

Pp. i-lxxxviii, 1-367, 5 folding sheets. 4°. Forms vol. 2 of: Pinart (Alph. L.)
Bibliotheque de Linguistique et d’Ethnographie Américaines.

Avant-propos, pp. xi-xviii. Monographie des Dené-Dindjié, pp. xix—xxvi.
Essai sur l’Origine des Déné-Dindjié, pp. xxvii-xly. Précis de Grammaire com-
parée des trois principaux dialectes Déné-Dindjié, pp. xlvii-lxxxy.

Dictionnaire de la Langue Déné-Dindjié, pp. 1-367.

Tableau général des verbes Montagnais. Suite des conjugaisons des verbes
Montagnais. Folding sheets.

Tableau général des verbes Peaux de Liévre. Folding sheet.

Tableau général des verbes Loucheux. Verbes Loucheux a désinences irrégu-
litres. Folding sheets.

2969 —— Monographie des Déné-Dindjié.

Paris, E. Leroux, 1876. a

109 pp. 8°. Extract from the Dictionary.—Leclerc, 1878, No. 2217.

2970 ——— Vocabulaire | Francais-Esquimau | Dialecte des Tchiglit |
des bouches du Mackenzie et de ?Anderson | précédé une | mono-
graphie de cette tribu | et de notes grammaticales | par | le R. P.
K. Petitot | Missionnaire Oblat de Marie-Immaculée, Officier d’Aca-
démie, Membre-correspondant de Académie de Nancy | et des Soci-
étés d’Anthropologie et de Philologie de Paris | |Design.]

Paris | Ernest Leroux Editeur | Libraire de la Société Asiatique |
de l’Beole des Langues Orientales vivantes, de la Société Philolo-
gique | des Sociétés de Calcutta, de New-Haven (Btats-Unis), de
Shanghai, etc. | 28, Rue Bonaparte, 28 | Maisonneuve, 15 Quai Vol-
taire | San Francisco. A. L. Bancroft and C° | 1876 | ¢. AP. BP. JWP.

3 p. lL, pp. i-lxiv, 1-78. 4°. Forms vol. 3 of: Pinart (Alph. L.) Bibliotheque
de Linguistique et d’Ethnographie Américaines.

Introduction, pp. iii-viii. Monographie des Esquimaux Tehiglit du Mackenzie
et de l’Anderson, pp. ix-xxxvi. Précis de Grammaire Esquimaude, &c., pp.
xxxix-lxiy.

Dictionnaire Frangais-Esquiman, pp. 1-75.

2971 ——— Monographie des Esquimaux Tchiglit.

Paris, Leroux, 1576.

28 pp. 4°. Extract from the Vocabulary.—Leclere, 1878, No, 2231,

584 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Petitot (P. E.)\—continued.

2972 ——— Déné Dindjies.

In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte-rendu, premiére session, tome 2,
pp. 13-37. Nancy et Paris, 1875. 8°. 3 E

Comparison of Déné-Dindjie terms with those of various other languages,
pp. 13-15.

Comparative table Navajo, Déné (different dialects) and Dindjie, pp. 20-21.

2973 ——— Les Esquimaux.

In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte-rendu, premiere session, tome 1,
pp. 329-339. Nancy et Paris, 1875. 8°.

Comparative Vocabulary of the Esquimaux of Bathurst, Tagal, Malais and
Tuluk, Maori or Kanak, and Japonais, pp. 333-334.

Myths (The Deluge, and Origin of the Human Fainily) in Eskimo, with French
translation, pp. 336-337.

2974 Pewani. A. M. D. G. | Pewani Ipi Potewatemi | Missinoikan, |
eyowat nemadjik, | Catholiques Endjik. | [| Design.]

Baltimoinak: | John Murphy, Okimissinakisan | Ote Missinoi-
kan. | 1846. | BA. WE. JWP. MHS.

Printed cover 1 1., title, reverse alphabet, 11., pp.5-31. 24°. Outside title
same as above, except slight differences in ends of lines. Elementary book in
Potewatami.

2975 Pfefferkorn (Ignaz). Beschreibung | der | Landschaft | Sonora |
samt | andern merkwiirdigen Nachrichten | von den inneren
Theilen | Neu-Spaniens | und | Reise aus Amerika | bis -in |
Deutschland, | nebst einer Landcharte von Sonora. | Von Ignaz
Pfefferkorn, | eilfjahrigen Missionar daselbst. | Erster [Zweiter]
Band. | [Engraving.| | Mit allergnadigster kaiserlicher I reiheit. |

Auf Kosten des Verfassers | gedrukt zu K6ln am Khein in der
Langenschen | Buchhandlung 1794 [-1795]. | A.
2 vols.: 8 p.1L, pp. 1-455, 511., map; 1 p.1., pp. 1-447, 7 ll. sm. 8°.

Sprache der Sonorer, vol. 2, pp. 240-264, contains grammatic forms, num-
erals, etc., particularly ‘‘ von der pimischen Sprache”; Indian names of localities
in Sonora, with significations, pp. 258-264.
2976 t—— Indian Names in Sonora and their signification.
In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 5, p.370. New York and London, 1861. sm. 4°.
Extract from Father Pfefferkorn’s work on Sonora.

2977 Philological Society. Proceedings | of the | Philological Society [of
London] | for | 1842-43 and 1843-44 [-1852 and 1:53]. | Vol.
I [-VI]. |
London: | Published for the Society, | by George Bell, 186, Fleet
Street, London. | 1854 [1844-1854]. | A. BA.
6 vols. 8°.
Howse (J.) Vocabularies of certain North American languages, vol. 4, pp.
102-122; 191-206.
Isbester (J. A.) Ona short vocabulary of the Loucheux Indians, vol. 4, pp.
184-185.
Latham (R.G.) Miscellaneous contributions to the ethnography of North
America, vol. 2, pp. 31-50.
On the language of New California, vol. 6, pp. 72-86.

PETITOT—PICKERING. 585

Philological Society—continued.

Schomburgk (Sir R.H.) Contributions to the Philological Ethnography of
South America, vol. 3, pp. 228-237.

A vocabulary of the Maiongkong Language [S. America], vol. 4, pp.
917-222. 5 guage [ ] > Pp

2978 ——— Transactions | of the | Philological Society [of London]. |
1854 [-1877-8-9]. |
Published for the Society | by George Bell, 186, Fleet Street, |
London. | [n. d.—1879.] A. BA.
15 vols. 8°. j

Charnock (Dr. R.S.) and Blake (Dr.C.C.) Notes on the Woolwa and Mos-
quito vocabularies, 1873-74, pp. 350-353.

Daa (L.K.) On the affinities between the languages of the northern tribes
of the Old and New Continents, 1856, p. 251.

Latham (Rk.G.) On certain additions to the ethnographical philology of Cen-
tral America, 1854, pp. 151-156. i

On the languages of Northern, Western, and Central America, 1856,

pp. 57-115.
Trumbull (J. H.) On the North American Indian Languages, 1875-76, pp.
355-367.
2979 Philology—Indian Languages. ; JWP.

In The Investigator, vol. 1, nos. 9 and 10, pp. 261-265 and 289-293. Septem-
ber and October, 1845. Of this publication I have seen but the two examples
mentioned above. Where it was published I do not know. The first article
contains a Chippewa vocabulary, and commen's on various Indian dialects; the
second, an ‘‘ Illustrative and Comparative Vocabulary,” containing words of the
Chippeway, Ottawa, Potawotamie, Menomanie, Sahkey, Delaware, Munsee, Mo-
hegan, Oneida, Cayuga, Seneca, and Winnebago.

Piccolomini (Enea Silvio).

See Neve y Molina (Luis de).

2980 Pickering (John). A Grammar of the Cherokee Language.
Boston, Mission Press, 1830. *
8°. Title from Ludewig, p. 38, who says: ‘‘Only four sheets (pp. 9-40) printed.

By the invention of Sequoyah’s new alphabet, the work was stopped in its fur-
ther progress.”

2981 —— On the Adoption of a Uniform Orthography for the Indian
Languages of North America.

In Am. Acad. Arts and Sc., Memoirs, vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 319-360. Boston, 1818.
4°, Issued also as a separate pamphlet, as follows:

2982 - An | Essay | ona | Uniform Orthography | for the | Indian
Languages | of | North America, | as published in the Memoirs of
the American Academy | of Arts and Sciences. | By John Picker-
ing, A. A.S. |

Cambridge; | Univ. Press—Hilliard and Metealf. | 1820, |

1 p.1., pp. 1-42. 4°. C. WE. JWP. LSH.
2983 ——— 1. [Review of] Report of the Corresponding Secretary

(Peter S. Duponceau, Esq.) to the Hist. & Lit. Com. of the Am.
Phil. Soe. of his progress in the Investigation of the General Char-
acter and Forms of the Languages of American Indians,

586 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Pickering (John)—continued.

2. [Review of] A Correspondence between the Rev. John Hecke-
welder * * and Peter S.Duponceau * * respecting the lan-
guages of the American Indians. [By John Pickering.]

In North Am. Review, vol. 9, pp. 179-187. Boston, 1819. 8°.

Review of the above works, and short comparative vocabulary of the ‘‘ Penob-
scot dialect of the present day” and the ‘‘Norridgewock of about the year 1700.”

2984

[Review of] A Discourse on the Religion of the Indian
Tribes of North America; delivered before the N. Y. Hist. Soc. Dee.
1819. By Samuel Farmer Jarvis. [By John Pickering.]

In North Am. Review, vol. 11, pp. 103-113. Boston, 1820. 8°.

Gives extracts from Jarvis’s work.

2985

Indian Languages of America.

In Lieber (F.) Encyclopedia Americana, vol. 6, pp. 581-600. Philadelphia,
1831. 8°. Reprinted as below.

Consists principally of references to and extracts from Duponceau, Hecke-
welder, and Zeisberger, and the conjugation of the Cherokee verb ‘‘To tie”.

2986 t—— Remarks | on the | Indian Languages | of | North Amer-
ica. | By John Pickering. | From the Encyclopedia Americana, vol-
: ume VI.| Published in 1831.| Reprinted, 1836. | [N. p.] MHS. WHS.

Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 581-600. 8°. A German edition, as follows:

2987 ——— Ueber | die indianischen Sprachen | Amerikas. | Aus dem
Englischen des Nordamerikaners | Herrn John Pickering | iiber-
setzt | und mit Anmerkungen begleitet | von | Talvj. | [Mrs. T. A.
Robinson. |

Leipzig 1834 | bei Friedr. Christ. Wilh. Vogel. | C.
Pp. i-viii, 1-80. 8°.

See Rasles (Iather Sebastian).

, editor.
See Eliot (John).

2988 Pickett (Albert James). History | of | Alabama, | and incident-
ally of | Georgia and. Mississippi, | from the earliest period. | By |
Albert James Pickett, | of Montgomery. | In two volumes, | Vol. I
[II]. | Third Edition. | i

Charleston: | Walker and James, | 1851. | C. BA. BP.
2 vols. 12°. Ihave seen mention of first edition: Charleston, 1851. 2 vols. 12°.

A few terms in Muscogee or Creek, Choctaws, Chickasaws, and Cherokees,
with lists of towns, &c., from Bartram and Hawkins, scattered through.

Pierson (Abraham).
See Peirson (A.)

2989 Pierz (Franz). Die Indianer | in Nord-Amerika, | ihre | Lebens-
weise, Sitten, Gebriiuche u. s. w., | nach vieljihrigem Aufent-
halte | und gesammelten Erfahrungen unter den verschiedenen |
Stammen, | bearbeitet von | Franz Pierz, | Katholischem Mis-
sionar. |

PICKERING—PIMENTEL. 587

Pierz (Franz)—continued.
St. Louis, Mo. | Druck und Verlag der Buchhandlung von Franz
Taler u Co. | 1855. | Ss.
Pp. 1-130, 1 1. index. 8°.
Die Sprache der Indianer in Nord-Amerika, pp. 11-14.

2990 Pike (Gen. Albert). Verbal forms in the Muscoki language.

Manuscript. 20 11. folio. Seven verbs run through various tenses and modes.

2991 ——— Verbal forms of the Muscoki and Hichitathli languages.
Manuscript. 27 11. folio.
2992 —— Vocabularies of the Creek or Muscogee, Uchee, Hitchita,

Natchez, Co-os-au-da or Co-as-sat-te, Alabama, and Shawnee.

Manuscript. 56 11. folio, These vocabularies are arranged in parallel columns
for comparison, and contain from 1,500 to 1,700 words each. ‘The manuscript
was submitted to Mr. J.H. Trumbull, of Hartford, Conn., for examination, and
was by him copied on slips,each containing one English word and its equiva-
lent in the dialects given above, spaces being reserved for other dialects. They
were then sent to Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, of Tullahassee, Ind. T., who inserted
the Chickasaw equivalents.

2993 —— Vocabulary of the Osage language.
Manuscript. 11 ll. folio. 200 words.

2994 —— Vocabulary of the Toncawe language.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 175 words. These manuscripts by Gen. Pike are in the
library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2995 Pila (Fr. Pedro). Doctrina moral y cristiana en Lengua Tarasca. *
, Printed, according to some, and manuscript in the library of the College of 8.
Pablo, Mexico.—Beristain.

2996 Pilling (James Constantine).. Words and phrases in the Wundat
or Wyandot language.
Manuscript. 3611. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded
in a copy of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, first edition, in-
complete. Collected from John Grayeyes, a Wyandot chief, in 1880.

2997 Pillitikset Kittornganut. | [Picture.| |
[N. p.] 1845. | ATS.
1 p.1.,pp.1-8. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of Labrador.

2998 Pimentel (Francisco). Cuadro Descriptivo y Comparativo | de
las | Lenguas Indigenas de México | por | D. Francisco Pimentel |
Socio de numero | de la Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadis-
tica. | [Two lines quotation.] | Tomo Primero [Segundo]. | [Design.]

México | Imprenta de Andrade y Escalante | Calle de Tiburcio

numero 19. | 1862 [-1865]. | B. 0. BA. WE.
2 vols. Pp. lii, 539,11.; pp. vi, 427, 2 Il. 8°.
Introduction, vol. 1, pp. v-lii. E] Endeve, Heve 6 Dohema, vol. 2, pp.
El Huaxteco, vol. 1, pp. 3-34. 151-169.
El Mixteco, vol. 1, pp. 35-78. El Mixe, vol. 2, pp. 171-189.

El Mame 6 Zaklohpakap, vol. 1, pp. El Mazahna 6 Mazahui, vol. 2, pp. 191-
79-113, 203.

588 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Pimentel (Francisco)—continued.
El Othomi 6 Hia-hia, vol. 1, pp. 115- El Guaicura 6 Vaicura, vol. 2, pp. 205-

150. 215.
El] Mexicano, Nahuatl 6 Azteca, vol.1, El Cochimi y el Laimon, vol. 2, pp.
pp. 151-220. 217-227.
E] Totonaco, vol. 1, pp. 221-268. E] Chanabal, el Chiapaneco, el Chol,
El Tarasco, vol. 1, pp. 269-316. el Tzendal,el Zoque y el Tzotzil,
El Zapoteco, vol. 1, pp. 317-360. vol. 2, pp. 229-245. :
El Tarahumar, vol. 1, pp. 361-400. El Joba, el Lipan, el Papago, el Piro
El Opata 6 Teguima, voi. 1, pp. 401- y el Tubar, vol. 2, pp. 247-255.
450. E] Cuicateco, el Mazateco y el Chu-
El Cahita, vol. 1, pp. 451-495. chon, vol. 2, pp. 257-262.
El Matlatzinca 6 Pirinda, vol. 1, pp. El] Pame y el Serrano, vol. 2, pp. 263-
497-539. 267.
El Yucateco 6 Maya, vol. 2, pp. 1-39. Vocabulario manual de Ja lengua
El Tepehuan, vol. 2, pp. 41-68. Opata, vol. 2, pp. 269-340.
E] Cora, Chora 6 Chota, vol. 2, pp. 69- El Comanche, vol. 2, pp. 343-362.
90. E] Mutsun, vol. 2, pp. 363-387.

El Pima 6 Névome, vol. 2, pp. 91-118. El Tatché 6 Telamé, vol. 2, pp. 389-
El Quiché, Cachiquel y Zutuhil, vol. 2, 405.
pp. 119-150. El Tejano 6 Coahuilteco, vol. 2, pp.
407-413.

Varios idiomas de la Alta California (el Guiluco; el Chocouyem; el Jouki-
ousmé; el Tularefio; idioma de la Mision de Santa Clara; idioma de la Mision
de Santa Ines; idioma de la Mision de San Fernando; idioma de la Mision de
San Gabriel; idioma de la Mision de San Juan Capistrano; idioma de la Mi-
sion de San Luis; idioma de la Mision de San Diego), pp. 415-427.

2999 ——— Cuadro descriptivo y comparativo | de las | Lenguas Indi-
genas de México, | 0 tratado de filologia Mexicana, | por | Fran-
cisco Pimentel | Miembro de varias | sociedades cientificas y litera-
rias de México, | Europa y Estados Unidos de América. | (Seguuda
Edicion unica completa.) | Tomo Primero [-Tercero]. |

México. | Tipografia de Isidoro Epstein | Calle de Nuevo-Mexico
N°. 6. | 1874 [1875]. | Cc.

3 vols. 12°.

3000 ——— Algunas observaciones sobre las palabras Mayo y Maya.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 8, pp. 415-417. Mexico, 1860. 8°.
3001 —— Vocabulario Manual de la Lengua Cpata, por Francisco
Pimentel.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 10, pp. 287-313. Meixco, 1863. 8°.

3002 ———— Observaciones de Francisco Pimentel a la Disertacion so-
bre el Idioma Otomi, leida en la Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia
y Estadistica, por el Sr. D. Gumesindo Mendoza.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., segunda época, tomo 4, pp. 224-236. Mexico,
1872. 8°.
3003 ——— Replica de Francisco Pimentel al Sr. D. Gumesindo Men-
doza, acerca de su Disertacion sobre el Idioma Jthomi.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., segunda época, tomo 4, pp. 629-636. Mexico,
1872. 8°.

PIMENTEL—PINIARTUT. 589

Pimentel (IF rancisco)—continued.
3004 —— Sobre los nombres de parantesco en las Lenguas Indigenas.
(Contestacion al Seftor Don Ignacio Ramirez.)
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tercera €poca, tomo 1, pp. 208-211. Mexico,
1873. 8°.

See [Cabrera (José Maria) and others].

3005 Pinart (Alphonse L.) Eskimaux et Koloches | Idées Religieuses et
Traditions des Kaniagmioutes | par M. Alphonse Pinart.
Colophon:
Paris.—Typographie A. Hennuyer, rue du Boulevard, 7. swe.
Pp.1-8. 8°. Extract from the Revue d’anthropologie, 1873. Eskimo terms
passim.

3006 ——— Alph. Pinart | Sur | Les Atnahs | Extrait de la Revue de
Philologie et d’Ethnographie, N.° 2. |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire de Sociétés Asiatiques
de Paris, de Calcutta, de New-Haven | (Etats-Unis), de Shanghai
(Chine) | 28, Rue Bonaparte, 28 | 1875 | JWP.
Pp. 1-8. 8°. General remarks and vocabulary.

3007 ———, editor. Bibliotheque | de | Linguistique et @’Ethnogra-
phie | Américaines | publiée | Par Alph.-L. Pinart | Volume I
[-IV]}. |

[Paris et San Francisco: 1875-1882.| AP. JWP.

4 vols. 4°. Title of vol. 4 in Spanish.

Albornoz (J. Juande), Arte dela Lengua Chiapaneca y Doctrina Cristiana
en la misma lengua escrita por El] Padre Mt Fray Luis Barrientos. Paris, 1875.
Vol. 1.

[Franco (P.—).] Noticias de los Indios del Departamento de Veragua, y
vocabularios, &c. San Francisco, 1882. Vol. 4.

Petitot (P.E.) Dictionnaire dela Langue Déné-Dindjié. Paris, 1876. Vol. 2.
Vocabulaire Frangais-Esquimau. Paris, 1876. Vol. 3.

3008 Pinelo (D. Bernardino). Manual Megicano para la administracion
recta de los Sacramentos. *
Title from Beristain.

-3009 Pingortitsinermik. | [Picture.]

[Druck von J. F*. Steinkopf in Stuttgart.] | 1848. | ATS.

1 p.1., pp.1-8. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador.

3010 Piniartut | pissainut titartauvfit katiternere. | Kakortume, Pa-
miune, Ningme, Manitsume, | Amerdlumilo. | ukiune 18" ;,-18% 5. |
Sammendrag | af Fangelister for | Julianehaabs, Frederikshaabs,
Godthaabs, | Sukkertoppens, og Holstensborgs Districter; | for
Aarene | 18% 7,-18% 5. |

Ningme nakitigkat, | L. Mgller. | 1877. | JWR.
Title 11., pp. 1-41. 12°. Census, forabove-mentioned years, of Eskimo residents.

590 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3011 Pinkerton (John). A | General Collection | of the | best and most
interesting | Voyages and Travels | in all parts of the World; |
many of which are now first translated into English. | Digested on
a new plan. | By John Pinkerton, | Author of Modern Geography,
&e. &e. | Illustrated with plates. | Volume the first [-seventeenth]. |

London: | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Rees, and Orme, Pater-
noster-Row; | and Cadell and Davies, in the Strand. | 1808
[-1814]. | C. BA.

17 vols. folio.

Smith (John). The General History of Virginia, vol. 13, pp. 1-253.

There are also printed in Pinkerton, Cartier’s Voyages, vol. 12, pp. 629-674, and
Lahontan’s Travels, vol. 13, pp. 254-335, but in neither are the linguistics given.

3012 Pintura del Gobernador, Alcaldes y Rigidores de Mexico. Cdédice
en geroglificos mexicanos y en lenguas castellana y azteca, exis,
tente en la biblioteca del Duque de Osuna.

Madrid, Hernandez, 1878. *
10 pp., 40 plates. folio. Title from Leclere’s Supplement, No. 2903.

3013 Pipart (Abbé Jules). Astronomie, Chronclogie, et Rites des Mexi-
cains Vapres leur Calendrier, Par Vabbé J. Pipart, de Vernou-sur-
Brenne.

In Soc. Américaine de France, Archives, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 5-18.
Paris, 1875. 8°,
Les 20 jours Vun mois mexicain, p. 17; Les 18 mois de l’année, p. 18.

3014 ——— Fléments phonétiques dans les Keritures figuratives des
Anciens Mexicains.

In Cong. Internat. des Américanistes, Compte-rendu, seconde session, tome
2, pp. 346-368. Luxembourg et Paris, 1878. 8°.

3015 [Piquet (Abbé Fr.)] Ionteri8eienstagSa | ne | tsiatag oriSatogenton

ogonhaa. |
Parisiis. | Ononthioke. | Tehoristoraragon D.-P. Lefebvre. |
1826. | S. V. GB. JWP.

Pp. 1-72. 129. Catechism in the Iroquois language, translated, I am informed
by the Abbé Cuoq, by the Abbé Piquet. Prayers, pp. 63-72.

3016 Platica de los principales misterios de la religion, en Poconchi, etc. *
Manuscript. 32 pp. 8°. Written by a curé of the town of 'l'aktie, in Verapaz,.
in 1856.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

3017 Platicas. Platicas en castellano y mexicano. we
Manuscript. 23 11. folio. Small letters; dated April 28, 1739. In the library
of Sr. Ramirez.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No.143. Possibly the same as No. 1944 of

this catalogue.

3018

’Platicas piadosas en lengua Mexicana Vulgar de Guate-
mala. ‘

Manuscript. 10 11. folio. The writing appears to belong to the last century.—
Brasseur de Bourhoura.

PINKERTON—POK. 5OL

3019 Platzmann (Julius). Amerikanisch-asiatische Etymologien | via
Behring-Strasse | from the East to the West, | von | Julius Platz-
mann. |

Leipzig, | Druck von B. G. Teubner. | 1871. | C.
4p.1l., pp: 1-112. 8°.

3020 Playter (George D.) The History of Methodism in Canada: with
an Account of the Rise and Progress of the Work of God among
the Canadian Indian Tribes, and occasional Notices of the Civil
Affairs of the Province. By George D. Playter, of the Wesleyan
Conference. :

Toronto: Published for the Author by Anson Green. 1862. *

Pp. viii, 413,11. 12°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames, who gives linguistic
contents as follows:

A four-line verse of a hymn in Mohawk, with English translation, p. 224. A
six-line verse of a hymn in the language of the Indians of Grape Island, Bay of
Quinte, with English translation.

3021 Poetry of the Indians. O. LSH.
In Harper’s Mag., June, 1878, pp. 104-108. New York, 1878. 8°.
Songs in Chippewa and Cherokee, 23d Psalm in Algonquin.

3022 Poirier (Mgr. Ch.) Lettre de Mgr Ch. Poirier, évéque de Roseau.
In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 37, pp. 453-462. Paris, 1865. 8°.
Dated Roseau, le 20 novembre 1864. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Contains, p. 461, the Lord’s Prayer in Caraibe, with interlinear French trans-
lation (from Raymond Breton).

3023 Pok. | kalalek avalangnek, nunalikame nuna- | katiminut okaluk-
tuartok. | Angakordlo | palasimik napitsivdlune agssortuissok. |
agdlagkat pisorkat navssarissat nong- | miut ilanit. | Akét missig-
ssuissut avguasavait uvig- | dlarnernut kainakut pisut kinguai-
nut. | [Design.]

Nongme. 1857. | nalagkap nongmitup nakitirivfiane naki- |
tigkat R: Bertelsenmit Pelivdlo ernera- | nit Lars Molermit. |

The above is the front-cover title. Inside title :

Pok, | kalalek avalangnek, nunalikame | nunakatiminut okalug-
tuartok. | Angakordlo, | palasimik napitsivdlune agssortui- | ssok. |
agdlagkat pisorkat navssarissat | nongmiutilanit. | nalagkap nong-
metup nakitirivfiane | nakitigkat R: Bertelsenmit Pelivdlo | erne-
ranit Lars Mollermit. | 1857. |

Title on back cover:

Pok, | en Grénlender, som har reist og ved sin | Hjemkomst
forteller derom til sine Lands- | mend | og | Angekokken | som
méder Presten og disputerer med ham. | Efter gamle Haand-
skritter, fundne hos | Grénlendere ved Godthaab. | Hele indtegten
skal af forstanderska- | berne deles mellem enker, som have mi- |
stet deres mend ved kajakfangst. |

Godthaab. 1857. | Trykt af R: Bertelsen og L: Moller, | Peles
Son, i Inspecteurens Bogtrykkeri. | A. GB.

592

NORTH AMER CAN LINGUISTICS.

Pok—continued.

‘Printed cover, title 1 1., pp. 1-18. 8°. 4 plates on 2 leaves. Written, printed,
and illustrated by natives of Greenland. The wood-cuts and their coloring are
curious specimens of native art.

3024 [Pomeroy (James Margarum), editor.| Charter | of the | Choctaw

and Chickasaw | Central | Railroad Company. | Published for the
information of the Choctaw and Chickasaw Peoples. | Chahta Chi-
kaska itatuklo | Chata | Iklvna T'vli Hina Kvmpeni oke. | Chahta
mikmvt Chikasha Okla nana akostenecha chi pulla kuk o holisso
illvpvt toba hoke. |

Little Rock, Ark.: | Woodruff and Blocher, Printers, Binders and
Stationers, Markham Street. | 1870. | a

Pp. v, 24 and 24 (double numbers), alternate English and Choctaw facing each
other. royal 8°. Marginal notes in English and Choctaw. On p. iii Mr. Pome-
roy is named as editor.

3025 ——— Charter | of the | Choctaw and Chickasaw | 35th Parallel |

Railroad Company. | Published by the Company, for the informa-
tion of the Choctaw and Chickasaw Peoples. | = | Chahta Chika-
sha itatuklo | Chata | Palelil Pokole Tuchena Akocha Tvlhape
Bachaya ka Tvli Hina Kvmpeni oke. | Chahta mikmvt Chikasha
Okla nana akostanecha chi pulla kuk o Kvmpeni illvpvt holisso ha
ikbe tok oke. | a

Little Rock, Ark.: | Woodruff and Blocher, Printers, Binders and
Stationers, Markham Street. | 1870. | z

Pp. v, 24 and 24 (double numbers), alternate English and Choctaw facing each
other. reyal 8°, Marginal notes in English and Choctaw. On p. iii Mr. Pome-
roy is named as editor.

The two titles above are from a bibliography of the writings of the alumni
and faculty of the Wesleyan University, by Messrs. G. Brown Goode and Newton
P. Scudder, published by the University.

3026 Pond (Rev. Gideon H.) Wootanin Waxte Luka Owa Qon. The

3027

3028

Gospel by Luke, in the Dakota language; translated by G. H.
Pond, Esq.

In Pond (G. H.) and Renville (J.), sr. Wootanin Waxte Luka qa Jan,
pp. 163-241. Cincinnati, 1843. 12°. This latter work is appended to, and paged
continuously (161-296) with: Wicoicage Wowapi. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°.

Power and Influence of Dakota Medicine-Men.

In Schoolcraft (H.R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 641-651. Philadelphia, 1854
4°, Contains Dakota medicine song, with translation. Song reprinted in ibid.,
vol. 6, p. 655.

Dakota Superstitions. By G. H. Pond, of Bloomington.
In Minnesota Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 2, pt. 3, pp. 32-62. St. Paul, 1867. 8°.
Contains Dakota songs, with translation.

See Riggs (Rev. 8. R.) and Pond (Rev. G. H.)

See Pond (Rev. S. W.) and Pond (Rev. G. H.)

ai

POK—POND. 593

Pond (fev. Gideon H.)—continued.

3029 ———, editor. Dakota Tawaxitku Kin, | or | the Dakota Friend. |
Published by the Dakota Mission. | Vol. I. St. Paul, Minnesota,
November, 1850. No. I[Vol. I. August,1852. No. VIII}. Edited
by G. H. Pond. | C. HU.

A four-page, twelve-column paper, issued monthly, printed partly in Dakota,
partly in English, most articles being printed in both languages, though ocecasion-
ally only in the one or the other. An illustrated heading was added to issue No.
7,vol.1. Vol. 1 ended with the issue of October, 1851, vol. 2 beginning January,
1852, with the size of the sheet much enlarged. The publication was suspended
with the issue of Augnst of the same year, in which number the following edi-
torial notice appears: ‘The Dakota Mission deems it undesirable, while the
Indians are so unsettled, to continue the Friend. If the prospect is more encour-
aging it will be resumed hereafter.”

There is much of interest to the philologist in this paper: lessons for learners,
grammatic forms, vocabularies, &c.

3030 ——— and Renville (Joseph), sr. Woolanin Waxte | Luka ga
Jan, | owapi qon hena eepi; | matorota qa psincinca okagapi. |
The | Gospels | of | Luke and John, | in the Dakota Language; |
translated | by Mr. G. H. Pond and Mr. Joseph Renville, Sr. | Pub-
lished by the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Mis-
sions. | :

Cincinnati: | Kendall and Barnard, Printers. | 1843. | c¢.BA.swP.

Pp. 161-296. 12°. This work is appended to, and paged continuously with:
Wicoicage Wowapi. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°. and comprises the following ar-
ticles, each with its own heading:

Pond (G.H.) Wootanin WaxteLuka * * * Gospel by Luke, pp. 163-241.

Renville (J.), sr. Wootanin Waxte Jan * * * Gospel of John, pp. 242-295.

3031 Pond (Rev. Samuel W.) Wowapi Inonpa. | Wowapi wakan etan-
han taku wanjikji | oyakapi kin he dee. | Wanmdiduta kaga. | The
Second | Dakota Reading Book. | Consisting of Bible Stories from
the Old Testa- | ment. By Rev. S. W. Pond, | Missionary of the A.
B.C. F. M. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners |
for Foreign Missions, by Crocker | and Brewster. | 1842. |
Pp. 1-54. 16°. BA. BP. HU. MHS.

3032, ——— Dakota | wiwangapi wowapi. | Catechism | in the | Dakota
or Sioux Language. | By Rev. 8S. W. Pond, | Missionary of the A.
B.C. F. M. |

New Haven: | Printed by Hitchcock & Stafford. | 1844. | BA.
Pp. 1-12. 12°.

3033. ——— and Pond (Gideon H.) The | History | of | Joseph, | in the
language of the | Dakota or Sioux Indians. | Translated from Gen-
esis, by | Samuel W. and Gideon H. Pond | (Missionaries). | Printed
for the American Board of Commis | sioners for Foreign Missions. |

Cincinnati: | Kendall and Henry Printers. | 1839. | BA.
Pp. 1-40. 16°.
38 Bib

594 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3034 Poor Sarah | the Indian Woman. | ATS.
No title-page. Pp.1-23. 16°. In the Choctaw language. Appended: Am I
a Christian? pp. 16-21.—The Bible, pp. 22-23.
For another edition of these tracts, see Chahta I Kana, No. 715.

3035 Pop (Bugenio). Doctrina christiana en Lengua Quecchi, escrita
por padron del pueblo de San Augustin Lanquin, en la Verapaz,
por Eugenio Pop, alealde que fué en el ano de 1795. ei

Manuscript. 1711. 4°. The first leaf appears to be wanting, although the
work is complete. It bears on the margin of 1.3, recto, these words: ‘‘ Padron
del pueblo de San Agustin,” and on the 17th, ‘ Atios de 1795, en 22 de junio,
Doctrina christiana: ha yn Eugenio Pop,” the whole in the same hand as the
rest of the work; indicating clearly that he himself wrote it, probably at the
request of the curé, as a translation of the Spanish catechism. The additions,
in another hand, and the name of the alealdes Juan Xol and Carlos Kal, Janu-
ary 18th, 1806, ete., prove that the work was by a former alcalde, and that it was
transmitted each year by succeeding alcaldes, according to the custom of the
natives of Verapaz.—Brasseur de Bourbourg. i

3036 Pope (Maj. F. L.) Vocabulary of Words from the Siccany Lan-
guage.

Manuscript. 14 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. “The
tribe known as the Siccannies inhabit the tract of country lying to the northwest
of Lake Tatla, in British Columbia, and their language is nearly the same as
that spoken by the Connenaghs, or Nahonies, of the Upper Stikine.”

3037 Portlock (Capt. Nathaniel). -A | Voyage round the World; | but
more particularly to the | North-west Coast of America: | Per-
formed in 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | in | the King George and
Queen Charlotte, | Captains Portlock and Dixon. | Embellished
with twenty copper-plates. | Dedicated, by permission, to | His Maj-
esty. | By Captain Nathaniel Portlock. |

London: | Printed for John Stockdale, opposite Burlington- House,
Piccadilly; | and George Goulding, James Street, Covent Garden. |
M. DCC. LXXXIX [1789]. | B. 0. BA. HU.

Pp. i-xii, 1-384, appendix i-xl. 4°. maps.

Vocabulary of the language of Prince William’s Sound, pp. 254-255.—Vocab-
ulary of the language of Portlock’s Harbor, p. 293.

See Dixon (George).

and Dixon (George). Reis | naar de | Nord-west Kust |

van | Amerika. | Gedaan in de Jaren 1785, 1786, 1787 en 1788. |

Door | de Kapteins | Nathaniel Portlock | en | George Dixon. | Uit

derzelver oorspronklijke Reisverhalen zamengesteld en vertaald. |

Met platen. |

Te Amsterdam, bij | Matthijs Schalekamp. | 1795. | C. JCB.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-265. sm. 4°. map.

Vocabulary of the natives of Prince William’s Sound (from Portlock), pp.
109-110.— Vocabulary of the natives of Portlock Harbor (from Portlock), pp.
140-141.—Numerals (1-10) of Prince William’s Sound, Norfolk Sound, and King
George’s Sound (from Dixon), p. 209.

3038

3039 Poston (Charles D.) Vocabulary of the Pima Indians of Arizona.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

POOR—POTT. 595

3040 Potewateme. A. M. D. G. | Potewateme | Missinoni-kan Cate-
chisme | ipi | némeonin etchitek | Wayowat Kwiyuk Enemiidjik |
Catholique Echinikasidjik. |

Cincinnati: | Stereotyped by Monfort and Conahans. [1850 (?)]
Pp. 1-67. 18°. Catechism in the Potewateme language. BA. HU. MHS.
3041 Potewatemi. Potewatemi | Nememissinoikan. | A. M. D. G. |
Saint Louis: | W. J. Mullin ogimesennakesan ote messenaken. |
1844, | S. BA.
Pp. 1-63. 18°. Roman Catholic prayer-book in the Potewatami language.
3042 ——— Potewatemi | Nememissinoikan | Ewiyowat Nemadjik |

Catholiques Endjik. | [Design.] .
Baltimoinak: | John Murphy, Okimissinakisan | Ote Missinoi-
kan; | 1846. | BA. MHS.

Pp. 1-160. 18°. Roman Catholic prayer-book in the Potewatami language.
See Gailland (fev. M.), for other editions. :
3043 Potier (fev. Peter). Huron Grammar. *
Manuscript. 105 pp. It seems based on Chaumonot’s, many phrases being
identical]; but much, if not most, of itis new. It is methodical, well arranged,
divided into cha;.ters, and, in fact, a work which no time should be lost in put-
ting into a permanent shape. After the grammar are some pages not numbered,
containing questions for one learning, a scheme of relationship with the various
possessive adjectives, an abridgment of the Racines, and, curiously enough, a cen-
sus of the Huron village in 1745, with a very valuable list of Indian tribes, Eng-
lisb and French towns, etc., with their names in Huron and French.—Historical
Magazine, vol, 2, p. 198.

3044 ——— Racines Huronnes, by Rev. P. Potier of the Society of

Jesus. mi
Manuscript. 295 pp. 12°. Completed by the author on the 20th of September,
1751.—Historical Magazine, vol. 2, p. 198.

3045 Potrwatome Nkumwinin, | epe | Natotatewinin. | Siseminwrn epe
Norqit, | Okena’tonawa. | Pukon Kesis, 1835. | [Three lines Potr-
watame. |

Shawanoe Baptist Mission: | J. Meeker Printer:-| 1839. | BA.
Pp. 1-84. 18°. Catechism and hymns in the Potrwatame language.

3046 Pott (August Friedrich). Die | quinare und vigesimale | Zihl-
methode | bei Vélkern aller Welttheile. | Nebst ausfiihrlicheren
Bemerkungen | iiber die Zahlwérter indogermanischen Stammes |
und einem Anhange tiber Fingernamen. | Von | Dr. August Frie-
drich Pott, | ord. Prof. der [&c., four lines].

Halle, | C. A. Schwetschke und Sohn. | 1847. | A.
Pp. i-viii, 1-304. 8°. Numerals of the:
Tschuktschi, Aleut, Kadjak, Tschu- . Mexican, p. 69.
gazi, Koljusck, and Eskimo, pp.59-61. Carib, pp. 69-71.
Cochimi, Rumsen, and Eslene, p. 63. Darien, p.72.
Algonquin, pp. 64-65. Othomi, pp. 90-91.
Cheppewyan, Tacoullies, Timucuana, Huasteca, and Quiche, p. 92.
p. 66. Maya, pp. 93-95.
Sioux-Osage, and Omahaw, pp. 67-68. Mexican, p. 97.

Woccon, Paegan, and Panis, p. 68.

596 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Pott (August Friedrich)—continued.
3047 Doppelung als eines der wichtigsten Bildungsmittel der
Sprache; beleuchtet an Sprachen aller Welttheile.
Lemgo und Detmold, (Meyer) 1862. *

304 pp. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. A. 8S. Gatschet from copy in the Astor
Library. It contains Tarahumara and Osage material.

3048 ——— Die Sprachverschiedenheit in Europa an den Zalwértern
nachgewiesen sowie die quiniire und vigesimale Zilmethode. Von
Professor Dr. Aug. Friedr. Pott.

In Pott (A. F.) and Gosche (R.) Festgabe zur xxv. Versammlung deutscher
Philologen, pp. 1-109. Halle, 1867.

Contains inquiries into the origin of numerals in languages of all parts of the
world, and amongst them the: Cree, pp. 50-52; Other Algonkins, p.52; Black-
feet, p. 56; Shyenne, pp. 56-57; Ardpoho, pp. 57-58; Atsina, p.58; Arikara, pp.
59-63; Pawnee, pp. 63-64; Crow and Mandan, pp. 64-66; Dakota, p. 67.

Issued separately as follows:

3049 ——— Die | Sprachverschiedenheit | in Europa | an den Zahl-
wortern nachgewiesen | sowie | die quindére und vigesimale Zihl-
methode | von | D. Friedr. August Pott, | Prof. [etc., three lines]. |

Halle | Verlag der Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses. | 1868. | *
1 p.1., pp. 1-109. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames from copy in the Astor Library.

3050 —— and Gosche (Richard). Festgabe | zur | xxv. Versamm-
lung | deutscher | Philologen Orientalisten und Schulménner |
in | Halle a. d. 8S. | von | Aug. Friedr. Pott und Richard Gosche |
ordentlichen Professoren an der Universitit | Halle-Wittenberg. |

Haile | Verlag der Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses. | 1867. |

4p.1l., pp. 1-109. 8°. ASG.
Pott (A. F.) Die Sprachverschiedenheit, pp. 1-109.

3051 Potter (Chandler Eastman). The | History of Manchester, | for-
merly Derryfield, | in | New-Hampshire; | including that of Ancient
Amoskeag, | or the Middle Merrimack Valley; | together with the
Address, Poem, and other Proceedings, | of the | Centennial Cele-
bration, | of the | Incorporation of Derryfield; | at Manchester,
October 22, 1851. | By C. E. Potter, | Corresponding member [ete.,
three lines]. |

Manchester, | C. E. Potter, Publisher. | 1856. | =

Pp. i-xiii, 1 1., pp. 1-67, 1-763, 2 11. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from
copy in the Astor Library.

Names of Indian tribes and lecalities in the Merrimack Valley, with definitions,
pp. 5-6, 25-28, 31.

See Farmer’s Monthly Visitor, No. 1268 of this catalogue.

3052

- Appendix to the “Language of the Abenaquies” [by Wil-
liam Willis]. By C. E. Potter.
In Maine Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 4, pp. 185-195. Portland, 1856. 8°.

Contains a number of Abenaqui names of geographic features in the State of
Maine.

POTT—POWELL. 59T

: 3053 [Potter (Woodburne).| The | War | in | Florida: | being | an Ex-
position of its causes, | and | an accurate History | of the | Cam-
paigns | of | Generals | Clinch, Gaines and Scott. | [Two lines quo-
tation.| By a late Staff Officer. |

Baltimore: | Lewis and Coleman. | 1836. | Cc.
Pp. i-viii, 1-184. 12°. map.
Names of Seminole chiefs, pp. 9-10, 30.

3054 Powell (J.W.) Vocabulary of the Kootenay.

Manuscript. 211. folio. 185 words. Inthe library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Mr. Powell is superintendent of Indian Affairs, Canada.

3055 Powell (John Wesley). Report | of | Explorations in 1873 | of |
the Colorado of the West | and | its Tributaries, | By | Professor
J. W. Powell, | under the | Direction of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1874. | c. WE. TWP.

Pp. 1-36. 8°. Pai-Ute songs, with translation, p. 32.

3056 ——— Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages, | with
words, phrases, and sentences to be collected. | By J. W. Powell. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1877. | c.s.BA. JHT.

Pp. 1-104, and 10 unnumbered, ruled J]. 4°.

As a number of the manuscripts now in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology,
titles of which are given in this catalogue, are recorded in copies of the above
work,it seems proper to give a somewhat lengthy account of its contents and
the causes which led to its preparation.

In 1863 the Smithsonian Institution published a paper by Mr. Geo. Gibbs, No.
1499 of this catalogue, designed for collectors. Under the head of Philology, Mr,
Gibbs gave a brief account of some of the peculiarities of Indian languages, with
general directions for the best method of collecting certain words; a simple and
practical alphabet; and a vocabulary, in English, Spanish, French, and Latin, of
211 words. Speaking of the latter, he says:

“Tn view of the importance of a uniform system in collecting words of the
various Indian languages of North America, adapted to the use of officers of the
government, travellers, and others, the following is recommended as a STANDARD
VOCABULARY. It is mainly the one prepared by the late Hon. Albert Gallatin,
with a few changes made by Mr. Hale, the Ethnologist of the United States
Exploring Expedition, and is adopted as that upon which nearly all the collec-
tions hitherto made for the purpose of comparison have been based. For the
purpose of ascertaining the more obvious relations between the various mem-
bers of existing families this number is deemed sufficient. The remote affinities
must be sought in a wider research, demanding a degree of acquaintance with
their languages beyond the reach of transient visitors.”

The vocabulary given in this paper was separately printed on writing paper,
10 11., 4°, and reprinted, 6 lL, folio,and was distributed widely among the mis-
sionaries, Indian agents, travelers, and local collectors in ethnology, and has
served a valuable purpose, resulting in the collection by the Smithsonian Insti-
tution of a large number of vocabularies, comprising many of the languages and
dialects of the Indian tribes of the United States, British America, and Mexico.

This muterial, as it was received, was placed in the hands of Mr. Gibbs for
revision and classification—a work in which he was engaged at the time of his
death, which occurred before any of it was published.

In 1876, Professor Henry turned this material over to Maj. J. W. Powell, then
in charge of the United States Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky
Mountain Region, now Director of the Bureau of Ethnology, to be consolidated

598

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.

and published in connection with like material collected by himself and his
assistants while among the Indians of the western portion of the United States.
A number of these vocabularies were accordingly published in the “Contribu-
tions to North American Ethnology,” Vols. I and III, a quarto series issued by
the Survey. The remaining ones are in the library of the Bureau.

Wishing to extend the work already begun by the Smithsonian Institution,
Major Powell, in 1877, prepared the above paper. In his opening remarks, refer-
ting to the manuscripts derived from the distribution of Mr. Gibbs’ paper, the
author says: ‘It has, in fact, greatly stimulated investigation, giving wiser
direction to inquiry,and the results have abundantly proved the value of the
‘Instructions’ and the wisdom of its publication; and it serves to mark an epoch
in the history of ethnographic investigation in America. The material which
has thus been accumulated is of great amount, and its study has led to such im-
portant conclusions that it is deemed wise to prepare a new system of instruc-
tion, more comprehensive in plan and more elaborate in detail. First, it is found
necessary to enlarge the alphabet so as to include a greater number of sounds,
which have been discc-vered in the North American languages, and to mark other
letters with greater precision. Second, it is necessary to enlarge the vocabulary
so as to modify it somewhat, as experience has dictated, in order that new words
may be collected. Third,it is desirable that many simple phrases and sentences
should be given—so chosen as to bring out the more important characteristics of
grammatic structure.” :

The words, phrases, and sentences to be collected are arranged in schedules,
each preceded by instructions, and followed by blanks for additions, as follows:

I. Persons, 15 words.
II. Parts of the body, 103 words.
III. Relationships:
Relationships arising from the first and second generations, 58
words.
Relationships arising from the third generation, 224 words.
Relationships arising from the fourth generation, 24 words.
Names of children in order of birth, 26 words.
IV. Social organization.
V. Governmental organization, 22 words.
VI. Religion, 6 words.
VII. Disposal of the dead, 8 words.
VII. Dress and ornaments, 39 words.
IX. Dwellings, 26 words.
X. Implements and utensils, 36 words.
Basket-ware, 15 words.
Woodenware, 7 words.
Utensils of shell, horn, bone, &c.,5 words.
Stone implements, 13 words.
Pottery, &c., 11 words.
XI. Food, 6 words.
XII. Games and sports, 5 words.
XIII. Animals:
Mammals, 91 words.
Parts of the body, &c., of mammals, 36 words
Birds, 192 words.
Parts of the body, &c., of birds, 26 words.
Fish, 12 words.
Parts of the body, &c., of fish, 12 words.
Reptiles, 6 words.
Insects, 11 words.

POWELL. 599

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.

XIV. Trees, shrubs, fruits, &c.,8 words.
XV. The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and ob-
jects, 41 words.
XVI. Geographic terms, 8 words.
XVII. Geographic names.
XVIII. Colors, 13 words.
XIX. Numerals:
Cardinal numbers, 58 words (1-1000).
Ordinal numbers, 30 words.
Numeral adverbs denoting repetition of action, 23 words.
Multiplicatives, 22 words.
Distributives, 23 words.
XX. Measures.
XXI. Divisions of time, 29 words.
XXII. Standard of value.
XXIII. New words, 84 words.
XXIV. Phrases and sentences, 545 phrases, &c.

3057 ———. Smithsonian Institution—Bureau of Ethnology | J. W.

Powell Director | Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Lan-
guages | with | Words Phrases and Sentences to be collected | By
J. W. Powell | Second edition—with charts |

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1880 | B. BA. WE. JHT.

Pp. i-xii, 1-228, and 8 unnumbered, ruled ll. 4°. Between pp.74 and 75 two
leaves are inserted, paged 74a, 74b, and 74¢; reverse of the latter, blank.

“The progress made by various students, and the studies made by the author,
alike require that a new edition be prepared to meet the more advanced wants
and to embody the results of wider studies. Under these circumstances the
present edition is published. It does not purport to be a philosophic treatment
of the subject of language; it is not a comparative grammar of Indian tongues;
it is simply a series of explanations of certain characteristics almost universally
found by students of Indian languages—the explanations being of such a char-
acter as experience has shown would best meet the wants of persons practically
at work in the field on languages with which they are unfamiliar. The book is
a body of directions for collectors.”—Laxtract from Preface.

Experience had demonstrated the propriety of some changes in the alphabet
and a considerable enlargement of the scheme as given in the first edition of the
work, and in the second Major Powell has made many modifications. The
schedule of relationship being so large, graphic representation was considered
necessary, and charts were prepared which it was thought both the student and
the Indian could follow with comparative ease.

As in the first edition, blank spaces are given after each schedule for such
additions as may suggest themselves to the collector; and, further to facilitate
the work, separate alphabet cards of convenient size accompany the volume.

CHAPTER I.—ON THE ALPHABET.

WO Elscacio gancoaccos naodod cbs >cedd oacndo csoaoS pb sdomboassosdé ecocee 4
Diphthongs --.. 5
(CORI TEN Ep a-obesacscbe dadco Cobo cos nace sasccconcean en boecsaen nation 6
WIMIGE SacdeopenOboodGErs 0be0 dootoase sascgote 6
INEERIG) coopibosuoebecoeaosboLEDc00 Hooh od casa cccadcasetice ceadae sens 7
ROSIE Bape cogous cose na COSCO CORRE SOMES SOUT OS Cone SHU Ce SorICCae 8

SIENA eoopeocoo6es onoo0d HSooenae Good sso coho cooscaoseedbonedc 9

600

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.

Consonants:
Way ivseaseun Gu seeecere sears cane Facto Soteneleselcer seneieat eoeeret
Interruptedssounds pees eeremeete ee erseieeiseiee eines stare terisee siete
Syntheticisounds!-cs-c cei oteeaes acerca see cence.
Complexicombinations-ssea--cee eee ec Ocoee eee eee eee eee
Alphabetase in coese eisiicee esac tae oo Home cee oem eee eee ee cle oeereaee
CHAPTER IIJ.—HINTS AND EXPLANATIONS.

ISR ersons/meeieer erasers esieinier eee eeceee ieee coicetteei cca
2:——hartsiot the body eneiristeestacine selce oelecoeieseeie eee ciceccieciee
3.-—Dressand Ornamentse nas acisseeiee eee ieee teneets ee econo
CE Dll Co Sonesaqacecodacs Sage odan7 quou Esco ude Sebo dsan S09
5:—Implements/andiutensilsteccese sao eee er yeaa oeeeeiee cine
(a heen se sesauncmatos bo6n SupSoooohoocouuedad panose Saag sobaeouose

Bs — Numerals sistas crayon cic ciate eee arene ore aoe etoile iekersioes
9 Measures 222 isos os ste semis oases wis Seaton eco ease Seer

li—Standardsiofwaluesecna sees cece eee eee eee oer eeenee
1.2 Animal sere se alenicecioe eaten cece SRR ete oo aaa cieiaeins
13: Plan tes: &o Coss 5ucc ce cee ees ere ee ae ae ae ee ee ate
14’— Geooraphicitermsf-caosseescee eee eee eee tence eee eee
15:;— Geographic mamesssese eee eee eee ieee eee tee eres
16.—The firmament, meteorologie and other physical phenomena and
objects ..-.-- eo Pisa reera re etage oercyaete ratio ice cote sei oroEe sista
§) 17 Keng hip 22 So cts ettae osteo aie ans eee eae eee ee eee
7185 Socialvorganizationyeessseeen cenit etaee eee eee ctiaeei ee eoeee
$619: Government) sis ais nc nc cree aie woes Ge lara eh ela es wef reete ce Sect ee
§
§

ee

PARAM UO) Nemec ap a an aechomoRone Sanh SUR Aa onSaseOacaocaD soceosgunus
21 —MortuanyacustoMms eases nese catee ones eet aeeacseeieceaee
§,22<—— Medicine esse oe eo aeeic aoe keane Ce ae ee eee Ee eee eines
§°23)— A musements eee sees eee ae oe ie RRs OS eee
S24: =" New WOLld sca ce oop eee eee Ts ee ey oe reenact sire
Remarksion Mounseesee esse eee cetera

§ 25.—Accidents of nouns—demonstrative and adjective pronouns. .---
§ 26.—Personal and article pronouns—transitive verbs......---..-----
§): 27: —Possessioil ssc aos teen eek eee ee Sa SG ae SACOG
§ 28.—Intransitive verbs—adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, and nouns
sed asi verbsne 235, Fo ee are ee ee eae te iota error eee aes

(829: —Vioicesmodesanditenseieesecnee scence nose ee eee eee renee.
§ 30.—Additional investigations suggested .....-.-.------------.-----
§ 31.—On the best method of studying materials collected ...--..--.-.-
§ 32:-—The rank of Indian languages =-2- 2.22. 25.- --2- osecs2s--\esesee

CHAPTER IIJ.—SCHEDULES.

Schedule) -.—Personsi< 52a see se eee eee eee aerate
2:— Partsotmheybodiygee-peaceaeracerceeie see enecree scenes
3.—Dressyandiornamentiswacoeeeescciceee cece eee ee eceee
4.—D wellineseanaetaccte ne ce aeeenteeeee clan eecieerer ere
}.—Implementsyandsutensilss-sssseeaniecesteieeeteeeeieee reer

Wooden Ware iac-memec csr wen iaeiomelcre arama yo taints
Stonesimplementsisaaseeeeeeeeeeni eee eee eciee
Shell Phornybonerd&echersrmerceceee eee see ee eee ees
Basketi waren csococe ses cee eee eivas ese

Pottery 5 eee ee ne eee eee eee cies encienes

POWELL. 601

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.

Page
SchedulewG.— Mood tn. shes sacs sepsee ts oe cociscnses teeeeee 95
= COLOTS RSs Anak 5 tists re aeons oa poeta ane a eee en 96
—Numerals—Cardinal numbers .............----.-------- 97
Ordinalinumbersesseseee ee cece esse eee 99
Nomeraladverbsxacceeess sees eee = 100
Multiplicativessesssses= sone eee ee eee enn 101
Distributives! ga2ss- soos ose se ose eee eee eee 102
O'—Measuress cost acca sotjes snd cones eee ae anenisee ein eeee 103
10)—Divisionontimer.ss226 so. ct ce ee sae aoe ee eee 105
J Standardsotvalue sansscecreaieencee tease sae eeeae eee 107
12:—Animals—Mammalsgemssce.cee sae aces eee eeeeeesoneeee 109
Parts of body, &c., of mammals ....--.....--- 113
Birds. Seen s a ores eee eee eee 115
Parts of body, &c., of DITA Saeco ee 121
Bish ecaesn coos coe ence coac een meee aeteeee 122
Parts of the body, &c., of fish .........-.....- 123
Reptilestessscl: seen et ee ee eee eee 124
TOS CCS eee ete ese ne sey eee Ree eee 125
13%——Plantsie sco ace eee ee nese orcs emer ees Seen eee ee 127
14°—Geographiciterms! 2225 sssese= =o sane eeeeeies eect eens 129
15:——GeographicMameser sees seen ctee ce eeeitee eens 131
16.—The firmament, meteorolozic and other airtel ane
MONG, EGLO TSO) saciso casos ontere asacds ceseco cece 132
. 17,—Kinship.—Relatives.—Lineal descendants of self, male
Speaking eee ceees= sesame 134
Lineal ascendants of self, male
SPeakin ese saetes ee eee 135

First collateral line,male speaking. 136
Second collateral line, male speak-

WY Sop paoOssSd. daécting cScococdge 137
Third collateral mney male speak-

THY? os Aces ap oSa6 cos5edcoo © RY)
Fourth eeirareral line (male

branch), male speaking. .-.-.. -. 146
Fourth collateral line (female

branch), male speaking ....-.... 147
Lineal descendants of self, female

Speaking es. - sa srserienseee esos 148
Lineal ascendants of self, female

speaking costes <oplenscecie= see 149
First collateral line, female speak-

Ihye Gostacosoposaoneecs BecOtOse 150
Second collateral line, female

SPCakin Pie seecten am sialcentecetene = 151
Third collateral line, female speak-

Hips sem ocoreeaeauao oSnce Cees 153
Fourth collateral line (male

branch), female speaking -....-. 160
Fourth collateral line (female

branch), female speaking -.-.--. 161

Affinities through relatives—Descendants of
self, male
speaking. .... 162

602 NORTH

AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.

Schedule 17—Kinship.—Affinities through relatives—First collateral

line, male

speaking -...-

Second collater-

al line, male

speaking ..-.-

Third collateral

line, male

speaking ...-..

Affinities through the marriage of self, male
yeHy Sh? ea neo boob coon Gods cade SudosaGauane
Affinities through relatives—Descendants of
self, female

speaking ...-.

First collateral

line, female

speaking ...-.

Second collater-

al line, female

speaking --.--

Third collateral

line, female

speaking .. --

Affinities through the marriage of self, female

speaking p-peeeee eee tae ee eee eer eee

Ordinal names of children........---....-----

18.—Social organization ...... ..---- ..222. ee eons eee eee eee
19.—Government..-...-. SOgGd BoSSH Se SOHSS SbORSb Cane DODO SE
20: Religioneesmecrceeteisne cee cers eee eee see ee ieiet-lecreeet
21.—Mortuary customs .........--.-.-----..---- SaOOaD.OOOROD
22:—Medicines -esecieneineisc cele eee eae eniecle cn emeecre eae
23; —A muse mentee een se oeece cee ieeeeieeeseeer cere ceaeeee
PINON? WARES GoGaGG Cone bab Suse GaGG 6b cone. DodEad SoDO8s S086
25.—Number and gender of nouns—Demonstrative and ad
TEC) FOROHORNS Gon6 cond chodo8 Sono thos cooe uaNd oageoe
26.—Personal and article pronouns—Transitive verbs.-...-.-.
Piel aS SeON cans Gaoulocan HeOSOs Gabe S545 6o50ag.c465 Soeu GbEC
28.—Intransitive verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, and
MOUNS| Used aSvVeLbs) qaseee cere eee eee ieseeteris
29:—-Voice, mode, and tense .... ..---5------c2- 2-5 -- 2-92 eee

30.—Additional investigations suggested ..-.-....---.-.-----
3058 ——— Wyandotte Government, A Short Study of Tribal Society,
Delivered at the Boston Meeting of the American Association for

the Advancement of Science, August 1, 1880.

Powell, Director, Bureau of Ethnology, Washington.
In Science, a weekly record of scientific progress, vol. 1, No. 17, pp. 205-209.
New York, October 23, 1880.
List of proper names in Wyandotte, with English signification.

3059

Page.

163

164

166

171

172

174

176

181
182
183
185
186
187
189
191
192

196
200
206

210
221
22

By Major J. W.
JWP.

Address by Professor J. W. Powell, Chairman of Subsec-

tion of Anthropology. Wyandotte Government. A short study of

Tribal Society.

In Am. Ass. Adv. Sc.,

Proc., vol. 29, pp. 675-688. Cambridge, 1881. 8°.

Proper names, p. 676. Separately issued as follows:

POWELL. 603

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.

3060 ——— Wyandotte Government—A Short Study of Tribal Soci-
ety. | An Address | by J. W. Powell | before the Subsection of
Anthropology, American Association | for the Advancement of
Science. | Boston Meeting, August, 1880. |

Salem, Mass: | Printed at Salem Press. | 1881. | C. BA. BP.
Printed cover 1 1., pp.1-16. 8°. List of proper names, p. 4.

3061 ——— Wyandotte Government—A Short Study of Tribal Society.
By J. W. Powell.
In Anthrop. Soc. Wash., Trans., 1880-1881, pp. 76-92. Washington, 1881. 8°.

3062

Wyandot Government: A short study of tribal society.
By J. W. Powell.
In Bureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Rept., pp.57-69. Washington, 1881. 8°.

Wyandot Government | A Short Study | of | Tribal Soci-
ety | by | J. W. Powell | (Extracted from the First Annual Report
of the Bureau | of Ethnology) | [Picture.]
Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | C. BP.
Printed cover 1 1., pp. 57-69. 8°. List of proper names, p. 60.

3063

3064 - On the Evolution of Language, as exhibited in the special-
ization of the grammatic processes, the differentiation of the parts
of speech, and the integration of the sentence; from a study of
Indian languages. By J. W. Powell.

In Bureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Rept., pp. 1-16. Washington, 1881. 8°.
Issued separately as follows:

3065

On the | Evolution of Language | as exhibited in | the spe-
cialization of the grammatic processes | the | differentiation of the
parts of speech and the integration | of the sentence | from a |
study of Indian languages | by | J. W. Powell | (Extracted from
the First Annual Report of the Bureau | of Ethnology) | [Picture.]

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1851 | C. BA. BP.
Printed cover 11., pp. 1-16. 8°.
3066 ——— Annual Address of the President, J. W. Powell. On the

Evolution of Language, as Exhibited in the Specialization of the
Grammatic Processes, the Differentiation of the Parts of Speech,
and the Integration of the Sentence; from a Study of Indian Lan-
guages.

In Anthrop. Soc. Wash., Trans., 1880-1881, pp. 35-54. Washington, 1881. 8°.
Vocabulary of the Gosi-Ute.

Manuscript. 71 1]. 4°. Collected from an Indian named Segnits, from Skull
Valley, Nev., 1873.

3067

3068 Vocabulary of the Hu-muk-a-ha-va (Mojaves).
Manuscript. 4 JI. 4°. 55 words. Collected at Las Vegas, Nev., October, 1873.
3069 Vocabulary of the Indians of Las Vegas, Nev.

Manuscript. 9311. 4°. Collected at Las Vegas, Nev., October, 1873. Includes

> and ‘to eat.”

conjugation of the verbs ‘‘to strike’

604 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.
3070 ——— Vocabulary of the Navajo.
Manuscript. 811. folio. Collected in 1870 at Fort Defiance, New Mex.

3071 ——— Vocabulary of the Noje language.
Manuscript. 1011. 4°. Collected at Red Bluff, Cal., in 1881.

3072

Notes on the Songs, Mythology, and Language of the Pai-
Utes, 1871~72.
Manuscript. 194 pp. folio.
3073. ——— Vocabulary of the language of the Pavants of Utah.

Manuscript. 17 11. 4°. Obtained from Kanosh, a chief of the Pavants, at Corn
Creek, Utah, in 1873.

3074. ——— Vocabulary of the Paviotso language.
Manuscript. 61 ll. 4°. Collected from Naches, Salt Lake City, Utah, 1873.
3075 —— Vocabulary of the Paviotso language.

Manuscript. 77 ll. 4°. Collected in Humboldt Valley, Nev., i880.

Vocabulary of the Paviotso language, Western Nevada.
Manuscript. 25 pp. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, 2d ed.,incomplete. Collected in 1880.

3076

3077 ——— Vocabulary of the language of the Shoshoni of Nevada.
Manuscript. 9 ll. 4°. re

3078 —-—— Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Western Nevada.
Manuscript. 37 11. 4° and folio. Collected at Pyramid Lake, Nev., in 1880.

3079 t—— Vocabulary of the Tabuat Utes, Grand River, Colorado.

Manuscript. 10 1]. 4°. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868.

3080 Vocabulary of the Tantawaits (Shimawiva) language.
Manuscript. 1811. 4°. Obtained from an Indian at Las Vegas, Nev., 1873.
3081 ——— Voeabulary of the Tosauwihi—Shoshoni of Eastern Nevada.
Manuscript. 5611. 4°. Collected from an Indian called Captain Johnson, in 1873.
3082. ——— Vocabulary of the Uchi language.
Manuscript. 211. folio. 50 words.
3083 Vocabulary of the language of the Ute Indians of Utah.
Manuscript. 16 ll. 4°. Obtained of an Indian named Pompuwar, in 1873.
3084 t—— Vocabulary of the language of the Utes of Weber River,
Utah.
Manuscript. 23 pp. 8° and 4°. Collected in 1867.
3085 Vocabulary of the Utes of the White and Uinta Rivers,
Utah.
Manuscript. 62 1]. 4°.
3086 Ute Vocabulary.

Manuscript. 1111. 4°. Contains, also, a brief list of duals and plurals of nouns,
adjectives, pronouns, and verbs.
Conjugation of Ute Verbs.
Manuscript. 438 ll. 4°. i
3088 ——— Miscellaneous Linguistic Notes on the Utes and Pai-Utes
of Colorado and Utah.
Manuscript. 120 ll. 4°.

3087

POWELL. 605

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.
3089 ——— Notes on the Shinumo Language.
Manuscript. 44 pp. 4°. Collected at the pueblo of Oraibi, Arizona, in 1870.

3090 —— Vocabulary of the Wintin language.
Manuscript. 4011. 4°. Collected on Pitt River and at Mt. Shasta, Cal., in 1880.

3091 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Kaivavwit Dialect
of the Shoshoni Language.

Manuscript. 103 1]. 4°. Obtained from a band of Indians living on Kaibab
Creek, southern Utah.

3092 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Ute Indians of Utah
Territory.
Manuscript. 487 1]. 4°. Bound.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3093 ———, in charge. Department of the Interior. | U. S. Geograph-
ical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region. | J. W.
Powell, Geologist in Charge. | Contributions | to | North American
Ethnology. | Volume I [III, IV, V]. | [Seal of the Department of
the Interior. ]

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1877. | s. WE. AAS.

Vols. 1,3, 4, and 5; vols, 2,6,7 in press.

Each volume, in addition to the general title above, has its individual title-
page, which, with contents, are as follows:

3094 ——— Department of the Interior. | U.S. Geographical and Geo-
logical Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region. | J. W. Powell,
Geologist in Charge. | Tribes of the Extreme Northwest. | By | W.
H. Dall. | Tribes of Western Washington and Northwestern Ore-
gon. | By | Geo. Gibbs. | [Seal of the Department of the Interior.] |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1877. | Ss. WE. AAS.

Pp. i-xiv, 1-361. 4°. 2 maps. Mr. Dall’s paper occupies pp. 1-106, and to it is
appended, pp. 107-156: Appendix to Part I. Linguistics.

Dall (W.H.) Terms of relationship used by the Innuit, pp. 117-119.

Dodd (Capt.) Vocabulary of the Stakhin’-kwan, pp. 121-133.

Furuhelm (J.) Notes on the natives of Alagka, pp. 111-116.

Vocabulary of the Yak’-utat, pp. 121-133.

Gibbs (George). Vocabulary of the Skat-kwan, pp. 121-133.

Vocabularies of the Tongas, Kai-ga/-ni, and Chut’-sin-ni, pp. 185-142.

Vocabularies of the Skit’-a-get, and Kaniag’-mut, pp. 136-142.

Vocabulary of the Naas, pp. 143-153.

Vocabularies of the Ha-ilt/-zukh, and Kwa/-kiutl’, pp. 144-153.

Note on the use of numerals among the T’sim si-an’, pp. 155-156.

Kennedy (Dr.) Vocabulary of the T’sim-si-an’, pp. 143-153.

Meulen (E.de). Vocabulary of the Sit/-ka-kwan, pp. 121-133.

Tolmie (Dr.) Vocabulary of the Taku-kwan, pp. 121-133.

Vocabulary of the Kit-tist-zu, pp. 148-153.

Mr. Gibbs’ paper occupies pp. 157-241, and to it is appended, pp. 243-361: Ap-
pendix to Part IT. Linguistics.

Gibbs (G.) Vocabulary of the Shihwapmukh, pp. 247-265.
Vocabularies of the Nikutemukh, and Okina‘ken, pp. 248-265.
— Vocabulary of the Shwoyelpi, pp. 248-265.

606 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.

Gibbs (G.) Vocabularies of the Spokan and Piskwaus, pp. 249-265.
Vocabulary of the Kalispelm, pp. 267-283.
Vocabularies of the Belhoola, Lilowat, Tait, Ko-mookhs, and Kuwalitsk,
pp. 269-283.
Dictionary of the Niskwalli, Niskwalli-English, pp. 285-307.
Dictionary of the Niskwalli, English-Niskwalli, pp. 309-361.
Mengarini (Rev.G.) Vocabulary of the Skoylpeli, pp. 248-265.
Vocabularies of the Schitzui and Selish proper, pp. 267-283.
Tolmie (W.F.) Vocabulary of the Shooswaap, pp. 247-265.
Vocabulary of the Wa-ky-na-kaine, pp. 248-265.

Vol. 2 will be entitled: The Klamath Tribes of Oregon, by Albert S. Gatschet.
Its contents will consist of: Part 1, Myths, Tales, Legends, etc.,in the Klamath
Lake and Modoc dialects of the Klamath, with interlinear translation and copious
notes; 197 pp. are in type. Part 2, Dictionary of the Klamath Language. The
Klamath-English portion, pp. 1-491, and a part of the English-Klamath, pp.
493-641, are in type. Part 3, a grammar of the same language and ethnologic
notes.

3095 ———— Department of the Interior. | U.S. Geographical and Geo-
logical Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region. | J. W. Powell,
: in Charge. | Tribes of California. | By | Stephen Powers. | [Seal of
the Department of the Interior. ]
Washington: | Government Printing Office.
1 p.1., pp. 1-3, 1-635. 4°. map. i
Mr. Powers’ paper occupies pp. 1-438, and to it is appended, pp. 439-613: Ap-
pendix. Linguistics. Edited by J. W. Powell.
Alcantara (Pedro). Vocabulary of the Costano, pp. 535-549.
Am. Eth. Soc., Trans.,v.2. Vocabulary of the Shastie, pp. 607-613.
Arroyo (P.F.) Vocabulary of the Mutsun, pp. 535-549.
Azpell (Dr.T.F.) Vocabulary of the Klamath, pp. 460-473.
Bartlett (J.R.) Vocabulary of the Yuke, pp. 483-488.
Vocabulary of the H’hana, pp. 504-508.
Brown (H.B.) Vocabularies of the Colouse, and Tehama, pp. 518-529.
Vocabulary of the “ Digger,” pp. 586-597.
Comelias (P. Juan). Vocabulary of the Santa Cruz, pp. 536-549.
[Costanso (M.)] Vocabulary of the Santa Barbara, pp. 560-565.
Crook (Lieut.G.) Vocabulary of the Arra-arra, pp. 447-459.
Vocabulary of theeAlikwa, pp. 461-471.
Vocabulary of the Shasta, pp. 607-613.
Dana (Mr.) Vocabulary of the Talatui, p. 552.
Vocabularies of the Punjuni, Sekumne, and Tsamak, pp. 599-600.
Diehl (I.8.) Vocabulary of the Nome Lackee, pp. 519-529.
Furujelm (Gov. J.) Vocabulary of the Venaambakaiia, pp. 504-508.
Gabb (Dr.W.A.) Vocabulary of the ‘‘ Trinity Indians,”: pp. 518-528.
Gatschet (A.8.) Vocabulary of the Chumte’ya, pp. 536-549.
Gibbs (G.) Vocabularies of the Arra-arra and Ehnek, pp. 447-459.
Vocabulary of the Alikwa (1 and 2), pp. 460-473.
Vocabulary of the Wishosk and Wiyot, pp. 478-482.
Vocabulary of the Batemdakaii, pp. 491-503.
Vocabulary of the Chauishek, and Yukai, pp. 492-503.
Vocabulary of the Kulanapo, pp. 504-508.
Vocabulary of the Kope’, pp. 519-529.
Vocabulary of the Tchokoyem, pp. 588-549.
Vocabulary of the Lutuami, pp. 601-606.

1877. | B.S. WE. AAS.

POWELL.

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.
Hale (H.) Vocabulary of the San Raphael Mission, p. 552.
Hazen (W.B.) Vocabulary of the Shasta, pp. 607-613.
Johnson (A.) Vocabulary of the Upper Sacramento, pp. 51e-529.
Vocabulary of the Tuolumne, pp. 535-549.

Vocabulary of the Cushna, pp. 586-597.

Johnson (J.C.) Vocabulary of the Nishinam, pp. 587-598.
Loew (Dr.0.) Vocabulary of the Digger, pp. 519-529.
Vocabulary of: the Kasua’, pp. 560-566.

Mengarini (Zter.G.) Vocabulary of the Santa Clara, pp. 536-549.
Powers (S.) Vocabulary of the Ka/ rok, pp. 447-459.
Vocabulary of the Yurok (1), pp. 460-473.

Vocabulary of the Yurok (2), pp. 461-471.

Vocabulary of the Chimariko, pp. 474-477.

Vocabularies of the Yu’ki and Huch’ nom, pp. 483-488.

Vocabulary of the Ka’ binapek, pp. 504-508.
Vocabulary of the Wintun’, pp. 518-529,
Vocabularies of the Patwin’ and Num’ su, p. 530.
Vocabulary of the Mi wok, pp. 535-549.

586-597,
Vocabulary of the Achoma’ wi, pp. 601-606.
Vocabulary of the Shasti’ ka, pp. 607-613.

Reiley (T.H.) Vocabulary of the Kawéya, pp. 550-551.

Vocabularies of the King’s River, and Coconoons, pp. 570-585.

607

Vocabularies of the Pomo, G llinome’ ro, and Yokai’ a, pp. 491-503.

Vocabularies of the Yo! kuts, Wi/chikik, and Tin’ linneh, pp. 570-585.
Vocabularies of the Kon’kau, Holo’ lupai, Na/ kum, and Ni’ shinam, pp.

Roehrig (F.L.0.) Vocabulary of the Chwachamaju (from Kostromilov),

with notes, pp. 509-517.

553-559,

Ross (Lieut. E.) Vocabulary of the Peh’-tsik, pp. 447-457.
Vocabulary of the Yuke, pp. 483-489.
Vocabulary of the Yuba, pp. 587-597.
Vocabulary of the Shaste, pp. 607-613.
Sitjar (B.) Vocabulary of the San Antonio, pp. 568-569.
Stone (L.) Vocabulary of the Wintun’, pp. 531-534.
Taylor (A.8.) Vocabulary of the Santa Inez, pp. 560-567.
Vocabulary of the Indians of Calaveras Co., pp. 571-585.

Vocabulary of the Olamentke (from Kostromilov), with notes, pp.

Timnero (tev. A.) Vocabulary of the Indians of Santa Cruz, pp. 560-565.

Williams (E.) Vocabulary of the Kowilth, pp. 478-4282.

3096 —— Department of the Interior | U.S. Geographical and Geo-
logical Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region | J. W. Powell in
Charge | Houses and House-Life | of the | American Aborigines |
by | Lewis H. Morgan. | [Seal of the Department of the Interior.]

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 |

Pp. i-xiv, 1-281. 49°. B.S. BA. BP. WE. AAS.
Besides native terms, passim, there is a Table of Sachemships of the Iroquois,

with English signification, pp. 30-81.

Volume 5 comprises three papers, the first two of which contain no linguis-

tics. The third is titled as follows:

3097

Department of the Interior | U.S. Geographical and Geo-

logical Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region | J. W. Powell in
Charge | AStudy | ofthe | Manuscript Troano | by | Cyrus Thomas

608 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Powell (John Wesley)—continued.

Ph. D. | With an | Introduction by D. G. Brinton M. D. | [Seal of
the Department of the Interior.]

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1882 | WE.

Pp. i-xxxvii, 1-237. 4°.

It contains many Maya terms passim, names of days, months, years, etc.

Volume 6 will be devoted to the Gegiha (Omaha and Ponka) language, by
Rev. J. Gwen Dorsey. It will be in three parts, of about 500 pages each. Part
i, Myths, Stories, and Letters, in the @egiha, with interlinear literal English
translation, notes, and free translation, is in type—pp. 1-544. Part 2 will com-
prise the Dictionary—Gegiha-English and English-Gegiha. Part 3 will include
a grammar of the language and ethnologic notes.

Volume 7 will consist of two parts: Part 1, Dakota-English Dictionary and
Grammar of the Dakota (Santee), by Rey. S. R. Riggs—being an enlarged edition
of the work published by the Smithsonian Institution in 1852. Pp. 1-665 are in
type; these include the Dictionary. Part 2 will comprise the English-Dakota
portion of the Dictionary.

3098 Powers (Stephen). Department of the Interior. | U. S. Geograph-
ical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain: Region. |
J. W. Powell, in Charge. | Tribes of California. | By | Stephen Pow-
wers. | [Seal of the Department of the Interior.]

Washington: {| Government Printing Office. | 1577. | B.S.WE. AAS.

Forms vol. 3 of Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology,
vol. 3, pp. 1-488. Washington, 1877. 4°.

For complete list of linguistic contents of the Appendix to the volume, see
Powell (J. W.), in charge. Mr. Powers’ linguistic contributions are as follows:

Dancing song of the Karok and Konkou, p.28.—Yurok, Karok, and Modok
numerals 1-10, p. 45.—Patawat and Viard numerals 1-10, p. 99.—Huch’nom
songs, p. 144.—Ballo-Kai-Pomo songs, p. 148.—Pomo (4 dialects) numerals 1-10,
p. 167.—A few words of Yuki, Huchnom, and Wappo, p. 197.—Wintun and Patwin
numerals 1-10, p. 232.—Shasta numerals 1-10, p. 250.—Achomawi numerals
1-16, p. 273.—Nozi numerals 1-10, p. 277.—Konkau sacred songs, pp. 307-309. —
Short Maidu vocabulary, modern and archaic, p.310.—Konkau, Yuba, Nishiuam,
and Wapumni numerals 1-10, p. 313.—Miwok numerals 1-10, p. 360.—Miwok
names of points in the Yosemite, pp. 362-365.—Yokuts (3 dialects) numerals
1-10, p. 378.—Kern Lake numerals 1-10, p. 392.—Numerals, 1-10, of the Indians of
Kern River, Millerton, and Tejon Pass, p. 399.—Nishinam names (73) of plants,
&c., pp. 420-427. — Yokuts names of plants, &c., pp. 428-431.

Vocabularies of the following dialects :

Ka/rok, pp. 447-456. Patwin’ and Numsu, p. 530.
Yu’rok (1 and 2), pp. 460-471. Miwok, pp. 535-549.
Chimari’ko, pp. 474-477. Yo/kuts, Wi/chikik, and Tin'linneh,
Yu’ki and Huch’nom, pp. 483-488. pp. 570-585.
Pomo, Gallinome’ro, and Yokai’a, pp. Kon’‘kau, Holo/lupai, Na‘kum, and
491-503. Ni’shinam, pp. 586-597.
Ka’binapek, pp. 504-508. Achoma’ wi, pp. 601-606.
Wintun’, pp. 518-529. Shasti‘ka, pp. 607-613.
3099 — The Northern California Indians. BA. WE.

In Overland Monthly, vol. 8, pp. 325-333, 425-436, 530-539 ; vol. 9, pp. 155-164,
305-313, 498-507, April-December, 1872. San Francisco, 1872. 8°. \

A series of six articles, scattered through which are a few native terms; No.
1, April, containing a few Cahroc; No.2, June, a few Euroe; No. 4, August, a few
Hoopa; and, No. 6, December, a few Pomo.

POWELL—PRECES. 609

Powers (Stephen)—continued.
3100 t—— The California Indians. BA. WE.
In Overland Monthly, vol. 10, pp. 322-333, 535-545 ; vol. 11, pp. 105-116; vol.
12, pp. 21-81, 412-424, 530-540; vol. 13, pp. 542-550. April, 1873, to December, 1874.
San Francisco, 1873-1874. 8°,
A series of seven articles numbered 7 to 13: No.7, April, 1873, contains a few
words in the Meewoe dialect; No. 9, August, 1873, a few in the Yocuts; No. 10,
January, 1874,a few in the Neeshenam; No. 11, May, 1874, numerals 1-10, in the
Noze; No. 12, June, 1874, a few words in Wintun.

3101 —— Aborigines of California. An Indo-Chinese Study. wer.
In Atlantic Monthly, vol. 33, pp. 313-323. Boston, 1874. 8°.

3102 ——— Vocabulary of the Modoe language.
Manuscript. 1 sheet. folio. 31 words.
3103 —— Vocabulary of the Tolowa language.
Manuscript. 11. folio. 10 words.
3104 —— Vocabularies of the Wailakki and Hupa Languages.

Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. 211 words each.

3105 —— Vocabulary of the Washo language.
Mauuscript. 10 1]. 4°. 211 words. Collected at Carson City, Nev., 1876.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3106 Pozarenco (fr. Juan). Doctrina Christiana en Lengua Tzoque,
seguida de un confesionario y del modo de dar el viatico 4 los en-
fermos, en la misma lengua; obra del Rdo Padre Maestro Fray
Juan Pozarenco, quien la acabo en veinte y dos de agosto del ano
de 1696. *

Manuscript. 3811. 4°. Signed at the foot of the last page with the author’s
name, half effaced by that of Fray Luis Molina, who, perhaps, wished to claim
the honor himself. The work is clear, well written, and is followed, at the end,
by a sort of vocabulary of the names of different parts of the body, and different
degrees of relationship. This document comes from the monastery of the Do-
minicains of Ciudad Real (San Cristobal).—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

3107 Pozo (Fr. Antonio). Arte de la Lengua Zapoteca. *
Title from Beristain.
3108 Prayers. [Prayers and Catechism in the Mohegan Language.| AAs.
No title-page. 15 pp. 24°. There is no English except the headings to the
prayers, as follows:
A Morning Prayer, pp. 1-6.—An Evening Prayer, pp. 6-7.—\Catechism,
pp. 8-15.
3109 —— [Prayers in the Mohegan Language. | AAS.
No title-page. 23 pp. 24°. Bound with the foregoing, No. 3108. Contains:
A prayer before Sermon, pp. 1-8.—A prayer after Sermon and Baptism, pp. 8-
10. A prayer to be used at the Sacrament, &c., pp. L0-14.—A prayer for the
Sick, pp. 15-16. For the Afflicted, pp. 16-17. Thanks returned for Reco very,
&c.,, pp. 17-18. A prayer after Sermon, pp. 15-21.——General Prayers, pp. 22-23.
3110 Preces | sancti | Nersetis Clajensis | Armeniorum Patriarchae |
triginta tribus linguis | editae |
Venetiis | in Insula 8S. Lazari | 1862 | WE.
Engraved title, 1 1.; printed title as above, 11; Dedication, &e., 7 ll.; pp. 1-
502. 32°. Prayer in the Greenland language, pp. 181-194.

39 Bib

610 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3111 Préfontaine (M/.de). Maison | Rustique, | a?usage | Des Habitans
de la partie de la France | ¢quinoxiale, connue sous le nom de
Cayenne. | Par M. de Préfontaine, ancien Habitant, Che- | valier
de ’Ordre de Saint-Louis, Commandant | de la partie du Nord de
la Guyane. | [Figure.]

A Paris, Quai des Augustins, | Chez Cl. J. B. Bauche, Libraire, a
Sainte Genevieve, | & a Saint Jean dans le désert. | M. DCC. LXIII
[1763]. | Avec Approbation & Privilege du Roi. | Cc.

3 p. ll, pp. 1-215. 12°. Bound with the above is the following:

S[auvage](M. dela). Dictionnaire Galibi. Though this is a separate work,
with distinct pagination, individual title, &c., the two belong together, as is
shown by the ‘‘Approbation” on the last leaf of the book, which covers both
works,

3112 Prescott (Philander). Dacota Numeration, [1-1,000,000,000]. By

Philander Prescott.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 206-208. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

3113 Present. The | Present State | of | New-England, | with Respect
to the | Indian VVar. | Wherein is an Account of the true Reason
thereof, | (as far as can be Judged by Men.) | Together with most
of the Remarkable Passages that have hap- | pened from the 20th
of June, till the 10th of November, 1675. | Faithfully Composed by
a Merchant of Boston, and Communicated | to his Friend in Lon-
don. | Licensed Decemb. 13.1675. Roger L’Hstrange. | [Design.}

London, | Printed for Dorman Newman, at the Kings-Arms in
the Poultry, and at the | Ship and Anchor at the Bridg-foot on
Southwark side. 1675. | C. BA.

Pp. 1-19. folio. Isaiah xxiii, 1-3, in the Massachusetts language, from Eliot’s
Bible, p. 11.

3114 ——— The | Present State | of | New-England | with respect to
the | Indian War. | Wherein is an Account of the true Reason
thereof, | (as far as can be Judged by Men.) | Together with most
of the Remarkable Passages that | have happened from the 20th
of June, till | the 10th of November, 1675. | Faithfully Composed
by a Merchant of Boston and Com- | municated to his Friend in
London. | Licensed Decemb. 13. 1675. Roger L’Estrange | [Picture
of an Indian.] | London, | Printed for Dorman Newman, at the
King’s Arms in the Poultry, and | at the Ship and Anchor at the
Bridgfoot on Southwark side, 1675. |

Boston: Josiah Drake, Antiquarian Bookstore, 56 Cornhill. |
MDCCOXXXITI [1833]. |

In Drake (8.G.) The Old Indian Chronicle, pp. 1-38. Boston, [1886]. 16°.
Isaiah xxiii, 1-3, in the Massachusetts language, from Eliot’s Bible, pp. 22-23.

“This edition of ‘The Present State of New-England,’ together with another
tract entitled ‘A Continuation of the State of New-England,’ was printed in
1833 in a pamphlet of 69 pages; but, according to Drake, ‘there was no demand

PREFONTAINE—PRESERVATION. 611

Present—continued.

for it, aud it lay some three years on hand, excepting what were gratuitously dis-
tributed.’ They ‘were not reprinted (for the first edition [of the old Indian
Chronicle] ), as enough of them remained on hand in 1836 to complete the edition
of some 250 copies.’

“These two tracts were reprinted, however, shortly afterwards, in order to
complete the remainder of this edition of the Old Indian Chronicle, of which 500
copies had been printed in all. In the Astor Library there is a copy of this later
impression of the Old Indian Chronicle, without any general title-page, which
contains this second reprint of the first two tracts. They differ from the edition
of 1833 in the arrangement of nearly every page. The remaining portion of the
volume (pp. 69-203) is identical with the 1836 edition.”—Lames.

The title of this second reprint is as follows:

3115 ——— The | Present State | of | New-England | with respect to
the | Indian War. | Wherein is an | Account of the true reason
thereof, | (as far as can be judged by men.) | Together with most of
the remarkable | passages that have happened from | the 20th of
June, to the | 10th of November, 1675. | Faithfully composed by a

~ Merchant of Boston and | communicated to his friend in London. |
Licensed Decemb. 13, 1675. Roger L’Estrange. |
London, | Printed for Dorman Newman, at the King’s Arms | in
the Poultry, and at the Ship and Anchor at | the Bridgefoot [ste] on
Southwark side, 1675. |
In Drake (S.G.) The Old Indian Chronicle, pp. 1-37. [Boston, 18367] 16°.
Linguistics, pp. 22-23. Reprinted a third time, as follows:

3116 ——— The | Present State | of | New-England | with respect
to the | Indian War. | Wherein is an Account of the true Reason |
thereof, (as far as can be | judged by Men.) | Together | With most
of the Remarkable Passages that have | happened from the 20th
of June, till the 10th | of November, 1675. | Faithfully composed
by a Merchant of Boston and communicated | to his friend in Lon-
don. | Licensed Decemb. 13, 1675. Roger L’Estrange. |

London: | Printed for Dorman Newman, at the King’s Arms in
the Poultry, and | at the Ship and Anchor at the Bridgfoot on

Southwark Side, 1675. .
In Drake (8S. G.) The Old Indian Chronicle, pp. 119-169. Boston, 1867. sm. 4°.
Contains, p. 146, Isaiah xxiii, 1-3, in the Massachusetts language, from Eliot’s
Bible.

3117 Preservation. 19'* Congress, | 1** Session. | (Doc. N° 102.) | Ho. of
Reps. | War Dept. | Preservation and Civilization of the Indians. |
Letter | from | the Secretary of War, | to the | Chairman of the
Committee on Indian Affairs, | accompanied by a bill for the |
Preservation and Civilization | of the | Indian Tribes within the
United States. | February 21, 1826. | Laid before the House by the
Chairman of the Committee on Indian Affairs, and | ordered to be
printed. |

Washington: | Printed by Gales & Seaton, | 1826.| = twr. LsH.
Pp. 1-22. 8°. Cherokee alphabet, with explanations, p, 22.

V

612 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3118 Preston (Capt. William). Vocabulary of the Delewes [Delawares].
Manuscript. 1 p. folio.

3119 t—— Vocabulary of the Potawatomy language.
Manuscript. 1 p. folio. 50 words.

3120 Words and Sentences in the Miami language.
Manuscript. 6 pp. folio.
3121 ——— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Shawannee.

Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. These vocabularies were taken in 1796 by Capt.
William Preston, Fourth United States Regulars, and recorded in a memorandum
book now in the possession of his grandson, Prof. William P. Johnson, of the
Washington and Lee University. Copies are in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.

3122 [Prevost (P.)] Ka Patakaikatek | Masinaigan | ka ako nikigoba-
nen | Jesos | 1852 & 1883 | + Manadjitaganisan | P. Pakitandjike-
nani8an. | K KiigocimonaniSan | [Design.]

Moniang | J. Chapleau & Fils, endate. | [1882.] JWP.

Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1.,and 14 unnumbered pages. 16°. Algonkin calen-
dar, June, 1882-July, 1853. See Masinaigan, No. 2488.

3123 Prichard (James Cowles). Researches | into the | Physical His-
tory | of | Mankind. | By | James Cowles Prichard, M. D. | Second
Edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [I]. |

London: | Printed for John and Arthur Arch, | Cornhill. | 1826. | *

2vols.: pp. i-xxxii, 1-544; 2p.1L, pp. 1-623. 11 plates. 8°. Title furnished by
Mr. W. Eames. I have seen mention of: First edition, London, 1813. 8°.

Relations between the American languages, vol. 2, pp. 341-349.——On their
languages, pp. 350-355. Comparative vocabulary of American and Asiatic lan-
guages (Tuscaroras, Six Nations, Greenland, Penobscot, Illinois, Delaware, Aca-
dia, N. England, Mahican, Huastec, Caribbee, Tarahumara, Kotow, Mexican,
Cora, etc.), pp. 353-354. Comparative vocabulary, Irish and Algonquin, p.
304, Comparative vocabulary, Mexican, Ugaliachmutzi, and Koluschi, p. 331.

3124 ——— Researches | into the | Physical History | of | Mankind. |
By | James Cowles Prichard, M.D. F.R.S. M. R. I. A. | Corre-
sponding Member [We., three lines]. | Third edition. | Vol. I [-V]. |

London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, | Paternoster Row; |
and J. and A. Arch, | Cornhill. | 1836 [-1847]. | B. C. BA. WE.

5 vols. 8°.
General remarks on the American languages, vol. 5, pp. 302-308. Of the
Characteristics of the American Languages, pp. 308-313.— Universality of these

Characteristics among the American Languages, pp. 313-316.— General Obser-
vations on the Relations of the American Languages, pp. 316-320. Languages

of Mexico and Central America, pp. 339-342. Numerals, 1-20, and short vocab-
ulary of the Mexican, Guatemalan, Yucatan, and Huastecan (from Ternaux-

Compans), p. 344. On the Languages of the Nations inhabiting the Western
Coast of North America, pp. 438-441.——Comparative vocabulary, Esquimaux,

Kinai, and Ugaljachmutzi, p.440.—A few Caraibean words compared with
Woccon, Tarahumara, Sankihani, ete., p. 526.

3125 t—— Researches | into the | Physical History | of | Mankind. |
By James Cowles Prichard, M.D. F.R.S. M. R.I. A. | Corre-
sponding Member [&c., four lines]. | Fourth edition. | Vol. I[-V].

PRESTON—PRIERES. 613

Prichard (James Cowles)—continued.
London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, | Paternoster Row. |
1841 [-1851]. | A.

5 vols. 8°. Paging and contents the same as in the third edition.

There is a copy of this work, 5 vols., in the Library of Congress, composed of
volumes from different editions.

3126 ——— The | Natural History | of | Man; | comprising | inquiries
into the modifying influence of | physical and moral agencies | on
the different tribes of the human family. | By | James Cowles
Prichard, M. D., F. R.S., M. R. I. A. | Corresponding Member [&e.,
six lines]. | Third edition, enlarged, | with | Fifty Coloured and
Five Plain Illustrations | engraved on steel, | and ninety-seven
engravings on wood. |

London: | Hippolyte Bailliere, Publisher, 219 Regent Street; |
Foreign Bookseller to the Royal College of Surgeons, | and to the
Royal Medico-Chirurgical Society. | Paris: J. B. Bailliere, Libraire
de l’academie royale de Medecine. | Leipsic: T.O. Weigel. 1848. | A.c.

Pp: i-xvii, 1-677. 8°. Brief comparative vocabulary, Irish and Algonkin, p.
304.— Brief reference to languages of American tribes, p. 360,

First edition, London, 1843. 8°. Second edition, London, 1845. 8°.

3127 ——— The | Natural History | of | Man; | comprising | inquiries
into the modifying influence of | physical and moral agencies | on
the different tribes of the Human Family. | By | James Cowles
Prichard, M.D. F.R.S. M.R.I. A. | President of the Ethnological
Society, | Corresponding Member of the National Institute, | and
of the Royal Academy of Medicine, and of the Statistical Society
of France, | Member of the American Philosophical Society ; ete. |
Fourth Edition, Edited and Enlarged by | Edwin Norris, | of the
Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. | Ilustrated
with sixty-two coloured plates engraved on steel, | and one hundred
engravings on wood. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [11]. |

London: | H. Bailliére, Publisher, 219, Regent Street, | and 290,
Broadway, New York, U.S. | Paris: J. B. Bailliere, Libraire, Rue
Hautefeuille. | Madrid: Bailly Bailliére, calle del principe. | 1855.) Wr.

2vols.: pp. i-xxiv, 1-343; i-vii, 344-720. plates. 8°. Title furnished by Mr.
W. Eames from copy in his possession. Brief comparative vocabulary, Irish and
Algonquin, vol. 1, p. 333.

3128 Priéres. Prieres des Sauvages Abnakis de St. Francois. T.

Manuscript. 33 pp. 12°. Seen at the Brinley sale, from the catalogue of which,
part 3, no, 5695, the following note is taken:

The writing resembles that of the preceding volume [Book of Prayers, No.
415 of this catalogue] and is probably by the same hand; but it shows that the
writer has become more familiar both with the language and with the pen. The
character used by the French missionaries for ow or English w (8) is employed,
and the nasals are marked as in Rasles’s Dictionary, by i. In addition to the
prayers contained in the earlier manual, it has the Litanies of the Virgin, and of
the Holy Name of Jesus, the Psalms and Antiphons for Vespers, and the hymns
“Lucis Creator” and ‘‘ Veni Creator.”

614 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Priéres—continued.
3129 t_—_ [Priéres, etc., en la langue Algonkin.] LDM.
Manuscript. 1 p.J., pp. 1-160, 8 unnumbered Il. 129. In the archives of the
Catholic Church at the mission of Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. It
is fairly written, well preserved, and is bound.

Priére avant le Catéchisme, p. 1.—-Actes de remerciment, de contrition, p.1;
Woffrande, de foi, p.2; de charité, p. 3.—Pater noster, p.3.—Ave Maria, Credo,
ya 4 Confiteor, p. 6. Les commandemens de Dieu, de V’église, p. 7—

Pritres 4 Vange gardien, St. Joseph, St. Michel, St. patron, & tous les sts., ’an-
gelus, aiamiata, pp. 8-11.—P. 12, blank.—Catéchisme, pp. 13-35.—Actes,
pp. 35-43.—Messe de la ste. Vierge, introit, pp. 45-47,.—-Pseaumes, pp. 47-
54. Messe des morts, introit, &c., pp. 54-64.——Cantiques, pp. 64-87.——Les
litanies de la ste. Vierge, pp. 87-96.—Hymne-des Anges, &c., pp. 96-148. —
Acte de conformité 4 la volonté de Dieu, pp. 149-150.—Hymnes, pp. 150-160. —
8 unnumbered Il. at end.

3130 ——— [Prieres, etc., en la langue Mohawk.] oe
Manuscript. 70 11. 4°. In the archives of the Convent ot the Sisters of the
Congregation at Oka, Canada. The following description is furnished by Mrs.
rminnie A. Smith: In the convent there are a number of manuscript copies of
religious books pertaining to the doctrines of the Roman Catholie Church.
These are quarto in size, and contain seventy leaves, which are written upon
both sides. The questions and answers, the prayers, bible stories, articles of
faith, deadly sins, &c., are written in French, with the Mohawk translation on
the opposite page. These copies were made by the sisters at least one hundred
years ago, and some of the penmanship equals that of a steel engraving. Page
1 contains a prayer entitled: Priére avant le Catéchisme; p.2, Priéres du matin
et du soir, followed by the prayer in French, then Pour le matin; Pour le soir;
Pause ; Acte de Contrition; on the opposite page is the translation of these prayers
in Mohawk; p. 4 contains the Confiteor, Pendant la Messe, and Offrande de la
Messe; p. 5 begins with article first of the faith, followed by the Ave Maria,
Credo, and the following prayers: 4 St. Michel, 4 ange gardien, a St. Joseph,
pour le Clergé, pour le Roi, pour les Parents, pour les morts; these are followed
by the Angelus, Prions, Sub tuum praesidium, Acte de Foye, D’espérance, de
Charité.

Under the heading Chapelet occur—Dimanche et Lundi pour les morts; Mardi,
Vange gardien; Mercredi, St. Joseph; Jeudi, le St. Sacrement; Vendredi, la
Croix; Samedi, la Ste. Vierge.

Page 20 begins with a prayer which is followed by the small catechism, which
occupies twenty pages. Then Priéres apres le Catéchisme; then the Grand Caté-
chisme, Des Sacrements, followed by Du Baptéme, the questions and answers of
which fill ten pages, and by questions and answers upon Explication des Céré-
monies du Baptéme, which occupy three pages. These are followed by: Pratiques;
De la Confirmation; Actes avant la Confirmation, Actes aprés la Confirmation ;
De ’Euchariste ; De la Communion; Priéres avant Ja Communion, Le Confiteor,
Actes apres Ja Communion; De la Pénitence; De ’Examen; De la Contrition;
Du ferme Propus; De la Confession; De Ja Satisfaction; Des indulgences; De
Ja Confession générale; De Vextréme onction. P. 68 hegins: De V’Ordre; Du
Mariage; Du Péché actuel. This is followed by the bible story, Histoire des trois
Enfans dans la fournaise ; Pratiques—questions upon Du Péché Véniel; followed
by Histoire des Enfans, dévorés des Ours; Des Péchés Capitaux; De l’orgueil ;
Nabucodonasar changé en Béte; De Vayarice; De la Luxure; De ’Envie; De la
Gourmar dise; Pratiques, De la Colére; De la Paresse; Du Scandale; Dela grace
de Dieu; Des Vertus; Vertus Théologales; Priére aprés le catéchisme. Fin,

PRIERES—PRIEST. 615

3131 [Priest (Josiah).] The | Wonders | of | Nature and Providence, |
Displayed. | Compiled | from authentic sources, both ancient and
modern, | giving an | account of various and strange phenomena |
existing in nature, | of | Travels, Adventures, Singular Providences,
&e. | [Quotation, one line.] |

Albany: | Published by Josiah Priest. | E. and E. Hosford, Print-
ers. | 1825. | *

Pp. i-viii, 9-600. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. English, Indian, and
Hebrew vocabulary and phrases, p. 308.

3132 ——— American Antiquities, | and Discoveries in the West: |
being | an exhibition of the evidence | that an ancient popula-
tion of partially civilized nations, | differing entirely from those
of the present In- | dians, peopled America, many centuries
before | its discovery by Columbus. | And | inquiries into their ori-
gin, | with a | copious description | of many of their stupendous
Works, now in ruins. | With | conjectures of what may have | be-
come of them. | Compiled | from travels, authentic sources, and the
researches | of | Antiquarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest. |

Albany: | Printed by Hoffman and White, No. 71, State-Street. |
1833. | HU.

Pp. 1-400. 8°.

Rafinesque (C. 8.) American Languages—Wahtani or Mandan, pp. 393-395.

Languages of Oregon—Chopunish and Chinue, pp. 395-397.

3133 t—— American Antiquities, | and | Discoveries in the West: |
being | an exhibition of the evidence | that an ancient population
of partially civilized nations, | differing entirely from those of the
present In- | dians, peopled America, many centuries before | its
discovery by Columbus. | And | Inquiries into their Origin, | with
a | Copious Description | Of many of their stupendous Works, now
in ruins. | With | conjectures concerning what may have | become
of them. | Compiled | from Travels, Authentic Sources, and the
Researches | of | Antiquarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest. | Third
Edition Revised. |
. Albany: | Printed by Hoffman and White, | No.71, State-Street. |
1833. | oO. HU.

Pp. i-viii, 9-400. map and two plates. 8°.
Rafinesque (C.S.) Ancient Languages of the first Inhabitants of America,
pp- 304-309.
Tabular View of the American Generic Languages, pp. 309-312.
— The Atlantic Nations of America, pp. 312-316,
— Further Accounts of Colonies from Europe settled in America, pp. 316-325,
— American Languages—Wahtani or Mandan, pp. 393-395,
—— Languages of Oregon—Chopunish and Chinue, pp. 395-397.

3134 ——— American Antiquities | and | Discoveries in the West: |
being an exhibition of the evidence | that an ancient population of
partially civilized nations | differing entirely from those of the
present Indians peopled | America many centuries before its dis-
covery by | Columbus, and inquiries into their Origin, | with a |
Copious Description | of many of their stupendous works, now in

616 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Priest (Josiah)—continued.
ruins, | with conjectures concerning what may have | become of
them. | Compiled from Travels, Authentic Sources, and the | Re-
searches of Antiquarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest. | (Fourth
Edition.) |
Albany: | Printed by Hoffman & White. | 1854. | a
Pp. i-viii, 9-400. map and two plates. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.
Rafinesque (C.8.) Ancient Languages of the first Inhabitants of America,
pp. 3809-313.
The Atlantic Nations of America, pp. 313-316.
The other Rafinesque articles are omitted in this edition.

3135 ——— American Antiquities | and | Discoveries in the West: |
being an exhibition of the evidence | that an ancient population of
partially civilized nations differing | entirely from those of the
present Indians peopled America | many centuries before its dis-
covery by Columbus, | and inquiries into their origin, | with a |
copious description | of many of their stupendous works, now in
ruins, | with | conjectures concerning what may have become of
them. | Compiled from Travels, Authentic Sources, and the | Re-
searches of Antiquarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest. | Fifth Edi-
tion.—22,000 volumes of this work have been published within
thirty months, | for subscribers only. |

Albany: | Printed by Hoffman and White. | 1835. | A.
Pp. i-viii, 9-400. 2 plates. 8°.

Rafinesque (C.S.) The Atlantic Nations of America, pp. 313-315.

The other Rafinesque articles are omitted in this edition.

According to Thomson’s Bibliography of Ohio the first edition was published
in 1832, and the sixth edition in 1841. I have seen an edition in the Bancroft
Library, San Francisco, withimprint: Albany: | Printed by Hoffman & White |
1838. | Pp. i-vili, 9-400, 8°, which does not contain the Rafinesque articles.

3136 Primer. A Primer for the Use of the Mohawk Children, to acquire
the Spelling and Reading of their own, as well as to get acquainted
with the English Tongue which for that purpose is put on the oppo-
site Page.

Montreal, Printed at Henry Mesplets, 1781. 2
12°. Title from Bibliotheca Grenvilliana, vol. 2, p.574, from the copy now in
the British Museum.

3137 —_— A | Primer, | for the Use of the | Mohawk Children, |
To acquire the Spelling and Reading of their | own, as well as to
get acquainted with the | English, Tongue; which for that Pur
pose is put | on the opposite Page. | Waerighwaghsawe | I ksaon-
goenwa | Tsiwaondad-derighhonny Kaghyadoghsera; Nayon- |
deweyestaghk ayeweanaghnodon ayeghyadow Ka- | niyenkehaga
Kaweanondaghkouh ; Dyorheaf-haga | oni tsinihadiweanotea.

London, | Printed by C. Buckton, Great Pultney-Street. | 1786. |
Pp. 1-98, alternate English and Mohawk. sq. 24°. GB. HU.

PRIEST—PROUD. 617

3138 Principes. t | viue Jesus | Principes De La Langue | Iroquoise. |
Cette Langue a 5 parties | La 1° Des principes | La 2% Des re-
marques sur les princi | pes | La 3° La table des Relations en |
abregé le plus au longen coll des conjugasions en abregé au long |
la 4m° yne nomenclature en abregé | du dictionnaire | La 5”° Les
Racines. | Premiere Partie | De Principes. | Chapitre Premier | De
Alphabet. | LDM.

Manuscript of the latter part of the 17th century. 1311]. 12°. Bound. In
the archives of the Catholic Church at Lac des Deux Montagnes.

Title, &c., recto, 1.1; verso, De Alphabet.—Chapitre 2, Du Verbe, recto 1.2;
Seconde partie, Des Remarques sur La grammaire, recto 1. 13.—Remarques Des
Dialects (huron, tsonont8an, orog8en, onontage, onei8t, agnie], recto 1. 14.—
Des coniugaisons, verso 1. 15.—Remarques sur ordre Du Dictionaire, recto
1. 17.— LI]. 21-23 and recto 1. 24, blank. Les conjugaisons, verso 1,24 and recto
1. 25.—\LI. 26-27, blank.—L. 28 begins Ilya 3 rootes, etc., verso blank, as is also
1. 29 and recto of 1. 30. Premiére conjugaison Du Paradigme G. begins verso of
1. 30, ends recto 1. 32, the verso of which is blank, as are also 1]. 33-51. Racines
agnieres, recto 1. 52.——Paradigme G., verso 1. 52, continuing, with the exception
of occasional blank leaves, to verso of 1. 65. Recto of 1. 66 blank.

On verso of 1. 66 is the beginning of a dictionary, the Iroquois in one column,
the Frenchin another; it contains only words beginning with the letter a, and ends
on recto of 1. 68, on the verso of which is: Verbes de la seconde conjugaison du
paradigme G. This occupies the versos of 1]. 68-78, the rectos being blank.——
Verbes Relatifs 2°, versos ll. 79-86; rectos blank.—T Vaffirmatif 2°, versos ll.
87-88.—Noms ‘De La 2% conjug., verso 1. 89 to verso of 1. 93. Verbes De La
3me, verso ll. 94-95.—Relatifs de la 3™e, verso ]. 96.——Noms de la 3™¢, verso
1. 97.—Verbes De La 4™, verso 1. 98.—Relatifs De La 4™*, verso 1. 99, —
Noms de la 4™*, verso 1. 100.—Verbes absolus De La 5™, versos 11. 101-102.
Relations 5™¢ conjugaisons, verso 1. 102.—Noms De La 5™, verso 1. 103,—
Paradigme 8 1°, versos ll. 104-105. Noms De La 1°, verso 1. 106. Verbes de
la 2, 88, versos ll. 107-110.—T aflirmatif de la 24, versos I]. 111-112. Noms de
la 24e, versos 1], 113-116.—Verbes de la 3, verso 1. 117. Verbes de la 5, Noms
de la 5™, verso 1. 118. Nomenclature en abrégé, verso 1.119 to verso 1. 120.—
Ll. 121-131, blank.

3139 Proud (Robert). The | History of Pennsylvania, | in | North
America, | from the | Original Institution and Settlement of that
Province, under | thefirst Proprietor and Governor William Penn, |
in 1681, till after the Year 1742; | with an | Introduction, | respect-
ing, | The Life of W. Penn, prior to the grant of the Province, and
the religious | Society of the People called Quakers;—with the first
rise of the neighbouring | Colonies, more particularly of West-New-
Jersey, and the Settlement | of the Dutch and Swedes on Dela-
ware. | To which is added, | A brief Description of the said Prov-
ince, | and of the | General State, in which it flourished, principally
between the Years 1760 and 1770. | The whole including a Variety
of Things, | Useful and interesting to be known, respecting that
Country in early Time, &c. | With an Appendix. | Written princi-
pally between the Years 1776 and 1780, | By Robert Proud. | [Four
lines quotation.] | Volume I [IT]. |

618 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Proud (Robert)—continued.
Philadelphia: | Printed and sold by Zachariah Poulson, Junior. |
Number eighty, Chesnut-Street. | 1797 [-1798]. | A. c. BA. BP. HU.
2vols. 8°. map.
Penn (W.) Letter, vol. i, pp. 246-264, contains a few words of the language
of the Indians of Pennsylvania, p. 252.—Lord’s Prayer in the language of the
Six Nations, vol. 2, p. 301.

3140 [Prudhomme (Louis).] Voyage | a la Guiane | et | a Cayenne, |
Fait en 1789 et Années suivantes; | Contenant une Description
Géographique de ces Contrées, | ’ Histoire de leur Découverte; les
Possessions et Etablissemens | des Francais, des Hollandais, des
Espagnols et des Portugais | dans cet immense Pays. | Le climat,
les Productions de la Terre, les Animaux, les Noms | des Riviéres,
celui des différentes Nations Sauvages, leurs | Coutumes et le Com-
merce le plus avantageux qu’on peut y faire. | Les particularités les
plus remarquables de ’Orenoque et du | Fleave des Amazones. |
Des Observations 1°. pour entrer dans le Port de Cayenne et y |
bien mouiller; 2°. pour en sortir en évitant tous les dangers; | 3°,
Les distances et les Routes des principaux Lieux de la | Guiane, les
Vents qui régnent sur les Cotes. | Suivi @un Vocabulaire Frangais
et Galibi des Noms, Verbes et | Adjectifs les plus usités dans notre
Langue, comparée a celle | des Indiens de la Guiane, pour se faire
entendre relativement | aux objets les plus nécessaires aux besoins
delavie.| ParL.....M....B....,Armateur. | Ouvrage orné
de cartes et de gravures. |

A Paris, | chez ’Editeur, Rue des Marais, N°. 20, F. G. | An VI
[1797] de la République. | C.

Pp. i-x, 1-400. 8°. map,3 plates. Vocabulaire Frangais et Galibi, A ’usage
de ceux qui voyagent dans les contrées de la Guiane et & Cayenne, pp. 371-400.

3141 Purchas (Samuel). Haklvytvs Posthumus | or | Pvrehas his Pil-
grimes. | Contayning a History of the | World, in Sea voyages, &
lande- | Trauells, by Englishmen & | others, | Wherein God’s Won-
ders in Nature & Pro- | uidence, The Actes, Arts, Varieties, | &
Vanities of Men, wt* a world of | the Worlds Rarities, are by a
world | of Eywitness-Authors, Re- | lated to the World. | Some left
written by Mr. Hakluyt at his | death. More since added. | His
also perused, | & perfected. All examined, abbreviated, | [Mlustra-
‘ted w Dis- | courses, Adorned w* pictures, and | Expressed in
Mapps. In foure | Parts, Each containing fiue | Bookes. | By Sam-
vel Pvrchas. B: D. |

Imprinted at London for Hen- | ry Fetherston at v° signe of | the
rose in Pauls Churchyard. 1625 [-1626]. |

Second title :

Pyrchas | his | Pilgrimes. | In Five Bookes. | The first, contayn-
ing the Voyages and Perigrinations made | by ancient Kings, Patri-
arkes, Apostles, Philosophers, and | others, to and thorow the

PRUDHOMME—PUYDT. 619

Purchas (Samuel)—continued.

remoter parts of the knowne World: | Enquires also of Languages
and Religions, especially of the | moderne diuersified Professions
of Christianitie. | The second, A Description of all the Cireum-
Nauigations | of the Globe. | The third, Nauigations and Voyages
of English-men alongst the Coasts | of Africa, to the Cape of Good
Hope, and from thence to the Red Sea, | the Abassine, Arabian,
Persian, Indian Shoares, | Continents and Islands. | The fourth,
English Voyages beyond the East Indies, to the Islands of Japan, |
China, Cauchinchina, the Philippine with others, and the Indian
Nauigations | further prosecuted: Their iust Commerce, nobly vin-
dicated against Turkish | Treacherie ; victoriously defended against
Portugall Hostilitie; | gloriously aduanced against Moorish and
Ethnike Perfidie; | hopefully recouering from Dutch Malignitie;
iustly maintayned | against ignorant and malicious Calumnie. | The
fifth, Nauigations, Voyages, Traffiques, Discoueries, of the English
Nation | in the Easterne Parts of the World: continuing the
English-Indian occurrents, | and contayning the English Affaires
with the Great Samorine, in the Persian | and Arabian Gulfes, and
in other places of the Continent, aud Islands of and | beyond the
Indies: the Portugall Attempts and Dutch Disasters, | diuers Sea-
fights with both; and many other remarkable | Relations. | The
First Part. | Vnus Deus, Vna Veritas. |

London | Printed by William Stansby for Henrie Fetlerstone,
and are to be sold at his shop in | Pauls Church-yard at the signe
of the Rose. 1625 {-1626]. | A.C.

5 vols. folio. I have also seen, in the Library of Congress, a copy of vol. 4 of
this work, dated 1613. Itagrees in contents with the 1625 ed. Brunet says vol.5
bears dates of 1613, 1617, 1626. The Boston Atheneum has a copy dated 1614.

Rosier (James). Extracts of a Virginia Voyage made An. 1605, by Captaine
George Waymouth, vol. 4, pp. 1659-1667.

3142 Puron (D. Francisco). Arte de la Lengua de los Otomites con

todos sus diferentes Dialectos. *
Manuscript in the library of the University of Mexico.—Beristain.

3143 Putnam (J. Duncan). Entomological Report. By J. D. Putnam.
In Jones (W.A.) Report upon the reconnoissance of Northwestern Wyoming,
pp. 206-210. Washington, 1874. &°.
Indian [Shoshoni] names of insects, p. 209. Colors, in Shoshoni, p. 210.
Reprinted in the 1875 edition of the sume work, pp. 315-318. Linguistics,
pp. 317-318.

3144 Puydt (Lucien de). Account of Scientific Explorations in the
Isthmus of Darien in the years 1861 and 1865. By M. Lucien de
Puydt.

In Royal Geog. Soc., Jour., vol. 38, pp. 69-110. London, [n. d.] 8°.
Vocabulary and Phrases of the Cuna Language (Isthmus of Darien), pp.

100-105.

620 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3145 Pyrleus (Rev. Chr.) A collection of words and phrases in the
Iroquois or Onondago language explained into German. By the
Rev. Chr. Pyrleeus. a

Manuscript. 140 pp. 4°.

3146 ——— Adjectiva, Nomina et Pronomina Lingue Macquaice, cum
nonnullis de Verbis Adverbis Prepositionibus ejusdem Lingua. *
Manuscript. 86 pp. 4°.

3147 ——— Affixa Nominum et Verborum lingue Macquaice. o

Manuscript. 178 pp. 4°. With this work are bound several Iroquois vocabu-

laries and collections of phrases. ‘These manuscripts are in the library of the

American Philosophical Society, deposited by the Society of United Brethren of
Bethlehem.

3148 Quaderno. Quaderno del idioma zapoteco del valle, que contiene
algunas reglas Jas més comunes del Arte, un Vocabulario algo
copioso y otras cosas que vera el christiano Lector. Se ha escrito
procurando todo lo posible imitar la. pronunciacion de este Idioma.
Sea todo 4 mayor honra y gloria de Dios ntro. Sor., alivio de los
Ministros, y utilidad de las almas. S*. Martin Xiicaxete y Junio 22
de 1793. *

Manuscript. Title, and ll. 1-288. 4°. Arte, 1], 1-12. Vocabulario, ll. 13-266,
in two columns.—List of numbers most in use, ll. 267-272. Confessionario,
I. 273-285. Protestacion de la Fée, &c., ll. 285-286. Interrogatorio para
presentacion de casamiento, ll. 287-288. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta who
received it from Dr. Berendt.

3149 t—— Quaderno en lengua Tzendal, hecho en el aio de 1798. *

Manuscript. 9 ll. 4°. Anonymous. Confession in Spanish and Tzendal in

questions and answers, convenient for facilitating the study of this language.—.
Brasseur de Bourbourg.

Quebec Literary and Historical Society.
See Literary and Historical Society of Quebec.

3150 Québec Société Littéraire et Historique. Voyages | de | Découverte |
au | Canada, | entre les années 1534 et 1542, | par | Jacques Quar-
tier, le Sieur de Roberval, | Jean Alphonse de Xanctoigne, We. |
Suivis | de la Description de Québec et de ses environs en | 1608,
et de divers extraits relativement au lieu | de ’hivernement de
Jacques Quartier en 1535-36. | (Avee gravures fac simile) | Réim-
primés sur @anciennes relations, et publiés | sous la direction | de
la Société Littéraire et Historique de Québec.

Quebec: | Imprimé chez William Cowan et Fils. | 1843. | BA.
Pp. i-iv; 1 1., pp. 1-130. 8°. ;
Cartier (Jacques). Les Trois Voyages de Jacques Cartier, pp. 1-77.

PYRLAUS

QUIROS. 621

3151 Questions | on the | Apostles’ Creed, | with other simple instrue- /
tion, | for the | Caribi Indians | at the | Missions in Guiana. |
[ Verso of title:
Printed by William M. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.] WE.

Pp. 1-16. 8°. In the Carib dialect of the Upper Pomeroon and Isororo. Con-
tains the Lord’s Prayer, Apostles’ Creed, Ten Commandments, &c.

3152 Quiche. Quiche Vocabulary. =

Manuscript in possession of Abbé Dominic Jehl, of Palin, near Amatitan,
Guatemala.—Ludewig, p. 157.

3153 —— Quiche Vocabulary. *
Manuscript. 32 pp. Without title and apparently quite recent.—Squier.

3154 Quimper (D. Manuel). Segundo reconocimiento de la entrada de
Fuca y costa | comprendida entre ella y la de Nootka, hecho | el
ano de 1790 con la balandra ‘“ Prin- | cesa Real” mandade por el
alferez de | navio D. Manuel Quimper. | B.

Manuscript, 62 pp., in the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Forms pp. 385-445
of: Viages | en la | costa al Norte | de las | Californias. | 1774-1790. | Copia
Sacada | de los Archivos de Espaiia. | Bancroft Library | 1874. |

Short vocabulary of the inhabitants of the coast between lat. 48° and 50°,
pp- 21-23 (405-407). Nootka vocabulary, collected with the assistance of In-
graham, pp. 34-45 (418-429). Names of villages and chiefs, p. 46 (430).

3155 Quintana (Fr. Augustin de). Confessonario | en Lengua | Mixe. |

Con vna Construccion de las Oraciones | de la Doctrina Christiana,
y vn Compen- | dio de Voces Mixes, para ensenarse 4 pro- | nunciar
la dicha Lengua. Escrito todo | por el P. Fr. Augustin | de Quin-
tana de Ja Orden de Predicado- | res, Cura g fué de la Doctrina de
S. Juan | Bautista de Xuquila. | Dedicalo. | Al Glorioso Apostol
de la Europa. | S. Vicente Ferrer. |

Con licencia: en la Puebla por la Viuda | de Miguel de Ortega.
Ano de 1738. | JCB.

8 p.ll., pp. 1-148. Indice 3 unnumbered pp. 4°.

3156 t—— Gramatica y Diccionario en lengua Mixe, por Fr. Agustin
Quintana. *
Title from Pimentel. ‘‘Quintana was a native of Oajaca, and labored for
twenty-eight years as a missionary among the Mijes, whose difficult dialect he
perfectly mastered.”—Ramirez Sale Cat.

3157 Quiros (br. Severino Bernadino de). Arte del idioma Guasteco
proporcionado en todas sus reglas con el de Antonio de Nebrija.
Compuesto por el Br. Severino Ber®®. de Quiros, estudiante teologo. *

Manuscript. Dedication and approvals, dated 1722, 5 ll.; Arte, 19 ll.; Vocab-
ulary 27 ll. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 145.

622 - NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3158 Radloff (Leopold). Einige kritische Bemerkungen iiber Hrn.

Buschmann’s Behandlung der Kinai-Sprache; von Leopold Ladloff. *

Pp. 364-399. 8°. From the Acad. Imp. des Sci., Mélanges russes, v. iii. St.
Petersburg, 1857.

3159 Uber die Sprache der Ugalachmut. *
8°. From St. Petersburg Academy. 1857.
3160 Uber die Sprache der Tschuktschen u. ihr Verhiltniss zum
Korjak.
St. Petersburg, 1861. *
4°, Titles from Koéhler’s Catalogue, No. 38.
3161 Mémoires | de | L’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.-

Pétersbourg, VII* Série. | Tome XXI, Ne 8. | Leopold Radloft’s |
Worterbuch der Kinai-Sprache | herausgegeben | von | A. Schief-
ner. | (Lu le 5 mars 1874.) |

St.-Pétersbourg, 1874. | Commissionnaires de ?Académie Impé-
riale des sciences: | & St.-Pétersbourg: | MM. Eggers et Cie, H*
Schmitzdorff, | J. Issakof et Tcherkessof; | a Kiga: | M. N. Kym-
mel; | & Odessa: | M. A. KE. Kechribardshi; | a Leipzig: | M. Léo-

pold Voss. | Prix: 40 Kop.—=13 Ner. | WE.

1 p.1., pp. i-x, 1-83. 4°. Brief grammatic sketch, with songs, pp. i-x.——Ger-
man-Kinai Dictionary, pp. 1-32.— Numerals, 1-1,000, pp. 32-33.

3162. ——— HWinige Nachrichten iiber die Sprache der Kaiganen; von

L. Radloff. B.

In Acad. Imp. des Sci., Mélanges russes, tome 3, pp. 569-607. St.-Pétersbourg,
1858. 8°. K6hler’s Catalogue says: Also issued separately, 1868 [18587]. 6°.

Contains a grammatie account of the language, pp. 569-593. Vocabulary,
alphabetically arranged, pp. 593-607.

3163 Rafinesque (Constantine Samuel). Ancient History, | or | Annals
of Kentucky; | with a survey of the Ancient Monuments | of North
America, | And a Tabular View of the Principal Languages and
Primi- | tive Nations of the whole EKarth. | By C.S. Rafinesque, A.
M, Ph. D, | Prof. [ete., nine lines]. | (Numquam otiosus.) |

Frankfort,in Kentucky. | Printed for the author. | 1824. | C. BA. BP.

Pp. i-iv, 1-39, 8°.—Ethnological and Philological Table of the Primitive Na-
tions and Languages [including a few American words], pp. iii-iv.

3164

Atlantic Journal, | And | Friend of Knowledge. | In eight
numbers. | Containing about 160 original articles and tracts on
Natural and | Historical Sciences, the Description of about 150
New Plants, | and 100 New Animals or Fossils. Many Vocabula-
ries of Langua- | ges, Historical and Geological Facts, &c. &c. &e. |
By C.8. Rafinesque, A M . . . PH.D. | Professor of Historical and
Natural Sciences, Member of seve- | ral learned societies in Europe
and America, &c. | Knowledge is the mental food of man. | Fig-

RADLOFF—RAFINESQUE. 623

Rafinesque (Constantine Samuel)—continued.
ures. | Melissa or Balm, page 14 | Mammoth Cave, 27 | Franklinia,
79 | Fossil Teeth, 100 | Tubular shell, page 127 | 7 New Fossil Shells,
142 | American and Lybian Glyphs or Primitive Alphabets, 38. |

Philadelphia: | 1832-1833. | (Iwo Dollars.) | C. BA.

2p. 11, pp. 1-212. 12°.

Tabular View of the American Generic Languages, and Original Nations,
pp. 6-8.—The Atlantic Nations of America [including vocabulary of the Taras-
cas], pp. 8-10.— On the Zapotecas and other tribes of the State of Oaxaca, pp.
51-56. Vocabulary of the Wahtani or Mandan, pp. 132-133.—Languages of
Oregon, Chopunish and Chinuc, pp. 133-134.

3165 ——— Number 1. Spring 1836. | [Number 2. Summer of 1836.]
The | American Nations; | or, | Outlines of A. National History; |
of the | Ancient and Modern Nations | of | North and South
America. | [Four lines verse.] First Number, or Volume: | Gene-
ralities and Annals. | [Second Number, or Volume: | Origin and
Researches.] By Prof.C.S. Rafinesque. |

Philadelphia, | Published by C. S. Rafinesque, | No. 110 North
Tenth Street, | sold by the principal booksellers, | and in London
by O. Rich, | in Paris by Meilhac & Baillere. | 1836. |

Second title:

The | American Nations; | or, | Outlines of their | General His-
tory, | Ancient and Modern: | including the whole history of the
earth -| and mankind in the Western Hemisphere; | the philosophy
of American History; | the Annals, Traditions, Civilization, | Lan-
guages, &c., of all the Ameri- | can Nations, Tribes, Empires, | and
States. | With Maps, Plates, Views, and Plans of Monuments, |
Tables, Notes, and Illustrations. | By C.S. Rafinesque: | Professor
of Historical and Natural Sciences, | Member of many Learned
Societies in Paris, Bor- | deaux, Bruxels, Bonn, Vienna, Zurich,
Naples, &e, | in Europe.—Philadelphia, New York, Cincinnati, |
Lexington, Nashville, &c., in America.—The Ameri- | can Antiqua-
rian Society, &c. | First [Second] Volume. | [Six lines quotation. ]

Philadelphia: | C. 8. Ratinesque, 110 North Tenth St. | Printed
by. F. Turner, 367 Market St. | 1836. | C. BA. -

2 vols. 12°. Original Annals and Historical Traditions of the Linapis, from

the creation to the flood, passage and settlements in America, as far as the At-
lantic Ocean, &c., till 1820, &c., vol. 1, pp. 121-161, contains aboriginal terms.

3166 ——— American Languages—Wahtani or Mandan.
In Priest (Josiah). American Antiqnities, pp. 393-395. Albany, 1833. 8°. In
ibid., third edition, pp. 393-395. Albany, 1833. 8°.
Contains a vocabulary of 23 words and numerals, 1-10, of the Mandan. This
article is omitted in subsequent editions.
Ancient Languages of the first Inhabitants of America. By
C.S. Rafinesque.
In Priest (J.) American Antiquities, third edition, pp. 304-309. Albany,
1833. 8°. In ibid., fourth edition, pp. 309-313. Albany, 1834, 8°.
This article is omitted in subsequent editions.

3167

624 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Rafinesque (Constantine Samuel)—continued.
3168 t—— Further Accounts of Colonies from Europe settled in Amer-
ica. On the Zapotecas, and other Tribes of the State of Oaxaca.
By C. S. Rafinesque.
In Priest (J.) American Antiquities, third edition, pp. 316-325. Albany,
1833. 8°.
Comparative vocabulary, Zapoteca and Mizteca, p. 318.— Comparative vocab-
ulary, Othomiz and Mizteca, p. 319.
This article is omitted in subsequent editions.

3169 Languages of Oregon—Chopunish and Chinue.

In Priest (Josiah). American Antiquities, pp. 395-397. Albany, 1833. 8°. In
ibid., third edition, pp. 395-397. Albany, 1833. 8°.

Vocabulary of 23 words of the Chopunish; the same and numerals, 1-10, of
the Chinuc. This article is omitted in subsequent editions.

3170 Tabular View of the American Generic Languages and
Original Nations, by the same author.
In Priest (J.) American Antiquities, third edition, pp. 309-312. Albany,
1833. 8°.
This article is omitted in subsequent editions.

sale The Atlantic Nations of America.

In Priest (J.) American Antiquities, third edition, pp. 312-316. Albany,
HERBY te3eh

Comparative vocabulary of English, Tala (Tarasea), and Italian, p. 314.—
Vocabulary (85 words) of the Tala (Tarasca) and English languages (from Basal-
enque), pp. 314-316, Reprinted in ibid., fourth edition, pp. 313-316. Albany,
1834. 8°. Partly reprinted in ibid., fifth edition, pp. 313-315. Albany, 1835. 8°.
Contains only the brief English, Tala, and Italian vocabulary, p. 315.

Rale (Rev. Sebastien).
See Rasles (Sebastien).

3172 Ramirez (Fr. Antonio de Guadalupe). Breve compendio de todo
lo que debe saber y entender el Christiano, dispuesto en Lengua
Othomi.

Mexico, 1783. 9 =
41 ll. sm. folio. Title from the Ramirez Sale Catalogue, No. 627. Probably a
mistake in date; the title-page of the copy described is in manuscript.

3173

Breve Compendio de todo lo que debe saber, y entender el
Cristiano, para poder lograr, vér, conocer, y gozar 4 Dios Nuestro
Setior en el Cielo eternamente. Dispuesto en Lengua Othomi, y
construido literalmente en la Lengua Castellana por el P. Fr. An-
tonio de Guadalupe Ramirez, Predicador Apostolico y ex-Guardian
del Apostélico Colegio de Propaganda Fide de N.S. P. 8S. Francisco
de Pachucha.

Villa de Guadalupe, 1784. *

Pp. xvi, 80. 4°. Title from Triibner, in Ludewig, p. 234.

RAFINESQUE—R<é MIISIO. 625

Ramirez (/r. Antonio de Guadalupe)—continued.

3174 ——— Breve Compendio | de todo lo que debe saber, | y entender
el Christiano, | para poder lograr, | ver, conocer, y gozar | de Dios
Nuestro Sefor | en el cielo eternamente. | Dispuesto | en Lengua
Othomi, | y Construido literalmente en la Lengua Castellana, | Por
el P. Fr. Antonio de Guadalupe Ramirez, | Predicador Apostolico,
y ex-Guardian del Apostdélico | Colegio de Propaganda Fide de N.
S. P.S. Francisco | de la Ciudad de Pachuca. | Quien | Por Decreto
del Venerable Concilio Provincial IV. expedido el | dia 17. de
Agosto de 1771. formé un Cathecismo Breve en Len- | gua Othomi,
el que (en la parte 4 que dieron lugar las inciden- | cias del tiempo)
fue visto, examinado, y aprobado por los Sefiores | Sinodales de dicho
Idioma, nombrados por el mismo Venerable | Concilio. Haviendose
tenido sobre la materia Sesiones particula- | res en el Palacio Arzo-
bispal, como consta de sus Actas; en las que | igualmente se acord6,
el que siempre, que se diese ala Estampa | dicho Cathecismo, se
incorporase en él, el Alfabeto de dicho | Idioma, para que se pudiese
leer sin error. |

Impreso en México en la Imprenta nueva Madrilefa de los
Herederos | del Lic. D. Joseph de Jauregui; en la Calle de San

Bernardo. | Ato de 1785. | A.B. C.
8p. ll., pp. 1-80. sm.4°. The ‘‘Censura” is dated at San Gregorio de esta
& Corte 47 de Diciembre de 1784, anos. Printed in characters showing the sounds

in Otomi which do not occur in Spanish.
Sr. Icazbalceta, in his Apuntes, No. 62,says that his copy contained a loose
sheet, printed in the same characters, as follows:

3175 ——— Epitome de lo que debe saber, y entender el Christiano, |
para que pueda conseguir veer, conocer y gozar de Dios eterna-
mente en la gloria. | Sacado en breve Compendio que Yo Fr. Aunto-
nio de Guadalupe Ramirez, formé en el Idioma Otoii, y Literalmente
constriti en la Lengua Castellana, que oy corre en el pablico | con las
licencias necessarias: para que los Enfermos, Cathequisandos, Viejos
y Rudos, de dicho idioma, puedan conseguir su necesaria Instrue-
cion con menos trabajo. | Con las licencias necessarias. |

En Mexico en la Imprenta nueva Madrilena en Ja Calle de San
Bernardo. | A.
Text in Otomi alone; 5 columns. The reverse is blank.
In the Astor Library copy this additional sheet (lacking the Spanish heading)
has been cut into columns and pasted on the fly leaves at the end of the volume,
making four pages of two columns each.

3176 Ramirez (fr. Juan). Vocabulario y Sermones en Lengua Tarasca,
por Fr. Juan Ramirez, Maestro en Teologia de la Provincia de 8.
Nicolas Tolentino de Michoacan. *

Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

3177 Ramusio (Giovanni Battista). Primo [-Terzo] Volume | Delle

Navigationi | et Viaggi | nel qval si contiene | l: deserittione del?’

40 Bib

626 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Ramusio (Giovanni Battista)—continued.
Africa, | Et del paese del Prete Ianni, con uarii uiaggi, dal mar
Rosso a | Calicut, & infin all’ isole Molucche, doue nascono le
Spetierie, | Et la Nauigatione attorno il mondo. | Li nomi de gli
avttori, et le navigationi, et | i viaggi piv particolarmente si mos-
trano | nel foglio segvente. | [Device.] Con priuilegio del Sommo
Pontefice, & dello | Ilustriss. Senato Venetiano. |
In Venetia appresso gli heredi | di Lvcantonio Givnti | ? anno
MDL [-MDLXXXITI-MDLV]J] [1550-1583-1556]. | C. BA.
3 vols. folio.

Cartier (Iacqves). Prima Relatione de Iacqves Cartier, vol. 3, ll. 435-440.
Breve et Svccinta Narratione, vol. 3, ll. 441-456.

3178 Primo [-Terzo] volume, & Seconda editione | delle Naviga-
tioni | et Viaggi | in molti lvoghi corretta, et ampliata, | nella qvale
si contengono | la Descrittione dell’ Africa, | & del paese del Prete
Tanni, con varij viaggi, dalla Citta di Lisbona, & dal Mar | Rosso
a Calicut, & infin’ all’ isole Molucche, doue nascono le Spetierie, |
Et la Nauigatione attorno il Mondo. | Aggiuntoui dinuouo | La Re-
latione dell’ isola Giapan, nuouamente scoperta nella parte di Set-
tentrione. | Aleuni Capitoli appartenenti alla Geographia estratti
dell’ Historia del 8. Giouan | di Barros Portoghese. | Tre Tauole di
Geographia in disegno, secondo le Carte da nauigare de Porto-
ghesi, | & fra terra secondo gli scrittori che si contengono in questo
volume. | Vw’ Indice molto copioso, delle cose di Geographia, costu-
mi, spetierie, & altre cose | notabili, che in esso si contengono. |
[Vignette.] | Con priuilegio del Sommo Pontefice, & dello | Ilus-
triss. Senato Veneto. |

In Venetia nella Stamperia de Givnti. | L’ anno M D LIIII
[-M DCVI]. [1554-1606] | . A.
3 vols. folio. Vol.1,1554; vol. 2,1606; vol. 3, 1606.

Cartier (Iacqves). Prima relatione di Iacqves Carthier, vol. 3, 11. 369-376.
Breve et svccinta narratione, vol. 3, ll. 876-385.

Each volume has been printed several times. Tome I in 1550, 1554 (with the
title: secunda edizione), 1563 (with the title: terza edizione), 1588, 1606, 1613.
M. Crognara says the editions of 1588 and 1606 differ only in title. Tome II in
1559, 1564, 1574, 1583, 1606, 1613. The editions prior to 1583 are not complete;
those of 1588 and 1606 appear to differ only in title. Tome III, 1556, and with
change of title, 1565; other editions, 1606, 1613. The two last only are complete.
There is no edition of the second volume known earlier than that of 1559,
which is strange, from the fact that the first edition of the third volume is dated
1556. A new edition of this collection, edited by Louis Pezanna, was printed at
Venice, 1835, 4°, in two columns.— Brunet.

3179 Rand (fev. Silas Tertius). A | Short Statement of Facts | relat-
ing to| the History, Manners, Customs, Language, and | Litera-
ture | of the | Micmac Tribe of Indians, | in Nova-Scotia and P. E.
Island. | By 8. T. Rand. | Being the substance of Two Lectures de-
livered in Halifax, in November, | 1849, at Public Meetings held for

RAMUSIO—RANGEL. 627

Rand (Kev. Silas Tertius)—continued.
the purpose of instituting a | Mission to that Tribe. | Published
under the direction of the Committee for Super- | intending the
Mission. |
Halifax, N.S. |] Printed by James Bowes & Son. | 1850.| — sBD.
Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-40. 8°.
Chapter III. The Micmac language, pp. 18-24, contains grammatic forms and
specimens.

3180 ——— Ferst Reding Buk | in | Mikmak. | Kompeild bei de Rey.
S. T. Rand, | Migonari tu de Mikmak Indianz, Nova Skogia. |

Lundon: | Fred Pitman Fonetik Depo, 20, Paternoster Ro. | Car-

lotvil Prins Edwardz Hiland, North Amerika: | Djordj T. Hazard. |

1854. | Preis Sikspens. | 0.8,

Printed cover, 11., pp. 1-40. 16°. In phonetic characters.

3181 — A | First Reading Book | inthe Micmac Language: | com-
prising | the Micmac Numerals, and the Names | of the different
kinds of | Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Trees, &c. | of the | Maritime
Provinces of Canada. | Also, some of the | Indian Names of Places, |
And many Familiar Words and Phrases, | translated literally into
English. |

Halifax: | Nova Scotia Printing Company, | 1875. | JBD.

Pp. i-iv, 5-108. 16°.

He probably translated into the Micmac language the books of Genesis, Exo-
dus, and Psalms, the gospels of Matthew, Luke, and John, the Acts, and the
Ten Commandments and Lord’s Prayer. See Nos, 414,518,519, 1574, 1578, 1587,
and 2931 of this catalogue, and Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 44123.

3182 ——— Vocabulary of the Micmac.
In Schoolcraft (H. Rh.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 578-589. Philadelphia,
1855. 4°.
3183 t—— Lord’s Prayer in Milicete.
In Schoolcraft (H.R.) Indian Tribes, vol.5, p.592. Philadelphia, 1855. 4°.
3184 t—— Milicete Numerals.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 690-691. Philadelphia,
1855. 4°.
3185 —— Terms of Relationship of the Micmac, and Etchemin or

Malisete, collected by Rev. S. T. Rand, Missionary, Hantsport,
Nova Scotia.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1571. 4°.

3186 Rangel (fr. Alonso). Arte de la Lengua Megicana. Ly
3187 ——— Sermones Megicanos para todo el ano. *
3188 ——— Arte y Catecismo de la Lengua Otomi. *

Titles froin Beristain.

628 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3189 Rasles (Sebastien). Leitre du Pere Sebastien Rasles, missionnaire
de la Compagnie de Jesus dans la Nouvelle France. A Monsieur
son Frere. A Nanrantsouak ce 12 Octobre 1723. *
In Lettres Hdifiantes, vol. 23, pp. 198-307. Paris, 1738. 12°.
Contains, pp. 215-216, the hymn O Salutaris Hostia, in Abenakise, Algonkine,
Huronne, and Illinoise.

3190 ——— Lettre du Pere Sebastien Rasles, Missionnaire de la Com-
pagnie de Jesus dans la Nouvelle France, 4 Monsieur son frere. *
In Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 6, pp. 153-225. Paris, 1781. 16°. Linguistics as

above, p. 165.

3191 ———— Lettre du pére Sebastien Rasles. : *
In Choix des Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 7, pp. 137-152. Paris, 1809. 8°. Hymn,
as above, pp. 145-146.

3192 Lettre du pére Sébastien Rasles. *
In Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 4, pp. 95-138. Lyon, 1819. 8°. Hymn, as above,

in Abnakise, Algonkine, Huronne, and Illinoise, p. 102.

3193 t—— Lettres du P. Sebastien Rasles.
In Lettres Bdifiantes, vol. 1, pp. 668-669. Paris, 1838. 8°. Contains linguis-
tics as in previous editions.

3194

Carta del P. Sebastian Rasles, Missionero de la Compania
de Jesus, en la Nueva Francia: al Cavallero su Hermano. Na-
vrantsvak 12. de Octubre de 1723. *

‘In Cartas Edificantes, vol. 13, pp. 339-384. Madrid, 1756. 4°. Hymn in
Abnakisa, Algonkina, Nurona, Ylinesa, pp. 346-347.

3195 t—— Numbers in the Norridgwog Language, from Ralle’s MS.
Dictionary of the Norridgwog Language, in the Library of Harvard
College.

In Mass. Hist. Soc., Coll., first series, vol. 10, pp. 1387-138. Boston, 1809. 8°.

3196 —— A Dictionary of the Abnaki Language, in North America;
by Father Sebastian Rasles. With an Introductory Memoir and
Notes, By John Pickering, A. A.S.

In Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Mem., vew series, vol. 1, pp. 370-574. Cambridge,
1833. 4°. Issued separately as below.

Introductory memoir, pp. 370-374.—Dictionary, from the original manuscript,
pp. 375-565.—Supplementary notes and observations on Father Rasles’s Diction-
ary, by John Pickering, pp. 566-574.

3197 ——— A Dictionary of the Abnaki Language in North America
By Father Sebastian Rasles With an Introductory Memoir and
Notes by John Pickering.

Cambridge: Charles Folsom printer, 1833. *

4°. Title from the Field Sale Catalogue, No. 1911.

Sebastian Rale was born in 1658, in Franche Comté, where his family occupied
a respectable position. After teaching Greek in the College of Nismes, he came
to America in 1689, arriving in Quebec on the 13th of October in that year. Sent
first to the Abnaki mission of St. Francis, he was, about 1693, sent to Illinois,

RASLES—RAWSON. 629

Rasles (Sebastien)—continued.

but in 1695, at least, was on the Kennebec. His life there we have briefly
sketched.

His Abnaki Dictionary is still preserved as a treasure at Harvard College, and,
to the great joy of all philologists, was published in the Memoirs of the American
Academy in 1833. In the same year, Bishop Fenwick, of Boston, once a Father
of the Society of Jesus, raised a monument to the memory of Father Rale on the
spot where he was buried one hundred and nine years before.—Shea’s Catholic
Missions, pp. 151-152.

3198 Rau (Charles). Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. |
—331— | The | Palenque Tablet | in the | United States National
Museum, | Washington, D. ©. | By | Charles Rau. |

Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. |
1879. | A. C. SI. JWP.

Pp. i-ix, 1-81. 4°. Plates.

Chapter 5, Aboriginal writing in Mexico, Yucatan, and Central America, pp.
47-64, contains discussion of the Maya alphabet and codices, and a few examples
in the Maya tongue.

This work was issued separately, with addition of outside printed cover, both
titles worded as above, but in different type.

——., editor.
See Baegert (Jacob).

3199 Raum (John O.) The | History of New Jersey, | from its | Earli-
est Settlement to the Present Time. | Including | a brief Historical
Account of the First Discoveries and Settlement of the Country, |
by | John O. Raum, | Author [&c., three lines]. | In two volumes. |
Vol. I [II]. | [Design.]

Philadelphia: | John E. Potter and Company, | 617 Sansom
Street. | [1877.] A.C.

2 vols., 1 p.1., pp. 5-450; 1-496. 8°. Brief vocabulary of the New Jersey In-
dians (from Smith), vol. 1, p. 122.

3200 Ravoux (fev. Augustin). Wakantanka ti ki canku.
St. Paul: Pioneer Office. 1863. *

Literal translation.—Sacred-great [God] house the road.

88 pp. 16°. Road to Heaven, in the Dakota language; revised edition. Title
from Williams’ Dakota Bibliography. The author informs me the first edition
was published in 1843 or 1844.

3201 Rawle (William). A Vindication of Rey. Mr. Heckewelder’s His-
tory of the Indian Nations. By William Rawle.
In Penn. Hist. Soc., Mem., vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 238-275. Philadelphia, 1826. 8°.
Areply to an article by Cass (Lewis) in North American Review, vol. 22. Mr.
Rawle’s letter was in turn answered by Cass (Lewis) in North American Re-
view, vol. 26.

3202 Rawson (Rev. Grindal). Nashananittue Meninnunk | wutch |
Mukkiesog, | Wussesemumun wutch Sogkodtunganash | Naneeswe
Testamentsash ; | wutch | Ukkesitchippxongans Ukketeahogkon-
nooh. | Negondée wussukhtimun ut Englishmanue Unnon- | tewaon-

630

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Rawson (Rev. Grindal)—continued.

3203. ——— A

ganit, nashpe ne anue, wunnegentie | Nohtompeantog. | Noh aso-
wesit | John Cotton. | Kah yeuyeu qushkinntmun en Indiane Un-
nontx- | waonganit wutch conenehikqunaout Indiane | Mukkiesog, |
Nashpe | Grindal Rawson. | Wunnaunchemakae Nohtompeantog
ut kenugke | Indianog. | — | Onatuh mishketuog kodtantamok
pahke meninnunnte | Wuttinnswaonk, onk woh kenashpekinean.
I Pet. 2.2. | — |

Cambridge: | Printeusop nashpe Samuel Green, Kah | Bartholo-
mew Green. 1691. | BA. AAS,

Translation.—Spiritual milk for babes, drawn from the breasts of both Testa-
ments, for the nourishment of their souls. Formerly written in English lan-
guage, by that most excellent minister who is named John Cotton, and now
turned into Indian language for the benefit of Indian children, by Grindal Raw-

son, minister of the gospel among the Indians.
Pp. 1-13. 18°. Translation from Trumbull’s Book and Tracts.

Confession | of | Faith | Owned and consented unto by
the | Elders & Messengers | of the Churches | Assembled at Bos-
ton in New-England, | May 12, 1680. | Being a Second Session of
that | Synod. | — | Eph. 4. 5.—One Faith. | Col. 2. 5.—Joying and
beholding your Order, | and the stedfastness of your Faith in
Christ. | — |

Boston. | Re-printed by Bartholomew Green, and | John Allen.
1699. |

Second title:

Wunnamptamoe | Sampooaonk | Wussampoowantamun | Nashpe
moeuwehko- | munganash ut | New-England. | Qushkenumun en
Indiane | Unnontowaonganit. |— | Nashpe | Grindal Rawson,
&e. | — | Eph. 4.5. Pasuk Wunnamptamoonk. | Col. 2 5. Menush-
koht aj Koonamptamoong | anoo ut Christut. |

Mushau Womuk. | Printeuun nashpe Bartholomew Green, kah |
John Allen. 1699. | P. BP. AAS.

8 p. lL, pp. 1-161, 4 unnumbered pp.; alternate Indian and English. 16°.

English title verso 1.1; Indian title recto ].2. The Epistle Dedicatory begins
recto 1.3, ends recto 1.8.

3204 Reaume (—). Further Specimens of the Chippewa dialect.

In Am. Soc., First Ann. Rept., pp. 56-57. New Haven, 1824. 8°.

Reccho (Nardo Antonio), editor.
See Hernandez (Francisco).

3205 Records | of the | Colony | of | New Plymouth | in | New Eng-

land. | Printed by order of the Legislature of the | Commonwealth
of Massachusetts. | Edited by | David Pulsifer, | Clerk in the Office
of the Secretary of the Commonwealth, | [&e., three lines]. | Acts
of the Commissioners of the United Colonies of New England. |
Vol. I [II]. | 1643-1651 [1653-1679]. |

RAWSON—RELAND. 631

Records of the Colony of New Plymouth, ete.—continued.
Boston; | From the Press of William White, | Printer to the
Commonwealth, | 1859. | A.

2 vols. 4°. These form vols. 9 and 10 of ‘Records of the Colony of New Ply-
mouth in New England,” Boston, 1855-1861. 12 vols. 4°.

Lamentation of David over Saul and Jonathan.—2 Samuel i. 17-27, (from
a copy of the First Edition of Eliot’s Indian Bible, in the Boston Atheneuin),
vol. 2, p. vili.

3206 Recueil. Recueil d’Observations curieuses sur les Meeurs, les Coi-
tumes, les Usages, les différentes Langues, le Gouvernment, la
Religion, le Commerce, la Navigation, les Arts, Sciences, ete. de
differens Peuples de l’Asie, de Afrique, et de ? Amérique.

Paris, chez David le jeune, 1749. e

4 vols. 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat.,No.1451. Triibner’s Catalogue
gives the following contents: Vol. II. Chap. VIII. Langues differentes des Hu-
rons, des Abnakis, des Algonkins, des Illinois, des Outaouaks, et des autres nations
de Nouvelle France.—Chap. XII. Des Sauvages Natches: leur Religion, Céré-
monies, Loix, etc.

3207 ——— Recueil de piéces manuscrites en langue Kakchiquel. i
Manuscript, 31 1l., of the last century, in different handwritings. Religious
pieces, prayers, sermons, translations of the Bible, ete.—Leclerc, 1878, No. 2271.

3208 t—— Recueil de priéres, Catéchisme et Cantiques a usage des
sauvages de la baie d’Hudson.
Montréal, L. Perrault, 1866. a

108 pp. 18°. Printed in characters imitating stenography.—Leclerc, 1878, No.
2219. Probably the same as No, 2965 of this catalogue.

3209 Register. [A Register of Baptisms made in 1599.] B.

Manuscript. 241]. 4°. In the Mexican language. It was bought at the Ra-

mirez sale by Mr. H. H. Bancroft, and is now in his library in San Francisco. It

is probably of Teocotitlan, a hamlet near the city of Mexico. Dates of baptisms

are from 1597 to 1610. The signatures of the officiating friars, the names of the
neophytes, and the dates are in Spanish.

Reichel (Rev. William), editor.
See Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus).

3210 [Rejon (Sr. Garcia).| Vocabulario del Idioma Comanche.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 11, pp. 631-659. México, 1865. 8°.
Vocabulario Espatiol-Comanche, pp. 638-649.—Vocabulario Comanche-Espanol,
pp. 650-658.—The following notice precedes the vocabulary: ‘* En cumplimiento
de la comision que se ha servido durme el sefior vicepresidente para que ecsamine
un Vocabulario manuscrito del idioma comanche, escrito por e! Sr. Garcia Rejon,
y dedicado por su autor 4 esta Sociedad, paso 4manifestar el juicio que he formado
del referido trabajo. * * * México, Marzo 23 de 1865—Francisco Pimentel.”

3211 Reland (Hadrian). Hadriani Relandi | Dissertationum | Miscel-
lanearvm | Pars Prima [-Tertia, et ultima]. | [Vignette.] |

Trajecti ad Rhenum, | Ex Officina Gulielmi Broedelet, | Biblio-

polae. CIOLOCCVI [-CIOIOCCVIIL] [1706-1708]. | A.

632 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Reland (Hadrian)—continued.

3 vols. 16°. This
work contains 13 dissertations, of which the twelfth, ‘‘Dissertatio de linguis
Americanis,” vol. 3, pp. 141-229, contains grammatical sketches and vocabularies
of the Brasilian, Chilian, Peruvian, and the following North American languages:
De lingua Pocomanica (from Gage), pp. 197-198.—De lingua Caraibica, pp. 198-
200.—Vocabula linguae Caraibicae (from Rochefort), pp. 200-206.—De lingua
Mexicana, pp. 206-207.—De lingua Virginica, pp. 208-211.—Excerpta ex Bibliis
Virginicis (Genesis i. 1-12, from Eliot’s Indian Bible, second edition), pp.
211-214.—De lingua Aigonkina (from Lahontan), pp. 214-219.—De lingua
Huronum (from Lahontan), pp. 219-220.

3212 ——— Dissertationum Miscellanearum. Editio secunda.
Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1713. e
3 vols. 12°. This work was published in 1706-08. The copies of the date of
1713 have only the title changed.—Leclere, 1867, No. 1277.

3213 Relations | des Jésuites | contenant | ce qui s’est passé de plus
remarquable dans les Missions des Peres | de la Compagnie de
Jésus | dans la | Nouvelle-France | Ouvrage publié sous les aus-
pices du Gouvernement Canadien | Volume If [-IIT] | Embrassant
les années 1611, 1626 et la période de 1632 a 1641 | [1656 a 1672] |

Québec | Augustin Coté, Editeur-Imprimeur | pres de l’Arche-
véché | 1858 | A. C. WE. JWP.

3 vols. 8°. Vol. 1 contains twelve relations of the dates 1611, 1626, 1632-1641 ;
vol. 2, fourteen relations dated 1642-1655; vol. 3,seventeen relations dated 1656-
1672. The relations of each year are paged separately and form forty-three dis-
tinct memoirs. Each volume has its own index, and vol. 3 has a general table
of contents.

[Brebceuf (P. Jean de).] Relation * * * en V’année 1636, vol. 1, 1636, pp.
76-139.

[Lalemant (P. Jér6me).] Relation * * * de Vannée 1640 * * * 1641, vol. 1,
1641, pp. 59-86.

Le Jeune (P. Paul). Relation * * * en année 1633, vol. 1, 1633, pp. 1-44.

Relation * * * en année 1634, vol. 1, 1634, pp. 1-92.

Le Mercier (P. F. J.) Relation * * * es années 1653-1654, vol. 2, 1654, pp. 1-34.

Vimont (P. Barthélemy). Relation * * * en ’année 1643, vol. 2, 1643, pp. 1-83.

3214 Religious. [A Religious tract by an anonymous author. | a
Manuscript. 19 11. 4°. In Mexican, the text surrounded with curious painted
borders, evidently the work of a native Mexican.—Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 509.

3215 t—— Religious Tracts | in the | Choctaw Language. | Second

edition, | Revised. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835, | A.B. C. JWP.

Pp. 1-39. 12°. Chisys Kilaist * * * or Salvation by Jesus Christ, pp. 5-12.—
Himona Vtta, or Regeneration by the Holy Spirit, pp. 12-19.—ekostininchi, or
Repentance necessary to Salvation, pp. 20-25.—Hvtvk Illi * * * or The Resur-
rection and Final Judgment, pp. 26-39.

For later edition of these tracts, see Salvation, No. —.

3216 ——— [Religious tracts, in the Choctaw Language.] *
The Act of Faith, 4 pp.—The World to Come, 4 pp.—Self-dedication, 4 pp.
Titles from Byington’s Manuscript Choctaw Dictionary.

RELAND— RENSHAWE. 633

3217 Remas (P.) Principes de la langue Crise.
In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte-rendu, seconde session, tome 2%
pp. 244-253. Luxembourg et Paris, 1878. 8°.

3218 Remy (Jules). Voyage | au pays | des Mormons | Relation—Géo-
graphie | Histoire Naturelle—Histoire—Théologie | Mceurs et Cou-
tumes | par | Jules Remy | Tome premier [second] | Ouvrage orné
de 10 gravures sur acier et d’une Carte |

Paris | E. Dentu, Libraire-Kditeur | Palais-Royal, 13, Galerie
D’Orléans | 1860 | Tous droits réservés. | A.G.BA.

2 vols. 8°.

A few words of Washo, vol. 1, p. 41.—A few words of Paiuli, vol. 1, p. 49.—Short
vocabulary of Shoshoni, vol. 1, pp. 109-110.—A few words of Payusitas, vol. 2,
p. 327.—A few words of Kusiutas, vol. 2, p. 347.

3219 ——— and Brenchley (Julius). A Journey | to | Great-Salt-Lake
City, | by | Jules Remy, and Julius Brenchley, M. A.; | With a
sketch of the | History, Religion, and Customs of the Mormons, |
and an introduction on | the religious movement in the United
States. | By Jules Remy. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | With
Ten Steel Engravings and a Map. |

London: | W. Jefis, 15, Burlington Arcade, | Foreign Book-
seller to the Royal Family. | MDCCCLXI [1861]. | Translation re-
served. | A. B.C.BA.

2vols. royal 8°. Linguistics as in French edition, vol. 1, pp. 46, 55, 125; vol. 2,
pp. 389, 412.

3220 Rénan (Ernest). Histoire Générale | et Systeme comparé | des |
Langues Sémitiques, | par | Ernest Rénan, | Membre de l'Institut. |
Ouvrage couronné par l’Institut. | Premiére Parte. | Histoire Géné-
rale des langues Sémitiques. | Seconde édition, revue et aug-
mentée. | | Design.]

Paris. | Imprimé par autorisation du garde des sceaux | a l’Im-
prime Impériale. | M DCCC LYVIII [1858]. | JCS.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-515. 8°. Part2 not published. Though this work does not refer
to American languages, the title is given a place here from the fact that the Abbé
Cuoq has used it as a basis for his: Jugement erroné, No. 954 of this catalogue.

3221 ——— Histoire Générale | et Systeme comparé | des | Langues
Sémitiques, | par | Ernest Renan, | Membre de l’Institut, Profes-
seur au College de France. | Ouvrage Couronné par l’Institut. |
Premiére Partie. | Histoire Générale des Langues Sémitiques. |
Troisiéme Edition, Revue et Augmentée. |

Paris. | Imprimé par Autorisation du Garde des Sceaux | a l’'Im-
primerie Impériale. | M DCCC LXIII [1863]. | C.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-527. 8°. Fourth edition, same place and date.

3222 Renshawe (John Henry). Vocabulary of the Hualapi.
Manuscript. 21 ll. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded
in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, Ist ed., incomplete.
Collected in 1878 on the Colorado Plateau, Arizona,

634 NORTH AMER. CAN LINGUISTICS.

3223 Renville (John B.) Woonspe Itakihna. | Ehakeun okaga. | Precept
upon Precept: | translated into the | Dakota Language. | By John
B. Renville. | Prepared for the press | by S. R. Riggs, | Missionary
of the A. B.C. F. M. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 117 Washington
Street, Boston, | Hurd and Houghton, 13 Astor Place, N. Y. | The
Riverside Press, Cambridge, Mass. | [18647] JWP. WHS.
Pp. i-iv, 5-228. 16°.

3224 Renville (Joseph), sr. Extracts | from | Genesis,and the Psalms: |
with the | Third Chapter of Proverbs, | and the | Third Chapter of
Daniel, | in the Dacota Language. | Translated from the French
Bible, as published by the | American Bible Society, by | Joseph
Renville, Sr. | Compared with other Translations, and prepared |
for the press, by | Thomas 8. Williamson, M. D., | (Missionary.) |
Published for the American Board of Commis- | sioners for Foreign
Missions. |

Cincinnati: | Kendall and Henry, Printers. | 1839. |

Second title :

Otokahe Ekta | Wakantanka Taku Owasin Kage cin | qa IX |
Genesis Heiyapi ga, | Odowan Wakan | ga is Psam Eciyapi, |
Wowapi Wakan Waxicu tawa hetanhan Psin- | cinca Ie ska Dena
oyaka qa | Pejihuta Wicaxta owa kin ee. |

Maza on Kagapi. | Cincinnati, Ohio. | Omaka. | 1839. | BA. WHS.

Literal translation.—In-the-beginning in | sacred-great [God] what allhe-make
the | and also | Genesis they-call and, | hymn sacred | and also Psalm they-call, |
book sacred French his that-from Rice-Child [S. W. Pond] | talk white there he-
tell and. | Medicine Man [T. W. Williamson] write the it-[is]-it. | Metal with
they make. | Cincinnati, Ohio. | Year. | 1839. |

Pp. i-vi, 7-72. sq. 24°. English title recto 1.1; Dakota title verso 1. 1.

3225

Extracts | from the Gospels of | Matthew, Luke & John, |
from the | Acts of the Apostles, | and from the | First Epistle of
John, | in the Language of | the Dacota, or Sioux Indians. | Trans-
lated from the French, as published by the | American Bible Society,
by | Joseph Renville, Sr. | Written and prepared for the Press, by |
Thomas 8. Williamson M. D., | (Missionary.) | Bee
Cincinnati: | Kendall and Henry, Printers, | 1839. | BA. WHS.
Pp. 1-48. sq. 24°. .

3226

The | Gospel | according to | Mark, | and Extracts from
some other Books of | The New Testament, | in the Language of the
Dakotas. | Translated from the French by | Joseph Renville, Sr. |
Written and prepared for the Press, by | Thomas S. Williamson M.
D., | (Missionary.) | Published for the American Board of Commis- |
sioners for Foreign Missions. |

Cincinnati: | Kendall and Henry Printers. | 1839. |

RENVILLE—REPORTS. 635

Renville (Joseph), s.—continued.
Second title :
Wotanin Waxte | Markus owa kin | Dee. |
Maza on Kagapi. | Cincinnati, Ohio. | Ixtawayazan wi | Omaka |
1839. | BA. WHS.
Literal translation.—News good | Mark write the | this-[is]-it. | Metal with
they-make. | Cincinnati, Ohio. | Eyes-sore moon [March] | year | 1839. |
Pp. 1-96. 24°. English title recto 1. 1; Dakota title recto 1. 2.

3227

Wootanin Waxte Jan Owa Qon He Dee. The Gospel of
John, in the Dakota Language; translated from the French, by
Mr. Joseph Renville, Sr.

In Pond (G.H.) and Renville (Joseph), sr. Wootanin Waxte Luka qa Jan,
pp- 242-296. Cincinnati, 1843. 12°. This latter work is appended to, and paged
continuowsly, 161-296, with: Wicoicage Wowapi. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°.

3228 —— and Williamson (Thomas 8.) Wiconi Owihanke Wannin |
Tanin Kin. | Dr. Watt’s Second Catechism for Children | in the Da-
kota Language. |

Boston: Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1837. | BA.
Pp. 1-23. 12°.

3229 ——— and others. _ Dakota | dowanpi kin. | Hymns | in the |
Dakota or Sioux Language. | Composed by | Mr. J. Renville and
Sons, | and the | Missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commis-
sioners | for Foreign Missions, by Crocker | and Brewster. |
1842. | C. BA. JWP. MHS.

Pp. 1-71. 16°. I have seen copies of this work with pp. 73-105 added, p. 73
being headed: Dowanpi Kin. | 1846. | A copy of this latter is in the library of
Maj. J. W. Powell.

The initials given in the index show these hymns were translated by S. R.
Riggs, G. H. Pond, S. W. Pond, T. S. Williamson, J. Renville, and Alfred L Riggs.

3230 Renzi (M. A.) Mémoires | de la Société des Antiquaires | de
PAmérique du Nord. | Partie Linguistique | par M. Gallatin; | Rap-
port | fait a Institut Historique, | par M. A. Renzi, | membre de la
1° classe. | (Extrait de l’Investigateur, journal de V’Institut His-
torique, 90° livraison.) |

Paris | A René et C*., Imprimeurs-Editeurs, | Rue de Seine,
32, | 1842. | Cc.

Pp. 1-15. 8°. Review of Gallatin’s work in American Autiquarian Society,
Transactions, vol. 2, pp. 1-422.

3231 Reports. 33d Congress, 2d Session. House of Representatives.
Ex. Doe. No. 91. | Reports | of | Explorations and Surveys, | to |
ascertain the most practicable and economical route for a Railroad |
from the | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. | Made under the
direction of the Secretary of War, in | 1853-4, | according to Acts of

636 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Reports—continued.
Congress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. |
Volume I [-XII. Book IJ]. |
Washington: | A. O. P. Nicholson, Printer. | 1855 [-1860]. |
13 vols. 4°. A.C. JWP.
Whipple (Lieut. A. W.), Bwbank (Thomas), and Turner (Prof. W. W.) Re-
port upon the Indian tribes, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 1-127.
Williamson (Lieut. R. 8.) and Crook (Lieut.G.) Vocabulary_of the Klamath
language, vol. 6, pp, 71-72.

3232 Revelation. The Revelation of John. Translated into the Cherokee
Language. [Two lines Cherokee characters. |

Park Hill: Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. 1850. ABS.

28 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. A translation of chapters i-v and xx-xxii.

Revue Américaine.
See Revue Orientale et Américaine.

3233 Revue | de | Linguistique | et de | Philologie comparée | Recueil
trimestriel | de documents pour servir a la science positive | des
Langues, a VEthnologie, | a la Mythologie et a Histoire | Tome
Premier | Ie Fascicule—Juillet 1867 [-Onzieme].

Paris | Maisonneuve et C*, Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire
[N. d.-1878]. YC.

11 vols. 8°.

[Adam (L.)] De la dérivation verbale spécifique * * * dans la langue Da-
kota, tome 9, pp. 3-25.
De la langue Chibcha, tome 9, pp. 99-133.
Du polysynthétisme * * * dans la langue Nahuatl, tome 9, pp. 231-254.
Du polysynthétisme * * * les langues Quiche et Maya, tome 10, pp.

34-74.

Du parler des hommes et du parler des femmes dans Ja langue caraibe,
tome 12, pp. 275-305.

[Charencey (H.de)]. Recherches * * * dela Famille Mame Huastéque,
tome 5, pp. 129-167.
Recherches * * * en langue Maya, tome 6, pp. 42-61.
— Etude sur la Prophétie en langue Maya D’Ahkuilchel, tome 8, pp.
320-332. .

(Henry (V.)] Esquisse d’une Grammaire de la langue Innok, tome 10, pp.
223-260.

Esquisse d’une Grammaire raisonée de la langue Aléoute, tome 11, pp.
247-257; tome 12, pp. 1-62.
Parisot (J.) Notes sur la langue des Taensas, tome 13, pp. 166-186.

3234 Revue Orientale et Américaine. Revue | Orientale | et | Améri-
caine | publiée avec le concours | de Membres de l’Institut, de Di-
plomates, de Savants | de Voyageurs, d’Orientalistes et d’Indus-
triels | par | Léon de Rosny | Tome Premier [—Dixiéme].|

Paris | Challamel Ainé, Editeur | Commissionaire pour lAlgérie
et Pétranger | 30, rue des Boulangers | 1859 [-1865] | *
10 vols. 8°,

REPORTS—REVUE. 637

Revue Orientale et Américaine—continued.
Aubin (M.A.) Notice sur la peinture mexicaine du corps législatif, tome 3,
pp. 165-169.

Mémoire sur la peinture didactique et l’écriture figurative des anciens
mexicains, tome 3, pp. 224-255; tome 4, pp. 33-51, 270-282; tome 5, pp. 361-392.

_ Brasseur de Bourbourg (C.E.) Essai historique sur les sources de la philo-
logie mexicaine, tome 1, pp. 354-30; tome 2, pp. 64-75.
Coup dil sur la nation et la langue des Wabi, tome 5, pp. 261-271.

Charencey (H.de). Notice sur un ancien manuscrit mexicain dit Codex Tel-
leriano-Remensis, tome 2, pp. 215-219.

( ] Eléments de la grammaire Othomi, tome 8, pp. 15-49.

Denis (F.) Paléographie mexicaine, tome 5, pp. 70-73.

Perez (José). Note sur un ancien manuscrit américain inédit, tome1, pp. 35-39,
Mémoire sur les relations des anciens américains avec les peuples de
VEurope, de l’Asie et de l’Afrique, tome 8, pp. 162-198.

Umery (J.) Sur Videntité du mot mére dans les idiomes de tous les peuples,
tome 8, pp. 335-338.

Continued as follows:

[Half title :]

3235 ——— Revue Américaine | 2° Série.—Tome II. |

[ Title: ]

Mémoires | sur | ’Archéologie Américaine | et sur | ’Ethnogra-
phie du Nouveau-Monde | publiés | par la Société d’Ethnographie |
Tome second |

Paris | aux Bureau de la Société d’Ethnographie | 47, Quai des
Augustins, 47 | MDCCCLXYV | [1865]. A.

Pp. i-vi, 7-404. plates. 8°. Discontinued. Tome I, to contain a proposed
Bibliographie américaine, has not been published. This second volume was
subsequently issued as Tome IV of Actes de la Société @’Ethnographie.

Perez (José). Mémoire sur les relations des anciens Américains avec les
peuples de l’Europe, de l’Asie et de Afrique (suite), pp. 162-175, 300-310.

Rosny (Léon de). L’écriture hiératique de Amérique Centrale, pp. 241-245.

Smith (J.) Notice sur la langue Tarasca, pp. 180-186.

A later continuation, as follows:

3236 ——— Revue | Orientale | et | Américaine | rédigée | par MM.
Aubin, Burnouf, Cahun, Castaing, Feer, | Foucaux, Garcin de
Tassy, Halévy, D’Hervey-Saint-Denys, Lenormant. | Madier de
Montjau, Marre, Oppert, Rosny, Schoebel, | Sédillot, Vinson, et
autres Professeurs, Orientalistes et | Américanistes Frangais et
Etrangers, | et publiée | Par Léon de Rosny. | Nouvelle Série.—
Année 1875. |

Paris | Union Centrale des Sociétés Savantes, | 20, Rue Bona-

parte. | 1875 | A.

Pp. 1-264. plates. 8°. Also issued as Tome XIII (troisitme volume de la
seconde série) des Mémoires de la Société d’Ethnographie, Paris, 1875. Continued
as follows:

3237 ——— Revue | Orientale | et | Américaine | rédigée | par MM.

Aubin, Burnouf, Cahun, Castaing, Feer, | Foucaux, Garein de
Tassy, Halévy, D’Hervey-Saint-Denys, Lenormant, | Madier de

638 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Revue Orientale et Américaine—continued.
Montjau, Marre, Oppert, Rosny, Schoebel, | Vinson, et autres Pro-
fesseurs, Orientalistes et | Américanistes Francais et Etrangers, |
et publiée | Par Léon de Rosny | Nouvelle Série-—Tome Premier |

[Seal] |
Paris | Maisonneuve et C', Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire, | Ad-
ministration, 7, Place Saint-Sulpice. | 1876. | A.

Pp. 1-208. plates. 8°.

Rosny (Léon de). Les sources de |’Histoire Anté-Colombienne du Nouveau-
Monde, pp. 139-156.

3238 Reward of Ten Thousand Dollars. Cc.
2 pp. 12°. Tract in the Chippewa Language.

3239 Reyes (Fr. Antonio de los.) Arte | En Lengva | Mixteca, Com- |
puesta por el Padre Fray | Antonio de los Reyes, | de la Ordé de
Predica | dores, Vicario de | Tepuzculula. | [Picture of Virgin and
Child.]

En Mexico. | En casa de Pedro Balli. Afio | de 1593. | oi

12 p.1L, ll. 1-68. 8°. The word Tepuzculula is on a slip of paper pasted on
the title, underneath which we read Tamaczulapa. Title from fac-simile fur-
nished by Sr. Icazbalceta. Description from his Apuntes, No. 63.

3240

Arte en Lengua Mixteca.
En Mexico y por su original reimpresso en la Impréta de la Viuda
de Miguel de Ortega, 1750. =
Title; 12 11.; text, 163 pp. 12°. This edition is unknown to Beristain, and
is not found in Brasseur de Bourbourg, Leclerc, or the Fischer Catalogue. The
original edition was published in Mexico by P. Balli in 1593. —Ramirez Sale Cat.,
No. 558.

3241 Reyna (Joseph de). Vocabulario en Lengua Mexicana. 2
Manuscript, 1770. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue, No. 2000.

3242 Reynoso(Fr.Diegode). Arte, | y Vocabulario | en lengua Mame. |
Dirigido | a nuestro Reuerendissimo Padre Maestro F. Marcos |
Salmeron, Calificador del Supremo Consejo de la In- | quisicion,
General de todo el Orden de N. Sefiora de | la Merced, senior de la
Varonia de Algar. | [An engraving of 8. Pedro Nolasco.|

Con licencia en Mexico. | Por Francisco Robledo, Impressor del
secreto del S. Oficio. 1644. |

Leaf 1 has the following title:

Arte | Vocabulario, | Confessionario, | y Modo de administrar
el | Santissimo Sacramento de la Hucharestia, y el de la Ex- | trema
Vucion, y Doctrina Christiana, y otras aduerten- | cias necessarias,
y conuenientes para mayor inteligencia, | y noticia desta Lengua, a
quien vulgarmente llaman Ma- | me, é Indios Mames, a los desta
Sierra, porque ordinaria- | mente hablan, y responden con esta
palabra Man, que | quiere dezir Padre: y por esto ies llaman

REVUE—RICHARD. 639

Reynoso (#7. Diego de)—continued.
Mames; | y esta Lengua Mame, la qual segun su anti- | gualla, se
Nama Zaelopaeap. | Compuesto por el Padre Predicador Fray
Diego | de Reynoso. | *
3 p. ll., Arte, ll. 1-36; Vocabulario, ll. 37-87. 4°. From the above it seems
that the book contained only the Arte and Vocabulario as the title-page declares.
The work seems to be complete, since it concludes with Laus Deo. In thissecond
title, and at the end of the preface, the name of the author is given, which is not
the case on the first title.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 146.

3243 Reyu Puhval Mak, etc. Confessionario en lengua Pokoman. *
Manuscript. 18H. 4°. Anonymous, and in a hand seemingly of the last part
of the 18th century.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.
3244 Rhode Island Historical Society. Collections | of the | Rhode Island |
Historical Society. | Vol. I [-VI]. |
Providence: | Printed by John Miller. | 1827 [-1867]. | A.c. BA.
6 vols. 8°. 4
Williams (Roger). A Key into the Language of America, vol. 1, pp. 17-166.
3245 Ribas (Fr. Juan). Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Mexicana. is

3246 —— Sermones Dominicales y Dialogos morales en Megicano. *
These writings are referred to by Torquemada, Betancur, and the authors of
the Bibliotheca Hispana y Franciscana.—Beristain.

3247 Ribero (Fr. Sebastien). Vocabularic de la Lengua Otomi.
Printed in Mexico, according to Pinelo.—Beristain.

3248 ——— Dialogos de la Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Mexicana. *

3249 ——— Tratado de la Paz del alma en Megicano. a

Manuscripts. P. Fr. Juan de San Antonio, author of the Bibliot: ca Francis-
cana, says that he saw these original manuscripts in the library of the Convent
of S Diego de Zaragoza, letter K, number 136.—Beristain.

3250 [Richard (P. Pierre).] Tchipayatik-o-mikan. | Kanachtageng. |
(Crucifix. ]
Moniang [Montreal], | Takkwabikichkote L. Perrault | en-

datch. | 1843. | Vv. T.
' Pp. 1-26. 12°. The Way of the Cross, in the Nipissing dialect of the Algonkin
language.

3251 —— [Manuscripts in the Algonkin language. |

The following list of manuscripts preserved in the archives of the Catholic
church at the mission of the Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada, was fur-
nished by Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith. They are bound in books which are lettered.

A 5 C—continued.
Jugement dernier. Blasphéme.
Eglise. Distinction du bien & du mal.
B Quelques questions historiques de
Péché. catechisme.
Ciel. Combats du Chretien dans ce monde.
Cc Prophetie concernant le messie.
Culte des Saints.
4me Art. du Symbole. Féte patronale (annonciation).
St. Paul. Commemoration des trepassés.

Scandale. Priére.

640 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Richard (P. Pierre)—continued.

D
Des Anges.
Des livres Saintes.
Motif de notre foi.
Ximmac, conception.
Mystere de la redemption.
Noél. .
Dernier jour de ’annee.
Epiphanie.
St. nom de Jesus.
Sur la detraction.
Devoirs des Pasteurs.

E
Importance du Salut.

Disposition a la St® Communion.

Necessite du la penitence.
Priére.

St. Jean Baptiste.

St. Pierre et St. Paul.

F
Divers avis.
Instruction.
Examen.

G

Pensees impures.
Mercredi des Cendres.
Ceremonies du baptéme.
Force chretienne.
Toussaint.

H

Pour le caréme 1844.
Bienfait du christianisme.
Dimanche des rameaux.

Ste Famille.

Dieu Auteur de la Religion.

I

Bien declarer tous ses péchés,
Pensees sur l’Enfer.
Assomption.

3252 Richardson (Albert Deane).

J

Grandeur du Dieu.
Trinite.

Presence reelle.
Communion.

Respect humain.

Mort.

Jugement dernier.
Respect humain 2™°,
Enfer.

Insensibilité spiritueile.

K

Art. I du symbole.
Art. II du symbole.
Art. III du symbole.
Necessité de la priére.
Qualities de la priére.

L
Chemin du ciel.
Péchés retenus en confession.
Pensée du ciel.
Pentecéte.
Jugement de Dieu.
Mariage.
M

1 dimanche de lavent.

Difference entre esprit de seigneur &
celui du Demon.

Epiphanie.

Cendres.

2° dim. de caréme.

N

Confession.
Eglise.

Fins dernieres.
Avis.
Resurrection.

Beyond the Mississippi: | from the

Great River to the Great Ocean.'| Life and Adventure | on the |
Prairies, Mountains, and Pacific Coast. | With more than two hun-
dred illustrations, from photographs and original | sketches, of the
Prairies, Deserts, Mountains, Rivers, Mines, | Cities, Indians, Trap-
pers, Pioneers, and great natural | curiosities of the New States
and Territories. | 1857-1867. | By | Albert D. Richardson, | Author
of ‘Field, Dungeon and Eseape.’ | |Two lines advertisement.] |
Hartford, Cona. | American Publishing Company. | National
Publishing Company, | Philadelphia, Pa., Cincinnati, O., Chicago,

RICHARD—RICHAE DSON. 641

Richardson (Albert Deane).
Ill., St. Louis, Mo., | New Orleans, La., Atlanta, Ga., Richmond,
Va. | Bliss & Company, New York. | 1867. | A. C.
3 p. 1L., pp. i-xvi, 17-572. 8°. Some copies of this edition vary slightly in the
imprint, and omit the date. . Another edition: Hartford, 1869. 8°.

Brief vocabulary and numerals, 1-10, 20, 30, 100, 1000, in the Chinook jargon,
pp. 502-503.

3253

Beyond the Mississippi: | from the Great River to the
Great Ocean. | Life and Adventure | on the | Prairies, Mountains,
and Pacific Coast. | With more than two hundred illustrations, from
photographs and original | sketches, of the Prairies, Deserts, Moun-
tains, Rivers, Mines, | Cities, Indians, Trappers, Pioneers, and
great natural | curiosities of the New States and Territories. |
New edition. | Written down to summer of 1869. | By | Albert D.
Richardson, | Author of ‘Field, Dungeon and Escape,’ and ‘Per-
sonal | History of Ulysses S. Grant.’ | [Two lines advertisement. | |
Hartford: | American Publishing Company, | 1875. | TT.
2p. ll., pp. i-xvi, 17-620. map and plates. 8°.

Briet vocabulary and numerals, 1-1000, in the Chinook jargon, pp. 502-503.

3254 Richardson (E. M.) Vocabulary of the Mohave.

In Wheeler (Capt.G.M.) Report upon U. S. Geographical Surveys, vol. 7, pp:
424-465, 475. Washington, 1879. 4°.

3255 —— and Loring (Frederic W.) Vocabulary of the Shoshoni Lan-
guage.
In Wheeler (Capt.G.M.) Report upon U.S. Geographical Surveys, vol. 7, pp.
424-465, 470. Washington, 1879, 4°.

3256 Richardson (Sir John). Arctic | Searching Expedition: ja |
Journal of a Boat-Voyage | through Rupert’s Land and the Arctie
Sea, | in search of | the Discovery Ships under command of | Sir
John Franklin. | With an Appendix on the physical geography |
of North America. | By Sir John Richardson, C. B., F. R. S. | In-
spector of Naval Hospitals and Fleets, | ete. ete. ete. | In two vol-
umes. | Vol. I [II]. | Published by authority. |

London: | Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. || 1851. |

2 vols. 8°. maps, plates. A. B.C. BA.

Remarks on the Eskimo language, with examples of nouns declined transit-
ively and intransitively, vol. 2, pp. 363-368.

Comparative table of the dialects spoken by the Beering’s Sea and Labrador
Eskimos, comprising the two following:

Baer (K.E.von). Kuskutehewak vocabulary, vol. 2, pp. 369-382.

Latrobe (tev. Peter) and Washington (Capt.) Vocabulary of the Labrador
Eskimo, vol. 2, pp. 369-382.

Lefroy (J.H.) Vocabulary of the Chepewyan and Dog-Rib, vol. 2, pp. 400-402.

M’Murray (J/r.—) and M’Pherson (j/7.—). Vocabulary of the Kntchin of
the Yukon or Kutehi-Kutchi, vol. 2, pp. 382-385.

M’Pherson (M/rs.—). Chepewyan vocabulary, vol. 2, pp. 387-395.

41 Bib

642 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Richardson (Sir John)—continued.
Murray (Mr.—). Vocabulary showing resemblances between the Kutchin
and Dog-rib, vol. 1, pp. 399-400.
O'Brian (Mr.—). A vocabulary of Fort Simpson Dog-Rib, vol. 2, p. 398.
Vocabulary of the Mauvais Monde and Dog-Rib, or Slave, vol. 2, pp.

399-400.
Richardson (Sir J.) Comments on the Cree language, vol. 2, p. 53.
Dog-Rib [of Fort Confidence] vocabulary, vol. 2, pp. 395-396.
Vocabulary of the Dog-Rib of Fort Simpson, by an officer of the Hudson’s
Bay Co., vol. 2, p. 397.

3257 Arctic | Searching Expedition: | a | Journal of a Boat-
Voyage through Rupert’s | Land and the Arctic Sea, | in search of
the Discovery Ships under command of | Sir John Franklin. | With
an Appendix on the Physical Geogra- | phy of North America. | By
Sir John Richardson, C. B., F. R.8., | Inspector of Naval Hospitals
and Fleets, | etc., etc., ete. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | 82 Cliff Street. |
1852. | HU.

Pp. i-xi, 18-516. 12°. Linguistics, pp. 235-236, 273, 479-516.

Another edition: New York, Harper & Brothers, 1856. 516 pp. 1-°.—Field.

3258 Ricketson (Daniel). The | History of New Bedford, | Bristol
County, Massachusetts: | including | a History of the old township
of Dartmouth | and the present townships of Westport, | Dart-
mouth, and Fairhaven, | from their settlement to the present time. |
By Daniel Ricketson. |

New Bedford: | Published by the Author. | 1858. | C.
Pp. i-xii, 13-412. 12°. Explanation of Indian names [of places], pp. 134-136.

3259 Ridgway (Robert). Ornithology. By Robert Ridgway. JWP.
In King (Clarence). Report on the Geological Exploration of the Fortieth
Parallel, vol. 4, pp. 805-643. Washington, 1877. 4°.
Contains names of birds in Washoe, Paiute, and Shoshone.
3260 t—— Vocabulary of the Washo language.
Manuscript. 5 11. folio. 75 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology,
Collected at Carson City, Nev.

3261 Riggs (Rev. Alfred Longley). Wicoie Wowapi Kin. | The Word
Book. | By | Alfred L. Riggs, B. D.| Missionary of the A. B.C. F. M. |
Published for the Dakota Mission, | American Tract Society:

New York. | 1877. | JWP. WHS.

1p.1, pp. 1-49. 12°. Primerin the Dakota language. There is an 1881 edition
with no change of title except in the date.

Wicoie Wowapi | Wowapi Pehanpi kin. | The Word Book
Wall Roll | By A. L. Riggs, A. M. | [Picture.] |
Published for the Dakota Mission, by the | American Tract So-
ciety, | New York City. | [1881.] JWP.
Literal translation.—Word book | book folded-up the. |

Title, reverse blank, 1 1., and 25 other unnumbered 11. folio. 214 x 314 in.
Primer in the Dakota language.

3262

RICHARDSON—RIGGS. 643

Riggs (fev. Alfred Longley)—continued.
3263 Woonspe Wankantu. JWP.
Literal translation.—Lesson high.
4pp. 8°. Circular of the ‘‘Santee Normal Training School, Santee Agency,
Nebraska. For the year ending June 30, 1879.”
An address in Dakota, and Dakota names of pupils, with English signification.

3264 —— Language of the Dakotas and cognate tribes; by Alfred
L. Riggs, A. B., B. D., Missionary of the American Board.
Manuscript. 2411. 8°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. General
characteristics, verbal forms, &c.

See Riggs (Rev. Stephen Return) and Riggs (Rev. Alfred Longley).

See Williamson (fev. J. P.), Riggs (Rev. S. R.), and Riggs (Rev. A. L.), editors.

3265 [—— and Williamson (John Poage)], editors. Dakota Odowan. |
Dakota Hymns. | Published by | the Dakota Mission | of the |
American Board | and the | Presbyterian Board of Foreign Mis-

sions. |
Printed by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street,
New York. | 1879. | ATS.

Pp. 1-133. sm. 4°. Most of the hymns are set to music. Preface signed by
Messrs. Riggs and Williamson as editors. The contributors are:

Thomas S. Williamson. Joseph Renville, jr.
Stephen R. Riggs. Antoine Renville.
Samuel W. Pond. John B. Renville.
Gideon H. Pond. Daniel Renville.
Amos W. Huggins. Antoine D. Frenier.
John P. Williamson. Lorenzo Lawrence.
Alfred L. Riggs. > Edwin Phelps.

W. J. Thomas Robertson.

Joseph Renville.

3266 ——— Dakota Odowan. | Dakota Hymns. | Published by | the
Dakota Mission | of the | American Missionary Association | and
the | Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions. |

Printed by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau street,
New York. | 1883. | -

Pp. 1-133. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

For an edition ‘‘ with tunes,” see Riggs (lev. S.R.); and for others, without
music, see Renville (J.), 87., and others ; and Riggs (Rev. S. R.) and Williamson
(Rev. J. P.), editors.

3267 Riggs (fev. Stephen Return). Wowapi Mitawa. | Tamakoce
Kaga. | My own Book. | Prepared from Rey. T. H. Gallaudet’s
““Mother’s Primer,” and | ‘‘Child’s Picture Defining and Reading
Book,” in the Dakota | language. | By S. R. Riggs, A. M. | Mis-
sionary of the A. B. C. Foreign Missions. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for
For- | eign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1542. |

xS,

¢
=

644 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Riggs (Rev. Stephen Return)—continued.

Printed cover : :

Wowapi Mitawa. | Tamakoce Kaga. | [Four lines verse in Da-
kota. |

Wicaxta nom | uman Crocker eciyapi qa uman ix Brewster | eci-
papi hena maza on kagapi, otonwe wan Boston | eciyapi he etu. |
1842. | A.C. BA. MHS.

Literal translation.—Book my, | his-country he make [i. e., 8. R. Riggs]. Man
two | one Crocker they-call | and other Brewster | they-call those metal with
they-make town one Boston | they call that at. |

Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-64. sq. 24°.

3268

Jesus | Ohnihde Wicaye Cin Oranyanpi Qon: | qa | Palos
Wowapi kage Ciqon; | nakun, | Jan Woyake ciqon dena eepi. |
Tamakoce Okaga. | The | Acts of the Apostles; | and the | Epistles
of Paul; | with the | Revelation of John; | in the Dakota Lan-
guage; | translated from the Greek, | by Stephen R. Riggs, A. M. |

Published by the American Bible Society. | Cincinnati: | Kendall

and Barnard, Printers. | 1843. | C. BA. ABC. JWP.

Pp. 1-228. 12°. Acts, pp. 3-61.—Epistle of Paul, pp. 62-198.—Revelation, pp.
199-228.

3269 The | Constitution of Minnesota, | in the | Dakota Lan-

guage, | translated by | Stephen R. Riggs, A. M. | By order of the
Haizelwood Republic. |

Boston: | Press of T. R. Marvin & Son: | 1858. | ABC.
Pp. 1-36. 12°.

3270

Wowapi Nitawa. Your own Book. A Dakota Primer for
Schools. By 8. R. Riggs.
Minneapolis: 1863. *
32 pp. sq.12°. Title from William’s Dakota Bibliography.

3271 Dakota | Wowapi wakan kin. | The New Testament, | in
the | Dakota Language: | Translated from the original Greek, | by
Stephen R. Riggs, A. M. | Missionary of the A. B.C. F. M. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1865. | A. BS. ABC.

Pp. 1-408. 16°. I have seen editions of 1866, 1867, 1871, 1874, 1878, 1880, in all
respects similar to the above, except in date.

3272 The Book of Psalms. Translated from the Hebrew into

the Dakota language, by S. R. Riggs, Missionary of the A. B.C. I. M.

New York: American Bible Society. 1869. 2
133 pp. 16°. Title from Williams’s Dakota Bibliography.

3273

Psalm Wowapi. | The | Book of Psalms, | in the | Dakota
Language: | translated from the Hebrew, | by S. R. Riggs, A. M., |
Missionary of the A. B. ©. F. M. |

RIGGS. 645

Riggs (fev. Stephen Return)—continued.

New York: | American Bible Society, Instituted in the year
M DCCC XVI. | 1871. | JWP. LSH.,

Pp. 1-265. 12°. Psalm Wowapi, pp. 1-133.—Wicoie Wakan [Proverbs], pp-
135-169.—Eyanpaha Kin [Ecclesiastes], pp. 171-183.—Dowanpi Odowan [Song
of Solomon], pp. 183-189.—Isaya, &c. [Isaiah], pp. 189-265.

I have seen an edition of 1874 with no change except that of date. For earlier
editions of part of the Psalms, see Riggs (S. R.) and Renville (J.), sr.

The Psalms are sometimes issued separately, 133 pp. 16°, and sometimes the
following is appended to the fuller edition:

3274 ——— Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, | qa | Wicasta Wokecan Tokto-
keea, | Dakota Iapi En. | Tamakoce Okaga. | Jeremiah, Ezekiel,
Daniel, | and the | Minor Prophets: | in the | Dakota Language. |
Translated from the Hebrew by S. R. Riggs. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year

M DCCC XVI. | 1877. | ABS. JWP.
1 p.1., pp. 267-531. 16°.
3275 ——— Dakota | A B C Wowapi Kin. | Tamakoce Kaga. |
Chicago: | Dean and Ottoway, Printers. | 1866. | ABC.
Literal translation.—Dakota | A B C book the. | His country made [i. e., S. R.
Riggs].
Pp. 1-40. sq. 16°.
3276 ——— Dakota | A B C Wowapi.| By Rev. S. R. Riggs. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-street,
New York. | [N. d.] JWP.
Pp. 1-82. sq. 24°.
327% —— Dakota | A BC Wowapi. | By Rey.S. R. Riggs. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-street,
New York. | [1868 ?] C. ABC. JWP.

Pp. 1-64. sq.24°. Enlarged edition of previous work, the first 32 pages being
a reprint thereof.
3278 t—— Dakota | Tawoonspe. | Wowapi I. | Tamakoce Kaga. |
Louisville, Ky. | Morton and Griswold. | [N. d.]
Reverse title:
Dakota Lessons. | Book I. | By 8. R. Riggs, A. M. | Missionary
of A. B.C. F. M. |
Louisville, Ky. | Morton and Griswold. | C. BA.
Pp. 1-48. sq. 16°.
3279 Dakota | Tawoonspe. | Wowapi II. | Dakota Lessons. |
Book II. | By 8. R. Riggs, A. M. | Missionary of A. B. C. F. M. |
Louisville, Ky. | Morton and Griswold. | [N. d.} C. BA.
Pp. 1-48. sq. 16°.

3280 ——— Dakota | Wiwicawangapi Kin. | Dakota Catechism. |
By 8S. R. Riggs, A. M. | Missionary of A. B. C. F. M. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-street,
New York. | [N.d.] © 0. BE. ABC. JWP.
Pp. 1-36. 24°.

646 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Riggs (Rev. Stephen Return)—continued.
3281 He Tuwe He.
[Republican Print, Chicago.] JWP.
No title-page. pp.1-7. 4°. Hymn: That who? (7. e., Who is that?) in the
Dakota language.

3282 Lakota | A B C Wowapi. | By Rev. S. KR. Riggs. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-street,
New York. | [N. d.] WE. JWP.
Pp. 1-82. sq.16°. In the Teton dialect of the Dakota Language, one pecu-
liarity of which is the use of the letter ‘‘1” instead of ‘d.”

3283 Model | First Reader. | Wayawa Tokaheya. | Prepared |
in | English-Dakota. | By S. R. Riggs, LL. D. |
Chicago: | Geo. Sherwood & Co. | Printed at the Lakeside Press
Chicago. | [N. d.] , JWP.
Pp. 1-112. 129.

3284 The | Pilgrim’s Progress, | by John Bunyan. | In | the Da-
kota Language, | translated | by Stephen R. Riggs, A. M., | Mis-
sionary of the A. B. C. F. M.

Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau street,
New York. | [N. d.]

Reverse title:

Mahpiya Ekta Oicimani Ya; | John Bunyan | oyaka. | Dakota
Tapi En | tamakoce okaga. | [Picture.] C. ABC. JWP. WHS.

Pp. 1-264. 16°.

3285 - Tali-koo Wah-kan; | or, | The Gospel among the Dakotas. |
By | Stephen R. Riggs, A. M. | Missionary of the A. B. C. F. M., and
author of the Dakota Grammar | and Dictionary. | With an Intro-
duction, | by | 8. B. Treat, | Secretary of the A. B. C.F. M. | Writ-
ten for the Congregational Sabbath-School and Publishing | So-
ciety, and approved by the Committee of Publication. |

Boston: | Congregational Publishing Society, | Congregational
House, | Beacon Street. | [1869 ?] Cc. JWP.

Pp. i-xxxvi, 1-491. 12°. The copy seen in the Library of Congress differs
from the above in imprint, being as follows:

Boston: | Cong. Sabbath-School and Publishing Society. | Depository, 13
Cornhill. |

Scattered throughout this volume are many terms in Dakota. Chap. 2, pp.
7-14, is a short dissertation on the Dakota language, and on pp. 61-75 is a list of
the names of the gods of the Dakotas, with English signification; hymn, with
music, p. 476. :

3286 ——— Concerning Dakota Beliefs.
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., third ann. sess., pp.5-6. New York, 1872. 89°.’
Dakota names of gods, &c.

3287

The Dakota Language. By Rev. S. R. Riggs.
In Minn. Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 1, pp. 89-107. St. Paul, 1872. 8°.

RIGGS. 647

Riggs (Rev. Stephen Return)—continued.
3288 t—— Terms of Relationship of the Dakota Isauntie, collected
by Rev. Stephen R. Riggs at the Dakota Indian Mission, Paputazl.
In Morgan (L.H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°. Follows line “9” through those pages.

3289 —— The Theogony of the Sioux. By Rey. Stephen R. Riggs,
LL. D.
In American Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 265-270. Chicago, 1879-80. 8°.
Dakota terms, passim.

3290 ——— Of the Dakota Language.
In American Antiquarian, vol. 3, pp. 243-244. Chicago, 1881. 8°.

3291 Comparative Vocabulary of the Dakota, Winnebago, Omaha,

aud Ponka dialects.
Manuscript. 9 ll. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Includes
a few gramimatic forms.

3292 -

Dictionary of the Santee Dakota—Dakota-English.

Manuscript. 820 pp. folio. This material is in the hands of the printer, and
will form a portion of Part 1 of Vol. 7, Contributions to North American Eth-
nology. The remaining portion of Part 1 will consist of myths and stories, with
interlinear translations, and a grammar of this dialect. 665 pp. are in type. It
will be published by the Bureau of Ethnology.

Part 2 will consist of the English-Dakota Dictionary. It is now in course of
preparation by Messrs. J. P. Williamson and A. L. Riggs.

See Dorsey (J. O.), Gatschet (A. 8.), and Riggs (S. R.)

See Williamson (Rev. J. P.), Riggs (Rev. S. R.), and Riggs (Rev. A. L.), editors.

3293 - --—, editor. Grammar and Dictionary | of the | Dakota Lan-
guage. | Collected | by the members of the Dakota Mission. | Ed-
ited | by Rev. S. R. Riggs, A. M., | Missionary of the Am. Board of
Com. for Foreign Missions. | Under the patronage of the Historical
Society of Minnesota. | Accepted for publication | by the Smith-
sonian Institution, | December 1351. |

In Smithsonian Institution, Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 4, pp. ix-xx,
1-64, 1-338. Washington, 1853. 4°. Issued, also, with slight change of title as
below.

Introduction, pp. xv-xix.—Dakota bibliography, p. xx.—Grammar, pp. 1-61.—
Interlinear translations, pp. 61-64.—Dictionary of the Dakota: Dakota-English,
pp. 1-278; English-Dakota, pp. 279-338.

3294

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | Grammar and

Dictionary | of the | Dakota Language. | Collected | by the Members

of the Dakota Mission. | Edited | by the Rev. S. R. Riggs, A. M., |

Missionary of the Am. Board of Com. for Foreign Missions. | Under

the patronage of the Historical Society of Minnesota. |
Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution.

June, 1852, | New York: G. P. Putnam. | B.S. WE.
Pp. i-xx, 1-64 and 1-338. 4°.

648 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Riggs (Rev. Stephen Return), editor—continued.
3295 An | English and Dakota | Vocabulary, | by | a Member
of the | Dakota Mission. | Published by the A. B. ©. F. M. |
New York: | Printed by R. Craighead. | 1852. | BA.
Pp. 1-120. 8°. Extract from the Dictionary of the Dakota Language, printed
on smaller sheets.

3296 Dakota Odowan. | Hymns | in the | Dakota Language. |
with tunes. | Edited | By 8S. R. Riggs, A. M. | Missionary of A. B.
C. F. M. |

Published by the | American Tract Society, | New York: 150
Nassau-Street. | Boston: 28 Cornhill. | [N.d.] ATS. JWP. WHS.

Pp. 1-127. 12°. Most of the hymns arc set to music. See Riggs (A. L.) for
an edition with tunes.

Contributors.—T. 8. Williamson, S. R. Riggs, A. L. Riggs, S. W. Pond, Joseph
Renville, G. H. Pond, A. D. Frenier, Lorenzo Lawrence.

3297 and Pond (Rev. Gideon H.) The | Dakota | First Reading
Book, | prepared by | Stephen R. Riggs and Gideon H. Pond, |
(Missionaries). | Printed for the American Board of Commis- | sion-
ers for Foreign Missions. |

Cincinnati: | Kendall and Henry, Printers. | 1839. |

Second title:

Dakota | [ Picture] | Oyawa Wowapi. | Otokahe kin. | 1839. |

Pp. 1-40. 16°. A. BA. MHS.

3298 ——— and Renville (Joseph), sr. Odowaun Wakan. Part of the
Psalms in the Dakota Language ; Translated from the Hebrew, by
Stephen R. Riggs, A. M., and Mr. Joseph Renville, Sr.

In Wicoicage Wowapi, pp. 107-160. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°.
For later editions of the Psalms, see Riggs (Rev. Stephen Return ).

3299 ——— and Riggs (Rev. Alfred Longley.) Maka-Oyakapi. | Guyot’s
Elementary Geography | inthe | Dakota Language. | By 8. R. Riggs
LL. D., and Rey. A. L. Riggs. | Published for the Dakota Mission. |

New York: | Scribner, Armstrong, & Co., 743 Broadway. |
1876. | BE. JWP.
Pp. 1-83 and map 2 pp. 4°. Bound with and following this, is:

‘

3300

Makoce | wowapi wakan kin en cajeyatapi kin. | Geography
of ‘Bible Lands. | [Picture “Arabia en wowanyake wan.”| BE. JWP.
Noimprint. Title, 4 pp. and map.

3301

and Williamson (John Poage), editors. Dakota Odowan. |

Hymns | in the | Dakota Language. | Edited | by Stephen R. Riggs, |
and | John P. Williamson, | Missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M. |

Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,
New York. | [1803 ?] ABC. JWP. WHS.

Pp. 1-162. 16°. For an earlier edition ‘‘ with tunes,” see Riggs (S. R.), editor;
and for later ones, see Riggs (A. L.) and Williamson (J. P.), editors; and Wil-
liamson (J. P.) and Riggs (A.L.) An enlarged edition as follows:

RIGGS—RINCON. 649

Riggs (Rev. Stephen Return), editor—continued.

3302 ——— Dakota Odowan. | Hymns | in the | Dakota Language. |
Edited | by Stephen R. Riggs | and | John P. Williamson, | Mission-
aries of the A. B. C. F. M. |

Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,
New York. | [N. d.] C. ATS JWP.

Pp. 1-184. 18°. These two editions run alike to p- 148, inclusive; and pp.
169-178 of the latter are like pp. 149-158 of the former.

Contributors to both editions.—T. S. Williamson, Alfred Riggs, Stephen R. Riggs,

S. W. Pond, A. W. Huggins, Joseph Renville, G. H. Pond, A. D. Frenier, and
Lorenzo Lawrence.

3303 R{iley] (T. H.) Vocabulary of the Kah-we-yah and Kah-so-wah.
In Taylor (A. 8.) Indianology of California,in: California Farmer, Vol.
XIII, No. 14. San Francisco, May 25, 1860.
A note says this ‘‘ vocabulary was published in the San Francisco Wide West,
in July, 1856, by a writer signing himself ‘T. H. R.’”
Reprinted in Hist. Mag., second series, vol. 3, pp 238-240. Morrisania, N. Y.,
1863. sm. 4°; andinPowell(J.W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology,
vol. 3, pp. 550-551. Washington, 1877. 4°.

3304 Rinaldini (P. Benito). Arte | de la Lengua | Tepeguana, | con |
Vocabulario, Confessionario, | y Catechismo | En que se explican
los Mysterios de Nuestra Santa | Fé Catholica, Mandamientos de
la Ley de Dios, | y de Nuestra Santa Madre Iglesia. | Por el P.
Benito Rinaldini, | de la Compania de Jesus, | Visitador de la Pro-
vincia Tepeguana, y Tarau- | mara antigua. | Quien en nombre de
todos los Jesuitas Missioneros | de aquella su Provincia lo dedica |
a la Milagrosa Imagen | de Maria Santissima | Nuestra Seiiora, |
Que con la Advocacion de los Martyres se venera | en la Mission
del Zape, centro de los Tepeguanes. |

Impresso en Mexico (con las Licencias necessarias) por la Viuda |
de D. Joseph Bernardo de Hogal: Calle de las Capuchinas. | Ano
de 1743. | IWP.

8 p. ll.; Arte, pp. 1-72; Catecismo and Confessionario, pp. 1-48; Vocabulario,
pp. 1-148; errata, 11. 4°.

3305 Rincon (P. Antonio del). Arte | Mexicana | compvesta por el |
Padre Antonio | del Rincon de la | compania de Iesus. | Dirigido al
Illustrissimo y reuerendissimo | 8. don Diego Romano Obispo de
Tlaxeal- | lan, y del consejo de su Magestad. &e. | [Figure of cross,
&c., IHS.|

En Mexico en casa de Pedro, Balli. 1595. | UN
8 p. IL, ll. 1-78, and 18 unnumbered Il. 16°.

3306 —— Arte de la lengua Mexicana, compuesta por el padre An-
tonio del Rincon.
Mexico. 1598. 2

12°. Second edition. Title from Ternaux, No, 225,

650 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3307 Rinfret (Antoine). [Sermons in the Mohawk language.] cv.

Manuscripts, quarto in size, preserved in the archives of the Roman Catholic

Church at the village of Caughnawaga, Canada. They are unbonnd, nicely

written, and for ithe most part well preserved. The title is usually followed by

the date or dates at which the sermon was delivered. The following is a list of
these sermons arranged according to the date of the first delivery:

Pour la féte de St. Laurent, préché en 1789. 6 1].

Pour le jour de Paque—Sur le Mysteére du jour. 1799, 1800, 1810. 7 ll.

Pour le jour de Vascension. 1799, 1810. 12 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la pentecoste. 1799,1810. 14 pp.

Discours sur la nativité de Notre Seigneur. 1799, 1809. 7 11.

Pour la féte de St. Frangois Xavier—Sur les fétes de patrons. 1799, 1811. 7 11.

Pour le jour de la féte Dieu. 1799, 1812. 11 pp.

Instruction pour le jour des Rois. 1799. 6 ll.

Premiére Instruction sur le premier commandement de Dieu. 1799, 1809. 6 11.

Seconde Instruction sur le premier commandement. 1799, 1800. 7 11.

4° dimanche du caréme—Sur le devoir pascal. 1799, 1808. 14 pp.

4e dimanche aprés la pentecéte—Sur L’empressement & entendre La parole de
Dien, 1799; préché a St. Regis en 1807. 7 11.

Discours sur la féte de L’Ascension, 1800; préché 4 St. Regis en 1807. 7 IL.

Instruction pour le jour de L’annonciation de la Ste. Vierge. 1800, 1811. 7 11.

Pour la féte de St. Joseph. 1800. 7 1l.

Instruction pour le jour de la nativité de notre Seigneur. 1800, 1808. 7 Il.

Discours sur la passion de notre 8. Jésus Christ. 1801, 1811. 29 pp.

Pour la féte de St. Francois Xavier. 3 décembre, 1801, 1813. 17 pp.

Discours sur la passion de notre Seigneur Jésus Christ. 1802-1820. 26 pp.

6° dimanche aprés la pentec6te—Sur l’yvrognerie au Sault, 1802; préchéa St.
Regis en 1807. 11 11.

Le18™¢ dim. aprés La Pent.—Paresse dans les Exercices spirituels. 1803, 1818. 811.

Sermon pour Le Jour de La Pentecdte 1803, 1816—6 juin; il tomba de la vierge
pendant 7 ou 8 heures. 5 ll. 4°.—St. Pierre. 1803. 8 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte-Dieu—Sur L’épitre du jour et les motifs de
la profession; préché a St. Regis en 1807. 8 ll.

Instruction pour le 8° dimanche aprés La Pentecéte—Sur les paroles redde ra-
tionem villicationis tua; sur le jugement particulier; préché & St. Regis en 1807.
Au Sault 1810. 9 11.

Premier dimanche aprés la Pentecéte; préché a St. Regis en 1807. 15 pp.

Onziéme dimanche aprés La pentecdte—Sur Ja surdité spirituelle, xi¢ di-
manche; préché a St. Regis 1807; 1809 au Sault. 8 1.

Discours sur la féte de St. Francois Xavier. 1808. 9 IL.

Instruction sur le troisitme commandement. 1808, 1809. 6 Ll.

Le dimanche de l’avent—Sur les meurs des Chrétiens. 1808. 9 pp.

Pour le second dimanche d’aprés pAaques—Sur le nom de Chrétien. 1808. 4 11.

Instruction sur la priére. 1808. 13 pp.

Premier dimanche de l’Avent—Discours sur le jugement dernier. 1808. 611.

Second dimanche de l’avent—Emprisonnement de St. Jean Baptiste et la cause
de sa mort. 1808. 9 ll.

" 3¢ dimanche du caréme. 1808. 14 pp.

4° dimanche de V’avent—Sur la fréquente communion. 1808. 18 pp.

4° dimanche de l’avent—Sur la pénitence. 1808, 1809. 12 pp.

18¢ dimanche aprés la pentecdte—Sur la paresse dans les exercices spirituels.
1808. 8 11.

19° dimanche apres Ja Pentecéte—Instruction sur le. petit nombre des: élus.
1808—2 fois. 7 ll.

24° dimanche aprés la pentecéte. 1808—20 novembre. 8 11.

Devoir des enfans envers leurs parens. Ste. Anne. 1809, 5 11.

RINFRET. 651

Rinfret (Antoine)—continued.

Discours sur la féte de la purification de la Ste. Vierge. 1809, 1811. 7 ll.

Discours pour le jour de paques—Sur Ja fausse résurrection des pécheurs.
1809. 6 ll.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de St. Jean Baptiste. 1809. 18 pp.

Instruction pour le jour des Rameanx. 1809, 1810. 7 11.

Instruction préliminaire sur les commandements de Dieu. 1809. 6 LL.

Instruction sur le second commandement. 1809. 6 11.

Instruction sur le cinquitme commandement. 1809. 8 11.

Instruction sur le 8° commandement. 1809. 6 IL.

Instruction 4™° dimanche du caréme. 1809. 17 pp.

Pour la féte de la Ste, famille. 1809. 6 11.

Pour le Jeudi Saint. 1809. 14 pp.

Seconde instruction sur le quatritme commandement—devoir des enfans envers
leurs parens. 1809. 6 ll. é

Sur la cérémonie des Andres. 1809. 5 ll.

4¢ dimanche aprés la pentecédte—Sur les paroles dolebat de naviculd turbas.
S’attacher 4 son village. 1809. 9 11.

Yeme dimanche aprés la Pentecéte—Sur Vabus qu’on fait des graces. 1809. 6 ll.

21¢ dimanche apres la pentec6te—De la vengeance. Décembre 1809.

Discours sur la féte de la purification de la Ste. Vierge, communément appel-
lee la chandeleur. 1810. 13 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de Ste. Anne—Sur l’éducation des enfans.
1810. 14 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de St. Frangois Xavier. 1810. 7 11.

Instruction pour le 3° dimanche aprés piques—Sur la féte de la Ste. famille.
1810. 8 ll.

Instruction sur le dimanche aprés la pentecdte—Plusieurs sortes de personnes
prophanents la maison de Dieu. 1810. 9 11.

Premier dimanche de l’Avent—Discours sur le jugement dernier; en 1810,
préché. 7 ll.

Second dimanche aprés pAques—Sur Vautorité et le caractére des pasteurs.
1810. 15 pp.

Instruction pour le dimanche quatriéme aprés la Pentecdte. 1810.

Des ténébres et de état du péché dans une Ame. 1810.

4° dimanche apres paques. 1810.

Du désir du ciel; préché en 1810. 16 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la pentec6te. 1811. 12 pp.

2¢ dimanche aprés la pentecéte. 1811. 12 pp.

18° dimanche aprés la pentecéte—instruction sur l’épitre du jour. 1811.
Kamakaviton? 9 ll.

19° dimanche apres la pentecdte—Sur ]’épitre du jour. 1811—27 octobre. 7 ll.

20° dimanche apres la pentecéte—Sur l’épitre du jour. 1811. 6 ll.

21° dimanche aprés la pentecéte—Sur |’épitre du jour. 1811. 7 ll.

22e¢ dimanche aprés la pentecéte—Sur nos devoirs envers nos Souverains.
1811. 6 ll.

22e dimanche aprés la penteeOte—Sur |’épitre du jour. 1811. 6 1.

23° dimanche aprés la penteedte—Sur l’épitre du jour, 1811. 6 11.

Instruction pour le jour de la nativité de N.S. 1811, 1812. 8 1.

Instruction pour le jour de ascension. 1811. 16 pp.

Instruction pour le second dimanche apres Paques. 1811. 18 pp.

Instruction pour Je second dimanche de l’avent. 1811. 14 pp.

Instruction pour le quatriéme dimanche de l’avent—Sur l’épitre et ’évangile.
1811. 16 pp.

Ins ruction sur les Rogations. 1811. 16 pp.

Explication de la Semaine Sainte, et ou dimanche des Rameaux.1812. 8 ll,

652 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Rinfret (Antoine)—continued.

Instruction sur l’épitre du 22™¢ dimanche aprés la pentecéte—aux. Phil. 1,v. 1,
&c. 13 octobre 1812. 5 11.

Instruction pour la féte de St. Nom de Jésus. 1812. 8 Il.

Instruction pour la féte de St. Simon et St. Jude. 1812. 7 ll.

Instruction pour le dimanche du caréme. 1812. 18 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de Saint Laurent. 1812. 14 11.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de St. Thomas. 1812, 1823. 8 Il.

Instruction pour le jour de L’Epiphanie. 1812. 8 IL.

Instruction pour le jour de paques—Sur |’épitre. 1812. 7 ll.

Instruction pour le premier dimanche du caréme. 1812. 15 pp.

3me dimanche aprés la pentecéte, 1812—Sur la conduite qu’il faut tenir 4
VYégard des méchans. 9 ll.

Dernier jour de la neuvaine de St. Frangois Xavier—Discours sur la Rechute.
1813. 8 11.

Discours sur ’annonciation de la Ste. Vierge. 1813. 6 1.

Instruction pour le dimanche des Rameaux—Sur la Semaine Sainte. 1813. 811.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte Dieu. 13813. 14 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de la Ste. famille, 3° dimanche aprés paques.
1813. 8 ll.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de St. Jacques. 25 juillet 1813. 12 1.

Instructions pour le jour de la féte de St. Pierre. 1813. 16 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la pentecéte—Sur le mystére du jour. 1813. 7 11.

Instruction pour le jour de pAques—Sur larésurrection de Jésus Christ. 1813. 711.

Instruction pour le jour des Rois. 1813. 15 pp.

Instruction pour le 17° dimanche aprés la pentecé6te—De V’amour du prochain.
1813.

Instruction sur ces paroles: omnis arbor qua non facit fructum bonum, excidetur
et in ignem mittetur. St. Matth.,e.7—1813. 7 11.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de Vascension. 1813. 13 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de la dédicace des églises. 1813. 15 pp.

Instruction sur Vespérance chrétienne. 1813. 18 pp.

Instruction sur la priére—nécessité de la pwére, 1813. 5¢ dimanche aprés paques,
1813. 16 pp.

Instruction sur la féte au St.nom de Jésus. 1813, 8 IL.

Instruction sur l’épitre, et ’évangile du jeudi apres les cendres. 1813. 15 pp.

4° dimanche du caréme—lInstructions sur le devoir pascal. 1813. 13 pp.

Conception. 1819. 4 11.

Pour la dedicace. 1819. 17 pp.

Considérations sur la féte de ’assomption de la Sainte Vierge. 5 ll.

Evangile du 3™¢ dimanche aprés La Pentecéte—Conduite quwil faut tenir d
Végard des méchants. 7 ll.

Instruction pour le dimanche dans l’octave de la féte-Dieu. 9 11.

Instruction pour le dimanche qui préceéde l’épiphanie. 16 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de ascension. 5 11. z

Instruction sur la nativité de notre seigneur. 6 Il.

Le dimanche du caréme. 17 pp-

Pour te troisiéme dimanche de caréme. 7 pp.

Vendredi saint—Discours sur Ja passion de N.S. J.C. 27 pp.

7° dimanche apres la pentecéte—Nécessité des Bonnes-euyres. 8 ll.

18° dimanche aprés la pentecéte—Du bon usage des maladies. 9 Il.

23¢ dimanche apres la pentecéte—De la raillerie. 8 11.

Sermon pour le jour de la Ste, Famille. 5 11.

Antoine Rinfret was born at Quebec, June 18, 1756; ordained November 11,
1781; at Sault St. Louis (Caughnawaga), 1796-1802; at St. Regis, 1806; died at
La Chene, March 9, 1814.—Shea.

RINFRET—RIVAS. 653

3308 Rink (Heinrik Johannes). Eskimoiske | eventyr og sagn | over-
satte | efter de indfgdte fortelleres opskrifter | og meddelelser |
af | H. Rink, | inspektor i sydgrguland. |

Kjobenhayn. | C. A. Reitzels Boghandel. | Louis Kleins Bog:
trykkeri. | 1866. | C:

Pp. i-vi, 11., pp. 1-376. 8°. Songs in Eskimo, pp. 349-350.—“ Alfabetisk
Folklaring over forskjellige Udtryk og Benwynelser, (tildeels fastsatte blot for
Afbenyttelse i dette Skrift)”, pp. 369-376.

3309 Tales and Traditions | of the | Eskimo | with a sketch of |
their Habits, Religion, Language | and other peculiarities | by |
Dr. Henry Rink | Knight of Dannerbrog | [&c., four lines]. |
Translated {om the Danish by the Author | Edited by | Dr. Robert
Brown | F. L. S., F. R. G. 8. | Author of ‘The Races of Mankind’,

ete. | With numerous illustrations, drawn and | engraved by Es-

kimo |
William Blackwood and Sons | Edinburgh and London |
MDCCCLXXY [1875]. | A. BA,

Pp. i-xii, 1-473. 12°. Language, pp. 12-22.—A myth-song, with translation,
pp. 66-67.—Scattered throughout are also many Eskimo words.

3310 Danish Greenland | its People and its Products | By | Dr.
Henry Rink | Knight of the Order of [&c., four lines. Seal]. Edited
by | Dr Robert Brown, F. L. S. F. R. G.S. | Author of ‘The Races
of Mankind’ ete. | With Illustrations by the Eskimo, and a Map |

Henry 8. King & Co., London | 1877 | A. ©. HU. WE.

Pp. i-xvii, 1-468, 8°. maps, plates. Remarks on the Language of the Natives
of Greenland, pp. 197-198.—Vocabulary of Eskimo Words and Names, pp. 394-
402.—Scattered throughout are many Eskimo words.

3311 Rio (Fr. Diego). Diccionario copioso y erudito de la Lengua

Misteca. *
Tratados espirituales y Sermones en la misma Lengua. *
Manuscripts. Titles from Beristain.

3312

3313 Ripley (George) and Dana (Charles Anderson), editors. The |
American Cyclopedia: | a | Popular Dictionary | of | Generat
Knowledge. | Edited by | George Ripley and Charles A. Dana. |
Vol. I [-X VI]. | A~Asher [-Trombone—Zymosis]. |

New York: | D. Appleton and Company, | 549 and 551 Broad-
way. | London: 16 Little Britain. | 1873 [-1876]. | A. 0. JWP.

16 vols. 8°.

Shea (J.G.) Languages of the American Indians, vol. 1, pp. 407-414.

3314 Rivas (D. Fernando). Varias tratados en mexicano. x

3315 Rivas (#r. Juan). Doctrina cristiana, Sermones [en lengua Mexi-

cana]. *
Titles from Pimentel.

654 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3316 Rivera (Gregorio). Silabario | de la | lengua mexicana. | Por el
Presbitero | D. Gregorio Rivera. | Con superior permiso. |
Mexico: 1818. | En la oficina de D. Mariano Ontiveros, | calle del
Espiritu Santo. | o
Title and 29 pp. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 65.

3317 Silabario de la lengua Mexicana.
Mexico, 1849. *

Title from the Andrade Sale Catalogue, No. 4468.

3318 Rivero (D. Sebastian). Dialogos sobre la doctrina cristiana [en
lengua Mexicana]. *
Title from Pimentel.

3319 Roa (P. Agustin). Arte para aprender el Idioma de los Tarahu-

mares. *
Seen and studied by P. Juan Baltasar, missionary of the said province, and
afterward Provincial of New Spain.—Beristain.

3320 Robeck (Dr. —). [Vocabularies of Asiatic and American Lan-
guages. | i
In Saricheff (G. A.) [Journey of Captain Billings, etc. St. Petersburg, 1811. ]
4°, Title and note from Ludewig, p. 190.
Tschukchi vocabulary, pp. 102-111.—Aleut and Fox Island vocabulary, pp.
121-129. i

3321 Roberts (Rev.) Remarks on the Cherokee Language.
In Am. Soc., First Ann. Rept., pp. 58,59. New Haven, 1824. 8°.

3322 [Robertson (Mrs. Ann Eliza Worcester)]. Cokv Cems | mekusapvlke
omvlkvn ohtotvte. | Cokv vpastvl Pal | Titvs Ohtotvte. | Cokv
vpastvl Pal | Efesvnvlken Ohtotvte. | The General Epistle of
James, | and the Epistles of Paul | to Titus and to the Ephe-
sians, | translated from the original Greek | into the Muskokee

Language. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1876. | C. SI. WE. ABS.

“Pp. 1-31. 16°. Mrs. Robertson was assisted by Messrs. J. and T. W. Perry-
man, T. W. and D. M. Hodge.
General Epistle of James, pp. 2-12.—Titus, pp. 13-17.—Ephesians, pp. 19-31.

3323 Vpastelvlke Em Fulletv. | The.Acts of the Apostles, |

translated from | the original Greek | into | the Muskokee Lan-
guage. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1879. | WE. JWP.
Pp. 1-94 and Corrigendae ii. 16°. Originally translated in 1860-61 by Leguest
Perryman and D. M. Hodge, under the supervision of Rev. R. M. Loughridge.
Retranslated between ten and twenty years later by Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson,

assisted by Rev. Jas. W. Perryman, Rev. Thos. W. Perryman, Leguest Perryman,
and Miss K. K, Winslett. ;

RIVERA—ROBERTSON. 655

Robertson (Mrs, Ann Eliza Worcester)—continued.
3324 Opunvkv-herv | Mak Coyvte. | The Gospel according to |
Mark, | translated from | the original Greek | into the Muskokee

Language. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1880. | WE. JWP.

Pp. 1-59. 16°. Mrs. Robertson was assisted by Rey. Thos. W. Perryman and
N. B. Sullivan in correcting the above work.

3325 Opunvky-herv | Luk Coyvte. | The Gospel According to |
Luke, | translated from | the original Greek | into the Muskokee
Language. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1880. | . WE. JWP.

Pp. 1-99. 16°. A small portion of the above was translated originally by
Rev. Mr. Ramsay, of the Seminole Mission, with the help of an incompetent in-
terpreter. It was retranslated by Mrs. Robertson, with the assistance, in cor-
recting, of Rev. Thos. W. Perryman and N. B. Sullivan.

3326 Mvskoke | nettveako cokv-hecky | cokv esyvhikety. |
Yvhiketv “punvkv-herv esyvhiketv” | momet cokv eti aenkvpv-
ket. | The Muskokee 8. S. Song-Book. | From Gospel Songs and
other collections. | By A. E. W. Robertson. |

[N. p.] From the press of the | American Tract Society. | 1880. |
Title, 1 1., pp. 1-96. 16°. JIWP.

3327 Cokv Vpastel Pal | Lomvnvlke Ohtotvte. | The Epistle of
Paul the Apostle to the | Romans, | translated | from the original
Greek | into the Muskokee Language. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1881. | WE. JWP.

Pp. 1-41. 16°. In correcting the above Mrs. Robertson was assisted by Rev.
Thos. W. Perryman and N. B. Sullivan.

Cokv enhvteceskv | svhokkalat tepakat | vpastel pal |
kvlenrvlke ohtotolvte. | The Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the |
Corinthians, | translated | from the original Greek | into the Mus-
kokee language. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1883. | JWP.
Pp. 1-67. 16°. Rey. T. W. Perryman assisted in revising this work.
3329 — Vocabulary of the Natchez.
In Brinton (Dr.D.G.) Onthe Language of the Natchez. In Am. Philosoph.
Soc., Proc., vol. 13, pp. 486-491. Philadelphia, 1873. 89°.
Double Consonants in the Creek Language. [By Mrs. A,
K. W. Robertson. | IWP.
In Indian Journal, vol. 5, No. 42. Muskogee, June 23, 1881. folio.
Vocabulary of the Chickasaw.
Manuscript. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. See Pike (Gen. A.)

3328

3330

3331

See Tloughridee (R. M.), Robertson (W.S.), und Robertson (Mrs. A. E. W.)

See Perryman (Thomas) and Robertson (Mrs. A. E. W.)

656 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Robertson (Mrs. Ann Eliza Worcester)—continued.
3332 - , editor. Our Monthly. | Jan 1873 Tullahassee Creek Nation.
Vol. II No.1 [-Vol. IV, No. 10, October, 1875]. | JWP.
A 4 pp. 4°. paper, issued irregularly, but usually at intervals of one month.
The first printed issue consisted of 2 pp. only. Vol. 1, begun in 1870, was in
manuscript. Mrs. Robertson was assisted in the editorial work by her daughter,
Miss A. A. Robertson, and in the English department by her husband, Dr. W.
S. Robertson. It is almost wholly in Muskokee, and forms a valuable contribu-
tion to linguistic knowledge.

3333 [——— and Sullivan (N. B.)| Early Creek History | Speech of |
Hon. William P. Ross | at the | Tullahassee Manual Labor Board-
ing School. | July 18th, 1878. |

[Printed at the Office of the Indian Journal. Muskogee, Creek
Nation. ] WE. JWP.

No title-page. 4 pp. 8°. Speech delivered in English and translated into Mus-
kokee by the above. Mrs. Robertson has furnished the Bureau of Ethnology
with an interlinear English translation of this speech.

3334 [Robertson (Robert 8.)]| Long Island Indians.
In Magazine Am. Hist., vol. 2, pp. 370-371,501. New York, 1878. 8°.
Aboriginal geographic terms, with English signification.

Robertson (William Schenck).
See Loughridge (R. M.), Robertson (W. S.), and Robertson (A. E. W.)

See Loughridge (R. M.), Winslett (D.), and Robertson (W. S.)

and Winslett (David). Nakcoky es Keretv Enhvteceskv. |
Muskokee, | or | Creek First Reader. | By W.S. Robertson, A. M., |
and | David Winslett. |
New York: | Mission House, 23 Centre Street. | 1856. | WHS.
Pp. 1-48. 16°.
Nakeokv es Kerretv Enhvteceskv. | Muskokee or Creek |
First Reader. | By | W. 8. Robertson, A. M., | and | David Wins-
lett. | Fourth edition. |
New York: | Mission House, 23 Centre Street. | 1870. | ATS.
Pp. 1-48. 12°. I have seen editions of 1875 and 1878 with no change of title-
page except in date.
Mvskoke | Nakcokv Eskerretv Esvhokkolat. | Creek | See-
ond Reader. | Rev. W.S. Robertson. | Rev. David Winslett. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassan-Street,
New York. | [1871.] C. JWP.
Pp. 1-90. 12°.
, McKillop (John), and Winslett (Rev. David). Come to Jesus. |
Cesvs a oh Vtes. | Erkenvkv Hall | coyvte, momen | W. S. Rob-
ertson, John McKillop, | Rev. David Winslett, | esyomat Mvskoke
empunvky ohtvlecicet os. |
From the Press of the | American Tract Society, |, 120 Nassau-
Street, New York. | C. LSH. JWP.
1 p.1., pp. 3-63. 16°. Entirely in the Muskoke language.

3330

3336

3337

3338

ROBERTSON—ROCHEFORT. 657

Robertson (William Schenck)—continued.

3339 ———, Perryman (Thomas Ward), and Hodge (David McKillop).
Cokv enhvteceskv | Mekusapvlke Vtekat | cane | ohtotvte. |
[New York: American Bible Society. 1875.] C. WE

No title-page. Pp. 1-14. 16°. Epistles of John in the Muskoki language: I
John, pp. 1-10; IL John, pp. 11-12; III John, pp. 13-14.

3340 [Robinson (A.)] Life in California: | during a | Residence of Sev-
eral Years in that Territory, | comprising a| Description of the
Country and the | Missionary Establishments, | with | Incidents,
Observations, ete., ete. | Illustrated with numerous engravings. |
By An American. | To which is annexed | A Historical Account |
of the | Origin, Customs, and Traditions, | of | the Indians of Alta-
California. | Translated from the original Spanish Manuscript. |

New York: | Published by Wiley & Putnam, | No. 161 Broad-
way. | 1846. | A.C. BA.

Pp. i-xiv, 1-341. 12°. <

Boscana (fev. G.) Chinigchinich; a Historical Account, &c., pp. 229-341.

3341 Robinson (Capt. Hercules). A Vocabulary of the Red Indians of
New Foundland.

In Martin (R.M.) History of Nova Scotia, pp. 299-301. London, 1837. 16°.
Taken “‘ from an interesting female of the Red Indians, named Mary March.”

3342 [Roblet (Surgeon).| Vocabulaire de Tehinkiténe, Cote Nord-Ouest
de Amérique, 4 57 degrés de latitude Nord.
In Fleurieu (C. P. C.) ‘Voyage autour du monde par Etienne Marchand,
vol. 1, pp. 585-591. Paris, 1798. 4°.
Reprinted in the English edition, vol. 2, pp. 265-267. London, 1801. 2 vols. 8.°

3343 [Rochefort (Louis César de).] Histoire | Naturelle et Morale | des |
Iles Antilles de | ?Amerique. |

A Rotterdam, | Chez Arnout Leers. Marchant Librair. 1658. |

Printed title:

Histoire | Naturelle et Morale | des | Hes Antilles | de ?Ame-
rique. | Enrichie de plusieurs belles figures des Raretez les plus |
considerables qui y sont d’écrites. | Avec vn Vocabulaire Caraibe. |

A Roterdam, | Chez Arnould Leers, | M.DC.LVIII [1658]. | A.

Engraved title recto 1.1; printed title recto 1.2; 6 other p. ll., pp. 1-527;
table of contents 13 unnumbered pp. 4°. Leclerc, 1878, No. 2134, gives the
above printed title, with imprint: Amsterdam, Arnould Leers, 1658.

Vocabulaire Caraibe, pp. 515-527.

3344 ——— Natuurlijke en zedelijke historie van d’Eylanden de voor-
eylanden van America. Met eenen Caraibischen Woordenschat.
Vertaalt door H. Dullaart.

Rotterdam. <A Leers, 1662. *
20 p. ll., pp. 475, table Gl. plates. 4°. Title from I’. Miiller’s Catalogue, 1872,
No. 1374; collation from Bartlett’s Catalogue of the J. Carter Brown library.

42 Bib

658 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Rochefort (Louis César de)—continued.
3345 Histoire | Natvrelle et Morale | Des | Iles Antilles de |
VAmerique. |

Printed title:

Histoire | Naturelle et Morale | des | Iles Antilles | de ’Ame-
rique. | Enriche dun grand nombre de belles Figures en taille
douce, | des Places & des Raretez les plus considerables, | qui y
sont décrites. | Avec un Vocabulaire Caraibe. | Seconde Edition. |
Reveué & augmentée de plusieurs Descriptions, & de quelques |
éclaircissemens, qu’on desiroit en la precedente. |

A Roterdam, | Chez Arnout Leers, | M.DC. LXV [1665]. | im

18 p.1L, text 583 pp., ‘Table’ 13 pp. 4°. Carib vocabulary, pp. 571-583. Title
from Stevens’ Nuggets, 2388. :

- The | History | of the | Caribby-Islands, | viz. | Barbados,
St. Christophers, St. Vincents, | Martinico, Dominico, Barbouthos,
Mon- | serrat, Mevis, Antego, &c. in all XXVIII. | In two Books. |
The First containing the Natural; The | Second, the Moral History
of those | Islands. | Illustrated with several Pieces of Sculpture,
representing | the most considerable Rarities therein Described. |
With a | Caribbian-Vocabulary. | Rendred into English | by John
Davies of Kidwelly. |

London, | Printed by J. M. for Thomas Dring and John
Starkey, and | are to be sold at their Shops, at the George in Fleet-
street neer | Clifford’s-Inn, and at the Mitre between Middle Tem-
ple- | Gate and Temple-Bar. 1666. | A. JCB.

4p. 1L, pp. 1-351, 8 unnumbered Il. folio. Carib vocabulary on first 5 un-
numbered Ll.

3346

3347

Histoire | Natvrelle | des | Iles Antilles | de | L’Ameriqve: |
Par Mr. De Rochefort. | Tome Premier [Second]. |
A Lyon, | Chez Christofle Fovrmy, | rué Merciere, 4 la Biblio-
theque. | M. DC. LX VII [1667]. | JCB.
2 vols. 16°. Vocabvlaire Caraibe, vol. 2, pp. 652-680.

3348 Historische | Beschreibung | Der | Antillen Inseln in |
America gelegen | In sich begreiffend deroselben | Gelegenheit,
darinnen befindli- | chen natiirlichen Sachen, sampt deren | Hin-
wohner Sitten und Gebriéuchen mit | 45. Kupfferstiicken gezieret. |
von | dem Herrn de Rochefort, | zum zweyten mab] in Franzési- |
scher Sprach an den Tag ge- | geben, | nunmehr aber | in die Teut-
sche tibersetzet. |

Frankfurt, | In Verlegung Wilhelm Serlins, Buchdru- | ckers und
Buchhandlers. 1668. | co
2 vols. 12°. Title from Stevens’ Nuggets, No. 2392.

Histoire | Naturelle et Morale | des | Hes Antilles | de

V?Amerique, | Enrichie d’un grand nombre de belles Figures en taille

douce, qui | representent au naturel les Places, & les Raretez les

plus | considerables qui y sont décrites. | Avec un Vocabulaire

3349

ROCHEFORT—RODD. 659

Rochefort (Louis César de)—continued.

Caraibe. | Dernier Edition. | Reveué & augmentée par l’Autheur
Wun Recit de PEstat present des | celebres Colonies de la Virginie,
de Marie-land, de la Caroline, du | nouveau Duché @’York, de Penn-
Sylvania, & de la nouvelle An- | gleterre, situées dans l’ Amerique
septentrionale, & qui rele- | vent de la Couronne du Roy de la
grand’Bretagne. | Tiré fidelement des memoires des habitans des
mémes Colonies, | en faveur de ceus, qui auroyent le dessein de s’y |

transporter pour s’y établir. |

A Rotterdam, | Chez Reinier Leers, | M. DC. LXXXI [1681]. | scx.

17 p. U., pp. 1-583; table, 13 unnumbered ll. Vocabulaire Caraibe, pp. 571-583.

Leclerc, 1878, No. 2137, mentions an edition: Amsterdam, 1716, 4°, and says it
is the same as the 1665 edition, with a new title.

The Karaibaansch Woorden- Boek is reprinted, in part, in [Herlein (J. D.)]
Beschryvinge van de Volk-plantinge Zuriname, pp. 249-262. Leevwarden,
1718. sm. 4°.

Rochelle (J/. Roux de).

See Roux de Rochelle (1.)

3350 Rockwell (Prof. E.F.) Analogy between the Proper Names in
Japan and the Indian Proper Names in the United States. By
Professor HE. F. Rockwell, of Davidson College, N. C.

In Hist. Mag., second series, vol. 3, pp. 141-142. Morrisania, N.Y., 1868. sm. 4°,

Rockwood (ev. Gilbert).
See Chew (William), No. 785.

3351 Rodaz (/r. Juan de). Arte de la lengua Tzotzlem 6 Tzinacanteca.
Con explicacion del Afio solar y un Tratado de las Quentas de los
Indios en Jengua tzotzlem. Lo todo escrito el ato de 1688, asi
mismo como las Frases y Oraciones utiles y Provechosas en esta
lengua tzotzlem para que con facilidad aprehenda el Ministro y
sepa hablar. Sacadas a luz por el P. Fr. Juan de Rodaz, predi-
cador y cura por su Mag? del Cony? de N™ S™ de la Assumpcion
de Guegtyupa.—Y ahora trasladadas nuevamente por el padre fray
Dionycio Pereyra Diacono y Conventual del convento de N. P.
St Domingo de Comitlan. Del Sagrado Orden de Predicadores,
ete. Oy dia 27 de henero de mill setecientos y veinte y tres. Atos
1723. =

Manuscript. 3011. folio. .It is numbered 49-98, which proves that it was origi-
nally bound with other documents of the same kind. The work is nevertheless
complete. I received it from Sr. Don Domingo Robles, Dean of the Cathedral of
Ciudad Real (San Cristobal), of Chiapas. The first 19 leaves comprise the Arte;
the following leaf gives the name of the 18 months of the Tzotzlem solar year,
with explavations. As to the months the author omits them, but we have them
fortunately in Nunez de la Vega, Boturini, ete. Then comes the treatise on ac-
counts or numeration in the Tzotzlem language, ll. 20-25. The last four leaves
contain a sort of dictionary of conversation, Spanish and Tzotzlem, terminating
witha third signature of the copyist, Fr. Dionycio Pereyra.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

Rodd (D.)
See Dougherty (tev. Peter) and Rodd (D.)

660 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3352 Rédiger (E.) A Grammatical Outline of the Otomi Language. *
In Ersch und Gruber’s Encyclopedia, vol. 7, third section, pp. 358-361. T.eip-
zig, 1836, 4°.
Title from Triibner in Ludewig, p. 235.

3353 Rodriguez (Fr. Diego). Arte dela Lengua Tarasca. BS

38354 Rodriguez (fr. Juan). Arte y Vocabulario en el Idioma Ka-
chiquel. *

3355 Rodriguez (fr. Luis). Doctrina Cristiana, Sermones y otros Tra-
tados en Lengua Megicana. *
Titles from Beristain.

3356 Roehrig (F.L.O.) On the Language of the Dakota or Sioux In-
dians. By F. L. O. Roehrig.

In Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept., 1871, pp. 434-450. Washington, 1873. 8°.
Separately issued as follows:

3357 ——— The Language | of | the Dakota or Sioux Indians. | By F.
L. O. Roehrig. | From the Report of the Smithsonian | Institution
for 1871. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1872. | A.JWP. WHS.

Printed cover 11., pp.1-19. 8°. There is a lengthy extract from this paper in
Leland (C.G.) Fusang, pp. 99-109. New York, 1875. 12°.

3358 ——— Vocabulary of the Chwachamaju, and Olamentke, with
notes by Prof. F. L. O. Roehrig.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp.
509-517, 553-559. Washington, 1877, 4°.
The vocabularies are from Kostromilov, with comments and notes by Prof.
Roehrig.

3399

- Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages.
Manuscript. 50 pp. folio. Includes words in Selish proper, or Flathead; Ka-
lispelm; Spokan; Skoyelpi; Okinaken; S’chitsui Shiwapmuth; Piskwaus.

3360 —— Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages, second
series.
Manuscript. 42 11. 4°. Includes words of the following dialects: Clallam;
Lummi; Nooksahk; Nanaimook; Kwantlen; Tait.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3361 Rogers (Joseph M.) Words, phrases and sentences in the lan-
guage of the Menomonee Indians of Shawano Co., Wisconsin.
Manuscript. Pp. 77-228, 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Collected in 1881 in Shawanee County, Wis., at the request of the Bureau, and
written on one of its forms—Introduction to the study of Indian languages, 2d
edition. Only partly filled.

3362 Rojas (Aristides). Estudios Indigenas. | Contribuciones | a la
Historia Antigua de Venezuela, | por | Aristides Rojas. | Laureado
de la Universidad central de Venezuela, | ete., ete., ete. | Obra man-
dada publicar por érden del Gran Demécrata, | General Francisco

mors

GAR T_IL bow y

DOCTRINA CHRISTIANA,BREVE Y GOMPEN
diofa, para enlenar! os nifios:y ciettas preguntas tocantes ala dichaDo-
(rma, por manera deDialogo: traduzida,compuefta,ordenada , y f0s
mangada cn la lengua Chuchona de] pueblo de Tepexicdela Se
da,porelmuy RKeucrendo Padre Fray Bartholome Rol-
dan dela ordé del gloriofo Padre Sanéto Domingo,

Saupe Leaning

We BEG) tna BA
AP” bial Sa is

CONLICENCIA.
Ef Mexico, En cafade Pedro Ocharte,
MD.LXXX,

3363,—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF ROLDAN’S CARTILLA Y DOCTRINA,

RODIGER—ROMEY. 661

Rojas (Aristides)—continued.
Linares Alcantara, Presidente | Constitucional de los Estados
Unidos | de Venezuela. |
Caracas. | Imprenta Nacional. | 1878. | WJH.
Pp. i-xi, 1-217, 2 unnumbered Il. Lord’s Prayer in Carib (from Breton), p. 204.

3363 Roldan (Fr. Bartholome). Cartilla y | Doctrina Christiana, breve y
compen- | diosa, para ensejiar los nifios: y ciertas preguntas tocan-
tes a la dicha Do- | ctrina, por manera de Dialogo: traduzida, com-
puesta, ordenada, y ro- | mangada en la lengua Chuchona del pueblo
de Tepexic de la Se- | da, por el muy Reuerendo Padre Fray Bartho-
lome Rol- | dan, de la ordé del glorioso Padre Saneto Domingo. |

Con licencia: | En Mexico, En casa de Pedro Ocharte. |
MD. LX XX [1580]. | *

Ll. i-y preliminary ; Calendar, ll. vii, vii, and vii (for vi, vii, and viii). LI. ix-xvi,
“Cartilla,” are missing; Doctrina, &c., ll. xvii-Ixvi, Gothicand Roman letters. 4°.

On the reverse of 1. Ixvi we read:

{ A honra y gloria de la sanctissima tri- | nidad, y dela virgen nuestra senora
sancta Maria y pro- | uecho de los fieles Christianos, se acabo de imprimir es- | ta
presente Obra, compuesta y traduzida en la lengua | Chuchona, por el R. padre
Fray Bartholome Rol- | dan de la orden del bienauenturado padre Sancto | Do-
mingo, en casa de Pedro Ocharte, im- | pressor de libros, a diez dias del mes |
de Octubre, de mil y quinien- | tos y ochenta Afios.

Table 3 pp., 1 blank p. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 148.

3364 Romagne (iev. —). Book of Prayers for Missionary use; in the
Abnaki Language. 1834. *
Picked-up title. See Indian Prayer Book, No. 1939.

3365 Romanones (fr. Juan). Sermones y otros Tratados espirituales en
Lengua Megicana. x
Manuscript. Torquemada, Betancur, and the Biblioteca Franciscana speak

of this author and his writings.—Beristain.

3366 Romberg (Heinrich). Ein Tschuktschisches Wéorterverzeichniss.
Von Herrn Heinrich Romberg.
In Erman(A.) Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland, vol. 19,
pp. 340-345. Berlin, 1860. 8°. Chuckechee vocabulary and numerals 1-100.

3367 Romero (fr. Antonio). Arte de las Artes de lengua mexicana. *
Title from Pimentel.

3368 Romero (D. Eugenio). Arte 6 Gramatica de la Lengua Totonaca. *
Gil Gonzalez, D. Nicolas Antonio, Pinelo, and the author of the Alegaciones
del Clero Angelopolitan speak of this book.—Beristain.

Romero (José Guadalupe).
See [Cabrera (José Maria), Galicia (Faustina Chimalpopoca), Romero (José
Guadalupe), and Pimentel (Francisco). ]

Romey (Charles).

See Arenas (Pedro de).

662 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3369 Rosales (F.T.) La Salve Regina, en lengua mexicana.
[México], por Sixto Casillas, 1866. *
11. folio. Loa en obsequio de la aparicion de Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe;
avec une gravure sur bois.—Tross, No. 155.
See Loa en Obsequio, No. 2300. Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. 3, p. 728, gives
the title: Rosales, Loa en Obsequio de la Aparicion de Nuestra Sefiora de Guada-
lupe, Poem, 1582.

3370 Rosa Lopez Figueroa (fr. Antonio). Arte de las Artes, 6 Florilegio
de los Artes de la Lengua Megicana, que se han escrito; y en que
con nuevo y facil modo se ensefa su Gramatica.

Manuscript. 1 vol. 4°. In the library of the Convent of S. Francisco de
Mégico.—Beristain.

3371 Rosier (James). A | True Relation | of the most prosperous voy-
age | made this present yeere 1605, | by Captaine George Way-
mouth, | in the Discouery of the land | of Virginia: | Where he
discovered 60 miles of | a most excellent River; to- | gether with a
most | fertile land. | Written by Iames Rosier | a Gentleman em-
ployed | in the voyage. |

Londoni, Impensis Geor. Bishop. 1605. NYHS.
20 unnumbered Il, sm. 4°. This edition does not contain the vocabulary men-
tioned below.

3372 ——— Extracts of a Virginia Voyage made An. 1605 by Captaine
George Waymovth, in the Arch-angell. Set forth by the Right
Honorable Henry Earle of South-hampton, and the Lord Thomas
Arvndel, written by James Rosier.

In Pvrchas his Pilgrimes, vol. 4, pp. 1659-1667. London, 1625. folio.

“Words which I learned of the Sauages in their Language”; about 75 words
and a few proper names, p. 1667.

“As it [the abridgment in Purchas] contains additional particulars, it is
believed that Purchas obtained them direct from the navigators on their return
from England.”—Bartlett’s Catalogue of the Brown Library.

In the Mass. Hist. Soc. Collections, third series, vol. 8, pp. 125-157, is given
what purports to be a reprint of this work. On the reverse of the title it says:
“Tn the fourth volume of Purchas’s Pilgrims is a chapter containing extracts
from this work. The whole is here reprinted from a transcript procured in Eng-
land by Professor Sparks, and communicated by F. C. Gray.” This reprint does
not contain the vocabulary. There is also a reprint of it edited by Geo. Prince,
published at Bath, 1860. which does not contain the vocabulary.

3373 Rosny (Léon de). L’écriture hieratique de Amérique Centrale,
par Léon de Rosny.
In Revue Américaine, 2¢ série, tome 2, pp. 241-245. Paris, 1865. 8°.

3374. ——— Archives | Paléographiques | de lOrient etde Amérique |
publiées | avec des notices historiques et philologiques | par | Léon
de Rosny | Professeur a V’école spéciale des langues orientales | se-
crétaire dela Société d’ Ethnographie | Tome Premier | [ Vignette.] |

Paris | Maisonneuve et 0, Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire,
15 | 1869. | A, DGB.

ROSALES—ROSNY. 663

Rosny (Léon de)—continued.
Pp. i-xviii, 19-240. 157 plates. 8°. Some copies, with a slight variation in
the title, are dated: Paris, 1870.
Explicacion del Codex Telleriano-Remensis, pp. 190-232.

3375 ——— Les | Ecritures Figuratives | et | Hiéroglyphiques | des |
différents peuples anciens et modernes | par | Léon de Rosny |
Professeur a l’école impériale des langues orientales | secrétaire de
la Société d’Ethnographie, ete. | Seconde édition | augmentée de
planches nouvelles et Vun tableau de la classification | des écritures
figuratives | | Vignette. ]

Paris | Maisonneuve et O®, Libraires Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire,
15 | 1870 | A.
Pp. i-viii, 1-76. plates. 4°.

Chapitre deuxitme: Ecritures Américaines. Peinture figurative des Mexi-
caines.—Divers genres, pp. 14-21.
First edition, Paris, 1860, pp. viii, 75. 4°.—Leclere.

3376 ——— L’Interprétation des anciens Textes Mayas, par Léon de
Rosny.

In Soc. Américaine de France, Archives, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 53-118.
Paris, 1875. 8°. Separately issued as below.

Notes sur la grammaire Maya, pp. 61-82.—Specimens de textes Mayas, pp.
83-94.—Vocabulaire Maya-Frangais, pp. 95-118.

3377 ——— L’Interprétation | des anciens | Textes Mayas | Par | Léon
De Rosny | Professeur de ’/Enseignement supérieur, membre de Ja
Société Américaine | de France. | Suivie d’un | Apercu de la Gram-
maire Maya | D’un choix de textes originaux avec traduction | et
@un vocabulaire. | [Seal.]

A Paris | On le vend chez Gustave Bossange | 16, Rue du Quatre-
Septembre, 16. | ClO. OCCC. LX XV [1875]. | A. DGB.
Pp. 1-70,11. 8°. The edition was limited to 85 copies.

Grammaire, pp. 13-34.—Textes Mayas, pp. 35-46.—Vocabulaire Maya-Frangois,

pp. 47-70.
3378 —— Mémoire sur la numération dans la langue et dans l’écriture
des anciens Mayas.
Nancy, Congrés international des Américanistes, 1875. *

8°. Title furnished by Mr. A. S.Gatschet.

3379 ——— Essai | sur le déchiffrement | de | L’Ecriture Hiératique |
‘de | L’Amérique Centrale | par | Léon de Rosny | Publié par la
Société Américaine de France | [ Vignette. ] |
Paris | Maisonneuve et C’, Libraires-Editeurs | 25, Quai Vol-
taire | 1876 | AOL:
4 p.1l., pp. 1-60. 19 plates. folio. Issued in 4 parts. 200 copies printed. In
this exumination of nearly all the hieratic texts and inscriptions of the Mayas
which are known, a large number of signs and hieroglyphics are recorded and
classified, and many of them explained.

664 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Rosny (Léon de)—continued.
_ 3380 -- Les sources de l’Histoire Anté-Colombienne du Nouveau-
Monde par Léon de Rosny.
In Revue Orientale et Américaine, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 189-156. Paris,
1876. 8°. Contains Mexican terms and hieroglyphics, with explanations.
See Charencey (H. de), No. 730, which article is sometimes credited to Rosny.
, editor.
See Revue Américaine.

See Revue Orientale et Américaine.

3381 Ross (Alexander). Adventures | of the First Settlers on the |
Oregon or Columbia River: | being | a Narrative of the Expedition
fitted out by | John Jacob Astor, | to establish the | “ Pacific Fur
Company ;” | with an account of some | Indian Tribes on the Coast
of the Pacific. | By Alexander Ross, | one of the Adventurers. |
London: | Smith, Elder and Co., 65, Cornhill. | 1849, | A.B. c. BA.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-352. 5°. map.
Chinook Vocabulary, pp. 342-348.—Chinook Jargon, p. 349.

_ 33882 ——— The Fur Hunters | of the Far West; | a Narrative of |
Adventures in the Oregon and | Rocky Mountains. | By Alexander
Ross, | Author of “Adventures of the First Settlers on the Oregon
or | Columbia River.” | In two Volumes. | Vol. I | [IT].

London: | Smith, Elder and Co., 65, Cornhill. | 1855. | A. B.C. BA.

2 vols. sm. 8°. map, plate.

Vocabulary of the Languages spoken by the Nez Percés and other tribes in-
habiting the country about the Great Forks of Columbia River, vol. 1, pp. 313-
323.—Vocabulary of the “Snake Language,” vol. 2, pp. 153-154.

3383 Ross (Lieut. Edward). Vocabularies of the Yuba and Yukeh lan-
guages of California. Collected by Lieut. Edward Ross. [With
notes by George Gibbs. ]

In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 7, pp. 123-125. New York and London, 1863.

sm. 4°.

3384

| Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.]

In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3.
Washington, 1877. 4°.

Vocabulary of the Pehtsek, pp. 447-459.—Vocabulary of the Yuke (partly from
Hist. Mag.), pp. 483-489.—Vocabulary of the Yuba (from the Hist. Mag.), pp.
587-597.—Vocabulary of the Shaste, pp. 607-613.

3385 Ross (Sir John). A | Voyage of Discovery, | made under the orders
of the Admiralty, | in | His Majesty’s Ships Isabella and Alex-
ander, | for the purpose of | exploring Baffin’s Bay, | and inquiring
into the probability of a | North-West Passage. | By John Ross, K.
8. Captain Royal Navy. |

London: | John Murray, | Albemarle-Street. | 1819. | A. HU.

2p. U., pp. i-xl, 1-252, i-cxxxiv, 11. 4°. maps. A comparative list of the
Northern and Southern Esquimaux language, p. 122.—Words the same in both
dialects, pp. 122-123.

ROSNY—RvSS. 665

Ross (Sir John)—continued.

3386 A | Voyage of Discovery, | made under the Orders of the
Admiralty, | in | his Majesty’s Ships | Isabella and Alexander, |
for the Purpose of | exploring Baffin’s Bay, | and enquiring into
the Probability | of a | North-west Passage. | By John Ross,
K S. Captain Royal Navy. | Second Edition. | In two volumes |
Vol. I [IT]. |

London: | Printed by Strahan and Spottiswoode, Printers-
Street; | For Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, | Pater-
noster-Row. | 1819. | BA.

2 vols. 8°. map. Linguistics, as in first edition, vol. 1, pp. 167-168.

Entdeckungsreise | der | kéniglichen Schiffe Isabella und
Alexander | nach der Baffins-Bai, | zur Untersuchung der Méglich-
keit einer Nord-West- | Durchfahrt. | Nach dem Englischen | des |
Herrn John Rosz, | Capitains der kéniglichen Marine. | (Aus dem
Ethnographischen Archiv besonders abgedruckt.) |

Jena, | in der Bran’schen. Buchhandlung. | 1819. | A.
Pp. i-iv, 1-184, 8°.

3387

Vergleichungs-Liste der nérdlichen und siidlichen Esquimaux-Sprache, p- 99.—
Worte, die in beiden Mundarten gleich sind, p. 100.

A Dutch translation: s’Gravenhaag, 1821, 8°, is mentioned in F. Miiller’s Cata-
logue, 1872, No. 1378.

3388 - Narrative | of a | Second Voyage in Search of | a | North-
West Passage, | and of a | Residence in the Arctie Regions | dur-
ing the years 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833. | By | Sir John Ross, C.
B., K.S. A., K.C.S., &e. &e. | Captain in the Royal Navy. | In-
cluding the Reports of | Commander, now Captain, James Clark
Ross, R. N., F. R.S., F. L. 8., &e. | And | The Discovery of the
Northern Magnetic Pole. |

London: | A. W. Webster, 156, Regent Street. | 1835. | A.c. BA.
4p.ll., pp. i-xxxiv, 1-740. 4°. maps, plates. Hymn in the Esquimaux lan-
guage, p. 76.

3389 Narrative | of a | Second Voyage | in search | of a North-
west Passage, | and of | a Residence in the Arctic Regions, | during
the years 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833; | By -ir John Ross, C. B.,
K.S. A., K. C.S., &c. &e. | Captain in the Royal Navy. | Includ-
ing | the Reports of Commander (now Captain) J. C. Ross, R. N.
F.R.S., F. L.8., &e. | and | the Discovery of the Northern Mag-
netic Pole. | i

Philadelphia: | E. L. Carey & A. Hart. | Baltimore: | Carey,
Hart & Co. | 1835. | BA.

Pp. i-xxiii, 1-456. 8°. map. Hymn in Esquimaux, p.43. An edition: London,
n.d.,463 pp., 12°, does not contain the Esquimaux hymn.

3380

Relation | du | Second Voyage | fait a la recherche | @un
passage au Nord-Ouest, | Par Sir John Ross, | Capitaine de la
Marine Royale, Chevalier de ’Ordre du Bain, ete., ete. | Et de sa

666 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Ross (Sir John)—continued.
résidence dans les Régions Arctiques | pendant les années 1829 a
1833; | Contenant le rapport du Capitaine de la Marine Royale Sir
James Clarck Ross, et les | observations relatives a la découverte
du Pole Nord; | Ouvrage traduit sous les yeux de Auteur, | par
A.-J.-B. Defauconpret, | Traducteur des Giuvres de W. Scott, ete.; |
Accompagné Vune Carte du Voyage et orné du portrait de ? Auteur,
gravé | & Londres, par Robert Hart, et des deux Vues les plus re-
marquables de | ces régions, gravées sur acier, @’aprés Finden, par
Skelton. | Tome Premier [Deuxiéme]. |
Paris, | Bellizard, Barthés, Dufour et Lowell, | Libraires de la
Cour Inpériale de Russie, Rue de Verneuil, 1 bis. | 1835. | C.
2 vols. 8°. maps. Hymn in the Eskimo language, vol. 1, p. 99.

Another edition in English: Brussels, 1835, 8°, is mentioned in F. Miiller’s Cata-
logue, 1872, No. 1379.

3391

Appendix | to the | Narrative | of a | Second Voyage in
search | of a | North-west Passage, | and of a | Residence in the
Arctic Regions | during the years 1829, 1831, 1832, 1833. | By | Sir
John Ross, C. B., K.S. A., K. C.8., &e. &e. | Captain in the Royal
Navy. | Including the Reports of | Commander, now Captain, James
Clark Ross, R.N., F. R.S8., F. L.8., &e. | and | The discovery of the
Northern Magnetic Pole. |

London: | A. W. Webster, 156, Regent Street. | 1835. | A.C. HU.

Pp. i-xii, 1-120, i-exliv, i-cii. 4°. ,

Vocabulary of the English, Danish, and Esquimaux languages, pp. 61-89.—
Dialogues in the English, Danish, and Esquimaux languages, pp. 91-104.

33-2 Ross (R. B.) Vocabulary of a Dialect of the Tinnean language.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio.

3393 ——— Vocabulary of the Chipewyan language.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio.

3394

Vocabulary of the Natsit Kutchin (Strong Men) language.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. Procured from an Indian who had been several years
in the Hudson Bay Company’s service.

3395 ——— Vocabulary of the Nehaunay of Nehaunay River.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio. Collected from a member of one of the tribes residing
in the mountainous country between the Liard and Mackenzie Rivers.

3396

Vocabulary of the Kutcha Kutchin, Yukon River.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. Procured from Mr. Hardesty, who had resided among
these Indians about ten years.

3397

Vocabulary of the language of the Sikani.
Manuscript. 6 ll. folio.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3398 Ross (William P.), editor. Cherokee Advocate. | Volume I. Tahle-
quah, Cherokee Nation, September 26, 1844. Number 1 [-Volume 9.
Wednesday, September 28, 1853. Number 22]. | C.

ROSS—ROUPE. 667

Ross (William P.), editor—continued.

Vols. 1-9. folio. A four-page, twenty-four column newspaper. ‘Published
every Saturday morning, both in the English and Cherokee langnages, by Wm.
P. Ross, editor.” Tue first few numbers, owing to the scarcity of Cherokee
type, contained but little matter in those characters. When these were supplied,
from four to six columns were given.

It is probable the issue of the date given above, September 28, 1853, was the last
of this series, for in it the following notice appears: ‘‘Kind Readers: The foreman
tells us ‘I can’t get out a full paper.’ The consequence is you receive a half sheet.
The cause, the Foreman says, is for the want of an apprentice; we don’t say that
is the cause. There is an old adage which says, ‘That there are none so blind as
he who can see and won’t see.’

“We shall be compelled to suspend issue, unless we can. get help sufficient,
or the Council does something. We have all the hired help the law allows, and
we cannot find a boy that wishes to learn to use the ‘ printer’s stick.’ ”

The form and size of the paper remained the same throughout.

Mr. W. P. Ross having been “‘ appointed in connection with others to proceed
to Washington,” in December, 1846, Mr. Daniel H. Ross assumed the editorship ;
W. P. Ross returning to the position May, 1847. D. H. Ross was again editor from
February to July, 1848. From November 20, 1848, to April 30, 1849, Mr. James S.
Vann was the editor, and again from October 20, 1850, to the end, with Mr. Wm.
P. Boudinot at times temporarily in charge. Mr. David Carter edited the sheet
from April 30, 1849, to October 22, 1850.

The translators at different times were J. D. Wofford and Joseph B. Bird.

The paper contained much linguistic material—origin of the alphabet, laws of
the Cherokee Nation, &c.

The publication of the Advocate was resumed somewhere about May, 1870, I
judge; the first number of the second series I have seen is dated October 26,
1872, vol. 3, No. 30, with W. P. Boudinot as editor, and ‘‘ published by the Chero-
kee Nation.” The sheet appears increased in size to 32 columns. Six columns
of the third page are printed in Cherokee characters. The next issue I have
seen, vol. 4, No. 52, May 9, 1874, John L. Adair, editor, has five columns on the
third page and three on the fourth in Cherokee characters.

Another break in the publication must have occurred, and a third series begun,
for I find the issue of November 9, 1878, marked vol. 3, No. 34. In this Geo. W.
Johnson is named as editor. Nos. 34,35, and 40 are all I have seen of vol. 4; in
these but five columns each are given in Cherokee characters. These and the
subsequent numbers meutioned are in the library of Maj. J. W. Powell.

Of vol. 4 I have seen Nos. 34-52, December 3, 1879-April 14,1880. The editorial
chair is now filled by E. C. Boudinot, jr., who devotes the same space, five col-
umns, to the native language. Of vol. 5, April 21, 1880-April 27, 1881, Major
Powell has all but a few numbers. Beginning with the issue of April 13, the
whole of the third page is printed in Cherokee characters, and a Cherokee head-
ing added thereto. Mr. Boudinot still continues as editor. The only change in
vol. 6 (of which I have seen Nos. 1-30, May 4, 1881-November 25, 1881), is in the
editorship, Mr. D. H. Ross assuming that position in the last-mentioned issue.

3399 Roupe (Pére J. P.) Cantiques [en langue Mohawk]. CV.
Manuscript. 54 unnumbered ll. 4°. A few of the hymns set tomusic. In the

archives of the Roman Catholic church at Canghnawaga, Canada.
3400 ——— Roupe No® | § 1% Espérance | §2°"4 Priére | §3° Qualité de
la Priere | §4° Oraison Dominicale | LDM.
Manuscript. In the Iroquoislanguage. In the archives of the Roman Catholic
church at the Mission of Lac des Deux Montagnes, Canada. Title, reverse blank,
1 1.—De L’Espérance, recto 1. 2—recto 1. 5; verso of latter blank.—De la Priére,

668 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Roupe (Pére J. P.)—continued.
recto 1. 6-verso 1. 9.—De La Priére, suite, recto 1. 10-recto 1. 13.—Verso 13 blank.
At this point there begins a pagination, the recto of 1. 14 being p.1; this pagina-
tion continues to p. 67, followed by 6 unnumbered ll. in the same handwriting and
on the same subject; these pp. and ll. are taken up with an explanation of the
Lord’s Prayer, each phrase being given in French, followed by the explanation
in Iroquois. The manuscript is neatly written and well preserved.

3401 Roux de Rochelle (M/.) Analysé @un ouvrage de M. Gallatin sur
les tribus indiennes qui resident aux Etats Unis et dans les posses-
sions brittaniques a4 ’E. des montagnes Rocheses. (Lue 4a la So-
ciété * * * par M. Roux de Rochelle.)

In Soc. de Géog., Bull., deuxiéme série, tome 18, pp. 176-195. Paris, 1843. 8°.

3402 Rowan (Capt.) [Journal of the Ship Eliza, Capt. Rowan, to the

Northwest Coast in the year 1799.] D. EB.
Manuscript. 93 sheets. 4°. Belonging to Mrs. Henry Adams, Washington,
D.C. Copies are in possession of Dr. Emil Bessels, of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, and Dr. W. H. Dall, of the U.S Coast Survey, both of which I have seen,
and the first of which is here described.
Contains, ll. 90-93, a vocabulary of 150 words of the Caiganee and Sheetkah.

Roy (J. B.)

See Hamilton (William) and Irvin (8. M.)

3403 [Roy (J. J.)] Excursion | d’un touriste | Au Mexique | pendant
Vannée 1854 | publiée | par Just Girard |

Tours | A‘ Mame et C*, Imprimeurs-Libraires | M DCCC LIX
[1859]. | C. WE.

Title, reverse blank, pp. 1-188. 8°.

Contains, Chap. IX, ‘‘ Langues usitées dans ancien Mexique; Langue azté-
que; * * * La langue othomite; Singuliére analogie de cette langue avec le
chinois.” * * * On page 139, 12 Othomi words are compared with the same
number of Chinese words.

3404 Royal Geographical Society. The Journal | of the | Royal Geo-
graphical Society | of | London. | Volume the First [-Forty-ninth]. |

London: | Johu Murray, Albemarle Street. | M DCCC XXXII
[-n. d.] [1832-1879]. | A.C. BA.

49 vols. 8°. The Library of Congress set is composed in part of volumes of a sec-
ond edition, the title-page of vol. 1 bearing ‘‘Second edition” and the date of 1833.

Cullen (Dr. EK.) Vocabulary of the Language of the Yule Indians, vol. 21,
pp. 241-242.

Galindo (Col. Don J.) Description of the River Usumasinta, in Guatemala,
vol. 3, pp. 59-64.

Notice of the Caribs in Central America, vol. 3, pp. 290-291.

Grant (W. C.) Description of Vancouver Island, vol. 27, pp. 268-320.

Latham (R. G.) Note upon the Language of Central America, vol. 20, pp.
189-190.

Leigh (Rev. J.) Vocabulary of the natives of Newfoundland, vol. 4, pp.
218-220.

Naxera (H.) De Lingué Othomitorum Dissertatio, vol. 5, pp. 355-361.

Puydt (Lucien de). Account of Scientific Explorations in the Isthmus of
Darien, vol. 38, pp. 69-110.

Scouler (J.) Observations on the Indigenous Tribes of the Northwest Coast
of America, vol. 11, pp. 215-251.

ROUPE—RUDIGER. 669

Royal Geographical Society—continued.

3405 Arctic Geography and Ethnology. | A selection of Papers |
on | Arctic Geography and Ethnology. | Reprinted, and presented
to | the Arctic Expedition of 1875, | by | the President, Council, and
Fellows of the | Royal Geographical Society. |

London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1875. | JWP.
Pp, i-xii, 1-292. 8°. maps.
Markham (C. R.) Language of the Eskimo of Greenland, pp. 189-229.

3406 Royal Irish Academy. The | Transactions | of the | Royal Irish
Academy. | M. DCC. LXXXVITI [-1878]. |
Dublin: | Printed by George Bonham, Great George’s-Street, |
for the Academy. | [1787-1878.] A.C. BA.
26 vols. 4°.

Dunne (J.) Notices relative to some of the Native Tribes of North America
by John Dunne, esq., vol. 9, pp. 101-137.

3407 Royal Society [of London]. Philosophical | Transactions: [of the
Royal Society of London] | giving some | Accompt | of the pres-
ent | Undertakings, Studies, and Labours | of the | Ingenious | in
many | considerable parts | of the | World. | Vol. 1 | [-172] For
Anno 1665, and 1666 [-1881]. |

In the Savoy, | Printed by T. N. for John Martyn at the Bell, a
little with- | out Temple-Bar, and James Allestry in Duck-Lane, |
Printers to the Royal Society. | [N. d.] A.C. BA.

172 vols. 4°. Several slight changes of title have occurred.

Johnson (Sir Wm.) Extracts from some letters on the customs, manners, and
language of the Northern Indians of America, vol. 63, pt. 1, pp. 142-148.

3408 Manual | of the | natural history, geology, and physics |
of | Greenland | and the neighbouring regions; | prepared for the
use of the Arctic Expedition of 1875, under the | direction of the
Arctic Committee of the Royal Society, | and edited by | Professor
T. Rupert Jones, F. R.S., F.G.S., &., &e., &e., | together with |
Instructions | suggested by the Arctic Committee of the Royal So-
ciety | for the use of the expedition. | Published by authority of
the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | [Seal.]

London: | Printed for Her Majesty’s stationery office, | and sold
by | John Murray, Albemarle Street; Longmans, Green, & Co.,
Paternoster Row; | [&c., four lines]. | 1875. | Price Thirteen Shil-
lings and Sixpence. | JWP.

Title, pp. i-vi, 1-86, i-xii, 1-784. 8°. maps.

Brown (Dr. K.) Onthe History * * * of the Cetacea frequenting Davis
Strait, &c., pp. 69-93.

Newton (A.) Notes on birds which have been found in Greenland, pp.

94-115.
3409 Riidiger (Johann Christoph). Numerals (1-10) of the Indians of
Canada. *

In Grundriss einer Geschichte der menschlichen Sprache, Thl. 1, p. 123. Leip-
zig, 1782. Title from Turner in Ludewig, p. 215.

670 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS,

3410 [Rudolph (—).] Anner’ ]ab innungorsimasub parinek’arneranik, |
Rudolph-ib | Nekkursaisub ag’ legéinik. | Aipagssanik nakitigkat,
sujugdlit assilinardlugit. |

Kjgbenhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 1870. | JWP.

Pp. 1-16. 16°. In the Eskimo language.

3411 Ruiz de Alarcon (Br. Hernand). ‘Tratado de las supersticiones de

los Naturales de esta N. E. por el Br. Hernand Ruiz de Alarcon. *

Manuscript. 109 unnumbered Il. 4°. Written in Mexico in 1629. It contains

many long passages in the Mexican language with Spanish translation.—Icaz-
balceta’s Apuntes, No. 150.

3412 Ruiz Perea (Miguel). Oracion |. Panegyrica | En la Solemnidad
plausible, y Publicacion de la Santa | Bulla, Deciala en la Santa
Yeglesia Metropolitana de Mex | ico en la Dominica primera de Advi-
ento | el B". Miguel Ruiz Perea, | Domiciliario de este Argobispado,
indigno Beneficiado | por su Magestad Vicario in Capite, y Juez
Ecclesiastico | de la Doctrina del Real de Minas de Tzaqualpan, |
Ministro Mexicano. Othomi. Mazahua. Olmeco. | Tepehua. Totonae,
y Castellano. | Dedicala como su humilde Criado, é infimo subdito
& la | Dignidad y Senoria de el | Senior Doctor Don Manuel de Esca-
lante | Colombres, y Mendoza, Meritissimo Chantre | de laS. Iglesia
Cathedral Metropolitana de Mexico, dignissimo | Comissario Apos-
tolico Subdelegado General de la 8. Cruzada, Cathedratico jubilado
de Prima de Canones en la Real Universi- | dad; Rector que ha sido
en ella quatro vezes, Abad perpetuo de la | Congregacion de N. P.
Senor S. Pedro, Iuez Provi- | sor, y Vicario General deste Arcobis-
pado por el Venerable Senor | Dean, y Cabildo Sede Vacate de la 8.
Iglesia Cathedral Metropo- | litana de Mexico, Vicario Visitador de
los Conventos de N. Se- | flora de la Concepcion, y Valvanera, y Iuez
del Real Colle- | gio Seminario de esta Santa Iglesia. |

Con licencia en Mexico: por los Herederos de la Viuda de | Fran-
cisco Rodriguez Lupercio, en la puente de Palacio. | Ano de1700. | *

8p.ll., Sermon 121]. 4°. In the Mexican language. Title from Icazbalceta’s
Apuntes, No. 149.

3413 Rupp (Isaac Daniel). History | of the | Counties | of | Berks and
Lebanon: | containing a brief account of the Indians | Who inhab-
ited this region of country, and the numerous Murders by | them;
notices of the first Swedish, Welsh, French, German, Irish, | and
English settlers, giving the names of nearly five thousand | of them,
Biographical Sketches, topographical descriptions | of every Town-
ship, and of the Principal Towns | and Villages; the Religious His-
tory, with | much useful Statistical information; | notices of the
Press & Education. | Embellished by several appropriate engrav-
ings. | Compiled from Authentic Sources | by I. Daniel Rupp, |
Author of He Pasa Ekklesia, ete., ete. |

RUDOLPH—RUZ. 671

Rupp (Isaac Daniel)—continued.
Published and sold | by G. Hills, Proprietor ; | Lancaster, Pa. |
1844, | *
Pp. 1-512. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Specimen of the Indian language
of Pennsylvania (from Penn), pp. 18-19.—Specimen of the Delaware language
(from Dencke), p. 19.—Lord’s Prayer in the language of the Troquvis or Six Na-
tions, p. 19.

3414 Ruttenber (Edward M.) History | of the | Indian Tribes of Hud-
son’s River; | their | Origin, Manners and Customs; tribal | and
sub-tribai organizations ; | wars, treaties, ete., ete. | By | E. M. Rui-
tenber, | Author of the History of Newburgh. | [Four lines quota-
tion.] [Design.]

Albany, N. Y.: | J. Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1872. | A.c. BA.WE.

Pp. i-vi, 7-415. 89.

Appendix If. Language, pp. 333-360, contains a general account, with speci-
mens, of the several Algonkin dialects; a grammar of the Algonkin language;
and, on page 360, a comparative vocabulary of 24 words (from Schoolcraft and
Gallatin) of the Old Algonquin, Long Island, Massachusetts, Mahican, Dela-
ware, Minsi, Shawanoes, Chippeway, and Mohawk. —Appendix III. Geograph-
ical Nomenclature and Traditions, pp. 361-399, contains explanations of the In-
dian names of places in the neighborhood of Hudson River.

3415 Ruz (Hr. Joaquin). Catecismo | Historico | 6 | Compendio de la
:. Istoria | sagrada, | y de la | Doctrina Cristiana. | Con preguntas, y
respuestas, y lecciones | seguidas, por el Abad FPleuri; y traducidas
del | castellano al idioma Yucateco, con un brebe ex- | orto para el
entrego del santo Cristo 4 los en- | fermos, por el P. P. Fr. Joaquin
Ruz de la Orden de San Francisco. | Para | Instruecion de los Natu-
rales. |
Con licencia. | En Merida de Yucatan | En la Oficina 4 cargo de
Domingo Canton: | afio de 1822, 2.° de la independencia del | Im-
perio Mejicano. | B.
4p.1l., pp. 3-186,11. 16°.
A translation into Yucatee of the Catécisme historique of the Abbé Claude
Fleury (Paris, 1690, 2 vols. 12°, plates), in an abbreviated form.

3416 t—— El Devoto instruido en el Santo Sacrificio de la Misa, por
el P. Luis Lanzi, de la Compaiiia de Jesus. Traduccion libre al
Idioma Yucateco, con unos afectos. Por el P. Fr. Joaquin Ruz.
Con las licencias necesarias.

Mérida de Yucatan. Impreso por José Antonio Pino. 1835. *
9 unnumbered ll. 4°, Title furnished by Sr. Icazbaleeta from copy in pos-
session of Sr. J. M. Andrade.

3417 ——— Gramiatica Yueateca | por | El P. Fr. Joaquin Ruz, | for-
mada | para la instruccion de los Indigenas, | Sobre el compendio
de D. Diego | Narciso Herranz y Quiros. | [Design. |

Mérida de Yucatan. | Por Rafael Pedrera. 1844, | B.
4 p.ll., pp. 8-119, numbered reverse of the usual way. 4°.

672 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Ruz (fr. Joaquin)—continued.

3418 ——— Cartilla | 6 | Silabario de lengua Maya, | para la ense-
lanza | de los nifios indigenas, | por el Padre | Fr. Joaquin Ruz. |
[Design.]

Mérida de Yucatan. | Por Rafael Pedrera. 1845. | B.
Pp. 1-16. 16°.

3419 ——— Manual Romano Toledano, y Yucateco para Ja adminis-
tracion de los Santos Sacramentos, por el R. P. Fr. Joaquim Ruz.
Mérida de Yucatan. En la oficina de José D. Espinosa. 1846. *
14 p.11.,191 pp. 4°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.
Instructions for baptism, p. 10; for confession, p.29; for communion, p. 43; for
the viaticum, p.51; for extreme unction, p.55; for marriage, p. 96.

3420 —— Colleccion | de | Sermones | para los domingos ‘de todo el
ano | y Cuaresma, | tomados de varios autores y tradu- | cidos libre-
mente al idioma Yucateco | por el Padre | Fray Joaquin Ruz. |

Merida. Imprenta de José D. Espinosa. 1846 [-1850)]. | o

4 vols. 8° and 4°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 152. Carrillo gives
the contents and collations as follows:

Tomo primero. Contiene las dominicas desde adviento hasta quincuagésima.
Merida. Imprenta de José Espinosa. 1846. 11,145 pp. 4°.

Tomo segundo. Contiene desde ceniza, viérnes de cuaresma y dominicas hasta
Pentecostés. Mérida. Impreso por Nazario Novelo. 1849. 268 pp. 4°.

Tomo tercero. Contiene desde Pentecostés hasta la dominica vigésimacuarta.
Impreso por Nazario Novelo. 1850. 254 pp. 4°.

Tomo cuarto. Contiene las festividades principales del Senor, de Nuestra
Senora, de algunos santos, y cuatro platicas de dnimas, sobre el dogma. Mérida.
Impreso por Nazario Novelo. 1850.

3421 ——— Catecismo | y | Exposicion Breve | de la | Doctrina Cristi-
ana, | por el Padre Maestro Gerénimo de | Ripalda de la compaiia
de Jesus. | Traducido | al idioma Yucateco | con unos afectos para
socorrer 4 los | moribundos por el M. R. P. Fr. Joa- | quin Ruz. |

Merida de Yucatan. | Impreso por José D. Espinosa. 1847. | *
88 pp. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 154.

3422, ——— Explicacion de una parte de la Doctrina Cristiana 6 instrue-
ciones dogmatico-morales, en que se vierte toda la doctrina del
catecismo romano por el R. P. M. Fr. Placido Rico; traducido al
Idioma Yucateco por el R. Padre Fr. Joaquim Ruz. Part. 1.

Merida de Yucatan. Oficina de S. D. Espinosa. 1847. te
211.,389 pp. 4°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg, who says the second part
has not been published.

3423 ——— A | Yucatecan Grammar: | translated | from the | Spanish
into Maya, | and abridged | for the Instruction of the Native In-
dians, | by the | Rev. J. Ruz, of Merida. | Translated | from the |
Maya into English, | by | John Kingdon, | Baptist Missionary,
Belize, Honduras. |

RUZ. 673

Ruz (Fr. Joaquin)—continued.
Belize: Printed at the Baptist Mission Press. | MDCCOXLVII
[1847]. | A.
2p. ll, pp. 3-68. 8°.

3424 ——— Via Sacra | del Divino Amante | Corazon de Jesus, | Dis-
puesta | por las cruces del Calvario, | por el Presbitero | José de
Herrera Villavicencio. | Traducida | al Idioma Yueateco | Por el
R. P. Fr. Joaquin Ruz. |

Merida de Yucatan. | Impreso por Nazario Novelo. | 1849. | DGB.
Pp. 1-34. 16°.

3425 ——— Analisis | del Idioma Yueateco | al | Castellano | por el R.
P. Fray | Joaquin Ruz. |

Merida de Yucatan: | Impreso por Mariano Guzman. | 1851. | Das.
Pp. 1-16. 16°.

3426 ——— Leti u cilich Evangelio Jesucristo hebix San Lieas.
Londres. 1865. W.M. Watts. Crown court, temple bar. 2
90 pp. 8°. Gospel of St. Luke in the Maya language. Title from Carrillo.

3427 ——— Catecismo explicado en treinta y nueva instrucciones,
sacadas del romano, primera parte. *
I possessed a copy of this work, which has unfortunately been taken from my
library. It was printed in Merida, Yucatan, and has about 200 pages, 4°.—Carrillo.

Possibly this is the same work as that given in No. 3415 of this catalogue.

P. Ruz, the most fluent of the writers in the Maya language that Yucatan has
produced, was born in that peninsula about the end of the last century. Whilst
still young he entered the Franciscan Convent of Merida, in which he assumed
the habit, some years before the revolution devastated and broke up the religious
orders of Yucatan. He knew the Maya language perfectly, and did not cease to
preach in it to the end of his days. His discourses were well delivered, and his
audience heard him with pleasure and advantage. He died in Merida, at an old
age, not many years ago [1855].—Bibliografia Sanfrancescana.

43 Bib

674 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3428 Saavedra (P. F. Marcos de). Confessonario | Breve | activo, y pas-
sivo, | En Lengua Mexicane. | Con el qual | Los que comienzan
(sabiendolo bien de | memoria) parece que qualquiera estara | sufi-
ciente mientras aprende mas. | Dispuesto | por el P. F. Marcos de
Saavedra, | Predicador General en el Orden del Sr. Sto. | Domingo
y Provincia de Santiago de Pre- | dicadores de Nueva-Espana. |

Reimpresso en Mexico: | En la Imprenta Real del Superior Gobi-
erno, y | del Nuevo Rezado, de Dotia Maria de Rivera, | en el
Empedradillo. Ano de 1746. | C.

8 unnumbered ll. 16°.

3429 —— Arte de la Lengua de la Nueva Segovia y Sermones en la
misma, para todo el aio. ie
Title from Beristain.

3430 Saenz de la Pena (D. Andres). Manual de los Santos Sacramentos.
Contorme al Ritual de Paulo Quinto. Formado for [sic] mandado
del Reverom. |sic] Ilustriss™’. y Excell™. Senor D. Iuan de Pala-
fox, y Mendoga, Obispo de la Puebla de los Angeles, Electo Argo-
bispo de Mexico, Gouernador de su Argobispado, del Consejo de su
Magestad en el Real de las Indias, Capellan, y Limosnero mayor
de la Serenissima Emperatriz de Alemania, Virey, Gouernador, y
Capitan General de la Nueua Espaiia, Presidente de su Real Chan-
cilleria, y Visitador General de este Reyno, &e. Por el Doctor
Andres Saenz de la Peta, Cura Beneficiado de la Ciudad de Tlax-
cala, por su Magestad.

Con Privilegio. En Mexico por Francisco Robledo, Impressor
del Secreto del Santo Officio. Aiio de 1642. eo

8 p.ll., which include an exhortation by Sr. Palafox to the curates and vicars
of his bishopric; text 194 11., some of which are in Mexican. 8°. Preceding the
title-page is a leaf with the Episcopal seal and the title: Manual de los Santos
Sacramentos. There is another edition, in 4°, with the licenses dated 1691. The
copy seen is minus beginning and end.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 157.

The author was a native of the Canary Isles. He went to Mexico in 1636,

became canon of the Cathedral of Michoacan, and afterwards of Puebla de los
Ange'es, where he died.—Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 658.

3431 Sagard (Fr. Gabriel). Le Grand | Voyage dv Pays | des Hurons,
situé en L’A- | merique uers la mer douce | ez dernieres confins de |
la nouuelle France | Ou il est traicte de tout | ce qui est du pays &
du | gouuernement des Sanuages | Auec un Dictionnaire | de la
Langue huronne | Par Fr. Gabriel Sagard | Recollect de St. Fran-
cois | de la Prouince S*. Denis |

A Paris Chez Deny’s | Moreau rue S*. Iacques & | La Sala-
mandre 1632 |

a

SAAVEDRA—SAGARD. 675

Sagard (#r. Gabriel)—continued.

Second title:

Le Grand Voyage | dy Pays des Hyrons, | situé en ’Amerique
vers la Mer | douce, es derniers confins | de la nouvelle France, |
dite Canada. | Ow il est amplement traité de tout ce qui est du
pays, des | meurs & du naturel des Sauuages, de leur gouuerne-
ment | & facgons de faire, tant dedans leurs pays, qwallans en
voya- | ges: De leur foy & croyance; De leurs conseils & guerres,
& | de quel genre de tourmens ils font mourir leurs prisonniers. |
Comme ils se marient & esleuent leurs enfans: De leurs Me | decins,
& des remedes dont ils vsent 4 leurs maladies: De | leurs dances
& chansons: De la chasse, de la pesche, & des | oyseaux & ani-
maux terrestres & aquatiques qwils ont. Des | richesses du pays:
Comme ils cultiuent les terres, & accom- | modent leur Menestre.
De leur deiiil, pleurs & lamenta- | tions, & comme ils enseuelissent
& enterrent leurs morts. | Auec vn Dictionaire de la langue Hu-
ronne, pour la commodi- | té de ceux qui ont 4 voyager dans le pays,
&n’ont | Vintelligence d’icellelangue. | Par F. Gabriel Sagard Theodat.
Recollet de | S. Francois, de la Prouince deS. Denys en France.

A Paris, | Chez Denys Moreav, rué S Iacques, a | la Salaman-
dre WArgent. | M. DC. XXXII [1632]. | Auec Privilege du
Roy. | A.S.HU. JCB.

First title illustrated page, reverse blank, 11; second title, reverse blank, 1 1.;
“Av Roy des Roys,” 211.; ‘A tres-illvstre, Genereux puissant Prince Henry,”
21.5 “Av Lectevr,”31.; Table des Chapitres,” 3pp.; “Privilege dv Roy,” 2 pp.;
‘‘Approbation des Peres de l’Ordre,” 1p. ; in all, 12 p. ll. Voyage Dy Pays, 380 pp.
sm.4°. Appended to the above, and with its own title, is:

3432 ——— Dictionaire | de la Langve | Hyronne, | Necessaire 4 ceux
qui n’ont Vintelligence dicelle, | & ont A traiter auec les Sauuages
du pays. | Par Fr. Gabriel Sagard, Recollet de | S. Frangois de la
Prouince de 8. Denys. | [ Vignette.]

A Paris, | Chez Denys Moreav, rué S. Iacques, a Ja | Sala-
mandre d’Argent. | M. DC. XXXII [1632]. | Auee Priuilege du
Roy. | A.S. HU. JCB.

Preliminary remarks, pp. 1-12; ‘‘ Les Mots Frangois tournez en Huron,” 66 un-
numbered Il. ; ‘Table des’ choses,” 13 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°.

3433 —— Le Grand Voyage | du | Pays des Hurons | Situé en ? Amé-
rique vers la Mer | douce, és derniers confins | de la | Nouvelle
France | dite Canada | avec un dictionnaire de la langue Huronne |
par | I’. Gabriel Sagard Theodat | Recollet de S. Francois, de la
province de 8. Denys en France | Nouvelle édition | publiée par M.
Emile Chevalier |

Paris | Librairie Tross | 5, Rue Neuve-des-Petits Champs |
1865 | A. 0.8. BA.

11.; title, reverse blank, 11.; advertisement, 2 1].; illustrated title, tac-simile
of original, reverse blank, 11.; fac-simile of original title, reverse blank, 1 1.;
Ay Roy des Roys, pp. v-viii; Dedication, pp. ix-xi; Au Lectevr, pp. xiii-xvii;
contents, pp. Xix-xxi; Privilege dy Roy, pp. xxii-xxiv; Approbation, pp. xxiv-
xxv; text, pp. 1-268. 8°. Appended is the following:

676 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Sagard (fr. Gabriel)—continued.
3434. ——— Dictionaire | de la | Langve Hvronne | necessaire a cevx"
qui n’ont Vintelligence | Wicelle, et ont a traiter avec | les Savvages
dv Pays | par Fr. Gabriel Sagard | Recollet de S. Francois, de la
Prouince de 8. Denys. | [Design.]
A Paris, | Chez Denys Moreav, rué 8. Iacques, | 4 la Salamandre
d’ Argent. | M.DC. XXXII [1632 |. | Auec Priuilegedu Roy. |A.c.8. BA.

Title, reverse blank, 11. Introductory remarks, pp. 3-12. The Dictionary oc-
cupies 66 unnumbered leaves, and is followed by Index, 7 11., and Approbation, 1 1.

3435 ——— Histoire | dv Canada | et | Voyages que les freres | Mi-
neurs Recollects y ont faicts pour | la conuersion des Infidelles. |
Divisez en quatre livres | Ot est amplement traicté des choses
principales ar- | riuées dans le pays depuis an 1615 iusques a la
pri- | se qui en a este faicte par les Anglois. Des biens & | commo-
ditez qwon en peut esperer. Des moeurs | ceremonies, creance, loix
& coustumes merueil- | leuses de ces inhabitans. De la conuersion
& baptes- | me de plusieurs, & des moyés necessaires pour les |
amener a la cognoissance de Dieu. L’entretien or- | dinaire de nos
Mariniers, & autres particularitez | que se remarquent en la suite
de Vhistoire. | Fait et composé par le | F. Gabriel Sagard | Theo-
dat, Mineur Recollect de la Prouince de Paris. |

A Paris, | Chez Claude Sonnivs, rué 8S. Jacques 4 ’Escu de |
Basle, & au Compas d’or. | M. DC. XXXVI [1636]. | Auec Priuilege
& Approbation. | JCB.

Title and 13 other p. 11; text, pp. 1-1005; table, etc., 23 11. 8°. Huron songs,
pp. 310-313, with three lines of music. Reprinted as below.

3436 ——— Histoire | du Canada | et Voyages | que les fréres Mi-
neurs recollects y ont faicts | pour la conversion des infidéles | de-
puis ’an 1615 | par | Gabriel Sagard Theodat | avec un dictionnaire
de la langue Huromme | Nouvelle édition | publiée par M. Edwin
Tross. | Premier [-Quatriéme] Volume. |

Paris | Librairie Tross | 5, rue neuve-des-petits-champs, 5. |
1866. | A.C.S8. BA.

4vols. 8°. Paged consecutively. Huron songs, vol. 2, pp. 291-292.—‘* Musique
pour L’Histoire du Canada,” being the accompanying music to the above songs,
occupies the four unnumbered pages following p. 542 of the same volume.

The ‘“‘Dictionaire de la Langve Hvyronne” is given at the end of the fourth
volume, being a reprint, page for page, of that in the 1865 reprint of Le Grand
Voyage. The dictionary is also issued separately, as follows:

3437 ——— Dictionnaire | de la | Langue Huronne | par | Gabriel Sa-
gard Theodat | Recollet de 8S. Frangois de la Province deS. Denys |
en France. | Réimpression figurée | de édition rarissime de 1632. |
Tirage a part 4 66 exemplaires. |

Paris | Librairie Tross | 1865 | S.JWP.

Title, verso blank, 11.; fac-simile of original title, reverse blank, 11.; pp. 3-12;
66 unnumbered Il. large 8°.

SAGARD—SAHAGUN. 677

3438 [Sage (Rufus B.)] Scenes | in the | Rocky Mountains, | and in |
Oregon, California, New Mexico, Texas, and | the Grand Prairies; |
or | notes by the way, | during an excursion of three years, | with
a | description of the countries passed through, | including their |
Geography, Geology, Resources, Present Condition, and | the Dif-
ferent Nations inhabiting them. | By a New Englander. |

Philadelphia: | Published by Carey & Hart. | 1546. | Cc.
Pp. i-xii, 13-303. 12°. A few words and sentences in Sioux, p.187. —
3439 —— Scenes in the | Rocky Mountains, | and in | Oregon, Califor-

nia, New Mexico, Texas, and | the Grand Prairies; | or, | Notes by

the Way, | during an Excursion of three years, | with a | descrip-

tion of the countries passed through, | including their | Geography,

Geology, Resources, Present Condition, | and the Different Nations

inhabiting them. | By Rufus B. Sage. | Second Edition Revised. |
Philadelphia: | Carey and Hart. | 1847. | Cc.
Pp. i-xii, 13-303. 12°. A few words and sentences in Sioux, p. 137.

3440 t—— Rocky Mountain Life; | or, | Startling Scenes | and | Peril-
ous Adventures | in the | Far West, | during an expedition of three
years. | By Rufus B. Sage, | The Western Adventurer. |

Boston: | Thayer & Eldridge, | 114 & 116 Washington Street. |
1860. | i

2 p.1L, pp. vii-xiv, 1 1., pp. 29-363. 12°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. A
few words and sentences in Sioux, p. 183.

Another edition: Boston, Wentworth & Co., 1857, pp. 363. 12°.—Field.

Sagoskin (Lieut. Laurenti Alexieff).
See 3arockuns (Jeiir. Janpentiii A.) [Zagoskin (Lieut. Laurenti A.) ]

3441 Sahagun (Bernardino de). Psalmodia | Christiana, y Sermona- |
rio de los Sanctos del Afio, en lengua Mexicana: | cOpuesta por el
muy. R. Padre Fray Bernardino | de Sahagun, de la orden de Sant
Francisco. | Ordenada en cantares 6 Psalmos: para que canten
los | Indios en los areytos, que hazen en las Iglesias. | [Picture of

Calvary. |
En Mexico. | Con licencia, en casa de Pedro Ocharte. | M.D.
LXXXIII [1583]. Amfios. | *

4p. 11, Il. 1-236. 4°. Bold Roman letter; many engravings. Title furnished
by Sr. Iecazbalceta from a copy belonging to P. Juarez, of Tezcoco. No other
perfect copy is known, the title in Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 160, being taken
from an imperfect copy belonging to the late Sr. Ramirez. In the sale catalogue
of the latter gentleman’s books, the following statement is made:

In the beginning of this volume is an interesting manuscript note of seven
pages in the hand of Seftor Ramirez, in which he shows, on the authority of a
manuscript, ‘Bibliotheca,’ of Father Figueroa, who was librarian of the convent
of §. Francisco de Mexico, that this is one of the rarest examples of early Mexican
typography, in consequence of its being condemned by the Inquisition, and the
copies rigorously destroyed. So far as is known no perfect copy exists, and it
would appear that Setior Ramirez considered the present copy as unique, It is
printed in bold Roman characters, and illustrated with wood-cuts coarsely exe-
cuted. Beristain speaks of having seen a copy in the college of S. Gregory of
Mexico, which was probably the present.

678 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Sahagun (Bernardino de)—continued.

3442 ——— Evangeliarium | Epistolarium et Lectionarium | Aztecum
Sive Mexicanum | ex antiquo codice Mexicano nuper reperto | de-
promptum | cum preefatione interpretatione adnotationibus glossa-
rio | Edidit | Bernardinus Biondelli |

Mediolani | Typis Jos. Bernardoni Q.™ Johannis | MDCCCLVII
[1857] | S.

4 pp. 4°. Title, p.1.—P. 2, conditions, 450 copies in 5 parts each, at 20 francs
each, and names Triibner, Franz of Munich, and Bernardoni, to whom subscrip-
tions could be sent.—P. 3, a Latin announcement, in which it is said to be the
long lost work of Sahagun, whose name, the editor states, was on the cover of the
manuscript.—P. 4, a fac-simile of part of the manuscript differing from that given
in the volume, though purporting to be of the same part, and a specimen of the
Mexican and Latin texts.

3443 ——— Evangeliarium | Epistolarium et Lectionarium | Aztecum
Sive Mexicanum | ex antiquo codice Mexicano nuper reperto | de-
promptum | cum prefatione interpretatione adnotationibus glossa-
rio | Edidit | Bernardinus Biondelli. |

Mediolani | Typis Jos. Bernardoni Q.” Johannis | MDCCCLVIII
[1858]. | B.C. 8.

Pp. i-xlix, fac-simile of page of Mexican manuscript, 1 1., pp. 1-574. 4°.

This work is based on a Mexican manuscript on maguey paper, written in 1532
“for the use of Father Dominic de Canizarez”, and forming a folio of 250 pages,
one leaf being lost; but it contained merely references for two feasts, as ap-
pears by an index of later date. It was found by Beltrami in 1826, in a library
in Mexico, as he himself tells in his Mexique, vol. 2, p. 167. (See, also, Revue
Encyclopédique, vol. 32, p. 611.)

As Father Bernardine de Sahagun, who came to Mexico in 1529, is said by
Torquemada (vol. 3, p. 487) to have written ‘‘a very elegant Postil on the Epis-
tles and Gospels for the Sundays” of the year, Beltrami concluded that this was
the work, which was regarded by Torquemada as lost, Sahagun’s manuscripts
having been taken to Spain by a governor, who gave them to a historian. When
Biondelli acquired the manuscript after Beltrami’s death, in 1854, and began to
prepare it for the press; he found, however, that it did not contain Postils—
that is, homilies on the Epistles and Gospels—but a very faithful Mexican trans-
lation of the Epistles and Gospels themselves, without the slightest comment.
The Gospels are selections from the Four Evangelists which are read in the mass,
and the Epistles are selections from the rest of the New and from the Old Testa-
ment, read also in the mass before the Gospels. They differ for each Sunday and
Holiday; and religious orders having special holidays have some additional ones,
forming what is called a ‘‘Proper.” This manuscript follows the Franciscan
proper. The manuscript is, therefore, not the Postil of Sahagun; but as Father
Canizarez was one of his disciples, it may be a translation made or revised by Sa-
hagun. As priests are required on Sundays to read the Epistle and Gospel to the
people in the vernacular and explain them, this translation may be older than the
date of this copy. Sahagun in three years could scarcely be able to make so per-
fect a translation.

Biondelli gives the Mexican text with the Latin from the Missal, in parallel
columns. His introduction contains, pp. Xxi-xxxix, a short treatise on the Mex-
ican language, De Lingua Azteca, p. xxi; Generales Lingue Azteca Proprie-
tates, including the conjugation of the verb, &c., p. xxiii; De Affinitatibus Lin-
gue Nahuatl cam aliis, p. xxx; specimen of vocabulary, pp. XXxviii-xxxix; he
gives a fac-simile of a page of the Mexican manuscript, following p. xlix; and
adds a Glossarium Azteco Latinum, pp. 427-553,

oe

SAHAGUN. 679
Sahagun (Bernardino de)—continued.
3444 ——— Catecismo de la Doctrina cristiana en Lengua Megicana.
Mexico, Ocharte, 1583. *

4°. Title from Beristain.

3445 ——— Sermones en mexicano. *

Original manuscript on thick maguey paper; large folio. It has the following
title on the first leaf, the lower half of which is missing:

hg Siguense vnos sermones de dominicas y de sanctos en len-
gua mexicana: no traduzidos de sermonario alguno sino cOpues-
tos nuevamente a la medida de la capacidad de los indios: breves
en materia y en lenguaje congruo venusto y llano facil de entender
para todos los que le oyeré altos y baxos principales y macegales
hombres y mugeres. Compusierose el ano de 1540. anse comencado
a corregir y anadir este ano de 1563. en este mes de Julio infraoctava
Visitationis. El avtor los somete a la correctid dela madre sancta
yglesia romana co todas las otras obras que en esta lengua mexicana
a cOpuesto. fray bnardio de sahagun.

Several successive leaves are missing, and two are loose. At the top of the
following leaf is this note:

Siguense unos sermones breves en la lengua mexicana. el autor dellos los
somete a la correptid de la madre sancta yglesia cd todas las demas obras suyas.
son para todo el ano de dominicas y de sactos: no estan corregidos. fray bnardio
de sahagun.

There remains of the manuscript 95 Il., with wide margins, in which are many
notes in the hand of P. Sahagun.—IJcazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 158.

3446 ——— Doctrina cristiana en mexicano. *
Manuscript. 2711. folio. Faulty at end; it begins thus:
Nican vnpeoa yn neumachtiliz tlatolli . . . . oquichiuh fray Bernardino

de Sahagun.

This note is followed by twenty-six additions, made by the author during the
many years it was in the author’s hands, before the book was published. It is
the same as that which comes first under the title of: declaracié breue de las tres
virtudes theologales.

On the reverse is a preface in Spanish, which concludes as follows:

| Este mismo ato de 1579 se puso por apendiz de esta Postilla,
en lo vltimo vn tratado que contiene siete Collationes en lengua
mexicana: en las quales se contienen muchos secretos, de las cos-
tumbres destos naturales: y tambien muchos secretos y primores
desta lengua mexicana: y pues que este volumen no a de andar sino
entre los sacerdotes, y predicadores, no ay porque tener recelo de
las antigualias, que en el se contienen, antes daran mucha lumbre
y content a los predicadores del sancto Euangelio.

This treatise is not found in the manuscript; only twenty-four additions in
16 ll.; badly bound, the last seven leaves being out of place.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes,
No. 159.

Boturini, § 25, 1, has the following: Doctrina Christiana en Figuras y Cifras.
11 ll. on European paper.

3447 ——— Exercisios Quotidianos en lengua Mexicana. *

Manuscript of the 16th century, containing 43 ll. 4°. On the first page:

+ Comienza un exercicio en lengua Mexicana, sacado del Sancto Eyangelio y

680 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Sahagun (Bernardino de)—continued.
distribuido por todos los dias de la semana contiene meditaciones devotas muy
provechosas para cualquier xpiano que se quiere llegar a Dios. At the end:
Este exercicio halle entre los yndios, no se quien le hize ni quien se le dio tenia
muchas faltas e incongruidades mas con verdad se puede dezir que se hizo de
nuevo que no se emendo. Este ano de 1574, fray Bernardino de Sahagun.
The handwriting is clear and legible, and the manuscript in perfect preserva-
tion.—Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 764.
This manuscript is given by Beristain under the title: Tratado de las virtudes
Teologales, en megicano.

3448 t—— Vocabulary in Spanish, Latin, and Mexican. es
Manuscript. 155 ll. 4°. In a very small but clear handwriting of the 16th
century, in double columns, the Mexican part being written in red ink. This is
supposed to be either the original, or at least a copy, of the vocabulary composed

by Father Sahagun.—Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 545.

“The fourth work of this learned franciscan was a trilingiie vocabulary, of
which Torquemada says, in his Monarquia Indiana:

“<Kscribio tambien otro vocabulario que llamé Trilingiie, en lengua mexicana,
castellana y latina, de grandisima erudicion, en este exercicio de la, lengua cas-
tellana.’

“Betancourt, in his Menologio, says that he saw this manuscript. It was after-
wards thought to have been lost, and there are not lacking persons who deny
its existence; yet it came into the possession of Sr. Chavero, and frem his hands
has passed into those of Sr. Castillo. The work in question is a thick volume
in 4°, small Spanish, and on Genoese paper, written in beautiful characters,
which has been attributed to Martin Jacobita, a pupil of Sahagiin. Saha-
gin’s handwriting appears on only one of the pages of the book. The dictionary
is arranged in two columns; on each line the first word is Spanish, then follows
the Latin translation, and above the lines, in red ink, is the Mexican pronuncia-
tion, though lacking in some places.”—Llanos.

3449 —— Manuscript in the Mexican language. *
Ten loose leaves from different Mexican manuscripts of the 16th century (some
with beautiful, illuminated initials); four leaves signed Don Martin Enriquez,
and dated Mexico, 16th of February, 1578, on the last leaf. 4°.
These leaves seem to be the remnants of an unknown work of the indefatigable
Fr. B. de Sahagun, as the last contains the permission of the Viceroy given to
him to print ‘‘el dicho Manuel del Christiano.” Whether it was ever printed
we are unable to state, as the present is the only reference to the work mentioned
which we know of.—Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 544.

3450 ——— Arte de la Lengua Megicana. *
Title from Beristain.
3451 ——— Explicacion de los Evangelios y Epistolas de la Misa. *

An excellent work, from which Betancur confesses that he learned many
beautiful forms of speech in Mexican.—Beristain.

The first work of P. Sahagtin, according to Sr. Chavero, was a manuscript in
small quarto, in the handwriting of Sahagtn, although without the name of the
author. It was written in the Mexican language, and comprised the ‘‘Evange-
lios y Epistolas de las dominicas.” It contains 74 1l., and 11. index in a differ-
ent handwriting and of a later epoch. It formed part of the rich library of Sr.
Chavero, and to-day exists in possession of the Mexican collector, Don Manuel
Fernandez del Castillo.—LZlanos.

3452 ——— Vida de S. Bernardino de Sena en megicano. *

He wrote this at the request of the Indians of Xochimilco, who regarded him
as their patron saint.—Beristain.

SAHAGUN—ST. ONGE. 681

Sahagun (Bernardino de)—continued.
3453 t—— De Mexico 6 de la Nueva Espaia. ce

Sr. Adolfo Llanos gives, in the Museo Nacional de México, Anales, vol. 3, pt. 3,
an account of: Sahagin y su Historia de Mexico, from which the above title is
taken. He says: The Academia Espafiola de la Historia intends to publish a
manuscript of P. Sahagtin, preserved in its library, written in the Mexican lan-
guage, with a translation in Spanish, titled as above.

Bernardino Ribeira was born in the early part of the 16th century, in the
town of Sahagtin, in the kingdom of Leon. Whilst yet a child he commenced
his studies in the University of Salamanca, and in the flower of youth he as-
sumed the Franciscan habit in the Salamantine Convent, and soon embarked
for New Spain, where he arrived in the year 1529. The principal object of the
priests of this Order was to teach and convert the Indians, and to accomplish
this it was necessary to learn the language of the natives, a task which Saha-
gin accepted with singular determination and beneficial results, for of him it
was said by another illustrious friar, Mendieta, in the Historia Eclesidstica
Indiana, that none other had ever equaled or approached him in discovering the
secrets of the Mexican language or in writing so much in it.

Sahagin dedicated himself to the instruction of the Indians, entering in the
College of Santa Cruz, in Santiago Tlatelolco, and purposely refused positions and
preferments in his Order, so as to dedicate himself exclusively to study. From a
teacher he became translator, and from translator historian, in which last phase of
his life he reached immortality. He died the 5th of February, 1590.—Llanos.

3454 St. Louis Academy of Sciences. The | Transactions | of the | Acad-
emy of Science | of St. Louis. | Vol. [-Vol. IV, Pt.1]. 1856-1860. |
With 21 plates, illustrating papers. |

St. Louis: | George Knapp & Co., Printers and Binders. | 1860
[-1880]. | A.R.

Vols. 1-3, and 4, pt. 1.

Coruna y Colludo (A.de). Zoque Language, spoken at Santa Maria de Chi-
malapa, vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 36-42.

3455 St. Mark [in the Abnaki language]. | ABS. JWP.
No title-page. Pp.1-58. 12°.

3456 St. Onge (tev. Louis Napoléon). Alyhabet [sic] Yakama | Conte-
nant | Les Priéres, les Cantiques et le Catéchisme dans | la méme
langue. | A Pusage des enfants de la tribu des Yakamas, | sous le
patronage des R. R. P. P. Jésuites. | Par | L. N. St. Onge Pretre, |
Ex-Missionnaire des Yakainas. |

Imprimé a la Providence. | Montreal. | 1872. |

Second title:

Sapsikuatpama | timash | mamachatumki. | Yakamiei mianash-
mamiei. | Anakunak I ua Skulitpama sapsikuat, | ku Tanamutem,
ku uampash: kunare I ua tana- | mutempana sapsikuat. | I ti-
mana | Pel Santos. | C.S. TWP.

Printed cover L1.,211., pp. 1-104. sq.16°. Dedication, reverse blank, 1L. ; por-
trait of the author, reverse blank, 1 1.; title, reverse vignette, pp. 1-2; Yakama
title, reverse blank, pp. 3-4.

See Demers (M.), Blanchet (I’. N.), and St. Onge (L. N.)

682 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3457 Salazar (D. Manuel Santos). Coloquio en Lengua Megicana de la
Invencion de la Santa Cruz por Sta. Elena. *
Written in the year 1714, together with a small dramatic piece in the same
language. The manuscript exists, in 4°, in the library of the University of Mex-
ico.—Beristain.

3458 Salcedo (Fr. Francisco de). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Megi-

cana. a

3459 t—— Sermones Trilingues. o
2 vols.

3460 Documentos Cristianos en tres lenguas. *

Some of these works are in the library of the Franciscans of Guatemala;
others are scattered among the sacred ministers of that province, as mentioned
by P. Arochena in his Catalogue.—Beristain.

P. Fr. Francisco de Salcedo was a native of the city of Chiapa, with a knowl-
edge cf the principal languages of the country, which are the Cakchiquel, the
Quiche, and the Tzutuhil. He was made public professor in Guatemala, aud
wrote a Grammar, a Dictionary, and several Christian Doctrines.—Bibliografia
Sanfrancescana.

3461 Salomonib Okalagataningit | Profeteniglo. | The Proverbs of Solo-
mon and the Prophe- | cies of Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel and | the
Twelve Minor Prophets: | Translated into | the Esquimaux Lan-
guage | by | the Missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum, or United

Brethren. |
London: | Printed for the use of the Mission in Labrador, | by
the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 1849. | ABS.

1 p.1., pp. 1-675. 12°.

3462 Saltonstall (Gov. Gurdon). The Lord’s Prayer in the language
of the Mohegan and Pequot Indians living in the Colony of Con-
necticut in New-England procured by the Hon. Gov. Saltonstall,
at New London, February 1721.

In Am. Soc., First Ann. Rept., p. 54. New Haven, 1824. 8°.

3463 Salvation by Jesus Christ. Chisvs Kilaist Chihowa Ushi Hatak

Aiokchaya Isht Anumpa Hoke.

[Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Missionary Press, John Candy and
John F. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.] BA.

Pp. 1-28. 12°. Tracts in the Choctaw language. The one above oceupies pp,
1-6, followed by: Regeneration by the Holy Spirit; Himona V’tta, pp. 7-13.—Re-
pentance necessary to Salvation; Ilekostinichi, pp. 13-18.—The Resurrection
and Final Judgment; Hatak illi homi tana he nitak micha nana rlhpisa chito
ahe aiena isht anoli hoke, pp. 18-28.

For earlier edition of these tracts, see Religious Tracts, No. 3215.

3464 San Antonio(D. Juande). [Manuscriptin the Nahuatl language. | *
A fragment, on European paper, of the Senores of Tetzcico. Written Dec.
13th, 1564.— Boturini.

3465 Sanborn (John Wentworth). Legends, Customs | and | Social
Life | cf the | Seneca Indians, | of | Western New York, | by | John
Wentworth Sanborn, | (“‘O-yo-ga-weh.”) | (Clear Sky.) | 1878. |

SALAZAR—SANCHEZ DE LA BAQUERA. 683

Sanborn (John Wentworth)—continued. .
Horton & Deming, “Enterprise” Print, | Gowanda New
York. | C.S. BA. HU. WE. WHS.

Pp. 1-76. 8°. “The Seneca Language,” pp. 68-73, includes the conjugation of
the verb to go, and the Lord’s Prayer.

3466 ——— The Psalms and many New Hymns from the Methodist
Episcopal Hymnal, Translated into the Seneca Tongue.
Published by John Wentworth Sanborn, Perry, N. Y. x

200 pp. 16°. Title from the Bibliography of the Alumni and Faculty of Wes-
leyan University, by G. Brown Goode and Newton P. Scudder.

A new edition is in preparation and will soon be issued. The title-page, a
copy of which has been sent me by Mr. Sanborn, is as fohows:
and Turkey (Joseph P.) A | Collection Of | Psalms: also
Many New Hymns | from | The+ Methodist + Episcopal+ Chureh+
Hymnal, | Translated into | the Seneca Tongue | By John W. San-
born and Joseph P. Turkey. |

3467

Batavia, N. Y. | John Wentworth Sanborn, | 1883. | a

16°.
3468 ——— Seneca + Indian + Hymns | Translated by John W. San-
born and Joseph P. Turkey. | JWP.

~ No title-page. 4 pp. 16°.

3469 Sanchez (Jesus). Glosario de voces castellanas derivadas del idi-

oma Nahiiatl 6 Mexicano.

In Museo nacional de México, Anales, tomo 3, entrega 2°, pp. 57-67. México,
1883. 4°.

Spanish words, Acahual to Zochil 6 Zuchil, followed by the Mexican original.

3470 Sanchez (D. José M.) Gramatica | de la | Lengua Zoque. | For-
mada | por el Presbitero Br. | D. Jose M. Sanchez | para que sirva
de texto en el | Colegio Tridentino de la | Diocesis da Chiapis. |

Julio de | 1877. | Imprenta de la “Sociedad Catélica” 4 cargo
de | Mariano Armendariz. | JIWP.

Title on coverasabove. 56pp. sm.4°. A folding leaf at the end with ‘Tabla
de oraciones segundas,” etc.

3471 ———, editor. Gramatica del Zotzil.

Colophon:—1°. de Enero de 1818: estube administrando.

No title-page; pp. 1-43. sm.4°. (Edited by Pe Sanchez.)

Confecionario [sic] en dicha lengua, que deben saber los ministros, in Spanish
and Zotzil, p. 21.—Para administrar el Santo Sacramento del Matrimonio, in
Spanish and Zotzil, p. 30.—Doctrina cristiana en lengua Tzotzil, in Spanish and
Zotzil, p. 35.

Title and description furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta.

Sanchez de Aguilar (D. Pedro).

See Aguilar (D. Pedro Sanchez).

3472 Sanchez de la Baquera (Juan). j¥ Lvz y Gvya j& | para leer, escre-
byr, Pronvneyar | y saber | la Lengva Othomy | enque se contienen,
Ortogaphia, Arte, Bocabulario, | Oraciones, Doctrina, Confesonario,
Manual, Y tres | Misterios principales de nuestra santa fe con sus

684 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Sanchez de la Baquera (Juan)—continued.

exemplos | Dyspvesta | Por Jvan Sanches de la Bacvera Espaiiol
Nacional y | Besino de el Pueblo del Seftor San Joseph de Tvla |

Que | Reberente, y humilde dedica a la Soberana Empera | tris de
los Cielos y Patrona de toda esta Nueba Espana | Marya Santysyma
De Gvadalvpe | en el afio de | 1751 | Septimo traslado que se sacé
de su original de la misma letra | del Autor, y si hubiere aquien le
agrade ade dar por el, el | valor de una mortaja de nuestro Serafico
Padre S*. francisco. | A | B.

Manuscript. Inthe Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Bought at the Ramirez
sale, London; it is entered in the catalogue of that sale under No. 636.

Title, reverse dedication, 1 p.—Ll. 1-7, orthography.—LI. 7-9, of verbs.—L. 9,
of pronouns.—LI. 9-10, of nouns.—LI. 10-12, of the different parts of speech.—
L. 13, vocabulary of adverbs.—LI. 14-17, vocabulary of verbs.—LI. 17-27, vocabu-
lary of nouns.—L. 27, numerals.—L. 28, additional vocabulary.—L. 29, list of
Spanish words having no equivalents in Otomi.—LI. 30-39, questions and answers,
in Otomi and Spanish, for use at confession.—LI. 39-41, the ordinary prayers of
the church.—L. 41, the commandments.—LI. 42-43, articles of faith, works of
mercy, capital sins, enemies of the soul, virtues, powers of the soul, senses, gifts
of the spirit, fruits of the holy ghost, blessed ones, venial sin.—L. 43, general con-
fession and act of contrition.—Ll. 44-45, short catechism.—LI. 46-48, manual for
administration of last sacrament.—Ll. 48-49, marriage service.—Ll. 50-52, ex-
planation of the mystery of the holy trinity.—L1. 52-54, declaration touching the
mystery of the incarnation.—LI. 54-56, explanation of the mystery of communion.

Libro segundo, 110 unnumbered Il. follow, on much newer paper and in more
distinct handwriting. They are devoted to a consideration of the verb and its
relation to other parts of speech.

3473 Sanderl (fev. Simon). Vocabulaire Frangais, Anglais, Ottowa,
Chippewa. o
Manuscript made by Father Sanderl in 1833, and now in possession of the Re-
demptiorist Fathers at Ichester Mills, Md. It is interleaved with a copy of
Nugent’s Pocket French and English Dictionary, Paris, 1823. 4°.
Father Sainderl was Superior of the first body of Redemptiorists who came to
this country. He arrived in New York from Vienna in 1832, and was soon after
among the Indians at Arbre Croche. ‘Title and note from Dr. J. G. Shea.

3474 [Sanders (Rev. Daniel Clarke).| A | History | of the | Indian
Wars | with the | First Settlers of the Uni- | ted States, | particu-
larly | in New-England. | Written in Vermont. | [Quotation three

lines.] |
Montpelier, Vt. | Published by Wright and Sibley. | 1812. |
Wright & Sibley Printers | WHS.

Pp. 1-319. 249.

Comparison of several Asiatic and American words, Poconchi, Delaware, Chip-
pewa, etc., pp. 191-192.

“The mystery which surrounded the authorship, history, and origin of this very
rare volume has been slowly dispelled by successive fragments of information.
So few eopies have survived the holocaust to which it was devoted, that its very
existence was unknown to the most zealous collectors of Indian and Vermont
history. Published anonymously, without preface, it was known to but few
that the author was the Rev. Daniel Clark[e] Sanders, President of the University
of Vermont. Immediately after its appearance, some person, evidently a per-

+m

SANCHEZ DE LA BAQUERA—SANDOVAL. 685

Sanders (Rev. Daniel Clarke)—continued.
sonal enemy of the author, published an acrimonious critique upon the book, in
the Liberal and Philosophical Repository. The animus of the critic was evi-
denced, not only by the bitterness of his language, but by his ignorance of the
subject of Indian wars, being more profound than that of the author of the book
he scored. Such was the effect of the article upon either Mr. Sanders, or the
publishers, that the work was suppressed. But very few copies could have
escaped the hands that were now as zealous to destroy, as they had lately been
to create. In fact, so nearly complete was the destruction of the book that it
was forgotten by those who professed to know most of its author, his biogra-
phers. Neither Thompson, Williams, or Hemmenway, who published memoirs
of him, mention his authorship of the Indian wars.”— Fields’ Essay, No. 1351.

3475 - A | History | of the | Indian Wars | with the | First Set-
tlers of the United States | to the commencement of | the late
war; | together | with an appendix, | not before added to this his-
tory, | containing interesting accounts of | the battles fought by |
Gen. Andrew Jackson. | With two plates. |

Rochester, N. Y. | Printed by Edwin Scrantom [sic]. | 1828. |
Pp. 1-180, second title 1 1., pp. 187-196. 12°. Notwithstanding the seeming de-
ficiency between pp. 180 and 187, the work is complete, and the signatures run in
regular order (A to Pin sixes). Linguistics, as above, pp. 116-117.—Eames.
Sanders (Rev. J.)
See [Horden (fer. John)] and Sanders (Rev. J.)

3476 Sandoval (D. Rafael Tiburcio). Arte | de la | Lengua Mexicana |
por | el Br. en sagrada Teologia D. Rafael | Sandoval, Cura propio
que fné de los | partidos de Chiconquauhtla, Heatzinco, | y Tetela
del Volcan, Misionero y Cate- | dratico de dicha lengua en el Real
Cole- | gio de Tepotzotlan, y actual en la Real | y Pontificia Uni-
versidad, y en el Tridentino Real y Pontificio Colegio Seminario |
de esta Corte. |

Con las licencias necesarias. | En México, en la oficina de D.
Manuel Anto- | nio Valdes, atio de 1810. | B.

9p.1L.; Arte, pp. 1-62; 11. errata; Doctrina Breve, 8 unnumbered Il. The lat-
ter has the colophon: Reimpresa en la Oficina de D. Mariano de Zuniga y Onti-
veros, ano de 1809. The copy described in Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 68, has
also two leaves in verse, by Br. D. José de la Mota, with the above colophon.
The original manuscript is as follows:

3477 ——— Arte | de la lengua Mexicana | por | El Br. en sag. Teologia
D. Rafael | Tiburcio Sandoval Cura que fue de | los Partidos de
Chiconquautla, Eca | -cingo, y Tetela, Misionero, y Cathedra | -tico
de la lengua Mexicana en el R. | Colegio de Tepotzotlan; y actual

en el | Pontificio, y Real Semenario de esta | Corte. | Ato de mil

ochocientos ocho, [1808]. | B.

Manuscript. pp. 1-119. 16°. On parchment. In the library of Mr. H. H. Ban-
croft, San Francisco; bought af the Ramirez sale, London, in the catalogue of

which it is numbered 768.

Of syllables necessary to be learned for the correct pronunciation of Mexican,

p. 1.—Of nouns, pp. 1-16.—Of pronouns and semi-pronouns, pp. 16-32.—Of verbs,

pp. 32-94.—Of compound nouns, pp. 95-103.—Of prepositions, pp. 103-109.—Of

conjunctions and adverbs, pp. 109-114.—Of interjections, p. 114.—Of mexicanisms

and quantities, pp. 114-119.

686 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

, (38478 Sanford (Ezekiel). A | History | of | the United States | before
the Revolution: | with | Some Account | of | The Aborigines. | By
Ezekiel Sanford. |

Philadelphia: | Published by Anthony Finley. | William Brown,
Printer. | 1819. | C. BA.

Pp. i-excii, 1-341. 8°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Charibbee, Creek, and Mohegan and Northern
Languages, with the Hebrew (from Boudinot’s Star in the West), pp. xxviii-
xxx.—Comparative vocabulary of American and Tartar (from Barton’s New
Views), pp. xxxi-xxxiii.—List of Tribes, showing difference in English and
French spelling (from Boudinot’s Star in the West), p. xxxvi.—List of Tribes in
Massachusetts (from Hutchinson’s History of Massachusetts), p. exl.—List of
Tribes in New Jersey (from Smith’s New Jersey), p. exlvi.—List of Tribes in Vir-
ginia, pp. elvii-clviiiimList of Tribes in North Carolina, p. clx.—List of Tribes iu
Louisiana (from Brackenridge’s Views), pp. clxvi-celxvil.

3479 San Francisco (Fr. Juan). Conferencias espirituales con ejemplos
y doctrinas de Santos, en Lengua Megicana. : te

3480 ———— Sermones morales y panegiricos, en Lengua Megicana. *
7 Titles from Beristain.

. 38481 Santa Maria (Fr. Domingo). Doctrina cristiana en Lengua Mis-

teca. *
3482 ——— Los Evangelios y Epistolas del ato en dicha [Misteca]
Lengua. *

Titles from Beristain.

3483. ——— Arte i Ensefanza de la Lengua Misteca.
Mentioned in Barcia’s edition of Pinclo, but not known to be printed.—Triibner.

3484 Santo Domingo (/’r. Thomas de). Vocabulario en la Lengua Cak-
chiquel [y espafiola] Richin Fratris Thomae a S* Dominico e coetu
fratrum sacri ordinis Praedicatorum superopidi de Zumpan anima-

rum curam intendentis, ete. e

Manuscript. 3 unnumbered IL, 139 1l.; 4°; with the capital letters in red;
beautiful writing, of the early part of the 17th century. The author of this
vocabulary, as he announces in the preliminary page, belonged to the order of
St. Dominic, and was cura of the town of Zumpango, inhabited by the Indians
speaking the Cakchiquel language. The vocabulary is well made and very com-
plete; it is one of the best works in my library.—6rasseur de Bourbourg.

3485 Santoral Mexicano. B.
Manuscript. ll. 197-445; sq.12°; very neat, and in many different hands; no
title-page. Inthe Bancroft Library, San Francisco; bought at the Ramirez sale,
London, in the catalogue of which it is entered under No. 542, and in Icazbal-
ceta’s Apuntes, No. 162.
Life of St. Catherine, ll. 197-225.—Of St. Euphemia, 1]. 229-233.—Of St. Justine,
1]. 233-237.—Of St. Margaret, 1]. 237-241.—Of St. Christine, ll. 241-244.—Brief dis-
courses, 1], 245-252.—A bull of Sixtus V, and its publication, Il. 253-269.—Moral
discourses, I]. 270-289.—Ordination of priests, 1]. 290-295.—Sermons and moral
tales, 11. 296-412.—Proverbs and metaphors, with Spanish translation, 1]. 413-
420.—Brief descriptions of animals, birds, and reptiles, and translations of Span-
ish fables, 1]. 421-445.

SANFORD—SAUER. 687

3486 Santoyo (D. Antonio). Catecismo y Confesonario en Lengua To-
tonaca. *
Title from Beristain. 7

3487 Sapame tntkut atugagssat ardlait. *

7 pp. 8°. Litany Catechism. Title from a Greenland Missionary, through
Professor Rink.

3488 CAPHIMEBD (Lanpuso Auqpeesnas) [Saricheff (Gavrila Andreevich) |. tyre-
mectBie Kan. Buasnrea, (etc. ). [Journey of Captain Billings through
the Chukotsk country from Bering strait to the Nizhnikolimsk
post, and Capt. Hall’s Voyage to the north Pacific Ocean.

St. Petersburg, 1811.| *

Pp.iv,191. 4°. maps. Title from Dall and Baker’s Catalogue of Publications
on Alaska. According to Leclere’s Supplement, No. 2675, this work, pp. 91-129,
contains several vocabularies of different dialects spoken in Russian America.
Ludewig says it contains a Tschukchi vocabulary, pp. 102-111, and an Aleut and
Fox Island vocabulary, pp. 121-129, collected by Dr. Robeck.

3489 Sauer (Martin). An | Account | of a| Geographical and Astro-
nomical | Expedition | to the | Northern Parts of Russia, | for as-
certaining the degrees of latitude and longitude of | the mouth of
the river Kovima; | of the whole coast of the Tshutski, to East
Cape; | and of the Islands in the Eastern Ocean, stretching to |
the American coast. | Performed, | By Command of Her Imperial
Majesty Catherine the Second, | Empress of all the Russias, | By
Commodore Joseph Billings, | In the years 1785, &e. to 1794. | The
whole narrated from the original papers, | by Martin Sauer, | See-
retary to the Expedition. |

London: | Printed by A. Strahan, Printers Street; | For T.
Cadell, Jun. and W. Davies, in the Strand. | 1802. | A.B. Cc. BA. BP.

Pp. i-xxvii, 1-332, and Appendix pp. 1-58. 4°. map.

Vocabulary of the languages of Kamtshatka, Aleutian Isles, and Kadiak,
pp. 9-14.

3490 ——— Voyage | fait par ordre de l’impératrice de Russie | Cathe-
rine II, | dans Je nord | de la Russie Asiatique, | dans la mer Gla-
ciale, | dans la mer d’Anadyr, et sur les | cétes de ’Amérique, |
depuis 1785 jusquwen 1794, | par le commodore Billings; | rédigé
par M. Sauer, | Secrétaire-Interpréete de l Expédition, | et traduit
de Vanglais avec des notes, | par J. Castéra. | Avec une Collection
de quinze Planches, format in—4°., dessinées sur les Lieux. | Tome
Premier [Second]. |

A Paris, | chez F. Buisson, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue Hautefeuille,
No. 20. | an X (1802) | Cc.

2 vols. 8°. atlas 4°.

Vocabulaire Kamtchadale, vol. 2, pp. 239-295.—Vocabulaire Aléoute, vol. 2, pp.
296-303.—Vocabulaire de la langue de Kadiak, vol. 2, pp. 804-311.

According to Ludewig there was a German translation: Berlin, 1802, 8°, the
vocabularies occurring on pp. 399-406.

688

3491 Sauvage]. (M. D[e]. L[a].). Dictionnaire | Galibi, | Présenté sous
deux formes; | 1° Commengant par le mot Francois; | 11° Par le mot
Galibi. | Precédé dun essai de grammaire.| Par M. D. L. 8. |
[Figure.]

A Paris, | Chez Bauche, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, | 4 ’/Image
Sainte Genevieve & 4 Saint Jean | dans le Désert. | M DCC LXIII
[1763]. | Avee approbation, et privilege du Roi. | A.C.S.

1 p.1., pp. i-xvi, 1-24, 1-126,11. 8°. The ‘‘Approbation,” on the last leaf of
the book, includes both Préfontaine’s and Sauvage’s works. The latter, how-
ever, has its own title-page, pagination, &c. According to Leclere and Ludewig,
Sauvage compiled this dictionary from Boyer, Biet, Pelleprat, Barrere, and others.
Leclerc says that the author was also called Dela Salle de Lestang.

Essai de Grammaire sur la langue des Galibi, pp. 1-24.—Dictionnaire Galibi,
pp. 1-126.

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3492 Dictionnaire Galibi. | Dictionarium | gailice, latine et ga-
libi. | Digestum e libro: | Dictionnaire galibi, présenté sous deux
formes, 1° commencant par le | mot francois, 2° par le mot galibi,
precédé (un essai de Grammaire, | par M. D. L. 8S. a Paris 1763.
8°. (Suite de la Maison rustique de Cayenne.) | Auctum sermone
latino. |

In Martius (Fried. Ph.) Beitriige zur Ethnographie und Sprachenkunde
Amerika’s zumal Brasiliens, vol. 2, pp. 325-370. Erlangen, 1863, 8°, und Leip-

zig, 1867. 8°.

Contains, also, Animalia (praeposito nomine Galibi), pp. 360-363; Plantae,
pp. 364-369.

Also issued separately, n. p., n. d., 48 pp. 8°.—Field’s Indian Bibliography,
No, 1238.

3493 Say (Thomas).
In James (Edwin).
Long, vol. 2, pp. Ixx—Ixxxy.

Vocabularies of Indian Languages.
Account of an Expedition under command of Maj. S. H.
Philadelphia, 1823. 8°,

Wabh-tok-ta-ta, or Oto, pp. lxx—Ixxviii.

Konza language, pp. Ixx—Ixxviil.

O-maw-haw language, pp. 1xx-Ixxviii.

Sioux (Yancton band) language, pp.
lxx-Ixxviii.

Min-ne-ta-re, or Gros ventre language,
pp. Ixx-Ixxviii.

Paw-ne language, pp. 1xx-Ixxviii.

Chel-a-ke, or Cherokee language, pp.
Ixx-] xxviii.

Shos-ho-ne language, p. Ixxix.

Up-sa-ro-ka, or Crow language, p.
Ixxix.

Wah-tok-ta-ta, or Oto language (pro-
miscuous words), p. 1xxx.

O-maw-haw language (promiscuous
words), pp. 1xxxi-]xxxii.

O-maw-haw names of persons, pp.
Ixxxii-Ixxxiii.

O-maw-haw interjections and excla-
mations, p. 1xxxili.

Sioux (Yancton band) language, p.
Ixxxiv.

Min-ne-ta-re, or Gros ventre language,
pp. Ixxxiv-Ixxxv.

Paw-ne language, p. Ixxxv.

The Upsaroka and Minnetaree vocabularies reprinted in Schoolcraft (H. R.)
Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 255-256. Philadelphia, 1853. 4°.

3494 ——— Vocabulary of the Killisteno or Cree.

In Keating (W.H.) Narrative of an Expedition under Maj. 8. H. Long, vol. 2,

pp. 450-459. Philadelphia, 1824. 8°.

Reprinted in the English edition of the above work, vol. 2, pp. 143-156. Lon-

dun, 1825. 8°.

SAUVAGE—SCLIERZER, 689

3495 Saz (P. Antonio). Sermones en la lengua Cakchiquel. *
Mentioned by Brinton in his article on the manuscripts in the library of the
American Philosophical Society, the titles of which he gives as follows: “de San
Joachim, de la visitacion, de la asuncion, de la concepcion, manual en la lengua,

and others; none of them mentioned by Squier or Pimentel.”

3496 ——— Adiciones al Arte de la lengua de Guatemala, para utili-
dad de los Indios y comodidad de sus Ministros: by Father Anto-
nio Saz, of the Order of San Francisco.

A manuscript preserved in the Convent of San Francisco in Guatem ala.—Squier.

3497 Scheppig (Richard). Ancient Mexicans, Central Americans, Chib-
chas, and Ancient Peruvians. Compiled and abstracted by Richard
Scheppig, Ph. D.

Forms Part 2 of Spencer (Herbert). Descriptive Sociology. New York, D.
Appleton and Company. [1874.] folio.

“Language,” pp. 50-53, contains quotations from many different authors, on
the languages of the Mexicans, Central Americans, &e.

3498 Scherer (Johann Benedict). Recherches | Historiques | et Géo-

eau-Monde. | Par Jean-Benoit Scherer,

Pensionnaire du Roi; | Employé aux affaires étrangeres; Membre

de plusieurs | Académies & Sociétés littéraires; ci-devant Juris-

con- | sulte du College Impérial de Justice a Saint- Pétersbourg, |
pour les affaires de la Livonie, d’Esthonie & de Finlande. | [Design.]

A Paris, | Chez Brunet, Libraire, rue des Ecrivains. | M. DCC.-
LXXVII [1777]. | A.C. BA.

Pp. i-xii, 2 I., pp. 1-352. 6°. map. plates.

Short vocabulary, 17 words, Esquimaux and Groenland, p. 19.—Essai sur les
rapports des mots entre les Langues du Nouveau-Monde & celles de l’Ancien,
par VAuteur du Monde Primitif, pp. 302-345, contains: Langue des Esquimaux &
des Groenlandois, pp. 306-312; du Canada, pp. 313-319; des Caraibes & des Gali-
bis, pp. 319-327; des Abenaquis, pp. 327-328; des Virginiens, pp. 328-331; de
Pensylvanie, p. 331; Mexicaine, pp. 332-334.

3499 Schermerhorn (John I.) Report respecting the Indians inhabiting
the western parts of the United States. Communicated by Mr.
Jobn F. Schermerhorn to the Secretary of the Society for propa-
gating the Gospel among the Indians and Others in North America.

In Mass. Hist. Soc., Coll., second series, vol. 2, pp. 1-45. Boston, 1814. 8°.
Comments on the language of the Shawanoes, Delawares, Miamies, Algon-
quins, Chactaws, and various tribes west of the Mississippi.

3500 Scherzer (Dr. Karl, Ritter von). Wanderungen | durch die | mittel-
amerikanischen Freistaaten | Nicaragua, Honduras und San Salva-
dor. | Mit Hinblick | auf deutsche Emigration und deutscher
Handel, | von | Dr. Carl Scherzer. | Mit zwei Karten. |

Braunschweig, | Druck und Verlag von George Westermann. |
1857. | A.B.

Pp. i-xviii, 1-516. 8°. plates.

Hundertachtzig Wurzelworte aus der Sprache der Tlaskalteken im Dorfe
Isaico im Staate San Salvador (from Gallatin), pp. 504-507.

The English eaten: Travels in the Free States of Central America, London,
1857, 2 vols., 12°, does not contain the root words.

44 Bib

f

6490 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Scherzer (Dr. Karl, Ritter von)—continued.

3501 ——— Sprachen der Indianer Central-Amerika’s. Wahrend seinen
mehrjiihrigen Reisen in den verschiedenen Staaten Mittel-Amerika’s
aufgezeichnet und zusammengestellt von Dr. Karl Scherzer.

In Kaiserliche Akad. der Wiss. Sitzungsberichte, philosophisch-historischen
Classe, vol. 15, pp. 28-387. Wien, 1855. 8°.

Sprache der Tlascaltekas Indianer (Mexicanisch), im Dorfe Isalco, im Staate
San Salvador.—Sprache der Indianer von Ixtlavacan (Quiché), 10 engl. Meilen
von Quesaltenango, Guatemala.—Sprache der Indianer von Palin (Poconchi), 24
engl. Meilen von Neu-Guatemala.—Sprache der Indianer von St. Maria, am Fusse
des Wasser Vulcans (Pupuluka Katchikel), 5 engl. Meilen von Antigua Guate-
mala.—Sprache der wilden Indianerstiimme der Blancos, Valientes und Tala-
mancos, entlang der Ostkiiste zwischen dem Rio Zent und Bocco del Toro im
Staate Costa Rica.

Issued separately, also, with same title. See Field’s Essay, No. 1359.

See Wagner (Dr. Moritz) and Scherzer (Dr. Carl).

3502 Schomburgk (Sir Robert H.) Contributions to the Philological Eth-

nography of South America. By Sir R. H. Schomburgk.

In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc., vol. 3, pp. 228-237. London, 1848. 8°.

“Affinity of words in the Guinau with other Languages and Dialects in Amer-
ica,” pp. 236-237, contains examples in Carib, Delaware, Wyandot, Cherokee,
Chippeway, Massachusetts, Nanticokes, Saukies, Algonkins, Muscoghe, Dahco-
tahs, Yanktons, Ottoes, Kinai, Quappas, Osages, Omahas, Minetares, Ottowas,
Old-Algonkin, Illinois, Tuscaroras, Nottoways, Caddoes, Eskimaux of Hudson’s
Bay, Pima, Onondago, Atnah, Yucatan, &c.

3503. ——— A Vocabulary of the Maiongkong Language [South Amer-
ica]. By Sir Robert Schomburgk.
In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc., vol. 4, pp. 217-222. London, 1850. 8°.
Contains the word for Sun in several South American languages and in Huas-
teca, Cora, Eslenes, Choctas, Muskhogee, Shawanno, Kikkapoos, Minsi, New
Sweden, Algonkin, Mohicans, Chippeways, Messisaugis, Chepewyan, Tribes of
the northwest coast of America, Kinai, Esquimaux, Tchouktche American or
Aglemoute, &c.

3504 Schooleraft (Henry Rowe). Travels | in the | Central Portions | of
the | Mississippi Valley : | comprising observations on its | Mineral
Geography, Internal Resources, | and Aboriginal Population. |
(Performed under the Sanction of Government, in the year 1821.) |
By Henry R. Schooleraft, U. 8. I. A. | Hon. Memb. [&e., six lines].

New-York: | Published by Collins and Hannay, | 230 Pearl-
Street. | J. & J. Harper, Printers. | 1825. | C. BA. BP. HU.

Pp. i-iv, 1-459. 8°. .

Classification of Indian Languages, dialects of the Algonquins, foot-note, p.
299.—Pronominal affixes, Chippewa, foot-note, p. 340.—History and Language
of the Pottowattomies (extract from a letter written by Dr. Wolcott, containing
a few examples of Pottowattomie), foot-note, pp. 380-386.—Songs in Chippewa,
pp. 427-431.—Address in Chippewa, with translation by Mrs. Jane Schoolcraft,
p. 433.

3505 ——— Narrative | of an | Expedition | Through the Upper Missis-
sippi | to Itasea Lake, | the actual Source of this River; | embrac-

SCHERZER—SCHOOLCRAFT. 691

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.
ing | an Exploratory Trip through the St. Croix | and Burntwood
(or Broule) Rivers: | in 1832. | Under the direction of | Henry R.
Schooleraft. |
New-York: | Published by Harper & Brothers, | No. 82 Cliff.
Street. | 1834. | A. 0. BA. HU.
1 p.1., pp. i-vi, 7-307. 8°. map.
Lectures I and II on the Chippewa Substantive, pp. 169-202 —A vocabulary of
words and phrases in the Chippewa language (letters A and B), pp. 203-210.
Lectures IIT and IV of this series are printed in One6ta, or Red Race of America,
New York, 1844; Lbid., New York, 1845; Red Race of America, New York, 1347;
Indian in his Wigwam, New York, 1848; and in Western Scenes, Auburn, 1853.

3506 ——— Alxzic Researches, | comprising | Inquiries respecting the
mental | characteristics | of the | North American Indians. | First
series. | Indian tales and legends. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
By Henry Rowe Schoolcraft. | Author of [&c., three lines].

New York: | Harper & Brothers, 82 Cliff-Street. | 1839. |
2 vols. 12°. Songs, with translations, vol. 1, pp. 168, 169, 197 ; vol. 2, pp. 35, 37,
115,209. Reprinted in: Myth of Hiawatha, No. 3521. A. C. HU.WHS.

3507 —— Cyclopedia Indianensis: | or a | General Description | of
the | Indian Tribes of North and South America. | Comprising |
their origin, history, biography, manners and customs, language
and religion; | their numbers and divisions into tribes, their ethno-
graphical affinities, | territorial possessions and geographical and
proper names; their an- | tiquities and monumental remains, their
mythology, hierogly- | phics and picture-writing, their allegories,
oral tales and | traditions; their civil polity, arts, employments
and | amusements, and other traits of their character | and condi-
tion, past and present; together | with a comprehensive lexicon of
In- | dian words and phrases. | The whole alphabetically arranged. |
By | Henry Rk. Schooleraft, | assisted by a number of literary and
scientific gentlemen in America and Europe. | In 8 Nos., to make 2
Vols. Royal 8vo., 700 pages each. | With portraits of distinguished
Chiefs, Engravings of Ancient Ruins, Hiero- | glyphies, ete., | At
$1.50 per No., 86 per volume. |

New-York: | Published by Platt & Peters, | at the office of the
American Biblical Repository and the American Eclectic, | 36 Park
Row, opposite the City Hall. | 1842. | University Press, John F.
Trow, Printer. | JWP. LSH.

1p.1.,16 pp. royal8°. Prospectus of a work to be issued, as stated therein,
in 8 numbers, to make 2 vols., royal octavo, 700 pages each. The work has not
been published.

3508 —— Onedota, | or | the Red Race of America: | their History,
Traditions, Customs, | Poetry, Picture-writing, &c. | In extracts
from | Notes, Journals, and other unpublished writing. | By Henry
R. Schoolcraft. |

692 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.
New York: | Published by Burgess, Stringer, & Co., | No. 222
Broadway, corner of Ann Street. | American Museum Buildings. |

[1844-1845. ] B. BA.
Issued in 8 numbers of 64 pp. each, with printed cover. Reprinted as fol-

lows:
3509 ——— Onedta, | or | Characteristics | of the | Red Race of Amer-

ica. | From Original Notes and Manuscripts. | By Henry R. School-
craft, | Memb. Royal Geographical Society of London, and of
the Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries, | Copenhagen; Hon.
Memb. of the Natural History Society of Montreal [&c., twelve lines].

New York & London: | Wiley & Putnam. | 1845. | A.c. BP. HU. WHS.

Pp. i-vi, 5-512. 8°.

Ojibwa Song, pp. 15-16.—Geographical Terminology of the United States,
derived from the Indian Language, pp. 36-40.—XXIIId Psalm, from Eliot’s Bible,
pp. 46-47.—Chant to the Fire-Fly, Chippewa Algonquin, p. 61.—Lectures on the
Grammatical Structure of the Indian Language (being Lecture III, delivered be-
fore the St. Mary’s committee of the Algic Society; the Algonquin is selected
as the topic of inquiry), pp. 93-104.—Ethnological gazetteer of the Indian tribes
of the American continent, pp. 119-125, 154-172, 286-294.—A psalm, by Mrs.
Schooleraft, Ojibwa-Algonquin, pp. 126-127.—Names of the seasons, and cardinal
points, Ojibwa, p. 128.—Nursery and cradle songs, pp. 212-220.—Lecture IV:
Grammatical structure of the Indian languages, pp. 221-2382.—Corn Song, pp. 255-
256.—Traditionary war-songs of the Ojibwa Algonquins, pp. 346-351.

Reviewed in American Review, a Whig Journal, &c., vol. 1, pp. 90-94. New

York, 1845, 8°, in which is given love-songs in the Chippewa language.

3510 Report of Mr. Schoolcraft, to the Secretary of State [of

New York], transmitting the census returns in relation to the In-
dians [of the State of New York]. State of New York: Senate
Document No. 24. Jan. 22, 1846. C. BA.

Pp. 1-285,11. 8°. Also issued with title-page, as below.

The Report on tiie Census of the Iroquois occupies pp. 3-20, and is followed
by a ‘‘Supplementary Report of Henry R. Schoolcraft to the Secretary of State.
Antiquities —History—Ethnology”, pp. 21-285, which contains the following:

Chew (W.) Vocabulary of the Tuscarora [350 words], pp. 251-258.

Elliot (Rev. A.) Vocabulary of the Mohawk [220 words], pp. 264-270.
Vocabulary of the Cayuga [320 words], pp. 271-277.

Shearman (R.U.) Vocabulary of the Oneida [101 words], pp. 278-281.

3511 ——— Notes on the Iroquois: | or, Contributions to the | Statistics,
Aboriginal History, Antiquities and General Ethnology | of | West-
ern New-York. | By Henry R. Schoolcraft, | Hon. Mem. [&c., seven
lines}.

New-York: | Bartlett & Welford, | Astor House. | 1846. |
Pp. i-vii, 1-285,11. 8°. Contents as in Senate Document. Reprinted as fol-
lows: A.C. 8S. BA. WE. WHS.

3512 ——— Notes | on | the Iroquois; | or Contributions to | American
History, Antiquities, | and | General Ethnology. | By Henry R.
Schooleraft, | Hon. Memb. | &e., eight lines}.

Albany: | Hrastus H. Pease & Co., 82 State Street. | 1847. |
Pp. i-xy, 1-498. 8°. A. C. LSH.

SCHOOLCRAFT. 693

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.

Comments on the Cherokee language, pp. 158-160.—Chapter XI, Language:
Structure of the class of American languages-Comparative vocabulary of the
Troquois and its cognate, the Wyandot, pp. 382-400, contains, pp. 393-400, the
following vocabularies: Mohawk (Rev. A. Elliot); Oneida (H. R. S. and R.U.
Shearman); Onondaga (H. R. 8. and Arch. Am.); Cayuga (Rey. A. Elliot) ;
Seneca (E.S. Parker, H. R.S., and Arch. Am.); Tuscarora (Rey. G. Rockwood and
W. Chew); Wyandot (J. Johnson, H. R.S., and Arch. Am.).—Brief comments on
the Seneca language, p. 456.—A few phrases in Tuscarora (Rey. G. Rockwood),

p. 487.
3513 ——— The | Red Race of America. | By Henry R. Schooleraft. |
New York: | Wm. H. Graham, Tribune Buildings, | 161 Nassau
Street. | 1847. | C.
Pp. 1-416. 8°.

XXIII Psalm in Massachusetts, from Eliot’s Bible, pp. 226-227.—Schooleraft’s
American Cyclopedia, or Ethnological Gazeteer, &c. (letter A), pp. 231-265.—
Lectures 3 and 4 on the Grammatical Structure of the Indian Language,
pp- 266-290.—Geographical Terminology of the United States, derived from the
Indian Languages (extracts from ‘Cyclopedia Indianensis,” a manuscript work
in preparation), pp. 304-308.—Names of the seasons in Odjibwa, p. 308.—Names
of the cardinal points in Odjibwa, p. 308.

Issued, also, with the following title, and with contents as above.

3514 ——— The Indian in his Wigwam, | or | Characteristics | of the |
Red Race of Americ». | From original notes and manuscripts. | By
Henry R. Schoolcraft, | Member [&c., twelve lines].

New York | Dewitt & Davenport, | Tribune Buildings. |
1848. | A. BA. HU. WE.

Pp. 1-416. 8°. Field says it was also issued with the imprint: Baffalo: Derby

& Hewson. 1848. Reissued, with new title and some additions, as follows:

3515 t—— The | American Indians. | Their History, | Condition and
Prospects, | from | Original notes and Manuscripts. | By Henry R.
Schooleraft. | Together with an appendix, containing thrilling |
narratives, daring exploits, etc. etc. | New revised edition. |

Rochester: | Wanzer, Foot and Co. | 1851. | B. C. WHS.
Pp. 1-495. 8°. Also issued with the following title:

3516 Western Scenes | and | Reminiscences: | together with

Thrilling | Legends and Traditions | of the | Red Men of the For-
est. | To which is added | several Narratives of adventures among
the Indians.

Auburn: | Derby and Miller. | Buffalo: | Derby, Orton & Mulli-
gan. | 1853. | Ch:
Pp. 1-495. 8°.
3517 ——— Personai Memoirs | of a | Residence of Thirty Years | with

the | Indian Tribes | on the | American Frontiers: | with brief |
notices of passing events, facts, and opinions, | A. D. 1812 to A. D.
1842. | By Henry R. Schoolcraft. |

Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo and Co., | Successors to
Grigg, Elliot and Co. | 1851. | A. C. WHS.

Pp. i-xlviii, 17-703. 8°.

694

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.

3518 —— Inquiries,

3519

Etymology of the word Chippewa, p. 129.—Names of the seasons in Chippewa,
p. 132.—Genesis i, 3, in Chippewa, p. 141.—Numerals, 1-10, in Chippewa, p. 144.—
A few examples in Chippewa, pp. 155-159.—Remarks on the structure of the
Chippewa, with examples, pp. 171-174, 178, 435, 453.—Etymology of the word Chi-
cago, p. 478.—Verses in Chippewa (?) by Mrs. Schoolcraft, with translation by
H.R.S., pp. 632-633.—A few words of the New England Tribes (from Wood’s New
England’s Prospect), compared with the Chippewa of Lake Superior, p. 644.—
Etymology of geographic names on the Hudson, pp. 646-647.—A few words of
Chippewa and Ottawa compared, p. 670.—English, German, Welsh, and Algon-
quin compared, p. 692.—Numerals, 1-10, of Polynesian and Algonquin com-
pared, pp. 695-696.

respecting the | History, Present Condition, |
and | Future Prospects, | of the | Indian Tribes of the United
States. | By Henry R. Schoolcraft, | Office Indian Affairs, | Wash-
ington, D. C. |
Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & Co., Publishers. |
1851. | B. JWP.
Printed cover11., title 11., pp. 523-568. 4°. Extract from vol. 1 of the following:

Historical | and | Statistical Information, | respecting
the | History, Condition and Prospects | of the | Indian Tribes of
the United States: | collected and prepared under the direction |

of the | Bureau of Indian Affairs, | per Act of Congress of March
3d, 1847, | by Henry R. Schooleraft, LL. D. | Illustrated by 8. Bast-
man, Capt. U. 8. A. | Published by Authority of Congress. | Part

I [-VI]. |
Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & Company, | (Successors to
Grigg, Elliot & Co.) | 1851 [-1857]. | A. B.C. 8S. BA. JWP.

6 vols. 4°. maps and plates; each volume with engraved title and printed
title, the former worded as above but differing slightly in arrangement. Two
editions of this work were published by the same house, one on thinner and
somewhat smaller paper, of which only five volumes were printed, and the edi-
tion is therefore incomplete.

CoONTENTS.—Part I.

Eliot (J.) Vocabulary of the Massachusetts Indians, pp. 288-299.

Proverbs xxx, 25-32, in the Massachusetts Indian language, p. 404.
Schoolcraft (H.R.) Medicine songs of the Chippewas, pp. 362-366, 368-380,

383-384, 398-401.

List of totems, with English signification, pp. 417-419.

War song, p. 402.

Wyeth (Nathaniel J.) Vocabulary of the Shoshonees, pp. 216-218.

Part II.

Alcantara (Pedro). Vocabulary of the Costanos, pp. 494-505.

Bruce (W.H.) Vocabulary of the Menomonee language, pp. 470-481.

Butler (William). Cherokee numeration, pp. 209-211.

Casey (Capt. J.C.) Hitchittee or Chell-o-kee dialect numeration, pp. 220-221.
Cherokee alphabet, facing p. 228.

Cummings (Richard W.) Vocabulary of the Shawnee language, pp. 470-481.
Vocabulary of the Delaware language, pp. 470-481,

SCHOOLCRAFT, 695

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.
Dougherty (Lev. P.) Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Grand Traverse Bay,
pp. 458-469,
Drennen (John). Choctaw numeration, pp. 204-206.
Elliot (Rev. Adam). Vocabulary of the Mohawk language, pp. 482-493.
Vocabulary of the Cayuga language, pp. 482-493.
Fairbanks (Mr.) Chippewa (Ojibwa) of the Upper Mississippi, pp. 216-218.
Fletcher (Jonathan C.) Magic song, p. 223.
Handy (Charles W.) Vocabulary of the Miami language, pp. 470-481.
Johnson (Adam). Vocabulary of the Cushna, pp. 494-505.
Cushna sentences, numbers, proyfer names, &c., pp- 506-508.
Johnston (George) Vocabulary of the Ojibua of St. Mary’s, pp. 458-469.
Johnston (W.) Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Michilimackinac, pp. 458-469.
Le Port (Abraham). Vocabulary of the Onondaga language, pp. 482-493.
Lieber (Dr.F.) Plan of thought of the American languages, pp. 346-349.
Lowry (Miss Elizabeth). Winnebago numeration, pp. 214-216.
Moncrovie (J.B.) Vocabulary of the Satsika, or Blackfeet, pp. 494-505.
Moran (G.) Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Saganaw, pp. 458-469.
Neighbors (R.S8.) Comanche numeration, pp. 129-130.
Vocabulary of the Niiuni, or Comanche, pp. 494-505.
Prescott (Philander). Dakota numeration, pp. 206-208.
Prodigal Son (in Cherokee characters), facing p. 228.
Schoolcraft (H.R.) Chippewa war songs, pp. 61-62.
Indian languages of the United States, pp. 340-345.
An essay on the grammatical structure of the Algonquin language,
pp. 351-442.
Kekeenowin, or Hieratic Signs of the Medawin and Jeesukawin, pp.
358-366, includes songs in Ojibwa.
Simonise (William S.) Carib song, p. 312.
Skenando. Vocabulary of the Oneida language, pp. 482-493.
Walker (William). Wyandot numeration, pp. 215-220.
Warren (W.W.) Numeration of the Ojibwa of Chegoimegon and of the
Pillagers and Northern Ojibwas, pp. 211-213.
Whipple (Lieut. A.W.) Vocabulary of the Diegunos, pp. 103-104.
Vocabulary of the Yuma (Cuchan), pp. 118-121.
Worcester (Ztev.S. A.) Remarks on the principles of the Cherokee language,
pp. 443-456.

Part II.

Analysis of pronominal and verbal forms of the Indian languages in the Ex-
hibition of ‘‘ Words and Forms of Speech, prepared with a view to obtain their
Equivalents in various Indian Dialects,” in French and English only, pp. 407-411.

Brantz (Lewis). Some words from the language of the Choctaws, p. 347.

Emmors (George F.) Vocabulary of the Klatsop, pp. 223-224.

Gallatin (A.) A letter, enclosing a table of Generic Indian families of lan-
guages, pp. 397-402.

Gibbs (G.) Observations on some of the Indian dialects of Northern Cali-
fornia, pp. 420-423.

Vocabularies of the Tcho-ko-yem, Cop-éh, Kula-napo, and Yukai, pp.

428-434.

Vocabularies of the Chow-e-shak, Batem-da-kai-ee, Wee-yot, and Wish-
osk, pp. 434-440.
Vocabularies of the Weits-pek, Hoo-pah, Tah-le-wah, and Eh-nek,
pp. 440-445.

Kipp (James). Vocabulary of the Mandan, pp, 255-256.
Vocabulary of the Mandan, pp. 446-459,

696 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.

Madison (James). Vocabulary of the Delawares, pp. 424-427.

Parry (C.C.) Vocabulary of the Pimo, pp. 460-462.

Say (Thomas). Vocabulary of the Upsaroka, pp. 255-256.
Vocabulary of the Minnetaree, p. 256.
Schoolcraft (Henry R.) Chippeway songs, pp. 325-328.
A reply to some of the historical and philological topics of investiga-
tion brought forward in the foregoing letter of Mr. Gallatin, pp. 403-407.
Replies, in the Ojibwa language, to the preceding analytical forms,
pp. 412-416. ‘
Grammatical comments on the preceding analytical forms, pp. 417-419.
Plan of a system of geographical names for the United States founded
on the Aboriginal languages, pp. 501-509.
A description of the Aboriginal American nomenclature with its ety-
mology (Letter A), pp. 510-549.

Smith (John 8.) Vocabulary of the Arapahoes, pp. 446-459.

Vocabulary of the Cheyennes, pp. 446-459.
Whiting (David V.) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Tusuque, pp. 446-459.

Part IV.

Casey (J.C.) Vocabulary of the Muskogee, or Creek, pp. 416-429,
Clarkson (Matthew). Words in the Osage language, p. 275.
Denig (E.T.) Vocabulary of the Assiniboine, pp. 416-431.
Baton (Capt. J.H.) Vocabulary-of the Navajo, of New Mexico, pp. 416-431.
Vocabulary of the Pueblo, of Zuni, New Mexico, pp. 416-431.
Pletcher (J. E.) List of moons (Winnebagoes), with English signification,
pp. 239-240.
Hamilton (/tev. William.) Remarks on the Iowa language, pp. 397-406.
Hurlburt (fv. T.) A memoir on the inflections of the Chippewa tongue, pp.
385-396.
Johnson (Adam). Languages of California, pp. 406-415.
Pond (Gideon H.) Medicine song (Dakota), (reprinted in vol. vi, p. 655), p. 649.
Schoolcraft (H.R.) Observations on the manner of compounding words in
the Indian languages, pp. 371-385.
A bibliographical catalogue of books, translations of the Scriptures,
and other publications in the Indian tongues of the United States, with brief
critical notices, pp. 523-551.
American nomenclature; being a critical dictionary of Indian names in
the history, geography, and mythology of the United States, alphabetically ar-
ranged (Letter B), pp. 554-564.

Part V.

Bonneville (B.L.E.) Etymology of the word Oregon, pp. 708-709.
Edwards (Jonathan). lLord’s Prayer in Mahican, p. 591.
Bliot (John). Vocabulary of the Natic, foot-note, p. 39.
Vocabulary of the Apache and Algonquin, foot-note, p. 202.
Lord’s Prayer in Massachusetts, p. 591.
Henry (Dr.C. A.) Vocabulary of the Apachee, pp. 578-589.
Kidder (Frederic). Vocabulary of the Passamaquoddy, pp. 689-690.
Lane (W.C.) Letter on affinities of dialects in New Mexico, p. 689.
Lawson (John). Vocabulary of the Algonquin and Pamptico, foot-note, p. 38.
Comparisons of the languages of the ancient Pampticos of North Caro-
lina with the Algonquin language, and of the ancient Waccoa of that State and
the Catawba, of South Carolina, pp. 552-558.

Lord’s Prayer in Choctaw and Dacotah or Sioux, p. 592.

—

SCHOOLCRAFT. 697

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.

352

35:

9

2

—

Marcy (R.B.) Specimens of the Caddo and Wichita languages, pp. 709-712.
Rand (fev. Silas T.) Vocabulary of the Micmac, pp. 578-589.

Lord’s Prayer in Milicite, p. 592.

Milicite numerals, pp. 690-691.

Schoolcraft (Henry R.) Chippewa language, pp. 297-388.

Chippewa declension of the word God, p. 416.

—— Chippewa songs, pp. 429-431, 439.

A list of Anglo-Indian words incorporated into the English language,
or employed by approved writers, pp. 535-542.

Philosophy of Utterance [including vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon],
pp. 543-551.

Original words of Indian songs literally translated [Chippewa], pp.

559-564.

—— A lexicon of the. Algonquin language [Letter A], pp..565-569.
Indian geographical nomenclature of the United States [Letter C],
pp. 570-577.
Lord’s Prayer in Chippewa, p. 592.
Etymology, with examples, pp. 593-600.
Some data respecting the principles of the Chippewa and Mahican
languages, in a series of letters written during the period from 1822 to 1827,
pp. 601-620.
Names based on the Indian vocabularies, which are suggested as appro-
priate for new subdivisions of the public domain, pp. 621-625.
Indian numerals, p. 712.
Swan (Caleb). List of moons in Creek, with English signification, pp. 276-277.

Part VI.

Schoolcraft (H.R.) Principles of the structure of the Indian language (with
examples in Ojibwa), pp. 671-684.

0 —— Summary Narrative | of an | Exploratory Expedition | to

the | Sources of the Mississippi River, | in 1820: | resumed and
completed, | by the | Discovery of its Origin in Itasca Lake, in
1832. | By Authority of the United States. | With appendices, |
comprising the | original report on the copper mines of Lake Supe-
rior, and observations | on the geology of the lake basins, and the
summit of the Mississippi; | together with | all the ofticial reports
and scientific papers of both expeditions. | By Henry R. School-
craft. |

Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo, and Co. | 1855. | C. WE.

Pp. i-xx, 17-596. 8°.

Etymology of the word Mississippi, p. 140.—Of the Indian word for St. Anthony’s
Falls, p. 151.—Of the Indian word for St. Peter’s River, p. 156.—Of the Indian word
for Wisconsin, p. 179.—List of Quadrapeds, Birds, &e., in Algonquin, pp. 413-
415.—Examunation of the elementary structure of the Algonkin language as it
appears in the Chippewa tongue, pp. 442-447.—Observations on the Grammatical
structure and flexibility of the Ojibwa substantive (Inquiries 1 and 2), pp. 453-
489.—Principles governing the use of the Ojibwa noun-adjective (Inquiry 3),
pp. 489-502. —Some remarks respecting the agglutinative position and properties
of the pronoun (Inquiry 4), pp. 502-515.

1 —— The Myth | of | Hiawatha, | and | other oral Legends, |
Mythologie and Allegoric, | of the | North American Indians. |
By | Henry R. Schooleraft, LL. D. |

698 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Schooleraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | London: | Triibner &
Co. | 1856. | 5 BA. HU. WE. WHS.

Pp. i-xxiv, 13-343. 12°. A reproduction of: Algic Researches, No. 3506.
Algonkin terms, passim. Songs of the Chippewas, pp. 40, 41, 114, 140, 276.

3522 Discourse delivered before the Historical Society of Michi.
gan. By Henry R. Schoolcraft. BA.
In Historical and Scientific Sketches of Michigan, pp. 51-109. Detroit, 1834. 8°.

List of names of Chippewa warriors, with English significations, p. 99.

3523 Mythology, Superstitions and Languages of the North
American Indians. By Henry R. Schoolcraft, Esq., Michilimacki.
nac, Michigan. ; WE.

In New York Theological Review, vol. 2, pp. 96-121. New York, 1835. 8°.

Contains criticisms on Peter Jones’s translation of the Gospel of John in the
Chippewa language.

3024 ——— [Review of] 1. Archeologia Americana: Transactions * * *
Vol. 24.

2. Inquiriesrespecting the History, Traditions, Languages * * *,
of the Indians living within the United States.

In North American Review, vol. 45, pp. 34-59. Boston, 1837. 8°.

Taken up almost entirely with a criticism of Mr. Gallatin’s remarks on the
Algonkin language, with vocabularies and grammatic comments. The second
work, to which but slight reference is made, the reviewer thinks was written by
Mr. Cass, and issued as a means of collecting information. See No. 651 of this
catalogue. -

Comments, Philological and Historical, on the Aboriginal

Names and Geographical Terminology, of the State of New York.

Part First. Valley of the Hudson. Ina Report from the Commit-

tee on Indian names &e. [H. R. Schoolcraft, Chairman].

In New York Hist. Soc., Proc. for 1844, pp.77-115. New York, 1845. 8°.
issued separately, also, as follows:

Report | of | the Aboriginal Names | and | Geographical

Terminology | of the | State of New York. | Part I—Valley of the

Hudson. | Made to the New York Historical Society—By the Com-

mittee appointed to | prepare a map, etce., and read at the stated

meeting of the | Society, February, 1844. | By Henry R. School-
craft. | Published from the Society’s Proceedings for 1844. |

3525

3526

New York: | Printed for the Society. | 1845. | BA. JWP. LSH.
Pp. 1-43. 8°.
3527 Chippewa Language. Ss.

Manuscript. pp. 1-37. 4°. In possession of Dr. J. G. Shea. It is a reply to
Governor Cass’s second set of inquiries. It contains a vocabulary and gram-
matic notices.

3528 [Schott (W.)] Etwas tiber die Sprache der Koloschen [nach Wen-
jaminow].
In Erman (A.) Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland, vol. 3,
pp. 439-445. Berlin, 1843, 89°.

SCHOOLCRAFT—SCOULER. 699

|Schott (W.)|—continued.
3529 ——— Ueber die Sprachen des russischen Amerika’s, nach Wen-
jaminow. :

In Erman (A.) Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland, vol. 7,
pp. 126-143. Berlin, 1849. 8°.

3530 ——— Ueber ethnographische Ergebnisse der Sagoskinschen
Reise, von W. Schott.

In Erman (A.) Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland, vol. 7, pp.
480-512. Berlin, 1849. 8°.

Vocabulary of the Inkilik and Inkalit-Ingelmut (from Zagoskin), pp. 481-487.—
Vocabulary of the Tschuagmjuten, Kwigpak und Kuskowigmjutes (from Zagos-
kin), Kadjaker (from Billings and Lissiansky), and Namoller (from Robek),
pp. 488-512.

3531 —— Die Sprache der Eskimos auf Greenland. *
In Magazin fiir die Literatur des Auslands, Nos. 38,39. Berlin, 1856. Title

from Ludewig, p. 221.
3532 Schubert (Hofrath von), editor. Correspondenz-Nachrichten aus

Labrador. Mitgetheilt von Hrn. Hofrath v. Schubert.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Miinchen, vol. 18, columns 417-430. Miinchen

[1844]. 4°.
Eskimo vocabulary, columns 417-422, 425-429.
3533 Schwatka (Lieut. Frederick). Vocabulary of the Eskimo. eS

Manuscript in possession of the author, Vancouver Barracks, Washington Ter-
ritory. Concerning it he writes me as follows: My linguistic material per-
taining to the Eskimo is in rough manuscript form, containing probably 500 or
600 words in most common use by the Inkillik Innuits of Repulse Bay, gathered
from August, 1878, to August, 1880, while sojourning with this tribe; each word
is noted in a small calf-bound journal, as its use made it prominent, and I became
assured that I had it sufficiently correct for conversational purposes.

3534 Scouler (Dr. John). Observations on the Indigenous Tribes of the

N. W. Coast of America. By John Scouler, M. D., F.L.S., &e.

In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 11, pp. 215-251. London, 1841. 8°.

Introductory remarks on language, pp. 218-229.—Vocabularies of the north-
west coast, as follows: Haeeltzuk (Coast: Lat. 50° 30'-53° 30’ N.), Bilechoola
(Salmon River Lat. 53° 30’ N.), Chimmesyan (Coast: Lat. 53° 30'-55° 30’ N.),
Haidah (Queen Charlotte’s Island), Tun Ghasse (Lat. 55° 30'-60° N.), pp. 230-235 ;
Kliketat (between Fort Nez Percés; Mount Rainier, and,Columbia Falls), Sa-
haptin or Nez Pereés, Okanagan (Fraser’s River), Kalapooiah (Wallamat Plains),
Yamkallie (sources of Wallamat River), Umpqua (Umpqua River), pp. 236-241;
Kawitchen (entrance of Trading River), Tlaoquatch (southwest extremity Van-
couver’s Island), Noosdalum (Hood’s Canal), Squallyamish (Puget’s Sound),
Cheenook (entrance of Columbia River), Cathlascon (Cathlascou?) (banks of
Columbia), pp. 242-247.

Vocabularies of the State of California, as follows: Pima, San Diego, San Juan
Capistrano, San Gabriel, San Luis Obispo, San Antonio, pp. 246-251,

Of these vocabularies, those of the northwest coast were furnished. by Dr.
W.F. Tolmie, and those of California by Dr. Coulter.

3535 ——— On the Indian Tribes inhabiting the North-West Coast of
America. By John Scouler, M. D., I’. L.S. Communicated by the
Ethnological Society.

700 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Scouler (Dr. John)—continued.

In Edinburgh New Philosoph. Jour., vol. 41, pp. 168-192. Edinburgh,

1846. 8°. :

Short vocabulary of the language of Chikeelis, showing affinities with the
Tlaoquatch of Tolmie and Nootkan of Mozino and Jewett, p. 176.—Vocabulary
of the Sahaptin, Wallawalla, and Kleketat, pp. 190-192.

Reprinted in Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 228-252. Edinburgh, n. d.
8°. Vocabularies, pp. 236, 250-252.

3536 Scripture. Scripture Biography. | From | Adam to Noah. | By
Rey. T. H. Gallaudet. | Abridged, and Translated into the Choctaw
Language. | Alam Atok a isht ia hosh Noah | atok a ont vhli isht
anumpa. | Rev. T. H. Gallaudet | vt holissochi tok vt, ik falaiot
toshowvt Chahta | anumpa toba hoke. |

Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street,

New York. | [1851.] y ABC.
Pp. 1-68, 18°.
3537 Scripture Biography. | The History of Abraham. | By |

Rey. T. H. Gallaudet. | Abridged, and Translated into the Choctaw

Language. | Eblaham isht anumpa | Rev. T. H. Gallaudet. | Vt

holissochi tok vt, ik falaiot toshowvt Chahta | anumpa toba hoke. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street,

New York. | [1851.] ABC,
Pp. 1-88. 18°.

3538 Scripture Biography. | The History of Joseph. | By | Rev.
T. H. Gallaudet. | Abridged, and Translated into the Choctaw |
Language. | Chosef isht anumpa. | Rev. T. H. Gallaudet | vt holis-
sochi tok vt, ik falaiot toshowvt Chahta | anumpa toba hoke. |

Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street,

New York. | [1851.] ABC.
Pp. 1-42. 18°.
3539 Scripture Biography. | The History of Moses. | By | Rev.

T. H. Gallaudet. | Abridged, and Translated into the Choctaw
Language. | Moses isht anumpa. | Rev. T. H. Gallaudet. | Vt holis-
sochi tok vt, ik falaiot toshowvt Chahta | anumpa toba hoke. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street,
New York. | [1851.] ABC. ATS.
Pp. 1-207. 18°,
3540 Scriptures. [Portions of the Scriptures; in the Choctaw language. |
1827. 2

48 pp. Title from Byington’s Manuscript Choctaw Dictionary. Contains se-
lections from Genesis—most of the first eleven chapters; Ist and 146th Psalms;
Matthew—3d, 8th, 13th, 14th, 26th, 27th, and 28th chapters, and parts of 1st, 3d,
9th, 17th, and 25th chapters—John: 3d and 11th chapters and parts of 2d chapter;
the Ten Commandments.

3541 Seaver (James H.) A Narrative | of the life of | Mrs. Mary Jemi-
son, | who was taken by the Indians, | in the year 1755, | When
only about twelve years of age, and has continued | to reside

SCOULER—SEAVER. 7O1

Seaver (James E.)—continued.

amongst them to the present time. | Containing an account of the |
murder of her father and his family; | her sufferings; | her marriage
to two Indians; | her troubles with her children; | Barbarities of
the Indians in the French and Revolutionary Wars; | the life of
her last husband; | And many Historical Facts never before pub-
lished. | Carefully taken from her own words, | Nov. 29th, 1823. |
To which is added, | An Appendix, | Containing an Account of the
Tragedy at the Devil’s | Hole, in 1763, and of Sullivan’s Expedition ;
the Tradi- | tions, Manners, Customs, &c., of the Indians, as be-
lieved | and practised at the present day, and since Mrs. | Jemi-
son’s captivity; together with some Anecdotes, | and other enter-
taining Matter. | By James E. Seaver. |

Howden: | Printed for R. Parkin: | Sold by T. Tegg, 73, Cheap-
side, London; | Wilson and Sons, York; J. Noble, Hull; W.
Walker, | Otley; and by every other bookseller. | 1826. | ©.

Pp. i-xiii, 14-130. 16°. Seneca names, with signification, passim.

3542. ——— Deh-he-wa-mnis: | or | a Narrative of the Life of | Mary Jem-
ison: | otherwise called | The White Woman, | who was taken cap-
tive by the Indians in MDCCLY; and | who continued with them
seventy-eight years. | Containing an account of the murder of | her
father and his family; her | Marriages and Sufferings; | Indian
Barbarities, Customs and Traditions. | Carefully taken from her
own words. | By James,E. Seaver. | Also | the Life of Hiokatoo,
and Ebenezer Allen; a Sketch | of General Sullivan’s Campaign;
Tragedy of the | “Devils Hole,” etc. | The whole revised, corrected
and enlarged: with | descriptive and historical sketches of the Six
Nations, the Genesee Country, and other | interesting Facts con-
nected with | the Narrative: | By Ebenezer Mix. | Second Edition. |

Batavia, N. Y. | Published by William Seaver and Son, | 1842. | c.
Pp. i-xii, 18-192. 16°. Seneca names, with signification, passim.
Third edition: Batavia, 1844. 16°.—Allibone.

3543. ——— Deh-he-wa-mis: | or | anarrative of the life of | Mary Jemi-
son: | otherwise called | the White Woman, | who was taken cap-
tive by the Indians in MDCCLY; | and who continued with them
seventy-eight | years. Containing an account of the | murder of
her father and his family; | her marriages and sufferings ; | Indian
Barbarities, Customs and | Traditions. | Carefully taken from her
own words. | By James E. Seaver. | Also | the life of Hiokatoo and
Ebenezer Allen; and | Historical Sketches of the Six Nations,
the | Genesee Country, and other interesting | facts connected
with the narrative: | By Ebenezer Mix. |

Devon, | Published by S. Thorne, Prospect-Place, Shebbear. |
London, | W. Tegg, 73, Cheapside. | 1847. | *

Pp. i-xii, 18-184. 18°. Scattered terms and phrases in Seneca. Title furnished
by Mr. W. Eames.

702 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Seaver (James E.)—continued.

3544 Life | of | Mary Jemison: | Deh-he-wi-mis. | By James E.
Seaver. | Fourth edition, | with geographical and explanatory
notes |

New York and Auburn: | Miller, Orton & Mulligan. | Rochester:
D. M. Dewey. | 1856. | A. 0. BA.

Pp. 1-312. 12°. Indian geographic names in the State of New York (from
Morgan), pp. 300-312.

3545 Life | of | Mary Jemison: | Deh-he-w4-mis. | By James E.
Seaver. | Fourth edition, | with geographical and explanatory
notes |

New York: | C. M. Saxton, Barker & Co., | No. 25 Park Row. |
1860. | 2
Pp. 1-312. 12°. Indian geographic names (from Morgan), pp. 300-312.
Life | of | Mary Jemison: | Deh-he-wi-mis. | By James E.
Seaver. | Fifth edition, with appendix. |
Buffalo, N. Y.: | Printing House of Matthews & Warren, | Office
of the “‘ Buffalo Commercial Advertiser.” | 1877. | o
2 p. ., pp. 7-303. 9 plates. 12°. Indian geographical names (from Morgan),
pp. 291-303. Titles furnished by Mv, W. Eames, the latter from a copy in the
library of W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.

3046

3547 Sedelmair (P. Jacobo 6 Santiago). Vocabulario de la Lengua

Pina. [Pima?] *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

3548 Seeman (Berthold). Narrative | of the | Voyage of H. M.S. Her-
ald | during the years 1845-51, | under the command of | Captain
Henry Kellett, R. N., C. B.; | being | A Circumnavigation of the
Globe, | and three cruizes to the Arctic Regions in search | of Sir
John Franklin. | By Berthold Seeman, F. L. 8., | Member of [&c.,
two lines]. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [IJ]. |

London: | Reeve and Co., Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. |

1853. | A.B. BA.
2 vols. 8°. Brief reference to the Eskimo language, vol. 2, pp. 68-69.
3549 —— The Aborigines of the Isthmus of Panama. By Berthold
Seeman.

In Am. Eth. Soc., Trans., vol. 3, pt.1, pp. 173-182. New York, 1853. 8°.
Vocabulary of the Savanvric, Cholo, and Bayano, pp. 179-181.

3550 Select Passages | from the Holy Scriptures. | The Creation, and
the fall of man. | Genesis I-III. | A.C. ABC.

No title-page. Pp.1-24. 24°. The Missionary Herald, July, 1836, gives date
of 1836 to the above. Sabin’s Dictionary says 1844.

Contains, also, The Ten Commandments.—The Birth of Jesus Christ.—Parable
of the Prodigal Son.—The Rich Man and Lazarus.—The Pharisee and the Publi-
can.—The Lord’s Supper.

3551 Seleny or Zelenoi (S. J.) Auszug aus dem Tagebuche des Lieu-
tenants Sagoskin tiber seine Expedition auf dem festen Lande des
nordwestlichen Amerikas. *

SEAVER—SERIES. 703

Seleny or Zelenoi (S. J.)—continued.

In Denkschriften der Russischen Geographischen Gesellschaft zu St. Peters-
burg, Band 1, Weimar, 1849. 4°. (A translation, from the Russian, of vols. 1
and 2 of the Memoirs of the Russian Geographical Society.) .

A comparative vocabulary of the Kangjulit (Tshnagmjut, Kwikhpak and
Kuskokwimjut) and the Kadjak, pp. 359-374. Also, a Ttynai vocabulary (of the
dialects Inkilik, Inkalit and Ingelmut).

In the Memoirs of the Russian Geographical Society (in Russian), 2d edition,
the Kangjulit and Kadjak vocabularies are in vol. 2, pp. 250-266.

The above vocabularies are reprinted in Schott (W.) Ueber ethnographische
Ergebnisse der Sagoskinschen Reise, in Erman (A.) Archiy fiir wiss. Kunde
von Russland, vol. 7, pp. 481-512. Berlin, 1849, 8°.

Title from Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. 1, p. xliii, and Ludewig, p.93. The
latter, however, does not mention the name of Seleny.

3052 Selwyn (Rev. William T.)
See Cook (J. W.), Cleveland (W.J.), and Selwyn (W.T.)

3553 Semple (J. E.) Vocabulary of the Clatsop Language.
Manuscript. 1]. 4°. 35 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Collected in 1870, near Fort Stevens, Oregon.

3054 Senfkornesutépok. | {Picture.] ATS. JWP.
No title-page. Pp.1-8. 24°, Bible stories in the Eskimo language of Green-
land, containing: Apost. sull., 7, 9-14, pp. 1-2.—Joh., 10, 12-18, pp. 3-4.—Matth.,

20, 29-34, pp. 5-6.—Apost. sull., 8, 27-39, pp. 7-8.

3555 Senfkornetun-ipok. | [ Picture.] ATS.

No title-page. 1 p.1., pp. 1-8. sq.24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language

of Labrador, containing: Apostetit Piniarningit, 7, 9-14.—Joh., 10, 12-18,—
Matth., 20, 29-34.—Apost. Pin., 8, 27-39.

3556 Sergeant (Rev. John). ‘Translation of the 19th Psalm into the Muh-
he-con-nuk language, done at the Cornwall School, under the su-
perintendence of Rey. John Sergeant, Missionary.

In Morse (J.) Report to the Secretary of War on Indian Affairs, pp. 359-360.
Washington, 1827. 8°.

John Sergeant was born at Newark, N. J., in the year 1710. He was gradu-
ated at Yale College in 1729, and was tutor there from 1731 to 1735, when he left
the College to undertake a mission among the wandering Mohegan Indians,
whom his labors ultimately collected at Stockbridge into a tribe which still
bears that name. He became well acquainted with their language and trans-
lated into it several prayers and Dr. Watts’ first Catechism for the use of child-
ren. He also translated ‘‘ those parts of the Old Testament which contain an
account of the creation, of the fall of our first parents, of the caliing of Abraham,
of the dealings of God with the patriarchs and children of Israel, and those
which relate to the coming of Christ, and the whole of the New Testament ex-
cepting the Revelation.” He died in July, 1749, at the age of 39. Hisson, John
Sergeant, also ministered to the Indian congregation at Stockbridge from 1775 to
his death, in 1824.—Sprague’s Annals of the Am. Pulpit, vol. 1, pp. 388-894,

See Nos. 174, 175, 3108, and 3109 of this catalogue.

3557 Series. A Series | of | Catechisms; | otherwise, | Q’Jeamooltoo-
whwee Uhkaghkeendwaukunul | wank | Nurhkootauseakeal, | &e.,
&e., &e. |

704 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Series—continued.
Toronto: | Printed by Thomas Hugh Bentley, | No.9, Wiciioeien
Buildings, King Street. | 1852. |

Pp. 1-16. 16°. Probably in the Muncey dialect of the Delaware. Title fur-
nished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.

3558 Sermon. Sermon [and Story of David Rouge] | by the Rev. A.

Dickinson. | BA.
No title-page. Pp. 1-24. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Story of David Rouge,

pp. 18-24.
3559 -—--— Sermon de N. Gran Reyna, poderossima Patrona, Madre,

y Senora Nuestra Maria Santissima de Guadalupe.
*

“Extremely rare and curious * * * being printed in the Mexican dialect.”—
Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1712.

3560 Sermones. (J In nomine domini incipiunt sermoés | dominicales per-
totum anni circutus | in lingua mexicana. | B.
Manuscript. ll. 1-611. 16%. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco; bought
at the Ramirez sale, London. It is entered in the catalogue of that sale under

No. 543, and in Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 163.

No author’s name; beautifully written, in several different handwritings of
the 16th century—so neat and uniform as toresemble type. There are two, some-
times three, sermons for each Sunday in the year, beginning with the first Sun-
day in Advent. The titles and the frequent citations from Scriptures are in
Latin, and these, as well as the many Spanish and Latin words introduced, are in
red ink. At the commencement of each sermon is a large capital letter, such as
are met with in printed books of the period. Throughout the manuscript the
type used by the early Spanish printers is carefully imitated.

3561. ——— Sermones en Mexicano. me
Manuscript. 28 pp. 4°. Numbered from 229 to 256, and 21 11. unnumbered.

I suspect that these sermons are by P. Sandoval, as one of the leaves is an old

one written over, on which we read: S' L* D7 Rafael Sandoval: viva m®. a’.

Cathedratico de ydeoma en el Colegio de Tepozotlan.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 69.

3062 ——— Sermones en lengua Achi 6 Tzutuhil, compuestos para el
uso de los padres de la Orden de Santo Domingo de Guatemala, a
principios del Siglo XVII, conforme al estilo del R. P. Fray De:
mingo de Vico.

Manuscript. 174 ll. 4°. In a correct and beautiful handwriting, without the
author’s name, although one of the folios bears the date of 1635. It is composed
of thirty-three sermons in Tzutuhile, having for their subject the principal feasts
of the saints and of the year. From the note placed at the end of the Theologia
Indorum, in Tzutuhil, by P. Domingo de Vico, these sermons, as well as this last
work, must have been translated and transcribed with the aid of some instructed
Indians, who made interpolations in their own manner, which are not quite ortho-
dox, being more in harmony with their ancient, idolatrous rites than with Christi-
anity, ‘‘adding,” says the annotator, ‘‘some foolish things.” Apparently for this
same reason, the line at the commencement of the sermon on the Last Judgment -
is completely effaced.

The Tzutuhil, or Achi language, as it is called by the annotator of the Theologia
Indorum, cited above, was and still is the language of the population gathered
about Atitan in Guatemala, and on the south and west slopes of the mountain

SERIES—SERRA. 705

Sermones—continued.
which commands this volcano. As to the name of Achi, which is here given it,
it signifies courageous or hero, which would make the Tzutuhil dialect the
heroic language of Guatemala; thus the annotator ranks it above its sister
dialects, the Quiché and the Cakchiquel.

I will observe, in conclusion, that the folios of this manuscript are incorrectly
numbered, having been transposed by an unskillful hand. To arrange them
orderly I have been obliged to place at the end several pages which had been
inscribed at the beginning of the volume after the Theologia Indorum, which

. I detached.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

3563 ——— Sermones en Lengua Mexicana. -

Manuscript of early date, probably the early part of the 15th century. It

contains various sermons, homilies, and expositions of the various books of the
Bible.—Fiseher Sale Cat., No. 2008.

3564 ——— Sermones en Lengua Mexicana. *
A curious manuscript of the 17th century. 4°.—Fischer Sale Cat., No. 2009.

3565 —— Sermones en Lengua Quiche de Rabinal. =
Manuscript. 98 11. The first and last sermons are complete; some leaves are
missing in the intermediate lessons. They appear to have been written toward

the end of the last century.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

3566 ———— Sermones en Lengua Tarasca. e
Manuscript of the 16th century. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue,

No. 2019.
3567 t—— Sermones en Lengua Totonaca. :

A very curious and interesting manuscript of the 16th century; not quite com-
plete.—J’ischer Sale Cat., No. 2023.

3568 Sermons. Sermons, Catechism and Vocabulary in the Matzahua

Language. B.
Manuscript. 2411. 12°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. It was
bought at the Ramirez sale, London, and is No. 493 of the catalogue of that sale.
Ll. 1-7 contain two sermons in the Matzahua language; reverse of last folio,
a few Matzahua words with Spanish equivalents; writing of 17th century.—
Catechisin of the Roman Catholic Church, in Matzahua; writing of 17th cen-
tury, ll. 8-14.—Vocabulary in Spanish and Matzahua; extends only to letter T;
only about one-half of Spanish words have Matzahua equivalents, Il. 15-24.

3569 t—— An anonymous Collection of Sermons in the Mexican Lan-
guage. “
Manuscript of the 16th century. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue,

No. 1933.
3570 - Sermons in the Mexican Language. *

Manuseript. folio. Written during the last century on the backs of curious
printed broadsides; also some proclamations made by the late Emperor Maxi-
milian, translated and printed for distribution among the interior Mexicans, by
order of His Majesty. A curious collection, particularly interesting to the Mexi-
can student, as shewing the changes the language has undergone.— Fischer Sale
Cat., No. 1987.

3571 Serra (Fr. Angel). Manual Trilinque, latino, castellano y tarasco,
para Administrar los Sacramentos 4 los Espanoles y 4 los Indios.

Mégico por Ribera 1697.

45 Bib

706 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Serra (fr. Angel)—continued.

4°, Title from Beristain. Leclerc, 1878, No. 2436, also gives the above title,
and adds: We give this title, from Ludewig, to a volume which we possess and
which is much abused. The title and many leaves are wanting, and the greater
part of what remains is in very bad condition. From its contents and after ex-
amination we are confirmed in the opinion that the book is no other than the
Manual of P. Angel Serra, in Latin, Spanish, and Tarasca. The volume is com-
posed of about 136 leaves, plus the index.

3572 ——— Manual | de administrar | los Santos Sacramentos | 4 los
Espanoles y Naturales de esta Provincia | de los gloriosos Apos-
toles S. Pedro y 8. Pablo | de Michuacan, conforme 4 la reforma
de Paulo V. y Vrbano VIII. | Compuesto | por el M. RB. P. Fr.
Angel Serra, | Predicador, ex-Custodio de dicha Santa Provincia,
Cura | colado, que fue, de la doctrina del pueblo de Charapan | en
la sierra, Obispado de Valladolid, Guardian y Cura | del Convento
y Doctrina de N. P.S. Francisco de la | Ciudad de Queretaro, y
Arzobispado | de México. | Dedicalo | 4 N. R.™ P. IF’. Fernando
Alonso | Gonzalez, Lector Jubilado, Calificador del San- | to Officio,
Padre, y ex-Ministro Provincial de | la referida Santa Provincia de
Michuacan y | Commissario General de todas las | de esta Nueua
Espana, | Joseph Bernardo de Hogal, | Ministro @ Impressor del
Real y Apostolico | Tribunal de la Santa Cruzada | en todo este
Reyno. |

En cuya Imprenta se reimprimi6 por su original impresso en |
Mexico con licencia el aio de 1697 este presente de 1731. | *

6 p. 11, UW. 1-138; tabla 411. In the Tarascan language. Title from Icazbal-
ceta’s Apuntes, No. 70. The copy described in the catalogue of the Ramirez sale
was minus ll. 135-136, “but,” says the compiler, ‘‘it is doubtful whether they
were printed.”

3573 ——— E] Catechismo del P. Bartolomé Castano, traducido al ta-
rasco. *

Printed. Title from Beristain.

3574 ——— Arte, Diccionario y Confessonario de dicha lengua [Ta

rasca]. *
Manuscript prepared for the press.—Beristain. :

3575 Severance (Mark Sibley). Vocabulary of the Uta, and of the Hua-
lapai.

In Wheeler (Capt. G. M.) Report upon U. 8S. Geographical Surveys, vol. 7,
pp. 424-465, 472, 481. Washington, 1879. 4°.

3076 Sewall (R. K.) Wawenoc Numerals.

In Hist. Magazine, second series, vol. 3, pp. 179-180. Morrisania, N.Y.,1858. 4°.
Numerals, 1-20,

3077 Shea (JohnGilmary). History | of the | Catholic Missions | among
the | Indian tribes of the United States. | 1529-1854. | By John
Gilmary Shea. | Author [&c., three lines]. [Design.]

New York: | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | 151 Fulton-Street,
near Broadway. | 1859. | A.C. S. BA.
Engraved title 1 1., pp. 1-514. 12°,

SERRA—SHEA. 707

Shea (John Gilmary)—continued.

Lord’s Prayer in the language of the Indians of the Mission of San Diego,
p. 92; in Tatche, or Telame, p.93; in the language of the Indians of Alta Cali-
fornia (from Duflot de Mofras), p.99.—Initial words of the Lord’s Prayer, in the
language of the Indians of the Mission of San Fernando, San Gabriel, San
Rafael, Jouskiousmé and Chocouyem, San F. Solano, Guilucos, San Luis Rey,
Kechi, and Santa Inez (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 109.—Lord’s Prayer in Ab-
naki (from Demilier), p. 137; in Huron (from Brebeuf), p. 164; in Mohawk (from
Claesse), p.210; in Seneca (from Morgan), p. 290; in Caughnawaga (from Mar-
coux), p. 345.—Two lines of the Litany of Loretto (from old manuscript and from
Marcoux), p. 345.—Lord’s Prayer in Ottawa (from Baraga), pp. 359-360.—Portion
of the Lord’s Prayer in Chippeway (from Baraga), p. 360.—Lord’s Prayer in Pot-
tawotamie (from De Smet), p. 363; in Menomonee (from Bonduel), p. 363.—
“O Salutaris Hostia,” in the Illinois language (from Rasle), p. 415.—Lord’s
Prayer in Choctaw, pp. 450-451; in Osage (from Bishop Mivge and Rey. F. Schoen-
makers), p.454; in Flathead and Pends-d’oreilles (De Smet), p. 468; in Flatbow
and Koetenay (De Smet), p.473; in Assiniboin and Blackfoot, p. 478.

3078 —_ History | of the | Catholic Missions | among the | Indian
Tribes of the United States, | 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary Shea, |
Author of |&c., three lines].

New York: | T. W. Strong, | Late Edward Dunigan & Brother, |
Catholic Publishing House, | 599 Broadway. | [N. d.] LSH.

1 p.1., pp. 7-514. 8°. Contents as in edition of 1855.

3079 ——— Geschichte | der | katolischen Missionen | unter den | In-
dianer-Stimmen der Vereinigten Staaten. | 1529-1860. | von | John
Gilmary Shea, | Verfasser [&c., two lines]. Aus dem Englischen
tibersetzt | von | J. Roth. | Sr. Heiligkeit Papst Pius IX gewid-
met. | Mit 6 Stahlstichen. |

Wiirzburg. | Verlag von C. Etlinger. |
Pp. 1-668. 12°. Title from the author.
One line of Our Father in several California dialects, and in Abnaki, Huron,
* Mohawk, Caughnawaga, Ottowa, Flathead and Pend d’Oreille, Blackfoot and
Osage, pp. 570-573.—O’ Salutaris in Illinois, p. 573.

3580 ——— Early Voyages | Up and Down the Mississippi, | by | Cave-
lier, St. Cosme, Le Sueur, | Gravier, and Guignas. | With an Intro-
duction, Notes, and an Index, | By John Gilmary Shea. |

Albany: | Joel Munsell, 1861. | [Design.] A. 0. S. BA.

Pp. i-ix, vii-xiv, 15-191. sm.4°. Munsell’s Historical Series, No. VIII.

Names of the Scioux Nations of the Eastern part, and their signification, p.
111.—Scioux of the Western part, of whom we have any knowledge, p. 111.

3581 ——— The Indian Tribes of Wisconsin. By John Gilmary Shea,
of New York.
In Wisconsin Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 3, pp. 125-138. Madison, 1856. 8°.
Names of tribes in Wisconsin, some with English signification.
3582 ——— The Identity of the Andastes, Minquas, Susquehannas,
and Conestogues. By John Gilmary Shea.
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 2, pp. 294-296. New York and London,
1858. sm. 4°.
A few romarks on language.

" 3586

708 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Shea (John Gilmary)—continued.
3083 Micmac or Recollect Hieroglyphics. [By John G. Shea.]
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 289-292. New York and London,
1861. 4°.
The Lord’s Prayer in Micmac, and Micmac hieroglyphs.
Partly printed in Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 6, pp. 137-141.
Philadelphia, 1856. 4°.

3584 Geroglifici inventati dal Missionario Francescano Recol-
letto Padre Cristiano le Clerque, a fine di esprimere la lingua della
Tribu Indiana dei Micmacs. o

In Cronica delle Missioni Francescane Compilata dal Padre Marcellino de
Civezza M. O., Anno III, pp. 40-45. Rome, 1862. 8°.
The Lord’s Prayer in Micmac and in hieroglyphs.

3585 —— Of what nation were the Inhabitants of Stadacona and
Hochelaga at the time of Cartier’s Voyage?
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 9, pp. 144-145. New York, 1865. sm. 49.
Numerals, 1-10, from Cartier, compared with Huron (from Sagard), Onondaga,
Caughnawaga, Chippeway, Micmac, Malechite, and Penobscot; also a few words
from Cartier and Sagard.
Languages of the American Indians.

In Ripley (G.) and Dana (C. A.), editors. American Cyclopedia, vol. 1, pp.
407-414. New York, 1873. 8°.

Grammatical specimens of the Esquimaux, Delaware, Algonquin, Iroquois,

Dakota, Selish or Flathead, Cherokee, Muskokee, Mexican, Otomi, Maya, Tar-
asca, Pima or Nevome, and Carib languages.
, editor. A | French-Onondaga | Dictionary, | from a man-
uscript of the seventeenth | century. | By | John Gilmary Shea, |
Member of the New York, Massachusetts, Maryland, Wisconsin, |
Michigan Historical and New England Historic- | Genealogical So-
cieties. |

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1860. |

Second title: :

Dictionnaire | Frangois-Onontagué, | édité | d@aprés un manu-
serit du 17° siecle | par Jean-Marie Shea. |

Nouvelle York: | A la presse Cramoisy. | 1859. | A.C.S. WE. JWP.

Pp. iii-viii, 1-103. 8°. English title recto 1.2; French title recto 1.4. Shea’s
“Library of American Linguistics, I.” In French.

3587

See Alsop (George), No. 69 of this catalogue.

See Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie), No. 764 of this catalogue.

See Leclerg (P. Christian), No. 2237 of this catalogue.
3588

, general editor and publisher. Library of American Lin-
guistics. I-XIII.
New York: Cramoisy Press. 1860-1863. A.C. 8S. JWP.
13 vols. 8°. Some also in 4°. For full titles, see authors’ names.
Arroyo de la Cuesta (I'.) Grammar of the Mutsun language, No. 4.
Vocabulary or Phrase Book of the Mutsun language, No. 8.
Bruyas (J.) Radices Verborum Iroqueorum, No. 10.

ae
:
et erm

SHEA—SHORT. TO9

Shea (John Gilmary)—continued.
Z Gibbs (G.) Alphabetical vocabularies of the Clallam and Lummi, No. 11.
: Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon, No. 12.
: Alphabetical vocabulary of the Chinook language, No. 13.
oe Maillard (4bbé). Grammar of the Mikmaque language, No.9.
Mengarini (G.) Scelish or Flat-head grammar, No. 2.
Pandosy (M.C,) Grammar and dictionary of the Yakama language, No. 6.
As Shea (J.G.), editor. French Onondaga dictionary, No. 1.

_— Sitjar (B.) Vocabulary of the language of San Antonio Mission, No.7.
Smith (B.), editor. Grammar of the Pima or Névyome language, No. 5.
Grammatical Sketch of the Heve language, No. 3.
3589 —— Shea’s American Linguistics. Series 1]. Nos. I-I.
New York: Cramoisy Press. 1873-1874. A.C. S. WE. JWP.

2 vols. 6°. For full titles, see author’s name.

Matthews (W.) Grammar and dictionary of the language of the Hidatsa, No.1.

Hidatsa English dictionary, No. 2.

3090 Sheafer (P. W.), editor. Historical Map | of | Pennsylvania. |
Showing the | Indian Names of Streams, and Villages, and | Paths
of Travel; | the sites of Old Forts and Battle-fields; | the successive
purchases from the Indians; and the | Names and Dates of Coun-
ties and County Towns; | with | tables of Forts and Proprietary
Manors. | Edited by | P. W. Sheafer | and others. |

[Philadelphia:] Publication Fund | of the | Historical Society of
Pennsylvania, | 820 Spruce Street, Philadelphia. | 1875. | A.BA.LSH.
Pp. 1-26. 8°. map.
3591 Sherman (Richard Updike). Vocabulary of the Oneida.
In Schoolcraft (H.R.) Report to the Secretary of State, New York, pp. 279-
281. New York, 1845. 8°.
Reprinted in Schoolcraft (H.R.) Notes on the Iroquois, pp. 279-281. New
York, 1846. 8°; and in JDid., pp. 393-400. New York, 1847. 8°.
3592 Sherwood (Lieut. W. L.) Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco and

Coyotero Apaches, with notes.
Manuscript. 7 ll. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3593 Shingwauk | Hymn Book. |
Printed | by Indian boys at the | Shingwauk Home | Sault Ste.
Marie. | 1877. | Price 5 cents. | = ANA
51 unnumbered pp. 24°. Compiled probably by Rey. Edward Wilson.

3594 Short. A | short vocabulary | in the | Language | of the | Seneca
Nation, | and in | English. | Ung-eish-neut teu-au-geh neh-huh yoh-
weh-neut-dah | Eng-lish. |

London: | Printed by W. & S. Graves, 66, Cheapside. |
1818. | WE. JWP. LSH.

Pp. 1-35. 12°. On verso of p. 35 is this notice: ‘‘Shortly to be Published,
Phrases and Religious Lessons in the Language of the Teu-au’-get, or Seneca
Nation; and in English.”

3595 Short (John T.) The | North Americans | of | Antiquity | their
origin, migrations, and type of | civilization considered | By John
T. Short | [Design. |

710 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Short (John T.)—continued.

New York | Harper & Brothers, Publishers | Franklin Square |
1880 | A. BA. WE. JWP.

2p. 11, pp. vii-xviii, 19-544, 8°. plate.

Chapter ix, ‘‘Chronology, Calendar Systems, and Religious Analogies,” con-
taining names of the days and months in Maya (from Landa), and the Mexican
Calendar, pp.435-468.—Chapter x, ‘‘ Language and its relation to North Ameri-
can Migrations,” containing Short Vocabulary of the Chiapanec (from Senor
Melgar), compared with the Hebrew, Epitome of Maya Grammar, Lord’s Prayer
in Maya, Outlines of Aztec Grammar, Lord’s Prayer in Aztec, Traces of Aztec in
Oregon, Short Vocabulary of the Othomi (from Naxera) compared with Hebrew,
Short Comparative Vocabulary, Indian and Chinese (from Cronise), pp. 469-497.

3596 Shorter. The | Shorter Catechism | of the | Westminster Assem-
bly of Divines. | Translated into the Choctaw Language. | Vba-
numpa | isht | vtta vhleha hvt | Westminsta | ya ai itonahvt
aiashvt | Katakism | ik falaio ikbi tok. | Chahta anumpa isha a
toshowa hoke. |

Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press, J. Candy & E.
Archer, Printers. | 1847. | ABC.
Pp. 1-48. 24°. Select Passages of Scripture, pp. 43-48.

The | Shorter Catechism | of the | Westminster Assembly
of Divines | Translated into the Choctaw Language. | Vbanumpa |
isht vtta vhleha hot | Westminsta | ya ai itynahvt arashvt | Kati-
kisma | ik falaio ikbi tok. | Chahta anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. |
Richmond: | Presbyterian Committee of Publication. | [N. d.]
Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-48. sq. 24°. WHS.

3597

3598 Shortess (Robert). Vocabulary of the Chinook.
Manuscript. 5 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3599 Shufeldt (Robert W.) 42d Congress, | 2d Session. | Senate. | Ex.
Doe. | No. 6. | Reports | of | Explorations and Surveys, | to ascer-
tain | the practicability of a Ship-canal | between | the Atlantic
and Pacific Oceans, | by the way of | the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. |
By | Robert W. Shufeldt, | Captain United States Navy. | Made
under the direction of the Secretary of the Navy. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1872. | A.c.BA.JWP.

Pp. 1-151. 4°. 20 maps. 11 plates.

Spear (J.C.) Reportonthe * * * Inhabitants * * * ofthe Isthmus of
Tehuantepec, pp. 99-139.

3600 Sibley (Dr. —). [Vocabulary of the Caddo Language.|
In American Naturalist, vol. 13, pp. 787-790. Philadelphia, 1879. 8°.

"3601 Sickles (A. W.) Ne | Karoron ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne
enyontste | ne yagorihwiyohston | igen | Kanyengehaga Kawen-
nondahkon | oni | skayestonh dohka | nikarennage | ne | Onenio-
deaka Kawennondahkon | tehawennate nyon | shonyowane. |

Toronto: | Published by the Wesleyan Missionary Society, | at
the Wesleyan Book Room, | King Street, | 1855. |

SHORT—SIMONISE. (alat

Sickles (A. W.)—continued.

Second title:

A | Collection of | Hymns, | in the | Oneida Language, | for | the
use of Native Christians, | translated | by Rev. A. W. Sickles, |
Wesleyan Missionary. | :

Toronto: | Published by the Wesleyan Missionary Society, | at
the Wesleyan Book Room, | King Street. | 1855. | IB.

3 p.1l., pp. 1-245. 16°. Oneida title verso 1. 1, English title recto 1. 2. Pp. 1-
85, alternate pages English and Oneida; pp. 86-235, Oneida; pp. 236-245, Index,
Oneida and English.

3602 Siméon (R.) Dictionnaire mexicain-franeais. me
8°. Announced as in press, in Maisonneuve’s Catalogue des livres de fonds,
1878, and Triibner’s Catalogue of Grammars and Dictionaries, 1882.

3603 [Simerwell (Rev. Robert).] Vocabulary of the Pottawattomie lan-

guage. JBD.

Manuscript. 20 11., 10 of which are blank, sm. 4°, and 33 11.18°. In possession
of John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. Consists of words, phrases, and short sen-
tences, with English translations, and a portion of the Gospel of Matthew (as far
as chapter 3, verse 6), in the Pottawattomie language.

The Rey. Robert Simerwell, a Baptist missionary, also prepared a hymn book
in the Pottawattomie language, which was printed at Shawanoe previous to
1837.—History of American Missions, pp. 543-544.

3604 Simon (Barbara Anne). The Hope of Israel; | Presumptive Evi-
dence | that the | Aborigines of the Western Hemisphere | are
descended from the | Ten Missing Tribes of Israel. | [Five lines He-
brew.| | By Barbara Anne Simon. |

London: | Published by R. B. Shelley, and W. Burnside: | and
sold by L. B. Lecley and Sons, Fleet street, | J. Hatchard and
Son, Piccadilly, and | J. Nisbet, Berners street. | MDCCCXXIX
[1829]. | JWP. LSH.

Pp. i-viii, 1-328. 8°. Scattered through this work are general remarks on

Indian languages.
A new edition, as follows:

3605 t—— The Ten Tribes of Israel | historically identified | with
the | Aborigines | of | the Western Hemisphere. | By Mrs. Simon. |
[Quotation, four lines.] }

Published by R. B. Seeley and W. Burnside; | and sold by L.
and G. Seeley, | Fleet Street, London. | MDCCCXXXVI [1836]. | 4.
1 p. 1, pp. v-xl, 1-370, folding plate. 6°.

Explanation of the hieroglyphic drawing of Gumell Carerri, pp. 39-49.—Mex-

ican calendar, pp. 159-157.—Language, pp. 163-173.—Numerous scattered terms.

3606 Simms (Jeptha Root). Indian Names [in the Mohawk Valley].
[Signed J. R. Simms. |

In Hist. Magazine, third series, vol. 1, pp. 120-121. Morrisania, N. Y., 1872-73.

sm. 4°,

3607 Simonise (William S.) Carib Song.

In Schoolcraft (H.R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2,p.312. Philadelphia, 1852. 4°. V

712 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3608 Simpson (Liewt. James H.) Journal of a military reconnaissance
from Santa Fé, New Mexico, to the Navajo country, made with the
troops under the command of Brevet Lieutenant Colonel John M.
Washington, chief of the 9th military department, and governor of
New Mexico, in 1849, by James H. Simpson, A. M., First Lieuten-
ant Corps of Topographical Engineers. A. JWP.

In Reports of Secretary of War: Senate Ex. Doc. No. 64, 31st Cong., 1st Sess.,
pp- 56-168. Washington, 1850. 8°.

A comparative vocabulary of words in the languages of the Pueblo or civilized
Indians of New Mexico and of the wild tribes inhabiting its borders, pp. 140-148,
contains the following vocabularies: 1. Santa Domingo, San Felipe, Santa
Anna, Silla Laguna, Pojuate, Acoma, Cochiti.—2. San Juan, Santa Clara, 8. Al-
derfonso, Pojuaque, Nambe, Tesuque.—3. Taos, Picoris, Sandia, Isleta.—4. Jémez
(old Pecos).—5. Zuni.—6. Moqui.—7. Navajos.—8. Ticorillas (a branch of the
Apaches).—9. Utahs.

3609 Journal | ofa | Military Reconnaissance, | from | Santa Fé,
New Mexico, | to the | Navajo country, | made with the | troops
under the command of Brevet Lieutenant Colonel John | M. Wash-
ington, chief of Ninth Military Department, | and Governor of New
Mexico, in 1849. | By | James H. Simpson, A. M., | First Lieuten-
ant Corps of Topographical Engineers. |

Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & Co., | successors to Grigg,
Elliot and Co. | 1852. | A.B. WE.

Pp. 1-140. 8°. A comparative vocabulary, &c., as above, pp. 128-130. The
vocabularies are also reprinted in Davis (W. W.H.) El Gringo, No. 999.

3610 Report by Captain James H. Simpson, corps of Topograph-
ical Engineers, of reconnaissances, &c., in the Territory of Utah,
in the months of August, September, and October, 1858, under in-
structions from Brevet Brigadier General A. S. Johnston, U.S. A.,
commanding the department of Utah. [Dated Dec. 28, 1858.]

84 pp. Senate Ex. Doc. No. 40, 35th Cong., 2d Sess.

A vocabulary and sentences in Utah, a short Shoshone or Snake vocabulary,
and the numerals 1-10 in I-at, pp. 81-84.

3611 Engineer Department, U. S. Army. | Report | of | Explor-
ations | across the | Great Basin of the Territory of Utah | for a |
direct wagon-route from Camp Floyd to Genoa, in Carson Valley, |
in 1859, | by | Captain J. H. Simpson, | corps of Topographical
Engineers, U. 8S. Army, | (now Colonel of Engineers, Bvt. Brig.
Gen., U. S. A.) | Made | by authority of the Secretary of War, and
under instructions from Bvt. Brig. Gen. A. S. Johnston, | U.S.
Army, commanding the Department of Utah. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1876. | A. JWP.

Pp. 1-518. 4°. maps.

Vocabulary of the Ute or Utah, Shoshonee or Snake, Pi-Ute, and Washo, a few
sentences in Ute, and the numerals 1-10 in I-at, prefaced by a discussion on the
same by Lieut. C. R. Collins, Topographical Engineers, pp. 465-474.

3612 Simpson (Dr. John). Observations on the Western Esquimaux and
the Country they inhabit; from notes taken during two years at

SIMPSON—SIVFRS. 713

Simpson (Dr. John)—continued.

Point Barrow, by Mr. John Simpson, R. N., Her Majesty’s Dicovery
Ship “Plover.” t

In Further Papers relative to the recent Arctic Expeditions, pp. 917-942.
London, 1855. folio.

Contains the names of the seasons and months in Esquimaux, p. 933.

3613 Sisseton and Wahpeton | Treaty, | of February, 1867, | in Da-
kota. | *

No title-page. 6 pp. 8°. Title from Williams’ Dakota Bibliography.

3614 Sitjar (P. Bonaventure). Vocabulary | of the | Language of | San
Antonio Mission, California. | By | Father Bonaventure Sitjar, | of
the Order of St. Francis. | [Design. |

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1861. |

Second title:

Vocabulario | de la | Lengua de los Naturales | de la | Mision de
San Antonio, | Alta California. | Compuesto por el | Rey. Padre
Fray Buenaventura Sitjar, | del Orden Serafico de N. P. San Fran-
cisco. |

Nueva-York. | 1861. | A. 0.8. BA. JWP.

Pp. i-xxiii, 9-53. 8°. ‘‘Shea’s Library of American Linguistics, VII.” In
Spanish. English title recto 1.2; Spanish title recto 1. 3.

Grammatical notes, pp. ix-xix.—Interrogatories, p. xxi—Our Father (from
Duflot de Moftas), p. xxiii.—Diccionario, pp. 9-53.

3615 t—— Partial Vocabulary of the Indians near San Antonio Mis-
sion, situated in a valley of the Santa Lucia Mountains, about
seventy miles southeast of Monterey.

In Taylor (A. 8.) Indianology of California, in: California Farmer, Sau
Francisco, vol. 13, No. 10, April 27, 1860.

“This partial vocabulary was made on the leaf of an old book, about 1787, by
Padre Baltazar Sitjar, at San Antonio Mission, in Monterey County, and was
carefully copied and compared.”—Taylor.

Reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology,
vol. 3, pp. 568-569. Washington, 1877. 4°.

3616 ——— Confesonario in the language of the Indians of San Antonio
Mission. .

Manuscript. 32 pp. 4°. In Indian and Spanish. In possession of Mr. J. G.
Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

Pere B. Sitjar was born at Perreras, near Palma, on the Island of Majorca, De-
cember 9th, 1739. He was one of the founders of the San Antonio Missions in
1774, and of the San Miguel in 1797. He died at San Antonio, September 3rd,
1808, and was interred near the altar of the Church of the Misssion.—Bibliografia
Sanfrancescana.

3617 Sivers (Jegér von). Ueber | Madeira und die Antillen | nach Mit-
telamerika. | Reisedenkwiirdigkeiten und Forschungen | von |
Jegor von Sivers. |

Leipzig, | Verlag von Carl Ir. Fleischer. | 1861. | A. B.

Pp. i-xii, 1-388. 8°.

Numerals, 1-1,000, of the Comanches and Kiowa (from Frebel), Tequiristec -
sprache, Guabesprache, Maya, Quixe (from Gage), Lacandones, Tlosealtekisch,
Missquito, Walwa, and Blancos, Valientes and Talamaneas, pp. 290-291.

714 rf NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3618 Six Principles of Religion, translated into the Indian tongue. *
Experience Mayhew, in a notice of an Indian convert who died at Martha’s
Vineyard in 1717, says: ‘‘Mr. Perkins’s Six Principles of Religion, having been
translated into the Indian tongue, was what she took great delight in reading.”
(Indian Converts, p. 168.) No copy of this translation has been discovered, and
it is not certain, from Mayhew’s mention of it, that it was printed.— Trumbull.
3619 Skenando. Vocabulary of the Oneida Language. By Young Ske-
nando, Oneida Castle.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 482-493. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.
3620 Sketch | of the | Seminole War, | And | Sketches | during a Cam-
paign. | By a Lieutenant, | of the Left Wing. |
Charleston: | Dan. J. Dowling, | Sold by J. P. Beile and W. H.
Berrett; and | Booksellers in the Principal Cities. | 1836. | A. Hu.
Pp. i-vi, 1-311. 8°. A vocabulary of the Seminole Language, pp. 90-108.
3621 Slight (Benjamin). Indian | Researches; | or, | facts concerning |
the North American Indians; | including | notices of their present
state of | improvement | in their social, civil, and religious condi-
tion; | with | hints for their future advancement. | By Benjamin

Slight. |
Montreal; | Printed for the Author, by J. E. L. Miller. |
1844. | S. WHS.

Pp. i-xii, 13-179, 12°. Chapter iv, Language, pp. 28-35, contains general
remarks; pp. 170-174, a number of words and phrases in Chippewa and Wyan-
dot, and two verses with English translation.

3622 Smart (Capt. Charles). Notes onthe “Tonto” Apaches. By Charles
Smart, Brevet Captain and Assistant Surgeon U.S. Army, Fort
McDowell, Arizona.

In Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept., 1867, pp. 417-419. Washington, 1868. 8°.

Preceding this article is this note: ‘A partial vocabulary of the language
accompanied the original, which will appear elsewhere.” I presume the follow-
ing is meant:

3623 ——— Vocabulary of the Coyotero Apaches, with notes.

Manuscript. 811. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 1866 at Fort McDowell, Ariz.

3624 Smet (fev. Peter J. de). Oregon Missions | and | Travels | Over
the Rocky Mountains, | in 1845-46. | By | Father P. J. De Smet, |
Of the Society of Jesus. |

New-York: | Published by Edward Dunigan, | 151, Fulton-
Street. | M DCCC XLVII [1847] | A. B.C. S. HU. WE.

4p. 11., pp. 13-408, 2 ll. map, engraved title, 13 plates. 16°.

The four unnumbered pages at the end contain the Lord’s Prayer in the Flat-
head and Pend-d’Oreille, Flat-bow and Koetenay, Assiniboin, Cree, Black-toot,
and Potawotomie languages; Vocabulary of the Flat-head, Black-foot, and Cree;
and Numerals 1-10 of the Cree and Assiniboin.

3625 ——— Missions de ’Orégon | et Voyages | aux Montagnes Ro-
cheuses | aux sources | de la Colombie, de Athabasca et du Sas-
catshawin, | en 18 5-46, | [Picture entitled:] Marie Quillax dans la

SIX—SMET. 715

Smet (Rev. Peter J. de)—continued.
bataille contre les Corbeaux. (Aoiit 1846) | Par le Pére P. J. de
Smet, | de la Société de Jésus. |

Gand, | Impr. & Lith. de V*. Vander Schelden. | Editeur. |
[1848.] B.C.S.

2 p.1l., pp. i-ix, 9-389. 16°. map.

Notre Pere en langue Téte-Plate et Pend-d’Oreille, Are-a-pla~ et Koetenai,
Assiniboine, Pied-Noir, des Cries, Potowotomie, pp. 351-356.—Vocabulaire Téte-
Plate, Pied-Noir, Crie, Mandan, Riccaree, Sioux, Tuskarora, Checalish, p. 358.—
Numerals, 1-10, of the Assiniboin, Pied-Noir, Crie, Mandan, Riccaree, Sioux,
Tuskarora, p. 359.—Table comparative de langues Indiennes et Asiatiques, tirée
particuli¢rement du Pere Santini, de Barton et d’Abernethy, pp. 373-377, com-
prises a few words taken from the Lenni-Lenape, Algonquins, Chippewas, Onon-
dagas, Kikkapoes, Potowotomies, Cries, Narrangasets, Miamis, Naudowessis,
Darien Indians, Poconchi, Caraibes, Indiens de la Pensylvanie selon W. Penn,
Indiens de Penobscot, St. Jean, et Narrangasets, Piankashaws, Acadians, ‘Tuska-
ras, Shawnees, Macicanni, Indiens de la Nouvelle Angleterre, Chikasah Indiens
[ Nouv. Caroline], Muskohge, and Cherakee, compared with the Asiatic.

3626 ——— Missions de Oregon et voyages dans les Montagnes Ro-
cheuses en 1845 et 1846, par le Pere P. J. De Smet, de la Societe de
Jesus. Ouvrage traduit de Anglais, Par M. Bourlez. =

Paris, 1848.
Pp. 408, engraved title and 12 plates. 12°. Title from Field’s Essay, No. 1425.

3627 ——— Voyages | aux | Montagnes Rocheuses | chez les tribus In-
diennes du vaste territoire de ’Oregon, | dependant des Etats-
Unis @Amerique. | Par le R. P. de Smet. | Quatrieme Edition. |

Lille | L. Lefort, Imprimeur-Libraire, | MDCCCLIX [1859]. |B.

Pp. i-vi, 7-240. 12°. :

Priéres (Pater, Ave et Credo) en langue Téte-Plate et Pondéras.

Other editions, according to Lorenz: Malines, 1544, portrait and plates, 8°;
and Lille, Lefort, 1846, 12°. Also: Voyages dans Amérique Septentrionale.
Oregon. Paris, 1874. 8°. Portrait and map. German translation, as follows:

3628 ——— Reisen | zu | den Felsen-Gebirgen | und | ein Jahr | unter
den | wilden Indianer-Stimmen des Oregon-Gebietes | von | P. J.
de Smet, S. J. | Aus dem Franzésischen itibersetzt | von | L. Hits-
sen, Priester. |

St. Louis, Mo. | Druck und Verlag von Franz Saler. | 1865. | ©.

Pp. i-iv, 1-220. 12°. Lord’s Prayer, Ave Maria, and Credo, in the language of
the Flat-Head and Pend-d’Oreille, pp. 64-66.

3629 ——— Western | Missions and Missionaries: | A Series of Let-
ters, | by | Rev. P. J. De Smet, | of the Society of Jesus, | Author of
“Indian Sketches,” “Oregon Missions,” Ete. | { Picture:] Excelsior |

New York: | James B. Kirker, | Late Edward Dunigan and
Brother, | 599 Broadway (up-stairs). | 1863. | A. B.C. BA.

Pp. 1-532. 12°. First edition 1859.

Pater and Ave, in Osage, with interlinear translation, pp. 278-279.

3630 ——— Western | Missions and Missionaries: | a series of letters, |
by | Rey. P. J. de Smet, | of the Society of Jesus, | Author of “ In-
dian Sketches,” ‘Oregon Missions,” Ete. |

716 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Smet (Rev. Peter J. de)—continued.
New York: | P. J. Kenedy, | Excelsior Catholic Publishing
House, | 5 Barclay Street. | 1881. | *
1 p.1., pp. 5-582. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. There is another edition with

the imprint: New York: | T. W. Strong, | Late Edward Dunigan & Bro., | Cath-
olic Publishing House, | 599 Broadway. |

3631 ——— New Indian Sketches. | By | Rev. P. J. de Smet, S. J. |

New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & Co., 31 Barclay-St. | Montreal—
Cor. Notre-Dame and St. Francis Xavier Sts. | [1865.] C.S8. BA.

Pp. 1-175. 16°. The above is the title of t!e Library of Congress copy; the
title of the copy in the Boston Athenzum differs from this by having immedi-
ately before the word ‘‘ Montreal” in the imprint: Boston—128 Federal-Street.

A vocabulary of the Skalzi, or Koetenay tribe, inhabiting the Rocky Mountains
on the headwaters of the Clarke and Macgilvray Rivers, pp. 118-125. —Numerals,
1-10, of the Omaha, Otto, Mandan, Pawnee, and Rickarie, p. 126.—The Short In-
dian Catechism, in use among the Flatheads, Kalispels, Pends D’Oreilles, and
other Rocky Mountain Indians (alternate pages Indian and English), pp. 147-175.

I have seen a work by this author entitled ‘‘ Letters and Sketches,” &c., Phil-
adelphia, 1843, 12°, which contains no linguistics.

In addition to the above works there is mentioned in ‘‘ Western Missions and
Missionaries,” the following, by Father De Smet. It is probable some of them
contain linguistic material :

Reis naar het Rotsgebergte. Deventer, n.d.; and an Italian edition: Palermo
1847.

Missién van den Oregon. Gand. 12°.

Voyage au Grand Désert. Bruxelles, 1853. 189°.

Cinquante Nouvelles Lettres. Paris, 1858. 12°.

Lorenz mentions: Cinquante nouvelles lettres du R. P. De Smet, publiées par
le R. P. Terwecoren. Tournai, Casterman, 1858, 12°.; the same, Bruxelles, Van-
dereydt, 1860. 18°.

3632 ——— Lettre du P. J. de Smet.
In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 11, pp. 479-498. Paris, 1838, 8°.
Headed ‘‘Nation des Pottowatomies aux Council Bluffs.” Contains a few
Pottowatomi words and phrases.

3633 Smith (Buckingham). {Documents in the Spanish and two of the
early tongues of Florida (Apalachian and Timuquan).| ©.

No title-page. 6 sheets Spanish, 2 Apalachian, and 1 Timuquan. folio. On
the fly-leaf of the only copy I have seen is the following manuscript note: ‘‘ Peter
Force, Esq., these documents (seven sheets) in the Spanish and two of the early
tongues of Florida (Apalachian and Timuquan) from his friend and obedient
servant Buckingham Smith. Washington City, Jan’y, 1860.” On the reverse of
this fly-leaf is a further note: ‘1 of 50 copies.”

A letter addressed to the king by Diego de Quiroga y Lossada, governor and
captain-general, dated ‘‘San Aug” de la Florida y Abril 1 de 1688.” In Span-
ish. 1 1.—A letter addressed to the governor by Margelo de 8. Joseph, who was
charged with the translation of the letter addressed to the king by the caciques
of the Province of Apalachia, dated ‘“S. Agustin y feb° 19 de 1688 a8. In Spanish.
1 1.—Face-simile of said letter in Apalachian. 211.—Translation of the same into
Spanish. 2 1l.—Letter to the governor, dated ‘‘17 de febrero de [1683 atios,” and
signed Fran de Roxas, who was charged with the translation of the letter of the
Timuquana caciques to the king; in Spanish. 1 1.—Fac-simile of said letters in
Timuquan. 2 11., 1 blank.—Translation of the same into Spanish. 1 1.

SMET—SMITH. (Atel

Smith (Buckingham)—continued.
The text of the Timuquana is reprinted in Mr. Gatschet’s article on this lan-
guage in Am. Phil. Soc., Trans., vol. 18, p. 496, with corrections.

3634 ——— The Timuquana Language. By Buckingham Smith.
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 2, pp. 1-3. New York and London, 1858.
sm. 4°.
Vocabulary of the Timuquana (from Pareja), p. 3.—Specimen of the Timu-
quana (from Pareja), p. 3.

3635 ——— Specimen of the Appalachian Language.
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 4, pp. 40-41. New York and London, 1860.
sm. 4°.
“A passage in Apalachian taken from an original letter sent by some caciques
of the country now in part comprising Middle Florida, to Ferdinand IV, King
of Spain.” Translated into Spanish and English.

3636 ——— Mame Vocabulary. Buckingham Smith, Esq.
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 117-118, 149. New York and Lon-
don, 1861. sm. 4°.

3637 ——— Vocabulary of the Nevome, as spoken by the Pima of Moris,
a town of Sonora. Mr. Buckingham Smith.
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 202-203. New York and London,
1861. sm, 4°.
Contains, also, the Lord’s Prayer in, and remarks on the grammar of, the
Nevome language.

3638 ——— The Opata Language. Buckingham Smith.
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 5, p. 236. New York and London, 1861.
sm. 4°.
Vocabulary of the Opata.

Vocabulary of the Eudeve. A dialect of the Pima Lan-
guage, spoken in Sonora. Buckingham Smith.

In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 6, pp. 18-19. New York and London, 1862.
sm. 4°.

3640 ——— Comparative Vocabularies of the Seminole and Mikasuke

Tongues. Buckingham Smith.

In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 10, pp. 239-243. Morrisania, N. Y., 1866.
sm. 4°.

Vocabulary of the Seminole, Mikasuke and Hitchitee (the latter from Galla-
tin and Capt. Casey), pp. 239-243.—Lord’s Prayer in Mikasuke, p. 288.

Reprinted in Beach (W.W.) The Indian Miscellany, pp. 120-126. Albany,
1877. 8°.

Also in Drake (S. G.) The Aboriginal Races of North America, pp. 763-767.
New York, [1880]. 8°.

3639

3641 ———, editor. A | Grammatical Sketch | of the | Heve Lan-
guage, | Translated from an unpublished | Spanish Manuscript. |
By | Buckingham Smith. |
New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1861. | A. 0. 8. BA, WE. JWP.
Pp. 1-26. 8°. Shea’s “ Library of American Linguistics. II.”
Notices of the Heve language, pp. 5-7.—Grammar of the Heve language,
pp. 9-24.—Vocabulary, pp. 25-26.

718 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Smith (Buckingham), editor—continued.

3642 ——— Graminar | of the | Pima or Névome, | a Language of
Sonora, | from a Manuscript of the XVIII Century, | Edited by |
Buckingham Smith. |

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1862. |

Second title:

Arte | de la | Lengua Névome, | que se dice | Pima, | Propia de
Sonora; | con la | Doctrina Christiana y Confesionario | aiadidos. |

San Augustin de la Florida. | Ano de 1862. | A.C. 8S. BA. TWP.

1p.1., pp. 1-97. 8°. ‘‘Shea’s Library of American Linguistics, V.” In Spanish.
Appended to this is—

3643 —— Doctrina Christiana | y | Confesionario | en | Lengua Ne-
vome, 6 Sea la Pima, | Propia de Sonora. |
San Augustin de la Florida. | Ato de 1862. | A.C. 8. BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-32. 8°.
3644 Smith (De Cost). Words of the Onondaga Dialect.

Manuscript. In possession of the author, New York City. A copy is in the
library of the Bureau of Ethnology. A few words and phrases only; collected at
the Onondaga Reservation, N. Y., October, 1882.

3645 Smith (EH. Everett). Vocabulary of the Malemute, Kotzebue Sound.
10 pp. 4°. 190 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3646 Smith (Mrs. Erminnie A.) The Languages of the Iroquois. By
Mrs. I. A. Smith. JWP.
In Science: A Weekly Record of Scientific Progress, vol. 1, No. 11, pp. 137-138.
New York, September 11, 1880. 4°.
General remarks and a few words ‘‘ borrowed from the English.”

3647 ——— Myths of the Iroquois.
In Bureau of Ethnology, Second Ann. Rept., pp. 47-116. Washington, 1883.
imp. 8°. Iroquois terms, passim.

3648 ——— English-Tuscarora Dictionary. EAS.
Manuscript. 2 vols., arranged alphabetically by English words. Vol. 1. A-
Glass, 91 pp.; Vol.2. Glisten—Zealous, 155 pp. folio.

3649 ——— Words, phrases, and sentences, in the Tuscarora lan-

guage. EAS.

Manuscript. 85 ll. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of

Indian Languages, 2d edition; complete. Collected at the Tuscarora Reserva-
tion, Lewiston, N. Y., during 1879 and 1880.

3650 ——— Words, phrases and sentences in the Mohawk language. EAS.

Manuscript. 85 ll. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of

Indian Languages, 2d edition; complete. Collected at the Grand River and
Caughnawaga Reservations, Canada, during 1881 and 1832.

3651 ——— Words, phrases, and sentences in the Onondaga lan-
Zuage. EAS.
Manuscript. 85 ll. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, 2d edition; complete. Collected at the Onondaga Reserva-
tion, Onondaga County, N. Y., during the summers of 1880 and 1881.

SMITH 719

Emith (Mrs. Erminnie A.)—continued.
3652, ——— Words, phrases, and sentences in the Seneca language. EAS.
Manuscript. 8511. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, 2d edition; complete. Collected at the Seneca Reservation,
Cattaraugus County, N. Y., during 1880 and 1881.

3653 ——— Words, phrases, and sentences in the Cayuga language. EAS.

; Manuscript. 25 1]. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, 2d edition; partly filled. Collected at the Grand River Res-
ervation, Canada, during 1881.

3654 t— Words, phrases, and sentences in the Oneida language. EAS.

Manuscript. 35 ll, 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, 2d edition; partly filled. Collected at the Grand River Res-
ervation, Canada, during 1881.

Mrs. Ermiunie A. Smith has been engaged for some years, under the auspices
of the Bureau of Ethnology, in the study of the Iroquois stock of languages,
visiting the different reservations for that purpose, and her work when finished
will be published by the Bureau. In the collection of material she has used as
a basis the second edition of Powell’s Introduction to the Study of Indian Lan-
guages, but in many instances she has gone beyond the limits of that work. In
the Tuscarora, Mohawk, Onondaga, and Seneca, for instance, she has added the
Lord’s Prayer, the conjugation of verbs, synopsis of the grammar, ete. She has
also in preparation a dictionary of the Mohawk, which will probably exceed in
extent that of the Tuscarora. In addition to the material collected by herself,
it will include a translation of the French Mohawk dictionary prepared by Pére
J. Marcoux, and described in No, 2463 of this catalogue.

3655 Smith (Ethan). View of the Hebrews; Exhibiting the destruction
of Jerusalem; the certain restoration of Judah and Israel; and an
address of the Prophet Isaiah relative to their restoration. By
Ethan Smith, Pastor of a Church in Poultney, (Vt.) [Two lines

seripture. |
Poultney, (Vt.) Printed and Published by Smith & Shute.
1823. BA.

Pp. 1-187. 12°.
A short comparative vocabulary, ‘‘ Indian” and “ Hebrew,” showing analogies
between the two.

3656 ——— View of the Hebrews; | or the | Tribes of Israel in Amer-
ica. | Exhibiting | Chap. I. The Destruction of Jerusalem. Chap.
II. The Cer- | tain Restoration of Judah and Israel. Chap. III.
The | Present State of Judah and Israel. Chap. 1V. An | Address
of the Prophet Isaiah to the United | States relative to their restora-
tion. | By Ethan Smith, | Pastor of a Church in Poultney (Vt.) |
|Four lines quotation.] Second edition, improved and enlarged. |

Published and Printed by Smith & Shute, | Poultney, (Vt.) |
1825. | C.S. BA.

Pp. i-xii, 13-285. 12°. Indian vocabulary, pp. 90-91. The above is the arrange-
ment of the title-page of the copy in the Library of Congress. In the title to
the copies belonging to Mr. Shea and to the Boston Athenwum, ‘Second edition
improved and enlarged,” appears immediately preceding ‘‘By Ethan Smith.”

720 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3657 Smith (J.) Notice sur la langue Tarasea, par J. Smith.
In Revue Américaine, 2° série, tome 2, pp. 180-186. Paris, 1865. 8°.

3658 Smith (John). The | Generall Historie | of | Virginia, New-Eng-
land, and the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, |
Planters, and Governours from their | first beginning An®: 1584. to
this | present 1624. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colo-
nies | and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and
Discoveries. | Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Coun-
tryes, their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and
Religion | yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine
Iohn Smith sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Admi-
rall. | of New England. |

London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Michael | Sparkes. |
1624. | Cc. JCB. LSH.
7 p.1L., pp. 1-96, 105-248. folio. 4maps. Title in center of engraved page.

“Because many doe desire to know the manner of their language I have in-
serted these few words” [a short vocabulary ], p. 40.

3659

The | Generall Historie | of | Virginia, New-England, and
the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters,
and Governours from their | first beginning An°: 1584. to this |
present 1626. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies |
and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Dis-
coveries. | Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Countryes,
their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Religion |
yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine John Smith
sometymes Governour | in those Countryes and Admirall. | of New

England. |
London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Michael | Sparkes. |
1626. | HU. JCB.

7 p.lL, pp. 1-96, 105-248. folio. 4 maps. Title in center of engraved page.
In this edition the inscription round the portrait of Charles is altered from ‘‘Car-
olas' Princeps,” as in the 1624 edition, to ‘‘Carolas Rex.” Vocabulary, p. 40.

3660 —— The | Generall Historie | of | Virginia, New England, and
the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters,
and Governours from their | first beginning An°: 1584. to this | Pres-
ent 1626. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies | and
the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Discov-
eries. | Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Countryes,
their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Religion |
yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine Iohn Smith
sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Admirall. | of New

England. |
London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Michael | Sparkes. |
1627. | C. MHS.

7 p.1L, pp. 1-96, 105-248. folio. 4 maps and 2 portraits. Title in center of en-
graved page.

SMITH. 721

Smith (John)—continued.
I have seen only the copy in the Library of Congress, in the title of which
the last figure of the date, both in the body of the title and in the imprint, is a
neat pen-made 6. A manuscript note accompanying the volume reads: ‘This is
evidently the edition of 1627, with the date altered to 1626.” It is not apparent
why the figure 6 of the date in the body of the title should also be made with a
pen, since that date stands 1626 in every edition except the original.

3661 ——— The | Generall Historie | of | Virginia, New-England, and
the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters,
and Governours from their | first beginning An®: 1584. to this |
present 1626. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies |
and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Dis-
coveries. | Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Countryes,
their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Religion |
yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine Iohn Smith
sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Admirall | of New
England. |

London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Edward | Blackmore |
Anno 1632. | C. BA. HU. JCB.

7 p. l., pp. 1-96, 105-248. folio. 4 maps. Vocabulary, p. 40.

“There were distinct issues in 1624, 1626, 1627, and two in 1632. The printed
portion is identical in them all, und all want the sheet O, pp. 97-104. The varia-
tions are in the frontispiece, printed title, maps, and plates.”—Menzies’ Catalogue.

3662 ———. The | Trve Travels, | Adventvres | and | Observations |
of | Captaine Iohn Smith, | in | Europe, Asia, Africke, and Amer-
ica: | beginning | about the yeere 1593, and continued | to this
present 1629. | Vol. I. | From the London edition of 1629. |

Richmond: | Republished at the Franklin Press. | William W.
Gray, Printer. | 1819. |

Title of vol. 2:

The | Generall Historie | of | Virginia, New-England, and ‘the
Summer Iles, | with | the names of the adventurers, planters, and |
governours from their first beginning, | An. 1584. to this present
1626. | With | the Proc: edings | of those severall colonies and the
accidents | that befell them in all their iournyes | and discoveries. |
Also | the maps and descriptions | of those countryes, their com-
modities, people, government, customes, and religion yet knowne. |
Divided into sixe bookes. | By Captaine Iohn Smith, | sometymes
Governour of those Countryes and Admirall of New England. |
Vol. IL. | From the London edition of 1629 [sie]. | °

Richmond: | Republished at the Franklin Press. | William W.
Gray, Printer. | 1819. | A.C. S. BA.

2 vols.: 7 p. ll., pp. 1-247; i-xi, 1-282. 8°. 5 maps and plates. The Generall
Historie comprises a part of the first and nearly the whole of the second volume,
Vocabulary, vol. 1, pp. 147-148.

46 Bib

22, NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Smith (John)—continued.

3663 The General History of Virginia, New England, and the
Summer Isles: with the Names of the Adventurers, Planters, and
Governors, from their first beginning, Anno 1584, to this present 1624;
with the Proceedings of those several Colonies, and the Accidents
that befell them in all their Journies and Discoveries. Also, the
maps and descriptions of all those countries, their commodities,
people, government, customs, and religion, yet known. Divided
into Six Books. By Captain John Smith, Sometime Governor in
those Countries, and Admiral of New England.

In Pinkerton (John), A General Collection of * * * Voyages and Travels,
vol. 13, pp. 1-253. London, 1812. 4°. ‘‘ Because many do desire to know,” &c.,p. 45.

3664 Smith (John Jay) and Watson (John Fanning). American | His-
torical. and Literary Curiosities; | consisting of | fac-similes of orig-
inal documents relating to the | events of the Revolution, | &e.
&c. | with a variety of | Reliques, Antiquities and Modern Auto-
graphs. | Collected and edited | by | J. Jay Smith, | Librarian of
the Philadelphia and Loganian Libraries, | and | John F. Watson, |
Annalist of Philadelphia and New York. | Fifth edition, with addi-
tions. |

New York: | G. P. Putnam. | 1852. A. GHM.

68 plates. oblong 4°. Fac-simile of title-page of Eliot’s Indian Bible, 1663,
and of Psalms I to III, 3, in the Massachusetts Indian language, plate 48.

First edition, Philadelphia, 1846; second and third editions, Philadelphia,
1847; fourth edition, New York, 1850; sixth edition, Philadelphia, 1861.

3665 Smith (John 8.) Vocabularies of the Arapahoes and Cheyennes.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 446-459. Philadelphia,
1853. 4°.

3666 Smith(PhilipH.) General History | —of— | Duchess County, | —
from— | 1609 to 1876, inclusive. | Illustrated with | numerous wood-
cuts, maps and full- | page Engravings. | By Philip H. Smith. |

Pawling, N. Y.: | Published by the Author. | 1877. | A.C.S.

1 p.1., pp. 7-507. 8°. Indian geographical terms, pp. 21-22.

3667 Smith (Samuel). The | History | of | the Colony | of | Nova-Cesa-
ria, or New-Jersey: | Containing, | an Account of its First Settle-
ment, | Progressive Improvements, | the Original and Present Con-
stitution, | and other events, | to the year 1721. | With | some par-
ticulars since; | and | a short view of its present state. | By
Samuel Smith. |

Burlington, in New-Jersey : | Printed and sold by James Parker:
Soldalso by| David Hall, in Philadelphia. M,DCC,LX V [1765]. | A.c.

Pp. i-x, 1-574. 8°. Brief vocabulary (names of animals) in the language of
the New Jersey Indians, p. 137.

A fac-simile reprint, with the addition of a new preface, a sketch of the author,

and a map, but without a new title, was published at Trenton, N. J., by William S.
Sharp, in 1877: pp. i-xiv, 1 blank 1., pp. 1-573, 11., map. 8°. Vocabulary, p. 137.

SMITH. 723

3668 Smith (Silas B.) On the Chinook names of the Salmon in the
Columbia River. By Silas B. Smith. JWP.
In National Museum, Proe., vol. 4, pp. 391-392. Washington, 1882. 8°.
Contains the names of half dozen varieties of salmon.

3669 Smith (William). The | History | Of the Province of | New-
York, | from the | First Discovery to the Year M. DOC. XXXII. |
To which is annexed, | A Description of the Country, with a short
Account of the | Inhabitants, their Trade, Religious and Political
State, and the | Constitution of the Courts of Justice in that
Colony. | [Quotations, six lines.] | By William Smith, A. M. |
London: | Printed for Thomas Wilcox, Bookseller at. Virgil’s
Head, opposite the | New Church in the Strand. | M. DCC. LVII
[1757]. | A.C.S.

Pp. i-xii, 1-255. 4°. plan.

Spencer (/’ev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], pp. 39-40.
Histoire de la Nouvelle-York, depuis la Découverte de
cette Province jusqu’a notre Siécle, Dans laquelle on rapporte les
démélés qu’elle a eus avec les Canadiens & les Indiens; les Guerres
quelle a soutenues contre ces Peuples; les Traités & les Alliances
qu’elle a faits avec eux, &c. On y a joint Une Description Géogra-
phique du Pays, & une Histoire Abrégée de ses Habitans, de leur
Religion, de leur Gouvernement Civil & Ecclésiastique, &e Par
William Smith. Traduite de ’Anglois par M. E * * *

A Londres. M. DCC. LX VII [1767]. ~

Pp. xvi, 415. 8°. Title from Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 2524.

The | History | of the Province of | New-York, | from the |
first discovery. | To which is annexed | A Description of the Coun-
try, an Account of the | Inhabitants, their Trade, Religious and Po-
litical | State, and the Constitution of the Courts | of Justice in
that Colony. | |Six lines quotation.] | By William Smith, A. M. |

London: | Printed for J. Almon, opposite Burlington-House, |
Piccadilly. | M DCC LXXVI [1776]. | C.

Pp. i-viii, 1-334, 8°.

Spencer (fev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], p. 52.
The | History | of the Province of | New-York, | from the
first discovery to the year 1732. | To which is annexed, a descrip-
tion of the country, with | a short account of the inhabitants, their
reli- | gious and political state, and the con- | stitution of the courts
of jus- | tice in that colony. | [Quotation, four lines.] | The second
edition. | By William Smith, A. M. |

Philadelphia: | From the Press of Matthew Carey. | April 9—

3670

3671

3672

M. DCC. XCII [1792]. | (of
Title 1 1.,1 blank 1.,2 11., pp. 7-276. 8°.

Spencer (Jtev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], pp. 52-53.

3073 History | of | New-York, | from the first discovery to the

year M. DCC. XXXII. | To which is annexed, a description of the

724 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Smith (William)—continued.
country, with a short | account of the inhabitants, their religious
and political | state, and the constitution of the Courts of | Justice
in that Colony. | [Quotation, four lines.] | By William Smith, A.M. |
With a continuation, | From the Year 1732, to the Commencement
of the Year 1814. |

Albany: | Printed by Ryer Schermerhorn. | Sold by himself and
G. Forbes, Albany; H. Stockwell, Troy; A. Seward, Utica; | and
Andrus & Starr, Hartford. | 1814. | C.

Pp. i-xv, 17-512. 8°.

Spencer (Zev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], pp. 73-74.

3674 The | History | of the late | Province of New-York, |
from | its discovery, | to the | Appointment of Governor Colden, |
in | 1762. | By the Hon. William Smith, | Formerly of New-York,
and late Chief Justice of Lower Canada. | Vol. I [IT].

New-York: | Published under the direction of the New-York |
Historical Society. | 1829. | Cc. BA.

2vols. 8°. Form vols.4 and 5 of the Collections of the New York Historical
Society. The second volume (vol. 5 of the Collections), containing the continu-
ation of Smith’s History, was first published by itself in 1826 as vol. 4 of the Col-
lections, 4 p. ll., pp. 1-808; but was reprinted as above, in 1829, to accompany the
new edition of Smith’s History, which forms the new vol. 4 of the Collections.

Spencer (tev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], vol. 1, pp.
53-54,

3675. ——— The | History | of the late | Province of New-York, |
from | its Discovery, | to the | appointment of Governor Coiden, |
in | 1762. | By the Hon. William Smith, | Formerly of New-York,
and late Chief Justice of Lower Canada. | Vol. I [IT]. |

New-York: | Published under the direction of the New-York |

Historical Society. | Grattan, Print. | 1830. | A.C.
2 vols., pp. i-xvi, 1-590; 4 p.1l., pp. 1-390. 8°. >
Spencer (fev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], vol. 1,

pp. 59-60.

3676 Smithsonian Institution. 30th Congress, | 2d Session. | (Ho. of
Reps.) | Miscellaneous. | No. 48. | Third Aunual Report | of the |
Board of Regents | of | the Smithsonian Institution, | to | the Sen-
ate and House of Representatives, | showing | the Operations, |
Expenditures, and Condition of the Institution | during the year
1848 [--1881]. | February 19,1849. | Laid upon the table, and ordered
to be printed. | =

Washington: | Tippin & Streeper, Printers. | 1849 [-1883]. |

36 vols. 8°. The first and second reports were Congressional documents with-
out title-page. Subsequent to the third the titles are substantially as above;
but beginning with the eleventh they commence: Annual Report—drupping the
ordinal. A. C. SI. JWP.

Baegert (Jacob). An account of the aboriginal inhabitants of the California
Peninsula, 1363, pp. 352-369 ; and 1864, pp. 378-399.

Berendt (C.H.) Ona Grammar and Dictionary of the Carib language, 1873,
pp. 363-364.

SMITH—SOCIEDAD. 725

Smithsonian Institution—continued.

Culbertson (T.A.) Journal of an Expedition to the Mauvaises Terres, 1850,
pp. 24-145.

Gibbs (George). On the language of the Aboriginal Indians of America, 1870,
pp. 364-367.

Rehrig (F.L.0.) On the language of the Dakota or Sioux Indians, 1871,
pp. 434-450.

Turner (W.W.) Letter on Indian Philology, 1851, pp. 93-97.

3677 ——— Smithsonian | Contributions to Knowledge. | Vol. I

[-X XII]. | [Two lines quotation. ]

City of Washington: | Published by the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. | MDCCCXLVIII [-MDCCOLX XX] [1848-1880]. | A.c.st. WP.

22 vols. 4°. The monographs composing these volumes are issued as separate
pamphlets, each with its own pagination, and afterwards bound together to form
the volumes of Contributions.

Morgan (L.H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family,
vol. 17.

Riggs (S R.) Grammar and Dictionary of the Dakota Language, vol. 4.

Swan (James G.) The Indians of Cape Flattery, vol. 16.

— The Haidah Indians of Queen Charlotte’s Islands, vol. 21.

3678 t—— Smithsonian | Miscellaneous Collections. | Vol. I [—X XI]. |
[Seal of the Institution and two lines quotation. ]
Washington: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. |
1862 [-1883]. | A. C. SI. JWP.
27 vols. 8°. The articles contained in this series are issued as separate pam-
phiets, each with its own pagination, and afterwards combined into volumes.
Gibbs (George). <A dictionary of the Chinook Jargon, vol. 7.
Instructions for research into the Ethnology and Philology of America,

vol. 7.
Morgan (L.H.) Circular in reference to the degrees of relationship among

different nations, vol. 2.
Stanley (James). Portraits of North American Indians, vol. 2.

3679 t—— Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | 216. | Photo-
graphic Portraits | of | North American Indians | in the Gallery
of the | Smithsonian Institution. |

Washington: | Smithsonian Institution. | 1867. | SI. LSH.
Pp. 1-42. 8°. Notincluded in the volumes of Miscellaneous Collections. Con-
tains many proper names, with English signification.

3680 Sobron (Félix C. y). Los idiomas | de la | América Latina | estu-
dios biografico-bibliograficos | por | D. Felix C. y Sobron | Médico-
cirujano é individuo de varias Sociedades cientificas |

Madrid | Imprenta 4 Cargo de Victor Saiz | Calle de la Colegiata,
num. 6 | [1877] IWP.

Pp. 1-137, 1 1. 12°.

Comments on the Mexican language, pp. 15-21.—Verses in Mexican, from Al-
dama, pp. 23-24.—Oh salutaris Hostia,” &c., in Huron, Abnaki, and Illinois
(from Rasles), p. 101.

3681 Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica de la Reptblica Mexicana. Bole-
tin | del | Instituto Nacional | de | Geografia y Estadistica | de la |

726 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica de la Reptblica Mexicana—continued.
Reptblica Mexicana, | presentado al | Supremo Gobierno de la Na-
cion por la Junta Menor | del mismo Cuerpo. | [Two lines quotation. |

México. | Tipografia de R. Rafael, | Calle de Cudena ntmero 13. |
1850 [-1865]. | C.

12 vols. 8°. maps. Beginning with the second volume the title was changed
to read: Boletin de la Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadistica. Tom. II,
&c. The first volume is made up of numbers each with its own pagination; the
subsequent ones are paged consecutively.

([Cabrera(J.M.)et«l.] Sobre el origen de la palabra Mexico, tomo8, pp. 405-417.

[Galicia (F.C.)] Notas en la parte mexicana, 4 las noticias estadisticas sobre
el Departamento de Tuxpan, por Eduardo Fages, tomo 4, pp. 325-338.

Gil (H.R.) Memoria sobre los descubrimientos, &c., tomo 8, pp. 474-501.

Guevara (M.de). Arte Doctrinal * * * la lengua Matlaltzinga, tomo 9,
pp. 193-260.

Oraciones en Idioma Mexicano, tomo 5, pp. 447-450.

Ortega (J.de). Vocabulario en lengua Castellana y Cora, tomo 8, pp. 561-602.

Pimentel (F.) Algunas observaciones sobre las palabras Mayo y Maya, tomo
8, pp. 471-472.

Vocabulario Manual de la lengua Opata, tomo 10, pp. 287-363.

Rejon (G.) Vocabulario del Idioma Comanche, tomo 11, pp. 631-659.
Tellechea (Jr. Miguel). Compendio Gramatical * * * del Idioma Tara-
humaro, tomo 4, pp. 145-166.

3682 ——— Boletin | de la Sociedad | de Geografia y Estadistica | de
la | Republica Mexicana. | Segunda Epoca. | Tomo I |-IV].
Mexico. | Imprenta del Gobierno, en Palacio, | 4 cargo de José
Maria Sandoval. | 1869 [-1872]. | C.
4 vols. royal 8°. maps.
Alejandre (Marcelo). Noticia de Lengua Huasteca, tomo 2, pp. 733-790.
Carrillo (C.) Disertacion sobre la historia de la lengua Maya, tomo 4, pp.
134-195.
Hassey (Oloardo). De la lengua Waicura, tomo 4, pp. 31-40.
Mendoza (Gumesindo). Disertacion, &c. * * * tomo 4, pp. 41-52.
Wajera (Manuel). Gramatica de la lengua Tarasca, tomo 4, pp. 664-634.
Pimentel (F.) Observaciones 4 la Disertacion * * * porelSr. D. Gu-
mesindo Mendoza, tomo 4, pp. 224-236.
Replica al Sr. Mendoza, tomo 4, pp. 629-636,

3683 —— Boletin | de la | Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica | de
la Republica Mexicana | Tercera Epoca | Tomo I [-V]
Mexico | Imprenta de Diaz de Leon y White | Calle de Lerdo
Numero 2 | 1873 [-1880]. | ; Cc.
5 vols. 8°. 2
Herrera y Perez(M.M.) Tlahuac, Cabecera, Linderos * * * y varios
animales de la tierra, tomo 1, pp. 294-303.
Pimentel (F.) Sobre * * * Jas lenguas Indigenas, tomo 1, pp. 208-211.

Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadistica.
See Coleccion Polidiédmica.

3684 Société Américaine de France. Archives | de la | Société Améri-
caine | de France | rédigées par | MM. Aubin, Em. Burnouf, Cas-
taing, Geslin, Madier de Montjau | Malte-Brun, Alph. Pinart, Pi-

SOCIEDAD—SOCIETE. 727

Société Américaine de France—continued.
part, Reinisch, Rosny, Schcebel, Torrés- | Caicedo, Waldeck, et
autres savants | francais et ¢trangers, | et publiées par | Ed. Ma-
dier de Montjau, | Président de la Société. | Nouvelle Série.—Tome
Premier. | [Design.|
Paris | Aux Bureaux de la Société Américaine, | et chez tous les
libraires correspondants de la Société. | 1875. | A.C,
1 p.1., pp. 1-400. 8°. 23 plates.
Aubin (M. A.) Examen des anciennes peintures figuratives de V’ancien
Mexique, pp. 283-295.
Essai sur la langue Mexicaine, pp. 333-353.
Brasseur de Bourbourg (C.E.) Coup deilsur * * * Ja langue des Wabi,
pp. 131-142.
Duchateau (Julien). Sur l’écriture caleuliforme des Mayas, pp. 31-33.
Madier de Montjau (Ed.) Sur quelques manuscrits figuratives de ’ancien
Mexique, pp. 227-256.
Homélies * * * en langue Nahuatl, pp. 269-275.
Textes Mayas, pp. 373-378.
Pipart (Abbé J.) Astronomie * * * des Mexicains, pp.5-18.
Rosny (Léon de). L’interprétation des Anciens Textes Mayas, pp. 53-118.

3685 ——— Annuaire | de la | Société Américaine | publié | avec le
concours de la commission de rédaction | par | Ed. Madier de Mont-
jau, | Président de la Société. | 1874. |

Paris Gustave Bossange | 16 rue du Quatre-Septembre, 16 | Bu-
reaux de la Société: 20, rue Bonaparte. | 1875. | C.

Pp. 1-48. 8°.

Madier de Montjau (Ed.) Discours sur les Etudes Américaines, pp. 7-30.

According to Leclere (1878), No. 2551, there have been published three volumes,
8°, 1863-76, of the Annals of the society: vol. 1,232 pp. ; yol. 2,200 pp.; vol.
3, 156 pp. I have seen but a few scattered numbers, none of which, except the
above, contained material relating to American linguistics.

3686 Société Ethnologique. Mémoires | de la | Société Ethnologique. |
Tome Premier [Second]. | Premiére Partie. |
Paris. | Librairie Orientale de M™* V° Dondey-Dupré, | Rue des
Pyramides, 8. | 1841 [-1845]. | A.C.
2 vols. 8°.
Bichthal (Gustav D’). Fitudes sur Vhistoire primitive " * “ Américaines,
vol. 2, pp. 51-320.

3687 Société de Géographie, Paris. Bulletin | de la | Société de Géo-
graphie. | Tome Premier {[-Vingtieme]. |
Paris, | Se trouve au Secrétariat de la Société, | Rue Taranne,
Ne. 12. | 1822 [-1833]. | A.C.
First series, 20 vols. 8°.
Baezo (Perfecto). Vocabulario de las lenguas Castellano y Maia, vol. 18,

pp. 215-217.

Galindo (Juan). Mémoire sur les ruines de Palenqué, vol. 18, pp. 198-214.
Bulletin | de la Société | de Géographie. | Deuxiéme
Série. | Tome Premier [-Vingtieme]. |

3688

128 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Société de Géographie—continued.
Paris, | Chez Arthus Bertrand, | Libraire de la Société de Géo-
graphie, | Rue Hautefeuille, N°. 23. | 1834 [-1843]. | A.C.
Second series, 20 vols. 8°.

Roux de Rochelle (M.) Analyse d’un ouvrage de M. Gallatin sur les tribus
indiennes * * * SEtats-Unis, vol. 19, pp. 177-195.

3689 Bulletin | de la| Société de Géographie, | Troisiéme Série. |

Tome Premier [—-Quatorziéme]. |

Paris, | Chez Arthus-Bertrand, | Libraire de la Société de Géo-
graphie, | Rue Hautefeuille, N°. 23. | 1844 [-1850]. | A. C.

Third series, 14 vols. 8°.

Jomard (E. f.) Langue des Indiens Cheyennes, vol. 6, pp. 384-386.

The fourth series, 20 vols., 1851-1860; fifth, 18 vols., 1861-1870; sixth, 15 vols.,
1871-1878, contain no linguistics.

3690 —— Recueil | de | Voyages et de Mémoires | publié | par la So-
ciété de Géographie. | Tome Premier [—Septiéme]. |
Paris, | De Imprimerie d’Everat, Rue du Cadran, N°. 16. |

M D CCC XXIV [-MD CCC LXIV] [1824-1864]. | ALO.
7 vols. 4°.
Warden (M.) Recherches sur les Antiquités des Etats-Unis, tome 2, pp.
372-509.

3691 Société Philologique. Actes | de la | Société Philologique | Pre-
mier [—-Quatrieme] volume | 1869-1872 [-1874] |
Paris | Imprimerie D. Jouaust | Rue Saint-Honoré, 338 | 1872
[-1875] | YC:
4 vols. 8°.
[Charencey (H. de).] Essai de déchiffrement d’un fragment d’inscription
Palenquéenne, vol. 1, pp. 45-60.
Le Mythe de Votan, forms vol. 2.
[Cuog (J. A.)] Cantique en langue Algonquine, vol. 1, pp. 73-76.
Fragments de Chrestomathie de la langue Algonquine, vol. 3, pp. 39-51.
L’Oraison Dominicale (Texte Algonquine avec glose), vol. 4, pp. 199-205.
La Salutation Angélique (Texte Algonquine avec glose), vol. 4, pp.

207-209.
Morillot (Abbé). Mythologie et légendes des Esquimaux, vol. 4, pp. 215-288.
3692 Solano (fr. Alonso). Diccionario Mayo y Espaiiol. ie
3693

Sermones en Lengua Maya. i

Titles from Beristain, who quotes from Cogolludo. Carrillo, in Bol. Geog. Soc.
Mex., gives the following list of his works in the Maya language.

3694. Diccionario Yucateco. *
3695 t—— Apuntaciones de las Santas Escrituras. *
3696 ——— Apuntaciones sobre las antigiiedades mayas 6 yucatecas. *
3697 ——— Estudios historicos sobre los indios. a
3698 —.— Coleccion de sermones. !
3699 Sermones varios. *

Cogolludo, speaking of thisanthor and of his writings in the Maya, says: ‘‘He

comprehended the language of the Indians in so short a time that for many years

SOCIETE—SORIANO. 729

Solano (/r. Alonso)—continued.
he was master of it. He wrote a very copious Vocabulario, Sermonarios, and
many Sermones Sueltos, with as much propriety as if he had been an Indian, well
versed in the elegancies of his language; also many notes on the Holy Scriptures,
and several narratives. He investigated the antiquities of the Indians, and left
many writings on the subject which cannot now be found.”—Carrillo.
Solis (Ielipe Sanchez).
See Galicia (I’. C.), Mendoza (G.), and Solis (F. S.)
3700 Solis y Rosales (Dr. D. José Vicente). Vocabulario de la lengua
Maya, compuesto y redactado por el Sr. Dr. Don José Vicente Solis
y Rosales, para el uso del Sr. abate Brasseur de Bourbourg, quien
le da aqui las gracias. a
Manuscript. 1811, two columns. folio.

A short modern work, which was given me by the author at the time of my
sojourn in Yucatan, in 1870.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

3701 Sonneschmid (J/7.) Remarks on Mexico and the Mexican Language.
By M. Sonneschmid. B.
In Am. Monthly Magazine, vol. 3, pp. 118-119. New York, 1818. 8°.
A brief discussion, of no value, devoted principally to methods of pronuncia-
tion and praise of the pretty ways of speech of Mexican women.
I have seen but two numbers of this periodical.
Soria (I*rancisco de).
See Loaiza (Francisco de).

8702 Soriano (fr. Juan Guadalupe). Arte y Vocabulario en Lengua
Pame y Otomi We. *
Original manuscript, 4°, in possession of Sr. Icazbalceta, who has furnished

me with the following description:

Doctrina Christiana, para la facil ensenanza he [sic] intelligencia
de los Misterios de Ntra. Sancta Fee en el Ydioma Pamee, que
para bien de las Almas. Dispussola Fr. Juan Guadalupe Soriano,
francisco Descalzo de la Sta. Provincia de 8S". Diego de Mexico,
Ministro actual de la Mission de Fuen-Clara y Presid‘. de ella. La
dedica al Purissimo Corazon de Maria Santissima Nuestra Senora
el dia 15 de Julio de 67 [1767].

Below this title, on the first page, and in another handwriting, are some
words in the Chino idiom, with Spanish equivalents, and at the end this note:
“Muri6 el P. Soriano el mes de de .” Unfortunately the annotator has
left the date blank.

L. 2 prologue, verso blank.—L. 3 “‘ Orthografia en Othomii, por Fray Juan Gua-
daloupe,” 5 11.—‘‘ Libro primero de los principales radimentos del idioma Othomi,”
9 11.—“ Libro Segundo,” 12 1l.—‘‘ Libro en que se da razon breve del genero de
los nombres y de las quantidades de todos Vocablos; por yna clarissima Or-
tographia,” 5 Il.

Arte del Ydioma Pame, dedicado a la Purissima Reyna, con el
titulo de los Remedios, q°. se venera en el Comvento de Franciscos
Descalzos del Religioso Comvento de S*. S. Antonio de Queretaro
hizolo Fr. Juan Guadalupe Soriano, Religioso del mismo orden
Descalzo de N. Pe. S". Franc’. lo comenzo dia 2 de Junio de 1764 a’.
en la Mision de N. S. de Guadalupe de Zerro Prieto.

730

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Soriano (fr. Juan Guadalupe)—continued.

Immediately following is the ‘‘ Dedicatoria,” signed P. Soriano, which con-
cludes the page. The title following is: Prologo Historial, which occupies 4 U.
On the next, the 5th, begins the Arte del Ydioma Pamée, por Fray Juan Guada-
lupe Soriano, 8 ll. This is followed by: Idioma Chino. The leaf following:

WM Dificil tratado, del Arte, y vnion de los Ydiomas Othomii y
Pamee, cuyos dos idiomas se aprenden por vnas mismas Reglas,
para la facil y necessaria administrac™. de las Missiones de Sierra
Gorda. Dedicala a N. 8. la Virgen Maria en su Milagrossa Yma-
gen de los Remedios, q se venera en el comvento de S*. S. Antonio
de Religiosos descalzos de Queretaro, y a el Milagrosso y Divino
Senor Crucificado con el Titulo de la Cantera. Trata tam bien de
otras muchissimas Curiosidades, para la facil Pred". de los Missio-
neros. Trabajola, el Minimo entre los Menores, Fray Juan Guada-
lupe Soriano, Pred’. Apostholico de Propaganda Fide, Ministro y
Presidente de la Mission de Fuen-Clara, Religioso de la mas estrecha
observancia de Religiosos Franciscos de la Sancta Provincia de 8".
Diego de Mexico. Ajfo de 1766. mens. 7 bris. Loco Xiliapam.

Reverse blank; 87 ll., with a ‘‘ Dedicatoria” and a ‘‘Prologo Historial,” very
extensive and filled with curious notices. On the reverse of 1. 20 is this title:

Arte de los dos Ydiomas Othomii y Pamee, q en nombre de Dios
y para gloria suya, a fuerza de gran trabajo, lo dispone, bajo el Pa-
trocinio de Maria Purissima de los Remedios, y del Soberano S*.
Crucificado de la Cantera, Fr. Juan Guadalupe Soriano, Reliosso
Francisco Descalzo de la Sancta Provincia de San Diego de Mexico.
Predicador Apostholico y Ministro Missionero de la Mission de St.
San Joseph de Fuen-Clara, 6 Xiliapam. Trata tambien, aunque en
extracto de los dos idiomas Mexicano y Jonaz. Que todo ceda en
honra y gloria de Dios y de Maria Sma. y q. sea para provecho de
muchas almas necesitadas. Amen. O.8.C.S. M. E.

Then follows, on the succeeding leaf:

Modo de pronunciar los dos Ydiomas Othomii y Pamee.

And on the reverse begins the
Vocabularios de los Ydiomas Pamee y Othomii, Mexicano y Jonaz.

The words in this vocabulario number 1,352, placed in the following manner:
E1 Sol.

Othom. Pamee. Mexicano. Jonaz.

Nahiadii. Nampae. Tonalli. Nane.

The four-fold character is not preserved throughout. Many have only three
or two corresponding meanings of the Spanish word. The Jonaz is most fre-
quently faulty, the Mexican more rarely; the Otomi and Pamee meaning is
usually found. There is no alphabetic order, but the words are grouped more or
less according to their analogy. The numerals extend to 20 and 30. There are
corresponding words in Pamee for objects which certainly were unknown to
the Indians, as iron, gold, fire-lock, spurs, etc., and even baptismal names, as
Agustin, Pedro, Géronimo and Rosa. There are also found the names of towns.
The Mexican words are generally incorrectly written.

SORIANO—SPALDING. (ai

Soriano (fr. Juan Guadalupe)—continued.

Towards the end of the Vocabulary, and in errupting it, is an “‘Explicacion
de los mas principales rudimentos de los dos Ydiomas Othomii y Pame, dedicados
4 el Purissimo Corazon Ce Jesus, dia 3 de Julio de 1768.” The Explicacion oceu-
pies a little more than 7 pages, and then the Vocabulary is continued. At the
conclusion of this there are 3 leaves of devotions and doctrine in Mexican.

This terminates that part of the manuscript relating to the native languages;
4 ll. in Spanish follow, which treat of ‘“brujos, grados entre los indios prohibi-
dos, y de voleanos.”

‘‘Promptuario necessario & los Confesores, del Derecho Civil y Canénico, y
otras curiossidades, que dedica al Purissimo Corazon de Jesus, su minimo Deyvoto
Fr. Juan Guadalupe Soriano, Religiosso menor... . &c., se comenzo el dia 25
de Junio dia memorable por la expulsion de los de la Compaiiia de Jesus, ano de
1767. Ceda todo en honra y gloria de Dios, y de su Purisima Madre, Amen.” 8511,

3703 Sorensen (B.F.) Kiupernerit napautauput tunitdlauvdlutik kisiane
tikittartut; &c.

[Nungme aipagssanik nakitigkat. | L. Mller. | 1874. | | JIWP.
No title-page or caption; begins as above. Pp.1-6. 8°. In the Eskimo lan-
guage.

3704 Soto (Hernando de). Letter | of | Hernando de Soto, | and | Me-
moir | of | Hernando de Escalante Fontaneda. | Translated from the
Spanish, | by | Buckingham Smith. |

Washington: | 1854, | A.C. S.
Pp. 1-67. large4°. map. ‘‘These translations are made from manuscripts in the
original Spanish, belonging to the Historical collection of James Lenox, esq. One
hundred copies printed for Geo. W. R[iggs]. Washington, D. C.”—Reverse of title.

A few Chahta words, p. 19.
3705 Sotomayor (Ir. Pedro). Arte, Vocabulario y Sermones Guatimal-

tecos. *
Title from Beristain.

3706 South Carolina Historical Society. Collections | of the | South-Caro-
lina Historical Society. | Volume I [-III]. | Published by the South-
Carolina Historical Society. |

Charleston, 8. C. | S. G. Courtenay & Co., | Booksellers, 9 Broad-
Street. | 1857 |-1859]. | A.C. BA. MHS.

3 vols. 8°.

Lieber (O.M.) Vocabulary of the Catawba Language, with some remarks
on its Grammar, vol. 2, pp. 327-342.

3707 [Spalding (Rev. H. H.)| Matthewnim Taaiskit. [Picture.] Printed
at the Press of the Oregon Mission, under the direction of the
American Board, C. I’. Missions.

Clear Water: M-G-—loisy, Printer. 1845. ABS.
Pp. 1-80. sq.18°. Gospel of Matthew in the Nez Perces language.

Matthewnim Taaiskt. | The Gospel according to | Mat-

thew, | Translated into the Nez Perces Language, | by Rey. H. H.

Spalding, Missionary | of the A. B. ©. . M. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | instituted in the year

MDCCCXVI. | 1871. | A. JWP.

Pp. 1-130. 16°.

3708

732 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3709 Spanish-Mexican vocabulary. B.

Manuscript. 27 ll. 12°. No author or date given; writing apparently of the

latter part of the 18th century. In the library of Mr. H. H. Bancroft, San Fran-
cisco.

3710 [Sparks (Jared).] [Review of] Journal of a Tour around Hawaii,
the. largest of the Sandwich Islands. By a Deputation from the
Mission in those Islands. Boston. 1825. Crocker & Brewster. A.C.

In North American Review, vol. 22, pp. 334-364. Boston, 1826. 8°.
Contains, in a note on pp. 359-360, a few specimens of Mohawk and New Eng-
land Indian words.

3711 Spear (John C.) Report on the Geology, Mineralogy, Natural His-
tory, Inhabitants, and Agriculture of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec.
By John C. Spear, Surgeon, U.S. N.
In Shufeldt (R.W.) Reports of Explorations and Surveys, Isthmus of Te-
huantepec, pp. 99-139. Washington, 1872. 4°.
Languages of the Aboriginal Tribes, p. 128, contains vocabularies of the Za-
poteco (Tehuantepec), Loque [Zoque] (San Miguel), and Chimalapa.

3712 Spelling. A | Spelling Book | written in the | Chahta Language |
with an | English translation; | prepared and published under the
direction of the | Missionaries | in the Chahta Nation, | with the
aid of | Captain David Folsom, Interpreter. | [Three lines quota-

tion. |
Cincinnati: | Published by Morgan, Lodge and Fisher for the |
Missionary Society. | 1825. |. YC.

Pp. i-iv, 5-84. 16°.

Title, reverse blank, 1 1.—Advertisement, pp. iii-iv.—AIphabet, pp. 5-6.—Tables
I-VI, Words of two letters, &c., pp. 7-12.—Pp. 13-72 missing.—Tables XL-XLI,
pp. 74-75.—Translation into Chahta of Lord’s Prayer, p. 76.—Ten Commandments,
pp. 76-78. —Parable of the Rich Man and Lazarus, pp. 78-79.—John, Chap. ili, pp.
79-83.—A hymn, pp. 83-84.

3713 ——— A | Spelling Book | written in the | Chahta Language, |
with an | English translation. | [Design.| | Second Edition, Re-
vised. |

Cincinnati: | Printed by Morgan, Lodge and Fisher. | 1827. | BA.
Pp. 1-160. 18°.

3714 Spencer (fev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations. |

In Smith (W.) The History of the Province of New York, pp. 39-40. Lon-
don, 1757, 4°.

General remarks, and the Lord’s Prayer in the language of the Five Nations.

Also in the various editions of the above, for which see Smith (William), Nos.
3669-3675. Reprinted in Barber (John W.) The History and Antiquities of
New England, New York and New Jersey, pp. 90-91. Worcester, 1841; and sub-
sequent editions. 8°.

The Rey. Elihu Spencer was born at East Haddam, Conn., Feb. 12,1721. He
graduated at Yale College in 1746, and commenced the study of the Indian lan-
guage, with the intention of undertaking a mission among the Six Nations. It
is particularly recorded of him that he formed a large and accurate vocabulary
of the language of the Oneida Tribe, which was deemed of great value. He

SPANISH—SQUIER. 733

Spencer (ev. Elihu)—continued.
spent some months in actual missionary labor in the western part of the Province
of New York, and was ordained to the work of the ministry in 1748. He did not
continue in the Indian Mission, however, but removed to New Jersey in 1750.
He died at Trenton, N. J., Dc. 27, 1784, in the 64th year of his age.—Sprague’s
Annals of the American Pulpit, vol. 3, pp. 165-169.

3715 Spencer (Herbert). Descriptive | Sociology; | or, groups of | soci-
ological facts | classified and arranged | by | Herbert Spencer. |
Compiled and abstracted | by | David Duncan, M. A., Professor of
Logie, &c, in the Presidency College, Madras; | Richard Scheppig,
Ph. D.; and James Collier. | [No. 1.] English. | Compiled and
abstracted | by | James Collier. | [No. 2. Ancient Mexicans, Cen-
tral Americans, | Chibchas, and Ancient Peruvians. | Compiled
and abstracted | by | Richard Scheppig, Ph.D. |] [No.3. Types of
Lowest Races, Negritto Races, | and Malayo-Polynesian Races. |
Compiled and abstracted | by | Prof. David Duncan. | |[No. 4. Afri-
can Races. | Compiled and abstracted | by | Prof. David Duncan. | |
[No. 5. Asiatic Races. | Compiled and abstracted | by | Prof. David
Dunean. | | [No. 6. American Races. | Compiled and abstracted
by | Professor Duncan, M. A. | ]

New York: | D. Appleton and Company, | 549 and 551 Broad-
way. | [1873-1878. | A.C. JWP.

6 vols., each with printed cover. large folio.

Duncan (David). American Press. Forms No. 6.

Scheppig(R.) Ancient Americans, Central Americans, Chibchas, and Ancient
Peruvians. Forms No. 2.

3716 Sproat (Gilbert Malcolm). Scenes and Studies | of Savage Life. |
By | Gilbert Malcolm Sproat. | [Two lines quotation. ]

London: Smith, Elder and Co.: | 1568. | B. C. S. BP.

Pp. i-xi, 1-317. 12°.

Chapter xy. Intellectual Capacity and Language [of the Ahts], contains a
discussion on the numeral system; divisions of the year; grammatical analysis;
the Nitinaht dialect [of the Aht]; Cook’s list of Nootkah words; affinity of the
Indian languages of the northwest coast; a table showing affinities between
the Chinook Jargon and Aht; and tribal names, pp. 119-143.—Vocabulary of
the Aht language, with a list of the numerals 1-200; an alphabetical list of
words obtained at Nitinaht (or Barclay) Sound, but fairly representing the lan-
guage of all the Aht Tribes on the west coast of Vancouver Island, including words
invented since their contact with white men, pp. 295-307.—List of Aht Tribes on
the outside coast of Vancouver Island in 1860, p.308.—Aht names of men and
women, pp. 308-309; of places, p. 310; of berries, p. 310.

3717 Squier (Ephraim George). American Archeological Researches,
No. 1. | The | Serpent Symbol, | and the worship of the | Recipro-
cal Principles of Nature | in | America. | By E. G. Squier, A. M. |
Foreign Member [&c., four lines]. [Design.| [Two lines quotation. |

New York: | George P. Putnam, 155 Broadway. | MDCCC LI
[1851]. | B.C. HU. WE.

Pp. i-xvi, 11-254. 8°.

Aztec names of gods, generally with English meaning, scattered through.

A Spanish translation: Habana, 1895, 226 pp. 8°.— Squier.

734 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Squier (Ephraim George)—continued.

3718 ——— Nicaragua; | its | People, Scenery, Monuments, | and the
proposed | Interoceanic Canal. | With | numerous original Maps
and Illustrations. | By E.G. Squier. | Late Charge d’Affaires of the
United States to the Republies of Central America. | [Seal.] | [One
line quotation.] | In two volumes. | Vol. I [IT]. |

New York: | D. Appleton & Co., Publishers. | M DCCC LII
[1852]. | A.C. BA. WE.

2 vols. 8°.

Aboriginal Nations of Nicaragua, their geographical distribution, languages,
and monuments, vol. 2, pp. 303-339, contains: Comparative Table (24 words) of
the Nagrandan, Chorotegan or Dirian, Niquiran, Mexican, Waikna or Moscan,
and Chondal (?), p. 314.—Grammatical Remarks on the Nagrandan (through the
assistance of Col. Francisco Diaz Zapata), pp. 315-319.— Vocabulary of 200 words
of the Nagrandan, Chorotegan or Dirian, Mosean (from Cotheal), pp. 320-323.—
Chondal (?) vocabulary (from Freebel), pp. 324-325.—Numerals, 1-4000, of the
Nagrandan, pp. 326-327,

3719

Nicaragua; | its | People, Scenery, Monuments, | and the
proposed | Interoceanic Canal. | With | numerous original maps
and illustrations. | By E.G. Squier. | Late Chargé d’Affaires of the
United States to the Republics of Central America. | [Design.]
[One line quotation.] New Edition. | Vol. I [II]. |

New York: D. Appleton & Co., Publishers. | MDCCCLVI
[1856]. | B.

2 vols. 8°. Linguistics as in edition of 1852. The edition: New York, Harper
& Brothers, 1860, 8, does not contain the linguistics.

Issued also with the following title:

3720 Travels | in | Central America, | particularly in | Nicara-

gua: | with a description of its | Aboriginal Monuments | Scenery

and People, | their languages, institutions, religions, &c. | Ilus-

trated by | numerous maps and colored illustrations. | By IE. G.

Squier, | late Chargé d’Affuires of the United States to the Repub-

lies of Central America. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [IT]. |

D. Appleton & Co., Publishers, | New York: | MDCCCLIII
[1853]. | : B.

2 vols. 8°. Linguistics as in edition of 1852. i

Issued also with theimprint, London: Longman & Co., MDCCCLII.—Squier.

3721 Der Centralamerikanische Staat Nicaragua in Bezug auf

sein Volk, seine Natur und seine Denkmiler. Nebst einer ausfiihr-

lichen Abhandlung itiber den projectirten interoceanischen Kanal.

Von K. G. Squier .... Ins Deutsche iibertragen von Eduard

Hoépfner und mit einem Vorworte begleitet von Carl Ritter.
Leipzig, 1854.

Pp. xviii, 570. 8°. maps and plates. Title from Squier’s List of Books, ete.

3722 Waikna; | or, | Adventures | on the | Mosquito Shore. |
By Samuel A. Bard. [pseud.] | [Seven lines quotation.] | With sixty
illustrations. |

SQUIER. 735

Squier (Hphraim George)—continued.
New York: | Harper & Brothers. | 329 & 331 Pearl Street. |

1855. | A.C. WE.
Pp. i-xii, 13-366. 8°. Brief vocabulary of the Mosquito language, pp. 363-366.
3723 ——— Adventures | on | the Mosquito Shore. | By Samuel A,

Bard. [pseud.] | [Six lines quotation.] | With illustrations. |
London: | James Blackwood, Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC LVI
[1856]. | G.
Pp. i-viii, 1-310. 16°. map. Brief vocabulary, &c., pp. 307-310.
Another edition, London: Sampson Low & Son, 1856. 188 pp. 16°.— Squier.

3724 Notes | on | Central America; | particularly the states of |
Honduras and San Salvador: | their geography, topography, cli-
mate, population, | resources, productions, ete., etc., | and the pro-
posed | Honduras Inter-Oceanie Railway. | By E. G. Squier, | for-
merly Chargé @’Affaires of the United States to the republics | of
Central America. | [In sigillo:] Estado soberano de Honduras. |
With Original Maps and Illustrations. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1855. | A. B.C. BA.
1 p.1., pp. i-xvi, 17-397. 8°. 4 maps. 10 plates. Vocabulary of the Nahual of

Mexico, Nahual of Balsam Coast, and Nahual of Izalco, pp. 351-352.
Another edition: London, 1856.—Squier.

3725

Apuntamientos | sobre | Centro-América | particularmente
sobre los estados | de Honduras y San Salvador: | su jeografia,
topografia, | Clima, Poblacion, Riqueza, Producciones, ete., ete. | y
el propuesto | Camino de hierro de Honduras | por E. G. Squier |
Antiguo |&ec., two lines]. | Traducidos del Ingles | por un Hondu-
rendo |

Paris | Imprenta de Gustavo Gratiot | Calle Mazarine, 30 |

1856 | B.
Pp. i-xii, 1-384. 8°. map.
Vocabulary of the Lenca language of Guajiquiro, Opatoro, Intibuecd, and Simi-
laton, pp. 371-373. This vocabulary first appears in this Spanish edition.

3726 ——— Die Staaten | von | Central-Amerika | insbesondere | Hon-
duras, San Salvador und die Moskito Kiiste. | Von | E.G. Squier, |
ehemaligem [&c., two lines]. | In deutscher Bearbeitung herausge-
geben | von Karl Andree. | ;

Leipzig | Verlagsbuchhandlung von Carl B. Forck. | 1856. | A.B.
Printed cover,11.,2 other p. ll., pp. i-xlviii, 1-275. 12°. Vocabularies as in
English edition, pp. 216-217.

3727 ——— The States | of | Central America; | their | geography, to-
pography, climate, population, resources, | productions, commerce,
political organization, | aborigines, etc., ete., | comprising chapters
on Honduras, San Salvador, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, | Guatemala,
Belize, the Bay Islands, the Mosquito Shore, | and the | Honduras
Inter-Oceanic Railway. | By E. G. Squier, | formerly chargé d’Af-

736 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Squier (Ephraim George)—continued.
faires of the United States to the Republics of | Central America. |
With Numerous Original Maps and Illustrations. | [In sigillo:] Es-
tado soberano de Honduras. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1858. | B.C. BA. WE.

Pp. i-xvi, 17-782. 8°. 5 maps. 13 plates.

Brief Vocabulary of the Lenca Language,as spoken in the towns of Gua-
jiquero, Opatoro, Intibucat, and Similaton, pp. 253-255.—Vocabulary of the
Woolwa, spoken by the Indians of Chontales, Nicaragua; obtained by Mr. Julius
Freebel, pp. 255-256.—Vocabulary of the Carib, North Coast of Honduras (from
Galindo in Royal Geog. Soc., Trans., vol. 3), p. 256.—Vocabulary of the Nahuatl of
Mexico, Nahuatl of Balsam Coast, and Nahuatl of Izalco, pp. 839-3840.—Compara-
tive vocabulary of the Peten, Maya, and Kachiquel, pp. 552-553,

3728 ——— Die Staaten | von | Central-Amerika | insbesondere |
Honduras, San Salvador und die Moskitokiiste. | Von | EH. G.
Squier, | ehemaligem Geschiiftstriger der Vereinigten Staaten von
Nordamerika bei den | centralamerikanischen Staaten. | In
deutscher Bearbeitung herausgegeben | von | Karl Andree. | Neue
Ausgabe. |

Leipzig, 1865. | Verlag von G. Sent’s Buchhandlung. | C.

Title 1 1., pp. i-xlviii, 1-275. Vocabularies as in preceding edition.

3729 t—— Observations | on the | Chalchihuitl | of | Mexico and Cen-
tral America. | By | E.G. Squier, M. A. | Fellow [&e., two lines]. |
Extract from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of |
New York. |

New York: | 1869. | C. SI. WE.

Pp. 1-22. 8°. Many aboriginal terms passim.

3730

Historical and Mythological Traditions of the Algonquins;
with a translation of the “ Walum-Olum”, or Bark Record of the
Linni-Lenape. A. GC. WE.

In American Review, new series, vol. 3, pp. 273-293. New York, 1849. 8°.

Song I. The Creation (with interlinear translation), pp. 277-280.—Song I.
The Deluge (with interlinear translation), pp. 282-283. Also issued separately,
pp. 1-23, 8°, a copy of which is in the Astor Library.

Reprinted in Beach (W. W.) The Indian Miscellany, pp. 9-42. Albany, 1877.
8°; and in Drake (S. G.) The Aboriginal Races of North America, pp. 718-736.
New York, [1880]. 8°.

3731 —— Observations on the Archeology and Ethnology of Nica-
ragua. By E. G. Squier.

In Am. Eth. Soc., Trans., vol. 3, part 1, pp. 83-158. New York, 1853. 6°.

‘ Languages,” pp. 99-119, contains, p. 101,a Comparative Table, 24 words, of
the Nagrandan, Chorotegan or Dirian, Niquiran, Mexican, Waikna or Moscan, and
Woolwa.—Grammatic remarks, with examples, of the Nagrandan, pp. 101-105.—
Comparative vocabulary, 200 words, of the Nagrandan, Chorotegan or Dirian, and
Moscan (Mosquito Shore, from Cotheal), pp. 106-110.—Vocabulary of the Woolwa,
56 words, p. 111.—Numerals, 1-4,000, of the Nagrandan, pp. 112-113.—“ Days of the
month and their order,” in Nicaragua and Mexico, with the English significance,
and the signs, pp. 154-158.

SQUIER—STANLEY. 737

Squier (Ephraim George)—continued.
3732 Lettre de M. Squier a propos de la lettre de M. Brasseur
de Bourbourg, insérée au cahier des Annales @’Aott 1855.
In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 4, 1855 (vol. 148 of the collection),
pp. 273-285. Paris,n.d. 8°.
General remarks on the languages of Central America, in reply to observations
by the Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg. See No. 458 of this catalogue.

3733 ——— Les Indiens Xicaques du Honduras.
In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 4, 1858 (vol. 160 of the collection),
pp. 133-136. Paris,n.d. 8°. Vocabulary of the Xicaque, p- 135.

3734 ———, editor. Collection | of | Rare and Original | Documents
and Relations, | concerning | The Discovery and Conquest of Amer-
ica. | Chiefly from the Spanish Archives. | No. I. | Published in the
Jriginal, | with translations, illustrative notes, maps, and | bio-
graphical sketches, | By I. G. Squier, M. A., F. S.A. | Member of
the Society of Antiquaries of France; Royal Society of Antiquaries
of Den. | mark; Archzological Institute of Gfeat Britain: Amer-
ican Ethnological Society, | &c., &e., &e. |

New York: | Charles B. Norton, Agent for Libraries. | MDCCC

LX [1860]. | C. BA. WE.

1 p.1., pp. 1-131. sm.4°. map. No more published.
Palacio (Diego Garcia de). Carta dirijida al Rey de Espana, pp. 1-131.

3735 ——— Specimen of the Montagnais language of Lower Canada.
From the British Museum. Transmitted by Hon. E. G. Squier.

In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 7, pp. 268-269. New York and London,
1863. sm. 4°.

3736 ——— The Hieroglyphics of Mexico: an Exposition of their Na-
ture and Use; containing also a Hieroglyphical Dictionary, and a
Translation of several Historical and other Mexican Manuscripts.
Edited by E. G. Squier. *

Manuscript. Title from Squier’s List of Books, ete.

See Bartram (William), No. 309.

See Urrutia (José Antonio).

3737 Stanley (J. M.) Catalogue | of | Pictures | in | Stanley & Dicker
man’s | North American | Indian Portrait Gallery; | J. M. Stan-
ley, artist. |

Cincinnati: | Printed at the “Daily Enquirer Office.” |
1846. | LSH. WHS.

Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-84. 8°.

Names of Indians of various tribes, with English signification.

3738 ——— Portraits | of | North American Indians, | with sketches
of scenery, etc., | painted by | J. M. Stanley. | Deposited with | the
Smithsonian Institution. | [Seal of the Institution. |

Washington: | Smithsonian Institution. | December, 1852. |

47 Bib

738 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Stanley (J. M.)—continued.
Pp. 1-76. 8°. Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Collections, 53. Also
forms part of vol. 2, Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Collections.
Contains the names of personages of many Indian tribes of the United States,
to a number of which is added the English signification. C. WE. JWP.
3739 Star. The Star Vindicator. | Vol. V. Progress and A Higher Civ-
ilization. No. 17. | McAlester, Choctaw Nation, Indian Territory,
Saturday, June 8, 1878 [-Vol. V, No. 48, January 11, 1879]. | Swe.
A four-page weekly newspaper, folio, E. W. Folsom, editor. The only copies I
have seen are those embraced above, each of which contains more or less matter
in the Choctaw language.
Stark (Sebastien Gottfried), editor. .
See Miiller (Andreas), No. 2677.

3740 Steck (Michael). Terms of Relationship of the people of Tesuque,
collected by Michael Steck, M. D., U.S. Indian Agt.
In Morgan(L.H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. Wash-
ington, 1871. 4°. Follows line 75 through the above pages.

3741 Steenholdt (Wittus Frederik). Innttb nangminek’ isumaliornera
Gudib’lo tekkotinera . . . Wittus Frederik Steenholdtimit.

Kjébenhavnime, 1851. me
75 pp. 6°. Religious tract in the Eskimo language.—Rink.

Okalluktuet Bibelimit pisimasut | Kristumiudlo Apostelit

kingorneesigut | okalluktuarisauneret tapusimavlune. | Agleksi-

masut | Kavlunait Pelleseesa illennit, Balslevimit; | nuktersimasut

Wittus Frederik Steenholdtimit. |

3742

Kjébenhavnime. | nakkittarsimasut Bianko- Lunomit: | 1854. | HU.
1 p.1., pp. 1-136. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language.
3743 --—— Tlerkuksamut imal6neet illuarnermik ajokensout . . . nuk-
tersimarsok Wittus F. Steenholdtimit.
Noungme, 1860. ; e

20 pp. 8°. Ethics in the Eskimo language.— Rink.

3744 Steffel (P. Matthiius). Tarahumarisches Worterbuch, nebst einigen
Nachrichten von den Sitten und Gebriiuchen der Tarahumaren, in
Neu-Biscaya, in der Audiencia Guadalaxara im Vice-K6énigreiche
Alt-Mexico oder Neu-Spanien.

Briinn, 1791. *
8°. Title from Ludewig, p. 181, and Triibner’s Catalogue of Dictionaries and
Grammars.

3745 Tarahumarisches Worterbuch, nebst einigen Nachrichten
von den Sitten und Gebriiuchen der Tarahumaren, in Neu=Biscaya,
in der Audiencia Guadalaxara im Vice-Konigreiche Alt=Mexico,
oder Neu=Spanien. Von P. Matthiius Steffel. [Dated ‘“ Briinn,
den 28 Mirz 1791.”]

In Murr (C. G. von). Nachrichten, vol. 1, pp. 293-374. Halle, 1809. 8°.

Deutsch-Tarahumarisches Wérterbuch, pp. 301-353.—Tarahumarisch-Deut-
sches Worterbuch, pp. 353-368.— Numerals, pp. 369, 370.—Tarahumarische
Sprachprobe, pp. 371-374.

STANLEY—STEPHENS. 739

3746 Steinthal (Dr. H.) Charakteristik | der hauptsiichlichsten |
Typen. des Sprachbaues. | Von | Dr. H. Steinthal, | Privatdocenten
fiir allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft | an der Universitit zu Berlin. |
Zweite Bearbeitung | seiner | Classification der Sprachen. |

Berlin, | Ferd. Diimmler’s Verlagsbuchhandlung | 1860.| A. BA. HU.

Pp. i-ix, 1 1., pp. 1-336. 8°.

V. Die amerikanischen Sprachen, Einverleibung, pp. 202-231, includes:
(a) Das Mexikanische insbesondere, pp. 202-220; (b) Die amerikanischen
Sprachen iiberhaupt, mit besonderer Riicksicht auf das Grénlindische, pp.
220-231.

3747 Sténberg (Karl Junius Optatus). Bibelimit ujarsimmassut | okral-
luktuet, | mérkraen illinniegeksait, | Kaladlit nunnanne p:elles-
siogalloab K. J. O. Sténberg- ib nuktigai. |

Kjobenhavnime. | Bianko-Lunomit nakkrittinnekratut. | 1854. Hu.
1 p.1., pp. 1-125. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language.

3748 Stephens (John). A Primer for young children, applicable to the
Indian language as spoken by the Mee-lee-ceet Tribe in New Bruns-
wick.

Fredericton, 1855. =
Title from Hind’s Preliminary Report on the Geology of New Brunswick.

3749 Stephens (John Lloyd). Incidents of Travel | in | Central
America, Chiapas, | and | Yucatan. | By John L. Stephens, |
author of [&c., two lines]. Illustrated by numerous engravings. |
In two volumes. | Vol. I [IT]. |

New-York. | Published by Harper & Brothers, | No. 82 Cliff-

Street. | 1841. | B.C. JWP.
2 vols. 8°. Lord’s Prayer in Quiche, vol. 2, pp. 190-191.—Numerals, 1-1000,
p. 191.

Twelve editions were published in-less than one year. Also, with slight
change in imprint only: New York, 1841, 1842, 1845, 1846, 1848, 1851, 1852, 1855,
1858, 1860, 1863, 1867, all of which are entitled ‘‘Twelfth edition.” Also, Lon-
don: 1841, 1842, 1743, 1844, all in 2 vols. 8°.

Another edition as follows:

3750 t—— Incidents of Travel | in | Central America, Chiapas, | and
Yucatan. | By the late | John Lloyd Stephens. | With numerous
Engravings. | Revised from the latest American edition, with addi-
tions, | by Frederick Catherwood. |

London: | Arthur Hall, Virtue & Co. | 25, Paternoster Row. |
1854. | a

Pp. i-xvi, 1-548. 8°, map and plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. The Lord’s
Prayer and numerals 1-1000 in Quiché, p. 340.

3751 t—— Incidents of Travel | in | Yucatan. | By John L. Steph-
ens, | Author of ‘Incidents of Travel in Egypt, Arabia Petriea,
and the | Holy Land,” “Incidents of Travel in Central America,
Chiapas, | and Yucatan,” ete. | Mlustrated by 120 engravings. | In
two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |

740 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS,

Stephens (John Lloyd)—continued.
New-York: | Harper & Brothers, 82 Cliff Street. | 1843. | A.c. BA.
2 vols. 8°.
Perez (D. Juan Pio). Ancient Chronology of Yucatan, vol. 1, pp. 434-459.
A manuscript written in the Maya language, with translation, vol. 2,
pp. 465-468.
Also, with slight variation in imprint only, New York: 1847, 1848, 1855, 1856,
1858, 1860, 1868. An English edition, London: John Murray, MDCCCXLIII. 2
vols. 8°. A Spanish translation as follows:

Viaje a Yucatan a fines de 1841 y principios de 1842, tra-
duce en Castellano con algunas notas D. Just. Sierra.
Campeche, 1848. *
2 vols. 8°. Title from the Ramirez Sale Catalogue, No. 820.

3752

A short vocabulary of the Chorti language of Zacapa.

In Gallatin (A.) Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan,
and Central America; in Am. Eth. Soc., Trans., vol. 1, pp. 9-10. New York,
1845. 8°.

3753

3754 [Stevens (Rev. J. D.)| Sioux Spelling-Book. | Designed for the use
of | Native Learners. | {Picture.]
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1836. | BA. MHS.
Pp. 1-22. 16°.

3755 [Stevens (John)], editor. A New | Collection | of | Voyages | and |
Travels: | with | Historical Accounts | of | Discoveries and Con-
quests | In all Parts of the | World. | None of them ever before
Printed in English; being now | first Translated from the Spanish,
Italian, French, Dutch, | Portuguese and other Languages. |
Adorn’d with Cuts. | For the month of December, i708. | To be con-
tinwd Monthly. |

London Printed, and Sold by J. Knapton, in St. Pauls Church-
Yard; J. Round, in | Exchange-Alley, in Cornhill, N. Cliffe, at the
Golden Candlestick in Cheapside, E. | Sanger, at the Post-House,
and A. Collins, at the Black-Boy in Fleet-street, 1708. | C.

2 vols. sm. 4°.

Lawson (John). A New Voyage to Carolina, &c. Vol.1, 2(3?] p. ll., 258 pp.

The only copy of this edition of the voyages I have seen is in the Library of
Congress. The work was issued in parts, each with a general title, similar to
above, with change of date, and a separate title to each paper. That to Lawson
is missing in the copy handled by me, and I have supplied it from Field, No. 896.
(See Lawson.) The last general title preceding Lawson in the copy seen is dated
January, 1708, so it is probable no edition of Lawson was dated previous to 1708.

3756

A New | Collection | of | Voyages | and | Travels, | into
Several Parts of the World, none | of them ever before printed in
English, | Containing. | 1. The Description, &e., of the Mo | lucco
and Philippine Islands. by | I.de Argensola. | 2. A new Account of
Carolina. by | Mr. Lawson. | 3. The Travels of P. de Cieza in |

Peru. | 4. The Travels of the Jesuits in E | thiopia. | 5. The Cap-

STEPHENS—STONE. 741

[Stevens (John)], editor—continued.
tivity of the Sieur Mouette | in Fez and Morocco. | 6. The Travels
of P. Teixeira from | India to the Low Countries by | land. | 7. A
voyage to Madagascar by the | Sieur Cauche. | In Two Volumes,
illustrated with several Maps and Cuts. |
London, Printed for J. Knapton, Andrew Bell, D. Midwinter,
Will. | Taylor, A. Collins, and T. Baker. 1711. | A. JCB. NYHS.

2 vols. sm. 4°.

Lawson (John). A New Voyage to Carolina, &c. Vol. 1,3 p.ll., 258 pp.

Bartlett, in the catalogue of the John Carter Brown Library, mentions an
edition of 1710.

3757 Stevenson (James). Illustrated catalogue of the collections ob-
tained from the Indians of New Mexico and Arizona in L879.

In Bureau of Ethnology, Second Ann. Rept., pp. 307-422. Washington, 1883.
imp. 8°. Many Indian terms passim.

3758 - Catalogue of Collections made at Zuni, New-Mexico, and
Wolpi, Arizona, during the field season of 1831. By James Ste-
venson.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-14, 1-393. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
It will be published in the Third Annual Report of the Bureau. It contains the
names of about 600 articles in the Zuni language, furnished by Mr. Frank Cushing.

3759 Stickney (B. F'.) Language of the Wyandots. Ss.

Manuscript. 23 ll. folio. In possession of J. G. Shea, Esq, Elizabeth, N. J.
Contains a vocabulary and grammatic notices.

J 3760 Stimpson (Dr. William) and Hall (Prof. Asaph). Chukchee vocab-

ulary. :
In Dall (W.H.) Alaska and its Resources, pp. 552-554. Boston, 1870. 8°.

3761 Stone (Livingston). Report of Operations during 1872 at the
United States Salmon-hatching Establishment on the McCloud
River, and on the California Salmonide generally; with a list of
specimens collected. By Livingston Stone.

In Baird (S. F.) Report of the Commission of Fish and Fisheries, part 2,
pp. 168-200. Washington, 1876. 8°.

List of the Indian words of the McClond dialect, pp. 198-200.

Reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology,
vol. 3, pp. 531-534. Washington, 1877. 4°.

3762 A list of McCloud Indian Words supplementary to a list
contained in the Report of 1872. By Livingston Stone.
In Baird (S. F.) Report of the Commission of Fish and Fisheries, part 3,

pp. 428-429. Washington, 1876. 8°.
Reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology,

vol. 3, pp. 531-534. Washington, 1877. 4°.

3763 Stone (William Leete). The | Life and Times | of | Sir William
Johnson, Bart. | By | William L. Stone. | Vol. I [IJ]. | [Vignette.] |
Albany: | J. Munsell, 78 State Street. | 1865. | A.W.

2 vols. 8°.
Johnson (Sir William). On the Customs, Manners, and Languages of the In-

dians [of the Six Nations], vol. 2, pp. 451-488.

(42 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3764 Strachey (William). The | Historie of Travaile | into | Virginia
Britannia; | expressing the | cosmographie and comodities of the
country, | together with the Manners and | Customes of the Peo-
ple. | Gathered and observed as well by those who went | first
thither as collected by | William Strachey, Gent., | the First Sec-
retary of the Colony. | Now first edited from the original manu-
script, in the | British Museum, by | R. H. Major, Esq., | of the
British Museum. |

London: | Printed for the Hakluyt Society. | M. DCCC. XLIX
[1849]. | A.C. S. W.

Pp. i-viii, i-xxxvi, 31l., 1-203. 8°. map and plates. Forms vol. 6 of the Hakluyt
Society Publications. ~

“A Dictionarie of the Indian Language for the better enabling of such who
shall be thither ymployed,” pp. 183-196.

3765 Strale (Frederick A.) The Lord’s Prayer. Matt. Ch. VI. vv 9-13 |
In upwards of Fifty different Languages, arranged mostly geograph-
ically according | to Fr.* Adelung’s View.

New York Sept.t 1841. Compiled by F. A. Strale. | Lith. of En-
dicott 22 John Street. | JWP.

Broadside, 25% 19} inches.

The Lord’s Prayer in Greenlandish, Esquimaux (Coast of Labrador), and
Cherokee.

3766 Street (Alfred Billings). The | Indian Pass. | By | Alfred B.
Street, | Author of “Fugitive Poems;” “Frontenac,” a Poem;
“Forest Pictures in | the Adirondacks,” a Series of Poems; “The
Council of Revision; | with Sketches of its Members and Early
Courts, and its | Vetoes;” “Woods and Waters; or, Summer in
the | Saranacs,” ete., ete. | [Design.]

New York | Hurd and Houghton, Publishers. | Cambridge:
Riverside Press. | 1869. | C.

Pp. i-lviii, 1-201. 12°. Aboriginal names of places in and about the Adiron-
dack Mountains, pp. xiv-xviil.

3767: Strickland (Maj. Samuel). Twenty-seven Years | in | Canada
West; | or, | the Experience of an Early Settler. | By Major [Sam.
uel] Strickland, C. M. | Edited by Agnes Strickland, | author of
“The Queens of England,” ete. | [Five lines quotation.] | In two
volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |

London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street. | Publisher
in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1853. | A.C. HU.
2 vols. 8°. Hymn in Chippeway and English, vol. 2, pp. 77-78.

3768 Strickland (W. P.) Old Mackinaw; | or, | the Fortress of the
Lakes | and | its Surroundings. | By | W. P. Strickland. |

Philadelphia: | James Challen & Son, | New York : Carlton & Por-

ter.—Cincinnati: Poe & Hitchcock. | Chicago: W. H. Doughty.—

STRACHEY—SULLIVAN. 743

Strickland (W. P.)—continued.
Detroit: Putnam, Smith & Co. | Nashville: J. B. MeFerrin. |
1860. | Ss
Pp. 1-404. 12°. Ojibwa love song, with English translation, pp. 90-91.
Stryker’s American Register.

See American Quarterly Register, in Additions and Corrections.

3769 Stuart (Granville). Montana as it is; | being | A General Descrip-
tion of its Resources, | both Mineral and Agricultural, | including
a | Complete Description of the Face of the | Country, its Climate,
Ete., | illustrated with a | Map of the Territory, | drawn by Capt.
W. W. De Lacy, | Showing the Different Roads and the Location
of | the Different Mining Districts. | To which is appended, J a
Complete Dictionary | of | the Snake Language, | and also of the |
Famous Chinnook [sic] Jargon, | with | Numerous Critical and Ex-
planatory Notes, | concerning the Habits, Superstitions, Ete., of |
these Indians, | with | Itineraries of all the Routes across the
Plains. | By Granville Stuart. |

New York: | C. S. Westcott & Co., Printers, | No. 79 John
Street. | 1865. | A. B. C. S. WE.

Pp.1-175. 8°. Dictionary of the Snake Indian Language, pp. 21-48.—Explan-
atory Notes, pp. 49-98.—Dictionary of the Chinnook Jargon, pp. 99-119. -Short
Dialogues in Chinnook Jargon, pp. 120-121.—Explanatory Notes, pp. 122-127.

Stuart (Rev. John).

See Book of Common Prayer, No. 413.

The Rey. John Stuart was born at Harrisburg, Pa., Feb. 24, 1740, and died
at Kingston, U. C., Aug. 15, 1811. He was ordained in England, returned to
Philadelphia about 1770, and for seven years officiated as a missionary among the
Indians of the Mohawk Valley. For them he made a translation of the New
Testament into the Mohawk language.—Drake’s Am. Biog.

3770 Stubbs (A. W.) Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw.

Manuscript. 40 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3771 Sturges (Rev. Charles). Terms of Relationship of the Omaha, col-
lected by Rev. Charles Sturges, at the Omaha Mission, Blackbird
Hills, Neb.

In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Aflinity, pp. 293-382. Wash-
ington, 1871. 4°.

3772 Suarez (P. Lorenzo). Sermones en Lengua Megicana del ano 1617. *

Title from Beristain.

3773 ——— Vocabulario de la lengua abigira y la Doctrina Cristiana

en el mismo idioma. *
Title from Sobron, p. 55, according to whom these two works were printed.

3774 Sullivan (Dr. Jeremiah). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the
Hopitu language.

Manuscript. 1521]. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded
in a copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d edi-
tion, complete. Collected at the Moki Pueblos, Ariz., 1682. Besides filling the
schedules, Dr. Sullivan has added a number of explanatory notes.

744 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Sullivan (Dr. Jeremiah)—continued.
3775 ——— Bulii-ti-ki-ba, or ‘“‘ Dance of the Virgins.”
Manuscript. Pp.1-6. folio. Inthe library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Con-
tains a Moquis, or Ho-pi-tu, song, p. 6, and Indian terms throughout.

3776 Sullivan (John W.) [Vocabularies of the Indians of Northwest
America. |
In Pallisser (John). Journal, Detailed Reports * * * British North
America, pp. 207-216. London, 1863. folio.
Vocabulary and numerals, 1-100, of the Surcee Indians, pp. 208-210.—Vocab-
ulary and numerals, 1-200, of the Rocky Mountain Stoney Indians, pp. 210-212.—
Vocabulary and numerals, 1-300, of the Blackfoot of the Plains, pp. 212-215.—
Ten Commandments in the language of the Blackfoot of the Plains, pp. 215-216.

Sullivan (N. B.)
See Worcester (A. E. W.) and Sullivan (N.B.)

3777 Summerfield (John). Sketch | of | Grammar | of the | Chippeway
Language, | to which is added | A Vocabulary | of some of the most
common Words. | By John Summerfield, | alias | Sahgahjewagah-
bahweh. |

Cazenovia: | Press of J. F. Fairchild & Son. | 1834. | sJWwp. wus.

Pp. 1-35. 16°. ‘‘The first attempt to reduce the Chippeway language to any
[grammatic] system.” Sketch of Grammar, pp. 3~21.—Vocabulary, pp. 23-35.

3778 Sutherland(P.C.) Onthe Esquimaux. By P.C.Sutherland, M.D.
In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 4, 1856, pp. 193-214. London, n.d. 89.
Numerals, 1-10, 16-30, of the Esquimaux, pp. 208-209.

3779 Sutter (Emil V.) Maidu Vocabulary.
Manuscript. 211. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
from the Indians of the Feather and Yuba rivers, California.

3780 Swan (Major Caleb). Position and State of Manners and Arts in
the Creek or Muscogee Nation in 1791.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 251-283. Philadelphia,
1855. 4°.
List of Creek moons, pp. 276-277.

3781 Swan (James G.) The | Northwest Coast; | or, | Three Years’

Residence in Washington | Territory. | By James G. Swan. | [Terri-
torial Seal.] | With numerous illustraticns. |

New York: | Harper& Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1857. | A. B.C. BA.

Pp. i-xvi, 17-435. 12°, map.

A Vocabulary of the Chehalis and Chenook or Jargon Languages, with the
Derivation of the Words used in the latter, pp. 412-420.—Numerals, 1-1000, of
the Chehalis and Chenook, pp. 420-421.—List of Words in the Nootkan Lan-
guage the most in use, from John R. Jewett’s Narrative of the Massacre of the
Crew of the Ship Boston, by the Savages of Queen Charlotte’s Sound, 1803, pp.
421-422.—Comparative Words [12] in the Nootka and Chenook or Jargon, p. 422.

3782

The | North-West Coast; | or, | Three Years’ Residence in
Washington | Territory. | By | James G. Swan. | With numerous
lustrations. |

SULLIVAN—SYLVESTER. 74

Qn

Swan (James G.)—continued.
London: | Sampson Low, Son, & Co., 47, Ludgate Hill. | New

York: Harper & Brothers. | 1857. | x
Pp. 1-435. 12°. map and plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Linguistics, pp.
412-422.

3783 ——— Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | 220 | The |
Indians of Cape Flattery, | at the Entrance to the Strait of Fuca, |
Washington Territory. | By | JamesG. Swan. |

Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. |
1869. | SI. WE. JWP.

Printed title on cover, pp. i-ix, 1-108. 4°. Also included in Smithsonian In-
stitution, Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 16. Washington, 1870. 4°.

Makah vocabulary, pp. 93-105.—Local nomenclature of the Makah, pp. 105-106,

3784 ——— Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | 267 | The |
Haidah Indians | of | Queen Charlotte’s Islands, British Colum-
bia. | With a | brief description of their carvings, tattoo designs,
ete. | By | James G. Swan, | Port Townsend, Washington Territory. |

Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. |
[August, 1874.] | SI. WE. JWP.
Printed title on cover, pp. i-iii, 1-18. 4°.7 plates. Also included in Smithso-
nian Institution, Contributions to Knowledge, yol. 21. Washington, 1876. 4°.
Contains a few aboriginal terms.

- A Criticism on the Linguistic Portion of Vol. I, Contribu-

tions to North American Ethnology.
Manuscript. 4 11. folio.
3786 ——— A Vocabulary of the Language of the Haida Indians of
Prince of Wales Archipelago.
Manuscript. 19 pp. 8°.
3787 ——— Vocabulary of the Makah language.
Manuscript. 21 ll. folio. Alphabetically arranged.

3788 ——— Vocabulary of the Makah language.

Manuscript. 1011, 4°. These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.

3789 Swiss. The Swiss Peasant. | By Rey. Cesar Malan, of Geneva. |
[Two lines Cherokee characters.] | The One Thing Needful. | [One
line Cherokee characters.| |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: | Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1848. | S. ABC.

Pp. 1-24. 8°. In Cherokee characters. The first article occupies pp. 3-16; the
second, pp. 16-24.

3790 Sylvester (Nathaniel Bartlett). Historical Sketches | of | Northern
New York | and the | Adirondack Wilderness: | including | Tradi-
tions of the Indians, Early Explorers, | Pioneer Settlers, Hermit
Hunters, &c. | By | Nathaniel Bartlett Sylvester, | of the Troy
Bar. | [Quotation, ten lines.| |

Troy, N. Y.: | William H. Young. | 1877. | C.
3p. Il., pp. ili-vili, 9-316, 8°.
Indian names of the seyeral na ‘ions of the league, p. 19.—Numerous Indian

3785

names of places, with significations, scattered throughout.

746 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3791 Taché (Mgr. A.) Esquisse | sur le | Nord-Ouest de ?Amérique |
par | Mer. Taché, Bvéque de St. Boniface, 1868. |
Montreal | Typographie du Nouveau Monde | 23, Rue St. Vin-
cent. | 1869 | Ss.
Printed cover 11., pp. 1-146. 8°.
A few remarks on the Cris, and the pronouns moi, toi, lui, in Saulteux, Maské-
gon, Cris, Athabaska Cris, Ie 4 la Crosse Cris, and Forest Cris, p. 82.

Sketch | of the | North-west of America. | By Mgr. Taché |
Bishop of St. Boniface, | 1868. | Translated from the French, by
Captain D. R. Cameron, | Royal Artillery. |

Montreal: | Printed by John Lovell St. Nicholas Street. |
1870. | QHS.

Pp. 1-216. 8°. Linguistics as in the French edition, p. 123.

3793

Extrait @une lettre de Mgr. Taché, Vicaire Apostolique
de la Baie d’Hudson.
In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 24, pp. 329-354. Paris, 1852. 8°.
Dated 4 Janvier 1851. Contains a few remarks on the Montagnais language,
pp. 340, 341.

3794 Taggart (G.W.) Indian Vocabulary of the Klamath River, in the
Vicinity of the Mines. [Accompanying letter signed .G. W. Tag-
gart.|

In Taylor (A.S.) Indianology of California, in California Farmer, San
Francisco, vol. 13, No. 6, March 23, 1860.

3795 Talley (Rev. A.) [Portions of the Scriptures in the Choctaw lan-
guage. | °
The Rev. A Talley was one of the earliest of the Methodist missionaries among
the Choctaw Indians in Mississippi and Alabama, 1828 to 1833. He translated
portions of the Scripture into the Choctaw language, which were printed for the

use of the Indians. He died in 1734.—History of American Missions, p. 541.

3796 Tamedsa. Tamedsa Gudib kakkojanga. | ATS. JWP.
No title-page. 11.,pp.1-8. sq.24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language
of Labrador.
Tamedsa | Johannesib Aglangit, | okautsinik Tussarner-
tunik, | Jesuse Kristusemik, | Gudim Erngninganik. | Printed for |
the British and Foreign Bible Society ; | For the use of the Christ-
ian Esquimaux in the Mission-Settlements | of the United Brethren
at Nain, Okkak, and Hopedale, | on the Coast of Labrador. |
Londonneme: | W.M’Dowallib, Nenilauktangit. | 1810. | S.WWB.
1 p.1., pp. 1-124. 12°. See Gospels, No. 1588 of this catalogue.

3797

3798 Tamersa makperksaeket imakartut okautsinnik Kristominut ajo-
kaersutiksennik appersutiksennik akkirsutiksenniglo attortuksaur-
sunnik innusuit ajokaersorniarlugit. -.

72 pp. 8°. Catechism in the Eskimo language. Title froma Greenland mis-
sionary, through Professor Rink.

TACHI—TAPIA. 747

3/99 Tamerssa timmiusaut | killangmit pirsok. | [Picture.] ATS.
No title-page. 1 p.1., pp. 1-8. 24°. Bible Lessons in the Eskimo language of
Greenland.

Tan Teladakadidjik.
See Teladakadidjik, No. 3809.

Tanner (John).
See James (Edwin), Nos. 1959-1962.

3800 Tapia Zenteno (D. Carlos). Arte Novissima | de Lengua Mexi-
cana, | Que dicto | D. Carlos de Tapia Zenteno, | Colegial en el
Real, y Pontificio Seminario, Cura Bene- | ficiado, que fue de la
Diecesis de Tampamolon, Juez | Ecclesiastico de la Villa de los
Valles, y su Jurisdiccion, | Commissarié de el Santo Oficio de la In-
quisicion, y su | Revisor, Notario Apostolico, Colegial en el Apos-
tolico | Colegio de N. P. 8S. Pedro, y Secretario de su muy | Illustre
Congregacion, Capellan mayor del Religiosissimo | Monasterio de
Santa Inés, Examinador Synodal general | de este Arzobispado,
Cathedratico proprietario de Pri- | ma de dicha Lengua en la Real
Universidad de esta | Corte, y primero en el mesmo Real, y Ponti-
ficio | Colegio Seminario, &c. | Quien lo saca a luz | debajo de la
proteccion | del Hlmo. Sr. Dr. D. Manuel Rubio, | Salinas, | Del
Consejo de Su Magestad, Dignissimo Arzobispo | de esta Santa
Iglesia de Mexico, | Por cuyo mandado se erigid esta nueva Cathe-

dra. |
Con licencia de los Superiores. | En Mexico por la Viuda de D.
Joseph Bernardo de Hogal. | Ato de 1753. | B. C. HU. JCB.

11 p.1l., pp. 1-58. sm. 4°.

3801 ——— Noticia | de la | Lengua Huasteca, | que en beneficio de sus
nacionales, | de orden | del Ilm6. Sr. Arzopispo | de esta Santa Igle-
sia Metropolitana, | y a sus expensas, | da Carlos de Tapia Zen-
teno, | Cura, que fue de la Iglesia Parrochial de Tampamolon, |
Juez Eclesiastico dela Villa de los Valles, Commissario | del Santo
Oficio de la Inquisicion, Cathedratico de Prima | de Lengua Mexi-
cana en esta Real Universidad, y el | primero en el Real, y Pontifi-
cio Colegio Seminario, | Examinador Synodal de este Arzobispado,
y Capellan | Mayor del Monasterio de Santa Inés. | Con Cathecis-
mo, | y Doctrina Christiana | para su instruccion, segun lo que
ordena el Santo | Concilio Mexicano, Enchiridion Sacramental |
para su administracion, con todo lo que parece | necessario hablar
en ella los Neoministros, y | copioso Diccionario para facilitar | su
inteligencia. |

Con licencia de los Superiores: | En Mexico, en la Imprenta de
la Bibliotheca Mexicana. | En el Puente del Espiritu-Santo, ano
de 1767. | A. B. C. JOB.

5 p. 1l., pp. 1-128. sm. 4°.

748 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Tapia Zenteno (D. Carlos)—continued.

3802 Paradigma Apologetica, que desea persuadir ingenuo escri-
biendo desapasionado la Noticia de la Huasteca, a los V. V. Sacer-
dotes, que pueden cultivarla. Descripcion de su pais y demon-
stracion evidente de la vanidad de el honror, que se le tiene. o

Manuscript. 16 1]. 4°, Followed by a manuscript copy of the Grammatica

Huasteca, 145 pp.,and to which Tapia alludes in his preface as having been
omitted,so as not to make the printed volume too bulky.—Ramirez Sale Cat.,

No. 829.
3803. ——— Gramatica de la Lengua Huasteca. : ke
3804 ——— Diccionario, Manual y Catecismo. o

Titles from Beristain. Ludewig gives to the Arte de la Lengua Huaxteca the
date 1747.

3805 Tapis (Rev. Estevan). Doctrina Cristiana en Idioma de Santa
Barbara. 8.
Manuscript. 24 pp. small folio. Copy of one in the Smithsonian Institution.
In Indian and Spanish. It contains a preparatory prayer, the Lord’s Prayer,
Angelical Salutation, Creed, Decalogue, Commandments of the Church, the
Sacrament, and a brief catechism. Thereare corrections by Father Uria, show-

ing dialectic differences, and also an Act of Faith, by Father Uria.

3806 Tassin (Lieut. A. G.) Vocabulary of the Arrapaho.
Manuscript. 11. folio. 60 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3807 Taylor (Alexander 8S.) California Notes. By Alex. S. Taylor.
The Indianology of California. S. AAS. JWP.

In California Farmer and Journal of Useful Sciences, San Francisco, vol. 13,
no. 3, February 22, 1860—vol. 20, no. 12, October 30th, 1863.

This periodical contained several series of ‘‘ California Notes,” by Mr. Taylor,
on the resources, &c., of the State. The above, on Indianology, ran through four
series, one of 17, one of 25, a third of 53, and a fourth of 55—in all, 151 numbers
of the paper. The first series began February 22, 1860, and ran to June 29th of
the same year; the second, October 26,1860, ending April 20, 1861; the third,
May 24, 1861, to August 1, 1862; the fourth, August 15, 1862, to September 11,
1863, with an addenda on October 30.

The issues between March and November, 1860, contain vocabularies as
follows:

[Alcala-Galiano (D.)] Languages of the Eslenes and Runsienes, near Mon-
terey, taken from the voyage of the Sutil and Mejicana, in 1792, as published at
Madrid, in 1802, vol. 13, no. 9, April 20, 1860.

Clavigero (F.S.) Lord’s Prayer in the dialects of the Missions of San Fran-
cisco Xavier and of San Jose de Comondre; of San Francisco de Borgia, Santa
Gertrudis and Santa Maria; and of San Ignacio de Kadakamand, vol. 15, no. 1,
March, 1861.

Comelias (P. Juan). Vocabulary of the Indians living near Santa Cruz Mis-
sion, in Santa Cruz County, taken in September, 1856, vol. 13, no. 8, April 5, 1860.

Hubbard (Dr.) Vocabulary of the Lototen or Tulatamys (from Dr. Hub-
bard’s notes, 1856), vol. 13, no. 16, June 8, 1860.

Mengarini (fev. Gregory). Vocabulary of the Santa Clara Indians, vol. 14,
no. 13, November 23, 1860.

Reed (Hugo). Vocabulary of the Indians of Los Angeles County (from Hugo
Reed’s notes, 1852), vol. 13, no. 16, June 8, 1860.

R[iley] (T. H.) Vocabulary of the Kah-wé-yah and Kah-so-wah Indians,
vol. 13, no. 14, May 25, 1860.

TAPIA—TELLECHBA. 149

Taylor (Alexander S.)—continued.
Sitjar (P. Baltazar). Partial vocabulary of the Indians near San Antonio
Mi sion, situated in a valley of the Santa Lucia Mountains, about seventy miles
southeast of Monterey, vol. 13, no. 10, April 27, 1860.
Taggart (G. W.) Indian vocabulary of the Klamath River, in the vicinity of
the mines, vol. 13, no. 6, March 23, 1860.
Taylor (A. S.) Vocabulary of the Indians living near Dent’s Ferry and
vicinity, on the Stanislaus River, in the Sierra Nevada of Calaveras County, vol.
13, no. 6, March 23, 1860.
Vocabulary of the Indians living neat Petaluma in Marin County (of
the Yo-Nios Rancheria), taken in October, 1856, vol. 13, no. 7, March 30, 1860.
Vocabularies of the Eselenes, or Eeselenas Indians, living near the
Mission of San Carlos, in Carmelo Valley, near Monterey, taken by the writer
in October, 1856, vol. 13, no. 9, April 20, 1860.
Vocabulary of the Indians living near Santa Ynez Mission, in Santa
Barbara County, taken by the Author, in April, 1856, from an Indian man, thirty-
five years old, born near the Mission, vol. 13, no. 11, May 4, 1860.
Vocabulary of the Indians living near the Mission of San Gabriel, in
Los Angeles County, taken by the author, in November, 1856, vol. 13, no. 12,
May 11, 1860.
Vocabulary of the Indians living near the Mission of San Luis Rey,
vol. 13, no. 12, May 11, 1860.
Vocabulary of the Indians living near the Mission of San Miguel, vol.
13, no. 13, May 18, 1860.

Timeno (itev. Antonio). Vocabulary of the Indians formerly living at the
Island of Santa Cruz, vol. 13, no. 11, May 4, 1860.

Of the above vocabularies by Taylor, the following are reprinted: Vocabu-
lary of the Indians living near Dent’s Ferry, in Powell (J. W.) Contributions
to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 570-585. Washington, 1877, 4°; Vocab-
ulary of Santa Ynez Mission, in Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 9, pp. 147-148.
New York, 1865; and in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Eth-
nology, vol. 3, pp. 560-567. Washington, 1877. 4°.

Nearly all have been reprinted in Lucy-Fossarieu (P. de). Les langues in-
diennes de la Californie. Paris, 1881. 8°.

3808 ——— Precis India Californicus. By Alexr. 8. Taylor.
In Knight (W. H), editor. Hand-book almanac for 1864, pp. 27-41. San Fran-
cisco, 1864. 16°.
Their language, pp. 29-31, contains general remarks only.
3809 Teladakadidjik. Tan Teladakadidjik | Apdéstalewidjik. | De Akts
ov de Aposelz. | In Mikmak. |
Printed for de Britic and Foren Beibel Séseieti, bei | Eizak Pit-

man, Bah (Bath). | 1863. | ABS. JWP.
Pp. 1-140. 16°. In phonetic characters. Probably translated by Rev. S. T.
Rand.

3810 Tellechea (P. Fr. Miguel). Compendio | Gramatical | para la inte-
ligencia | del | Idioma Tarahumar, | Oraciones, Doctrina Christi-
ana, Pla- | ticas, y otras cosas necesarias para | la recta administra-
cion de los Santos | Sacramentos en el mismo idioma. | Dispuesto, |
por el P. Fr. Miguel Tellechea Predicador mis- | sionero Apost6lico
del Colegio de Nuestra Senora de | Guadalupe de Zacatecas, Minis-
tro del Pueblo de Chi- | nipas y Ex-Presidente de las Missiones de
la Ta- | rahumara. |

750 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Tellechea (P. /r. Miguel)—continued.

Mexico Ano de 1826. | Imprenta de la Federacion en Palacio. |

6 p. IL, pp. 1-162, i-vi, and 3 11. sm. 4°. B. HU.

“The Tarahumara is the dialect spoken in the western parts of Chihuahua,
called Tarahumara. Father Tellecha’s is the best known grammar of the dia-
lect which has been published. The author was missionary apostolic of the Col-
lege of our Lady of Guadalupe de Zacatecas, and ex-President of the Missions
to the Tarahumares in North Mexico.”—Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 830.

3811 —— Compendio Gramatical para la inteligencia del Idioma Ta-
rahumaro. Oraciones, doctrina cristiana, platicas y otras cosas
necesarias para la recta administracion de los santos sacramentos |
en el mismo idioma. Dispuesto Por el P. Fr. Miguel Tellechea,
Predicador y Misionero apostolico del Colegio de nuestra Setora de
Guadalupe de Zacatecas, Ministro del pueblo de Chinipas y ex-
presidente de las Misiones de la Tarahumara.

In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 4, pp. 145-166. México, 1854. 8°.

3812 Temperance. Temperance Song for the Fourth. [and] Temperance
Song. ABC. WWB.
1 sheet. 4°. In two columns. In the Seneca language.

3813 t—— [Temperance tract. Three lines Cherokee characters.
Picture. |
[Two lines Cherokee characters. (Park Hill.)] | 1842. | BA.
Pp. 1-11. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Picture on title-page represents a
man throwing a stool at a woman.
Temperance ode, p. 10, with English translation, p. 11.

3814 Ten. The Ten Commandments, | The Lord’s Prayer, | etc. | In the
Maliseet Language. |
Printed for the Micmac Missionary Society, | Halifax, Nova Sco-
tia. | 1863. | Ss. YC.
Pp. 1-22,11. 12°. In phonetic characters; printed by Isaac Pitman, Bath,
England. Probably translated by Rev. 8. T. Rand.

3815 Teotamachilizti iny iuliliz auh yni miquiliz Tu Temaquizticatzim
Jesu Christo quenami in quim pua teotacuiloque itech teomauxti;
6 Sea Tratado de la Vida y muerte de Nuestro Senor Jesu Christo,
en lengua Vulgar Mexicana de Guatemala.

[Guatemala (Antigua), en la imprenta de las Animas 16..]. —_*

3211. 4°. This work, the title of which I have composed from the first page,
is the only copy I know of a book in the Mexican vernacular of Guatemala.
Although the author, whose name is not found, makes a distinction between this
idiom and the ‘‘ Pipil,” I believe I can assert it to be the same language, that is to
say, a Mexican dialect deprived of the sonorous consonants, and in particular of
the le:ter / after the ¢, which is one of the beauties of the Mexican. It is the same
dialect which Squier calls ‘‘Nahual of the coast of the Balsamo, in Salvador.”—
Brasseur de Bourbourg.

3816 Teotlatol nemachtiloni ipan in Nahuacopa.
This is the modern title of a manuscript work in 4°, in small, clear writing.
It seems to be part of a more extensive work, because it begins on 1.92 with the

—

TELLECHEA—TERLAYE. 751

Teotlatol nemavhtiloni ipan in Nahuacopa—continued.

title of Libro IIT. It is composed of four parts. The first occupies leaves 92 to
166; 1]. 167 to 171 are blank. Here the writing recommences and proceeds from
172 to 205; 1.206 is blank and 1. 207 missing. The writing recommences on 1. 203
with the following title in Spanish: Declaracion de los Sacramentos, and con-
cludes on 1. 227; Il. 228, 229, and 231 (230 is missing) are in blank. The title on
1.232 is simply De misericordia, and the writing proceeds to 1. 261, the reverse of
which is blank.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 77.

3817 [Terlaye (P. Frangois Auguste Magon de).] [Sacred History.] cv.
Manuscript. No title-page, pp. 1-568. folio. In the Mohawk language. In
the archives of the Catholic church at Caughnawaga, Canada.

3818 —— Histoire du peuple de Dieu. *
Manuscript. 2 vols.,600 and 541 pp. 4°. In the Mohawk language. In the
archives of the Catholic church at the Mission of Lac des Deux Montagnes,
Canada. The work is not divided into chapters, but is written continuously.
It is beautifully written and well preserved. The following notice appears on
the page at the beginning of the first volume:
“Avis de ’annotateur

“Le présent ouvrage a 6té composé par Mr. Vabbé Frangois Auguste Magon de
Terlaye, Missionnaire d’abord a Soekatsi 1754-1760 et ensuite au lac des deux Mon-
tagnes jusqu’a sa mort arriver le 17 Mai 1777.

“‘L’auteur a suivi en l’abregeant le P. Berruyer, et quoique, dans sa traduction,
il est 6vité les defauts si justement reprochés au célébre Jesuite, son ouvrage
laisse toutefois beaucoup a désirer et aurait besoin Vétre entitrement refondu,
avant d’étre mis en lumiére. :

“Certains traits, par exemple, ’admirable chasteté du Patriarche Joseph qui
aurait pu et du étre racontée sans tous les détails marqués dans la St® Ecriture,
se sont a peine indiqués, tandisque d’autres qui auraient du étre ecartés entiere-
ment, se trouvent rapportés dans leurs plus mémes circonstances.—I1 parait bien
que le traduction a vu aprés coup.*

“M. Je C. Mathevet a été plus heureux dans la petite bible Algonquins. Ils’est
attaché uniquement aux traits principaux de l’Histoire Sainte; les a racontés
dans un style irreprochable et les a accompagnés des reflections les plus judi-
cieuses. Ainsi a-t-on cru (avoir le faire imprimir. La 1¢'¢ partie contenant Vhis-
toriques de ancien testament a paru 1859 et la 24° renfermant la concordance des
Evangelistes avec un court précis des Actes des Apétres, en 1881.

“En revenant 4 M.de Terlaye nous ajouterons qu’une copie de son ouyrage,
tout entiére de sa propre main a été donner dans le dernieres annees a la Mission
du Sault St Lonis. I] manquait a celle-ci les 40 premiéres pages egarées depuis
la mort de Vauteur, on ne s’est comment; nous les avons transcrites de Ja Lere
copie en les accompagnant de diverses notes qui nous espérons, pourront étre de
quelque utilité aux nouveaux missionnaires.”

3819 t—— Sermons | de | M. Aug. Magon de Terlaye | *

Manuscript. Preserved in the archives of the Catholie church at the mission

at Lac des Deux Montagnes, Canada. It is a bound volume, 4°, containing the
following sermons, each paged separately :

Sur le pater, 75 pp.—Second sermon, 8 pp.—Third sermon, 18 pp.—Third ser-

mon, dated 1782, 42 pp.—lifth sermon, 13 pp.—Sixth sermon, 18 pp.—Sermon sur

*“Voici comment s’exprime notre auteur pa. 151: Wahowennentané ne Puti-
phar rove Joseph: ne kati wakastonte nahonannhoton,—La femme de Putiphar
calomnia Joseph et ainsi fut cause qu’on bien forma qu’il avait eu tort de vouloir
faire entrer dans son ouyrfige certains épisodes peu edifiants, car il a en soin de
les souligner.”

152

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

-[Terlaye (P. Frangois Auguste Magon de)|—continued.

38-0

382]

la priere traduit de mon sermon Frangais et fini le 10 fev. 1769, 19 pp.—The next
contains the dates, 1776, 1814, 1830, and contains 7 pp.—No. 13, dated 1774, 1779,
5 pp.—1776, 13 pp., followed by one of 11 pp., and another of 10 pp.—No. 17, Imacu-
lée Conception, 1778, 1779, 1813, 7 pp., followed by one of 8 pp.—No. 19,7 pp.—No-
20, 7 pp. Sermon sur l’assomtion traduit de mon sujet d’oraison frangais fini 1
avril 1769, 9 pp.—‘‘ No. 22,” 15 pp.—‘‘ No. 23,” 8 pp.—“No. 24,” 8 pp.—‘‘No. 25,”
8 pp.—‘“ No. 27,” 8 pp.—‘‘ No. 28,” 6 pp.—‘‘ No. 29,” 12 pp.—“No. 30,” 9 pp.—“No.
31,” 6 pp.—‘‘ No. 34,” 8 pp.—‘‘ No. 35,” 8 pp.—‘‘ No. 36,” 7 pp.

These sermons are now used by P. Thibault, missionary and assistant pastor
at Lac des Deux Montagnes, in preaching to the Indians of that mission.

Sermons et Instructions Iroquois, par M. Magon de Ter-
laye (Tharonhiakanere) Ancien Missionaire du Lac des Deux Mon-
tagnes. *

Manuscript. In the archives of the Catholic church at the above mission.
Pater. Medisance (2 discours).

Priere. Seandale.

Suite du pater. Jugement témeraire.

Cananean. Colere.

Passion (3 discours).
Resurrection (3 discours).
Ascension (3 discours).

St Sacrement.

Sur la priere.

Dans l’octave du St Sacrement.

Immaculé Conception (2 discours).

Compassion de la Ste V.
Assomption (2 discours).
Nativité de la Ste V.
Exalt. de la Ste X.
Annonciation (2 discours).
Presentation dela Ste V.
Purification (3 discours).
Trinité.

Pentecéte.

Ascension.

Dispersion des Apdtres.
Dédicace (2 discours).

St Jean B.

St Pierre.

Toussaint (2 disconrs).
St Louis.

St Laurent.

Impureté.

Noél.

Parole de Dieu.
Colere.

Orgueuil.

Enfant prodigue.

La pecheresse.
Pénitence (4 discours).
Souffrance.

Amour de Dieu.
Auméne.

Aversion pour le monde.
Pardon des injures.
Mort des pécheurs.
Mort de justes.

Mort (2 discours).
Mepris du monde.
Jugement dernier.
Enfer.

Sur la conscience.
Ciel.

Pensée du ciel.
Chant de l’Eglise.
Parole de Dieu.
Amour de Dieu.
Amour du prochains.
Etat du pécheur.
Formal du prone.

| Hymns in the Algonkin language. | a

Manuscript in the archives of the Catholic church at the mission of Lac des
Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada.

The titles and descriptions of the above manuscripts, except the first, were
furnished by Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, who saw them during the fall of 1882 while
prosecuting linguistic studies at the mission.

Pere f*, A. M. de Terlaye, priest of St. Sulpice, was born at St. Malo in France
July 24,1724. He arrived in Canada September 15, 1754; was ordained priest
May 24,1755. He died at Lac des Deux Montagnes May 17, 1777.

TERLAYE—TESTAMENTETOKAK. 753

3822 Ternaux-Compans (Henri). Archives | des Voyages | ou | Collee-
tion @anciennes Relations | inédites ou trés-rares | de lettres, mé-
moires, itinéraires et autres documents | relatifs a la Géographie et
aux Voyages | suivies | d’analyses d’anciens voyages et d’anecdotes
relatives aux voyageurs | tirées des mémoires du temps | Ouvrage |
destiné a servir de complément a tous les recueils de voyages |
frangais et 6trangers | Par H. Ternaux-Compans. | Tome I [II].

Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire-Editeur, j Libraire de la Soci-
été de Géographie, | Editeur des Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, |
Rue Hautefeuille, 23. | [1840-1841.] A.C.

2 vols. 8°.

Cartier (Jacques). Discovrs dv Voyage fait aux terres-neufues de Canadas,
vol. 1, pp. 117-153.

3823 —— Vocabulaire des principales langues du Mexique.

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, third series, vol. 4, 1840 (vol. 88 of the
Collection), pp. 5-37. Paris, n.d. 8°.

Vocabulary of the Mexican (from Molina), Guatemaléque (from manuscript),
Otomi (from manuscript), Yucatéque (from Beltran de Santa Rosa), and Huas-
téque (from Tapia Zenteno).

3824 t—— Vocabulaire de principales langues du Mexique.

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, &c., fourth series, vol. 4, 1841 (vol. 92 of
the Collection), pp. 257-287. Paris, n.d. 8°.

Vocabulary of the Capotéque (from Cordova), Mistéque (from Antonio de
los Reyes), Cahita (from Arte Cahita, Mexico, 1737), Totonaque (from Zambrano
Bonilla), and Tarahumar (from Tellechea).

3825 Testamantitorkamik agdlagsimassut ilait okalugtuarissat, ajokerst-
tinik ilasimassut. ti

179 pp. 8°. Bible stories from the Old Testament. Title from a Greenland
missionary, through Professor Rink. For replies aud queries to above, see
Aperssitit, No. 133 of this catalogue.

3826 Testamentetak | tamedsa: | Nalegapta Piulijipta | Jesusib Kristu-
sib | Apostelingitalo | pinniarningit okausingillo. | Printed for |
The British and Foreign Bible Society, | for the use of the Chris-
tian Esquimaux in the mission-settlements | of the United Brethren
on the coast of Labrador. |

London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer, Pemberton-Row, | Gough-
Square. | 1840. | A.C.

2 p.1l., pp. 1-637. 12°. New Testament in the Eskimo language. See Egede
(Paul), No. 1163 of this catalogue, for an edition of 1766.

3827 Testamentetokak. Testamentetokak | Hiobib Aglangit, Salomo-
blo | Imgerusersoanga Tikkilugit. | Printed for | The British and
Foreign Bible Society in London, | for the use of. the Moravian
Mission in Labrador. |

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib Nénerlauktangit. | 1871. | JIWP.
2 p. lL, pp. 1-274. 8°. Job to Songs of Solomon in the Eskimo language.
3828 ——— Testamentetokak Testamentilarto. *

Holy Scriptures—Old aud New Testament. Title from a Greenland mission-
ary, through Professor Rink.

48 Bib

154 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3829 Testamentetotak; | Josuab aglanginit, Esterib | aglangit tikkilu.
git. | Printed for | The British and Foreign Bible Society in Lon-
don, | for the use of the Moravian Mission in Labrador. |

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib Nénerlauktangit. | 1869. | JWP.
2 p.1L, pp. 1-527. 8°. Joshna to Esther in the Eskimo language of Labrador.

3830 Testamentitak. Testamentitak, | terssa: | Nalegauta annaursir-
sivta | lesusib Kristusib, | ajokarsugeisalo. | sullurseit okauseello. |
Translated | into the Greenland language | by the | Missionaries | of
the | Unitas Fratrum; or United Brethren.-| Printed for the use of
the Mission | by | the British and Foreign Bible Society. |

London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer, 4, Pemberton Row, Gough
Square. | 1822. | 0.8. W.

2 p.1l., pp. 1-584, 2 11. 12°. Bagster’s Bible of Every Land mentions an edition
of the New Testament of 1826.

3831 ——— Testamentitak | terssa | Nalegauta Annaursirsivta | Ie-
susib Kristusib, | ajokersugeisalo, | sullirseit okauseello. | The
New Testament. | Translated | into the Greenland Language | by
the Missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum or United Brethren. |
Second Edition. | Printed for the use of the Mission by | the Brit-
ish and Foreign Bible Society. |

Budisime | Printed by Ernst Moritz Monse. | 1851. | A.C.
2 p.l., pp. 1-583. 8°. Professor Rink has furnished me with a similar title,
no date, 553 pp. 8°.

3832 Teza (Emilio). Saggi Inediti | di | Lingue Americane | Appunti
Bibliografici | di | E. Teza |

In Pisa | Dalla Tipografia Nistri | Premiata all’ Esposiz. Univ.
di Parigi del 1867 | MDCCCLXVIII [1868] | AP. JWP.

Pp. 1-91, and 1 unnumbered 1. 8°. From a manuscript of the Cardinal Mez-
zofanti, with an appendix. Only 70 copies printed ‘‘e non sono in commercio.”
The Notes, without the appendix, were first printed in the Annali della Univer-
sit’ di Pisa, 1868, vol. 10. Mainly devoted to South American languages, but
contains a brief discussion and a few examples of Algonkin and Iroquois, pp.
14-22. —Our Father, in Tarasco, pp. 60-62.

Intorno agli studi | del Thavenet | sulla lingua Algon-

china | osservazioni | di | E. Teza |
Pisa | Tipografia T. Nistri e C. | 1880 | AP.
Printed cover 1 |., half title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 1-22. 4°. Extract from vol. 17
of the Annali della Universita toscane. See Thavenet (Abbé).

3834 Tezozomoc (Fernando de Alvarado). Cronica Mexicana.

In [King (E.)] Antiquities of Mexico, vol. 9, pp. 1-196. London, 1848. folio.
Translated into French, as follows:

3°35 Histoire du Mexique, par Don Alvaro Tezozomoc, traduite

sur le manuscrit inédit de la bibliotheque de M. Ternaux-Compans.

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, &c., vol. 2,1844 (vol. 102 of the Collec-
tion), pp. 5-93, 129-160, 257-291, Paris, n.d.,8°; vol. 3, 1844 (vol. 103), pp. 5-29,
Paris, n. d., 8°; vol. 4, 1844 (vol. 104), pp. 5-64, 129-178, 257-281, Paris, n. d., 8°;
vol. 3, 1845 (vol. 107), pp. 300-811, Paris, n.d.,8°; vol. 3, 1846 (vol. 111), pp. 329-
345, Paris, n. d., 8°; vol. 4, 1846 (vol. 112), pp. 98-109, 172-209, Paris, n. d., 8°; vol.
1, 1847 (vol. 113), pp. 161-184, Paris, n.d., 8°; vol. 2, 1847 (vol.114), pp. 184-207,

3833

TESTAMENTETOTAK—THEVET, 755

Tezozomoe (Fernando de Alvarado)—continued.

Paris, n. d.,8°; vol. 4, 1847 (vol. 116), pp. 308-320, Paris, n. d.,8°; vols. 1,2,3,and
4, 1848 (vols. 117, 118,119, and 120), pp. 168-185, 204-221, 275-293, 148-160, Paris,
n.d.,8°; vol. 1, 1849 (vol. 121), pp. 286-304, Paris, n.d. 8°.

Numerous native terms scattered throughout. Reprinted: Paris, A. Bertrand,
1847-1849. 2 vols. 8°; and again as follows:

3836 ——— Histoire | du Mexique | par Don Alvaro Tezozomoe | tra-
duite sur un manuscrit inédit | par H. Ternaux-Compans. | Tome
Premier [Second]. |

Paris | Chez P. Jannet, Libraire | Rue des Bons-Enfants, 28 |
1853. | *

2vols.: pp. xix, 305; 2p.1l., pp. 256. 8°. There isa copy in the Astor Library,
and another in the Boston Athenzoum.

3837 Thavenet (Abbé). Catechismo | dei Missionari Cattolici | in Lingua
Algonchina | publicato | per cura di E, Teza |
Pisa | Tipogratia Nistri | 1872 | Cc.
Pp. 1-12, 1-81. 8°. 100 copies printed. Catechism in Algonkin, Latin, and
French, pp. 11-64.—Vocabulary, pp. 65-81.
Publication made from a manuscript preserved in the library at the Uni-
versity of Bologna, which bears the following title, taken from Leclerc, 1878, No.

2097 :
3838 —Catéchisme Algonquin, traduit mot pour mot en latin, et
phrase pour phrase en francais. MDCCCVI [1806]. i!
It is followed by a small vocabulary of 300 words.
3839 ——— [Algonkin-French Dictionary.] *

Manuscript in the archives of the Catholic church at the mission of the Lac
des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. Title furnished by Erminnie A. Smith,
who says M. Thavenet has also left the beginning of a grammar and some small
compositions on different subjects.

See Teza (Emilio), No. 3833 of this catalogue.

3840 Thayer (Rev. William A.) [Collection of Hymns in the Seneca

Language. | *

Two small collections of hymns in the Seneca language have recently been
published: one by the Rev. T. 8. Harris, missionary at Seneca, and the other by
Mr. Thayer, the teacher at Cattarangas, aided by interpreters.—Missionary Her-
ald for 1829, vol. 25, p. 365.

3841 Thessoro dos Vezes Rico, aunque sin valor alguna Mxo. genuiono
del elegantiss. el Idioma Nahuatl. *

Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 3411. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale
Catalogue, No. 1952.

3842 Thevet (André). La | Cosmogra- | phie Vniverselle | d’André The-
vet Cosmo- | graplhe dy Roy. | Illvstree de diverses figvres des |
choses plvs remarqvables veyés par | ? Auteur, & incogneués de noz
Anciens & Modernes. | Tome Premier [Second]. | [Vignette.] |

A Paris, | Chez Pierre ’Huillier, rue sainct Iaques, 4 V’Oliuier. |
1575. | Auec Priuilege du Roy. | *

2vols.: 20 p. 11, ll. 1-467, table 12 Il. (one blank); 8 p. 1L., 1]. 469-1025, table 17 11.
folio. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames, from copy in the Astor Library.

756 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Thevet (André)—continued.

Oraison dominicale, Salutation Angelique, Le Simbol des Apostres en sauvage
[Carib], vol. 2, 1. 925.—De la terre du Canada [ete. ], vol. 2, II. 1008-1018, contains
scattered words and phrases in the Indian language of Norumbega. The latter
is reprinted in the Mag. of American History, vol. 8, pp. 130-138. New York,
1882, sm. 4°; and partly reprinted in Trumbull (J.H.) Thevet’s specimens of
the Indian language of Norumbega, in Hist. Mag., second series, vol. 7, p. 239.
Morrisania, N. Y., 1870. sm. 4°.

3843 [Thibault (Rev. Jean Baptiste).] Katolik | Ayamihew-masinahi-
gan. | Avec approbation de Monseigneur Alexandre | Taché,
Evéque de Saint-Boniface. |

Kebekok [Quebec]: | Aug. Kote Omasinahiganikew. | 1855. |
Tatto pipun aspin ka nittawikit Jesus. s.
Pp. 1-142,11. 24°. Catechism in the Cree language.

3844 ———_ L. J.C. & M. I. | Priéres, | Cantiques, | Catéchisme, etc., |

en Langue Crise. [One line syllabic characters.] [Oblate seal.]
Montréal: | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault. | 1857. | Vv. GB.

Pp. 1-288. 18°. In syllabic characters. Approbation signed: Alexandre,
Evéque de St. Boniface. Introduction signed: J. Bte. Thibault.

3845 Thomas (Prof. Cyrus). The Manuscript Troano. By Professor
Cyrus Thomas.
In Am. Naturalist, vol. 15, pp. 625-641. Philadelphia, 1881. 8°.
Names of days, months, &e.,in the Maya language. This article is followed
by another on the same subject, vol. 15, pp. 767-772.
Department of the Interior | U. S. Geographical and Geo-
logical Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region | J. W. Powell in
charge | A Study | of the | Manuscript Troano | by | Cyrus Thomas
Ph. D. | with an | Introduction by D.G. Brinton M. D. | [Seal of
the Department of the Interior. |

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1882 | WE. JWP.

Pp. i-xxxvii, 1-237. 4°.

Forms part of Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology,
vol. 5. Washington, 1882. 4°.

The introduction, by Dr. Brinton, occupies pp. xvii-xxxvii, and contains a dis-
cussion of the Maya alphabet, an account of the printed codices, and, incidentally,
comments on and examples in the Maya language.

Professor Thomas’s paper contains the names of the days, months, and years
in Maya, and also many Maya terms passim.

This paper was issued separately, with title as above and with outside printed
title, to which is added just before the Department seal: | (From ‘‘Contributions
to North American Ethnology,” Vol. V.) |

3847 Thomas (Gabriel). An Historical and Geographical Account | of
the | Province and Country | of | Pensilvania; | and of | West-New-
Jersey | in | America. | The Richness of the Soil, the Sweetness of
the Situation | the Wholesomness of the Air, the Navigable Rivers,
and | others, the prodigious Encrease of Corn, the flourishing | Con-
dition of the City of Philadelphia, with the stately | Buildings, and
other Improvements there. The strange | Creatures, as Birds,
Beasts, Fishes, and Fowls, with the | several sorts of Minerals,

3846

THEVET—THOMAS. 157

Thomas (Gabriel)—continued.
Purging Waters, and Stones, | lately discovered. The Natives,
Aborogmes [sic], their Lan- | guage, Religion, Laws, and Customs;
The first Planters, | the Dutch, Sweeds, and English, with the num-
ber of | its Inhabitants; As also a Touch upon George Keith’s |
New Religion, in his second Change since he left the | Quak-
ers. | — | Witha Map of both Countries. | — | By Gabriel Thomas, |
who resided there about Fifteen Years. | — |
London, Printed for, and Sold by A. Baldwin, at | the Oxon Arms
in Warwick-Lane, 1698. | C. JCB.
4 p.1L, pp. 1-55. sm. 8°. map.
A specimen of the Indian language of Pensilvania (six lines), with English
translation, p. 47.
Appended to this work is the following:
- An Historical Description | of the | Province and Coun-
try | of | West-New-Jersey | in | America. | A short View of their
Laws, Customs and Religion: As | also the Temperament of the
Air and Climate; The | fatness of the Soil, with the vast Produce
of Rice, &c. | The Improvement of their Lands (as in England) to |
Pasture. Meadows. &c. Their making great quanti- | ties of Pitch
and Tar, as also Turpentine, which pro- | ceeds from the Pine Trees,
with Rozen as clear as | Gum-Arabick, with particular Remarks
upon their | Towns, Isirs and Markets; with the great Plenty of |
Oy] and Whale-Bone made from the great number of | Whales they
yearly take: As also many other Profita- | ble and New Improve-

3848

ments. | —| Never made Publick till now. |—| By Gabriel
Thomas. | — |
London: | Printed in the Year 1698. | C. JCB.

6 p. ll., pp. 1-34. sm.8°. Short’ dialogues in ‘‘ The Indian Tongue” and ‘‘ The
English of it, ” pp. 8-13.

A fac-simile reprint was published in New York in 1848, with the following
note on verso of both titles: ‘‘New-York: | Lithographed for | Henry Austin
Brady, Esquire, | Counsellor at Law, | Member of the New-York Historical So-
ciety, &c. | By Francis Michelin. | 1248.” | Collation the same as in original edi-

tion. A. C.S. WE. JWP.
3849 Thomas (Gen. George H.) Vocabulary of the Navajo and Yuma
Languages.

Manuscript. 8 11.,4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 35 words
in the Navajo, and 100 words in the Yuma.

3850 Thomas (Isaiah). The | History of Printing | in | America. | With
a| Biography of Printers, | and an | Account of Newspapers. | To
which is prefixed a concise view of | the Discovery and Progress of
the Art | in | other parts of the world. | In two volumes. | By Isaiah
Thomas, | Printer, Worcester, Massachusetts. | Volume I [II]. |
[Four lines quotation.| |

Worcester: | from the Press of Isaiah Thomas, Jun. | Isaae Stur-
tevant, Printer. | 1810. | A.C.

2 vols.: pp. i-vi, 7-487; i-iv, 5-576, 8°. plates.

The Lord’s Prayer (from Eliot’s Bible), vol. 1, pp. 478-479.

758 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Thomas (Isaiah)—continued.

3851 The | History of Printing | in America, | witha | Biog-
raphy of Printers, | and an | Account of Newspapers. | In two vol-
umes. | By Isaiah Thomas, LL.D. | Printer, late President of the
American Antiquarian Society, Member of | the American Philo-
sophical Society, and of the Massachusetts | and New York Histor-
ical Societies. | Second edition. | With the Author’s Corrections and
Additions, | and a catalogue of | American Publications | previous
to the Revolution of 1776. | Published under the supervision of a
special committee | of the American Antiquarian Society. | Vol. I
[1). |

Albany, N. Y.: | Joel Munsell, Printer. | 1874. | c.
2 vols.: pp. i-lxxxvii, 1-423; i—viii, 1-666, 1 1., pp. 1-47. 8°.
Also published as vols. 5 and 6 of the Transactions and Collections of the

American Antiquarian Society.
The Lord’s Prayer (from Eliot’s Indian Bible), vol. 1, p. 402.

3852 Thompson (Almon Harris). Vocabulary of the Navajo language.
Manuscript. 5 Il. 12°, and 8 ll. 4°, In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3853 Thompson (Benjamin F.) Paper upon the Indian names on Long
Island; by Benjamin F. Thompson, of Hempstead, L. l—Read by
Mr. Thompson, June 3rd.

In New York Hist. Soc., Proc. for the year 1845, pp. 125-131. New York,
1846. 8°.

3854 Thompson (Edward). A short Vocabulary of the Language spoke
among the Northern Indians inhabiting the North-west Part of
Hudson’s Bay, as it was taken at different times from the Mouths
of Nabiana and Zazana, two Indians, who were on board His
Majesty’s Ship the Furnace in the year 1742, by Edward Thompson,
Surgeon of the said Ship.

In Dobbs (A.) An Account of the Countries adjoining to Hudson’s Bay,
pp. 206-211. London, 1744. 4°.

3855 Thoreau (Henry David). The | Maine Woods. | By | Henry D.
Thoreau, | Author of [&c., two lines]. [Design.]

Boston: | Ticknor and Fields. | 1864. | C.

3 p.1l., pp. 1-328. 12°.

Indian names of animals, ete., p. 99.—Indian names of places, pp. 143-145, 206,
248.—Indian inscription, with English translation, p. 204.—A list of Indian words
[names of places, &c. ], pp. 324-326.—[The same continued] From William Willis
on the Language of the Abnaquies (Maine Hist. Coll., vol. iv), pp. 326-828.

3856

The | Maine Woods. | By | Henry I). Thoreau, | Author of
“A Week on the Concord and Merrimack Rivers,” | ‘“ Walden,”
‘“‘Hxcursions,” ete. etc. | Fourteenth edition. |

Boston: | Houghton, Mifflin and Company. | The Riverside Press,
Cambridge. | 1883. |

4p. 1l., pp. 1-328. 12°. Linguistics as in first edition.

THOMAS—THOROWGOOD 759

3857 Thorhallesen (Egil). Schema Conjugationis Grénlandicse Verbo-
rum in ok, vok et rpok definentium.

Hafn. 1776.
3858 —— Expositio Catechismi Grénlandici. *
Kjgbh. 1776.
3859 —— Precationes et hymni grénlandici in singulos septimanz
dies.
Kjobh. 1776. x

Titles from Nyerup’s Dansk-norsk Litteraturlexicon, Kjébenhayn, 1818.

Thornton (J. Wingate), editor.
See Dudley (Paul), No. 1100 of this catalogue.

3860 Thornton (W.) Vocabulary of the Miami language. es
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, presented
by Mr. Thomas Jefferson.

3861 Thorowgood (Thomas). Lewes in America, | or, | Probabilities |
That the Americans are of | that Race. | With the Removall of
some | contrary reasonings, and earnest de- | sires for effectuall
endeavours to | make them Christian. | Proposed by Tho: Thorovv-
good, B. D. one of the | Assembly of Divines. | [Quotations, eight
lines. |

London, Printed by W. H. for Tho. Slater, and are to be sold |
at his shop at the signe of the Angel in Duck lane, 1650. | c.BP.JcB.

21 p. l., pp. 1-139. sm. 4°.

“Chap. V. The third Conjecture,” pp. 14-16, is an attempt to show analogies
between the American languages and the language of the Jews.

‘This is the first dissertation in English on that fertile subject of controversy
and hypothesis, the origin of the American Indians. The Puritans of New Eng-
land awoke to it with a zeal untempered by the knowledge that keener intellects
and higher scholarship had been stimulated by its attractive mystery a century
before. They seem to have been unaware that Las Casas, Torquemada, Garcia,
and Herrera, Grotius, Horn, and De Laet had wrought the vein until all the
metal was exhausted. But anew cycle of disputation now commenced, and in
1652 Thorowgood’s treatise was answered by Hamon L’Estrange in a tract en-
titled Americans no Jews. London, 1652. Thorowgood made his replication in
a second work : Iewes in America, or Probabilities that those Indians are Judaical.
London, 1660.”—Field.

3862 —-— Digitus Dei: | Nevv Discoveryes; | with Sure Arguments to
prove that the Jews (a Na- | tion) or People lost in the world for the
space of near | 200 [sic] years, inhabite now in America; How they
came thi- | ther; Their Manners, Customs, Rites and Ceremonies;
The | unparallel’d cruelty of the Spaniard to them; And | that the
Americans are of that Race. | Manifested by Reason and Scripture,
which foretell the | Calling of the Iewes; and the Restitution of
them into their | own Land, and the bringing back of the Ten Tribes
from all | the ends and corners of the Barth, and that great | Bat-
tell to be fought. | With the Removall of some contrary Reasonings,
and an earnest | desire for effectuall endeavours to make them

760 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Thorowgood (Thomas)—continued.
Christians. | whereunto is added | An Epistolicall Discourse of Mr.
John Dury, with the History of | Ant: Monterinos, attested by
Manasseh Ben Israel, a chief Rabby. | By Tho: Thorowgood, B: D. |
[Quotation, four lines English, two lines Latin.|
London, Printed for Thomas Slater, and are to be sold at his
shop | at the signe of the Angell in Duck-Lane. 1652. BA. JCB.
20 p. 1l., pp. 1-189. sm. 4°. Contents as in edition of 1630.

3863 ———— Jews | in | America, | or | Probabilities, that those Indians
are | Judaical, made more probable by some Ad- | ditionals to the
former Conjectures. | An Accurate Discourse is premised of | Mr.
John Elliot, (who first preached the Gospel | to the Natives in
their own Language) touching | their Origination, and his Vindi-
cation of the | Planters. | [Ten lines quotation.] Tho. Thorowgood
8.T.B. Norfolciencis. |

London, | Printed for Henry Brome at the Gun in Ivie-lane.
1660. | C. JCB.

5 p. IL, 33, 2, 28, 67 pp. 4°. Some resemblances in language betwixt the Jews
and Indians, chap. iv.

3864 Timeno (fev. Antonio). Vocabulary of the Indians formerly living
at the Island of Santa Cruz in Santa Barbara county, taken by
Rey. Antonio Timeno, on 4 November, 1856, from a Christian In-
dian named Joseph Camuluyazet, aged eighty years, who was bap-
tized by Rev. Padre Antonio Ripoll, in the Mission of Santa Barbara.

In Taylor (A.8.) Indianology of California, in California Farmer, San Fran-
cisco, vol. 13, No. 11, May 4, 1860.

Reprinted in Hist. Magazine, first series, vol.-7, pp. 220-222. New York and
London, 1863. sm.4°. Andin Powell(J.W.) Contributions to North American
Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 560-565. Washington, 1877. 4°.

It is probable that Jimeno is the proper spelling of the author’s name, that
being a frequent Spanish form; not so the above.

3865 Tinné vocabulary, Hong Kutchin dialect.
Manuscript. 411. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

3866 Tishnoff (Elias). [Seven lines Cyrillic type.] | Haram» Torenosaws onan. |
[Two lines Cyrillic type.] | 1847. | JWP.
Translation.—Christian | Guide Book. | Containing | Saint Michael | history |
and | Michael Catechism. | Elias Tishnoff made. | 8. Petersburg. | Synod Press. |
1847. |

Title 11., pp. 1-96. 8°. In the Aleutian language. In Cyrillic type, with the
addition of several specially cast for the purpose. See fac-simile of title-page.
The work is based on Veniaminoff (I.) and Netzvietoff (J.) Origin of Chris-
tian Creeds. St. Petersburg, 1840, No. 3998 of this catalogue.

3867 ——— [Six lines Cyrillic characters.] | Ha Aseyteno-Ragvaxcniii asp
nepeserb WH. Thrauos. |
C. Herepoyprs. | Bb cynogaibnoii runorpavin. | 1848. | B. JWP.

Translation.—Matthew | Holy | Evangel. | Matthew | Holy | Evangel. | Into
the Aleutian-Kadiak dialect translated E. Tishnoff. | St. Petersburg, | synod
press, | 1848. |

1 p. 1, pp. 1-270, double columns, 1 1. 8°.

XAHMTHAHATS

AWOKE IANA Ia AvdaTHra,

———==) 6 ¢—__
nan oT
AAX ARS

MUKWATSRA TAUTUUIK ANZ
WUT Y AUARZ

4AAH

MURUATERZ KA TUXUMUUIANZ.

SIL ILL LIF SLI LIL GLO LOL LOGS SIL LIDS
VWatams Tormkunosams nuapa.

GILLIL ILE LIES PIL GDL DLE LOE LOE LOL

CG. HETGPAYPTR.
Mans sjamz TundraaSn ants

48A7,

3866.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF TISHNOFE’S CHRISTIAN GUIDE-BOOK.

f£nreETAAZ WeNAA

AWE di ¥ Ka Y &.

a fb

AAEY TCRORAABARCRIM
BYRBAPS

PDI PIF PEL PIP LPP PLRLELEDLPLL PLE PLE

Coemac. Basan Toiicnoes.

DOP PIT PLDI PIG PLDI PPP LIS GLI PIP

C.NGTEPEY PLA
Bo Cyvnogaabuck Tunorpaoin

184 8.

3868.—PFAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF TISHNOFE’S ALEUTIAN KADIAK PRIMER.

THOROWGOOD—TOLMIE. 761

Tishnoff (Elias)—continued.
38008.—— [Two lines Cyrillic characters. | | Aseyteno-naxbaKcriii | Gyeape. |
cocTaB. Taba Torknon. |
C. Merep6yprs. | Be cynojaspnoii THnorpavin. | 1848. | JIWP.
Translation.—Aleutian Kadiak | Primer. | Aleutian Kadiak | Primer. | Made
by Elia Tischnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press. | 1848. |
Title 1]., pp. 1-52. 16°. See fac-simile of title-page.
3869 ———_ [Two lines Cyrillic characters. ] | AaeyteKo-Kagbarcniit | Gyrsaps. |
cocras. Haba TorKnons. |
C. Herepoyprs. | Bb cynoqaanoii tnnorpavin. | 1848. | Cc. JWR.
Translation.—Aleutian Kadiak | Primer. | Aleutian Kadiak | Primer. | Made
by Elia Tischnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press. | 1848. |
Pp. 1-33. 16°. Though identical in title with the one given above, it is not the
same work. The two agree to the middle of page 8, but thereafter they differ
materially.

3870 Titulo Real de Don Francisco Izquin, ultimo Ahpop Galel, 6 Rey de
Nehaib, en el Quiché, otorgado por los seftiores que le dieron la inve-
stidura de su real dignidad, firmada por el ultimo Rey delQuiché, con
otros varios principes, en dia 22 de noviembre del afio de 1558. *

11 11. folio. Original manuscript in the Quiché language, containing beside
the usual symbolic prefaces, the history of the conquest of the cities of Lower
Verapaz and Quiché by the tribes of this name, and especially by the three royal
houses, of which that of Nehaib was the lowest inrank. It bears the signatures of
the last Quiché princes, who, like those of Mexico, eagerly adopted, early in the
conquest, the characters of the Latin alphabet, in order, by means of them, to
perpetuate their histories without danger of being suspected of idolatry or re-
bellion. I have translated this document into French at the request of Dr. Don
Mariano Padilla; this translation exists at present among the archives of the
library of the University of Guatemala.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

3871 Tobar Cano y Moctezuma (D. Antonio). Elementos de la Gramitica
Megicana.
Title from Beristain, who quotes from Eguiara.

3872 [Tolmie (Dr. William Fraser).| [Vocabularies of the Northwest
Coast of America.|

In Scouler (John). Observations on the Indigenous Tribes of Northwest
America, in Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 11, pp. 215-251. London,
1841. 8°.

The vocabularies given in the article were contributed by Drs. Tolmie and
Coulter; those of the former are as follows: Haeeltzuk (coast); Billechoola (Sal-
mon River); Chimmesyan (coast) ; Haidah (Queen Charlotte’s Isles); Tun Ghaase,
pp. 230-235.—Kliketat (between Fort Nez Percés, Mount Rainier, and Columbia
Falls); Sahaptin or Nez Percés; Okanagan (Fraser’s River); Kalapooiah (Wal-
lamat Plains); Yamkallie (sources of Wallamat River); Umpqua (Umpqua
River), pp. 236-241.—Kawitchen (entrance of Trading River); Tlaoquatch
(Southwest extremity Vancouver’s Island); Noosdalum (Hood’s Canal); Squal-
lyamish (Puget’s Sound); Cheenook (entrance of Columbia River); Cathlascon
(Cathlascou?) (Columbia River), pp. 241-247.

3873 ——— [Vocabularies of Tribes of Northwest America.]

In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1.
Washington, 1877. 4°.

Vocabulary of the Takukwan, pp. 121-133.—Kittistzu, pp. 143-153.—Shoo-
swaap, Wakynakaine, pp. 247-265.—Kulleespelm, pp. 267-283.

762 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Tolmie (Dr. William Fraser) ]|—continued.
3874. ——— Vocabulary of the Cootonais or Cuttoonasha language.
Manuscript. 11. folio.

3875 ——— Vocabulary of the Kootnay language.
Manuscript, 3 ll. folio, 165 words.

3876 —— Vocabulary of the Tahko Tinneh language.
Manuscript. 11. folio, 60 words. These manuscripts are in the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology.

3877 Toner (Joseph Meredith). Address | before the | Rocky Mount-
ain | Medical Association | June 6, 1877 | containing | some ob-
servations | on the | geological age of the world | the appearance
of animal life on the globe, | the antiquity of man, and the archeo-
logical | remains of extinct races found on the American Conti-
nent, | with views of | the origin and practice of medicine among |
uncivilized races, more especially | the North American Indians. |
By | J. M. Toner, M. D. | C. WE. JWP.

Washington, D. C.| Published for the Association. | 1877. |

Pp. 1-112. 12°. Names applied by Indians to their physicians, pp. 62-64.

The copy in the Library of Congress has an appendix containing a synopsis
of previous addresses, and biographies of members of the Association—in all,
414 pp.

3878 Toral (Fr. Francisco). Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua Totolaca
6 Totonaca y varios Optisculos Catequisticos en la misma. e
Title from Beristain.

3879 Toro (#r. Juan). Sermones en Lengua de los Indios Mistecos. *
Of these the P, Mtré. Fr. Tomas Buron, curate of Azompa in 1746, preserved
oue volume, Misterios de Jesucristo y de la Virgen.—Beristain.

3880 Torralva (rr. Francisco). Sermones doctrinales en Lengua Maya

6 de Yucatan.

Manuscript. Title from Beristain, who givesit on the authority of Cogolludo,
Pinelo, and Antonio.

3881 Torresano (fray Estevan). Arte de Lengua Cakchiquel, ete., in-
cluiendo un Parallelo de las Lenguas Kiche, Cakchiquel, y Zutuhil;
Guatemala, ato 1754. . os

Manuscript. 305 pp., 20 Il. sm. 4°. :

This is an adaptation of the works of Flores, made by a more skillful and
critical hand, omitting many of the cumbersome inyolutions and repetitions of
the original. The original manuscript is in the Bibliotheque Impériale, of
Paris.—Squwer.

3882 Torrey (fev. C. C.) Terms of Relationship of the Cherokee,
(Tsalokee,) collected by Rev. C. C. Torrey, Missionary, Park. Hill,
Tahlequah, Cherokee Nation.

In Morgan (L.H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°. Follows line 82 through those pages.

TOLMIE—TRUAX. 763

3883 Tract respecting Christ, his life, character and doctrines. 1827. *
31 pp. Title from Byington’s manuscript Choctaw dictionary. He adds:
Second edition, 1836, 39 pp.; third edition, 1845, 28 pp. It contains the follow-

ing: New Birth, its nature and necessity.—Repentance necessary to Salvation.—
Resurrection and general judgment. See Child’s Book on the Creation, No. 787,

and New Birth, No. 2741, of this catalogue.

3884 Tracts. Tracts in Micmac No. 1.) | Bread cast upon the waters.—
No. 7. Talekesuhsiitadtiks? How are you to be saved? |

Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater-

noster Row. | Ss.

3885 —— Tracts in Micmac No. 2.) | Bread cast upon the waters.—
No. 2. | § Woktiimayaan.” | “Be thou clean.” |

Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater-

noster Row. | S.

3886 ——— Tracts in Micmac No. 3.) | Bread cast upon the waters.—
No. 4. | Uktitloowawoodeel | abiksiktasigtil.” | “Thy sins are for-
given thee.” |

Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater-
noster Row. | S.

3887 ——— Tracts in Micmac No. 4.) | Bread cast upon the waters.—
No. 8. | Wan téladégéet? | Who is to blame? |
Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater-

noster Row. | S.
Each of the above tracts pp. 1-4. 16°.

3888 Treatise. A Treatise on Marriage [in the Cherokee language].
[Park Hill: 1843 ?] C. BA.
Pp. 1-20. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

3889 Treaty. A Treaty | between | the United States | and the | Choe-

taws and Chickasaws. |

Reverse title: Unaitet States | micha | Chahta, Chikasha aiena |
nan itim apisa | anumpa. | WE. JWP.

No imprint. Pp.1-56. 8°. Parallel columns Choctaw and English. ‘Done
at the City of Washington, this tenth day of July, in the year of our Lord one
thousand eight hundred and sixty-six, and of the Independence of the United
States of America, the ninety-first.” For a prior treaty between the same, see
United States, No. 3954 of this catalogue.

3890 Triumphant deaths | of | Pious Children. | In the Choctaw Lan-
guage. | By Missionaries of the American Board of Commissioners
for | Foreign Missions. |

Boston: | Printed for the Board, by Crocker & Brewster, | 47
Washington Street. | 1835. | BA. ATS. JWP.
Pp. 1-54. 24°, Hymns, pp. 47-54.

Truax (ev. William B.)
See Arny (W.I°. M.), No. 161 of this catalogue.

764 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3891 True (N. E.) Indian Names on the Androscoggin. N. E. True.
In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 8, pp. 237-238. New York, 1864. sm. 4°.

3892 Trugillo (Fr. Alonso). Sermones para todos los Domingos y festi-
vidades del Ato; quatro diferentes para cada dia, en Lengua
Megicana. *

Title from Beristain.

3893 Trumbull (J. Hammond). On Shawmut [the Indian name of Bos-

ton]. *
In Mass. Hist. Soc., Proc., Dee., 1866, pp. 376-379. Boston, 1867. 8°.

3894. ——— On the name of Massachusetts.
In Am. Antiq. Soc., Proc., Oct., 1867, pp. 79-84. Worcester, 1868. 8°.
3895 Indian Names [of places in Connecticut].
In Woodward (A.) Historical Address at Franklin, Conn., in Celebration
of the 150th Anniversary, pp. 46-48. New Haven, 1869. 8°.

3896 ——— The Composition of Indian Geographical Names, illustrated
from the Algonkin Languages. By J. Hammond Trumbull.
In Conn. Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 2, pp.1-50. Hartford, 1870. 8°.
Following the general index of this volume is an index of ‘‘Indian Names”
used in the above article, pp. 378-380. Issued separately, also, as follows:

3897 —— The Composition | of | Indian Geographical Names, | illus-
trated from the | Algonkin Languages. | By | J. Hammond Trum-
bull, | President of the Connecticut Historical Society. | From the
Conn. Historical Society’s Collections, Vol. IT. |

Hartford. | Press of Case, Lockwood & Brainard. | 1870. | SI.
Pp. 51,3. 8°.

3898

Indian Names in Virginia. By Hon. J. Hammond Trum-

bull, President of the Connecticut Historical Society.
In Hist. Magazine, second series, vol. 7, p.47-48. Morrisania, N.Y., 1870. sm. 4°.

3899 ——— Thevet’s Specimens of the Indian Language of Norumbega.
By Hon. J. Hammond Trumbull, President of the Connecticut His-

torical Society.
In Hist. Magazine, second series, vol. 7, p. 239. Morrisania, N.Y., 1670, sm. 4°.

3900 —— The true method of studying the North American Lan-
guages.
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1869, pp. 25-26. New York, 1870. 8°. An ab-
stract of the following:

3901 On the best Method of Studying the North American Lan-
guages. By J. Hammond Trumbull, of Hartford, Conn.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1869-70, pp.55-79. Hartford, 1871. 8°. Also
issued separately.

Contains examples in Algonkin, Sivoux-Dakota, Choctaw, Chippeway, &e.

-
=r)
on

TRUE—M—TRUMBULL.

Trumbull (J. Hammond)—continued.

3902 ——— Some Mistakes concerning the Grammar, and in Vocabu-
laries of the Algonkin Language.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1870, pp. 13-14. New York, 1871. 8°. An ab-
stract of the following:

— On some Mistaken Notions of Algonkin Grammar, and on
Mistranslations of words from Eliot’s Bible, &c. By J. Hammond
Trumbull.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1869-70, pp. 105-123. Hartford, 1871. 8°. Also
separately issued as follows:

3904 ——— (From the Transactions of the American Philological Asso-
ciation, 1869-70.) | On some | mistaken notions of Algonkin Gram-
mar, | and on mistranslations of words from Eliot’s Bible, &e. |
By J. Hammond Trumbull. | =

No title-page. pp.1-19. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from a copy in the
possession of Mr. W. W. Beech, Yonkers, N. Y.
3905 —— On Algonkin names of the Dog and Horse.
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1870, pp. 16-17... New York, 1871. 8°.

3906 ——— On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopeia. By
J. Hammond Trumbull.

In Conn. Acad. of Arts and Sciences, Trans., vol. 2, pp. 177-185. New
Haven, 1870. 8°. Examples in various Indian languages.

3907 ——— A Mode of Counting, said to have been used by the Wawe-
noc Indians of Maine. By Hon. J. H. Trumbull.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1871, pp. 13-15. New York, 1872. 8°.

3908 t—— Algonkin Names of Man, by Hon. J. H. Trumbull.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1871, p.23. New York, 1872. 8°. An abstract
of the following:

3909 t—— On Algonkin Names for Man. By J. Hammond Trumbull.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1871, pp. 128-159. Hartford, 1872. 8°. Also
issued separately, 23 pp.

— Contributions to the Comparative Grammar of the Algon-

kin Languages.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1871, pp. 28-29. New York, 1872. 8°.
A brief abstract of a paper subsequently published as ‘‘ Notes on Forty Ver-
sions of the Lord’s Prayer,” &c., No. 3914 of this catalogue.

3905

3910

3911 t—— English Words derived from Indian Languages of North
America.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1872, pp. 12-13. Hartford, 1873. 8°. An ab-
stract of the following:

3912. ——— On some Words derived from Indian Languages of North
America. By. J. Hammond Trumbull.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1872, pp. 19-32. Hartford, 1873. 8°. Also
issued separately. Reprinted in (Herrig’s) Archio fiir das Studium d. neueren
Sprachen, vol. 55, pp. 451-458. Braunschweig, 1876. 8°.

3913. ——— Indian Local Names in Rhode Island, by Hon. J. H. Trum-

bull.
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1872, pp. 19-20. Hartford, 1873. 8°.

766 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Trumbull (J. Hammond)—continued.
3914 ——— Notes on Forty Versions of the Lord’s Prayer in Algonkin
Languages. By J. Hammond Trumbull.
In Am. Philolog. Ass., ‘I'rans., 1872, pp. 1138-218. Hartford, 1873. 8°.
Contains the Lord’s Prayer in the following dialects:
1 Micmac (from Mithridates, Th. iii, Abth. 3, p. 401).
2(a) Miemac (from Kauder, in Historical Magazine, vol. 5, p. 289).
2(b) Miemace (from Vetromile’s Good Book, p. 225).
3 Micmac (from Gospel according to St. Matthew, Charlottetown, 1853).
4 Milicite (from Vetromile’s Good Book, pp. 71, 529).
4(b) Milicite (from manuscript).
5 Milicite (from 8S. T. Rand, in Schoolcraft’s Indian Tribes, vol. 5, p. 592).
Abnaki, Passamaquoddy (from Vetromile’s Good Book, p. 268).
Abnaki, Passamaquoddy (from Vetromile’s Good Book, p. 578).
Abnaki, Penobscot (from Demilier in Annales de la Prop, de la Foi, vol. 8,
p. 197).
9 Abnaki, Canniba (from manuscript).
9 (b) Canniba (from manuscript).
10 Massachusetts (from Eliot’s Indian Bible).
11 Connecticut, Niantic? (from Mayhew’s manuscript).
12 Connecticut, Pequot-Mohegan? (from Saltonstall in Morse’s Report).
13 Mohegan of Stockbridge, Mass. (from Edwards’ Observations).
14 Mohegan of Stockbridge, Mass. (from Assembly’s Catechism, 1795).
15 Quiripi (from Peirson’s Helps for the Indians).
16 Delaware, Renapi of New Sweden (from Campanius’ Luther Catechism).
17 Delaware, Lenni Lenape, of Northern Pennsylvania (from Zeisberger’s
Spelling Book).
18 Cree (Knisteno), Red River (from Priéres, &¢., en langue Crise).
19 Cree, Saskatchewun? (from De Smet’s Oregon Missions).
20 Cree (from Gospel of St. Matthew, London, 1853).
20 (b) Cree, Red River (from Hunter’s translation of the Prayer Book).
20 (c) Cree, West Coast of Hudson Bay (from Hunter’s translation of the
Prayer Book).
21 Montagnais, near Quebec (from Massé, in Champlain’s Voyages).
22 Montagnais, Saguenay River and Lake St. John (from La Brosse’s
Nehiro-Ivinui).
23 Algonkin, Nipissing (from Catéchisme Algonquine, Montreal, 1865).
24 Chippeway (Southern) (from Baraga’s Anamie Masinaigan).
25 Chippeway (Northern) (from Belcourt’s Anamihe-Masinahigan),.
26 Chippeway (Eastern), Missisauga (from Jones’s Hist. Ojibway Indians).
27 Chippeway (from New Testament, New York, 1856).
28 Ottawa (from Baraga’s Katolik Anamie-Masinaigan).
29 Ottawa (from Meeker’s version of St. Matthew).
30 Potawotami (from Lykins’s version of St. Matthew).
31 Potawotami (from De Smet’s Oregon Missions).
32 Menomoni (from Bonduel in Shea’s Cath. Missions).
33 Shawano (from American Museum, vol. 6, 1789, p. 318)
34 Shawano (from Butler, in Mithridates, vol. 3).
35 Shawano (from Lykins’s Gospel of Matthew).
[Pseudo] Shawano (‘‘Savanahicé,” from Chamberlayne’s Oratio Do-
minica).
36 Illinois, Peouaria (from Bodiani’s Oratio Dominica).
37 Illinois, modern Peoria? (from Pewani Missinoikan, 1846).
37 Sitsika, Blackfoot (from De Smet’s Oregon Missions).
Issued separately, also, as follows:

cen oa

TRUMBULL. 767

Trumbull (J. Hammond)—continued.

3915 ——— Notes on | Forty Algonkin Versions | of the Lord’s Prayer. |
By J. Hammond Trumbull. | From the Transactions of the Am.
Philological Association, 1872. |

Hartford : | 1873. | WE. JWP.
Printed cover, 1 p.1., pp. 1-116. 8°.
3916 ——— Numerals in American Indian Languages, and the Indian

mode of Counting.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1874, pp.17-19. Hartford, 1874. 8°. Abstract
of the following:

On Numerals in American Indian Languages, and the
Indian Mode of Counting. By J. Hammond Trumbull, of Hart-
ford, Conn.
~ In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1874, pp. 41-76. Hartford, 1875. 8°. Issued
also as a separate pamphlet, as follows:

3918 ——— On | Numerals | in | American Indian Languages, | and
the | Indian Mode of Counting. | By J. Hammond ‘frumbull,
LL. D. | (From the Transactions of the Am. Philological Associa-
tion, 1874.) |

Hartford, Conn. | 1875. | JWP.
1 p.1., pp. 1-36. 8°.
3919 —— Names for Heart, Liver, and Lungs.

In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1874, pp. 31-32. Hartford, 1874. 8°.
Synonyms of these three words in various Indian languages, with etymologies.

3917

39206 ——— [Indian Names of Game Birds.] e
In Am. Sportsman, vol. 3, p. 227, 1874. Title from Coues’s Bibliography of

Birds.
3921 —— Annual Address delivered by the President, Dr. J. Ham-

mond Trumbull.[before the American Philological Association].
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1875, pp.5-8. Hartford, 1875, 8°.
Mainly devoted to a discussion of Indian languages.
3922 ——— The Algonkin Verb.
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1876, pp. 28-29. Hartford, 1876. 8°.
The subject is treated more fully in the Transactions of the same society, as
follows : é
3923 —— The Algonkin Verb.
In Am. Philolog. Ass,, Trans., 1876, pp. 146-171. Hartford, 1877. 8°.

3924 t—— Names of the Sun and of Water, in some American Lan-

guages.
In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc., 1876, p. 45. Hartford, 1876. 8°.
3925 ———— Indian Languages of America.
In Johnson’s Cyclopiedia, vol. 2, pp. 1155-1161. New York, 1876. 8°.
3926 —— On the North American Indian Languages.
In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Trans., May, 1876, pp. 83-95. London, 1876. 8°.
3927 t—— Indian names of places on Long Island, derived from escu-

lent Roots.
In Magazine of Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 386,387. New York, 1877. sm. 4°.

768 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Trumbull (J. Hammond)—continued.

3928 Pembina. [The origin and meaning of the name.|

In Magazine of Am. History, vol.1,p.47. New York, 1877. sm. 4°.
3929 ——— Oregon. The origin and meaning of the name.

In Magazine of Am. History, vol. 3, pp. 36-38. New York, 1879. sm. 4°.
3930 ——— The Indian Tongue and its Literature as fashioned by

Eliot and others. By the Hon. J. Hammond Trumbull, LL. D.,
President of the Connecticut Historical Society.
In Winsor (Justin). Memorial History of Boston, vol.1, pp. 465-480. Bos-
ton, 1880. 4°.
3931 ——— Indian Names | of Places, ete., in and on the borders of |
Connecticut: | with Interpretations of some of them. | By J. Ham-
mond Trumbull. |

Hartford: | 1881. | WE. JWP. WHS.

Pp. i-xi, 1-93. 8°.
3932, ——— On the Algonkin Name ‘ Manit” (or “ Manitou”), some-
times translated “Great Spirit,” and “God.” By J. H. Trumbull,
Hartford, Conn. C. WE.

In Old and New, vol. 1, pp. 337-342. Boston, 1870. 8°.

3933 ——— [Translation of the Catechism in the first and second edi-
tions of Eliot’s Bible.]
Colophon: Printed by J. Munsell, Albany, | January 20,1865. | BA.
7 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°.
, editor.
See Williams (Roger). See Peirson (Rev. Abraham).
3934 Tugsiautit angnerit katangutigingnianut kalatdlit nunanitunut
atortugssat. *
494 pp. 8°. Hymn-book in Eskimo for the use of the Moravian Community
in Greenland. Title from a Greenland missionary, through Professor Rink.
3935 Tuksiarutsit attorekset Ilagektunnut Labradoremetunnut. Es-
kimo Hymn-book for the use of the Eskimos in Nain, Okkak, and
Hopedale, on the Coast of Labrador. E
London, 1809. ° *

277 and 34 pp. 12°. Title from Triibner’s Catalogue.

3936 Tuksiautit. Tuksiautit attuagekset illageennut innuit nunenne-
tunnut.

Barbime, 1785. -,

304 pp., 1611. 8°. Canticles in Greenlandish, probably by Paul Egede. Printed

at the establishment of the Moravian Brothers at Barby.—Leclere, 1878, No. 2235.

3937 Tuksiautit erinaglit Testamentitokame agleksimarsut. *
200 pp. 8°. Psalms of David. ‘Title from a Greenland missionary, through
Professor Rink. See Davidib assingitalo, No. 990; also Kristumiutut, No. 2147.

3938 ——— Tuksiautit ussornavtitsaglit attuagaekset illageenut innuit
nunaennetunnut. ‘
160 pp. 8°. Liturgic manual, with prayers for public worship, &c., in Eskimo.

Title from a Greenland missionary, through Professor Rink.

TRUMBULL—TUTTLE. 769

3939 Tupin (Charl. de). Arte Novissima de Lengua Mexicana.
Mexico: 1753. oe
4°. Title from Triibner, in Ludewig, p. 229. Probably refers to Tapia Zen-

teno (Carlos de), No. 3800 of this catalogue.

3940) Tupper (Martin Farquhar). A Hymn for all Nations. | 1851. |
By | M. F. Tupper, D. C. L., F. R.S., | Author of “Proverbial Phi-
losophy.” | Translated into Thirty Languages. | (Upwards of Fifty
Versions.) | The Music Composed expressly | by | S. Sebastian Wes-
ley, Mus. Doe. |

London: | Printed by Thomas Brettell, Rupert Street, Hay-
market; | and sold by | Thomas Hatchard, 187, Piccadilly; | and
all booksellers. | C.S.

Pp. 1-72. 8°. On p. 43 occurs a Chippewa version by George Copway.

Turkey (Joseph P.)
See Sanborn (John W.) and Turkey (Joseph P.)

3941 Turner (William Wadden). Professor Turner’s Letter on Indian
Philology.
In Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept., 1851, pp. 93-97. Washington, 1852. 8°.
Comments on Riggs’ Dakota Grammar and Dictionary, and, incidentally, on
Indian languages generally.

3942

Mutsun Manuscript.

In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 1, pp. 205-206. Boston and London, 1857.
sm. 4°.

Description of a manuscript temporarily in possession of the Smithsonian
Institution, treating of one of the tribes of California. The article contains a
short comparative vocabulary of San Juan Bautista, La Soledad, and San Carlos.

, editor.
See Lionnet (ev. —). See Marcy (Capt. R. B.). See Whipple (Lieut. A. W.),
Ewbank (T.), and Turner (W. W.)

3943 Tussajungnik siutelik tussarle. | [Design.] ATS.
No title-page. 1p.1., pp. 1-8. sq.24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language of
Labrador.

3944 Tuttle (Rev. Edmund B.) The Boy’s Book | about Indians. | Be-
ing | what I saw and heard for three years | on the plains. | By |
Rev. Edmund B. Tuttle, | Post-Chaplain, U.S. A., Fort D- A. Rus-
sell, Wyoming Territory, 1870. | [One line quotation.] |

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1873. | Oo.

Pp. iii-xii, 13-207. 6°. Some copies are dated 1874.

List of names of chiefs of the following tribes, with English signification:
Brule, pp. 34-35. —Ogallah, pp. 35-38. —Yanctonai, pp. 38-39.— Arapahoe,
p. 39.—Minneconjon, pp. 39-41.—Unecpapa Sioux, p. 41.—Blackfeet Sioux,
p. 42.—Ogallalla Sioux, p. 42.—Two-Kettle Band, p. 42.—Sansareh Sioux,
p- 43.—Santee Sioux, p. 43.—Red Cloud’s Staff [Sioux], p. 102. —Names of squaws
of High Blood, pp. 102-103.—Indian Language, Counting, &c. [short Sioux
vocabulary], p. 160.—Lord’s Prayer in the Sioux Language, p.205.—Apostle’s
Creed [Sioux], p. 206.

49 Bib

7710 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3945 Tylor (Edward Burnett). Primitive Culture | Researches into the
Development of | Mythology, Philosophy, Religion, | Language,
Art and Custom | By | Edward B. Tylor, LL. D., F. R. S | Author
of “‘ Researches into the Early History of Mankind,” &ce | [Quota-
tion, five lines.] | First American, from the second English Edi-
tion | In two volumes | Volume I [IJ] | .

New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1874 | WE. JWP.

2 vols. 8°.

Chapters V and VI., Emotional and imitative language, vol. 1, pp. 160-239, and
Chapter VII., The Art of Counting, vol. 1, pp. 240-272, contain scattered words in
various North American languages.

First edition, London, 1871. 2 vols. 8°.

3946 Anthropology: | An Introduction to the Study of | Man
and Civilization. | By | Edward B. Tylor, D. C. L., F. R. S. | With
illustrations. |

New York: | D. Appleton and Company, |1, 3, and 5 Bond
Street. | 1881. | WE. JWP.

Pp. i-xv, 1-448. 12°. 3

Chapters IV. and V., Language, pp. 114-151, contain scattered words and
phrases in North American Indian languages.

First edition, London, 1881.

3947

Remarks on Buschmann’s Researches in North American

Philology. By Edward B. Tylor.
In Ethnol. Soc. of London, Trans., vol. 2, pp. 130-136. London, 1863. 8°.

TYLOR—UMFREVILLE. 771

3948 Uhde (Adolph). Die Linder | am untern Rio bravo del Norte. |
Geschichtliches und Erlebtes | von | Adolph -Uhde, | Kénigl.
Wiirtembergischer Artillerie-Hauptmann a. D. | Mit einer Ueber-
sichtskarte. | Das Recht der Uebersetzung behiilt sich der Ver-
fasser vor. |

Heidelberg. | In Commission bei I. C. B. Mohr. | 1861. | ASG.
Pp. i-viii, 1-432. 8°, Short vocabulary of the Carrizo language (spoken near
Reynoso, state of Chihuahua, Mexico), pp. 185-186.

3949 Ulrici (Emil). Die | Indianer Nord-Amerikas. | Eine ethnogra-
phische Skizze | von | Emil Ulzici. |

Dresden, | Woldemar Tiirk. | 1867. | LSH. WHS.

Pp. 1-39. 8°.

A short vocabulary (eight words) of the following languages, arranged in
tabular form, is inserted after p. 39. They are all from Schoolcraft (H. R.)
Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-505. Philadelphia, 1852. 4°.

Ojibwas of St. Mary (G. Johnston) ; Mohawks (Rey. A. Elliott);

Grand Traverse Bay (Rey. P. Dough- Oneidas (Young Skenando);

erty); Cayugas (Rev. A. Elliott);
Saganaw (G. Moran); Onondagas (A. Le Fort);
Michelmack (W. Johnston); Comanches (R. 8. Neighbors) ;
Miamis (C. N. Handy); Satsika, or Blackfeet (J. B. Moncro-
Menomenes (W. H. Bruce); vie);
Shawnees (R. W. Cummings) ; Costanos (Pedro Alcantara);
Delawares (R. W. Cummings); Cushnas (Adam Johnson).

3950 Umery (J.) Sur Videntité du mot Mére dans les idiomes de tous

les peuples. [Signed J. Umery.] a
In Revue Orientale et Américaine, tome 8, pp. 335-338. Paris, 1863. 8°.
Contains the word for mother, in Huron, Touscaroras, Delaware ou Lennappé

Noutka, Ougaljakhmoutzi, Groénlandais, Aleoutien d’Ounalaska, Houastéque,

Othowi, Aztéque, Maya.

3951 Umfreville (Edward). The | Present State | of | Hudson’s Bay. |
Containing a full description of | that settlement, and the adjacent
‘country; | and likewise of | the Fur Trade, | with hints for its
improvement, &e. &c. | To which are added, | remarks and observa-
tions made in the inland | parts, during a residence of near four
years; | a specimen of five Indian languages; and a | journal of a
journey from Montreal to New- | York. | By Ewdard Umfreville; |
eleven years in the service of the Hudson’s Bay Com- | pany, and
four years in the Canada | Fur Trade. |
London: | Printed for Charles Stalker, No. 4, Stationers- | Court,
Ludgate-Street. | MDCCXC [1790]. | A. 0. 8S. BA. JCB.
2 p. ll., pp. i-vii, 1-230. 11. 8°.
Names of the months in the language of the Hudson’s Bay Indians, with signifi-
cation, pp. 54-55.—Nehethawa names of the moons, pp. 191-192.—‘‘ A Specimen

172

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Umfreville (Edward)—continued.

of sundry Indian Languages spoken in the Inland Parts of Hudson’s Bay, between
that Coast and the Coast of California,” being a vocabulary of 44 words (on fold-
ing sheet facing p. 202) of the following languages: Nehethawa, or Ka-lis-te-no;
As-sin-e-po-e-tuc, or Stone Indians; Fall Indians; Blackfoot Indians; Snake
Indians [column blank]; Sussee Indians.

3952 ——— Eduard Umfreville | tiber | den gegenwirtigen Zustand—

der | Hudsonsbay, | der dortigen | Etablissements | und ihres Han-
dels, | nebst | einer Beschreibung | des Innern von Neu Wallis, |
und einer | Reise von Montreal nach Neu York. | Aus dem Eng-
lischen. | Mit | einer eigenen neuen Charte, einer kurzen Geo-
graphie | dieser Linder und mehreren Erliuterungen | herausge-
geben | von | EK. A. W. Zimmerman, | Hofrath und Professor in
Braunschweig. |

Helmstadt, bey Fleckeisen. 1791. | JCB.

Pp. i-xxvi, 1-164. 8°. map. Vocabularies, folding sheet forms p. 148.

3953 Unipkautsit 52git maggoertorlugit Bibelemit. Ilinniarringnut

kittorngarenullo illingajut.
Caley, Barthib sonnalauktangit; Stuttgart, J. F. Steinkopfib
nelilauktangit, 1852. 2
Pp. vi, 205. 12°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language.—Sabin’s Dictionary,
No. 3703.

3954 United States | micha | Chahta micha Chikasha aiena | Treaty

anumpa | ai itim ap@a tok. |

Reverse title: Treaty { between | the United States | and the |
Choctaw and Chikasaw Indians. | S. JWP.

No imprint. Pp.1-19. 4°. Parallel columns Choctaw and English. ‘‘Done
at the city of Washington, this fourth day of March, A. D. one thousand eight
hundred and fifty-six, and of the independence of the United States the eight-
ieth.”

For a subsequent treaty between the same, see Treaty, No. 3-89 of this cata-
logue.

3955 Urbano (fr. Alonzo). Arte breve de la Lengua Otomi, compuesto

por el Pe. Fr. Alonzo Urbano, de la Orden N. P. 8S. Agustin. 2
Manuscript. 1511. 4°. In the National Library at Paris. It is dated 1605.
A manuscript copy, on 45 11., was in the possession of E.G. Squier of New York.
The original is accompanied with a large and very complete dictionary, Otomi,
Nahuatl (Mexican), and Spanish, 421 lL, 4°, quite equal in extent to Molina’s
celebrated Vocabulario Mexicano.—Ludewig, p. 143; Squier’s Sale Cat., No. 775.

Uria (Kev.)

See Tapis (Rev. Estevan).

3956 Uricoechea (Ezequiel). Suscripcion | al | Diccionario | de Voces

de Historia Natural | Americanas | por E. Uricoechea |
Paris, 1878. | JWP.
2 pp. 8°. Prospectus of dictionary to contain Spanish, English, French,
Dutch, Creole, and Indian American names, with applications and use of the
objects named. I think the work has not been published. One page of the
Dictionary, dca—Arch, is given.

UMFREVILLE—VALDES 773

3957 [Urrutia (J. A.)] Nouvelles découvertes d’antiquités monumen-
tales dans PAmérique Centrale.
In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, ete., vol. 1, 1857 (vol. 153 of the Collection),
pp. 175-186. Paris,n.d. 8°.
The preliminary remarks to this article are by E. G. Squier, and contain
remarks on the Central American languages, with a few examples in Maya,
Quiche, and Kachiquel.

3958 Ussornakaut nakinniktut. | [Picture.] ATS.

No title-page. 1 p.1., pp.1-8. 16°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language of

Labrador. I have seen the same tract with outside title: | Piilloridlarput nipki-
niktut. |

3959 Vaca (D. Diego). Catecismo dela Doctrina cristiana en Lengua
Megicana. *
Title from Beristain, who quotes from Alegaciones por el Clero Angelopolitano.

3960 Vae Ri Qutubal qhabal, Kalahigabal pe richin Christianoil tzih
Doctrina christiana tucheex.
[En Guatemala (Antigua), por Sebastian de Arebalo, ato de
i 06 Sb *
24 pp. 4°. Thislittle work, in the Cakchiquel language, is bound with other
small works in Spanish, but the title-page having been lost I have reconstructed
it, adding the name of the printer, and also that of the town where it was pub-
lished, for it appears to have been printed at ancient Guatemala, and from the
same types as the grammar of Father Flores. It is possible that he was the
author of it, though I have discovered nothing which could enable me to speak
positively on the subject. At any rate it is, up to this time, the only printed
work, the grammar of Flores excepted, extant in the Cakchiquel language, and
the only copy known. I owe it, with various other documents, to the kindness
of Dr. Murguia, physician at Guatemala.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

3961 Vail (Eugene A.) Notice | sur | les Indiens | de ’ Amérique du
Nord, | ornée de quatre portraits coloriés, dessinés @apres | na-
ture, et @une carte, | par | Eugéne A. Vail, | Citoyen des Btats-
Unis @’ Amérique, membre de plusieurs sociétés savantes. |

Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | libraire de la Société de
Géographie et de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, |
Rue Hautefeuille, 23. | 1840. | A.C. S. BA. HU.

Pp. 1-246. 8°. map, plates.

“Des Langues Indiennes,” pp. 40-58, contains a few examples in Muskhogee,
Delaware, Massachusetts, and Dacotah, and the Lord’s Prayer in Cherokee.
3962 Val (Fr. Miguel). Comparaciones entre las lenguas castellana y

mexicana. *
Title from Pimentel.
3963 Valadez (Fr. Diego). Catecismo y otros opusculos jen lengua
Mexicana].
Title from Pimentel.
Valdés (G. I’. de Oviedo y).
See Oviedo y Valdés (Gonzalo Fernandez de).

174 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3964 Valdivieso (Gabriel de). [Treatises in Mixteca.]
Compuso (en Misteca) oraciones, tratados espirituales, veinte y siete libros
grandes y pequefios de mucha erudicion y términos.—Carriedo.

3965 Valentini (Philipp J. J.) Vortrag tiber den mexicanischen Calen-
der-Stein, gehalten am 30. April 1878 in Republican Hall vor dem
deutsch ges. wissenschaftl. Verein.

New-York, 1878. a

Pp. 32,1 plate. 8°. Title from Heinsius Allgemeines Biicher-Lexikon.

3966 Discurso acerca de la piedra llamada Calendario Mexi-
cano pronunciado Por el Professor Ph. Valentini, el 30 de Abril
de 1878 en el ‘Republican Hall” (New York), ante una Sociedad
Cientifico—Alemana.

In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 226-241. México, 1877. 49.
Aztek terms scattered throughout.

3967 The Mexican Calendar Stone. By Philipp J. J. Valentini,

Ph. D.
In Am. Ant. Soc., Proc., No. 71, pp. 91-108. Worcester, 1878. 8°.
Mexican terms, passim.

Mexican Copper Tools. By Philipp J. Valentini, Ph. D.
In Am. Ant. Soc., Proc., No. 73, pp. 81-112. Worcester, 1879. 8°.
Many Mexican words, passim, with their etymologies.

3968

3969 t——— The Katunes of Maya History. By Philipp J. J. Valen-
tini, Ph. D.

In Am. Ant. Soc., Proc., No. 74, pp. 71-117. Worcester, 1880. 8°.

Maya text, with above title, and translation, pp. 74-76.—Names of days and
months in Maya, pp. 82-83, &c.

The history of the original manuscript is given, and an effort made to prove
its genuineness. This text was first printed in Stephens (J. L.) Incidents of
Travel in Central America, Chiapas, and Yucatan. The translation there given
was made into Spanish by Don Juan Pio Perez, and from the Spanish into Eng-
lish by Mr. Stephens.

3970 The Landa Alphabet; A Spanish Fabrication. By Philipp
J.J. Valentini, Ph. D.
In Am. Ant. Soc., Proc., No. 75, pp. 59-91. Worcester, 1880. 8°. Separately
issued, as follows:

3971

The | Landa Alphabet; | A | Spanish Fabrication. | By
Philipp J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. | From Proceedings of the American
Antiquarian Society, | April 28, 1880. |
Worcester, Mass. | Press of Charles Hamilton. | 1880. | S. SI.
Pp. 1-35. 8°.

The Olmecas and the Tultecas: a study in early Mexican
ethnology and history. By Philipp J. J. Valentini. (Translated
from the German by Stephen Salisbury, Jr.)

In Am. Ant. Soc., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 193-230. Worcester, 1883. 8°, Aborigi-
nal terms, passim. Issued separately, as follows:

3972

VALDIVIESO—VALLANCEY, 775

Valentini (Philipp J. J.)—continued.

3973 The | Olmecas and the Tultecas. | A study in early Mexi-
can ethnology and history, | by | Philipp J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. |
(Translated from the German by Stephen Salisbury, Jr.) | With a
Map and two Cuts. | From Proceedings of the American Antiqua-
rian Society, October 21, 1882. |

Worcester: | Press of Charles Hamilton, | 311 Main Street. |
1883. | JWP.
Pp. 1-42. 8°. map.

3974 Vocabulary of the language spoken in the village Boruca,
Costa Rica. 5
Manuscript. 144 words. Title from Berendt (C. H.) The Darien Language, in

the Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, p. 58.

3975 Valeriano (D. Antonio). Caton cristano en Lengua Mexicana. *
Title from Beristain.

3976 [Vales (D. José Pilar).] Woithuun haeh noh tzicbenil Ahaucan
Ahmiatz Leandro R. de la Gala, ti i hach yamailoob mehenoob
yanoob tu nachileahtaliloob Nohol y Chikin ti le luumeabil Yuea-

tan laa.
Ho [Merida]. Uosalhuun José D. Espinosa. Tu hunpie cabak
catae oxhal lahunpiz 0 habiloob [1870] Cristo Ahlohil. x

Translation.—Letter of the Illustrious Sr. Bishop Dr. D. Leandro R. de la Gala
to his well-beloved sons, who live apart or segregated in the cantons of the South
and East of this territory of Yucatan. Merida. In the printing house of José
D. Espinosa. In the year of Christ the Redeemer, 1870.

8 pp. 4°. Double columns, Spanish and Maya. The illustrious Sr. D. Lean-
dro R. de la Gala addressed a pastoral letter to the natives, which was put into
elegant and pure Maya by the presbyter, D. José Pilar Vales, whom, for this
reason, we include in the list of Maya writers. The edition abounds in typo-
graphic errors.—Carrillo.

3977 Valladolid (Hr. Bernardino de). Dioscorides en Lengua de Yuca-
tan, con adiciones. a
He defended some theologic opinions in the Yucatee idiom, which, accord-

ing to Leon Pinelo, were given to the press.—Beristain.

3978 [Vocabulary in the Maya language. | =
A [Maya] vocabulary is mentioned to have been written by Fray Bernardino de
Valladolid, who was known by his perfect pronunciation of the language.—Lude-

wig, p. 103.

3979 Vallancey (Charles), editor. Collectanea | de | Rebus Hibernicis. |
Vol. [I-V]. | Published from | Original Manuscripts, | by | Lieut.
Col. Charles Vallancey, | Soc. Antiq. Hib. Soe. |

Dublin: | Printed by R. Marchbank, Castle-street, | Printer to
the Antiquarian Society. | [M, DCC, LX XIV-M, DCC, XO (1774
1790). | C.

5 vols., vols. 3and 4 having 2 parts each. 8°. Title from vol. 2, the copy
of yol. 1 seen haying no general title. The earlier date is taken from the title-
page of article No. I of vol. 1.

7716 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Vallancey (Charles), editor—continued.

Number XII, vol. 3, a folding sheet facing p. 577 contains: Table III Names.
of numbers of some of the Indians of America, containing numerals 1-1000 of
the Mohawks, Oneydoes, Onandagas, Cayugas, Seneckas, Wanats, Shawanese,
Delawares, Carribeans, and Galibis or Cayennes.

Vanderbilt (J. M.)
See McLean (J. J.) and Vanderbilt (J. M.), No. 2392 of this catalogue.

3980 Varea (fr. Francisco de). Calepino | en lengua cakchi | quel por
Fray Francis | co de Varea hijo de | esta 8S. Provincia del | SS.
nombre de Jesos | de Religiosos de | N. P. S. Francisco de Goa-
tema | la. |

Colophon: Acabose de Escrevir y trasladar este bocabulario yo
fray fran®® ceron, siendo guardian aunque sine meritis deste con-
vento de S. Pedro de la laguna, oy dia catorse de enero del ato
del Senor de mil seyscientos y noventa y nuebe, dia del Dulcissimo
nombre de Jesus Patron de nuestra S. Prov? de Gua." y en el
tercer aio del Provincialato de N. M. R. P. fr. Juan Bautista. e

Manuscript. 1 p.1., ll. 1-227, 11 unnumbered Il. sm. 4°. In the library of the
American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

The title is on the recto of the second leaf. On the recto of the first leaf is
the form of absolution in Latin and Cakchiquel; on the verso a note; dated 1732,
to the effect that the owner, a priest, received this volume in payment for masses
for the soul of its previous possessor, a certain Senor Achutegui.

The dictionary is Cakchiquel and Spanish, written closely but legibly, with
35 lines to a page and averaging about four lines of examples to each word. An
abundance of phrases and forms are given, but the alphabetical order is not
strictly preserved. The characters of Parra are used throughout.

No author by the name of Varea is mentioned by Mr. Squier. But Francisco
Varela is said to have gone to Guatemala in 1596 and to have composed a
“Calepino” in 400 pages folio. No doubt this is the same person, and unless the
original still exists in the convent of San Francisco de Guatemala, this is prob-
ably the only monument of his labor extant.—Brinton.

Varela (Francisco de).

See Varea (Francisco de).

3981 Vargas (I. Melchior de). {J Doctrina Christiana, muy vtil, y | ne-
cessaria en Castellano, Mexicano y Otomi: tradu- | zida en lengua
Otomi por el muy. R. padre Fray | Melchior de Vargas, de la orden
de sant Augu- | stin, Prior de Atocpan. Ordenada por ma- | dado
del yllustrissimo y Reuerendis- | simo sefor Do Pedro Moya de |
Contreras, Argobispo de | Mexico, del consejo | de su Magestad: y
co | licencia im- | pressa. [Engraving of St. Augustin.]

Con Privilegio. | En Mexico, encasa de Pedro Balli. Atlode 1576.

4°, With many small wood engravings. The dedication is on reverse of title.
On p. 3 there is a Silabario in Otomi, and these two notes:

@ Los auisos para saber leer la lengua Otomi, | van a la postre en la vltima
hoja deste libro. |

Manda su Sefioria yllustrissima a todos los Curas y Vicarios deste | Argobis-
pado, que so pena de diez pesos de minas, tengan y ense- | fen esta Doctrina
christiana a sus subditos, y se la hagan tomar, para g | sean instruydos en las
cosas de la Fe, como en ella se contiene, y que | no ensefien por otra, porque no

J

*

VALLANCEY—VATER. : TU

Vargas (f. Melchior de)—continued.

aya confusion. Yruega y encarga a to- | dos Jos Perlados, assi Obispos como
Teligiosos, assi mesmo hagan en- | senar a los Indios po ella. |

On page 4 begins the Doetrina, arranged in this way: the odd numbered
pages contain the Mexican, in one column only; the even numbered pages are
printed in two columns, on the left Spanish and on the right Otomi. The Spanish
is in Roman and the other two are in gothic lettering.

Of this book only the fragment which I possess is known up to the present
time. It contains only the first 23 leaves and the 27th, which is not the last.

I haye found no mention of P. Vargas or his work in any bibliography. The
article in the last edition of the Manuel du Libraire is taken from notes given
by me to M. Brunet.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 78.

Vasquez Gastelu (D. Antonio).

See Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez), Nos. 1409-1421 of this catalogue.

3982 Vater (Johann Severin). Untersuchungen | iiber | Amerika’s Be-
vélkerung | aus dem | alten Kontinente | dem | Herrn Kammer-
herrn | Alexander von Humboldt | gewidmet | von | Johann Seve-
rin Vater | Professor und Bibliothekar. |

Leipzig, | bei Friedrich Christian Wilhelm Vogel. | 1810. | A.o. HU.

Pp. i-xii, 1-212. 12°.

A few words of Algonkin compared with the Irish, p. v3.—A few words of
Grénlind., Tuscaroras, Pensylvan., Mexican, Chippeways, Algonkins, Illinois,
Onondagos, Narraganset., Pottawatam., Delawar., Neu-England, Mahicann.,
Senecas, Penobscot, Minsi, Miamis. Chikkasah u. Choktah, Shawnees, Cheerak.,
Muskohg., Poconch., Woccons, Creeks, pp. 47-55.—A few words of Groéniiind,
Huastek., Yucatan, Cora, Cochim., Tarahumar., Chippeway, Mexican, Pimas,
Totonak., Unalaschka., Othom., Miami, Knisteneaux, Nadowess, Mahicanni,
Huron, Mixtek., Poconchi, pp. 156-174.—A few words of Othom., Huron, Huast.,
Algonk., Totonak, Yucatan, Mexican, Grénliind, Muskohg., Poconch., Carib, Tara-
humar, Delawar, Chippeway, Mixtek, Cochim., Mexikan, Cora, Miami, Nutka-
Sund, Pimas, Wyandots, Mixtee, Onondagos, Eskimo’s, Nadowess, pp. 195-203.

3983 ——— Proben | Deutscher | Volks-Mundarten, | Dr. Seetzen’s
linguistischer Nachlass, | und andere | Sprach-Forschungen und
Sammlungen, | besonders iiber | Ostindien, | herausgegeben |
von | Dr. Johann Severin Vater. |

Leipzig, 1816. | Bei Gerhard Fleischer dem Jiingern. | INGCOp

Pp. i-xiv, 1-382, 2 ll. 8°.

Worter Americanischer Sprachen, der Butocudos, in Brasilien.

A. der Muysea, ehemals in Neu-Granada, der Mixteca, Totonaca, Huasteca
uud Othomi, im Reiche Mexico, und der Cora in Neu-Mexico, pp. 351-375.—B.
Worter aus ehemaligen Sprachen Virginiens: 1. Aus dem damaligen Neuschweden,
pp. 376-380: 2. Worter der Mynquesser, pp. 381-382.

3984 —— Analekten | der | Sprachenkunde. | Von | Dr. Johann
Severin Vater. |
Leipzig, | in der Dykschen Buchhandlung | 1821. | APS.

Pp. 1-124. 129.

[Duralde (M.)] Vocabulaire de la Langue d’Atacapas, pp. 63-72.
Vocabulaire de la Langue des Chetimachas, pp. 73-84.
Murray (Dr. —). Worter der Osage-Sprache, pp. 53-62.
Zeisberger (D.) Verbal-Biegungen der Chippewayer, pp. 15-50.

See Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.), No. 28 of this catalogue.

778 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3985 Vega (Luis Lasso de la). Huey | tlamahuigoltica | omonexiti in
ilhuicae Tlatoea | Qihuapilli | Santa Maria | Totlagonantzin |
Guadalupe in nican huei altepe- | nahuac Mexico itocaydcan Tepe-
yacac. | [Engraving of Our Lady of Guadalupe.|

Impresso con licencia en Mexico: en la imprenta de Iuan Ruyz. |
Anio de 1649. | we

3 p. lL, followed by a copper-plate engraving with this title: Aparicion De la
imagen de nuestra $*. De guadalupe de Mexico. Ll. 1-17 and Lunnumbered 1. 4°.

It is the history of the appearance of Our Lady of Guadalupe, written by Br.
Luis Lasso de la Vega, chaplain and vicar of the sanctuary of the same name.—
Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 35.

Printed entirely in the Mexican language.—Ramirez Sale Catalogue.

3986 Vega (Nuiiez de la). Constituciones Diocesanas del Obispado de
Chiappas. Roma, 1702. *
This work is divided into a preamble and ten parts. The preamble is most
curious and valuable for archeological purposes, since it contains extracts from
the ancient book of the Tzendales and other nations of the vast diocese of Chiapa.
These ancient books appear to have been deposited by the bishop in the archives
of the bishopric at Ciudad Real, for the use of the Curas of the diocese. The
second part has also some interest, consisting of an exhortation directed to
the ancient idolaters against the superstitution of Nagualism, and contains a
description of the rites attending its practice. La Vega hadacomplete acquaint-
ance with the Tzendal language, the probable root of the Maya, Quiché, and
the other affiliated dialects of Guatemala and Yucatan.—Squier.

3987 Vela (José Canuto). Carta que yo presidente de la Mision evan-
gelica dirigo 4 los caudillos de los indios sublevados del Sur y
Oriente de esta peninsula de Yucatan, en Tekax, 23 de febrero de
1848. José Canuto Vela.

Mérida de Yucatan. Impreso por Antonio Petra, 1848. *

1 folio. An appeal, in the Maya language, to the Maya Indians still in revolt
in Yucatan against the descendants of the Spaniards.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

“On the pastoral visit made to his bishopric, subsequent to the insurrection
of the natives, by the illustrious bishop Dr. D. José Maria Guerra, Sr. D. José
Canuto Vela was confessor and preacher in the Maya language.

“We place his name among Maya writers, because the ‘Carta pastoral’ of the
prelate we have mentioned, addressed to the natives of the country in February,
1848, was translated into the Yucatec idiom by Sr. Vela. It is printed, in 4°, of
8 leaves only, in Spanish and Yucatec, under the following title: ‘Pastoral del
Illm6 Sr. obispo dirigida “los indigenas de esta diécesis.’ Merida de Yucatan.
Impreso por Antonio Petra. 1848. 8 pp. 4°. 5S

“We have seen it asserted that another edition of this pastoral was made in
the same year or a little later, but we are ignorant whether the copy in our col-
lection belongs to the first or second edition, since it contains no notice relative
to the date.

“The Maya style of the curate Veba is perfect, and as he was a great orator in
this idiom, we are fortunate in having, at least as a specimen, the pastoral of
1848.”—Carrillo.

Possibly this is the same work catalogued by Brasseur de Bourbourg under
Guerra (José Maria), and given in this catalogue as No. 1613; though Brasseur
de Bourbourg gives both Vela and Guerra.

a

YY KASAH IE
zu Y 2
Bb
WAPGTEIE HEBECHOE,
HOYYTEHI E.

HA

AaEYTCKO=.AHCbEBCKOMD
fH 3 BIER B,

©COUHHEHHOE

Caawennuukoun Loannonme
Beniamnunocu ms.

46833 roga.

— ee) 6 ie

Bn Cvucgaabuofi Tunorpamin,

£8 O.

3992,—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF VENIAMINOFYF’S GUIDE ROAD.

VEGA—VENIAMINOFF. 779

3988 Velasco (Juan Baptista). Arte de lengua Sinalva. 2
Mentioned in the Report of the Cinaloan missions anna 1604, a copy of which
is in the Bancroft library.
Velasco died in 1612. His confreres speak of him as well versed in the native
languages.

3989 Velasco (P. Pedro). Arte de una de las Lenguas de Cinaloa. i

Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

3990 Velasquez de Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Celedonio). Breve Practica,
y Regimen | del Confessonario | de Indios, | en Mexicano, y Castel-
lano; | para instruccion | del Confessor principiante, | habilitacion
y examen | del penitente, | que dispone | Para los Seminaristas |
El Br. D. Carlos Celedonio Velas- | quez de Cardenas, y Leon,
Colegial Real del Ponti- | ficio, y Real Colegio Seminario, y su
Vice-Rector, Ca- | thedratico dos veges de Philosophia, de Mayo-
res, | Rhetorica, y Letras Humanas, Examinador Synodal | de este
Arzobispado, Cura del Partido de 8. Miguel | Xaltocan, y Juez
Kelesiastico de él, y sus anexos | Quautitlan, y Tultitlan. De
Zumpahuacan, Capu- | luac, y ahora de la Concepcion de Otumba,
Cura por | 8S. M. y Juez Hclesiastico por el Imo. Sr. Dr. Don |
Manuel Joseph Rubio, y Salinas, de la Santa Sede | Apostolica,
del Consejo de S. M. Dignissimo | Arzobispo de Mexico..| Y la
dedica | al Eminentissimo Senor | San Carlos Borromeo, | Cardenal
de Santa Praxede, Vigilantissimo Arzobispo | de Milan. |

Con las licencias necessarias. | Impresso en Mexico en la Imprenta
de la Bibliotheca Me- | xicana, junto 4 las RR. MM. Capuchinas.
Ano de 1761. | B. GB.

12 p. ll., pp. 1-54. 16°.

3991 Velazquez (D. Caledonio). Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Megi-
cana. ka
Title from Beristain.

3992 Veniaminoff (John). Yxasanie | nyu | vt | mapersie nesecnoe, | noyyenie. | na |
AseyTcko-Ancbenckom | A3bIKb, | counnennoc | CBamenankomb JOannoms | Beniammuosbims. |
1833 ro,a. |

Mcckea. | Bb CyHojatbHoii THOOrpaein, | 1840. | Cc. JWP.

Translation.—Guide | road | into the | kingdom heavenly | explained. | In
Aleutian-Fox | dialect, | made | by Reverend John | Veniaiinoff. | 1833 in the
year. | Moscow. | At Synod press, | 1840. |

Russian title, reverse blank, 11. Title-page in Cyrillic characters, reverse
blank, 11.; 69 other ll. in Cyrillic characters. 16°. See fac-simile of title-page.

3993. ——— 3anncrn | 06 ocrposaxs | ynasauKnresaro | oTWbaa, | cocTansenneia | H. Benia-
Munobbim’. | Yacth ucpsab [eropa']. | Majauo wikanpenien Poccilicko-Amepukauckoil | KOM-
nanin. |

Canktnetepoyprs. | 1840. | B.D.

Translation.—Notes | on the islands | of the Unalashkan | district, | Com-
piled | by I. Veniaminoff. | Part First [Second]. | Published at the expense of
the Russian-American | Company. | St. Petersburg: | 1840. |

2 vols.: 4 p.Il., pp. i-ix, 1-364 ; 4 p. lL, pp. 1-409, 8 1., and table. 8°, Vol. 3 has
a different title, as follows:

780 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Veniaminof (John)—continued.

3994. ——— 3anucrn | 06 | arxmacknxb Aaeytaxs | o | Kosomax®. | I. Beniammuopa, | cocta-
Bimomie | Tpetii yacts | 3anncoKb | 066 octpoBaxb | ynatamKuncKaro oTybaa. | 34aH0
mkguBenicwb Pocciiicko-aMepnkaucKoi | Kommanin. |

Canktoerepoy prs, | 1840. | B.D.

Translation.—Notes | on | the Atkan Aleuts | and | Koloshians. | By I. Venia-
minoff, | being | the third part | of Notes | on the islands | of the Unalashkan dis-
trict. | Published at the expense of the Russian-American | Company. | St. Peters-
burg, | 1840. |

2 p. ll., pp. 1-155. 8°. Seattered Aleutian words, with Russian synonyms
throughout.—Vol. 2, part 2, pp. 264-271, gives some account of the Aleutian gram-
mar. Chap. 16, pp. 298-305, on the songs, gives five songs in parallel columns of
Aleut and Russian.—Vol. 3, chap. 1, relates to the Atkha Indians, and treats
chiefly of the distinctions in language between the Atkhans and Unalashkans;
pp. 20-26 give songs and storiesin Atkha and some in Russian. Chap. 2 relates
to the Koloshians; pp. 135-154 treat of their language and grammar and include
numerals, 1-200, pp. 148-149; pp. 152-154 contain sentences, &c., in Tlinkit and
Russian.

3995 ———— 3ambuania | 0 Rosomerckoms om Raqbakckows | u3pikaxb | 1 | orgvactH o mpomnx
Poeciiicko-AMepukabckKOXxb, | cb npneopoKynaeniend | Pocciiiexo-Ko1omencKkaro | caopapa, |
cogjepiamaro Gorke 1000 c.10Bb, H3b KONXD Na USROTOPHIA Caan | NoAcnenia. | CocrapuaD
Heant Benianunoss, | Bb cnTxs. |

CanKToerep6yprs | Bb THHOrpavin HnepatopcKoil Akagemin mayK. | 1846. | JIWP.

Translation. Remarks | on the Koloshian and Kadiak | languages | and | con-
cerning other Russian-American [languages] | with the addition | of a Russian-
Koloshian | vocabulary, | containing over 1000 words, some of which are fully |
defined. | Compiled Ivan Veniaminoy, | at Sitka. | St. Petersburg, | in the Print-
ing Office of the Imperial Academy of Sciences. | 1846. |

Printed cover, with title briefer than above, 1 1., pp. 1-81,11. errata. 8°. See
fac-simile of title-page.

General remarks on the language and grammar of the Koloshian, pp. 1-24.—
Translations, pp. 25-26.—Kadiak grammar, pp. 27-35.—Kadiak translations, pp.
36-37.—Russian-Kolosh vocabulary, pp. 40-81.

3996 t—— Onnirs | rpammaranu | AaeyrteKo-Incpesckato AsbiKA. | CBanjennuKa TM. Beniamn-
nosa, | Bb Vaasamn’b. |
Cankrnetepsyprb | Bb TUHOrpaviln UMMEpaTopcKOi AKagqeMiN HAYEK. | 1846. | B. BY.

Translation.—An essay | upon the grainmar | of the Fox dialect of the Aleutian
language. | By Reverend I. Veniaminoff, | of Unalashka. | Saint Petersburg | in
the press of the Imperial Academy of Sciences. | 1846. |

2 p.1l., pp. i-xv, 1-87, i-iii, 1-120, i-vi, and 2 folding tables. 8°.

The grammar occupies pp. 1-87.—Introduction to dictionary, pp. i-iii.—Aleut-
Russian dictionary, pp. 1-76.—Russian-Aleut dictionary, pp. 77-111.— Aleut
phrases, with Russian translation, pp. 113-120.—Errata, pp. i-vi, and two folding
leaves, conjugation of verbs.

3997 — Langues de Amérique Russe. Par Ivan Venjaminov.

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 1, 1850 (vol. 125 of the Collection),
pp. 359-364. Paris,n.d. 8°.

See Schott (W.), No. 3529.

3998 ——— and Netazvietoff (Rev. Jacob). Hasarxn | xpucriancraro ysenia | nan |
KpaTkad cBamensan | neropia | m | rparwiii xpneriauckiit | KaTHxu3ancs. | eb Pyccraro asbika na
Aseyreko-Incvenc Kili n¢pener | CoaujenunkS loans Beniamnaos 1827 roja, n Bb 1837 | roay
nenpasna®; a Cpaufeinikh laxons Heypbropb | pascMatpuBad onbIA, CBOnMH NoACHeniaMn
cablarb 1xb | NowAToHIMN n AJA ATXNNTOBT, MWLIONINXS CBoe vapbyie. |

Cankruerepoyprs, | Bb Cvnogaspnoii tunorpavin. | 1840. | JWP.

Q ROJOMERCKOND ff RAIDARCKOND

SOSInbAZS

n

OTYACIH © MPOUNXT POCCIICKO-AMEPHKAHCKHXD,

CB MPHCOBOKYNJEHIEMS
POCCIHCKO-KO.IOWIEHCKATO
CIOBAP GH,

COAEPHAMATO BOGE 1000 C1035, 15 KOUX BA HBROTOPLIA CAEUAREY
TOACHEHIA.

Cocmacuas Means Beniaannoes,

Bb CHTXB.

=——==26 ©

CAHKTMETEPBYPI'S

Ba Tanorparin Wauneratorckoii Axastemin Hayrt

4846.

3995.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF VENIAMINOFI’S KOLOSHIAN AND KADIAK WORK.

HAYWTATR HE

XPHCTIAHCKATO YWENHIA

HW

KPATKAA CBAIJEHHAL
HaGTOPIA

i

KPATKIM XPMCTIAHCKIM

KATMXRUSAGDB.

cb Pyccraro aspika na Aaeymcko-JAcbencKia nepcnors
Csamensukt Ioanut Beniamunonn 1827 roja, # Bb 1837
FOAyY Ncupasyi5; a Csaamjennukb Takosn Henpimorn
pascmaimpubad OHLIA, CBOHMH NOACHeHIAMH CAbAaIb UXb
NOHAIHBIMU VM Aaa ANIXUHHOBD, HMbIOWUXb CBoe Hapbaic,

CAHKTMETEPBYPIt,

Bh Cvuoszaasson TH urorpa@iis

1640.

3998.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF VENIAMINOFE & NETZVIETOFE’S SACRED
HISTORY AND CATECHISM.

TYMAHHHA ATSTY AS

AUGHGR XPHGOTYSOAMS
T SUSGAIXHCAW HN

ANYCTYAAMA MATOHAR SZ
HdadaXTArAHA AAYXTACABKAWHHE «

’ q ? es ) A a Pe
Kamara — rsic¥ux Yoannz = Ren tamunonz HAA\TArAHz
’) i] : t T t 4
Kacacamg orSaSrangz oSernwz Muatrramz orSakranx Hann

! ’ ky sal) a
A828 = PY aAMArHeAAHKZ 4 wax2 1836 cawaaranZ WAANE
a v |
ATYATYCAKANHHE §
Tara = Baara . whenSuz Vinosz Huyeteross faaxerdrans

arxarScarSeaanegz anys HarStums , wSaSun wnanayrd
aa 4
MATANICANZ , ALAWdHR KAA ScHrHRS deKUTHEZ.

3999.—FrAC-SIMILE OF CYRILLIC TITLE-PAGE, GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.

FOGMOJA HAMETO

FHCYCA XPHCTA

HANTHCAHHCOE

AVLOCTOA[OM'D MATOBEMD.

Cp Pyccksro asiks HA A“EyYCKO-AMCBEBCKOM MEPEBE.TB
CoawEnHukE Josnnt Brntamunosb 1828 roaa, HM Bb
4836 roay HCIHPABHID ;

a Csaueunakt Jakosb Hensbronp pascmatpuBan ero
OROHYATeALHO, CBOHMM JIOACHEHiAMM CAbAALh NOWATHEIMD
M Aan ATXHHOBb, UM IOUMXD CBoe Hapbuie.

3999.—FAC-SIMILE OF RUSSIAN TITLE-PAGE, GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.

VENIAMINOFF—VETANCURT, 781

Veniaminoff (John) and Netzvietoff (Rev. Jacob)—continued.

Tvanslation.—Origin | of Christian Creeds | or | Short Sacred | History | and |
Short Christian | Catechism. | From the Russian tongue into Aleutian-Fox trans-
lated | by Reverend John Veniaminoff 1827 in the year, and in 1887 | the year
finished; and the Reverend Jacob Netzvietoff | revising it with his notes has made
it | intelligible for the Atchini, who understand [only ?] their own language. | St.
Petersburg, | At Synod Press. | 1840. |

2p. 1l., pp. i-xix, 1-24, 1-104, 1-51. 8°.

Half-title in Cyrillic type and Russian, reverse title in Russian, as aboye, 1 1.;
title in Cyrillic type (same as Russian title minus the imprint) 1 l.; preface by
Veniaminoff in parallel columns of Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and Russian, pp. i-vii;
preface by Netzvietoff in parallel columns, Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and Russian,
pp. ix-xix; primer in Aleut.and Russian, pp. 1-24; Short Sacred History in Aleu-
tian, pp. 1-104; Short Christian Catechism in Aleutian, pp. 1-51.

See fac-simile of title-page. For a later edition of the Sacred History and
Catechism, see Tishnoff (Elias), No. 3866 of this catalogue.

3999 ——Pocnoga namero | Incyca Xpnera | Exanresie, | nanncanuoe | anoctosom» Maro-
Bem’. | Cb PyccKaro aspika na AseytcK0-JncbeBck oii nepeser> | CBanjonan <b Joann’ Beniamnnops
1828 rgoa, 1 Bb | 1836 rogy ncopaBnas; | a CBalennnk> JaKops Henpbronb piscmarpupaa ero |

OKONGATeIBNO, CROUMN HOACHeHiAMM CAbAaI) OORATUDIM | HO Arq ATXHANOBD, ow bOMNXD cBoe
Hapbuie. | ;
[Moscow: Synod Press, about 1848.] JWP.

Translation.—Lord of our | Jesus Christ | the Evangel, | written | by the apos-
tle Matthew. | From the Russian tongue into the Aleutian-Fox translated | by
Reverend John Veniaminoff 1828 in the year, and in | 1836 the year finished ; |
and the Reverend Jacob Netzvietoff revising it | finally, with his notes has made
intelligible | also for the Atchini, who understand [only ?] their own language.

3 p. IL, pp. i-xiv, 15-237 (erroneously paged 247), 1-21. 8°.

Title in Cyrillic type (12 lines), reverse of 1. 2; Russian title, recto 1.3; Pre-
face by Veniaminoff in parallel columns of Aleut (in Cyrillic type) and Rus-
sian, pp. i-v; Preface by Netzvietoff in parallel columns Aleutian (Cyrillic type)
and Russian, pp.vi-xiv ; Gospel by Matthew, parallel columns Aleutian (Cyrillic
type) and Russian, pp. 15-237; Form of worship for the paschal feast, and first
and second chapters of Luke, in Cyrillic type only, pp. 1-21. See fac-simile of
title-page.

4000 Vergara (fr. Diego). Sermones [en la lengua Zapoteco]. *

Title from Pimentel.

4001 [Verweyst (Christian Adrian).] Mikana Gijigong Enamog. | Kato-
lik | Anamie-masinaigan | oma masinaiganing | nibiwa atewan |
anamiewinan, gagikwewinan | gaie | Nanagatawendamowinan. |

Amerika Printing House, | O gi-masinakisan mandan masinai-
gan | 106 N. Third Street, | St. Louis, Mo. | 1880. | S. WWB.

Pp. 1-602. 16°. Prayer and meditation book in the Chippewa language. Ap-
proved by Michael Heiss, Bishop of La Crosse. Preface signed by Verweyst.

Pp. 287-602 contain a reprint of [Baraga (Rev. F.)] Kagige Debwewinan, Ka-
ginig getakwendang Katolik enamiad. See No, 263 of this catalogue. Some
copies have appended: [Baraga (fev. F.)] Otchipwe Kikinoamadi-Masinaigans.
No title-page. Pp.1-8. 16°. See No. 264 of this catalogue.

4002 Vetancurt (Fr. Augustin de). Arte | de lengva | Mexicana, |
dispvesto 4 | Por orden, y mandato de N. Rm P. | Fr. Francisco
Trevino, Predica- | dor Theologo, Padre de la santa Provincia de
Burgos, y Comissario | General de todas las de la Nueva-Espana,

782 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Vetancurt (fr. Augustin de)—continued.

y por el Reverendo, | y Venerable Diffinitorio de la Provincia del
Santo Evangelio. | Dedicado al Bienventvrado | 8. Antonio de
Padva. | Por el P. Fr. Augustin de Vetancurt hijo de | la dicha
Provincia del Santo Evangelio, Predicador jubilado, ex | lector de
Theologia, y Preceptor de la lengua Mexicana, Vicario | de la Ca-
pilla de S. Joseph de los Naturales en el Convento | de N.P.S.
Francisco de Mexico. | [Engraving of S. Antonio de Padua. ]

Con licencia, en Mexico por Francisco Rodriguez Lupercio. 1673. |

6 p. 11., .1-49,8 unnumbered II, 4°, containing ‘‘Instrvecion breve para ad-

ministrar los Santos Sacramétos de la Confession, Uiatico, Matrimonio y Vela-
ciones en la la [sic] lengua Mexicana,” and a ‘‘ Catecismo Mexicano.” — A. JCB.

“Ternaux cites another edition, 1573; evidently an error, since Vetancurt was
not yet born.”—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 80.

4003 El Via Crucis en Lengua Megicana. *
Printed many times.—Beristain.
4004 Sermones en Lengua Mexicana. *

Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

Vetancurt, Vetancur or Betancurt, as others write his name, was born in Mex-
ico in 1620 of parents descended from Jean de Bethencourt, a French gentleman,
who made conquest of the Canaries and became king of them. Our author was
not considered an elegant writer, but he was profoundly versed in the Mexican
language and could avail himself,in the composition of his Chronicle, of the
numerous documents in existing that language.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

4005 Vetromile (Rev. Eugene). Indian Good Book, | made by | Eu-
gene Vetromile, S. J., | Indian Patriarch, | for the | benefit of
the | Penobscot, Passama--| quoddy, St. John’s, | Micmac, | and
other tribes of | the Abnaki Indians. | This year one thousand
eight hun- | dred and fifty-six. | Old-Town Indian Village, | and
Bangor. |

New York: | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | 151 Fulton Street. |
1856. |

Second title :

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1856, by | Ed-
ward Dunigan & Brother, in the Clerk’s Office of the | District
Court for the Southern District of New York. | Alnambay Uli |
Awikhigan, | kisi tunessa | Eugin Vetromile, S. J., | Alnambay
Patlias, | ulihalakona | Penaubsket, Sybayk, Ulastook, | Micmac, |
teba minaktakik etalaunsisik | Wanbanakki alnambak. | Yo pemi-
katook nekutam- | quake nsansook kessak- | tekoy teba noninska |
teba nekutans. | Penaubsket alnambay | udenek, | teba kandoskik. |

New York: | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | 151 Fulton Street, |
1856. | JWP.

3p. ll., pp. 7-450. 12°. English title verso 1. 1, Indian title recto 1.2; dedication
in English to Pius the Ninth, verso ].2; the same in Indian, recto 1. 3, verso blank.

Roman Catholic prayer book, including service for mass, catechisms, hymns,
&c.,in various dialects of the Abnaki. These prayers are sometimes given in

VETANCURT—VETROMILE. 783

Vetromile (ev. Eugene)—continued.

one dialect only, sometimes in two, the dialect being named in some cases, in
others not. The dialects represented are the Montagnais, Passamaquoddy, Mare-
schite, Micmac, and Penobscot, the catechism being givenin thetwo latter. Rules
for reading the language of the Abnaki Indians are given on pp. 13-17.

4006 Indian | Good Book, | made by | Eugene Vetromile, 8. J., |
Indian patriarch, | for the benefit of the Penobscot, Passama-
quoddy, | St. John’s, Micmae, | and other tribes of | the Abnaki
Indians. | This year | One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-
Seven. | Old-Town Indian Village, and Bangor. | Second edition. |

New York: | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | (James B. Kirker,) |
371 Broadway. | 1857. |

Second title:

Alnambay | Uli Awikhigan, | kisi tunessa | Eugin Vetromile, S.
J., | Alnambay Patlias, | ulihalakona | Penaubsket, Sybayk, Ulas-
took, Micmac, | teba minaktakik etalaunsisik | Wanbanakki Al-
nambak. | Yo Pemikatook nekutamquake nsansook kessaktekoy |
teba noninska teba tambawans. | Penaubsket alnambay udenek, |
-teba kandoskik. | Nisda nandjikketawikkaso. |

Manhattan udenék: | Edwald Dunigan Hatchi Awidjal, | (Sak
B. Kirker,) | 371 Broadway. | 1857. | C. S. WHS.

3 p.ll., pp. 7-450. 12°. English title, p.1; Indian title, p.3.

4007

Indian | Good Book, | made by | Eugene Vetromile, S. J., |
Indian Patriarch, | for the benefit of the Penobscot, Passama-
quoddy, | St. John’s, Micmac, | and other tribes of | the Abnaki In-
dians. | This year | One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-
eight. | Old-town Indian Village, and Bangor. | Third Edition. |

New York: | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | (James B. Kirker,) |
371 Broadway. | 1858. |
Second title:

Alnambay | Uli Awikhigan, | kisi tunessa | Eugin Vetromile, S.
J. | Alnambay Patlias, | wlihalakona | Penaubsket, Sybayk, Ulas-
took, Micmae, | teba minaktakik etalaunsisik | Wanbanakki Al-
nambak. | Yo pemikatook nrkutamquake ntsansook kessaktekoy |
teba noninska teba ntsansek. | Penaubsket Alnambay Udenek, |
teba Kandoskik. | Ntseta nandjikketawikkaso. |

Manhattan Udenék: | Edwald Dunigan Hatchi Awidjal, | (Sak
B. Kirker), | 371 Broadway. | 1858. | A. S. BA. WE. LSH.

1 p.1., pp. 1-586, errata 11. 16°. plates.

4008 Adlachemudiguichkek | Meiaulakwey. | Wen kedwi paka-
buguet, deli annkidagit. | Tchibat’kw’musse. | [Vignette I H S] |
New York: | Edward Dunigan & Brother. | (James B. Kirker.) |
371 Broadway. | 1858. | S. WE. JWP.
Pp. 1-70. 8°. Vespers, Compline, Te Deum, &c., in dialects of the Abnaki, Mic-

mac, Mareschit, and Penobscot.

784 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Vetromile (Rev. Eugene)—continued.

4009 ——— Ahiamihewintuhangan; | The PrayerSong, | arranged by |
Rev. Eugene Vetromile, S. J. |

New York: | Published by Edward Dunigan & Brother, | (James
B. Kirker,) | No. 371 Broadway. | 1858. | S. BA. WE. JWP.

Pp. i-vi, 7-45. 8°. ‘‘The design of this volume is not only to give some prac-
tical instructions in church music, in order to aid the native Americans [Abnakis]
to sing the praises of the Lord according to the different rites of the Catholic
Church, but also to preserve several unwritten national tunes, kept by them only
in tradition.” —L£xtract from Preface.

4010 ——— Of Vetromile’s | Noble Bible. | Such as happened Great-
Truths. | Made by | Eugene Vetromile, | Indian Patriarch, | Cor-
respouding member of the Maine Historical Society, &c., | for the
benefit of | the Penebscot, Micmac, | and other tribes of the | Ab-
naki Indians. | Old Town, Indian Village, and Bangor. 1858. |

New York-Village: | Rennie, Shea & Lindsay. | 1860. |

Second title :

Vetromile | Wewessi Ubibian. | Elit’biklang’sa | K’Tchiulameu-
hanganal. | Ututchi kisituneppan | Eugin Vetromile, | Alnambay
patlias, | Maine Hannekanadzemuhangan Ketchi-awikhighé, | uli-
haVkonan | Pannawanbskewiak, Schiuliquok, | te hatchi minakta-
kik etalanusitsik | Wanbanakki Alnambak. | Pannawabskek Al-
nambay udenek, | quali kandoskik. 1858. |

Manhattan udenék: | Rennie, Shea & Lindsay. | 1860. |

1p. 1., pp. i-xii, 1-572.16°. English title, p.i.; Indian title, p.iii. Intended to
‘ive the red man a brief and clear knowledge of the most remarkable events
recorded in the Sacred Writ * * * written in Penobscot and Micmac (with a
literal English translation).” C. 8. BA. WE. JWP.

4011 t—— The Abnakis | and | their History. | Or | Historical Notices |
onthe | Aborigines of Acadia. | By | Rev. Eugene Vetromile, | Mis-
sionary of the Etchemins, corresponding member of the Maine |
Historical Society, ete. |

New York: | James B. Kirker, | 599 Broadway, Up Stairs. | Sold
for the benefit of the Indians. | 1866. | C. 8. HU.

Pp. i-xi, 11-171. 8°.

Chapter 5. Manners and Language of the Abnakis, pp. 34-39.—Chapter 6.
Abnaki handwriting, pp. 40-43, contains: Lord’s Prayer in [Micmac and] Micmac
Hieroglyphics, p. 42.—Table of seasonsand months, pp. 79-80.—Days of the week,
and divisions of the months, pp. 83-84.—Divisions of the day and night, p. 85.—
Letter of the Abnakis Indians to the Canons of Chartres [in the Abnaki lan-
guage ], pp. 168-169.

4012 ——— A Tour | in | Both Hemispheres; | or, | Travels around the
World. | By | Rev. Eugene Vetromile, D. D., | Apostolic Mission-
ary; | Corresponding Member [&c., four lines]. [Two lines quo-

tation. |
_ New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & Co., Publishers, | 31 Barclay
Street. | Montreal: 275 Notre Dame Street. | 1880 | C.JWP.

Pp. i-xii, 1-502. 6°. A few aboriginal terms, mostly geographic, with Eng-
lish signification, scattered throughout.

VETROMILE—VEYTIA. 785

Vetromile (Rev. Eugene)—continued.

4013 t—— The Abnaki Indians. Communicated by Eugene Vetro-
mile, S. J., Professor in the College of the Holy Cross, at Worces-
ter, Mass. With a Brief Memoir of Professor Vetromile, by Rev.
Edward Ballard, of Brunswick, Me.

In Maine Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 6, pp. 203-227. Portland, 1859. 8°.
Specimen of the Micmac language, pp. 226-227.

4014

Acadia and its Aborigines. Communicated January 16,
1862, by Rev. Eugene Vetromile, 8. J., of Worcester, Mass.

In Maine Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 7, pp. 337-349. Portland, 1876. 8°.

Names of seasons, list of months, divisions of the month, days of the week,
divisions of the night, and divisions of the day, in the Abnaki language.

4015 t—— Alnambay 1858 Almanac. S. AAS.
[New York, Lith. by T. W. Strong.]

1 sheet folio.

4016 t—— Sande Awikhigan. 1859. S. AAS.
1 sheet folio.
4017 t—— Indian Almanac for 1860.
S. Chism, Franklin Printing House, Hawley Street, corner of
Franklin, Boston. *
Title furnished by Mr. J. G. Shea from copy in his possession.
4018 t—— Sande Awokhigan. 1866. Eugene Vetromile, AInambay
Patlias. AAS.

1 sheet folio, I have seen the same for 1862, 1867, 1870, 1871, 1873, 1874, 1875,
and 1876.

4019 ——— A Dictionary of the Abnaki Language—English-A bnaki
and Abnaki-English.

Manuscript. 3 vols. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Ma-
terial collected by Father Vetromile during the years 1855 to 1873, while mis-
sionary among the Abnakis. Volume 1, pp. 1-573, contains prefatory remarks,
description of the alphabet used, synopsis of the Abnaki language, including
brief grammatic remarks, a table of abbreviations, and the Abnaki-English dic-
tionary from A to H, inclusive. Volume 2, pp. 3-595, contains further remarks
on the grammar, and a continuation of the Abnaki-English dictionary, I to Z,
inclusive. The dictionary in each of these volumes is divided into four columns ;
the first containing words from the Abnaki dictionary of the Rey. Father Rasles;
the second, words in the Penobscot; the third, Mareschit; and the fourth, Mic-
mac. Volume 3, pp. 1-791, contains the English-Abnaki dictionary, A to Z, and
includes words in the Penobscot, Etchimin, Mareschit, Micmac, Montagnie, and
Passamaquoddy dialects.

4020 Veytia (D. Mariano). Historia Antigua | de | Méjico, | escrita
por | el Lic. D. Mariano Veytia. | La publica | con varias notas y un
apendice | el C. I’. Ortega. | Tom. I [-IIT]. |

Méjico. | Imprenta a Cargo de Juan Ojeda, | Calle de las Escale
rillas numero 2. | 1856, | B. CO. 8. BA.

3 vols. 8°. Contains constant references to and examples in the Nahuatl
language. Mexican calendar, vol. 1, pp. 305-318.

50 Bib

786 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4021 Viana (D. Francisco). [Manuscripts.] =
Arte de la lengua de Vera Paz.—Vocabulario y sermones de la misma.—Flos
santorum.—Metodo p* confesario.—Catecismo.—Vida de Jesucristo.—Tratado de
los Novisimos del Hombre.—Metodo de asister 4 la santa Misa. Todo en lengua

de los Indios. —Tratado de la Justicia p* los Alealdes mayores de Indias.

Dr. Franc® Viana was a native of Alava, a member of the Dominican order,
to which he consecrated himself at Salamanca. He moved to the province of
Chiapa and lived in the convent of Coban, which he not only directed but also
rebuilt, as well as that of Zacapula. He was at various times Definidor of his
province, and died in 1609, leaving the foregoing manuscripts.

Most of the above works were translated into the Kiche idiom of Guatemala
by Fr. Dionysio de Zuiiiga, Dominican of the same province of St. Vicente.—
Beristain.

4022 Vico (P. Fr. Domingo de). Vae rucam ru vuhil nima viitz Theo-
logia Indorum, ru binaam, tihobal quichim Indio cristiano, pa ru
chabal. Dios Nima—Ahau pa Cacchequel chicovi [Auctore Ven. P.
Fr. Dominico de Vico, Ord. Sancti Dominici]. a

1 unnumbered 1., containing a notice by the copyist, Fr. Juan Ruiz; 130 1., in
writing which appears to belong to the 17th century. folio.

4023 t—— Theologia Indorum, scripta in Lingua Tzutuhila a Ven.
Patre in Christo Fr. Dominico de Vico, ordinis Predicatorum de
Prov® dicta de Saneti Vincentii de Chiapa el Guatemala. oe

Manuscript. 26 ll. 4°. The first leaf with the title is missing. A translation,
written in a clear and beautiful hand, in the Tzutuhile language, of the life of
Our Lord Jesus Christ.

4024 t———- Sermones de San Mathias Apostol, de la Anunciacion de
Maria Santissima y de San Marcos Evangelista, en Lengua Tzutuhil.
Manuscript. 16 ll. folio, which the annotator of the Theologia Indorum seems

to attribute to Father de Vico.—Brasseur de Bourbourg. a

4025 ———— Arte de la lengua Qiche 6 Utlatecat. Seguido del modo
de bien vivir en la misma lengua, sacado de los escritos del Ven.

Padre Fr. Domingo de Vico. ie

Manuscript. 34 11. 4°. The first 18 leaves contain the grammar ; the next leaf
is missing; the others contain the second part.

This manuscript was given to me by a native chief of Rabinal, in 1855. He
assured me that it was by Father Domingo de Vico, which would seem to be
confirmed by the final ¢ of the word Utlatecat, here found—an ancient form long
since obsolete. Upon the word of this chief I have inscribed the name of Vico
on this document.

Vico had an admirable knowledge of the principal languages of Guatemala,
and wrote, among other works, six grammars of different languages. These
works remained in manuscript and disappeared one after the other, with the
exception of those which are mentioned here. The one which is most to be re-
gretted is a Historia de los Indios, de sus fabulas, supersticiones, costumbres,
etc., mentioned by Remesal. ;

To Father de Vico all the Guatemalan writers refer when a work written or
about to be written in one of the native languages is in question. No one un-
derstood them equally well or could make use of them in a manner so complete
and so remarkable.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

Beristain, quoting from Remesal, gives the following list of works by P. Vico:
Teologias para los Indios, en Lengua de Vera Paz. 4 tomos.—Libro de los

VIANA—VIE. 787

Vico (P. Fr. Domingo de)—continued.
Granda Nombres: o Historia de los Patriarcas, Reyes y Hombres grandes del An-
tiguo y Nuevo Testamento; en la misma Lengua.—El Parano Terreno; en la
propia Lengua.—Historia de los Indios, sus fabulas, supersticiones, costumbres
&c.—Seis Artes y Vocabularios de diferentes Lenguas de los Indios.—Frases e
Idiotismos de dha. Lenguas.— Poesias Sagradas de la Pasion de Jesucristo y de los
Hechos de los Apéstoles, en Kachiquel.—Varios Catecismos.—Sermones varios.

4026 ——— Maria. Jesus. Joseph. Ronohel vtzil atobal, xehul hut xeua
chin naipe rumal cahaual eca voo vtzil xenima hulu ch rih acavae
quibi: loconic, ca melali, cuibali, mebail, penitencia .. . . . Toutes
les vertus ont brillé avec éclat par notre Seigneur; mais les cing
vertus qui ont brillé avec le plus @’éclat au dessus des ténébres sont
celles qwon nomme la charité, Vhumilité, la patience, la pauvreté,
la pénitence, ete. i!

Manuscript. 8°. Written on very heavy parchment. It is composed now of
103 leaves, in long lines, written in half-Gothic characters. Leaves 2-8, 25-28,
56-59, and 104 to the end are wanting.

This manuscript is one of those precious works undertaken by the mission-
aries for the conversion of the Indians. We are indebted to the kindness of M.
Brasseur de Bourbourg for the translation of some words of the title which we
give, and for the following observations:

“The volume announced above is a collection of prayers and meditations,
written a few years after the conquest of Guatemala, in a dialect which resem-
bles both the Quiché and the Kakchiquel, analagous to that which is yet spoken
by the natives of Zipacapa,.department of Huehuetenango. That it was the
work of P. Domingo de Vico, dominicain, the wisest man of that time among the
companions of Las Casas and who was killed by the Lacandons in 1555, would
not be surprising.”

Though incomplete, the above manuscript deserves to be preserved, not only
as an historic document but as a specimen of the language spoken by the natives
at the time of the conquest. In point of curiosity and variety it is the finest
article of our collection. It is so much the more important because we believe
it unique in execution; it is written on parchment, and generally the first works
written by the missionaries were on maguey paper.

P. Domingo de Vico, prior of the convents of Guatemala, Chiapa, and Coban,
founded the City of San Andres. He was constituted bishop of Vera Paz.—
Leclerc, 1867, No. 942.

4027 Victoria (Fr. Tomas). Sermones doctrinales en Lengua de
Zacatula. *

4028 Victorino (Ir. José). Arte y Vocabulario completo de la Lengua
Tarahumara, general en toda la Custodia del Parral. *

402) Vidales (Ir. Luis). Dos Vocabularios y Sintaxis del Idioma Yu-
cateco, 6 Mayo. *
Titles from Beristain. Carrillo gives the titles of the Dos Vocabularios as: Vo-
cabulario hispano-maya, and Vocabulario maya-hispano, and adds: Sintaxis de

la lengua Maya.

4030 Vie de Tobie. CV.

Manuscript. 39 pp. folio. In the Iroquois language. By a Sulpician at the

mission of Lac des deux Montagnes, Canada. In the archives of the Roman
Catholic Church at Caughnawaga, Canada.

788 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4031 Vilches (Fr. Jacinto). Método de rezar el rosario con medidas en

verso zapoteco. *
Title from Pimentel.

4032 Villacatas (fr. Benito). Arte para aprender la Lengua Kachiquel:
y Diccionario de ella. 2
Title from Beristain. Sobron gives this title also, and adds: En la misma
lengua escribié otro libro titulado: Sucessus fidei ortodoxe, que trata del conoci-
miento de Dios, ete.

4033 Villafane (P. Fornando). Arte 6 Gramatica de la Lengua Guasave.

Manuscript. A language spoken in the province of Michoacan.—Beristain. BS

4034 Villalpando (fr. Luis de). Doctrina cristiana en idioma yucateco 6

maya. ce

The authors of the Yucatec Register place the name of P. Villalpando on

page 359, vol. 1, as the author of two works printed and lost, which are the Arte

and Vocabulario. Sr. D. Francisco Pimentel, in his ‘‘ Cuadro Descriptivo y Com-

parativo de las Lenguas Indigenas de Mexico,” vol. 2, speaks of the works of Vil-
lalpaudo, reproducing the notices by our writer Beltran.—Carrillo.

4035 ——— Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua de Yucatan.

Printed, according to Pinelo and others who make mention of this author.—

Beristain. .

“The first Maya grammar was composed by Father Luis de Villalpando, the
first Catholic priest that set foot upon the peninsula of Yucatan at Campea-
chy. This grammar was never published and was much improved by Father
Landa. His treatise with the additions of the bishop remained in manuscript,
but was the basis of the grammars of Fathers Juan Coronel and Gabriel de San
Bonaventura, which in their turn were largely used by Father Pedro Beltran.”—
Norman’s Rambles in Yucatan.

“The first Maya dictionary printed was issued in the City of Mexico in 1571.
It was published as that of Father Luis de Villalpando, but as he had then been
dead nearly twenty years, it was probably merely based upon his vocabulary.
It was in large 4to, of the same size as the second edition of Molina’s Vocabula-
rio de la Lengua Mexicana. At least one copy of it is known to be in existence.
For more than three centuries no other dictionary was put to press, although for
some unexplained reason that of Villalpando was unknown in Yucatan.”—Brin-
ton’s Maya Chronicles, pp. 74-75.

4036 Villanueva (Fr. Vicente). Dramas 6 Actos de los principales Mis-
terios de la Fé cristiana en verso Zapoteco. ce

4037 t—— Los Misterios del Rosario en verso Dramatico Zapoteco. *
Titles from Beristain.

4038 Villavicencio (Diego Jaymes Ricardo). Luz | y | Methodo | de con-
fesar | idolatras, y des- | tierro de Idolatrias, debajo del | Tratado
siguiente. | Tratado de avisos | y puntos importautes de la abomi- |
nable Seta de la Idolatria: para examinar por ellos al penitente |
en el fuero interior de la conciencia, y exterior judicial. Sacados |
no de los Libros, sino de la experiencia en las aberiguaciones |
con los Rabbies de ella. | Por el Lic. Diego Jaymes Ricardo | Villa-
vicencio, originario del Pueblo de Quechula, de | la Provincia de

ViLCHES—VINSON. 789

Villavicencio (Diego Jaymes Ricardo)—continued.

Tepeaca, deste obispado de la Puebla | de los Angeles: Cura Bene-
ficiado por su Magestad, | Vicario, y Iuez Ecclesiastico del Par-
tido de Santa | Cruz Tlatlaccotepetl deste dicho Obispado, y assi-
mismo | Iuez Comissario de dicho Partido en cansas de Fé cotra |

Idolatrias, y otras supersticiones del demonio. | Y lo dedica su Au-
thor | al Ill. y Rm°. Senor | Doe. D. Isidro de Sarifiana, y Cuenca, |

dignissimo Obispo de Antequera, Valle de Oaxaca, del | Consejo de
su Magestad Se. |

Con licencia en la Puebla de los Angeles en la Imprenta de
Diego | Fernandez de Leon. Ajo de 1692. | =

14p.1l.; pp. 1-136, 1-51; 11. index. 4°, The leaf preceding the title has a very
poorly executed cut of Calvary. A rare and curious book. It has something in
Mexican at the end.—Ivazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 164.

4039 Villavicencio (D. Miguel). Prontuario del idioma mixteco dividido
entres partes, arte, vocabulario y manual, escrito en 1755 por el
cura D. Miguel Villavicencio. a

Manuscript. Title from Pimentel.

4040 Vimont (P. Barthelemy). Relation | de ce qvi s’est passé | en la |
Novyelle France, | es années 1640. et 1641. | Enuoyée au R. Pere
Prouincial de la | Compagnie de Iesvs, de la | Prouiuce de France. |
Par le P. Barthelemy Vimont de la mesme | Compagnie, Superieur
de la Residence de Kebee. | [Design.]

A Paris, | chés [sic] Sebastien Cramoisy, Imprimeur ordinaire |
du Roy, rué 8S. lacques, aux Cicognes. | M. DC. XLII [1642]. |
Avec Privilege dv Roy. | L.

4 p. 11, pp. 1-216, 1-104.

[Lalemant (P. Jérome).] Relation de ce qui s’est passé * * * aux Hurons,
appended, pp. 1-104.
Reprinted in Relations des Jésuites, vol. 1, 1641, pp. 1-86. Québec, 1858. 8°.

Relation | de ce qvi s’est passé | en la | Novvelle France |
en année 1642. & 1643. | Enuoyée au R. P. Iean Filleav | Prouin-
cial de la Compagnie de Iesvs, | en la Province de France. | Par le
R. P. Barthelemy Vimont, de | la mesme Compagnie, Superieur
de | toute la Mission. | {Design.|

A Paris, | chez Sebastien Cramoisy, | Imprimeur ordinaire du
Roy | et | Gabriel Cramoisy. | rué 8. Iac | ques aux | Cicoignes
[sic]. | M. DC. XLIV. | Auec Priuilege du Roy. | Ti.

4p. 1l., pp. 1-309, 11. 8°.

4041

Contains a letter in Huron, dictated by an Indian, with interlinear French

translation, p. 16.
Reprinted in Relations des Jésuites, vol. 2, 1643, pp. 1-83. Québec, 1858. 8°.

4042 Vinson (Julien). La langue basque et les langues américaines.
In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compfe-Rendu, premiére session, tome 2,
pp. 46-80. Nancy et Paris, 1875. 8°.
Analyse sommaire du basque et des langues américaines en général, pp. 60-74,
includes a comparative vocabulary of the Lénapé, Algonquin, Cri, Iroquois, and
Basque, pp. 70-73. Issued separately as follows:

790 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Vinson (Julien)—continued.

4043 ——— Le Basque | et les | Langues Américaines | Etude Com-
parative | Lue au Congrés des Américanistes | a Nancy | le 23
Juillet 1875 | par | Julien Vinson | Correspondant de Académie
de Stanislas | [ Vignette.]

Paris | Maisonneuve et C'*, Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Vol-
taire, 15 | M DCCC LXXVI [1876] | A.
Pp. 1-39. 8°.
Comparative vocabulary, p. 32.

4044 Vito (P. Andres). Gramatica, Diccionario i Catecismo en Lengua
[Timuquana] de Mariland en la Florida. 1642. o

Mentioned in Barcia’s edition of Pinelo, but not known to be printed—Triibner
in Ludewig, p. 242. See White (Rev. Andrew), No. 4105 of this catalogue.

4045 Vila I Katikisma: | or | Child’s Catechism in Choctaw: | being a
translation of | Dr. Watts’ Second Catechism for Children. | Second
Edition, | Revised. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |

Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. | BA.ABC.JWP.
Pp. 1-16. 12°. According to Byington’s manuscript Choctaw Dictionary the
first edition is 1827, 12 pp.

4046 Vocabulaire des Kootenays | Counarrha ou Skalza | Recueilli par
le r. p. *** Missionaire Oblat de Marie In. au milieu de trop d’occu-
pations pour qwil soit satisfaisant. | AP.

Manuscript on printed form, dated Le 15 Janvier 1888, 11., pp. 1-20, 1 1. folio.
In the library of M. Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal. The form is printed in
French; prepared probably by M. Pinart.

4047 [Vocabularies of some of the Indian Tribes of Northwest America. ]
Manuscript. 2 vols., 82 pp. folio. Seen at the sale of the library of the late
Mr. Geo. Brinley, the sale catalogue of which says they came froin the library
of Dr. John Pickering, to whom, probably, they were presented by Mr. Dupon-
ceau. They were presented ‘‘to Peter 8. Duponceau, Esq., with J. K. Town-
shend’s respects. Fort Vancouver, Columbia River, September, 1635.”
Specimens of a language spoken by the following tribes in Puget’s Sound, viz:
the Nisqually, Poo- yal=: aw-poo, Tough-no-waw-mish, So-qua-mish, Skay-wa-mish,
Too-wanne-noo, 72 words.—Walla-walla, near Walla-walla mort Columbia
River, 53 words.—Nez-perces, 53 words.—Chinook, 194 words and phrases.—
[Chinook Jargon] used as the means of communication between the Indians
and whites on Columbia River, 146 words.—Carrier or Taculli Indians of New
Caledonia, 342 words and phrases.—Kayouse Indians, lower waters of the Colum-
bia, 131 words.—Kootenai, near the sources of the Columbia, 206 words.—Japan-
ese, taken from three men cast away on the northwest coast, 74 words.

4048 Vocabulario. Vocabulario breve y manual en la Lengua de Michu-
acan. En 28 de Junio de 1647 anos. a
Manuscript. 73 11. 4°. Title from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 165.

4049 —— Vocabulario de la Idioma Totonaca, conforme al usso de
la Sierra Alta. %

Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 4°. Very curious and interesting.—
Fischer Sale Catalogue, No, 2024.

VINSON—VOCABULARIO. 791

Vocabulario—continued.
4050 t—— Vocabulario de la lengua Cakchiquel y Espafiola, con un
Arte de la misma lengua. 1813. *
Manuscript. 120 11. 4°. The vocabulary occupies the first 11011., the grammar
the last 1011. There is no clue to the author. The writing, although very pale, is
modern, and appears to belong to the year 1813, which date is given at the top
of the first leaf, with the name Ravinal, This name would indicate, perhaps,
that the manuscript had been left in that plaée by one of my predecessors, trans-
ferred from some Cakchiquel parish to that of Rabinal. The vocabulary is, in
respect to its compilation, a carefully prepared book, and by a good author. I
received it from Ignacio Coloche, chief of one of the principal native families of
Rabinal.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

4051 ——— Vocabulario en Lengua Castellana y Guatemalteca, que se

llama Cak-chi-quel-chi. *

In small quarto, very full; contains between 400 and 500 pages; without date,

but very old. There is also a copy of the same in the Bibliotheque Impériale,

of Paris, badly made, with a few additions at the end; evidently quite recent;

endorsed as having been obtained from the convent of Papum, and.marked, erro-
neously, Kiché.—Squier’s Monograph.

4052 ——— Vocabulario Copioso de las Lenguas Cakchiquel, y Tiche.
Manuscript. 706 pp. 4°. Paper and handwriting of eighteenth century. *
Title from Squier’s Sale Catalogue, No. 779.

4053 —— Vocabulario Manual, de las Lenguas Castellana y To-
tonaco. J *
Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 4°. Very rare, curious, and interesting.
Totonaca is the language or dialect of the Indians in the districts of Zatlacan,

in the State of Puebla, and of Vera Cruz.—Fischer Sale Catalogue, No. 2027.
4054 —— Vocabulario Mexicano. *

Manuscript. 74 ll. 8°. Only a portion of the title-page remains, thus:

Y co... Escrito por un... en este curato de... Lucas Evan-
gelista Iztapalapan. En el Mez de Abril del afio de 1788.

It is divided into two parts, the first containing verbs, the second nouns, both
Spanish-Mexican.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 81.

4055 t—— Vocabulario Mexicano. *

A Spanish-Mexican Vocabulary. Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 256
pp., very clearly written. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue, No. 1936.

4056 ——— Vocabulario Otomi. *

Colophon: Acabose este vocabulario de trasladar lunes en
treinta de Enero de 1640 anos.

Manuscript. 470 ll. folio. On the reverse of 1. 468 is the following: Acabé de
corregir este diccionario jueves quinze de Enero de 1699 aios.

In view of these dates it is natural to suppose that the reviser of the work
was not the author. It is not probable that after the length of time necessary
to compile such an extensive vocabulary that the author’s life should have
been prolonged fifty-nine years.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 167.

4057 ——— Vocabulario Otomi, 6 Mazahua. *
Manuscript. 360 11. folio. Lettering of eighteenth century; unfinished. The
manuscript lacks a title, and it has not been possible to assert definitely to what
idiom it belongs. Iam inclined to consider it Otomi, but Sr. Pimentel, in his
Cuadro Descriptivo, classifies if as Mazahua.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 168.

192 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4058

Vocabulario y Idiomato Tonaca [sic] y Castellana, comenzad
I. D. Febrero de 1789 Anos. ze

Manuscript. 4°. Very curious and interesting.—Fischer Sale Cat., No. 2026.

4059 Vocabulary. Vocabulary | of the | Chinook Jargon: | the com-
plete language | used | by the | Indians of Oregon, | Washington
Terri- | tory and British Possessions. |

San Francisco: | Published by Hutchings & Rosenfield, | 146
Montgomery street. | Towne & Bacon, Printers, 125 Clay street,
cor. Sansome. | 1860. | B.

Pp. 1-8. 16°. Chinook-English vocabulary, pp. 1-6.—Table of distances, pp. 7-8.

4060

Vocabulary, Prayers, etc. in the Mixe Language. te
Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat-
alogue, No. 1949.

4061 Volney (Constantine Francois Chassebeuf). Tableau | du | Cli-
mat et du sol | des Etats-Unis | d’Amérique. | Suivi d’éclaircisse-
mens sur la Floride, sur la colonie | Francaise au Scioto, sur quel-
ques colonies Canadiennes | et sur les Sauvages. | Enrichi de quatre
Planches gravées, dont deux Cartes | Géographiques et une coupe
figurée. de la chitite de | Niagara. | Par C.F. Volney, | Membre
du Sénat conservateur, de l'Institut national de France, | Membre
honoraire de la Société philosophique Américaine de | Philadel-
phie; de la Société Anglaise-asiatique de Calcutta; | des Athenées
d’Avignon, d’Alencon, ete. | Tome Premier [Second]. |

A Paris, | Chez | Courcier, Imprimeur-Libraire, quai des | Augus-
tins, n°. 71. | Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, Palais du Tri- | bunat,
Galleries-de-Bois, n° 240. | An XIT.—1803. | A. C. BA. HU.

2vols. 8°. map. Vocabulaire de la Langue des Miamis, vol. 2, on four leaves
between pp. 524 and 533, numbered 1-8.

In the copy in the Library of Congress there is a manuscript Osage vocabulary
corresponding to the printed Miami.

4062 ——— View | of the Climate and Soil | of the | United States of
America: | to which are annexed | some accounts of Florida, the
French co- | lony on the Scioto, certain Canadian co- | lonies, and
the savages or natives: | translated from the French | of | C. F.
Volney, | member of the Conservative Senate, and the French
Na- | tional Institute, and Honorary Member of the Ameri- | can
Philosophical Society at Philadelphia, the Asiatic | Society at Cal-
cutta, the Atheneums of Avignon, | Alengon, &c. | With maps and
plates. |

London: | Printed for J. Johnson, | 72, St. Paul’s Church Yard, |
By C. Mercier and Co. 6, Northumberland-Court. | 1804, | A.C. BA.

Pp. i-xxiv, iii-vi, 1-503. 8°. Folding maps and plates. Vocabulary of the
Miami language, pp. 493-503.

4063 A View | of | the Soil and Climate | of the | United States

of America: | with supplementary remarks | upon Florida; on the

VOCABULARY—WAFER, 793

Volney (Constantine Frangois Chassebceuf )—continued.
French colonies on the Mississippi | and Ohio, and in Canada; and
on the Aboriginal Tribes | of America. | By C. F. Volney, | Mem-
ber of the Conservative Senate, &c. &c. | Trans’ated, with occa-
sional remarks, | by C. B. Brown. | With maps and plates. |
Philadelphia, | Published by J. Conrad & Co. Philadelphia; M.
& J. Conrad & Co. | Baltimore; Rapin, Conrad, & Co. Washing-
ton City; Somervell | & Conrad, Petersburg; and Bonsal, Conrad,
& Co. Norfolk. | Printed by T. & G. Palmer, 116, High Street. |
1804. | : C. BP. HU.
Pp. i-xxviii, 1-446. 8°. maps and plates. Vocabulary of the Miami language
(English pronunciation from Barton and Wells), pp. 429-439.

4064 ——— Tableau du Climat et du Sol des Etats Unis D’Amérique.
Suivi d@’éclaircissemens sur la Floride, sur la colonie Frangaise au
Scioto, sur quelques colonies Canadiennes et sur les Sauvages.
Par C.-IF. Volney.

Paris: Courcier & Dentu. 1822.
2 vols., continuous pagination. 8°. maps. Vocabulaire de la Langue des Mi-
amis, vol. 2, pp. 525-532.

4065 Vose (Henry). Choctaw Analogies. By Henry Vose, of Missis-
sippi. LSH.
In the National Intelligencer, Washington, D. C., May 16, 1835.
Analogy of Choctaw terms with those of the Hebrew, Greek, Chinese, &c.

4066 Wabass (—). Vocabularies of the Chinook and Cowlitz Languages.
Manuscript. 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

4067 Wafer (Lionel). A new | Voyage | and | Description | of the |
Isthmus of America, | Giving an Account of the | Author’s Abode
there, | The Form and Make of the Country, | the Coasts, Hills,
Rivers, &c. Woods, | Soil, Weather, &c. Trees, Fruit, Beasts, |
Birds, Fish, &c. | The Indian Inhabitants, their Features, | Com-
plexion, Ge. their Manners, Cu- | stoms, Employments, Marriages,
Feasts, | Hunting, Computation, Language, &c. | With Remarka-
ble Occurrences in the South | Sea, and elsewhere. | By Lionel
Water. | Illustrated with several Copper-plates. |

London: | Printed for James Knapton, at the Crown in | St.

Paul’s Church-yard, 1699. | A. 6. BA. HU. JCB.
4p. ll. pp. 1-224, 711. 8°. map and 3 folding plates. Darien numerals and

vocabulary, pp. 181-184, 186-188.

A German translation of this work appears in: Allgemeine Historie der Reisen
zu Wasser und Lande, vol. 15, chap. 3, pp. 258-316, Leipzig, 1757. Linguistics,
p. 280. (c.) Ludewig mentions a French translation in: Dampier’s Voyage
autour du Monde, Amsterdam, 1705, 8°.

794 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Wafer (Lionel)—continued.

4068 Nieuwe Reystogt en Beschryving van de Land-Engte van
Amerika, Behelzende een Verhaal van des Schryvers verblyf en
zonderlinge avontuuren aldaar, de gesteltenisse van’t land, de kus-
ten bergen, rivieren .. . . beesten, vogelen, visschenenz ... .
Door Lionel Wafer, tyt het Engelsch vertaal door W. Sewel.

In’s Cane, By Abraham de Hondt, Boekverkooper op de
Zaal van’t Hof, in de Fortuyn 1700.

2p. ll, text 88 pp., table 8 pp. 5 plates. Gothic letter. 4°. Title from Bart-
lett’s catalogue of the John Carter Brown library.

4069 A new | Voyage | and | Description | of the | Isthmus of
America. | Giving an Account of the | Author’s Abode there, | The
Form and Make of the Country, the Coasts, Hills, | Rivers, &e.
Woods, Soil, Weather, &c. Trees, Fruit, | Beasts, Birds, Fish,
&ec. | The Indian Inhabitants, their Features, Complexion, &e. |
their Manners, Customs, Employments, Marriages, | Feasts, Hunt
ing, Computation, Language, &e. | With Remarkable Occurrences
in the South-Sea and | elsewhere. | By Lionel Wafer. | The Second
Editon. | To which are added, | The Natural History of those
Parts, | By a Fellow of the Royal Society: | and | Davis’s Expedi-
tion to the Gold Mines, in 1702. | Illustrated with several Copper-

Plates. |
London, | Printed for James Knapton, at the Crown in | St. Paul’s
Church-Yard. MDCCIV [1704]. | C. BP. JOB.

8 p.1L, pp. 1-283; index, 6 unnumbered I. 8°. map. Linguistics, pp. 145-150.

4070

Les | Voyages | de | Lionel Wafer | contenant | une de-
scription | trés-exacte de V’Isthme de VA- | merique & de toute la
nouvelle | Espagne. | Traduits de ?Anglois par Monsieur | De
Montirat Interprete | des Langues. | Avec les Cartes Geographiques
trés-exactes | & trés-curieuses. |

A Paris, | Chez Cellier, rue S Jacques, | 4 la Toison dor. |
M. D. CCVI [1706]. | Avec privilege dv Roy. | _ A. Ss. JCB.

4p. 11, pp. 1-398, 2 Il. 16°. Linguistics, pp. 208, 205-206.

4071 Voyage de Mr. Wafer, ot. Yon trouve la description de
Visthme de Amérique. ;
Amsterdam. Chez la Veuve de Paul Marret 1714. o
12°, 262 pp. and table. Wafer was surgeon to Dampier’s expedition across
the Isthmus, and was left among the Indians to recover from a wound. No one
since his time has seen so much of them.—Bartlett.

4072

- Lionel Wafers | merkwiirdige | Reisen | nach der | Erd-
Enge Darien; | auch durch | die Siid-See, | und das | mittiigige At-
lantische Meer: | nebst | einer Reise Davis | nach den Spanischen |
Gold-Minen, | und Anhange | der niitzlichsten und sonderbarsten |
Natur-Gaben | in den Gegenden von Darien. | Nach der zweyten
Englaindischen Ausgabe tibersetzt: | Mit Kupfern. |

WAFER—WANDALL. 795

Wafer (Lionel)—continued.
Halle, | Druck und Verlag Joh. Christoph Mich. Vesters, | 1759. | *
Pp. iii-xix, 1-356. map, plate. Linguistics, pp. 170, 175-176. There is a copy
in the library of Harvard University.
Wagener (W. L.)
See Kruger (F.), No. 2148 of this catalogue,

4073 Wagner (Dr. Moritz) and Scherzer (Dr. Carl). Die | Republik
Costa Rica | in | Central-Amerika | mit besonderer Beriicksichti-
gung der Naturverhiltnisse und der Frage | der deutschen Aus-
wanderung und Colonisation. | Reisestudien und Skizzen | aus den
Jahren 1853 und 1854 | von | Dr. Moritz Wagner und Dr. Carl
Scherzer. | Mit einer Karte. |

Leipzig, | Arnoldische Buchhandlung. | 1856. | Cc.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-578. 8°.

Kleines Worter-Verzeichniss aus den Sprachen der wilden Stiimme der Blanco-,
Valientes-, und Talamanca-Indianer, entlang der Ostkiiste zwischen dem Rio-

Zent und Boca del Toro, im Staate Costa Rica, pp. 573-576. ‘

4074 Waldeck (Frédéric de). Voyage Pittoresque | et Archéologique |
dans la Province | d’Yucatan | (Amérique Centrale), | pendant les
années 1834 et 1836, | par Frédéric de Waldeck, | dédié | a la mé-
moire de feu | le Vicomte de Kingsborough. |

Paris, | Bellizard Dufour et ©», Editeurs, | Rue de Verneuil,
1 bis; | A Londres, Chez J. et W. Boone, 29, New-Bond-Street, |
— ——[A Londres Chez] Bossange Barthés et Lowell, 14, Great-
Marlborough-street. | M DCCC XXXVIII [1838]. | A.C. BP.

1 p.1., pp. i-x, 1-119. folio. map, plates.

Tableau des noms des villes, villages, cures, etc., de Vétat a Yucatan, pp.
29-33.—Vocabulaire Maya avec les noms de nombre et quelques phrases 4 usage
des voyageurs, Spanish, French, and Maya, pp. 79-90.

[Walker (Luke C.)]
See [Hinman (Samuel D.), Cook (Joseph W.), Hemans (Daniel W.), and
Walker (Luke C.)]
4075 Walker (William). Numerals of the Wyandot.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 218-220. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

4076 Walker (Kev. William). Gospel Hymns | and | Sacred Songs, |
translated into the | Ojibway Language | by the | Rev. William
Walker, | French Bay, Saugeen, | Ontario. |

Published by | Alonzo Barnard, | Omena, Mich. | 1879.| swe.
Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-24. 16°.

4077 Wandall (Erik Adolf). Kissitsisilliornermik | iliniarkautikszet |
Kaladlinnut attuegeksaursut. | Kaladlisut nuktersimagalloet |
nark’iksarej sennak’ iglugidlo | Erik Adolf WandalLib, | Tolstrupi-
miut pellesita. |

Aalborgime. | 1845. |

796 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Wandall (Erik Adolf)—continued.

Second title:

Begyndelsesgrundene | i] Regning | til Brug for Grdgenlen-
derne. | Oversettelsen paa Grdnlandsk | rettet og tildeels omar-
beidet | af | Erik Adolf Wandall, | Praest i tolstrup. |

Aalborg. | 1845. | HU.

Pp. 1-91, alternate Eskimo and Danish; Eskimo title verso i. 1, Danish title
recto 1.2. 16°. Elements of arithmetic in Greenlandish Eskimo.

4078 ——— Naitsungordlugo | nunab aglautigenera | Stoud-Platou-
mit. | Kaladlit okauzeennut nuktersimaga | EH. A. Wandall-ib, |
Tolstrupimiut | pellesicta. |

Aalborgime.| Stiftib nakWiterivianenakWittarsimarsut.
Pp. 1-109. Geography in Greenlandish Eskimo.

1848.| HU.

4079 Ward (Lester Frank). Savage and Civilized Orthoepy. By Lester
F. Ward.
In Anthrop. Soc. of Washington, Trans., 1880-81, pp. 106-111. Washington,
1881. 8°.,
“Consists principally of remarks and strictures on the first chapter of [Pow-
ell’s] Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages.”

4080 Warden (David Baillie). Recherches | sur les | Antiquités de
VAmérique | Septentrionale, | Par D. B. Warden, | Membre Corre-
spondant de V’Académie des Sciences de V’Institut | Royal, ete.,
etc. | (Extrait du 2° volume des Mémoires de la dite Société.) |

Paris, | Everat, Imprimeur-Libraire, | Kue du Cadran, No. 16. |
1827. | C.

Pp. 1-144, 4°.

Prétendue aflinité des langues indiennes avec celles de divers peuples, being
extracts from Barton, Heckewelder, Loskiel, Heriot, and others, pp. 112-120.

4081 ——— Recherches sur les Antiquités des Etats-Unis de ? Amérique
Septentrionale, Par M. Warden.
In Soc. de Géog., Mém., tome 2, pp. 372-509. Paris, 1835. 4°.
“Prétendue affinité des langues indiennes avec celles de divers peuples,” pp.
481-489.

4082 t—— Recherches | sur | les Antiquités | de ?Amérique du Nord |
et de | Amérique du Sud, | et sur | la Population primitive | de
ces deux continents, | par | M. Warden, | Ancien Consul-Général
[&e., three lines]. {Design.]

Paris, | Imprimerie et Fonderie normales de Jules Didot V’ainé, |
Boulevart d’Enfer, No. 4. | 1834. | A.B.

Pp. 1-224. folio. Forms Deuxiéme Partie, Deuxiéme Division, Tome Second,
of Antiquités Américaines, Paris, 1834, 2 \ ols. folio.

Analogie entre des mots Américains et des mots Chinois et Tartares selon
divers auteurs, including a table of Otemi words compared with the Chinese, and
the Lord’s Prayer in Otomi, pp. 125-129.—A few words of Scripture, St. Mat-
thew and St. John, in the Esquimaux of Labrador and of Greenland com-
pared.—Du langage par signes (from Dunbar), with vocabulary, pp. 176-179.—
Brief discussion of the Cherokee alphabet, p. 180.

WANDALL—WASHINGTON. oi

4083 Warren (Licut. Gouvernour Kemble). 34th Congress, | Ist Ses-
sion. | Senate. | Ex. Doc. | No. 76. | Explorations | in the | Dacota
Country, | in the year 1855. | By | Lieut. G. K. Warren, | Topo-
graphical Engineer of the Sioux Expedition. |

Washington: | A. O. P. Nicholson, Senate Printer. | 1856. |
1 p.1., pp. 1-79, i-vi. 8°. map. Names of Dacota tribes, with English signifi-
cation, pp. 15-16. A. JWP. LSH.

4084 Warren (Henry P.), Warren (Rev. William), and Warren (Samuel).
The History | of | Waterford, Oxford County, Maine, | comprising |
Historical Address, | By Henry P. Warren; | Record of Families, |
By Rey. William Warren, D. D.; | Centennial Proceedings, | By
Samuel Warren, Esq. | Published by Direction of the Town. |

Portland: | Hoyt, Fogg & Donham, | 1879. | C,
1 p.1., pp. v-viii, 9-371. 8°. Meaning of some of the Indian names of places
in Maine, pp. 17-18.

4085 Warren (William W.) Numeration of the Ojibwa of Chegoime-

gon, and of the Pillagers, and Northern Ojibwas.

In Schooleraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 211-213. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°. i

_ 4086 Washashe Wageressa Pahvgreh | Tse. | The Osage First Book. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners |
for Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1854. | C.BA.AAS.JWP,
Pp. 1-125. 16°. The greater part of the work is occupied by biblical stories,
the following caption appearing on p. 25 and relating to the remainder of the
volume: Washashe Wakshunsa Tse; Wageressa Wasuhu Ikshi Echit Hv Rusapi
Tse. The Osage Instructor; Selections from the Scriptures.
Translated, probably, by the Rey. W. B. Montgomery.

4087 [Washington (Cupt. John).| Eskimaux and English Vocabulary, |
for the use of the Arctic Expedition. | Published by Order of the
Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. |

London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1850. | A. C.S. GB. WHS.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-160, oblong 12°. ‘‘ Compiled for the use of the Arctic Expeditions
fitted out at the expense of the British Government to carry relief to Sir John
Franklin and his companions.” Extract from preface, signed John Washington,
Captain, R. N. ;

Brief sketch of the Eskimaux Grammar, pp. xi-xvi.—English and Eskimaux
vocabulary [ Labrador, or Eastern; Winter Island and Iglilik, or Central; Kotze-
bue Sound, or Western], pp. 1-100.—Specimen of Dialogues [Labrador-Eski-
maux ], pp. 101-107.—Eskimaux or Innuit Names of Places in or near Melville
Peninsula [Labrador-Eskimaux], pp. 108-109.—Comparative Table of a few words
of the Eskimaux (or Innuit), Chukchi, Aleutian, and Karyak languages, chiefly
from Balbi’s Atlas Ethnographique and Klaproth’s Sprach-Atlas, pp. 110-113.—
Eskimaux and English vocabulary, pp. 115-160.

4088 —— Greenland-Eskimo and English Vocabulary. {Compiled
by Capt. Washington, R. N.]
London, 1855. *
Oblong 12°. Title from Brown’s North-West Passage, p. 451, London, 1858; and
Quaritch’s General Catalogue, 1577, p. 1019.

798 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4089 Wassenaer (Claes). Description and First Settlement of New
Netherland. [From Wassenaers Historie Van Europa. Amster.
dam; 1621-1632.]

In O'Callaghan (E.B.) The Documentary History of the State of New-York,
vol. 3, pp. 27-48. Albany, 1850. 8°.

Numerals 1-10, and names of the months in the Indian [Mohawk ?] language,
p.33. Reprinted in O'Callaghan (E.B.) The Documentary History of the State
of New-York, vol. 3, pp. 19-31. Albany, 1850. 4°. Linguistics on p. 22.

The original is contained in vol. 6 of the following:

4090 Historisch Verhael | al der ghedenck-weerdichste geschie-
denissen, | die hier en daer in Europa, als in Duijtschlant, Vranck-
rijck, | Enghelant, Spaengien, Hungarijen, Polen, Seven-berghen,
Walla | chien, Moldavien, Turckijen en Neder-lant, van den be-
ginne | des jaers 1621: tot den Herfst toe, voorgevallen syn. | Door
Doct. Claes Wassenaer. | 1622 [-1632]. |

tv Amstelredam | Bij Jan Evertss Kloppenburgh op ’t Water. | *

21 vols. 4°. Title from Asher, No. 330.

4091 Waters (Abraham). A | Vocabulary of | Words in Hancock’s
Harbor | Language, | On the North West Coast of N. America. |
Taken by Abraham Waters, who | sailed to that place with Capt.
Gray of | Boston (about 20 years ago) whose widow | presented the
Original, from which this is | transcribed, to Elbridge G. Howe. |
Paxton Dee. 13. 1828. | AAS.

Manuscript containing about 200 words. In the library of the American An-
tiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.

4092 Watkins (Rev. E. A.) A Dictionary | of the | Cree Language, | as
spoken by the Indians | of the | Hudson’s Bay Company’s Territo-
ries. | Compiled by | the Rev. EK. A. Watkins, | Missionary of the
Church Missionary Society. | Consisting of | Part I. English-Cree. |
Part IT. Cree-English. |

London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge; | sold at
the depositories: | 77 Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s Inn Fields; |
4 Royal Exchange; 48 Piccadilly. | And by all booksellers. | 1865. |

Pp. i-xxiv and 1-460. sq. 24°. Part I. English-Cree, pp. 1-183.—Part II.
Cree-English, pp. 184-460. WE. JWP.

4093

Terms of Relationship of the Cree of the Prairie (Muskota-
wenewuk), collected by Rev. E. A. Watkins, Devon, Siskachewun
District, Hudson’s Bay Ty.

In Morgan (lL. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4°. Follows line 37 through those pages.

4094 Watson (John I’.) Annals | of | Philadelphia and Pennsylvania, |
in the olden time; | being a collection of | Memoirs, Anecdotes, and
Incidents | of the | City and its inhabitants, | and of the | earliest
settlements of the inland part of Pennsylvania, | from | the days
of the founders. | Intended to preserve the recollections of olden
time, and to exhibit society in its | changes of manners and cus-

WASSENAER—WEISER,. 799

Watson (John F.)—continued.
toms, and the city and country in | their local changes and im-
provements. | Embellished with engravings, by T. H. Mumford. |
By John I’. Watson, | Member of the Historical Societies of Penn-
sylvania, New York, and Massachusetts. | In two volumes. | Vol. I
[11]. | [Six lines quotation.
This edition purchased and for sale by | Carey and Hart—Phila-

delphia. | 1845. | C.
2vols. 8°. Indian names of places in Pennsylvania, from Heckewelder, vol. 2,
pp. 180-181.

The first edition, Philadelphia, 1830, does not contain the list of places. Issued
also with the imprint, Philadelphia: | Printed and published for the author, and
for sale by | John Penington and Uriah Hunt.—New York, Baker & Crane. |
1844, |

4095 ——— Annals | of | Philadeiphia and Pennsylvania, | in the olden
time; | being a collection of | Memoirs, Anecdotes, and Incidents |
of the | City and its inhabitants, | and of the | earliest settlements
of the inland part of Pennsylvania, | from | the days of the found-
ers. | Intended to preserve the recollections of olden time, and to
exhibit | society in its changes of manners and customs, and the
city | and country in their local changes and improvements. | Em-
bellished with engravings, by T. H. Mumford. | By John F. Wat-
son, | Member of the Historical Societies of Pennsylvania, New
York, and Massachusetts. | In two volumes. | Vol. I{II]. [Six lines

quotation. |
Philadelphia: | Published by Elijah Thomas, No. 5 S. Sixth
Street. | 1857. | ®

2vols. 8°. Indian names, as above, vol. 2, pp. 181-182. There is a copy of this
edition in the Boston Atheneum library. Also issued with a supplementary vol-
ume, Philadelphia: J. M. Stoddart & Co. 1879. 3 vols. 8°.

4096 Wea. The | Wea Primer, | Wev mvs nv kv ne, | to | Teach the
Wea Language. |
Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press. John F. Wheeler, Printer. |
1837. | ABO.
Pp. 1-48. sq. 24°.

4097 Weikamp (fev. John B.) Appendix fof the Mass and Vespers in
Latin; and Prayers in the Ottawa-Indian Language. By Rev.
John B. Weikamp, Tert. O. S. F’.]

In Baraga (I*.) and Weikamp (John B.) Katolik Anamie Masinaigan, pp.
323-346. New York and Cincinna i [1874]. 16°. The prayers in Ottawa occupy
pp. 337-346.

4098 Weiser (Conrad). Table of the Names of Numbers of several
Indian Nations. Co.
In Gentleman’s Magazine, vol. 26, p. 386. London,n.d. 8°.
Numerals 1-1000 of the Mohawks, Oneiders, Onontagers, Cayiukers, Sinickers,
Delawares, Shawanose, and Wanats.

800 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4099 Wheeler (Lieut.George M.) Annual Report | upon the | Geograph-
ical Explorations and Surveys West of the | One Hundredth Merid-
ian, in California, Nevada, | Nebraska, Utah, Arizona, Colorado,
New | Mexico, Wyoming, and Montana, | by | George M.Wheeler, |
First Lieutenant of Engineers, U.S. A.; | being | Appendix LL | of
the | Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1875. | JWP.

Pp. i-iv, 11. errata, pp. 1-196. 6°.

Gatschet (A.S.) Report on the Pueblo languages of New Mexico, and of the
Moquis in Arizona, pp. 180-187.

Lieutenant Wheeler’s report also appears as pp. 921-1108 of the Annual Report
of the Chief of Engineers for 1876. In this connection Mr. Gatschei’s paper
occupies pp. 1100-1107.

4100 t—— Annual Report | upon the | Geographical Surveys West
of the One Hundredth | Meridian, in California, Nevada, Utah,
Colorado, | Wyoming, New Mexico, Arizona, and Montana, | by |
George M. Wheeler, | First Lieutenant of Engineers, U.S. A.; |
being | Appendix JJ | of the | Annual Report of the Chief of
Engineers for 1876. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1876. | JWP.

1 p. L, pp. i-vi, 1-355. 8°. maps.

Gatschet (A. 8.) Analytical report on eleven idioms spoken in Southern Cali-
fornia, Nevada, &c., pp. 330-343.

Loew (Dr. 0.) Notes upon ethnology of Southern California and adjacent
regions, pp. 321-327.

Lieutenant Wheeler’s report also appears as pp. 219-563 of the Annual Report
of the Chief of Engineers for 1876. In this connection the above papers occupy
pp. 950-563, 541-547,

4101 t—— Engineer Department, U.S. Army. | Report | upon | United
States Geographical Surveys | West of the One Hundredth Meri-
dian, | in charge of | First Lieut. Geo. M. Wheeler, | Corps of En-
gineers, U.S. Army, | under the direction of | Brig. Gen. A. A.
Humphreys, | Chief of Engineers, U. S. Army. | Published by
authority of the Honorable the Secretary of War, | in accordance
with Acts of Congress of June 23, 1874, and February 15, 1875. | In
Seven Volumes, accompanied by one Topographical and one | Geo-
logical Atlas. | Vol. Il.—Astronomy and Barometric Hypsometry.
|[-VII.—Archeology. | |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. 1877 [1875-1879]. rwP.

Vols. 2-7. 4°. The above is the title of vol. 2; vol. 1 is not yet issued. The
volumes did not appear in numerical order, vols. 3 and 5 appearing in 1875, 2
and 4 in 1877, and 7, thongh dated 1879, in 1881.

A number of vocabularies, collected by members of the survey, with an intro-
duction by Mr. Gatschet, appear in an appendix to vol.7, pp. 399-485, as follows:

Bergland (Lieut. Eric). Vocabulary of the Kechi, pp. 424-465, 475.

Vocabulary of the Yuma or Kutchdn, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 481.

Brown (Theo. V.) Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta, Las Vegas, Nev., pp. 424-465, 471.

Gatschet (A. 8.) Classification of western Indian languages, pp. 403-421.

Gilbert (Grove K.) Vocabulary of the Arivaipa, Camp Grant, Ariz., pp. 424-465.

Hoffman (Dr. W. J.) Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta, Las Vegas, Nevada,
pp. 424-465, 471.

WHEELER—WHIPPLE, 801

Wheeler (Lieut. George M.)—continued.

Klett (Francis). Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta, Las Vegas, Ney., pp. 424-465, 471.
Vocabulary of the Acoma Pueblo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465.
Loew (Dr. Oscar). Vocabulary of the Arivaipa, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 468-469.
Vocabulary of the Navajo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 469,
Vocabulary of the Southern Pa-Uta, Cal. and Nev., pp. 424-465, 475-479.
Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta of California, pp. 424-465, 475-479.
Vocabulary of the Chemehuevi, California, pp. 424-465, 472.
Vocabulary of the Moqui Pueblo, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 473.
Vocabulary of the Takhtam, Southern California, pp. 424-465, 473.
Vocabulary of the Kauviya, S. Cal., pp. 424-465, 473-474, 475-479.
Vocabulary of the Gaitchim, S. Cal., pp. 424-465, 474-475, 475-479.
Vocabulary of the Tobikhar, California, pp. 424-465, 475.
Vocabulary of the Mohave, Ariz. and Cal., pp. 424-465, 475-479, 480-481.
Vocabulary of the Hualapai, Arizona and California, pp. 424-465, 481.
Vocabulary of the Tonto or Gohun, Arizona, pp. 424-465.
Vocabulary of the Diegueno, California and Arizona, pp. 424-465.
Vocabulary of the Isleta Pueblo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 482.
Vocabulary of the Tehua or Moqui Mesa, Arizona, pp. 424-465.
Vocabulary of the Tehua, San Juan Pueblo, N. Mex., pp. 124-465, 482-483.
Vocabulary of the Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo, N. Mex., pp. 424-465, 483.
Vocabulary of the Acoma and Laguna Pueblo, N. Mex., pp. 424-465, 484.
Vocabulary of the Silla Pueblo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 484.
Vocabulary of the Winttin, Colorado, pp. 424-405, 484.
Vocabulary of the Kasud at Santa Barbara, California, pp. 424-465, 485.
Richardson (Ei. M.) Vocabulary of the Mohaye, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 480.
and Loring (Fred W.) Vocabulary of the Shosboni, Ney., pp. 424- 465,470.
Severance (M. 8.) Vocabulary of the Uta, Utah, pp. 424-465, 472.
Vocabulary of the Hualapai, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 481.
Yarrow (Dr.H.C.) Vocabulary of the Jicarilla, N. Mex., pp. 424-465, 470.
Vocabulary of the Shoshoni, Utah and Nevada, pp. 424-465, 470.
Vocabulary of the Capote Uta, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 472.
Vocabulary of the Uinta Uta, Utah, pp. 424-465, 472-473.
Vocabulary of the Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo, N. Mex., pp. 424-465, 482.
Vocabulary of the Taos Pueblo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 483.
Vocabulary of the Pa-Vant, Utah, pp. 424-465, 472.

4102 Whipple (Lieut. Amiel W.) Extract from a Journal of an expedi-
tion from San Diego, California, to the Rio Colorado, from Sept. 11
to December 11, 1849, by A. W. Whipple, Lieutenant United States
Topographical Engineers.

In Report of the Secretary of War, communicating * * * the report of
Lieutenant Whipple’s expedition from San Diego to the Colorado, pp. 2-28.
[ Washington, 1850.] 8°.

Vocabulary of the Diegunos, pp. 5-6.—Vocabulary of about two hundred and
fifty words in Yuma and English, pp. 23-28.

Reprinted in Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 103-104, 118-121.
Washington, 1852. 4°.

4103 ———, Ewbank (Thomas), and Turner (William W.) Report upon
the Indian Tribes, by Lieut. A. W. Whipple, Thomas Ewbank,
Esq., and Prof. W™. W. Turner. Washington, D. C., 1855.

In Reports of Explorations, vol. 3, part 3, pp. 1-127. Washington, 1856. 4°.

Chapter V. Vocabularies of North American Languages, pp. 54-103, contains
the following matter; the chapter was edited by Professor Turner, and the yo-

51 Bib

802

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Whipple (Liewt. Amiel W.), Ewbank (T.), and Turner (W. W.)—cont’d.

cabularies, when not otherwise mentioned, were collected by Lieutenant Whipple:

Vocabulary of the Delaware and Shawnee, pp. 56-61.—Vocabulary of the
Choctaw (from Byington), pp. 62-64.—Vocabulary of the Kichai and Hueco, pp.
65-68.—Short comparative vocabulary of the Pawnee (from Say), Riccaree
(from Prince Max.), Kichai, Wichita (from Marcy), and Hueco, pp. 68-69.—Short
Vocabulary of the Caddo, p. 70.—Vocabulary of the Comanche, Chemehuevi, and
Cahuillo, pp. 71-76.—Comparative Vocabulary of the Cahuillo, Kechi (manu-
scripts of J. R. Bartlett), Netela (from Hale), and Kizh (from Hale), p.77.—
Vocabulary of the Kioway, pp.78-80.—Table showing Kioway and Shoshonee
Affinities, p. 80.—Vocabulary of the Navajo and Pinal Leno, pp. 81-83.—Compar-
ative Vocabulary of Hudson’s Bay (from Dobbs), Chepewyan (Mackenzie), Dog-
Rib (Richardson), and Tacully (Harmon), p.84.—Comparative Vocabulary of the
Umkwa (from Hale), Hoopah (Schoolcraft), Navajo (Schoolcraft), and Apache
(Bartlett’s manuscript), p. 85.—Vocabulary of the Kiwomi, Cochitemi, and
Acoma, pp. 86-89.—Vocabulary of the Zuni, pp. 91-93.—Vocabulary of the Pima,
p.94.—Vocabulary of the Cuchan, Coco-Maricopa, Mojave, and Diegeno, pp. 95-
101.—Diegeno numerals, 1-10 (from Coulter and Whipple), p. 108.

The Maricopa and Cuchan vocabularies are reprinted in Gatschet (A. 8.)
Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, Band 9, pp. 390-407. Berlin,
1877. 8°.

Whipple (Bishop Henry Benjamin).
See Hinman (Rev. 8. D.) and Whipple (H. B.), No. 1819 of this catalogue.

4104 White (Ammi M.) Vocabulary of the Pima and Papago Indians.

Manuscript. 10 I]. 4°. 200 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Collected at the Pima and Maricopa Agency, Arizona, 1864.

4105 White (Father Andrew). Grammar, Dictionary and Catechism in

the language of the Maryland Indians. a

“Father White labored among the Piscataways, and these works were proba-
bly in their language. When Rey. Father William McSherry found White’s
Relatio Itineris in the Archives of the Professed House of the Jesuits at Rome
about 1832, an Indian catechism accompanied that document. A copy of it was
promised me, but in the troubles in Italy the valuable papers were boxed up
and stored for safety.”—J. G. Shea.

‘Father White, the illustrious founder of the Maryland mission, jvas born in
London, about 1579. Educated at Douay, he became a priest, and was banished
from England in 1606. Entering the recently opened novitiate of the Society
of Jesus at Louvain, in 1607, he was, after his probation, sent to England, and
after being a missionary there, was professor of Hebrew, Theology, and Holy
Scripture in Spain, at Louvain and at Liege. From Virginia he was sent to
England—tried, and banished. After in vain endeavoring to reach Maryland he
returned. to England, and died December 27, 1656 (O.S.).”—Shea’s Catholic Mis-
sions, p. 494.

See Vito (P. Andres), No. 4044 of this catalogue.

4106 White (Dr. John B.) Vocabulary of the Tonto.

In Gatschet (A. 8.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie,
Band 9, pp. 390-407. Berlin, 1877. &°.

4107 ——— Tonto-Wortverzeichniss.

In Gatschet (A. 8S.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschrift
fiir Etbnologie, Band 15, pp. 142-147. Berlin, 1883. 8°.

WHIPPLE—WHYMPER, 803

White (Dr. John B.)—continued.
4108 t—— Vocabulary of the Apache [Coyotero].

In Gatschet (A.S.) Zwélf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, pp.
87-115. Weimar, 1876. 8°.

4109 ——— Classified List of the Prepositions, Pronouns, &e., of the
Apache Language.
Manuscript. 211. 4°.

4110 ——— Degrees of Relationship in the Language of the Apache.
Manuscript. 2 ll. 4°.

4111 ——— Names of the different Indian Tribes in Arizona, and the

Names by which they are called by the Apaches.
Manuscript. 5 Il. 4°.

4112 ——— Remarks on the General Relations of the Apache Language
Manuscript. 7 ll. 4°.

4113 ——— Sentences in Apache, with a classification of men, women,
and children with the Apache names.
Manuscript. 15 pp. 12°. Collected in 1873 at the Apache Reservation, Ariz.

4114 Vocabulary of the Apache and Tonto Languages.
Manuscript. 110 pp. 12°. Collected at San Carlos Reservation in 1873, ’74,°75.
4115 t—— Sentences in the Tonto Language.

Manuscript. 5 pp. 4°.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

4116 White (Seneca). By Seneca White. | nis hr nea nent. | ho yot
duh. | do shoo wa. | —| yi nah wrs ken. wrs. skra. wen nis- | hu
da. da ku. skr a. noh da wen nyer- | a. seh ne use has hen. scot skr
a. | — |

Printed by Henry L. Ball.'| — | Buffalo, N. Y. | 1831. | JWP.

Pp. (?). 16°. The only copy of the above I have seen is defective, consisting
of the first six pages only, nor have I seen any reference to it. The word
“ken .” in the fifth line of the title, and the word “hen .” in the seventh line,
were printed with a fourth letter, but this additional letter has been erased.
Page 2 contains the alphabet (except the letters b, /, p,v, z) followed by combina-
tions of letters into syllables and words of the Seneca (?) language.

4117 Whiting (David V.) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Tusuque.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 446-459. Philadelphia,
1853. 4°.
4118 Whitman (P. B.) Words, Phrases and Sentences in the language

of the Nez Percés.

Manuscript. Pp.77-228,8 ll. 4°. In the library of the Burean of Ethnology.
Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, second
edition, in duplicate. Collected on the Nez Percés Reservation, March, 1881.

Whitney (Joseph Dwight).
See Foster (John Wells) and Whitney (Joseph Dwight), No. 1319.

4119 Whymper (Frederick). Travel and Adventure | in the | Territory
of Alaska, | formerly Russian America—now ceded to the | United

804 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Whymper (Frederick)—continued.

States—and in various other | parts of the North Pacific. | By
Frederick Whymper. | [Design.] | With map and illustrations. |

London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1868. | The right of
Translation is reserved. | Cc. BP.

Pp. i-xx, 1-331. 8°. map, plates.

Appendix V. Indian Dialects of Northern Alaska (late Russian America), pp.
318-328, contains: Malemute vocabulary, words from the dialect of the Male-
mutes, Norton Sound, Northern Alaska, pp. 318-319.—Co-yukon vocabulary,
words from the Co-yukon dialect, spoken (with slight variations) on the Yukon
River for at least 500 miles of its lower and middle course (Ingelete, a variety
of same dialect), pp. 320-321.—Kotch-a-Kutchin vocabulary, words from the
language of the Kotch-4-Kutchins—the Indians of Yukon River, at the mouth of
the Porcupine River, in Northern Alaska (from Kennicott), pp. 322-328.

4120 ——— Travel and Adventure | in the | Territory of Alaska, |
formerly Russian America—now ceded to the | United States—and
in various other | parts of the North Pacific. | By Frederick Whym-
per. | [Picture.] With map and illustrations. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1869. | B. BA. JWP.

Pp. i-xix, 21-353. 8°. Maps and plates. Linguistics as in London edition, pp.
341-350. Reprinted 1871, pp. xix, 21-353. 8°.

4121 ——— Russian America, or “Alaska”: the Natives of the Youkon
River and adjacent country. By Frederick Whymper, Esq.

In Bth. Soc. of London, Trans., vol. 7, pp. 167-185. London, 1869. 8°.

A few words of the Mamelute of Norton Sound and the Greenland Esquimaux
compared, p. 180.—Mamelute vocabulary, Norton Sound, Russian America, pp.
180-182.—Coyoukon vocabulary, Yukon River, pp. 182-183.—Kutch-a-kutchin vo-
cabulary, Upper Yukon, compiled by Major Kennicott, pp. 183-185.

4122 Wicoicage Wowapi, | qa | Odowan Wakan, | Heberi Iapi Etanhan

Kagapi. | Pejihuta wicaxta, psincinea, qa tamakoce, okagapi | kin

hena eepi. | The Book | of | Genesis, | and a part of the | Psalms, |

in the Dakota Language; translated from the original | Hebrew,
by the Missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M., | and Mr. Joseph Ren-
ville, Sr. |

Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign
Missions. | Cincinnati, Ohio: | Kendall and Barnard, Printers. |
1842. | C. BA. JWP.

Pp. 1-296. 16°.

Pond (G.H.) Wootanin Waxte Luka * * * Gospel by Luke, pp. 163-241.

Renville (J.),sr. Wootanin Waxte Jan * * * Gospel of John, pp. 242-295.

Riggs (S.R.) and Renville (J.),sr. Odowan Wakan. Part of the Psalms,
pp- 107-160.

Williamson (T.8.) Wicoicage. Genesis, pp. 3-106.

4123 Wiconi Owihanke Wannin | Tanin Kin. | Dr. Watts’? Second
Catechism for Children, | in the Dakota Language. |

Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners
for | Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1837. | BA. ATS.

Pp. 1-23. 12°.

WHYMPER—WILKIE. 805

4124 Wilkes (Charles). Narrative | of the | United States | Exploring
Expedition. | During the years | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | By |
Charles Wilkes, U.S. N., | Commander of the Expedition, | Mem-
ber of the American Philosophical Society, ete. | In five volumes,
and an atlas. | Vol. I [-V]. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by C. Sherman. | 1844. | Cc.

5 vols. and atlas. 4°. Names of the months in the Flathead language, vol.4,
p- 478. Only a limited number of this edition, 75 copies, I think, were printed, and
these were for presentation. Titles of several octayo editions are given below.

The quarto series was continued by the publication of the scientific results of
the expedition to volume 24, of which, vols. 18, 19, 21, and 22 are yet unpublished.
They bear a slightly changed title beginning: United States Exploring Expedi-
tion. The only one referring to linguistics is: Hale (Horatio). Philology, vol.
6. Philadelphia, 1846, No. 1635 of this catalogue.

The Narrative was reprinted as follows:

4125 ——— Narrative | of the | United States | Exploring Expedi-
tion. | During the years | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | By | Charles
Wilkes, U.S. N. | Commander of the Expedition, | Member of the
American Philosophical Society, ete. | In five volumes, and an
Atlas. | Vol. I[-V]. |

Philadelphia: | Lea & Blanchard. | 1845. | ia
5 vols. and atlas. royal 8°. Names of the months in the Flathead language,
vol. 4,p.450. This edition was printed for subscribers. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Also issued as follows:
4126 ——— Narrative | of the | United States | Exploring Expedi-
’ tion. | During the years | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | By | Charles
Wilkes, U. S. N. | Commander of the Expedition, | Member of the
American Philosophical Society, ete. | With illustrations and-
maps. | In five volumes, | Vol. I [-V]. |
Philadelphia: | Lea and Blanchard. | 1845. | C. WE.
5 vols. 8°. Names of the months in the Flathead language, vol. 4, p. 450.
This differs from the subscription edition in the substitution of wood-cuts in
place of the 47 steel vignettes, and in having 11 only of the 14 maps bound in.
It is printed on somewhat thinner paper; sometimes with and sometimes with-
out the 64 plates.

4127 ——— Narrative | of the | United States | Exploring Bxpedi-
tion. | During the years | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | By | Charles
Wilkes, U.S. N. | Commander of the Expedition, | Member of the
American Philosophical Society, etc. | In five volumes, with thir-
teen maps. | Vol. I [-V]. |

Philadelphia: | 1850. | A. C.
5 vols. 8°. Names of the months in Flat-head, vol. 4, p.450. Some copies are
dated 1849, 1852,1854. ‘ A new edition,” New York, 1856.
Wilkes (J. A.), jr.
See Hess (William) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., Nos. 1762-1770 of this catalogue.

See Hill ((H.] A.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., Nos. 1781-1794 of this catalogue.
Wilkie (John), translator.

See Chaumonot (Pierre J. M.)

806 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4128 Wilkins (John). An Essay | Towards a| Real Character, | And
a | Philosophical | Language. | By John Wilkins D. D. Dean of
Ripon, | And Fellow of the Royal Society. | |Design.]

London, | Printed for Sa: Gellibrand, and for | John Martyn
Printer to the Royal | Society, 1668. | A.C. BA.
9 p. IL, pp. 1-454. folio.

Lord’s Prayer in 50 languages, including the Poconchi, and in the language of
New England, pp. 435-439.

4129 Willard (Celeste N.) Vocabulary of the Navajo.
Manuscript. 10 11: folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 1869.
4130 Williams (Rev. Eleazer). Good news to the Iroquois nation. | A |
tract, | on | man’s primitive rectitude, his fall, | and his | recovery
through Jesus Christ. | By Eleazer Williams. | [Two lines quota-

tion. |
Burlington, Vt. | Printed by Samuel Mills. | January, 1813. |
Pp. 1-12. 16°. In the Iroquois language. C. AAS. JWP. WHS.
4131 Gaiatonsera | ionteweienstakwa, | Ongwe Onwe | gawen-

nontakon. | ‘ Iakonikonrowanhastha ne waheienterhane ne gaia-

tonsera.” | A | Spelling-Book, | in the | language | of the Seven

Iroquois Nations. | By Eleazer Williams. |

Plattsburgh: | Printed by F. C. Powell. | —1813.— |
Pp. 1-24. 16°. BP. AAS. JWP. WHS.

Gaiatonsera | ionteweienstagwa | ongwe onwe | gawennon-
takon. | [One line quotation.] A | Spelling book, | in the | lan-
guage | of the Seven Iroquois Nations. | By Eleazer Williams. |

Utica: | Nonwe natekaristorarakon, | ne tehoristorarakon ne |
William Williams. | 1820. | WHS. NYHS.

Pp. 1-108. 16°. Alphabet, pp. 5-6.—Words of one syllable, pp. 7-9.—Lessons
I-XI, pp. 9-42.—Prayers, pp. 43-102.—Hymns, pp. 102-108. This is not a reprint
of the edition of 1813.

4133 Ronwennenni | nok | Ronwathitharani; | noneniotehaga
nahononwentsioten, ne | Ratitsihenstatsi; | Ethone September 24,
1810. | Ne Rotati, | ne Samuel Blatchford, D. D. | Ratsihenstatsi
Ganataseke. | — |

Sganetati, | Nonwe tet-garistoraragon; ne ronatennhaon ne
Tehatiriware- | niatha Noriwatokenti, ne tehotiristoraragon | ne
Churchill nok Abbey. | — | 1815. |
Second title :

An | Address, | Delivered to the | Oneida Indians, | September
24,1810. | By Samuel Blatchford, D. D. | Translated, at the Request
of the Board of Direc- | tors of the Northern Missionary Society, |
By Eleazer Williams. | — |

Albany: | Printed for the Northern Missionary Society, | By
Churchill & Abbey, | No. 95, State-street, five doors east of the
Episcopal Church. | — | 1815. | AAS. JWP.

Pp.1-16, 8°. Indian title, p.1; English title, p. 2.

4132

WILKINS—WILLIAMS. 807

Williams (Rev. Eleazer)—continued.

4134 -Iontatretsiarontha, | ne agwegon | ahonwanigonrarake, |
ne raonha ne | songwaswens. | [Two lines quotation.] | A caution |
against our | common enemy. | Translated, at the Request of the
Albany Reli- | gious Tract Society, | by Eleazer Williams. | [One
line quotation. ] |

Albany: | Printed for the Albany Religious Tract Society, | by
Churchill & Abbey, | No. 95, State-street, five doors east of the
Episcopal Church. | 1815. | i

Pp. 1-12. 12°. There is a copy in the Boston Public library.

4135 Prayers | for families, | and for | Particular Persons, |
selected from the Book of Common Prayer, | (Translated into the
Language of the Six | Nations of Indians.) | By Zleazer Williams. |
Catechist, Lay-reader and Schoolmaster |

Albany: | Printed by G. J. Loomis & Co. | Corner of State &
Lodge-streets, opposite | the Episcopal Church. | 1816. | JWP.

Title 1 1., pp. 1-16. 8°.

The Book of | Common Prayer, | according to the use of

the | Protestant Episcopal Church | in the | United States of

America. | Translated into the Mohawk or Iroquois Language, by

the request | of the Domestic Committee of the Board of Mission-

aries of | the Protestant Episcopal Church, | by the | Rev. Eleazer

Williams, V. D. M. | Revised Edition of his former Translation. |

New York: | Protestant Episcopal Tract Society. | Depository

No. 20 John Street. | 1853. | GB. JWP.

Pp. 1-108. 16°. Field’s Essay, No. 1668, gives title of an edition: New York,

H. B. Durand, 1867, 101 pp. 12°.

The Book of | Common Prayer, | according to the use of
the | Protestant Episcopal Church | in the | United States of
America. | Translated into the Mohawk or Iroquois Language,
by | the Rev. Eleazer Williams, V. D. M. | Second Edition. | Pub-
lished for the Indian Commission | of the | Protestant Episcopal
Church. |

New-York: | T. Whittaker, 2 Bible House. | 1875. | TWP.

Pp.1-101. 12°. For other editions of the Book of Common Prayer in Mohawk,
see Claesse (Lawrence), No. 807 of this catalogue, and note thereto.

4138 Selections | from the | Psalms and Hymns, | according to
the use of the | Protestant Episcopal Church | in the | United
States of America. | Translated into the Mohawk or Iroquois
Language, by the request | of the Domestic Committee of the
Board of Missions of | the Protestant Episcopal Church, | by
the | Rev. Eleazer Williams, V. D. M. | Revised Edition of his
former Transiation. |

New-York: | Protestant Episcopal Tract Society. | Depository
No. 20 John Street. | 1853. | GB. JWP.

Pp. 1-67. 16°. Field’s Essay, No. 1669, gives title of an edition: New York,
H. B. Durand, 1867, 38 pp. 12°.

4136

4137

808 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Williams (Rev. Kleazer)—continued.

4139 ——— Selections | from the | Psalmsand Hymns, | cording [sic] to
the use of the | Protestant Episcopal Church | in the | United
States of America. | Translated into the | M Johawk or Iroquois Lan-
guage, by | the Rev. Eleazer Williams, V. D. M. | Second Edition. |
Published for the Indian Commission | of the | Protestant Episco-
pal Church. |

New-York: | T. Whittaker, 2, Bible House.

Pp. 1-38. 12°

“This translation is made by the noted Indian missionary, son of a chief of the
Canughnawaga tribe, and a descendant of one of the daughters of the Rev. John
Williams of Deerfield, who had been carried away into captivity with her father,
and became the wife of an Indian who assumed her name. The missionary Wil-
liams became famous from a claim made for him by Mr. Hanson, that he was the
son of the unfortunate Louis XVI, who was believed to have perished under the
cruel treatment of Simon the Jacobin shoemaker. Many extraordinary coinci-
dences were adduced in favor of this hypothesis by Mr. Hanson, and subse-
quently by the Rev. Dr. Vinton.”—Field’s Essay, No. 1668.

4140 Williams (Ezra). Vocabulary of the Kowilth.

In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp.
478-482 Washington, 1877. 4°.

4141 Williams (John Lee). The | Territory of Florida: | or | Sketches
of the Topography, | Civil and Natural History, | of | the Country,
the Climate, and the Indian Tribes, | from | the First Discovery to
the Present Time, | with a Map, Views, &c. | By John Lee Wil-
liams. |

New-York: | A. T. Goodrich. | 1837. | C. BA.

Pp. i-vi, 7-304. 8°. map, plates. Names of chiefs and sub-chiefs of the Semi-
noles, with English signification, pp. 273-276.—Glossary [Seminole], pp. 276-278.

1875. | JWP.

4142 Williams (Loring 8S.) Family Education and Government: | A |
discourse | in the | Choctaw Language. | By L. S. Williams. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1835. | ABC.
Pp. 1-48. 129.

See Wright (ev. Alfred) and Williams (L.S.)

4143 Williams (Roger). A Key into the | Language | of | America: |
or, | An help to the Language of the Natives | in that part of
America, called | New-England. | Together, with briefe Observa-
tions, of the Cu- | stomes, Manners and Worships, We. of the | afore-
said Natives, in Peace and Warre, | in Life and Death. | On all
which are added Spirituall Observations, | Generall and Particular
by the Authour, of | chiefe and speciall use. (upon all occasions,)
to | all the English Inhabiting those parts; | yet pleasant and profit-
able to | the view of all men: | — | By Roger Williams | of Provi-
dence in New-England. | — |

London, | Printed by Gregory Dexter, 1643. | C. BP. HU. JOB. MHS.

WILLIAMS. 809

Williams (Roger)—continued.

8 p. I1., pp. 1-197, 3 unnumbered pp. 24°. Title, reverse blank; ‘‘To my Deare
and Welbeloved Friends and Counrey-men, in old and new England,” 6 11; ‘ Di-
rections for the use of the Language,” 1 1.

The pagination of this little work is faulty in several instances, and the
collation above does not give the true number of pages, which is 224. The
first 16 pages are unnumbered. Up to p. 76 it is correctly paged; 77 is num-
bered 67, 80 is called 86, and 94 and 95 precede 92 and 93. None of these errors,
however, affect the number. There is no 96 or 97. After 114 comes 105, and this
loss of 10 pages in the numbering rons throughout. Allowing for pp. 96 and 97,
it leaves a plus of 8 pages, making the number in the book 16, 205, 3 = 224.

Chap. I. Of Salutation, pp. 1-10.—Chap. II. Of Eating and Entertainment, pp.
10-17.—Chap. III. Concerning Sleepe and Lodging, pp. 17-21.—Chap. IIII. Of
their Names, pp. 22-27.—Chap. V. Of their relations of consanguinitie and affin-
itie, or, Blood and Marriage, pp. 27-31.—Chap. VI. Of the Family and businesse of
the House, pp. 31-48.—Chap. VII. Of their Persons and parts of body, pp. 48-53.—
Chap. [V ]III. Of Discourse and Newes, pp. 54-62.—Chap. IX. Of the time of the
day, pp. 62-64.—Chap. X. Of the season of the Yeere, pp. 65-68.—Chap. XI. Of
Travell, pp. 68-78.—Chap. XII. Concerning the Heavens aud Heavenly Lights,
pp. 79-81.—Chap. XIII. Of the Weather, pp. 82-85.—Chap. XIV. Of the Winds,
pp. 85-88.—Chap. XV. Of Fowle, pp. 88-92 [94].—Chap. XVI. Of the Earth, and
the Fruits thereof, &c., pp. 92 [94]-104 [102].—Chap. XVII. Of Beasts, &c.,
pp. 104 [102]-108 [106].—Chap. XVIII. Of the Sea, pp. 108 [106]-113 [111].—
Chap. XIX. Of Fish and Fishing, pp. 113 [111]-109 [117].—Chap. XX. Of their
Nakednesse and Clothing, pp. 110 [118]-114[122].—Chap. XXI. Of Religion, the
soule, &c., pp. 114 [122]-132 [140].—Chap. XXII. Of their Government and Jus-
tice, pp. 132 [140]-137 [145].—Chap. XXI [XXIII]. Of Marriage, pp. 138 [146]-143
[151].—Chap. XXVI[XXIV]. Concerning their Coyne, pp. 144 [152]-150 [158].—
Chap. XXV. Of buying and selling, pp. 151 [159]-159 [167].—Chap. XXVI. Of
Debts and Trusting, pp. 159 [167]-162 [170].—Chap. XXVII. Of their Hunting,
&ce., pp. 163 [171]-169 [177].—Chap. XXVIII. Of their Gaming, &c., pp. 169
[177]-174 [182].—Chap. XXIX. Of their Warre, &c., pp. 174 [182]-183 [191].—
Chap. XXX. Of their paintings, pp. 183 [191]-185 [193].—Chap. XXXI. Of Sick-
nesse, pp. 185 [193]-192 [200].—Chap. XXXII. Of Death and Buriall, &c., pp.
192 [200]-197 [205].—The Table, 3 unnumbered pp.

The last page has this indorsement:

“JT have read over these thirty Chapters of the American Language, to me
wholly unknowne, and the Observations, these I conceive inoffensive; and that
the Worke may conduce to the happy end intended by the Authour. Io Langley.

Printed according to this Licence; and entred into Stationers Hall.”

This is the earliest printed book of Roger Williams. In the preface he says:
“T drew the Materialls in a rude lumpe at Sea, as a private helpe to my owne
memory, that I might not by my present absence lightly lose what I had so
dearely bought in some few yeares hardship, and charges among the Barbarians;
yet being reminded by some, what pitie it were to bury those Materialls in my
Grave at land or Sea; and withall, remembring how oft I have been importun’d
by worthy friends, of all sorts, to afford them some helps this way,” ete.

4144 ———_ A Key into the Language of America, or an Help to the
Language of the Natives in that part of America called New Eng-
land; together with briefe observations of the customes, manners,
and worships, &c. of the aforesaid Natives, in Peace and Warre, in
Life and Death. On all which are added, spirituall Observations
generall and particular, by the Authour, of chiefe and special use
(upon all occasions) to all the English inhabiting those parts; yet

810 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Williams (Roger)—continued.
pleasant and profitable to the view of allmen. By Roger Williams
of Providence in New England. London. Printed by Gregory
Dexter, 1643.
In Rhode Island Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 1, pp. 17-163. Providence, 1827. 8°.
This reprint issued separately, as follows:

4145 ——— A Key | into the | Language of America; | or an | Help to
the Language of the Natives in | that part of America called | New
England; | together with briefe Observations of the Customes, |
Manners, | and Worships, &e. of the aforesaid | Natives, | in Peace
and Warre, in Lifeand Death. | On all which are added, | Spirituall
Observations Generall and Particular, by | the Authour, of chiefe
and speciall use (upon | all occasions) to all the English inhabit- |
ing those parts; yet pleasant and | profitable to the view of | all
men. | By Roger Williams, | of Providence, in New England. |

London. | Printed by Gregory Dexter. | 1643. | BA.
Pp. 15-166. 8°.

4146 ——— A Key into the Language of America: Or an Help to the
Language of the Natives, in that part of America, called New Eng-
land. Together with brief Observations of the Customs, Manners
and Worships, &e. of the aforesaid Natives, in Peace and War, in
Life and Death. By Roger Williams of Providence in New Eng-
land.

In Mass. Hist. Soc., Coll., first series, vol. 3, pp. 203-239. Boston, 1794, 8°.
Reprinted 1810.

The above partial reprint of Roger Williams’ Key does not include the Narro-
ganset Vocabulary. It contains, however, many native terms scattered through-
out, and on p. 210 are the numerals 1-6 masculine, and 1-5 feminine. Subse-
quently, at the request of Dr. B. 8. Barton, the vocabulary was reprinted in
vol. 5, as follows:

4147 ——— Vocabulary of the Narroganset Language.
In Mass. Hist. Soc., Coll., first series, vol. 5, pp. 80-105. Boston, 1816. 8°.
This volume was first printed in 1798. I have seen only the above reprint.

4148 - A Key into the Language of America, Edited by J. Ham-
mond Trumbull.

In Narragansett Club Publications, first series, vol. 1, pp. 1-219,2 11. Provi-
dence, 1866. sm. 4°.

This reprint is accompanied by a preface, pp. 3-16, and copious notes by Mr.
Trumbull. In his preface he says: “It has been the desire of the Narragansett
Club and the constant aim of the editor to ensure the literal accuracy of the re-
print—even the reproduction of the typographical errors—of the original.” The
pagination of the original work is shown in brackets.

4149 Williamson (A. W.) Is the Dakota related to the Indo European
Languages? By A. W. Williamson, Adj’t Prof. Mathematics, of
Augustan College, Rock Island, Illinois. JWP.

In Minn. Acad. of Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 110-142. Minneapolis, 1881. 8°.
Issued separately as follows:

WILLIAMS—WILLIAMSON. 811

Williamson (A. W.)—continued.

4150 —— Is the Dakota related to the Indo | European Languages? |
By A. W. Williamson, Adj’t Prof. Mathematics, of Au- | gustan
College, Rock Island, Hlinois. | te

No title-page. pp. 1-33. 8°. Numerals 1-10 in the

Dakota, Iowa, Omaha and Hidatsa languages, p. 28.

4151 The Dakotan Languages, and their relations to other lan-
guages.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 4, pp. 110-128. Chicago, 1882. 8°. Issued separately
as follows:
The Dakotan Languages | by | A. W. Williamson. | Augus-
tana College, Rock Island, Ilinois. | From | American Antiqua-
rian, January, 1882. | a
Printed title on cover, 10 unnumbered leaves. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

4152

4153 Williamson (John Poage). Oowa Wowapi, | Dakota Iapi en. |
John P. Williamson, | owa. |
New York: | Printed for the American Board by | the American

Tract Society. | 1871. | C.S. JWP.
Literal translation.—Letter Book, | Dakota Speech in | John P. Williamson, |
wrote. |

Pp. 1-80. 12°. There are also editions of 1873 and 1876, differing from the
above only in date; there is a copy of the 1873 edition in the library of Major
J.W. Powell.

4154

English-Dakota Vocabulary. Wasicun Iapi lesea Wo-
wapi. * * * Edited by John P. Williamson, Missionary of the
A. B.C. F. M.
Santee Agency. Neb.: Edward R. Pond. 1871. *
3 p. l., pp. 1-137. 12°.

See Riggs (Stephen R.) and Williamson (John P.)

4155 [——— and Riggs (Alfred Longley), editors.] Odowan. | Dakota
Hymns, | published by | the Dakota Mission. |
Printed by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street,

New York. | 1881. | : JWP.
Pp. 1-222. 24°. Contributors to this work:
8. R. Riggs, G. H. Pond, A. L. Riggs,
J.P. Williamson, S. W. Pond, W. J. Cleveland,
A. W. Huggins, A. D. Frenier, T.S. Williamson,
Joseph Renville, jr., John B. Renvyille, A. Renyille.

For other editions, see Riggs (S. R.);) also Riggs (S. R.) and Williamson (J. P.

4156 [——, Riggs (Rev. S. R.), and Riggs (Rev. A. L.), editors.] Tapi
Oaye. | Published by the Dakota Mission. Taku waste okiya, taku
sica kipajin. Vifty Cents a Year. | Vol. 1. May, 1871. No I [Vol.
XII, No. 6, June, 1583}. | JWP.

A four-page sm. 4° paper published monthly at Greenwood, Dakota Territory ;
first issued May, 1871, with Rev. J. P. Williamson as editor. The first volume,
ending June, 1872, is entirely in the Dakota language. With the beginning of
the second volume, January, 1873, the title was changed to: Iapi Oaye. | The Word

812 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Williamson (John Poage) and others—continued.

Carrier. | , the size of the sheet increased, the first page illustrated, and the fourth
page printed partly in English. At this time, also, the Rev. Stephen R. Riggs
was made principal editor, Mr. Williamson remaining as associate. At the be-
ginning of the sixth volume, January, 1877, Rev. Alfred L. Riggs took the place
of Mr. Williamson as associate editor, and the place of publication was changed
to the Santee Agency, Nebr. It is still in course of publication. Nearly all the
prominent missionaries to the Dakotans appear as contributors.

4157 Williamson (Lieut. R. 8S.) and Crook (Lieut. George H.) Vocabulary
of the Klamath Language.

In Reports of Explorations, vol. 6, pt. 1., pp. 71-72. Washington, 1857. 4°.

4158 Williamson (Dr. Thomas Smith). Wicoicage. Genesis, in the
Dakota Language, translated from the Hebrew, by Thomas 8. Will-
iamson, M. D.

In Wicoicage Wowapi, pp. 3-106. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°.

— Wicoicage Wowapi, | mowis owa:| qa | Wicoie Wakan
kin, | salomon kaga. | Pejihuta Wicasta | Dakota iapi en kaga. |
The Books | of | Genesis and Proverbs, | in the | Dakota Lan-
guage, | Translated from the original Hebrew, | by Thos. 8. Will-
iamson, A. M., M. D. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1865. | ABC.

Pp. 1-115. 16°. I have seen editions of 1866, 1867, 1874, and 1878, with no
change of title except in date.

4160 t—— Hdinanpapi, | Wowapi mowis owa inonpa kin, | Dakota
japi en | pejuta wicasta Kaga. | Exodus, | the second book of
Moses, | in the Dakota Language, | translated from the original
Hebrew, | by Thos. Williamson, A. M., M. D | Missionary of the
A. B.C. F. M. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1869. |

65 pp. 18°. Title furnished by Mr. J. F. Williams, librarian of the Minnesota
Historical Society.

4161 ———— Lewi Toope, | wowapi mowis owa iyamui kin, | Dakota
iapien | pejuta wicastakaga. | Leviticus, | the third book of Moses, |
in the Dakota language, | translated from the original Hebrew, |
by Thomas Williamson, A. M:, M. D. | Missionary of the A. B. C.
i. M. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1869. | -

47 pp. 18°. Title furnished by Mr. J. F. Williams, librarian of the Minnesota
Historical Society.

4162 —— Wicoicage, Hdinanpapi, | Lewi Toope, qa Wicayawapi. |
The | First Four Books of Moses, | in the | Dakota Language: |
Translated from the Hebrew, | by | Rev. 'T. S. Williamson, M. D. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1872. | LSH.
Pp. 1-254. 12°.

4159

WILLIAMSON. 813

Williamson (Dr. Thomas Smith)—coutinued.

4163 - Woope mowis owa kin | Dakota iapi en | Pejuta wicasta
kaga. | The | Law written by Moses, | in the Dakota Language: |
translated from the Hebrew, | by | Rev. T. S. Williamson, A. M., M.
D., Missionary. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1872. | ABS.
Pp. 1-254. 16°. Appended:

4164 ——_ Woope Itakihna [Deuteronomy]. ABS.
Pp. 1-57. 16°. [have seen copiesof the above work dated 1874, the only change
being that of date. Cc. JWP.

4165

Josuwa, | Qa Wayacopi Kin, | Qa Rute, | olianyanpi qon |
Oyakapi Wowapi kin. | The | Books of Joshua, Judges, | and
Ruth, | in the Dakota Language: | translated from the Hebrew, |
by Rev. Thomas S. Williamson, A. M., M. D., | Missionary of Pres-
byterian Board of Foreign Missions. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1875. | JWP.

Pp. 1-81. 16°.
4166

Comparative Vocabulary of the Winnebago, Omaha, Ponka,
and Dakota, with remarks on the same.
Manuscript. Pp.1-38. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

4167 t—— Vocabulary of the Isay yati Sioux (Dakota). oe
Manuscript. 17 pp. folio, with some additional words on backs of pages. In
the library of Dr. J. G. Shea.

See Renville (Joseph), sr.

4168 ——— and Riggs (Stephen R.) Wowapi Wakan; | Dakota TIapi
en. | Pejihutawicasta qa Tamakoce | Okagapi. | The | Holy
Bible: | containing the greater part of | the Old Testament and the
New Testament; | in the | Dakota Language. | Translated from the
originals, | by T. S. Williamson and 8. R. Riggs, Missionaries. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1877. | ABS. JWP.
Under this title-page have been bound various portions of the Scriptures which
had previously appeared at various dates, some with title-page, others with cap-
tion only. . They are as follows:
Riggs (S.R.) Psalm Wowapi. The Book of Psalms. New York, 1874, pp.
1-133, and (Proverbs-Isaiah), pp. 135-265.
Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, qa, &e. New York, 1877, pp. 267-531.
Dakota Wowapi, &c. The New Testament. New York, 1874, pp. 1-408.
Williamson (T.S.) Woope Mowis. The Law writen by Moses. New York,

1874, pp. 1-254, and (Deuteronomy), pp. 1-57.

Josuwa qa Wayacopi kin. Books of Joshua, &c. New York, 1875, pp.

1-81, and (First and Second Samuel), pp. 391-478.

Dakota | Wowapi Wakan. | The | Holy Bible, | in the |
Language of the Dakotas: | translated out of | the Original

4169

814 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Williamson (Dr. Thomas Smith) and Riggs (Stephen R.)—continued.

Tongues; | By Thomas 8. Williamson and Stephen R. Riggs, | Mis-

sionaries. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
1816. | 1880. | JWP.

Pp. 254, 3-57, 3-81, 391-755, 3-531, and New Testament, 1-408. 8°.

Though printed for the most part from the same plates as the edition of 1877,
q.v.,a change in the pagination will be noticed, i. e., pp. 391-478 in the former
becomes 391-755 in this edition. This is caused by the following additions:
First and Second Kings, pp. 479-569.—First and Second Chronicles, pp. 570-663.—
Ezra, pp. 664-680.—Nehemiah, pp. 680-702.—Ksther, pp. 703-715.—Job, pp.

715-755.

Unlike the 1874 edition, the different parts, with the exception of the New
_ Testament, are not preceded by separate title-pages, and I am unable to give

each translator credit for his part of the above.

These additions make the Dakota Bible complete—the first, so far as I know,
except the Cree, in any Indian tongue since Eliot's Bible in the Massachusetts

language.

The title-page of the New Testament, translated by 8S. R. Riggs, is exactly

similar to that of the edition of 1874, q. v.

I have also secn a copy, owned by Dr. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J., of an 1879 edition,
with title otherwise as above, which does not contain these additional pages

from 478 to 755; the New Testament being dated 1-72.

4170 Williamson (William Durkee). The | History | of the | State of
Maine; | from | its first discovery, A. D. 1602, | to | the separation,
A. D. 1820, inclusive | By William D. Williamson. | In two vol-

umes. | Vol. I [II]. |

Hallowell: | Glazier, Masters & Co. | 1832. | A. C.8.

2vols.: pp. i-xii, 9-660; i-viii, 9-714. 8°.

Indian language (Abenaques and Etechemins), vol. 1, pp. 511-514.—Numerals
1-100, 1000, in English, Tarratine, Mohegan, and Virginian, note on p. 512.—Com-
parative vocabulary, Tarratine, Mohegan, Algonquin, Delaware, Mickmak, Vir-
ginian, note on pp. 512-513.—Lord’s Prayer in the Tarratine dialect, with verbal

English translation, note on p. 513.

4171 ——— The | History | of the | State of Maine; | from | its first

discovery, A. D. 1602, | to | the separation, A. D. 1820, inclusive. |

With an Appendix and General Index. | By William D. William-
son, | Corresponding Member of the Mass. Historical Society; | and
Member of Hist. Soc. in Maine. | A new impression. | In two vol-

umes. | Vol. I [11]. |
Hallowell: | Glazier, Masters & Smith. | 1839. |

2 vols.: pp. i-xii, 9-696; i-viii, 9-729. 8°. Linguistics as in previous edition.
} I ? ] ? Do

Title from Mr. W. Eames.

4172 Willis (William). The Language of the Abnaquies, or Eastern

Indians. By W™ Willis.
In Maine Hist. Soc., Cell., vol. 4, pp. 93-117. Portland, 1856. 8°.

Vocabulary of the Abenaqui, from Rasle’s Dictionary, pp. 100-102.—Cata-
logue of names applied to portions of the State [Maine], with definitions, pp.

103-111.

This article also includes, pp. 115-117, a vocabulary of the ‘‘Delawares of
Missouri,” by Chute (Dr. J. A. ); and in the same volume, pp. 185-195, is an ‘‘Ap-

pendix to ‘ Language of the Abnaquies,’” by Potter (C. E.)

WILLIAMSON—WILSON. 815

Willis (William)—continued.

4173 ——— Article XI. The Indians of Hudson’s Bay, and Their Lan-
guage; selected from Umfreville’s “Present State of Hudson’s
Bay,” by Wm. Willis.

In Maine Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 6, pp. 265-272. Portland, 1859. 8°.

List of months in the language of the Indians of Hudson’s Bay, p. 268; Ab-
naki (from Vetromile), p. 269; Nehethawa, p. 270.—Comparative vocabulary (23
words) of the Ne-heth-a-wa, Assinee, Poetuc, Fall Indians, and Black Foot, p- 271.

4174 Wilson (Daniel). Prehistoric Man | Researches into the origin of
civilisation | in the Old and the New World | By | Daniel Wilson,
LL. D. | Professor of History and English Literature in University
College, Toronto; | Author of the “Archeology and Prehistoric
Annals of Scotland,” etc. | In two volumes. | Volume I {II}. |

Cambridge: | Macmillan and Co., | and 23, Henrietta Street,
Covent Garden, | London. | 1862. | (Lhe right of translation is re-
served.) | C.

2 vols.: pp i-xviii, 1-488; i-vi, 1-499, 8°.

Names for “mother” in Tlatskani, Navajo, Weitspek, Arapahoe, Sioux, Tus-
carora, Kenay, and Esquimanx, vol. 1, p.71.—Names for “horse” in Cherokee,
Chippewa, Delaware, and Dakota, vol. 1, p. 72.—Examples of onomatopmia in
the Chippewa, Ottawa, and Mississaga dialects of the Algonquin (including a
vocabulary of 23 words), vol. 1, pp. 73-74.—A few Chippewa terms, vol. 2, pp. 29-
30, aud many Indian terms, passim.

Second edition, London, 1865, in one volume. 8°. =
4175 t—— Prehistoric Man | Researches into the Origin of Civilisa-

tion | in the Old and the New World. | By | Daniel Wilson, LL. D.,
FP. R.S. E. | Professor of History and English Literature in Uni-
versity College, Toronto; | Author of the ‘Prehistoric Annals of
Scotland, ete. | Third edition, revised and enlarged, | with illustra-
tions. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [IT]. |

London: | Macmillan and Co. | 1876. | (The right of translation
is reserved.) | CT. WE.

2 vols.: pp. i-xv, 1-399; i-xi, 1-401. 8°.

Chippewa terms, vol. 1, pp. 200, 213, 392; vol. 2, p.363.—Mexican terms, vol. 2,
p. 59.—Algonquin terms, vol. 2, pp. 64-65, 355.—Examples of Indian onomatopeia,
vol. 2, pp. 336-337.—Names for “horse” in Cherokee, Chippewa, Delaware, and
Dakota, vol. 2, p. 363.—Examples of onomatopeia in the Chippewa, Odawah, and
Mississaga dialects of the Algonquin (including a vocabulary of about 26 words),
vol. 2, pp. 368-369.—Names for “mother” in Tlatskani, Navajo, Weitspek, Arapa-
hoe, Sioux, Tuscarora, Kenay, and Esquimaux, vol. 2, p. 373.

4176 Wilson (fev. Edward I.) The | Ojebway Language: | A Manual |
for missionaries and others employed among | the Ojebway
Indians. | In three parts: | Part I. . . . . The Grammar. | Part IL.
... + Dialogue and Exercises. | Part II. .. . The Dictionary. |
By The Rev. Edward F’. Wilson. |

Toronto: | Printed by Rowsell and Hutchison, | for the Venera-
ble Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | London. |
1874. | WE. JWP. WHS.

Pp. i-v, 7-412. sq. 16°.

816 NORTH AMERICAN. LINGUISTICS.

Wilson (Rev. Edward F.)—continued.
Part I. The Grammar, pp. 7-121.—Part II. Dialogue and Exercises, pp. 123-
148.—Part III. English-Ojebway Dictionary, pp. 149-412.

See Shingwauk, No. 3593 of this catalogue.
4177

, editor. The | Pipe of Peace | An Ojebway newspaper,
published monthly at | the Shingwauk Home, Sault Ste. Marie
[Ontario]. | Vol. 1. October Ist. 1878. No 1 [-Sept. Ist. 1879. No.
12] | JWP.

Pp. 1-52. 8° and sm. 4°. 12nos. The first issue of this little sheet consisted of
8 pp. 8°; the second and subsequent numbers, 4 pp. sm.4°. In the first few
numbers some of the articles were accompanied by English translations, but
the last appeared entirely in Ojibwa. It ceased with the first volume for want
of subscribers.

Winslett (David).
See Loughridge (IR. M.) and Winslett (David).

See Robertson (William Schenck) and Winslett (David).

See Loughridge (R. M.), Winslett (D.), and Robertson (William Schenck).

See Robertson (William Schenck), McKillop (J.), and Winslett (David).

4178 Winslow (Edward). Good Newes from New England: or A true
‘Relation of things very remarkable at the Plantation of Plimoth in
Nevv-England. Shewing the wondrous providence and goodnes of
God, in their preservation and continuance, being delivered from
many apparent deaths and dangers. Together with a Relation of
such religious and civill Lawes and Customes as are -in practise
amcngst the Indians, adjoyning them at this day. As also what
Commodities are there to be raysed for the maintenance of that
and other Plantations in said Country. By E. W. who hath borne
a part in the fore-named troubles, and there liued since their first
Arrivall. Wherevnto is added by him a briefe Relation of a cred-
ible intelligence of the present estate of Virginia.

London. Printed by I. D. for William Bladen and Iohn Bellamie,
and are to be sold at their shops, at the Bible in Pauls-Church-
yard. 1624. ce

Title 1 1, dedication 211, ‘‘To the Reader,” 1 1., pp. 1-66; postscript, paged
59,” followed by ‘‘A briefe Relation,” 11. 4°. Title from Bartlett’s catalogue
of the John Carter Brown library. There is another edition of the same date,
with a slight variation in the title. ; ms

Reprinted in Mass. Hist. Soc., Coll., first series, vol. 8, pp. 239-276; second
series, vol. 9, pp. 74-104. Boston, 1802, 1822. 8°. A few specimens of Indian
words, &c., vol. 8, pp. 259-260. Also reprinted in Young (A.) Chronicles of the
Pilgrim Fathers, pp. 269-375. Boston, 1841. 8°. A few scattered words and a
sentence in Indian, pp. 316-319.

4\79 Winsor (Justin), editor. The | Memorial | History of Boston, | in-
cluding | Suffolk County, Massachusetts. | 1630-1880. | Edited |

WILSON—WISCONSIN HISTORICAL SOCIETY. 817

Winsor (Justin), editor—continued.
By Justin Winsor, | Librarian of Harvard University. | In four
volumes. | Vol. I {-IV]. | The Early and Provincial Periods. | Issued
under the business superintendence of the projector, | Clarence F.
Jewett. |
Boston: James R. Osgood and Company. | 1880 [-1881]. | o.BA.10.
4 vols. 4°. 5

Trumbull (J.H.) The Indian tongue and its literature as fashioned by Eliot
and others, vol. 1, pp. 465-480,

4180 Winthrop (John). The | History | of | New England | from | 1630
to 1649. | By John Winthrop, Esq. | First Governour of the colony
of the Massachusetts Bay. | From | his original manuscripts. | With
notes | to illustrate | the civil and ecclesiastical concerns, the geog-
raphy, settle- | ment and institutions of the country, and the lives |
and manners of the principal planters. | By James Savage, | Mem-
ber of the Massachusetts Historical Society. | Vol. I [II]. | [Three
lines quotation.] |

Boston: | Printed by Phelps and Farnham, | No. 5, Court
Street. | 1825 [-1826]. | A.C.

2 vols.: pp. i-xii, 1-424; 1-429, 8°, Appendix R.—Ancient Indian names of
modern towns, vol. 2, pp. 392-395.

41381

The | History of New England | from | 1630 to 1649. | By |
John Winthrop, Esq. | First Governour of the Colony of the Massa-
chusetts Bay. | From | his original manuscripts. | With notes | to
illustrate | the civil and ecclesiastical concerns, the geography,
settle- | ment and institutions of the country, and the lives | and
manners of the principal planters. | By James Savage, | President
of the Massachusetts Historical Society. | A new edition, | with
additions and corrections by the former editor. | Vol. I [11]. | |Quo-
tation, three lines.] |

Boston: | Little, Brown and Company. | M DCCC LITI [1853]. | a.c.

2 vols. 8°. List of ancient Indian names of modern towns, vol. 2, pp- 476-480.

4182 Winthrop (Theodore). The Canoe and the Saddle, | adventures
among the northwestern | rivers and forests; | and | Isthmiana. |
By Th: odore Winthrop, | author of [&e., two lines].
Boston: | Ticknor and Fields. | 1863. | B. CO. BA. HU.
Pp. 1-375. 12°. A partial vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon, pp. 299-302.
Another edition: New York, 1876. 16°.

4153 Wisconsin Historical Society. First Annual Report | and | Collec-
tions | of the | State Historical Society, | of | Wisconsin, | for the
year 1854 [-1877, 1878 and 1879]. | Volume I [-VIII}. |

Madison: | Beriah Brown, Printer. | 1855 [-1879]. | __A. ©. we.
8 vols. 8°.
Brunson (Alfred). Wisconsin Geographical Names, vol. 1, pp. 110-115.

52 Bib

818 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Wisconsin Historical Society—continued.
Calkins (H.) Indian Nomenclature of Northern Wisconsin, vol. 1, pp. 119-126,
{Commuck (T.)] Sketch of the Brothertown Indians, vol. 4, pp. 291-298.
Hathaway (Joshua). Indian Names, vol. 1, pp. 116-118.
Shea (John G.) The Indian Tribes of Wisconsin, vol. 3, pp. 125-138.
Witherell (B. F.H.) Reminiscences of the North-west, vol. 3, pp. 299-337.

4184 Witherell(B. F. H.) Reminiscences of the North-West. By Hon.
B. F. H. Witherell, of Detroit.
In Wis. Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 3, pp. 299-337. Madison, 1857. 8°.
A few Chippewa names of places in Wisconsin, p. 337.

4185 Wlkr | Potrwatome | Msina’kin; | kewrnpinukatr. | Sise-
minwrn, | okena’ton. | Tr’min Kesis—1834 tso Pponkit pe Kane-
kit | Hesus. |

Shawannoe Mission, | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1834. | BA.
Pp. 1-32. 18°. Potrwatame spelling-book.

4186 Woahope Wikcemna kin. The Ten Commandments and the Lord’s
Prayer, in the Dakota Language.

Boston: 1842. *
1 sheet. Title from ‘‘Dakota Bibliography,” in Williams’ Bibliography of
Minnesota.

4187 Wofford (J. D.) Sunalei | Akvevgi No’gwisi | Alikalvvsga Zvlvgi
Gesvi. | [One line quotation.] The | American Sunday School |
Spelling Book; | Translated into the | Cherokee Language. | By J.
D. Wofford, | One of the Students at the Valley Towns’ School. |

New-York: | Published for the benefit of those who cannot | ac-
quire the English Language. | Gray & Bunce, Printers. | 1824. | ats.

Pp. 1-52. 16°. Hymns, pp. 48-52. Printed prior to the invention of the Chero-
kee characters.

See Ross ( Wm. P.), editor.

4188 Wolcott (Dr.) History and Language of the Pottowotamies.
Extract from a letter from Dr. Wolcott in Schoolcraft (H.R.) Travels in
the Central Portions of the Mississippi Valley, foot-note, pp. 380-386. New
York, 1825. 8°.

4189 Woldike (Marcus). Betenkning om det Grdnlandske Sprogs
Oprirdelse og Uliighed med andre Sprog. Forfattet af M.W. *
In Kjgbenhavnske Selskab, Skrifter, vol. 2, pp. 129-156. Kjébenhavn,

1746. 49.

4190

Meletema, de Lingvee Groenlandice origine, ejusque a ce-
teris lingvis differentia, autore M. W. a

In Kj@benhavnske Selskab, Scriptorum 4 Soc. Hafn., vol. 2, pp. 137-162.
Hafnie, 1746, 4°,

4191 Wolf (Niels Gjessing). Testamentitokamit | Davidim Ivngerutéj |
Kaladlin okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut | Pellesimit | Nielsimit
Woltimit, | attuegeksaukudlugin innungnut koisimarsunnut. |

WISCONSIN HISTORICAL SOCIETY—WOOD. 819

Wolf (Niels Gjessing)—continued.
Kjébenhaynime | Mliarsuin igloa@nne nakkitarsimarsut | 1824. |
C.F. Schubartimit. | A. 0. W. HU. JWP,
Pp. 1-238. 16°. Psalms in the Eskimo language of Greenland.

4192

Testamentitokamit | Profetib Esaiasim | Aglegéj. | Kalad-
lin okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut | Pfe]llesimit | N. G. Wolfi-
mit, | attuegeksaukudlugit innungnut koisimarsunnut. |
Kjébenhavnime | Nliarsuin igloénne nakittarsimarsut | 1825. |
C. F. Schubartimit. | A. C. W. HU. JWP.

Pp. 1-200. 16°. Isaiah in the Eskimo language of Greenland. Sabin’s Dic-
tionary, No. 22870, mentions an edition of 1837, 12°.

4193

Testamentitokamit | Salomonib | Ajokersutéj Er’kdirse-

kset | Kaladlin okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut. | Pellisimit | N. G.

Wolfimit | attueegeksaukudlugit innungnut koisimarsunnut. |
Kjébenhavnime | Nakkittarsimarsut Fabritius de Tengnagel-

mit. | 1828. | A. JWP.
2p. lL, pp. 1-73. 16°. Proverbs of Solomon in the Eskimo language of Green-
land.

See Fabricius (Otho), No. 1256 of this catalogue.

4194 Wood (Silas). A Sketch | of the | First Settlement | of the | Sev-
eral Towns on Long-Island; | with their | Political Condition, | to
the | end of the American Revolution. | By Silas Wood. |

Brooklyn, N. Y. | Printed by Alden Spooner, 50 Fulton-street. |
1824. | A. BA.
Pp. 1-64. 8°. Montauk vocabulary, p. 28.

4195

A sketch | of the | First Settlement | of the | several towns
on Long-Island; | with their | Political Condition, | to the | end of
the American Revolution. | By Silas Wood. | Revised edition. |
Brooklyn, N. Y. | Printed by Alden Spooner, 55 Fulton Street. |
1826. | C. BP,
Pp. 1-112. 8°. Vocabulary of the Montauk (from manuscript of John Lyon

Gardiner), foot-note, p.57.—Comparative vocabulary (a few words) of the Dela-
ware, Mohegan, Massachusetts, Narragansetts, and Montauk, foot-note, pp. 57-58.

A Sketch | of the | First Settlement | of the | Several
Towns on Long-Island; | with their | Political Condition, | to the |
end of the American Revolution. | By Silas Wood. | A new edi-
tion. |

Brooklyn, N. Y. | Printed by Alden Spooner, Fulton-Street. |
1828. | Cc.

Pp. 1-181, 11. 8°. Montauk vocabulary, p. 69.—Comparative vocabulary of
the Massachusetts, Narraganset, and Montauk, p. 69.

4196

4197

A Sketch | of the | First Settlement | of the Several Towns
on | Long-Island, | with their | Political Condition, | to the | end

820 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Wood (Silas)—continued.
of the American Revolution, | by | Silas Wood | With a Biograph-
ical Memoir and Additions by | Alden J. Spooner. | A Portrait and
Photographs of Dwellings. |
Brooklyn: | Printed for the Furman Club. | 1865. | *
Pp. i-xxi, 1-206. 4°. Title from Mr.W. Eames. Vocabulary, pp. 70-71.

4198 Wood (William). Nevv | Englands | Prospect. | A true, lively,
and experimen- | tall description of that part of America, | com-
monly called Nevv England: | discovering the state of that Coun- |
trie, both as it stands to our new-come | English Planters; and to
the old | Native Inhabitants. | Laying downe that which may both
enrich the | knowledge of the mind-travelling Reader, | or benefit
the future Voyager. | By William Wood. | [Design-]

Printed at London by Tho. Cotes, for Iohn Bellamie, and are to
be sold | at his shop, at the three Golden Lyons in Corne-hill, neere
the | Royall Exchange. 1634. | P. BP. JCB.

4p.11., pp. 1-98, and 5 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°. map. The 5 unnumbered pp.
at end contain :

Because many have desired to heare some of the Natives Language, I have
here inserted a small Nomenclator, with the Names of their chiefe Kings, Rivers,
Moneths, and dayes, whereby such as have in-sight into the Tongues, may know
to what Language it is most inclining; and such as desire it as an unknowne
Language onely, may reape delight, if they can get no profit.

4199

Nevv | Englands | Prospect. | A true, lively, and experi-
men- | tall description of that part of America, | commonly called
Nevv England: | discovering the state of that Coun- | trie, both as
it stands to our new-come | English Planters; and to the old |
Native Inhabitants. | Laying downe that which may both enrich
the | knowledge of the mind-travelling Reader, | or benefit the
future Voyager. | By William Wood. |

Printed at London by Tho. Cotes, for Iohn Bellamie, and are to
be sold | at his shop, at the three Golden Lyons in Corne-hill, neere
the | Royall Exchange. 1635. | HU. JCB.

4 p.11., pp. 1-83, 5 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°. map. ‘‘ Because many,” &c., 5 un-
numbered pp. at end.

4200 New | Englands | Prospect. | A true, lively, and experi-
mentall | description of that part of America, com- | monly called
New England: dis- | covering the state of that country, both as |
it stands to our new-come English Plan- | ters; and to the old Na-
tive Inhabitants. | Laying down that which may both en- | rich the
knowledge of the mind-travelling | Reader, or benefit the future
Voyager. | By William Wood. | [Design.]

London, | Printed by Iohn Dawson, and are to be sold by Iohn
Bellamy | at his shop, at the three Golden Lyons in Corne- | hill,
neere the Royall Exchange, | 1639. | BA. JOB.

4 p. lL, pp. i-83 and 5 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°. map. ‘‘ Because many,” &c.,5
unnumbered pp. at end.

WOCD—WORCESTER. 821

Wood (William)—continued.

4201 ——— New-England’s Prospect. | Being | A true, lively, and expe-
rimental Description | of that part of | America, commonly called |
New-England : | Discovering | the State of that Country, both as it
stands | to our new-come English Planters; and to the | old Native
Inhabitants. | And | Laying down that which may both enrich the |
Knowledge of the Mind-travelling Reader, or | benefit the future
Voyager. | The Third Edition. | By William Wood. |

London, Printed 1639, | Boston, New-England, Re-printed, | By
Thomas and John Fleet, in Cornhill; and | Green and Russell, in

Queen-Street, 1764. | C. BA. JCB. MHS.
1 p.1., pp. i-xviii, 1-128. 8°. ‘‘ Because many have desired,” &c., pp- 123-128,
4202 ——— The | Publications of the Prince Society, | Established

May 25th, 18 8. | Wood’s | New-England’s Prospect. | [Seal.|
Boston: | Printed for the Society, | by John Wilson and Son. |
1865. | C. BA. BP. HU. WE.
Pp. i-xxxi, 4 1l., pp. 1-131. sm. 4°. map. New England’s Prospect begins on
the unnumbered leaves (giving fac-simile of 1634 title),ending p.116. The
vocabulary, ‘‘ Because many have desired,” &c., occupies pp. 111-116.
4203 Woodward (Ashbel). Historical Address, by Ashbel Woodward,
M.D. ;
In Celebration of the 150th Anniversary, pp. 11-92. New Haven, 1869. 8°.
Contains Indian names [in Connecticut] by J. Hammond Trumbull, pp- 46-48.

4204 ——— Wampum, | a Paper presented to | The Numismatic and
Antiquarian Society | of Philadelphia. | By | Ashbel Woodward,
M. D., | of Franklin, Conn., | Corresponding Member, |

Albany, N. Y.: | J. Munsell, Printer. | 1878. | C.S. WE.
Pp.1-61. sm.4°. Indian names for money, wampum, &c., pp. 8-12.
4205 Wooleagunoodimakun | tan titla | Sanékt. | Megiimoweesiik. |
Chebooktook [Halifax]: | Megtmagea ledaktin-weektigémkawa
moweome. | 1872. | S.
Pp. 1-103. 16° Gospel of St. John in Micmac. Translated, probably, by
8.T. Rand. For an earlier edition, see Gospel, No. 1574.

4206 Worcester (ev. Samuel A.) Confession of Faith and Covenant of
the Church at Park Hill. Adopted June 4, 1837. [Five lines
Cherokee characters. ||

Park Hill: Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. [One line
Cherokee characters.| 1848. ABC.
Pp. 1-12. 24°. Pp. 2-7 in English; pp.7-12 in Cherokee characters. ‘“Re-

marks” signed S. A. Worcester.

4207

Exodus: | or | the Second Book of Moses. | Translated |
into the Cherokee Language. | [One line Cherokee characters. ]
Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer Printer. 1853.
Pp. 1-152. 24°. In Cherokee characters. ABC. ABS. JWP.
4208 t—— Genesis | or the | First Book of Moses. | [Two lines Chero-
kee characters. |

822 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Worcester (fev. Samuel A.)—continued. &
Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1856. | ABC. JWP.
Pp. 1-173. 24°. In Cherokee characters. The first four verses are reprinted
in the Missionary Herald, vol. 23, p. 382. Boston, n.d. 8°.
Notes on the Select Sentences [Cherokee]. By Rev. 8. A.
Worcester.
In Am. Ant. Soc., Trans., vol. 2, pp. 249-250. Cambridge, 1836. 8°.

4209

4210 Answers to grammatical queries [Cherokees]. By Rev.
8. A. Worcester, Missionary to the Cherokees.
In Am. Ant. Soc., Trans., vol. 2, pp. 241-249. Cambridge, 1836. 8°.

4211 Remarks on the principles of the Cherokee.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 443-456. Philadelphia,
1852. 4°.

Mr. Worcester made many contributions to the Cherokee Phenix, also.

See Boudinot (Elias) and Worcester (8. A.), No. 425 of this catalogue.

4212 and Boudinot (Elias). Cherokee Hymns | compiled | from
several authors | and revised. | By 8S. A. Worcester and E. Boudi-
not. | [Five lines Cherokee characters.| Printed for the American
Board of Commissioners for Foreign | Missions. |

New Echota: | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.] | 1830. | C. BA.

Pp. 1-34, 1 1. 24°. In Cherokee characters. For edition of 1829, see Boudinot
(E.) and Worcester (8. A.)

4213 Cherokee Hymns | compiled | from several authors | and
revised. | By 8. A. Worcester and I. Boudinot. | [Five lines Chero-
kee characters.] Printed for the American Board of Commissioners
for Foreign | Missions. | Third edition. |
New Echota: | John Candy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee char-
acters.] | 1832. | C.
Pp. 1-36. 16°. In Cherokee characters.

4214 Cherokee Hymns | compiled | from several authors | and
revised. | By 8S. A. Worcester & E. Boudinot. | [Five lines Chero-
kee characters.| Fourth Edition. |

New Echota: | J. F. Wheeler, and J. Candy, Printers. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1833. | S. ABS. ATS,
Pp. 1-46. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4215

Cherokee Hymns | compiled | from several authors | and
revised. | By 8S. A. Worcester & E. Boudinot. | [Five lines Chero-
kee characters.] Fifth edition. |
Union: | Mission Press: J. F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Chero-
kee characters.] | 1835. | BA. MHS.
Pp. 1-46,11. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4216

Cherokee Hymns. | Compiled from | several authors, | and
revised. | Sixth Edition | with the addition of many New Hymns. |
[Four lines Cherokee characters.]

WORCESTER. 823

Worcester (tev. Samuel A.) and Boudinot (Elias)—continued.
Park Hill. | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1841. | A. BA. AAS. ABC. LSH.
Pp. 1-65, 11. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
4217 ——— Cherokee Hymns. | Compiled | from several authors, | and
revised. | Seventh Edition. | [Three lines Cherokee characters. | |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.| | 1844. | C. BA.
Pp. 1-67,11. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4218 —— Cherokee Hymns. | Compiled | from several authors, | and
revised. | Eighth Edition. | [Three lines Cherokee characters.| |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | 1548. | Gb.
Pp. 1-68,11. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
4219 —— Cherokee | Hymn Book. | Compiled from several authors, |
and revised. | [Two lines Cherokee characters. ] |
Philadelphia: | American Baptist Publication Society, | No. 530
Arch Street. | [Three lines Cherokee characters.]| | 1866. | IWP.
Pp. 1-96. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
4220 ——— Cherokee | Hymn Book. | Compiled from several authors, |
and revised. | [Two lines Cherokee characters. |
Philadelphia: | American Baptist Publication Society, | 1420
Chestnut Street. | 1877. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.} | WP.
Pp. 1-96. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4221 ——— The | Gospel | according to | Matthew | translated into
the Cherokee Language, | and compared with the translation of |
George Lowrey and David Brown. | By S. A. Worcester & E. Bou-
dinot. | [Five lines Cherokee characters.] | Printed for the Ameri-
can Board of Commission- | ers for Foreign Missions. Second Edi-

tion.
New Kchota: | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.| | 1832. | O. 8S. BA. ABS. ATS.

Pp. 1-124. 24°. In Cherokee characters. The Missionary Herald, 1833, men-
tions an edition of 1829, 124 pp., but does not give the name of the translator.

4222 ——— The | Gospel | according to | Matthew. | Translated into
the Cherokee | Language. | Third Edition Revised. | [Three lines
Cherokee characters.] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press. J. Candy, Printer. | [One line Chero-

kee characters.] | 1840. | A. BA.
Pp. 1-120. 24°. In Cherokee characters.
4223 —— The | Gospel | according to | Matthew. | Tianslated into

the Cherokee Language. | Fourth Edition. | [Three lines in Chero-
kee characters.] |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1544. | 0. BA. ABC.
Pp. 1-120. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 5,000 copies printed.

824 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Worcester (Rev. Samuel A.) and Boudinot (Elias)—continued.

4224. The | Gospel | according to | Matthew. | Translated into
the Cherokee Language. | Fifth edition. | [Three lines Cherokee
characters.] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1850. | ATS. WWB.
Pp. 1-120. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4225

The | Gospel | of | Jesus Christ | according to John. |

Translated into the Cherokee | Language | by 8. A. Worcester and

E. Boudinot. | [Three lines Cherokee characters. ] |
Park Hill: | Mission Press. John F. Wheeler, | Printer. | [One

line Cherokee characters]. | 1838. | BA.
Pp. 1-101. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4226

The | Gospel | of | Jesus Christ | according to John. |
Translated into the Cherokee | Language. | Second Edition. |
[Three lines Cherokee characters.| |
Park Hill. | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters]. | 1841. | A.S. ABS. MHS.
Pp. 1-101. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4227

The | Gospel | of | Jesus Christ | according to John. |
Translated into the Cherokee Language. | Third Edition. | [Three
lines Cherokee characters. ] |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: J. Candy & HE. Archer, Printers. |
[One line Cherokee characters.] | 1847. | C. ABC.
Pp. 1-101. 24°. In Cherokee characters. (

4228 - The | Gospel | of | Jesus Christ | according to | John. |
Translated into the Cherokee Language. | Fourth Edition. | [Three
lines Cherokee characters. |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Acher, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1854. | Cc. WWB.
Pp. 1-93. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4229

The | Acts of the Apostles | translated into the | Cherokee
Language. | By S. A. Worcester and E. Boudinot. | |Two lines
Cherokee characters.| | Printed for the American Board of Com-
missioners | for loreign Missions. |
New Kchota: | John F. Wheeler and John Candy, Printers. |
[One line Cherokee characters.] | 1833. | S. BA. ABS. ATS.
Pp. 1-127. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4230 The | Acts | of the | Apostles, | translated into the Chero-
kee | Language. | Second Edition. | [Two lines Cherokee charac-
ters. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1842. A. C. BA. ABS.
Pp. 1-124, 24°. In Cherokee characters. :

WORCESTER—WRANGELL. 825

Worcester (Rev. Samuel A.) and Boudinot (Elias)—continued.
4231 ——— The | Acts | of the | Apostles. | Translated into the Chero-
kee Language. | Third Edition. | [Two lines Cherokee characters. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: | Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.| | 1848. | GB. JWP.
Pp. 1-120, 24°. In Cherokee characters.

4232 ——— The | Acts of the Apostles | [One line Cherokee charac-
ters]. | BA. WWB.

No title-page. Pp.1-114. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

“During the year [1831], the mission had also printed 1,400 copies of the
Cherokee hynin-book, 1,000 copies of the Gospel of Matthew, and 3,000 copies of
a tract of twelve pages, consisting of extracts from the Old and New Testaments.
These had all been prepared by Mr. Worcester, assisted by Elias Boudinot.”—
Newcomb’s Cyclopadia of Missions, p. 607.

See, also, Select Passages from the Holy Scriptures, No. 3550 of this catalogue,
which, according to Newcomb, was printed in 1844, and which has also been at-
tributed to Worcester and Boudinot. See, also, New Testament, Nos. 2472-2473.

4233 and Foreman (—). Psalms [in the Cherokee Language].

No title-page. Pp.1-34. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Proverbs of Solomon,
pp. 31-34, ABC. ABS.

4234 ——— Isaiah [in the Cherokee Language]. ABC.
No title-page. Pp.1-32. 24°. In Cherokee characters. In the translation of
the above works Mr. Worcester had the assistance of Mr. Foreman.

4235 Worsley (Israel). A View | of the | American Indians | their
General Character, Customs, Language, | Public Festivals, Relig-
ious Rites, | and Traditions: | shewing them to be the descendants
of | the Ten Tribes of Israel. | The Language of Prophecy concern-
ing them, and | the course by which they travelled from | Media
into America. | By Israel Worsley. |

London: | June, MDCCCXXVIII [1828]. | Printed for the
Author, and sold by R. Hunter, | St. Paul’s Chureh-yard, and the
author, | at Plymouth. | A. 0. S. BA. LSH.

1 p.1., pp. i-xii, 1-185. 12°.

Chapter VI. Of the Language of the Indians, pp. 104-114.

4236 Wowodsky (Gov. —). Vocabulary of the Keni of Cook’s Inlet Bay.

Manuscript. 2 ll. folio. In the library of the Burean of Ethnology.

237 Wrangell (Admiral Ferdinand yon). Observations recueillies par
YAmiral Wrangell. Sur les habitants des Cotes Nord-ouest de
VPAmérique; extraites du Russe Par M. le prince Emanuel Galitzin.

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, &c., vol. 1, 1853 (vol. 137 of the Collec-
tion), pp. 195-221. Paris, n. d. 8°.

Short vocabulary of the Mednoyskie, and the Ongalantsi, p. 199.—Short vo-
cabulary of the Inkuluklates, pp. 209-210.—Names of some of the constellations,
and of the months, in Kouskoyimtsi, p. 220.

See Baer (Karl Ernst von).

826 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4238 Wright (Rev. Alfred). Vba Anumpa Luk A | na Ponaklo Ho-
lisso. | A Book of Questions | on the | Gospel of Luke, | in the |
Choctaw Language; | for the use of | Bible Classes and Sabbath
Schools. | By Rev. Alfred Wright, | Missionary to the Choctaws. |
First Edition, 1500 copies. |

New York: | 8. W. Benedict, 16 Spruce Street. | 1852. |
Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-92. 16°. Cc. ABC. JWP.

— Vba Anumpa Mak a | na Ponkalo Holisso. | A Book of

Questions | onthe | Gospelof Mark, | inthe | Choctaw Language; |

for the use of | Bible Classes and Sabbath Schools. | By Rev. Alfred

Wright, | Missionary to the Choctaws. | First Edition, 1500 copies. |
New York: | S. W. Benedict, 16 Spruce Street. | 1852. |

Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-75. 16°. C. ABC. JWP.

4239

4240

and Byington (Rev. Cyrus). Chahta vba isht taloa holisso,
or Choctaw Hymn-book.
Boston: Crocker and Brewster. 1830. 2
108 pp. 12°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 12867; he adds: Another
edition was printed in Utica, 1831. The Missionary Herald, July, 1836, says:
First edition, Boston, 1829, 48 pp.

4241

Chahta | vba isht taloa holisso, | or | Choctaw Hymn
Book. | Second Edition, | revised and much enlarged. | [Seven lines
Choctaw. |

Boston: | Printed by Crocker and Brewster. | 1833.:| ABC. ATS. WHS.

Pp. i-vi, 7-162. 24°. Supplement, pp. 155-162, contains Ten Commandments,
&e. Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 12867, says: Third edition, Boston, 1835, 72 pp. 12°.

4242

Chahta | vba isht taloa holisso, | or | Choctaw Hymn
Book. | [Design.] Third Edition, revised. | [Seven lines of Psalms,
in Choctaw. |
Boston: | Press of T. R. Marvin. | 1844. | A. BA. ABC.
Pp. 1-175. 24°. The Ten Commandments, pp. 173-175.

4245

Chahta | vba isht taloa holisso, | or | Choctaw Hymn
Book, | Fourth Edition, | revised and enlarged. | [Seven lines
Choctaw, Psalm exvii. 1, 2.]
New York: | 8S. W. Benedict, 16 Spruce Street. | 1851. | c. aBc.
211, pp. 1-248. 24°. Psalms 1, 2, &c.,2 p. 1l.—Hymns, pp. 3-201.—Articles of
faith, Marriage service, &c., pp. 202-219.—English Hymns, pp. 220-237.

4244

Chahta | vba isht taloa holisso, | or | Choctaw Hymn
Book. | Fourth Edition, | revised and enlarged. | [Seven lines Choc-
taw; Psalm exvii. 1, 2.]
Boston: | T. R. Marvin, | 42 Congress Street. | 1854. | ABC. JWP.
Pp. i-vi, 1-252. 24°. Contents as in edition of 1851.
Chahta | vba isht taloa holisso. | Choctaw Hymn Book. |
Sixth Edition. | [Six lines Choctaw: Psalm exvii. 1, 2.]
Boston: | Press of T. R. Marvin. | 1858. | BA.
Pp. 1-252. 24°.

4245

WRIGHT. 827

Wright (Rev. Alfred) and Byington (Rev. Cyrus)—continued.
4246 —— Chahta | vba isht taloa holisso. | Choctaw Hymn Book. |
Sixth Edition. | [Seven lines Choctaw; Psalm exvii, 1, 2.]
Richmond: | Presbyterian Committee of Publication. | 1872. | swe.
Pp. 1-252. 24°. The reverse of p. 199 is numbered 199*, and opposite is p. 199t,
the verso of which is 199, followed by p. 200 on recto of following leaf; pp. 201
and 202 are also the reverse of usual. The verso of the latter is unpaged, p. 203
being the recto of the succeeding leaf.
Articles of Faith, Ayimmika anumpa, pp. 203-220.—English Hymns, pp. 221-241.

4247 [—— and Williams (Loring 8.)] Chahta Ikhananchi, | or the |
Choctaw Instructor: | Containing a | Brief Summary of Old Testa-
ment History and | Biography; | with practical reflections, | in the
Choctaw Language. | By A Missionary. |

Utica: | Press of William Williams. | 1831. | BA. ATS.
Pp. 1-157. 16°. Byington’s manuscript Choctaw dictionary gives the follow-
ing title, which may be same as above:

4248 —— Choctaw Teacher, containing an Epitome of the History of
the Old Testament with reflections. 1831. *
136 pp.

Mr. Wright also translated the Gospels of Luke and John into the Choctaw
language.—Newcomb, p. 612.

4249 Wright (Allen). Chahta Leksikon. | A | Choctaw in English Defi-
nition. | For the | Choctaw academies and schools. | By | Allen
Wright. | First edition—1000 copies. |

St. Louis: | Printed by the Presbyterian Publishing Company, |
207 North Eighth Street. | [1S80.] WE. JWP.
Pp. 1-311. 12°. Alphabetically arranged.

4250 [——— editor.]| Chikasha Okla | I | Kvnstitushyn | micha | I |
nan vlhpisa. |
Chikasha okla I nan apesa yvt apesa | tok mak oke. | [1873?] *
Literal translation.—Chickasaw People | their | Constitution | and | their |
law.
a 1-350. 8°. Prefatory note signed by Allen Wright. Title furnished by
Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beech, Yonkers, N. Y.

4251 ———— Vocabulary of the Chahta or Choctaw.
Manuscript. 10 ll. 211 words. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Eth-
nology. Collected in 1866.

4252 Wright (Rev. Asher). Diuhsa/wahgwah gaya/doshah. | Go/waha/s

goyadoh. | Sgao/yadih do/wa/nandenyo. |

Neh | Nadige’ hjihshohoh dodisdcagoh; | Wasto’k tadinageh. |
1836. | [Boston: Crocker & Brewster.] BA. WE. JWP.

Literal translation.—Beginning book. | Gowahas she wrote it. | Sgaoyadih he
translates. | The | old men they printed it; | Wastok [Boston] they live there
far away. |

Pp. 1-42. 12°. Elementary reading book in the Seneca language. Seneca
and English vocabulary, pp. 27-42.

828

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Wright (Rev. Asher), editor—continued.
4253 ——— Go/wana gwa/ih sat/hah yon de’- | yas dah’gwah. | A

Spelling-Book | in the | Seneca Language: | with English defi-
nitions. |
Buffalo-Creek Reservation, | Mission Press. | 1842. |

Pp. 1-112. 16°. S. BA. WE. ABC. JBD. JWP. LSH. WWB.
4254 ———, editor. Ne Jaguh/nigo/ages’gwathah. | Do’syowa Ganok’-

dayih, Gahsak/neh 30, 1841. | Degaisdo/igoh 1. [—Gaya 1. Oh-

no‘otah 15, 1850. Deg. 19.] | The Mental Elevator. |
Buffalo-Creek Reservation, November 30, 1841. | Number 1 [—Vol.

1. April 15, 1850. No. 19]. | BA. WE. JWP.

Pp. 1-172. 8°. I have seen of this little miscellany nineteen numbers, paged
consecutively, each number containing eight pages, except Nos. 10 and 17, which
contain sixteen, and No. 19, which contains twelve. Begun at the Buftalo
Creek Reservation, New York, it was continued after the removal of these In-
dians to the Cattaraugus Reservation in the same State; the issue of November
17, 1846 (No. 17), being the first issued from the latter place. It is partly in Eng-
lish and partly in Seneca, and was, according to a note at foot of page 8, ‘‘the
first effort of this sort in the Seneca language, and is designed exclusively for
the spiritual and intellectual benefit of the Indians.”

Besides biblical reading and pieces of moral instruction it contains matters
relating to their government and business, obituary notices, statistics, &c. No.
19 contains the laws of the Seneca Nation in English and Seneca.

The copy in Major Powell’s library is minus the first two numbers. He has
a duplicate copy of Nos. 8-18, pp. 57-160, in which many marginal corrections
have been made by some one evidently familiar with the Seneca tongue.

4255 ——— Deg. 1 [-2]. | He ni ya’ wal syoh no/nah jih, | tga wa nd/

gwa oli neli ne | ga ya’ dos hi’ yu neh. |

Colophon: | H. M. Morgan, Printer, Gowanda, N. Y. | JWP.

No title-page. Pyp.1-64. 16°. Scripture tracts in the Seneca language. Con-
sists of two parts (Deg. 1, Deg. 2), each with its own pagination of 32 pages, with
a second and continuous pagination on the inner margins of the pages.

Deg. 1 contains: Ho’ syo niih ne Yu an’ ja deli [the creation], pp. 1-5.—Net
nos hais’ dat [the serpent], pp. 6-10.—Ne dyu dye’ th doh no’ dyu of [the first
murderer], pp. 11-14.—Net noi gas’ de’ o wa nant [the great rain], pp. 15-20.—
Nef neh de gaits’ da’ an dot go waat [the great tower], pp. 21-22.—Nehi neh tho
wit’ no goh Abraham [the call of Abraham ], pp. 23-26.—Ga 4 nat [hymn], p. 26.—
Go wai’ e wah’ doh n> ga non’ da yin dok [the destruction of the cities], pp. 27-
30.—Ga & nat [two hymns], pp. 31-32.

Deg. 2 contains: Net ne Joseph [the story of Joseph], pp. 1-6 (33-38).—Neh ho
no’ ga doh ne Moses [the birth of Moses], pp. 7-9 (39-41).—Nei he’ ni o/ ye na/
wat oh ne Moses [the acts of Moses], pp. 10-14 (42-46).—Exodus, oi’ watt xix (and
xx) [a literal translation], pp. 14-21 (46-53).—Gaai nah [hymn], p. 21 (53).—Ga
yah’ dai ho dis’ yo nit [the making of the idol], pp. 22-25 (54-57).—Net ne
manna [the manna], pp. 26-27 (58-59).—Deo’ wa wit! not gah’ wih na/ wen ni’
yul [the rebellion against God ], pp. 28-32 (60-64).

4256 ——— Deg. 1 [-7]. | Gai’ wa yan’ dah goh | ABC. JWP. WWB.

No title-page. Pp.1-64. 16°. Tracts in the Seneca language. Consists of
seven parts (Deg. 1. to Deg. 7.), each with its own pagination, with a second and
continuous pagination on the inner margins of the pages.

Deg. 1., pp. 1-4, contains: He! na’ o wa yeelt Na’ wén ni’ yuh.

WRIGHT—WZOKHILAIN 829

Wright (fev. Asher), editor—continued.

Deg. 2., pp. 1-4 (5-8), contains: He na/ ya gui’ ni géolt di’ ak Ha’ yatt da
deft Na’ wén ni’ yu.

Deg. 3., pp. 1-4 (9-12), contains: Ni o/i ot! dvs yuh’ ditt no twais! hi yu ne
gah’ ni go 4’ géh [the work of the Holy Spirit].

Deg. 4., pp. 1-4 (13-16), contains: Gaii nat shot [three hymns].

Deg. 5., pp. 1-16 (17-32), contains: Gai’ wa neh’ ak shit [sin].

Deg. 6., pp. 1-24 (33-56), contains: Gai’. wi yus! dvk gat hiih’ goh [sermon
preached at the opening of the Convention of the Indian Churches, at Cattarau-
gus, Feb. 4, 1845].

A manuscript note states that ‘this Sermon was translated by the assistance
of William Jones, deceased, and is almost the only relic of his style of speaking
Seneca, which the old people regard as far more correct than that of any of our
present interpreters, who Anglicize their Indian too much to suit the views of
such as are not accustomed to English modes of thought.”

Deg. 7., pp. 1-8 (57-64), contains: Nelt tho ya dot ne John [the 3d chapter of
the Gospel of John], pp. 1-6; Ga’ 4 nah [three hymns, one signed ‘J. P. Turkey,”
and two signed ‘‘J. Dudley” ], pp. 6-8.

Mr. Wright also edited a translation of hymns into the Seneca language, which
ran through several editions. See Ga& nah shoh, Nos. 1347-1350.

4257 Wyandot. Wyandot Hymns.
Manuscript. 30 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

4258 t—— Wyandot Vocabulary, Grammar and Sentences. Ss.

Manuscript. 200 pp. 4°. In possession of J. G. Shea. A note appended says:

These vocabularies of the Wyandot and Menomene languages appear to be in the

handwriting of John Kinzie. They were sent to J. W. Gibbs, of New Haven,

some years ago by Lieutenant Davies, of Fort Winnebago, since deceased. New
Haven, September 12, 1846,

4259 Wyeth (Nathaniel J.) Vocabulary of the Shoshonees.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 1, pp. 216-218. Philadelphia,
1851. 4°.

4260 Wzokhilain or Osunkhirhine (Peter Paul). Wawasi | Lagidamwo-
ganek | mdala | Chowagidamwoganal | tabtagil, | Onkawodoko-
dozwal | wji | Pobatami Kidwogan. | P. P. Wzokhilain. |

Boston: | Printed by Crocker & Brewster, | 47, Washington
Street. | 1830. | BA. ABC. JWP.
Pp. 1-35. 24°. Religious tracts in the Abnaki language.

4261 ——— Wobanaki | Kimzowi Awighigan, | P. P. Wzokhilain, |
kizitokw. | [Picture.]
Boston: | Printed by Crocker and Brewster. | 1830.| BA. Jwe.
Pp. 1-90. 24°. Spelling and reading book in the Abnaki language. See
St. Mark, No. 3455 of this catalogue.

830 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Xahila (D. Francisco Ernantez Arana).
See Arana Xahila (D. Francisco Ernantez).

4262 Ximenez (D. Fr. Francisco). Vocabulario y Catecismo Megicanos.
Title from Beristain. According to Clavigero, Ximenez wrote a grammar in
the Mexican language. Mendieta mentions it also. *

4263 ——— Vocabulario de las lenguas quiché y cakchiquel por el P.

Francisco Ximenez. *

4264 —— Confesionario en cakchiquel, quiché y zutuhil. -
Titles from Pimentel.

4265 ——— Arte de las tres lenguas Cakchiqvel, Qviche y Tzvtvhil

[Escrito por el k. P. F. Francisco Ximenez Cvra Doctrinero por el
Real Patronato del pveblo de Ste Thomas Chvila].

Original manuscript, folio, in the handwriting of*the author. From indica-
tions at the end of the volume it appears to have been written at Rabinal. -The
work is composed of 4 1l., without title, containing a preliminary monosyllabic
vocabulary ; from the principal title to the end of the Arte, 92 11., with four col-
umns to two pages.

Following this is a second work entitled:

4266 - Tratato Segvndo de todo le qve deve Saber vn ministro

para la bvena administracion de estos naturales. oe
Manuscript. 11. 93-119. folio. ‘Prologo,” in the handwriting of the author,
comprising the copy of a long letter from Father Alonso de Norefia, written in
February, 1580, concerning the confessions of the natives, 11. 94-100.—‘‘ Confes-
sionario,” 11. 101-111.—“ Cathezismo,” 1l.111-119. The whole is written in the
three languages, Quiché, Cakchiquel, and T'zutuhil.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

4267 ——— Empiezan las historias del origen de los Indios de esta
Provincia de Gvatemala tradvzido de la lengua Quiche en la Cas-
tellana para mas commodidad de los ministros de el St Evangelio
por el R. P. F. Franzisco Ximenez Cvra Doctrinero por el Pueblo
de S‘e Thomas Chvila.

Manuscript. 66 ll. folio, two columns to the page, in the handwriting of P.
Ximenez. It is the original of the Popol Vuh. Title and Prologo, 2 1l.; Saluta-
cion, &c., five kinds of speeches used by the native chiefs when meeting their
priests, 1 1.; another preliminary leaf; Quiché history, with Spanish translation
opposite, 56 ll. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.

4268 ——— Las Historias | del Origen de los Indios | de esta Pro-
vincia de Guatemala, | traducidas de la lengua Quiché al Castel-
lano para mas | comodidad de los ministros del S. Evangelio. | Por
el R. P. F. Francisco Ximenez, | Cura Doctrinero por el real patro-
nato del Pueblo | de S. Thomas Chuila. | Exactamente segun el tex-
to Espanol | del manuscrito original que se halla en la Biblioteca
de la Univer- | sidad de Guatemala, publicado por la primera vez,
y aumentado con | una introduccion y anotaciones | por | el Dr. C.
Scherzer. | A’ expensas de la Imperial Academia de las ciencias. |

XAHILA—YOUNG. 831

Ximenez (D. I’r. Francisco)—continued.
Viena, 1857. | En casa de Carlos Gerold E Hijo, | Libreros de la
Academia Imperial de las Ciencias. C. BP.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-216. 8°. Many aboriginal terms scattered throughout. Also
issued from the same plates by Triibner, London, with title-page as follows:

4269 ——— Las Historias | del Origen de los Indios | de esta Provincia
de Guatemala, | traducidas de la lengua Quiché al Castellano |
para mas comodidad de los ministros | del S. Evangelio. | Por | el
R. P. F. Francisco Ximenez, | Cura Doctrinero por el real patronato
del Pueblo | de S. Thomas Chuila. | Exactamente segun et texto
Espanol | del manuscrito original que se halla en la Biblioteca de
la | Universidad de Guatemala, publicado por la primera vez, | y
aumentado con una introduccion y anotaciones | por | el Dr. C.
Scherzer. | A expensas de la Imperial Academia de las Ciencias. |

Londres: | En casa de Triibner & Co. | 60, Paternoster Row. |
1857. | C. WE.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-216. 8°.
4270 Xuarez (D. Pedro). Memorial en Lengua Megicana de cosas me-

morables. oe
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

Yanguas (Ir. Diego de Nagera).
See Nagera Yanguas (J’r. Diego de).

4271 Yarrow (Dr. Henry Crécy). Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Taos.
In Gatschet (A.S.) Zwé6lf Sprachen aus dem Sudwesten Nordamerikas,
pp. 98-115. Weimar, 1876. 8°.
4272 ——— [Vocabularies of various Western Indian Languages.]
In Wheeler (G.M.) Reportsupon U. 8. Geographical Surveys, vol 7. Wash-
ington, 1879. 4°. ;
Vocabulary of the Jicarilla and Shoshoni, pp. 424-465, 470.—Pa-vant and Ca-
pote Uta, pp. 424-465, 472.—Uinta Uta, pp. 424-465, 472-473.—Tehua, Los Luceros
Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 452.—Taos Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 483.

Yepes (fr. Joaquin Lopez).
See Lopez Yepes (J/’r. Joaquin).

4273 Young (Alexander). Chronicles | of | the Pilgrim Fathers | of |
the Colony of Plymouth, | from 1602 to 1625. | Now first collected
from original records and contemporaneous | printed documents,
and illustrated with notes | by Alexander Young. | [Quotation, two

lines. | |
Boston: | Charles C. Little and James Brown. | MDCCOXLI
[1841]. | Cc.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-504. 8°.
Winslow (Edward). Good Newes from New England, pp. 269-375.
Second edition, Boston, 1844, 8-. Also Boston, 1845. 8°.

832

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4274 Young (James). Gainoh | ne | Nenodowohga | Neuwahnuhdah. |

By James Young. |

New-York. | Printed for the American Tract Society, | By D.
Fanshaw. | 1829. |

Second title: Indian Hymns | in the | Seneca Tongue. | By James

Young. |
New-York. | Printed for the American Tract Society, | By D.
Fanshaw. | 1829. | ATS. JBD.

Pp. 1-39, 1-39 (double numbers). 18°. Indian title verso 1.1; English title
recto 1.2. Alternate pages Seneca and English. Appended to and commencing
on verso of last leaf of Harris (T.S.) and Young (J.) Christ Hagonthahninoh.
New York, 1829.

4275 Young (Thomas). Narrative of a Residence | on the | Mosquito

Shore, | during the years 1839, 1840, & 1841: | with an account of |
Truxillo, | and the adjacent islands of | Bonacca and Roatan. | By
Thomas Young. | [One line quotation.] |

London: | Smith, Elder and Co. 65, Cornhill. | 1842. | A.B. C.

Pp. i-iv, 1-172. 12°. 4 :

Song in Mosquitian, or Sambo language, with translation, pp. 77-78.—Vocabu-
lary, Mosquitian and English, pp. 170-172.—Indian words and phrases scattered

throughout.
Second edition, London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1847. Pp. iv, 172. post 8°.—Squier.

4276 Youth’s. The Youth’s | Companion: | A juvenile monthly Magazine

published for { the benefit of the Puget Sound Catholic Indian |

Missions; and set to type, printed and in part | written by the
pupils of the Tulalip, Wash. Ty. | Indian Industrial Boarding
Schools, under | the control of the Sisters of Charity. | Approved
by the Rt. Rev. Bishop [Ai gidius of Nesqually]. | Vol. I. May,
1881. Wo. 1 [- Vol. III. October, 1883. No. 29]. | [Tulalip Indian
Reservation, Snohomish Co. W. T.} C. 8S. JEM. JWP..

Pp. 1-312, 1-364, 1-152. 16°, Parts continuously numbered, 1-29. Edited by
the Rey. J. B. Boulet. Instead of being paged continuously, continued articles
have a separate pagination dividing the regular numbering. For instance, in
No. 1, pp. 11-15, Lives of the Saints, are numbered 1-4, and continued in No. 2 as
pp. 5-8, taking the place of pp. 41-44 of the regular numbering. At this date,
October, 1883, it is still in course of publication.

Yakama sentence, vol. 1, p.147.—Lord’s Prayer in Snohomish, vol. 1, p. 228;
in Flathead, p. 256; in Cascade, p. 284; in Nitlakapamuk of British Columbia,
p- 301; in Lummi, vol. 2, p. 28; in Comanche, p. 56; in Clallam, p. 86; in Huron,
p. 106; in Cowlitch, p. 106; in Micmac, p. 176; in Menominee, p. 200; in Penobscot,
p. 239; in Mareschite, or St. John’s Indian language, p. 262; in Chippewa, p. 294;
in Abenakis, p. 322; in Tadussak, p. 359; in ‘‘Pure Mareschite,” vol. 3, p.20; in
Passamaquoddy, p.51; in Choctaw, p. 87; in Otiawa, p. 119; in Osage, p. 150.—
The name of God in seventy different languages (including Tahitian, Nez Percé,
Nootsack, Montagnais, Micmac, Mareschite, Penobscot, Cree, Kalispel, Wasco,
Yakama, Chinook, Lummi, Snohomitrh, and Clallam, vol. 2, p. 156.—Sentence in
Indian (Snohomish ?), vol. 2, p. 247.

YOUNG—ZAMBRANO BONILLA. 833

4277 Zagoskin (ieut. Laurenti Alexieff). Wemexoqnaa onacs | sacra pyccrnxs
Baaybniii | Bb AMepnxt. | mponapegennaa | Jeiitenantoms .I. 3arockHAbiMs | Bb 1842, 1843 #
1844 rojaxs. | Cb Mepkatopckow Kiprow rpapaposannow wa Mba. | Yacth nepsaa [Bropaa]. |

Caukrnerepoyprs. | Ievaraa) Bb THHOrpadiii Kapsa Kpaiia. | 1847 [-1848}]. | B.D.

Translation.—Pedestrian Exploration | of parts of the Russian Possessions |
in America. | Accomplished | by Lieutenant L. Zagoskin | in the years 1842,
1843 and 1844. | with a Mercator’s chart engraved on copper. | Part First [Sec-
ond]. | St. Petersburg. | Printed in the Printing Office of Karl Krai. | 1847
[1848]. |

2 vols.: 1 p.1., pp. 1-183; 1 p.1., pp. 1-120, 1-15, 1-45. 8°.

Vocabulary of the Inkilik and Inkalit Yugelmut, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 17-20.—
Vocabulary of the Chiagmiut, Kuskivigmut, Kadiak (from Billings and Lisi-
ansky), and Sedentary Chukche, or Namollos (from Robek), vol. 2, appendix,
pp. 21-36.—List of villages, with population statistics, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 39-
41.—List of birds in Koikhpagmiut and Inkilik, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 42-43.

The vocabularies were reprinted in Schott (W.) Ueber ethnographische
Ergebnisse, &c.; in Erman (A.) Archiv, &c., vol.7,pp. 480-512. Berlin, 1849.
8°. Also, according to Ludewig, in Zapiski Russkago Geographitsheskago
Obshtshestva (Memoirs of the Russian Geographical Society), vol. 2, pp.
St. Petersburg, 1847, 8°; 2d edition, pp. 246-266. St. Petersburg, 1849; -and in
Denkschriften der russischen geographischen Gesellschaft zu St. Petersburg,
vol. 1, pp. 354-374 (German translation of the above, containing vols. 1 and 2 of
the original). Weimar, 1849. 8°.

The Inkilik and Inkalit Yagelmut vocabularies also printed in Buschmann
(J.C.E.) Der athapaskische Sprachstamm, pp. 269-312. Berlin, 1856. 4°.

See Seleny or Zelenoi (S. J.), No. 3551 of this catalogue.

4218 Zalvadea (Fr. José M.) The San Gabriel Mission Indian Lan-

guage. a

‘“A Catholic catechism of this language in Spanish and Indian exists in the

library of this mission near Los Angeles. It was written, it is said, by Friar

José M. Zalvadea, some forty years ago, and the Rev. Father Basso assures us it

is well prepared and of great value to philologists. It is about 30 duodecimo
pages.”—Taylor’s Bibliografia Californica.

4279 Zambrano Bonilla (). Joseph). Arte | de Lengua Totonaca, | Con-
forme 4 el Arte de Antonio Nebrija, | compuesto por D. Joseph
Zambrano Bonilla, | Cura Beneficiado, Vicario y Juez Ecclesiastico
de | San Andres Hueitlalpan. | Dedicado | A el ILL™*. 8S. D'. D. |
Domingo Pantaleon | Alvarez de Abreu, | Dignissimo Arzobispo
Obispo de esta | Dicecesi. | Lleva anadido | Una Doctrina de la
Lengua de Naolingo, | con algunas vozes de la Lengua de aquella |
Sierra, y de esta de aca. Que por orden de su III™*. se imprime, |
su author | el Lic. D. Francisco Dominguez, | Cura interino de
Xalpan. |

Con licencia de los Superiores: | En la Puebla en la Imprenta de

53 Bib

834 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Zambrano Bonilla (D. Joseph)—continued.
la Vinda de Miguel | de Ortega. En el Portal de las flores. Afio

de 1752. | NYHS.
22 p.ll.; Arte, ll. 1-134; index unnumbered, 3 11; vocabularios, Manual de
Sacramentos, &c., ll. 1-79; index, 2 pp. and one blank. 4°.

Zapata (Col. Francisco Diaz).
See Squier (Ephraim George).
4280 Zapata y Mendoza (D. Juan Ventura). Chronica de la muy noble,
y real Ciudad de Tlaxcallan. 2
In the Nahuatl language, on European paper, by Don Juan Ventura Zapata
y Mendoza, Cazique of the Parcialidad of Quiahuiztlan. It begins with the
advent of the nation in New Spain and continues to the year 1689.—Boturini,
§ xviii, Vo. 4.
4281 Zarate (fr. Miguel). Optsculos doctrinales y morales en Lengua
Megicana. 0)
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

4282 Zarfate (/r. Gaspar). Primer Arte y Gramatica de la Lengua de
la Nueva Segovia. a

4283

Varios Tratados doctrinales en la misma Lengua. *
, Titles from Beristain. ;

Zedeio (Geronymo Thomas de Aquino Cortés y).
See Cortés y Zedefio (G. T. de A.), No. 900 of this catalogue.

4284 Zeisberger (ev. David). Essay | of a | Delaware-Indian and Eng-
lish | Spelling-Book, | for the | Use of the Schools | of the | Chris-
tian Indians | on Muskingum River. | By David Zeisberger, | Mis-
sionary among the Western Indians. |

Philadelphia, | Printed by Henry Miller. | 1776. |] c¢. 8. GB. WHS.

1 p.1., pp. 1-113, 2 columns. 12°. Lord’s Prayer, Ten Commandments, Litany,
&c., alternate pages Delaware and English, pp. 102-113.

“The original manuscript of this edition is preserved in the archives of the
Moravian Church at Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Upon comparing it with the
printed copy it is evident that there was cause for the dissatisfaction which
Zeisberger expressed with the manner in which the book was brought out. The
manuscript does not contain the Lord’s Prayer, etc., which are appended to the
printed edition of 1776, but, in place of it, the following articles:

“1. A Short History of the Bible, evidently original, in Delaware and English,
in parallel columns.

“2. Reading Lessons in Delaware, being Biblical and other Narratives.

“¢3. Conjugations of the verbs ‘to say’ and ‘to tell,’ in Delaware and English.

“4, The Delaware Numerals.

“All these articles have been omitted in the printed copy.”—De Schweinitz’s
Life and Times of David Zeisberger, p. 687. ?

4285, Delaware Indian and English | Spelling Book, | for the |

Schools of the Mission | of the | United Brethren; | with | some

short historical accounts | from the | Old and New Testament, | and

other | useful instruction for children. | By David Zeisberger. |

ZAMBRANO BONILLA—ZEISBERGER. 835

Zeisberger (Rev. David)—continued.

Philadelphia: | From the press of Mary Cist, | No. 104, North
Second Street, near Race Street. | 1806. | C. NYHS.

Pp. 1-179. 12°. Words of one syllable, pp. 8-9.—Words of two syllables, pp.
9-18.—Words of three syllables, pp. 18-43.—Words of four syllables, pp. 43-72.—
Words of five syllables, pp. 73-98.—Words of six, seven, and more syllables, pp.
99-114. Each set alphabetically arranged, and all are in two columns.—Pp.
115-118 are in Delaware.—A short history of the Bible, pp. 118-137; alternate
pages, Delaware and English, the former in Roman, the latter in italic.—Bible
stories, pp. 138-164.—A verb of the Indian language [J say and I tell, conjugated],
pp. 164-176.—Multiplication table, pp.177-179. The Lord’s Prayer, Ten com-
mandments, &c., are omitted in this edition.

4286 ——— A | Collection of Hymns, | for the use of the | Christian
Indians, | of the Missions | of the | United Brethren, | in North
America. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by Henry Sweitzer, at the corner of |
Race and Fourth Streets. | 1803. |

Reverse title: Mawuni | Nachgohumewoaganall | enda auwe-
genk | welsittangik | Lenapewinink, | untschi | Nigasundewoa-
gano | enda | Nguttimacht angundink, | li | Lowanewunk Un-
dachqui | America. | GB. WHS.

Pp. iii-xii, 1-358. 16°.

The dedication is signed by David Zeisberger. According to De Schweinitz’s
Life and Times of David Zeisberger, the original manuscript is preserved in the
archives of the Moravian Church at Bethlehem, Pa.

I have seen in the library of Harvard University, a manuscript of about 225
ll., folio, with the following title:

A_| Collection of Hymns | for the use of the | Christian In-

dians | of the Mission | of the United Brethren | in North America. |

Reverse title: Mawuni Nahgohumewvaganalle | enda auwegenk |
Welsittangik Lenapewinink | untschi | Nigasundovagano | enda |
Naguttimaehtangundink | li| Lowanervunk undaehgui | America. |
For later edition, see Luckenbach (Abraham), No. 2347.

4288 t—— Sermons to Children. | Translated by David Zeisberger. |
Ehelittonhenk | li Amemensak | Gischitak Eleniechsink. | Untschi
David Zeisberger. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by A. and G. Way. | 1803. |

Pp. 1-90. 12°. Appended is the following:

Aug. Gottl. Spangenberg. | Something of | Bodily Care for Chil-
dren. | Translated by David Zeisberger. | Aug. Gottl. Spangen-
berg | Kechitti Koecu | Hokeyiwi Latschachtowoagan | untschi |
Amemensok li. | Gischitak illeniechsink untschi | David Zeisberger. |

Philadelphia. | 1803. | C. GB.

Pp. 91-115. 12°. Entirely in the Delaware language. According to De
Schweinitz the original manuscripts are in the Archives of the Moravian Chureh
at Bethlehem.

The | History | of our | Lord and Saviour | Jesus Christ: |

Comprehending all that the | Four Evangelists | have recorded

concerning Him; | All their relations being brought together in

4287

4289

835 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Zeisberger (Rev. David)—continued.
one Narration, | so that no Circumstance is omitted, but that ines-
timable | History is continued in one Series, in the very words of |
Scripture. | By the Rev. Samuel Lieberkuhn, M. A. | Translated
into the | Delaware Indian Language | by the | Rev. David Zeis-
berger, | Missionary of the United Brethren. |

New-York: | Printed by Daniel Fanshaw, No. 20 Slote-Lane. |
1821. |

Half title: Elekup | Nihillalquonk | woak | Pemauchsohalquonk |
Jesus Christ | seki ta lauchsitup wochgidhakamike. | Nachpi wemi
Kpatatamoewoagan segauchsijanup, | Wulapensohalineen ehoalan
Nihillalijenk Patamawos! | C. S. BA. WE. AAS. JWP. WHS.

Title 11.; half title 11.; Address, pp. v-vi; Preface in Delaware, pp. vii-vili;
text, pp. 1-222. 12°. The Address and Preface are signed by David Zeisberger,
and dated the one ‘‘Goshen, on the Muskingum, 23d May, 1806,” the other ‘‘ Mus-
kingum, Goschenink. May 23, 1806.” See Blanchard (Ira D.), No. 393, for sub-
sequent edition.

According to De Schweinitz’s Life and Times of David Zeisberger, the original
manuscript deposited in the Bethlehem archives contains a very complete table
of contents prepared by Zeisberger, which was omitted from the printed copy.

I have seen in the library of Harvard University a manuscript of 290 11., 12°,
with the following title:

4290 Elekup Nihillalqguonk woak Pemauchsohalquonk Jesus
Christ seki ta lauchsitup Wochgidhakamike. [Preface signed:]

Kimachtowa D. Zeisberger Muskingum Goshenink May 23th 1806.

4291

A Grammar of the Language of the Lenni-Lenape or Del-
aware Indians. Translated from the German manuscript of the
late Rev. David Zeisberger, for the American Philosophical Society,
by Peter Duponceau.

In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans., new series, vol. 3, pp. 65-250. Philadelphia,
1830. 4°.

Translator’s preface, pp. 65-96.—Author’s introduction, p. 97.—Grammar,
pp. 98-248.—Concluding note by the translator, pp. 248-250.

4292

Grammar | of | the Language | of | the Lenni Lenape or
Delaware | Indians. | By David Zeisberger. | Translated from the
German Manuscript of the Author by | Peter Stephen Du Pon-
ceau | with a Preface and Notes by the Translator. | Published by
order of the American Philosophical Society in the Third | volume
of the New Series of their Transactions. |

Philadelphia. | Printed by James Kay, Jun. | SE. Corner Sixth
& Race Sts. | 1827. | A. BP.

Pp. 1-188, 11. 4°. Another issue of the same date as follows:

4293

Transactions | of the | American Philosophical Society, |
held at Philadelphia, | for Promoting Useful Knowledge. | Vol. III.
—Part I.—New Series. | No. II. | Containing—“ A Grammar of the
Language of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians. Translated |
from the German Manuscript of the late Rev. David Zeisberger, for

eli.

ZEISBERGER. 837

Zeisberger (ftev. David)—continued.
the American Philosophical So- | ciety.”— | By Peter Stephen Du-
ponceau. | Published by the Society. |
Philadelphia: | Printed by James Kay, Jun. | SE. Corner Sixth
& Race Sts. | 1827. | S.

Printed cover as above 1 1., pp. 65-250,1 1. 4°.

4294 —— Verbal Biegungen der Chippewayer, von David Zeisberger.
In Vater (J.S.) Analekten der Sprachenkunde, pp. 15-50. Leipzig, 1821. 8°.
“This work is a collection of Delaware conjugations, and the title ought to
read ‘‘Delawaren” instead of ‘‘Chippewayer,” which is a mere inadvertence.”—
De Schweinitz.

4295 —— Some remarks and annotations concerning the Traditions,
Customs, Languages, etc. of the Indians in North America from
the memoirs of the Rey. David Zeisberger, and other Missionaries
of the United States.

In Craig (N.B.), editor. The Olden Time, vol. 1, pp. 271-281. Pittsburgh,
1846. 8°. Contains a vocabulary of the Delaware language, pp. 280-281.
Reprinted in Craig (N.B.) The Olden Time, vol. 1, pp. 271-281. Cincinnati,

1876. 8°. Vocabulary, pp. 280-281. *
4296 ——— Deutsch und Onondagaische Woerterbuch, von David
Zeisberger. me

Manuscript. 7 vols. 4°.

“This is one of the most important of his works, which he began early in life,
and upon which he bestowed the greatest care and the most persevering dili-
gence, calling in the aid of Iroquois sachems, who rendered him valuable assist-
ance.”—De Schweinitz.

4297 —— Onondaga and German Vocabulary, by David Zeisberger. *
Manuscript. ‘‘A shorter work of the same character as the above.”—De
Schweinitz.

4298 ——— Hssay of an Onondaga Grammar, or a Short Introduction
to learn the Onondaga alias, Maqua Tongue; by David Zeisberger. *
Manuscript. 67 pp. 4°.

4299 ——— Onondagaische Grammatica, von David Zeisberger. =

Manuscript. 176 pp. 4°. A complete grammar of the Onondaga language.

This work was translated into English by Peter S. Duponcean, LL. D., which
version, however, also remains in manuscript.—De Schweinitz.

4300 t—— Onondagaische Grammatica. *

Manuscript. 87 pp. 4°. The same work as the preceding, but in an incom-
plete form, appearing to be the author’s first attempt.—De Schweinilz.

The above five manuscripts are in the library of the American Philosophical
Society at Philadelphia, where they were deposited by the Society of the United
Brethren of Bethlehem.

“The following manuscripts by Zeisberger are preserved in the library of Har-
vard University at Cambridge:

1. A Dictionary in German and Delaware [362 pp., oblong].

. Delaware Glossary [36 ll. 4°).

. Delaware Vocabulary [74 ll].

. Phrases and Vocabularies in Delaware [158 ll. 12°).

. Delaware Grammar. [The original of No. 4291 above. ]

Om ww

838 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Zeisberger (Rev. David)—continued.

6. Harmony of the Gospels in Delaware. [See No. 4289.] This is evidently a
duplicate manuscript of the work published in 1821. [See No. 4290. ]

7. Hymns for the Christian Indians in Delaware. [See No, 4286.] This is a
duplicate manuscript of the Delaware hymn book. [See No. 4287. ]

8. Litany and Liturgies in Delaware [56 ll. 12°).

9. Zeisberger’s own Manuscript Hymn Book in Delaware.

10. Sermons by Zeisberger in Delaware [42 ll. 12°].

11. Seventeen Sermons to Children [58 ll. 12°]. This is a duplicate manu-
script of the printed work.

12. Church Litany in Delaware [42 Il. 12°].

13. Short Biblical Narratives in Delaware [22 ll. 4°].

14. Vocabulary in Maqua and Delaware [20 pp. 4°].

“The above fourteen manuscripts, together with some fragmentary papers,
procured from the archives of the church at Gnadenhiitten, Ohio, were delivered
to Judge Lane, of that State, by him transmitted to the Hon. Edward Everett,
and received at the University Library, January 21, 1850.”—De Schweinitz.

I have seen all of these manuscripts, except No. 9.

“The Rey. David Zeisberger was born at Zauchtenthal, in Moravia, April 11,
1721, and died at Goshen, in Ohio, November 17, 1808, aged 87 years. He first
came to America about 1739; began the study of the Indian languages in 1745,
and about 1750 commenced his missionary labors among the Indians, which he
continued until his death. He ‘traversed Massachusetts and Connecticut, New
York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio, entered Michigan and Canada, preaching to
many nations in many tongues, He brought the Gospel to the Mohicans and
Wampanoags, to the Nanticokes and Shawanese, to the Chippewas, Ottawas,
and Wyandots, to the Unamis, Unalachtgos, and Monseys of the Delaware race,
to the Onondagas, Cayugas, and Senecas of the Six Nations. Speaking the
Delaware language fluently, as well as the Mohawk and Onondaga dialects of
the Iroquois; familiar with the Cayuga and other tongues; an adopted sachem
of the Six Nations; naturalized among the Monseys by a formal act of the tribe;
swaying for a number of years the Grand Council of the Delawares; at one time
the keeper of the archives of the Iroquois Confederacy ; versed in the customs of
the aborigines; adapting himself to their mode of thought, and, by long habit, a
native in many of his own ways; no Protestant missionary, and but few men of
any other calling, ever exercised more real influence and was more sincerely
honored among the Indians.”—De Schweinitz’s Life and Times of David Zeisberger.

4301 Zeitschrift | fiir | Ethnologie | und ihre Hiilfswissenschaften | als |
Lehre vom Menschen | in seinen Beziehungen | zur | Natur und zur
Geschichte. | Herausgegeben von | A. Bastian und R. Hartmann. |
Erster [-Vierzehnter] Band | 1869 [-1882]. |

Berlin. | Verlag von Wiegandt und Hempel. | [1869-1883]. | sq.

Vols. 1-14, and 15, Heft 1-3. 8°. In vol.2 the title was changed to read: Zeit-
schrift fiir Ethnologie. Organ der Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Eth-
nologie und Urgeschichte, &c.

Bastian (A.) Ueber ethnologische Eintheilungen, vol. 3 (1871), pp. 1-18.

Ethnologie und vergleichende Linguistik, vol.4 (1872), pp.137-162,211-231.

Ueber die Eheverhiiltnisse, vol. 6 (1874), pp. 380,409.

Erman (A.) Ethnographische Wahrnehmungen und Erfahrungen an den
Kiisten des Berings-Meeres, vol. 2 (1870), pp. 295-827, 329-393; vol. 3 (1871),
pp. 149-175, 205-219.

Gatschet (A.S.) Die Sprache der Tonkawas, vol. 9 (1877), pp. 64-73.

Volk und Sprache der Timucua, vol. 9 (1877), pp. 245-260; vol. 13 (1881),

pp. 189-200.

ZEISBERGER—ZUNIGA. 839

Zeitschrift | fiir | Ethnologie, etc.—continued.
Der Yuma-Sprachstamm nach den neuesten handschriftlichen Quellen
dargestellt, vol. 9 (1877), pp. 341-350, 365-418; vol. 15 (1883), pp. 123-147.
Farbenbenennungen in nordamerikanischen Sprachen, vol. 11 (1879),
pp. 293-302.
Herzog (Wilh.) Ueber die Verwandtschaft des Yumasprachstammes mit der
Sprache der Aleuten und der Eskimostiimme, vol. 10 (1878), pp. 449-459.
Schultz-Sellack (Dr.Carl). Die amerikanischen Gotter der vier Weltrich-
tungen und ihre Tempel in Palenque, vol. 11 (1879), pp. 209-229.

4302 Zenteno (D. Carlos Tapia).
See Tapia Zenteno (D. Carlos), Nos. 3800-3804.

4303 Zepeda (fr. Francisco).

See Cepeda (/’r. Francisco), No. 705 of this catalogue.

4304 Zainiga (#r. Dionisio). Gramatica de la Lengua Kiche. | x
4305 Sermonario en dicho Idioma. ce
4306 t—— Las Obras del P. Viana escritas en Lengua de Vera Paz,
puestas en Castellano. *
4307 t—— Tratado de los deberes de la Justicia para gobierno de
Alealdes Mayores, traducido 4 la Lengua Kiche. Se

*

4308 La Vida de la Virgen Maria en Lengua Kiche.
Titles from Beristain. To these Squier adds a number of titles which proba-

bly belong under Moran (P. Fr. Pedro).

See Viana (D. Francisco), No. 4021 of this catalogue.

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

THE NUMBERS GIVEN TO THE FOLLOWING TITLES ARE SUBSIDIARY TO THOSE IN THE
MAIN CATALOGUE,

A. M. D. G.

For titles beginning with these letters, see next word of title.

la Abécédaire ou Premier livre de lecture.
Hauniame, 1849.
20 pp. 8°. In the Eskimo language. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue,
1883, No. 352 (6).
1b Abel (Twarns). Schediasma hocce etymologico-philologieum pro-
dromum Americano Gronlandicum in patronis appropriatum in-
sinuat Twarns Abel.
Havnie. 1783. *
4°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 22867.

2 Abert (Lieut. James William). Report | of | the Secretary of
War, | communicating, | in answer to a resolution of the Senate, |
a | Report and Map | of | the Examination of New Mexico, | made
by | Lieutenant J. W. Abert, | of the Topographical Corps. |
Washington: | 1848. | T. JWP.
Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-132, map and 24 plates. 8°. Improved title of No. 2.
Abrégé du Catéchisme dans la Langue des Sauteux. See Lacombe
(Rév. Albert), No. 2158.

7a Account. An Account of | Conferences held, | and | Treaties
made, | Between Major-general | Sir William Johnson, Bart. |
and | The chief Sachems and Warriours | of the | Mohawks, | Onei-
das, | &c., 12 lines, double column] | Indian Nations in North Amer-
ica, | At their Meetings on different Occasions at Fort Johnson | in
the County of Albany, ™m the Colony of New York, | in the Years 1755
and1756. | With | a Letter from the Rev. Mr. Hawley toSir | William
Johnson, written at the Desire | of the Delaware Indians. | And a
Preface | Giving a short Account of the Six Nations, some | Anec-
dotes of the Life of Sir William, and Notes | illustrating the
Whole. | Also an Appendix | Containing an Account of Confer-
ences between several | Quakers in Philadelphia, and some of the
Heads of | the Six Nations, in April 1756. |
London: | Printed for A. Millar, in the Strand. M.DCC.LYV1
[1756]. | (Price 1s 6d.) | C.S. BA. GB.
Title 1 1., pp. i-xii, 3-77, 12°. A vocabulary of some words, &c., from Colden,

. Xi-xii.
pp 841

842 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

15 Acosta (José Antonio). Oraciones devotas | que comprenden los
actos de fé, | esperanza, caridad, | afectos para un cristiano | y una
Oracion para pedir una buena muerte: | en | Idioma Yucateco, |
con | inclusion del Santo Dios.-| A devocion del Pbro. D. José An-

tonio Acosta. | [Design.]
Merida de Yucatan. | Imprenta 4 cargo de Mariano Guzman.
1851. | DGB. GHM.

Pp. 1-16. 4°. In two columns, Spanish and Maya. Improved title of No. 15.
Acosta was a native of Yucatan and cura of Mococha about 1812. He is con-
sidered a graceful writer in Maya.— Brinton.

Acts of the Apostles in the Cherokee language.. See Worcester
(S. A.) and Boudinot (H.), Nos. 4230-4232.

22 Adam (Lucien). Esquisse | d’une | Grammaire Comparée | des
Dialectes | Cree et Chippeway | par | Lucien Adam | [Vignette.] |
Paris | Maisonneuve et C®, Libraires Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire,
15 | M DCCC LXXVI [1876] | A. DGB.
Half-title 1 1., title 11.,pp.1-61. 8°. Improved title of No. 22. :
22 a ——— De la dérivation verbale spécifique de ’emboitement et du
polysynthétisme dans la langue Dakota.
In Revue de Linguistique, tome 9, pp. 3-25. Paris, 1876.8°. Alsoin thesame
author’s Etudes sur Six Langues Américaines, &c., (No. 20), pp. 3-25.
220 Du polysynthétisme, de Vincorporation, de la composition
et de Vemboitement dans la langue Nahuatl.
in Revue de Linguistique, tome 9, pp. 231-254. Paris, 1576. 8°. Reprinted in
Etudes sur Six Langues Américaines, &c., pp. 67-90
22.¢ Du polysynthétisme et de la formation des mots dans les
langues Quiche et Maya.
In Revue de Linguistique, tome 10, pp. 34-74. Paris, 1877. 8°. Quiche, pp.
34-60. Maya, pp.61-74. Also in Etudes sur Six Langues Américaines, &c., pp.
125-165. Improved titles of No. 26.
24 —— Hxamen Grammatical Comparé | de | Seize Langues Amé-
ricaines | par | Lucien Adam | Conseiller a la Cour de Nancy. |
Paris | Maisonneuve et Cie, Editeurs, | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25 |
1878 | PACER:
Pp. 1-88, and six folding tables. 8°. Improved title of No. 24.
25 a ——— Du | parler des hommes | et du | parler des femmes | dans

la langue caraibe | Par Lucien Adam | Conseiller a la Cour d’Appel
de Nancy |
Paris | Maisonneuve et C*, Libraires-Editeurs | 25, Quai Vol-
taire, 25 | 1879. | BA.
2p. ll, pp. 1-82. 8°. Another edition of No. 25.

See Haumont (J. D.), Parisot (J.), and Adam (L.), No. 1678.

28a Adriano (D. Diego). [Various translations from Latin to Mexican.]
Title from Beristain. -

ACOSTA—AGUILAR. 843

30 a Aguaiic Iscotol | Lumalice te Indioetic. | Oid los pueblos todos de

31

Indios sublevados. |

Colophon: Tipografia del “ Porvenir,” 4 cargo de Manuel Maria
Trujillo. | [1869.] DGB.

1 sheet, folio, printed on both sides; double columns, Spanish and Zotzil; head-
ingasabove. Itissigned: San Cristébal, < veinte de Octubre de 1869. Feliciano
J. Lazos [Presbitero, in manuscript]. And in Zotzil: Jovel San Cristébal, tom
cocal Octubre de 1869. Manuel L. Solorsano, A manuscript note by Dr. Berendt
says: Proclamacion del Gob? de Chiapas & los Indios sublevados de Chamula y
otros pueblos en lengua Zotzil.

[Agiiero (#’r. Christoual de).] Miscelaneo | espiritval, en el idioma
Zapoteco, | qve administra la provincia de Oaxac, | de la orden
de Predicadores. | En qve se contienen Jos qvinze misterios | del
Santissimo Rosario; con sus ofrecimientos en cada vno. Las mas |
principales Indvlgencias, que ganan sus Cofrades. “Con diez y
seis | Exemplos de lo mismo. Algunas Oraciones deuotas, para
la | Uida, y para la Muerte. El Cathecismo de toda la | Doctrina
Christiana. Con vn Confessionario | para los que empiegan a
aprender el | dicho Idioma. | Dedicado, | A La Princesa del Cielo,
Y siempre Virgen | Maria Madre de Dios, y Senora Nuestra |
Por | El P. M. Fr. Christoual de Aguero, Cathedralico, y Predica-
dor | General, que fue del dicho Ydioma en su ilustre Conuento
de | Oaxac, y Vicario actual del Pueblo de Theozapotlan | Ano de
{Design] 1666. Con licencia. |

- En Mexico. | Por la Viunda de Bernardo Calderon, en la calle de
San Augustin. | eS

15 p.ll. ‘Exemplos,” 71 1l., numbered 68; ‘‘Catecismo,” 2382 pp., numbered
233; ‘‘Confessionario,” 127 pp. P.128 repeats the imprint. Improved title of
No. 31, furnished by Sr. Icazbaleeta.

35 a Aguilar (P. Pr. Francisco). Platica | Para que los Yndios no |

digan al Ministro. | ; Quando te bas? | Ano de 1822 | En Poe-
onohi. | DGB.
Original manuscript obtained by Dr. Berendt from the parochial archives of
Cahabon in Vera Paz, and now in the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Media, Pa.
Title, verso blank, 1 1.; monogram of P. Aguilar, top of second leaf. On the
verso begins the sermon in Spanish, and opposite it, on recto of third leaf, the
same in Poconchi, these ending on recto of the sixteenth leaf, the verso of which
is blank. The manuscript is 16° in size, and isin a large, ¢ ear handwriting. In
the same library is a copy of the above, made by Dr. Berendt, titled as follows:

Platica | en lengua Poconchi | por | Fr. Francisco Agui-
lar, | cura de Tactic. | Tamahun | 17 de diciembre de 1822. | DGB.
Manuscript. Title 11.; verso, monogram of P. Aguilar; pp. 2-24, numbered
the reverse of usual,—even nun.bers on recto, odd numbers on verso. 12°. The
adyertencia, recto of second leaf, is signed by Dr. Berendt, and in it he states
that it is a copy of a manuscript of 16 ll. in the Archivo parroquial del pueblo
de Cahabon in Vera Paz, Octubre 1875. On the verso of this leaf, which is paged
3, begins the sermon in Poconchi, and opposite, recto of the third leaf, the same
in Spanish—the reverse of the plan pursued in the original.

844 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Aguilar (P. Fr. Francisco)—continued.

35 ¢ ——— Sermon | de Ntra Sta del | Stmo Rosario | aio. de 1818 |
Poconchi | DGB.

Original manuscript, 40 unnwnbered leaves and 1 blank 1., 16°, in possession

of Dr. D. G. Brinton. ‘Title, verso blank, 11.; recto of 1.2 blank, the sermon, in
Spanish, beginning on the verso, with the Poconchi version on the recto of the
leaf following. This plan is pursued through the 39 ll.; the verso of the 39th
blank. The manuscript forms part of the Berendt collection, and, like No. 35 a,
was obtained at Cahabon.

35 d ——— Sermones y Platicas en lengua Castellana y Pocomchi,
1818-1820. a

Original manuscript, in two volumes. folio. Vol. I: 2 p.Il., ll. 1-30, 1-78.
Vol. II: ll. 1-97. The writing is in a large and reasonably plain hand, the Po-
comchi and Spanish being in parallel columns on the same page. The author
was a dominican, cura of Tactic in Vera Paz, and thoroughly conversant with
the language. In possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton, from whose manuscript cata-
logue of the Berendt collection the title and description are taken.

37 = Aguirre (Manuel). Doctrina | Christiana, | y | Platicas | doctri-
nales, | traducidas en lengua Opata | por el P. Rector Manuel
Aguirre, | de la Compania de Jesus. | Quien las dedica | al Ilmo.
Senor Doctor | D. Pedro Tamaron | del Consejo de 8. M., | dignis-
simo obispo de Durango. | Con las licencias necessarias. |

Impressas en la Imprenta del Real, y mas antiguo Colegio de |
San Idefonso de Mexico, aio de 1765. | *

3 p. IL, pp. 1-162,index 1 1. 4°. Improved title of No. 37, furnished by Sr.
Icazbalceta from copy owned by him.

39a Aiamie. Aiamie NikamoSinan. | WE.
No title-page. Pp.1-36. 18°. Hymns in the Abbitibi dialect of the Cree
language. The titles of the hymns are in French.
Aiamie TipadjimoSin. [In Algonkin.] See [Cuog (fév. Jean
André), No. 947.

40 Aiamieu. L. J. C. et M. I. | Aiamieu | Kukuetshimitun | Misinai-
gan. | [Vignette.] |
Kaiakonigants nte opisti koiats. | Nte etat Augustin Coté et C®. |
1848. | V. BA. WE.
Pp. 1-53,11. 12°. Improved title of No. 40. Catechism composed by the Rey.
Flavien Durocher for the Montagnais Indians residing near the river Saguenay.
40 a ——— L.J.C.etM.I. | Aiamieu | Kukuetshimitun | Misinaigan |
[ Vignette. ]
Kaiakonigants nte opisti koiats. | Nte etat Aug. Cote et Cie. |
1856. | Vv.
Pp.1-72. A later edition of No. 40. Catechism, pp. 1-46; prayers, &c., 47-72.
40 b ——— L.J.C.et M.I. | Aiamieu | Kushkushkutu | Mishinaigan. |
[Oblate seal. |
Kaiakonigants nte opisti koiats. | Nte etat Aug. Cote et Cie. |
1856. | Wo
Pp. 1-104. 12°. Chants for mass, with words in the Montagnais language.

AGUILAR—ALLEN. 845

50 a Albuquerque (Bernardo). Doctrina cristiana en lengua Zapoteca.
Title from Beristain.

52 a Aleazar (Fr. Juan de). Doctrina cristiana en lengua Zapoteca,
cou equivalencia latina. *
Title from Sobron’s Idiomas de la América Latina, p. 25.

a [Alden (Rev. Timothy).] Aboriginal Etymology.
In Craig (N. B.), editor. The Olden Time, vol. 1, pp. 325-329. Pittsburgh, 1846,
2 vols. 8°.
Contains the etymology of a number of Indian words, from the Allegheny
Magazine, published by Rev. Timothy Alden.
Reprinted in Craig (N.B.), editor. The Olden Time. Cincinnati, 1876. 2
vols. 8°. i

cr
Or

56 « Alemany (D. Lorenzo de). Elementos de Gramatica Castellana.
Nueva Edicion por el Lie D. J. E. de la Rocha.

Leon de Nicaragua. Imprenta dela Paz. 1858. sa

Title from Dr. Brinton’s manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection now

in his possession, where he says: Interesting for its references, on p. 198, to

the Mangues, who, the editor remarks, are distinguished ‘‘por su idioma sonora.”

61 Algora (r. Juan). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Tarasca.
See No. 61. This author is not mentioned either in Antonio or in Beristain. It
is probable that Ayora (Ir. Juan), No. 196, was meant by Ludewig.

62 a Allen (Miss A. J.) Thrilling Adventures, | Travels and Explora-
tions | of | Doctor Elijah White, | among the | Rocky Mountains |
and in the | Far West. | With | incidents of two sea voyages via
Sand- | wich Islands around Cape Horn; | containing also a brief
history of the Missions and settlement of the Country | —Origin of
the Provisional Governments of the Western | Territories—Num-
ber and Customs of the Indians— | Incidents witnessed while trav-
ersing and Re- | siding in the Territories—Description of | the Soil,
Production and Climate. | Compiled by Miss A. J. Allen. |

New York: | J. W. Yale. | 1859. | B.
Pp. ili-xvi, 17-430. 12°. Oregon sentences, pp. 395-396. Later edition of
No. 62.

62 b Allen (William). An | American | Biographical and Historical |
Dictionary, | containing an account of the | Lives, Characters, and
Writings | of the | most eminent persons in North America from
its first settlement, | and a summary of the | History of the several
Colonies | and of the | United States. | By William Allen, D. D., |
President of Bowdoin College; | Fellow of the Amer. Acad. of Arts
and Sciences; and Member of the Amer. Antiq. | Soc., and of the
Hist. Soc. of Maine, N. Hampshire, and N. York. | [Quotation, one
line.] | Second edition. |

Boston: | Published by William Hyde & Co. | M DCCC XXXII
[1852]. | A.O.S.

Pp. i-viii, 1-800. 8°. A few words from Wood’s vocabulary of the Massachu-
setts Indian language, pp. 790-791. The first edition, Cambridge, 1809 (c.), con-
tains no linguistics.

846 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Allen (William) —continued.

2 ¢ ——— The | American | Biographical Dictionary: | containing an
account of the | Lives, Characters, and Writings | of the | Most
Eminent Persons Deceased in North America, | from its first settle-
ment. | By | William Allen, D. D., | late President of Bowdoin
College, [etc., four lines.] | [Quotation, one line.] | Third edition. |

Boston: | Published by John P. Jewett and Company. | Cleve-
land, Ohio: | Henry P. B. Jewett. | M. DCCC. LVII [1857]. |

Pp. i-ix, 1-905. 8°. A few words from Wood’s vocabulary of the Massachu-
setts Indian language, p. 879. A. T. BA. WE.

63 a Allgemeine Historie | der Reisen zu Wasser und Lande; |
oder | Sammlung | aller | Reisebeschreibungen, | welche bis itzo |
in verschiedenen Sprachen von allen Volkern herausgegeben wor-
den, | und einen vollstindigen Begriff von der neuern Erdbeschrei-
bung | und Geschichte machen; | Worinnen der wirkliche Zustand
aller Nationen vorgestellet, und das | Merkwiirdigste, Niitzlichste
und Wahrhaftigste in | Europa, Asia, Africa und America, | in
Ansehung ihrer verschiedenen Reiche und Linder; deren Lage,
Grésze, Grenzen, | Eintheilungen, Himmelsgegenden, Erdreichs,
Friichte, Thiere, Fliisse, Seen, Gebiirge, | groszen und kleinen
Stiidte, Hiifen, Gebiiude, | u.s. w. | wie auch der Sitten und Ge-
briiuche, der Einwohner, ihrer Religion, Regierungsart, | Kiinste
und Wissenschaften, Handlung und Manufacturen, | enthalten ist;
| Mit néthigen Landkarten | nach den neuesten und richtigsten
astronomischen Wahrnehmungen und mancherley | Abbildungen
der Stiidte, Kiisten, Aussichten, Thiere, Gewiichse, Kleidungen, |
und anderer dergleichen Merkwiirdigkeiten, versehen; | Durch eine
Gesellschaft gelehrter Minner im Englischen zusammen getragen,

| und aus demselben ins Deutsche tibersetzet. | Erster [-Sieb-
zehnter] Band. | Mit Konig]. Polu. und Churf. Sachs. allergniidig-
ster Freyheit. |

Leipzig, bey Arkstee und Merkus. 1747 [-1759]. | A. C. BP.

17 vols. 4°. In most of the volumes the second line of the title reads: ‘der
Reisen zu Wasser und zu Lande;”. The work is based on Astley’s Collection of
Voyages, and Prevost’s Histoire Générale des Voyages.

Vocabulary and numerals 1-1000 of the Mexican language (from Lact), vol.
13, pp. 614-616.—Numerals 1-100 and vocabulary of the New York Indians (from
Laet), vol. 16, p. 605.—Vocabulary of the language of Hudson’s Bay, vol. 16, pp.
658, 659.—Von der Sprache, der Regierung und Religion der Wilden, vol. 17, pp.
19-35, contains, on p. 22, the hymn ‘‘O Salutaris hostia” in Abenakisch, Algon-
quinisch, Huronisch, and Illinesisch (from Rasles).

63 b Allis (Samuel). Pawnee Vocabulary. %
Manuscript. 34 pp. folio. In the library of Mr. J. G. Shea, Blizabeth, N. J.

64 Almeida (P. Teodore de). Piadoso * * * al Idioma Mexicano.
Improperly given under this author, but properly under Gambino, No. 1397.

ALLEN—ALVA. 847

69 a Alsop (George). A | Character of the Province | of | Maryland. |

1
bo

1

bo

| =eal.] | By George Alsop. | 1666. |
Baltimore, 1880. |
Outside title as above 1 1., half title 1 1., followed by inside title, as follows, 11.:
Reissued as | Fund-Publication, No. 15. | A | Character of the
Province | of | Maryland. | [Seal.| | By George Alsop. | 1666. |
Baltimore, 1880. | C. BP.
Followed by 4 1l., pp. 9-125, as described in No. 69.

Alva (Bartholomé de). Confessionario | Mayor, y Menor | en len-
gva Mexicana. | Y platicas, contra las Supresticiones [sic] de idola-
tria, | que el dia de oy an quedado a los Naturales | desta Nueua
Hspania, é instrucion de los | Santos Sacramentos, &e. | Al Ilvstris-
simo Senor D, | Erancisco [sic] Manso y Zufiga, Arg¢obispo de Mexi-
co, | del Consejo de su Magestad, y del Real de las | Indias, &c. Mi
Senor. | Nvevamente compvesto por | el Bachiller don Bartholome
de Alua, Beuefi | ciado del Partido de Chiapa de Mota. | Atio de
1634. |

4] Con licencia. | Impresso en Mexico, por Francisco Salbago, |
impressor del Secreto del Sancto Officio. | Por Pedro de Quinones. |

Colophon: Ein Mexico | En la Imprenta de Francisco | Salbago
librero, Impressor | del Secreto del Sancto | Officio. | En la Calle
de San Francisco. | Ano M. DC. XXXIIIT [1634]. | DGB.

4 p.Il., ll. 1-52, the last one unnumbered. 4°. The Confessional, in Spanish and
Mexican, in two columns; and the Credo, Pater Noster, Ave Maria, and Salve, in
Mexican only. Improved title of No. 70. In the only copy of this work seen by
me, 1]. 48-52 are missing. The colophon and collation are taken from the copy
of Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, corrected by himself, in my possession.

Comedia del gran teatro | del mundo traducida en | La
lengua Mexicana Diri- | gida al P*. Jacome Baci- | lio, Por el Bt. D
Bart*. Dalba | B.

Manuscript. 15 11.sm.4°. Handwriting of the middle of the 17th century.
Improved title of No. 72 (1).

The comedy itself is entirely in Mexican, its title being: | Nican motemahui-
coltia yn yxquuich mocsiutiuh tlal | -tiepac, anh yn mochichihuazque yotlama-
huicoltizque |

Comedia famosa de Lope | de Vega carpio del ani | mal
Propheta y dichoso pa | tricida traducida en lengua | mex™. propio
y natural ydio | ma Por el B*. f. Bart*. | de Alba el ano de 1640 B.

Manuscript. 39 I]. sm.4°. Improved title of No. 72 (II).

A comedy of the celebrated Lope de Vega Carpio, translated into Mexican.
A colophon states that the translator’s work was completed 16th April, 1641.

Comedia de Lope de Vega Carpio | intitulada la madre de
la mejor. | Traducida en lengua Mex.™ y dirigida | al P*. oracio Ca-
rochi de la comp*. de | J HS. B.

Manuscript. 1511. sm.4°. Improved title of No. 72 (III).

The cast, containing characters of widely separated epochs—from Adam and
Eve to Saints Joachim and Ann, as well as the devil, angels, shepherds, and the
like—a mingling common to the religious dramas of Lope and his school—and
the stage directions, are in Spanish; the play itself in Mexican. Handwriting

848 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Alva (Bartholomé de)—continued.
of the middle of the 17th century. The initial of Vega’s nameis fancifully adorned
with a bird and a flower; at the end of the title are two cherubim’s heads. The
manuscript is probably by a pupil of Carochi.

These three manuscripts are in the Bancroft library, San Francisco, having
been purchased at the sale of the Ramirez collection in London; they are entered
under No. 515 of the catalogue of that sale.

72 a ——— Sermones en lengua mejicana. *

“Son tambien estimables los Sermones en ese lenguaje, mas parece que es-
eribi6. otros libros.”—Sobron’s Idiomas, p. 31.

73 Alvarado (P. F. Francisco). Vocabulario | en Lengva Misteca,
hecho | por los Padres de la Orden de | Predicadores, que residen
en ella, y vltima | mente recopilado, y acabado por el | Padre Fray
Francisco de Alua- | rado, Vicario de Tamacu- | lapa, de la misma |
Orden. |

En Mexico. | Con licencia, En casa de Pedro Balli. | 1593. |

Colophon: § Acabose este presente Vocabulario, En Tamagu-
lapa, | a 6 de Septicbre de 1592 afios. El qual con | su auctor, se
somete y subiecta a la cor- | rection de la Sancta madre | Yglesia
Romana. | En Mexico. | En casa de Pedro Balli. Ano de | 1593. | *

6 p. 1,11. 1-204. 4°. Improved title of No. 73, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta.

73 a Alvarado (Dr. Lucas). Vocabulario | de la lengua de los Indios |
del Pueblo de | Caché, | (Costa Rica). | Colectado por | Dr. Lucas
Alvarado, | Cartago. 1866. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title 11.; 1 blank 1.; vocabulary, Spanish and Indian, pp. 5-8
folio. <A dialect of the Talamanca.

73 b ——— Vocabularios de las Lenguas Vizeita y Caché. Colectadas
por Dr. Lucas Alvarado, 1873. | DGB.

Original manuscript of about 300 words, collected for Dr. Berendt.

75 Amaro(Juan Romualdo). Doctrina extractada | de los Catecismos
Mexicanos | de los Padres | Paredes, Carochi y Castano, | autores
muy selectos: | traducida al Castellano | para mejor instruccion de
los Indios, en las Oraciones | y Misterios principales de la Doctrina
eristiana, | por el Presbitero capellan | Don Juan Romualdo
Amaro, | Catedratico que fué en dicho idioma en el Colegio j Se-
ininario de Tepotzotlan, antes Vicario operario | veinte y nueve
anos en varias Parrcquiaswde esta | Sagrada Mitra, y Opositor 4
Curatos. | Va atiadido en este Catecismo, | el Preambulo de la Con-
fesion para la mejor disposicion | de los Indios en el Santo Sacra-
mento de la Penitencia, | y para las personas curiosas que fueren
aficionadas al | idioma, con un Modo Practico de contar, segun
fuere | el nu‘nero de la materia, para el mismo fin. |

Mexico: .340. | Imprenta de Luis Abadiano y Valdes, | calle de
las Escalerillas nim. 13. | B.
4 p.ll., pp. 1-79. 8°. Improved title of No. 75.

American Cyclopedia. See Ripley (G.) and Dana (C. A.), editors,
No. 3313.

ALVA

AMPERE. 849

85 a American Ethnological Society. Bulletin | of the | American |
Ethnological Society. | Volume I. |
New York: | Published for the Society. | 186061.| — c. BA. WE.
Printed cover, title 1 1., pp. 3-72. 8°. folding plate. Continued as:
Caption: Bulletin of the Proceedings of the American Ethnolog-
ical Society. In the City of New York, for the years 1861 & 1862.
No title-page. 16 pp. 8°. T. WE.
Lennan (Cyrus). Extracts from a vocabulary of the Pima language, p. 6.

86 American Historical Record. The American | Historical Record, |
and repertory of | Notes and Queries. | Concerning the history and
antiquities of America | and biography of Americans. | Edited by
Benson J. Lossing, LL. D. | [Picture of Franklin.] | Vol. I {-ILI]. |

Philadelphia: | Chase & Town, Publishers, | 142 South Fourth
Street. | 1872 [-1874]. | C. W. BP.

3 vols. 4°. Merged into Potter’s Monthly. Improved title of No. 86.

Berendt(C.H.) The Darien language, vol. 3, pp. 54-59.

Brant (Joseph). Letter to General Schuyler, vol. 2, pp. 354-356.

Bliot’s Bible for the Indians, vol. 3, pp. 410-411.

Old Records from New Jersey, vol. 1, pp. 308-311.

94a American Quarterly Register. The | American | Quarterly Regis-
ter | and | Magazine. | [One line quotation.] | Conducted by James
Stryker. | May, 1848.... Vol. I. No. I [-Vol. VI]. |
Philadelphia: | E.C. and J. Biddle, | No. 6 South Fifth Street. |
[1848-1851. | C. W.
6 vols. 8°.
Morgan (Lewis H.) The Fabrics of the Iroquois, vol. 4, pp. 313-343.

946 American Review. The | American Review: | a Whig Journal |
of | politics, literature, art and science. | ‘To stand by the consti-
tution.” | Vol I [-VI]. | [One line quotation. ]

New-York: | Wiley and Putnam. | 1845 [-1847]. | C. W. BA.

6 vols. 8°, All I have seen.

[Morgan (Lewis H.)] Letters on the Iroquois, by Skenandoah, vol. 5, pp. 177-
190, 242-257, 447-461; vol. 6, pp. 477-490, 626-633,

97@ Ampére (Jean Jacques Antoine). Promenade | en | Amérique |
Etats-Unis—Cuba—Mexique | par | J. J. Ampere | de PAcadémie
Frangaise | Tome Premier [-Second] |

Paris | Michel Lévy Freres, Libraires-Editeurs | Rue Vivienne,
2bis | 1855 | L’Auteur et les Editeurs se réservent le.droit de repro-
duction et de traduction | a Pétranger. | 5y B.C. BP.

2 vols. 8°. Langues mexicaines, vol. 2, pp. 298-302, contains brief remarks
and a short vocabulary showing analogies between Chinese and Othomi.

97 b ——— Promenade | en | Amérique | Etats Unis—Cuba—Mexique |
par | J. J. Ampére | de VAcadémie Frangaise | Nouvelle édition en-
tierement révue | Tome Premier [-Second]. | [Monogram.]

54 Bib

850 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Ampére (Jean Jacques Antoine)—continued.
Paris | Michel Lévy Fréres, Libraires-Editeurs | Rue Vivienne,
2 bis | 1860 | Tous droits réservés | B.BA.
2 vols. 8°. Linguistics as in 1855 edition, vol. 2, pp. 298-302.
Analysis of the Bible. See [Cook (Rev. Joseph Winfield)], No. 868.
Anamihe-Masinahigan. See [Belcourt (Rev. G. A.)|, No. 334.

105 a Anderson (Alexander Caulfield). Price one dollar and fifty cents. |
Hand-book | and | Map | to| the Gold Region | of | Frazer’s and
Thompsouw’s Rivers, | with | Table of Distances. | By Alexander C.
Anderson, | Late Chief Trader Hudson Bay Co’s Service. | To
which is appended | Chinook Jargon—Language used | Ete., Ete. |

Published by J. J. Lecount, | San Francisco. | Entered [&c., two
lines]. [1858.] B.

Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-31. 32°. map.

Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon, pp. 25-31. To this Mr. Anderson has ap-
pended a manuscript note in the copy seen, asfollows. ‘This vocabulary, pro-
cured by the publisher from some one in §.F.,is a miserable affair, and was
appended without my knowledge.—A. C. A.”

106 @ ——— Notes | on | North-Western America. | By | Alexander
Caulfield Anderson, J. P. | (Formerly of the Hudson’s Bay Com-
pany.) |

Montreal: | Mitchell & Wilson, Printers, 192 St. Peter Street. |
1876. | JWP.

Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-22. 8°. ‘‘Indians,” pp. 20-22, includes a number of
tribal names with English signification.

116a Andrade (José Leocadio). Quilich | Xocbil-u Payalchi | ti e-cole-

bil | x-zuhuy Maria, | yetel u chucaan payalchiob | ualkezahanta-
cob ti Maya-dtan | tumen | Don Hozé Leocadio Andrade, | h-mek-
tan-pixnal Kantunil, | etel huntul yetkinil. |

Ho ti Yucatanlae. | Tu dzal-hocmal Spinosa yet lak. | 1 pic—2
bak—4 kaal. | oe

Translation:—The most holy rosary of our Lady the Virgin Mary, and other
prayers translated into the idiom Yucateco by Don José Leocadio Andrade, parish
priest of Kantunil, and by one of his colleagues. Mérida de Yucatan. Typo-
graphy of Espinosa & Co. 1880.

53 pp. 8°. Entirely in the Maya language. Title communicated by Sr. leaz-
balceta, from copy in his possession.

116) André (Rev. Louis d’). Dictionnaire Algonquin. | F.

Manuscript. No title; heading only; 409 unnumbered 11. written on both

sides; sm. 4°.. The 3 p.1l. contain instructions or rules, followed by 1 blank 1.;

then begins: “A. Il m’a donné un livre & lire”—followed. by the Algonkin

equivalent. The French words are written in the middle of the page as head-

ings, the Algonkin underneath and running entirely across the page. The last
word is zéle. :

116¢

— {Homilies in the Algonkin language. | F.

Manuscript, 49 unnumbered ll. 12°. The first 8 ll. are in parallel columns,
French and Algonkin; the remaining ll. are alternately French on the left-hand,
Algonkin on the right-hand pages.. Verso of 11.47 and 48, blank. L. 49has afew
lines on recto only; verso blank. This is a copy, and incomplete.

AMPERE—ANNALFS. 851

André (Rev. Louis d’)—continued.

116d ——— Collectio | Sequens est conscripta | 4 P. Ludovico André,
qui | fuit silvicolarum Montanorum | Missionariusadann. M.D.C.
XC II. | Alia manuseripta ejusd. scil. Cate- | chismus, rudimen-
tum, etexhor- | tationes, servanturinarchiv. | Tadussakensi[Tadou-
sak], sub. No. 1. | F.

Manuscript, 25 11. 16°. In the Montagnais language.

Louis André came to Canada in 1669, and died at Quebec in 1715. He was mis-
sionary at Sault Ste. Marie in 1670, on Lake Huron and Nipissing in 1671, at
Green Bay from 1672 till after 1680, then was sent to the Chicoutimi and Tadous-
sac missions, where he remained till 1713.

116 e —— [Manuscripts by R. P. Louis André, missionary to the Mon-
tagnais at the end of the 17th century. |] i
In the archives of the Catholic Church at Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka),
Canada. The following list was furnished by Erminnie A. Smith, an employé
of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Precepts, phrases, and words in the Algonkin language.
French Ottawa Dictionary. Revised and augmented by M. Depéret. 12°.
Ottawa translation of a work entitled Catechisme des principes. 1683.

Anichinabek amisinahikaniwa. See Déjean (Aug.), No. 1008.

121 a Anléo (Fr. Bartolome). Arte | de | Lengua Kiche | Compuesto
por N.M.h. P.* | Fr. Bartolome Auleo, | Religioso Menor de N. S.
P. San Francisco. | Copia tomada de una copia en poder de | Dn.
E. G. Squier en Nueva York, sacada de una copia en la Biblioteca
Imperial | en Paris, la cual habia sido tomada del | original por
Fr. Ant®. Ramirez de Utrilla | el Ato de 1744. | DGB.

Manuscript. Copy of the work title of which is given in No, 121 of this cat-
alogue. Title, reverse blank, 11.; pp. 3-133. 16°. A part of the Berendt col-
lection in possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Media, Pa. The original is lost, but
a copy made in 1744 by Fr. Antonio Ramirez de Utrilla is preserved in the
National Library, Paris.

121) Annales | de | Philosophie Chrétienne, | Recueil Périodique | Des-
tiné a faire connaitre tout ce que les sciences humaines | et en
particulier Vhistoire, les antiquités, VPastronomie, la | géologie,
Vhistoire naturelle, la botanique, la physique, la | chimie, ’anato-
mie, la physiologie, la médecine et la juris- | prudence renferment
de preuves et de découvertes en faveur | du Christianisme; |
Par une Société | @ecclésiastiques, de littérateurs, de naturalistes,
de médecins | et de jurisconsultes. | Premitre Année. | Seconde
édition.—1833. | Tome I [-Sixiéme série. Tome XVII. (96° volume
de Ja collection.)|. |

Paris, | Au Bureau des Annales de Philosophie Chrétienne, | Rue
St.-Guillaume, n° 23, Fanb. St.-Germain. | 1830 [-1879]. | A.W.

96 vols. 8°. First series, 1830-1836, 12 vols. ; second series, 1836-1839, 7 vols. ;
third series, 1840-1849, 20 vols.; fourth series, 1850-1859, 20 vols.; fifth series,
1860-1869, 20 vols.; sixth series, 1870-1879, 17 vols.

Bertrand (JM. V Abbé). Synglosse du nom de Dieu, vol. 23, pp. 182-194.

Bonnetty (A.) Du calendrier Mexicain, vol. 7, pp. 387-396.

852 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Annales, ete.—vcontinued.
Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé C.E.) Nouvelles découvertes sur les Tradi-
tions Primitives couservées chez les anciens habitants de Amérique, vol. 50,
pp. 278-296, 325-341; vol. 51, pp. 199-220, 477-491; vol. 52, pp. 62-79, 112-117.
Charencey (H. de). De la parenté de la langue Japonaice avec les idiomes
Tartares & Aiméricains, vol. 57, pp. 7-24.
Recherches sur la famille de langues Américaines Pirinda-Othomi, vol.
75, pp. 49-58.
[Cuoq (Rev. J.A.)] Quels étaient les sauvages que recontra Jacq. Cartier,
vol. 79, pp. 198-204.
Humboldt (F.H.A.) Calendrier Mexicain expliqué, vol. 7, pp. 397-403.

121c¢ Annales | de la | Propagation de la Foi. | Recueil Périodique | des
lettres des Evéques et des Missionaires | des Missions des deux
Mondes, et de tous les documents | relatifs aux missions et a
Veeuvre | de la propagation de la Foi. | Collection faisant suite aux
Lettres édifiantes. | Tome Premier [-Cinquante-deuxieme] |
A Lyon, | chez Vediteur des Annales, | Rue du Pérat, N° 6. | 1853
[1822-1880]. | A.C. W. BP.
52 vols. 8°. Each volume contains about six numbers. The publication began
in 1822, and some of the numbers ran through several editions. The title also
varies in some of the earlier volumes, viz: ‘‘Association de la Propagation de la
Foi, Nouvelles de l’Association,” ‘ Nouvelles regues des Missions,” ete.
This work has also been published in English (Paris, 1838) and in Spanish,
neither of which editions have I seen.
Badin (MW. Theod.) ainé. Lettre, vol. 6, pp. 165-177.
Badin (M.F.V.) le jeune. Lettre, vol. 4, pp. 534-546.
Déjean (M. Aug.) Lettre, vol. 4, pp. 491-496.
Demilier (Edmond). Lettre, vol. 8, pp. 191-200.
Frémiot (N.M.) Lettre, vol. 26, pp. 241-269.
Laverlochére (?. P.) Extrait d’une lettre, vol. 17,7pp. 257-264.
Missions de la Baie d’ Hudson, vol. 23, pp. 202-229.
Lettre, vol. 24, pp. 69-79.
Missions de la Louisiane, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 22-46.
Nouvelle Bretagne. Vicariat apostolique d@’Athabaska et Mackenzie, vol. 43,
pp. 457-478.
Poirier (Mgr. Ch.) Lettre, vol. 37, pp. 453-462.
Smet (P.J.de). Lettre, vol. 11, pp. 479-498.
Taché (Myr.) Extrait @une lettre, vol. 24, pp. 329-354.

Anner’ ]ab innungorsimasub. See {Rudolph (—)], No. 3410.

122 Annunciacion (Ff. Tuan de la). Doctrina Christia | na mvy cvm-
plida, donde se con- | tiene la exposicion de todo lo necessario para
Do- | etrinar alos Yndios, y administralles los San- | ctos Sacramen-
tos. Compuesta en eae | Castellana y Mexicana por el muy
Re | uerendo padre Fray Iuan de la Anun | ciacion | Religioso de la
orden | del glorioso Doctor de la Y | glesia sant Augustin. | Diri-
gida al muy Excellente Principe don Martin Enrriquez Visor- | rey
gouernador y capitan general en esta nueua Espana, y presiden | te
del Audiencia real que en ella reside. | [Engraving.] |

En Mexico en casa de Pedro Balli. | 1575, |

ANNALES—ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 853

Annunciacion (7. Tuan de la)—continued.

12

4

125

1

1

28

29

Colophon: A gloria y honra de Dios nvestro | sefior y de la siem-
pre virgen Sancta Maria su madre y sefora | nuestra, fenesce la
Doctrina Christiana muy digna de ser sabida que compuso en len-
gua Mexicana y Castel | lana el muy Reuerendo Padre Fray Iuan |
de la Anunciacion subprior de sant | Augustin desta ciudad. | En
Mexico en casa de Pedro Balli. | 1575. B. L.

6 p.U., pp. 1-275; in two columns, the Mexican in Roman, the Spanish in
italics. Concludes with 7 Il, tables and errata. 4°. Improved title of No. 122.
The copy in the Bancroft library is minus the title-page.

Cathecismo | en lengua Mexicana y | Espanola, breve y muy
compen | dioso, para saber la Do | ctrina Christiana y ensefarla. |
Compuesto por el Muy Reverendo | Padre Fray Iuan de la Annun-
ciacion Supprior del | Monasterio de Sant Augustin | de Mexico. |
[Engraving of St. Augustin.] Con licencia. |

En Mexico, Por Antonio Ricardo. M.D. LX XVII [1577]. |

Colophon: A gloria y honra de Dios | nuestro senor, y de la glo-
riosa virgen sancta Maria | senora nuestra, en el vltimo dia del mes
de Se | ptiembre se acabo la impression de aquesta | obra, de Ser-
monario y Cathecismo. Co | puesta por el muy reuerendo padre |
Fray Iuan de la Anntciacion, Sub | prior del monasterio de Sant |
Augustin de aquesta ciudad de Mexico. | En Mexico. | Por Antonio
Ricardo Impressor de libros. | Alo de. M.D. LXXVII [1577]. | *

10 p.Ul. From 1, 231 to 1. 267 is the Catechism in two columns—one in Mexi-
can, the other in Spanish, the former in shorter lines and much smaller letters.
Appended to Sermonario en lengua Mexicana, No. 123. Improved title of No.
124, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, from copy owned by him.

q Sermones para pu- | blicar, y despedir la Bulla de la
sancta cruza | da: compuestos y traduzidos en legua Me | xicana y
castellana (por madado del illustris | simo seior don Pedro Moya
de Contre- | ras, Arcobispo de Mexico) por el muy reue | rendo
Padre, Fray Juan de la An- | niiciacid, religioso de sat Augustin.
[Engraving of St. Augustin. |
En Mexico. | Por Antonio de Spinosa. 1575. | *
1211. 4°. Black letter. In two columns, Mexican and Spanish. Improved
title of No. 125, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta. The title Aq se cd | tiene, &e.,
given in the main part of this catalogue, is at the head of the text on the second
leaf, and was taken from the imperfect copy sold at the Fischer sale.

Anthropological Society of London. Memoirs.
There should be added to this title the following contents:
Bollaert (William). Introduction to the Palwography of America, vol. 1,
pp. 169-194.
Some account of the astronomy of the Red Man of the New World, vol.
1, pp. 210-280.

a Anthropological Society of Washington. ‘Transactions | of the |
Anthropological Society | of Washington. | Por the First, Second,
and Third Years of its Organization. | Published with the co-opera-

854

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Anthropological Society of Washington—continued.

tion of the Smithsonian Institution. | Volume I |-IT]. | February
10, 1879, to January 17, 1882 [-February 7, 1882, to May 15, 1883]. |
Washington: | Printed for the Society. | 1882 [-1883]. | JWP.
Gatschet (A. 8.) The Shetimasha Indians of St. Mary’s Parish, southern
Louisiana, vol. 2, pp. 148-158.
Hoffman (Dr. W. J.) Compatieon of Eskimo pictographs with those of other
American aborigines, vol. 2, pp. 128-146.
Appendix to the Kalispel-English Dictionary. See Giorda (Rev. J.),
No. 1555.

Aquino Cortés y Zedeno (Geronymo Thomas de). See Cortés y
Zedenio (G. T. de Aquino), No. 900.

136 a Ara (R. P. Fr. Domingo de). Extractos | del | Arte de la lengua

144

147

156

160

Tzendal | por | el R. P. Fr. Domingo de Ara | de la orden de S°

Domingo. | DGB.
-Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1.; extracts, pp. 1-8. 4°. The original

was in the possession of the late Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg. It is doubtless

an extract from the manuscript given in No. 136 of this catalogue.

a ——— Vocabulario castellano y tzeldal. *
Manuscript. 19811. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 33.

Archives | littéraires | de ’Kurope. | Ou, | Mélanges de littérature, |
Whistoire, | et de philosophie. | Par une Société de Gens de Let-
tres, | Suivis | d’une Gazette littéraire universelle. | Tome I [-X VII,
No. 3]. |

Paris, chez Henrichs, rue de la Loi, no. 1231. | A Tubingue, chez
Cotta. | 1804[(-1808]. BA.

17 vols. 8°. Four numbers to a volume; suppressed in 1808. Improved title
of No. 147. E

Bourgoing (J. I.) Relation d’un voyage, vol. 2, pp. 54-89.

{Arenas (Pedro de).| Vocabulario | manual | de las lenguas | cas-
tellana y mexicana, | en que se contienen | las palabras, preguntas
y respu- | estas mas comunes y ordinarias, | que se suelen ofrecer
en el trato | y communicacion entre | Espanoles @ Indios. | Com-
puesto por | Pedro de Arenas. |

Impresso con Licencia, y | Abrobacion [sic] en Mexico: | En la
Impreta de Francisco de Rivera, en la Calle de S. Augustin. | Ano
de 1728. |

6 p.11.,140 pp. 8°. Improved title of No. 156, furnished by Sr. Icazbaleeta.

Guide de la Conversation | en trois langues | Frangais,
Espagnol et Mexicain | contenant | un petit abrégé de la grammaire
mexicaine | un vocabulaire des mots les plus usuels et des dialogues
aduit en Frangais |

par M. Charles Romey |
Paris | Maisonneuye et C'*, Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Vol-
taire, 15 | 1862 | A.B. BA,
Pp. 1-72. 12°. Improved title of No. 160,

ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY—ARROYO. 855

160q@ Armin (Th.) Das heutige Mexiko. | Land und Volk unter Spa-
niens Herrschaft, | sowie | nach erlangter Selbstiindigkeit. | Unter
Benukung der zuverliissigsten und neuesten Duellen herausge-
geben | von | Th Armin. | [Wood-cut.] Mit 150 in dem Text ge-
druckten Abbildungen, nebst sechs Tonbildern. |

Leipzig. | Verlag von Otto Spamer. | 1865. | B.

Pp. i-xii, 1-427. sq. 12°. Lord’s Prayer in Quiche, p. 255.

160) Armstrong (A. N.) Oregon: | comprising a | Brief History and
Full Description | of the Territories of | Oregon and Washington, |
embracing the | Cities, Towns, Rivers, Bays, | Harbors, Coasts,
Mountains, Valleys, | Prairies and Plains; together with remarks |
upon the social position, productions, resources and | prospects of
the country, a Dissertation upon | the Climate, and a full deserip-
tion of | the Indian Tribes of the Pacific | Slope, their manners,
ete. | Interspersed with | Incidents of Travel and Adventure. | By
A. N. Armstrong, | for three years a Government Surveyor in
Oregon. |

Chicago: | Published by Chas. Scott & Co. | 1857. | A.C. BA.

Pp. i-vi, 7-147. 12°. Vocabulary of the [Chinook] Jargon, pp. 145-146.—
Nootka Vocabulary, pp. 146 -147.

163 a Arroyo de la Cuesta (Hr. Felipe). Jesus, Maria et Josep. | Alphabs
Rivulus Obeundus | Exprimationum causa | Horum Indorum Mut-
sun | Missionis sanct. Joann Baptiste | Exquisitarum | A Fr.
Philipp. ab Ar. yo de la Cuesta | supradictz missionis Indior.
Minist. | Opus pitillum et renascens elaboratum meatim | in tem-
pore attrepidationis mez. | Ano de 1815 | con privilegio de [ Ribrica
of Father Arroyo] | conveniunt rebus nomina spe suis | B.

Manuscript 47 ll. folio; in the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal. It is
the original of No. VIII of Shea’s Library of American Linguistics (No. 163 of
this catalogue). According to a note on the inside of the parchment cover of the
manuscript, signed by A. S. Taylor, from whom it was purchased by Mr. Ban-
croft, it appears that the book was sent 5th January, 1857, to the Smithsonian In-
stitution, where a copy was made. The manuscript was returned to Monterey
10th May, 1857. From an inscription on the outside of the cover it appears that
the manuscript had belonged to the Bishop of Monterey—Dr. Garcia Diego,
Bishop of the Californias, being meant.

The work is preceded by what Father Arroyo terms a prognostic, or warning,
and by a second preface, both written in Monkish Latin and in the quaint style
characteristic of the author.

The body of the work consists of a vocabulary containing a rather extensive
collection of phrases in common use in Mutsun and Spanish. At the end of the
vocabulary are some of the usual prayers of the church, some music, the form-
ule in use for the confessional and for the publication of the banns of matri-
mony, the announcement of festivals, and the like—all in the Mutsun tongue,
with the necessary explanations in Spanish. Then follow the music of various
dances and the refrains sung by the dancers.

163 ) ——— N.S. | V. J. M. y. Jph | Quaderno de Lengua | de | “ San
Luis Obispo”, de “Ja Purisima” y de | ‘Santa Inez.” | Con las notas
gramaticales correspondientes | a esta Idioma prepositios, y pre-

856

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Arroyo de la Cuesta (fr. Felipe)—continued.

verbal que | no tiene analogia alguna con el Mutsun, | ni con el
Juncaleno. | Fr. Felipe Arroyo. | Marzo 6 de 1837. | p* nfo. uso, | B.

Manuscript. 26 ll. folio. Inthe Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal. It is a
copy of the original manuscript existing in the archives of the ex-mission of
Santa Barbara, California. Mr. Alphonse Pinart also possesses a copy.

Some words of the Esseleneijan, or Esselen, language, and of the Huelel lan-
guage, both spoken by Indians of La Soledad mission, Il. 2-3.—Numerals and
words of languages spoken at the missions of San Antonio and San Miguel, ll. 3-5;
the same spoken by Indians of San Luis Obispo, ll. 6-8; the same in the dialect
of Indians of La Purisima mission, 1l.8-16; of San Luis Rey Mission, ll. 16-17;
of Santa Inez mission, 1. 18; of various dialects spoken by neophytes of San Fran-
cisco mission, ll. 19-22; of various other dialects of missions mentioned, ll. 23-26.

The contents of the whole manuscript are thrown together, without arrange-
ment, in what seems to have been merely a note-book of Father Arroyo.

163 e ——— Lengua | de | san Juan Bautista, poco de san Miguel, |

165

mucho de San Luis Obispo. | Pitelachiul nan threijal (Huilca) ugta
ha | Huya Na sepen | Cochenal-huilmin quin theijal lanja | naca. | B.

Manuscript. 1411. folio. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal,
copied from the original in the archives of the ex-mission of Santa Barbara,
California. It contains a brief vocabulary and grammar, together with the
commandments and other portions of the catechism, all in the Indian languages
spoker at and near the missions of San Juan Bautista, San Miguel, and San Luis
Obispo, in California. The whole is interspersed with Father Arroyo’s usual
quaint remarks in Spanish.

a Arte. Arte Breve | en | lengua Tzoque | conforme se habla en
Tecpatlan | Precedido de la Doctrina Cristiana y Catecismo | en
la misma lengua. | Copiado de un MS. en poder del Abate Bras-
seur. | Merida de Yucatan 1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. 3 ll., pp. 1-57. 4°. Apparently copied from the manuscript men-
tioned, with a somewhat different title, in Brasseur de Bourbourg’s Bib. Mex.
Guat., p. 18, No. 169 4 of this catalogue.

a ——— Arte de las tres lenguas cachiquel, quiche, y tutuhil. <

Manuscript. 25 ll. 4°. Appears to be unfinished. It is preceded by a work
on history, Quiche text, with Spanish translation opposite, 102 ll. Title from
the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 50.

167 b ——— Arte de lengua Cagchi | Para el Bien Comun | traslado

167

por [sic] uno q tuvo el | Pe P4* Gl fr Joseph Ruiz | q de Dios
Gose | 2

Original manuscript, 37 ll., numbered from 56 to 92. 4°. Writing small,
rather faded, but legible. In the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton. Copy as follows:

e ——— Arte de Lengua | Cachi | para Bien comun. | Traslado de
uno que tuvo el Pe. | P.4°" Grl. Fray Joseph Ruiz, | que de Dios
gose. | San Juan Chameleco. | 1741. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title, 11., verso blank; Advertencia, 1 1.; text, pp. 1-81; Ap-
pendice, pp. 83-94; Contenido, pp. 95-96. 49°. The Advertencia, describing the
original manuscript, is as follows:

En el archivo de la Parroquia de Coban se halla un libro MS. en 4to conte-
niendo en 192 fojas sin numeracion coherente varios escritos en Pocomchi y Kek-
chi, copiados por Juan de Morales, mestro fiscal de] pueblo de San Juan de

ARROYO DE LA CUESTA—ATKINSON, 857

Arte—continued.

Chameleo. Algunas de estas copias Heyan fecha de los aos 1740 y 1741. Porla
irregular numeracion de algunas piezas se conoce que han sido reunidos de varios
quadernos con foliacion separada. Las fojas 95-128 (numeradas 56-88) contienen
el presente Arte, sin nombre de su autor. Parece que ha sido copiado repetidas
veces, pues es lleno de inesactitudes de copiantes, segun lo adyierte el mismo
Morales en nuestro pagina 81.

Las palabras y frases de esta obra se califican por los conocedores de la lengua
como ‘‘idioma antiguo” preservado con mas pureza en los pueblos de Chameleo,
Languin y Cahabon.

En la presente copia he seguido fielmente el texto de Morales, corrigendo sola-
mente lo que fué fuera de toda duda y poniendo correcturas probables pero no
del todo seguras, escritas con lapiz encima de la linea. Examinando el texto
palabra por palabra con ayuda de un mestizo Cobanero, Pedro Torres, de alguna
inteligencia 6 instruccion he anadido con tinta encarnada al margen las formas
de palabras y diciones como se usan hoy en esta ciudad y tambien anotaciones
mias. En estas adiciones he usado de los signos fonéticos de mi ‘‘Alfabeto
Analitico,” publicado en N. York en 1869, por la Sociedad Etnologica. Coban,
Novembre 12 de 1875. C. Hermann Berendt.

169 a ——— Arte de Lengua Zoque para la mayor gloria de Dios Nues-

tro Senor. 2

Manuscript. 1611, 4°. The Zoque, Tzoque, or Tzoqui, is one of the langua-
ges of the State of Chiapas; the people speaking it dwell on the confines of that
state and of those of Oaxaca and Tabasco.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

171 a ——— Arte Zaapoteca, Confessonario, Administracion de los San-

1

(

3

tos Sacramentos, y otras Curiosidades, que en el se contienen.
Perteneciente al Mui kh. P. Juan Francisco Torralba, Religioso
Presbitero del Sagrado Orden de Predicadores, de la Provincia de
S. Ypolito Martir, de la Ciudad de Oaxaca. A. M. D. G. Sacado
de su Original en esta Cavez*. de Ocotlan ano de 1800. *

Manuscript. 14811. 4°. Contains: Arte, Il. 1-48.—Numbers, periods of age,
parts of the body, kindred, ll. 49-60.—Administration of the sacraments, ll. 60-
66.—Confesonario, Il. 66-85.—Conversations in the Zapoteco of the valley, ll. 85-
99.—Nouns and verbs, most of which are found in the arte, confesonario, and
doctrina, I. 100-146.—Confesonario Zapoteco in the dialect spoken at Santa Maria
Petapa, ll. 147-148.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 173.

Assall (Friedrich Wilhelm). Nachrichten | iiber | die friiheren
Einwohner | von | Nordamerika | und ihre | Denkmiiler, | gesam-
melt von | Friedrich Wilhelm Assall, | Berghauptmann des Staates
Pennsylvanien. | Herausgegeben | mit einem Vorberichte | von |
Franz Joseph Mone, | ord. Prof. der Geschichte und Statistik zu
Heidelberg. | Mit einem Atlas von 12 Steintafeln. |

Heidelberg. | August Oszwalds Universitiits-Buchhandlung. |
1827. | A.

Pp. i-xvi, 11-60. 11 folding plates. 8°. Improved title of No.173. Wortsamm-
lung aus der Sprache der Schawanesen, pp. 103-107.—Wortsammlung aus der
Weiondot Sprache, pp. 107—L09.

177 a Atkinson (Rev. Christopher). The | Emigrant’s Guide | to | New

Brunswick, | British North America. | By | the Rev. Christ. At-

858 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Atkinson (Rev. Christopher)—continued.
kinson, A. M., | Late Pastor of Mascreen Kirk, St. George, New
Brunswick. | [Quotation six lines.] |
Berwick-upon-Tweed: | Printed at the Warder Office, 57, High
Street. | 1842. | *
Pp. i-iv, 1-124. map and plates. 16°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. The Lord’s
Prayer in Eskimo, p. 98.

177b A | Guide | to | New Brunswick, | British North America,

&¢e. | By the Rev. Christopher W. Atkinson, A. M. | Late Pastor of
Mascreen Kirk, St. George, New Brunswick. | Second Edition. |
[Quotation, five lines. |

Edinburgh: | Printed by Anderson & Bryce, High-street. |
1843. | %

Pp. i-iv, 1-2, 1-220. map and plate. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Lord’s Prayer
in Esquimaux, pp. 1387-138.

The third edition, Edinburgh, 1844, pp. i-xvi, 13-284, 16°, contains no lin-
guistics.

180 Atwater (Caleb). Remarks | made ona | Tour to Prairie du Chien;
thence to | Washington City, | in | 1829. | By Caleb Atwater, | late
Commissioner employed by the United States to | negotiate with
the Indians of the upper | Mississippi, for the purchase of min- |
eral country; and author of | Western Antiquities. |

Columbus, (O.) | Published by Isaac N. Whiting. | 1831. |

Pp. i--vii, i-iv, 1-296. 12°. Improved title of No. 180. A. C. W. BA. JBD.

Remarks on Indian Languages, pp. 75-84.—Rudiments of the Grammar of the
Sioux language, pp. 149-151.—A vocabulary of the Sioux Language, pp. 152-172.

Reprinted with change of title only; see No. 182. Thomson’s Bibliography of
Ohio gives the title of an edition with the imprint, Columbus, O.: Printed by
Jenkins and Grover, High Street, 1831. (*)

180 a The | Indians of the Northwest, | their | Manners, Customs,
&e., &e. | or | Remarks | made on a tour to Prairie du Chien and |
thence to Washington City in 1829, | by Caleb Atwater, | Commis-
sioner employed by the United States, to ne- | gotiate with the In-
dians of the upper | Mississippi, for the purchase of | the mineral
country, &e. |

Columbus, | Ohio. | [1831.] C. AP. BP.
Pp. i-vii, 1-296. 12°. Another edition of No. 180.

182 a Aubin (M. A.) Mémoire sur Vécriture figurative.
Paris, 1849. =

Title from Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. 1, p. xviii.

182 D Mémoire sur la peinture didactique et V’écriture figurative
des anciens Mexicains.
Paris, P. Dupont, 1851.
Pp. vii, 128. 8°. Ouvrage extrémement rare qui a été reproduit dans la Revue
orientale et américaine.—Leclerc, Bib. Am., No. 3008. Reprinted as follows:

ATKINSON—AUER. 859

Aubin (M. A.)—continued.

182

¢ ——— Mémoire sur la peinture didactique et ’écriture figurative
des anciens Mexicains, [signed: Aubin.]

In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. 3, pp. 224-255; vol. 4, pp. 33-51, 270-
282; vol. 5, pp. 361-392. Paris, 1860-1861. 8°.

182 d ——— Notice sur la peinture Mexicaine du corps législatif,

183

185 a Auer (Alois.) Outside title: Sprachenhalle.

[signed: Aubin. |]

In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. 3, pp. 165-169. Paris, 1860. 8°.

Examen des anciennes peintures figuratives de Vancien
Mexique par A. Aubin.
In Soc. Américaine, Archives, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 283-295. Paris,
1875. 8°.
The article given in No, 183 of this catalogue is a part of that given in No. 184.

N. B. Die erste Abtheilung, das Vater Unser in 608 Sprachen
und Mundarten, enthilt den Adelung’schen Mithridates sammt 86
von mnir beigefiigten Vater-Unser-Formeln, in getreuen Abdrucke
nach den | Quellen, und zwar in tabellarischer Aufstellung, um
alle Miingel und Fehler der Originalien deutlicher zu veranschau-
lichen, und dadurch die Verbesserung zu erzielen. |

Die zweite Abtheilung, das Vater Unser in 206 Sprachen und
Mundarten, enthilt die von mir neuerdings gesammelten verbes-
serten Vater-Unser in den den V6lkern eigenthiimlichen Schrift-
ziigen mit der | betreffenden Aussprache und wortlichen Ueberse-

tzung, | A. Auer. |

First engraved title: Das | Vater Unser |

Second engraved title: Das. | Vater Unser | in mehr als 200
Sprachen und Mundarten | mit | originaltypen. |

[Wien: 1844-1847. | A. C. HU.

Outside title, reverse a short description, 1 sheet; 17 other sheets printed on
one side only, in portfolio. Oblong folio.

Part I., dated 1844, has the caption: ‘‘ Das Vater-Unser in mehr als sechshun-
dert Sprachen und Mundarten, typometrische aufgestellt.”

Part II., dated 1847, has the caption: ‘‘Das Vater-Unser in 206 Sprachen und
Mundarten, neuerdings gesammelt und aufgestellt von A. Auer. Zweite Abthei-
lung. Mit 55 verschiedenen den Vélkern eigenthiimlichen Schrittziigen abge-
druckt.” :

Contains the Lord’s Prayer in: Karaibisch, part 1, Nos. 568,569; Poconchisch
570; Mayisch oder Yucatanisch, 571; Mixtekisch, 572; Totonakiseh, 573,574;
Mexikanisch, 575; Huastekisch, 576; Othomisch, 577; Pirinda, 578; Tarasca,
579; Cora, 580; Tubar, 581; Hiaqui, 582; Tarahumarisch, 583, 584,585; aus Pi-
meria, 586; Eudeve, 587; Opata, 588; Waikurisch, 589; Cochimi in der Mission
S. Xaver, 590; Cochimi von der Missionen 8. Borgia und 8. Maria, 591; Kolus-
chisch (nach der Sprache von Sitka), 592; Mohawk, 593, 594; Shawanno, 595,
596, 597; Delawarisch, 598; Natick, 599; Mohegan, 600; Micmac, 601; Groénliin-
disch, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 607; Jakutat,608; Wakanakessi, part 2, No. 197;
Heiang-hyong-oder Ov’ homi-Sprache, 198, 199; Odschibwa, 200, 201.

860 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Auer (Alois)—continued.
185 b Oratio Dominica Polyglotta, DCCCXVI. Linguis et Dia-
lectis, studio et labore Aloysii Auer.
Vienne e Typographia Imp. 1851. %
Royal 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 57438.

195 Ayala (D. Gabriel de.) Apuntes histé6ricos de la nacion mexi-
cana en lengua Nahuatl, su autor Don Gabriel de Ayala, Noble de
Tetzcuco, y Escrivano de Republica. Empiezan desde el atio 1243
y acaban en el de 1562.

Manuscript, on European paper. Improved title of No. 195, from Boturini,
Catalogo del Muséo Indiano, pp. 15-16.

195 a Ayer (Rev. Frederic). |Spelling book for Ojibwa children.

Utica: 1832.] *

“Rev. Frederie Ayer was born in Old Stockbridge, Mass., in 1803. His father,
Rey. Oliver Ayer, removed to Central New York when the subject of this sketch
was three years old. At anearly age Mr. Ayer commenced to study for the min-
istry, but ill health compelled him to abandon the idea, and he engaged in busi-
ness in Utica, and other places. While there, in 1829, he was sent by the A. B.
C. F. M. as ateacher in a mission school at Mackinac. Next summer (1830) he
went to lake Superior, and spent some time in the family of Lyman Warren,
teaching, and studying the Ojibwa language. The following year he spent at
Sandy Lake with the late Wm. A. Aitkin, where he opened a school, said to be
the first in Minnesota. In 1832 he returned to La Pointe, where he wrote a
spelling book for Ojibwa children, which he went to Utica that winter to pub-
lish.”—Minn. Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 1, p. 86, foot-note. See O-jip—ue Spelling Book,
No. 2802. °

Ayumehawe Mussinahikun. The Book of Common Prayer. [In
the Cree language.| See [Hunter (Rev. James)], No. 1908.

201 a Bachiller y Morales (Antonio). Antigiiedades Americanas. | Noti-
cias | que tuvieron los Europeos de la América | antes del descub-
rimiento | de Cristobai Colon, | recogidas | por A. Bachiller y Mor-
ales. | Individuo corresponsal de mérito de la Academia Arqueol6-
gico-Matriten- | se, de mérito de la Real Sociedad Keondémica de la
Habana, y corresponsal | de la de Puerto-Rico We. | [Picture.]

Habana. | Oficina del Faro Industrial, | Calle del Obispo num.
9. | 1845. | A.

Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-134, 11. sm. 4°. map.

Word for hierro (iron) in Nutka, Unalaska, Norton, Esquimala and Groen-
landica, p. 100.

201 b ——— Cuba Primitiva. | Origen, | Lenguas, Tradiciones e His-
toria | de los | Indios de las Antillas Mayores y las Lucayas. | Por |
Don Antonio Bachiller y Morales. | Individuo de Mérito [ete., four
lines.] | Segunda Edicion Corregida y Aumentada. |

Habana: | Libreria de Miguel de Villa. | Calle del Obispo, 58 y
60. | 1883. | T.
Printed cover 11., half title 11., title as above 11., pp. 7-399. 8°.

Entretenimientos histéricos sobre la Isla de Cuba, El Idioma Primitivo, pp.
107-116, gives list of geographic names.—Capitulo x. Algunos estudios més

AUER—BAGSTER. 861

Bachiller y Morales (Antonio)—continued.
hechos en Cuba sobre la lengua de los habitantes de las Autillas, pp. 117-122.—
Capitulo xi. Caracter polisintético de las lenguas americanas galibi, quiché,
mexicana, otomi, aragua y sus andlogas, pp. 123-134.—Capitulo xii. Restos de los
dialectos de Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, Borinquen y las Yucayas.—Trabajos de restura-
cion de Rafinesque sobre su gramética, pp. 135-145.—Vocabularios. Lista enci-
clopédico-alfabética de los nombres histéricos de las tradiciones 6 idioma de los
indios tainos 6 pacificos [alphabetically arranged], pp. 185-354.—Palabras usuales
en Cuba de origen indio, sus diversas acepciones en los departamentos; vegetales,
animales, rios, pueblos, lugares y objetos [alphabetically arranged], pp. 355-388.—
Lista de las palabras indigenas de Cuba, Jamaica y las Lucayas recogidas por
Ratinesque de los cronistas y viajeros, pp. 348-389.—l'ragmentos de la lengua 6
dialecto Eyeri de Borinquen. Dialecto de las mujeres caribes, segun la diferencia
que observa Rochefort, p. 389.—Algunas analogias de la lengua Tupi del Brasil
con Ja de las Antillas majores, p. 390.—Etimologia de varias palabras usuales en
Cuba no espaniolas, traidas de las otras regiones americanas y de las islas Fortu-
nadas, pp. 390-394.

202 a Badin (J. Frangois- Vincent) le jeune. Lettre de M. Frangois-Vincent
Badin (le jeune), [containing] “‘ Lettre des Ottawas au Conseil cen-
tral du Midi,” [dated “L’Arbre-Croche, le 25 octobre 1829.”|

In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 4, pp. 534-546. Paris, 1830. 8°.
Accompanied by ‘‘ Lettre des Ottawas” in the Ottawa language, with a French
translation and notes by M. Déjean, missionary at l’Arbre-Croche, pp. 544-546.

202 b Badin (M.Theod.) ainé. Lettre de M. Badin ainé, missionaire chez
les Poutouatomis [dated “ Near-Niles, comté de Berrien, Michigan-
Territory, 12 decembre 1831.”|

In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 6, pp. 165-177. Paris, 1833. 8°.
Contains the Lord’s Prayer in Poutouatomis, with an interlinear Latin trans-
lation, pp. 176-177.

203 a |Baegert (Jacob).| Nachrichten | von der | Amerikanischen Halb-
insel | Californien: | mit einem | zweyfachen | Anhang falscher
Nachrichten. | Geschrieben | von einem | Priester der Gesellschaft
Jesu, | welcher lang darinn diese letztere Jahr | gelebet hat. | Mit
Erlaubnusz der Oberen. |

Mannheim, | gedruckt in der Churfiirstl. Hof- und Academie- |
Buchdruckerey 1773. | A.
8 p. 11, pp. 1-358. 12°. map and2 plates. Linguistics as in 1772 edition, No. 203.

208 [Bagster (Samuel), editor.| The Bible of Every Land. | A History
of | the Sacred Scriptures | in every Language and Dialect | into
which translations have been made: | illustrated with | specimen
portions in native characters; | Series of Alphabets; | Coloured
Ethnographical Maps, | Tables, Indexes, ete. | Dedicated by per-
mission to his Grace the Archbishop of Canterbury. | { Vignette.] |
[Quotation, one line.| |

London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons, | 15, Paternoster Row; |
Warehouse for Bibles, New Testaments, Prayer Books, Lexicons,
Grammars, Concordances, | and Psalters, in Ancient and Modern
Languages. | [1848-1851.] BA. ABS.

Pp. i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-406, 1-12. 4°. maps. Improved title of No. 208.

862

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Bagster (Samuel), editor |—continued.
208 a@ ——— The Bible of every Land; | or, | A History, Critical and

Philological, | of all the Versions of the Sacred Scriptures, | in
every language and dia'ect into which | translations have been
made; | with | specimen portions in their own characters: | includ-
ing, likewise, | the History of the original texts of Scripture, | and
intelligence illustrative of the distribution and | results of each
version: | with particular reference to the operations of the British
and Foreign Bible Society, and kindred institutions, | as well as
those of the missionary and other societies throughout the world. |
Dedicated by permission to his Grace the Archbishop of Canter-
bury. | [Vignette.| |

London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons, | 15, Paternoster Row; |
Warehouse for Bibles, New Testaments, Prayer Books, Lexicons,
Grammars, Concordances, and Psalters, | in Ancient and Modern
Languages. | | Quotation, one line| | [1°48-1851.] A.

11 p. ll., pp. xvii-lxiv, 4 ll., pp. 1-406, 1-4, 2 11., pp. 1-12, 3 11. 4°. Contents the
same as in No. 208.

—— The Bible of Every Land.| A History of | the Sacred
Scriptures | in every Language and Dialect | into which transla-
tions have been made: | illustrated by | specimen portions in native
characters; | Series of Alphabets; | Coloured Ethnographical
Maps, | Tables, Indexes, Etc. | New edition, enlarged and enriched. |
[| Vignette.] | [Quotation, one line.] |

London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons: | at the Warehouse for
Bibles, New Testaments, Church Services, Prayer Books, Lexicons,
Grammars, | Concordances, and Psalters, in Ancient and Modern
Languages; | 15, Paternoster Row. | [1860.] C. BP. WE.

16 p. ll., pp. 1-86, 1-480. maps. 4°. Improved title of No. 209.

209 a Baillie-Grohman (William A.) Camps in the Rockies. | Being a

Narrative of life on the Frontier, and | Sport in the Rocky Mount-
ains, with an account | of the Cattle Ranches of the West | By |
Wm. A. Baillie-Grohman, | K. C. EK. H., | Author of “ Tyrol and the
Tyrolese,” ‘“‘Gaddings with a Primitive | People,” etc.; | Member
of the Alpine Club. | With an original map based on the most re-
cent U. S. Government Survey. |

New York | Charles Seribner’s Sons | 743 and 745 Broadway |
1882 | Cc.

Pp. i-viii, 1-438. map. 12°. Remarks on the Indian languages, wiih afew
specimens, pp. 282-285.

In the Boston Public library there is a copy of the original English edition of
this work, the title-page varying but slightly except in imprint, which is as fol-
Jows: London: | Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, | Crown Buildings,
188, Fleet Street. | 1882. | (All rights reserved.) | (*)

2114 Baker (Theodor). Uber die Musik | der | Nordamerikanischen

Wilden | von | Theodor Baker. |

BAGSTER—BANCROFT. 863

Baker (Theodor)—continued.
Leipzig, | Druck und Verlag von Breitkopf & Hiirtel. | 1882. |
Printed cover 11., title 11., pp. iii-vi, 1-82. 8°. 2 plates. Songs in Iroquois,
Dakota, Iowa, Kiowa, Cheyenne, Pawnee, Comanche, Chippewa, Cherokee, Mus-
cogee(?), Brotherton Indians, Twanas, Sioux, and Walla-walla. DGB. JWP.

212a Balbi(Adrien.) Introduction | a | L’Atlas Ethnographique | du
Globe, | contenant | un discours sur Vutilité et Vimportanée de ’étude
des langues | appliquée a plusieurs branches des connaissances hu-
maines; | un apercu | sur les moyens graphiques employés par les
différens peuples de la terre; | des observations sur la classification
des idiomes | décrits dans ? Atlas; | un Coup-d’oeil sur Vhistoire de
la langue slave | et sur la marche progressive de la civilisation et
de la littérature | en Russie, | dédié | A. S. M. VPEmpereur Alex-
andre, | par Adrien Balbi, | ancien Professeur de Géographie, de
Physique et de Mathématiques, | membre correspondant de VAthé-
née de Trévise, etc., etc. | Tome Premier. |

A Paris, | chez Rey et Gravier, Libraares, | Quai des Augustins,
No. 55, | M. DCCC. XXVI [1826]. | A. C. W. BA.

Pp. i-exliii, 1-416. 8°. Vol. I all that was published.

Numerals 1-10 in Mohawk, p. evi.—Carib vocabulary in ‘(langue des hommes”
and ‘langue des femmes” (from Raymond Breton), p. 42.—Observation sur la clas-
sification des langues Américaines, pp. 278-321, contains specimens of Esquimaux
suffixes in note on p.319.—Names for God in various North American languages,
in note on pp. 480-482.—Many scattered terms.

215 a Ballard (Rev. Edward). United States Coast Survey. | Geo-
graphical Names | on the Coast of Maine. | By | Rev. Edward Bal-
lard, | Secretary of the Maine Historical Society. | From the Coast
Survey Report for 1868. |- ns

Noimprint. Printed cover 1 1., title11., pp.3-19. 4°. Separate issue of No. 215.

216 a Bancroft (George). A | History | of the | United States, | from
the Discovery of the American Continent | to the Present Time. |
By George Bancroft. | Vol. I [—X]. |
Boston: | Published by Charles Bowen. | London: | R. J. Ken-
nett. | 1834 [-1874]. | C. W. BP.
10 vols. 8°. Linguistics as described below, vol. 3, pp. 237-265. This is the
first edition. The earlier volumes ran through many editions, the 19th edition
of vol. 1 appearing in 1862.

216b —— History | of the | colonization | of the | United States. |
By | George Bancroft. | Abridged by the author. | In two vol-
umes. | Vol. I {-II]. |
Boston: | Charles C. Little and James Brown. | 1841. | Cc.
2 vols. 12°. Synopsis of the American nations east of the Mississippi, con-
taining remarks on their languages, vol. 2, pp. 208-219; but the most important
portion of the remarks on the Indian languages is omitted from this edition.

216 ¢e ——— History | of | the United States, | from | the discovery of
the American Continent to | the Declaration of Independence. |

864 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Bancroft (George)—continued.
By George Bancroft, | formerly ambassador at the court of Saint
James’s. | In seven volumes. | Vol. I [-VII]. | A New Edition. |
London: | Routledge, Warne, & Routledge, | Farringdon Street. |
1862 [sic] [-1861]. C. T. W.
7 vols. 16°. Syuopsis on linguistic basis of the American nations east of the
Mississippi, containing remarks on their languages, vol. 2, pp. 867-880.—General
remarks on the Indian languages, their synthetic character, origin, &c., vol. 2,
pp. 830-888.

216 d ——— History | of the | United States of America, | from | the
discovery of the continent. | By | George Bancroft. | In six vol-
umes. | Vol. I [-VI]. | Thoroughly revised edition. |

Boston: | Little, Brown, and Company. | 1876. | c. T. W. BA.
6 vols. 12°. Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 394-417.

216 e¢ ——— History | of the | United States of America, | from the dis-
covery of the continent. | By | George Bancroft. | The Author’s Last
Revision. | Vol. I [-VI]. |

New York: | D. Appleton and Company. } 1883. | C. BA.

Of this latest edition, I have seen but the first three volumes, 8°, bringing the
narrative down to the year 1774. It is to be completed in six volumes. Lin-
guistics, vol. 2, pp. 90-102.

Other editions:—London: Routledge. 1851-67. 8 vols. 12°; London: W.S. Orr
& Co. 1843. royal 8°; London: Fullarton, [n. d.] royal 8°. In French, Bru-
xelles: Lacroix, Verbeckhoven et Cie., 1862-64. 9vols. 8°. In German, Leipzig:
O. Wigand, 1#45-75. 10 vols. 8°. In Danish, Kjébenhayn, 1853-55. 6 vols. 8°. ,

2174 Bancroft (Hubert Howe). The | Native Races | of | the Pacific
States | of | North America. | By | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | Vol-
ume I [-V]. | Wild Tribes. |

Author’s copy. | San Francisco. 1874 | [-1876]. | B.

5 vols. 8°. Similar, except on title-page, to No. 217. One hundred copies
issued. in addition to the above and to the title given in No. 217 of this cata-
logue, this work has been issued with the imprint of Longman’s, London; Mai-
so reuve, Paris; and Brockhaus, Leipzig; none of which editions have I seen.

217b The Works | of | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | Volume I [-V]. |
The Native Races. | Vol. I. Wild Tribes [-V. Primitive History]. |
San Francisco: | A. L. Bancroft & Company, Publishers. |
1882. | B.C. JWP.
5 vols. 8°. This series will include the History of Central America, History of
Mexico, &c., each with its own system of numbering and also numbered consecu-
tively in the series. Of these works there have been published vols,1-7, 9-11.

215a@ Bandelier (Adolph Francois). From the tenth annual report of
the Peabody Museum | On the | Art of War and Mode of War-
fare | of the | Ancient Mexicans. | By | Ad. F. Bandelier. | Re-
printed from the Tenth Annual Report of the Peabody Museum. |
Cambridge: | 1877. | C. 1.

Pp. 95-161. 8°. Separate issue of No. 218.

BANCROFT—BAPTISTA. 865

Bandelier (Adolph Francois)—continued.
219 «@ ——— On the Distribution and Tenure of Lands, and the Customs
with respect to Inheritance among the Ancient Mexicans. By Ad.
I. Bandelier. From the Eleventh Report of the Peabody Museum,
Salem. Printed at the Salem Press. 1878. *

6°. Separate issue of No, 219. Title from Magazine of American History.

220 a ——— On the Social Organization and Mode of Government of
the Ancient Mexicans. (From the Twelfth Annual Report of the
Peabody Museum of Archeology and Ethnology, Cambridge, 1879.)
By Ad. IF. Bandelier.

Salem: Salem Press. 1879. *
8°. Separate issue of No, 220. Title from Magazine of American History.

226 Baptista (Fr. Juan). jp Confessionario %4 | en Lengva Mexi- | cana
y Caste | Mana. | 4] Con muchas aduertencias muy necessarias | para
los Contessores. | 4] Compuosto [sic] | por el Padre Fray Ioan Bap-
tista | de la orden del Seraphico Padre Sanct Francis- | co Lector
de Theologia en esta prouincia del san | cto Euangelio, y guardian
del conuento de Sane | tiago Tlatilulco. | [Design.]

IK Con Privilegio 9M | ] En Sanctiago Tlatilulco, Por Melchior |
Ocharte. Ano. de. 1599. | L. JCB.

Title, reverse wood-cut, 1 1.; 15 other p. ll.; text, 1].1-112; errata 2 ll.
Roman heading. 12°. Improved title of No. 226. ‘‘This work,” the Ramirez Sale
Catalogue says, ‘‘has caused much diversity of opinion among Mexican Biblio-
graphers as to whether there were more than one edition issued. The present
copy con ains two distinct lists of errata, each occupying 2 1l., the heading of
the one being printed in Roman letters, that of the other initalics. Sefor Ramirez
has inserted a note in which he argues that both lists of errata pertain to the one
edition, and asserts in consequence that this was the only edition published.
Baptista, or Bautista, was a native Mexican. He became a Franciscan of the
province of Santo Evangelio de Mejico. He taught philosophy and theology,
and had for his pupil F. Torquemada, the author of ‘Monarquia Indiana.’ He
was esteemed the most learned of his time in the Mexican language, which he
spoke and wrote with purity and elegance.”

Tross gives this the date of 1599-1600, which is a mistake. The date perhaps
refers to the Advertencias, No, 231.

yu

229 a ——— Hvehvetlahtolli.. *
16°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames, from a copy seen at the sale of books be-
longing to Hon. H. C. Murphy, which copy now belongs to Dr. Brinton. This copy
lacks the beginning. It contains signature A in eight unnumbered leaves, com-
mencing in the middle of a sentence of the prefatory matter in Spanish, which ends
on the verso of the eighth leaf with ‘‘De ste Conuento, de Sanctiago Tlatilulco.
Fray Ioan Baptista.” The Mexican toxt begins on leaf 1, with signature B, the
first leaf of which is lacking, and ends on the verso of leaf 76. It consists of
various ‘‘Platicas,” each with a heading in Spanish. The running top-heading
is the Mexican word “ Hyehvetlahtolli.” On the recto of 1. 77 is the following:
{A quel gran defensor y ynico ampa | ro de la gente Indiana, | y Apostolico
va- | ron Don Fran Bartholome de las Casas, 0 | Casaus, Obispo de Chiapa de la
Ordé de | Predicadores en la I. p. de la Apologica | Historia de las Indias, é el
Cap. 223. refiere | auer rescebido estado en Espana Jas plati | cas infra scriptas,
de mano del Religiosissi | mo P. y Sacto vard I’, Andres de Olmos de la | Ordé de

55 Bib

866

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Baptista (J’r. Juan)—continued.

231 ———

mi Seraphico P. Sact Fracisco. | Las quales romangd de la lengua Mexica- | na
sin ahadir, ni dtar cosa q fuesse de sub- | stacia: sacado sentide de sentido, y no
pa |labra de palabra. Porq aueces vna pala- | bra Mexicana requiere muchas
de las nue | stras. Y vna nuestra comprehéde muchas | de las suyas. Y porg
son mucho de notar, | dize que las pone en su Libro, para | qne [sic] se vea la
gran Doctrina mo- | ral y pulica en q estas gétes | barbaras: criauan y doc- |
trinauan sus hijos. | d®-- #4 |

On the verso of the same leaf is the following heading:

Sigvense vnas amonesta- | ciones qve hizieron ciertos | Indios a sus Hijos, y
ciertas personas a otras, las | quales son platicas escogidas para saberse | vno
regir, y gouernar. |

The text which follows is entirely in Spanish, but with the heading ‘‘ Hvehv-
etlahtolli,” and continues to 1.87. The remainder of the volume is lacking.

Advertencias. | para los confessores | de los Naturales. |
4 Compvestas por el padre | Fray loan Baptista, de la Orden del
Seraphico | Padre Sanct Francisco, Lector de Theologia, y | Guar-
dian del Conuento de Sanctiago Tla- | tilulco: de la Prouincia del
Sancto | Euangelio. | Primera parte [-Segunda Parte. | ]. |

Con Priuilegio. | | En Mexico, En el Conuento de Sanctiago |
Tlatilulco, Por M. Ocharte. ato 1600. |

Colophon: Exeudebat Ludouicus Ocharte Figueroa, | Mexici,
in Regio Collegio sancta | Crucis, santi Jacobi de Tlati | lulco.
Anno Domini | 1601. | B. L. DGB. JCB.

7 p.IL, text 112 11, errata 2 11., and table 56 unnumbered Il. 16°. Alternate
columns Spanish and Mexican, reverse of 1. 37 to recto of 1.52. Improved title
of No. 231.

Of the copies seen, only that in Dr. Brinton’s library contains the Segunda
Parte. This has the same title-page as the Primera Parte, with Primera changed
to Segunda: 15 p. 11,3 1. 113-443; the Index Locorum Communium hujus Secundx
Partis, l.1-104. ‘The second part is in Spanish only. .

Libro de la Miseria | y breuedad de la vida del hombre:
y | de sus quatro postrimerias, en len- | gua Mexicana. Compuesto
por el Padre fray Ioa Baptista de | la orden del Seraphico Padre
S. Francisco, | Lector de Theologia, y Diffinidor de la | Prouincia
del Sancto Euangelio. | Dedicado el Doctor Sanctiago del Riego,
del Con- | sejo del Rey N.S. y su Oydor en esta Real | Audiencia
de Mexico. |
En Mexico. En la emprenta de Diego Lopez Daualos, y a su |
costa. Ano de 1604. | ?
8 p. IL, 11. 1-152, and table 22 unnumbered ll. Improved title of No. 233, fur-
nished by Sr. Icazbalceta.

——— A lesv Christo S. N. | Ofrece este | Sermonario en len- |
gua Mexicana. | 4 Su indigno sieruo FY. loan Baptista de la Orden |
del Seraphico Padre sanct Francisco, de la Provincia | del Sancto
Euangelio. | Primera Parte. | [An engraving, with a vignette of the
Savior, and on the margin this iegend: Ego svn veritas.] | Dico
ego opera mea Regi. Psalm 44. |

ig

BAPTISTA. 867

Baptista (/’r. Juan)—continued.

En Mexico, con licencia. | {[ En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos: y
asu costa. | Ano 1606. | Vendeseenla tienda de Pedro Arias Librero,
en frente de la puerta | del Perdon de la Yglesia Mayor de Mexico. |

26 p.ll., pp. 1-710. 4°. On p.710 is a picture of St. Anthony, with this in-
scription :

Acabose de imprimir esta.| Primera Parte, en la muy insigne y
muy leal ciudad de Mexi- | co Tenochtitlan, 4 treze dias del mes de
Tunio, deste ano, dia | del bienaventurado, y glorioso Sanct Antonio
de Padua, | de la Orden del Seraphico Padre Sanct | Francisco. |
4 En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos, y a su costa. | 1606. |

Concludes with 24 ll., tables, not numbered, and at the end:

Acabaronse de imprimir estas tres Tablas, 4 nueue | dias del mes
de Febrero, de 1607. | B.

Improved title of No. 235.

Only the first part of this collection of Sermons was published. In the preface
are to be found some interesting notices, principally concerning the early writers
in the Mexican language. There is also given the following list of sixteen works
by this author:

1. Indulgentie.

2. Catechismo breue in lengua Mexicana [No. 238 of this catalogue].

3. Breue tratado del aborrecimiento del peccado, que se intitulado Tepiton
Amuxtli.

4. Hieroglyphicos de conuersion. Donde por estapas, y figuras, se ensefia a
los Naturales el aborrecimiéto del peccado, y desseo q deuen tener al bien soberano
del Cielo.

5. Espejo Spiritual que en la lengua intitula Teoyoticatezcatl.

6. Las indulgencias que ganan los cofrades del cordo.

7. La vida y muerte, &c. [See No. 244 in Additions and Corrections of this
catalogue. |

8. La Doctrina Christiana.

9. Oraciones.

10. Huehuetlahtolli. [See No. 229 of this catalogue. ]

11. La Vida y Milagros * * Antonio de Padua. [See No. 234.]

12. De la Miseria, y breuedad de la vida del hombre, y de sus quatro postri-
merias. [See No. 233 of this catalogue. ]

13. Confesonario. [See No. 227 of this catalogue. ]

14-15. Aduertencias Primera & segunda parte. [See Nos. 231-232. ]

16. Este Primera parte del Sermonario.

“De la Segunda Parte esta ya impresso gran pedaco * * *,”

La Vida y Muerte | de | tres ninos de Tlaxcala | que murieron
por la confession de la | Fee: | segun que la eseriuid en Romance
el | P. Fr. Toribio Motolinia | vno de los doze Religiosos primeros
&e. | Traducida al Mexicano por el P. Fr. Juan Bout’. | B.

Manuscript. 3411. 4°. Improved title of No. 244. In the Bancroft Library,
San Francisco; bought at the Ramirez sale, in the catalogue of which it is num-
bered 536. It is a modern transcript of the Mexican original in the National
Museum of Mexico.

‘© A history in Nahuatl of the three Tlaxcaltecan children, Christovalito, An-
tonico, and Juanico, who died for professing the Catholic faith. It was copied
on European paper by said Loaysa from that printed in the Imperial College ot
Tlatilileo in the year 1601, which I also have in my collection.”—Boturini’s
Catalogo, p. 36.

868

245

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Baptista de Lagunas (fr. Juan). Arte y Dictio- | nario: con otras |
Obras, en lengua Michuacana. Copuesto por | el muy. R. P Fray
Tuan. Baptista de Lagu | nas, Praedicador, Guardian de sanct |
Francisco, de la ciudad de Gua- | yangareo, y Diffinidor de la | Pro-
uincia de Mechua- | can, y de Xalisco. | Dirigidas al mvy Yllv. Y.
R. | sefor Doctor dé Antonio Morales d Molina, Caua | lero de la
ordé de Sactiago, obispo meritissimo q fue | de Mechuaca, y agora
de Tlaxcala, del cos. de su. M. | [Design.]

En Mexico, | En casa de Pedro Balli. | 1574. |

14p.1l. Numeration begins on reverse of 1.14. Arte, pp. 1-174. Diccionario,
pp. 1-190. 8°.

Colophon: 4 Acabase el Arte de | la lengua de Mechuacan con el
Dictio- | narito, o Copia verborum, de los mas | principales Verbos,
con sus Ethymo- | logias. Casi al modo que leua el Ambro | sio
Calepino. Para que por esta breue- | dad y Reglas tan prouechosas
se pue- | dan aprouechar los estudiantes. | A honra y gloria de la
sanctissi- | ma Trinidad, Padre, Hijo | Spa sancto. | Impresso é |
la Ynsigne ciudad de | Mexico: En casa | d Pedro Balli. | 1574. |

This is followed by 6 unnumbered I1., with the:

4Tabla y resoluci- | on de las Preposiciones verbales, 0 primeras |
posiciones de los mas principales verbos, que | en este Dictionarito
y Arte se contienen, para | que de cada qual dellas, sepan sacar
muchos ver | bos &e.

On the reverse of 1.6 there commences a new pagination, which reaches to p.
107, and contains:

Instruction | para poderse bien confe | ssar en la lengua de Me-
chuacan. En la qual se | contiene la preparacion compendiosa
Decla- | randola tambien por los Diez mandamietos | de la ley, y
por los Articulos de la Fee. Y de au- | ditione verbi Dei. Psalmo
de Miserere mei, y | las Letanias, y preparacion para bié morir,
por | via de construction, con otras cosas y deuocio | nes: por el
muy. R. P. Fray Ioan Baptista de | lagunas, Diffinidor de la Prou-
incia de Mech | uaca, t la ordé del seraphico. P. Sant Fracisco. |

Concludes with 1 1., unnumbered, containing a table in Tarasco, and at the end: *

4Imprimiose esta obra, | que en si contiene Tres libros, En la
yusigne | Ciudad de Mexico En casa de Pedro Balli Im | pressor.
A costa de Constantino Bra- | uo de lagunas, Alcalde mayor de |
Tlaxcala, Aiio de. 1574. | B. JCB.

Improved title of No. 245. The only copy of this work seen by me is that in
the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal., which was bought at the Ramirez sale,
in the catalozue of which it is numbered 837. The title-page of this copy is a
reprint, and the book is otherwise defective, wanting the end. Sr. Icazbalceta,
who has furnished me the above complete title and description, says the book is
very rare, and that he has seen no more complete copy than his own, formed of
two incomplete copies obtained in the course of fourteen years.

245 « ——— Arte de la Lengua deMichoacan.—Confesonario.—Prepa-

racion para bien morir.—Explicacion del Salmo: Miserere.—Expli-
cacion del Salmo: Beati qui audiunt.—Explicacion de las Letanias.

BAPTISTA DE LAGUNAS—BARAGA, 869

Baptista de Lagunas (/’r. Juan)—continued.
Three works in the Tarascan Language, printed in Mexico by Pedro Balli, in
1574. 8°.—Beristain. i
These works are catalogued by Beristain under Bravo (Jr, Juan), and are
given in this catalogue under No. 462. Iam informed by Sr. Icazbaleeta that
they are the works of Baptista de Lagunas, who is named in the licenses Juan
Baptista Bravo de Lagunas.

Baquio (D. Francisco de Lorra). See Lorra Baquio (D. Francisco
de), No. 2319.

f 258 [Baraga (Rev. Frederick).| Otchipwe | Anamie-Masinaigan, | gwaia-
kossing anamiewin ejitwadgig, | mi sa | Catholique-enamiadjig |
gewabandangig. |

Paris, | (France, Europe), | E. J. Bailly, ogimasinakisan mandan
masinaigan. | 1837. | I

4 p.l1., pp. 1-300. 18°. Book of prayers and songs, followed by a catechism
translated in the Chippewa language. Improved title of No. 255.

bo
ii
(=)

a ——— Jesus | Obimadisiwin | oma aking, | Gwaiakossing Ana-
miewin HKjitwadjig, | mi sa | Catholique-enamiadjig | gewaband-
angig. |
Paris, | (France, Europe.) | E. J. Bailly ogimasinakisan mandan
masinaigan. | 1837. | A.
4p.ll., pp. 1-211. 24°. map. A variation of title No.256. Preface signed by
Baraga. Life of Jesus Christ in the Chippewa language.

258 a ——— Katolik | Anaimie-Misinaigan | Wetawawissing. | [Design.]
Cincinnati, O. | Joseph A. Hemann o gi-misinakisan manda mis-
inaigan. | 1858. | F.

Translation: Catholic | Prayer Book | in Ottawa. |
Pp. 1-240. 16°. In the Ottawa language.

262 — Katolik | Gagikwe-Masinaigan. | | Design.]
Cincinnati, O. | Joseph A. Hemann o gi-masinakisan mandan mas-
inaigan. | 1858. | Ta A

Translation: Catholic | Preaching-Book. |

Pp. 1-224. 12°. In the Ottawa language. Improved title of No. 262.

A manuscript note on the fly-leaf of Mr. Trumbull’s copy, written by Father
Finotti, at the sale of whose library it was bought by Mr. Trumbull, reads:
“Contains the Epistles and Gospels for Sundays and Holy days. It is a short
history of the Old and New Testament. First edition printed in Paris, 1837.
Rev. E. Jacker. July 14,74.”

264 a ——— Chippewa Vocabulary. *

Manuscript. 4 pp. folio. On Cireular No.1, American Ethnological Society,
June, 1852. In the library of Mr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey.

264 ) ——— and Beleourt (Rev. G. A.) [Prospectus of a] Dictionary | of
the | Odjibway or Sauteux Language | compiled by | R. R. Baraga
and Rey. G. Belcourt | A new Edition enlarged by Rey. Father
Lacombe, O. M. I. | [Seven lines quotation.] [Picture of an Indian.|

Montreal | Beauchemin & Valois, Booksellers and Printers | 256
and 258 St. Paul Street. | 1877 S. 1. JWR.

870

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

|Baraga (Zev. Frederick)] and Belcourt (Rev. G. A.)—continued.

2 p.1L, pp. 1-10,4 unnumbered Il., sm.4°. ‘‘Prospectus,” reverse blank, 1 1.;
title, reverse blank,1 1.; ‘‘Preface” by Father Lacombe, pp. 1-2, in which he
states that the new edition of the dictionary will be compiled from the work of
Bishop Baraga “which we will complete with the excellent and learned manu-
script of the Rev. Mr. Belcourt. * * * * After several years of study and
practice he [Belcourt] put in order his numerous scientific researches on that
language [Sauteux], which he had made and adopted as his own, and a very
voluminous manuscript was the result * * *.”

“Preface” from the manuscript of Father Belcourt, and an extract from Ba-
raga, pp. 3-5.—“ Our Plan,” pp. 6, 7.—‘‘Alphabetical conventions,” &c., pp. 8-10.—
Dictionary of the Odjibway or Sauteux Language, English-Odjibway, includ-
ing A-Action, 2 unnumbered 1l.—Dictionary of the Odjibway or Sauteux Lan-
guage, Odjibway-English, including A-Abinodjinwin, 2 unnumbered II.

See Belcourt (ev. G. A.), No. 334 a.

264 ¢ ———_ ——— [Prospectus of] The | Odjibway Grammar, com-

266a Barber (Edwin A.) Department of the Interior.

piled by | R. R. Baraga and Rev. G. Belcourt | [Five lines quota-
tion.] [Design.]

Montreal | Beauchemin & Valois, Booksellers and Printers | 256
and 258 St. Paul Street. | 1877. | JWP.

Title, reverse blank,11.; pp.1-14. sm. 4°. Rudiments of the Sauteux lan-
guage, by Rey. G. Belcourt, pp. 1-14.

See Baraga (lev. Frederick), Nos, 246-251 of this catalogue.

Barbachano (Thomas Azuar). See Dondé (Joaquin) and Dondé
(Juan), No. 1067 a, note.

United States
Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories. | F. V. Hay-
den, U.S. Geologist-in-Charge. | I—Ancient Art in Northwestern
Colorado. | By E. A. Barber. | I1.—Bead Ornaments employed by
the Ancient | Tribes of Utah and Arizona. | By HE. A. Barber. |
III.—Language and Utensils of the Utes. | By E. A. Barber. | Ex-
tracted from Bulletin of the Geological and Geographical Survey |
of the Territories, vol. II, No. I. |

Washington, March 21, 1876. | WE.

Printed cover 11., pp. 65-76. 8°. Language and utensils of the Utes, pp. 71-76.
Separate issue of No. 266.

267 a ——— Author’s Edition. | Department of the Interior. | United

267 b Barber (John Warner). Historical Collections, | being a

States Geological and Geographical Survey. | F. V. Hayden, U.S.
Geologist-in-Charge. | Comparative Vocabulary | of | Utah Dia-
lects. | By | Edwin A. Barber. | Extracted from the Bulletin of the
Survey, vol. III, No. 3. |
Washington, May 15, 1877. | T. WE.
Printed cover 1 1., pp. 533-545. 8°. Separate issue of No. 267.
General
Collection of Interesting Facts, Traditions, | Biographical Sketches,
Anecdotes, &c., | relating to the | History and Antiquities | of |
Every Town in Massachusetts, | with | Geographical Descrip-

BARAGA—BARBER. 871

Barber (John Warner)—continued.

tions. | Hlustrated by 200 Engravings. | By John Warner Barber, |
Author of Connecticut Historical Collections, Eiements of General
His- | tory, ete. | [Seal of the State.] |
Worcester: | Published by Dorr, Howland & Co. | 1839. | ©. w.
Pp. i-viii, 9-624. 8°. map and plates. Lord’s Prayer in the Natick Indian
language, with interlinear English translation, p. 417.

267 ¢ ——— Historical Collections, | being a | General Collection of In-

teresting Facts, Traditions, | Biographical Sketches, Anecdotes,
&e., | relating to the | History and Antiquities | of | Every Town
in Massachusetts, | with | Geographical Descriptions. | Hlustrated
by 200 Engravings. | By John Warner Barber, | Avithor of Connec-
ticut Historical Collections, Elements of General His- | tory, ete. |
[Seal of the State.] |

Worcester: | Published by Dorr, Howland & Co. | 1841. | c. 7. BL.

Pp. i-viii, 9-632. 8°. map and plates. Lord’s Prayer in the Natick Indian
language, p. 417.

267 d ——— Historical Collections, | being a | General Collection of

bo

Interesting Facts, Traditions, | Biographical Sketches, Anecdotes,
&e., | relating to the | History and Antiquities | of | Every Town
in Massachusetts, | with | Geographical Descriptions. | Illustrated
by 200 Engravings. | By John Warner Barber, | Author of Connee-
ticut Historical Collections, Elements of General His- | tory, ete. |
[Seal of the State.] |

Worcester: | Published by Warren Lazell. | 1844. | C. BA.

Pp. i-vili, 9-631. 8°. map and plates. Lord’s Prayer in the Natick Indian
language, from Eliot’s Bible, p.417. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 3319,
there was an edition of 1848.
e ——— The | History and Antiquities | of | New England, | New
York, and New Jersey; | embracing the following subjects, viz: |
Discoveries and Settlements—Indian History —Indian, French,
and | Revolutionary Wars — Religious History — Biographical
Sketches | —Anecdotes, Traditions, Remarkable and Unaccounta-
ble | Occurrences—with a Great Variety of Curious and | Interest-
ing Relics of Antiquity. | Illustrated by numerous Engravings. |
Collected and compiled from authentic sources, | By John Warner
Barber, | Member of the Connecticut Historical Society, author of
the Connecticut, | Massachusetts, and New York Historical Collec-
tions, We. |

Worcester: | Published by Dorr, Howland & Co. | 1841. | C.

Pp. i-viii, 9-576. 8°. map and plate.

Spencer (ev. Elihu). Letter containing remarks on, and the Lord’s Prayer
in, the language of the Six Nations, pp. 90, 91.
Jf — The | History and Antiquities | of | New England, | New
York, New Jersey, | and | Pennsylvania. | Embracing the following
subjects, viz: | Discoveries and Settlements—Indian History—In-

872

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Barber (John Warner)—continued.

267

dian, French, and | Revolutionary Wars—Religious History—Bio-
graphical Sketches | —Anecdotes, Traditions, Remarkable and
Unaccountable | Occurrences—with a Great Variety of Curious
and | Interesting Relics of Antiquity | Illustrated by numerous
engravings. | Collected and compiled from authentic sources, | By
John Warner Barber; | Member of the Connecticut Historical So-
ciety, author of the Connecticut | and Massachusetts Historical
Collections, &e. |

Hartford. | Published by Allen S. Stillman & Co. | 1843. | ?

Pp. i-viii, 9-624. 8°. map and plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

Penn (W.) Letter, containing specimens of Indian words, pp. 536-540.

Spencer (fev. Elihu). Letter, containing the Lord’s Prayer in the language
of the Six Nations, pp. 90, 91.

g ——— The | History and Antiquities | of | New England, | New
York, New Jersey, | and | Pennsylvania. | Embracing the following
subjects, viz: | Discoveries and Settlements—Indian History—In-
dian, French, and | Revolutionary Wars—Religious History—Bio-
graphical Sketches | —Anecdotes, Traditions, Remarkable and Un-
accountable | Occurrences—with a Great Variety of Curious and |
Interesting Relics of Antiquity | Illustrated by numerous engrav-
ings. | Third edition. | Collected and compiled from authentic
sources, | By John Warner Barber; | Member of the Connecticut
Historical Society, author of the Connecticut | and Massachusetts
Historical Collections, Se. |

Hartford: | Published by H. 8. Parsons. | 1847. | *

Pp. i-viii, 9-624. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 90, 91, 536-540. Title from Mr. W.
Eames. There is an edition with imprint, Portland: | Published by William C.
Lord. | 1848. | , the title being otherwise as above except the omission of ‘‘Third
Edition.” (*)
h The | History and Antiquities | of | New England, | New
York, New Jersey, | and | Pennsylvania. | Embracing the follow-
ing subjects, viz: | Discoveries and Settlements—Indian History—
Indian, French, and | Revolutionary Wars—Religious History—
Biographical Sketches | —Anecdotes, Traditions, Remarkable and
Unaccountable | Occurrences—with a Great Variety of Curious
and | Interesting Relies of Antiquity | Illustrated by numerous
engravings. | Collected and compiled from authentic sources, | By
John Warner Barber; | Member of the Connecticut Historical So-
ciety, author of the Connecticut | and Massachusetts Historical
Collections, &c. | Third Edition. |

Hartford: | Allyn S. Stillman & Son. | 1856. | A.

Pp. i-viii, 9-624. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 90,91; 536-540. According to Sabin’s
Dictionary, No. 3322, there were other editions: Worcester, 1840; Hartford,1846.
« ——— and Howe (Henry). Historical Collections | of the | State
of New Jersey; | containing | a general collection of the most in-

‘teresting facts, traditions, | biographical sketches, anecdotes, Ete. |

BARBER—BARRATT. 873

Barber (John Warner) and Howe (Henry)—continued.

267

relating to its | history and antiquities, | with | geographical de-
scriptions of every township in the state. | Hlustrated by 120 En-
gravings. | By Johu W. Barber, | Author of Connecticut and Mas-
sachusetts historical collections, ete. | and | Henry Howe, | Author
of “The Memoirs of Eminent American Mechanics,” ete. | (Arms of
the State of New Jersey.) | [Design.|

New York: | Published for the authors, | by S. Tuttle, 194 Chat-
ham-Square. | 1544. | C. W. BA.

Pp. 1-512. 8°. Short vocabulary of the New Jersey Indians, p.53.—Indian
naines with their signitication [from Thomas Gordon], p.512. Some copies are
dated 1846. (c.)

k —_— —— Historical Collections | of the | State of New Jersey; |
containing | a general collection of the most interesting facts, tradi-
tions, | biographical sketches, anecdotes, ete. | relating to its | His-
tory and Antiquities, | with | Geographical Descriptions of every
township in the State. | Illustrated by 120 Engravings. | By John
W. Barber, | author of Connecticut and Massachusetts Historical
Collections, ete. | and | Henry Howe, | author of “The Memoirs of
Eminent American Mechanics,” etc. | [Arms of the State of New
Jersey.| |

New York: | Published for the Authors, | by S. Tuttle, 194 Chat-
ham-square. | 1845. | BA. BL.

Pp. 1-512. 8°. plates. Linguistics, pp. 53,512. According to Sabin’s Dic-
tionary, No. 3330, there were other editions: Newark, N. J. [1852]; Newark, 1857.

268a Baril (V.L.) Le Mexique | Résumé géographique, statistique, in-

dustriel, | historique et social | 4 ?usage | des personnes qui veulent
avoir des notions exactes, | récentes et précises | sur cette contrée
ou Nouveau Monde, | par V.-L. Baril, comte de la Hure. |
Douai, | V° Ceret-Carpenter, Imprimeur-Libraire, | Rue des Cha-
pelets, 5e | 1862. | B.
Pp. i-xviii, 1-271. 8°. La langue Mexicaine, pp. 212-213, is a brief discus-
sion with examples of long words.

273a [Barratt (Joseph)|. Key | to the | Indian Language | of | New-

England, | in the | Etchemin, or Passamaquoddy language

5 ’ | , Suage,
Spoken in Maine and St. Johns New-Brunswick. | Derived from |
Nicola Tenesles. | Written from the Indian’s mouth, | By a Citizen
of Middletown, Conn., for the benefit of this Indian. | No. 1. |

Middletown, Conn. | 1850. | WE.

Pp. 1-8. 12°. Variation of title No. 273.

Conversations in Etchemin, p. 3.—Seasons, p. 3.—Time, p. 3.—Cardinal num-
bers, p. 4.—Ordinal numbers, p. 4.—Relationships, pp. 4-5.—Parts of the body,
p.5.—Colours, p. 5.—Birds, and parts thereof, p.5.—Animals, p. 6.—Tumehegn
[tomahawk], an Indian hatchet, p.6.—Conjugation of the verb tumetamun, to
cut, pp. 6-7.—Compendium of Indian Grammar, p. 8.

274 a ——— The Indian | of | New-England, | and the | North-eastern

Provinces; | A Sketch of the Life of an Indian Hunter, Ancient

874 NORTH. AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Barratt (Joseph) |—continued.

Traditions re- | lating to the | Etchemin Tribe, | their modes of life,
fishing, hunting, &c.: | with | Vocabularies | in the | Indian and
English, | giving the names of the | Animals, Birds, and Fish: |
The most complete that has been given for New-England, in the |
Languages of the | Etchemin and Miemaces. | These are now the only
Indian Tribes to the North-East, the former inhabitants | of New-
England, that have preserved their language entire, being the
oldest | and purest Indian spoken in the Eastern States. | Derived
from | Nicola Tenesles. | By a Citizen of Middletown, Conn. |
{= This Book is the only work of its kind to be had. It contains |
the Elements of the Indian Tongue, and much that is new to the |
reading public; especially the names by which the Red Men of | the
forest, designated the natural objects before them. |

Middletown, Connecticut: | Charles H. Pelton, Printer. | 1851. |
Price 25 Cents. | T. WE. DGB.

Pp. 1-24. 12°. ‘To the reader,” reverse of title, is dated ‘‘ September 18,
1851.” This title is but slightly different from that given in No. 274.

280a Bartlett (John Russell). Dictionary | of | Americanisms: | a

Glossary of Words and Phrase [sic] | usually regarded as peculiar
to | the United States. | By | John Russell Bartlett. | Fourth Edi-
tion, | greatly improved and enlarged. |

Boston: | Little, Brown, and Company. | 1877. | c. T. W.

Pp. i-xlvi, 1 1., pp.1-813. 8°. The error on the title-page was afterwards cor-
rected, and in most copies the word is properly spelled ‘‘ Phrases.” Indian words,
with etymologies, passim. The first edition, New York, 1848 (c.), does not contain
the Indian words. The second edition, Boston, Little, Brown & Co.—London,
Triibner & Co., 1859, pp. xxxii, 524, £°, with title otherwise substantially as the
above, contains a considerable number of Indian words, but not so many as the
fourth and last. The third edition was merely another issue of the second.

283 a t—— Vocabulary of the Seri.

In Gatschet (A.8.) Der Yuma-Sprachstamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschrift
fiir Ethnologie, vol. 15, 1883, pp. 134-133. Berlin, 1883. 8°.
The manuscript of this vocabulary is noted in No. 285 of this catalogue.

303 Bartram (William). Travels | through | North and South Caro-
lina, | Georgia, | East and West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, |
the Extensive Territories of the Muscogulges | or Creek Confed-
eracy, | and the Country of the Choctaws, | containing | an Ac-
count of the soil and natural produe- | tions of those Regions ; | to-
gether with | observations on the manners of the Indians. | Embel-
lished with Copper-plates. | By William Bartram. |

Dublin: | For J. Moore, W. Jones, R. M‘Allister, and J. Rice. |
1793. | BA. JBD.
Pp. i-xxiv, 1-520, index 611. map. plates. Improved title of No. 303.

309 @ Bartsch (Heinrich). [Collection of 361 specimens of the Lord’s

Prayer in 130 languages and dialects. ] oe

Manuscript. 2 vols. 4°. Preserved in the Raths-Bibliothek, at Kénigsberg,
Germany.

BARRATT—BASTIAN. 875

Bartsch (Heinrich)—continued.

“Das Ganze bestehet aus zwey Biinden in 4, fast alles lose Bliitter mit einge-
fiigten Original-Briefen von Bayer, la Croze und andern. Die Sprachen sind
darin nach dem Alphabete geordnet. Der erste Theil enthiilt 228 Formeln in 69
Sprachen und Mundarten, und der zweyte 133 Formeln in 61 Sprachen und Mun-
darten, also zusammen 361 Formeln.”—<Adelung’s Mithridates, vol. 1, pp. 666, 667.

313 Basalenque (Ir. Diego). Arte | de la Lengua Tarasca, | dispuesto
con nuevo estilo, y claridad, por el R. P. | M. Fr. Diego Basalenque,
del Orden de | N. P. S. Augustin, Provincial que fue de la Pro- |
vineia de Michoacan, y su Chronista. | Sacalo a luz | el R. P. M.
Fr. Nicolas de Quixas, Provin- | vincial [sic] de dicha Provincia.
Y la dedica a la Serenissima | Maria Santissima, Reyna de los
Angeles. |

Con licencia: En Mexico, por Francisco | de Rivera Calderon.
Afio de 1714. | ae

16 p. ll., 110 pp. 8°. Improved title of No. 313, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta.

There is another edition in 8°, minustitle-page. Six preliminary leavesremain.
The work contains 102 pp. It is evidently a Mexican edition of the end of the
last century or beginning of the present.—Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 92, note

313 a —— Arte dela Lengua Tarasca sacada 4 luz P. Nicolas de Quixas.

Mexico. 1805. *

Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 3875a, and the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 82.
This is, perhaps, the edition referred to by Icazbalceta in the foregoing note.
Leclerc, Bib. Americana, 1878, No. 2433, gives a short title of this work and
says: ‘‘6 p. ll. unnumbered, 102 pp. A very rare work. It lacks the title (that
which we give being taken from the Fischer catalogue), but is very well pre-
served. The date 1714 seems faulty; the printing of the volume seems to have
been executed about 50 years ago. It is doubtless the edition of 1805 cited by
Sabin.”

317 a Bastian (Adolf). General title: Die Culturlinder | des | Alten

America. | Von | A. Bastian. | Erster [Zweiter] Band. |

Berlin. | Weidmannsche Buchhandlung | 1878. |

Second title to Vol. I: Kin Jahr auf Reisen. | Kreuzfahrten |
zuin Sammelbehuf auf transatlantischen Feldern | der Ethnologie. |
Von | A. Bastian. | Mit 3 Karten. |

Berlin. | Weidmannsche Buchhandlung. | 1878. |

Second title to Vol. II: Beitrige | zu | geschichtlichen Vorar-
beiten | auf | westlicher Hemisphire. | Von | A. Bastian. |

Berlin. | Weidmannsche Buchhandlung. | 1878. | A.

2 vols.: pp. i-xviil, 11., pp. 1-704; i-xxxviii, 11., pp. 1-967. 8°.

Vocabulary, Guatemalan and Spanish, vol. 1, pp. 415-417.—Numerals 1-20 in
Quiché (from Brasseur de Bourbourg and Stephens), p. 417.—A few specimens
of Haytian, Cuban and Darien words, vol. 2, p. 286.—Carib names of localities,
p. 298.—Names of the months in Maya and Nahuatl, p. 531.—A long note on pp.
704-735 contains general remarks on and specimens of the American languages,
with a list of the various Aboriginal tribes and nations of Mexico and Central
America, and the following page headings: ‘‘Geheimsprache,” ‘‘ Aussprache,”
“Zihlen, ‘Lautverschiebung,” ‘‘Accente,” ‘‘Zeichensprache,” ‘ Sprachtren-
nung,” ‘Heilige Sprache,” ‘Kunstsprache,” “ Biicher,” ‘*Calenderjahre,”
“Stiimme.”— Specimens of the Haytian language, “los de Magua, Marien y
Jaragua” (from Monte y Tejada), pp. 954-956—Many scattered terms,

876 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

Bastian (Adolf )—continued.
317 Ueber ethnologische Eintheilungen.
In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 3 (1871), pp. 1-18. Berlin, [n. d.] 89.
American aboriginal terms passim.

317 ¢

Ethnologie und vergleichende Linguistik.

In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 4 (1872), pp. 187-162, 211-231. Berlin,
Brag Gla]: ee

Contains examples in and grammatie comments upon a number of American
languages: Huasteca, p. 148.—Dacotah, pp. 149, 156-157.—Tschudi and Green-
landish, p. 157.—Huron, p. 219.—Mohegan and Massachusetts, pp. 211, 220.—
Cherokee, pp. 214, 224.—Delaware, p. 226.—Cree, p. 226.—Athapaskan, p. 2380.

317d

Ueber die Eheverhiiltnisse.

In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 6. (1874), pp. 380-409. Berlin, [n.d.] 8°.
Relationships in Dacota, p. 394.
- Bastian (A.) and Hartmann (R.), editors. See Zeitschrift fiir Eth-
nologie, No. 4301.

Baumgarten (Siegmund Jacob). See Schréter (J. I.), No. 3531a,

321 Baxter (Rev. Joseph). Journal of Several Visits | to the | Indians
on the Kennebec River, | By the Rev. Joseph Baxter, | of Med-
field, Mass. | 1717. | With Notes, | by the Rev. Elias Nason. | Re-
printed from the N. E. Hist. and Genealogical Register for Janu-
ary, 1867. |

Boston: David Clapp & Son, Printers . . . 334 Washington St. |
1867. | C. T. WHS.
Printed cover 11., pp. 1-18. 8°. ‘‘A brief vocabulary of the Indian language,”
pp. 17-18. Improved title of No, 321.
21a Bayles (Richard M.) Historical and Descriptive | Sketches | of |
Suffolk County, | and its | Towns, Villages, Hamlets, Scenery, In-
stitu- | tions and important enterprises; | with a | Historical Out-
line of Long Island, | from its first settlement by Europeans. | By
Richard M. Bayles. |
Port Jefferson, L. I. | Published by the Author. | 1874. | c. BA.

Title 11., pp. v-xii, 13-424, 1 blank 1., pp. i-ix. 12°. Montauk vocabulary
(from Wood’s Long Island), pp. 63, 64.

322 a Beadle (J. H.) The | Undeveloped West; | or, | Five Years in the
Territories: | being | a complete history of that vast region be- |
tween the Mississippi aud the Pacific, | its Resources, Climate, In-
habitants, | Natural Curiosities, etc., ete. | Life and Adventure on |
Prairies, Mountains, and the Pacific Coast. | With two hundred and
forty illustrations, from original | sketches and photographic views
of the scenery, | cities, lands, mines, people, and curi- | osities of the
Great West. | By J. H. Beadle, | Western Correspondent of the
Cincinnati Commercial, and author | of ‘Life in Utah,” ete., ete.
[three lines.] |

Published by | the National Publishing Co., | Philadelphia, Pa.,
Chicago, Il., and St. Louis, Mo. | [1873.] C. BL

BASTIAN—BELCOURT. 877

Beadle (J. H.)—continued.

Title 11., pp. 15-823. map and 8 plates. 8°. Creek hymn, pp. 384, 385.—Vocabu-
lary, Navajo, Mexican-Spanish, and English, p. 545.—Navajo numerals, p. 545.

There is a copy of this work in the Boston Atheneum with title but slightly
different from the above, except in imprint, which is as follows: National Pub-
lishing Company, | Philadelphia, Pa.; Chicago, Ill.; Cincinnati, Ohio; | St.
Louis, Mo. | *

325 a Beauvois (Hugene). La Norambegue. Decouverte d’une quatriéme
Colonie Précolombienne dans le Nouveau-Monde, avec des preuves
de son origine scandinave fournies par la langue, les institutions et
les croyances des Indigénes de VAcadie (Nouvelle-Ecosse, Nou-
veau- Brunswick et état du Maine.) Par M. Eug. Beauvois, - - -.

Bruxelles: F. Hayez. 1880. *

42 pp. 5°. Title from Magazine of American History.

326 a Beckwith (H. W.) Indian names of water courses in the State of
Indiana. By H. W. Beckwith, Esq., Danville, Illinois. JWP.
In Indiana, Department of Geology and Natural History, Twelfth Annual
Report, 1882, pp. 39-43. Indianapolis, 1883. 8°
Hough (Daniel). [Map of Indiana, giving? Indian names of Lakes, Rivers,
Towns, Forts, &c., also tribal districts and tribes, folding sheet facing p. 42.
Noticed and partly reprinted in The American Naturalist for January, 1884,
p- 101.

329 Beechey (Capt. Frederic William). Narrative | of a | Voyage to
the Pacific | and Beering’s Strait, to cooperate with | the Polar
Expeditions: | performed in | his Majesty’s Ship Blossom, | under
the command of | Captain F’. W. Beechey, R. N. | F. R.S. &e. | in
the years 1825,26, 27, 28. | Published by authority of the Lords
Commissioners | of the Admiralty. |

Philadelphia: | Carey and Lea—Chestnut Street. | 1832. | c. BA.
Pp. i-vi, 11., pp. i-xi, 13-493. 8°. Improved title of No. 329. Esquimaux
vocabulary, pp. 255-256.

334 a Belcourt (kev. George Antoine). [Prospectus of a] Dictionnaire |
Francais-Sauteux. | ou | Odjibway. | Par le Rev. G. Belcourt. |
| Design. |

Montreal | 1877. | JWP.

411. 8°. The versos of the first and fourth leaves are blank. Contains a few
words in A, one in D, and one in I. Evidently a prospectus of a dictionary
which, so far as I know, has not been published. See Baraga (I’.) and Belcourt
(G. A.), No. 264 dD.

An Algonkin Dictionary by Belcourt was announced for publication in Paris
in 1870, but it has not yet appeared.—Cuog, Jugement Lrroné, p. 110, note.

334 b ——— Department of Hudson Bay: addressed to his Excellency,
Alex. Ramsey, President of the Minnesota Hist. Society. By Rev.
G. A. Belcourt: translated from the French, by Mrs. Letitia May.

In Minn. Hist. Soc., Annals, No. 4, pp. 16-82. Saint Paul, 1853. 8°. This article
was reprinted in the Collections of the same society ; see No. 335 of this catalogue.
George Antoine Belcourt was born on the Bay of Febre or St. Antoine, dis-
trict of Three Rivers, Lower Canada, in 1803. His father, a mechanic, placed his
son at the college of Nicolet, where he passed through his classes with success

878

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Belcourt (tcv George Antoine).—continued.

338

and afterwards embraced the ecclesiastical state. He was made a priest in
1827, and in 1830 was selected by the Bishop of Provencher to go into the north
country and labor solely in christianizing the savage. Arriving at Red River,
June 19, 1831, he applied himself with ardor to the study of the Saulteur lan-
guage. He discovered the principles of the language, which he arranged and
caused to be printed in 1839 [see No. 333 of this catalogue]; also a book of piety
in this tongue [see No. 334]. He composed a dictionary which would form a
large quarto, but which, for want of enconragement, has never been printed.
This dictionary, French and Saulteur, gives the etymology of each word, and
the composite particles, which throws much light upon the knowledge of this
language, and enables one to seize the genius of it—a thing so essential to him
who desires to understand the people in general. He traveled, formed missions,
built chapels, ete., in many places over a space from east to west of 1,000 miles,
and passed each winter at his mission of Saint Paul on the Assiniboine River.
In 1833, by his personal influence he quelled a disturbance among the half-breeds
which threatened to become serious, in gratitude for which Governor Simpson
added 50 pounds sterling to a like sum which the Hudson Bay Company gave
every year to the Catholic clergy, which they still receive yearly. About 1849,
owing to some trouble with the Hudson Bay Company’s officers, he left the mis-
sion at Red River and accepted one at Pembina.—dnnals Minn. Hist. Soc.

Belden (George P.) Belden, the White Chief; [&e.]
There are also editions of this work, with similar title-page, dated 1870 (JWP.)
and 1872 (A.)

338 4 Bellas (Lieut. H. H.) Words, phrases, and sentences in the Chey-

enne language.

Manuscript. pp. 1-108. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Re-
corded in a copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study of Indian languages, 1st
edition. Collected at the Cheyenne Agency, Indian Territory, and Red Cloud
Agency, Nebraska, during 1875, ’6, and ’7.

344 @ Beltran de Santa Rosa (P. Fr. Pedro). Novena} | de Christo cruciti-

348

cado | con otras Oraciones en Lengua | Maya | compuestas por el| R.
P. Tr. Pedro Beltran de Santa Rosa | Ex-custodio [We., three lines.]

Con licencia de los Superiores en Mexico, | en la Imprenta de D.
Francisco Xavier San- | chez, en la Calle de San Francisco, pasada |
la Casa Professa. | Ano de 1740. | DGB.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-105. 12°. In possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton. This is a
manuscript copy of the printed work described in No. 344. The title-page is
wanting to the only known copy of the printed work, and besides the above
factitious title to the manuscript copy, Dr. Berendt, who formerly owned it, has
written on the title-page:

Copiado del tnico exemplar conocido, en poder de | D. Pedro Regil y Leon,
Merida, Setiembre de 1868. + La Portada falta en el original y ha sido supli- |
da por mi. | Dr. H. Berendt. |

Deelaracion | dela | Doctrina Cristiana | en el | Idioma Yu-
vateco | Por el Reverendo padre Fr. Pedro Beltran de | Santa Rosa |
<Anadiendole | el Acto de Contricion | en Verso y Prosa. | [Picture.]

Merida. | Reimp. por J. D. Espinosa e Hijos. | Marzo, 1866. |
Pp. 1-228. 16°. Improved title of No. 348. B. DGB. GAM.
Benaduci (Lorenzo Boturini). See Boturini Benaduci (Lorenzo),
No. 420a.

BELCOURT—BERENDT. 879

349 a Benito (Ir. Marcos). Doctrina cristiana en Zapoteca. tes
Title from Carriedo’s Estudios, Histéricos y Estadisticos.

300a@ Benson (Egbert). Memoir read before the Historical Society of
the State of New York, December 31, 1816.
Jamaica, 1816. . *
12°. Title from the Murphy Sale Catalogue, 1884, No. 219.

Memoir, | read before | the Historical Society | of the
State of New York, | 31st December, 1816; | by Egbert Benson. |
[Three lines quotation.] |
New York: | Printed by T. & W. Mercein, | No. 93 Gold-Street. |
1817. | A. BA.
Pp. 1-72. 8°. Improved title of No. 352. Indian names in New Netherland,
pp. 5-17.

353 a@ ———— Memoir read before the Historical Society of the State of
New York, December 31, 1816. By Egbert Benson. (Re-printed
from a copy, with the author’s last corrections.)

In New York Hist. Soc., Coll., second series, vol. 2, pp. 77-148. New York,
1849. 8°. Separately issued as in No. 354,

357 a Berendt (Dr. Carlos Hermann). On the Centres of Civilization in
Central America and their Geographical Distribution. WE.
In Am. Geographical Soc., Bulletin, session 1875-76, No. 2, pp. 4-15. New

York, 1876. 8°. Also issued as a separate pamphlet.

363 a ——— Apuntes | sobre la Lengua Mije. | Por | C. H. Berendt,

M. D. | 1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title 1 1., pp.1-16. 4°. Gives.a sketch of the literature of the

Mixe tongue, its geographical distribution, comparison with the Zoque and
Zapotec, ete.

363 b ——— Apuntes sobre la lengua | Chaneabal. | Con un vocabula-
rio. | Por | C. Hermann Berendt, M.D. | Tuxtla Gutierrez. Enero
1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. Pp-.1-6, ll. 7-25. 4°. Contains a vocabulary of 416 words, written
in Berendt’s ‘‘Analytical Alphabet,” with a preface on the literature and geo-
graphic distribution of this mixed dialect.

363 ¢ ——— Apuntes y Estudios | sobre la lengua Chapaneca. | por |
C. H. Berendt, M. D. | Tuxtla Gutierrez, 1869, 1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. 32 11., some loose. 4°. Rough draft; contains notes on the his-
tory, grammar, relationship, calendar, etc., of the Chiapanecs.

363 d ——— Apuntes y Estudios | sobre la lengua | Zoque. | Por | C.
Hermann Berendt. | Tuxtla Gutierrez. 1869, 1870. | DGB.
Manuscript. 32 ll. and some loose leayes. sm. 4°. Rough draft and notes.

363 e ——— Lengua Chortega | 6 Mangue | & Lengua Maribia | de
Subtiaba. | por C. H. B. | Nicaragua, 1874. | DGB.
Manuscript, containing rough notes of vocabularies and grammatic rules of

these languages.

880 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Berendt (Dr. Carlos Hermann)—continued.
363 f ——— Lengua Maya. | Miscelanea. | I |-IIT]. | Providence R.
I, | 1864. | [Merida 1868, 1870] DGB.

Manuscript. 3 vols. 8°. Contains copies and extracts of various documents
by Dr. Berendt, as follows:

Vol. I. 1. Vocabulario Espafiol-Maya, copiado de Waldeck.—2, Frases de
conversacion, Maya y Espatiol.—3. Nombres de Pueblos.—4. Borrador de un
Sermon.—5. Vocabulario del Dialecto de Peten.—6. Palabras del Idioma Pune-
tunc.—7. Numerales en Maya, Kachiquel, Huasteca, Mexicano y Othomi.—
&. Numerales en Maya.—9. Las Profecias de los Mayas.—10. Doctrina Cristiana
en el Dialecto de la Montana de Holmul (Peten).—11. Vocablos de la lengua de
Yucatan en Oviedo.—12. Forma de administrar, ete., en Lengua Maya.—13. Tabla
de Multiplicar.—14. Acto de Contricion en Maya.—15. Modo de administrar, ete.,
en Maya.—16. El mismo abreviado.—17. Proclama a los Indios subleyados.—
18. Alocucion de Indios & Maximilian.

Vol. II. 1. Epocas de Ja Historia de Yucatan.—2. Id. tres versiones.—3, Las
Profecias de los Mayas.—4. Titulo de las Tierras del Pueblo Chac xulub Chen.—
5, Fragmentos sobre la cronologia de los Mayas.—6. Las Profecias de los Mayas,—
7. Parte del Chilam Balam de Mani.—8. Pronosticos de los Ahaues.—9. Historia
de la Doncella Teodora.

Vol. III. 1. Predieciones de los Meses.—2. Fragmentos de la Historia Sa-
erada.—3. Las Epocas de la Hist. Antig. de Yucatan.—4. Los Anos de Ja Era
Cristiana, &c.—5, Cancion Amorosa.—6. Invocation au Soleil.—7. Titulo de un
solar en Acanceh (1767).—8. Dos Piezas de la Hacienda Xtepen.—9. Una orden del
Gobierno de Yucatan (en Maya).—10. Dos Oraciones en Lengua Maya.—11. Pro-
posiciones de los Indios sublevados.

Description from Dr. Brinton’s manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection.

363 g ——— Miscellanea Maya. DGB.
Manuscript. 1 vol. folio. Contains much linguistic material.

363 h ——— Miscellanea Centro Americana. DGB.
Manuscript. 1 vol. folio. Contains much linguistic material.

363 i ——— Miscellanea Historica et Linguistica. DGB.
Manuscript. 1 vol. folio. ‘In these three large scrap-books I have collected

and arranged the numerous loose notes and memoranda, observations and com-
parisons on Central American ethnology and linguistics, left by Dr. Berendt in
portfolios. They contain a mass of valuable materials on these subjects.”—
Brinton.

363 k t—— Nombres Proprios en Lengua Maya. DGB.
Manuscript. folio. ‘‘A series of notes and studies on the proper names of
persons, families, and places, in the Maya. Though, like most of his other
projects, left incomplete by the author, a rich material is prepared for the future
student. The volume contains about 150 leaves, unnumbered.”—Brinton.

. 63 | ——— Notas Gramaticales | sobre la Lengua | Maya de Yuca-
tan. | Por | C. H. Berendt. | Providence, R. I. | 1864. | DGB.
Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11.; pp. 1-43. 4°. Incomplete; contains about

40 written pages.
363m ——— Vocabularios | Comparativos | de Lenguas | de | Costa
Rica. | / DGB.

Manuscript. 1!,1-8, numbered on versos, and one unnumbered page. folio.
A comparison of werds in seven languages of Costa Rica.

BERENDT—BEVERLY. 881

Berendt (Dr. Carlos Hermann)—continued.
363 n —— Vocabulario de la lengua de los Huatusos, con Apuntes.
San Carlos, 1874. ee
Manuscript. Title from Dr. Brinton’s manuscript catalogue of the Berendt
collection in his possession.
363 0 ——— Vocabulario | de la Lengua | Popoluca de Oluta. | Reco-
gido por | C. Hermann Berendt. | Frontera en Tabasco | 1862. |
Manuscript. Title, verso ‘‘ Nota,” 11; text, double columns, Spanish and Popo-
luca, pp. 3-7. 8°. DGB.
“Tos vocablés siguientes me dié Jose Maria Indio de Oluta y mozo en el corte
de Nemegyei.”—Berendt.
363 p ——— Vocabulario | de la | lengua Zoque | de Tapijulapa. |
Por | C. Hermann Berendt. | San Juan Bautista | 1862. | DGB.

Manuscript. Pp. i-vi,5-13. 8°. Contains about 180 Zoque words, obtained
from a pure-blood native of Tapijulapa.

363 ¢ ——— Vocabularios de Lenguas de | Honduras | y de la parte
Septentrional de | Nicaragua. | 1873, 1874. | DGB.
Manuscript. Ll. 1-6 numbered on versos. folio. A comparison by Dr. Berendt

of about 300 words in the Lenca, Xicaque, Chontal, Ulua, Moskito, and Caraibe.

— See Diccionario de Motul, No. 10304.

365 a Bergmann (Gustav von). Das Gebeth des Herrn oder Vaterunser-
sammlung in 152 Sprachen. Herausgegeben von u. s. f.
Gedruckt zu Ruien 1789. 2
58 pp. 8°. Title from Adelung’s Mithridates, vol. 1, p.673. It probably con-
tains specimens in some of the American languages.

Berthelsen (Rasmus). See Kaladlit Okalluktualliait, No. 2050, note.

368 a Bertrand (M.V Abbé). Synglosse du nom de Dieu dans toutes les
langues connues. Cinquiéme article. Langues d@’ Amérique.
In Annales de Philosophie Chrétienne, vol. 23, pp. 182-194. Paris, 1841. 8°.
Word for God in 85 American languages.
Beschrijvinghe Van Virginia. See[Hartgers (Joost), editor|, No. 1671.
Beschryvinge van de Volk-Plantinge. See {Herlein (J. D.)|, No.1740.

370 Betanzos (fr. Pedro). Arte, Vocabulario, y Doctrina Christiana
en Lengua de Guatemala. =

Printed in Mexico.—Beristain.

Prior to 1553, the Franciscan fathers had caused to be printed in Mexico a
Catecismo 6 Doctrina Cristiana en la lengua de Guatemala, probably compiled by Fr.
Pedro de Betanzos (Remesal, lib. x, cap. 3); and it wis this Doctrina which gave
rise to the disputes concerning the words Dios and Cabovil. It is the earliest
printed work in that language of which we have any knowledge, but no copy
is known to be extant.—Icazbalceta’s Bibliografia Mexicana, p.74.

376 [Beverly (Robert).| Hngraved title: Histoire | de la | Virginie. |
A Amsterdam | Chez Thomas Lombrail |
Printed title: Relation | Historique | de la-| Virginie, | conte-
nant | L’Histoire de son Etablissement, & de’son | Gouvernement;
56 Bib ;

882 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Beverly (Robert) |—continued.

ses Productions, la Re- | ligion, les Lois & les Cottumes des ite |
diens Naturels, tant dans la Guerre que | dans la Paix, & état du
Pays a Végard | de la Police & de Agriculture, jusqu’a | present. |
Par D.S. Natif & habitant du Pais. | Traduit de l’ Anglois & enrichie
des figures. | [Design.]

A Amsterdam, | Chez J. F. Bernard, prés de la Bourse. |
M.DCC. XVI. [1718] | A.

Engraved title 11., printed title and preface 3 11., pp. 1-433, 8 ll. sm.8°. Lin-
guistics, pp. 258-260. Improved title of No. 376.

Bibelingoak imalénét. See [Fabricius (Otho)|, No. 1263.
Bible and Gospel History. See [Horden (Rev. John)], No. 1853 a.

Bible of Every Land. See [Bagster (Samuel) |, Nos. 208, 208 a, 209,
in these Additions and Corrections.

378 a Bible Stories | in the Mosquito-Language, | Old and New Testa-
ments. | Biblia Historia. | Testament almuk, raya sin. | Moskito
bila. |

Stuttgart, 1863. | J. F. Steinkopf, Printer. | T. DGB.
Pp. 1-206. 16°.

383 a Biglow (William). History | of | the town of Natick, Mass. | from
the days of | the Apostolic Eliot, | M DC L, | to the present time, |
M DCCC XXX. | By William Biglow. |
Boston: | Published by Marsh, Capen, & Lyon. | M DCCC XXX
[1830]. | A.C. T. BA.
Pp. 1-88. 8°. map. Extracts from the town records, 1713-1716, in the Natick
language, pp. 26, 27.—Title-page of Eliot’s Bible and Lord’s Prayer in the Natick
language, with interlinear English translation, pp. 48-50.
385 Biondelli (Bernardino). Sull Antica | Lingua Azteca o Nahuatl |
osservazioni | di | B. Biondelli |
Milano | Typografia Bernardoni | 1860 | A.B. YC.
Title 1 1., pp.3-20. folio. Improved title of No. 385.

386

Glossarium | Azteco-Latinum et Latino-Aztecum | cura et
studio | Bernardini Biondelli | collectum ac digestum |
Mediolani | Apud Valentiner et Mues | MDCCCLXIX [1869]. |
Printed cover, title 11., pp. 1-256, 11. folio. In double columns. Improved
title of No. 386. WE. DGB.
200 copies printed. The first portion, Aztec-Latin, pp. 5-129, is reprinted from
the ‘Evangeliarium” of Sahagun of 1858, but the second part, Latin-Aztec, pp.
133-256, is here printed for the first time.

Bird (Joseph B.) See Ross (Wm. P.), editor, No. 3398.

391 a Black Hawk. Life | of | Black Hawk, | or | Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-
kiak | embracing the | Tradition of his Nation—Indian Wars in
which he has been | engaged—Cause of joining the British in their
late war | with America, and its History— | Description of the

BEVERLY——BOCK. 883

Black Hawk—continued.

Rock-river Village—Manners and Customs— | Encroachments by
the Whites, contrary to Treaty— | Removal from his Village in
1831: | with an | Account of the Cause and General History | of
the | Late War, | His Surrender and Confinement at Jefferson
Barracks, | and | Travels through the United States. | Dietated by
himself. | Edited by J. B. Patterson, of Rock Island, Illinois. |

London: | Richard James Kennett, | 14, York Street. | 1836. |

Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. v-xi, 1-177. 12°. Linguistics as in edition of 1834, No. 391,
pp. v-viil. S.WWB.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 5675: first edition, Cincinnati, 1833. Mr.
John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J., has a copy of this work agreeing with No. 391
in every respect except that the imprint is simply: | Boston | 1834. | (*)

391 Autobiography | of | Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak, | or | Black
Hawk, | embracing the traditions of his nation, various wars in
which he has | been engaged, and his account of the cause and |
general history of the | Black Hawk war of 1832, | His Surrender,
and Travels Through the United States. | Dictated by Himself. |
Antoine Le Clair, U. 8S. Interpreter. | J. B. Patterson, Editor and
Amanuensis. | Rock Island, Ilinois, 1833. | Also | Life, Death and
Burial of the old Chief, together with | A History of the Black
Hawk War, | By J. B. Patterson, Oquawka, Tll. 1882. |

[Continental Printing Co., St. Louis, Mo., 1882.] Cc. WHS.
Pp. i-x, 11-200. 12°. Dedication, in the Sac language, p. vii.
392 a [Blakeman (Bessie C.)|] Historicals | for | the Young Folks. | By
Oro Noque. |
Boston: | Published by D. Lothrop & Co. | Dover, N. H.: G. T.
Day & Co. | 1874. | Cc.
Pp. i-vi, 7-168. 12°. Lord’s Prayer in the Natick language, pp. 43-44.
393 a Blanchard (Iva D.) The | Deiaware First Book, | prepared | by |
Ira D. Blanchard. | Second Edition. |
Shawanoe Baptist Mission Press, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1842. |
Reverse title: Lunapre | Lrkvekun, | Nrtamexif. | Mplenhes |
ok | Halus, | Tolrkvonro. | v.
Pp. 1-24. sm. 12°.

Blatchford (fev. Henry). See Inin tibajimouinun, No. 1942.

Blossom (Levi). See Lapham (I. A.), Blossom (Levi), and Dousman
(George G.), No. 2202 a.

397a Bock (Carl Wilhelm). Erklirung | des Baues | der beriihmtesten und
merkwiirdigsten iilteren und | neueren Sprachen | Europa’s, Asien’s,
Afrika’s, Amerila’s | und der Siidsee-Inseln | von | C. W. Bock. |
Berlin. | Verlag der Plahn’schen Buchhandlung (Henri Sauvage).

| 1853. | A. C. BP.

Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. v-vi, 1-98. 8°. folding diagrams. Comparison of the Peru-

vian and Mexican conjugation of the verbs to love and to go, pp. 33-36.
Followed by:

884 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Bock (Carl Wilhelm)—continued.

397 b ——— Analysis verbi | oder | Erklarung des Baues | dlterer und
neuerer Sprachen | aller Erdtheile. | A. C. BP.

1 1., pp. v-viii, 1-172, 1-24. 8°. Mexicanische Sprache, pp. 25-31.—Grén-
liindische Sprache, pp. 34, 81.

397 ¢ Bodega y Quadra (Juan Francisco de la). Navegacion | y descu-
brimientos hechos de orden | de 8. M. en la costa septentrional | de
Californias desde la latitud en | que se halla el departamento y
Puer- | to de San Blas de 21 grados 30 mi- | nutos hasta los 61 gra-
dos por el Te- | niente de navio de la Real Armada | D®, Juan Fran-
cisco de la Bodega y | Quadra del Orden de Santiago y Co- | man-
dante de la Fragata de 8. M. nu- | estra Senora de los Remedios,
alias la | Favorita de 39 codos de quilla y 13 de | manga, calada de
popa en 14 piés y de proa en 13. | Ato de 1779. | B.

Manuscript. 75 pp. folio. In the Bancroft library, San Francisco. It contains
words in various languages spoken on the northwestern coast of America.

397 d [Bodoni (Jean-Baptiste)], editor. Oratio | Dominica | in | CLV.
Lingvas. | versa | et | Exoticis Characteribvs | plervmqve ex-
pressa. |

Parmae | Typis Bodonianis | MDCCCVI [1806]. | - L. W.

3 p. IL, pp. i-cexlix. folio. Pars Quarta, Linguas Americanas complectens:
Groenlandice (ex Evang. Groenl. Hafniw edito), p. cexvii; Canadice, Montium
dialecto (ex Masdeu), p. cexviii; Ilinice (ex Ms.), p. cexix; Mohogice, Novi
Eboraci dialecto (ex Chamberlaynio), p. ccxx; Virginice (ex Bibliis Virginice,
impressis, Cantabrigix), p. cexxi; Savanahice (ex Chamberlaynio), p. cexxii;
Mexicane (ex Wilkinsio), p. cexxiii; Poconchine (ex Wilkinsio), p. cexxiv; Ca-
raibice (ex Catechismo Caraibice edito), p. ccxxv; Otomitice (ex Laurentio
Hervas), p. cexxvi.

399 Bolduc (Rev. Jean Baptiste Zacarie). Mission | de la | Colombie. |
Lettre et Journal | de | Mr. J. B. Z. Bolduc, | Missionaire de la
Colombie | [Picture of church.]

Quebee: | De ’Imprimerie de J. B. Fréchette, pére, | Imprimeur-
Libraire, No. 13, Rue Lamontagne. | [1844.] JZB. JEM.

Pp. 1-95. 12°. Improved title of No. 399. The larger part of the edition of
this work was burned in the printing office, and it is consequently very scarce.

Lord’s Prayer in Tchinoues, p. 94.—Quelques mots [14] Tchinoues et Snéounis,
p- 95.

400 a Bollaert (William). Introduction to the Palzeography of America:
or, Observations on Ancient Picture and Figurative Writing in the
New World; on the Fictitious Writing in North America; on the
Quipu of the Peruvians, and Examination of Spurious Quipus. By
William Bollaert, F. A. 8. L., [&e.]

In Anthrop. Society of London, Memoirs, vol. 1, pp. 169-194. London, 1865,
8°, Mexican words with definitions, pp. 180-181.

400 b ——— Some Account of the Astronomy of the Red Man of the

New World; including the ‘Telescopic Device” of the Mound
Builders of tbe United States; another Examination of the Stone

BOCK—BOND. 885

Bollaert (William)—continued.
Zodiac of the Aztecs; their Method of obtaining a Meridian Line,
&e.; Astronomy of Central America, with recent discovery of the
Maya; Hieroglyphic Alphabet; the Stone Lunar Calendars of the
Chibchas of Bogota, and probable use of the Gnomon there; the
recently discovered Gold-Calendar of the Peruvians and Telescope
Tube; their Gnomons, &e. By William Bollaert, F. A. S. L., fete. |
In Anthrop. Society of London, Memoirs, vol. 1, pp. 210-280. London, ! 86%.
8°. Contains Mexican names of the cardinal points, zodiacal signs, months, etc.,
Yucatese months, ete., with significations.

Bompas (ev. William Carpenter). See Beaver Indian Primer, No.
326, of which work he is probably the author.

408 a Bond (John Wesley). Engraved title: Minnesota | and | its Re-
sources | by | J. W. Bond | [Picture, Fails of St. Anthony. |
Redfield | 110 and 112 Nassau street | New York. | 1853. |
Printed title: Minnesota | and | its Resources | to which are ap.
pended | Camp-fire Sketches | or | Notes of a Trip from St. Paul to
Pembina and Selkirk | Settlement on the Red River of the North |
By J. Wesley Bond |
Redfield, | 110 and 112 Nassau Street, New York, | 1853. | ¢. BL.
Engraved title 1 1., pp. 1-364, 1-3. 12°. mapand plates. Remarks onthe Cree
and Sauteux languages, pp. 348-349.

408b ——— Engraved title: Minnesota | and | its resources | by | J.

W. Bond | [Engraving of the Falls of St. Anthony.]

Keen & Lee | N°. 148 Lake Street, | Chicago, Ilinois. | 1856. |

Printed title: Minnesota | and | its resources | to which are ap-
pended | camp-fire sketches | or | notes of a trip from jst. Paul to
Pembina and Selkirk | Settlement on the Red River of the North |
By J. Wesley Bond |

Keen & Lee, | No. 148 Lake Street, Chicago, Illinois. | Charles
Desilver, | No. 253 Market Street, Philadelphia. | 1856. | C. BP.

Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 3 other p. Il., pp. 11-412. 16°. map, plates.
Remarks on the Cree and Sauteux languages, pp. 348, 349. This edition agrees
with the New York edition of 1853 from the beginning of the text, p. 9, to p. 361,
and is apparently printed from the same plates. There is a copy of this work
in the Boston Atheneum library with title similar to that given above, except
that the imprint of the printed title concludes: No. 251 Market Street, Phila-
delphia, | 1857. | (*)

An edition of the same date with different title, as follows:

408 ¢ ——— Minnesota | and | its Resources | to which are appended |
Camp-fire Sketches | or | Notes of a Trip from St. Paul to Pembina
and Selkirk | Settlement on the Red River of the North | By J.
Wesley Bond |

Chicago: | Keen and Lee, | 1856. |
1 p. 1., pp. 1-400, 1-3. 12°. map. Linguistics as above, pp. 348-349. Titl
from Mr. W. Eames,

*

886 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

409 a Bonduel (Rev. Flavien-J.) Souvenir d’une Mission Indienne. |
Nakam | et | son fils Nigabianong | ou | ?Enfant Perdu ; | précédé
d’une notice historique, et dédié aux éléeves des colléges | et des
pensionnats de la Belgique. |.Par | le R. P. Fl.-J. Bonduel, Mission-
naire | [ete., three lines]. | Avec le portrait de auteur. | [Design.]

Tournai | Typographie de J. Casterman et fils, | Libraires-
Fditeurs. | 1855 | Ts

Printed cover11., half title 11., title as above 1 1., pp. 5-44, and map of Wis-
consin. 8°. Between pp. 42 and 43, Musique Indienne; Chant de Nigabianong,
[and] Chant de Nakam; par Fl. J. Bonduel; words and music. A few words and
phrases of Chippeway are introduced into the drama.

Bonilla (D. Joseph Zambrano). See Zambrano Bonilla (D. Joseph),
No. 4279.

411a Bonner (T. D.) The Life and Adventures of James P. Beckwith.

New York: Harper and Brothers. 1858. Cc.

This is the edition of 1856, given in No. 411, with no change of title-page
except in the date.

411) Bonnetty (A.) Du Calendrier Mexicain et de ses rapports avec
celui des peuples de ancien continent.
In Annales de Philosophie Chrétienne, vol. 7, pp. 387-396. Paris, 1833. 8°.
Mexican Calendar names, with definitions and explanations.

Book of Common Prayer. See [Hunter (fev. James), No. 1910.

' 420a Boturini Benaduci (Lorenzo). Idea | de una nueva | Historia Ge-
neral | de la | America Septentrional. | Fundada | sobre material
copioso de Figuras, | Symbolos, Caractéres, y Geroglificos, Can-
tares, | y Manuscritos de Autores Indios, | ultimamente descubier-
tos. | Dedicala | al Rey N.*° Senor | en su real, y supremo consejo |
de las Indias | el Cavallero Lorenzo Boturini Benaduci, | Senor de
la Torre, y de Hono. | Con licencia |

En Madrid: En la Imprenta de Juan de Zuniga. | Ato M. D. CC.
XLVI [1746]. | A. C. W. BA. NYHS.

20 p. IL, pp. 1-167; Catalogo, 4 p. lL, pp. 1-96. 4°. 2 plates.

Mexican names, with Spanish translations, of the days, pp. 45-46.—Months, pp.
49-51.—Symbols of the four parts of the world, four seasons, four elements, etc.,
pp-54-56.—Symbolos heroicos, p.58.—Numerous scattered words with definitions,

The ‘‘Catalogo” contains a descriptive list of manuscripts, printed books, maps,
etc., in the Mexican language.

Boulet (Rev. J. B.), editor. See Youth’s Companion, No. 4276.

426 a [Bourassa (Joseph N.)| Indian Dictionary. 1843. [English and
Po-da-wahd-mih.| JBD.
Manuscript. 2 p. ll, pp. 1-62. folio. Followed by 21 leaves of additional
and repeated words, illustrative sentences, names of berries, plants and trees,
numerals, Lord’s Prayer, etc., in the Podawahdmih language. Appended is the
following :
426 b ——— Kaw Dictionary. JBD.
Manuscript. 15 1l., written on one side only. folio. English, alphabetically
arranged, and Kaw. In possession of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J.
Joseph N. Bourassa, a well-educated Pottawattomie Indian, died in 1878,

BONDUEL—BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG. 887

427a Bowen (Benjamin F.) America Discovered | by | the Welsh | in

1170 A.D. | By | Rev. Benjamin F. Bowen. | [Two lines quotation.] |
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1876. | Cc. WWB.
Pp. 1-184. 12°. Mandan and Welsh yocabulary, p. 127.—Chapter xv, The

Welsh language among the American Indians, pp. 159-164.

437 a Bransford (Dr. John F.) Vocabulary of the Huasturos Indians.
Collected by Dr. J. F. Bransford. *

Original manuscript containing 42 words. Title from Dr. Brinton’s manuscript
catalogue of the Berendt collection in his possession.

440 a Brant (Joseph). Letter written by Joseph Brant, or Thayeada-
negea, in the Mohawk language to General Schuyler, October 23,
1783, with an English translation.

In Am. Hist. Record, vol. 2, pp. 354-356. Philadelphia, 1873. 4°.

441 a Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles Etienne). Outside title:
Cartas | para servir de introduccion | ala | Historia Primitiva | de
las naciones civilizadas | de la | America Setentrional. | Por el
Abate | Don E. Carlos Brasseur de Bourbourg, | Miembro de la
Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadistica, ete. | En Castellano
y Frances. |

Mexico. | Imprenta de M. Murguia.—Portal del Aguila de Oro. |

1851. |
Title: Lettres | pour servir (introduction | a | Vhistoire primi-

tive | des nations civilisées | de ’Amérique Septentrionale, |

adressées | a Monsieur le Duc de Valmy. | Par | M. ’Abbé | E.

Charles Brasseur de Bourbourg, | de la Société Nationale de Géo-

graphie et de Statistique de Mexico ete. | Cartas | para servir de in-
troduccion | ala | Historia Primitiva | de las naciones civilizadas |
de la America Setentrional. |

Mexico. | Imprenta de M. Murguia, Portal del Aguila de Oro. |

1851. | A.C. W. BA. NYHS.
Pp. 1-75. 4°. In French and Spanish, in parallel columns. Mexican names

and terms, with translations, scattered through.-

449 ——— Mission Scientifique | au Mexique | et dans Amérique
Centrale. | Ouvrage | publié par ordre de S. M. ’Empereur | et par
les soins du Ministre de l’Instruction Publique. | Linguistique. |
Manuscrit Troano. | Etudes sur le systéme graphique et la langue
des Mayas, | par | M. Brasseur de Bourbourg. | Tome Premier
[Second]. |

Paris. | Imprimerie Impériale. | M DCCC LXIX [1869]. |
The above is the outside title of No. 449 of this catalogue; the work is some-
times referred to as ‘‘ Mission Scientifique.” Cc. T. W. BA. DGB. JWP.

454 a ———— Nouvelles découvertes sur les Traditions Primitives con-
servées chez les anciens habitants de ’?Amérique, @aprés leurs
livres et la lecture de leurs hiéroglyphes.

In Annales de Philosophie Chrétienne, vol. 50, pp. 278-296, 325-341; vol. 51,
pp. 199-220, 477-491 : vol. 52, pp. 62-79, 112-117. Paris, 1855-1856, 8°.
Maya terms, with definitions, scattered through,

888 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbé Charles Etienne)—continued.

458 a ——— Notes @un Voyage dans Amérique Centrale. Lettres a
M. Alfred Maury, Bibliothécaire de V’Institut. Extrait des Nou-
velles Annales des Voyages. Aott 1855. Ss.

No title-page, pp. 1-30. 8°. Separate -issue, repaged, of No. 458.

458 b Chronologie historique des Mexicains.

In Soc. D’Ethnographie, Actes, Session of 1872, pp. 77-85. Paris, [n.d.] 8°.

Bravo(fr.Juan). See Baptista de Lagunas (fr. Juan), No. 245 a, note.

468 a [Brebeuf (&. P. Jean).] Relation | de ce qui s’est passé dans le |
Pays des Hurons | en Vannée 1636. | Enuoyée & Kébee au R. P.
Paul le Jeune | Supérieur de la Mission de la Compagnie de Iesvs,
en la Nouuelle France. |

Pp. 1-223. 16°. Signed Jean de Brebeuf. Appended to Le Jeune (P. Paul). Re-
lation de ce qvi s’est passé en la Novvelle France en Vannée 1636. Paris 1637. 16°.

Oraison, pp. 48-49.—Chap. iv, De la Langue des Hurons, pp. 79-84.

Reprinted as in No. 469 of this catalogue. Title No. 468 should be under Le
Jeune (P. Panl).

Brenchley (Julius). See Remy (Jules) and Brenchley (Julius), No.
3219.

475 Breton (&. P. Raymond). Grammaire | Caraibe | composée par le
P. Raymond Breton | suivie du | Catéchisme Caraibe | Nouvelle
Edition | publiée par | L. Adam & Ch. Leclere. | [Vignette.] |

Paris | Maisonneuve & Ci, Libraires-Editeurs, | 25, Quai Vol-
taire, 25 | 1877. | A. DGB.

Half title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. v-xxxii, 1-73, 11. 8°. Forms vol. 3 of ‘‘Collection
Linguistique Américaine.” Improved title of No. 475. Fac-simile of original
title, 1667 (No. 474), p. xxix. Followed by the Petit Catéchisme of 1664 (No. 471),
pp. 1-54, i 1. Fac-simile of the original title-page, p.1. In both works the
pagination of the originals is shown by marginal references.

Breve Devocionario. See [Fletcher (fev. Richard)], No. 1307.
Brief Recit. See [Cartier (Jacques) |, No. 616.

480a Bringier (L.) Art IV.—Notices of the Geology, Mineralogy, To-
pography, Productions, and Aboriginal inhabitants of the regions
around the Mississippi and its confluent waters—in a letter from L.
Bringier, Esq. of Louisiana, to Rey. Elias Cornelius—communi-

cated for this Journal. A.C. W. JWP.
In American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. 3, pp. 15-46. New-Haven,
1821. 8°.

“Indian languages,” with brief comparative vocabulary, Cherckee, Othomite,
and English, pp. 35, 36.—Names of the Cherokee clans, with significations, p. 38.

484a Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison). The Arawack language of Guiana
in its linguistic and ethnological relations.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans., vol. 14, pp. 427-444. Philadelphia, 1871,
4°. Separately issued as follows:

BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG—BRINTON 889

Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison)—continued.

484b ——— The Arawack Language of Guiana | in its | Linguistic
and Ethnological Relations. | By D. G. Brinton, M. D. |

Philadelphia: | MecCalla & Stavely, Printers, | 237-9 Dock

Street. | 1871. | : T. WE. DGB. JWP.

Printed cover, pp. 1-18. 4°. Vocabulary of the ancient language of the Great.
Antilles, pp. 11-14.

494 ——— The Books of Chilan Balam [&c.] T. JWP.

This work, full title of which is given in No. 494, contains a discussion of the

early manuscripts of the Mayas, giving fac-similes of Maya characters from Landa,

. Codex Troano, and the Book of Chilan Balam of Kaua. Reprinted as follows:

494 a ———— Los Libros de Chilan Balam.

In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, tomo 3, pp. 92-101. México, 1883. 4°,

Translated by F[rancisco del] PLaso y] T[roncoso]. It is followed by notes
of the translator, pp. 101-110, which contain extracts in Maya from Brinton’s
Maya Chronicles (No. 4955).

494 ——— The Folk-Lore of Yucatan. | By Daniel G. Brinton,
M. D. | (From the Folk-Lore Journal, Vol. I. Part VIII. August,
1883. Published by | the Folk-Lore Society, G. L. Gomme, Hon.
Sec. 2, Park Villas, Lonsdale | Road, Barnes, London, S.W. |

[1883. ] T.DGB.JWP.

Printed cover 11., pp. 1-13. 8°. A Maya witch story, with interlinear English
translation, p.7.—Maya terms passim.

495 a ——— Introduction |to A Study of the Manuscript Troano, by
Cyrus Thomas]. By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D.

In Thomas (Cyrus). <A Study of the Manuscript Troano, in Powell (J. W.),
in charge. Contrib. N. A. Eth., vol. 5 (part 3), pp. xvii-xxxvii. Washington,
1882. 4°.

Contains a discussion of the Maya alphabet, an account of the published co-
dices in Maya, and, incidentally, a brief account of the language, with examples.

495 b ———, editor. Brinton’s Library of | Aboriginal American Litera-
ture. | Number I. | The | Maya Chronicles. | Edited by | Daniel G.
Brinton, M. D. |

D. G. Brinton. | Philadelphia. | 1852. | C.S. 1. BA. WE. DGB. JWP.

Printed cover 1 1]., general title of the series 1 1., title as above 1 1., pp. iii-vii,
9-279. 8°. Forms No.I of Brinton’s Library of American Literature.

Introduction:—The name Maya, p.9.—The Maya Lingnistic Family, p.17.—
Origin of the Maya Tribes, p.20.—Political Condition at the Time of the Con-
quest, p. 25.—Grammatical Observations, p. 27.—The Numeral System, p.37.—The
Calendar, p. 50.—Ancient Hier
p. 67.—Grammars and Dictionaries of the Language, p. 72.

The Chronicles:—I. The Series of the Katuns, p. 89.—Text, p. 95.—Translation,
p. 100.—Notes, p. 106. HI. The Series of the Katuns, p. 136.—Text, p. 138.—Trans-
lation, p. 144.—Notes, p. 150. III. The Record of the Count of the Katuns, p. 152.—
Text, p. 153.—Translation, p. 158.—Notes, p. 163. IV. The Maya Katuns, p. 165.—
Text, p. 166.—Translation, p. 169.—Notes, p. 173. V. The Chief Katuns, p. 177.—
Text, p. 178.—Translation, p. 180.—Notes, p. 182.

The Chronicle of Chae Xulub Chen:—Introductory, p. 189.—Text, p. 193.—
Translation, p. 216.—Notes, p. 242.—Vocabulary, p. 261.

Reviewed by [Gatschet (A.8.) and De Kay (C.)], Native American Lan-
guages, in The Critic, vol. 3, No. 61, pp. 96-97. New York, 1883. 4°.

yphie Books, p. 61.—Modern Maya Manuscripts,

890

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison), editor—continued.
495 ¢ ——— Brinton’s Library of | Aboriginal American Literature. |

Number III. | The | Gtiegiience; | a comedy ballet | in the | Nahuatl-
Spanish Dialect of Nicaragua. | Edited by | Daniel G. Brinton, A.
M.,. M. D. |

D. G. Brinton, | Philadelphia. | 1883. | —_-C. T. BA. WE. DGB. JWP.

1p. 1., title as above 1 1., general title of the series 1 1., preface 1 1., contents
and list of illustrations 1 1., introduction pp. i-lii, Ballet, &c., pp. 1-94. 8°.

Derivation of the word Nicaragua, p. v.—The Mangues, why called Chorotecas,
p. vili.—Disappearance of the languages of the Nahuas and the Mangues, p. xi.—
Comparison of the Nahuatl of Nicaragua and of Mexico, p. xiii Comparison of
the Mangue with the Chapanec, p. xiii.—Differences between Nicaraguan and
pure Nahuatl, p. xiv.—Comparison of the Mangue or Chapanec of Central America
with the Aymara of Peru, p. xv.—Developmeut of the Nahuatl-Spanish jargon,
p. xvii.—Specimens of same, p. Xvii.

History of the ‘‘ Baile del Giiegiience”: Whence the text was obtained, p. xli.—
Time and manner of its rehearsal, p. xli.—Age of the play, p. xliii—Reasons for
considering it a native production, p. xlii—How different from the Spanish
comedy, p. xliiii—Native plots of similar character, p. xliv.—Native comedians,
p. xly.

The Dramatis Persone of the Giiegiience, derivation of names, &c., pp. xlv-
xlviii.

The Ballet, Nicaraguan and English on opposite pages, pp. 1-73.—Notes, pp.
75-82.—Vocabulary of Nahuatl, &c., pp. 83-92.

495 d ———, translator. A Grammar | of the | Cakchiquel Language

495 e€

of Guatemala | Translated from a MS. in the Library of the Ameri-
can | Philosophical Society with an Intro- | duction and Additions.
| By | Daniel G. Brinton, A.M., M.D., | One of the Secretaries of
the Society. |

Philadelphia. | McCalla & Stavely, Prs., 237-9 Dock Street, |
1884. | a

Pp. 1-72. 8°. At this writing (April, 1884) the work is not yet issued; title
from proof-sheet of the title-page, furnished me by Dr. Brinton.

, general editor and publisher. Library | of | Aboriginal
American | Literature. | No. I [-III]. | Edited by | D. G. Brinton,
M. D. | :

Philadelphia: | 1882 [-1883]. | C. T. BA. WE. DGB. JWP.

3 vols. 8°. For full titles see under each author.

Brinton (D.G.) The Maya Chronicles, edited by Dr. D.G. Brinton. No. I.
The Giiegiience, edited by Daniel G. Brinton. No. III.

Hale (Horatio). The Iroquois Book of Rites, edited by Horatio Hale. No. II.

In a circular issued September, 1882, and previous to the appearance of No.
II, the following announcement was made concerning the subsequent volumes
of the series:

No. II. Central American Calendars.

A number of native calendars and ‘‘ wheels,” used by the Mayas, Kiches, Cak-
chiquels, and neighboring tribes, in reckoning time and forecasting the future,
will be published for the first time, with explanations.

From lack of sufficient material, this important point in American archeology
has remained extremely obscure. The collection which itis intended to embrace
in this volume is unquestionably unique of its kind.

BRINTON

BROWN. 891

Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison), general editor and publisher—continued.

498

No. III. The Annales of Quauhtitlan.

The original Aztec text, with a new translation. This is also known as the
Codex Chimalpopoca. It is one of the most curious and valuable documents in
Mexican archeology.

No. IV. The National Legend of the Creeks.—Edited by Albert S. Gatschet.

Mr. Gatschet will present (1.) The original German account, written in 1735,
by which this legend has been transmitted; (2.) Its English translation; (3.)
Its retranslation into the Creek language, in which it was originally delivered,
by an educated native; (4.) Its translation into the Hitchiti, a dialect cognate
to the Creek ; (5.) Glossaries and ethnographic notes.

No. V. The Chronicles of the Cakchiquels.

These chronicles are the celebrated Memorial de Tecpan Atitlan so often quoted
by the late Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg. They are invaluable for the ancient
history and mythology of Guatemalan nations, and are of undoubted authen-
ticity and antiquity.

Other works of equal interest will be added, if the series proves acceptable
to scholars. The above order of issue is uncertain.

Each of these works will be printed in the original tongue, with an English
translation and notes. Every work admitted to the series will be the produc-
tion of anative, and each will have some intrinsic importance, either historical or
ethnological, in addition to its value as a linguistic monument. Most of them
will be from unpublished manuscripts, and every effort will be made to secure
purity of text and competent editorship.

The works contemplated in the series are such as will be indispensable to
the future student of American archieology, ethnology, or linguistics.

British and Foreign Bible Society. St. John iii. 16 | in most of the |
Languages and Dialects | in which the | British & Foreign Bible
Society | has printed or circulated the Holy Scriptures. | [Engrav-
ing and one line quotation.] | Enlarged edition |

London: | Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, |
By Gilbert & Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E. C. | 1878. | as.

1 p.1., pp. 1-48, 1 1. 16°. Improved title of No. 498. See American Bible Soc.,
No. 84; also Specimen Verses 3711), 3711 c.

498 a Bromowicz (Franz). Vocabulario de la lengua Pocomam de Jilo-

tepee. 1878. DGB.

Manuscript. 1511. folio. A few months before Dr. Berendt’s death he sent
a young German, Franz Bromowicz, to the district occupied by the Pocomams
to collect vocabularies and other information, especially in reference to the
tongue called, by Juarros, the Alaguilac, spokenin Acasaguastlan. The rough
notes of this journey are contained in these leaves. Two vocabularies are
given, of about 200 words each. —Brinton.

498 b [Brown (David). The New Testament in the Cherokee lan-

guage. | *

Manuscript. ‘‘On the 27th of September, 1825, the translation of the New
Testament, from the original Greek, into the Cherokee language, by a Cherokee
[David Brown], in an alphabet invented by another Cherokee [George Guess],
was completed. As there were yet no types in existence for printing that lan-
guage, Brown’s version, entire or in parts, was circulated in manuscript. It was
read and copied in all parts of the nation. A translation, made in such cireum-
stances, could not fail to be imperfect; and another was afterwards made and
printed ; - - - .”—History of American Missions, p. 148.

892 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

499 a Brown (Dr. Robert). On the History and Geographical Relations
of the Cetacea frequenting Davis Strait and Baffin’s Bay.

In Royal Society [of London]. Manual of the Nat. Hist., Geol., and Physies
of Greenland, &c., pp. 69-93. London, 1875. 8°. Reprinted from the Zodél. Soc.
Proc., No. 35, pp. 533-556. (*)

Greenland and Eskimo (of western shores of Davis Strait) names for whales,
pp. 70, 91.

502 a Briihl (Dr. Gustav). On the Etymology of the word Chichime-
eatl. By G. Bruhl M. D.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 49-52. Chicago, 1879-80. 8°.

506 a Bruyas (Rev. Jacques). Catechisme agnier. Par le R. P. Bruyas
Cd J [de la comp. de Jesus]. CV.
Manuscript. 27 1l., written on both sides. 4°. Notitle; the above written at
top of p.1. Divided into subjects: Du nom de Chrestien, Du signe de Chrestien,

De la création de Vhomme, &¢c. In the Iroquois language.

506 b Prayers for the sick by P. Jacques Bruyas. CV.
Manuscript. Pp. 1-134. 12°.
506 ¢ Instruction d@’un adulte malade. CV. -

Manuscript. 11 unnumbered Il. 12°.
The above manuscripts are preserved in the archives of the Catholic church
at Caughnawaga, Canada.

519 @ Bunnell (Lafayette Houghton). Discovery of the Yosemite, |
and | the Indian War of 1851, | which led to that event. | By |
Lafayette Houghton Bunnell, M. D., | of the Mariposa Battalion,
one of the Discoverers, | late Surgeon thirty-sixth Regiment | Wis-
consin Volunteers. |

Chicago: | Fleming H. Revell, | 148 and 150 Madison Street. |

[1882.] BA. BP.
331 pp. 12°. The Indian names [of localities], pp. 198-215.

520 a Bureau of Ethnology. Second Annual Report | of the | Bureau of
Ethnology | to the | Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution |
1880-81 | by | J. W. Powell | Director | [Design]

Washington | Government Printing Office | 1883 | A. WE. JwPe.

Pp. i-xxxvii, 1-477. royal 8°.

Cushing (F.H.) Zuni fetiches, pp. 3-45,

Smith (Erminnie A.) Myths of the Iroquois, pp. 47-116.

Stevenson (James). Illustrated catalogue of the collections obtained from
the Indians of New Mexico and Arizona in 1879, pp. 307-422.

[Burghardt (Rev. C. I.) ] See Gospels, No. 1588, which he translated.

520b Burman (Rev. W. A.) Manitoba | Historical and | Scientific Soci-
ety, | Winnipeg. | Publication No. 5. | “The Sioux Language.” |
Rev. W. A. Burman, | Sioux Mission, Manitoba. |
[ Winnipeg, 1883.] JWP.
Title 11., pp. 1-4. 8°. General discussion, with examples of grammatic con-
struction.

BROWN

BURTON. 893

520 ¢ Burtin (Rév. Nicolas Victor). Mois | des ames du purgatoire. |
Takodentaon | akadennita | Rohiator Tekaronhianeken | rondaniha
Kahnadakeeronon | 1866. | CV.

Manuscript. 1 p.1., pp. 1-313. 8°. In the Troquois language. Title 11., reverse
blank; preface signed N. V. Burtin, Caughnawaga, 5 Septembre 1466, pp. 1-2;
text, pp. 3-313; colophon, p. 313, N. V. Burtin, 29 Novembre, 1866.

520 d ——— Mois | de St. Joseph. | Sose Koratatokenti | radennita |
Gidakiaton Kstihenstatsi Tekaronhianeken | 1866. | cy.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-257. 8°. In the Iroquois language. Preface, pp. 1-2, signed
N. V. Burtin, Caughnawaga, 30 Janvier 1866; Colophon, p. 257, Caughnawaga,
20 Mars 1866.

This is followed by prayers in the Iroquois, pp. 259-309.

520 ¢ ——— Mois du Sacre Cour de Jesus. | Jesos raderiasatokenti |
adennita | Rohiator Tekaronhianeken raudahneha Kahnadake-
ronon. | 1867. | CV.

Manuscript. Pp.1-571. 4°. In the Iroquois language.

520 f ——— Cours instructions | en langue Iroquoise 2™¢ partie. Com-
mandements de Dieu et de V’Eglise | Péché | Caughnawaga |
1872 | CV.

Manuscript. 1 p.1., pp. 3-452. 4°. In the Iroquois language.

520 g ——— Cours Winstructions | en langue Iroquoise | 3° partie |
Culte. | Grice, prieres, sacraments, liturgie. | Caughnawaga |
1874. | CV.

Manuscript. Title, reverso blank, 11.; pp. 3-529 (484-512 blank). 4°. Table
des matiéres, 513-529. In the Iroquois language.

520 h ——— Mois de Marie | Wari adennita. | Ov.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-396. 4°. Table des matiéres, pp. 381-396. In the Iroquois
language.

The above manuscripts are in the archives of the Catholic church at Caughna-
waga, Canada, of which Pére Burtin is still the pastor. This estimable mission-
ary has ministered to these Indians for twenty-three years. Besides the above-
mentioned manuscripts, he has many of the sermons delivered by him during
his service at this place.

See Marcoux (Rév. Francois Xavier) and Burtin (Iév. Nico-
las Victor), No. 2454.

See Marcoux (/év. Joseph) and Burtin (2év. Nicolas Victor),
Nos. 2468-2469.

521 Burton (Richard I*.) The City of the Saints | and | Across the
Rocky Mountains to California | By | Richard F. Burton | Author
of “A Pilgrimage to El Medinah and Meccah” |

London | Longman, Green, Longman, and Roberts | 1861. | The
right of translation is reserved | B. C. BA. YC.

Pp. i-x, L 1., pp. 1-708. 8°. maps. plate. Improved title of No. 521.

Chapter II is entitled ‘‘The Sioux or Dakotas,” and contains remarks on the
Sioux tongue, with numerous illustrative examples of the sign language of the
“Prairie Indian” in general, pp. 147-160.

894
542

544

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard). Das Apache | als eine atha-
paskische Sprache erwiesen | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann; |
in Verbindung mit einer | systematischen Worttafel des athapas-
kischen Sprachstamms. | Erste Abtheilung. | Aus den Abhandlun-
gen der Koénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1860. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Kénigl. Akademie | der
Wissenschatten. | 1860. | In Commission von F. Diimmler’s Verlags-
Buchhandlung. | T. W. JBD.

Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 187-282. 4°. Improved title of No. 542.

Die Verwandtschafts-Verhiltnisse | der athapaskischen
Sprachen | dargestellt von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Zweite
Abtheilung | des Apache. | Aus den Abhandlungen der Konigl.
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1862. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Kénigl. Akademie | der
Wissenschaften, | 1863. | In Commission bei I’. Diimmler’s Verlags-
Buchhandlung | Harwitz und Gossmann. | B.T. W.

Outside title 1 1.,1 p.1., pp. 195-252. 4°. Improved title of No. 544.

Grammatik | der | sonorischen Sprachen: | vorziiglich
der | Tarahumara, Tepeguana, Cora und Cahita. | als [Xter Ab-
schnitt der Spuren der aztekischen Sprache | ausgearbeitet | von |
Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Erste Abtheilung: | das Lautsystem. |
Aus den Abhandlungen der K6énigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin 1863. |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Kénig]. Akademie |
der Wissenschaften. | 1864. | In Commission von F. Diimmler’s
Verlags-Buchhandlung, | Harwitz und Gossmann. | B. T. DGB. JBD.

Outside title 1 1.,1 p.1., pp. 369-453. 4°. Improved title of No. 546.

547 a ——— Grammatik | der | sonorischen Sprachen: { vorztiglich

548 a

der | Tarahumara, Tepeguana, Cora und Cahita; | als [Xte* Abschnitt
der Spuren der aztekischen Sprache | ausgearbeitet | von | Joh.
Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Dritte Abtheilung: | das Zahlwort. | Aus
den Abhandlungen der Kénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin 1867, |

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Konig]. Akademie |
der Wissenschaften. | 1867. | In Commission von F. Dtimmler’s
Verlags-Buchhandlung | Harrwitz und Gossmann. | o

Outside title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 28-215, and 2 folded leaves (24 b and 70 b).

Separate issue of No. 547, Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from
copy in his possession,

Grammatik | der | sonorischen Sprachen: | vorziiglich
der | Tarahumara, Tepeguana, Cora, und Cahita; | als [Xte™ Ab-
schnitt der Spuren der Aztekischen Sprache | ausgearbeitet | von |
Joh. Carl Ed. Busehmann. | Zweite Abtheilung: | der Artikel, das
Substantivum und Adjectivum. | Aus den Abhandlungen der
Kénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1869. |

BUSCHMANN. 895

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.
Berlin. | Buchdruckerei der Kénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaf-
ten (G. Vogt), | Universitits-Strasse 8. | 1869. | In Commission bei
I’. Diimmler’s V erlags-Buchhandlung. | (Harrwitz und Gossman.) |
Outside title, 11, pp. 67-266. 4°. Separate issue of No. 548. Title furnished
by Dr. J. H. Trumbull, from copy in his possession. (*)
551 a ——— Mexicanische Grammatik. *
Manuscript. 1 vol. Taken partly from W. v. Humboldt’s manuscript.
1. Written characters, ll. 1-27.—2. (Accent and) quantity, 1]. 28-75.—3. Sub-
stantive, ll. 76-163.

551 b ——— Grammatische Woérter der mexicanischen Sprache. me
Manuscript. 33 11, folio.

501 ¢ ——— Mexicanisches Lexicon. Geograph. Namen. =
Manuscript. 35 pp., and 42 slips (notes).

501 d ——— Materialien zum mexic. Worterbuch: e

1. List from Sahagun, 18 pp.—2. List of Mexican names of persons, 7 pp.—3.
Names of persons from Sahagun, 5 pp.--4. List of Mexican words which appear in
Clavigero and others, 10 pp.—5. List ofnames of Mexican animals, plants, persons,
places, &¢., which are not of Mexican origin, 7 pp.—6. List of Mexican animal
names from Hernandez and Clavigero, 14 pp.—7. Mexican lexicon; 1st report to
Humboldt, 24 pp.; with many scientific marginal notes by W. von Humboldt.—
8. Explanation of Mexican animal names, 18 pp., with marginal notes by W. von
Humboldt.—9. The Mexican dictionary abridged,4 pp.—1l0. List of Mexican
names of plants and minerals from Hernandez and Clavigero, 18 pp.

551 e ——— Nomenclatur zum Mexicanischen Lexicon. a
Manuscript. 167 pp. 4°.

051 f ——— Wortverzeichniss von mehreren oder vielen Sprachen,
welche ich in einem abgekiirzten Verfahren in die Litteratur der
Sprachen eingetragen habe—oder zum einstmahligen Hintragen
aufsammle. *

Manuscript. 38 pp. Material auxiliary to American languages, in possession
of Alcide V@Orbigny. Original manuscript of d’Orbigny for W. vy. Humboldt, 6 pp.

551 g ——— Wichtige Papiere. [Important papers. ] *

Manuscript. American vocabularies (also text), so designated by Busch-
mann himself, referring to 50 linguistic families—partly from rare works,
journals, and manuscripts, and partly taken from the natives by Buschmann.

551 h ——— Wichtige Papiere. *

Manuscript. American Vocabularies (also text).

551 4 —— Supplemente des Registers zu den “Spuren der aztekischen
Sprache im nérdlichen Mexico und héheren amerikanischen Nor-
den &e.” Berlin 1859. *

Manuscript. folio.

551 k ——— Inhalts-Uebersicht zu den “Spuren der aztekischen
Sprache im noérdlichen Mexico und héheren amerikanischen Nor-
den.” Berlin 1859.

Manuscript. 4211. folio. Note on the title dated: Berlin, 24 April, 1863. Prof.

Dr. Buschmann.
Summary of the contents of the Spuren.

896 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard)—continued.

5511 ——— Die Texte der Tepeguana—Eudeve-Grammatik. Noch

wichtige Sprachsachen. *
Manuscript. Folio additions to the Tepeguana Grammar in 4°., ete.

551 m ——— Vocabulario de la lengua Tepeguana (tepeguan y espan-
nol) sacado del vocabulario espannol y tepeguan del P. Benito
Rinaldini por Don Eduardo Buschmann. Berlin 1856. o

Manuscript. 113 11. large 4°.

551 n ——— Vocabulario tepeguan II. Suplemento I, II. S
Manuscript. 29111. 4°.

551 0 ——— Manual Cahita. *

Introduction, 30 pp.

551 p ——— Vocabulario Cahita-espannol 6 aleman (Se compuso en
junio y julio 1865).
Manuscript. 85 Il.

551 ¢ ——— Tarahumarisches Worterbuch. *
Manuscript. 78 11.
551 r ——— Deutsch-sonorisches Worterbuch nebst Hinleitung. oe

Manuscript. 141 Il.
German-Sonora Dictionary, with an introduction.

551 s ——— Zusiitze zur Abtheilung I der sonorischen Grammatik; das

Lautsystem. *
Manuscript. 55 11.

551 t ——— Die Ordinal-Zahlen der mexicanischen Sprache. Berlin

1880. *

4°, Corrected proof-sheets of the last work of the author. Appended to them
is the original manuscript, 67 LI. fol.

551 wu The Indian languages; Explanatory remarks on the pre-
ceding comparative vocabulary. (Extract of Pickering’s Salem
Vocabulary and specimen of the Winnebago language.) me

Manuscript. With 1 page of Buschmann’s handwriting.
Titles and notes from J. A. Stargardt’s Catalogue, No. 135.—Amerika und Orient.

Butron (). Juan Luque). See Luque Butron (D. Juan), No. 2351.

Byington (tev. Cyrus). See Wright (fev. Alfred) and Byington
(Rev. Cyrus), Nos. 4240-4246.
561 a Caballero (D. J.) Grammatica del Idioma Mexicano, segun el sis-
tema de “ Ollendorf.”

Mexico, 1880. *
212 pp. 8°. Title from Triibner’s Catalogue of Dicgionaries and Grammars,
p. 107.

565 a Calendario. Calendario | de los Indios de | Guatemala | 1722. |

Kiché. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11; Advertencia pp. i-xi; 11. containing

the Calendar; pp. 1-50. 4°. In the Advertencia Dr. Berendt thus speaks of the
original :

BUSCHMANN—CAMPBELL., 897

Calendario—continued.

“‘E] original de este calendario en lengua Kiché, erroneamente llamado Calen-
dario Kachiquel en Catilogo de la biblioteca de la seccion etnolégia del Museo
Nacional (Guatemala 1875) pag. 8, No. 1, forma un cuaderno de 24 fojas titiles en
4% menor. Se halla al principio de un volumen en folio, intitulado ‘Larras,
Optsculos.’

“La segunda parte commenzanda en la pagina 37 de la presente copia, esta
escrita por otra mano con ortografia diferente, trayendo al margen (pagina 38 de
esta copia) la fecha de 13 de Marzo de 1770 anos.

“Parece que es el mismo calendario del cual habla el Arzobispo D. Pedro
Cortes y Larraz en su ‘ Descripcion Geografico—Moral de la Diécesis de Guathe-
mala,’ hecho en le visita que hijo de ella en los anos de 1768, 1769, y 1770,” foja
142 vuelta.”

Following the above manuscript in the same volume is:

565 b ——— Calendario | de los Indios de | Guatemala | 1685. | Cak-

chiquel. | Copiado en la Ciudad de Guatemala | Marzo 1878. | Des.

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11., Advertencia pp. 3-8, text pp. 9-27. In the
Advertencia Dr. Berendt speaks of the original as follows:

“Este calendario se encuentra en la ‘choronica de la S. Provincia del San-
tissimo Nombre de Jesus de Guatemala,’ conocida bajo el nombre de cronica
Franciscana, MS. que fué del convento de Franciscanos en esta ciudad.”

In his manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection, Dr. Brinton thus
describes these two manuscripts:

“Two precious pieces beautifully copied in fac-simile by Dr. Berendt from
ancient manuscripts he discovered in Guatemala. They present a detailed expla-
nation of the calendars of the two nations, and may perhaps be the means of
solving the strange problems presented by the chronology of the Mexican and
Central American nations. The same artificial and intricate system of measur-
ing time prevailed throughout these regions, and its character seems to point
more distinctly to Asiatic influences than any other trait in American civiliza-
tion.”

565 ¢ 1872. Calendrier d’Oka. 1872. | Kijigatomasinaigan. = Iaken-
tasetatha. | Me
11. 16°. Calendar for the Indians at Oka (Lae des deux Montagnes) in Al-
gonkin and Jroquois. Verso ‘‘Explication des Signes—French, Algonkin and
Iroquois.” Probably by the Abbé Cuogq.
Calvary Catechism, in Santee Dakota. See {Hinman (fev. 8. D.)],
No. 1804.

566 a Calvo (Fr. Pedro). Gramatica y vocabulario de la lengua de Chiapa.
Title from Sobron, Los Idiomas dela América Latina, who quotes from Remesal.

Cameron (Capt. D. R.) See Taché (Mgr. A.), No. 3792.

569 a Cameron (fev. James D) [Gospels and Hymns in the Ojibwa

language. | *

“Mr. Cameron was ordained to the ministry in May [1836]. He prepared a

book of twenty-four hymns in Ojibwa, and translated the Gospels by Mark and
Luke.”—History of American Missions, p. 491.

574a Campbell (John). Origin of the Aborigines of Canada. ~
In Lit. and Hist. Soc. of Quebec, Trans., Session 1880-1881, pp. 61-93 and
i-xxxiv. Qnebec, 1882. 12°. Separately issued; see title No. 575.

57 Bib

898 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Campbell (John)—continued.
578 a (From the Canadian Naturalist, vol. [X., No. 5.) Hittites
in America. By John Campbell, M. A. Professor in the Presbyte-

rian College, Montreal. JWP.
No title-page. Pp. 1-22. 8°. Separate issue of No. 578.

579 a (From the Canadian Naturalist, vol. [X., No. 6.) Hittites
in America. By John Campbell, M. A. Professor in the Presbyte-
rian College, Montreal. JWP.

No title-page. Pp.1-23. 8°. Separate issue of No.579. Linguistics, pp. 1-4,
11-14, 21-22.

579 dD A Translation of the Principal Hittite Inscriptions yet
published. By John Campbell, M. A., Professor in the Presbyte-
rian College, Montreal. JWP.

No title-page. Pp.1-16. 8°. Contains Aztec words.

583 a Some laws of phonetic change in the Khitan languages.
By John Campbell, M. A., Professor in the Presbyterian College,
Montreal.

In Canadian Institute, Proc., new series, vol. 1, pt. 4, pp. 282-299. Toronto,
1883. 8°. An exhibition of the relation of the Iroquois dialects to those of all
the divisions of the Khitan family, with illustrative vocabularies. -

Separately issued, without title-page, pp. 1-20. 8°. (Jwr.)

Cantique en langue Algonquine. See [Cuog (Kév. Jean André)],
No. 953.

Cardenas y Leon (D. Carlos Celedonio Velasquez de). See Velasquez
de Cardenas y Leon (DP. Carlos Caledonio), No. 3990.

600 a Carli (Conte Gian Rinaldo). Le | Lettere Americane | Nuova Edi-
zione corretta ed ampliata colla | aggiunta della Parte ILI, Ora per
la | prima volta impressa. | Parte prima [—terza] [Design].

_ Cremona | Per Lorenzo Manini Regio Stampatore. |
M.DCC.LXXXI [-M.DCC.LX XXIIT] [1781-1783]. | Con licenza de
Superiori. | YC.

3 vols. sm. 4° (16°).

602 Briefe | tiber | Amerika | nach der neuesten, verbesserten
und mit dem | dritten Theile-vermehrten Ausgabe, aus dem |
Italiiinischen des Herrn Grafen Carlo | Carli iibersetzt, und mit
einigen | Anmerkungen versehen | von | Christian Gottfried Hen-
nig. | Erster [—Dritter] Theil. |
Gera, 1785. | bei Christoph Friedrich Bekmann. | C.
3 vols. sm.8°. Improved title of No. 602. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 408, 414-416.

603 a Carmany (J. H.) The first three of the Ten Commandments, and
the Lord’s Prayer, in the dialect of the Nanaimos.
In Bancroft (H.H.) Native Races, vol.3, pp. 611-612. New York, 1875. 8°.

611 a Carranza (Fr. Diego). Vocabulary of the Chontal language. *
Title from Sobron, Idiomas de la América Latina, p. 30.

CAMPBELL—CARTILLA. 899

615 a Carrillo y Ancona (D. Crescencio). Manual | de | Historia y Geo-
grafia | de la | Peninsula de Yucatan | Por | D. Crescencio Car-
rillo | Presbitero | Catedratico [&e., two lines] |

Merida de Yucatan | Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa e Hijos | 1868 |

Pp. i-xxvii, 11., pp. 1-162. sq. 16°. incomplete. DGB.

Capitulo iy. Elidioma y el nombre de Yucatan, pp. 88-113, contains a general
discussion of the language and the writers thereon, with a brief list of their works.

615 b ——— Bibliotheca de Autores Yucatecos. | Tomo I. | Historia
Antigua | de | Yucatan | por | D. Crescencio Carrillo y Ancona |
Canonigo [&ec., three lines] | Segunda de las Disertaciones del
mismo autor | relativas al proprio asunto. |

Mévida. | Imprenta de Espinosa y Compania. | 2%. Calle de Hidal-

gos, numero 22. | 1881. | DGB.
Pp. 1-? sm. 4°. Copy seen is incomplete, ending in the middle of a sentence
at p. 504.

Astronomia y Cronologia—Calendario—Aritmética, Literatura, pp. 245-270.
The same author’s Compendio de la Historia de Yucatan, Mérida, 1871, contains
no linguistics.

615 ¢ ——— Historia Antigua | de | Yucatan | por | D. Crescencio Car-
rillo y Ancona | Canénigo | de la Catedral de Merida de Yucatan,
y Socio | de varias Corporaciones Cientificas | Nacionales y Extran-
jeras | Seguida de las Disertaciones del mismo autor | relativas al
propio asunto. | Segunda Edicion. |

Mérida de Yucatan. | Gamboa Guzman y Hermano, Impresores-
Hditores. | Plaza de la Independencia, Num. 3. | 1883. | JWP.

Pp. 1-670. 12°. :

Capitulo IV. Idioma de los mayas, which includes a brief list of authors on
Maya, pp. 101-132.—Capitulo V. El nombre de Yucatan, pp. 133-141.—Capitulo
XII. * * * KEscritura, Ciencias, Astronomia y cronologia, Calendario, Arit-
mética, Literatura, etc., containing Maya alphabet, Signs of the twenty days,
ete., pp. 245-268.—Capitulo XX. * * * Profetas yucatecos 6 Chilames, ete.,
containing Maya text and Spanish translations of same, pp. 512-539.—Diserta-
cion sobre la Literatura y civilizacion antigua de Yucatan, pp. 555-590.—Geo-
grafia Maya, pp. 603-611.—Maya-Etimologia de este nombre, pp. 632-635.

Perez (D. Juan P.) Antigua cronologia yucateca, pp. 637-663.

615 d Cartas | de | Indias.
de Fomento. | | Design.]
Madrid. | Imprenta de Manuel G. Hernandez, | calle de San
Miguel, nim. 25. | 1877. | C.
Folio. 1 p.1., reverse blank; title, reverse blank, 11.; ‘‘A la Majestad,” &e.,
reverse blank, 1 1.; Prologo, pp. vii-xiv; Advertencias, pp. xv-xvi; ‘‘Cristé-
bal Colon,” &c. (half title), reverse blank, 1 1.; pp. 3-857; ‘Facsimiles” (half
title), reverse blank, 11.; 67 fac-simile leaves; 2blank 11.; ‘‘ Laminas” (half title),
reverse blank, 1].; 22 11. signatures (reverse of each |. blank); drawings, reverse
blank, 11.; ‘‘Peru,” 11.; 1 blank 1.; ‘‘Mapas” (half title), reverse blank, 1 1.;
Mapa de la Australia, reverse blank, 11.; [description of] Mapa de la Australia,
reverse blank, 1 1.; 3 maps, folded; ‘‘ Indice,” 5 ll. '
Fae-simile U is of a letter in Maya, dated 1567.—Fae simile U* is of a letter in
Nahuatl, quite lengthy, dated 1562. Spanish translations of the letters are given.
Cartas Edificantes. See Lettres Edifiantes, Nos. 2250 a—2280 e.

Cartilla en Lengua Maya. See [Berendt (Carlos Hermann)], No. 356.

Publicalas por primera vez | el | Ministerio

900
631

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cartilla mayor | en Lengua Castellana, Latina, y | Mexicana. | Nue-
vamente Corregida, y Enmendada, y Reformada | en esta ultima
Impression | [Woodeut of a cross, surrounded by a Latin inscrip-
tion] |feAabecdefghijklmno|pqrfstuvxyz.|
Colophon: Con Licencia, y Privilegio. | En Mexico en la Imprenta
de la Viuda de Bernardo Calderon en la ea- | lle de San A gust n [sie]
* * Y con prohibicion, que ninguna otra persona | sino la dicha
Viuda, en toda Ja Nueva-Espata pueda imprimir Cartillas, | ni
Doctrinas pena de ducientos pesos, y los moldes perdidos. | Ato
de 1693. | o
8 unnumbered ll. sm. 4°. Followed by Cathecismo cenca yn tech, Mexico,

1683, No.677 a. Improved title of No. 631, furnished by Mr. W. Eames from a
copy seen at the sale of the books of the late Henry C. Murphy.

631 a Carvajal (D. Francisco). Discurso | para el Descendimiento del

Sefior | por | D.* Francisco Carvajal, | Presbitero. | Copiado del
original, MS. en | poder del Parroco de Santiago | en Mérida, Pbr°
D. Nie Delgado: | Noviembre 1868, | Dr. C. H. Berendt. | DGB.

Manuscript. Bound in blank book with other manuscripts; occupies pp. 77-
116. 12°.

“The author, cura at Temax, was born about 1790, and was brother of Don
Jose Segundo Carvajal, governor of Yucatan 1829-1832. The language of the
Discurso is considered a model of elegant style and pure diction in Maya. The
author also left a collection of proverbs, &c., in Maya.”—Brinton.

650a Casey (Lieut. —) and Waldron (Lieut. —). A vocabulary of the

Seminole language (English-Seminole), with some additions made
by Lieut. Waldron. x

Manuscript in possession of Dr, J. Hammond Trumbull, who has furnished
me with title and note. Something was added by Francis Kidder, who obtained
the original manuscript in Florida in 1851. Contains upwards of 900 words and
phrases.

Castiglioni (Luigi). Luigi Castiglionis, | Maylandischen Patri-
ziers, | des St. Stephansordens p.m. Ritters, und der philo- | sophi-
schen Gesellschaft zu Philadelphia, so wie der | patriotischen So-
cietiit zu Mayland Mitgliedes, &c. | Reise | durch | die vereinigten
Staaten | von | Nord-Amerika, | in den Jahren 1785, 1786 und
1787. | Nebst Bemerkungen | iiber die niitzlichsten Gewichse die-
ses Landes. | Erster Theil. | Mit Kupfern. |

Memmingen, | bey Andreas Seyler. 1793. | C.

Title and71l., pp. 1-495. sm. 8°. mapsand plates. Improved title of No. 662.

Vocabulary in Deutsch, Chactawisch, and Scherokesisch, pp. 322-328.

662a Castillejo (R. P. D. Clemente). Frases en lengua Zotzil | 1830. |

(Fragmento.) DGB.
Original manuscript, 3 ll., 4°. Part of the Berendt collection; stained and
not very legible.

663 a Castillo (Fr. Pedro). Arte de la lengua otomf, y Vocabulario otomi-

espanol, y vice versa.
Title from Sobron, Idiomas de la América Latina, p. 32.

CARTILLA—-CATLIN. 901

665. Castro (Fr. Andrés). Catecismo de la doctrina cristiana en lengua

matlazinca. =
Title from Sobron, Idiomas de la América Latina, p.97, who quotes from Tor-
quemada.

The sermons by Castro given in title No. 667, which is taken from the Fischer
sale catalogue, are the same, I am informed by Sr. Jeazbaleeta, as those men-
tioned in title No. 666.

Catéchisme Algonquin. See [Cuog ( Rév. Jean André)|, No. 950.
Catéchisme, recueil de Pritres. See [Garin (R. P.)|, No. 1407.
Catechismus Mingnek. See [Egede (Paul)|, No. 1161.
Catechismvs Lutheri. See [Campanius (Johan)], No. 571.

Catecismo. Catecismo de los metodistas. See [Fletcher (Rev.
Richard)], No. 1508.

674a ——— Catecismo Hispano-Mexicano. B.
Colophon :—En 19 de Agosto de | 1714 acabe de escribir | este
papel que contiene | la palabra de Dios que | deben aprender los
ninos | y aun los grandecitos, p* | que vayan creciendo con doe |
trina delante de Dios | y pongo aqui mi nombre | y mi firma yo
Don | Lucas Mateo. |
Manuscript. 47 pp. 4°. No title-page. The pages are divided into two col-
umns, one of which contains the Mexican text, the other the Spanish. In the
Bancroft Library, San Francisco; bought at the Ramirez sale (Lond., 1880), in
the catalogue of which it is entered under No. 513. It is there said that this
copy is in the handwriting of Professor Faustino Galicia Chimalpopoca; there is
no internal evidence of that fact in the manuscript itself. It is the Roman
Catholic catechism in use in Spanish America at the time.
This manuscript is imperfectly described under No. 672 of this catalogue.
674b —— Catecismo menor—Naamakataya tottojaleti—En lengua
de los Indigenas del Darien de Panama. *
Manuscript. Title from M. Alph. Pinart ; probably in his possession.

677 a Cathecismo | cenca yn tech | moneqvi qvimatizqve | yn Christianos
tlanelto- | canime ynicmomaquix- | tizque | [&e.]

Colophon: Oquimo nahuatlatoleuepili Padre F. Balthazar | del Cas-
tillo, Temachtiani, yhuan Ministro ni- | can Altepetl S. Luis Obispo
Vexotlan mani | meztli 16 de lulio de 1683 anos. | M.S.S.C.S.R.E. |

¢ Con Licencia | En Mexico: por la Viuda de Bernardo Calde-
ron | en la Calle de 8. Augustin. | *

4unnumbered ll. sm.4°. Notitle-page. Inthe Mexicanlanguage. Appended
to Cartilla mayor, Mexico, 1693, No. 631. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from copy

seen at the Murphy sale.
687a Catlin (George). Letters and Notes | on the | Manners, Cus-
toms, and Condition | of the | North American Indians. | Written
during eight years’ travel among the wildest | tribes of Indians in
North America, | [Engraving.| | By Geo. Catlin.
one. | With one hundred and fifty illustrations, on steel and wood. |

Philadelphia: | J. W. Bradley, 48 North Fourth St. | 1860. | *

Title 11., pp.7-792. 8°. Linguistics, pp.786, 787-791. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

Two vols. in

902 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Catlin (George)—continued.

689

690

690 b

702

104 a

Tllustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, & Condition | of
the | North American Indians. | With Letters and Notes, | Written
during Eight Years of Travel and Adventure among the | Wildest
and most Remarkable Tribes now Existing. | By George Catlin. |
With | three hundred and sixty coloured engravings | from the au-
thor’s original paintings. | [Design.] In twovolumes.—Vol.I [-I]]. |
London: | Chatto & Windus, Piccadilly. | 1876. | C.

2 vols.: pp. Vili, 264; viii, 266. plates. large 8°. Mandan and Welsh similar-
ities, vol. 2, p.261.—Vocabnlary, pp. 262-265. Improved title of No. 689.

a Catlin’s notes | of | eight years’ travels and residence |
in Europe, | with his | North American Indian Collection: | with
anecdotes and incidents of the travels and adventures of three |
different parties of American Indians whom he introduced | to
the courts of | England, France, and Belgium. | In two volumes
octavo. | Vol. I [-I1]. | With numerous illustrations. |

New York: | Published by the author. | To be had at all the
bookstores. | 1848. | C.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-296; i-xii, 1-336. plates. 8°.

Catlin’s Notes | of | Eight Years’ travels and residence |
in Europe, | with his | North American Indian Collection. | With |
Anecdotes and incidents of the travels and adventures of | three
different parties of American Indians whom he | introduced to the
courts of | England, France, and Belgium. | In two Volumes, octa-
vo. | Vol.I [-II]. | With numerous illustrations. | Second edition. |

London: | Published by the Author, | At his Indian Collection,
No. 6, Waterloo Place. | 1848. | C. WHS.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-296; i—xii, 1-336. plates. 8°.

Names of nine ‘‘Ojibbeway” Indians, with English signification, vol. 1, pp.
108-109.—Descriptive catalogue of Mr. Catlin’s Indian Collection, giving many
Indian names, with English signification, vol. 1, pp. 248-296.—Names of 14 Ioway
Indians, with English signification, vol. 2, p. 13.—Names of 11 Ojibbeway In-
dians, with English signification, vol. 2, p. 279.

a The Catlin Indian Collection, containing Portraits, Land-
scapes, Costumes, &c., and Representations of the Manners and
Customs of the North American Indians. * * * * * Pre-
sented to the Smithsonian Institution by Mrs. Thomas Harrison,
of Philadelphia, in 1879. A Descriptive Catalogue. By George
Catlin, the Artist.

In Rhees (William J.) Visitor’s Guide to the Smithsonian Institution and
National Museum, Washington, D.C., pp. 59-78. Washington, 1884. 8°.

Notice | sur | les Indiens Ioways, | et | sur le Nuage
Blane, | 1% chef de la Tribu, | Venus des Plaines du Haut-Missouri,
pres des Montagnes Rocheuses | (Territoire des Etats-Unis, Amé-
rique du Nord), | sous la conduite | de G. H. C. Melody, Esq’, | et

CATLIN—CEPEDA. 903

Catlin (George)—continued.
accompagnés | Par Jeffrey Doraway, | Leur Interpréte Favori. |
Huit gravures sur bois, par Porret. |
Paris, | Imprimerie de Wittersheim, | Rue Montmorency, 8. |
1845. | WHS.
Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-24. 16°.

704b Caulkins (Frances Manwaring). History | of | New London, |
Connecticut. | From the first survey of the coast in 1612, to 1852. |
By Frances Manwaring Caulkins. | [Quotation and Seal.] |
New London: | Published by the Author. | 1852.| — ¢. 17. W. BA.
Pp. i-xii, 13-680. 8°.
Chapter VIII. A chapter of names—English and Aboriginal, pp. 118-125.
Sabin’s Dictionary says there is in the Library of Congress a copy of the Sec-
ond Edition, continued to 1860. New London, 1860. 8°. pp.680. That library
has no such edition.

704¢ Celebration. The | Celebration | of the | One Hundred and Fit-
tieth | Anniversary | of the | primitive organization | of the | Con-
gregational Church and Society, | in | Franklin, Connecticut, |
October 14th, 1868. |
Tuttle, Morehouse & Taylor, Printers, | New Haven. | 1869. |
Pp. 1-151. 8°. map and portraits. Cc. T. W. BA.
Woodward (A.) Historical Address, pp. 11-92, contains, on pp. 46-48, Indian
names [in Connecticut], by J. Hammond Trumbull.

705 Cepeda (fr. Francisco de). Artes de los idiomas Chiapaneco,
Zoque, Tzendal y Chinanteco, por Fr. Francisco de Cepeda. e
4°, ‘Tam not aware that acopy of this bookis now extant, nor that any one
has described it de visu. . The first notice of it is due to Remesal (lib. x, cap. 16),
and its title has been variously given by bibliographers. Remesal says that
P. Zepeda had printed Artes de las lenguas de Chiapa, Zoques, Celdales y Cinacan-
tecas, but does not give the date. Antonio de Leon Pinelo entitles it Arte de
las lenguas Chiapa, Zoque, Celdales y Cinacanteca, and gives it the date of 1560.
D. Nicolas Antonio mentions it with this title: Arte de las lenguas Chiapa, Toque,
Celdales y Cinacanteca, 1560. The Dominicans Quetif and Echard copy the title
from Remesal, omitting the preposition de from before the names of the lan-
guages, and give the date doubtfully: ‘Mewxici, circa 1566.’ Barcia, in his
reprint of Leon Pinelo, copies in one place (col. 729) the article as given above;
and gives in another place (col. 721) the following: ‘Fr. Antonio [sic] de Ce-
peda, dominico, Artes de las Lenguas de Chiapa, Loques, Celdales y Chinatlecas,
imp. México, 1530.’ This notice is certainly erroneous, as it antedates, by sev-
eral years, the introduction of printing into Mexico. But if Barcia did so
poorly, Beristain was hardly more correct, for he gives the work this title: Arte
de las idiomas Chiapense, Zoquense, Caldulense y Cinacontlano, Mexico, 1560. Ter-
naux-Compans copies D. Nicolas Antonio. Brunet follows Pinelo, and refers to
Mr. Marsden’s Catalogue of Dictionaries. Squier makes a special title, thus:
Artes de los idiomas Chiapense, Zoquense, Celdal y Cinacanteca, Mexico, 1560. Lude-
wig follows Antonio. And last, in the catalogue annexed to La Imprenta en
America, we meet the work of Cepeda with the title of Arte de la lengua Chiapa,
Zoque, Celdales y Cinacanteca, as if they were different names for one tongue. In
the midst of such confusion, I have preferred the title given by Sr. Pimentel in
his Cuadro Descriptivo y Comparativo de las Lenguas Indigenas de Mexico, first
edition, vol. 2, p. 232.

904 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cepeda (Fr. Francisco de)—continued.

“Fr, Francisco de Zepeda, or Cepeda, was a native of Mancha, and took the
habit of S. Domingo in the convent of Ocatia. From thence he went to the
province of S. Vicente de Chiapa, where he was of much assistance in the con-
version of the Indians, for he learned several of their languages. He was prior
of several convents, and at last was elected provincial in 1593. He also held
the office of Comisario of the Inquisition in Guatemala, and died in 1602, at the
age of seventy years. The missionaries had suffered great inconveniences in
learning the languages of this province, for each one was obliged to use what-
ever manuscript grammar he could obtain; and as a remedy, it was decreed that
Fr. Francisco should go to Mexico commissioned to have printed there Artes of
those dialects most used; which he accomplished, carrying with him, on his
return, the edition, of which, as I have already said, no copy is known to be
extant. Probably these Artes which P. Cepeda had printed were not his own,
or at least not all. From this work the friars received great assistance, and the
Indians great pleasure, ‘when they saw his own words in print, and that they
were communicated not alone in Latin and Spanish.’”—Icazbalceta, Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI, pp. 121-122.

Cesvs Klist, em opunkv hera. [Matthew in Muskokee.] See
[Loughridge (Rev. Robert M.)], Nos. 2325-2327.

05 a Cesvs ve vnokeces (‘Jesus loves me.”)

In Indian Journal, vol. 4, No. 4. Muscogee, I. T., Oct. 2, 1879. folio. Hymn,
“Jesus loves me,” in Muskoki.

lyf

(

705 b Cesvs vn tisem ve vnokeces.
In Indian Journal, vol. 4, No. 48. Muscogee, I. T., Aug. 5, 1880. folio. Hymn,
“Jesus loves even me,” in the Muskoki language.
Ce-sxs wo-ra-ke-pe ie-ta-wae. [Matthew in Iowa.| See [Hamilton
(Rev. William) and Irvin (fev. 8. M.)|, No. 1657.

720 a Champlain (Samuel de). Les Voyages | de la | Novvelle France |
&e.

A Paris. | Chez Pierre Le-Mvr, dans la grand Salle | du Palais. |

M.DC. XXXII [1632]. | Auee Priuilege du Roy. | iby

Title as in No. 720, except imprint as above. Collation also as in No. 720.

725 a Chapman (Isaac A.) <A | Sketch | of the | History of Wyoming. |
By the late Isaac A. Chapman, Esq. | To which is added, | an |
Appendix, | containing a | Statistical Account | of the | Valley, |
and | Adjacent Country. | By a Gentleman of Wilkesbarre. |

Wilkesbarre, Penn. | Printed and published by Sharp D.
Lewis. | 1830. | C.T. W. BA.

Pp.1-209. 12°. “Signification of several Indian names which are still re-
tained at and near Wyoming,” pp. 172-173.

726a Charencey (Hyacinthe de). Origine des peuples. De la parenté
de la langue Japonaise avec les idiomes Tartares & Américains.
In Annales de Philosophie Chrétienne, vol. 57, pp. 7-24. Paris, 1858. 8°.

729 a ——— Elements de la Grammaire Othomi.
In Revue Orientale et Américaine, tome 8, pp. 15-49. Paris, 1863. 8°.
Translated, in part, from the work of Neve y Molina, by Léon de Rosny.—
Leclerc, 1867. Separately issued as in No. 730.

CEPEDA—CHARENCEY. 905

Charencey (Hyacinthe de)—continued.
730 a ——— Introduction 4 une Etude comparative sur les langues
de la Famille Maya-Quiché. DGB.
In Avant Propos, pp. 32-37. Paris, 1866. 8°.
Numerals 1-10, and a short vocabulary of the Quiché, Pokonchi, Maya de
Palin, and Huastéque.

731

Recherches | sur la famille de | langues Tapijualapane-
Mixe | Par M. H. De Charencey. |
Havre | Imprimerie Lepelletier | 1867 | YC.
Pp. 1-15. 8°. Improved title of No. 731.

731 a ——— Recherches sur la famille de langues Américaines Pirinda-
Othomi.

In Annales de Philosophie Chrétienne, vol. 75, pp. 49-58. Paris, 1867. 8°.
Comparison of the Pirinda, Mazahua, and Othomi languages.

738 a ——— Le Mythe de Votan.

Forms vol. 2, Actes de la Société Philologique, 3 p. ll., pp. 7-144. Paris, 1871. 8°.
Separately issued as in No. 739.

739 a ——— Recherches sur les lois phonétiques dans les Idiomes de
la Famille Mame Huastéque.

In Revue de Linguistique, tome5, pp. 129-167. Paris, [1872.] 8°. Separately
issued as in No. 740.

742 —— Hssai | d’Analyse Grammaticale | d’un texte en langue
Maya | par | M. H. De Charencey | Membre [&c., two lines]. | [Mon-
ogram. |

Caen | Typographie de I’. Le Blane-Hardel | Rue Froide, 2 et 4 |
1873 | DGB.
Pp. 1-22. 8°. Improved title of No. 742.

742 a t—— Recherches sur une ancienne Prophétie en langue Maya.
In Revue de Linguistique, tome 6, pp. 42-61. Paris, [1873.] 8°.

745 a ——— Etude sur la Prophétie en langue Maya D’Ahkuil Chel.
In Revue de Linguistique, tome 8, pp. 320-332. Paris, 1875. 8°. Separately
issued as in No, 746.

747 = ——— Recherches | sur le | Codex Troano | par | H. De Cha-
rencey |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire [ete., three lines] |
28, Rue Bonaparte, 28 | 1876 | DGB.
Printed cover 1 1., half-title 1 1., title 1 1., pp.5-15, plate. 8°. Improved title
of No. 747.
753 a ——— [Vocabulary of the Nagranda Language, Nicaragua. |

In Revue de Linguistique, vol. 12, No. 5, (July, 1879.) From manuscripts left
by the Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg.

755 —— Des Signes | de | Numération en Maya | par | H. de Cha-
rencey |

Alengon | E. Renaut-de Broise, Imprimeur et Lithographe. |

Place @Armes. | 1881 | DGB. JWP,

Printed cover, pp. 1-7. 8°. Improved title of No. 755.

906 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Charencey (Hyacinthe de)—continued.
755 a ——— Du Systéme de Numération | chez | les Peuples de la

Famille Maya-Quiché | par | H.deCharencey | Extraitdu Muséon |
Louvain | Typographie de Ch. Peeters, Libraire | Rue de Namur,

22 | 1882 | = T. JWP.
Pp. 1-8. 8°.

755 b ——— Recherches | sur les | Noms des Points de l’Espace |

75

5

par | M. le Cte de Charencey | Membre [ete., two lines.] | | Design.]
Caen | Imprimerie de F. le Blane-Hardel | Rue Froide, 2 et 4 |

1882 | DGB. JWP.

Printed cover 1 1.,1 blank 1., title 1 1., pp. 1-86. 8°.

A. Famille Esquimaude: Groénlandais, Tchiglit (des bouches du Mackenzie),
pp. 11-14.—B. Famille Algique: Algonquin, Cri, pp. 14-16.—C. Famille Mohawk:
Onondaga, pp. 17-19.—D. Famille Siousse: Minétari (ou Hidatsa), pp. 19-20.—E.
Famille Athabaskane, appelée Denne-Dindjie parle R. P. Petitot: Peau-de-Liévre,
Chippéwayan ou Montagnais, Dindjié, pp. 20-23.—F. Familles Californiennes:
Mutsun (groupe de Santa-Cruz), Santa-Barbara (dialecte de Vile de la Croix), Kla-
math ou Modoc, Ehnek (sur la riviére Klamath), Calaveras ou Thlama, Dialecte
de San Rafaél (sur la baie de San Francisco), pp. 23-25.—G. Famille Mexico-Cali-
fornienne: Dialecte des Indiens de Warm Spring ou des Chutes-River (Orégon),
Kaj ou dialecte de San Gabriel (céte sud de la Californie), Opata, Azteque ou
Mexicain, pp. 25-27.—H. Famille Pirinda-Othomie: Othomi, p. 28.—I. Famille
Mam-huastéque: Maya, pp. 28-30.—J. Famille Mosquito: Mosquito, pp. 30-31.

c — Mélanges | de | Philologie et de Paléographie | Améri-
caines | par | le Comte de Charencey |

Paris | Ernest Léroux, Editeur | Libraire de la Société Asiati-
que | de l’Ecole des langues Orientales Vivantes, ete. | 28, Rue
Bonaparte, 28 | 1883 | A. DGB.

Title 1 1., pp.1-195, 11. 8°. ‘‘Le présent volume se compose de mémoires
détachés et ayant paru a des 6poques diverses.”—Lxtract from Preface.

Sur quelques familles de langues du Mexique, pp. 3-36.—Sur différents idiomes
de la Nouvelle-Espagne, pp. 38-67.—Sur la famille delangues Tapijualapane-Mixe,
pp. 69-78.—Sur la famille de langues Pirinda-Othomi, pp. 79-88.—Sur les lois pho-
nétiques dans les idiomes de la famille Mame-Huastéque, pp. 89-121.—Sur le pro-
nom personnel dans les idiomes de la famille Maya-Quiché, pp. 123-139.—Etude
sur la prophétie en langue Maya d@’Ahkuil-Chel, pp. 141-150.—Sur le systtme de
numération chez les peuples de la famille Maya-Quiché, pp. 151-157.—Sur le |
déchiffrement des écritures calculiformes ou Mayas, pp. 159-190.—Sur les signes
de numération en Maya, pp. 191-195.

755 d ——— Recherches sur les noms de nombres cardinaux dans la

famille Maya-Quiché.
In Revue de Linguistique, vol. 16, pp. 325-339. Paris, 1883.
Also issued separately, pp. 1-15, without title-page—heading as above. (JWP.)

760 a Charnock (Dr. R. 8.) and Blake (Dr. C. Carter). Notes on the

Woolwa and Mosquito Vocabularies. By Dr. R. S. Charnock, and
Dr. C. Carter Blake.

In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Transactions, 1873-4, pp. 350-353. London,
1874. 8°,

Comparison of Woolwa and Mosquito words and numerals.

Charter of the Choctaw. See [Pomeroy (James Margarum), editor],
Nos. 3024-3025.

CHARENCEY—CHAUMONOT. 907

762 a Chateaubriand (Vicomte Francois Auguste de). Voyages | en |
Amérique | et en | Italie: | par | Le Vicomte de Chateaubriand. |
En deux volumes. | Tome I [I]. |

Paris | Et Londres, chez Colburn, Libraire, | New Burlington
Street. | 1828. | Cc.

2 vols. : 2 p.1l., pp.i-iv,11., pp. 1-400; 3 p.il., pp. 1-423. 8°.

‘Langues Indiennes,” including comments on, and comparison of, the Creek,
Natchez, Sioux, and other tribes, and examples of Huron conjugation, vol. 1, pp-
273-286.

762 b ——— Travels | in | America and Italy, | by | Viscount de Cha-
teaubriand, | Author of Atala, Travels in Greece and Palestine, |
the Beauties of Christianity, &e. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-I]]. |

London: | Henry Colburn, New Burlington Street. | 1828. Gb

2 vols.: 3 p.ll., pp. 1-356; 2 p.1l., pp. 1-429. 8°. “Indian languages,” vol. 1,
pp. 255-266. :

762 ¢ —-— (Euvres completes | de M.le Viecomte | De Chateaubriand, |
Membre de lAcadémie frangaise. | Tome Premier [-Trente-Si-

xiéme] |
Paris, | Pourrat Fréres, Editeurs. | M. DCCC. XXXVI [-M. DCCC.
XL] [1836-1840]. | *

36 vols. 8°. Tome Douziéme, Voyage en Amérique, “Langues Indiennes,”
pp. 167-176. Title furnished by Dr. J. H. Trumbull from copy in the Watkinson
Library, Hartford, Conn.

762 d ——— Voyages | en Amérique | en Italie, ete. | par | M. De Cha-
teaubriand | avec des gravures |
Paris | Bernardin-Béchet, Libraire | 31, Quai des Augustins |
[N. d.] aaEB:
Printed cover 1 1., half-title 1 1., pp. 1-380. 8°. Linguistics, as in edition of
1828, pp. 138-144.

764.a Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie). Suite de la vie | du | R. P.
Pierre Joseph Marie | Chaumonot, | De la Compagnie de Jesus, |
Par un Pere de la méme Compagnie avec | la maniére @oraison du
vénérable Pere, | écrite par lui-méme. | [Device.]

Nouvelle York, Isle de Manate, | A la Presse Cramoisy de Jean-
marie Shea. | M. DCCC. LVIII [1858]. | C. S. BA. BP.

Pp. 1-7, 9-66, 11. sq.8° First page of text has the heading: Supplément et con-
tinuation de la vie du R. P. Pierre Joseph Marie Chaumonot [No. 764 of this
Catalogue}.

Rey. Peter Joseph Mary Chaumonot, son of a vine-dresser near Chatillon-sur-
Seine, in France, ran away while at school, and then to make amends set out as
a pilgrim for Rome. After many adventures he was at last admitted to a Jesuit
college at Terni as a pupil, and so zealously did he renew his studies that he was
soon made a tutor. In time he applied for admission to the order. By this time
he was completely Italianized, but a volume of the Jesuit Relations of Canada
made him apply to be sent on that mission. He was ordained and sailed from
Dieppe in May, 1639, on the same vessel with V. Mother Mary of the Incarnation
and the Hospital nuns. He was employed on the Huron missions, and visited
with Brebeuf the Neuter nation on the Niagara. On the overthrow of the Huron
nation Father Chaumonot led a band of survivors to Quebec, and their descend-

908

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie)—continued.

ants are now at the Mission of Lorette, which he founded. In 1655 he was em-
ployed at Onondaga, but soon returned to his Hurons, and died at Quebec,
February 21, 1693. He wrote a Grammar of the Huron Language in Latin, a
translation of which has been printed in the Transactions of the Literary and
Historical Society of Quebec, vol. 2, pp. 94-198, andan autobiography, also printed,
New York, 1858; Poitiers, 1869. The fullest account of him in English is that
by J. G. Shea, in the Catholic World, vol. 15, p. 675.

766 a Chavero (Alfredo). Calendario Azteca | ensayo | Arqueolégico |

por | Alfredo Chavero | Secretario Perpetuo de la Sociedad de
Geografia y Estadistica | de Mexico. | Segunda Edicion | [Design]
Mexico | Imp. de Jens y Zapiain, calle de San Jose el Real num.
22. | 1876. | JWP.
Pp. 1-47, 1 plate (calendar), 8°. Contains many Nahuatl terms passim.
Cherokee Hymns. See Worcester (Rev. Samuel A.) and Boudinot
(Elias), Nos. 4216-4220.

780 a Cherokee. [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cherokee Primer. |

[ Engraving. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.| | 1854. | O.
Pp. 1-24., 24°. In Cherokee characters.

785 a Chilam. Chilam Balam. | Articulos y Fragmentos | de manu-

seritos antiguos en Lengua Maya | colectados y copiados en fac-
simile | por | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Mérida | 1868. | Des.

Half-title 1 1., title 1 1.,12 blank 11., half-title 11., pp. 1-200. 4°.

“This manuscript, the Codice Perez [0.785 b], and the Diccionario de Motul
[No. 1030 a] are the gems of Dr. Berendt’s collection. They present a body of
native literature scarcely equaled in peculiar traits, in marked individuality, as
well as in richness, by that of any other American nation; and when it is con-
sidered that the Mayas were by odds the most civilized nation of the western
continent, the interest attaching to these volumes is vastly increased.”—Brintow’s
Maya Chronicles.

785 b ——— Half-title: Codice Perez |

Title: Chilam Balam. | Articulos y Fragmentos | de manuscritos
antiguos en Lengua Maya | colectados por | D. Juan Pio Perez. |
Copiado en Mérida | 1870. | DGB.

Half-title 1 1., pp. i-vi, 1-258. 4°. See note to previous title. See Perez
(D. 5. P.), No. 2952.

Child’s Catechism in English and Laguna. See [Menaul (Rev. .

John)], No. 2555.
Chipewyan Primer. See [Bompas (ft. Kev. William Carpenter)],
No. 402.

797 a Choix | des | Lettres Edifiantes, | écrites | des Missions Etran-

géres; | avec des additions, des notes critiques, | et des observa-
tions pour la plus grande | intelligence de ces lettres; | précédé |
D’un Tableau Géographique de la Chine, de sa Politique, | des
Sectes religieuses, de la Littérature, et de Vetat | actuel du Chris-

CHAUMONOT—CLARKSON. 909

Choix—continued.
tianisme chez ce peuple; | Par M. * * *, | ancien archidiacre
et vicaire-général de Soissons. | Missions de la Chine, tome pre

mier. |
A Paris, | chez Maradan, Libraire, | rue des Grands-Augustins,
N°. 9. | M. DCCC. VIII [-1809]. | A.
8 vols. 8°.

Rasles (S.) Lettre, vol. 7, pp. 137-152.

797 b Chorotega 6 Diria | (comparada con Chiapaneca). | DGB.
Manuscript. 5 pp. 8°. Three-column vocabulary—English, Diria, and Chapa-
neca—of over one hundred words.
Christiane OOnoowae Sampoowaonk. See [Eliot (John)], Nos.
1196 a—1197.

798 Chronicles of the Northamerican Savages. | Vol. I. May, 1835. No.
1 [-September, 1835, No. 5]. | C. WHS.
No title-page; pp. 1-€0. 8°. Improved title of No. 798.
James (E.) Essay on the Chippeway language, pp. 73-80.
Vocabulary of the Sawke and Musquawke Indian Tongue, pp. 11-16, 46-48, 80.
The copy in the Library of Congress is minus the first sixteen pages.

798 a Chuchona. Aqui comienzan algunos modos de Diew hablar en
lengua Chuchona de Cuextlahuaca.

Manuscript. 22011. 4°. In the library of the Sociedad de Geografia y Esta-
distica, at Mexico. At the beginning of the index are three lines in Latin as
follows: ‘‘Index seu tabula oim contentoR, in hac salubri doctrina f. Benedicti
fernandi mem¢. viri apl’ici.”, The Chuchona is a dialect of the Misteco, and this
note may refer to a work by P. Fernandez, which is now lost.—Icazbalceta, Bib.
Mex. del Siglo XVT, p. 154.

Clark (Rev. D. W.), editor. See Finley (Rev. James B.), No. 1290.

812 a Clarke (Hyde). Serpent and Siva Worship | and | Mythology |
in | Central America, Africa, and Asia. | By | Hyde Clarke, | Mem.
Anthrop. Inst. [ete., five lines.] |

London: | Triibner & Co., 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill. | 1876. | Den.

Printed cover 1 1., title 11., pp.3-14. 8°. Animal names of Costa Rica com-
pared with those of Africa, pp. 6-7.—Vocabulary of Central America (Costa
Rica), pp. 7-9.

815 @ Clarkson (Thomas). Memoirs | of the | Private and Public Life |
of | William Penn. | By Thomas Clarkson, M.A. | In two volumes. |
Vol. I [-II]. |

London: | Printed by Richard Taylor and Co., Shoe-lane, | for
Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, | Paternoster-Row. |
1813. | A. BA.

2 vols.: pp. i-xii, 1-520; 2 11., pp. 1-500. 8°.

Penn (W.) Letter, etc., vol. 1, pp. 375-406. Brief vocabulary of the Penn.
sylvania Indians, p. 385.

815 b ——— Memoirs | of the | Private and Public Life | of | William
Penn. | By Thomas Clarkson, M.A. | Intwo volumes. | Vol.1I{-I]}. |

910

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Clarkson (Thomas)—continued.

Philadelphia, | Published by Bradford and Inskeep, | and Ins-
keep and Bradford, | New-York. | G. Palmer, printer. | 1813
[-1814]. | -

2vols.: 3p. 11, pp. vii-xi, 1-403; 2p. Il., pp. 1-390. 12°. Penn’s Letter, vol. 1,
pp. 292-315. Title from Mr. W. Eames. There is an edition of this work, N. Y.,
1813, 12°, containing Penn’s letter, vol. 1, pp. 292-315, which I have not seen.

815 ¢ — Memoirs | of the | Private and Public Life | of | William

815 d

82

8

3

4

Penn; | who settled | the State of Pennsylvania, | and founded |
the city of Philadelphia. | By Thomas Clarkson, M.A. | Two vol-
umes in one. | Vol. I [-IT]. |

Dover, N. HW. | Samuel C. Stevens, Washington-Street. | 1827. |

Pp. i-viii, 9-194; 1-181. 8°. Two volumes in one; vol. 2 has half-title only.
Penn’s Letter, vol.1, pp. 142-153. Cc. CHS.
Memoirs | of the | public and private life | of | William
Penn. | By Thomas Clarkson, M. A. | New Edition, | with a pre-
face, | in reply to the charges against his character made by | Mr.
Maeauley in his ‘History of England,” | By W. . Forster. | Ilus-
trated with an engraving of Penn’s treaty with the | Indians, | a
plan of the city of Philadelphia, | and a map of Pennsylvania. |

London: | C. Gilpin, 5, Bishopsgate Street without, and | W. J.
Adams, 59, "leet Street. | Manchester: | Bradshaw and Blacklock,
47, Brown Street. | New York: | John Wiley, 161, Broadway. |
Philadelphia: | Joseph Scattergood, Friends’ Book Store, Arch
Street; | and all booksellers. | 1849. | A. GC.

Pp. i-lx, 1-367. 12° Penn’s letter, pp. 1387-148.

Some copies omit from the title: “a plan of the city of Philadelphia.”
Clavigero (D. Francisco Saverio). Historia antigua | de | México y de
su conquista, | sacada de los mejores historiadores espanoles, y de los
manuscritos y pinturas antiguas de los Indios. | Dividida en diez
libros: adornada con mapas y estampas, | e ilustrada con diserta-
ciones | sobre la tierra, los animales y los habitantes de México |
escrita | por D. Francisco J. Clavigero; y traducida del italiano |
por J. Joaquin de Mora. | Tom. 1[{-2]. |

Mexico: | Imprenta de Lara, calle de la Palma, num. 4. |
1844. | BA. BP.

2 vols.: pp. i-ix, 1-285,11.; pp. 1-321,2 11. plates. Improved title of No. &23.
Historia Antigua de Mejico, | sacada de los | Mejores His-
toriadores Espatioles, | y de manuscritos | y pinturas antiguas de
los Indios. | Dividida en diez libros. Adornada | de cartas geo-
graficas y litograficas; con disertaciones | sobre | la tierra, animales
y habitantes de Méjico. | Obra escrita en italiano | Por el abate don
Francisco Javier Clavijero. | Traducida | por el Dr. D. Francisco
Pablo Vasquez, | Colegial antiguo del eximio de San Pablo de Puebla
y maestre-escuelas dignidad | de la Santa Iglesia de dicha ciudad. |

Mejico. | Imprenta de Juan R. Navarro, Editor, | Calle de chiquis
num. 6. | 1853. | A.

CLARKSON—COKY. 911

Clavigero (D. Francisco Saverio)—continued.
3 p.ll., pp.i-x, 1 1., pp.1-459; index pp.i-v; plates. 4°. Improved title of
No. 824. The copy seen is defective at the end; the collation was furnished
me by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his possession.

Codex Cortesianus. See Rosny (Léon de), No. 3380.
Codex Peresianus. See Rosny (Léon de), No.3380 d.

830 a Codice franciscano. *
‘“‘T give this name to an old manuscript in folio, composed of valuable docu-
ments written by the members of this order. It begins with a reply which they
gave to a royal letter in 1570, in which they asked advice in certain matters.
Then follow various unpublished letters of Fr. Gerénimo de Mendieta, of great
importance, and other documents. The original, from which I took my copy,
belonged to Sr. D. José F. Ramirez, and was sold in London, with the other
books of that magnificent library.”—Icazbalceta’s Zumdrraga, p. 247, note.

It is described in the Ramirez catalogue (No. 729), under the title of the first
of the series of documents in the volume, as follows: ‘ Relacion particular y
descripcion de toda la provincia del Sancto Evangelio que es de la Orden de
Sant Francisco en la Nueva Espana. MS. of the 16th century in fol. 150 leaves.
Unfortunately some leaves are wanting.”

The reply to his majesty in 1570 contains the entire text, in both Mesican and
Spanish, of the long lost ‘ Doctrina Christiana breve” of the Reverend Padre
Alonso de Molina, from the original edition printed. at Mexico in 1546. See
Molina (/'r. Alonso de), No. 2608.

830 b Codice Indiano del Sr. Sanchez Solis. a

Manuscript, of Mixteca-Zapoteca origin, formerly belonging to Sr. Sanchez
Solis, passing thence through several hands into those of the Baron de Waecker-
Gotter, Minister Resident of Germany to Mexico. Three copies were made, one
of which, made in 1869, is supposed to be still in Mexico; a second, more recent,
the whereabouts of which is unknown; and a third, made in 1882,in the Museo
Nacional de México.

The original manuscript is on a long strip of skin in several folds. The copy
in the Mexican Museum contains 29 plates, which correspond with the 15 or 16
folds of the original. A full description of the Museum copy is given in the
Museo Anales, vol. 3, pp. 121-123, by Francisco del Paso y Troncoso, where it is
stated that the drawings in the original are accompanied by reading matter
written probably in one of the tongues spoken in the State of Oaxaca, the char-
acters being very ancient. This matter is lacking in the Museum copy.

830 ¢ Coke (Henry John). A ride | over the Rocky Mountains | to |
Oregon and California. | With a]| glance at some of the tropical
islands, | including the | West Indies and the Sandwich Isles. | By
the Hon. Henry J. Coke. | Author of ‘‘ Vienna in 1848.” |

London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street. | Publisher
in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1852. | B. 0. BA.

Pp. i-x, 1-388, 11. 8°. Short vocabulary of the Kayux language, p. 295.

Cokv Cems mekusapvlke * * * Cokvy yvpastvl Pal Titvs
Ohtotvte [in Muskoki]. See [Robertson (J/rs. A. E. W.)], No. 3322.

Cokv enhvteceskv svhokkalat tepakat vpastel Pal kvlenrvlke
ohtotolvte [in Muskoki]. See [Robertson (Jfrs. A. E. W.)], No. 3328,

Cokv Vpastel Pal Lomvnvlke Ohtotvte [in Muskoki]. See [Rob-
ertson (Mrs. A. E. W.)], No. 3327.

912

833

834

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

a Colden (Cadwallader). The | History | of the | Five Indian Na-
tions | of | Canada, | Which are dependent | On the Province of
New-York in America, | and | Are the Barrier between the English
and French | in that Part of the World. | With | Particular Ac- .
counts of their Religion, Manners, Customs, Laws, and | Forms of
Government; their several Battles and Treaties with | the Euro-
pean Nations; their Wars with the other Indians; and | a true
Account of the present State of our Trade with them. | In which
are shewn, | The great Advantage of their Trade and Alliance to
the British | Nation, and the Intrigues and Attempts of the French
to engage | them from us; a Subject nearly concerning all our
American | Plantations, and highly meriting the Attention of the
British | Nation at this Juncture. | By the Honourable Cadwallader
Colden, Esq; | One of his Majesty’s Counsel, and Surveyor-Gen-
eral | of New-York. | To which are added, | Accounts of the several
other Nations of Indians in North-America, | their Numbers,
Strength, &c. and the Treaties which have been | lately made with
them. | In Two Volumes [-Vol. II]. | The Third Edition. |

London: | Printed for Lockyer Davis, at Lord Bacon’s Head in |
Fleet-street; J. Wren in Salisbury-court; and J Ward | in Corn-
hill, opposite the Royal-Exchaage. | M D CC LV [1755]. |

2 vols.: title 1 1., pp.iii-xii, 2 ll., pp. 1-260, map; title 1 1., contents 11.,
pp. 1-251, 9 unnumbered pp. of ‘‘ Books printed” at the end. 12°. Vocabulary,
vol. 1, pp. 259-260. Cc. S. W. BA. HU.

4 Colleccion. Colleccion | de Escritos Menores | en lengua Kekchi |
de la Vera Paz. | Coban. | 1875-18-- | DGB.

Manuscript. 2 ll., pp. 5-16, 2 ll. 4°. Copies, by Dr. Berendt, of various
documents, with emendations and notes, in the possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton.
P. 5 is titled:

1. | Frases de Conversacion | en lengua Kekchi. | Copiado de
un Ms. en Cuarto | de ano de 1819, | propriedad de Francisco
Poou | indio de Coban. | Coban, 1875 |

This extends to p. 16, which is followed by 211., written on one side only, con-
taining:

2. | Sermon | para el dia de San Joan | en lengua Kekchi. |
Copiado de un Manuscrito en Cuarto | del Archivo de la Parro-
quia de Coban | trascrito por Juan de Morales, Fiscal en | San
Juan Chamelco, 1741. | Por C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Coban
1875. |

b Colleccion Lingiiistica | Americana | por | Ezequiel
Uricoechea. | Tomo Primero.
Paris | Maisonneuve i C*: | Libreros-Editores, 15 Quai Voltaire |
1871 [-1882]. | DGB.
Vols. 1-9. 8°. No volume after the first has the general title above, but sim-
ply a half-title, ‘Collection Linguistique Américaine,” followed by the special
title of the work. The volumes relating to North America are as follows:

COLDEN—COOK. 913

Colden (Cadwallader)—continued.
Breton (f. P. Raymond). Grammaire Caraibe: forms vol. 3.
Haumonté (J.-D.), Parisot (J.), and Adam (L.) Grammaire et Vocabulaire
de la Langue Taensa: forms vol. 9.
Collection of Hymns in the Mohawk Language. See [Hill (A.
H.)|, Nos. 1774-1779.

Collection of Letters. See [Malcolme (Rev. David), and others],
No. 2410.

Colloquios de la paz y tranquilidad Christiana, en lengua Mexi-
cana. See [Gaona (/r. Juan)], No. 1400.

849 a Compendio facil de la lengua mexicana y letras especiales et
Idioma. “
Manuscript, 47 pp. 4°. Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, No. 613.

853 a Confesionario | en Castellano y | Pocomchi. | Tactic, Ano de
1814. | DGB.
Manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; Advertencia, signed C. H. Berendt,
reverse blank, 11., pp. 1-40. The full title, given in the caption, is: Dialogo
entre Confesor y Penitente, 6 modo de confesar Yndios en lengua Poconchi, 1814.
It is arranged in two columns, Spanish and Poconchi. Copied by Dr. Berendt
from a manuscript of 42 pp., 16°, in the ‘‘Archivo Parroquial del Pueblo de
Tactic.”

858 a Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. Transactions | of
the| Connecticut Academy | of | Arts and Sciences. | VolumeI[-V]. |
New Haven: | Published by the Academy. | Printed by Tuttle,
Morehouse & Taylor. | 1866 to 1871 [-1878 to 1882].| - ©. we.
5 vols. 8°.
Trumbull (J. H.) On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopceia, vol.
2, pp. 177-185.
859 a Connor (Henry). Indian names of prominent points in Michigan.
In Lanman (James H ) Hist. of Michigan, pp. 260-261. New York, 1839. 8°.

863 a Contreras (Don Rafael). Vocabulario | de la lengua Mam | por |
D. Rafael Contreras, | Cura de Chiantla | 1866. | Copiado del origi-
nal en poder de | D. Juan Gavarrete en Guatemala | por Dr. C. H.
Berendt. | Febrero de 1875. | DGB.
Manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 11., pp. 2-7. 8°. Contains about 80 words

in the Mam language.

Cook (Charles S.) See [Cook (Rev. JosephW.) and Cook (CharlesS.)|

869 a Cook (Rev. Joseph Wintield). A Study in the Yankton Dialect of
the Dakota, by the Rev. Joseph W. Cook, Missionary, aided by
Charles S. Cook, Alfred C. Smith, Battiste Defond and rank Vas-
sar, native half-castes.

Manuscript. Pp. 77-233. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the
Study of Indian Languages, Second Edition—completely filled. In the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology.

See Hemans (fev. Daniel Wright), No. 1723, note.
58 Bib.

914 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cook (Rev. Joseph Winfield)—continued.

869 b and Cook (Charles 8.) Calvary | Wiwicawangapi Kin, |
-qa- | wokiksuye anpetu kin koya. | Mrs. D. C. Weston, Owa, |
Rev. Joseph W. Cook, | qa | Mr. Charles 8. Cook, | ieska kagapi. |
[Two lines quotation. ]

Published for the | Niobrara Mission. | 1882. | JWP.

Literal translation: Calvary | something-they-ask [Catechism] the, | and |
remembrance [holy] days the also. | Mrs. D. C. Weston, wrote | Rev. JosephW.
Cook, | and | Mr. Charles S. Cook, | they-interpreted it. |

Pp. 1-82. sq. 16°. Calvary catechism in the Yankton dialect of the Dakota.

Rev. J. W. Cook writes me, under date of June, 1883, as follows: ‘‘I am now
copying and rewriting for the printer a much larger work, which for three years
past I have been preparing, viz: a Commentary on the Book of Genesis. It will
run to 400 or 500 pp., perhaps. It is in the Yankton dialect, and I hope I shall
he able to have it properly printed, which the Catechism is not.”

883 Copway (George). The | Life, Letters and Speeches | of | Kah-ge-
ga-gah-bowh | or, G. Copway, | Chief Ojibway Nation. | A Mission-
ary [ete., three lines]. |

New York: | 8. W. Benedict. | 1850. | T. BP. DGB. WHS.
Pp. i-x, 11-224. 12°. Hymns in English and Ojibway, pp. 48,57. Improved
title of No. 883.

884 a ——— Recollections ofa Forest Life: | or, the | Life and Travels |
of | Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, | or, | George Copway, | Chief of the Ojib-
way Nation. | Many years missionary [&ce., two lines]. | Second edi-

tion. |
London: | C. Gilpin, 5, Bishopsgate without. | Edinburgh: Adam
and Charles Black. | Dublin: James B. Gilpin. | 1851. | WHS.

Pp. i-xii, 1-248. 12°. Hymns in Chippewa and English, pp. 25, 50-51, 62.

885 - —— The | Traditional History | and | Characteristic Sketches |
of the | Ojibway Nation. | By G.Copway, | or, Kah-ge ga-gah-bowh,
Chief of the Ojibway | Nation. |

London: | Charles Gilpin, 5, Bishopsgate without. | Edinburgh:
Adam and Charles Black. | Dublin: James B. Gilpin. | 1850. |

Pp. i-xii, 1-298. 16°. Improved title of No. 885. Song in Chippewa, p. 106.—
Chapter x, Their language and writings, containing general remarks on language,

a short vocabulary, characters used in picture-writing, &c., pp. 123-139.
A. S. T. WHS

886. @ ——-— Indian Life | and | Indian History, | by an Indian author. |
Embracing the | traditions of the North American Indians regard-
ing | themselves, particularly of that most | important of all the
tribes, | the Ojibways. | By the celebrated Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, |
Chief of the Ojibway Nation; | known also by the English name
of | George Copway. |

Boston: | Albert Colby and Company, | 20 Washington Street. |
1858. | o

2p. 11, pp. vii-xi, 138-266. 12°. 2 plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Chapter
x, Their language and writings, pp. 122-136, contains an Ojibway and English
vocabulary (20 words), p-124.—Picture writing, pp. 132-134.—Specimens of Ojib-
way songs, pp. 107, 120, 158.

3888

COOK—CORTES. 915

a Corbusier (W.H.) [Vocabulary of the Yavapai and Yavapai-
Wortverzeichniss. |

In Gatschet (A. 8.) Der Yuma-Sprachstamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschrift
fiir Ethnologie, vol. 15 (1883), pp. 134-138, 139-142. Berlin, 1883. 8°.

Title of the manuscript of this article is given in No. 888 of this catalogue.

891 a Cornell (William Mason). The | History of Pennsylvania | From

the Earliest Discovery to the Present Time. | Including | an ac-
count of the first settlements by the Dutch, Swedes, and | English,
and of the colony of William Penn, his treaty | and pacific meas-
ures with the Indians; | and the | gradual advancement of the State
to its present aspect | of opulence, culture, and refinement. | By |
William Mason Cornell, D. D., LL. D., | Late member [etc., three
lines]. | Author of [etc., two lines]. | [Seal.]

Philadelphia: | Quaker City Publishing House, | 217 & 219 Quince
Street. | Boston: B. B. Russell. | 1876. | C. BA. BP.

Pp. 1-576. 5°. portrait. A sachem’s address to his warriors, with English
translation, p. 127.

Penn(Wm.) Letter, pp. 111-125.

891 b ——— The | History of Pennsylvania, | From the Earliest Dis-

covery to the Present Time. | Including | an account of the First
settlements by the Dutch, Swedes, and | English, and of the Col-
ony of William Penn, his treaty | and pacific measures with the
Indians; | and the | gradual advancement of the State to its present
aspect | of opulence, culture, and refinement. | By | William Mason
Cornell, D. D., LL. D., | |ete., five lines]. |

New York: | Published by Charles Drew, | No.9 Murray street. |
1879. | >

Pp.576. 8°. Portrait and plate. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Penn’s Letter,

pp- 111-125. <A sachem’s address to his warriors in the Indian language [of
Pennsylvania] and in English, p. 127.

897 a Correspondence. Document 512. | Correspondence | on the subject

899

of the | Emigration of Indians, | between | the30th November, 1831,
and 27th December, 1833, | with abstracts of expenditures by dis-
bursing agents, | in the | Removal and Subsistence of Indians, &e.
&e. | Furnished | in answer to a Resolution of the Senate, of 27th
December, 1833, | by the Commissary General of Subsistence
|George Gibson]. | Vol. I [-IV]. |

Washington: | Printed by Duff Green. | 1834. | *

4 vols.: pp. vii, 3-1179; 11., pp. 1-972; 11., pp. 1-846; 11., pp.1-771. 8°.

Contains, passim, many place-names and personal names, in various Indian
languages, with their interpretations, or English equivalents.—The census of the
Creek nation, 1832 (with the names of all heads of families), vol. iv, pp. 239-394.—
Names of Deiawares, Shawnees, Kickapoos, Potowatomies, Ottawas, Peorias
and Kaskaskias, Weas, Otoes, Omahas, Pawnees, &c., &c., who signed the Fort
Leavenworth treaty, 1833, with translations, vol. iv, pp. 728-7382.

Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from copy in his possession.
Cortés (Hernan). Historia | de | Méjico, escrita por su esclarecido
conquistador, | Hernan Cortés: | aumentada | con otros documen-

916

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cortés (Hernan)—continued.

902

tos y notas, | por | D. Francisco Antonio Lorenzana, | Antiguo
Arzobispo de Méjico. | Revisada y adaptada 4 la ortografia mo-
derna, | por D. Manuel del Mar. |

Neuva York: | La publican los Sres. White, Gallaher y White. |
En la imprenta de Vanderpool y Cole. | 1828. | B.C. BP.

3 p. ll, pp. 6-110, i-vi, 7-614, which latter contains an imperfect reprint of the
Historia. large 8°. plates. Improved title of No. 899. It does not contain the
hieroglyphs.
[Costanso (D. Miguel).f Diario Historico | de los Viages de Mar, y
Tierra | hechos al Norte de la California | de orden | del Excelen-
tissimo Senor | Marquez de Croix, | Virrey, Governador, y Capitan
General de la | Nueva Espana:—y por direccion | del Illustrissimo
Seiior | D. Joseph de Galvez, | Del Consejo y Camara de S. M. en el
Supremo de | Indias, Intendente de Exercito, Visitador General |
de este Reyno. | Executados por la Tropa destinada a dicho objecto
al mando | de Don Gaspar de Portola, | Capitan de Dragones en
el Regimiento de Espanta, y Governador | en dicha Peninsula. | Y
por los | Paguebots el 8. Carlos y el S. Antonio al mando | de Don
Vicente Vila, | Piloto del Numero de primeros de la Real Armada, |
y de Don Juan Perez, | de la Navegacion de Philipinas. | De orden
del Excmo. Sr. Virrey, | En la Imprenta del Superior Gobierno. *

Title and 55 pp. folio. Signed: Mexico, y Octubre 24 de 1770—D. Miguel Cos-
tans6. Improved title of No. 902, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his
possession.

“Voces (23) de dicha lengua, Su valor en la Espanola,” p. 40.—Santa Barbara
vocabulary.

908 a Cotton (Josiah). [Vocabulary of the Massachusetts Indian Lan-

guage. | te

Manuscript, in the library of the Mass. Hist.Soc. Pp. 1-107, 107 b, 107ce, 107d,
108-123, 2 11. sm.4°. It is the original of title No. 909, and is accompanied by a
manuscript ‘‘index,” giving the Indian word first with the corresponding English
word in a second column opposite, together with the number of the page in the
Vocabulary on which the words occur. The first volume of this index has the
following title:

Index | to | Cotton’s MS. Vocabulary | of the | Massachusetts
(Indian) Language. | By | Benj? R. Nichols Esq*. | Member of the
Mass. Histor. Society | Salem Massachusetts, | 1822. |

Manuscript. 2 vols. 8°. The first volume contains 62 ll., the second 52 11,
unnumbered.

917 a Coy (José Domingo). Ortografia en lengua | ¢é¢chi, traducida |

por José Domingo Coy, en | la Ciudad de Coban. | aiio de
1870. | DGB.

Original manuscript by an educated Indian. Pp.1-16. 16°, Title above oceu-
pies upper half of recto of the first leaf, the remainder of the page being occupied
with the description of the letters. Pp. 12-16 are in double columns. The man-
uscript, which is entirely in Cachi, belonged formerly to Dr. Berendt, who made
a copy, as follows:

CORTES—CRERE. ON?

Coy (José Domingo)—continued.

917) ——— Ortografia | en Lengua gegchi. | Traducida por | José Do-
mingo Coy | Indio de Coban. | En la ciudad de Coban | Ato de
1870. | Copiado de su original en Coban | Abril de 1875, por | Dr.
C. H. Berendt. | DGB.

Manuscript; pp. 1-33. 4°, Title, verso blank, 11., recto and verso of second leat
also blank. Text begins p.5; the even numbered pages from 6 to 24, inclusive,
are blank.

917¢ ——— Frases de Conversacion | en Lengua ¢eehi | Apuntadas
por Domingo Coy, | Indio de Coban | 1868. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 11.; phrases, double columns Spanish and
Cechi, pp. 3-7. 8°. Copied by Dr. Berendt in Coban. is

917d Craig (Neville B.), editor. The | Olden Time; | a monthly publi-
cation, | devoted to the | preservation of documents | and other |
authentic information | in relation to | the early explorations, | and
the | Settlement and Improvement of the Country | around | the
head of the Ohio. | Vol. I [-II]. | [Three lines quotation.] | Edited
by Neville B. Craig, Esq. |

Pittsburgh: | Published by J. W. Cook, at his literary depot,
Fourth Street. | 1846 [-1848}. | C.

2 vols.: pp. i-vili, 1-576; i-iv, 1-572. 8°.

[Alden (fev. T.)] Aboriginal Etymology, vol. 1, pp. 325-329.

[Morgan (L. H.)] Letters on the Iroquois, vol. 2, pp. 68-87, 117-139, 289-307.

Zeisberger (D.) Some remarks and annotations concerning the traditions,
customs, languages, &c., of the Indians in North America, vol. 1, pp. 271-281.

Some Indian words, passim, vol. 1, pp. 306-315, 333-335.—Names of Indian
Chiefs, vol. 1, pp. 344-345, 400-401.
917 e ———- The | Olden Time; | a Monthly Publication | devoted to

the | Preservation of Documents | and other | Authentic Informa-
tion | in relation to | the early explorations | and the | Settlement
and Improvement of the Country | around | the head of the Ohio |
Vol. I [-II] | (Quotation, four lines.] | Edited by Neville B. Craig,

Es
eee | Printed by Dumars & Co.—Chronicle Buildings |
1846 | Cincinnati | Reprinted by R. Clarke & Co | 1876 | A.
2 vols.: 2 p.ll., pp. 1-582,11.; 1p. 1., pp. 1-580. 8°. Linguistics as in earlier
edition.
919 @ Crane (W. W.) The American language. C.

In Putnam’s Magazine, new Series, vol. 6 (Nov., 1870), pp. 519-526.

In considering the sources from which the American language has derived
much of its material, the author devotes three pages to remarks on words of
Indian origin, giving examples. .

925 a Cree Calendar, + | [Two lines Cree characters.] | 18557-U
1856 | [Three lines Cree characters. |

[One line Cree characters] | 1855 | JWP.

Cree transliteration.—t | Chestekaekan | Ka-.esko netaokst Jesus | 1855 nesta
1856 | + ayamea keshekak | Q makanewan | 0 nanakachehetesonanewan |
Maneak etad peloo | 1855. |

918 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

Cree Calendar—continued.
Literal English translation. + | Sign or cross yourself | since the birth of Jesus |
1855 also 1856 | t Sign for Sunday | @ Sign for celebration of the mass | J Sign
for lent or penitence | Make ready as it approaches | 1855 |
Outside title 1 1.,6 unnumbered ll. narrow 18°. Roman Catholic calendar
in the Cree language. From July, 1855, to June, 1856, inclusive.

Cree Primer. See [Bompas (#t. Rev. William Carpenter) ], No. 403.

928 Cremony (John C.) Vocabulary | of the | Mescalero Apache |
Language. | By | John C. Cremony, | Capt. U.S. A. | 1863 | B.

Manuscript; pp. 1-78. 4°. Improved title of No. 928.

Vocabulary of words in common use, 352 words, pp. 1-15.—Present, imperfect
and future tenses, indicative mood, verb to be, p. 16. Author unable to con-
tinue investigation by reason of the lack of ability on the part of the interpre-
ter.—Personal pronouns, p. 17.—Present, imperfect and future tenses, indicative
mood, and present of subjunctive mood, verb to do, pp. 18-19.—AIl the tenses
of indicative mood, part of subjunctive, and all of imperative moods, verb to
love, pp. 20-22.—Indicative and imperative moods, verb to euwt, pp. 24-26.—
Same moods, verb to sleep, pp. 26-28.—List of 125 verbs in common use, pp.
25-40. —Vocabulary of fifty-four miscellaneous words, pp. 40-44.—Thirty-eight
short phrases in ordinary use, pp. 48-54.—Numerals to 20, irregularly to 100, for
200, 1000, 2000, pp. 56-58.—Apache and Spanish names of thirty-six men and
thirteen women of the tribe, with signification in English, pp. 60-64.—Mode of
bestowing names on persons, pp. 64-66.—Additional words and phrases, pp. 68-78.

929 a Croft (Dr. C. W.) Comanche Vocabulary.
Manuscript. Pp. 1-12. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

933 a Cruise. 47th Congress, | 2d Session. | House of Representatives. |
Ex. Doe. | No. 105. | Cruise | of the | Revenue-Steamer Corwin |-in |
Alaska and the N. W. Arctic Ocean | in | 1881. | Notes and memo.
randa: medical and anthropological ; | botanical; ornithological. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1883. | JWP.

Pp. 1-120. 4°. plates.

Rosse (Dr. I. C.). Medical and anthropological notes, pp. 7-44.

Cuesta (P. F. Felipe Arroyo dela). See Arroyo de la Cuesta (P. F.
Felipe).

942 Cullen (Dr. Edward). Isthmus of Darien | Ship Canal; | with | a

full History of the Scotch Colony | of Darien, several Maps, views

of | the country, and Original | Documents. | By | Dr. Cullen, F. R.
G.S. | Second Edition, | much enlarged. |

London: | Effingham Wilson, Publisher, | 11, Royal Exchange. |

1853. | B. C. W. BP. HU.
Pp. i-viii, index 1 ]., ix—xii, 1-204. 8°. maps and plates. Improved title of
No. 942.

Vocabulary of words in the language of the Tule or Darien Indians, pp. 99-102.
“First edition, London: Effingham Wilson, 1852. A selection from this work,
called ‘The Darien Indians,’ was published in 1863.”—Sabin’s Dictionary.

949 a [Cuoq (Rév. Jean André).] TIenenrinekenstha | Kanesatakeha |
ou | Processionnal Iroquois | 4 ’usage de la | Mission du Lac des
Deux Montagnes. |

CREE—CUSICK. 919

Cuog (Rév Jean André)—continued..
Tiotaki: | Tehoristorarakon Jolin Lovell, | 1864. | JCS.
Outside title 11., pp. 1-208. 12°. The inside title has no imprint; after the
word “ Montagnes” are two lines quotation, and in place of imprint is a picture
of two angels bowed before the cross.
Hymnes et Cantiques en Algonquine (many of which are set to music), pp.
95-108.
952 a ——— Quels étaient les sauvages que recontra Jacq. Cartier sur
les rives du Saint-Laurent? [Signed N. O., ancien missionnaire.]
In Annales de Philosophie Chrétienne, vol. 79, pp. 198-204. Paris, 1869. 8°.
Iroquois and Algonquin names of places with significations.
953 a ——— Cantique en langue Algonquine.
In Soe. Philol., Actes, tome 1, pp. 73-76. Paris, 1872. 8°.
Two Algonkin versions, one by P. Mathivet, with French translation by the
Abbé Cuoq, the other by N. O. [Cuoq], also with French translation.
- Lexique de la Langue Iroquoise, &e. JWP.
To this work there was issued, August, 1883, “‘Additamente,” pp. 218-238. 8°,
containing explanations of doubtful points in the original publication and
answers to queries received from correspondents; also
Mantel (4bbé). Etude Bibliographique par M. VAbbé Mantel sur le Lexique
de la Langue Iroquoise, pp. 227-233.
The pages, from p. 218 to p. 233, are numbered the reverse of usual, even on
rectos, odd on versos; there is no p. 234.
The original work was reviewed in the Critic, March 24, 1883. New York. 4°.
956 « ——— Fragments de Chrestomathie de la langue Algonquine.
Les huit Béatitudes.
In Soc. Philol., Actes, tome 3, pp. 39-51. Paris, 1873. 8°. Also separately
issued; see No. 957.
—— See 1872. Calendrier d’Oka, 1872, No. 565.
—-— See Kaondinokete (Francois), No. 2052 a.

962 a Cushing (Frank Hamilton). Zuni feticbes.

In Bureau of Ethnology, Second Ann. Rept., pp. 3-45. Washington, 1883.
imp. 8°. Zuni prayers, with interlinear literal translation, and free translation
in English, pp. 33-34, 36, 37, 38, 42. Many Zuni terms passiin.

962 b ——— Zuni weather proverbs.

In Dunwoody (H. H. C.) Weather proverbs, pp. 124-127. Washington,
1883. 8°.

Contains a number of Zuni weather proverbs with English translation.

962 ¢ ——— Zuni Breadstutt—I. Creation, and the Origin of Corn.
II. and JII. The Origin of the Dragon Fly and the Corn Priests, or
Guardians of the Seed. IWP.

In The Millstone, an Illustrated Monthly Journal devoted to the Advance-
ment of Milling and Mechanical Interests, vol. 9 (No. 1), pp. 1-4, (No. 2) 19-23,
(No. 3) 35-38. Indianapolis, Ind., January, February, March, 1884. 4°. Con-
tains, p. 1, ashort paragraph in Zuni, rendered into English, besides any terms
passim. At this writing (April, 1°84) I am informed that Mr. Cushing’s article
will probably continue through six or eight more numbers of The Millstone.

See Stevenson (James), No. 3758.

975 a Cusick (David). David Cusick’s | sketches of Ancient History

of the | Six Nations: | —Comprising— | First—A Tale of the Foun-

956

920 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Cusick (David)—continued.
dation of the | Great Island, | (Now North America,) | The two
infants born, | and the | Creation of the Universe. | Second—A
real account of the early settlers | of North America, and their
dissentions. | Third—Origin of the kingdom of the Five Nations, |
which was called | A Long House: | The Wars, Fierce Animals,
&e. | Second edition of 7,000 copies.—Embelished with four en-

gravings. |
Tuscarora Village: | (Lewiston, Niagara Co.) [New York] |
1828. | C. BP.

3p. IL, pp. 4-86. 12°. Numerals of the Mohawk and Tuscarora, p. 36.
Dakota A B C Wowapi Kin. See [Riggs (ev. 8. B.)|, No. 3275.

Dakota Odowan. See [Riggs (A. L.) and Williamson (J. P.)],
editors, Nos. 3265-3266.

Dakota Text Book. See [Huggins (Eliza) and Williamson (Nancy
J.) ], No. 1869.

980 a Dakota vocabulary, taken down from Manzakute mani. ie
Manuscript. 14 pp. folio. In the library of Mr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

984 a Dally (M. E.) Rapport sur les races indigenes et sur Varchéologie

du Nouveau-Monde. Par M. E. Dally. *%
In Société d’Anthrop. de Paris, Bulletin. Tome Troisisme.—Année, 1862.
pp. 374-411. Paris, 1862. 8°. Separately issued as follows:

984. b Sur les Races Indigenes | et sur | PArchéologie du Mex-
ique | par M. HE. Dally | Membre [ete., three lines]. | (Extrait des
Bulletins de la Société d’anthropologie de Paris, | t. ILI, 3° fasci-
cule, 1862.) |

Paris | Librairie de Victor Masson | Place de I'Ecole-de-Méde-
cine. | 1862. | B.
Pp. 1-36. 8°. Des langues anciennes de Amérique, containing remarks upon,
and extracts from, Gallatin, Haven, Bancroft, Heckewelder and Maury, pp. 24-28.

984 ¢ [Dalrymple (Rev. —)] Pamunkey vocabulary (17 words).
In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 2, p. 182. New York, 1858, 8°.

987 a Danforth (Samuel). [Vocabulary of the Massachusetts Indian

Language. |

Manuscript, imperfect, in the library of the Massachusetts Historical Society.

49 unnumbered ll. sm, folio. There is a very small fragment of each of two
leaves at the beginning and of one leaf at the end.

Mr. Danforth ‘‘ prepared an Indian Dictionary, which was once in possession
of the Massachusetts Historical Society, but which, lam sorry to learn from the
librarian, has been mislaid or lost. . . . This was a MS. copy, and had
probably been loaned out with reference to its being printed.”—Wmery’s Ministry
of Taunton, vol. 1, p. 183.

‘“He left behind him a manuscript Indian Dictionary, which seems to have
been formed from Eliot’s Indian Bible, as there is a reference under every word
to a passage of Scripture.”—Sprague’s Annals of the American Pulpit, vol. 1, p.
141,

CUSICK—DAVIS. 921

Danforth (Samuel)—continued.

988

991

The Woful Effects | of | Drunkenness | a sermon | preached
at Bristol, Octob. 12, 1709. | When two Indians, | Josias and
Joseph | were executed for murther, | occasioned | by the drunken-
ness both of the | murthering & murthered parties. | By Samuel
Danforth, | pastor of the church of Taunton. | Hosea 3. 1.—They
love flagons of wine. | Galat. 5. 21.—Murders, drunkenness.— |

Boston in New-England: | Printed by B. Green: Sold by Sam-
uel | Gerrish at his shop near the old Mee- | ting House, in Corn-
Hill. 1710. | C. L.

1 p.1., pp. i-iv, 1-52. sm.12°. Improved title of No. 988. The sermon is
concluded, pp. 43-52, ‘‘ with a few words directed to the poor condemned male-

factors, in their own language.” The copy in the Lenox library has inserted a
manuscript translation of the pages of Indian text, by Dr. J. H, Trumbull.

Davidoff (Gavrila Ivanovich). Anyxparuoe nyremecrsie | Bb AmepnKy |
MOPCKNXS ouyeposb | XBocrowa n AaBbiqoBa, | uncannoe cum nocabanuMs. | Tactd nepbad
[-stopaa]. |

Bp C. Hereppyprs | Wesvamano Bp Mopcxoii Tunorpavin 1810 [-1812] roga. | c.

Translation.—Two voyages | to America| by the naval officers | Khoostof
and Davidoff, | written by the latter. | Part first [-second]. | At St. Petersburg |
printed in the Naval Printing Office in the year 1810 [-1812]. |

2 vols. 8°. Improved title of No. 991. Kadiak names of stars and months,
vol. 2, pp. 101-103.—Vocabulary of the Kolosh (of tribes living between Chugach
Bay and Yakutat), vol. 2, app., pp. i-xii.—Vocabulary of the Kenai (of tribes liy-
ing on Kenai Gulf (Cook’s Inlet), vol. 2, app., pp. Xili-xxviil. :

The German edition, Berlin, 1816, 8°, No. 992, contains no linguistics. (A.)

994a Davila y Padilla (#7. Agustin). ‘Historia de la conquista. a

998

He wrote, in Mexican, the History of the Conquest, which was translated into
Spanish.—Sobron’s Idiomas, p. 31.

Davis (Rev. Solomon). A Prayer Book, in the Language of the
Six Nations of Indians &e.

New York: Swords, Stanford, & Co. 1837. C.?. BA. WE. JWP. WHS.

Pp. 1-168. 12°. The contents of this work, the full title of which is given in
No. 998 of this catalogue, are as follows:

Order for daily morning prayer, pp. 8-40; Order for daily evening prayer, pp
41-68; Litany, pp. 69-87; Prayers and thanksgivings, pp. 8*-110; Collects, pp.
111-120; Catechism, pp. 121-130; Prayers, &c., pp. 131-165; Hymns, pp. 166-168.

“4 translation, ostensibly in Oneida, of the English Prayer Book has been
effected by the Rey. Solomon Dayis, Missionary to the Oneidas, at Duck Creek,
Wisconsin; but this translation, though intelligible to the people of his charge,
is not written in pure Oneida, nor indeed in any dialect ever spoken by the Six
Nations.”—Bagster’s Bible of Every Land, [1860], p. 459.

998 a ——— Oseragwegon | orhonkene ionterennaientagwa | nononsa

tokentike. | JIWP.

No title-page. Pp. 1-86. 8°. Pp.1-60 contain the same matter, but without
the headings in English, as pp. 3-110 of the Book of Common Prayer in the lan-
guage of the Six Nations, N. Y., 1887 (No. 998), which work this pamphlet prob-
ably preceded. Pp. 60-86 contain collects, epistles, and gospels. The above is
the heading to the first prayer.

922 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Davis (Rev. Solomon)—continued.
998 b ——— Otiogwatokenti. | Tontaterihonniennita. | Nongweho-
gon. | JWP.
No title-page. Pp.1-12. 12°. Catechism in the language of the Six Nations.
Contains the same matter as pp. 121-130 of the Prayer’ Book, N. Y., 1837 (No.
998), but without the English headings. Probably it preceded the latter work.

1000 a Acadian Geology. | The | Geological Structure, | Or-
ganic Remains, and Mineral Resources | of | Nova Scotia, New
Brunswick, and Prince | Edward Island. | By | John William Daw-
son, M. A., LL. D., F. R.S., F. G.S., | Principal | &c., six lines]. |
Second edition, revised and enlarged. | With a geological map and
numerous illustrations. |

London: | Macmillan and Co. | Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd,
Tweeddale Court. | Halifax: A. and W. Mackinlay. Montreal:
Dawson Brothers. | 1868. | A. W. BP.

Pp. i-xxvi,1 1., pp. 1-694. 8°. map and plates. Micmac language and super-
stitions, containing Micmac and Maliseet words compared with Greek, Latin,
Hebrew, &c. (from Rand), pp. 673-675.

There is an edition, Edinburgh, 1855, 12° (¢.Ba.), which does not contain the
linguistics; and one, Montreal, 1860, 12°, which I have not seen.

1000 bd Acadian Geology. | The | geological structure, | organic
remains, and mineral resources | of | Nova Scotia, New Brunswick,
and Prince | Edward Island. | By | John William Dawson, M. A.,
LL. D., F. R.8., F. G. 8. | Principal [&c., six lines]. | Third Edi-
tion. | With a map and numerous illustrations, and | a supple-
ment. |

London: | Macmillan and Co. | Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd.
Montreal: Dawson Brothers. | Halifax: A. and W. Mackinlay.
New York: Van Nostrand. | 1878. | C.

Title, 11., pp. i-xxvi, 11., pp. 1-694; Supplement, pp. 3-102,11. 8°. Linguistics
as in the London edition of 1868. :

De Kay (Charles). See [Gatschet (A. S.) and De Kay (Charles)],
No. 1486 a.

10124 Delafield (John) jr. An Inquiry | into the Origin of the | Antiqui-
ties of America. | By | John Delafield Jr. | With | an Account, |
containing notes, and ‘A view of the causes of the superiority of
the | men of the northern over those of the southern hemisphere. |
By | James Lakey, M. D. |

Cincinnati: | Published by N. G. Burgess & Co | Stereoty ned
by Glezen and Shepard. | 1839. |
Pp. 1-142. 4°. plates. Another edition of No. 1011. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

1013a@ Delano (A.) Life on the Plains | and | among the Diggings; |
being { scenes and adventures | of an | overland journey to Califor-
nia: | with particular | incidents of the route, | mistakes and suffer-

DAVIS—DEPERET, 923

Delano (A.)—continued.
ings of the emigrants, | the Indian tribes, | the present and the
future of the great West. | By A. Delano. |
New York: | C. M. Saxton, Barker & Co., | 25 Park Row. |
1861. | B.BP.
Pp. i-xi, 18-384. 12°. Short Maidu vocabulary, p. 383.
Delle Lettere. See [Carli (Conte Gian Rinaldi)], No. 600.

1017 a Demers (Rev. Modeste). Definitio Dogmatis Immaculate Con-
ceptionis Beatissime Virginis Mari | a SS. D. N. Pio PP. IX. |
[In Latin, followed by:] Eadem in eam Linguam translata que
vulgo Jargon Tchinook | dicitur, quaeque obtinet in tota Orego-
nensi Provincia; | auctore Episcopo Vancouveriensis Insule. |
Colophon: Typis Joannis Marie Shea, Neo Eboracensis. | 8. JWP.
11. folio. In the Chinook jargon.

1019 a Demillier (#7. Edmond Louis). Essais | de Grammaire Mique-
maque | Pleasant Point le 1° Novembre 1836 | Frére Edmond Louis
Demillier | Prétre missionnaire de la Congregation | des Sacrés
Coeurs de Jésus et de Marie | et de Vadoration perpétuelle du trés
St | Sacrament de l’autel | chez les Indiens Passamaquoddis, Et:t |
du Maine, E. U. de ’ Amérique, Nouvelle | Angleterre. | Ss.

Partial manuscript copy, consisting of title, reverse blank, 1 1., and eight
other leaves, 8°; in possession of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey, who
writes me: ‘‘ Vetromile lent me the manuscript, but reclaimed it almost imme-
diately, before I had time to copy more than a few pages.”

1019 b ——— Dictionary of the Etchimi language. me
Manuscript. Referred to by Rev. Eugene Vetromile in The Abnakis and their
History, pp 27, 50.

1021 Dencke (Christian Frederick). Essay | of a | Chippuway-Indian |
Spelling-Book, | by | Christian IF’. Denke [sic], | Missionary among
the Chipuway [sic] Indians. |

Easton; | Printed by Samuel Longecope, | 1803. | Te
Pp. 1-29. 12°. Improved title of No. 1021.

1026a Denny (Ebenezer). Military Journal | of | Major Ebenezer
Denny, | an Officer in the Revolutionary and Indian Wars. | With
an | Introductory Memoir. | [Quotation, three lines.]
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | for the | Historical So-
ciety of Pennsylvania. | 1859. | BA.
Pp. 1-288, 8 plates. 8°. Separate issue of No. 1026. Vocabulary of the Dela-
ware and Sbawanee Indians, pp. 274-281.

1027a Depéret (M.) [Sermons en langue Mohawk.] LDM.
‘Manuscript. 3011. 4°. In the Archives of the Catholic chureh at Lac des Deux
Montagnes (Oka), Canada. The outside leaf has written on the upper edge,

“0. A., No. 8, Mr. Deperet,” followed by a list of brief titles of the sermons,
eleven in all; verso of 1. 1 blank. L. 2 begins: Sur Vascension du fils de Dieu,
which concludes near the end of verso of 1. 3. This is followed by: Affectious

de douleur et de compassion envers le fils de dieu mourant, which ends bottom

924 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Depéret (J/.)—continued.
of recto 1. 4, the verso of which is blank. L.5 begins: 3 entretien sur la ste
famille, which occupies ll. 5-6; the recto of 1. 7 is blank, the verso containing :
4 pour le lundy de la pentecoste, followed by four lines in Latin, ‘“‘iean ch. 3,”
then the sermon in Algonkin, which extends to end of verso of 1.8. IL. 9 con-
tains: 5sur le Jugement, extending to middle of recto of 1. 13, the verso of
which is blank. 6 sur ’assomption begins at top of recto of 1. 14, followed in
middle of recto of 1. 16 by: 7 sur la fette de st piere et st paul, which ends on
the recto of 1.16; verso of 1. 16 and whole of 1. 17 blank. LL. 18 begins: 8
entretien sur la rechutte pour le 2 iour apres pAques, which ends verso l.
20. L. 21 contains: 9 entretien sur le paradis; 1. 24: 10 entretien sur les chat-
timents dont dieu afflige les pecheurs meme de cette vie pour le dimanche de
la quingquagesme, which extends to verso of 1. 27. LL. 28 begins: 11 entretien
sur le dernier Jugement, which ends on verso of 1. 30.
The manuscript is in a fair state of preservation, the edges only being
mutilated.
1027 ) ——— Instructions sur divers sujets de dogme. a
Manuscript. In the Mohawk language. Preserved in the Catholic church at
the Mission des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. Title from Erminnie A.
Smith, who adds: He also left a catechism, grammar, and many prayers and
canticles.

- See André (R. P. Louis), No. 116 e.

1027 ¢ [De Peyster (Col. Arent Schuyler) |. Miscellanies, | by An Officer. |
Volume I. |

Dumfries. | Printed at the Dumfries and Galloway Courier
Office, | by C. Munro, | 1813. | S

Pp. 1-277. 4°. Privately printed, in an edition of a “‘a few copies.”

Col. (then Major) De Peyster was superintendent (for Great Britain) of the
Indian tribes of the North-west (the Lake Indians) from May, 1774, to 1785;
stationed at Michilimackinac, and afterwards at Detroit. In the notes to the
Miscellanies (in verse), many Indian words are translated and explained, and at
the end of the volume, pp. 271-277, there is a vocabulary of 183 ‘‘ Words selected
from the Ottawa and Chippawa languages.”

Title and note furnished by Dr. J. H. Trumbull, from copy in his possession.

1030 a Diccionario. Half-title: Diccionario de Motul. I [-III]. |
Title: Diccionario | de la Lengua | Maya de Yucatan [Tomo I]
Maya-Espanol | [Tomo II Espanol-Maya, Tomo III Adiciones y

correcciones]| | Providence R. I. | 1864. | DGB.

Manuscript. 3 vols.: 11., pp.i-viii, 1-1595; 3 Il., pp. 1-308; 206 unnumbered
ll. 4°. In possession of Dr. D.G. Brinton, Media, Pa., from whose manuscript
catalogue of the Berendt collection I take the following note:

“This vast work is by far the most complete dictionary of the Maya tongue
known to be in existence, Its history is as follows: While in the city of Mexico
in 185-, the Abbé Brasseur picked up at a bookstall, for three dollars, a man-
uscript dictionary in two volumes, small quarto, written in a very small and
not very legible hand. Subsequently he sold this to the late Mr. John Carter
Brown, of Providence, in whose library it now is [see No. 1030 of this cata-
logue]. In 1864 Dr. Berendt obtained permission to make a copy of it, to which
task he devoted about one year, and in all his later studies of the language,
added to and amended the vocabulary, but always using a different colored ink,
so that the exact text of the original should not be interfered with. Such is
the work as it now is.

DEPERET—DICCIONARIO. 925

Diccionario—continued.

“Its peculiar importance rests on the fact that it gives us the Maya tongue as
it was in the century of the Conquest; for remarks by the author show him to
have been a Franciscan friar, living in the convent of Motul in or about 1577,
as he speaks of having seen the comet of that year. If the Maya hieroglyph-
ies are ever deciphered, it must be through the language as presented in this
dictionary.

“The copy in the Brown library was written probably at the close of the
sixteenth century, and by a scribe not well versed in Maya and a careless
copyist. Hence very many errors are in that copy which have been corrected
in the present one, with infinite pains, by Dr. Berendt. The Spanish-Maya
portion is by a different hand, and is probably of later date.”

Vol. 3, additions and corrections, is by Dr. Berendt.

1030 ——— Diccionario | Espatiol-Maya | de Ticul. | 1690. | Trascrito
por D. Juan Pio Perez en 1836 | y arreglado en 1847 por el mismo. |
Copiado en Merida | 1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. pp. i-vili, 1-267. 4°.

1030 ¢ ——— Diccionario | Maya-Espafol | de Ticul. | Coordinacion alfa-
bética de las palabras Mayas | que se hallan en la anterior parte
Castellana. | Por | D. Juan Pio Perez. | 1847. | Copiado en
Merida | 1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. 2 11.,pp.1-241. Both in possession of Dr. Brinton, from whose
manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection I copy the following note:

“Tn 1836 the cura of Ticul, Don Estanislao Carrillo, found among the baptismal
archives of his parish a manuscript of 154 leaves, with the title: Vocabulario
de la lengua Maya que comienza en romance, compuesto de varios autores de
esta lengua. It bore as the date of completion Jan. 26, 1690. He presented
it to his friend, Don Juan Pio Perez, the distinguished Yucatecan linguist. The
latter copied it, after which the original, not being cared for, was lost. In 1847
he made another copy, and either gave away or otherwise disposed of that of
1836. From that of 1847, the present one was made by Dr. Berendt in Merida,
1870, with the utmost care.”

1030 @ ——— Diccionario | Maya-Espanol | del Convento de San Fran

cisco | en Mérida | Copiado por|C. Hermann Berendt, M.D. |

Mérida | 1870. | DGB.
Manuscript. Pp. i-vii, 1-364. 4°.

1030 e ——— Diccionario | Espanol-Maya | del Convento de San Fran-
~ cisco | en Mérida. | Copiado por|C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. |
Mérida | 1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11., 1 blank 1., pp. 1-386. 4°. Both in pos-
session of Dr. Brinton, from whose manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collee-
tion the following note is taken:

“According to the most skillful Maya scholars, this dictionary was composed
in the 17th century, and is older than that of Ticul. When, in 1820, the Fran-
ciscan convent of Merida was closed, the original manuscript was presented to
a citizen of Merida, and passed through various hands until it reached those of
Don Juan Pio Perez. He made a faithful copy of it, from which the present
one was taken in 1870 by Dr. Berendt. The original could nowhere be found at
that date, nor is there any intimation who the author was, or the exact date of
his labors.”

926 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1031 a Dictionarium Gallico StaSaka [Ottawa] M.
Manuscript. Pp. 1-581. folio. Arranged alphabetically. In the library of
McGill College, Montreal, Canada. This work is curiously paged; beginning
with p.1, on recto of J. 1, the numbering continues on the rectos to the middle
of the letter E, p. 184; pp. 185-396 (end of letter Q) are numbered on rectos and
versos of the remaining leaves, and pp. 397-581 are the versos of the first leaves
of the manuscript. The work is bound and well preserved.
A note on the fly-leaf says the work was begun 16 Aug. 1640; another, ‘This
book is the property of Adam Macruder of Montreal.” “Now belongs to Andro
H. Arnolds, purchased at the sale of the late Macruder’s effects. 1846.”

1031 b Dictionary. Dictionary | of | Indian Tongues, | containing |
Most of the Words and Terms | used in the | Tshimpsean, Hydah,
and Chinook, | with their meaning or equivalent | in the | English

Language. |
Published by | Hibben & Carswell, | Victoria, V. I. | Printed at
the British Colonist Office. | 1865. | > ING

Print: d title on cover, pp. 1-14. sq. 16°. Chinook-English, pp. 1-5.—Hydah-
English, pp. 6-7.—English~Tshimshean, pp. 8-14.

1032 A Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon.
This work is reprinted in: British Columbia. Report of the Hon. H. L. Lan-

gevin, C. B., Minister of Public Works, pp. 161-182. Ottawa, 1872. (s.)

1032 a —— Dictionary j of the | Chinook Jargon | or | Indian Trade
Language | now in general use on | the North-West Coast. | Adap-
ted for general business. |

Olympia W. T. | T. G. Lowe & Co., Publishers and Stationers. |
1873. | Printed at the Courier Job Rooms, Olympia, W. T. | B.

Pp. 1-32. 12°. Part I, 20 pp., Chinook-English.—Part II, 12 pp., English-
Chinook.

1032 b ——— Dictionary | of the) Chinook Jargon, | to which is added |
numerous conversations, | thereby enabling any person | to speak
Chinook correctly. | Sixth Edition. |

Portland, Oregon: | I’, L. McCormick, Publisher, 63 First street, |
1878. | B.

Outside printed title 1 1., pp., 1-26. 16°. Preface reverse of title-page. Eng-
lish Chinook vocabulary, 16 pp.—Chinook-English vocabulary, 6 pp.—Conver-
sations in English-Chinook, and at the end, the Lord’s prayer, 3 pp.

Dictionary of the Kalispel or Flathead Indian Language. See
[Giorda (Rev. J.)], Nos. 1554-1556.

1033 a A Dictionary of the Mosquito Language | English and
Mosquito |

2 vols.: 88 unnumbered Jl.; 74 unnumbered 11, 16 blank ll. narrow folio
(15§x64 inches). In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

The three pages preceding the dictionary contain, respectively, Memorandum
for the printer, Parts of speech, and Key to the Pronunciation.. The dictionary
begins on the verso of the second leaf, with the single heading or title written
across the tops of the two pages. The English words are placed on the verso of
each leaf, and are followed by the Mosquito definitions on the opposite page, in

DICTIONARIUM—DOCTRINA. 927

Dictionary—continued.
nost cases filling but a single line. The dictionary contains about 6,400 words.
A few comparisons with Greek and Hebrew words are given. From the appear-
ance of the paper and handwriting it may have been compiled some time be-
tween the years 1840 and 1850.
Dictionnaire et Grammaire de la Langue Crise. See [Lacombe (Ré.
Albert)], No. 2154.

1043 Dixon (Capt. George). Voyage | autour du monde, | et principale-
ment | a la cote nord-ouest de VAmérique, | Fait en 1785, 1786,
1787 et 1788, | A bord du King-George et de la Queen- | Charlotte,
par les Capitaines Portlock | et Dixon. | Dédié, par permission, a
Sir Joseph | Banks, Baronet; | Par le Capitaine George Dixon. |
Traduit de ’Anglois, par M. Lebas. | Tome Premier [-Second]. |

A Paris, | Chez Maradan, Libraire, Hotel de Chateau- | Vieux,
rue Saint-André-des-Ares. | 1789. | B. BA.

2 vols. 12°. Improved title of No. 1043. Linguistics as in English edition,
No. 1042, vol. 2, pp. 16-17, and sheet facing p. 21.

1045 a Dobrizhoffer (Martin). Historia | de | Abiponibus | Equestri,
Bellicosaque | Paraquarix | Natione | locupletata | Copiosis Bar-
bararum Gentium, Urbium, | Fluminum, Ferarum, Amphibiorum,
Insectorum, Sfr- | [sic] pentium preecipuorum, Piscium, Avium, Ar-
borumn, | Plantarum, aliarumque eiusdem Provincixe | Proprietatum
Observationibus, | Authore | Martino Dobrizhoffer | Presbytero, et
per Annos Duo de | Viginti Paraquariz Missionario. | [Pars Prima-
Tertia.| |

Vienne, | Typis Josephi Nob. de Kurzbek | Czes. Reg. Aul. Tipog.
et Bibliop. | Anno 1784. | S.BA.

3 vo's. 8°. maps. plates. Sign of the cross in Cochimi, Waicura, and Mex-
ican of Itocatzin, vol. 2,p.208. There is an English translation of this by Miss
Southey which does not contain the North American linguistics. (c.)

1046 a Doctrina. Doctrina christiana abreviada en lengua zotzlem. *
Manuscript. 21 pp. Without name of author, of a writing which appears to
pertain to the beginning of this century.—Pinart Sale Cat., No. 311.

1046 6 ——— Doctrina Christiana | en lengua Chapaneca. | Fragmento
de vn Manuscrito Anénimo | copiado en fac-simile | por | C. Her-
mann Berendt, M. D. | Tuxtla Gutierez. | 1869. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11.; Advertencia, verso blank, 11.; pp. 21-66,
and a 67th, unnumbered, containing the Padre Nuestro, from Pimentel’s Cuadro
Descriptivo. It is aremarkably beautiful manuscript, with numerous pen draw-
ings and colored initial letters. In the Advertencia Dr. Berendt describes the
original as follows:

El original de este MS. es un cuaderno en 4to, papel y letra del siglo XVII 6
XVIII; escritura muy clara y regular. Le faltan Ja portada y las primeras veinte
paginas, que parece han contenido Ja parte principal de la doctrina cristiana la
qual concluye en la pag. 36. Siguen despues 14 fojas mas en la lengua, faltando
uno el principio de esta parte, que contiene oraciones en versos acrésticos y ana-
gramas y coucluye con una alocucion 6 sermon. El resto es en castellano; dos
fojas con una disertacion sobre el lugar del paraiso, que pone el cerro Golgota;

928 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Doctrina—continued.

3 fojas tablas de los Evangelios y Epistolas y en 136 paginas Ce nueva numera-
cion los evangelios de todos los Domingos. Las epistolas se encuentran en 8
fojas sin numeracion, en parte destruidos y seguidas por una foja blanca que en
el reverso del pedazo que se conserv6 muestra un pedazo de una rubrica y algu-
nas palabras, que parece una advertencia ritual. Solo las 44 paginas eu lengua
chapaneca van copiados aqui.

Este MS. es propriedad ce D. Angel Carnas en la ciudad de Chiapa, en cuya
familia lo han conservado desde muchos atios y me lo conseguié para estudiar y
copiaro mi amigo D. Francisco Amado Calebro de esta ciudad.

Doctrina Christiana en lengua Nevome. See [Smith
(Buckingham)], editor, No. 3643.

1047 a ——— Doctrina christiana en la lengua utlateca alias kiche del
uso de Fr. Jossef Ant. Sanchez Viscayno, ato de 1790. e
1111. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 312.

1047 b ——— Doctrina Christiana |enlengua Zoque. | Afio de 1736.| DGB.

Original manuscript. Modern title 11., and 51 and 7 leaves. sm.4°. Frag-

ments of a Doctrina, written early in the last century and presented to Dr.

Berendt by Don José Maria Sanchez, cura of Ocosocantla. It is quite legible,
though stained and frayed.

1047 ¢ ——— Doctrina Christiana | en | Pocomchi. | Ano de 1810. | Des.

Manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; Advertencia signed Dr. C. Hermann
Berendt, Coban, Agosto 1875, reverse blank, 11.; text, pp. 1-38; Contenido, p. 39.
Entirely in Poconchi. Copied from the original, 2211., 8°, in the parish of Tactic,
which bears the inscription: Para el uso de Bacilio Co. Ano de 1810.

1050 a ——— Doctrina Cristiana | en el Idioma | Misteco, | conforme
al Metodo | con que actualmente se habla | en la Misteca Baja. |
Vertida por un cura del Obispado | de Puebla, para la mejor y
mas | facil instruccion de sus feligreses. | [Design.]

Puebla, 1834. | Imprenta del hospital de San Pedro, 4 cargo | del
C. Manuel Buen-Abad. | B.

Pp. 1-82,11. 16°. The Christian Doctrine in Spanish and Misteco, arranged
in parallel columns—two on each page.

This may be the Catecismo mentioned in the note to No. 2439 of this catalogue.

1050 b —-~—- Doctrina Christiana | y ; Confesonario | en lengua
Kekchi y Castellano | con un pequeno vocabulario | Del Archivo
de la Parroquia de Coban | copiado por | C. Hermann Berendt,
M. D. | Coban, Febrero de 1875. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11.; Advertencia, verso blank, 11.; text, pp.
1-49; Indice, p.51. Double columns, Spanish and Kekchi.

“Advertencia. El original de esta doctrina es un libro en octavo, escrito en
letra moderna. Por las formas de varias palabras parece copia de una obra an-
tigua. Pertenece al archivo de la iglesia parroquial de Coban y me lo presté
para copiarlo mi buen amigo el Vicario de la Alta Vera Paz y Cura de Coban,
Presbitero Don Manuel Gonzalez. C.H.B.”

1056 a ——— Doctrina, y oraciones y moral cristiana, en lengua de
Tepuzculula. we

Manuscript. 4° yn the library of the Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica at
Mexico. In the margin are several lines in Misteco, in which the name of Fr.”
Benito is mentioned. It may have been written by Fr. Benito Fernandez.—
Icazbalceta, Bib. Mex. del Siglo XVI, p. 154.

DOCTRINA—DOMENECH, 929

Doctrina—continued.

1056 b —— Doctrina y Confesionario | en lengua Ixil. | Precededos
de un corto modo para apren- | der la lengua, y Ritual de Matri-
monio | por | el Cura Parroco de Nebah | 1824. | DGB.

Original manuscript, 28 ll., the first one and last seven being blank, with
modern title, 11. In fair condition.

1056 ¢ ——— Doctrina y praticas devotas con otras oraciones sacadas
del catecismo, lo todo en lengua tzoque. oe

Manuscript. 2311. 4°, Coarse writing of the seventeenth century. Title from
the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 313.

Doctrine Chrestienne * * en langage Canadois. See [Brebceuf
(Rk. P. Jean)], No. 463.

Dog Rib Primer. See [Bompas (ev. William Carpenter)], No. 404.

1061a@ Domenech (Abbé Emmanuel). Manuscrit | Pictographique |

Américain | précédé Wune | Notice sur ’Idéographie | des Peaux-
Rouges | par | PAbbé Em. Domenech | Missionaire apostolique,
chanoine honoraire de Montpelier | Membre de Académie pon-
tificale tibérine, de la Société géographique de Paris | et de la
Société ethnographique orientale et américaine de France. |
Ouvrage | publié sous les auspices de M. le Ministre D’Etat | et
de la Maison De L’Empereur |

Paris | Gide Libraire-Editeur | 5 Rue Bonaparte | 1860. | B.r.DGB.

Pp. i-viii, 1-119. 8°. 228 plates.

This work is justly celebrated, and is now very rare, for the government of
Napoleon III. made strenuous efforts to recall the copies which had been sent to
learned societies and persons, as well as to libraries, throughout the world, and
those which had been sold.

In a lengthy preliminary notice the learned editor gives an account of various
other American MSS., and of the circumstances attending the origin and dis-
covery of what he is pleased to entitle the Livre des sauvages. He comes to the
conciusion that it was the work of some sachem of the Indians of Canada, versed
in the secret institutions of his tribe, and that it must be assigned to the seven-
teenth century. It was found in an old wooden box which was deposited in the
Bibliotheque de V Arsenal of Paris, nearly a century before its fortunate discovery.
While modestly disclaiming the ability to reveal all the recondite mysteries of
the manuscript, the learned churchman and ethnologist gives an interpretation
of the signs and hieroglyphs, which occupies sixty-two octavo pages.

Then follow two hundred and twenty-eight pages, each containing a fac-
simile of one of those of the mysterious book—eyen those in blank. The size
and shape of these pages are preserved, and even the rents and dog’s ears are
carefully delineated. ‘The figures, done in charcoal, or with a coarse crayon,
are exactly reproduced, those portions which in the original had been colored
with red chalk or crayon being so indicated.

After publication it was determined that the editor had been fhe victim of a
eruel hoax, and that the precious manuscript was the work of some idle boy,
judging from sundry written words probably a German, of impure mind and
little artistic ability. No end of ridicule has been heaped upon the unfortunate
abbé because of his discovery in such rubbish of the totems and signatures of

59 Bib

930 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Domenech (Abbé Emmanuel)—continued.
powerful chiefs, the phallic worship of the ouabinos and other religious rites,
Christian and pagan, the practices of medicine men, matrimonial scenes, and
the like. See Petzholdt (J.) ‘‘Das Buch der Wilden”; also the translation,
Le Livre des Sauvages. To these attacks he replied in the following work:

1061 b La Vérité | sur le | Livre des Sauvages | par | ?Abbé
Em. Domenech | Missionnaire Apostolique, Membre de Académie
Pontificale Tibérine, des | Sociétés ethnographique et géographique
de Paris, ete. |

Paris | E. Dentu, Libraire-Editeur | Galerie d’Orléans, 13 et 17,
Palais-Royal | 1861 | Tous droits réservés. | B.C. T. BA.

Pp. i-vi, 7-54. 8°. 10 plates of hieroglyphics. Reply to attacks on the Manu-
scrit Pictographique.

1062 Voyage Pittoresque | dans les | Grands Déserts | du |
Nouveau Monde | par | ?Abbé Em. Domenech | Missionaire [&c.,
two lines]. | [Picture of Santa Fé.]

Paris | Morizot, Libraire-Editeur | 3, Rue Pavée-Saint-André |
1862 | Réserve de tous droits. | T.

4p.11., pp. 1-608. large 8°. Improved title of No. 1062. Comments on American
languages, pp. 90-95, contains, p.90, a list of the signs of the Zodiak in Tartar
and Mexican.—List of American tribes, pp. 317-321.—Mexican chart with inter-
linear French translation, p. 410.—Aboriginal terms passim,

1064 Dominguez y Argaiz (Dr. D. Francisco Eugenio). Platicas | de los
principales mysterios | de nvestra S* Fee, | Con una breve exorta-
cion al fin del modo con que | deben excitarse al dolor de las cul-
pas. | Hechas en el Idioma Yucateco, | por orden | del Illmo. y Rmo.
Sr. Dt. y Mro. | D. F. Ignacio de Padilla, | Del Sagrado Orden de
San Augustin, Dignissimo Arzo- | bispo Obispo de estas Provincias
de Yucatan, de el | Consejo de su Majestad. | Por el Doctor D.
Francisco Eugenio | Dominguez, y Argaiz, Cura proprio de la Par-
rochial | del Santo Nombre de Jesus, intramuros de Ja Ciudad, | y
Examinador Synodal del Obispado de Yacatan [sic]. | Quien las
dedica | al dicho Illmo. y Rmo. Sefior. | Contiene seis Platicas: la
1. la Explicacion de N. Santa Fee: la 2. | el Mysterio de la SS.
Trinidad: la 3. el de Ja Encarnacion del Ver- | bo Divino: la 4. el
de la Eucharistia: la 5. la Explicacion del Fin | ultimo para que
fue criado el hombre; que es solo Dios: la 6. la | Explicacion del
modo con que deben excitarse al dolor | de las culpas. | — |

Impressas en Mexico en la Imprenta del Real y mas Antiguo |

Colegio de 8. Ildefonso, Aiio de 1758. | DGB.
6 p.1L, pp. 1-24, 11., verso blank. 4°. On the recto of the last leaf is the Act
of Contrition in verse. Improved title of No. 1064. :

1065 Donck (Adriaen vander). Beschryvinge | Van | Nieuw Neder-
lant. | (Gelijck het tegenwoordigh in Staet is) | Begrijpende de Na-
ture, Aert, gelegentheyt en vruchtbaerheyt | van het selve Landt;

DOMENECH—DONNELLY, 931

Donck (Adriaen vander)—continued.
mitsgaders de proflijtelijcke ende gewenste toevallen die | aldaer
tot onderhoudt der Menschen, (soo uyt haer selven als van buyten
inge- | bracht) gevonden worden. Als mede de maniere en onge-
meyne Hygenschap- | pen vande Wilden ofte Naturellen vanden
Lande. Ende een by sonder verhael | vanden wonderlijcken Aert
ende het Wessen der Bevers. | Daer noch by-gevoeght is | Een Dis-
cours over de gelegentheyt van Nieuw-Nederlandt, | tusschen een
Nederlandts Patriot, ende een Nieuw Nederlander. ! Beschreyen
door | Adriaen vander Donck, | Beyder Rechten Doctour, die
tegenwoordigh | noch in Nieuw-Nederlandt is | En hier achter by
gevoeght | Het voordetligh Reglement vande Ed: Hoog, Achtbare |
Heeren de Heeren Burgermeesteren deser Stede, | betreffende de
saken van Nieuw Nederlandt. | Met een pertinent Kaertje van ’t

zelve Landt vergiert, | en van veel druck-fouten gesuyvert. | — |
[Device. |

vAemsteldam | — | By Evert Nieuwenhof Boeck-verkooper, woo-
nende op | ’t Ruslandt, in ’t Schrijf-Boeck, Anno 1655. | C.

4 p.1l., pp. 1-100, ‘‘Register” 3 pp. sm. 4°. map. Improved title of No. 1065.
Vande verscheyde Geslachten en Talen, p. 67.

A copy of the 1656 edition, title of which is given, from Sabin, as No. 1066
hereof, is also in the Library of Congress.

1067 a Dondé (Joaquin) and Dondé (Juan). Lecciones | de | Botanica |
arregladas segun los principios admitidos por Guibourt | Richard,
Duchartre, de Candolle y otros | por | Joaquin y Juan Dondé |
{padre € hijo) farmaceuticos titulados, quimicos y naturalistas |
[&e., eight lines].

Merida de Yucatan | Imprenta Literaria de Juan F, Molina
Solis | 1876 | DGB.

Pp. i-xxiii, 1-259. sm. 8°.

Indice alfabetico de las plantas, &c., pp. 229-241, contains the names of a
number of plants in the language of Yucatan. The list was prepared by Thomas
Aznar Barbachano.

1067 b Donnelly (Ignatius). Atlantis: | the Antediluvian World. |

By | Ignatius Donnelly. | Illustrated. | [Quotation, 8 lines}.

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Franklin Square. | 1882. |

Title 1 1., pp. v—-x, 1-490. 12°. Frontispiece. BP. WE.

Vocabulary, English, Mandan, and Welsh (from Catlin), p. 115.—Comparison
of Dakota or Sioux (from Lynde) with other languages (Latin, English, Saxon,
Sanscrit, German, Danish, &c.), p.116.—The Maya alphabet, pp. 217-234.—Com-
parative vocabulary, English, Chiapenec, and Hebrew, p. 234.—Comparative
vocabulary, Chinese, Othomi, English, p. 435.

10676 - Atlantis: | the Antediluvian World. | By | Ignatius
Donnelly. | Illustrated. | [Eight lines quotation.| | Seventh Edi-
tion. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Franklin Square. | [N. d.]

Pp. iii-x, 1-490, 12°. Linguistics as in edition of 1882. C. BA. JWR.

932 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1078a Doublet de Boisthibault (J.) Les Voeux | des | Hurons et des
Abnaquis | & Notre-Dame de Chartres | publiés pour la premiére
fois | @’aprés les manuscrits des archives d’Eure-et-Loir | avec | les
lettres des missionnaires catholiques au Canada, | une introduction
et des notes, | par M. Doublet de Boisthibault. | [Figure.] | [Five
lines quotation. |
Chartres | Noury-Coquard, Libraire | Rue du Cheval-Blane, 26, |
MDCCCLVII [1857]. | S.T. V.
2 p.11., pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-82, 1 p. adv. 12°. colored plate.
“O Salutaris” in Abnaqui, p. 79, and in Huron, p. 80 (from Rasles). See Merlet
(Lucien), No. 2570; also Chaumonot (P. J. M.), No. 764.
1086 a Douglass (James). Private papers | of Sir James Douglass. | Sec-

ond Series. | B.

Manuscript. pp. 1-16. folio. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal.
Contains lists of native tribes from Puget Sound northward to Cross Sound,
Alaska, with traders’ and native tribal names, grouped according to languages,
pp. 7-33. Between pp. 33 and 34 are 14 blank pages.

This manuscript was copied from the original papers in Sir James’s possession ;
in Indian names the copyist has universally substituted an initial R for the
initial K.

Dousman (George G.) See Lapham (I. A.), Blossom (Levi), and
Dousman (George G.), No. 2202 a.

Drake (I*rancis S.), editor. See Schooleraft (H. R.), No. 3519 b.

1089 Drake (Samuel Gardner). Biography and History | of the |
Indians of North America; | comprising | a General Account of
them, | and | Details in the Lives of all the most distinguished
chiefs, and | others, who have been noted, among the various | In-
dian Nations upon the Continent. | Also, | a History of their
Wars; | their Manners and Customs; and the most celebrated
Speeches | of their Orators, from their first being known to | Euro-
peans to the Present Time. | Likewise | exhibiting an Analysis | of
the most distinguished, as well as absurd authors, who | have writ-
ten upon the great question of the | First Peopling of America. |
| Picture of an Indian; quotation, six lines.] | By Samuel G. Drake, |
Member of the New Hampshire Historical Society. | Fourth Edition, |
With large Additions and Corrections, and numerous Engravings. |

Boston: | J. Drake, 56 Cornhill, | at the Antiquarian Institute. |
1836. | a

Engraved title, pp. vi, 1 1., 4, 28, 120, 132, 72, 158, 18,12. 8°. plates. Title from
Mr. W. Eames.

The Astor Library has a copy of the fifth edition, with title exactly similar
to that given in No. 1089, except the date, which is 1837,

In the Library of Congress and in the Astor Library there are copies also sim-

ilar to that given in No. 1089, except in place of ‘‘Fifth Edition,” it reads ‘‘Sev-
enth Edition,” and the date is changed to 1837.

1091 —— Biography and History | of the | Indians of North Amer-
ica, | from its first discovery. | [Quotations, nine lines.] | By Sam-
uel G. Drake. | Eleventh edition. |

DOUBLET DE BOISTHIBAULT—DUNCAN. 933

Drake (Samuel Gardner)—continued.

Boston: | Benjamin B. Mussey & Co. | M. DCCC. LI [1851]. |

Pp. 1-720. 8°. plates.. Improved title of No. 1091. BL. WHS.

Comparative vocabulary, English, Kamskadale and Alévutean, p. 32.—
Lord’s Prayer in the Muhkekaneew language (from Edwards), p. 151.—Lord’s
Prayer in Wampanoag (from Eliot’s Bible), pp. 229-230.—Specimen of the
language of the Tarratines (from Williamson’s Maine), pp. 321-322.—Brief
specimen of the Muskogee language, p. 364.—Choktau numerals, 1-10, p 364.—
Lord’s Prayer in the language of the Six Nations (from Smith’s New York), p.
501.—Lord’s Prayer in the Shawanee language (from Carey’s Museum), p. 623.—
A sentence in Mohawk and Welsh compared, p. 628.

Also issued with the following title:

1091 @ ——— History | of the | Early Discovery of America, | and |
Landing of the Pilgrims. | With a | Biography | of the | Indians of
North America. | [Quotation, nine lines.| | By Samuel G. Drake. |

Boston: | Higgins and Bradley. | 1854. | z
Pp. 1-720. 8°. plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Linguistics as in eleventh
edition, No. 1091.

1099 a Ducrue (Abbé Franz Benno). Des Herrn Abbé Franz Benno
Ducrue ehemaligen Vorstehers aller californischen Missionen der
Gesellschaft Jesu. Reise aus Californien durch das Gebiet von
Mexico nach Europa im Jahr 1767. Aus dessen eigenhiindigen
lateinischen Nachrichten.

In Murr (C. G. von) Nachrichten, vol. 2, pp. 389-430. Halle, 1811. 8°. Cali-
fornische (Laymonische) Sprachprobe, pp. 394-397.
A German translation of No. 1099.

Dudley (J.) See Wright (Rev. Asher), editor, No. 4256.

1105 a Dunbar (John). [Manuscripts in the Pawnee language.] — JBD.
26 sheets, folio; in the possession of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J.
Gospel of Mark to chapter xii, verse 41, 15 sheets, written on both sides.—Be-
ginning of a Catechism, 2 sheets, written on both sides.—Text to accompany a

series of Bible cuts, 5 sheets, written on both sides.—Ten Commandments, 1
sheet, written on one side.

1105 b Dunbar (John B.) The | Pawnee Indians. | A Sketch. |

[New York, 1883. ] T. JWP.
Printed cover 11., title 11., 44 unnumbered ll. sm, 4°. A separate issue of

No. 1105.
1106 ——— Dictionary of the Pawnee language. JBD.

Manuscript. 1 p.1., ll. 1-136. 8°. Written mostly on one side only, with addi-
tional words in red ink on verso of some leaves. In Pawnee and English.
Contains nearly 2,000 words, carefully accented, with illustrative specimens,
phrases, &c.

1106 ——— [Grammatical sketch of the Pawnee language. | JBD.

Manuscript. L).1-41. 8°. Improved title of No. 1106. This is Mr. Dunbar’s
first draft, and is yet incomplete. These manuscripts are in possession of the

author.
1107 a Duncan (Prof. David). American Kaces. | Compiled and ab-
stracted by | Professor Duncan, M. A. | 0. JWP.

Forms Part 6 of Spencer (Herbert). Descriptive Sociology. New York, D.
Appleton & Co. [1878.] folio.

934 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Dunean (Prof. David)—continued.
Language, pp. 40-42, contains comments and extracts from many authors on
the Esquimaux, Chinooks, Snakes, Comanches, Iroquois, Chippewyans, Crees,
Chippeways, Dakotas, Mandans, and Creeks.

1108 « Dunn (John). History | of | the Oregon Territory | and British
North-American | Fur Trade; | with | an account | of the habits
and customs of the principal native | tribes on the Northern Con-
tinent. | By John Dunn, | late of the Hudson’s Bay Company, |
eight years a resident in the country. | Second Edition. |

London: | Edwards and Hughes, Ave-Maria Lane. | 1846.| A.
Pp. i-viii, 1-359, 8°. map. Linguistics as in first edition, pp. 358-359,

1109 @ Dunwoody (Lieut. Henry H. C.) Weather Proverbs. C. JWP.
Pp. 1-148. 8°. Forms No. IX of Hazen (William B.) Signal-Service Notes.
Washington, 1883.
Cushing (Frank Hamilton). Zuni weather proverbs, pp. 124-127.

1116 a Duralde (Martin). Vocabulary of the language of the Atacapas. *

1117 o ——— Vocabulary of the language of the Chetimachas. ee

These two manuscripts, the originals of Nos. 1116 and 1117, are in the library

of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa.; presented by Mr.
Jetferson.

1118 a Duran (Fr. Diego). Historia | de las | Indias de Nueva Espaiia |
y | Islas de Tierra Firme | por | el Padre Fray Diego Duran | Re-
ligioso de la Orden de Predicadores | (Escritor del siglo XVI.) |
Tomo II. |

México | Imprenta de Ignacio Escalante | Bajos de San Agustin,
Num. 1 | 1880 | B. DGB.

Title 11., ‘Al Lector,” verso blank, 11., pp. 3-304, 1 1. headed ‘‘ Dias Demasia-
dos,” Appendice 1 1., pp. 3-172, Indice pp. 173-177, Appendice 11. 4°. A third
volume contains the atlas. See No. 1118 for title of vol. 1.

“(A few copies of vol. 2 printed on large paper for private distribution; one in
my possession.”—Icazbalceta.

The original manuscript of this work is in the library of Mr. H. H. Bancroft,
San Francisco, Cal.

1120 a |Durocher (P. Flavien).] Catherine | Tekakouita. | (Traduction
Algonquine.) |
Tiohtiake [Montreal] | Tehoristorarakon J. Chapleau et Fils. |

1876. | S. JWP.
Outside printed cover 11, pp.1-52. 16°. Life of Catherine, in the Algonkin
language. By P. Durocher; corrected and published by Abbé Cuoq. By mis-
take the Iroquois name of Montreal (Tiohtiake) was left on the title-page when
the work was printed in Algonkin. See No. 2460 for the Iroquois version.
1120 b ——— Anicindbe aiamie Kikkinwa’ amagusiij aiamidte gaie i
wawabandang aiamie-kakwédjindwin. e
Manuscript. 115 pp. large8°. Inthe Algonkinlanguage. Title from Teza(E.),
No. 3833, Intorno agli studi del Thavenet, p. 2, where he speaks of it as follows:
“Un altro catechismo in algonchino, senza traduzione, si conserva a Roma (nelle
carte della V. Emm. coll. N°. xxvi.) Il ms. @ in ottavo grande, di buona scrit-
tura, e ha 115 pagine. Il Manuale [see next title] 6 in foglio, e ha 12 pagine.
Sono scritti tutti i due nel 1841.

DUNCAN—EDWARDS. 935

[Durocher (P. Flavien)|—continued.
1120 ¢ Manuel du sacré cceur de Marie. x
Manuscript. 12 pp. folio. In the Algonkin language. Title from Teza (E.)
Intorno agli studi del Thavenet, p. 2. See note to preceding title.
These manuscripts were sent by P. Durocher from Lac des Deux Montagnes,
May 28, 1841, to the Abbé Thavenet, asking that he have them printed, ‘deux
milles exemplaires du Catéchisme et mille du petit Manuel,” or, in the event of
the request not being complied with, it was requested of ‘‘monsieur Thavenet de
leur renvoyer leurs manuscrits yar monseigneur l’éyéque de Montréal, vu qu’ils
vont point de duplicata.”

— See Aiamieu, Nos. 40, 40 a, 40 b. See Ir Mishiniigin, No. 1947.

- Early Creek History. See [Robertson (Irs. A. E. W.) and Sulli-
van (N. B.)|, No. 3333.

Ebanhelio Hezu Clizto Zan Lucas. See Ruz (Fr. Joaquin), No.
3426 a.

1126 a Edwards (Amory). Vocabulario de los Indios Xicaques, por
Amory Edwards. *

Manuscript. Title from Dr. Brinton’s manuscript catalogue of the Berendt
collection in his possession.

1127 a Edwards (Bryan). The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of
the | British Colonies in the West Indies. | In two volumes. | By
Bryan Edwards, Esq. | of the Island of Jamaica. | Vol. I [-II]. |

Dublin: | Luke White. | M. DCC. XCIII [1793]. | A. MHS.

2 vols. : pp. i-xxiv, 1-491, map; i-x, 3-474, 8 ll. 8°. Vocabulary, vol. 1, p. 112.

In the Boston Public library there is a copy of an edition, London: John
Stockdale. 1794. 2 vols. 4°.(*)

1129 a The History, | Civil and Commercial, | of the | British
Colonies | in the | West Indies. | By Bryan Edwards, Esq. F. R. 8.
8. A. | Illustrated by an atlas, | and | embellished with a portrait
of the author. | To which is added a general description of the |
Bahama Islands, | By Daniel M’Kinnen, Esq. | In four volumes. |
Vol. I [-IV]. |

Philadelphia: | Printed and sold by James Humphreys, | At the
Corner of Second and Walnut-streets. | 1806. | CUBR:

4 vols. 8°. Short Charaibe vocabulary (from Rochefort), vol. 1, p. 122.

In the Boston Atheneum library there is a copy of an edition, London: John
Stockdale. 1807. 3 vols. 8°.(*) In the same library is a copy of an edition,
Charleston: E. Morford, Willington & Co. 1810. 4 vols. 8°.(*)

1129 b The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of the | British
West Indies. | By Bryan Edwards, Esq. F. R. S.S. A. | With | A
continuation to the present time. | Fifth Edition. | With maps and
plates. | In five volumes. | Vol. I |-V]. |

London: | Printed by T. Miller, Noble Street, Cheapside; | for G.
and W. B. Whittaker; W.H. Reid; J. Nunn; | J. M. Richardson;
J. Cuthell; T. Boone; T. | Maclean; T. and J. Allman; C. Brown;
W. | Mason; Lackington and Co.; Rodwell and | Martin: Oliver
and Boyd, Edinburgh; and Johnston and Deas, Dublin. | 1819. |

5 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p. 145. c. BP.

/

936 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1134a Edwards (Rev. Jonathan). Observations | on the | Language | of
the | Muhhekaneew Indians; | in which | The Extent of that Lan-
guage in North-Ame- | rica is shewn; its Genius is grammatically |
traced; some of its Peculiarities, and some | Instances of Analogy
between that and the | Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to
the | Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences, | And published at
the Request of the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Pastor
of a Church in New-Haven, and Member of the | Connecticut So-
ciety of Arts and Sciences. |
New-Haven, printed by Josiah Meigs, 1788; | London reprinted
by W. Justins, | Shoemaker-Row, Blackfriars. | M, DCC, LX X XIX
[1789]. | S. T. JWP. WHS.
Pp. i-iv (erroneously paged v), 5-15. 12°. Title mentioned in note to No, 1134.

1135 a Observations | on the | Language | of the | Muhheka-
neew Indians; | in which the extent of that language in North
America is shewn: | its genius is grammatically traced: some of its
peculia- | rities, and some instances of analogy between | that and
the Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to the Connecticut
Society of Arts and | Sciences, and published at the request of the
Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Pastor of a Church in
New-Haven, and Member of the Con- | necticut Society of Arts and

Sciences. |
New-York: | Printed by M. L. & W. A. Davis. | 1801. |
Pp. 1-16. 12°. See Occom (Samson), Nos. 2793-2794. Cc. BP. JWP

1141 a Eells (Rev. Myron). Author’s Edition. | Department of the Inte-
rior. | United States Geological and Geographical Survey. | I’. V.
Hayden, U.S. Geologist-in-Charge. | The | Twana Indians | of the |
Skokomish Reservation in Washington Territory. | By | Rev. M.
Fells, | Missionary among these Indians. | Extracted from the Bul-
letin of the Survey, Vol. III, No. 1. |

Washington, April 9, 1877. | WE. DGB.
Printed cover 1 1., pp.57-114. 8°. Separate issue of No. 1141.

1148 a Words, phrases and sentences in the language of the
Lower Tsi-hé-lis (Che-ha-lis).

Manuscript. Pp. 8-103. 4°. Inthe library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
“Collected in Washington Territory (southwest part) in March, 1882, from John
Clip, an Indian doctor, who talks good English,” and recorded in a copy of
Powell’s Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st edition.

Egede (Paul). See Tuksiautit attuagekset, No. 3936.

1169 Ejercicio. El Hjercicio | del | Santo Viacrucis | puesto en lengua
Maya | y | copiado de un antiguo manuscrito. | Lo da 4 la prensa
con superior permiso el Dr. | D. J. Vicente Solis y Rosales, quien
desea | se propague esta devocion entre los | fieles, principalmente
de laclase | indigena. Va corregida por | el R. P. Fr. M. Antonio |
Peralta.— |

EDWARDS—ELIOT. 9

-~l

Ejercicio—continued.

Mérida. | Imprentade J. D. Espinosa é hijos. | 1869. | B.DG@B. GEM.

Pp. 1-31. 16°. Improved title of No. 1169.

“There is a manuscript which has for a literal title the following: ‘Manu-
scrito de estacion de Pixila, y yo, Damian Chim, maestro de capilla.’ 48 pp. 4°.
From a note it appears that the copy was concluded by the Indian, Damian
Chim. By another title which appears after the frontispiece it seems that the
author of this work was Sr. Dr. D. Pedro Nolasco de los Reyes: ‘A deyocion del
Dr. D. Pedro Nolasco de los Reyes, cura interino de la parroquia de Santiago.
Héle en 30 de Enero de 1826 afios.’’ The work was finally given to the press in
1869 with the above title.”—Carvillo.

Extracts, in Maya only; reprinted as: Textes Mayas, in Archives de la Société
Américaine de France, nouvelle série, tome 1, pp. 373-378. See Rosny (L. de),
Nos. 3376-3377.

1173 [Eliot (John).| A further Accompt | of the Progresse of the | Gos-
pel | amongst the Indians | in | New-England, | and | Of the means
used effectually to advance the same. | Setforth | Incertaine Letters
sent from thence declaring a | purpose of Printing the Scriptures
in the | Indian Tongue into which they are already | Translated. |
With which Letters are likewise sent an Epi- | tome of some Exhor-
tations delivered by the In- | dians at a fast, as Testimonies of their
obedi- | ence to the Gospell. | As also some helps directing to the
Indians how to | improve naturall reason unto the knowledge | of
the true God. | — |

London, Printed by M. Simmons for the Corpo- | ration of New-
England, 1659. | L. JCB.

5 p.1L, pp. 1-35 (commencing on verso of the sixth leaf—the recto not being
numbered), and 11., verso blank. sm. 4-. Improved title of No. 1173.

Peirson (Abraham). Some Helps for the Indians, pp. [22]-35.

There is a reprint by Sabin, New York, 1865: title 1 1.,4 ll., pp. 1-21, 4° (c.),
which does not contain the Peirson Catechism.

1196 a — First column: Christiane OOnoowae Sampowaonk. |
Second column: The same in English. | A Christian Covenanting
Cantession [sic]. | ; -

11., verso blank. sm. 4°. Printed in two columns, Indian and English, with
the same kind of type which was used for the Indian Bible, and with a line of
55 small ornaments ai the top of the sheet. This copy is in the library of the
University of Edinburgh, and a manuscript note on the lower margin says:
“This Indian Confession & Covenant of the Converts in New-England was
brought from thence in the year 1690 & afterwards gifted to the Bibliotheck of
the Colledge of Ed’ge (my alma mater) by W. Trail.” From the following doc-
quet on the original, the donation seems not to have been made till the year
1699: ‘Indian Confession of Faith in New England, given be Mr. Trail, Min.,
Bosthwick, 1699.” A photolithographie facsimile accompanies Small’s reprint of
the Indian Primer of 1669, Edinburgh, 1880, from which the above title is taken.

Another edition as follows:

1197 ——— First column: Christiane OOnoowae Sampoowaonk. |
Second column: The same in English. | A Christian Covenanting
Confession. | CONG.

11., verso blank. sm.4°. Improved title of No. 1197. Printed in two col-
umns, Indian and English, with a line of 52 small ornaments at the top of tho

938 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Eliot (John) ]—continued.
sheet. This seems to be a later edition, as it contains several slight changes
and a few additional words and Scripture references.

“The upper half of the page contains nine articles of belief, with Scripture
proofs. Below (separated by a single rule across the page) are, in five articles,
a confession of faith in Christ, and a form of Covenant, prepared for the use of
Indian converts: ‘Wee that dwell in this Towne called [a blank space] are
gladly willing to bind ourselves to God, to Remember the Sabbath day,’ etc.,
and ‘give ourselves and our children to Jesus Christ, to walk with Him in
Church Order, so long as we live.’

“The first Indian Church was gathered in 1660, at Natick; but Mr. Eliot had
proposed the admission of the Indian converts to church estate, eight or nine
years before this. Some peculiarities of orthography in the Indian version of
this ‘covenanting confession’ seem to indicate that it was printed before the
Bible. It is alluded to by Cotton Mather (Magnalia, iii, 3, p. 178): ‘Unto the
general engagements of a covenant with God which it was his desire to bring
the Indians into, he added a particular article, wherein they bind themselves
.. . to remember the Sabbath-day, to keep it holy, as long as we live.’”—Trum-
bull.

This copy, which is in the Congregational Library, Boston, is slightly imper-
fect in the lower right-hand corner. A heliotype facsimile of this broadside was
made a few years ago, a copy of which is in my possession.

1199 a ——— and Rawson (Grindal). [Indian Primer.] L.
32°. In Indian and English, on opposite pages, with numbers doubled ;
wanting beginning and end, and 16 other leaves. It contains pp. recto 18, 19-26
doubled, verso 27, recto 30, 31-44 doubled, verso 45, recto 47, 48-50 doubled,
verso 51, recto 53, 54-60 doubled, verso 61, recto 67, 68-74 doubled, verso 75, recto
77, verso 78, recto 79, verso 80. Two of the leaves (pp. 26 and 27, 30 and 31)

are imperfect.

‘This seems to be the edition from which that of 1720 was reprinted. The
two agree, page for page, and line for line nearly, but there is a difference in the
type. As this contains Rawson’s translation of Cotton’s ‘Milk for Babes,’ it
was probably printed after or not long before 1691. It may be of the edition of
1687, mentioned in Isaiah Thomas’s list of books printed by Samuel Green ( Hist.
of Printing, i, 263). It is, so far as is known, unique.”—Brinley Catalogue,
No. 794.

1200a Eliot (William H.) Genealogy | of the | Eliot Family. | [Vig-
nette.| | Originally compiled by | William H. Eliot, Jr. | Revised
and enlarged by | William S. Porter, | Member C. H. Society, N.
E. H. and G. Society, ete. |
New Haven, Conn.: | George B. Bassett & Co. | Printed by T. J.
Staftord. | 1854. | wy
4p.ll.,pp. 9-184. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. The third and fourth pre-
liminary leayes contain facsimiles of title-page of Eliot’s Indian Bible, 1663,
Genesis, chap. 1, verses 1-10.
1200 b Eliot’s Bible for the Indians.

In Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, pp. 410-411. Philadelphia, -1874. 4°. Contains
fac-simile of part of a page of the Indian Bible.

1202. Ellis (Robert). Peruvia Scythica. | The | Quichua Language
of Peru: | its | derivation from Central Asia with the American |
languages in general, and with the Turanian | and Iberian lan-

ELIOT—EPISTOLAS. 939

Ellis (Robert)—continued.
guages of the Old World, | including | the Basque, the Lycian,
ae the Pre-Aryan | loneaaee of Etruria. | By | Robert Ellis, B.
, | author of “The Asiatic Affinities of the Old Italians,” and
ae Fellow | of St. John’s College, Cambridge. | [@uotation:
three lines. |
London: | Triibner & Co., 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill. | 1875. au
rights reserved. |
Pp. xi, 1-219. 8°. Chap. 2. Quichua and American affinities, as deduced
from numerals, pp. 14-50.—Chap. 3. Quichua and American affinities, as de-
duced from personal pronouns and words of familiar use, pp. 51-140. The com-
parative tables in these chapters include words from many North and South
American languages.

Title from Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, from copy in the Watkinson Library,
Hartford, Conn.

English and Dakota Service Book. See [Hinman (Rev. Samuel
D.) and Cook (Rev. Jeseph W.)], Nos. 1815-1816.

English and Dakota vocabulary: See [Riggs (ev. Stephen R.),
editor], No. 3295.

1215 Epistle. The | Epistle of Paul | to the Romans. | [Two lines
Cherokee characters. | JWP. WWB.
No title-page, pp. 1-55. 24°. In Cherokee characters.

1219 a@ Epistles. [The Epistles of John.] 1. WWB.
No title-page, 16 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Printed by the American
Bible Society in 1860.

1220 a ——— The | Epistles | of | Paul to the Corinthians. | [Two lines
Cherokee characters. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One ling
Cherokee characters.] | 1858. |
Pp. 1-125. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Contains also: Galatians, pp. 89-
106; Ephesians, pp. 107-125. Improved title of No. 1212, furnished by Mr. W.
Eames, from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach.

—— [Hpistles in the Mohawk Language.] See [Hill (A. H.)
and Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1786.

1223 [Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano. ] B.
Manuscript. 1591]. 12°. Improved title of No. 1223. In the Bancroft Library,
San Francisco ; bought at the Ramirez sale, in the catalogue of which it is en-
tered under No. 529, Homilies in the Mexican language, and in Ieazbalceta’s
Apuntes, No. 102, with the above title. It has no title, is beautifully written
in one handwriting of the 16th century, small leiters, neat and clear; words and
sentences in Latin and Spanish; dates, numerals, headings of divisions, para-
graphs, and initial letters inred. It begins with a Roman calendar, I. 1-8, fol-
lowed by
@ | Innomine dim. | Incipiunt Epistole et euangeli | a feria quarta
cinerum. |
LI, 1-57.

940 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano|—continued.

@ Dnica gq’. aduentus. | @ Incipiunt Epistole et Euagelia | Do-
minicalibus officiis cogrué | tias que per anni totius Discursus |
leguuntur traducta in lingua | Mexicana. |

LI. 1-46, followed by 1 blank 1. and 11. on which is written, in more modern
letters: ‘“‘Este libro pertese [sic] a la casa |de novisios de Santo Domingo
mi p°.”

@ In nomine dni. | Incipiuntur etiangelia quae | per ani totius
Tractum leguun | tur in diebus festis. |

Colophon: ( Axcan miercoles a. xxj dias del mes de Febrero |
de. 1596. Anos otlan ymicuillona Sancto Euang™. |

LI. 1-46. :

1223 a Epstein (Isidoro). Cuadro Sinoptico de las lenguas indigenas
de Mexico y representacion grafica de su clasificacion; formado
segun Ja obra del Sr. Francisco Pimentel intitulada “‘ Cuadro de-
scriptivo y comparativo de las lenguas indigenas de Mexico o
tratado de Filologia Mexicana” por Isidoro Epstein. JIWP.

1 sheet. folio. Copyright Jan. 6, 1876. A design consisting of four trees
showing the division of families into dialects.

1224 Erdmann (Friedrich). HEskimoisches Wo6rterbuch, | gesammelt |
von den Missionaren | in | Labrador, | revidirt und herausge-
geben | von | Friedrich Erdmann. |

Budissin, | gedruckt bei Ernst Moritz Monse. | 1864. |
2 p. ll, pp. 1-360, double columns. 8°. Eskimo-German throughout. Im-
proved title of No. 1224, W. WE. YC, DGB.

1226a Erman (Georg Adolph). Ethnographische Wahrnehmungen und
Erfahrungen an den Kiisten des Berings-Meeres von A. Erman.
In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 2 (1870), pp. 295-307, 309-393; vol. 3 (1871),
pp. 149-175, 205-219. Berlin, [n.d.] 8°.
Numerals of the Koljuschen, Aleuten, Kadjaker Insulaner, Namolli, Kangjulit,
and Ttynai oder Kenaizi, vol. 3, p. 216.

— See Lowe (I*.), No. 2340.

1226 b Erstes | Lesebuch | in der | Mosquito-Sprache. |
Gedruckt bei E. M. Monse in Budissin. | [n. d.] T. DGB.
Pp.1-16. 16°. Primer in the Mosquito language. Prayers, pp. 10-16.

Essay on the Antiquities of Gt. Britain and Ireland. See [Mal-
colme (fev. David)], No. 2409.

1240 a Etshit Thlu Sitskai.
Fragment (pp. 13-16) of an elementary book in the Selish language, Spokane
dialect, prepared by the missionaries at Tshimakain, Wallawalla, and printed
at the mission press in 1843 (pp. 16). The third book printed west of the Rocky
Mountains. The first was a Nez Percés primer (from the same press) in 1839.
[See No. 2755. ]
Title and note furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, from copy in his
possession.

Etudes Philologiques. See [Cuog (#év. Jean André)], No. 952.

/

EPISTOLAS—EVERBETTE. 941

1245 a Evans (James) end Jones (Rev. Peter). The first nine chapters |
of the | First Book of Moses, | called | Genesis. | Translated into
the Chippeway Tongue | by James Evans, | Missionary: | and |
revised and corrected by Peter Jones, | Indian Missionary. |

York: | Printed at the office of the Christian Guardian. | 1833. |

Second title: Shongahsweh | enewh natahmesingin chapters |
emah netum | Oodoozhebeeguning owh Moses, | Genesis | azhene-
kahdaig. | Anwaid owh Oojebwa keezhe ahnekahnootahbeung |
owh James Evans, | Makahdaweekoonahya: | kiya | kegwahyah-
quahsedood | owh Kahkewaquonaby, | Aneshenahba Makahdawee-
koonahya. |

York: | Kedahz he Ahdesegahdaig. | 1833. | T.

2411. 8°. English title verso first leaf, recto blank; Chippewa title recto
second leaf, verso blank ; half title in English, recto third leaf, on verso of which
text in English begins, and opposite which is the same in Chippewa. Alternate
p English and Chippewa thronghout.

1247 a Everette (Willis E.) Words, phrases and sentences in the lan-
guage of the Nez Percés or Niimipotitékén.
Manuscript. Pp. 77-228, 234-244.-4°. Collected, March 30, 1883, at the mouth
of Liipwé Creek, on Clearwater River, Idaho Ter., and recorded in a copy of In-
troduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d edition; complete.

1247 b ——— Words, phrases and sentences in the language of the
Qwiiswaipiim or Yakima Indians, with an account of their customs,
habits, ete.

Manuscript. Collected at Ft. Simcoe, Washington Territory, June 4, 1883,
and recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d
edition; complete.

1247 ¢ —_—_ Words, phrases and sentences in the language of the
Tuttténes, with an account of their customs, habits, ete.
Manuscript. Recorded in «a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian
Languages, 2d edition, pp. 77-244; complete. Collected on Siletz River, Western
Oregon, December 23, 1882, to February 26, 1883. In the alphabet adopted by
the Bureau of Ethnology.

1247 d ——— Lord’s Prayer and Hymns in the Chinook Jargon.
Manuscript. 2pp. 4°. The above manuscripts are in the Library of the

Bureau of Ethnology.
The following list was furnished me by the author; they are all in his posses-
sion, and each, he informs me, contains important linguistic matter.

1247 e ———- Alphabetical Vocabulary of adjectives, nouns, verbs,

pronouns, etc., in the Oglali dialect of the Sioux language. *

Manuscript. 1300 words. Collected in Sitting Bull’s camp on Milk River,
Montana Territory, October 24, 1878.

1247 f ——— Comparative Vocabulary of the Alsii and Kli/mig, or
Alsea and Klamath languages of the Pacific Coast of Western Ore-

: : =
gon, with English.
Manuscript. 1000 words. Collected at Yaquina Bay, Oregon, December, 1882.

942 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Everette (Willis E.)—continued.
1247 g ——— Comparative Vocabulary of the Oglali and Apsérriiki,
or Sioux and Crow. 2
Manuscript. 1000 words. Collected on Little Horn River, Montana Territory,
among the Indians of Two Bellies’ Camp, January, 1881.

1247h Sign Language of the North American Indians. 2
Manuscript. 1500 pp. folio. Collected between 33° and 53° N. Lat. and 100°
to 124° W. Long., 1875 to 1880. Illustrated by diagrams. Nearly finished.

12471 ——— Accouchements, with diagrams of positions, of North
American Indians. *
Manuscript. 400 pp. folio. Collected from Indians of the north central and

western United States, and the Saskatchewan River and Hudson Bay country
of North West Territories, British North America, 1877 to 1883. Unfinished.
1247 k ——— Dwellings of North American Indians: Skin, bark, stone,
wattles, and earth. *
Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected from Indians of south and northwest-
ern and north central United States, and Saskatchewan River, Hudson Bay, and
Great Slave Lake country, of Northwest Territories, British North America,
1873 to 1883. Illustrated; nearly finished.
1247 | ——— Food of the North American Indians: kinds of; manner
of preparing; utensils for cooking; mode of procuring; ete. 2
Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected from Indians of north central and
northwestern United States, and Saskatchewan River and Great Slave Lake
country of Northwest Territories and British North America, 1873-1883. Pro-
fusely illustrated; unfinished.

1247 m — Habits, Manners and Customs of North American In-

dians. 2
Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected from the Indians of the Missouri,
Columbia, Colorado, and Rio Grande River basins in the United States, and the
Saskatchewan River basin of Northwest Territories, British North America, 1873
to 1883. Illustrated; unfinished.
1247 n Medicines of the North American Indians: mode of pro-
curing and dispensing; ceremonies; ete. eo
Manuscript. 600 pp. folio. Collected from Indians of north central and north-
western United States, and Saskatchewan River and Athabasca Lake country,
Northwest Territories, British North America, 1873 to 1883. Illustrated; nearly
finished.

1247 0 ——— Mortuary Customs of North American Indians. o
Manuscript. 600 pp. folio. Collected from the Indians of the Missou:i and
Sashatchewan River basins, and on the Pacific Coast of the United States, 1873

to 1883. Illustrated; nearly finished.

1247 p Mythology of the North American Indians. <

Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected from Sioux, Crow, Cheyenne, Black-

feet, Columbia River, and Puget Sound Indians of the United States, and Cree,

Seauteaux, and Great Slave Lake Indians of the Northwest Territories, British
North America, 1873 to 1883. Illustrated; unfinished.

1247 q Traditions and General Superstitions of the North Amer-
ican Indians. 7

Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected between 25° to 53° N. Lat. and 90° to
127° W. Long., 1873 to 1883. Tlustrated; nearly finished.

:

EVERETTE—FALKNER. 943

Ewh Kechetwah-Muzzeneégun [in Ojibway]. See [O'Meara (Rev.
James D.)|, No. 2835.

Ewh Oomenwahjemoowin [in Ojibway]. See [O'Meara (Rev.
James D.)], Nos. 2829-2830.

1250a Examen de Conciencia | en lengua|de los Indios de | Santa
Ines. | 1860. | Presentiado 4 | Bancroft Library. | 1877. B.
Manuscript. Modern title J 1, pp. 1-15. sq. 16°. The manuscript is in fair con-

dition only, and the writing is very bad. In double columns, Spanish and Santa
Ines.

Exercises in Dictation, in English and Santee Dakota. See
[Hinman (fev. 8. D.)], No. 1807.

Exodus, in Cherokee. See Worcester (Rev. Samuel A.), No. 4207.

1250b Expedicion de la Nueva Vizcaya 1563. | Traduccion al castel-

lano | de un manuscrito mexicano | antiguo | B.

Manuscript. 17 1]. 4°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. In the Mex-
ican language, with interlinear Spanish translation; it relates to the founding
of the city of Durango. The manuscript is probably a copy.

Fabri (Joannis lyncei). See Hernandez (Francisco), No. 1744, note.

1256 [Fabricius (Otho).] Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlin okauzeennut |
nuktersimarsok, nar’kiutingozen- | niglo sukuiarsimarsok. |

Kiébenhavnime, | Illiarsuin iglodnne sissameksanik nakkitarsi-

marsok | 1827 | C. F. Skubartimit. | T. W. JWP.

Pp. i-viii, 9-1072. 12°. New testament in the Eskimo language. Second edi-

tion, revised by N. G. Wolf. Improved title of No. 1256. See No. 1255 for earlier

edition.
1257 —— Ivngerutit | Tuksiutidlo, | Kaladlinnut Opertunnut. |
Attuegekset. |
Kiobenhavnime, | Iliarsuin iglozenne aipeksénik nakittarsimar-
sut | C. F. Skubartimit. | 1801. | Ww. HU.

Pp. 1-528. sm. 12°. Improved title of No. 1257. Psalms in meter. Prayers,
pp. 386-528. Preface signed Otto Fabricius, 11 Jun., 1800.

Erslew mentions a psalm book, with appendix of prayers, in the Eskimo lan-
guage, Kjobenhavnime, 1788. 8°.

1266 Falkner (Daniel). Curieuse Nachricht | Von | Pensylvania |

in | Norden-America/ | Welche/ | Aus Begehren guter Freunde/ |

5 Uber vorgelegte 103. Tra- | gen/bey seiner Abreisz aus Teutsch- |

land nach obigern Lande Anno 1700. | ertheilet / und nun Anno

1702 in den Druck | gegeben worden. | Von | Daniel Falknern /
Professore, | Burgern und Pilgrim allda. |

Franckfurt und Leipzig/ | zu finden bey Andreas Otto / Buch-

handlern. | Im Jahr Christi 1702. | L.

Title, verso blank, 1 1.; Praemonitio, signed Falckner, Burger und Pilgrim
Pensylvanien in Nord America, 2 1l.; pp.1-58. 16°. Improved title of No. 1266.
Von der Wilden Sprache und Umbgang, pp. 15-16.

944 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

12664 Faraud (Mgr. Henry). Dix-huit ans | chez les Sauvages | Vo-
yages et Missions | de M Henry Faraud | Evéque d’Anemour,
Vicaire Apostolique de Mackensie, | dans l’extréme nord de ’Amé-
rique Britannique | @’aprés les documents de Ms" ?Evéque d’Ane-
mour | par | Fernand-Michel | Membre de la Société Eduenne | Avec
la biographie et le portrait de Mgr Faraud |

Librairie Catholique de Perisse Freres | (Nouvelle maison) | Regis
Ruffet et C'*, Suecesseurs | Paris | 38, Rue Saint-Sulpice. | Bru-
xelles | Place Sainte-Gudale, 4. | 1866 | Droits de traduction et de
reproduction réservés. | 8.

2 p. ll, pp.vii, xvi, 1-456. 8°. Remarks on the Cree language, with examples,
pp. 82-84.—On the Montagnais, pp. 84-86.—Tribus Sauvages, pp. 333-383, contains
names of tribes, with meanings, scattered through.

1270 a Faulmann (Karl). Wlustrirte | Geschichte der Schrift | Populér-
Wissenschaftliche Darstellung | der | Entstehung der Schrift |
der | Sprache und der Zahlen | sowie der | Schrift systeme aller
Volker der Erde | von | Karl Faulmann | Professor der Stenogra-
phie, Ritter des Kgl. Bayer. Verdienstordens vom H. Michael, |
Besitzer zweier Verdienst-Medaillen der Wiener Weltausstellung. |
Mit 15 Tafeln in Farben- und Tondruck | und vielen in den text
gedruckten schriftzeichen und schriftproben. | [Printer’s ornament.]

Wien. Pest. Leipzig. | A. Hartleben’s Verlag. | 1880. | Alle Rechte
Vorbehalten. | A.W.

Pp. xvi, 632. 8°.

Indianische Bilderschriften (with specimens of Chippewa songs), pp. 198-204.—
Die Mexikanische Schrift, pp. 213-224.—Die Yukatanische Schrift, pp. 224-228.—
Die Schrift der Tscherokesen, p. 230.—Schrift der Tinne-Indianer, p. 231.—Schrift
der Kri-Indianer, pp. 231-232.—Schrift der Mikmak-Indianer (with Lord’s Prayer
in hieroglyphics), pp. 282-234,

1277 Feria (Fr. Pedro de). Confesonario en la misma Lengua [Zapoteca].
Printed, according to Remesal.—Beristain. @
Fr. Pedro de Feria, so called from the place of his birth in Extremadura (for
his true name was Gonzalez), was born in 1524, He studied in the University
of Salamanca, and in 1545 joined the order of the dominicans. In 1551 he came
to New Spain, and for some time was prior of Teticpac, in which convent he
composed the Doctrina Zapoteca. In 1558 he was definidor, and was stationed
in Yanhuitlan. He was also prior of the convent of Mexico, and accompanied
Tristan de Arellano’s expedition to Florida in 1559. In 1565 he was elected pro-
vincial of the province of Santiago de Predicadores de la Nueva Espaia, and
in 1570 was sent as procurator to Spain and to Rome. On being made bishop of
Chiapa in 1575, he returned to Mexico, where he died in 1588.

Davila Padilla says that ‘‘he wrote a Doctrina en lengua Zapoteca, which was
p: uted in Mexico”; but in his catalogue of the writers of the province, he does
not attribute the Doctrina to him, but only a Confesonario in the same language.
Burgoa speaks only of a Doctrina printed ‘‘with the title of Cartilla, which this
modest author gave to it.” Remesal'states that he made an Arte and Vocabula-
rio of the svme tongue, ‘the best and fullest that we have.” Gonzalez Davila
and D. Nicolas Antonio mention the Vocabulario only. Quetif and Echard
doubt whether the Doctrina and Confesionario are the same work. Pinelo-Bar-
cia enumerates: ‘¢1. Confesonario en lengua Zacapula or Zapoteca, which was

FARAUD—FERNANDEZ. 945

Feria (fr. Pedro de)—continued.

printed, according to Remesal (if this author does say so, I have been unable
to find the passage). 2. Vocabulario mds copioso de la misma lengua, in manu-
script. 3. Doctrina cristiana en ella, printed in Mexico according to Dévila in
the Historia de Mexico, fol. 672.” This last reference is incorrect; the passage
is on p. 594 of the edition of 1596, and on p. 479 of the edition of 1625. Beris-
tain, besides the Doctrina, which he says plainly that he had seen in the library
of the Colegio de S. Gregorio (but which I have not found there), attributes to
P. Feria the ‘‘Confesonario, printed, according to Remesal” (a notice which
seems to be taken from Pinelo-Barcia), and the Vocabulario (without saying
whether it was printed or in manuscript).

It appears from all this, that Davila Padilla gave the names of Doctrina and
Confesonario to the same work, which is not strange, as they were generally in-
cluded in one volume; and that there is no reason to doubt the existence of the
Arte and Vocabulario, based on the authority of Remesal. At all events, no
other writings of P. Feria in this tongue now remain, except the very rare Doc-
trina Zapoteca, of which no copy is known in Mexico.—Icazbalceta, Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI, pp. 141-144.

—— See [Cordoba (Fr. Juan)|, No. 889, note.

Fernand-Michel (Francois Fortuné). See Faraud (Mgr. Henry),
No. 1266 a.

1280 Fernandez (fr. Benito). [Doctrina en lengua Mixteca. Mexico,
1568}.

Fr. Benito Fernandez was sent to the Misteco mission about the year 1548,
where he had charge of the pueblos of Tlaxiaco and Achiutla. He acquired
their language perfectly in a short time, and remained among them until his
death, the year of which is unknown.

The two editions of the Doctrina, printed in 1567 and 1568, are now in the
library of the Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica at Mexico, and are supposed
to be unique. Two earlier editions, dated 1550 and 1564, have been mentioned
by bibliographers, but no copy of either has been found, and it is very doubtful
whether the latter, which rests solely on the authority of Barcia, was ever
printed. It is also worthy of note that neither of the two known editions con-
tains any reference to a previous one, although it was the custom, in such cases,
to add the words agora nuevamente impresa, or something to that effect. The
earliest writer who speaks of this Doctrina is Davila Padilla, who says that it
“was printed in Mexico in 1550.” Another dominican, Fr. Alonzo Fernandez,
gives the sane date. P. Burgoa, who was well acquainted with the Mistecos
and their language, writing in 1670, speaks of it as having been printed for 120
years. Antonio de Leon (Pinelo) has only this brief notice: ‘‘Fr. Benito Fer-
nandez, dominican. Doctrina, Epistolas y Evangelios en lengua misteca,
printed.” He gives no date, but in these few lines we meet with the first and
only original notice of the Epistolas and Evangelios. Barcia, in his reprint of
Pinelo, adds the dates: “printed 1550, 4°; 1564, 4°; 1568, 4°.” Nicolas Antonio
mentions only the edition of 1568. Quetif and Echard, quoting from. Diivila
Padilla and Pinelo, give the Doctrina of 1550, and the “Epistolarum ev’ Eyan-
geliorum - - - versio,” to which they add the date of 1568. Eguiara gives the
date as follows: “Mexici, ex typographia Petri de Ocharte, 1568, in quarto,”
and briefly refers to the editions of 1550 and 1564, which he says that he had
never seen. Alcedo cites an edition of 1586, which is probably an error for 1568.
Beristain says that it was ‘‘printed in Mexico, by Pedro Ocharte, 1568, and pre-
viously in 1550, and 1564, in 4°.” Ternaux mentions the editions of 1550 and
1568. The dominican Fr. Antonio de los Reyes, in his Arte en Lengua Misteca,

60 Bib.

946 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Fernandez (1. Benito)—continued.
says that P. Fernandez had printed his Doctrina in two different dialects:
“Nevertheless, after the printing of the Doctrina of P. Fr. Benito Hernandez,
which was in the language of Tlachiaco and Achiutla, afterwards, in that which
was translated into the language of Tepuzculula, were introduced certain words
not used formerly,” etc. From this passage it would appear that there was an
earlier edition than that of 1567; for it is evident from the dates given in the
colophons and from the size of the volumes, that the editions of 1567 and 1568
must have been going through the press at the same time. The edition of 1567,
which is not mentioned by any of the early writers and bibliographers, was first
described by Sr. Pimente] in his Cuadro Descriptivo, in 1862.—Icazbalceta, Bibli-
ografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI, pp. 148-154.
See Chuchona, No. 798 a. See Doctrina, No. 1056 a.

1281 a Ferrard (Abié Martin). [Dictionary of the Ojibwa language—
Ojibwa English, alphabetically arranged. | F.
Manuscript. 3 vols. 4°. In possession of the author. Vol. 1, pp. 1-591, com-
prises the letters A-G. Vol. 2, H-N, is in course of preparation; it consists of
about 1,200 pages. Vol. 3, O-U, unfinished, about 1,000 pages.
The Abbé Ferrard was for many years a missionary among the Chippewas
around Lake Superior. He is now (1882) stationed at the Sault au Recollet,
Island of Montreal, where he is preparing his linguistic material for the press.

— See Mahan (I. L.), No. 2406, note.

1282 Ferry (Hippolite). Description de la Nouvelle Californie, &c.
Some copies have imprint as follows:

Paris. | L. Maison, Editeur des guides Richard, et de ’Etranger. |

1850. | B.

1282 a ——— La | California | descrizione | Geografica, Politica e
Morale | che contiene | La storia della scoperta di questa terra.—
Quadro degli avvenimenti | politici che vi si effettuarono.—Detta-
gli sulla sua topografia, sul clima, | e sulle produzioni minerali,
vegetabiti, animaliimNozioni intorno alla | mineralogia, metallurgia
e geologia, carattere, spirito, usi e costumi de’ suoi | abitanti—De-
serizione delle sue baie, porti, citta, missioni, e villaggi.— | Cog-
nizioni nautiche sulle sue baie e sui suoi porti.—Tariffa delle doga-
ne | in California. —Istruzioni generali relative alle strade che
conducono in | California, ai luogbi di passaggio, e descrizione di
Changres, Panama, | del Capo Horn e della Terra di Fuoco, ec. ee. |
Di Ippolito Ferry | Membro Della Societa’ Geografica di Parigi |
Prima Traduzione Italiana | di S. d.s. |

Venezia | Dalla Tipografia Fontana | 1851. | C.

Pp. 3-340. 38°. A translation of No. 1282.

Short comparative vocabulary of American Indian and Asiatic words, p. 175.—
short disquisition on the diversity of the Indian languages in California, with a
few ‘‘Rosmen” [Rumsen] and “Psteni ” words, pp. 186-187.—Lord’s Prayer ‘‘in
lingua indiana della Vallata de’ Tulari”, p. 188.

1282) [Field (Thomas W.)| Indian, Dutch and English names of Lo-
calities in Brooklyn. ce
In Manual of the Common Council of the City of Brooklyn, for 1868, pp. 459-

470. Brooklyn, 1868, 8°. Reprinted in:

FERNANDEZ—FLETCHER 947

Field (Thomas W.)—continued.

1252 ——— Historic and Antiquarian Scenes | in | Brooklyn and its
Vicinity, | with | illustrations of some of its antiquities | by | T. W.
Field |

Brooklyn. | 1868. | BA. BL.

4p. ll, pp. 1-96. royal 8°. 1 map and 11 plates. Indian, Dutch and English
names of localities in Brooklyn and its vicinity, pp. 49-60.

Figueroa (fr. Antonio Rosa Lopez). See Rosa Lopez Figueroa
(Fr. Antonio), No. 3370.

1299 a Fisher (William J.) Words, phrases, and sentences in the lan-
guage of the Ugashachmiit Indians of Ugashak River, Bristol Bay,
Alaska, and of the Kagéagémut Indians, of Kaguiak-Kadiak Island,
Alaska.

Manuscript. Pp. 77-228, 10 Il. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the
Study of Indian Languages, 2d edition, incomplete. In the library of the Bureau
of Ethnology. The two dialects are in paralle] columns.

1299 b [Fitch (Asa).| Words in the St. Francis Indian dialect. id

Manuscript. 8 pp. 16°. In English and Indian.

1299 ¢ ——— Names of Insects in the languages of several tribes of
American Indians (Lenape or St. Francis dialect, Muskokee, He-
che-ta, Yu-che, etc.). Followed by: Muskokee Indian words (from
Fleming’s Muskokee Assistant). *

Manuscript. 4pp. 8°. Bothin possession of John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J.

1307 [Fletcher (Rev. Richard).]| Breve Devocionario | para | todos los
dias | de | la Semana. | Payalchioob | utial | tulacal Je u kiniloob |
tile | semana. |

Londres. | [W. M. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.] | 1865. |
Title-page reverse p. 2; pp. 2-17, 2-17, double numbers (35 pp. in all), alternate
pages Spanish and Maya. Improved title of No. 1307. DGB.

1308 ——— Catecismo | de las Metodistas. | No. I. | Para los ninos
de tierna edad. | Catecismo ti le Metodistaoob. | No. I. | Utial
mehen palaloob. | E

Londres. | [W. M. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.] | 1565. |

Title-page reverse p. 2; pp. 2-17, 2-17, double numbers (35 pp. in all), alternate

| Spanish and Maya. Improved title of No. 1308. DGB.
| mire :

1309 ——— Leti u Ebanhelio | Hezu Crizto | Hebix | Huan. |

| London: | 1869. | DGB. JWP.

Title1]., pp. 1-83. 16°. Reverse of title: ‘‘ Cambridge: Printed for the British
| and Foreign Bible Society, by C. J. Clay, M. A., at the University Press.” Im-
proved title of No. 1309.

One of Dr. Brinton’s copies has a manuscript note by Dr. Berendt as follows:
“Translated by the Rev. A. Henderson and the Rey. Reh. Fletcher. I under-
stand this to be a second edition, the first having been printed in London, 18638,”

948 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1312 a Fleurieu (Charles Pierre Claret, Comte de). Voyage | autour -
du monde, | pendant les années 1790, 1791 et 1792, | Par Etienne
Marchand, | précédé | d’une introduction historique ; | auquel on a
joint | des recherches sur les terres australes de Drake, | et | un
examen critique du voyage de Roggeween; | avec cartes et figures: |
Par C. P. Claret Fleurieu, | De Institut National des Sciences et
des Arts, | et du Bureau des Longitudes. | Tome I [-V]. |

A Paris, | De VImprimerie de la République. | An VI [-VIII]
[1798-1800]. A. B.

5 vols. 8°. Atlas, 4°. Linguistics as in quarto edition, vol. 2, pp. 107-108,
528-529, and folding table.

1312 b A | Voyage | round the world, | performed | during the
years 1790, 1791, and 1792, | by | Etienne Marchand, | preceded |
by a historical introduction, | and | Illustrated by Charts, ete. |
Translated from the French | of | C. P. Claret Fleurieu, | of the
National Institute of Arts and Sciences, and of the Board of |
Longitude of France. | Vol. I. [-III. | Charts, &e.] |

London: | Printed for T. N. Longman and O. Rees, Paternoster-
Row; and T. Cadell, Jun. | And W. Davies, Strand. | 1801. | C.

3 vols. 4°. Linguistics as in the French edition (No. 1312), vol. 1, pp. 255-256,
325, and vol. 2, pp. 187-193.

1313 a Flint (Dr.) Vocabulary | of the Huastuso Indians [Costa
Rica] | Communicated by | Dr. Flint. | 1876. ] DGB.

Manuscript. 1 sheet folio. Forms part of the Berendt collection.

Flores (fr. Ildefonso Joseph). See Torresano (fr. Estevan), No.
3881.

Folsom (i. W.), editor. See Star Vindicator, No. 3739.

1315 a Fontanelle (Henry). Ponea Vocabulary. : *
Manuscript. 9 pp. folio. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

Foreman (—). See Worcester (fev. S. A.) and Foreman (—)
Nos. 4233-4234.

?

Form for making Catechists. See [Cook (Joseph W.)], No. 866.
Forster (W. E.) See Clarkson (Thomas), No. 815 d.

1318 a Fort y Roldan (Nicolas). Cuba Indigena | por | Nicolas Fort
y Roldan | Oficial primero [etce., three lines]. |
Madrid | Imprenta de R. Moreno y R. Rojas | Isabel la Catoélica,
num. 10 | 1881 | DGB.
Pp. i-viii, 1-200. sm. 4°,
Capitulo I. Ideas sobre la filologia indigena, pp. 1-29.—Capitulo V. Vocabu-
lario etimolégico de los indigenas cubanos, pp. 121-182, alphabetically arranged.

Fossarieu (P. de Lucy). See Lucy-Fossarieu (P. de), No. 2348.
Fragorri (fr. Juan). See Iragorri (#r. Juan Francisco), No. 1948.

FLEURIEU—FUENTES Y GUZMAN. 949

1328 Franklin (John). Narrative of a Journey | to the shores of | the
Polar Sea, | in the years | 1819, 20, 21, & 22. | By | John Franklin,
Captain R. N., F. R.S., | and Commander of the Expedition. |
With an Appendix contaiving Geognostical Observa- | tions, and
Remarks on the Aurora Borealis. | [lustrated by a frontispiece and
map. | Published by authority of the Rt. Hon. the Earl Bathurst. |

Philadelphia: | H.C. Carey & I. Lea, A. Small, Edward Parker,
Marty & | Davis, B. & T. Kite, Thomas Desilver, and BE. Lit-
tell. | 1824. | B. C. BL.

Pp. i-xi, 1-482. 8°. Plate and map. Names of animals, fish, plants, etc., in

the Cree language, pp. 78-83.—Blackfoot vocabulary, pp. 97-98. Improved title
of No. 1328.

1329 Journey | to the | Shores of the Polar Sea, | In 1819-20-
21-22: | with | a brief account of the second journey | In 1825-
26-27. | By | John Franklin, Capt. R. N. F. R.S., | and Commander
of the Expedition. | Four vols.—With plates. | Vol. I [-IV]. |

London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | MDCCCXXIX
[1829]. | ss!
4 vols. 24°. Names of animals, plants, ete., in the Cree language, vol. 1, pp.

170-182.—Blackfoot vocabulary, vol. 1, p.214.—Names of parts of an Esquimaux
house, vol. 3, p.5. Improved title of No. 1329, from Mr. W. Eames.

1332 Froebel (Julius), Aus Amerika. | Erfahrungen Reisen und
Studien | von | Julius Froebel. | Erster [-Zweiter] Band. | Zweite
wohlfeile Ausgabe. |

Leipzig | Dut’sche Buchhandlung. | [N. d.] B.

2 vols. 12°. Improved title of No. 1332. Vocabulary of the Woolwa, vol. 1,
pp. 400-401.—Short Mescalero-Apache vocabulary, vol. 2, p. 163.

1333 ——— Seven Years’ Travel | in | Central America, | Northern
Mexico, and the Far West of | the United States. | By Julius
Froebel. | With numerous Illustrations. | [Device.]

London: | Richard Bentley, | Publisher in Ordinary to Her Maj-
esty. | M. DCCC. LIX [1859]. | The right of translation is re-
served. | A.B. C0. BA.

Pp. i-xiv, 1 1., pp. 1-587. 8°. Improved title of No. 1333.

Chap. viii, pp. 116-140. ‘‘An excursion to the Province of Chontales and to
the upper Mosquita” contains a few scattering terms of the Indians of that
region, but no Woolwa vocabulary. Nor does it contain the Mescalero Apache

vocabulary. Geographical names of Aztec origin, pp. 54-56.—Aztee words in
the Spanish idiom, pp. 56-57.

1338 a Fuensalida (fr. Luis). Dialogos 6 Coloquios in dicha Idioma
[Mexicana] entre la Virgen Maria y el Arcangel Gabriel. *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain. .

1342 Fuentes y Guzman (J). Francisco Antonio). Biblioteca de los
Americanistas. | Historia de Guatemala | 6 | Recordacién Florida |
escrita el Siglo xvii por el Capitan | D. Francisco Antonio de

950 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Fuentes y Guzman (D. Francisco Antonio)—continued.
Fuentes y Guzman | natural, vecino y regidor perpetuo de la
ciudad | de Guatemala | que publica por primera vez | con notas 6
ilustraciones | D. Justo Zaragoza | Tomo I[-IT] |
Madrid | Luis Navarro, editor | Colegiata, num. 6. | 1882 [-1883] | *
Pp. lvi, 475; 440. 8°. Improved title of No. 1342, from Sr. Icazbalceta and Dr.
D. G. Brinton.
1343 Fuertes (E. A.) Vocabularies of the Zapoteco from Suchitan,
Zoque from Chimalapa and Mixe from Guichicore, 1871. DGB.
Manuscript. 53 pp. 4°. Copy of that in the Bureau of Ethnology, made by
Dr. Berendt. See Spear (John C.) Report on * * Tehuantepec, No. 3711. Mr.
Fuertes accompanied this expedition as civil engineer, and he probably had
much to do with the collection of the vocabularies.

Furman (Gabriel). See Denton (Daniel), No. 1027.
Further Accompt. See [Eliot (John)], No. 1173.
Further Correspondence. See Arctic Expedition, No. 148.

1348 a Gad nah shoh | neh | de 0 waah’sio/nyoh gwen | na/wénni’yuh. |
Ho nont/gah dei ho di‘ya do/nyoh. |
New-York: | American Tract Society. | 1852. | Cc. 0. T.
Pp. 1-232. 18°. H. M. Morgan, Printer, Gowando, N. Y. Seneca Hymn Book.
A variation of title No. 1348. The Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 385, gives brief
title of an edition of 1857. See Wright (Kev. Asher), No. 4256, note.
1350 Gada nah shoh | Neh | Deo waah’ sao’ nyoh gwah | Na’ wénni’
yuh. | Honont’ gahdeh hodi’ yado’ nyoh. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau- Binet,
New York. | [N. d.]

Pp. 1-352, 31 unnumbered ll. 16°. Improved title of No. 1350, furnished by
Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.

1352a Gabb (Wm.M.) Tribus y lenguas indigenas de Costa Rica Por
Wm. M. Gabb. Conferencia leida ante la American Philosophical
Society de Filadelphia, en agosto 20 de 1875. Traducida del inglés
por don Manuel Carazo. DGB.
In Fernandez (Don Leén). Colleccion de Documentos para la Historia de
Costa-Riva, vol. 3, pp. 303-486. San José de Costa-Rica, 1883.
1362 a Gabriel (Peter John). Amwes-winto-wagen. The Song of the
Bees. :
Colophon: Campobello, N. B., Aug. 12th, 1883. T. JWP.
2 ll. sq.24°. Verse of 18 short lines in the Milicite dialect, spoken by the
Indians of St. John’s River, and translated into English by Charles Godfrey
Leland (Hans Breitman). Milicite recto 1. 1, English verso 1.2. The Indian
is by a Micmac native of New Brunswick. It was printed at Eastport, Me., in
the summer of 1883, and sold at a church fair for erecting a parsonage.
1364a Gage (Thomas). Nouvelle | Relation, | contenant | les Voyages
de Thomas Gage | dans la Nouvelle Espagne, ses diverses |
avantures; & son retour par Ja Province | du Nicaragua, jusques
a la Havane. | Avec | la Description de la Ville | de Mexique telle
quelle estoit autrefois, | & comme elle est a present. | Ensemble

“Sa

FUENTES Y GUZMAN—-GAILLAND. 951

Gage (Thomas)—continued.

vne Description | exacte des Terres & Provinces que possedent
les | Espagnols en toute Amerique, de la forme de | leur gouverne-
ment Hcclesiastique & Politique, | de leur Commerce, de leurs
Meeurs, & de celles | des Criolles, des Metifs, des Mulatres, des |
Indiens, & des Negres. Et un Traité de la | Langue Poconchi ou
Pocomane. | Dedié 4 Monseigneur Colbert Secretaire d’Etat. | Le
tout traduit de ?Anglois, par le sieur de | Beaulieu Hués O Neill. |
Premiere [—Qvatrieme] Partie. |

A Paris, | Chez Gervais Clouzier, au Palais, sur les degrez
en | montant pour aller 4 la Sainte Chapelle au Voyageur. |
M. DC. LX XVI [1676]. | Avec Privilege dv Roy. | B. HU.

4 vols. 12°. Breve Instruction pour apprendre la Langue Indienne qu’on
appelle Poconchi, vol. 4, pp. 125-153.

1366 ——— Novvelle | Relation | des | Indes Occidentales, | conte-
nant | Les Voyages de Thomas Gage dans la | Nouvelle Espagne,
ses diverses avantures. | Et | Son retour par la Province de Nica-
ragua, jusques | 4 la Havane, avec la description de la Ville de |
Mexique, telle quelle estoit autresfois, & comme | elle est a pre-
sent. | Ensemble | Vn« Relation exacte des Terres & Provinces que
possedent | les Espagnols en Amerique, de la forme de leur Gou- |
vernement Eecclesiastique, & Politique, de leur Com- | merce, de
leurs meeurs,’& de celles des Criolles, des Me- | tifs, des Mulatres,
des Indiens, & des Negres. Et vn | Traité de la Langue Poconchi
ou Pocomane. | Dedié a Monseigneur Colbert Secretaire | d’Estat. |
Le tout traduit de PAnglois, par le sieur De | Beavliev Hués
O Neil. |

a Paris | Chez Gervais Clouzier, au Palais; sur les degrez |
en montant pour aller a la Ste Chappelle, au Voyageur. |
M. DC. LX XVII [-M. DC. LX XVI] [1677-1676.] | Avec privilege
dy Roy. | A.C.

4 vols. 12°. Vols. 1 and 2 are dated 1677, and 3 and 4, 1676; the titles of vols.
2, 3, and 4 agree with the preceding title, No. 1364a. Poconchi vocabulary,
yol. 4, pp. 125-153.

Eleven other editions of the French translation of Gage’s Travels appeared,
all of which I have seen either in the Library of Congress or the library of the
late John Carter Brown, none of which contain the Poconchi vocabulary. They
are as follows: Amsterdam, 1680, 1685, 1687, 1694, 1695, 1699, 1720, 1721, 1722,
1838, 1858; all in 12°.

1374 a ——— The Lord’s Prayer in the Poconchi language. =

In Notes and Queries, first series, vol. 6, p.61. London, 1852. 4°. Title from
Mr. W. Eames.

1376 Gailland (Rev. Manuel). Dictionary and Grammar of the Pote-
wattomie language. *
Manuscript. sm. 4°. I am informed by Mr. John B. Dunbar that the above
manuscript is deposited in St. Mary’s College, St. Mary’s Mission, Kansas. 1
have written to the president of the college for particulars, but without success,

952

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gala (Leandro R. de la). See [Vales (D. José Pilar)], No. 3976.
[Galiano (D. Dionisio Aleala).] See [Alcala Galiano (D. Dionisio). |
Galitzin (Emanuel). See Wrangell (Admiral F. von), No. 4237.

1392 a Gallatin (Albert). Letter to Henry Rowe Schoolcraft respecting

the use of the letters V and L in the Eskimau language. C. WE.
In American Biblical Repository, 2d series, v. 1, pp. 448-449. New York,
1839. 8°.

1398 Gante (fr. Pedro de). Doctrina cristiana en lengua mexicana.

Amberes 1528. tS

Mendieta says that it was printed, without saying where or when (lib. iv,
cap. 44; lib. v, pte.i, cap. 18). Torquemada copies this (lib. xix, cap. 33; lib. xx,
eap.19). Betancurt adds that in two years the author had printed it at Antwerp
(Menologio, 29 de Junio. Varones ilustres, nimero 5). It is not known whether
these two years should be counted from the arrival of Fr. Pedro or from the com-
position of the book. Beristain gives it the date of 1528 (tom. ii, p.17). No copy
of this edition of Antwerp has been found, but there is no reason to doubt its
existence: it is known that Fr. Toribio de Motolinia also printed a Doctrina,
which has not yet been discovered. It is not at all improbable that with the
desire of spreading the Christian doctrine, I'r. Pedro composed this book as
quickly as possible, and as there was no printing press in Mexico, sent it to be
printed in Flanders, where he had business relations and where much printing
was done. In the brief acts which Grijalva gives of the first chapter held by
the Agustinians on Corpus Christi day in 1534, it was decreed that the Indians
should be taught the catechism ‘‘conformed to the Doctrinal of Fr. Pedro de
Gante” (Edad I,cap.10). It appears that if it was thus adopted, it must have
been already printed abroad, as no printing was done here. ‘The edition, dis-
tributed among the children, disappeared in their destructive hands. If, as I
believe, the Doctrina of 1547 [No. 1052] is the work of P. Gante, we shall con-
sider it to be the first Mexican edition; and the fact of knowing but a single
very imperfect copy, gives greater probability to the real existence and disap-
pearance of that of Antwerp. Neither is the edition of 1553 more fortunate in
this respect: only two copies are known, both of which lack the title-page. We
have, therefore, one edition of the Doctrina, perfectly authenticated, and two
which are somewhat doubtful.—Jcazbalceta, Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI,
pp. 43-44,

1400a Gaona (Fr. Juan). Coloquios en lengua Mexicana de la Paz, y

Tranquilidad Christiana, su Autor el P. Fr. Juan Gaona, Francis-
nano [sic].
En Mexico ao de 1583. *
Title from Boturini § xxvi, No. 6. § xxvi, No. 7, is: Los mismos manuscritos.
See quotation from Icazbalceta’s Apuntes in note to No. 1400 of this catalogue.

1403 Garcia (fr. Gregorio). Origen de|los Indios de el | Nuevo

Mundo, e Indias | Occidentales. | Averiguado con discurso-de opi-
niones, por el Padre | Presentado Fr. Gregorio Garcia de la | orden
de Predicadores. | Tratanse en este libro | varias cosas y puntos
curiosos tocantes a di- | uersas ciencias y facultades con que se hace
va | ria historia, de mucho gusto para el ingenio | y entendimiento
de hombres agudos y curiosos. | Dirigido al Angelico Doctor Santo
Thomas | de Aquino. |

GALA—GASTELU. 953

Garcia (Fr. Gregorio)—continued.
Con Privilegio. | En Valencia: En casa de | Pedro Patricio Mey
junto a San Martin. 1607. | *

14 p.11., pp. 1-535. sm. 8°. Improved title of No. 1403, furnished by Sr. Ieaz-
balceta from copy in his possession.

Gardiner (John Lyon). See Wood (Silas), No. 4195.

1407a@ Garin(P. A.M.) Mission de la Baie d’Hudson. Lettre du Pere

Garin O. M. I. 4 un pére de la méme compagnie. [Dated Lac des

Deux Montagnes 10 Décembre 1853. ] S.

In Rapport de l’Association de la Propagation de la Foi, pour le District de
Montréal, 1853-4, pp. 89-93. Montreal, 1855. 12°.

The sign of the cross in Algonquine, Abénaquise, and Crise, p. 91.—Prefixes
in Algonquin and Hébraique, p. 92.

1407 b ——— Mission du Nordouest. Lettre de M. Richer-Lafléche,
Prétre-Missionaire, 4 Mgr. PArchevéque de Québec. [Dated Saint
Boniface de la Riviére-Rouge, 15 juin 1853.]

In Notice sur les Missions du Diocése de Québec, No. 11, pp.1-17. Québec,
1855. 12°.

Sign of the cross in Algonquine, Abénaquise, Crise, p. 15.—Affixes and pre-
fixes in Algonquin and Hébraique, p. 16.

1411 Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez). Arte de Lengua Mexicana.
Puebla, D. I. de Leon, 1716. *

The above edition of Gastelu’s Arte has been mentioned by several authorities,
but it is probable there was no such edition. So far as I know, the only full title
of an edition with this date is given in Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, No. 33. In my
copy of that work, corrected for me in manuscript by the author, he has changed
the date from 1716 to 1726, andin a note expresses the opinion that other authors
were, like himself, deceived by the imperfect 2 of the date. I have seen six
copies of the 1726 edition—one in the Library of Congress, one in the John Carter
Brown, one in the Lenox, one in the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton, and two in
the Bancroft Library ; in all, the figure 2 is imperfect, and could easily be mis-
taken for a1, and possibly for a 5.

In support of the existence of an edition of 1716 the following authorities are
given: Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 24312, gives under Figuecoa, both editions; and
again in No. 26747, the 1726 being given in title No. 26748. Squier’s Sale Cata-
logue, No. 408, gives title of the 1716 edition, as does Ludewig also, p.114. Ban-
croft’s Native Races, vol. 3, p. 736, note, mentions the 1716 edition, but in the list
of authorities in vol. 1 the date is given as 1726. Finally, the Ramirez Sale Cat-
alogue, No, 351, gives a title with the date 1716 and says: ‘‘Third edition; so
rare, that Leclere (Bib. Amer. 1878, p. 604) charges Ludewig with an error in
mentioning this edition, although there was a copy in the Fischer Catalogue
which produced £4.4s.”

Brasseur de Bourbourg is the only author Iam aware of who gives the title
of an edition of 1756. See No. 1413 of this catalogue,

1415 — Cathecismo | Breve, | que precissamente [sic] deve | saber
el Christiano. | Dispvesto | En Lengua Mexicano por el Licenciado |
Don Antonio Vasquez Castelu [sic] el Rey | de Figueroa, Cathe-
dratico que fue, de | dicha Lengua, en los Reales Colegios | de 8.

954 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez)—continued.
Pedro, y S. Juan. | Y salié & luz de orden de el Il™ y Exe.” |
Sr. Doct. D. Manuel Fernandez de Santa- | cruz Obispo, que fué,
de este Obispado de | la Puebla de los Angeles, del Consejo | desu
Magestad, We. | [Vignette.] | — |
Reimpresso en la Pvebla: | Por la Viuda de Miguel de Ortega,
en el Portal | de las Flores, donde se vende. Ano de 1733. | scB.
1p.1l., pp.1-10. 4°. Improved title of No. 1415.

1416

Catecismo | breve | que precisamente | debe saber el
Christiano. | Dispuesto en Lengiia Mexicana | por el Lic.“e D. An-
tonio | Vasquez Gastelu el Rey de Figue- | roa, Catedratico que
fue de dicha | Lengiia en los Reales y Pontificios | Colegios de San
Pedro y San Juan | de esta Ciudad de la Puebla | de los Angeles. |

Reimpresso en la Imprenta de D. Pe- | dro de la Rosa, en Portal
de las Flo- | res. Ato de 1792. | *

8 unnumbered ll. 8°. Improved title of No. 1416, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta,
from copy in his possession.

1418 a ——— Catecismo Breve, | que precisamente | debe saber el
cristiano, | dispuesto | por el Licenciado | D. Antonio Vasquez Gas-
telu. | Lleva afiadidos | los actos de Fé, Esperanza y Caridad, y
la | confesion general. | Reimpreso 4 espensas de un Cura de esta
Didcesis, con | las licencias necesarias de esta sagrada mitra, quien
lo | dedica 4 beneficio de la clase indigena. |

Puebla. | Imprenta De Juan N. Del Valle. | 1844. | B.S,
Pp. 1-27. 16°.
1419 a Catecismo | breve | que precisamente | debe saber el

cristiano, | dispuesto | por el Licenciado | D. Antonio Vasquez
Gastelu | el Rey de Figueroa. | Aumentado con algunas oraciones
sacadas del | Catecismo del Padre Paredes. |
Pueb'a | Imprenta de Jose Maria Rivera, | calle de San Pedro. |
1847. |
Pp. 1-36. 16°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy seen at the sale
of books belonging to Hon. H. C. Murphy.

1420 ——— Catecismo Breve | que precisamente | debe saber el Cris-
tiano. | Dispuesto | Por el Lic. Don Antonio Vasquez Gastelu. |
Lleva anadidos | los actos de Fé, Esperanza y Caridad, y Ja | Con-
fesion general. | [Scroll.]

Puebla: 1854. | Imprenta de Atenogenes Castillero, | calle de la
Compania nimero 13. | ; B.
Pp. 1-24. 16°. Improved title of No. 1420.

1420 a — Catecismo Breve | que | precisamente debe saber | el
Cristiano, | Dispuesto por el Licenciado D. Antonio Vas- | queg
Gastelt: | Neva anadidos los actos | de | Fé, esperanza, caridad y
el de contricion. |

Puebla. | Tip. de Tomas F. Neve, y Ca. | calle de Morados nim
9. | 1860. | B.
Pp, 1-23. 16°.

GASTELU—GAVARETE. 955

1430. Gatschet (Albert S.) Der Yuma-Sprachstamm, nach den neuesten
handschriftlichen Quellen, dargestellt von Albert S. Gatschet ip
Washington. Zweiter Artikel.

In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 15 (1883), pp. 123-147. Berlin, 1883. 8°.

Nationale Stammesnamen, pp. 123-124.—Grammatic notes on the Yavapai, pp.
124-126.—On the Kénino, pp. 126-127.—On the Tonto, pp. 127-128.—On the
M’Mat, pp. 128-129.—On the Seri, pp. 129-134.—Vocabularies as follows:

Bartlett (J. R.) Vocabulary of the Seri, pp. 134-138.

Corbusier (W.H.) Vocabulary of the Yavapai, pp. 134-138.

Yavapai-Wortverzeichniss, pp. 139-142.

Helmsing (J.T.) Vocabulary of the M’Mat, pp. 134-138.
Pimentel (F.) Vocabulary of the Seri, pp. 134-138.

Pinart (A.) Vocabulary of the Seri, pp. 134-138.

White (Dr. John B.) Tonto-Wortverzeichniss, pp. 142-147,

1452 a ——— Linguistic Notes.

In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 4, pp. 337-340, Chicago, 1882, 8°; vol. 5, pp. 85-88,
191-193, 283-286, 354-356, Chicago, 1883, 8°; vol.6,p.63. A continuation of title
No, 1452.

1454 a ——— Phonetics of the Kayowé Language.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 4, pp. 280-285. Chicago, 1882. 8°.
1454 b ——— Quelques noms Géographiques du sud-est des Etats Unis
@Amérique.

In Revue de Linguistique, tome 15, pp. 293-299. Paris, 1882. 8°.
Indian names of prominent geographic features in Georgia, Alabama, Missis-
sippi, Florida, North Carolina, and Tennessee.

1155 @ ——— The Shetimasha Indians of St. Mary’s Parish, Southern
Louisiana.
In Anthrop. Soc. of Washington, Trans., vol. 2, pp. 148-158. Washington,
1883. 8°. Separateiy issued as below.
List of derivatives added to the words of which they form compounds, pp.
156-159.
1455 b ——— The Shetimasha Indians of St. Mary’s Parish, Southern
Louisiana. By Albert S. Gatschet. IWP.
No title-page ; caption only. Pp.1-11. 8°.

1486 a ——— and De Kay (Charles). Native American Languages.
In The Critic, vol. 3, No. 61, pp. 96-97. New York, 1883. 4°. IWP.
A review of Perez (Juan Pio), Diccionario de la Lengua Maya; and of Brin-
ton (Daniel Garrison), The Maya Chronicles.

1486 Gavarete (D. Juan) and Valdez (D. Sebastien). Vocabularios |
de la lengua | Xinca | de Sinacantan por | D. Juan Gavarrete |
(1868) | y | de Yupiltepeque y Jalapa | por | D. Sebastian Valdez, |

cura de Iutiapa | (1863). | Copiado de los originales en poder | de

don Juan Gavarrete, en Guatemala | Febrero de 1875. | DGB.
Manuscript. Pp.1-15. 8°. ‘Tétle, verso blank, 1 1.; Advertencia, signed C. H.

Berendt, p.3. Vocabulary in four columns, Spanish and the three dialects men-

tioned above, pp. 4-15.

‘Los presentes vocabularios forman parte de la coleccion que esta reuniendo

Don Juan Gayarete para un ‘‘Cuadro comparativo de las lenguas aborigenas

de Guatemala.”—/zlract from the Advertencia,

956 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1486 ¢ [Gay or Guay (Robert Michael)]. Grammaire Algonquine. *
Manuscript in the seminary at the mission of Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka),
Canada, prepared by the first superior of the mission. It is in a little book
which is torn. It includes some pages of Algonkin names, with French transla-
tions by Maurice Quéré de Fieguron, the second superior. Title from Erminnie

A. Smith.

Genesis in Cherokee. See Worcester (Rev. Samuel A.), No. 4208.

1494 Gerland (Georg). Atias der Ethnographie. | Von | Georg Ger-
land. | 41 Tafeln in Holzschnitt nebst erliuterndem Texte. | Separat-
Ausgabe aus der zweiten Auflage des Bilder-Atlas. | [Seal.]

Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1876. | ASG.
Title, reverse ‘‘contents,” 1 1., pp. 1-52, and 41 plates. Comments on American
languages, with a few examples in Aztec and Cherokee.

14945 Gesner (Abraham). New Brunswick; | with | Notes for Emi-
grants. | Comprehending the early history, an account of the
Indians, settle- | ment, topography, statistics, commerce, timber,
manufactures, | agriculture, fisheries, geology, natural history,
social | and political state, immigrants, and contem- | plated railways
of that province. | By Abraham Gesner, Esq. | Surgeon; | Fellow
of the Geological Society of London; [ete. six lines.]

London: Simmonds & Ward, | 6, Barge Yard, Bucklersbury. |
1847. | Gs.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-388. 8°. Lord’s Prayer in Melicete, p. 117.—Lord’s Prayer in
Micmac (Quebec version), p. 118.

Gete Dibadjimowin Gaie Jesus. [Epistles and Gospels in Chip-
peway.| See [Baraga (fev. Frederic)], No. 257.

1542 Gilberti (#’r. Maturino). [Arte en lengua de Michoacan. 1558.] *
The Arte of P. Gilberti is the earliest known work in the Tarasca language,
but there is reason to suppose that it was not the first. On the title-page of the
Doctrina Mexicana of 1547 [No. 1052], appears a small engraving representing
a friar addressing some children. The legend that proceeds from the mouth of
the friar says: I chuca Dioseueri bandaqua, which words are in the Tarasca lan-
guage and signify ‘‘ this is the word of God.” This remarkable fact proves that
the cut was engraved in Mexico, and not brought from Spain, with the other
implements of printing; and it is also very probable that it was made originally
for some work in the Tarasca language, which is now lost. The same engraving
appears on the verso of the 13th leaf of the Devocionario or Thesoro of Gilberti
of 1558 [No. 1543], and is also used for an ornament on leaves 3 and 27 of the
Doctrina en castellano, mexicano y otomt of Fr, Melchor de Vargas, printed in
1576 [No. 3981 ].—IJcazbalceta, Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI, pp. 24,89.
1543. ——— 4 Thesoro Spiritval en Lengva | de Mechuaca, en el ql se
contiene la doctrina | xpiana y orones pa cada dia, y el exameé @ la
c0 | ciécia, y dclaracid d la missa Copuesto por el | R. p. fray Matu-
rino Gilberti, de la ordé del se | raphico padre sant Francisco. Ato
de. 1558 | ms
8°. Roman letters. Improved title of No. 1543, from facsimile in Icazbalceta’s
Bibliografia del Siglo XVI, advance sheets of which, so far as printed, have
been sent me by the author. The following description is taken from pp. 88-89
of the same work: ;

This title is under the episcopal shield of Sr. Montufar with the motto: Pro
Xpo Legatione Fvngimvr.

< Win

(

HUN) S
—

@ THESORO SPIRITVALEN LENGVA
de Mechuaci4,enel q! fe contienela doctrina
xpiana y ofones pa cada diay el examédlacé
ciécia, y Aclaracio dlamiffa COpuefo porel
R.p, fray Maturino Gilberti, dela ordé del fe
raphicopadrefant Francifco, Afiodesss8

1543.—¥FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF GILBERTI’S THESORO SPIRITUAL OF 1558.

GAY—GILBERTI. 957

Gilberti (/’r. Maturino)—continued.

On the verso of the title-page is a notice in Tarasca, with this title: § The-
savro Spiritval | 6 lengua de Mechuacan.

Li. 28 and 3, a dedication in Latin to Sr. Monttifar, Mexico, August 18, 1558.
Leaf 49, the license given by Sr. Monttifar in Mexico, August 10, 1558, to print
an Arte y Vocabulario, y Devocionario, written in Tarasca “de Michuacdn.”
He says that as he does not know the language, and there being no one in his
archbishopric who does know it, he confides in the letters, rectitude, zeal and
Christianity of the censors, who have examined the work, having been com-
missioned to do so by Sr. Quiroga, Bishop of Michoacan, the same being the
fathers Alonso de la Vera Cruz, of the order of S. Agustin, and Fr. Jacobo Daci-
ano, of the order of 8. Francisco; Diego Pérez Gordillo, priest of Michoacdn,
and Francisco de la Cerda, priest of Sirosto.

L. 54, license of the vice-roy D. Luis de Velasco to Juan Pablos to print the
Arte, Vocabulario, y Devocionario contained in the license of the “other part
. ... provided that said printer shall treat and concert with said Fr. Maturino
Gilberti . . . . during the time that it shall be printed, and as to the price for
which it shall be sold.” Dated Mexico, August 12, 1558.

License from the guardian of San Francisco, Fr. Francisco de Toral, to print
these works of P. Gilberti, because they are shown to be “catholic, necessary
and excellent, principally the Didlogo, Vocabulario y Arte, with the Devocio-
nario which is now composed,” according to fathers Fr. Alonso de la Vera Cruz,
and Fr. Jacobo Daciano, guardian of Tzintzuntzan; of P. Diego Perez Gordillo,
priest of Pdzcuaro, and of Fr. Miguel de Alvarado, priest of Tiripitio. Dated
Tacuba, August 10, 1558.

Approbation of P. Daciano (in Latin), and of the priest Perez Gordillo, 1. 6
recto. The calendario, ll. 6 verso to 13 recto. The text, in pure Tarasco, begins
on verso of 1]. 13, with ‘‘ Doctrina Christiana | En lengua de Mechuacan,” on the
heading of the pages. Up to 1. 40 there is no numeration; it commences on the
41st.

The Doctrina concludes on the verso of the 48th leaf, and the 49th bears this

* title: ¢ Examinatorio Mayor | @ la cdsciécia, 6 q cada yno por si mesmo pue |

de examinar su cosciécia quando se qe | ra a confessar, es cosa muy ytil pa- | ra
los naturales y para los nue | uos discipulos en la légua, | otro mas breue se po |
ne al cabo deste | mayor. | Continues to the 116th leaf. The 62d leaf is dupli-
cated, and there is no 1.104. From 1. 117 to 1. 124 is the: Examé peqfio de la
cons., and it concludes: Finis. Laus Deo.

The 125th leaf begins without folio or title; on the reverse is: {| Declaracion
de los Mis | terios de la missa y de los prouechos de oyr la con | devocion. | The
126th is not, and the 127th is, numbered. ‘Then follow 20 unnumbered leaves
with which the book concludes.

On the reverse of the last leaf is a long colophon in Tarasco, of which there
can only be read these words: ‘‘Iesu Christo... .sancta Maria... . Deuocio-
nario. ... Fr. Maturio Gilberti sat Francisco... . Tuan Pablos....20.... Oc-
tubre.... 1558.” In conclusion there are five lines in Tarasco.

Of this Tesoro Espiritual, antedating the Tesoro Espiritual de Pobres [No.
1544] by 17 years, and altogether different from it, I do not know-that any
mention has been made; I have seen but the one copy described, which belongs
to Sr. D. José M* de Agreda, and that was in very bad condition.

1546 — 4Dialogo de Doctrina Christiana ete.

The Tarascan title of this work is as follows:

4Yyetisiranday qviA- | ringahaca Dialogo aringani, yehuhea hi- |
bo chupengabaqui Christianoengani, | yngui vea tata che casireq
Fray | Maturino Gilberti sant Fra- | cisco tata. Teparimento am |

958 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gilberti (Fr. Maturino)—continued.
baqueti. Ma hurengua | reri curamarihati | tepari huren- | dab-
perini. Ca hurendahperi mayo- | cucupanstabati hurenda egem-
bani. | Ano de. 1559. | L.

The ‘‘ Dialogo” is followed by ‘‘breue declaracion de las edades del mundo,”
ll. cexxxvi recto to cexliiij verso; ‘ [ Aqui comienga las Epistolas y euangelios
de todos los Domingos del aio con sus sermones,” ll. cexly recto to cexev verso.
The supplementary 1]. 1-22 contain brief biographies of several saints, exhorta-
tions, etc., followed by the index, 3 Il.

1558 a Gladstone (Thomas H.) Huron Vocabulary.

A vocabulary, consisting of the numerals to above 100, and upwards of forty
of the commonest words and brief sentences, is in the possession of ‘Thomas H.
Gladstone, Stockwell, near London, collected by him in July, 1856.—Ludewig, p.
223.

1558 b Golovnin (Capt. Vasili Mikhailovich). Marepiaavi | aan | ucropin pyeckmxs
saceseniii | mo Beperamb Boctounaro oKeana. | (Bambuania B. M. Tosopauua o RawuamxKt 1
Pyceroii Ame- | pukn Bb 1809, 1810 nm 1811 iogaxb) | Boinyexs Bropoii. | Mpnaomenie Kb
MopcKomy Coopauky He 2, 1861 4. |

Cauktoerepbyprs. | Bb THoorpabin MopcKaro TEER ee | 1861. | B.

Translation.—Material | for | the history of Russian Settlements | on the shores
of the Eastern Ocean | (Remarks of V. M. Golovnin on Kamchatka and Russian
Ame- | rica in the years 1809, 1810 and 1311.) | Second Series. | Appendix to the
Morskai Sbornik, No. 2, 1861. | St. Petersburg. | In the Printing Office of the
Minister of Marine. | 1861. |

2p.1l., pp-1-130. A 1st of terms and expressions adopted by Russians in
Kamchatka, explanatory of many terms now found in Alaskan dialects.

1558 ¢ [Gomara (Francisco Lopez de).] @Con priuilegio de su Alteza.
Por diez anos. | [Large woodcut, nearly filling the page.| | 4 Primera
y segunda parte de la his- | toria general de las Indias con todo el
descubrimiento y cosas nota | bles que han acaecido dende que se
ganaron ata el afio de 1551. Con la coquista de | Mexico y de la
nueua Espana. En Caragoga. 1553. | @ A costa de Miguel Capila
mercader de libros vezino de Caragoga. |

Ll. i-exxii. map. folio. Followed by:

[Large woodcut, nearly filling the page.| | $a conquista de
Mexico. | 1552. | Con licencia y preuilegio del Principe nuestro
senor. |

Colophon: @ Fue impressa la presente | istoria de Indias y con-
quista de Mexico en | casa de Agustin Millan. Y acabose vis |
pera de Nauidad Ano de Mil y | quinientos y cinquenta y dos
[1552] | en la muy noble y leal Ciu- | dad de Caragoga. | 3

Ll. i-exxxix and 1 unnumbered 1. folio. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames
from copy seen at the sale of books belonging to Hon. H. C. Murphy.

Mexican numerals, 1-20, verso of 1. exvii.— Names of the months, days, cal-
endar, ete., in Mexican, ll. exvili-cxix.

1558 d ——— Hispania Victrix. | [Large woodcut, nearly filling the
page.] | Primera y segvnda par | te de la historia general de las
Indias c6 todo el descu- | brimiento, y cosas notables que han aca-
escido dende que se ganaron hasta el aio | de 1551. Con la con-
quista de Mexico, y de la nueua Espana. |

GILBERTI—GOMARA. $59

[Gomara (Francisco Lopez de)|—continued.

En Medina del Campo, por Guillermo de Millis. 1553. |

Ll. i-cxxii. folio. Followed by:

Conquista de Mexico. | [Large woodcut, filling half the page.| |
Segvunda parte de la | Chronica general delas Indias, que trata de |
Ja conquista de Mexico. Nueuamen- | te y con licencia impressa. |
Ano de 1553. | :

Colophon: Fue impressa la presente historia de Indias | y con-
quista de Mexico en Medina del Campo, en casa de Gui- | Hermo de
Millis. Acabose a veynte dias del mes de Ago- | sto. Ato de mil
y quinientos y cinquenta y tres [1553}. | CG.

Ll. i-exxxix. folio. Mexican numerals 1-20, recto 1. exvii.cNames of the
months, days, &c., verso 1. exvii, verso 1. exviii.

1558 e ——— Conquista de Mexico. ‘Segvnda parte de la Chronica
general de las Indias Occidentales, su Historia, Geografia, Tempe-
ramento, Producciones, Usos, y Costumbres de los Naturales de
ellas.

Madrid. 1553. *

Folio. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 27726.

1558 f ——— Con priuilegio del Principe nuestro senior por diez aiios. |
[Large woodcut, nearly filling the page.] | La historia general de
las In | dias y nueuo mundo, con mas la conquista del Pe | ru y de
Mexico: agora nueuamente anadida y emendada por el mismo autor,
con vna ta | bla muy cumplida de los capitulos, y muchas figuras
que en otras impressiones no lleua. |

Venden se en Carago¢a en casa de Miguel de Capila mereador de
libros. |

Colophon: Fue impressa la presente obra en la muy insigne ciu-
dad de | Caragoga, en casa de Pedro Bernuz; acabose ado | ze dias
del mes de Octubre, ato de mil y | quinientos y cinquenta y quatro
[1554]. ie

4p. 1l., ll. i-xcix, and one unnumbered leaf. folio. Title from Bartlett’s Cata-

logue of the John Carter Brown ibrary. According to Brunet the second part
is entitled: Cronica de la Nueva Espatia con la Conquista de Mexico, &c.

1558 g ——— Historia de | Mexico, con el descv- | brimiento dela nueua
Kspaha, conquistada | por el muy illustre y valeroso Principe | don
Fernando Cortes, Marques | del Valle, Escrita por Iran- | cisco
Lopez de Go- | mara, clerigo. | Afladiose de la nueuo descripcion y
traga de Todas las Indias, | con vna Tabla Alphabetica de las ma-
terias, y haza- | fas memorables en ella contenidas. | [Vignette.] |

En Anvers, | En casa de Iuan Steelsio, 1554. | Con priuilegio. |

Colophon: Impresso en Anuers por Tuan | Lacio. 1554. | 6. HOM.

Ll. i-349, and 11 unnumbered leaves. 24°. Linguistics, ll. 293 (verso)—296
(verso).

Brunet gives this the date 1552 or 1554, and collation as 16 p. Il. and 287 Il.
The date of 1552 and the collation probably refer to the Indies (Part 1), which
portion of this edition I have not seen,

960 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Gomara (Francisco Lopez de)|—continued.

1558 h La Historia ge | neral de las In- | dias, y todo lo acaescido
enellas | dende qué se ganaron | hasta agora. | Y | La conquista de
Mexico | y dela nueua Espana. | [Woodcut.] |

En Anuers por Martin Nucio. | Con preuilegio Imperial. |
M. D. LILI [1554]. | *

30011. sm. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 27729, and Bartlett’s cata-
logue of the Carter Brown library. :

15587 La segunda par | te dela histo- | ria generai delas Indias. |
que contiene | La conquista de Mexico, | y dela nueua. Espana. |
[Design.] |

En Anuers por Martin Nucio. | Con priuilegio Imperial. |
M.D. LILI [1554]. | : CG.
L]. 1-340, 24°. Linguistics, Il. 286-289.

1558 k Historia de | Mexico, con el descy- | brimiento dela nueva
Espaiia, conquistada | por el muy illustre y valeroso Principe | don
Fernando Cortes, Marques | del Valle, Escrita por Fran- | cisco
Lopez de Go- | mara, clerigo. | Atladiose de la nueuo descripcion y
traga de todas las Indias, | con vna Tabla Alphabetica de las mate-
rias, y haza- | fas memorables enella contenidas. |

qj En Anvers, | Por Iuan Bellero, al Salmon. 1554. | Con priui-
legio. |

Coloph n: §] lmpresso en Anuers por Iuan | Lacio. 1554. -

349 11, Tabla 1111. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 27731.

1558 1 — Con priuilegio del Principe nuestro senor | [Large wood-
cut, nearly filling the page.] | § Cronica de la nueua espaiia | con la
conquista de Mexico, y otras cosas notables: hechas | por el vale-
roso Hernando Cortes, Marques del Valie, Capitan | desu Magestad
en aquellas partes. | Con mucha diligencia corregida, y aniadida por
el mesmo autor. |

En Caragoga. 1554. |

Colophon: Fue impresa la presente | historia de Indias y con-
quista de Mexico: en | la muy noble y leal ciudad de Caragoga: |
en casa de Augustin Millan. Ano | de mil y quinientos y cin- |
quenta y quatro [1554]. | es

Ll. i-exiii. folio. Title from Bartlett’s Catalogue of the Brown library.

1558 m Historia del | illustriss. et valorosiss. | Capitano Don
Ferdinando | Cortes Marchese della Valle, | et | qvando discoperse,
et acqvisto | la Nvova Hispagna. | Scritta per Francesco Lopes de
Gomara | in lingua Spagnuola, & hora tradotta nella Italiana | per
Avgvstino de Cravaliz. | Col Priuilegio del sommo Pontefice, &
della Maesta Cesarea, per anni x. | si come nella prima parte della
Historia del Peru si puo uedere. | [Woodcut.]

Impressa in Roma per Valerio, & Luigi Dorici fratelli nel MDLVI
[1556 |. | C.
Title as above 1 1., followed by 7 other p.11., followed by title:

GOMARA. ji 961

Gomara (Francisco Lopez de)—continued.

Historia | di Mexico, | et qvando si discoperse | la Nyova His-
pagna, conqvi- | stata per I illvstriss. et | ualoroso Principe. | Don
Ferdinando Cortes | Marchese del Valle. | Scritta per Francesco
Lopez | de Gomara in lingua Spagnuola, & Tradotta nel | Volgare
Italiano per | Avgvstino de Cravalliz. |

In Roma | Appresso Valerio & Luigi Dorici fratelli. | M. D. LV
[1555]. | C.

Title 1 ]., ll. 1-240. 8°. Linguistics, verso ].200—recto 1.203. The title of La
Historia generale delle Indie Occidentali, bears date of MDLVI [1556].

1558 n ——— Historia | di Don Ferdinando | Cortes, Marchese | della
Valle, Capitano Valorosissimo, | con le sve maravigliose | prodezze
nel tempo, che discopri, & acquisto, la nnoua Spagna. Composta
da Francesco Lopez di | Gomara in lingua Spagnuola, | Tradotta
nella Italiana da Agostino di Cravaliz. [Vignette.]

In Venetia, Per Francesco Lorenzini da Turino MDLX [1560]. *
11 p.I1., 1]. 1-348. 12°. Title from Bartlett’s catalogue of the Brown library.

1558 0 ——— Historia, di Don Ferdinando | Cortes, Marchese della
Valle, Capitano valorosissimo. | Parte Terza. | Con le sve maravi-
gliose | prodezze nel tempo, che discopri, & ac- | quistd la Nuoua
Spagna. .... Tradotta .... da Ag. di Cravaliz.

Venetia per G. Bonadio 1564. =

8 p.1l., text 355 11. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 27741, where men-
tion is made of another edition: Venezia. 1570. 8°.

1558 p ——— Historia de Messico con il discoprimento della Nuova
Spagna.
Venetia. 1573. =
404 ll. sm.8°. map. Forms the third part of Ziletti’s edition of Cieza de
Leon. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 27742.

1558 ¢ - Historia di | Don Ferdinando | Cortes, marchese | della
Valle, Capitano Valorosissimo, | Con le sue marauigliose prodezze,
nel tempo che discopri, | & acquistd la nuoua Spagna. | Parte
terza. | Composta da Francesco Lopez di | Gomara in lingua Spa-
gnuola. | Tradotta nella Italiana per Agostino di Craualiz. |

In Venetia, Appresso Camillo Franceschini. 1576. *
8 p.ll, text 343 11. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 27744.

1558 r ——— The | Pleasant Historie of the | Conquest of the VVeast
India, | now called new Spayne, | Atchieued by the vvorthy
Prince | Hernando Cortes Marques of the valley of | Huaxacac,
most delectable to Reade: | Translated out of the Spa- | nishe
tongue, by T. N. | Anno. 1578. | [Vignette.]

4] Imprinted at London vy | Henry Bynneman. |
4p. ll, pp. 1-405, table 3 pp. 4°. Title from Bartlett’s catalogue of the Carter

*

Brown library.

61 Bib

962 NORI’H AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Gomara (Francisco Lopez de)—continued.

1558s Histoire | Generalle | des Indes Occiden | tales, et Terres |
Nueues, qui iusques a present | ont esté descouuertes. Augmentee
en ceste cinquiesme edition de la descri | ption de la Nouuelle Es-
pagne, et de la grande | ville de Mexique, autrement nom | mee
Tenuctilan. | Composee en Espagnol par Frangois Lopez de Go-
mara, & traduite en Francois par le 8. de Genillé Mart. Fumée.

A Paris, Chez Michel Sonnius, rue sainct Jaques a Venseigne de
Vescu de Basle. M. D. LX XXITIT [1584]. Avec privilege dv Roy.*

4 p. 1, H. 1-485, table 19 unnumbered leaves. 8°. Title from Bartlett’s cata-
logue of the Carter Brown library.

1558 ¢ Histoire generalle des Indes Occidentales, et terres
neuues, qui jusques a present ont esté descouuertes. Augmentee
en ceste cinquiesme edition de la description de la nouuelle Es-
pagne, & de la grande ville de Mexique, autrement nommee Tenuc-
tilan. Composee en Espagnol par Francois Lopez de Gomara, &
traduite en Frangois par le S. de Genillé Mart. Fumée.

A Paris, Chez Michel Sonnius, rue sainct Iaques, a Venseigne
de Vescu de Basle. M.D.UXXXVII [1587]. Avec privilege dv
Roy. o

4 p.l1l., ll. 1-485, table 19 unnumbered leaves. 8°. Title from Bartlett’s cata-
logue of the Carter Brown library.

1558 u ——— Voyages et | conqvestes dv | Capitaine Ferdinand Cour-
tois, és Indes | Occidentales. | Histoire traduite de langue Espa-
gnole, | par Guillaume le Breton Niuernois. |

A Paris. Chez Abel ’Angelier Au premier pillier de la grand
Sale du Palais M.D. UX XXVIII [1588]. o
8 p. lL, Jl. 1-416. sm. 8°. Title from Bartlett’s catalogue of the Brown library.

1558 v The | Pleasant Historie of | the Conquest of the | West
India, now called | new Spaine. | Atchieued by the most worthie
Prince | Hernando Cortes, Marques of the Valley of | Huaxacac,
most delectable to reade. | Translated out of the Spanish tongue,
by T. N. Anno. 1578. | [ Design. ]

London: | Printed by Thomas Creede. | 1596. | C.
4 ll., pp. 1-405, and 11 pp. unnumbered. sm.4°. Linguistics, pp. 370-376.

1558 w Historia | dell’ Indie | Occidentali, | ouero | Conqvista |

della Provincia | @ Iveatan, | Della marauigliosa Citta di Messico,

& @ altre| Prouincie ad essa sottoposte.| Nella quale particolarmente

si tratta dello scoprimento | della nuoua Spagna, dell’ usanze &

costumi di quelli | Indiani; accrescimento della fede Christiana, &

d’ altre | cose degne di memorial. | Tradotta di Lingua Spagnuola,

da Lucio Mauro. | Con la Tauola delle cose pitt notabili, & con
Priuilegio. |

In Venetia, Appresso Barezzo Barezzi. 1599. | ?

611.,2 blank 11, Tavola 26 11., text 402 ll. sm.8°. Title from Sabin’s Dic-
tionary, No. 27745.

GOMARA—GORDON. 963

Gomara (Francisco Lopez de)—continued.

1558 « ——— Histoire | Generalle | des Indes Occiden- | tales, et Terres |
neuues, qui iusques a present | ont esté decouuertes. | Augmentee
en ceste cinquiesme edition de la description de | la nouuelle Es-
pagne, & de la grande ville de Me | xieque, autrement nommee, |
Tenuctilan. | Composee en Espagnol par Francois Lopez de Go |
mara, & traduite en Frangois par le | 8. de Genillé Mart. Fumée. |

A Paris. | Chez Michel Sonnius, rué sainct Iaques a Venseigne |

de Vescu de Basle. | 1606. | i!

4p.ll, text 485 ll., table 1911. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 27749.

1559 a ——— Conquista de Mejico. Historia general de las Indias I° y
2° parte.

Madrid. 1852. *

Yorms Vol. LI of “ Bibl.de Autores Espanoles.” Also included in Barcia’s
“ Historiadores Primitivos.” Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 27733.

1563 Gonzalez (P. Diego Pablo). Manual * * delidoma Cahita. *

This work is catalogued in Icazbalceta’s Apuntes under ‘‘ Manual”; as stated

in the note to No. 1563, it was put under Gonzalez on the authority of Brasseur

de Bourbourg. Sr. Icazbalceta has since written me as follows: Gonzalez is not

mentioned as the author. The license of the Order is given him “para que pue-

der imprimir un Manual * * * comunen las Misiones de la Provincia de

Zynaloa,” from which it is seen that P. Gonzalez obtained the necessary

authorization to print the book which, in manuscript, was in the hands of the
missionaries.

1564 a Gonzalez (Fr. Luis). Arte breve y Vocabulario de la lengua Tzo-
que, conforme se habla en el pueblo de Tepatlan; dividese en dos
partes, en la primera se trata de las quatro partes de la oracion,
declinables, que son nombre, pronombre, verbo y participio. La
segunda se compone de un vocabulario, lo todo compuesto por el
Parre fray Luis Gonzalez, de la Orden de Predicadores. Ano de
1652. if

Manuscript. 333 pp.—Arte 42 and Vocabulario 291. It is copied in three or
four different hands; the last is signed at p. 284 with these words: Lo traslado
de otro vocabulario, lo que & este le faltaba ‘‘Ya cotocoya mi yacsupuz unc”
Fray Domingo Gutierrez.

The vocabulary is Spanish and Tzoqui, and the work, so far as this language is
concerned, is the most complete of my collection—that is to say, the most com-
plete which exists.—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

1569 a Goode (Rev. William Henry). Outposts of Zion, | with | limnings
of mission of life. | By | Rev. William H. Goode, | ten years a mem-
ber of frontier conferences. |

Cincinnati: | Published by Poe & Hitchcock, | corner of Main
and Eighth Streets. | R. P. Thompson, Printer. | 1863. |

Pp. 1-464. 8°. Contains one verse (six lines) of a Choctaw hymn, p. 134.

1570a Gordon (A. H.) Wilderness Journeys in New Brunswick, in

1862-63. By Hon. A. H. Gordon.

St. John, N. B. 1864. *

Pp. 64. 12°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 27968. Referred to in Hist.
Mag., vol. ix, p 145, as containing Malechite and Penobscot numerals,

964 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1570) Gordon (H.L.) Legends of the Northwest. | By | H.L.Gordon, |
Author of ‘ Pauline.” | Containing | Prelude—The Mississippi. |
The Feast of the Virgins, | a legend of the Dakotas. | Winona, | a.
legend of the Dakotas. | The Legend of the Falls, | a legend of the
Dakotas. | The Sea Gull, | the Ojibwa legend of the Pictured Rocks
of Lake Superior. | Minnetonka. |

St. Paul, Minn. | The St. Paul Book and Stationery Co. | 1881. |

Printed cover 1 1., pp. i-viii, 9-143. 8°. JWP.

Dakota songs with English translation, pp. 69, 70, 85, 87, 88, 100. Scattered
throughout are many Dakota and Ojibwa terms, translations being given in the
foot-notes. Notes (1-86 and 1-27), pp. 124-143, referring to the preceding texts,
contain much information as to the etymology and meaning of Indian words.

— Gospel of John in Cherokee. See Worcester (Rev. 8. A.)
and Boudinot (Elias), Nos. 4225-4228.

Gospel of John in Micmac. See Wooleaigtnoodtimaktn, No. 4205.

This work was translated by Rev. 8. T. Rand, q. v. in these Additions and Cor-
rections.

— Gospel according to Saint John, in Tinné. See [Kirkby
(Kev. William West)], No. 2104. 3

— Gospel of Matthew in Cherokee. See Worcester (fev. S.
A.) and Boudinot (K.), Nos. 4221-4224.

1588 a [Gospels in the Cree Language.] BA.

No title-page; first leaf of Matthew missing, leaving for Matthew 56 11.,

Mark 38 I1., Luke 63 11., John 46 1].—203 ll. in all, the pages being unnumbered.

In the Moose dialect of the Cree language; syllabic characters. See Mason
(Rev. W.), No. 2494.

Gospels of the four Evangelists in Chipewyan. See [Kirkby (ev.
W. W.)], No. 2107.

1595 a Grammaire. Grammaire Iroquoise. LDM.
Manuscript. Pp. 1-194 and 7 unnumbered Il. sm. 4°. Incomplete. In the arch-
ives of the Seminary at Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. Bound, fairly
written, and well preserved. There is no title-page, the text beginning imme-
diately after the heading as above. The first page contains a short account of
the distribution of the dialects of the Iroquois; the grammar proper, ‘1™ Par-
tie,” begins on p.2, which also gives a list of sounds. The remaining contents,
each of the headings having a number of subheadings, are as follows: Des Noms,
pp. 4-19.—Des Adjectifs, pp. 20-22.—Des Pronoms, pp. 20-28.—Du Verbe, pp. 29-
132.—Des Adverbes, pp. 133-135.—Des Prépositions, p. 135.—Des Conjonctions,
p. 137.—Interjections, p. 1387.

Seconde Partie: Syntaxe, p. 1838.—Syntaxe @accord, p. 139.—Tour Négatif,
p. 140.—Tour interrogatif, p. 141.—Tour impératif, p. 142.—Des pronoms, p. 142.—
Que avec les verbes, p. 143.—Des pronoms en, y, p. 145.—Adverbes de lieu, p. 145.—
Des quantités, p. 146.—De, pour avec les verbes, p. 150.—Régime d’un verbe sur un
autre, p. 157.—Des comparaisons, p. 158.—Des mesures, pp. 159-161.

Troisiéme Partie, p. 163.—Idiotismes, p. 163.—De la transition, p. 176.—Rela-
tions de parenté, pp. 179-186.—Voeatifs, p. 189.—Des inflexions finales: des tems
prinitifs, p. 190.—Différence entre les dialectes Iroquoise entre’eux et la langue
Huronne, p. 193.—Des verbes passifs, p. 196.—Des verbes déponens, verso fi:st un-
numbered leaf.—Des verbes défectifs, recto second leaf.—Des verbes imperson-
nels, verso second leaf.

Ll. 4-7 contain notes and comments on the preceding pages.

_”

GORDON—GRUBE. 965

Grammaire—continued.
1595 ) ——— Traite de la grammaire | Ivivokoise | LDM.

Manuscript. 23 unnumbered and 11 blank Il. 12°. In the archives of the
seminary at Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. There is no title-page,
the text immediately following the heading, as above. From the introduction
it appears that the work was not finished, the opening sentence saying: ‘Cette
grammaire a cing parties: la premiére les principes de la langue, la seconde les
remarques sur les principes, la troisiéme la table des relations en abrégé a celles
des conjugaisons, la quatriéme une nomenclature en abrégé du dictionnaire, la
cinquiéme les racines.”

The contents are as follows: Premiére partie—des principes. Chapitre pre-
mier, De Valphabet et prononciation des lettres, recto 1. 1.—Chapitre 2, Du
verbe, verso 1. 1.—Chapitre [3], Du pronom possessif, verso 1. 10. Seconde
partie. Les remarques sur la grammaire, recto 1. 12.—Remarques sur les dia-
lectes, verso 1. 12.—Les conjugaisons du paradigme g, verso 1. 14 to recto 1. 23.

1597 a Grammar of the Micmac language. An essay on the Micmac lan-
guage. Prince Edward Island, 1829-1844. <

Manuscript. 12411. 2 parts in 1 vol. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Cata-
logue, No. 620. See Irwin (Thomas), No. 1949 b.

1600a Gray (Asa) and Trumbull (J. Hammond). Review of De Can-

dolle’s Origin of Cultivated Plants; with Annotations upon certain
American Species; by Asa Gray and J. Hammond Trumbull.

In Am. Jour. Science, vol. 25, pp. 241-255, 370-379; and vol. 26, pp. 128-138.

New Haven, 1883. 8°. IWP.

Names of plants in the languages of a number of tribes of the Indians of North
> America.

16000 Grayson (George Washington). Este Maskoke Vrahky. [For
the sake of the Muskokee people.|
In Indian Journal, vol. 4, Nos. 26-33. Muscogee, I. T., March—April, 1880,
folio. In the Muskoki language.

1600 ¢ ——— Nak Nnvkv. [A legend.]
In Indian Journal, vol. 5, No. 40. Muscogee, I. T., June 9, 1881. folio. In
the Muskoki language.

1601 a Green (Samuel A.) Groton | during | the Indian Wars. | By |
Samuel A. Green, M. D. |

Groton, Mass. | 1883.
Pp. 1-214. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Indian names of places, with a letter from J. Hammond Trumbull, pp. 188-191.

*

Greenland-Eskimo Vocabulary. See [Washington (Capt. John),
No. 4088.

Grohman (William A. Baillie). See Baillie-Grohman (William A.)

1606 a Grube (Bernhard Adam). [Harmony of the Gospels translated
into the Delaware tongue. By Rev. B. A. Grube.
Bethlehem: J. Brandmiller. 1763.] »

966

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Grube (Bernhard Adam)—continued.
1606 b ——— |Moravian Hymn Book in the Delaware Tongue.

Bethlehem: J. Brandmiller. 1763.] *

Titles from Hildeburn’s List of the Issues of the Press in Pennsylvania.
Although no copies of either are known to exist, the local records of the Mora-
vian Society supply evidence that both works were actually printed.

“During Brandmiller’s incumbency at Friedensthal, there was printed and
published between 1760 and 1763 the manual used by the Moravian Church dur-
ing the Holy Passion week, entitled ‘A Harmony of the Gospels,’ containing the
events in the history of the last days of the Son of Man, and also a hymn-book,
both translated by the Rey. Bernhard Adam Grubé from the German into the
Delaware tongue. Mr. Grubé at this date was the missionary in charge of the
Moravian Indian Mission, called Wechquetank, situated on Head’s Creek in
Polk Township, Monroe County, and for many years served in the Indian mis-
sions of hischurch. In the diary of that mission the following facts are recorded
by him:

1761, Jan’y 18. Anton (the Delaware assistant) and I worked at the Dela-
ware translation of the Harmony of the Gospel.

1762, March 17. To-day I sent the first sheet of the Harmony to Bro. Brand-
miller, at Friedenthal, to print.

April 18. Bro. Brandmiller sent me proof to-day to read.

August 1. Translated at the Harmony.

1763, Feb’y 13. Anton and I have translated fifty-six chapters for the Har-
mony.

April 1 (Good Friday). Bro. Brandmiller forwarded me the first proof of
Essay of a Delaware Hymn Book, &c.

The types and press on which these works were printed were forwarded from
London to Bethlehem in the autumn of 1761, and then sent to Friedensthal.”—
Penn. Mag., vol. 6, pp. 249-250.

““The Rev. Bernhard Adam Grube, one of the earliest missionaries to the Del-
aware Indians, was well acquainted with their language. He died at Bethle-
hem, March 20, 1808, aged 93 years.”—Allen’s Biog. Dict.

Guadalupe Ramirez (fr. Antonio de). See Ramirez (fr. Antonio
de Guadalupe), Nos. 3172-3175.

Guay (M.) See Gay (M.), No. 1486.

1609 a Guen(Rév. Hamon). Ouvr. de M. Guen No. 35°, | regles et prieres

de la ste. famille | CV.
Manuscript. 20 unnumbered Il, 4°. In the Iroquois language. Preserved in
the archives of the Catholic Church at Caughnawaga, Canada.

1609 b ——— [Sermons et Instructions Iroquois de M. H. Guen Mis-

sionnaire du Lac des deux Montagnes. | i

Manuscripts preserved in the archives of the seminary at the above mission.
This list was furnished by Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, an employée of the Bureau
of Ethnology, with the aid of Father Leclair, who is in charge of the mission.

Book-1. | Reponse aux Calomnies des Protes-
Passion de N.S. tants.
Invention . Doctrine Catholique sur les Sacre-
Exaltation ; de la Ste. Croix. ments.
Mandement de M. de Montgolfier. Eglise.
Jugement dernier. Ascension.

GRUBE—GUEVARA. 967

Guen (tév. Hamon)—continued.

Dons du St. Esprit.
Les 8 Béatitudes.
Dedicace.
Annonciation.
Petit nombre des élus.
St. Laurent.
St. Etienne.

Book 2.
Présentation de la Ste Vierge.
Institution de ’ Euchariste.
Nativité de la Ste V.
Jugement dernier,
Methode pour se conduire.
St. Paul.
Annonciation.
Mort.
Péché mortel.
Motifs de detester le péché.
Consideration sur la mort.
Mort des bons.
Jugement particulier.
Salut.
12°me d@apres la Pentecoste.
PAques-et-Noél.

Book 3.

Actes pour la communion.
PAques.—Ascension.
St. Jacques.—Conception.
Les innocents.
Present. de Jesus & Purif de M.
Jugement dernier.
Avantage de la communion.
Examen pour la confession.
Mandement communion.
Péché mortel.
Obligation de mediter la passion.
Les 7 stations du Calvaire.
Ascension.
4 oraisons a Jesus.
Mort.—Orgueil.
Avarice.—Envie.
Action de graces.
Mandement pour le jubilé 1746.
Divers fragments.
Book 4.
Exhortations pour le Catechisme.
Parole de Dieu.—Pénitence.—Jonas.
—Presence de Dieu.
Pénitence de David.—Messe.—Con-
formité a la V.—Souflrance.

Amour de Dieu.—Am. du Prochain.
Amour des ennemies.

Passion de N. S.—Mort du jugement
particulier.

PentecOte.—Fins derniers.— Haine
du péché,

Dedicace.—Ste. Anne.

Normand. Féte de N. D. de la Vie-
toire.

Devotion a Marie pour le jour des
morts.

St. Coeur de Jesus.—Salut.—Educa-
tion.

Des enfants.—Quelques fragments.

Des repetitions et redites.

Book 5.

Fin de Vhomme.

Pentecite.

Eucharistie.—Sacrifice de la messe.

Maniere d’entendre la Ste. Messe.

Communion indigne.—Préparation a
la C.—Action de graces apres.

Effets de ’ Eucharistie.—St. Viatique.

Visite au St. Sacrement.—St. Fran-
cois.

Ste. Cécile.—Purification dela Ste. V.

Parole de D.—_Sexagesime.—Nativit6
de M.

Devotion envers la Ste. V.—St. Lau-
rent.

Differents Miroirs.—Vrai et facile de-
votion.

Exercice de la consideration.—Sur la
priere.

St. Joseph.—St. Michel.—21°™¢ D.

Miséres du monde.— Divers mots
parfums.

Book 6.

Consideration pour tous les jours.

Avant le service de D.—Sur celui de
M.

Sur la visitation.

Efficacité de la redemption.

La mort termine tout ici bas.

Les bons.

Peines des péchés en enfer.—Malice
du péché.

Defauts dominants.—Orgueil, &c.

Charité envers les pauvres.—Tié-
deur, &c.

Guerra (José Maria). See Vela (José Canuto), No. 3987.
Guevara (D. José Augustin Aldama y). See Aldama y Guevara

(D. J. A.), No. 54.

968 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1618 a Guichart de Kersident (P. Victor Henri) Mr. Guichart Ne 14 |
1e* Examen de conscience Alkonquin et Iroquois | 2¢ Pensées,
prieres 4 suggerer aux malades | 3 Exhortation apres la confes-
sion | 4 Prieres| LDM.

Manuscript, 48 unnumbered ll. sm. 4°. Title as above, in the right-hand
corner of which is the date 1757-1793, reverse blank, !1.; recto 1. 2 blank; verso be-
gins with the Examen in Algonquin, and the opposite page, recto 1. 3, the same
in Iroquois, which continues to recto of 1. 40, the left hand pages being in Algon-
quin, the right in Iroquois. In many cases the French, and in some cases the
Latin, equivalents of the questions and answers are given on the Algonquin
pages. Each question and answer is numbered, each page beginning a new
numbering. L. 40, verso, begins the Pensées prieres in French and Iroquois, which
extends to verso of 1. 42. Recto 1. 43, Exhortation aprés la confession in Iro-
quois; the recto of 1. 44 is blank, the verso being occupied with a table of rela-
tionship in French and Iroquois, continuing to recto of 1. 45, the verso of which
is blank, as is also the recto of 1. 46. Verso of 1. 46, Credo in Iroquois; recto of
1. 47, Pater, Ave Maria, Foy, Esperance, Amour; the latter continuing to verso of
the leaf, which also contains the Contiteor; 1. 48, recto, Contrition, Sub tuum;
verso blank.

The manuscript is nicely written, has been bound, and is well preserved.

1618 6 ——— Ouv de mr Guichart—No. 8. | 1-3e™e Dim. de PAvent |
2. St Etienne. Le méme qu’au n° 3 mais celui-ci est mieux écrit |
3. Contre ceux qui croyent trop aisement aux sorciers. | LDM.
Manuscript. 1011. large 8°. In the Mohawk language. In the archives of the
_ Roman Catholic Church at Oka, Canada.
1618 ¢ ——— 20 dimanche apres La pentecdte | Sur Le bon usage des
Maladies | 1808 | LDM.

Manuscript. 1011. 4°, Sermon in the Mohawk language. In the archives
of the Roman Catholic Church at Oka, Canada.

1618 d ——— Grammaire Algonquine. *
Manuscript. 50 11. 4°. In the seminary at the mission of Lac des Deux Mon-

tagnes. Title furnished by Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, who describesitas looking very
ancient. ‘‘ The blank leaves have written upon them various notes in different
handwritings relating to the coming and departure of different missionaries at-
tached to this station, one of which reads: Guichart au lac 1754—mort 1793.”

1619a Guss (Abraham L.) Early Indian History | on the | Susque-
hanna: | Capt. John Smith’s Exploration of the Head of Chesa-
peake | Bay in 1608—“ Tockwogh” Interpreters sent to invite the
‘“‘Sas— | quesahanockes” to an interview, of whom he learns of
other | Indian Nations—Early publications referring to the Coun-
try | and Tribe—First Map of the Country—Location and Identi- |
fication of the Head Towns—New Chapters in Susquehanna | His-
tory—Appearance of the Susquehannocks—Their Fort, | Dress,
Gigantic Size, Numerical Strength—Their Language, | not Algon-
quin but Iroquois—Origin, Use and Signification of | their name.
Based on Rare and Original Documents, and Ac- | companied with
a copy of Capt. Smith’s wonderful Map. | By | Abraham L. Guss,
A. M., | Washington, D. C. |

Harrisburg: | Lane 8. Hart, Printer. | 1883. | JWP.

GUICHART——HADLEY. 969

Guss (Abraham L.)—continued.
Title 1 1., pp.1-32. 8°. map. Extract from Nos. 3 and 4, Vol. 1, Historical
Register, Harrisburg, Pa.(*)
The Susquehannock Language, pp. 17-19.—The name and its use, pp. 19-20.—
Explanations given the name, pp, 20-21.—An Iroquois origin claimed, pp. 21-22.—
Force of the terminal “S”, pp. 23-24.—Many Indian names passim.

1622 Guzman (/’r. Pantaleon de). Compen | dio | de | Nombres en |

Lengva | Cakchiqvel. | Aiio | BD. | 1704. |

Second title: Libro yntitv | lado | Compendio de | nombres | en
lengva Cakechi | quel; Y Significados de Verbos por | Ymperatiuo,
y Acusatiuos Reciprocos, | En doce Tratados, Por el P.° Predicad." |
F. Pantaleon de Guzm™; Cura Doctri | nero por el ‘Real peor
de esta Doe | trina, y Curato de Santa Maria de Je | sus Pache: en
veinte dias dei mes de | Octubre, de mil setecientos, y quatro |
Aiios. | JCB.

Manuscript. 2 p. ll., pp. 1-336. 4°. Improved title of Nos. 1622 and 1623.
Contents: Tratado Primero De los Nombres de Arboles Frutales: Arboles Sil-
bestres; Arboles Aromaticos; y Recinas de Arboles (verso of second title), pp.
1-10, 1 blank 1.—Tratado Segvndo de los nombres D. Yervas comestibles, medici-
nales, y silbestres: nombres de caiias, y colores, 1 1., pp. 11-20, 1 blank 1.—Tra-
tado tergero B. nombres P piedras preciosas: peDR nales: metales: vientos:
planetas: y elementos, 11., pp. 21-30, 39-46 (misplaced), 31-38, 47-54, 1 blank 1.—
Tratado qvinto de nombres de diversas cosas nom PX bres del everpo, y miembros
del hombre, 1 1., pp. 55-188, 1 blank 1.—Tratado sexto de refranes: frages: y
modos D hablar, 1 1., pp. 189-246, 1 blank 1.—Tratado octavo delos parentescos,
y exercicios espiritvales, 1 1., pp. 247-258, 1 blank 1.—Tratado nono dela dispo-
sicion del qve ha de comylgar: anima Christi: Adoro te; 8. Cruz: las Canciones,
y el Alabado, 1 1., pp. 259-270, 1 blank 1.—Tratado decimo de la Protestacion de
la fe en Castilla, y en lengva: distribvcion de los passos de la via sacra: Romange
a la langadade Christo: y el ayvdar a bien morir, 1 1., pp. 271-288, 1 blank 1.—
Tratado vndecimo de las oraciones, y pregyntas de la Doctrina Christiana: y dos
romances al nacimiento de Christo, 1 1., pp. 289-318, 1 blank }.—Tratado vltimo
D enigmas 6 adivinangas: y addiciones D nobres de diversas cosas, 1 1., pp.
319-336.

The fourth and seventh Tratados are not mentioned. A copy of this manu-
script as follows:

1622 a ——— Libro Yntitulado | Compendio de Nombres | en | Lengua
Cakchiquel | y Significados de Verbos por Ympera- | tivos y Acu-
sativos Reciprocos, en | doce Tratados | Por el Padre Predicador |
F. Pantaleon de Guzman | Cura Doctrinero por el Real Patronato |
de esta Doctrina y Curato de Santa Maria | de Jesus Pache | En
veinte dias del mes de Octubre | de mil setecientos y quatro |
alos. | DGB.

Manuscript. Half-title 1 1., title 1 1., pp.iii-vi, 1-323. ‘Copied by Dr.
Berendt from the original dated 1704, late in the possession of Mr. E. G. Squier
(see his Monograph of Authors, p. 33) [No. 1622 of this catulogue]. It is an ex-
tremely useful book, but inconveniently arranged.”—Brinton.

1623 a [Hadley (Lewis F.)|_ A | Quapaw Vocabulary. | And the | Qua-
paw and Ponea | compared. | Also | The mystery of the Ponca Re-
moval | and the | troubles Quapaws were subjected | to on account

970 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hadley (Lewis I’.)—continued.

of the mystery | underlying the Removal of the Poncas, | by In-
gonompishi, late Clerk | of the Quapaw Nation. | 1882. |

Manuscript. 7 11, pp. 1-42, 1-91, 1-21. folio. In the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.

Title recto 1. 1, verso, ‘‘Quapaw [words] overlooked.”—Brief historical notes,
ll. 2-7.—Remarks, p. 1.—Key to the sounds used, p.3, reverse blank.—Quapaw
vocabulary, pp. 5-42.—Notice of the Quapaws and Poncas, p. 1.—Quapaw-Ponca
vocabulary, pp. 3-9.—The mystery of the Ponca removal, pp. 1-20.—Quapaw
[words] overlooked, p. 21.

1623 b ——— Vocabulary of the Modoc.
Manuscript. 34 unnumbered ll. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
In three blank books, 12 11. each, the last two ll. of Book 3 being unfilled. The
first page gives the alphabet. The vocabulary is given under headings: Pro-
miscuous words; On eating; On food; On fruit; On beasts; Of the body; On
the mind; Of days; On the seasons, &c.

1623 ¢ ——— Vocabulary of the Shawnee.
Manuscript. 311]. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

Vocabulary of the Uchee.
Manuscript. 7 ll. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

1626 a Haines (E. M.) Indian names. By E. M. Haines.
In Blanchard (Rufus). The Discovery and Conquest of the Northwest, pp.
475-484. Chicago, 1880. 8°.
Some general suggestions in regard to the Algonquin language, p. 477.—A list
of Indian geographical names, with English significations, pp. 478-484.

1627 a Hakluyt (Richard). The | Principal Navi- | gations, Voyages, |
Traffiqves and Discove- | ries of the English Nation, made by Sea
or ouer- | land, to the remote and farthest distant quarters of the |
Earth, at any time within the compasse of these 1600. yeres: |
Diuided into three seuerall Volumes, according to the | positions of
the Regions, whereunto they | were directed. | The first Volume
containeth the worthy Discoueries, | &c. of the English toward the
North and Northeast by Sea, as of | Lapland, Scrikfinia, Corelia,
the Baie of S. Nicolas, the Isles of Colgoieue, Vaigatz, | and Noua
Zembla, toward the great Riuer Ob, with the mighty Empire of
Russia, | the Caspian Sea, Georgia, Armenia, Media, Persia, Boghar
in Bactria, | and diuers kingdomes:of Tartaria: | Together with
many notable monuments and testimonies | of the ancient forren
trades, and of the warrelike and other | shipping of this Realme of
England in former ages. | VVhereunto is annexed a briefe Com-
mentary of the true state of Island, | and of the Northern Seas and
lands situate that way: As also the | memorable defeat of the
Spanish huge Armada, Anno 1588. | ¢ The second Volume compre-
hendeth the principall | Nauigations, Voyages, Traffiques, and dis-
coueries of the English | Nation made by Sea or ouer-land, to the
South and South-east | parts of the World, as well within as with-
out the Streight of | Gibralter, at any time within the compasse of

HADLEY—HALE. 971

Hakluyt (Richard)—continued.
these 1600. | yeres: Diuided into two seueral parts, &e. | 4 By
Richard Haklvyt Preacher, and sometime Stu-| dent of Christ-
Church in Oxford. | [Figure.] |
Ke $- Imprinted at London by George Bishop, | Ralph Newberie,
and Robert Barker. | Anno 1599. | A. BP. MHS.
A subsequent issue of Vol. 1 of the work given in title No. 1627. It is minus
the voyage to Cadiz. The second volume, also dated 1599, begins: The | Second
Volvme | of the Principal Na- | vigations, &c. The third volume, dated 1600,
begins: The | Third and Last | Volume of the Voy- | ages, Navigations, ete.

1632 a Haldeman (Samuel Stehman). Numerals in the Comanche lan-
guage. me
Manuscript. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

1636 a Hale (Horatio). Indian migrations, as evidenced by language.

In Am. Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, Vol. 5, pp. 18-28, 108-124. Chi-
cago, 1883. 8°. Separately issued as below.

Verbal forms of the Wyandot, Mobawk, Oneida, Onondaga, Cayuga, Seneca,
and Tuscarora, p. 25.—Pronominal forms of the Iroquois and Cherokee, and list
showing similarity between words of the Iroquois and Cherokee, p. 27.—Words
in Tutelo and Dakota, pp. 109-111.—Words showing similarity between Chero-
kee, Choctaw, and Chicasa, p. 120.

1636 b —— Indian Migrations, | asevidenced by language: | compris-
ing | The Huron-Cherokee Stock: The Dakota Stock: The Algon-
kins: | The Chahta-Muskoki Stock: The Moundbuilders: | The
Iberians. | By Horatio Hale, M. A. | A Paper read at a Meeting
of the American Association for the Advance. | ment of Science,
held at Montreal, in August, 1882. | Reprinted from the ‘American
Antiquarian” for January and April, 1883. |

Chicago: | Jameson & Morse, Printers, 162-164 Clark St. |
1883. | T. WE. DGB. JWP.
Printed cover 11]., title 11., pp. 1-27. 8°.

1636 ¢ ——— The Tutelo Tribe and Language. By Horatio Hale.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 21, pp. 1-47. Philadelphia, 1883. 8°.
Also issued separately, pp. 1-47. 8°. (*)

1637 a ———. editor. Brinton’s Library of | Aboriginal American Liter-
ature. | Number II. | The | Iroquois | Book of Rites. | Edited by |
Horatio Hale, M. A., | Author of ‘‘ The Ethnography and Philology
of the U.S. | Exploring Expedition,” ete. |

D. G. Brinton. | Philadelphia. | 1883. | T. WE. DGB. JWP.

Title as above 1]., general title of series 11., pp, ili-vili, 9-222. 8°. Forms
Part II of Brinton’s Library of Aboriginal American Literature.

Chapter X, The Iroquois Language, pp. 99-113, coutains many examples and
a discussion of the grammatic construction of the language.

Ancient Rites of the Condoling Council, pp. 115-139, alternate pages Canienga
(Mohawk] and English.—The Book of the Younger Nations, pp. 140-145, alter-
nate pages Onondaga and English.—Notes on the Canienga book, pp. 146-165.
Notes on the Onondaga book, pp. 166-170.—Appendices, pp. 171-190.—Canienga
Glossary, alphabetically arranged, pp. 191-215.

972 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

”

Hale (Horatio)—continued.
In addition there are terms in the various dialects of the Iroquois scattered
through the work in great profusion.
Reviewed by [Smith (Erminnie A.)] in Science, vol. 2, No. 30, pp. 270-272.
Cambridge, 1883. 4°.
Hall (Prof. Asaph). See Stimpson (Dr. William) and Hall (Prof.
Asaph), No. 3760.

1641 [Hall (Rev. Sherman).] Ojibwa nugumoshing. Ojibwa hymns.
This title should have been entered under Jones (Rev. Peter), Evans.( fev. J.),
and Henry (G.), as the preface of the work says the hymns were compiled from
the hymn books of those authors by Mr. Hall.

1661 a Hamy (Dr. E. T.) Note sur une Inscription Chronographique
de la fin de la Période Aztéque, appartenant au Musée du Troca-
déro par le Dt E. T. Hamy Conservateur du Musée. JWP.

In Revue @’Ethnographie, tome second, pp. 191-202. Paris, 1883. 8°.

Mexican terms passim. :

Hanranna Qa Rtayetu [in Dakota]. See Hinman (Rev. S. D.),
No. 1808.

1671. [Hartgers (Joost), editor.] Beschrijvinghe | Van | Virginia, |
Nieuw Nederlandt/ | Nieww Engelandt, | En d’Eylanden | Bermu-
des, | Barbados, en S. Christoftel. | Dienstelyck voor elck een der-
waerts handelende/ en alle voort-plantes | van nieuw Colonien. |
Met kopere Figuren verciert. | [Design.]

’+ Amsterdam, | By Joost Hartgers, Boeck-verkooper op den
Dam/ bezyden ’t Stadt-huys/ | op de hoeck vande Kalver-straet/
inde Boeck-winckel/ Anno 1651. | i L.

Pp. 1-88. 4°. map of Virginia and plates. Improved title of No. 1671.

Megapolensis (J.) Korte Ontwerp van de Mahakuase Indianen in Nieuw
Nederlandt, pp. 42-49.

Hartmann (R.) See Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, No. 4301.

Harvey (Rev. M.) See Hatton (Joseph) and Harvey (Rev. M.), No.
1677 a, 1677.

1673 a Hasling (Mr. —.) Hine Probe der Esquimaux-Sprache. Cc.
In Neues Lausitziches Magazin, herausgegeben von der Oberlausitzischen
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, vol. 14, pp. 260-262. Gérlitz, 1836. 8°.

1676 Hatchets. The Hatchets, to hew down the Tree of Sin, | which
bears the Fruit of Death. | Or, The Laws, by which the Magistrates
are | to punish Offences, among the Indians, | as well as among the
English. | — | Togkunkash, tummethamunate Matcheseongane |
mehtug, ne meechumuoo Nuppooonk. | Asuh, | Wunnaumatuon-
gash, nish nashpe Nananuacheeg | kusnunt sasamatahamwog
matcheseongash ut | kenugke Indiansog netatuppe onk ut ke-
nugke | englishmansog. | (asuh Chohkquog.) |

Colophon: | Boston: Printed by B. Green. 1705. | L.

One sheet of 15 pp. sm. 8°. On the first page, the double title, as above, and
an introduction to the Laws, beginning: ‘The Laws are now to be declared,

HALE—HAYES. 973

Hatchets—continued.

O Indians,” &c. This introduction and each of the twenty laws are followed,
in order, by the Indian translation. At the end, on p. 15, are two paragraphs of
admonition, and on the lower half of the page, between single rules, is the colo-
phon, as above. In the language of the Indians of Massachusetts. Improved
title of No. 1676.

16764 Hathaway (Benjamin). The League | of | The Iroquois, | and |
other legends. | From the Indian Muse. | By | Benjamin Hath-
away. | [Quotation 7 lines.] |

Chicago: | 8S. C. Griggs and Company. | 1882. | *

Pp. i-xii,1 1., pp. 1-319, (2). 12°. Portrait. ‘Title from Mr. W. Eames from
copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.

Vocabulary [of Indian words used in the poem, withsignifications], pp. 317-319.

1677 a Hatton (Joseph) and Harvey (Rev. M.) Newfoundland | The
Oldest British Colony | Its History, its Present Condition, and | its
Prospects in the Future. | By | Joseph Hatton, | Author of “To
Day in America”, “The New Ceylon”, ‘ Journalistic London”, ete. |
and | the Rev. M. Harvey, | A Resident of St. John’s, and Author
of “Across Newfoundland”, ete. | Illustrated | from Photographs
and sketches specially made for this work by W. F. Rennie, | J.
Hayward, and 8S. H. Parsons (Photographer) ; | Drawn by Percival
Skelton; and Engraved by Geo. Pearson. | Supplemented by Artis-
tie Contributions from various other sources. |

London: | Chapman and Hall, Limited, | HenriettaStreet, Covent
Garden. | 1883. | 8. T. W. BA. BP.

Pp. i-xxiv, 1-489. 8°. 6 plates. Vocabulary of Mary March’s language
(Bethuk), presented to Mr. John Peyton by the Rev. John Leigh, pp. 218-221.
This vocabulary is a literal reprint from the Journal of the Anthropological In-
stitute of Gt. Britain, vol. 4 (1874), pp. 37-39.

16770 Newfoundland | its history, its present condition, and
its | prospects in the future | By | Joseph Hatton | Author of ‘ To-
day in America,” ‘“‘ The New Ceylon,” “‘ Journalistic London,” ete. |
and | The Rey. M. Harvey | A Resident of St. John’s, and author
of “Across Newfoundland” | Reprinted from the English edition :
revised, corrected, | and enlarged | Ilustrated |

Boston | Published by Doyle & Whittle | 1883 | BP. WWB.
Pp. i-xix, 1-431. 8°. map and 8 plates. Vocabulary of Mary March’s Lan-
guage, pp. 184-186.

1684a Hayden (Dr. Ferdinand Vandeveer). (From the American Journ.
of Science and Arts, Vol. XXXIV, July, 1862.) | A Sketch of the
Mandan Indians, | with some observations illustrating the | Gram-
matical Structure of their language. | By Dr. F’. V. Hayden. | *

No title-page. Pp.57-66. 8°. Separate issue of No. 1684. Title from Mr. W,
Eames, from copy in possession of Mr. W. W. Beach.

1688 a Hayes (Benjamin). Dieguino idiom. Furnished by Panto, the

well-known and intelligent captain of San Pascual to Benj. Hayes.
Manuscript. 11. folio. About 50 words. In the Bancroft Library, San Fran-

Oisco.

974 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1692 a Hazen (Gen. William B.) in charge. United States of America: |
War Department. | Signal Service Notes. | No. 1X. | Weather Prov-
erbs. | Prepared under the direction of | Brig. and Bvt. Maj. Gen’l
W. B. Hazen, | Chief Signal Officer of the Army. | By | H. H. C.
Dunwoody, | 1st Lieutenant, 4th Artillery, A. S. O. and Asst. |
Published by authority of the Secretary of War. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1883. | C. TWP.
Pp. 1-148. 8°. Zuni weather proverbs, by F. H. Cushing, pp. 124-127. Mr.
Cushing’s initials are incorrectly given as G. H.

1694 Hazlitt (William Carew). British Columbia, | and | Vancouver
Island; | comprising | a historical sketch of the British Settle-
ments | in the North-west Coast of America; | And a Survey of
the | physical character, capabilities, climate, topography, | natural
history, geology and ethnology | of that region; | Compiled from
Official and other Authentic Sources. | By | William Carew Haz-
litt, | Author of [ete., two lines]. | With a map. |

London: | G. Routledge & Co., Farringdon Street. | New York:
18 Beekman Street. | 1858. | (The author reserves the right of
Translation.) | B.C.

Pp. 1-247, 16°. map.

Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon, from San Francisco Bulletin, pp. 241-243.

1696 Heaviside (J.T. C.) American Antiquities, &e. Cc.
This work, an imperfect title of which is given in No. 1696, contains no lin-
gustics.

1721 a Helmsing (J. T.) Vocabulary of the M’Mat.
In Gatschet (A.S.) Der Yuma-Sprachstamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschrift
fiir Ethnologie, 1883, pp. 134-138. Berlin, [1883]. 8°.

Printed from the manuscript mentioned in No, 1721 of this catalogue.
/

V 1725 Henderson(Alexander). The Gospel | according to | Matthew. |
(In the Charibbean language.) | Translated by | Alexander Hen-
derson. |

Edinburgh: | Printed by Thomas Constable, | Printer to Her
Majesty. | MDCCCXLVII [1847]. |

Second title: Araidatiu-lumurau | segung | Madéju. | Karaba-
gungte lau | Alexander Henderson. |

Edinburugu. | MDCCCXLVII [1847]. | T. DGB.

English title recto 1. 1, Carib title recto 12, verso of each blank. Text pp.
5-88. 16°. Improved title of No. 1725.

1726 The | Maia Primer. | By | Alexander Henderson, | Belize,
Honduras, &e. | The Yucatecan Alphabet consists of [ete., ten
lines]. |

Birmingham: | Printed by Showell, Upper Temple Street. |
[1852.] 1. DGB. JWP.

Pp. 1-12. 16°. Improved title of No. 1726. The two titles given under Hen-
derson, Nos. 1727, 1728, are also entered in full under Pletcher (Rev. Richard),
Nos. 1307, 1308, where they properly belong.

\

HAZEN—HENSEL 975

Henderson (Alexander)—continued.
1729 a ——— Grammar | of the | Karif Language | as spoken in the

Bay of Honduras. | By Alexander Henderson. | Belize. 1872. |
Manuscript. 11.,pp.1-110. 8°. Copy of the original manuscript now in the
Bureau of Ethnology. DGB.

1729 b ——— Dictionary | of the | Karif Language | as spoken in the

Bay of Honduras. | By Alexander Henderson. | Belize. 1872. |
Newly arranged by Dr. C. H. Berendt. | New York December
1873. | DGB.

Manuscript. 11., pp. 1-231. 5°. Copied from the original, in the Bureau of
Ethnology, and re-arranged by Dr. Berendt, with various new words from the

author. The volume includes a number of autograph letters from Mr. Hender-
son, who was for forty years a missionary in Honduras.

1729 ¢ ——— Materiales para el Vocabulario Comparativo del Dr.

Berendt. Caribe por el Rev. Alexander Henderson. DGB.
Manuscript. 4 pp. folio. Three double columns, Spanish and Carib, to the
page.

—— See Ruz (Fr. Joaquin), No. 3426a.

1732 Hennepin (Louis). [Dictionary of the Dakota language.| a

“He describes as follows the rhanner in which he compiled a dictionary of the
Dakota language: ‘As soon as I could catch the word Taketchiabihen (Taku-
kapi-he), which means ‘‘ what call you that,” I became in a short time able to
converse on the familiar objects. At first this difficulty was hard to surmount.
If I had a desire to know what to run was, in their tongue, I was forced to in-
crease my speed and actually run from one end of the lodge to the other, until
they understood what I meant and had told me the word, which I presently set
down in my Dictionary.’”—Minn. Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 302-313.

Henry (George). See Mungwandus, No. 2681.
“Tn 1854 and afterwards Henry wrote his Indian name Maungwnudaus.”—
Trumbull.

1733 a [Henry (Victor)]. Esquisse @’une Grammaire de la langu: Innok

etudiée dans le dialecte des Tchight du Mackenzie, Vapres la
Grammaire et le vocabulaire Tchight du R. P. Petitot.

In Revue de Linguistique, tome 10, pp. 223-260. Paris, 1877. 8°. The orig-
inal of the separate, title of which is given in No. 1734.

1734a —— Esquisse dune Grammaire raisonée de la langue Aléoute

W@apreés la Grammaire et le vocabulaire de Ivan Véniaminoy.
In Revue de Linguistique, tome 11, pp. 424-457. Paris, 1878. 5°.
The title of the second and final article of this series is given in No, 1739.

1736a Hensel (Gottfried). Synopsis | Vniversie Philologiie, | in qua: |

Miranda | Vnitas | et | Harmonia | Lingvarum | totivs Orbis Ter-
rarvm | occvlta, | e | Literarvm, Syllabarvm, | Voevmqve natvra
& recessibvs, | eruitur. | Cum Grammatica LL. Orient. Har- |
monica, Synoptice tractata; [etc., 7 lines} adornata, a | Godofredo
Henselo, | Schole A. C. ap. Hirsch. Rectore. |

976

NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hensel (Gottfried)—continued.

Norimberge, | In Commissis apvd Heredes | Homannianos.
1741. | *

Pp. 492, (20). maps, engraved alphabets, paradigms, &c. sm.8°. De Linguis
Americanis, pp. 482-492.—Lord’s Prayer in [pseudo-] Mexican, Poconchi, Vir-
ginian [i. ¢., Massachusetts, of Eliot], and Algonkin (from Lahontan), pp. 486-
487.—Short Algonkin vocabulary and a few words in Huron, pp. 488-489.

Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from copy in his possession.

1737a H[erbert (Sir Thomas)]. A | Relation | of some yeares | travaile,

begvnne | Anno 1626. | Into Afrique and the greater Asia, espe-
cially | the Territories of the Persian Monarchie: and | some parts
of the Orientall Indies, | and Iles adiacent. | Of their Religion,
Language, Habit, Dis- | cent, Ceremonies, and other matters | con-
cerning them. | Together with the proceedings and death of the
three | late Ambassadours: Sir D. C. Sir R. 8S. and the Persian |
Nogdi-beg: | As also the two great Monarchs, the King of Persia, |
and the Great Mogol. | By T. H. Esquier. | [Design.] | — |
London, | Printed by William Stansby, and Jacob | Bloome,
1634. | C.
Engraved title, reverse blank, 11.; title as above, reverse blank, 11.; 3 other
p. ll. unnumbered; pp. 1-225; 7 unnumbered Il. folio. According to Sabin’s Dic-
tionary, No. 31471, there are other editions: London, 1638, 1658, 1665, 1677.
Comparisons between Welsh and Mexican names, p. 222.

1740a Herman (Reinhold L.) and Satterlee (Walter). Cradle Songs |

of | Many Nations | [Picture] | Music | by | Reinhold L. Herman |
Illustrations | by | Walter Satterlee |

New York | Dodd, Mead & Company | Publishers |

Bound in paper, within a detached, light cloth cover, both bearing a fancy
general title—“ Cradle Songs.” Pp. 1-64. 4°.

American Indian Cradle Song, from the Cherokee tribe, pp. 51-52.

1743 Hernandez (Francisco). Quatro Libros. | De la natu- | raleza, y

virtudes de las | Plantas, y animales que estan receuidos en el
uso | de Medicina en la Nueua Espatia, y la Methodo y correc- |
cion y preparacion, que para administrallas se requiere | con lo que
el Doctor Francisco Hernandez escriuio | en lengua Latina. | Muy
util para todo genero de | gente ¢ viue en estacias y Pueblos, do
no ay Medicos ni Botica. | Traduzido, y aumentados muchos sim-
ples, y compuestos | y otros muchos secretos curatiuos por Fr.
Francisco Xi- | menez, hijo del Conuento de 8. Domingo de Me-
xico, | Natural de la Villa de Luna del Reyno de Aragon. | 4 A Nro
R. P. Maestro F*. Hernando Bazan, Prior Prouincial de | la Prouin-
cia de Sactiago de Mexico de la Orden de los Predicadores, | y
Cathedratico Iubilado de Theologia en la Vniuersidad Real. |

4 En Mexico, en casa de la Viuda de Diego Lopez Daualos.
1615. | 4 Vendése en la tienda de Diego Garrido, en la esquina de |
la calle de Zacuba, y en la porteria de 8. Domingo. | i

HENSEL—HERNANDEZ, 977

Hernandez (Francisco)—continued.

5 p. ll., ll. 1-208, table 7 11. sm. 4°. Improved title of No. 1743, furnished by
Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his possession.

Ximenes, in his introduction, remarks that the work of Hernandez, abridged
by the Neapolitan physician Nardo Antonio Reccho, by strange ways reached
the Indies and fell into his hands; and that he was induced to publish this trans-
lation, adding such examples as fell in his way.

1745 ——— Engraved title: Rervm Medicarvm | Nove Hispaniz |
Thesavrvs | sev | Plantarvm Animalivm | Mineralivm Mexicano-
rvm | Historia | ex Francisci Hernandez | Noui Orbis Medici Pri-
marij relationibus | in ipsa Mexicana Vrbe conscriptis | A Nardo
Antonio Reccho | Monte Coruinate Cath. Maiest. Medico | Et
Neap. Regni Archiatro Generali | Jussu Philippi II. Hisp. Ind.
ete. Regis | Collecta ac in ordinem digesta | A loanne Terrentio
Lynceo | Constantiense Germ®. Phé ac Medico | Notis Ilustrata |
Nune primt in Naturaliti rer, Studiosor, gratia | lucubrationibus
Lynceorti publici iuris facta. | Quibus Jam excussis accessere
demum alia ' quor, omnium synopsis sequenti pagina ponitur |
Opus duobus voluminibus diuisum | Philippo III. Regi Catholico
Magno | Hispaniar, vtriusq, Sicilie et Indiarii ete Monarche | dica-
tum. |

Cum Priuilegijs. Rom Superior permissu. Ex Typographeio
Vitalis Maseardi. M. DC. XX XXXI [1651]. |

Printed title: Nova | Plantarvm, Animalivm | et Mineralivm
Mexicanorvm | Historia | a Francisco Hernandez Medico | In In-
dijs prestantissimo primum compilata, | dein a Nardo Antonio
Reccho in volvmen digesta, | a lo. Terentio, Io. Fabro, et Fabio
Colvmna Lynceis | Notis, & additionibus longe doctissimis illus-
trata. | Cui demum accessere-| Aliqvot ex Principis Federici | Cesii
Frontispiciis | Theatri Naturalis Phytosophice Tabule | Vna cum
quamplurimis Iconibus, ad octingentas, quibus singula | contem-
planda graphice exhibentur. | [Engraving.] |

Romae MDCLULI [1651]. | Sumptibus Blasij Deuersini, & Zanobij
Masotti Bibliopolarum. | Typis Vitalis Mascardi. Superiorum per-
missu. | B. C. W. BP. HU.

Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., Philippo iv, 1 1., Iacobvs Mascardvs, &ce.,
1 1., Approbatio, &c.,1 1., Index Plantarvm, 7 ll., Index Avthorym, &c., 2 ll.,
Vocum quarundam Americanarum explicatio, verso Errata sive Corrigenda, 1 1.,
in all 15]1. Rervm Medicarym, pp. 1-950. Amico lectori, reverse Index tabvla-
rvm,11., Index medicamentorvm, 4 ll.

In the copy in the library of Harvard University the printed title precedes
the engraved one, which probably is the proper order; in that copy the arrange-
ment of the Indices is also different from that indicated above.

The imperfect title given in No. 1747 is not a separate work, but is the printed
title above. Title No. 1746 also forms a part of the above, and should be as fol-
lows: >

Appended: Historiae animalivm | et mineralivm Novae Hispa-
niae | Liber Vnicus | in sex tractatvs divisvs | Francisco Fernandez

62 Bib

978 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hernandez (Francisco)—continued.
Philippi Secundi primario Médico | Avthore. | Tractatvs Primvs>|
De Quadrupedibus Nouz Hispanie. | B. C. W. BA. HU.
Pp. 1-90, Indices 3 ll. folio.
Contains the Mexican names with Latin equivalents, and wood-cut engrav-
- ings, of plants, pp. 1-459; of animals, pp. 460-840; followed by Annotationes et
Additiones, pp. 841-899. Phytosophicarvm Tabvlarvm ex Frontispiciis Natura-
lis Theatri Principis Feder. Caesii Lyncei . . . Pars I., pp.901-952. Vocum quo-
rundam Americanarum explicatio, on the recto of the 12th leaf of the Index.
The Historiae Animalium et Mineralium also contains the Mexican and Latin
names.

“There is a great deal of confusion in regard to the bibliographical as well as
to the literary history of this work. Acosta, in his history printed in 1590,
speaks of Dr. Hernandez’ history, and of Nardo Antonio’s abridgment of it; and
to ‘these books (probably meaning MSS.) and works refers those who wish for
more particular information concerning the plants of the Indies, and their
medicinal uses.’ Leon Pinelo, in his Biblioteca, printed in 1629, says that it
was already printed in Germany, and that Pedro de la Seyne, in his Homeri
Nepenthes, also quoted it as printed. At page 460, there is an address to the
reader, dated in Rome, 1625, which appears to have been placed instead of an
address to Cardinal Barberini, with the same date, and in nearly the same words
(both of which are in wy copy). Which shows that part of the work was prob-
ably printed before 1644, when Innocent X. was made Pope, and expelled the
Barberini, by whose means he had been elected, from Rome. A dedication to
the same Cardinal, at page 903 (also in mine) without date, is supplied in most
copies by another to the Duke del Infantado, dated Rome, 1651. In some copies,
even the figure of the Dragon, at p.816, dedicated also to Cardinal Barberini, is
tornout. Some copies havea plant engraved on copper, at p. 213, and another at
p. 301, but which are generally wanting: many copies have only the engraved
title page; in some dated 1651, in others 1649. It appears probable that the
body of the work -was printed in 1625; when a few copies got abroad, and that
it was completed and some changes made, in 1649-51.

“Hernandez was Physician to Philip II., by whom he was sent to Mexico to
examine and describe its natural productions and ascertain their medicinal
properties. He wrote a copious history in Latin, which was given to Nardo An-
tonio Recco, a Neapolitan physician, for examination, who reduced it to a mod-
erate compass. The original of this abridgment, with the censorship and ap-
probation of Dr. Valle, by some singular chance, fell into the hands of the
Dominican Friar, Francisco Ximenez, in Mexico, by whom it was translated
into Spanish, and printed in that city in 4to in 1615. This work corresponds
almost exactly to the X books published in Rome, in 1648-51, but both differ
materially from the Plant. Noy. Hisp., &c., published by Ortega, from Hernandez’
manuscripts in 1790. Most of the original MSS. of Hernandez were, destroyed
by the fire at the Escurial in 1671. There is extant a MS. translation of Pliny
by Hernandez. Very little is known respecting his life, although much more
worthy of a niche in the temple of Fame than many of his cotemporaries. Like
his early friend and companion Ambrosio de Morales, he probably flourished
during the greater part of the 16th century. His native place was Toledo.”—
Rich, pp. 73-74.

1770a Hester (Joseph Goodman). Words, phrases, and sentences in
the Cherokee language.

Manuscript. Pp. 77-228 and 4 ll. containing local geographic names, etc.

with English translation. 4°. In the possession of the author, Washington,

. HERNANDEZ—HILL. 979

Hester (Joseph Goodman)—continued.

D.C. Collected in North Carolina in 1884, and recorded in a copy of the second
edition of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages. In Roman
characters, except the first few pages, which are in both Roman and Cherokee
characters.

1i74a Hill(A. H.) Ne| karoronh | ne | Teyerighwaghkwatha | ne ne
enyontste | ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | kanyengehaga neyewean-
otenh. | Ne tehaweanadenyon | kenwendeshon. |

New-York, | Conference Office Tsi nonwe t’karistoh- | rarakon
by J. Collord. | 1829. |

Second title: A | Collection | of | Hymns | for] the use of
native Christians | of the | Mohawk Language. | Translated chiefly
by A. H. Hill. |

New-York, | Printed at the Conference Office | by J. Collord. |
1829. | c

Pp. 1-39, 1-39, alternate Mohawk and English; pp. 40-68, Mohawk. Mohawk
title verso 1.1; English title recto 1. 2. 16°. A variation of the title given ir
No. 1774.

1779.4 Ne | karoron | ne | teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne eny:
ontste | ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | kanyencehaga [sic] kaweanon
dahkoga | ni ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate | teyerihwah
kwatha ne exhaogon ah | enyontste ji yondaderihonnyeanitha |

New York: | Published by Nelson & Phillips. | For the Mis.
sionary Society of the Methodist | Episcopal Church. | 1874. |

Second title: A | Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native
Christians | of the | Mohawk language; | to which are added | a
number of hymns for Sabbath | Schools. |

New York: | Published by Nelson & Phillips, | for the Mis-
sionary Society of the Methodist | Episcopal Church. | 1874. | *

240 pp. 24°. Indian title verso 1. 1 (p.2), recto blank; English title recto 1. 2
(p. 3); alternate pages in Mohawk and English, pp. 4-87; in Mohawk alone,
pp. 88-117; in Mohawk and English, pp. 118-195; ‘‘Hymns for Children,” in
English, pp. 197-230; Mohawk index, pp. 231-235; English index, pp. 236-240.

Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

17914 , Hess (William), and Wilkes (John A.), jr. Ne ne jinihodi
yeren | ne | rodiyatadogenhti, | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon |
ne tehaweanatennyon ne kenwendeshon nok oni shodigwatagwen |
ne William Hess and John A. Wilkes Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible Society of
New-York, | auxiliary to | the Bible Society of the Methodist Epis-
copal Church. | M‘Elrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1554. |

Second title: The Acts | of | the Apostles, | in | the Mohawk Lan-
guage, | translated | By H. A. Hill, | with corrections by | William
Hess and John A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s Bible Society
of New-York, | auxiliary to | the Bible Society of the Methodist
Episcopal Church. | M‘Elrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1834. | *

980 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hill (A. H.), Hess (William), and Wilkes (John A.), jr.—continued.
Pp. 1-121, 1-121 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and English. 12°.
Mohawk title verso 1.1; English title recto 1.2. Another edition of No. 1791.
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach,
Yonkers, N. Y.
Hill (Isaac), editor. See Farmer’s Monthly Visitor, No. 1267.

1797 Hind (Henry Youle). North-West Territory. | Reports of Pro-
gress; | together with | a Preliminary and General Report | on
the | Assiniboine and Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition, | made
under instructions from the Provincial Secretary, | Canada. | By
Henry Youle Hind, M. A. | Professor of Chemistry and Geology
in the University of Trinity College, Toronto, | In charge of the
Expedition. | Printed by order of the Legislative Assembly. |

Toronto: | Printed by John Lovell, corner of Yonge and Melinda

Steets. | 1859. | A.C. HU.
Pp. i-xii, 1-202, 4 ll. folio. 9 folding maps,3 plates. Improved title of No.
1797.

Histoire. Histoire de la Virginie. See [Beverly (Robert)], Nos.
373-375.

Histoire du Nouveau Monde. See [Laet (J. de)], No. 2164.

-——- Histoire * * * Iles Antilles de PAmérique. See | Roche-
fort (L. C. de)], Nos. 3343, 3345, 3349.

Historische Beschreibung Der Antillen Inseln. See [Rochefort
(L. C. de)], No. 3348.

History. History of Joseph, in Choctaw. See [Dukes (Joseph)],
No. 1102.

The History of Poor Sarah, in Micmac. See [Rand (Rev.
S. T.)]

History of the Caribby-Islands. See [Rochefort (L. O.
de)|, No. 3346.

History of the Indian Wars. “See [Sanders (Rev. D. C.)],
Nos. 3474-3475.

History * * of Virginia. See [Beverly (Robert)], Nos.

372, 377.
[Hoecken (Rev. Christian).] See Pewani Ipi Potewatemi, No. 2974.

See Potewatemi Nememissinoikan Ewiyowat, No. 3042.

I am informed by Dr. Trumbull that Father Hoecken is the author of these
two works.

1828 a Hoffman (Charles Fenno). A Winter | in the Far West. | By C.
I’. Hoffman, | of New-York. | [Quotation 4 lines.] | In two vol-
umes. | Vol. I [-IT]. |

London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street. | 1835. | c.
2 vols.: 2p. IL, pp. iii-iv, vii-xi, 1-336; i-vii, 1-340. 12°. The Lord’s Prayez
in Chippewa, with a literal translation, vol. 2, pp. 16-17.—An Indian serenade,

HILL—HOOD. 981

Hoffman (Charles Fenno)—continued.
written in a sort of Lingua-Franca, or mongrel tongue, much used on the
frontier, made up of words taken alike from the Ottawa and Ojibboai or Chip-
pewa, and possibly other languages, [ with translations], vol. 2, pp. 16-19:

First edition, New York: Harper & Brothers, 1835. 2 vols. 12°. (*)
An abstract which forms “Fergus’s Historical Series No. 20”, Chicago, 1883,
pp. 1-64, 5° (a.), does not contain the linguistics.

1828 b ——— A | Winter in the West. | By a New-Yorker. | [Quota-
tion, four lines.] | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | Second Edition. |
New York: | Published by Harper & Brothers, | No. 82 Cliff-Street.
1835. | BP.

2 vols. 12°. Linguistics, pp. 21-22, 22-23.

1829 ——— Wild Scenes | in the | Forest and Prairie. | By C. F. Hoff:
man, Esq. | Author of “‘A Winter in the Far West”. | In two vol-
umes. | Vol. I [-II]. |

London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street, | Publisher
in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | Price Sixteen Shillings. | 1839. | sBD.
2 vols.: pp. i-vii, 1-292; 2p. ll, pp. 1-284. 12%. Improved title of No. 1829.
Linguistics as in No. 1828, vol.1, pp. 173-181, 208. Aboriginal terms passim.
1835a Hoffman (Dr. Walter James). Comparison of Eskimo Picto-
graphs with those of other American aborigines.

In Anthrop. Soc. of Washington, Trans., vol. 2, pp. 128-146. Washington,
1883. 89°.

Interpretation of picture writings in the Kiatéxamut dialect of the Innuit,
with literal English translation, pp. 133, 134, 143-144.—Same in the Argalixamut
dialect of the Innuit, p. 138.

Separately issued as follows:

1835 b Comparison | of | Eskimo Pictographs | with those of |
other American Aborigines. | By W. J. Hofiman, M.D. | General
Secretary [&c., four lines]. | (Reprinted from the Transactions of
the Anthropological Society of Washington, | Vol. II, 1883.) |

Washington: | Judd & Detweiler, Printers. | 1883. | DGB.

Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-19. 8°. 7

1847 a Holmes (William Henry). Artin shell of the Ancient Americans.

In Bureau of Ethnology, Second Ann. Rept., pp. 179-305. Washington, 1883.
imp. 8°. Indian terms passim.

Holy Bible [in the Massachusetts language]. See [Eliot (John)],
Nos. 1176-1177. :

Holy Gospels * * Iroquois. See [Onasakenrat (Chief Joseph.)|, No.
2838.

Homilies in the Mexican language. See Epistolas, No. 1223.

1847 b Hood (George). A | History of Music | in | New England: |

with | Biographical Sketches | of | Reformers and Psalmists. | By
George Hood. |

Boston: | Wilkins, Carter & Co. | 1846. | 0. BA. BL.

Pp. i-vii, 9-252, 2 1]. 16°. Portion of Psalm CXVII in Indian verse (from
Eliot’s Bible), p. 55. Dr. Trumbull informs me that there was a second (en-
larged) edition of this work, but I have seen no copy thereof.

982 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

1853 Horden (Rev. John). A Grammar | of the | Cree Language, |
as spoken by the | Cree Indians of North America. | By the | Rt.
Rev. J. Horden, D.D., | Bishop of Moosonee. | [Seal.] |

London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge ; | North-

umberland Avenue, Charing Cross. | 1881. | S. WE. JWP.
Pp. i-viii, 1-238. 16°. Improved title of No. 1853. Interlinear translations,

pp. 233-237.
1853 a ——— Bible and Gospel History | in the | Moose Dialect. |

[One line syllabic characters. ] |

Colophon: London: Printed by W. M. Watts, Crown Court,
Temple Bar. WE.

No title-page. 83 pp. 12°. In syllabic characters. Includes Watts’s Cate-
chism of Scripture Names, pp. 72-79.—Watts’s First Catechism, pp. 80-83.

The following notice of translations is from the Missionary Magazine of the
London Church Missionary Society, the date of which I do not know, having
seen only a cutting.

“During the winter, Bishop Horden, of Moosonee, was busily engaged upon
Ojibbeway translations, particularly the Acts of the Apostles. He was assisted
by the Rey. J. Sanders, who is an Ojibbeway Indian, and who has already him-

‘ self translated the ‘Peep of Day’ into his mother tongue. At the same time,
Archdeacon Vincent was preparing a Cree version of the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress.’
Mr. Sanders writes that he-has now four books in Ojibbeway, viz, St. Matthew’s
Gospel, a catechism of Bible history, the Prayer Book nearly complete, and a
hymn book with 100 hymns.” }

1857 a Horne (Thomas Hartwell). A | Manual | of | Biblical Bibliog-
raphy; | comprising | a catalogue, methodically arranged, | of | the
principal editions and versions of | the Holy Scriptures; | together
with | notices of the principal philologers, critics, and interpreters |
of the bible. | By | Thomas Hartwell Horne, B. D. | [ete., four
lines.] |

London: | T. Cadell, Strand; | W. Blackwood and Sons, Edin-
burgh; and | R. Milliken and Son, Dublin. | MDCCCXXXIX
[1839]. | C. WE.

Pp. i-xii, 1-432. 8°. Lord’s prayer in Virginian (from Eliot’s Bible), p. 125;
1 John, iii, 1-4, in the Delaware language (from Dencke), p. 125.

This volume is a separate edition of the Bibliographical Appendix to Horne’s
Introduction to the Critical Study and Knowledge of the Holy Scriptures, Lon-
don, 1839, and other editions; the 1839 edition of which does not contain the
above linguistics.

1858a Hough (Daniel). |Map of Indiana giving] Names of Lakes,
Rivers, Towns, Forts, &c., also tribal districts and tribes.

Accompanies Beckwith (H. W.), in Indiana, Department of Geology and
Natural History, 12th Annual Report, 1882, facing p. 42.

18614 Hovelacque (Abel). Bibliotheque des Sciences Contemporaines | La
Linguistique | par | Abel Hovelacque | Linguistique. Philologie.
Ktymologie. | La faculté du langage articulé, sa legalisation, | son
origine vraisemblable | et son importance dans Vhistoire naturelle. |
Tableau des trois couches linguistiques et des idiomes | qui les repré-
sentent. | La pluralité originelle | et la transformation des systémes
de langues. |

HORDEN—HOWSE. 983

Hovelacque (Abel)—continued. .

Paris | C. Reinwald et Cie, Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Rue des
Saint-Peres, 15 | 1876 | Tous droits de traduction et de reproduc-
tion réservés. | W. BP.

Pp. i-xi, 1-365. 16°. ‘“‘The American Languages,” pp. 106-120.

1861) The | Science of Language | Linguistics, Philology, Ety-

mology. | By | Abel Hovelacque. | Translated by | A. H. Keane, B.

A., | author of | “History of the English Language,” “German
Inflexion,” ‘‘ French Accents.” |

London: Chapman and Hall, 193, Piccadilly. | Philadelphia: J. B.

Lippincott and Co. | 1877. | T. W. BA. WE.

2p. lL, pp. v-xv, 1-340. 12°. map. Linguistics as in earlier edition, pp.123-135.

1864 a Howe (Henry). Fourteen Thousand. | Historical Collections |
of | Ohio; | containing | a collection of the most interesting facts,
traditions, | biographical sketches, anecdotes, ete. | relating to its
General and Local History: | with | Descriptions of its Counties,
Principal Towns and | Villages. | Illustrated by | 180 Engravings,
giving | views of the chief towns,—public buildings,—relies of
anti- | quity,—historic localities,—natural scenery, ete. | By Henry
Howe. | [Seal.] |

Cincinnati: | Published by Henry Howe, at E. Morgan & Co’s. |
Price three dollars. | 1852. | sy
Pp. 1-620. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

Johnston (Col. John), Vocabularies of the Shawanoese and Wyandott lan-
guages, pp. 590-594.

1865 a Historical Collections | of | Ohio; | containing | a collection
of the most interesting facts, traditions, | biographical sketches,
anecdotes, ete. | relating to its |General and Local History: | with
Descriptions of its counties, cities, towns, and villages, | Illustrated
by 180 engravings, | giving views of the chief towns, public build-
ings, relics of antiquity, | historic localities, nataral scenery, ete. |
By Henry Howe. |

Cincinnati: | Robert Clarke & Company. | 1875. | C.
Pp. 1-599. 8°. Vocabularies as in other editions, pp. 590-594.

1866 a Howison (Robert R.) A | History of Virginia, | from its | Dis-
covery and Settlement | by Europeans | to | the present time. | By |
Robert R. Howison. | Vol. II. | Containing the history of the colony
and of the State from | 1763 to the retrocession of Alexandria in
1847, with a | review of the present condition of Virginia, |

Richmond: | Drinker and Morris. | New York and London: |
Wiley and Putnam. | 1548. | A. C. BA.
The second volume of this work( No. 1866) has title as above.

1867 Howse (Joseph). First title: A Graminar | of the | Cree Lan-
guage, | with which is combined | an analysis | of the | Chippeway
Dialect. | By Joseph Howse. |

984 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

Howse (Joseph)—continued.

London: | J. G. F. & J. Rivington, | St. Paul’s Church Yard, and
Waterloo Place, Pall Mall. | 1844. |

Second title: A Grammar | of the | Cree Language; | with which
iscombined | An Analysis | ofthe | Chippeway Dialect. | By Joseph
Howse, Esq. F. R. G. 8. | and Resident twenty years in Prince
Rupert’s Land, in the | Service of the Hon. Hudson’s Bay Com-
pany. |

London: | J.G.F.and J. Rivington, | St. Paul’s Chureh Yard and
Waterloo Place, Pall Mall. | 1844. | A.C. BP. DGB. JBD. WHS. WWB.

Pp. i-xx, 1-324. 8°. A variation of No. 1867. Some copies have two title-
pages differing shghtly from each other, as above.

1867 a A Grammar | of the | Cree Language; | with which is
combined | an analysis | of the | Chippeway Dialect. | By Joseph
Howse, Esq., F. R. G. 8. | and resident twenty years in Prince
Rupert’s Land in the | service of the Hon. Hudson’s Bay Com
pany. |

London: Triibner & Co., 60 Paternoster Row. | 1865. | B.
Pp. i-xx, 1-324. 8°. Preface dated Cirencester, March, 1844.

1867 b Hubbard (Lucius L.) Woods and Lakes | of | Maine | A trip
from Moosehead Lake to | New Brunswick | ina Bireh-bark canoe |
to which are added | some Indian place-names and their meanings |
now first published | By Lucius L. Hubbard | Compiler of ‘‘ Hub-
bard’s Guide to Moosehead Lake and Northern Maine” | New and
Original Illustrations | By Will L. Taylor |

Boston | James R. Osgood and Company | 1884: | Cc. WWB.
Pp. i-xvi, 17-223. 8°. map. Appendix I. Indian Place-names, pp. 191-214;
II. Cross-Index to Indian names in the preceding list, pp. 215-216.

1869 a [Huguet (P. Joseph).| Catechisme | pour la premiére | Comunion |
sur les Sacraments | de Penitence et | de ’Eucharistie. | Cv,
Manuscript. 15 unnumbered 11., 24°, followed by 4 blank ll. In the Iroquois
language. Then follows 11. with writing in Iroquois, on the verso of which is
“Joseph Marcoux Sault St. Louis.”

1871 Humboldt (Friedrich Heinrich Alexandre Freiherr von). Vues |
des | Cordilléres, | et | Monumens des Peuples | Indigénes | de
VAmérique; | Par Al. de Humboldt. | Avec 19 planches, dont plu-
sieurs coloriées. | Tome Premier [—Second]. |

Paris, | Chez N. Maze, Libraire, Rue Git-le-Coeur, n° 4. |

2 vols.: 1 1., pp. 1-392; 2 Il., pp. 1-412, 1-2. 8°. Improved title of No. 1871.
Reverse of p. 1. says: Imprimerie de Smith (1816), Excepté les titres qui sont de
VImprimerie de Stahl (1824). Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 332-392 (vocabulary, p. 367) ;
vol, 2, pp. 1-99. DGB.

1873 —— Voyage | de Humboldt et Bonpland. | Troisiéme Partie. |
Kssai Politique sur le Royaume | de | la Nouvelle Espagne. | Tome
Premier [-Deuxiéeme]. |

HOWSE—HUNTER. 985

Humboldt (Friedrich Heinrich Alexandre Freiherr von)—continued.

A Paris, | Chez F. Schoell, Libraire, Rue des Fossés-Saint-
Germain-VAuxerrois, N.° 29. | 1811. | De Imprimerie de J. H.
Stone. | A. 0. BA.

2 vols.: Title as above 1 1., title asin No. 1873 11., half title ‘Essai Politique”
11., Dedication 3 1l., in all 6 11., pp. i-xeii, 1 1., pp. i-iv, 3-350, 3 11.; 311, pp. 351-
904, 11. folio.

18744 Political Essay | on the | Kingdom of New Spain. | Contain-
ing | Researches relative [&c., as in other editions—18 lines, double
columns]. By Alexander de Humboldt.) With Physical Sections and
Maps, | Founded on Astronomical Observations, and | Trigono-
metrical and Barometrical | Measurements. | Translated from the
Original French, | By John Black. | Vol. I [-I1].

New-York: | Printed and published by I. Riley. | 1811. | C.
2 vols. 8°. No more published. Pp. i-exv, 1-221; 1-377. Linguistics, vol. 1,
pp. 103-104; vol. 2, p.274.

18754 Minerva. | Ensayo Politico | sobre | El Reyno de Nueva
Espana, | Sacado del que publicé en Frances | Alexandro de Hum-
boldt. | Por D. P. M. de O. | [Device.]

Madrid MDCCCXVIII [1818]. | En la Imprenta de Nuiiez. | Con
Privilegio Real. | C. BP.
2vols. 8°. Pp. 1-448; 1-464. Remarks on languages of Mexico, vol. 1, pp. 87, 88.

1876 a Political Essay | on the | Kingdom of New Spain. | Con-
taining | Researches relative to the Geography of Mexico, | the Ex-
tent of its Surface and its political Division into Intendancies, | The
physical Aspect of the Country, | The Population, the State of Agri-
culture and Manufacturing | and Commercial Industry; | The Canals
projected between the South Sea and Atlantic Ocean, | The Crown
Revenues, | The Quantity of the precious Metals which have flowed
from Mexico | into Europe and Asia, since the Discovery of the |
New Continent, | And the Military Defence of New Spain. | By
Alexander de Humboldt. | With Physical Sections and Maps, |
founded on Astronomical Observations, and Trigonometrical | and
Barometrical Measurements. | Translated from the original French |
By John Black. | Vol. I [-[V]. | Third Edition. |

London:| Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Urme, aud Brown, |
Paternoster-Row. | 1822. | ©. BP.
4 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p.138; vol. 2, p. 346.

1877 a

Calendrier Mexicain explique par M. de Humboldt.
In Annales de Philosophie Chrétienne, vol.7, pp. 397-403. Paris, 1833. 8°.
Explanation of the Mexican calendar names.

1907 a [Hunter (Rev. James).| Oo Tapwatumoowin | mena | Oo Tipeto-
tumoowin | Ootayumehaw. | The Faith and Duty | of | a Chris-
tian, | translated into the language of the | Cree Indians of the
Diocese of Rupert’s Land, | North-West America. |

986 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Hunter (Rev. James)—continued.
London: | Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian
Knowledge, | Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn Fields. | 1874.| we.
Pp. 1-54. 12°. Entirely in the Cree language; Roman characters. ‘Re-
marks,” signed ‘J. H.”

1910 a ——— [One line (=Ayumehawe Mussinakikun) syllabic charac-
ters.]| The Book of Common Prayer, Se.
London, Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. 1859. 0.7.
Title, verso a list of characters with explanations in English, 1 1., pp. 1-190.
12°. The copies above described are exactly similar in title to the edition of
1860, given in No. 1910, except that after ‘‘ Northwest America” is: | (‘‘Arch-
deacon Hunter’s translation”) |

1911

Ayumehawe Mussinahikun &c. JWP.

Literal translation.—Prayer Book, | and | as they-shall be-given | holy great
sacraments, | and | other lesser ordinances in-religion, | as they-shall be-used |
English worship-in: | also | David’s Psalms, | as they-shall be-sung or shall be-
read | in-the-Church. | As he-has written the-Cree lan- | guage-m, the-English
Service-Book from, | the Ven. Archdeacon Hunter, &c.

1920 Hunter (John Dunn). Memoirs | of a | captivity | among | the
Indians | of | North America, | from childhood to the age of nine-
teen: | with anecdotes descriptive of | their manners and customs. |
To which is added, | some account of the | soil, climate, and vege-

“table productions | of the territory westward of the Mississippi. |
- By John D. Hunter. | The Third Edition with additions. |
London: | Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and
Green, Paternoster-Row. | 1824. | BP. WHS.
Pp. i-xi, 1-468. 8°. Portrait. Improved title of No. 1920.

Hymns and Psalms in Dakota. See [Hinman (Rev. 8. D.)], No. 1809.
Hymns in Dakota. See [Hinman (Rev. S. D.)|, Nos. 1812-1813.
Thanktonwan Iapi. See [Hemans (Rev. Daniel Wright)], No. 1722.

1937 a In te coneh | Tlapohpolohe. |
Colophon: Imprenta Evangélica. Calle de Gante num. 5. | [Mex-
ico, 1879.] T. JWP.
No title-page; caption only. 1 leaf. 12°. The parable of the Prodigal Son
in the Mexican (?) language.

1938 a Indian Journal.

Muscogee, Indian Territory. Vol. I. No. 1.[May-] 1876 [-Vol. X.
No. 18, Jan. 3, 1884]. o

Folio. Weekly. Established by M. P. Roberts. Col. Wm. P. Ross and M. P.
Roberts were its first editors. The office, press, and types were destroyed by
fire Dec. 24, 1876, after the issue of No. 35. In the spring of 1877, its publica-
tion was resumed at Eufaula, a joint-stock company having been formed to
establish it, ‘‘each stockholder being an Indian;” Wm. P. Ross, president;
Samuel Grayson, treasurer; and M. P. Roberts, editor,—Colonel Ross retiring
from the editorship after the removal to Eufaula. From no, 38, vol. 1, the
Journal was conducted by Mr. Roberts until his death, Dec. 4, 1881 (vol. 6,
no. 13).

HUNTER—INDIAN, 987

Indian Journal—continued.

The paper was at first a folio of 24 columns. It was changed to quarto
(double folio) form, 48 columns, in December, 1877 (vol. 2, no. 16). After the
death of Mr. M. P. Roberts, it was edited by W. L. Squier (R. M. Roberts, local
editor and publisher, and L. H. Roberts, business manager) till January, 1883.
Since then Mr. R. M. Roberts has been sole editor; L. H. and R. M. Roberts,
proprietors.

In October, 1878, the office was again removed to Muscogee, where it has
since remained.

The Indian Journal has been an official organ of the Creek Nation, though
the announcement that it was ‘‘Chartered by the Creek Council,” placed at the
head of its columns in February, 1878, was dropped in November, 1879. The
early volumes (2-5) contain many contributions, notices, advertisements, ete.,
in the Muskoki (Creek) language, including several hymns and other transla-
tions by A. E. W. R. [Mrs. Robertson].

Title and contents furnished by Dr.J.H. Trumbull from copy in his possession.

Creek Hymn: ‘Am I a soldier of the cross ?” [From the second edition of
the Muskoki Hymn Book.] Sept. 18, 1878 (vol. 3, no. 3).

Grayson (G.W.) Este Maskoke Vrahky (Nos. 1-4). March and April, 18%0
(vol. 4, nos. 26-33).

Nak Nnvkv. June 9, 1881 (vol.5, no. 40).
Land (Henry). Komety momet Enhopoyetv. April 3, 1878 (vol. 2,no, 31).
Evketecky. Aug. 14, 1878 (vol. 2, no. 50).
“Lekase.” Este Maskoke en Cato konawa. Feb. 6, 1879 (vol. 3, no. 22),
Maskokalke em ekana. Vol. 3, No. 23.

L[oughridge] (R. M.) On double consonants in the Creek Language, vol. 4,
no. 47,

Pamv [Palmer (W. A.)] [Old customs of the Muskokees.] July 27, 1880
(vol. 4, no. 47).

Perryman (Legus). Laws of the Creek Nation. [Muskoki and English. ]
Feb. 24, 1881 (vol. 5, no. 25).
Coko Mahaya. Aug. 4, 1881 (vol. 5, no. 48).

Plorter (J.S.), jun.] [Letter from Ockmulgee.] April 8, 1880 (vol. 4, no. 31).

R[obertson (A. E. W )] Este Maskoke un Hessylke toyatskat. Feb. 20,1878
(vol. 2, no. 25).
Pu Huten Vpeyes. [Hymn, sung at the Exhibition of the Tullahasse
M. L. School.] July 24, 1878 (vol. 2, no. 47).
Pereham Kococympy. [Hymn: Star of Bethlehem.] Vol. 2, no. 50.
Cane Postok. Feb. 6, 1879 (vol. 3, no, 22).
Cesvs Omaret Komis. [Hymn: ‘‘I want to be like Jesus.”] Feb. 12,
1880 (vol. 4, no, 23).
Maro 6, 1-14. [Matt. 6: 1-14, with questions, and comments.] Feb. 26,
1880 (vol. 4, no. 25).
Double consonants in the Creek Language. June 23, 1881 (vol. 5, no. 42),
and Sullivan (N. B.). Este Myskoke em ohonvky. [Speech of Hon.
Wm. P. Ross, on Early Creek History, etc.] Sept. 9, 1881 (vol. 5, no. 1).
Siyenvlike momet Elapvhovlke Svlvfkvlke. (The Cheyenne and Ara-
paho Prisoners.) March 27, 1873 (vol. 2, no. 30).

Hesaketvmese Estomis Hymecicet Omes. Sept. 25, 1879 (vol. 4, no. 3).
Cesvs ve vnokeces (‘‘Jesus loves me”). Vol. 4, no. 4.

Cesvs vn tisem ve vnokeces (‘‘Jesus loves even me”), Aug. 5, 1880
(vol. 4, no. 48).

988 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Indian Journal—continued.
Sullivan (N. B.) Sepvy ekvnv em Mekko-hokte Salomvyn Mekko en Cukope-
ricvte. June 5, 1878 (vol. 2, no. 40). z
[Winslett (D.)] “ Wewvhome svkerkuce”, &c. March 6, 1878 (vol. 2, no. 27).

Indian Prayer Book in Abnaki. See [Romagne (Rev. —.)], No.
3364.

Indian Primer [in the Massachusetts language]. See [Eliot
(John)], No. 1193. See [Eliot (John) and Rawson (Grindal)]|, Nos.
1199 a and 1200.

1940 a Indios de California. | Interrogatorio del Gobierno solve costum-
bres, | y | contestacion de los P P. Misioneros. | Ano de 1812. | B.
Manuscript. 120 pp. 8°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Contains

some words and short phrases of languages spoken by neophites at different
missions in the year mentioned, notably at those of San Diego and San Carlos.

Ingonompishi, pseud. See [Hadley (Lewis F.)], No. 1623 a.

1941 a Ingraham (Capt. Joseph). Journal | of | the Voyage of | the
Brigantine “Hope” | from Boston to | the | North-west of Amer-
ica | 1790 to 1792 | by | Joseph Ingraham | Captain of the “Hope” |
and | formerly Mate of the Columbia. | SD.

Manuscript. 4 vols. folio, Pp. 1-51, 52-111, 112-172, 173-208. Nicely written;
many maps and drawings. Title above not made by the author:

Vocabulary of 150 words of the language of ‘‘ Washington Isles”-[ Queen Char-
lotte’s Islands] collected in Cummashawaas Harbor, pt. 3, pp. 131-134.

1943 Instructions en Langue Crise.
The prefatory address ‘‘Aux Missionnaires du Nord-Ouest” is signed A. L.
[Albert Lacombe], O. M. I., who is doubtless the author, and under whose name
it should have been entered. :

1944 Instructions on Religious Subjects. See Platicas, No. 3017.

1946 a Investigator. The | Investigator: | Religious, Moral, Scientific,
&e. | [Three lines quotations.] | Published Monthly. | January,
1845 [-December, 1546}. |

Washington: | T. Barnard, Printer, | Cor. 11th St. and Pa. Ave-
nue. | 1845 [-1846]. | ©. TWP.

2 vols. 8°. Edited by J. F. Polk.

A brief treatise respecting some of our North-western tribes of Indians, &c.,
containing the names by which some tribes are known among themselves, with
English significations, names of rivers, lakes, &c., in various Indian languages,
No. 1 (January, 1845), pp. 16-23.—‘‘ Philology—Indian Languages,” containing a
Chippewa vocabulary. comments on garious Indian dialects, and an ‘Illustra-
tive and Comparative Vocabulary” containing words of the Chippeway, Ottawa,
Potawotamie, Menomanie, Sahkey, Delaware, Munsee, Mohegan, Oneida, Ca-
yuga, Seneca, and Winnebago, No. 9 (September, 1845), pp. 261-265, and No. 10
(October, 1345), pp. 289-293.

See Philology, No. 2979.

Tonteri8aienstak8a ne kari8iioston [in Iroquois]. See {Marcoux
(Rév. Joseph)], Nos. 2455-2457.

INDIAN

JACKSON 989

Ionteri8eienstag8a ne tsiatag [in Iroquois]. See [Piquet (Abbé
Franc¢ois)|, No. 3015.

1946 a Iontri8aiestak8a | ionskaneks | n’aicienterihaggaiatonsera | te
garistoraragon | Ong8e on8e GaSennontakon. |
Teiotiagi [Montreal]; | Sesklet, Tsi Thonons8te, ok | niore Tsi
Jontkerontak8a, | 1877. | WHS.
Pp. 1-16. 16°. Spelling book in the Iroquois language.

19494 Irving (J/r. —). [Outlines of a Micmac Grammar. | a

In the Royal Gazette of Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, 18—. Title

furnished by Rey. Silas T. Rand, Hantsport, Nova Scotia. It is probable this
author is identical with the following:

1949 b Irwin (Thomas). An elementary book in the Micmac language
compiled by Thomas Irwin for the use of the Indians of this tribe.
Prince Edward Island, 1541. *

Manuscript. 65 ll. folio. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 620. See
Grammar of the Micmac language, No. 1597 a.

Iu Otoshki-kikindiuin [in Ojibwa]. ‘See [Blatchford (ev. Henry)],
Nos. 394-396.

Ivngerutit Tuksiutidlo. See {Fabricius (Otho)], No. 1257.

1955 a Jackson (Halliday). Civilization | of the | Indian Natives; |
or, | A Brief View | of the friendly conduct | of | William Penn |
towards them | in the early settlement of Pennsylvania; | The sub-
sequent care of the Society of Friend in endeavouring to promote |
peace and friendship with them by pacific measures; | and | A con-
cise narrative of the proceedings of the Yearly Meeting of Friends,
of | Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and parts adjacent, since the year |
1795, in promoting their improvement | and gradual civilization. |
By Halliday Jackson. | [Quotation, two lines.] |

Philadelphia: | Marcus T. C. Gould, No. 6, North Eighth Street. |
New York: | Isaac T. Hopper, No 420, Pearl Street. | 1830. | -

Pp. 1-120. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of
Mr. W. W. Beach. A vocabulary of some of the most familiar words and phrases
in the Seneca language, and the English, in alphabetical order, pp, 114-120.

1955 6b Jackson (William Henry). Department of the Interior. | United
States Geological Survey of the Territories. | I’. V. Hayden, U.S.
Geologist-in-Charge. | Miscellaneous Publications—No. 5. | De-
scriptive Catalogue | of | The Photographs | of the | United States
Geological Survey | of | the Territories, | for | The Years 1869 to
1873, inclusive. | W. H. Jackson, | Photographer. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1874. | GS.

Printed cover 11., pp. 1-83. 8°. Catalogue of photographs of Indians, giv-
ing proper names, with English signification, of Chippewas, Creeks, Chawanos,
Crows, Dakotas, Iowas, Omahas, Otoes, Ottawas, Ponecas, Tochanas, and Utes,
pp. 69-83.

990 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Jackson (William Henry)—continued.

1955 ¢ Department of the Interior. | United States Geological
Survey of the Territories. | F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist. | Mis.
cellaneous Publications, No. 9. | Descriptive Catalogue | of | Pho
tographs | of | North American Indians. | By | W. H. Jackson, |
Photographer of the Survey. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1877. | GS. WWB.

Pp. i-vi, 1-124. 8°. Names of chiefs, with English definitions, of the following
tribes: Cheyennes, Chippewas, Ottawas, Sacs and Foxes, Crows, Dakotas or
Sioux (Brulé, Cut Head, Mdewakanton, Ogalalla, Onepapa, Santee, Yankton,
Lower and Upper Yanktonais), lowas, Mandans, Missourias, Omahas, Osages,
Otoes, Poncas, Arickarees, Pawnees, Comanches, Utahs, Warm Springs, Senecas,
Creeks, Caddos, and Pueblos.

1958 a James (Edwin). Account | of an| Expedition | from Pittsburgh |
to | the Rocky Mountains, | performed | In the Years 1819, 1820. |
By order of the | Hon. J. C. Caihoun, Secretary of War, | under
the command of | Maj. S. H. Long, of the U.S. Top.-Engineers. |
Compiled | from the notes of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, | and other
gentlemen of the party, | by Edwin James, | Botanist and Geolo-
gist to the Expedition. | In three volumes. | Vol. I [-III]. |

London: | Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and
Brown, | Paternoster-Row. | 1823. | BA.

3 vols. 8°. Indian language of signs, vol. 1, pp. 271-288.—Remarks on lan-
guage, vol.2, pp. 65-66. The vocabularies are not given.

1966

[Review of] A Grammar of the Language of the Lenni
Lenape or Delaware Indians. Translated for the American Philo-
sophical Society, from the German Manuscript of the late Rev.
David Zeisberger. By Peter Stephen Duponceau. Philadelphia,
1827. C. BA.

In the American Quarterly Review, vol. 3, pp. 391-422. Philadelphia, 1828. 8°.

1967 a Janney (Samuel M.) The Life | of | William Penn; | with selec-
tions | from | his correspondence | and | auto-biography. | By |
Samuel M. Janney. | [Three lines quotation. |

Philadelphia: | Hogan, Perkins & Co. | 1852. | A.C.
Pp. v-xi (by mistake numbered xii), 13-560. 8°.
Penn (Wm.) Letter, &c., pp. 227-238.

1967 b The Life | of | William Penn: | with selections | from his |
Correspondence and Autobiography. | By | Samuel M. Janney. |
[Quotation 3 lines.] | Second edition, revised. |

Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & Co. | 1852. | BL. BP.
576 pp. 8°. 2 portraits. Penn’s letter, pp. 238-249.
According to Sabin’s Dictionary, there are other editions, Philadelphia, 1853,

and 1856.
1973 a [Jay (J. M.)] Dictionnaire Tsonnontuan | Par les R. R. P. P.
Jésuites. | CV.

Manuscript. 30 unnumbered ll. 12°. In the Seneca dialect of the Iroquois.

JACKSON—JEWITT. 991

1978a Jéhan (L.-I'.) Troisiéme et dernitre | Encyclopedie Théologique, |

[&c., twenty-four lines]. | Publiée | par M. PAbbé Migne | [&e., six
lines]. | Tome Trente-quatriéme. | Dictionnaire de Linguistique.
Tome Unique. | Prix: 7 Franes. |

S’Imprime et se vend chez J.-P. Migne, Editeur, | aux Ateliers
Catholiques, Rue d’Amboise, au Petit-Montrouge, | Barriére d’Enfer
de Paris. | 1858. |

Second title: Dictionnaire | de | Linguistique | et | de Philolo-
gie Comparée. | Histoire de toutes les Langues mortes et vivantes, |
ou | Traité complet @Idiomographie, | embrassant | Vexamen eri-
tique des systémes et de toutes les questions qui se rattachent Ja
Vorigine et a la filiation des langues, a leur essence organique | et
a leurs rapports avec histoire des races humaines, de leurs migra-
tions, ete. | Précédé Wun |, Essai sur le réle du langage dans
Pévolution de Vintelligence humaine. | Par L.-F. Jéhan (de Saint-
Clavien), | Membre de la Société géologique de France, de l’Aca-
démie royale des sciences de Turin, ete. | [Quotation, three lines. | |
Publié | par M. PAbbé Migne, | Editeur de la Bibliotheque Uni-
verselle du Clergé, | ou | des Cours Complets sur chaque branche
de la science ecclésiastique. | Tome Unique. | Prix: 7 franes. |

[Imprint as in first title. ] S.

Outside title 1 1., titles as above 2 II., columns (two to a page) 9-1448. Mappe-
monde Ethnographique, including a classified list of American languages, cols.
207, 208.—Tableau polyglotte des langues de la région Alléghanique, cols. 243-
247.—Américaines (Langues) and Amérique, cols. 265-303, with a Tableau de V’en-
chainement géographique des langues Américaines et Asiatiques, cols. 290-299,
and Tableau général des langues Américaines, cols. 299-303.—Boréale (région) de
VAmérique du Nord, with Tableau polyglotte des langues, cols. 368-372.—Caribe-
Tamanaque, famille de langues, cols. 381-386.—Colombienne famille, cols. 435,
436.—Cote occidentale de l’Amérique du Nord, with Tableau polyglotte, cols. 442-
448.—Eskimaux (Famille des idiomes), cols. 542-548.—Tableau polyglotte de la
région de Guatémala, cols. 691, 692.—Lennape, ou Chippaways-Delaware, ou Al-
gonquino-Mohegane, cols. 796-823. —Maya-Quiche famille, cols. 880-884.—Langue
Mexicaine, cols, 884-898.—Région Missouri-Colombienne, with Tableau poly-
glotte, cols. 897-900.—Mobile-Natchez ou Floridienne famille, cols. 902-905.—Mo-
hawk-Hurone ou Iroquoise, cols. 906+909.—Panis-Arrapahoes, cols. 1014-1016,—
Platean central de 1A. du Nord, with Tableau polyglotte (Tarahumara, Panis,
Attacapas, Chetimachas), cols. 1056-1058.—Sioux-Osages, famille, cols. 1151-
1158.—Notes Additionnelles: Note II contains the greater part of the French trans-
lation of Du Ponceau’s report to the Am. Philos. Society on the general character
and forms of American languages, cols. 1253-1268. Only the more important arti-
cles are here mentioned.

A later edition, Paris, 1364, has title-pages substantially as above, but in re-
verse order, and linguistic contents as here described. A copy in the Watkinson
Library, Hartford, Conn., has been described for me by Dr. J. H. Trumbull.

Jesus Obimadisiwin [in Ottawa]. See [Baraga (Mev. Irederic)],
No. 256.

1987 a Jewitt (John R.) Narrative | of the | Adventures and Sufferigns

[sic] | of | John R. Jewitt, | only survivor of the crew of the | Ship
Boston, | during a captivity of nearly 3 years among the | Savages

992 NORTH AMER!CAN LINGUISTICS.

Jewitt (John R.)—continued.
of Nootka Sound: | with an account of the | manners, mode of liv-
ing, and religious | opinions of the | Natives. |
Ithaca, N. Y.: | Andrus, Gauntlett & Co. | 1851. | WHS.
Pp. 3-166. 16°. List of words, &c., p.5.—War song, p. 166.

1994 a Johnson’s Néw Universal Cyclopedia. 0.
In the Library of Congress there is a copy of this work with title similar to
that given in No, 1994 to the word ‘‘ Europe,” after which it reads:
Complete in Four Volumes (Hight Parts), inclading Appendix. |
Vol. I.—Part I [-Vol. 1V.—Part II]. A—Cavalier [Tood—Appen-
dix]. | (Testimonials at the end of last volume.) |
Alvin J. Johnson & Son, | 11 Great Jones Street, New York. |
W. D. Cummings, Pittsburg, Pa. L. W. & E. B. Fairchild, Boston,
Mass. | EB. P. Kingsley, Chicago, Ill. B. P. Ward, Rochester,
N. Y. | H. D. Watson, San Francisco, Cal. | MDCCCLXXVIII
[1878]. |
1994 ) Johnson (Hlias). Legends, | traditions and laws, | of the | Iro-
quois, or Six Nations, | and | History| of the | Tuscarora Indians. |
By | Elias Johnson, | a native Tuscarora Chief. |
Lockport, N. Y.: | Union Printing and Publishing Co., (O. W.
Cutler, Pres’t.) | 1881. | C. DGB. JWP.
Pp. 3-234. 8°. Many Iroquois terms and proper names, passim.

1997 Johnson (Rev. Philip). Dakota A BC | Wowapi. | Rev. Philip
Johnson kaga. |

Mission Press: | Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. | Santee Agency,

Neb. | 1871. | T. SI.

Pp. 1-32.12°. Primer in the Dakota language. Improved title of No. 1997.

Jones (H. L.) See Leland (Charles Godfrey), No. 2247.

2017 ¢ Jones (John Buttrick). Elementary Arithmetic, | in | Chero-
kee and English, | designed for beginners. | By John B. Jones. |
Prepared by authority of the Cherokee National Council. |

Cherokee National Press: | Tahlequah, Cherokee Nation. | [Hight
lines Cherokee characters.] | 1870. | JWP. WHS.

Title, reverse blank, 11., Preface, p.3, pp. 4-61, 4-61 (double numbers), alternate
pages Cherokee and English. 8°.

2018 a Jones (John T.) Pottawatomi Vocabulary. 2
Manuscript. 17 pp. folio. Some additional words on backs of pages. In the
l.brary of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey.

2029 a Jones (Rev. Peter), Evans (Rev. James), and Henry (George). A
collection | of | Chippeway and English | Hymns, | for the use of
Native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Indian Missionary. |
To which are added a few hymns translated | by Rev. James Evans
and George Henry. | [One line quotation.]

Toronto: | Printed for the translator, | at the Conference Office,
9, Wellington Buildings. | 1840. |

JEWITT—KAIATONSERA. 993

Jones (Kev. Peter), Evans (Rev. James), and Henry (George)—continued.

Second title: Ojebway Nuhguhmonun, kanuhnuhguhmowahjin

egewh uhneshenahbaig. Kahahnekuhnootuh mobeeungin owh Kah-

kewaquonaby, uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. Kuhya dush

go pungee enewh Ojebway nuhguhmonun, Kahahnekuhnootuh-

mobeeuhmowahjin egewh Mookegeezhig kuhya mongwuhdaus.
[Two lines quotation.]

Toronto: Printed for the translator, at the Conference - Office,

9, Wellington Buildings. 1840. 0.

1 p. 1, pp i-iv, 1-290. 16°. English title verso 1. 1, Chippeway title recto 1. 2,

(p.i.); alternate pages English and Chippeway. Half title of hymns by Evans
and Henry, p. 235,

2034 a

Ojibwa nugumoshiing. | Ojibwa Hymns. |
Published by the American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,
New York. | [N.d.] | 1. JWP.
Pp. 1-7, 1-95, alternate pages English and Chippewa. 16°. See No. 1641, where
this title is wrongly entered under Rey. Sherman Hall, who merely compiled
the work from the hymn books of the above-named translators.

2036 a A Collection | of | Chippeway and Eng-
lish | Hymns, | for the use of the native Indians. | Translated by
Peter Jones, | Indian Missionary. |To which are added | a few
hymns translated by the Rey. James | Evans and George Henry. |
[Quotation, two lines.] |

New York: | Phillips & Hunt. | Cincinnati: | Walden & Stowe. |

Second title: Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuheguhmowah-
jin | egewh uhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin |
owh Kahkewaquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene | kuhya
dush go pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonun, Kahahnekuh-
nootuhmobeeuh- | mowahjin egewh Mookegeezhig kuhya | Mong-
wuhdaus. | (Quotation, three lines.] |

New York: | Phillips & Hunt. | Cincinnati:| Walden & Stowe.| *

Pp. i-vi, 1-289, alternate English and Chippewa. 24° English title verso 1. 1;
Indian title recto 1.2. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

Jones (William). See [Wright (Rev. Asher), editor], No. 4256.

Jugement erroné. See [Cuog (Rév. Jean André)], No. 954.

Ka Patakaikatek Masinaigan {in Algonkin]. See [Prevost (P.)],
No. 3122.

Ka Tite Tebeniminang Jezos [in Algonkin]. See [Cuog (Rév. Jean
André)], No. 949.

Kagige Debwewinan [in Chippewa]. See [Baraga (Iev. Frederic)],
No. 263.

Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh. See Copway (George), Nos. 881-886.

Kahkewaquonaby. Sec Jones (Rev. Peter).

Kaiatonsera Ionterennaientak8a [in Iroquois]. See {Marcoux (Rév.
Joseph)], No. 2458. See Marcoux (Rév. J.) and Burtin (Rév. N. V.),
No. 2468.

63 Bib

994 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Kaiatonsera IonteScienstak8a [in Iroquois]. See [Cuog (Rév. Jean
André)|, Nos. 946, 955.

Kaiatonserase TsionkSe [in Iroquois]. See [Cuoq (Rév. Jean
André), No. 948.

2050a Kalm (Peter). En | Resa | Til | Norra America, | Pa | Kong].
Swenska Wetenskaps | Academiens befallning, | Och | Publici kost-
nad, | Forrattad | Af | Pehr Kalm, | Oeconomie Professor i Abo,
samt Ledamot af | Kongl. Swenska Wetenskaps=Academien. |
Tom. I [-III]. | Med Kongl. Maj: ts Allernadigste Privilegio. |
Stockholm, | Tryckt pa Lars Salvii kostnad 1753 [-1761]. | A.c.

3 vols. 12°. Algonkinska ord, vol. 3, p. 421.—Esquimaux ord, vol. 3, p. 451.

2050 b Das Herren | Peter Kalms | Professors der Haushaltungs-
kunst in Aobo, und Mitglie=| des der kéniglichen schwedischen
Akademie der | Wissenschaften | Beschreibung | der Reise | die
er | nach dem | nérdlichen Amerika | auf den Befehl gedachter
Akademie | und Offentliche Kosten | unternommen hat. | der erste
[-dritte] Theil. | [Design.] | Eine Uebersetzung. | Unter dem Konig-
lichen PohInischen und Chur- | firstl . Sachsischen allergnadigsten

Privilegio. |
Gottingen | im Verlage der Wittwe Abrams Vandenhoek, 1754
[-1764]. | C. HU.
3 vols. 8°. Some copies have the imprint of Leipzig (*), and others of Stock-
holm (*).

Algonkinsehe Wérter, vol. 3, pp. 509-510.— Worter der Esquimaux, vol. 3, p.546.

2050 ¢ Travels | into | North America; | containing | Its Natu-
ral History, and | A circumstantial Account of its Plantations |
and Agriculture in_ general, | with the | civil, ecclesiastical and
commercial | state of the country, | The Manners of the Inhabi-
tants, and several curious | and Important Remarks on various Sub-
jects. | By Peter Kalm, | Professor of Oeconomy in the University
of Aobo in Swedish | Finland, and Member of the Swedish Royal
Academy of | Sciences. | Translated into English | By John Rein-
hold Forster, F. A. S. | Enriched with a Map, several Cuts for the
Illustration of | Natural History, and some additional notes. | Vol.
I [-II]]. |

Warrington [London]: | Printed by William Eyres. | MDCCLXX
[-MDCCLX XT] [1770-1771]. | C. BA. HU.
3 vols. 8°. The imprint of vol. Lis ‘‘ Warrington: 1770”, and of vols. II and III

“Tondon: 1771”, but they seemingly belong to the same edition.
Algonkin vocabulary, vol. 3, pp. 204-205.—Eskimo, vol. 3, pp. 239-240.

2050 d Travels | into | North America; | containing | Its Natu-
ral History, and | A circumstantial Account of its Plantations |
and Agriculture in general, | with the | civil, ecclesiastical and
commercial | state of the country, | The Manners of the Inhabi-
tants, and several curious and | Important Remarks on various sub-
jects. | By Peter Kalm, | Professor of Oeconomy in the University

KAIATONSERA—KASSTIGATORSKER, 995

Kalm (Peter)—continued.
of Aobo in Swedish Finland, | and Member of the Swedish Royal
Academy of Sciences. | Translated into English | By John Rein-
hold Forster, I. A. S. | Enriched with a Map, several Cuts tor the
Illustration of Natural | History, and some additional Notes. | The
second edition. | In two volumes, | Vol. I {-IT]- |

London, | Printed for T. Lowndes, N° 77, in Fleet-street. 1772. |

2 vols. : Pp. i-xii, 1-414; i-iv, 1-423, Index 4 ll. 8°. map. A. C. W. HU. JBD.

Brief Algonkin vocabulary, vol. 2, pp. 339-340.—Esquimaux vocabulary, vol.
2, p. 368.

2250 ¢ ——— Reis | door | Noord | Amerika, | gedaandoorden | Heer |
Pieter Kalm, | Professor in de Huishoudingskonst op de Hoge
School | te Aobo, en Medelid der Koninglyke Zweedsche | Maats-
chappy der Wetenschappen. | Vercierd met koperen Platen. |
Heerste [-Twede] deel. |

Te Utrecht. | By J. van Schoonhoven en Comp. | en | G. van den
Brink Janz. | MDCCLXXII [1772]. | C.

2 vols.: 9p. IL, pp. 1-223; 6 p. ll., pp. 1-240, 4 1]. 4°. map.

Algonkinsche taal, vol. 2, pp. 162-163.—Taal der Eskimaus, pp. 177-178.

2050 7 ——— Travels into North America; containing its Natural His-
tory, and a circumstantial account of its plantations and agricult-
ure in general, with the Civil, Ecclesiastical, and Commercial state
of the Country, the Manners of the Inhabitants, and several curious
and important Remarks on various Subjects. By Peter Kalm, Pro-
fessor of Oeconomy in the University of Abo in Swedish Finland,
and Member of the Swedish Royal Academy of Sciences. Trans-
lated into English by John Reinhold Forster, F. A. S. (From the
Second Edition, London 1772, 2 vols. 8vo.)

In Pinkerton (John). General Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. 13, pp.
374-700. Linguistics, pp 666-667, 678.

2050 g ——— Voyage de Kalm en Amérique analysé et traduit par L.
W. Marchand.

Forms Books 7 and 8 of the Société Historique de Montréal, Mémoire. Mon-
treal, 1880. 8°. Linguistics, Book 7, pp. 155, 182.

2052a Kaondinokete (Francois). Récit | de Frangois Kaondinokete |
Chef des Nipissingues (tribu de race Algonquine) | écrit par lui-
méme en 1848 | Traduit en Frangais et accompagné de notes par M.
N. O. [PAbbé Cnogq.] | A.S.

Colophon: Saint-Quentin.—Imp. Jules Moureau.
No title-page. Pp. 1-8. 8°. Double columns, Algonkin and French. Copious
foot-notes by the Abbé Cuoq.

2053 a Kasstigatorskee (pseudonym). Examination of an article [by Lewis
Cass] in the “ North American Review,” for January, 1826, respect-
ing the Indians of America. [Three lines quotation.] By Kass-ti- °
ga-tor-skee, or the Feathered Arrow. C. W.

In U. S. Literary Gazette, vol. 4, pp. 362-374. Boston, 1826, 8°.
“A portion of the article, not here given, was published in the twelfth num-
ber of the New York Review.” (*)

996 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2055 a Katekismuse Luterim. Hauniame, 1849. 2
16 pp. 8°. Inthe skimo language. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue,
1883, No. 352 (6).
Katolik Anamie-Misinaigan [in Ottawa]. See |Baraga (fev. Fred-
eric)|, Nos. 258, “60.

Katolik Ayamihew-masinahigan [in Cree]. See [Thibault (Rév.
Jean Baptiste)|, No. 3843.

Katolik Enamiad [in Chippewa]. See [Baraga (fev. Frederic) ],
No. 259.

Katolik Gagikwe-masinaigan [in Chippewa]. See [Baraga (Rev,
Frederic)|], Nos. 261-262.

2059 a Kauder (Rev. Christian). Essais de grammaire miquemaque. *
Manuscript. 158 pp. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 620 (5).

Kekitchemanitomenahn [in Chippeway]. See [James (iidwin)], No.
1965.

2071 Kennedy (James). Probable Origin | of | the American Indians, |
with particular reference to that of | the Caribs. | A Paper read be-
fore the Ethnological Society, | the 15th March 1854, | and printed
at their special request. | By James Kennedy, Esq., LL. B. | Late
Her Britanic Majesty’s Judge in the Mixed Court at Havana. |

London: | E. Lumley, 126, High Holbrn. | 1854. | Cc. T. WHS.
1p.1., pp. 1-42. 8°. Improved title of No. 2071. Carib words showing affinities
with dialects of Africa, pp. 39-40.

2072 Ethnological | and | Philological Essays. | By | James
Kennedy, Esq., LL. B. | Late Her Majesty’s Judge in the Mixed
Court at Havana. | I. Probable Origin of the American | Indians. |
If. Questions on the supposed lost tribes | of Israel. | III. The
Ancient Languages of France | and Spain. | [Quotation one line.] |

London: | Hall and Virtue, Paternoster Row. | 1855. | A. W.
1 1., pp. 1-42, 1 1., pp. 1-57, 1-30. 8°. Improved title of No. 2072. Carib
words, etc., first part, pp. 39-40.

2086 Kidder (Irederic). The Abenaki Indians; | their Treaties of
1713 & 1717, and a Vocabulary: | with a | Historical Introduction. |
By Frederic Kidder, of Boston. |

Portland: | Printed by Brown Thurston. | 1859. | 1. HU. WHS.

Pp. 1-25. 8°. Improved title of No. 2086.

King (Capt. James). See Cook (Capt. James) and King (Capt.
James), Nos. 871-875.

Kingdon (Kev. John). See Ruz (fr. Joaquin), No. 3426 a.
Kinzie (John). See Wyandot, No. 4258.

2090 a Kinzie (Mrs. John H.) Wau-Bun, | the | ‘Early Day” | in | the
North-West. | By Mrs. John H. Kinzie, | of Chicago. | With Ilus-
trations. |

KATEKISMUSE—KNOX. 997

Kinzie (Mrs. John H.)—continued.
New York: | Published by Derby & Jackson, | 119 Nassau
Street. | Cincinnati: H. W. Derby & Co. | 1856. | Cc.

1p. 1, pp. i-xii, 13-498. large 12°. Winnebago terms passim.

Kipp (Joseph). See Lanning (C. M.), No. 2198.

2107 a Kirkby (Itev. William West). A Manual | of | Prayer and
Praise | for the | Cree Indians | of | North-west America. | Com-
piled by | Archdeacon Kirkby. |

London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | North-
umberland Avenue, Charing Cross; | 4, Royal Exchange; 48, Pic-
cadilly. | 1879. | WE. JWP.

Printed cover; title, reverse blank, 11.; pp. 3-127. 18°. In syllabic characters.

2110a Kjellman (I. R.) Om Tschuktschernas Hushillsvaxter af F. R.
Kjellman.
In Nordenskiold (A. E.) Vega-Expeditionens, vol. 1, pp. 353-372. Stock-
holm, 1882. 8°. Gives a number of Tschuktschi botanical names.

2113 Kjer(Knud). Sennerutilingmik. | Tuksiautitait, | nutaungitsudlo
illainangoeet | adlangortitet | operkatigeet Kaladlit nunnnetun |
okatarutiksejt, | K. Kjerimit. | [Engraving.] | [Quotation, one line.] |

Odensime. | Nakittarsimaput Hempel-ikunnit. | 1834. | A.T.
4 p. lL, pp. 1-287, 1 1. errata, 12°, Hymns in the Eskimo language. In-
proved title of No. 2113.

2114 —W Ivngerutit | kerssungme senningarsome | Kikiektomik |
ajokersutejniglo, | ilejt nutaungitsut, illejt | K. Kjerimit. | [Eight
lines, verse in Eskimo.] | Tapekarput. |

Kjobenhavnime | 1838. | Briinnichib nakitteriviane nakkittarsi-
marsut. | Ts

Pp. xxiv, 1-490. 16°. In the Eskimo language. Hymns, pp. 1-360; Index,
pp. 361-374; Sunday lessons, pp. 375-384; Evangelistin &c., pp. 385-411; Unner-
soutiksak &c., pp. 412-424; Kenutit &c., pp. 425-484; Tarkoput [Contents], p.
485; Nakittarnerdlukket [Errata], pp. 487-490. Improved title of Nos. 2114
and 2115, which refer to the same work.

2124a Knight (William H.), editor. Hand-book Almanac | for the |
Pacific States: | An official register | and | business directory | of
the states and territories of | California, Nevada, Oregon, Idaho
and Arizona; and | the Colonies of British Columbia | and Van-
couver Island, | for the year | 1864. | Edited by William H. Knight. |
San Francisco: | H. H. Bancroft and Company. | 1864. | B.C.
Pp. 1-440. 16°.
Taylor (A. 8.) Precis India Californicus, pp. 27-41.

2126 a Knox (John). An | Historical Journal | of the | Campaigns in
North-America, | for | The Years 1757, 1758, 1759, and 1760: | con-
taining | The Most Remarkable Occurrences of that Period; | par-
ticularly | The Two Sieges of Quebec, &ec. &e. | the | Orders of the

998 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Knox (John)—continued.

Admirals and General Officers; | Descriptions of the Countries
where the Author has served, with their Forts and | Garrisons;
their Climates, Soil, Produce; | and | A Regular Diary of the
Weather. | As also | Several Manifesto’s, a Mandate of the late
Bishop of Canada; | The French Orders and Disposition for the
Defence of the Colony, &c. &e. &e. | By | Captain John Knox. |
Dedicated by Permission | To Lieutenant-General Sir Jeffery Am-
herst. | — | [Quotation, one line.] | — | Vol. I [-IJ]. | — |

London: | Printed for the Author; | and sold by | W. Jobnston,
in Ludgate-Street; and J. Dodsley, in Pall-Mall. | M DCC LXIX
[1769]. | C.

2vols.: pp. i-ix, 311, pp. 1-405, 11.; 1 p.1., pp. 1-465, 1 1. 4°. map and 2 plates.

October 8th, 1759. ‘‘ Having, in the course of this campaign, procured a curious
Indian manuscript grammar, composed by a French Missionary, I transmitted
it, this day, to England, ....” A brief extract follows, embracing a vocabu-
lary, English and Algonkin, of about 55 words. A note on page 170 says: ‘‘ When
I consented to the publication of these volumes, I flattered myself I should have
been able to procure this grammar, in order either to annex a copy of the prin-
cipal part of it to the work, or to have extracted the most remarkable rules and
examples, for the peculiar gratification of the literati and the curious; but,
though I made repeated applications for it in person, and expressed how interest-
ing it would be to this undertaking, I was not so happy as to succeed.”— Vol. 2,
pp- 169-171.

2126) Kofahl (—). Vocabulary of the Tarasco language.

Manuscript, 2 1l., 4°, written on both sides; about 120 words. In the library

of the Bureau of Ethnology.

2133 Kragh (Peter). Testamentitokab | makpérsegeéjsa illangoeet, |
profetit mingnerit | Danieliblo Aglegeit, | Kaladlin okauzeennut
nuktersimarsut, | nark’igutingoenniglo sukuiarsimarsut | Pellesi-
mit | Petermit Kraghmit. | Attuegeksaukudlugit inntingnut koisi-

marsunnut. |
Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nak’itteriviane |
nak’ittarsimarsut. | 1829. | A. W. SWP.

Pp. i-viii, 2 l., pp. 1-290,11. 12°. Improved title of No. 2133. In the Eskimo
language. Minor prophets, Daniel, and parts of the Apocrypha (Susanna, Bel,
and the Dragon).

2136 ——— Testamentitokab | makpérsegejsa illangoeet, | Mosesim
Aglegéjsa | ardlejt tedlimejdlo, | Jobib, Esrab, Nehemiab, Esterib |
Rutiblo aglegejt, | Kaladlin okauzeennut nuktérsimarsut, | nark’i-
gutingoenniglo sukuiarsimarsut | Gjerlevimiut Enslevimiudlo Pel-
lesiennit | Peter-Kraghmit. | Attuegeksiukudlugit inntingnut
koisimarsunnut. |

Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nak’itteriviane
nalit- | tarsimarsut. | 1832. | A. W. JWP.

4 p.1L, pp. 1-633, 11. 12°. Improved title of No. 2136. Books of Exodus, Le-
viticus, Job, Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, and Ruth in the Eskimo language.

2158 Testamentitokab | Makpérszegéjsa Iangoeet, | Josvab
erkartoursirsudlo aglegéjt, | Samuelim aglegéj siirdleet ard- | léjdlo,

KNOX—LA BROSSE. 999

Kragh (Peter)—continued.
aglékket Konginnik | sitrdleet ardléjdlo, | Kaladlin okauzeennut
nuktérsimarsut, narl’igu- | tingoznniglo sukuiarsimaisut | Gjer-
levimiut Enslevimiudlo Pellesiénnit | Peter Kraghmit. | [Two lines

quotation. |
Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nak’itterividne |
nak’ittarsimarsut. | 1836. | A. JWP.

4p. 11, pp. 1-708, 3 unnumbered pp. 12°. Improved title of No. 2138. In the
Eskimo language. Joshua, pp. 3-95.—Judges, pp. 95-194.—I Samuel, pp. 195-
329.—II Samuel, pp. 329-439.—I Kings, pp. 441-577.II Kings, pp. 578-708.

Krause (Aurel). Verzeichniss einiger tschuktschischer und Es-
kimo-Worter von der Tschuktschen-Halbinsel [Von Aurel Krause].

In Deutsche geographische Bliitter, Herausgegeben von der geographischen
Gesellschaft in Bremen, v. 6, Heft 3, pp. 266-278. Bremen, 1883. 8°. Cc.

2146 [Krause (Johann Ulrich) and Wagner (Johann Christoph), pub-
lishers.] Oratio | Dominica | oli yAwrros nat odd pwop@os, | nimi
rum | Plus Centum Linguis, Versionibus aut Characteribus, | red-
dita & expressa, | editio novissima, | Speciminibus variis quam
priores auctior. | Das ist: | Das Gebet des HErrn | Oder | Vatter
Unser/ | In viel Sprachen und Schreib-Arten/ | nemlich/ | In mehr
als hundert Sprachen/ Ubersetzung und Schrifften verfasset und
vorgestellet/ | Die letzte Edition, | um unterschiedliche Exempel
vermehrter als die vorige. | [Design.] [Psalm xix. v. 4,5. Three
lines.] | — |

Verlegt von Johann Ulrich Krausen/ Burgern und Kupfterste-
chern | in Augspurg. | Mit Rom. Kaiserl. Maj. Allergnédigst er-
theiltem Privilegio. | Das ubrige durch Johann Christoph Wag-
nern/ Buechdruckern daselbst. | L. T.

No date. Title, reverse blank, 11.; 1 other p. 1.; pp. 1-22. folio. Improved
title of No. 2146. In Dr. Trumbull’s copy the line ‘‘ Mit Rom. Kaiserl. Maj.” &c.,
is omitted. Printed at Augsburg about 1710 or 1712, and is generally called the
Augsburg collection. It is a reprint of the edition of [Motte (B.), editor],
Oratio Dominica, London, 1700, No. 2670, and, like that work, contains the
[pseudo] Mexican, Poconchi, and Virginian [Massachusetts] versions of the
Lord’s Prayer.

See Auer (A.), No. 185 6; [Bodoni (J. B.)], No. 397d; Chamberlayne (J.), No.
718; Marcel (J. J.), No. 2452; [Motte (B.)], Nos. 2670, 2670 a; and [Muller (A.)],
Nos. 2676-2677.

L. (R. M.) See Loughridge (R. M.).

2153 a [La Brosse (Kév. Jean Baptiste de).| Nehiro-Iriniui | Aiamihe
Massinahigan, | Shatshegutsh, Mitinekapitsh, | Iskuamiskutsh,
Netshekatsh, | Misht’?, Assinitsh, Shekutimitsh, | Ekuanatsh, Ashu-
abmushuanitsh, | Piakuagamitsh, | Gaie missi missi nehiro-iriniui
Astshitsh ka | tatjits, ka kueiasku aiamihatjits ka utshi. | [Wood
cut. |

Uabistiguiatsh [Quebec]. | Massinahitsheu, C. Le Francois. |
1817. | * -

1000 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

La Brosse (Rév. Jean Baptiste de)—continued.

96 pp. 12°. A literal reprint of the first edition of 1767, except the imprint,
and the last page, on which there is, only, the approbation of ‘“‘+ J. O. Ev[éque]
de Quebec,” of this ‘‘Livre de Priéres destiné 4 servir 4 la nation des Sauvages
Montagnais.” The errata noted on the last page of the first edition were cor-
rected in this reprint.

Title from Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from copy in his possession.

2153 b [Lacombe (Rév. Albert).] L.J.C. et. M.I. | Mission de St. Paul
des Cris 8 Dec. 1871. | Le Nouveau Testament, en Langue Crise |
dapres les quatre Evangélistes, | ou | Concordance des quatre
Evangiles. | [One line syllabic characters; followed by picture of the
Virgin. |

Montréal. | Imprimerie de lAsile de la Providence. | 1872.] 1.

Pp. 1-478,11. 16°. Title; reverse, Observations, which extends to recto of
1. 2 (p.3), signed Alb. Lacombe; ‘‘Approbation” in syllabic characters, p.4; Ta-
bleau des expressions, in French and Cris, pp. 5-8; Preface in syllabic characters,
pp. 9-14; Text (syllabic characters), pp. 17-478.

2156 a ——— Instructions en Langue Crise. Cc.

See full title No. 1943. The prefatory address, ‘‘Aux Missionnaires du Nord-

Ouest,” is signed A. L. (i. e., Albert Lacombe) O.M.I.; indicating that My. La-
combe is the author.

2159 a ——— [Calendar for the Saskatchewan Indians, for 1883.
Montreal: Beauchemin and Valois, 1882.| JWP.
1 sheet folio. See fac-simile of the Calendar for 1882, No. 2159.

2159 b and Legal (P. —.) Vocabulaire de la langue des Pieds-
Noirs, | des Gens-du-Sang et des Piéganes | Recueilli par les Mis-
siounaires | A Calgary et Fort Mac-Leod | dans le nord-ouest de
la | Puissance du Canada | Le 3 Décembre 1882 | P.

Manuscript. 11., pp. 1-20, 11. folio. In the library of M. Alph. Pinart, San
Francisco, Cal. ;

2160 Laet (Joannes de). Nieuvve Wereldt, etc. A.L.
Since this title was put in type I have seen two copies of the work. It con-
tains no linguistics.
2170a Lafléche (P. Louis). Les noms de quelques tribus, localités, etc.,
appartienent aux différents dialectes de la langue algonquine,
parlés depuis le Labrador, j’usquw’aux sources de la Saskatchewan,
aux pieds des Montagnes de Roches.
In Notice sur les Missions du Diocése de Québec, no. 12, pp. 100-105. Quebec
1857. 12°.
2170b La Harpe (Jean Francois de). Abrégé | de | L’Histoire Géné-
rale | des Voyages, | contenant | Ce quw’il y a de plus remarquable,
de plus utile & | de mieux avére dans les Pays ot les Voya-
geurs | ont pénétré; les meurs des Habitans, la Religion, | les
Usages, Arts & Sciences, Commerce, | Manufactures; enrichie de
Cartes géographiques | & de figures. | Par M. De La Harpe, de
PAcadémie Frangaise. geome Premier [-Trente-deux]. |

LA BROSSE—LANGSDORFF. 1001

La Harpe (Jean Francois de)—continued.

A Paris, | Hotel de Thou, rue des Poitevins. | M. DCC. LXXX
[-An IX.—1801] [1780-1801]. | Avee Approbation, & Privilége du
Roi. | A.C.

32 vols., 8°, and atlas, 1804, 4°.

The hymn “0 salutaris hostia” in Abenakise, Algonkine, Huronne and IIli-
noise (from Rasles), vol. 14, pp. 398-399.--Remarks on the Greenland language,
vol. 18, pp. 369-377.—Remarks on the Nootka language, with a short vocabulary,
vol. 23, pp. 184-187.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, other editions as follows: + Paris: Chez
Ledoux. 1816. 24 vols. 8°. + Paris: Achille Jourdan. 1822. 30 vols. 8°.
+ Paris. 1825. 30 vols. 8°. ++ Lyon: Rusand. 1829-1830. 30 vols. 8°.

2170¢ ——— Abréjé | de | L’Histoire Générale | des Voyages, | conte-
nant | ce qwil y a de plus remarquable, de plus utile et de mieux |
avéré dans les pays ot les voyageurs ont pénétré; les | mours des
habitans, la religion, les usages, arts et | sciences, commerce et
manufactures; | Par J. F. La Harpe. | Nouvelle Edition, | revue et
corrigée avec le plus grand soin, | et accompagnée dun bel atlas
in-folio. | Tome Premier [-Vingt-Quatriéme]. |

A Paris, | Chez Etienne Ledoux, Libraire, | Rue Guénégaud, Ne
9. | 1820. | ©.

24 vols. 8°. Linguistics as in previous edition, vol. 14, p. 338; vol. 16, pp.
217-226; vol. 23, pp. 287-290.

2188 [Lalemant (P. Jérome).| Relation | de ce qui s’est | passé de
plus remarquable en | la Mission des Peres | de la Compagnie de
Iesus | avx Hvrons | pays de la nouuelle France, | Depvis le mois
de Iuin de Pannée mil six cens | quarante, iusques au mois de Luin |
de V’année 1641. | Adressée | Au R. P Iacques Dinet, Prouincial de
la ; Comp. de lesvs, en la Prouince | de France. | MDC XLII. | 1.

Pp. 1-104. 5°. Improved title of No. 2188. Appended to Vimont (Barth.)
Relation de ce qvi s’est passé en la Noyvelle France, en années 1640 et 1641.
Paris, 1642. 8°. Wn eschantillon de la langue Huronne, with interlinear French
translation, pp. 96-104.

Reprinted in Relations des Jésuites, vol. 1, 1641, pp. 59-86. Québec, 1858. 8°.
Huron prayer, with interlinear French translation, pp. 84-86.

2192 a Land (Joseph Henry). Kometv momet Enhopoyety. [To desire
and to seek. | *
In Indian Journal, vol.2,no.31. Muscogee, I. T., April 3, 1878. folio. In the
Muskoki langnage.
2192 b ——— Evketecky. [Carefulness.] *
In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 50. Muscogee, I.'T., Aug. 14,1878. folio. In the
Muskoki language.
2194 a Langsdorff (Georg Heinrich von). Bemerkungen auf einer Reise
um die Welt in den Jahren 1803 bis 1807.
Frankfurt am Main. 1812. *
3 vols. 4°. Atlas. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No, 38895,
2194) ——— Voyages and Travels | in | various parts of the World, |
during | the years 1803, 1804, 1805, 1806, and 1807. | By | G. H.

1002 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Langsdorff (Georg Heinrich von)—continued.
von Langsdorff, | Aulic Counsellor To His Majesty The Emperor
of Russia, | Consul-General At The Brazils, Knight Of The
Order Of St Anne, And Member Of | Various Academies And
Learned Societies. | [—Part II. | containing | the voyage to the
Aleutian Islands and North-west coast of America, | and return by
land over the | north-east parts'of Asia, through Siberia, | to |
Petersburgh. | | Illustrated by Engravings from Original Draw-
ings. |

London: | Printed for Henry Colburn, | English and Foreign
Public Library, Conduit-Street, Hanover-Square; | and sold by
George Goldie, Edinburgh; and | John Cumming, Dublin. | 1813
[-1814]. | B.C.

2vols.: 1 p.1., pp. i-xxi, 11., pp. 1-362, 3 11. index; 1 p.1., title 11.,3 11. contents,
pp. 1-886, 3 ll index. 4°. maps and plates. Contains the meaning of a few words
and names of natives of Alaska, vol. 2, pp. 1-144, 219-246.—Same of natives of
California, notably near San Francisco, vol. 2, pp. 145-217.—Also brief compari-
son of languages of different islands.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 38896, there was another edition: Car-
lisle [Pa.]: Printed by George Philips. 1817. Pp. xvi, 617, 81]. 8°.

2197 a Lanman (James H.) History | of | Michigan, | civil and topo-
graphical, | in a compendious form; | with a | view of the surround-
ing lakes. | By | James H. Lanman. | With a map. |

New-York: | H. French, 146 Nassau Street. | 1839. | C. LSH.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-397, 8°. map.

Connor (Henry). Indian names of prominent points in Michigan—English,
Indian, and definitions, pp. 260-261.

The edition, New York, Harper Brothers, 1841, 24°. (c.), does not contain the
Indian names.

2199 a La Pérouse (Jean Francois Gallup, Comte de). Voyage | de la

Pérouse | autour du monde, | publié | conformément au décret du

22 Avril 1791, | et rédigé | par M. L. A. Milet-Mureau, | Général de

Brigade dans le Corps du Génie, Directeur | des Fortifications, Ex-

Constituant, Membre de plusieurs | Sociétés littéraires de Paris. |
Tome Premier [-Quatriémel]. |

A Paris, | Chez Plassan, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue du Cimetiére |

André-des-Ares, n° 10. | Lian VI de la République.—1798, | A.

4 vols. 8°. atlas. 4°. Linguisties as in No. 2199, vol. 2, pp. 237-238, 325-327.

be
bo
i=)
bo
i)

A | Voyage round the World. | Performed in the years |
1785, 1786, 1787, 1788, | by | M. de la Peyrouse: | Abridged from the
Original French Journal of | M. de la Peyrouse, which was lately
published by | M. Milet-Mureau, in Obedience to | an Order from the
French Government. | To which are added, | A Voyage from Ma-
nilla to California, | by | Don Antonio Maurelle: and an abstract of
the | Voyage and Discoveries | of the late | Capt. G. Vancouver. |
Boston: | Printed for Joseph Bumstead. | Sold by him at No. 20,
Union-Street: | by | Thomas and Andrews, Newbury-Street; by E.

LANGSDORFF—LE BOULANGER. 1003

La Pérouse (Jean Frangois Gallup, Comte de)—continued.
and | S. Larkin, Wm. P. and L. Blake, W. Pelham, | and C. Bing;
ham, Cornhill. 1801. |
Pp. i-vi, 7-333. 12°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Nemerals 1-100 of the natives of Port de Frangois, p. 68.—Achastlien numerals
1-10, p. 95.—Ecclemach numerals 1-10 and brief vocabulary, pp. 95-96.

22026 Lapham (Increase Allen), Blossom (Levi) and Dousman (George
G.) A paper | on the | number, locality and times of removal | of
the | Indians of Wisconsin; | with | an appendix | containing a
complete | chronology of Wisconsin, | from the | Earliest Times
down to the Adoption of the State Constitution, in 1848. | By | I. A.
Lapham, Levi Blossom and Geo. G. Dousman, | A Committee of
the Old Settlers’ Club of Milwaukee County. |

Milwaukee: | Starr’s Book and Job Printing House, 412 and 414
East Water Street. | 1870. | C. DGB. JWP.

Printed cover 11., pp. 1-27. 8°. map. In addition to scattered Indian words
this little work contains, pp. 15-16, an alphabetic ‘list of the different names by
which the Indian tribes of Wisconsin have been known,” some of them with
English signification.

2209 a Latham (Robert Gordon). Man and his Migrations. | By | R. G.
Latham, M. D., F. RB. S., | Corresponding Member to the Ethnologi-
cal Society, New York, | ete. ete. | | Vignette. ]

London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLI
[1851]. | A.

Pp. i-vi, 1-250. 12°. Title of original edition, mentioned in note to No, 2210.

2218 a Laurie (Thomas). The Ely Volume; | or, | The Contributions of
our Foreign Missions | to Science and Human Well-being. | By
Thomas Laurie, D. D., | formerly a Missionary of the A. B.C. F. M. |
[Three lines quotation.] |

Boston: | American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Mis-
sions, | Congregational House, | 1881. | Cc.

Pp. i-ix, i-532. 8°. John,i,1-5, from Eliot’s Bible, p. 229. Contains also a
brief list of works in the Indian languages, pp. 522-524.

Lawyrawkvlarits Pany Kwta. See [Dunbar (John) |, No. 1104.

2229 a Le Baron (J. Francis). Seminole Vocabulary.
Manuscript. 211. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
at a village near Lake Pierce, Fla., in 1582.

2230a [Le Boulanger (f¢év. Joseph Ignatius).] [French and Miami-
Illinois Dictionary. | JCB.

Manuscript. 23 p. ll. (the seventh of which is blank), 13 blank Il., 211., 11. 1-11,
15-44, 46-185, and 37 blank ll. folio (16$-+ 10% inches). In the Carter Brown
Library, Providence, R. I.

At the top of the first leaf, the verso of which is blank, is the following note
in a modern handwriting: “La langue dans laquelle est écrit ce volume est
celle des Miamis-illinois, voyez au mot illinois et au mot langues dans le dic-
tionnaire, pages 102 et 108. R. Martin.”

1004 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Le Boulanger (#év. Joseph Ignatius) |—continued.

The next 22 leaves contain, minutely written in double, treble, and quadruple
columns, the following prayers, hymns, catechisms, and gospels in the Illinois
language: “Acte de foi de la presence de Dieu, Examen de Conscience, Acte de
Contrition, Priere pour les parens &c., Prieres pour La Ste. Messe, au Com-
mencement, a levangile, au sanches, a L Elevation de L hostie, a L Elevation
du Calice, apres L Elevation, au dernier Evangile, 1 page; Pour le Dimanche,
Pour le Lundi, Pour le Mardi, Autre himne des anges, Autre, Pour Le Mercredi,
hymne du Patron, Panis Angelicus, 1 page; Pour le Jeudy. Lauda Sion Salva-
tore, O Salutaris hostia, Pour Le Vendredi vexilla regis, Pour le Samedi ave
maria stella, Sur Le miserere, 1 page; Malheureuses Creatures, Benissez le Seig-
neur Supreme, 1 page; Vespres, Cantique a la Louange de la St®. vierge, De pro-
fundis, Ad te domine Levavi, Laudate Pueri, Levavi oculos, In Exitu Israel,
Laudate Doum oes Gentes, Capitule Benedictus, himne, Magnificat, 1 page;
Petit Catechisme, Des Sacraments, 1 page; * Invocation en commencant Le
Catech., a la fin du Catechisme, Autre Catechisme, 2 pages; De Sacramentis,
2 pages and 1 blank leaf; Explication du Decalogue, 1 page; De Cultu et
Invocatione Sanctorum, 2°. Command, 3°. Command, 1 page; 4 Commandémt,
5°. Commandemt, 1 page; 6 Command., 7. Commandémt, 8. Commandémt, 9 et
10. Commandemts, 1 page; de Command. de L Eglise, De Ecclesia seu templo,
Simbole des Apostres, 2 pages; S. Joan baptista, ete., 1 page; Dominica 1° and
other Sunday gospels, 12 pages; Histoire de la Genese, in 35 chapters, 13 pages.

These are followed by 14 leaves, all of which are blank, excepting the verso
of the 14th, which contains ‘Passion de Jesus C.”’, filling one-third of the page.
Brief grammatical forms, in single, quadruple, and quintuple columns, fill both
sides of the next leaf and the recto of the following one, on the verso of which
the dictionary begins with folio 1. This is written in a single column, on the
outer margin or half page of the verso of every leaf, the inner half and recto
being left blank. A column contains on an average about 18 French words,
each of which is followed by a number of Illinois equivalents and phrases,
making in all about 80 lines. The total number of French words in the dic-
tionary is nearly 3,000. The apparent imperfections after leaves 11 and 44 are
merely errors in numeration, LI. 82-84 are wrongly numbered 72-74,

A manuscript note on the fly leaf says: “This manuscript was purchased for
me by Messrs. Hector Bossange & Son at the sale of the books and manuscripts
of M. Marcel, formerly the Director of the Imperial Printing Office and Member
of the Commission of the Institute of Egypt &c., on the 9th of May 1859, at
Paris: Hen: C. Murphy.” At the sale of Mr. Murphy’s library, at New York,
in March, 1884, it was purchased for the John Carter Brown library, Provi-
dence, R. I.

“This volume is the production of some of the early French Missionaries
among the Illinois. * * * The manuscript is closely written, but very plain.
It is not the dictionary of that language which is mentioned by Mr. Duponceau
and Mr. Gallatin, in the possession of the former, and which, it is inferred, is a
short vocabulary; for the words which Mr. Gallatin could not find in the latter
are contained in this, and there are many variations, showing the particular
tribal origin to be different. Some of the words are identical with what Mr.
Gallatin calls the Old Algonkin, for which he gives Lahontan as authority.
The paper on which the work is written resembles that in use 150 or 200 years
ago.

“A note on the fly-leaf says: ‘This precious volume is an example of the su-
perhuman efforts with which the love of the salvation of human souls inspired _
the Catholic missionaries.’ In fine, it is, no doubt, the most complete repertory
of the Western Lenape in existence, and from the care and fullness with which
it has been written, has been the work of a life-time. * * * The only clue to

LE BOULANGER—LE JEUNE. 1005

[Le Boulanger (Rév. Joseph Ignatius)|—continued.

the authorship that approaches to probability is furnished by Father Gabriel
Marest, in his letter dated Kaskaskia, 9th November, 1712, and published in the
Lettres Edifiantes. Speaking of Father Gravier, the founder of the mission to
the Illinois, he says: ‘ He first investigated the principles of their language, and
reduced them to grammatical rules, so that we have since only been obliged to
bring to perfection what he began with so great success.’ (Kip’s Translation, p.
206.) From this it may be inferred that the volume * * * js the compilation
of many fathers, a conclusion to which we more readily come, since it accords
with that already expressed by Mr. Shea, in his History of the Catholic Missions
among the Indian Tribes of the United States.”—Hist. Mag., vol. 3, pp. 227-228.

In the prospectus of the French Illinois Dictionary (No. 2230), which Mr. Shea
was printing from this manuscript when it disappeared about 1865, he ascribes
it to Father Le Boulanger, it being, in his opinion, the work of one who had got
far beyond the rudimentary stages of the study, and evidently of a single author
who had mastered his subject, a reputation enjoyed only by Le Boulanger.

See Gravier (Rev. James), No. 1600, for a description by Dr. J. Hammond
Trumbull of a manuscript Mlinois-French Dictionary, of which he conjectured
the above might be the counterpart. Examination proves, however, that this is
not trne. In his judgment, the manuscript above described is not in the Miami
dialect; it is in a handwriting different from that of No. 1600, and apparently of
a later date; and it is not in the same local dialect.

2231 a Le Brun (A. Ch. Braiin, better known as). [Sermons in the Mo-
hawk language. | i
Manuscript. 120 unnumbered Il. 4°, In the archives of the Sulpician Semi-
nary at Oka, Canada. Title furnished by Erminnie A. Smith, who says the
earliest date on the sermons is 1783. They are ina bound book, on the first page

of which is the following index of the contents:

Sectio Prima. De B. Joanne Baptista.
De doctrina Christiana quid sit esse De B. Laurentio.

Christianum. Explicatio Orationis Dominicalis.
De Signo Crucis. Salutatio Angelica In feto St. Nicola.
De Deo et Dei perfectionibus. Annunciationi.

Explanatio Symboli Apostolorum. St. Philippi & Jacobi.
Prima articula in nativitate Domini. Ascensionis.
Circumcisione. Pentecostes.

De Ste Trinitate. St. Francois Xavier.

Formation du Prone.

2245 Le Jeune(P. Paul). Relation | de ce qvis’est passé | en la | Noy-
velle France, | en ’année 1634. | Enuoyée au | Rh. Pere Provincial |
de la Compagnie de Iesvs | en la Prouince de France. | Par le P.
Paul le Ieune de la mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de la residence
de Kebee. | [Design.| |

A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy, Imprimeur | ordinaire du
Roy, rué 8. Iacques, au Cicognes. | M. DC. XX XV [1635]. | Avec
Privilege dv Roy. | L. HU.

2p. lL, pp. 1-342, 11. 8°. Improved title of No. 2245. F

De la langue des Sauvages Montagnais, chapitre x1, pp. 174-184.—Denx Orai-
sons en leur langue (with interlinear French translation), pp. 277-278, 279-280.

This work was reprinted at Paris the same year with several errors in the
text and pagination corrected. These differences are pointed out in Contribu-
tions to a Catalogue of the Lenox Library, No. II, p.5. Reprinted also as follows:

1006 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Le Jeune (P. Paul)—continued.

2246 — [Relation] | de [ce avi s’est passé] | en [la Novvelle
France] | en [année 1634 et 1635.2] | Enuoyée aju R. Pere Provin-
cial de] | la Compagnie [de Jesvs en la] | Prouince de F[rance.] |
Par le Pere le Ievne de la m[esme] | Compagnie, Superieur de la |
Residence de Kebee. | 5% |

En Avignon, | De ’Imprimerie de Iaqves Bramereavy, | Impri-
meur de la Saincteté, de la ville, & | Vniuersité. Avec permission
des Superieurs | M. DC. XXXVI [1636]. | L.

Title 1 1., Preface 4 ll., pp. 1-416. 8°. P. 141 is wrongly numbered 134. Im-
proved title of No. 2246, from the only known copy, that in the Lenox Library,
the title-page of which is defective, as shown by the brackets, the missing portion
being supplied from similarity to the earlier Relations. One other leaf at the
beginning is imperfect, and two at the end are almost entirely wanting. The
volume contains reprints of the Relations tor 1634 and 1635, with a new preface
or dedication. The Relation of 1634 ends on p. 269; p. 270 is blank, and the
Relation of 1635 begins on p. 271 and ends on p. 336; Hurons, pp. 337-392; Cape
Bretons, pp. 393-416.

De la langue des Sauuages Montagnais, chap. xi, pp. 134-142. Deux oraisons
en leur langue, pp. 218-220. The 1634 Relation reprinted in Relation des Jé-
suites, vol. 1, 1634, pp. 1-92. Linguistics, pp. 48-51, 76.

2246 a t—— Relation | de ce qvi s’est passé | en la | Novvelle France |
en année 1636. | Enuoyée au | R. Pere Provincial | de la Com-
pagnie de Iesvs | en la Prouince de France. | Par le P. Paul le
Teune de la mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de Ja residence de Ke-
bec. | [Design.]

A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy Imprimeur | ordinaire du Roy,
rué sainct Iacques, | aux Cicognes. | M.DC. XX XVII [1637]. |
Avec Privilege dv Roy. | L. HU.

4p. ll., pp. 1-272. 8°. Appended without title-page, pp. 1-223, is:

Brebceuf (Jean de). Relation de ce qui s’est passé dans le Pays des Hvrons
en année 1636,

“Lekase.” See [Perryman (Leguest C.)|

2250 Le Mercier (P. Francois Joseph). Relation | de ce qvi s’est
passé | en la Mission des Peres | de la Compagnie de Iesvs, | en
la | Novveile France, | és années 1653. & 1654. | Enuoyée au R. P.
Nicolas Royon, | Prouincial de la Prouince de France. | Par le R.
P. Francois Le Mercier, | Superieur des Missions de la mesme |
Compagnie. | | Design. |

A Paris, | chez | Sebastien Cramoisy, | Imprimeur ordinaire du
Roy | & dela Reyne, | et Gabriel Cramoisy. | rué 8. | Iacques | aux
Ci | cognes. | — | M. DC. LV [1655]. | Auec Privilege du Roy. | L.

2p.1L, pp. 1-176. 8°. Letter headed Agataken, &c., in Huron, pp. 137-140.—
French translation, pp. 141-144.—Huron letter headed Offrande d’vne escharpe
de porcelaine faite par les Hurons a la Vierge Patronne de la Congregation de
Messieurs de Paris, p. 145.—Explication, in French, p. 146.

Reprinted in Relations des Jésuites, vol. 2, 1654, pp. 1-34. Québec, 1&58. 8°.
Contains letter in Huron, with accompanying French translation, pp. 27-28.

LE JEUNE-—LETTRES. 1007

2250b Lenguas de Chiapas. *
An octavo manuscript in possession of Sr. Icazbalceta, City of Mexico, who
has furnished me with the following description: It contains, besides Latin and
Spanish matter, Confesonario en lengua Zapaluta [y castellana], 11 1l, 2 col.--
Doctrina en lengua Comiteca, 44 1].—Doctrina en lengua Zoque, 8 1l.—Confesona-
rio en lengua Zoque [y castellana], 19 1l.—Doctrina en lengua Zendal, 27 1.—
Lengua Comiteca, 9 11.
Leon (Carlos Celedonio Velasquez de Cardenas y). See Velasquez
de Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Celedonio).

2263 Le Page du Pratz (/.) An account of Louisiana, &c.

Newbern: Franklin & Garrow. 1804. c.
This edition, an imperfect title of which is given in No. 2263, contains no lin-
guistics.

2279 [Lesson Book in the Mohawk Language.|
For full title and description of this work see Williams (Rev. E.), No. 4132.
Leti u Ebanhelio * * * Huan [in Maya]. See [Fletcher (Rev.
Richard)], No. 1309.
Leti u cilich * * San Litcas [in Maya]. See Ruz (Fr. Joaquin),
‘No. 3426, 3426 a.

2279 a Lettres Edifiantes. Lettres | Edifiantes | et | Curieuses, | Ecrites
des Missions | Etrangeres, par quelques Mission- | naires de la Com-
pagnie de Jesus. | I [-XXXIV]. Recueil. | [Vignette.] |

A Paris, | Chez Nicolas le Clere, rué Saint | Jacques, proche
Saint Yves, 4 ’Image | Saint Lambert. | M. DCC. XVII [-M. DCC.
LX XVI] [1717-1776]. | Avec Privilege dv Roi. | A.

34 vols. 12°. Rasles(S.) Lettre, vol. 23, pp. 198-307.

“Bibliographers give 1717 as the date of the first edition of vol. 1 of the Let-
tres Edifiantes. This is wrong. I have an English translation of vol. 1 printed
in 1707. The Astor library has vol. 7, 1707; vol. 8, 1708; vols. 3 and 4, 1713.
Charlevoix says vol. 10 was first issued in 1712. Vol. 11, apparently: not a first
edition, appeared in 1715. The royal approbation to print vol. 1 is dated Aug.
%3, 1702, and the first volume must have been issned in 1702 or 1703. Vol. 23,
containing Rasles’s Letter, was apparently issued first in 1738.”’—Shea.

2279 b ——— Lettres | Edifiantes | et Curieuses Ecrites des Missions |
Etrangeres par quelques Mis- | sionnaires de la Compagnie de |
Jesus. | 1 [-X XXIV]. Recueil. | [Vignette.] |

A Paris, | Chez Nicolas le Clerc, rué Saint | Jacques, & Image |
saint Lambert. | M. DCCX VII [-? ].. Avec Approbation, & Privi-
lege du Roy. | C.

34 vols. 12°. The Library of Congress has only vols. 1-26.

Rasles (S.) Lettre, vol. 23, pp. 198-307.

2279 ¢ ——— | Cartas | Edificantes, Y Curiosas, | escritas | de las
Missiones | Estrangeras, | por | Algunos Missioneros | de la Com-
pania | de Jesus; | traducidas del Idioma Francés | por el Padre
Diego Davin, | de la Compania de Jesus. | Tomo Primero [—Deci-
mosexto]. | Con Privilegio. |

En Madrid: En la Oficina de la Viuda de Manuel Fernandez, |
Imprenta del Supremo Consejo de la Inquisicion, y de la Reverenda

1008 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Lettres Edifiantes—continued.
| Camara Apostolica. Ato MDCCLII [-M. DCC. LVII] [1753-
1757]. | A.C.

16 vols. sm. 4°, The title-page of vol. 2 differs slightly from the above, and
there are still other minor variations in the titles of subsequent volumes.
Rasles (S.) Carta, vol. 13, pp. 339-384.

2279 d ——— Lettres | Edifiantes | et Curieuses, | Ecrites | des Mis-
sions Etrangeres. | Nouvelle Edition. | Mémoires du Levant. | Tome
Premier [-X XVI]. | [Vignette.] |

A Paris, | Chez J. G. Merigot le jeune, Libraire, Quai des | Au-
gustins, au coin de la rue Pavée. | M. DCC. LX XX [-M. DCC.-
LXXXIIJ] [1780-1783]. | Avee Approbation et privilege du Roi. | c.

26 vols. 12°. Rasles’s Lettre, vol. 6, pp. 153-225.

2279 e ——— Lettres | Edifiantes | et | Curieuses, | écrites | des Mis-
sions Etrangéres. | Nouvelle édition, ornée de cinquante belles
gravures. | Mémoires du Levant.| Tome Premier [-Quatorziéme]. |
[ Vignette. | |

A Lyon, | Chez{ J. Vernarel, Libraire; | Ht. Cabin et C.°, Li-
braires, rue St-Dominique, n° 19. | M. DCCC. XIX [1819]. | a. w.

14 vols. 8°. Rasles’s Lettre, vol. 4, pp. 95-138.

2281 a Lévy (Pablo). Notas geograficas y econdmiecas | sobre la Re-
publica | de | Nicaragua | su historia, topografia, clima, | produe-
ciones y riquezas, poblacion y costumbres, gobierno, agricultura, |
industria, comercio, etc. | y una exposicion completa | de Ja cuestion
del Canal Interoceanico y de la de inmigracion, | con una lista bib-
liografica, | le mas completa hasta el dia de todos los libros y mapas
relativos 4 la | América Central en general y-4 Nicaragua en particu-
lar | por Pablo Lévy | Ingeniero | [ete., three lines]. | Obra aprobada
por el Gobierno | que ha [ete., three lines]. | [Eleven lines quotation. |

Paris | Libreria Espatiola de E. Denné Schmitz | Comisionista
para Espana y América, | 2 Calle Favart 2, (Cerca la Opera-
Comica). | 1873 | B. DGB.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-6-8. 8°. map. Carib vocabulary, 94 words, p. 298.

2284 Lewis (Robert Benjamin). Light and Truth; | collected from |
the Bible and Ancient and | Modern History, | containing the |
Universal History | of the | Colored and the Indian Race, | from
the creation of the world | to the present time. | By R. B. Lewis, |
a colored man. | [Quotation, four lines.] |

Boston: | Published by a Committee of Colored Gentlemen. |
Benjamin F. Roberts, Printer. | 1844. | =

Pp. i-viii, 9-400. 12°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.

Vocabulary, English, Indian, and Hebrew or Chaldaie, p. 251.

2284 b Libro | de | Cuentas | de la Cofradia del Rosario | en el Pueblo
de Suchiapa | desde 1796 hasta 1821. | En lengua Chapaneca. | DGB.

Original manuscript of 114 unnumbered 11., to which has been prefixed a mod-
ern title, as above, 11., and a note, 11., by Dr. Berendt, which says: ‘‘ Este libro

contiene muchos apuntes en lengua Chapaneca, relativos & las contribuciones de
los cofrades y & los gastos de la Cofradia.”

LETTRES—LYKINS, 1009

2296 a Llisa (Fr. Pedro de). Confesionario en idioma del Choconate,
Paya, Tapaliza y s-hecho en el Darien por el R. P. fr. Pedro de
Llisa. id

Manuscript. Title from M. Alph. Pinart.
Loa en Obsequio. See Rosales (F. T.), No. 3369.
Lopez de Gomara (I*rancisco). See Gomara (Francisco Lopez de).

Lopez Figueroa (Fr. Antonio Rosa). See Rosa Lopez Figueroa
(Fr. Antonio).

2328 a Lioughridge (R. M.)] On double consonants in the Creek Lan-
guage. a
In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 47. Muscogee, I. T. July 29, 1880. folio.
Loziéres (Baudry De). See Baudry De Loziéres.
Lu tel kaimintis holinzuten. See [Giorda (Rev. J.)], No. 1557.

2348 Lucy-Fossarieu (M. P. de). Extrait | du compte rendu sténogra-
phique | du Congrés International | des Sciences Ethnographi-
ques, | tenu a Paris du 15 au 17 Juillet 1878. | Les langues Indi-
ennes | de la Californie. | Etude de philologie ethnographique, |
par | M. P. de Lucy-Fossarieu, | Membre du Conseil Central de
VInstitution Ethnographique, | Lauréat de la Société Américaine
de France. | [Design.|

Paris. | Imprimerie Nationale. | M DCCC LX XXT [1881]. |

Pp. 1-55. 8°. Improved title of No. 2348. DGB. JWP.

Lord’s Prayer in the language of the Missions of San-Francisco-Xayier and
San-Jose de Comondre, p. 12; of the Mission of San-Ignacio de Kadakamang,
p. 12; of the Missions of San-Francisco de Borga, Santa-Gertrudis, and Santa-
Maria, p. 12.—Vocabulary of the languages of the following Indians, pp. 18-55:

Calaveras County, Runsiénes, Kah-s6-wahs,

Klamath River, Santa-Ynez, Lolotens or Tutatamys,
San-Rafael, Santa-Barbara, Tehema,

Santa-Cruz County, Santa-Cruz Isle, Santa-Clara,
San-Carlos, San-Gabriel Mission, San-Francisco Bay,
Carmelo, San-Luis-Rey, Province d’Yuba,

La Soledad, San-Miguel Mission, Dieguenos,

Esleénes, Kah-wé-yahs, Yumas.

A reprint, with additions, of the vocabularies appearing in Taylor (A.S.),
California Notes, No. 3807, and Johnson (Adam), and Whipple (Lieut. A. W.)
in Schoolcraft (H.R.), No. 3519.
2348 a Ludewig (Hermann E.) The | Literature | of | American Aborigi-
nal Languages. | By | Hermann E. Ludewig. | With additions and
corrections | by Professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by Nicolas
Triibner. |
London: | Triibner and Co., 60, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLVIII
[1858]. | CG. T. DGB. JWP.
Pp. i-viii, 1]., pp. ix—xxiv, 1-258. 8°. Brief vocabulary of the Mame language,
from Reinoso, p. 227.
Lykins (Johnston). See Davis (John) and Lykins (Johnston),
No. 997.

64 Bib

1010 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2372 a Macfie (Matthew). Vancouver Island and | British Columbia. |
Their History, Resources, and Prospects. | By | Matthew Macfie,
F.R.G.S. | Five years resident in Victoria, V. I. |

London: | Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green. |
1865. | B. C. BA.
2 p. IL, pp. vii-xxi, 1 1., pp. 1-574. 8°. A few sentences in the Chinook Jargon,
pp. 472-473.
2377 McIntosh (John). The Origin of the North American Indians, &c.
Some copies of this work bear the date 1844. (*)

2379 a ——— The | Origin | of the | North American Indians; | with
a | faithful description of their manners and | customs, both civil
and military, their | religions, languages, dress, | and ornaments: |
including | various specimens of Indian eloquence, as well as
histor | ical and biographical sketches of almost all the | distin-
guished nations and celebrated | warriors, statesmen and orators, |
among the | Indians of North America. | New edition, improved
and enlarged. | By John McIntosh. |

New-York: | Nafis & Cornish, 278 Pearl Street. | St. Louis,
(Mo.)—Nafis, Cornish & Co. | Philadelphia—John B. Perry. |
[N. d.] ?

Pp. i-xxxv, 39-345. 12°. Title from Mr. W. Eames from copy in his possession.

2387 @ Mackenzie (Alexander). Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the
River St. Laurence, | through the | Continent of North America, |
to the | Frozen and Pacific Oceans: | in the years 1789 and 1793. |
With a preliminary account of | the Rise, Progress, and Present
State of | the Fur Trade | of | that Country. | [lustrated with a
Map. | By Alexander Mackenzie, Esq. | First American Hdition. |

New-York: | Printed and Sold by G. F. Hopkins, at Washington’s
Head, No. 118, Pearl-Street. | 1802. | A. BA.

Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-94, 1-296. 8°. map. Linguistics, pp. 74-82, 91-94, 271.
The first American edition, mentioned in note to No. 2387.

2390

Tableau | Historique et Politique | du Commerce des Pel-
leteries | dans le Canada, | depuis 1608 jusqu’a nos jours. | Conte-
nant beaucoup de détails sur les nations sau- | vages qui ’habitent,
et sur les vastes contrées qui y | sont contigués; | Avec un Voca-
bulaire de la langue de plusieurs peuples de ces | vastes contrées. |
Par Alexandre Mackenzie. | Traduit de Anglais, | par J.Castera. |
Orné du portrait de ’Auteur. |

Paris, | Dentu, Imprim.-Lib.°, rue du Pont-de-Lody, n.° 3. |
M. D.CCC VII [1807]. | C.
2 p.ll., pp. 1-810,11. 8°. Improved title of No. 2390. Vocabulaire de la langue
algonquine et de celle des Knisteneaux, pp. 261-274.—Vocabulaire de la langue
chipiouayne, pp. 304-310.
2392a Maclean (J. P.) Maya literature. DGB.
Pp. 438-448. 8°. From some magazine for October, 1883, New Series, vol. xx.
Contains Maya prophecy, with English translation, from the Books of Chilam
Balam, foot-note, p. 442.

MACFIE—MALTE-BRUN. 1011

2393 a@ Macleod (Rev. Xavier Donald). Devotion | to the | Blessed Vir-
gin Mary | in | North America. | By | The Rey. Xavier Donald
Macleod, | Professor of Rhetoric and Belles Lettres in St. Mary’s
College, | Cincinnati. | With a Memoir of the Author, | By | The
Most Rev. John B. Purcell, D. D. | Archbishop of Cincinnati. |

New York: | Virtue & Yorston, | 12 Dey Street. | [Copyright
1866. | C.8.

Pp. i-iv, 3-7, ix-xxiii, 1-467. 8°. Hymn to the Blessed Virgin in Chinook
Jargon, p. 255.—Memorare in Penobscot, from Vetromile, p. 354.

2393 b History | of | Roman Catholicism | in | North America. |
By | The Rev. Xavier Donald Macleod, | Professor of Rhetoric and
Belles Lettres in St. Mary’s College, Cincinnati. | With a Memoir
of the Author, | by | The Most Rev. John B. Purcell, D. D., |
Archbishop of Cincinnati. |

New York: | Virtue & Yorston, | 12 Dey Street. | [186?]| BA.

Pp. i-iv, 5-7, 1 1., ix—xxiii, 1-467. 8°. 2 plates. Linguistics as above, pp. 255,
304.

Malan (Rev. Cesar). See Swiss Peasant, No. 3789.

2421 a Mallery (Col. Garrick). Forschungen und Anregungen | iiber
die | Zeichensprache der Indianer | Nord-Au.erikas. | Von | Garrick
Mallery. | Uebersetzt von | Agnes Brauer. | Mit Anmerkungen von
Wilhelm Keil. | Souderdruck aus den ‘“ Mittheilungen des Vereins
fiir Erdkunde | zu Halle a 8.”, Jahrgang 1882.

Halle a. S., | Verlag der Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses. |

1882. | IWP.
Outside title 11.; title, reverse blank, 11.; pp. 1-88. 8°. German translation

of No, 2421.
2431 a ——— Sign Language among the N. A. Indians, We. JWP.

Partly reprinted in Internationale Zeitschrift fiir Allgemeine Sprachwissen-
schaft, Band I, Heft 1, pp. 193-210. Leipzig, 1884. royal 8°.

2436 a Malte-Brun (Malthe Konrad Brun, known as). Universal | Geog-
raphy, | or | a Description | of | all the parts of the World, | on a
new plan, | according to the great natural divisions of the globe; |
accompanied with | analytical, synoptical, and elementary tables. |
By M. Malte-Brun. | Improved by the addition of the most recent

‘ information, derived from | various sources. | Vol. I [-V]. | Con-
taining the theory, or mathematical, physical, and | political prin-
ciples of geography. |

Philadelphia: | Published by John Laval. | 1832. | C.
5 vols. 8°. Table of the Geographical connexion of the American and Asiatic
languages, vol. 3, pp. 148-154.

2437 a Géographie | Universelle | ou | Description de toutes les
parties du monde | sur un plan nouveau | d’apres les grandes divi-
sions naturelles du globe; | précédé | De histoire de la Géographie

1012 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Malte-Brun (Malthe Konrad Brun, known as)—continued.
chez les peuples anciens et modernes | et @une théorie générale de
la géographie mathématique, | physique et politique; | par | Malte-
Brun. | Cinquiéme édition | revue, corrigée, et augmentée de toutes
les nouvelles découvertes | par M. J.-J.-N. Huot. | Tome Premier
[-Sixiéme]. | Histoire et Théorie Générale de la Géographie. |
Paris. | Furne et C'*, Libraires-Bditeurs, | 55, rue Saint-André-
des-arts. | 1841. | A.
6 vols. 8°. Tableau de ’enchainement géographique des langues américaines
et asiatiques, vol. 6, pp. 18-21.

2457 b Précis | de la | Géographie | Universelle, | ou | descrip-
tion de toutes les parties du Monde | sur un plan nouveau, | d’aprés
les grandes divisions naturelles de globe; | précédé de Vhistoire de
la géographie chez les peuples anciens et modernes, et @une théo-
rie | générale de ia géographie mathématique, physique et poli-
tique; | accompagnée | d’un atlas in-folio de 71 cartes; | Par Malte-
Brun. | Nouvelle Edition, | revue, corrigée, mise dans un nouvel
ordre, | et enrichie de toutes les nouvelles découvertes, | par
M. J.-J..N. Huot, | augmentée | de renseignements statistiques
publiés dans le dernier ouvrage de Balbi. | Tome I [-VI]. |

Bruxelles, | Lacrosse et C’*, Libraires-Kditeurs, | Rue Royale
Neuve, No. 55. | 1839. | B.
6 vols., 8°, and atlas folio. Tableau, &c., vol. 6, pp. 296-301.

2437 ¢ Universal Geography: | being | a description of all parts
of the world, | with analytical, synoptical, and elementary tables. |
By M. Malte-Brun, | Editor of the “Annales des Voyages,” ete. |
With additions and corrections. | By James C. Percival. | A New
Edition: | Containing recent geographical discoveries, changes in
political geography, | and other valuable additions. | Compiled from
the late French editions of Malte-Brun, by MM. Huot and Laval-
lée, | and the most recent American authorities. | Beautifully illus-
trated with steel engravings and fine colored maps. | In three vol-
umes. | Vol. I [-IIT]. |

Boston: | Published by Samuel Walker & Co. | 1865. | C.
3 vols. 4°. Table, vol. 2, pp. 173-176.

Manners, Customs, and Antiquities of the Indians See [Goodrich
(Samuel Griswold) |, No. 1570.

2438 a Manitoba Historical and Scientific Society. Manitoba | Historical
and | Scientific Society. | Publication No. 1 [-5]. | “The Causes of
the Rising in the | Red River Settlement, | 1869-70.” | Alex. Me-
Arthur, Esq. | JWP.

5 pamphlets. 8°.
Burman ([ev. W. A.) The Sioux Language. Publication No. 5.

Manitowompae Pomantamoonk [in the Massachusetts language].
See [Eliot (John)], Nos. 1188-1189.

MALTE-BRUN—MARCOUX. 1013

Manual of Devotion, in the Beaver Indian Dialect. See [Bompas
(Rev. William Carpenter)], No. 405.

Manual para administrar * * idioma Cahita. See [Gonzalez
(P. Diego Pablo)}, No. 1563, in these Additions and Corrections.

2440 Manualito | para administrar | el Viatico | y extremauncion | en
idioma Mexicano. | Con las licencias necesarias. |

Mexico: 1817. | En la Oficina de D. Alexandro Valdés, calle de

Santo Domingo. |

2p. IL, pp. 1-9. 16°. Improved title of No. 2440, furnished by Mr. W. Eames
from copy seen at the sale of books belonging to Hon. Henry C. Murphy.

2450 Manuscrit. Commission Scientifique du Mexique. | Manuscrit | dit |
Mexicain | N° 2 de la Bibliothéque Impériale | photographié (sans
réduction) | Par ordre de 8. E. M. Duruy, Ministre de Instruction
publique | Président de la Commission scientifique du Mexique. |

Paris 1864 | Imprimerie Bonaventure et Ducessois. Imprimerie
photographique Benoist. | JIWP.

Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., 22 plates. large folio. Improved title of No. 2450.

“‘This manuscript is, in characters, identical with the Manuscript Troano
and the Dresden Codex. It is the most perfect of the three in regard to the
beauty and delicacy of the writing; but it is also the one that had suffered most.
But 50 copies were published.”—Brasseur de Bourbourg.

Dr. Brinton, in his Introduction to the ‘‘ Study of the Manuscript Troano,”
says: ‘‘This fragment—for it is unfortunately nothing more—was discovered in
1859 by Prof. Leon de Rosny among a mass of old papers in the National Library.
It consists of eleven leaves, twenty-two pages, each 9 inches long and 5} inches
wide. It unquestionably belongs to the Maya manuscripts. Its origin is un-
known.”

This manuscript is commonly known as the “Codex Peresianus,” from the
name “ Peréz” found on the wrapper. See Rosny (Leon de), No. 3380 d.

2452.a Marcos (fr. Diego). [Sermon in the Mexican language. ]

Colophon: Amen Jesus | 23 del mes diciembre 1619 anos | nihuatl
onic yan cuili yni amotl | no to ca diego marcos | B.

Manuscript. 9 ll. 4°. No title. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco;
bought at the sale of the Ramirez collection, London, in the catalogue of which
it is entered under No. 530. On the first page, at the beginning of the sermon,
is the usual I. H. S., rudely ornamented in ink. While the main portion of the
sermon is in Mexican, many Spanish words are introduced. The discourse is
divided into paragraphs, each commencing with the word Yzcatque, written also
TIzcatqui.

24544 [Marcoux (Rév. Joseph). Catechism in the Caughnawaga dialect
of the Iroquois. | IWP.
Colophon: Tehoristoraragon Joseph Hebert | Wisonke. 1823. |
11 pp. 18°. A fragment, consisting of pp. 9-11, of what is evidently the con-
cluding portion of a Roman Catholie catechism in the Mohawk language. The
heading on p.9, “Iontatkentsiokhas,” means Confirmation,” literally ‘ anoint-
ing the forehead.” The first sentence, “Toni karihoten iontatkentsiokhas?”
reads in English ‘‘ What is the meaning of Confirmation?”
Wisonke, ‘At the Plums,” is the Iroquois name of the village of St. Philippe,
near Caughnawaga, opposite Montreal. These few pages are all I have seen of

1014 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

[Marcoux (Rév. Joseph)—continued.
this work; nor have I seen any reference to an edition of this date. They con,
tain, apparently, the same matter, in a modified form, as do pp. 37-38 of the
edition of 1844 (No. 2455), the w’s and g’s in the earlier edition being changed to
8's and k’s in the later.

Concerning this work the Abbé Cuoq writes as follows: ‘I return the leaves
of the Iroquois Catechism. They prove evidently that Mr. Joseph Marcoux,
missionary of Sault St. Lonis, had his catechism printed in 1823 at St. Philippe,
a parish not far from Caughnawa, where the curé had set up a printing press.
Before receiving the three pages that you have sent me, I did not even suspect
its existence. I had never heard that the edition of 1842 (or 43?) had been pre-
ceded by another. I had always regarded it as the first, and I am very sure that
no traces remain in our missions of this precious relic of 1823.” The Abbé I
think refers to the edition of 1844, the approval of which is ‘‘ Donné 4 Montréal,
le douze Septembre Mille-huit-cent-quarante-trois.” See No, 2455.

2473 a Marietti (Pietro), editor. Oratio Dominica | in CCL. lingvas
versa | et | CLXXX. charactervm formis | vel nostratibvs vel pere-
grinis expressa | evrante | Petro Marietti | Eqvite Typographo
Pontificio | Socio Administro | Typographei | S. Consilii de Propa-
ganda Fide | [Printer’s device] | Romae | Anno M. DCCC. LXX
[1870]. | *

5 p. ll. (half-title, title, and dedication), pp. xi-xxvii, 1-319, 4 ll. indexes. 4°,
Title and note furnished by Dr. J. H. Trumbull from copy in his possession.

Pars Tertia (Linguae Turanicae seu Mongolicae) includes 59 versions in
American languages and dialects. Idiomata Americana... -Meridionalia: Cari-
bicé [as in Raymond Breton and Hervas]. Idiomata Septentrionalia: Kachice,
p. 279; Poconchice seu Pocomanice, p. 280; Mayice seu Yucatanice, p. 281;
Messicanice, p. 282; Mixtecice, p. 283; Totonacca, p. 284; Otomitice, p. 285;
Tarasca dialecto, p. 286; Perindice, p. 287; Coraice, p. 288; Tubarice, p. 289;
Tarauhmarice, p. 290; Opataice, p.291; Cochimice, p. 292; Virginiace [i. e.,
Massachusetts, from Eliot’s Bible], p. 293; Canadensi idiomate [Montagnais,
of Father Massé, in Champlain’s Voyages, 1632], p. 294; Shavannice | pseudo-
Shawanno, from Chamberlayne], p. 295;. Mohogice [from Hervas?] p. 296;
Tllinice [as in Bodiani, ‘ex MS.”], p.297; Mareschetice, Abenacquiorum dia-
lecto, p. 298; Penobscotice, alia Abenacquiorum dialecto, p. 299; Pasamaquod-
dice, alia Abenacquiorum dialecto, p. 300; Micmacensi dialecto, p. 301; Tadus-
sacea dialecto [Montagnais], p. 302; Oregonice, p. 303 ; Crianae seu Cree tribus
dialecto, p.304; Koetenaice tribus dialecto, p. 305; Pedum-Nigrorum tribus ita
dict dialecto, p. 306; Assiniboinice, p.307; Potawotomice, p.308; Groenlan-
dice, p. 309.

2478 Marroquin (D. Francisco). Arte para aprender Jas Principales

Idiomas de Guatemala. es

‘‘Besides the Arte and Doctrina, Marroquin seems to have compiled a Kachiquel

dictionary. At any rate his name appears at the end of a Kachiquel dictionary

in my possession, as also at the end of another in the Imperial Library of Paris.
Both of these, however, are copies of a single original.”—Squier.

“Sr, D. Francisco Marroquin, a native of the province of Santander in Spain,
came to Mexico about the year 1530, and was consecrated as first bishop of Gua-
temala in 1537. Under his administration the missions flourished greatly. He
also established one among the nation of the Mames, which resulted in their
language being reduced to writing; and afterwards there were printed in Mexico

MARCOUX—MARSHALL, 1015

Marroquin (D. Francisco)—continued.

Artes of this tongue, by the fathers Fr. Gerénimo Larios in 1607, and Fr. Diego
de Reinoso in 1643. In 1545 he made a pastoral visit to the province of Tuzulut-
lan, and in 1549 he founded the royal hospital of Santiago. After performing
many other useful acts, he died April 9, 1563.

‘‘From the time that he first arrived in Guatemala he applied himself to the
study of the principal language of the natives, which was the Quiché or Utla-
teca, and acquired it to perfection. When the first Dominicans arrived in 1535,
the zealous bishop undertook to instruct them in this tongue, and it appears
that he composed an Arte or Grammar of it, which was never printed. He was
also the first who wrote a Doctrina in the same language, which be had printed
at his own expense at Mexico, as there was no press in Guatemala. In speaking
of it, Remesal uses these words: ‘Although it says on the title that he prepared
it with the assistance of the interpreters of the Dominican and Franciscan orders,
Fr. Juan de Torres and Fr. Pedro de Santos (Betanzos?], it was as much on
account of the bishop’s humility (for he was well able to do it without their aid),
as for the reason that it was understood that the language and terms were em-
ployed by persons of both orders and approved by them; for they are accustomed
to differ in the translation of certain words.’ And he adds in another place:
‘these differences were the cause of much dispute.’ They rested principally on
the question whether, in speaking to the Indians, the Spanish word Dios should
be used, or its equivalent Cavobil. The Franciscans were in favor of the former,
and the Dominicans of the latter. The dispute did not cease ‘until time put an
end to it and caused all to be forgotten.’ Remesal also says that in 1612 the
bishop D. Fr. Juan Cabezas, equally well conversant with this tongue, seeing
that there were great differences in opinion among the missionaries on the man-
ner of explaining to the Indians the holy communion, called together an assembly
of learned men, in which it was declared that the interpretation of Sr. Marro-
quin was the most proper and correct which could be given; and for this reason
the bishop commanded that the Christian doctrine should be taught from that
book and from no other.

“Notwithstanding the authority of Remesal, it is still doubtful whether Sr.
Marroquin wrote his Doctrina in Quiché or in Cachiquel. As no one has seen
the first edition, it is impossible to know what was its true title; the second
edition, which is evidently a reimpression, is in Cachiquel. Besides this fact,
Squier states that he owned a copy of a vocabulario in Cachiquel, with the signa-
ture of Sr. Marroquin. At all events, if he was the first who wrote a Doctrina
in one of these languages, he was not the first to have one printed. Prior to
1553, the Franciscan fathers had caused to be printed in Mexico a Catecismo 6
Doctrina Cristiana en la lengua de Guatemala, probably compiled by Fr. Pedro de
Betanzos (Remesal, lib. x, cap. 3); and it was this Doctrina which gave rise to
the disputes concerning the words Dios and Cabovil, and of which no copy is
known to be extant.”—Icazbalceta, Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI, pp. 69-74.

2478 a Marshall (Orsamus H.) Narrative of the Expedition of the
Marquis de Nonville, against the Senecas, in 1687, translated from
the French, with an Introductory notice and notes. By Orsamus
H. Marshall.

In New York Hist. Soc., Coll., second series, vol. 2, pp. 149-192. New York,
1848. 8°. Original issue of No. 2479.

Explanation of the map, pp. 186-188, contains a list of Seneca names of places
with definitions.

2480 ——— The Niagara I*rontier: | Embracing | Sketches of its Barly
History, | and | Indian, French and English Local Names. | Read

1016 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Marshall (Orsamus H.)—continued.
before the Buffalo Historical Club, | February 27th, 1865, | By
Orsamus H. Marshall. | Printed for Private Circulation. |

[Joseph Warren & Co., Printers, | Courier Office, Buffalo. | |
[1865. | Cc. T.

Pp. 1-46. 8°. Improved title of No. 2480. Seneca names, pp. 43-46. This work
was originally published in Publications of the Buffalo Hist. Soc., vol. 2,1880, pp.
395-429; linguistics, pp. 427-429. (*)

2482 a Martinez (Fr. Alonso). Manual breve, y compendioso para em-
pezar 4 aprender la lengua Zapoteca y administrar en casa de ne-
cesidad. *

Manuscript, 84 unnumbered 1l., 4°, in possession of Dr. José M* Melgar, Vera
Cruz. Title from Dr. Berendt’s notes in a copy of Icazbalceta’s Apuntes, in
possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton. Dr. Berendt made a copy of this manuscript
(see next title), in the Advertencia of which he describes the original as follows:

“Bl original de este confesionario y arte se halla en un MS. en cuarto menor de
83 fojas sin numeracion, letra y papel del siglo XVII. No tiene portada y le
faltan las ultimas hojas. Contiene entre materias religiosas, noticias sobre his-
toria natural, poesias, etc.,en castellano y latin el confesionario en fojas 13-29 y
el arte en fojas 36-48. Es propriedad de J°. M°. Melgar en Vera Cruz quien lo
compro en una libreria antiquaria de la ciudad de México.

“Va copiado linea por linea y paginas por paginas, lo Zapoteco en letra re-
donda y lo Castellano en cursiva ordinaria. Vera Cruz, enero 22 de 1871. Dr.C.
H. Berendt.”

2482 b ———— Manual breue | y compendioso, para empezar a apren-
der | lengua Zapoteca y administrar en casa | de necessidad. Lo
escribio Fr. Alonso | Martinez de la orden de S° Domingo | y lo
sujeta ala Santa Madre yglesia | catolica romana y a su correc-
cion y | censura. | aio de 1633. | Copiado en Verapaz | 1871. |

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11.; Advertencia, verso blank, 11.; pp. 1-66.
4°, Copied by Dr. C. H. Berendt from the original (see title above), DGB.

Marty (Rt. Rev. Martin). See Ravoux (fev. Augustin), No. 3200a.

2487 a Martyr (Peter). The Decades | of the newe worlde or | west
India, | Conteynyng the nauigations and conquestes | of the Span-
yardes, with the particular de- | scription of the moste ryche and
large landes | and [andes lately founde in the west Ocean | per-
teynyng to the inheritaunce of the kinges | of Spayne. In the
which the diligent reader | may not only consyder what commod tie
may | hereby chaunce to the hole christian world in | tyme to come,
but also learne many secreates | touchynge the lande, the sea, and
the starres, | very necessarie to be knowe to al such as shal | at-
tempte any nauigations, or otherwise | haue delite to beholde the
strange | and woonderfull woorkes of | God and nature. | Wrytten
in the Latine tounge by Peter | Martyr of Angleria, and trans- |
lated into Englysshe by | Rycharde Eden. |

¢ Londoni. | In edibus Guilhelmi Powell. | Anno. 1555. |

Colophon: ( Imprynted at London, in Lumbard Strate at the
signe of the Cradle by Edwarde Sutton. Anno. Dni. M. D. LV
[1555]. *

MARSHALL—MATHIVET, 1017

Martyr (Peter)—continued.
Title, reverse blank, 11.; 23 other p-ll.; ll. 1-361; 1311. table and errata. Title
from Bartlett’s Catalogue of the library of John Carter Brown, No. 196. Inter-
pretation of certain words of the Indian language, 8th p. 1.

Maskoke Semahayeta. See [Fleming (John) ], No. 1304.
Mason (Otis T.), editor. See Byington (ev. Cyrus), No. 561.
Massachusee Psalter. See [Mayhew (Rev. Experience) |, No. 2527.

Masukkenukeeg Matcheseaenvog [in Algonkin]. See D{anforth
(Samuel)], No. 987.

2502 Mather (fev. Cotton). Wussukwhonk | En Christianeue asuh
peantamwae | Indianog, | Wahteauwaheonaount | Teanteagquas-
sinish, | Nish | Englishmansog | Kodtantamwog Indianog | Wah-
teaunate kah Ussenate, | Enmichemohtae Wunniyeuonganit. |— |
Wussukwhosik nashpe Cotton Mather, | Englishmanne Nohtom-
peantog, | nampoo- | hamunate kodtantamoonk Edward | Bromfield
Englishmanne Nanawunnuaenuh, | noh ukkodaninnumau yeu
womoausue | Magooonk en Indiansut. |

Mushauwomuk, | Printeuun nashpe Bartholomew Green, kah
John Allen, 1700. |

Second title: An Epistle | to the Christian | Indians, Giving
them | A Short Account, of what the | English | Desire them to

Know and to Do, | in order to their Happiness. | — | Written by
an English Minister, at the | Desire of an English Magistrate, |
who sends unto them this | Token of Love. { — | T

Boston, Printed by Bartholomew Green, and | John Allen. 1700. |

One sheet 16°; the page numbers doubled. Indian title on verso of first leat;
English, on recto of second leaf, the verso of which is page | of the Indian text,
with page 1 of the English, opposite. Ends on (double) page 14. Improved
title of No. 2502.

2506 a Mathevet (P. John Claude). Cantique en langue Algonquine.
In Soc Philol., Actes, tome 1, pp. 73-76. Paris, 1872. 8°.
Two Algonkin versions, one by P. Mathevet, with French translation by the
Abbé Cuoq, the other by N. 0. [Cuoq], also with French translation.

2508 a ——— Sermons et Instructions Iroquois, par M. Mathevet
(Taiorhensere) Ancien Missionnaire du Lac des Deux Montagnes. *
Manuscript; in the archives of the Catholic Church at the above mission.

List furnished by Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith.

Cendres. Increpation.

Ivrognerie. SS. Pierre et Paul.

Ann, du Caréme Dance.

Jugement particulier. Obéissance aux VY. (2 sermons).
Péché mortel. Différents avis, &e.
Annonciation. Assomption.

Annonce de la Sem. Ste. Avis du soin des enfants.
Paque (2 sermons). De Regia via Ste Crucis.

Ascension, Sermons sur la Montagne,

1018 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Mathevet (P. John Claude)—continued.

Enfer. Purification.

Rameaux. Sur la passion et sur les afflictions.
Sem. Ste. Ann. des jours gras et du caréme.
Jugement téméraire. St. Mathias.

Procession des Rogations St. Fran. X.

Ann. de la Pentecéte. Sur un nouveau Noél,

Dimes. Fidélité dans les petites choses.
PaAques. Attribuer tout a Dieu, &e.

St. Simon et St. Jude. Plusieurs diff. avis, &c., orgueil.
Noél. Dédicace.

Epiphanie. St. J. Baptiste.

De plus, M. Mathevet est Vauteur de plusieurs cantiques et des priéres pour
la Ste messe, lesquelles ont 6té en grandes parties imprimées et réimprimées,

Matthewnim Taaiskit [Nez Percés]. [See Spalding (Rev. H. H.)],
No. 3707.

2523 Maximilian (Alexander Philipp, Prinz von Wied -Neuwied).
Travels | in| the interior of | North America. | By | Maximilian,
Pri ings on wood, | and a
large map. | Translated from the German, | By H. Evans Lloyd. |
To accompany the original series of eighty-one | elaborately-
coloured plates. | Size, imperial folio. |

London: | Ackermann and Co., 96, Strand. | MDCCCXLIII
[1843]. | A. C.W.BA.

Pp. i-x, 1-520. 4°. map. Improved title of No. 2523.

Hieroglyphic Indian letter from a Mandan to a fur trader, with explanation,
p. 352.—On the origin of the Otos, Joways, and Missouris, p. 507.—Indian signa-
tures to contract for sale of land, with English significations, p. 508.

Neither the vocabularies appearing in the German edition, nor the extracts
in the French issue are given in this edition.

2533 a Maximiliano, | Emperador de Mexico. | BE
11. folio. A proclamation of the late Emperor Maximilian addressed to the
Mexicans, dated Oct. 2, 1865. It is printed on both sides of a sheet 14X10 inches,

in double columns, Spanish and Mexican.

2551. Meletta (F.) Pah uta Indien Vocabulary. B.

Manuscript. 11. 4°. English-Pah uta. In the Bancroft Library, San Fran-

cisco; bound in book of manuscripts entitled: Indians of California. Signed:
From F. Meletta, Los Angeles, Cal. Improved title of No. 2551.

557 a [Menaul (Rev. John). ii [The Ist and 23d Psalms, in English and
Laguna. | JWP.
Two separate leaves, 16°,

2557 b

Laguna and English Dictionary. JBD.

Manuscript, in book form, 8°, containing spaces for somewhat over 2000
entries; approximately one-half filled. Alphabetically arranged according to
the Laguna words. In possession of Mr. J. B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, New Jersey.

2557 ec ——— The 1st Epistle General of John in Laguna. JBD.
Manuscript. Pp. 1-68 of a 16° note-book.
Translated and corrected in 1881 and 1882 by John Menaul, Missionary, as-
sisted by Kopyouranye, Interpreter.

MATHEVET—MEXICAN. 1019
Menaul (fev. John)—continued.
2557 d ——— Child’s Catechism. Re-translatedand corrected. Laguna,
New Mexico, March 20, 1883. William Holbrook, Scribe. JBD.
Manuscript. It is a revision of the work given in No. 2555, and oceupies pp.
69-146 of the 16° note-book referred to above.

2557 e ——— The Gospel according to St. Matthew, Chapter 5. Jan.,
1883. JBD.
Manuscript. Pp. 147-165 of the same 16° note-book.

2557 f ——— [Portions of the Scriptures in the Laguna language.]
Translated and corrected in 1881 and 1882 by John Menaul, Mis-
sionary, assisted by Kopyouranye, Interpreter. JBD.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-46. Oblong folio. This manuscript, an ordinary school
copy-book, contains a translation into Laguna of: 1st Psalm, pp. 1-2; 27th
Psalm, pp. 3-6; 23d Psalm, pp. 7-8; 112th Psalm, pp.8-10; 5th chapter of 1st
Thessalonians, pp. 10-15; the 5 chapters of 1st John, pp. 16-46.

2557 g ——— [Portions of the Bible in the Laguna language. | JBD.

Manuscript. Pp. 41-101. folio. This is on thin, unruled, brown paper, and

apparently a portion of a more extensive work. It consists of translations of:

the 5th, 6th, and 7th chapters of St. Matthew, pp. 41-71; the first 11 verses of

Isaiah 55th, pp. 71-74; the first 19 verses of Genesis Ist, pp. 75-738; the first 18

verses of Romans 8th, pp. &0-84; the first and second chapters, and the first six
verses of the third chapter, of St. John, pp. 84-101.

2557 h Mendieta (Jeronimo de). Conversion de estas gentes indianas. *
It isin Latin and Mexican, in which idiom he was very learned, according
to several authors.—Sobron’s Idiomas Latina, p. 63.

2562 a Mendoza (Gumesindo). Mitos de los Nahoas.
In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, tomo 2, pp. 271-278, 315-322; tomo 3,
pp. 31-36. Mexico, 1881 & 1882. 8°.
Many Nahuatl terms passim.

2567 a Mengarini (Rev. Gregory). Indians of Oregon, ete. S. JWP.
In Anthrop. Inst. of New-York, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 81-88. N. Y., 1871-72. 8°.
Numerals in the Flathead language, and other Indian words passim.

2572 Mesah Oowh menwahjemoowin [in Chippeway].
“This title should have been entered under [Jones (Peter) and Jones (John) ],
their Indian names, Kahkewagwonnaby and Tyentennagen, appearing on the
title-page.”— Trumbull.

2578a Mexican. [Manuscripts in the Mexican or Nahuatllanguage.] *

The following list of anonymous manuscripts is taken from Boturini’s Idea de
una nueva Historia General de la America Septentrional, Madrid, 1746 (c.):

§I. 1. Some painted and manuscript annals, in the Nahuatl, of 50 leaves, on
European paper, adorned with various figures which represent the acts, pere-
grinations, battles, and chiefs of this nation, with the signs of the years and the
symbols of the days upon which said things occurred, They treat of the arrival
of the Tultécos at the famous city of Tila, which was afterwards the capital of
their empire, and continue to 26 years after the Conquest by the Spaniards.
At the beginning of the Annals is found a map painted on European paper and
mounted on Indian. The author of this Historia is an anonymous Indian,

1020 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Mexican—continued.

§ V. 1. Another manuscript on European paper, which treats of the numerous
children of the Emperor Netzahualpizintli. It is in Nahuatl, and has at the be-
ginning three figures of kings, and one at the end of an Infante, and 20 leaves
anonymous.

§V. 5. Five sheets and a quarter of fragments, on European paper and in the
Nahuatl language, by unknown authors.

§ VII. 13. Another map in book form, It seems to treat of some things rela-
ting to the city of Ytztapalapan, of its suburbs and neighboring towns, of the
first churches founded by the ancients. It has at the beginning a page written
in Nahuatl, and two whole ones at the end, and several lines on almost all the
painted pages. It ison Indian paper, bound, and is somewhat burnt on one side.

§ VII. 17. Another map on European paper, of 19 leaves, of the lands acquired
in war which were divided by King Yzcohiatl among the conquering Indians.
On it are painted the kings of Mexico and of Tlatilulco, with the subsequent
Christian chiefs, and an account, in Nahuatl, of the war which occurred between
Axayaca, king of Mexico, and Moquihuix, king of Tlatilulco, who died a sacri-
fice, as is seen on leaf 15; and on the following leaf is added the map of Xochi-
milco, following which to the conclusion are some ciphers of measurement and
the division of the lands.

§ VIII. 3. Nine sheets of historical fragments of the same nation [Mexican]
and language [Nahuatl], on European paper. The author is unknown. 3

§ VIII. 5. Other notes of the same Historia in Nahuatl, on European paper, by
an unknown author; they begin in the year 1367 and are concluded in 1569,

§ VIII. 7. A Memoria, same language [Nahuatl] and paper [European], of
the coming of the Mexicans, and the things which happened afterwards ; the
author unknown. It begins in the year 1066 and ends in 1316.

§ VIII. 8. Nine sheets of Fragmentos Historicos by various authors, in said
language [Nahuatl] and paper [European].

§ VIII. 9. A Chronologia Historica of the ancient kings of Culhuacan, whom
the Mexican kings succeeded, written by the chiefs of Culhudcan in Nahuatl,
on European paper.

§ VIII. 10. Some Annales Historicos de la Nacion Mexicana on Indian paper
of extra size and thickness, in Nahuatl; bound with Yxtle cords woven of
threads from the Maguey ; in16leaves. It begins in heathen time (Gentilidad),
and proceeds, touching somewhat on the Conquest, at which time the author
must have died. It is an ancient piece, and much esteemed.

§ VIII. 13. An Historia de los Reynos de Culhuacan y Mexico, in Nahuatl, on
European paper, by an anonymous author; to which is added a Breve Relacion
de los Dioses, y Ritos de la Gentilidad, in Spanish, written by Don Pedro Ponce,
B. A., an Indian Cazique, Ex-Curate of the District of Tzumpahuacan. It is all
copied in the handwriting of Don Fernando de Alba, and the first leaf is missing.

§ VIII. 14. Another Historia de la Nacion Mexicana, partly in figures and
characters, and partly in prose in Nahuatl, written by an anonymous author in
the year 1576, and continued in the:same way by other Indian authors to the
year 1608. At the beginning it has painted the four Triadecateridas of the In-
dian Calendar, and at the end some figures of the Mexican kings and other
Christian governors, with the signs of the years when they governed.

§ IX. 1. Another Historia on European paper of the same nation [Mexican],
in Nahuatl, of 28 leaves. It commences with the founding of the city of Mexico
and continues to June 13, 1596.

§ IX. 2. Another Historia, same language and paper, upon which are drawn
the characters of the years and the signs of various places. It represents the
arrival of the Mexicans at the city of Tollan in the year 1196, and continues to
1406.

MEXICAN. 1021

Mexican—continued.

§1X. 3. Another, same language and paper, of 41 leaves, well written. It be-
gins with the arrival of the Mexicans at Chapultepec, and continues to the year
1590. The end is lacking.

§ IX. 4. Hight leaves of historical fragments, same language and paper, with
the corresponding years of both Calendars, Indian and European.

§ IX. 5. Seven leaves of other fragments, same language and paper. The au-
thor enumerates the kings of Mexico, the Conquest, and many things that
occurred in the Mexican nation from its arrival at the continent of New Spain to
the year 15e6; although there is lacking to the thread of the history leaves 6
and 7.

§ IX. 6. An Historia, same language and paper, of 13 leaves, with the Indian
and European years. It begins with the arrival of the Mexicans and ends in the
year 1596. It is to be noticed that two leaves are missing and the corresponding
entries trom 1310 to 1361.

§ IX. 7. Some historical notes, same language and paper, 9 leaves. They
begin at the year 1507 and end in the year 1670. :

§ IX. 8. Another Historia, same language and paper, of 12 leaves. It begins
with the arrival of the Spaniards at the Indies and continues to the year 1697.
It seems to have been commenced by one author and continued by another.

§ IX. 9. Some historical notes, same language and paper, 4 leaves, running
from the year 1519 to 1667.

§ IX. 10. One leaf of historical notes, in the same language and on similar
paper, relating to the years 1519-1531.

§ IX. 11. Other notes, same language and paper, 13 leaves. They commence
in the year 1534 and continue to 1608. The beginning is lacking, although the
end seems to be complete.

§ IX. 12. Other similar notes, same language and paper, 5 large leaves, They
begin with the year 1519 and continue to 1649.

§ IX. 13. Other similar notes, same language and paper, 20 leaves; some rough
pictures added. They pertain to the years 1519-1645. A few of the interme-
diate and final leaves are missing.

§ 1X. 14. Other historical fragments, in the same language and on the same
paper, beginuing with the year 1223 and ending in 1546, although the continuity
is interrupted. Thus also have I various manuscripts by more modern authors,
who having desired to imitate their predecessors and add the characters of the
Indian Calendar, were mistaken in the signs of the years, and perhaps in the
narration of facts.

§ XII. 1. A history in Nahuatl of the most memorable events of the Mexican
nation, and still more of the Tlatililea; 23 leaves, European paper.

§ XII. 2. An historical memorandum, noting the time when the Casas Reales
de Justicia were built in Tlatililco, and the things which happened at that time;
5 leaves, in Nahuatl and on European paper.

§ XII. 3. Some historical fragments of things relating to Tlatiltco; 6 leaves,
same language and paper.

(XVII. 4. A map, on European paper, upon which is painted P. Fr. Martin
de Valencia, a Franciscan, and the Judge of Tlaxcallan, Don Hernando de
Saavedra, with many gentlemen and nobles of the Republic. It contains a col-
loquy in Nahuatl, in which the said P. Fr. Martin gave the chiefs to understand
that it was necessary to give an adequate recompense to the Spanish Writers or
Notaries, as was given to the Painter Writers of the heathen age.

§ XVIII. 1. A large book on European paper. It describes all the towns,
noble and plebian houses, of the four Districts of Tlaxcdllan. It is in Nahuatl,
without either beginning or end.

1022 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Mexican—continued.

§ XVIII. 2. Memorandums of the notable events and of the government of
the city of Tlaxcallan, in Nahuatl, on European paper. They begin in 1547 and
continue to 1577.

§ XIX. 6. A catalogue of ancient familes and nobles of ihe four districts of
Tlaxcallan ; 43 leaves, European paper, in Nahuatl.

§ XIX. 7. A pamphlet, on European paper, recording the things which hap-
pened in the city of Pucbla from the year 1585 to 1677; 33 leaves, in Nahuatl.
This manuscript is put under the head of Historia de Tlaxcallan for two reasons:
first, because said city was founded in its territory, and the Bishops were at first
called de Tlaxcallan ; second, because the author may have been one of those
Tlaxcallan Caziques who went to settle in the subur!s of Puebla.

§ XIX. 8 Some historical notes in Nahuatl; 13 leaves, European paper. They
begin in the year 1519 and end in 1697.

§ XIX. 9. Other notes in the same language ; 28 leaves, European paper. At
the beginning are two circles (Ruedas), and a series of the kings of Mexico.
They commence in the year 1519 and end in 1739.

§ XIX. 10. Other notes in the same language; 25 leaves, European paper.
They begin in the year 1454 and end in 1737.

§ XXIII. 1. A large book, on Indian paper, in Nahuatl. It consists of 65
leaves, upon which the Officers of the Church, out of curiosity, entered the
names of all who were baptized in the principal town of Vitzila, and from the
context of which good historical information may be taken.

§ XXIII. 2. Another similar book, of 94 leaves, on the same paper and in the
same language, wherein is described the principal town of Teptztla, and the
others adjacent, to wit: Tlacatecpa, Tlalnepantla, Teycapa, Calitec, Tepetitla,
Tlacothea, Acxdtla, Amatla, Tepetlapa, with the number of houses in each
town, of married Indians, and of boys, with every distinction.. It may be that
the Indians had this count in order to discriminate in the Tax Lists.

§ XXIII. 3. Another similar book of 119 leaves, on tle same paper and in the
same language, with a complete description of the towns: Molodtlan, Atepan,
Tenane», Alacatlan, Tlacatécpan, Texihuaca, Tezcacohiac, Conquechuacan,
Totla, Tepeténchic, Dedépan [sic], Tlacdlpa, Zacanco, Tepeyahualeo, Panchi-
maleo, Tonallapan, following the style of the preceding.

§ XXIV. 17. A book in Nahuatl, on Kuropean paper. It treats of various sub-
jects and moral explanations. The beginning is missing.

§ XXIV. 18. Discourses on the Gospel, on the same paper and in he same
language. The beginning is lacking. :

§ XXIV. 19. Various sermons, on the same paper and in the same language.
The beginning and end are missing.

§ XXIV. 20. Examples and lives of Saints, on the same paper and in the same
language. The beginning is missing.

§ XXIV. 21. A book on the same paper and in the same language. It explains
some moral examples.

§ XXIV. 22. Another similar book. It contains some sermons in honor of the
Saints.

§ XXIV. 23. Unos Fragmentos de la Passion de Nuestro Senor, on the same
paper and in the same tongue.

§ XXIV. 24. A book on Indian paper and in the Nahuatl language. It treats
of various things and contains songs in praise of the Saints. It has neither be-
ginning nor end.

§ XXIV. 25. Another book on the same paper and in the same language. It
contains different orations and things of our Holy Faith, and has neither begin-
ning nor end.

MEXICAN—MIJANGOS. 1023

Mexican—continued.

§ XXV. 3. Some principles of said [Christian] doctrine, on 4 leaves of Euro-
pean paper, not continued. Besides the pictures and ciphers, there are a few
lines in the Otomi language.

§ XXXV. 2. A manuscript in Nahuatl. It treats of many things pertaining
to the Mexican Empire, and in a few lines, in concise style (like the rest of it),
refers to the Apparition of the Holy Lady in the Cerro (mount) de Tepeyécac.
The author did not put correctly the Arabic numbers of the year in which
the apparition occurred, but the history is old and authentic, and I will prove it
in [my] said Prologo.

2579 —— Mexican MS. | Pintura | del | Gobernador, Alcaldes, | y
Regidores de | Mexico. Cdédice | en geroglificos Mexicanos y en
lengua castellana | y azteca existente en la Biblioteca | del Exemo.
Senor | Duque de Osuna. |

Madrid, | Imprenta de Manuel G. Hernandez | 1878 | =

11.,10 pp., 39 11. fac-similes. folio. Improved title of No. 2579, furnished by
Sr. Icazbalceta.

2580a Micmac. Cahier mikmaque copié le 1% jour de décembre, l’an
1830. oe
Manuscript. 4511. folio. Comprises the principal religious offices in Micmac,

with music; copy of a manuscript composed in 1754 by a French missionary.—
Pinart Sale Cat., No. 622.

2580 b ——— De la Langue Sauvage Mikmaque.
Manuscript. 103 ll. folio. Comprises a graminar, French-Mikmak, and a
catechism of prayers, French-Mikmak; composed by a missionary at the end of
the last century.—Vinart Sale Cat, No. 620.
2580 ¢ ——— Pieces manuscrites [en langue mikmaque]: Grammaires,
Vocabulaires, Catéchismes, Livres de priéres et Documents divers. *
Manuscript. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 621.

— See Irving (Jr. —), No. 1949 a.
2580 d [Miguel (Don)|. [Manuscript in the Mexican language.] B.

13 11. 12°. In the Bancroft library, San Francisco.

A curious fragment, in a handwriting of the middle of the 17th century. At
the end of the manuscript a note in Spanish states that these fragments of excel-
lent Mexican were written by Don Miguel, ministro, or vice-rector, of the jesuit
college in Mexico, of which the celebrated Father Carochi was rector. Titles of
dialogues and speeches are in Spanish.

Contents: Salutation of one who, going to the market place, passes the house
of akinsman, and reply; congratulations to a newly married couple, and replies;
what the cihuatlanques say to the parents of a maiden demanded in marriage by
the king of Tezcoco, and replies; salute of the king to his bride; salutations of
a lord to the queen and to the king; salutation to the queen on the birth of a
child; congratulations to the king on this event; taking leave of a dead king;
condolence of.a noble with others on the king’s death; advice on good breeding
given by an old man to children; salutation of a noble youth to a religious; con-
versation of two noble youths with their grandmother, mother, tutor, a noble-
man and an old noblewoman; how children were reared by the Mexicans when
they were heathens. :

2582a Mijangos (Ir. Juan). Directorio espiritual, en mejicano y cas-
tellano. .

“Of great literary merit, if wo are to believe what is said of this work by a

person so competent as Senor Dr. Torres Cano, professor of this language in the

1024 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Mijangos (Fr. Juan)—continued.
University of Mexico. It was printed in said city. Besides this book, he com-
posed various other things, amongst them some Poesias misticas, greatly esteemed
by scholars.”—Sobron’s Idiomas, p. 62.

2588 a Milla (D. José). Historia | de la | América Central, | Desde el
descubrimiento del pais por los espanoles (1502) | hasta su inde-
pendencia de la Espana (1821). | Precedida | De una “ Noticia
Historica” relativa 4 las naciones que habitan | in América Central
4 la llegada de los espanoles | por | D. José Milla, | Socio corres-
pondente [&e., 4 lines]. Tomo I [-?].

Guatemala. | Establecimiento tipografico de “El Progreso” |
Octavo calle Poniente No. 11. | 1879. | ‘ NM.

4 11., pp. i-lxxv, 1-342, 1-14. 8°. El Calendario quiché, segun Ximenez [and]
segun Brasseur, pp. lxii-lxxiiii—Meses quichés; Meses cakchiqueles, p. Ixiv.

2590 Minnesota Historical Society. Annals | of the | Minnesota His-
toricai Society. | [Seven lines quotation.] | Published by order of
the Society. |

Saint Paul: | Printed by James M. Goodhue. | 1850 [-1856]. |
Nos. 1-5. 8°. No.4 was the first to have a number on the title-page. JWwe.
Belcourt (G. A.) Department of Hudson’s Bay. No. 4, pp. 16-32.

Neill (E.D.) Indian Trade, No. 3, pp. 29-48.

Dakota land and Dakota life, No. 4, pp. 45-64.

Materials for the future History of Minnesota [No.5], pp. 1-141, 1-17.

Riggs (S. R.) Address [on the Dakota language ] No. 1, pp. 132-142.

_Minuajimouin * * au St. John [in Ojibwa]. See [Jones (John)
and Jones (Peter)|, No. 2017.

Miscelaneo espiritval en el idioma Zapoteco. See [Agtiero (fr.
Christoual de)], No. 31.

Mission service [in Santee Dakota]. See [Hinman (Rev. 8. D.)],
No. 1810.

2597 a Missions de la Louisiane.
In Annales de la Propag. de la Foi, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 22-46. Paris, 1853 [1822].
8°. Contains a note on ‘‘la Jangue des Sauvages,” a few sentences, and ‘‘Vorai-
son dominicale en langue sauvage” (Pottowatomie ?), pp. 37, 38.

Mizi Anamiawinun [in Chippewa]. See [O’Meara (fev. James D.)],
No. 2837.

2599 a Modo. Modo de Administrar | los Sacramentos | en Castellano
y Tzendal. | 1707. | Tuxtla Gutierrez, 1870. | DGB.
Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1.; Advertencia, verso blank,11.; pp. 1-44.
4°. Copied from the original, which is thus described by Dr. Berendt in his
Advertencia to the above: i
El Cura de Chiapa, D. José Hilario Aguilar posee un ejemplar de la obra
“Brevis Forma * * * M.D.C. XVII * * * precidida de 17 fojas manu-
scritos, copiados en las paginas siguientes, sin nombre de autor * * *

MIJANGOS—MOLINA. 1025

Modo—continued.

2599 b ——— Modo de Confesar | en lengua maya. | 1803. | DGB.

Original manuscript of 36 11., with modern title 11.; intwocolumns. 4°. Dr.

Brinton, in his manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection, describes it as

follows: ‘“‘ Written in a clear, small hand, Spanish in one column, Maya in the

other. The name of the author is carefully blotted on the first page and is illegi-

ble. The questions and answers extend over a wide variety of topics, and form

a valuable means of studying the language. The manuscript was obtained in
Campeche by Dr. Berendt.”

2599 ¢ Moguer (fr. Andrés). Sermonarios de todo el afio en lengua
mnejicana. a
Title from Sobron, Los Idiomas de la América Latina, p.56.

2608 Molina (Fr. Alonzo de). Doctrina xpiana breue traduzida en

lengua Mexicana. *

The following note descriptive of the above work is from Icazbalceta’s
Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo xvi, pp. 13-16:

Title from the Cédice franciscano [830 a].

It was known that Fr. Alonso de Molina had written a large and a small Doc-
trina in the Mexican language, for P. Mendieta says so plainly in his Historia
Eclesidstica Indiana, lib. iv, cap. 44; and this notice was printed long ago, being
incorporated. Jiterally by P. Torquemada in cap. 33, lib. xix, of his Monarquia
Indiana. The same fact is stated in the work of the illustrious Gonzaga, De Ori-
gine Seraphice Religionis, page 1242. In the colophon of the Spanish and Mexican
Doctiina of 1548, there is mentioned, with sufficient clearness, the edition of the
Doctrina breve made in 1546, although the name of the author is not stated:

“‘And because at the assembly held by the bishops, it was decreed that there
should be made two Doctrinas, one brief and the other full: and the brief one is that
which was printed in the year 1546; his reverend lordship [Zumdrraga] commands
that this may be the large one, for explanation of the other small one.” This
notice cannot refer to the well known Doctrina of 1546, because that is entirely in
Spanish, and here it refers evidently to one in Spanish and Mexican, like that of
1548, which it was to accompany. Even D. Nicolas Antonio, little acquainted
with American books (Bibl. Hisp. Nova, tom. 1, p.37), knew of the edition, for
among the writings of P. Molina he places the following: ‘‘ Catecismo mayor y
menor. Probably this is the same as the Doctrina Christiana in the Mexican lan-
guage, first printed at Mexico in 1546, again in 1606. 4°.” Finally, P. Molina him-
self, in the dedication of his Arte, 1571, asserts that he had printed a Doctrina
cristiana; a reference that cannot be applied to the edition of 1578, as that was
published afterwards.

Notwithstanding all this, and that there are, at the least, four later editions
of the Doctrina breve (without counting that of 1606, mentioned by Antonio,
which I have not seen, nor found referred to elsewhere), Beristain does not put
such a Doctrina menor among the writings of P. Molina, excepting only the Mexi-
can one of 1578, which will be spoken of in its place. The certain knowledge
of the edition of 1546, and also of its text, is due to the discovery of an ancient
manuscript, an account of which will be given in a few words.

On the 23d of January, 1569, the king gave notice to the archbishop of Mexico,
D.Fr. Alonso de Monttifar, that on account of the official visit which the Lie.
Juan de Ovando was making to the Council of the Indies, certain investigations
were necessary, and charged him to perform them, sending at the same time a
list of the subjects to be included. One of these was that there should be sent

65 Bib

1026 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Molina (fr. Alonzo de)—continued.

“a copy of the Doctrina Cristiana which is taught.” The archbishop hastened
to comply with the king’s demand, beginning by requesting from the religious
orders the respective notices concerning the towns of which they had charge.
But they excused themselves from doing this, saying that they had royal letters
in which they were directly questioned concerning these matters, and therefore
the archbishop had to confine himself to reporting on what he had under his own
charge. Concerning the copy of the catechism, he merely said that it was sent,
without stating whether it was printed or in manuscript, or who was the author.
Many years ago I obtained the original reply of Sr. Monttfar, a manuscript of
201 leaves in folio; but of the answers of the friars, only those of several Augustan
priors came into my hands at that time.

In April, 1875, Sr. D. Alfredo Chavero brought to my notice a valuable old man-
uscript [Cdédice franciscano, No. 830a] which had belonged to Sr. D. J. F. Rami-
rez, and I had hardly opened it when I met with what purported to be the reply
of the franciscans to that royal letter: a document full of interesting notices, as
this order was the oldest and most extensive of all. Fortunately the fathers
were not content, like the archbishop, with saying that the copy of the catechism
was sent, for they even incorporated it into their relation, prefixing to it the fol-
lowing preface:

“Copy and relation of the Catechism of Christian doctrine which is taught to
the Indians of this New Spain, and the method that the priests of this province
use in teaching them.

“Tt is known that several kinds of Doctrinas have already been composed in
this country in the languages of the natives, mostly in the Mexican tongue,
which is in general use, such as small or brief Doctrinas, with which they teach
the children, as well as other larger ones from which older and more intelligent
persons may learn at length the mysteries of our faith. Of the smaller ones,
which are called ‘ Doctrinas Cristianas,’ and of which a copy is now requested,
four or five kinds were printed, all of which contain the same in substance and
opinion, although they differ in the manner of arrangement and diction, and
some of them are fuller than others; and there should be properly but one Doc-
trina for this people, because wherever this conformity may be carried out, no
persons would be excused when questioned in other parts where the Doctrina is
different, by saying that they did not teach thus in their village. The best of
these Doctrinas, and the most correct in language and other particulars, I under-
stand, is one which P. Fr. Alonso de Molina composed, and which is now to be
printed the second time in the Mexican language, and translated into the corre-
sponding Spanish in the opposite column. I say that it will be the best, with-
out prejudice to auy one, because this father is the best Mexican interpreter we
have among the Spaniards in New Spain, and he has been of great service in
composing treatises and other useful works in this language. And as a copy of
the Doctrina Cristiana is requested, it has been placed here in the language of
the Indians, with its Spanish translation, as follows.”

He then adds the text of the work in both languages. Ina note at the end it
is said that it is being printed for the second time, and it was probably finished in
1571, as both the license and the privilege of the Vocabulario of the same year
include una Doctrina cristiana breve.

This document gives us, therefore, certain information respecting two editions
in the sixteenth century, which have entirely disappeared, with so many others.

The following preface in the two languages precedes the work:

“Here begins a work of instruction called Doctrina Cristiana, which it is
required that all the children and young persons of the natives of this New Spain
should learn; in which are discussed the most necessary things to learn, know
and practice for the salvation of Christians, and that they may know how to

As

MOLINA. 1027

Molina (fr. Alonzo de)—continued.

reply when they are questioned in any place concerning Christianity; and in
order that this Doctrina may reach to all parts and be known by all, it is neces-
sary that it should be translated into other languages proper to know, in the
language of Mechoacan, and in that of the Otomies, ete. And the Lord Bishop
D. Fr. Juan de Zumérraga orders those that teach in all parts, and instruct in
reading and writing, that they should first teach this Doctrina, so that all may
know it by heart, before they undertake to learn anything else. This Doctrina
has been newly (nuevamente) printed here in Mexico, by command of the same
Lord Bishop D. Fr. Juan de Zumarraga.” The word nuevamente nay suggest that
there was an earlier edition, but it is not so. The reverend author of the docu-
ment says plainly that in 1570 it was being printed for the second time. Nuevamente
ought to be taken here for véiltimamente, recientemente, poco hd (nuper); and that is
the proper signification of the adverb.

The chapters which the work comprises are: the Per signum Crucis; the
Credo; the Pater noster; the Ave Maria; the Salve Regina; another prefiace
without title; the fourteen articles of the faith; the commandments of God;
those of the Church; the sacraments; declaration of the venial sin; declaration
of the mortal sin; the mortal sins; the theological and cardinal virtues; the
works of mercy; the gifts of the Holy Spirit; the bodily senses; the faculties
of the soul; the enemies of the soul; the eight beatitudes; the blessings of the
glorified body; the obligations of Sponsors; the questions to be asked of adults
at baptism; short advice to those who have just been baptized; the blessing of
the table; the giving of thanks after eating.

The four reimpressions mentioned above were printed in 1675, 1718, 1732, and
1735. They contain only the Mexican text. But in comparing the 1735 edition
(the only one which I now have before me) with the Mexican part of that of
1546, there will be noticed great differences in the compilation and in the order
of the chapters, as well as the omission of some things and the addition of others.
At the same time it is evident that the original of 1546 was not used for this
edition of 1735. What was, then, this original to which it is said that the editions
of 1732 and 1735 were faithfully conformed? Can it be the Mexican part of that
of 1571, in which the author had made revisions? It is impossible to tell with-
‘out finding a copy of that edition; but I doubt this very much, and am inclined
to believe that the alterations are the work of later hands, because in the four
editions it is said that they were newly (nuevamente) revised and corrected; and
in that of 1718 the name of the corrector also appears. The original to which
the last two editions refer, is probably the text corrected by P. Perez, who, per-
haps with the pious intention of making it the more useful to the Indians of his
own time, transformed the pure language of P. Molina into the corrupt dialect
which was generally used about two centuries afterwards.

2610 ——— Doctrina | Christiana | y | Cathecismo, en Lengva | Mexi-
cana. | Nuevamente Emendada, Dispuesta, y | Anadida: para el
vso, y ensenanga | de los Naturales. | Compvesta | Por el P. Fr.
Alonso De Molina, de la Orden del | Glorioso Padre San Francisco. |

Ano de [Woodeut] 1675. | Con licencia. | En Mexico, Porla Viuda
de Bernardo Calderon. | JCB.
16 unnumbered ll. 8°. Improved title of No. 2610.

2612 ——— Doctrina | Christiana, | y Cathecismo | En Lengua Mexi-
cana. | Compuesta | por el P. Fr. Alonso de Molina, { de la Orden
del Glorioso, y Seraphico Padre | San Francisco. | Corregida fiel-
mente, por su original. |

1028 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Molina (fr. Alouzo de)—continued.
Aiio de [Woodcut] 1732. | Reimpressa en Mexico: | Por la Viuda
de Francisco de Rivera Calderon, | en la Calle de San Augustin.
16 unnumbered ll. 8°. Improved title of No. 2612. JCB.

2618 a ——— Ordinangas. para prouechar , los Co | -fradias allos. que
an de seruir en estas Os | -pitalles. | Enel nombre dela sanctissima
trinidad | padre, hijo. y espusancto. aqui comien¢a | una, ordena-
cion. qui conpuso y ordeno el | reberendo. padre. fray alonso
demolina= | dela orden de san francisco | [&c.] B.

Manuscript. 26 ll. 12°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. The manu-
script is ina bold hand; shape of letters slightly resembling the Gothic; entirely
in the Mexican language; date uncertain; probably a copy. It was bought at
the sale of the Ramirez collection, London, and is entered under No. 538 of the
catalogue of that sale.

“P, Alonso de Molina, alias Escalona, a franciscan friar, born in 1496 (accord-
ing to Antonio), was one of the most learned missionaries of Mexico. He was
also one of the best informed in the Mexican language, in which he composed
vocabularies, a grammar, a catechism, some sermons, a confessional, &c. He
died in the convent of the order at Mexico, 1584, at the age of 88. Wadding fixes
the time of his death in 1580.””— Leclerc, 1867, No. 1007.

[Montgomery (fev. William B.) and Requa (William C.)] See
Washashe * * * Osage First Book, No. 4099.

Iam informed by Dr. Trumbull that these gentlemen are the authors of this
work.

_/ 2649 [Morgan (Lewis Henry).| Laws of Consanguinity, and Descent of

the Iroquois. 3 DGB.

Colophon: Steam Press of A. Strong & Co., Rochester, N.Y.

No title-page. Pp. 1-12,16°. A letter dated Rochester, Monroe County, N.Y.
January —, 1859, and signed Lewis H. Morgan. It contains a list of Seneca-
Iroquois relationships, p. 7.

Morning and Evening Prayer [in Ottawa]' See [Johnston
(George) |, No. 2002.

2667 Mosesib Aglangita Sivorlingit Assingitalo tuksiarutsiningit ner-
tordlerutingello imgerusertaggit. The book of Genesis translated
into the Esquimaux language by the missionaries of the Unitas
fratrum, or United brethren, printed for the use of the mission by

the british and foreign Bible society. London, 1834. *
8°. A more extended title of No. 2667, from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No.
352 (8).

Mosquito Dictionary. See Dictionary of the Mosquito language,
No. 1033 a.

2668 a Mota (D. Domingo José de la). Poesias mexicanas. ty
Mota composed various Poesias mexicanas upon diverse subjects, but I am
ignorant as to whether they ever saw the light.—Sobron’s Idiomas, p. 62.

2669 a Motolinia (fr. Toribio). De Moribus indorum. i.
1 vol., folio, in Mexican and Latin. It was printed, but is already very rare.—
Sobron’s Idiomas, p. 35.

MOLINA—MUNROE. 1029

2670 [Motte (Benjamin)], editor. Oratio | Dominica | WohkbyAwrros,
mohb poppos. | Nimirum, | plus Centum Linguis, Versionibus, aut
Characteribus | reddita & expressa. | Editio novissima, | Specimi-
nibus variis quam priores comitatior. | Psal. xix. 4, 5 | (Pwo lines
quotation.|} |

Londini: | Prostant apud Dan. Brown ad Insigne Bibliorum, &
W. Keblewhite, | sub Cygno in Area Boreali D. Pauli. MDCC
[1700]. | *

4p.l., pp.1-70. sm. 4°. Half title on first leaf: The Lord’s Prayer | in above
a Hundred | Languages, Versions, and Characters. | Preface signed “ B. M. Ty-
pogr. Lond.”

Contains the [pseudo] Mexican, Poconchi, and Virginian [Massachusetts]
versions.

Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, trom copy in the Watkinson
Library, Hartford, Conn.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, reprinted: London, 1713, pp. (4), 71, 4°.

2670 a ——— Oratio | Dominica | oAdyAwrros, told pop@os. | Nimi-
rum, | plus Centum Linguis, Versionibus, aut Characteribus | red-
dita & expressa. | Editio Novissima. | Psal. xix. 4, 5. | [Quotation,
two lines.] | [ Vignette, with motto.] |

Londini: | Prostant apud B. Motte & C. Bathurst, ad Medii Tem-
pli| Portam in vico Fleetstreet dicto. | M. DCC. XXXVI [1736]. | *

3 p.l.,pp.71. sm. 4°. Title furnished by Dr. Trumbull from copy in his
possession. Mexicana and Poconchi, p. 61 (for 63); Virginiana, p. 62 (64).

See Auer (A), Nos. 185a-185); [Bodoni (J. B.)], editor, No. 397d; Chamber-
layne (J.), No. 718; [Krause (J. U.) and Wagner (J.C.)], publishers, No. 2146;
Marcel (J.J.), No. 2452; Marietti (Pietro), editor, No. 2473a; and [Miiller
(A.)], Nos. 2676-2677.

2675 a Mudarra (Ir. José). Arte gramatical de la lengua de Tehuante-

pec. *

Mudarra wrote the Arte gramatical de la lengua de Tehuantepec, which the
historian, Padre Romeral [Remesal?], says is most difficult; he also wrote a
vocabulary of the same language, with Spanish equivalents.—Sobron, Los Idio-
mas, p. 98.

2679 a Miiller (Dr. Friedrich). Der Grammatische Bau | der | Algonkin-
Sprachen | Hin | Beitrag zur Amerikanischen Linguistik | von |
Dr. Friedrich Miiller | Professor der Oriental. Linguistik an der
Wiener Universitit |

Wien | Aus der K. K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei | In Commission
bei Karl Gerold’s Sohn, Buchhandler der Kais. Akademie der |
Wissenschaften | 1567 | WE.

Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 1-23. 8°. Separate issue of No. 2679.

2681 a Munroe (C. K.), editor. The | Florida Annual | Impartial and
Unsectional | 1884 | With | large new sectional map. | Edited by |
C. K. Munroe |

Office of publication | 140 Nassau Street, New York | 1883] c.

Pp. 1-207. 8°. map.

Seminole terms for “orange,” ‘‘sweet orange,” ‘“‘sour orange,” p. 184.—Semi-
nole and English vocabulary of about 160 words, and numerals 1-10, pp. 204 and
206. j

1030 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2682 a Murr (Christoph Gottlieb von), editor. Reisen | einiger Missio-
narien | der | Gesellschaft Jesu | in | Amerika. | Aus| ihren eigenen
Aufsitzen | herausgegeben | von | Christoph Gottlieb von Murr. |
Mit einer Landkarte und Kupfern. |

Niirnberg, | bey Johann Eberhard Zeh, | 1785. | T. HU.

4p.ll., pp. 615. 8°. plates and folded map.

Variarum Americe linguarum Synopsis: Cap.I.De lingua Haitina (with a
vocabulary, from Oviedo, Peter Martyr, Acosta, and others), pp. 403-408.—Cap.
JI. De lingua Mexicana (with vocabulary and outlines of grammar, from Gilii,
Saggio di Storia Americana, translated into Latin by the Abbe F. X. Veigl), pp.
409-450.

2690 a Muskoki Vocabulary. : *
Manuscript. 11 pp. folio. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

Mvskoki Imvnaitsv. See [Fleming (John)|, No. 1301.

N. 0., 7. e. Nij-kwenate-anibic. Orakwanentakon. See Cuoq
(Rev. Jean André).

2693 a Nahuatl | de | San Augustin Acasaguastlan. | DGB.
Manuscript. 161]. folio. Contains 4 1l.,much worn, of a legal document, dated
1636, in the Nahuatl language, from the archives of the parish of San Cristobal
Acasaguastlan, and a vocabulary collected at San Agustin Acasaguastlan by

Mr. Franz Bramowicz in 1878.

2697 Najera (Fr. Manuel de San Juan Crisostomo). Emmanuelis |
Crysostomi Naxera | mexicani | de Othomitorum lingua | diserta-
tio | in Academia Philosophica Americana apud Philadelphos |
lecta, | ejusque actis vol. v nov. serie. | Inserta, | nunc vero correcta
et aucta, | utque | preside R. P. Mexicane Jubente, | iterum typis
mandata. |

Mexico. | Ex officina Aquilae dicta. | CIO. 10,.CCC XLV [1845]. |

Improved title of No. 2697. It forms part of No. 2698. Title as in No. 2698,
11.; Prologo in Spanish, pp. i-xiii; Latin title as above, 11.; Latin text, pp.
1-20; Spanish text, pp. 21-52; Pars altera (Latin text), pp. 53-70; Segunda
parte, pp. 71-90; Appendix, pp. 91-94; Annotanda, pp. 95-116; Notas, pp. 117-
143; Catalogo, p. 145. C. BP.

2712. a Nantel (M.VAbbé). Etude Bibliographique par M. Abbé Nantel
sur le Lexique de la Langue Iroquoise.

In Cuoqg (J. A.) Lexique de la Langue Iroquoise (Additamente), pp. 227-233.
Montréal [1883]. 8°.

2714 Narciso (J.) Maya Grammar. se

“‘Ludewig is in error in saying Ruz speaks in his preface of a Maya Grammar

by Narciso. Ruz says, only, that his Gramatica Yucateca [No. 3417 of this cata-

logue] is based upon that [Spanish] published at Madrid hy D. Diego Narciso

Herranz y Quiros, in 1838. Herranz’s Grammar is still a text book in the Spanish
schools in Mexico.”—Icazbalceta.

2716 a Nason (Rev. Elias). Indebtedness of the English to the Indian
Languages of America. (Communicated by Rev. Elias Nason.) ©.

In New England Historical and Genealogical Register, vol. 20, pp. 309-312.
Boston, 1866. 8°. Contains a list of English words of Indian origin.

MURR—NEZ PERCES. 1031

Natsun kaothet nake kendi [in Tinné]. See [Kirkby (Rev. W.W.)|,
No. 2105.

Ne. Ne Agsenhhadont [in Mohawk]. See [Hill (A. H.) and
Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1788.

Ne Karoron ne Teyerihwahkwatha [in Mohawk]. See
[Hill (A. H.)], Nos. 1775-1779.

——— Ne ne Revelation [in Mohawk]. See [Hill (A. H.) and
Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1790.

Ne ne Tekaghyadonghserakehhadont [in Mohawk]. See
[Hill (A. H.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1787.

: Ne Orighwadogenhty [in Mohawk]. See [Hill (A. H.) and
Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1785.

Ne Rvowenna Teyoninhokarawen [in Mohawk]. See
[Norton (John)], No. 2769.

Ne Rayadakwe-niyu [in Mohawk]. See [Hill (A. H.) and
Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1789.

Nehiro-Iriniui aiamihe [in Montagnais]. See [La Brosse (Rev.
J. B. de)|, Nos. 2153, 2153 a.

2733 a Neill (Edward Duffield). Indian Trade. A sketch of the early
trade and traders of Minnesota. By Edward D. Neill.
In Minn. Hist. Soc., Aunals, 1852 (No. 3), pp. 29-48. St. Paul [1853]. 8°.
“Names of the bands of the Scioux of the east with their signification,” and
“The Scioux of the west [with their signification],” p. 40.

Nene Karighyoston tsinihorighhoten [in Mohawk]. See [Norton
(John)], Nos. 2770-2771.

New. New Collection of Voyages and Travels. See [Stevens
(John)], editor, Nos. 3755-3756.

New Testament {in Massachusetts]. See [Eliot (John)],
Nos. 1174-1175.

2755 Nez Perces. Nez Perces First Book.

According to the Annual Report of the American Board of Commissioners for
Foreign Missions for 1840, p. 179, this is ‘‘the first book printed in the Nez Perces
langnage, and the first printing known to have been executed on the western
side of the Rocky Mountains.”

Dr. Trumbull informs me it was prepared by the Rey. H. H. Spalding, Dr.
Whitman, and other missionaries among the Nez Perces, and was printed on a
small press brought from the Sandwich Islands.

2755 a ——— [Works in the Nez Perces language.]
Between 1839 and 1847 there were printed at the mission press at Lapwai an
elementary school book of 20 pages in Nez Perces [see No, 2755]; another book

1032 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Nez Perces—continued.
of 52 pages, of which 800 copies were published, in the same language [see No.
2781]; another small one [see No. 1240a], and some simple laws (likewise in
the Nez Perces language), which were adopted through the influence of Dr. E.
White, sub-Indian Agent.—Eells’s Hist. Indian Missions.

2756 @ Nican ycuiliuhtica yn inxi | tla povalcatca mexica ¢a nauhtetl |
yniuhquitova ceaca* quitlamia- | xiij acatl ce tecpatl quitlami | a
xiij tecpatl ce acatl iqui | tlamia xiij calli ce toch | tli quitlamia
xiij- | tochtlictuh yni | quac otlami | to nauhte | ixtin- | in | mamol-
pia in toxiuh ypan yn ome acatl xi | vitl ompovalxiuhtica onimat-
lactica | ypan onxivitl, velcen veueti | litztli quimomicuitlo ni | can
mexico a xxvij dias del mes | de Seti | € | bre de 1576 as. |

Colophon: [Paris:] Lith. J. Desportes, inst nat des Souards
Muets.—F. D. script. | B.

1 p.1., pp. 1-158. 8°. Improved title of No.2756. Mexican hieroglyps with
explanations in Aztec. A copy belonging to Sr. Icazbalceta is accompanied by
a manuscript Spanish translation by Sr. Chimalpopoca.

Niina Aiamie Masinaigan [in Algonkin]. See [Lebret (—)|], No.
2231.

N[ij-kwenatc-anibic] O[rakwanentakon], pseud. See |Cuog (Rév.
Jean André).|

Nistum oo Mamowe Mussinahumakawin John [in Cree]. See
Hunter (Mrs. James), No. 1915.

2762 a Noguera (P. Victor Jesus). Vocabulario | de la Lengua | Popo-
luca [6 Chontal] de Matagalpa [Nicaragua]. | Por | D. Victor No-
guera, | cura de Matagalpa. | 1855. | Copiado en Masaya, | Marzo
de 1874. | DGB,

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1.; Advertencia, pp. iii-v; Nota, p. vi;
Vocabulary, double columns, Spanish and Popoluca, pp. 1-6. On p. 6 are a few
“frases” followed by this note: El Padre Noguera, hizo en 1855 una coleccion
de frases en popoluea, de 3 6 4 fojas en folio la cual en el trascurso del tiempo se
perdié. Les presentes habia conservado en la memoria. B[erendt].

2762 b ——— Vocabulario y Apuntes | del Idiomado llamado | Par-
rastah, | un dialecto de la lengua Ulba | por Don Victor Jesus
Noguera | Presbitero. | San Tomas Loviguisca. | 1874. | DGB.

Original manuscript, 7 1]., 4°, prepared at the request of Dr. Berendt.

2762 c Noiwiyusdoshah ne chagdohedvs | Hv Héni oyéah hoyadoh | ne

Matthew [Mark, Luke]. | ABS. JWP.

No title-page; pp. 1-132. 8°. Gospels in the Seneca language. Each of

the three gospels has the same caption, ‘‘ Mark” and ‘‘Luke” being severally

substituted for Matthew. They occupy respectively pp. 1-78, 79-128 and 129-132,

the latter, Luke, being incomplete. The copy in Major Powell’s library is minus

pp. 1-84. The copy in the Am. Bible Society’s library has evidently been pre-

pared as “copy” from which to print another edition, proof-reader’s marks

being plentifully scattered over the margins. See Nos. 1838 and 1839 for the
Gospels in the Seneca language.

Noque (Oro), psevtonym. See [Blakeman (Bessie C.)], No. 392 a.

NEZ PERCES—NORDQUIST. 1033

2764a Nordenskidld (A. E.) The | Voyage of the Vega | round | Asia
and Hurope | with a historical review | of previous journeys along
the North Coast of the | Old World | By | A. E. Nordenskiéld |
Translated by Alexander Leslie | With five steel portraits, numer-
ous maps, and illustrations | In two volumes—Vol. I {-Il] |
London | Macmillan and Co. | 1881 | A.
2 vols.: 3 p.ll., pp. ix-xxv, 1-524; 2 p.JL, pp. vii-xviii,11., pp. 1-464,11. 8°.

Nordquist (Lieut. Oscar). Chukch-English vocabulary (N.E. Asiw), vol. 1,
p. 490,

2764b ——— The | Voyage of the Vega | round | Asia and Europe |

with a historical review | of previous journeys along the North
Coast of the | Old World | By A. E. Nordenskiéld | Translated by
Alexander Leslie | With five steel portraits, numerous maps, and
illustrations |

New York | Macmillan and Co. | 1882 | _ WE.

5 p. l., pp. xili-xxvi, 1-756. 8°.

Nordquist (Lieut. O.) Chukch-English vocabulary (N. E. Asia) p. 369.

2764¢ Vega-Expeditionens Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser | bearbe-

tade | af | Deltagare I Resan Och Andra Forskare | utgifna |

of | A HE. Nordenskidld. | Forsta [-Tredje] Bandet. | (Med. 15
Taflor.) |

Stockholm, | I’. & G. Beijers Forlag, | 1882 [-1883]. | D.JWP.

3 vols.: 3 p.ll., pp. 1-812; 2 p.ll., pp. 1-516; 2 p.11., pp. 1-529. 8°. 91 plates.

Almgqvist (Ernst). Studier ofver Tschuktschernas Fiirgsinne, vol. 1, pp.
185-194.

Kjellman (F. R.) Om Tschuktschernas Hushallsvaxter, vol. 1, pp. 353-372.
Nordqvist (Oscar). Tschuktschisk Ordlista, vol. 1, pp. 372-399. :
Anteckningar och studier till Sibiriska Ishafskustens Daggdjursfauna,

vol. 2, pp. 61-117.
Bidrag till Kinedomen om Tschuktscherna, vol. 2, pp. 227-246.

2766 a Nordquist (Lieut. Oscar). Vocabulary of the Chukch language
of the northeast point of Asia.
In Nordenskiold (A. E.) Voyage of the Vega, vol. 1, p. 490. London, 1881. ©.
Reprinted in ibid., p.369. New York, 1882. 8°.

2766 b ——— Tschuktschisk Ordlista af Oscar Nordqvist.
In Nordenskidld (A. E.) Vega Expeditionens, vol. 1, pp. 372-399. Stockholm,
1882. 8°. Consists of Tsehuktschi grammatic material—the alphabet, numer-
als, nouns, adjectives, pronouns—and vocabularies.

2766 ¢ Anteckningar och studier till Sibiriska Ishafskustens
Dagedjursfauna af Oscar Nordqvist.

In Nordenskiold (A. E.) Vega-Expeditionens, vol.2, pp.61-117. Stockholm,
1883. 8°. Gives Tschuktschi zodlogical names.

2766 d

Bidrag till Kiénedomen om Tschuktscherna af Oscar
Nordqvist.
In Nordenskidld (A. E.) Vega Expeditionens, vol. 2, pp 227-246. Stockholm,
1883. 8°

1034 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

2771a Notice. Notice | sur les Missions | du | Diocese de Quebec, |
qui sont secourues par l’Association de la | Propagation de la
Foi. | Janvier, 1839. No. 1 [—Mai 1874 No. 21]. | [Design] |
Québec: | de ’Imprimerie de Fréchette & Cie., | Imprimeurs
et Libraires, N°. 8, Rue Lamontagne. | Avec approbation des Su-
périeurs. | [N. d.—1874.] S. JEM.
Nos, 1-21. 12°. Each part with title on printed cover. In the later numbers
the title has been changed to read Rapport sur les Missions.
Garin (P. A.M.) Missions du Nordouest, No. 11, pp. 1-17.
Lafleche (P. Louis). Les noms de quelques tribus, localités, ete. * * de
la langue algonquine, No. 12, pp. 100-105.
27720 Notice | sur | état actuel de la mission | de Ja Louisi-
ane. | [Vignette.] |
Paris, | Adrien Le Clere, Imprimeur de N.S. P. le Pape, de S.
Em. Ms". le | Cardinal Archevéque de Paris, et de la Grande-
Aumodnerie de | France, quai des Augustins, n°. 35. | 1820. | S.
1 p.1.,pp.1-58. 8°. The Lord’s Prayer “en langue sauvage”, p. 49.
The Notice was reprinted in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi (No. 1, 1822);
see No. 121 ¢.
2772 b Notice | sur l’état actuel | de la Mission | de la Louisi-
ane | Derniére édition | 4 laquelle | on a ajouté de nouveaux détails. |
[ Monogram. |
Turin, 1822. | Chez Hyacinthe Marietti Libraire, rue du P6, |
sous les arcades de l'Université Royale. | CS,
Pp. 1-65. 12°. The Lord’s Prayer ‘‘en langue sauvage”, p.51.

2774 Noticias. Noticias | de la Provincia de Californias | en tres
Cartas | de un Sacerdote Religioso | hijo del Real Convento | de
Predicadores de Valencia | a un amigo suyo. | Carta I {-II]]. |”

in Valencia | por los Hermanos de Orga. | M. DCC. XCIV
[1794]. | Con las licencias necesarias. | C.S. HU.
Pp. 1-104, 1-96, 1-104. 16°. 2 folding tables. Idioma de los Indios, Carta I,
pp. 99-104, contains an account of the Ado and Cochimi languages.
Noticias de los Indios de * * Veragua. See [Franco
(P.)], No. 1325.

2774.b

Noticias de Varias Plantas | y sus Virtudes. | DGB.
Manuscript. Pp.1-29. sm.8°. Copied from the original in Yucatan. It ap-
pears to have been written about the beginning of the present century, and
gives the Maya names of many plants of supposed medicinal properties.
Nourse (Prof. Joseph E.), editor. See Hall (Charles Francis), No.
1640.
Nuwheh Kukwadhud [in Tukudh]. See [M’Donald (Rev. Robert)],
No. 2370.
Nvgvmouinvn Genynvgymouat [in Ojibwa]. See [Jones (Rev.
Peter)|, No. 2027.
0. (N.) 7. e. Orakwanentakon (Nij-kwenate-anibic). See Cuog (Rév.
Jean André),

NOTICE—OPUNVKYV-HERV. 1035

2792.a Ocangra| Aramee Wawakakara, | (Or Winnebago Prayer Book.) |
[Two lines quotation in Winnebago.] | Waiastanoeca, | 1833. |
Geo. L. Whitney, Printer. | Detroit, 1833. BA. JWP. LSH.
Pp. 1-18. 16°. Catholic Prayer Book in the Winnebago language.
Odowan XXII. [in Dakota]. See {Hinman (Rev. 8. D.)], No. 1806.

Office. Office for Public Baptism [in Neklakapamuk]. See [Good
(Rev. John Booth)]|, No. 1567,

Office for the Holy Communion [in Neklakapamuk]. See
[Good (Rev. John Booth)|, No. 1566.

Okna Hayake [in Dakota]. See [Cook (Joseph Winfield)|, No. 569.

Ojibue Nvgvmouinvn. See [Jones (Rev. Peter), Evans (tev. James),
and Henry (George)|, Nos. 2030, 2033.

Ojibway nugumoshiing. Ojibwa Hymns. See [Hall (fev. Sher-
man)], No. 1641.

Okodakiciye Wocekiye [in Dakota]. See [Hinman (Rev. S. D.)],
and others, No. 1817.

2808 a Oldmixon (George Scott). Words, phrases, and sentences in the
languages of the Noowook-meutes and Noona-targh-meutes.

Manuscript. Pp. 77-135, sparsely filled. 4°. Collected by Dr. G. S. Oldmixon,
Act. Asst. Surgeon, U.S. A., at Point Barrow, Aleutian Islands, during 1832 and
1883, and recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian languages,
Qnd edition. Transliterated in the alphabet adopted by the Bureau of Eth-
nology by Rey. J. Owen Dorsey as far as p. 127. In the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.

[Omahaw Primer.] See [McKenney (Kev. Edward)]|, No. 2382.

O'Neill (J. W.) See Drake (Samuel G.), No. 1092.

Qo Meyo Achimoowin St. Mark [in Cree]. See [Hunter (Rev.
James)], No, 1902.

Qo Meyo Achimoowin St. John [in Cree]. See |Hunter (Kev.
James)], No. 1904.

Oo Meyoo Ahchemowin S. Matthew [in Cree]. See [Hunter (Rev.
James) |, No. 1900.

Oo Tapwitumoowin mena [in Cree]. See [Hunter (Lev. J ames)],
No. 1907.

Oodahnuhmeshwine Nuhguhmoowinun [in Ojibwa]. See [O'Meara
(Rev. James D.)], No. 2834.

Oowahweendahmahgawin owh [in Ojibwa]. See [O'Meara (Rev.
James D.)], No. 2831.

Opunvkv Hera, Cane Coyvte [in Muskokee]. See [Loughridge
(Rev. R. M.), Robertson (Rev. W. S.), and Robertson (A. E. W.)|,
Nos. 2335-2336

Opunvkv-herv [in Muskokee]. See [Robertson (Mrs. A. BE. W.)],
Nos. 3324-3325,

1036 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

28424 Oraciones (Las) en lengua quiché de Rabinal, con unos frag-
mentos en lengua cuchechi (cagchi). ce
Manuscript. 7 ll. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 689.

Oratio Dominica. See Auer (A.), Nos. 185a-185b ; [Bodoni (J. B.)|,
editor, No. 397d; Chamberlayne (J.), No. 718; [Krause (J. U.) and
Wagner (J. Ch.)|, publishers, No. 2146; Marcel (J. J.), No. 2452;
Marietti (Pietro), editor, No. 2473a; [Motte (B.)|, editor, Nos. 2670-
2670a; [Miiller (A.)], Nos. 2676-2677.

2847 a Order to prevent Indjans to steale Englishmens swjnes, &e.
[Cambridge: 1672 ?] ce
On May 15, 1672, the General Court of Massachusetts passed an ‘‘Order to
prevent Indjans to steale Englishmens swjnes, &c.,” and ‘further ordered, that
this law be forth with printed, published, & declare to all the Indians wt'in this
jurisdiction, in the Indian language, that they may attend the same; and this
law to take place & comence eight months after publication heereof.”— Mass.
Records, vol. 4, part 2, pp. 512-513.

Oriental Fragments. See [Moor (Edward)], No. 2624.

Orientalisch- und Occidentalischer Sprachmeister. See [Fritz
(Johann Friedrich)], No. 1331. A.T. JE,

The preface is subscribed by Johann Friedrich Fritz, but a dedication which
precedes it is made by Benjamin Schultze (who had been a Danish missionary
at Tranquebar), to whose good offices Fritz acknowledges his indebtedness, and
who probably was the real editor of the work. See Adelung’s Mithridates, vol. 1,
pp. 668-670.

Original Hymns in the Ioway Language. See [Hamilton (Rev.
William), and Irvin (Rev. S. M.)], No. 1653.

Oro Noque. See [Blakeman (Bessie C.)], No. 392 a.

Otawa Anamie-Misinaigan. See Baraga (Rev. Frederic), Nos.
252-254.

Otchipwe Anaimie-Masinaigan. See [Baraga (Rev. Frederic)],
No. 255 a.

Otchipwe Kikinoamadi-Masinaigans. See [Baraga (Rev. Frede-
ric)], No. 264.

Our Monthly. See [Robertson (Mrs.. A. E. W.)], editor, No. 3332.
P. (J. 8.), jr. See Pforter] (John Snodgrass), jr.
P. (L. C.) See Plerryman| (Leguest C.), No. 2965 4d.

28714 Pacion de Juebes santo quesi yospaque tzesi iscohina is | aho
de 1818. | DGB.
Original manuscript, much worn, in the Chiapanec language. 4 ll. folio.

Padilla (Fr. Agustin Davila y). See Davila y Padilla (Fr. Agus-
tin).

Padilla (Fr. Antonio Davila y). See Davila y Padilla (Fr. An-
tonio).

ORACIONES——PASION. 1037

2876 a Patay (José Secundino). Doctrina Christiana | en lengua €efhi. |
Traslada por mauo y pluma | de José Secundino Pafay en 15 de |
Setiembre del ano de 1861 | y copiada por C. Hermann Berendt |
Coban, Abril de 1875 | DGB.

Manuscript; copy. Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; advertencia signed Dr. C. Her-
mann Berendt, reverse blank 11.; pp.1-114. 4°. The original writer is un-
known, but the forms of expression point to aremote period for the translation.

2881 a Palacios (/’r. Pedro).. Catecismo y Confesonario [en Otomi]. *
Title from Beristain.

2886 @ [Palmer (Wattie A.)] [Old customs of the Muskokis.] =
In Indian Journal, vol. 4,no.47._ Muscogee, I. T., July 29,1880. In the Mus-
koki language.

Pamv (Wattie A.) See [Palmer (Wattie A.)], No. 2886 a.

2890 «a Papers | relative to | The Wesleyan Missions, | and the | State
of Heathen Countries. | (Published quarterly.) |
[London: Printed by William Nichols, 40, Hoxton Square.] — *
No. CLXXII. June, 1863. 4 pp. 8°. Contains: The Cree Widows’ Letter to
Mrs. Hoole and the Ladies’ Committee ; printed in Evans’s syllabic characters;
with a translation by John Sinclair. The letter is dated from Rossville Wes-
leyan Mission, Hudson’s Bay, December 20th, 1862. Title furnished by Dr. J. H.
Trumbull from copy in his possession.

2908 Parker (fev. Samuel). Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond
the Rocky Mountains, | under the direction of the | A. B.C. I. M. |
containing | a description of the geography, geology, climate,
pro- | ductions of the country, and the numbers, man- | ners, and
customs of the natives: | with a | map of Oregon Territory. | By
Rev. Samuel Parker, A. M. | Fourth edition. |

Ithaca, N. Y. | Andrus, Woodruff, & Gauntlett. | Boston:
Crocker & Brewster.—New York: Huntington & Savage; | Rob-
inson, Pratt, & Co.—Philadelphia: Thomas, Cowper- | thwait, S

Co. Brendon Wiley & Putnam. | 1844. |

Pp. i-xvi, 17-416. 12°. map and plate. Improved title of No. 2908, furnished
by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.
Linguistics, pp. 401-416.

Parley (Peter), pseudonym. See [Goodrich (Samuel Griswold) |, No.
1570.

Parts of the Holy Bible [in Dakota]. See [Cook (C. H.)], No. 865.

2918 a Pasion. LaPasion | de NroSenorJesucristo | EnlenguaZoque. |
Los Evangelios del Domingo de Ramos, | Jueves Santo y Viernes
Santo | como los cantan los Indios de Tuxtla. | Tuxtla Gutierrez. |
1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1.; advertencia, 1 1.; text, pp. 1-55. 4°.
“Tt is an ancient custom with the Indians of Tuxtla to appoint certain of their
village to sing the history of the Passion during Holy Week. A reader seats
himself in the middle of the circle they form, and reads a paragraph which the

1038 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Pasion—continued.
others repeat, chanting the words to a monotonous air. The texts of these his-
tories differ considerably. Dr. Berendt has collected three of them in this vol-
ume, for the sake of comparison.”—Brinton.

2918 b La Pasion | en lengua Chapaneca. | Canciones de los

Indios | de Suchiapa. | Tuxtla Gutierrez, 1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11.; Advertencia, 11.; half title, verso blank,

11.; text, pp. 1-93. 4°. ‘The Indians of Suchiapa have among them three frater-

nities (cofradias) devoted to the adoration respectivcly of Jesus of Nazareth, the

Holy Cross, and the Virgin of the Rosary. Each of these has a volume of Rules

‘Ordenanzas,’ inthe Chiapanec tongue, containing portions of the Passion, which

they are accustomed to sing in the church during Holy Week. The above vol-

ume contains copies of these Ordenanzas. They bear the dates 1723, 1780, and
1781.”— Brinton.

2918 ¢

La Pasion. | Fragmento en lengua | Zoque. | DGB.
Original manuscript of the early part of this century. Title (modern) 11.,
41.
2918d Plaso y] T[roncoso] (Francisco del). Estudios sobre la historia de
la medicina en Mexico.
In Museo Nacional de México, Anales, tomo 3, pp. 1837- . Mexico, 1883. 4°.
Many Mexican plant-names passim.
Patterson (J. B.), editor. See Black Hawk, Nos. 391, 391 a, and
391 D. E

[Paul's Epistles * * in Santee.] See [Cook (Joseph Winfield)],
No. 867.

29°25 a Pearse (—). [Hymn in the Seneca language. | BE.

“TJ have sent you a tune, and herewith I send you a pen copy of the hymn to

which the tune was composed and fitted by a Seneca Indian, State of New York,

named Pearse, I think. It is a translation of Newton’s beautiful hymn com-
mencing, ‘Savior, visit thy plantation’.”—Rev. Silas T. Rand.

2929 a Peirson (Abraham). Some | Helps | for the | Indians | shewing
them | How to improve their natural Reason, To know | the True
God, and the true Christian Religion. | 1. By leading them to see
the Divine Authority of the | Scriptures. | 2. By the Scriptures the
Divine Truths necessary to | Eternall Salvation. | Undertaken | At
the Motion, and published by the Order of the Commis- | sioners of
the United Colonies. | by Abraham Peirson. | Examined and ap-
proved by Thomas Stanton Interpre- | ter-Generall to the United
Colonies for the Indian | Language, and by some others of the
most able | Interpreters amongst us. | — |

London, | Printed by M. Simmons, 1659. | L.

In [Bliot (John)]. A further Accompt of the Progresse of the Gospel, pp.

22]-35. London, 1659. 4°.

This is a reprint of the first sheet only of Peirson’s Catechism, No. 2929. The
portion reprinted has a separate title-page (p. 22), on which the imprint ‘‘ Lon-
don: Printed by M. Simmons, 1659,” is substituted for Green’s, and ends in the
middle of a sentence (p.35), and has the catch-word of the following sheet,
which was not yet received in England.

PASION—PEREZ. 1039

2949 Perez (D. Juan Pio). Diccionario dela Lengua Maya. Merida
de Yucatan, 1866-1877. A.C. W. WE.

Full title and collation given in No. 2949. In a manuscript catalogue of the
Berendt collection, Dr. Brinton speaks of this work as follows:

This monument of life-long labor did not appear until some years after the
author’s dea h (March 6, 1859). The printing was begun in 1866, interrupted in
1867 by the civil war, during which the manuscript ‘‘ copy” came near destruc-
tion, and finally completed in 1877. Although Pio Perez was considered a
thorough Maya scholar, errors are not infrequent in his dictionary, owing to
faulty orthography or typography. Dr. Berendt points out eche for ecbe, bich for
abich, etc.; but on the whole his corrections are few, Perez left his manuscript
incomplete, ceasing at the word ulchahal. The remainder was prepared by Don
Crescencio Carrillo down to xen, and from that word to the end by Dr. Berendt.
In fullness Perez’s dictionary is much inferior to the Diccionario de Motul [No.
1030a]. Thus, under the letter A, Perez gives 586 words, and the Motul 2059,
and about this proportion is maintained throughout.

2949 a ——— Antigua cronologia Yucateca | O exposicion sencilla del
método que usaban los | antiguos habitantes de esta Peninsula de
Yu- | catan para contar y computar el tiempo. |

In Carrillo y Ancona (D. Crescencio). Historia antigua de Yucatan, pp. 637-
663. Merida, 1883, 12°.

§ 1°. Origen de las triadecatéridas, pp. 637-638.—§ 2°. Del dia y sus divi-
siones, pp. 638-641.—( 3. De la semana, p. 641.—§ 4. Del mes, pp. 641-644.—
§ 5. Delatio, pp. 644-646.—§ 6. Del Bisiesto, pp. 646-649.—§ 7°. De la indic-
cion, 6 siglo de 52 anos Namado Katun, pp. 650-652.—§ 8°. De los grandes sig-
los de 312 afios 6 ajau Katunes, pp. 652-663.

2949 b ——— Apuntes del | Diccionario | de | la Lengua Maya | com-
puestos en vista de va- | rios catalogos antiguos de sus | voces y
aumentado con gran suma | de las de uso comun, y otras que se~
han | extractado de manuscritos antiguos. | Por un yucateco
aficionado 4 la lengua, | J. P. P. | DGB.

Original manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11.; Prologo, signed Juan Pio Perez,
211.; pp. 1-468; € 11.

This manuscript, written in two columns, in a fine, clear hand by the cele-
brated Yucatecan linguist, was presented by his niece to Dr. Berendt, and is that
referred to in the latter’s essay, ‘‘ Los Trabajos Lingiiisticos de Don Juan Pio
Perez,” p. 5. The prologo is signed in full by Perez, but no date is given. It
probably was written about 1845, and contains several hundred words not found
in the printed work.

2949 ce ——— Apuntes para un | Diccionario | de la Lengua Maya |
compuestos con vista de varios catalogos | antiguos de sus voces y
aumentado con | gran suma de las de uso comun y otras que | se
han extractado de manuscritos antiguos | por | D. Juan Pio Perez. |
Copiado en Mérida | 1870. | DGB.

Manuscript. Partial copy of the preceding, made by Dr. Berendt. Title, verso
blank, 1 1.; pp. i-iv, blank; prologo, pp. v-x; half title ‘‘ Primero Parte,” 1 1.;
Diccionario, pp. 1-26. This leaf is followed by an inserted note, in Dr. Berendt’s
handwriting, as follows: ‘‘I copied this from the original, lent to me by Dona
Nicolasa Leon y Escalente—and ceased to copy when she presented me with the
original in acknowledgment of my paper on ‘Los Trabajos Lingiiisticos de Don
Juan Pio Perez.’ It may serve somebody else.”

1040 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Perez (D. Juan Pio)—continued.

2953 Apuntes | para una | Gramatica Maya | por | D. Juan Pio
Perez. | Copia de los Fragmentos que | estan en poder de D. Pedro
Regil. | Merida, Oct. 1868. | DGB.

Manuscript in blank book; pp. numbered 45-188; copied by Dr. Berendt
from the notes of Senor Perez. Improved title of No. 2953.

2953 a Recetarios de Indios | en Lengua Maya. | Indices de
Plantas Medicinales y de Enfermedades | coordinados por | D.
Juan Pio Perez. | Con Estractos de los Recetarios, Notas y Afnadi-
duras, | por | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Merida. 1870.| Des.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-80. 4°. ;

“The medical part of the Books of Chilan Balam was carefully studied hy
both Perez and Berendt, the latter possessing the requisite medical and botanical
knowledge to appreciate the subject at its proper value. The result is presented
in this work, which, however, was left in an unfinished condition.”— Brinton.

2963 [Perrault (Rev. Charles Ovide]. L. J. C. & M. J. | Priéres, | Can-
tiques | et Catechisme | en | langue Montagnaise ou Chipeweyan.
[A line in syllabic characters.] | [Seal of the Oblates.] |

Montreal: | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault. | 1857. | S

Pp. 1-144. 18°. In syllabic characters. Prayers, ete., pp. 3-46; Cantiques (22),
pp. 49-92; Catechism, 93-144. On verso of title, the Approbation, by + Alexan-
dre, Evéque de St. Boniface,O.M.I. On p. 47, between the Prayers and the
Hymns, the Alphabet (of syllabic characters). Improved title of No. 2963, fur-
nished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from copy belonging to him; referring
to my note appended to No. 2964, he says: My copy is in the original binding,
fresh, and unused; and is evidently complete, as issued.

See Recueil de Priéres, No. 3208. See [Thibault (Rév. Jean Baptiste)],
No. 3844,

2965 a [Perryman (Leguest Chateau).] Este Maskoke en Cato konawa.
|Creek finances.] oe
In Indian Journal, vol. 3, no. 22. Muscogee, I. T., Feb’y 6, 1879. folio. In

the Muskoki language: Signed “ Lekase.”

2965 b ——— Maskokalke em ekana. [The Muskokee’s land.] e
In Indian Journal, vol. 3, no. 23. Muscogee, I. T., Feb’y 18 (?), 1879. folio.
In the Muskoki language. Signed “ Lekase.”

2965 ¢ ———— Laws of the Creek Nation [in Muskoki and English]. *
In Indian Journal, vol. 5, no. 25. Muscogee, I. T., Feb’y 24, 1881. folio.
2965 d Cokv Mvhayv. [Book Teacher.] - eS
In Indian Journal, vol. 5, no. 48. Muscogee, I. T., Aug. 4, 1881. folio. In
the Muskoki language. An article concerning the late Rev. W. S. Robertson,
who was called, among the Creeks, The Teacher, Cokv-Mvhayv.

Petaubun. Peep of Day. See [Hurlburt (Rev. Thomas)], editor,
No. 1927.

PEREZ—PETZHOLDT. 1041

2969 Petitot (R. P. Emile Fortuné Stanislas Joseph). Monographie |
_ des | Déné-Dindjié | par | Le R. P. E. Petitot | Missionnaire-Oblat
de Marie-Immaculée, Officier Académie, | Membre correspondant
de V Académie de Nancy, | de la Société Anthropologie | et Mem-
bre honoraire de la Société de Philologie et @Ethnographie de
Paris. |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire de la Société Asiatique
de Paris, | de V’école des langues orientales vivantes et des Sociétés
* Asiatiques de Calcutta, | de New-Hayen (Etats-Unis), de Shanghai
(Chine) | 28, Rue Bonaparte, 28 | 1876 | A. DGB.
2p.ll.,pp.1-109. 8°. Improved title of No. 2969.
Comparative vocabulary in Latin, Montagnais, Peanx de liévre, and Loucheux,
p. 16.—Comparative vocabulary in Nabajo, Déne (de divers dialectes), and Dind-
jié, p. 22.—Comparative vocabulary of the Wakish (Tétes-Plates) and Yukultas
(Tétes-Longues), p. 104.—Comparative vocabulary in the languages of the Haidas
(Kolouches, Tes Charlottes), Tonguas (Kollouches, Alaska), Yukultas (Tétes-
Longues, Colombie britannique), Wakish (Tétes-Plates, Oregon), Dnainé (At-
nans, Alaska), Dindjié (Mackenzie), and Déné (Territoire du N.-O.), p. 105.-—Also
scattered phrases and terms with significations.

2971

Monographie | des | Esquimaux Tehiglit | du Mackenzie |
et de ’Anderson | par | Le R. P. E. Petitot | Missionnaire Oblat
de Marie-Immaculée, Cfficier d’Académie, Membre correspondant
de Académie de Nancy | et des Sociétés @ Anthropologie et de
Philologie de Paris | [ Vignette.] |

Paris Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire de la Société Asiatique |
de Vécole des langues orientales vivantes, de la Société Philolo-
gique | des Sociétés Asiatiques de Calcutta, de Shanghai, de New-
Haven, ete. | 28, rne Bonaparte, 28 | 1876 A.

2p. IL, pp. 1-28. 4°. Improved title of No. 2971. Esquimaux traditions in
the original with French translations, pp. 16, 26; and scattered terms and phrases.

2973 a ——— Ethnographie De Vorigine asiatique des Indiens de
VAmérique arctique. Par le R. P. Emile Petitot,O.M.I. Mis-
sionnaire au Mackenzie, officier d’ Académie, ete. JWe.

In Les Missions Catholiques, onziéme année, Nos, 543-550, pp. 529-532, 540-
544, 550-553, 564-566, 576-578, 589-591, 600-604, 609-611. Paris, Oct. to Dec.,
1879. 4°.

List of stone implements in the Eskimo language, p. 350.

2973 b ——— La Femme au Serpent. Légende des Déné Chippe-
wayans. ASG.

In Mélusine, Revue de Mythologie, Littérature Populaire, Traditions et
Usages, vol. 2, No. 1, columns 19-21. Paris, April 5, 1884. 4°. The legend is

first given in French, with the ‘Texte original du conte Chippewayan” following.

2973¢ Petzholdt (Julius). ‘Das Buch der Wilden” | im Lichte | franzé-
sischer Civilization. | Mit Proben aus dem in Paris als ‘“* Manuscrit
pictographique | Américain” veréftentlichten Schmierbuche eines
deutsch- | amerikanischen Hinterwildler-Jungen. | Von | J. Petz-
holdt. |
66 Bib

1042 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Petzholdt (Julius)—continued.

Dresden, | G. Schénfeld’s Buchhandlung (C. A. Werner). |
1861. | T. BA

Pp. 1-16, lithographic fac similes 1-vim, 8°. In some ecpies the lithograph
pp. VI-v1 are pasted together at the edges, with the note: ‘‘Wegen Obscénitiiten
verklebt. Aufgeschnittene Exemplare werden nicht zuriickgenommen.” This
is the little work in which Petzholdt exposed the ‘‘Manuscrit Pictographique”
(see No. 1061 a), and which occasioned its suppression. Translated into French
as follows:

2973 d ——— Le Livre | des | Sauvages | au point de vue de la civili-
sation francaise | avec des planches explicatives tirées du prétendu
Manuscrit | Pictographique Américain | Traduction de Allemand |

Bruxelles | Chez tous les Libraires | 1861 | Tous droits réservés |
Pp. 1-15, lithograph plates I-v111. T.W.

Philology. See Riggs (Rev. S. R.), No. 3285 b.

2979 a Pichardo (Esteban). Diccionario Provincial, casi-razonado de
Voces Cubanas, por Esteban Pichardo. Segunda edicion.
Habana, 1849. *
258 pp. 8°. Lucayan words adopted into Spanish, with their meanings.
Tercera edicion, notablemente aumentada y corregida, Habana: Imprenta
la Antilla, 1862. Pp. xvii, 11., pp. 281. 8°.(*) First published anonymously, Ma-
tanzas, 1832, 16°(*); and again, Matanzas, 1836, 16°. (*)

Pilloridlarput napkiniktut. See Ussornakaut nakinniktut, No.
3958.

3004. Pimentel (Francisco). Vocabulary of the Seri.
In Gatschet (A.S.) Der Yuma-Sprachstamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschrift
fiir Ethnologie, vol. 15 (1883), pp. 134-138. Berlin, 1883. 8°.

3006a@ Pinart (Alphonse). Vocabulary of the Seri.
In Gatschet (A.S.) Der Yuma-Sprachstamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschrift
fiir Ethnologie, vol. 15 (1833), pp. 134-138. Berlin, 1883. 8°.

3006 b Les Aléoutes, leurs origines et leurs légendes. JWP.
In Soe. D’Ethnographie, Actes, session of 1872, pp. 87-92. Paris [n.d.]. 8°.

Aleutian terms passim.

3006 ¢ Dictionary, grammatical notes, texts, songs, and sentences

in the Aleutian, Lisievsky dialect. y

Manuscript of about 700 pages. In possession of the author. It is in Aleutian

and Russian, and was collected by Mr. Pinart in 1871 in Unalashka, Belkofisky,
Unga, and Kadiak.

3006 d

Nushagak.

Manuscript of about 50 pages. 4°. In possession of the author. Russian and
Aglegmiout. Collected in 1871.

3006 e

Vocabulary and texts in the Aglegmiout dialect of
*

Vocabulary of the Malehmiout dialect. 2
Manuscript of about 25 pages. 4°. In possession of the author. Russian and
Malehmiout. Collected at St. Michael in 1871.

PETZHOLDT—PINART. 1043

Pinart (Alphonse)—continued.
3006 f ——— Dictionary, grammatical notes, songs, descriptions of
dances and religious ceremonies, etc.

Manuscript of about 1,000 pages. In possession of the author. It isin Rus-
sian and Kaniagmiout, and was collected in 1871 and 1872 at Kadiak, Afognak,
Katmay, Sutkhum, etc.

3006 g ——— Vocabularies, texts, sentences, songs, ete., in the Tlinkit

language of Sitka. *
’ Manuscript of 500 pages, in Russian and Tlinkit. In possession of the author.
3006 h ——— Vocabulary of the Atnah language. e

Manuscript of 90 pages. folio. In possession of the author. Russian and
Atnah. Collected at Kadiak in 1872.

3006 1 ——— A vocabulary of the language spoken at Fort Ross, Cali-
fornia. *

Manuscript. folio. In possession of the author. Obtained in 1872 from a
half-breed born at Fort Ross and living in Afognak.

3006 ——— A vocabulary of the Katmay dialect. *
Manuscript of 26 pagest 4°. In possession of the author. It is in Russian
and Katmay, and was collected by Mr. Pinart at Katmay.

3006 1

Vocabulary of the Stakhin dialect. *
Manuscript. folio. In Russian and Stakhin. In possession of the author.
Collected by Mr. Pinart at Fort Wrangel.

3006 m ——— Vocabulary of the Yakutat language. *
Manuscript. folio. In possession of the author, Russian and Yakutat.

3006 n ——— Vocabulary of the Cilkat dialect. *
Manuscript. folio. Russian and Cilkat. In possession of the author.

3006 0 ——— Vocabulary of the Kaigani. *

Manuscript. folio. Russian and Kaigani. In possession of the author. Ob-
tained at Kadiak from a native of Queen Charlotte’s Island, a former Kolosh
slave.

With reference to other material collected by Mr. Pinart, he writes me as
follows:

“T have collected, during my fifteen years of travelling, vocabularies, texts,
songs, etc., general linguistic materials in the following languages or dialects.
It is impossible at present to give you the number of pages, ete., as most of if
is to be found among my note-books, and has not been put in shape as yet.

“West Coast: Tongass, Cimovan, Bellaxula.—Vancouver Id.: Fort Rupert,
Comox, Nanaimo, Saanitch, Cowitchin, Classet, Nitinaht, Koskeemo.—Brit.
Colomb.: Shushwap (various dialects), Taculli, Kootenai (mountain dialect),.—
Wash. Terr. & Colombia River: Makah, Cemakum, Clallam, Lummi, Kwonalt (2
dialects), Cexalis, Niskwaly, Cinook, Klatskenai.—Up. Col. & Idaho: Spokan,
Yakima, Pens d’Oreilles, Cour d’Aléne, Warm Springs, Nez Pereés, Kallispel.—
S. Oregon & N. California: Clackamas,Calapuya, Rogue River, Modoc, Karoc,Upper
Pitt River, Shasta, Ukiah, Hoopa, Umpqua, Chico, Yuba, Wintun (Clear Lake),
Wintum (Upper Sacramento), Sonoma, Russian River, near Healdsburg.—C, Cal.,
Mutsun: San Francisco (from an old Indian at San Mateo), Santa Cruz, San Juan
Bautista, San José, Monterey, Rumsen, Ex xeyen, Pleasanton (dialect spoken at
a rancheria where is now the town of Martinez).—Tulare: Yacikamne-tolovone.
(This was collected at a rancheria near Pleasanton. The first dialect was spoken

1044 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Pinart (Alphonse)—continued.

where now is Stockton, the ¢olovone near Bantas.) Lacquisamne, Tuolumne.
At Sta. Cruz, from an old woman from Tulare (locality unknown). At Sanjon
de Cota, near Sta. Ynes, I collected two dialects of the Tulare. At Fort Tejon I
collected three dialects of the Tulare. At Potterville I collected two dialects.
Kern Valley (2 dialects), San Antonio, San Miguel, San Luis Obispo.—Barba-
reno: Sta. Barbara, Sta. Ynes, San Buenaventura, La Purisima, Island of Sta.
Cruz, Island of Sn. Miguel, Sta. Paula, Pun a Mugu.—Washoe, Pyramid Lake,
Candelaria, Owen’s Valley, Las Vegas, San Gabriel, San Luis Rey, Chemehueve.—
Temecula, San Diego, San Diego (New River), Mojave, Hualapai, Avasupai,
Yuma, Cocopa River, Cocopa Mountain (Sta. Catarina), Cocopa Mountain
(Sn. Fernando), Maricopa.—Pimo (rio Gila), Pimo Papago (Pitiquito Sonora),
Pimo Papago (Sonoita & Quistobaca Sonora), Pimo Papago (of the Pinacate Des-
ert), Opata Teguima, Opata Tegue, Opata Caguinachi, Pimo bajo, Tubar, Tarra-
humar alto, Tarrahumar bajo, Seri, Yaqui, Mayo, Tepeguano, Apache (Chiricahua),
Apache (White Mountain), Apache (Tonto), Apache (Yuma), Apache (from a
prisoner at Fronteras, Sonora).—Zemez, Zuni, Taos, Ysleta, Comanche (collected
in Mapimi), Comanche (collected in Coahuila), Kickapoo (from prisoners in
Mexico).—Texas and Louisiana: Tonkaway, Chetimacha, Attakapa, Chahta.—
Tepehua (a language spoken in the sierra of Tutotepec, in the town of Huehuetla,
State of Hidalgo).—Tlapaneco (language spoken in and about Tlapa, in the
State of Guerrero).—As for the various dialects of the Nahuatl, Mixteco Tarasco,
Huaxteco, Otomite, Mazahua, notes are to be found about them in my journals.—
Guaymi (Valiente) Move, Guaymi Muoi, Guaymi Muite, Guaymi Murire, Guaymi
Buketa, Dorasque Caldera, Dorasque Sanguina, Dorasque Gualaca, Cuna-Darien,
Choc6.”

Respecting the linguistic collection belonging to Mr. Pinart, of which I was
very desirous to get a full account, that gentleman writes me as follows: ‘‘My
collection of materials, such as it is now, I have never had time to catalogue,
and I can give you no definite statement concerning it. It contains a very large
amount of linguistic and hieroglyphic documents, and can be divided as follows:

“JT. The Floridas, Texas and the Mississippi Valley in the Spanish time, Coa-
huila & Nuevo Leon.

“TI, Sonora, Pimeria alta, Lower California and Upper California, New
Mexico, about the Gila & Colorado. This includes some of the earlier docu-
ments of the missionaries,

“TIT, The central parts of Mexico. This will contain about twenty docu-
ments in hieroglyphics, and many in the original Nahuatl.

“TV. Oajaca, Chiapas, and Yucatan. This contains the celebrated ‘Doctrina
cristiana in Maya hieroglyphics.’

“WV. Guatemala and Honduras. Many documents on the Spanish expeditions
to the Indian tribes of the coast of Honduras.

“VI. San Salvador, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, & Panama.”

3011 a Pino (D. Pedro Bautista). Noticias | Historicas y Ustadisticas |
de la Antigua Provincia del | Nuevo-Mexico, | presentadas por su
diputado en cortes | D Pedro Bautista Pino, | en Cadiz en ano de
1812. | Adicionadas por el Lic. D. Antonio Barreiro en | 1839; y
ultimamente anotadas por el Lic. | Don José Agustin de Escudero, |
para la comision de Estadistica Militar | de la | Republica Mexi-
cana. | [Five lines quotation. |

México. | Imprenta de Lara, calle de la Palma Num |. | 1849. |] *

Title 1 1., pp. 1-98, Index 2 1. Comanche words, pp. 83-84.—Navajoe words,
p. 86.

oa

PINART——PONKA 1045

Pino (). Pedro Bautista)—continned.

3011 b ——— Exposicion | Sucinta y Sencilla | de la Provineia | del |
Nuevo Mexico: | hecha | por su diputado en Cértes | Don Pedro
Baptista Pino, | con arreglo a sus instrucciones. |

Cadiz: | Imprenta del Estada-Mayor-General. | Ano de 1872. | *

51 pp. 8°. ‘ Idea del Comanche,” seven Comanche words or phrases, p. 37.—
“Del Nabajoe,” ten words and phrases, pp. 40-41,

Titles from Dr. J. G. Shea, from copies in his possession.

3012 Pintura | del Gobernador, Alcaldes | y Regidores | de | Me.

xico. | Cédice | en geroglificos mexicanos y en lenguas castellana |
y azteca, existente en la biblioteca | del Exemo Seftor Duque de

Osuna. |
Madrid, Hernandez, 1878. | i!
Pp. 1-10. folio. 40 plates. Improved title of No. 3012, furnished by Sr. Icaz-
balceta.

Pipe of Peace. See [Wilson (Rev. Edward F.)|, editor, No. 4177.

3015 a Pitchlynn (Peter P.) Choctaw vocabulary. i
Manuscript. 19 pp. folio. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

3015 b Placido (D. Francisco). [Song in the Nahuatl Language.| *
The very learned P. Florencia relates, in his Historia de la Santissima Senora,
how Don Francisco Placido, Seftor de Atzcapuzaleo, at the time when the Holy
Image appeared and was placed in the first Hermitage of Guadalupe, composed
a song in Nahuatl, which was the ancient, mode of writing history; it was found
among the rare papers of Don Domingo de San Anton Mution Chimalpain, and I
very much regret that the said father should not have had it printed at the end

of his Historia, as it runs the risk of being lost.—Boturini § xxxy, 7.

3016 a Platicas. Platicas | de la Historia Sagrada | en lengua Cacchi
Con un fragmento de un tratado | por Fr. Domingo de Vico | [1629.]
Original manuscript. 2 p. ll. (modern), 18 11. 4°. In a, regular, clear hand-

writing of the 17th century. Vico’s article begins on verso of 1. 16. DGB.
3016 b ——— Platicas | de la historia sagrada | en lengua Cacchii, |
Del Siglo XVII". | DGB.

Original manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 11.; advertencia signed Dr. C.
Hermann Berendt, Coban, Abril 1875, 1 1.; contenido, 1 1.; 126 unnumbered Il.
sm. 4°. Several of the leaves are nearly destroyed and the whole much stained.

3018 a ——— Platicas | sobre los | Mandamientos del Decalogo | en
lengua Kekchi. | Traducidas por un Indio de Coban | de orden del
Padre cura. | Del Archivo de la Parroquia de Cahaban. | Coban |
1856. | DGB.

Original manuscript. Modern title11., 8811. sm.4°. Eleven sermons. Forms
part of the collection of Dr. Berendt in possession of Dr, D. G. Brinton.

Polk (Joseph F.), editor. See Investigator, No. 1946a. See
Philology, No. 2979.

Ponka ABC. See [Dorsey (Rev. James Owen)], No. 1068.

1046 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3033 a Ponziglione (Rev. Paul Mary), S.J. Specimen of Osage poetry. 8.

Manuscript. pp. 1-9. 8°. Belonging to Dr. John G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. It

is in the form of a letter to the Rev. P. J. De Smet, written “from the Mission of

S. Francis of Jerome, North America, Osage Nation, February 9, 1867.” P. 1 con-

tains the letter of transmittal—To the Most Holy Trinity, in Osage, p. 2; in

English, p.3.—Supplication to God, p. 4; translation, p. 5.—Supplication to the

Virgin Mother of God, in Osage, p. 6; in English, p.7.—Prayer to the Guardian
Angel, in Osage, p.8; in English, p. 9.—Reverse of p.9, blank.

3036 a [Porter (John Snodgrass), jr.]_ [Letter from Ockmulgee.] ms
Jn Indian Journal, vol. 4, no.31. Muscogee, I. T., April 8, 1880. folio. In the
Muskoki language.

Porter (William S.) See Eliot (William H.), No. 1200a.

Portions of the Book of Common Prayer [in Cree]. See [Hunter
(Rev. James), No. 1909.

[Potter (C. B.)|. editor. ‘See Farmer’s Monthly Visitor, No. 1268.
Powell (John Wesley). See Bureau of Ethnology, No. 520.

3105 a Powers (Stephen). Pomo: Some Accounts of the Habits, Cus-

toms, Traditions and Languages of the California Indians. 1873. *

Manuscript. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Title from Bancroft’s
Native Races, vol. 1, p. xl.

3105 Powlis(James). John Chap. III [-VIII]. | Translated into the |
Mohawk Language | By | James Powlis | SourSprings | Tuscarora.
Aug. | 1876 | STR.

Manuscript, about 130 pp., 4°, unbound. In possession of Rey. Silas T. Rand,
Hantsport, Nova Scotia. The interlinear English translation is not perfectly
continuous, and ends entirely toward the close of chapter 7.

Prayer Book |in Snohomish]. See [Boulet (Rev. J. B.)], No. 426.

Prayer for Indian Missions [in Dakota]. See [Hinman (Kev.S.D.)],
No. 1814.

Priéres, Cantiques et Catéchisme, in Chipewyan. See [Perrault
(Rév. C. O.)], Nos. 2963-2965.

L. J. C. & M. I. Priéres, Cantiques, &c., en Langue
Crise. See [Thibault (Rév. Jean Baptiste)], No. 3844. .

Prince Society. See Wood (William), No. 4202.

Principes delalangue * * Sauteux. See [Belcourt (Rev.G. A.)|,
No. 333.

Psalm ©. [in the Massachusetts language]. See |Eliot (John)],
No. 1198.

3147 Pyrleus (Rev. John Christopher). [Mohican Hymns. 1745.] *
Jno. Christopher Pyrleus, the Mohawk scholar, was born at Pausa, Voigt-

Jand, in 1713. Studied for the ministry at the University of Leipsic between

1733 and 1738. Here he became attached to the Brethren, visited Herrnhut, and
accepted an appointment as missionary. Sailed from London in company with
Biittner and Zander, and reached Bethlehem October 19, 1740. Commenced the

PONZIGLIONE—RADLOFF. 1047

Pyrleus (Rev. John Christopher)—continued.
study of the Mohawk at Tulpehocken, in January, 1743, under Weiser’s direction.
The Brethren having failed to procure a Mohawk Indian from Freehold to instruct
in that language such of their number as were set apart for the mission, Pyrlieus
undertook this, and on the 4th of February, 1744, opened his Indian school. In
September of 1745 his first translations of hymns into Mohican appeared. ‘This
was the beginning of a collection for the use of the mission. In November of
1751 he sailed for England, where he labored until 1770. He next went to Ger-
many, where he died May 28, 1785.—Reichel’s Memorials of the Moravian Church,
vol. 1, pp. 138-140.

3149 a@ Quaderno de Idioma Zapoteco del valie, que contiene algunas
reglas mas comunes del Arte, un vocabulario algo copioso y otras
cosas que veera el Christiano Lector. Se ha escrito procurando
toda lo possible imitar la pronunciacion natural de los Indios:
sacado lo mas de los Autores Antiguos que escrivieron de este
Idioma. Sea todo 4 mayor honra y Gloria de Dios ntro Sor alivio
de los Ministros y utilidad de las Almas. Sn Martin Tilcaxete y
Jun® 22 de 1793. s

Manuscript in the John Carter Brown library, Providence, R. I. Arte, ll. 1-
12.—Vocabulario, ll. 13-266.—Lista de los nombres, etce., ll. 267-272.—Confessio-
nario, ll. 273-285.—Protestacion de la fee, ll. 285-286.—Interrogatorio, e:c., ll.
287-288.

Title from Dr. Berendt’s manuscript additions to the copy of Icazbalceta’s
Apuntes in possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton. A partial copy made by, and for-
merly belonging to, Dr. Berendt is now in the library of Dr. Brinton, the title of
which begins Reglas mas comunes, &c., g.v., No. 3209 a.

Quadra (Juan Francisco de la Bodega y). See Bodega y Quadra
(J. F. de la), No. 397.

3150a Queh (Francisco Gebuta). [Memorial de Tecpan-Atillan. |
“A native Cakchiquel. Wrote a continuation of the Annals of Xahila” [No.
145].—Brinton’s Cakchiquel Grammar, p. 16.
3151 a Quiche. Manuscrit en langue quiché, commencant par ces mots:
Maria, Jésus, Joseph. Ranohel utzil atobal, ete.
Manuscript of the sixteenth century on parchment; incomplete; ll. 2-8, 25-28,
56-59, and 104 to the end. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 583.
Quincey (John). See Assembly’s Shorter Catechism, No. 175.

3158 Radloff (Leopold). Hinige kritische Bemerkungen, We. !
This article was also printed in Acad. Imp. des Sciences, Bull. de la Classe Hist.
Phil., vol. 14, cols. 257-278, 289-294. St. Petersburg, 1857. 8°. (*)
3159 ——— Uber die Sprache der Ugalachmut. *
In Acad. des Sciences, Bull. de la Classe Hist. Phil., vol. 15; and in the same
society’s Mélanges russes, vol. 3, pp. 468-524. (")
3162 a ——— Thlinkit Deutsch Worterverzeichniss. =
Manuscript, about 150 pp. 4°. In possession of Mr, Alph. Pinart, by whom
it was copied from the original in the archives of the Academy of St. Petersburg.

3162 b ——— Thlinkit texts, phrases, sentences, ete. *
Manuscript of about 1,000 pages. In possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart, who
copied it from the original in the archives of the Academy of St. Petersburg.

1048 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3175 a Ramirez (Jose Fernando). Proceso de Residencia | contra |
Pedro de Alvarado. | Ilustrado con estampas | sacadas | de los anti-
guos Codices Mexicanos | y | Notas y Noticias | Biograficas, | Cri-
ticas y Arqueclogicas, | por | D. Jose Fernando Ramirez. | Lo pub-
lica | paleografiado del Ms. original | El Lic. Ignacio L. Rayon. |

Mexico. | Impreso por Valdes y Redondas, | Calle de las Escale-
rillas No. 2. | 1847. | 8. T. BA.

1p. 1, pp. i-xxiii, 1-302, 1 1. 8°. Contains three Mexican picture writings
which are explained on pp. 278-282, 283-287, and 290-299 ; the latter contains, p.
293, fourteen lines of Mexican with interlinear translation in Spanish.

3176 a Ramsey (Alexander). Annual report of the Superintendent of
Indian Affairs in Minnesota Territory, dated Oct. 17, 1849. Jwe.

In 31st Congress, First Session, Senate Ex. Doc. No.1. President’s Message,
with accompanying documents, pp. 1005-1036.

Pronunciation, etymology, and signification of Dacota, Chippewa, and Win-
nebago names passim.

3179 Rand (Kev. Silas Tertius). A| Short Statement of Facts | relating
to | the History, Manners, Customs, Language, and | Literature |
of the | Micmac Tribe of Indians, | in | Nova-Scotia and P. E. Istand. |
By 8. T. Rand. | Being the substance of Two Lectures delivered in
Halifax, in November, | 1849, at Public Meetings held for the pur-
pese of instituting a | Mission to that Tribe. | Published under the
direction of the Committee for Super- | intending the Mission. |

Halifax, N.S. | Printed by James Bowes & Son. | 1850. |

Printed cover 1 1.; title, reverse blank, 11.; pp. 3-40. 8°. JBD. JWP. STR.

Chapter III. The Micmac language, pp. 18-24, contains grammatic forms and
specimens, and a few lines interlinear translation.

A number of the titles entered below under this author have already appeared
in this catalogue, usually under the first word of the title. Recent correspond-
ence with Mr. Rand has settled the question of authorship in these cases, he
having furnished me a list of titles both of his printed and manuscript works,
and it has been thought advisable to gather here the titles of all of the lin-
guistic material prepared by him.

3179 a ——— The History of Poor Sarah; | A Pious Indian Woman. |

In Miemae. | [1850.] 0. JWP. STR.

No title-page. Pp. 1-12. 12°.
3179 b ——— Cisule Uceluswocn Agenudasic. | [God His Word told
about.| [1850.] JWP. STR.

No title-page. Pp.1-16. 12°. In the Micmac language. On p.16 is a Christ-
mas hymn of four stanzas, in Micmac, which has also been reprinted separately,
in phonetic characters, with the addition of two stanzas; see No. 3181s.

3179 c ———- The Gospel | according to Saint Matthew, | in the Mic-
mae Language. | Printed | for the use of the Miemac Mission | by
the British and Foreign | Bible Society. |

Charlottetown: | Printed by G. T. Haszard. | 1853. |

Title, reverse blank, 11.; ‘‘Errata,” reverse “Key,” 11.; pp. 1-118. 16°. In
phonetic characters. Improved title of No 1587. Reprinted, revised, as below-

Sabin, No. 44123, gives the following title: The Book of Matthew translated
into the Maliseet Language. By Rev. 8. T. Rand. Charlottetown, 1853. 8°.
Mr. Rand informs me that this is an error. 0. T. ABS. JWP. STR,

RAMIREZ—RAND, 1049

Rand (Rev. Silas Tertius)—continued.
3179 d ——— Pela | Kesagiinoodimimkawa| tan tila | uksaktimamenoo
wéstowoolkw’ | Sasoogoole Clistawit | ootenink. Megtmoweesimk. |
Chebooktook [Halifax]: | Megiimagea’ Ledakiin-weekiigémkawa
Moweome. | 1871. | S. T. JBD. JWP. QHS. STR.

Pp. 1-126. 16°. The Gospel of St. Matthew in the Micmac language. Im-
proved title of No. 2931.

3179 e ——— The Gospel of St. John.

Colophon: Printed by W. Cunnabell, Halifax, N.S. [1854.]

No title-page; caption only. Pp.1-95. 12°. In the Micmac language, pho-
netic characters. Bagster’s Bible of Every Land gives a similar title without,
however, mentioning the phonetic characters, with imprint: London, British,
and Foreign Bible Society, 1854 (see No. 1574), which is, doubtless, the same
edition, for the author informs me but two editions of John were published.

Reprinted, revised, as follows: JWP. STR.

3179 f ——— Wooleaigtinoodtiimakin | tan tila | Sanékii. | Megiimo-
weesimk. |
Chebooktook [Halifax]: | Megimagea/ Ledaktin-weektigémkawa
Moweome. | 1872. | S. T. JWP. STR.
Pp. 1-103. 16°. Gospel of St. John, in Micmac. Improved title of No. 4205.

3180 ——— Ferst Reding Buk | in | Mikmak. | Kompeild bei de Rev.
S. T. Rand, | Migonari tu de Mikmak Indianz, Nova Skogia. |

Lundon: | Fred Pitman Fonetik Depo, 20, Paternoster Ro. | Car-

lotvil Prins Edwardz Hiland, North Amerika: | Djordj T. Hazard. |

1854. | Preis Sikspens. 0.8.

Printed cover, 11., pp. 1-40. 16°. In phonetic characters. Reprinted, revised,
as below.

3181 —W A | First Reading Book | in the | Micmac Language: |
comprising | the Micmac Numerals, and the Names | of the differ-
ent kinds of | Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Trees, &e. | of the | Maritime
Provinces of Canada. | Also, some of the | Indian Names of |
Places, | And many Familiar Words and Phrases, | translated lit-
erally into English. |

Halifax: | Nova Scotia Printing Company, | 1876. |
Pp. i-iv, 5-108. 16°. T. JBD. JWP. STR.

3181 a ——— [Micmac lesson-card. No. 3.] IWP.

Broadside 16°. ‘I think there were four lesson-cards in all. They were struck

oft after our irst Reading Book was used up, and before the second edition was
published.”—Rand.

3181 ) ——— The Gospel akording tu | Sent Luk. | In Mikmak. |
Printed for the Britie and Foren Beibel Soseieti, bei | Hizak Pit-
man, Bah (Bath). | 1856. | Oo. T. JWP.

Pp. 1-148. 16°. In phonetic characters. Improved title of No. 1578, Re-
vised and reprinted, as follows:

3181 ¢ The Gospel according to | Luke. | [1874.] T. JWP. STR.

68 unnumbered leaves. 16°. No title-page, caption only.

1050 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Rand (Fev. Silas Tertius)—continued.
3181 d The | Buk ov Djenesis. | In Mikmak. |
Printed for the Britic and Foren Beibel Soseieti, bei | Eizak Pit-
man, Bah (Bath). | 1857. | C.T. JWP.
Pp. 1-213. 16°. In phonetie characters. Improved title of No. 518.

3181 e ——— The | Buk ov Samz. | In Mikmak. |
Printed for the Britic and Foren Beibel Soseieti, bei | Eizak Pit-
man, Bah (Bath). | 1859. | S. T. JWP. STR.
Pp. 1-282. 16°. In phonetic characters. See fac-simile. Improved title of No.
519. See No. 3185h.
3181 f The Ten Commandments, | The Lord’s Prayer, | etc. | In
the Maliseet Language. |
Printed for the Micmac Missionary Society, | Halifax, Nova
Scotia. | 1863. |
Colophon: Printed by Isaac Pitman, Phonetic Institution, Bath,
England. | 8. T. YC. JWP. STR.
Title, reverse ‘‘The Phonetic Alphabet,” 11.; pp. 3-22; 1 unnumbered 1., con-
taining Christmas hymn on the Incarnation, beginning “Sesus K’tciniksksm”,—
five stanzas of four lines each, in phonetic characters, as is the whole pamphlet;
reverse, colophon as above. Improved title of No. 3814.

3181 g Tan Teladakadidjik | Apéstalewidjik. | The | Akts ov the
Aposelz. | In Mikmak. |
Printed for the Britic and Foren Beibel Séseieti, bei | Fizak Pit-
man, Bah (Bath). | 1863. 1. ABS. JWP.
Pp. 1-140. 16°. In phonetic characters. Improved title of No. 3809. This
has been revised by the author and rewritten in Roman characters, but not yet
republished (July, 1884).*
3181 h ——— The | Book of Exodus | in | Micmac. |
Halifax, Nova Scotia, | 1870. | S. T. JWP. STR.
Pp. 1-166,11. 16°. Improved title of No. 414.

318174 The Gospel according to | St. John | in the language of
the | Malliseet Indians | of New Brunswick. | |
London | 1870. | 1. JWP.

11., pp. 1-110. 16°. On verso of title: ‘‘Cambridge: | Printed for the British
and Foreign Bible Society | by C. J. Clay, M. A., at the University Press.” |

3181 k A short account | of | The Lord’s Work | among | The
Micmac Indians. | By 8. T. Rand, | Hantsport, Nova Scotia. | With
some reasons | for | His Seceding from the Baptist Denomination. |

Halifax, N.S. | Printed by William Macnab. | 1873. | JWP.

Pp. 1-32,11. 8°. Contains, p.7, John iii.16 in the Miemac language.

31811 The Gospel according to | Mark. | T. JWP.

No title-page. 39 unnumbered 11. 16°. In the Micmac language.

3181 m [Portions of the New Testament. ] T. JWP.
No title-page. 216 unnumbered I. 16°. In the Miemac language.

Romans, ll. 1-29.—1 Corinthians, ll. 29-55.—2 Corinthians, ll. 56-73.—Galatians,

11, 73-83. —Ephesians, ll. 83-92.—Philippians, ll. 93-99.—Colossians, ll. 99-105.—

TAN TELADAKADIDIIK
APOSTALEWIDJIK.

dB

AKTS OV dE APOSELZ.

IN MIKMAK.

PRINTED FOR dE BRITIC AND FOREN BEIBEL SOSEIETI, BEI
EIZAK PITMAN, BAR (BATH),

1863,

3181 g.—FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF MIKMAK ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.

RAND. 1051

Rand (Kev. Silas Tertius)—continued.
1 Thessalonians, ll. 105-111.—2 Thessalonians, ll. 111-114.—1 Timothy, ll. 114-
121.—2 Timothy, Il. 122-127.—Titus, ll. 127-130.—Philemon, ll. 130-131.—Hebrews,
1]. 131-151.—James, ]!. 151-158.—1 Peter, ll. 158-166.—2 Peter, ll. 166-170.—1 John,
Nl. 171-178.—2 John, ll. 178-179.—3 John, ll. 179-180.—Jude, Il. 180-182.—The Rey-
elation, 1]. 182-214.—Péstoontimigawa, Il. 215-216,

3181n t—— Tracts in Micmac No. 1.) | Bread cast upon the Waters.—
No. 7. | Talekesuhsittadiiks? | How are you to be saved? |

Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater-

noster Row. | S. DWP.

3181 0 ——— Tracts in Miemac, No. 2.) | Bread cast upon the Waters —
No. 2. | “Wokumayaan.” | “Be thou clean.” |

Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater-

noster Row. | 8. JWP.

3181p —— Tracts in Micmac, No. 3.) | Bread cast upon the Waters.—
No. 4. | Ukttloowawoodeel | abiksiktiisigtil.” | “Thy sins are for-
given thee.” |
Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater-
noster Rew. | S. JWP.

3181 ¢ ——— Tracts in Miemac, No. 4.) | Bread cast upon the Waters.—
No. 8. | Wén téladégét? | Who is to blame? |
Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater-

noster Row. | S. JWP. STR.

Each of the above tracts pp. 1-4. 16°. The number following the line ‘‘ Bread
cast upon the Waters,” is the number of the same tract in English. Improved
titles of Nos. 3884-3887.

3181, ———Hymn. | ‘Inde Dark Wood, no Indian nigh.” | 7. Jw. STR.

No title-page. 1]. 16°. In the Micmac language. Two versions: one of six

verses, in phonetic characters; and another (revised), 1 1., 16°, of four verses, in
Roman characters.

3181s ——— Psalm. XXIII. T. JWP. STR.
No title-page. 11. 16°. In the Micmac language, phonetic characters. Eight
stanzas, beginning ‘‘Ancweuit Uccisacums.”

3181 ¢ ——— [Christmas] Hymn. [The birth, life, and death of the

Lord Jesus. ] JWP. STR.

Broadside 12°. Six stanzas of four lines each; in the Micmac language.
Begins ‘‘Sesus Ucci-nicscam.” Followed by ‘‘Now I lay me down to sleep,” 1
stanza, in Micmac. All in phonetic characters. The first hymn in Maliseet
appears in Ten Commandments, No. 3181/.

3185 a ——— [Micmac-English Dictionary.] *
Manuscript. 4 vols. 49. In possession of the author, who describes it as follows:
“General plan of the work: 1. To record all the words in the language so far

as they can be discovered. 2. To give their equivalents in English as correctly
as possible, both their primary and secondary significations. 3. To give the
principal parts of the verbs—an | most of the words in the language are verbs,
while all, almost without exception, can assume a verbal turn—so that the verb

1052 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Rand (fev. Silas Tertius)—continued.
can be conjugated through person and number, mood and tense, and voice.
4. To write the word phonetically, so that the true pronunciation—the real
word—imay be distinctly seen and heard. 5. To give the compounds to some
extent, the most usual ones, and the derivatives, for these are an essential part
of the language.

“T have, in the course of about thirty-five years, collected and arranged
alphabetically some thousands of words. I am this winter [1883-4] making it
my chief business to complete the correcting and the copying out into a fair
hand of the fourth volume of this work. I have already copied and bound up
three volumes, quarto, each of about five hundred leaves, many of the pages on
both sides being pretty well filled, so much so, in fact, that I am continually
under the necessity of pasting in additional pages, in order to place in proper
order new words as they turn up. Of the twenty letters of the Roman alphabet
used in printing Micmac, I have in my Dictionary, in the three volumes referred
to, arrived at 8. The last word entered in Vol. 3 is Silmoodawa. Volume IV
commences with Sinkiimisim: timin: imijil. After S there are but four let-
ters of the alphabet left, viz: T, U, W, Y, but my collection of words, under these
four letters, occupies about 450 pages of manuscript, many of them crowded to
vexation, though some are not filled. * *

“You ask the names of my assistants. I have had a great many. I had at
the commencement hardly anything printed or written that could assist me.
The meagre-outlines of a Micmac Grammar, published some years previous in
the Royal Gazette of Charlottetown, P. E. Island, by a Mr. Irving [see Nos.
1949 a-1949b], who had obtained the manuscripts of a French priest, who had
resided in Nova Scotia, L’Abbe Segogne, then dead, gave me some—I may say a
good deal—of help. Irving died before I could see him, and I could not obtain
any of his manuscripts. ;

«se * * The first man I found who could really help me was a Frenchman
named Joseph Brooks, who had resided among the Indians many years and lived
as one of themselves. But he spoke good English, and was also fluent in French
and Micmac. He could read but could not write, but his assistance was invalu-
able. I could not depend upon his pronunciation, as I soon discovered, for he
learned the language after he was grown up, and spoke it with a foreign accent.
But his wife spoke it pure, and I could depend on him for the meaning of a word
and on her for the pronunciation. * *“ * Oneof the sons, Tom Brooks, became
finally one of my most efficient teachers, though he never learned either to read
or write. The greater part of my translations and compilations was done with
the assistance of Tom Brooks, I had one other clever assistant for several years
who could both read and write. His name was Benjamin Christmas, of Cape
Breton.”

Of the above manuscript I have seen only vol. 3, which, with many other of
his manuscripts given below, were kindly sent me by the author that I might
describe them.

3185 b —_— Micmac Ollendorff. *

Manuscript. In the possession of a Mr. Hubbard, of Bonn, Germany, to whom

it was sent by the author. ‘The Miemac Ollendorff comprises, as near as I can

remember, about 400 pages, and consists of a series of questions and answers,

facing each other, and numbered off into lessons, 4 la mode Ollendorff. It is
intended as a simple aid to the learning of the language.”—Rand.

3185 ¢ ——— Micmac Catechism. | STR.

Manuscript. 38pp. 16°. Written in asmall blank book labeled “Translations
from Indian Prayer-book—Micmac. §. T. Rand, Charlottetown.” Each ques-

RAND. 1053

Rand (Rev. Silas Tertius)—continued.

tion and answer is followed by an English translation, written in an easy stylo
of phonography, more or less of which appears throughout several of Mr. Rand’s
manuscripts.

3185 d — The Decalogue as | read from the Indian | prayer book
by Peter | [Christmas] at Escisogunic | June 12. 1852. |

Manuscript. 4 pp. 16°. Apparently not completed. This is written in the

same blank book as the Catechism described above, which it immediately follows,

and, like the Catechism, it is accompanied by English equivalents in phonography.

3185 e ——— Sentences in | Mic Mac. | Hlénu wegidigiin. | STR.

Manuscript. pp. 1-63. 16°. No title-page; heading as above. Paged reverse

of usual—even numbers on rectos, odd on versos. Alternate pages Micmac and

English, in some cases the former occupying the rectos, in others the latter.

The manuscript includes not only sentences, but short stories and portions of

the Scriptures, and on pp. 9-10 is a partial conjugation of the verb to see. Ex-

odus 20, pp. 11-14.—Genesis 1, ‘‘ translated March, 1847, by the aid of Joseph

Brooks,” pp. 33-42.—John 4, ‘‘ Being the first whole chapter translated by me

(us) into Mie Mac,” pp. 42-52.—Gen. 2, pp. 53-58.—Gen. 3, pp. 58-63, and con-
tinued on p. 1.

3185 f ——— List of Micmac | words resembling | Greek, Hebrew,

La- | tin, &e. | STR.

Manuscript. 3411. 16°. In a blank book, leather cover. Concerning this

work the author writes me as follows: This is a collection of about 300 words,

in which I saw, or fancied I saw when I composed it, a resemblance between

many Micmac words and those of other languages, chiefly the Greek. I am

under the impression that a comparison conducted on proper etymological prin-
ciples would swell the list to many hundreds.

3185 g ——— Legends of the | Micmac Indians | and | Extracts from
the | Micmae Prayer Book | with Interlinear Translations | into |
English by | Silas T. Rand. | *

Manuscript. 1vol. sm.4°. In possession of the author. Title, 11.; Introduc-
tion, 2 11.; Legends, Micmac and English, 96 ll.; Extracts from the hieroglyphic
prayer book, dictated by a daughter of Dennis Michael, chief of the Indians in
Cape Breton, September, 1849, and written phonetically by Mr. Rand in Miemae
and translated into English; 95 unnumbered ll., Miemac avd English interlinear.
“This Micmac Prayer Book, by the way, is a curiosity. It is the invention of
the Roman Priests about two hundred years ago, aided by the natives, who sug-
gested the mode of writing. It is written not with letters, but with sign-marks,
one mark standing for a word, after the manner of the Chinese. It was never
printed until about five and twenty years ago, when it was prepared and printed
by a Roman priest, a German named Kander, living at Pomket, Nova Scotia.”—
Rand. See Kauder (ev. Christian), Nos. 2057-2059.

Maj. J. W. Powell bas received from Mr. Rand a blank book containing about
70 Il., folio, of these hieroglyphs ‘as transeribed with the pen by an Indian, the
only way in which the work was multiplied for nearly 200 years.”

3185 h ———— Notes Explanatory | on the Micmac Trans- | lation of the
Psalms. | Referring principally | to the cases in which the Mic- |
mace Version differs from | the English. | Written about the | year
1855. | By Silas T. Rand | Hantsport | Nova Scotia | STR.

Manuscript; copy. 94 unnumbered ll. 4°. Mr. Rand writes of it as follows:
“Tn hunting among my papers, I have discovered a manuscript that I cannot

1054 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Rand (fev. Silas Tertius)—continued.
well pass over if you wish a full descriptive catalogue of such unpublished man-
uscripts as are in my possession referring to our Indians and their language. I
send you the copy which I retained.

“This was its origin. When we sent the manuscript of the Book of Psalms,
translated into Micmac, to the British and Foreign Bible Society, it occurred to
them to enquire whether it had been translated from the Hebrew or from the
English. I replied that I had translated directly from the Hebrew, and that
while I had made use of the common English version and others, I had not ser-
vilely followed it or any of them, but that my version varied from the English
in a good many places, I did not know how many. Whereupon I was directed
to state all the cases in which the Micmac differed from the English, and to state
briefly my reasons. I did so. Then we had a committee of our learned divines
of Halifax appointed to examine ny paper, over which they spent a good many
days. Suggestions were made and amendments proposed, and the dissertation
was gone over again carefully and revised, then copied and sent to London.
The publishing committee of the British and Foreign Bible Society expressed
themselves well satisfied, and I was sufficiently complimented for the literary
aspect of the work, and the book was immediately published.”

3185 i ——— [Manuscripts relating to the Miemac language.] S
1 manuscript volume, 4°, bound. In the possession of a Mr. Hubbard, af Bonn,
Germany, to whom it was sent by the author, who thus describes it: ‘It con-
tains: 1. Materials for a Micmac grammar.—2. A Lecture on the Micmac lan-
guage, delivered before a- Literary Society in Halifax.—3. A paper on Micmac
grammar, copied from the Royal Gazette of Charlottetown, which was published
by a Mr. Irving about fifty years ago.—4. A lot of papers on the same subject.
The whole was gathered up and bound together for the use of a Roman Priest,
then of Pictou, N. 8.,now Bishop Ronald McDonald, of Newfoundland, who wished

to learn the language. He assured me it was of great service to him.”

2185 k ——— Extracts from the Miemac | Hieroglyphic Prayer book,
trans- | lated into Roman Letters | with some of the words in
English. | STR.

Manuscript. Pp. 1-82,6 ll. 4°. This paper is a transliteration of some of the
hieroglyphs used by the Rev. Christian Kander (see Nos. 2057-2059) into Micmac,
and usually a translation into English. Pp. 1-25 of the manuscript comprise
pp-5-13 of the Gesangbuch; pp. 25-31, pp.5-6 of the Katechismus; pp. 31-38,
pp. 52-54 of the Gesangbuch ; p. 39, blank ; pp. 40-82, pp. 6-20 of the Katechismus.

3185 | ——— [Tracts and Hymns in the Micmac language.] STR.

Manuscript. Pp.1-340,5 11. 4°. Bound. Pp. 1-198 are numbered on rectos

only, the versos of the leaves bearing no numbers, and usually being partially

filled with hymns and interpolations and additions to the facing page; from

p- 199 on the pagination runs through every page. The tracts and hymns alter-
nate throughout. The titles are as follows:

1. The only Place of Safety. 11. Just in time to Catch the Train.
2. The Justifier. 12. That is your Man, Sir!

3. How can a Sinner be Justified ? 13. Smashed to pieces.

4. What a Contrast. 14. The Little Garden.

5. If thou knewest the Gift of God! 1. One there is above all others.

6. Worship, or One in Ten. 2. Nothing either great or small.

7. The Handcuffs. 3. God in mercy sent his Son.

8. The Lunatic and His Keeper. 4. When this passing world is done.
9. The Coalmine Explosion. 5. The half was never told.
10. Are yougoing to Heaven or Hell?

RAND. 1055

Rand (Mtv. Silas Tertius)—continued.
3185 m —— Psalms in | Micmac & in Mal- | iseet, arranged so as |
to be sung. | STR.
Manuscript. Pp.1-17. sm.4°. Bound in blank book marked “Personal Diary,”
which latter occupies the remainder of the book. Of the pagination the even
numbers are on the rectos, the odd numbers on the versos of the leaves. On p-l
is the following note:
“Thave transcribed in this book a few Micmac and Maliseet Psalms. They
are chiefly literal and prose translations, but arranged so as to suit the tunes.
The Indians at present have no idea of poetry as such—as comprised in measure
andrhyme. But they are fond of singing.”
100th Psalm, in Maliscet, p. 2.—113th Psalm, in Miemac, p. 3.—113th Psalm,
in Maliseet, p. 6.—&6th Psalm, in Micmac, p. 8.—23d Psalm, in Maliseet, p. 13.—
23d Psalm, paraphrased in Maliseet, p. 15.—Hymn, ‘I’m going home to die no
more,” in Maliseet, p. 17.—‘‘' The good Shepherd,” in Maliseet, loose at the end
of the book.

3185 n

- [Manuscripts in the Maliseet and Micmac languages.] STR.

About 400 pp., mostly unnumbered, 4°, bound. This book contains: The
final copy of the Maliseet tract, No. 3181/; John 6th and the 50th Psalm, in Mali-
seet; and the epistles to the Romans and Galatians, in Micmac. Of these, all
have been published except the 50th Psalm.

3185 0 ——— A Lecture de- | livered before several | Literary Institu-
tions | in Nova Scotia on the | Peculiarities of the Mic- | mac &
Maliseet Tongues. | STR.

Manuscript, 52 pp., 4°, unbound. No title-page; labeled as above.
“This is a rough draft. A fair copy is bound up in a volume now in the hands
of a Mr. Hubbard, iv Bonn, Germany.”—Jand.

3185p ———— A Vocabulary of | Maliseet Words. | STR.

Manuscript, about 500 unnumbered I1., 4°, bound. This look is, perhaps, not
more than half filled, but it contains a large number of Maliseet words, arranged
to some extent alphabetically by the Maliseet, the English equivalent following.
Concerning this vocabulary Mr. Rand says:

‘Some twenty-five years ago, finding a clever Indian of the Maliseet tribe
who spoke English and Micmac fluently—besides his own tongue—I obtained
his services to assist me in translating my Micmac Tract entitled ‘The History of
the Word of God’ [No. 3179}] into Maliseet. While doing this I was careful to
note every word as it came up, and to make declension and conjugation, ete.,
keeping a book at hand for that purpose; so that when my tract was finished I was
in possession of quite a full vocabulary, because I not only caught and secured all
the words that came up in the course of translation, but all I could catch in any
other way, and as I worked in ‘Gabriel’s’ hut, and was continually keeping
mouth and ears open, I caught a good many more words than I met with in the
work which was ‘on the anvil.’ ”

3185 ¢ ——— [Hymns in the Maliseet language. | STR.
Manuscripts. In possession of the author. Titles as follows:
1. Psalm 50. 3. Abide with me, fast falls the eventide.
2. Psalm 51. 4. I’m going home to die no more.
3185 r ———- [Maliseet Ollendorff and other translations. ] STR.

Manuscript, pp. 1-418, 4°, bound. This book contains over 400 pages. It
consists of a series of familiar questions and answers in the style of the Ollen-
dorff text-books, the questions in English being on one page and the Indian

1056 NORTH AMER,CAN LINGUISTICS.

Rand (Rev. Silas Tertius)—continued.
answers facing them with corresponding numbers. About 50 pages are filled
with lists of Maliseet words and grammatic inflections explained in English.
It contains, also, the last two chapters of Luke in Maliseet, ‘‘some extracts from
the Catholic prayer book in Penobscot,” two hymns in Maliseet, and the Second
Commandment written by an Indian in peculiar characters.

3185 s ——— [Manuscripts treating principally of the Maliseet lan-

guage. | STR.

About 400 pp., 4°, bound. The first portion contains the first draft of the

tract in Maliseet described above, No. 31817, with an accompanying list, on the

pages opposite, of words and grammatic forms collected while translating the

tract. The verbs are generally conjugated fully throngh the Present of the In-
dicative. Mr. Rand says:

“The translating was done for me by a very intelligent Maliseet Indian, resid-
ing at St. Mary’s, opposite Fredericton, N. B., named Gabriel Thomas. The tract
was translated from the Micmac, which Gabriel spoke fluently, as he did also
the English and his own tongue. But he could neither read nor write. It was
my first lesson in Maliseet, and I carefully collected a vocabulary and made a
grammar as I went along.”

Besides the tract, vocabulary, and grammar, this book contains a translation
of the 34th Psalm, a hymn in Penobscot, and another in Maliseet, ‘‘ both from the
Catholic Prayer Book,” and a vocabulary of the Maliseet language, consisting
of 90 pages closely written.

3185¢ ——- [Manuscripts in the Maliseet and other languages.| s1TR.
275 pp., 4°, bound = The contents of this volume are as follows: Penobscot
numerals 1-10, p. ].—Assineboin words, ‘‘obtained from a gentleman in Shel-
burne, N. S., named McIntosh, who had spent many years in the Hudson Bay
Territory,” p.1.—Bible history in the dialect of the Maliseet Indians of New
Brunswick (this is another copy of the Maliseet tract No. 3181/), pp. 1-141.—
Sketches of a grammar of the Maliseet language, pp. 142-224.—The numerals in
the dialect of the Penobscot Indians, p. 225.—‘‘ The numerals of the St. Francis
Indians (Abenaqui) or ‘Ojibways,’ as given me by an Indian at Fredericton
named Thomas Legosh,” p. 231.—“A hymn in the Seneca, and tune composed by
Edward Pierce, leader of the Seneca brass band, at the Alleghany Reservation,
N.Y.,” pp. 239-240.—Names of relationship in Maliseet, pp. 241-253. —A transla-
tion of the Latin Medizval hymn ‘Dies Ine” into Micmac, Roman characters,
as given in their hieroglyphic prayer book, pp. 254-256.—Penobscot words,
p. 261.—Hymn ‘‘Abide with me,” in Maliseet, pp. 262-263.—Another hymn in
Maliseet, p. 272.

3185 uw t—— Mohawk Vocabu- | lary—By | Silas T. Rand | STR.
Manuscript, about 200 pp., folio, bound. English and Mohawk, alphabetically
arranged according to the English. The Mohawk equivalent is lacking in many
instances. Concerning this work, and others mentioned below, Mr. Rand writes

me as follows:

“T spent two months in the year’70, I think it was, in Tuscarora, Ont., among
the Mohawk Indians, and made the acquisition of a knowledge of their language
a special object. I had secured, te assist me, a Mohawk grammar written in
French by a retired French priest of Montreal. I soon learned the pronunciation
so well that I could read to them quite fluently (for I took care to write the
words phonetically), and I wrote out from the mouths of several Indians, some
of them educated and some uneducated, long lists of words and grammatical
inflections,

RAND. 1057

Rand (Rev. Silas Tertius)—continued.

“The following winter I devoted a good deal of time to Mohawk. I filled
out my big book from the English dictionary in alphabetical order, all the words
that I surmised I would be able to find. Then I entered all those I had already
learned the meaning of. Then, with the English and Mohawk books before me,
Thunted. I wrote out a number of chapters in columns, placing the Mohawk
equivalent opposite the English, so that in looking over the pile I noticed the
other day that I had, besides my big book, two or three little ones, carefully
bound, and a pile of these unbound papers.”

3185 v ——— List of Indian Names | of Places in P. B. Island, | ob-
tained Noy., 1880, by the aid | of Peter Jim | STR.
Manuscript. Begins at p. 207 of the large folio book mentioned in preceding
title, and occupies four pages. The Indian name is followed by the English
equivalent.
3185 w ——— No.2. | Mohawk | Vocabulary | By | Silas T. Rand | srr.
Manuscript, about 175 pp., 4°, bound. This is one of the books mentioned by
Mr. Rand in the above note. It bears the date “‘Tuscarora, Aug. 8, 1876,” and
in arrangement and contents is similar to the large folio. The Mohawk vocab-
ulary extends alphabetically from 4 to S, and is continued in the following:

3185 2 ——— [List of Mohawk Words, and a translation of the 9th and
11th chapters of Luke and of the 9th chapter of Mark, Mohawk
and English in parallel columns, with a few sentences in Mohawk
and English. | STR.

Manuscript, about 125 pp., 4°, bound. The early portion of this book contains
the Lord’s Prayer in Mohawk, with interlinear English translation of the first
few words, and a list of adverbs. Then the Mohawk vocabulary is taken up at
the letter 7 and continued through the remaining letters. The remainder of the
book is occupied with the Gospel translations, except a few pages at the end,
which contain ‘‘Short Sentences in the Mohawk Tongue.”

3185 y ——— The Gospel of | Mark. | Capt. Brant’s Mohawk Transla-

tion | STR.

Manuscript, 48 pp., 4°, unbound. A discontinuons interlinear English trans-

lation runs throughout it. It extends only to the 14th verse of the third chapter.

The interlinear translation is mostly by Mr. Rand, with emendations thereof and
fillings in by Joab Martin, a Mohawk Indian.

3185 2 ——— Numerals in | Mohawk, Tusca- | rora, Cayugian | Seneca,
& Oneidah | Mohawk senten- | ces and a list | of Mohawk | words. |
Manuscript, 16 pp., 4°, unbound. The numerals were obtained by Mr. Rand,
in 1877, from James Jemison, of Tuscarora, Ont., who spoke all these dialects,

3185 aa ——— [Mohawk, Seneca, and Tuscarora words. ] STR.

Manuscript, 4°, unbound. The Mohawk portion of this mannscript consists

of upwards of 50 pages, Mohawk and English, and contains conjugation of the

verb to sce. There are only a few Seneca words. These are followed by a list

of 61 Tuscarora words, with English signification, taken down by Mr. Rand from

the mouth of an Indian named Johnson, in Tuscarora. Some remarks on the
“Difficulties in Translating into Mohawk,” &c., follow.

3185 bb ——— [Mohawk Vocabulary, and] Words used in John, Chap. 1. |
Manuscript, 38 pp., 4°, unbound. Recorded in a ‘‘ National Copy-book.” The
vocabulary, alphabetically arranged according to the English, occupies pp. 1-
25.—Words used in John, Chap. 1 (Mohawk and English), pp. 26-38.
67 Bib

1058 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS

Rand (fev. Silas Tertius)—continued.

3185 ce ——— About a thou- | sand Esquimaux | words, gathered |
from the New- | Testament in | that Language | STR.

Manuscript. English and Eskimo. Recorded, alphabetically by English
words, in a 4° book of about 35 pp., which apparently had been previously de-
voted to the reception of Micmac material, the Eskimo matter occupying in
some cases whole pages, in others the remnant of a page, and in still others
additional sheets of note paper.

3198 a Rau (Charles). —440— | Articles | on | Anthropological Sub-
jects, | contributed to the | Annual Reports of the Smithsonian In-
stitution | from 1863 to 1377 | by | Charles Rau. |

Washington: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. |
1882. | JWP.

Pp. i-x, 1-169. 8°.

Baegert (Jacob). An Account of the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Cali-
fornia Peninsula, pp. 2-41.

3200a Ravoux (Rev. Augustin). Katolik Wocekiye Wowapi kin. [1876.|

No title-page; heading asabove. Pp.1-84. In the Isanti dialect of the Dakota
language. It is probably a revision of No. 3200, ‘‘Wakantanka ti kin canku”
appearing as a heading to page7. Summary of Christian doctrine, prayers, &c.,
pp. 1-6.—Wakantanka ti kin canku (Bible history), pp. 7-45.—Woiwangapi (cat-
echism), pp. 46-59.—Katolik Dakota Odowanpi (Catholic hymns in Dakota),
pp. 60-84. S. JWP.

Published by Bishop Martin Marty, O.S. B., Vicar Apostolic of Dakota, who
writes: ‘It was composed nearly forty years ago by Rt. Rev. Father Au. Ravoux,
V. G. of St. Paul diocese, and revised hy me when I began work among the Da-
kotas in 1876.”

3203 a Ray (Lieut. P. H.) [Words, phrases, and sentences in the lan-
guage of the people inhabiting the northwest coast of America from
Cape Elizabeth to Colville River. | *

Manuscript. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Lan-
guages, second edition. In possession of the author, Washington, D. C. It
probably will be published by the Signal Office.

3208 Recueil. L. J.C. et M. 1. | Recueil de Priéres | Catéchisme |
et | Cantiques | A usage des Sauvages de la Baie d’Hudson. |
[Seal of the Oblates.] |

Montreal | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault et Cie. | No. 36, Rue
Saint- Vincent. | 1866. | e
Pp. 1-108. 18°. In syllabic characters, with an alphabet on verso of title-leaf.
In the Cree language (Hudson’s Bay dialect). Improved title of No. 3208, fur-
nished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from copy in his possession. See Perrault
(Rév. Charles Ovide), Nos. 2963-2965, and Thibault (év. Jean Baptiste), No. 3844.

3209 a Reglas mas comunes del | Arte del Idioma Zapoteco | del valle |
con una lista de los Nombres mas usuales, | el confesionario | y las
Oraciones principales de la | Doctrina Cristiana | en la misma len-
gua. | San Martin Tilcaxete, 1793. | Copiado en Mérida. | 1871. | Das.

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11.; 1 blank 1.; pp. 1-148. 4°. Partial copy
made by Dr. Berendt of a manuscript now in the library of Dr. Brinton, the
title of which begins: Quaderno de Idioma Zapoteco, &c., q.v., No. 3149 a.

Reinoso (fr. Diego de). See Reynoso (Fr. Diego de).

RAND—RIGGS. 1059

3221 a Rengel (Ir. Alonso de). [Arte, Sermones, Doctrina, &c.] ig
He made avery good arte of the Mexican language, and in the same language
made sermons forall the year; also an arte and doctrina in the Otomi language.—
Mendieta, p. 550.
Relacion del viage * * Sutil y Mexicana. See [Alcala Galiano
(D. Dionisio) ], No. 51.

Relation Historique de la Virginie. See [Beverly (Robert)], No.
376.
3223 Renville (John B.) Woonspe Itakihna jin Dakota].
Boston [1864]. T. JWP. WHS.
Another issue of this work, a copy of which is in the library of Dr. J. Ham-
mond Trumbull, has the imprint: Published by the | American Tract Society, |

28 Cornhill, Boston. | [N.d.] And on verso of title-page: Geo. C. Rand & Avery, |
Stereotypers and Printers. |

3230a Report. Report | of | The Commission [Felix Brunot, Chair-
man] | appointed under | Act of Congress approved June 1, 1872,
to negotiate with the | Shoshone Indians in Wyoming Territory. |
Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1873. | Cc. JWP.
Pp. 1-30. 8°. List of names of Shoshone men, with English translation, pp.
20-22.

3230: t—— Report | of | the Commission |Thomas K. Cree, Secre-
tary] | appointed under | Act of Congress approved March 3,
1873, | to negotiate with the | Crow Indians in Montana Territory. |

Washington: | Government Printing Office, | 1873. C. WP.
Pp. 1-49. 8°. List of names of Crow Indian men, with English translation,
pp. 14-16.

3240 Reyes (Fr. Autonio de los). Arte | en Lengua | Mixteca | compu-
esto | Por el Padre Fray Antonio de | los Reyes, del Sagrado Orden
de | Predicadores, Vicario de | Tepuzculula | [Engraving]. |

Con licencia en Mexico y por su Original | reimpreso en la Puebla
en la Imprenta de la | Viuda de Miguel de Ortega. ano de 1750 | *

Title within a border; 12 p. ll., pp. 1-163. 8°. Improved title of No. 3240,
furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his possession.

3449 a Richard (L.) Manuel des Langues- | Mortes et vivantes, Conte-
nant les— | Alphabets, la numeration, et— | oraison Dominicale, en
190 langues— | Par L. Richard, | Premiere Edition 1839. |
Se trouve a Paris, | chez M*. Mansut fils, Libraire, | Rue des Ma-
thurius S*. Jacques 17. | et chez Pauteur, Place maubert 19. | Im-
primerie Lithographie de Petit, rue de Bourgogne n°. 25. | O:
Title, reverse blank, 1 1., pp. 1-112. 8°. Oratio Dominica Illinice, p. 50; Mo-
hogice, p. 50; Otomitice, p. 51; Canadice, p.53; Savanahice, p. 53; Groenlandice,
p- 60; Poconchine, p. 62; Caraibice, p. 62; Virginice, p. 63; Mexicane, p. 63.
3263.a [Riggs (Rev. Alfred Longley).] Woonspe Wankantu. | JWP.
4 pp. 8°. Cireular of the Santee Normal Training School, Santee Agency,
Nebraska, for the year ending June 30, 1581. Contains an address in the Dakota
language and names of pupils in the Dakota with English signification.

1060 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3272 Riggs (Rev. Stephen R.) Psalm Wowapi. | The Book of Psalms, |
in the Dakota language: | Translated from the Hebrew, | by S. R.
Riggs, A. M., | Missionary of the A. B.C. F. M. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1869. } T.
Pp. 1-133. 18°. Improved title of No. 3272.

3285 a ——— Address [on the language of the Dakotas] of S. R.
Riggs. ; JWP.
In Minn. Hist. Soc., Annals 1850-1 [No. 2], pp. 132-142. St. Paul, 1851. 8°,

This is the original article of which title No. 3287 is a reprint.

3285 b ——— Indian Names. Gossip about derivation and meaning
of various peculiar and sonorous red men nomenclature by Iapi
Oaye. JWP.

A list of Dakota names of places appearing in the Sunday Argus, Fargo and
Moorhead, Dakota, of August 12, 1883, taken from ‘‘Tapi Oaye,” The Word Car-
rier (see No. 4156). It was reprinted in a number of the newspapers of the
country, and was again printed in the Argus of December 9, 1883, under the
heading ‘‘ Philology,” together with a second list furnished by the Rev. John P.
Williamson from the papers of his predecessor, Dr. Riggs. ‘‘Another interesting
chapter upon Indian names, their origin, meaning, and other facts,” by Samuel
J. Brown, appeared in the Sunday Argus of January 6, 1884.

Vocabulary of the Dakota language. 180 words. a
Manuscript. 10 pp. 4°. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

3310 a Rink (Dr. Heinrik Johannes). De grénlandske Stednavnes |
Retskrivning og Etymologi | af | Dr. H. Rink, | Direktgr for den
Kongl. grdnlandske Handel. | 1877. | JWP.

Forms an appendix to Johnstrup (F.) Gieseckes Mineralogiske Rejse i Gr@n-
land. Kj@benhavn. 1878. 8°. Of letters, accents, &c., p. 355.—Verbal affixes,
p. 356.—Nominal affixes, p. 356.—De gr@énlandske Stednavnes Retskrivning og
Etymologi, pp. 358-366.

Rivero (D. Sebastian). See Ribero (Ir. Sebastien), No. 3247.

3329 a Riobertson (Mrs. Ann Eliza Worcester)]. Este Maskoke un
Hessvlke toyatskat. [My friends, the Muskokees.] i
In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 25. Muscogee, I. T., February 20, 1878. folio.

In the Muskoki language. u

3329 b ——— Siyenvlke momet Elapvhovlke Svlvfkvlke. *
In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 30. Muscogee, I. T., March 27, 1878. folio. <<
The Cheyenne and Arapaho Prisoners. In the Muskoki language.

3329 ¢ ——— Pu Huten Vpeyes. [Hymn, “ We’re going home,” ete.] *

In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 47. Muscogee, I. T., July 24, 1878. folio.

Hymn sung at the exhibition of the Tullahassee M. L. School. In the Muskoki
language.

3329 d

— Pereham Kocoevmpvy. bd

In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 50. Muscogee, I. T., August 14, 1878. folio.

Hymn: ‘Star of Bethlehem,” in the Muskoki language. —

i=

hIGGS—ROCHA. 1061

R[obertson (Mrs. Ann Eliza Worcester)|—continued.
3329 e ——— Cane Postok. [John Postoak, a young Creek executed at
Ft. Smith for murder. | me
In Indian Journal, vol. 3, no. 22. Muscogee, I. T., February 6, 1879. folio.
In the Muskoki language.

3329 f ——— Hesaketvmese Estomis Hymecicet Omes. [God is every-

where. | =

In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 3. Muscogee, I. T., September 25, 1879. folio.

In the Muskoki language. Written by Mrs. Robertson for the Creek Second
Reader.

3329 ¢ ——— Cesvys ve vnokeces. [Hymn, “Jesus loves me.”] i!
In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 4. Muscogee, I. T., October 2, 1879. folio. In
the Muskoki language.

3329 h ——— Cesvs Omaret Komis. [I want to be like Jesus.] *
In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no, 23. Muscogee, I. T., February 12, 1880. folio,
Hymn in the Muskoki language.

33294 ——— Maro 6, 1-14. a
In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 25. Muscogee, I. T., February 26, 1880. folio.
Matt. 6,1-14, with questions and comments; in the Muskoki language.

3329 k ——— Cesys vn tisem ve vnokeces. [Hymn, ‘Jesus loves even
me.” | i!
In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 48. Muscogee, I. T., Angust 5, 1880. folio. In

the Muskoki language. Originally printed in the Muskokee §. S. Song book.

3331 a ——— The Corn Fable, in the Muskoke Language.

Manuscript. Pp.1-12. folio. In the library of the Burean of Ethnology. The
fable is accompanied by an interlinear literal translation in English, written in
red ink. Pp. 9-12 consist of a free translation in English. Mrs. Robertson was
assisted in this work by Taylor Postoak, second chief of the Muskokis.

3332 a ——— and Sullivan (N. B.) Este Mvskoke em ohonvky. [His-

tory of the Muskokee people.| *

In Indian Journal, vol. 5, no. 1. Muscogee, I. T., September 9, 1881. folio.

Speech of Hon. William P. Ross, on early Creek history, etc., translated into the

Muskoki language. A reprint of this, with translation in English, is in the pos-
session of the Bureau of Ethnology; see No. 3333.

3335 —— and Winslett (David). Nakcoky es Kerety [&c., in Mus-
kokee]. New York, 1856.

A later issue of this work has same title as that given in No. 3335, with the
words ‘‘Second Edition” added, and dated 1867. T. DGB.

3342a Rocha (D. Juan Hligio de la). Apuntamientos | de la | lengua
Mangue. | Por | D. Juan Eligio de la Rocha. | Masaya, 1842. | DGB.
Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11.; Nota, signed by Dr. Berendt, 1 1.; Vo-
cabulary, Spanish and Mangue, pp. 5-7; Frases de la conyersacion, pp. S11. 8».
“Rocha was author of a Spanish Grammar (Leon, 1858) and teacher of French
and Spanish Grammar in the University of Leon, where he died in 1873. His
brother placed his notes on the Mangue tongue at Dr. Berendt’s disposal, who
copied from them the above pages.”—Brinton.

1062 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3364 [Romagné (Rev. —)]. The | Indian Prayer Book: | compiled and
arranged for the benefit of the | Penobscot | and | Passamaquoddy
Tribes. | Printed by order of the | Right Rev. B. Fenwick, | Bishop
of Boston. |

Boston: Printed by H. L. Devereux. | 1834. | T.

70 pp. 18°. Improved title of Nos. 1939 and 3364.

“Father Romagné was a missionary to the Abnakis, stationed at Pleasant
Point (“Tchibaique,” now Sybaik), Maine. This book was printed from his
manuscript (of 1804) by order of Bishop Fenwick. See Annales de la Propaga-
tion de la Foi, vol. 8, pp. 196-197; and Shea’s Cath. Missions, p. 161.”—Zrumbull.

3368 a Rosa (Presb. Augustin dela). Analisis | de la | Oracion Domini-
cal | en Mexicano, | y | de la | Platica Mexicana | del | P. Jesuita
Ignacio Paredes | sobre el Misterio de la Encarnacion del | Verbo
Divino, | por el | Presbitero Agustin de la Rosa. |

Guadalajara.—1870. | Tipografia de Dionisio Rodriguez, calle de
Sto. | Domingo num. 13 | =
16 pp. sm. 4°.

3368 D Analisis | de la Platica Mexicana | del | Padre Jesuita
Ignacio Paredes | sobre el | Misterio de la Santisima Trinidad, |
por el | Presbitero Agustin de la Rosa. |

Guadalajara. | Tipografia de Rodriguez, calle de Sto. Domingo
num. 13. | 1871. | 2
28 pp. sm. 4°.

3368 ¢ ——— Analisis | de | la Platica Mexicana | del Padre Jesuita
Ignacio Paredes | sobre la | Vida, Pasion y Muerte | de Ntro. Sr.
Jesucristo | Por el Presbitero | Agustin de la Rosa. |

Guadalajara, | Tipografia de Rodriguez, calle de Santo Domingo
numero 13. | 1871 | +
16 pp. sm. 4°.

3368 d Analisis | de | la “Salve” en Mexicano | y de Ja Platica
Mexicana | del P. Jesuita | Ignacio Paredes eu que explica | quién
es Dios. | Por el Presb. Agustin de la Rosa. | Con licencia del Or-

dinario. |
Guadalajara. | Imp. de Rodriguez.—Calle de Sto. Domingo, nim.
13. | 1871. | *

16 pp. sin. 4°.

3368 e ——— Kstudio de la Filosofia | y | Riqueza de la Lengua Mexi.
cana | para uso de los Alumnos del Seminario | de Guadalajara,
por el | Presb. Agustin de la Rosa. | Con licencia del Ordinario. |

Guadalajara. | Imp. de N. Parga.—Calle de Seminario, ntim. 14. |
1877. | e
84 pp. sm. 8°.

3368 f ——— Lecciones | de la | Gramatica | y la Filosofia | de la
Lengua Mexicana, por el | Presb. Agustin de la Rosa | Para el |
uso de los alumnos | del Seminario de Guadalajara. |

ROMAGNE—ROSNY. 1063
Rosa (Presb. Augustin de la)—continued.
Guadalajara. | Tip.de Rodriguez, calle deSto. Domingo nim. 13. |
48 pp. sm. 8°. ¥
Titles furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, from copies in his possession, together
with the following note: ‘‘P. de la Rosa is professor of Mexican in the Catholic
Seminary of Guadalajara. This language is also taught in the ‘Liceo Catolico’
and in the ‘Colegio del Sagrado Corazon de Jesus’ in the same city. In the
Seminary of Leon there is a professor’s seat for Othomi, but I know of no modern
text book for this language.”

Rosales (Dr. D. José Vicente Solis y). See Solis y Rosales (Dr. D.
José Vicente).

3377 a Rosny (Léon de). Mémoire sur la numération dans la langue
et dans l’écriture sacrée des anciens Mayas.
In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, compte-rendu, premiere session, tome 2,
pp. 439-458. Nancy, 1875. 8°. Issued separately also; see No. 3378.
Numerals 1-192000000 in Maya, pp. 440-442,.—Numerals 60-400 in Quiché, p.
443.—Numerals 1-8000 in Mexican, pp. 444-445.—General remarks and scattered
terms.

3380 a ——— Mémoires de la Société d’Ethnographie | fondée en
1859. | Reconnue comme Etablissement @Utilité Publique. | No.
3 | Les Documents Kcrits | de | VAntiquité Américaine | Compte-
rendu @une mission scientifique | en Espagne et en Portugal | Par
Léon de Rosny | Secrétaire-Général [&e., two lines]. | Accompagné
@une carte géographique azteque en chromolithographie | et de
dix planches héliogravées sur les photographies de auteur |

Paris | Maisonneuve et OC Editeurs | Libraires de la Société
@VEthnographie. | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25. | 1882 | Cc.

Printed cover 1 1.,1 p.1., pp.59-100. 4°, 12plates. Forms No.3 of vol. lof the
Mémoires de la Société d@’Ethnographie. Separately issued as follows:

3380 b ——— Les Documents écrits | de | ’Antiquité Américaine |
compte rendu @une Mission Scientifique en Espagne et en Portu-
gal | (1880) | par Léon de Rosny | Accompagné Wune Carte
Aztéque en chromolithographie | et de dix planches héliogravées
sur les photographies de Vauteur | [Design.|

Paris | Maisonneuve et C® Editeurs | Libraires de la Société
@Ethnographie. | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25. | 1552 | DGB.
2 p.Il., pp. 1-48. 4°.

3380 ¢ ——— Codex Cortesianus | Manuscrit Hiératique | des Anciens
Indiens de ’ Amérique Centrale | conservé au Musée Archéologique
de Madrid | Photographié et publié pour la premiére foi | avee une
Introduction | et un Vocabulaire de lWeriture Hicratique Yuea-
teque | par Léon de Rosny | Professeur [&e., four lines]. [Design.]

Paris | Maisonneuve et C'| Libraires de la Société @Ethno-
graphie | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25 | 1883 | JWP.

Pp. 1-49, 42 plates, pp. i-xxxiii. sm. folio. Only 85 copies of this work were
published, and of these but 24 were offered for sale.

1064 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Rosny (Léon de)—continued.

3380 d ——— Codex Peresianus. Manuscrit Yucateque conservé a la
Bibliotheque Nationale de Paris, publié en couleurs au moyen de la
nitrochromie, précédé @une Introduction et suivi du Catalogue de
tous les Manuscrits Mexicains connus jusqu’a ce jour. Accom-
pagné de nombreux fac-similés, imprimés en chromolithographie ou
coloriés au pinceau. i

1 vol. folio. Inpress. Title from the Codex Cortesianus by the same anthor.
See Manuscrit No. 2450.

3398 a Rosse (Dr. Irving C.) Medical and anthropological notes.
In Cruise of the Revenue-steamer Corwin, pp. 7-44. Washington, 1883. 4°.
Linguistic peculiarities, pp. 30-33, contains a few words in, and general
remarks upon, the Eskimo language.

3409 a Rudiments de la langue mikemak, en 1613. Y
Manuseript ; copy. 25 1]. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 620.

3409 b Rudimentos Gramaticales ti Obserbaciones en Ydioma Tzotzil de
Cinacantlan. *

Manuscript. 141]. 4°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg, and Pinart Sale
Catalogue, No. 806.

3412a Ruken (Fr. —). Y.M. Y.-+4. Aqui empieza el vocabulario de

la lengua de los Indios del rio Gila.

52 unnumbered ll., 2 blank U., followed by:

Aqui empieza la lengua de los Indios del rio Grande.

28 unnumbered Il., a few blank pp., followed by:

Catecismo brebe para ensenar la doctrina a esto pobres en esto
pueblo de Sonoytag. *

6 ll. Manuscript, 4°, complete, but in a very bad state of preservation. In
possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart, who obtained it from the old Mission at Oquitoa.
It belongs to the first part of the last century, and Mr. Pinart attributes it to
Fr. P. Ruken, who was killed in the Pimo rebellion in 1706, at the time of the
destruction of the Mission of San Maralo de Sonoytag. It treats of the Pimo of
the Rio Gila and the Yuma of the Rio Grande or Colorado. :

3413a Russkie. Russkie Ungieskie slovar. ce
Manuscript. oblong 4°. In possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart, who says: ‘‘This
is a vocabulary of two of the dialects spoken at the Russian colony of Fort Ross.

It was collected some time about 182530.

3413 b ——— Russkie Aleutskie slovar. er
Manuscript. 2vols. 4°. Russian-Aleut word-book. In possession of Mr. Alph.
Pinart, who says this is a very important work, written about the year 1850.

3413 ¢ ——— Russkie Aleutskie slovar. *
Manuscript. 36 pp. folio. Russian-Aleut word-book, dialect of Atkha. In
possession of Mr. Aiph. Pinart.

3413 d

Russkie Aleutskie slovar. *

Manuscript. 62 pp. folio. Russian-Aleut word-book. In possession of Mr.
Alph. Pinart, who says it is a very important document, and has on it many
notes in pencil by L. Radloff.

ROSNY—RUZ. 1065

34164 Ruz (Fr. Joaquin.) El Devoto instruido | en el Santo Sacrificio
de la Misa | por el P. Luiz Lanzi | de la compania de Jesus | Tra-
duccion libre al Idioma Yueateco | con unos atectos | Por el P. Fr.
Joaquin Ruz | Con las licencias necesarias. |

Merida de Yucatan | Impreso por José Antonio Pino. | 1835.| DGB.

Manuscript copy of the printed work, made by Dr. Berendt; in possession of
Dr. D. G. Brinton. Pp. i-v, 1-62, the ends of pages of the printed book being
shown by marginal notes.

3419 =©——— Manual | Romano Toledano, | y | Yucateco | para | la
administracion de los Santos | Sacramentos, | por el R. P. Fr. Joa-
quin Ruz. | [Design.]

Merida de Yucatan. | En la oficina de José D. Espinosa, | 1846. |

9 p. ll., pp.5-191. Improved title of No. 3419. DGB.

Admonicion del Bautismo en lengua Yucateca, verso 1. 8-verso 1. 9.—Adio-
nicion del Sacramento de la Penitencia [Maya], pp. 29-31.—Admonicion [before
communion ] en lengua Yueateca, pp. 41-43.—Admonicion [before extreme unc-
tion] en lengua Maya, pp.56-57.—Amonestacion para contraer matrimonio en
lengua Yucateca, p. 97.—El 6rden de celebrar el matrimonio en lengua Yucateca,
pp. 97-98.—Admonicion para el matrimonio en lengua Yucateca, pp. 98-100.
The remainder of the work is in Spanish.

3422 —— Explicacion | de una parte | de la Doctrina | Cristiana, |
6 | Instrucciones dogmatico-morales en | que se vierte toda la doc-
trina del | catecismo romano; se amplian los di- | ferentes puntos
que el mismo catecis | mo remite 4 los parrocos para su | exten-
cion [sic]; y se tratan de nuevo otros | importantes. | Por el R. P.
M. Fr. Placido Rico | Frontaura, Ex-Abad de los Monas- | terios de
Celorio y Ona y maestro | general de la religion de San Benito. |
Traducido al Idioma Yucateco por | el R. P. Fr. Joaquin Ruz. |
15 dJo |

Merida de Yucatan. | Oficina de J. D. Espinosa. | 1847. | = DGB.
Pp. 1-389. Index,3 pp. sm. 4°. Improved title of No. 3422.
3426 —— Leti u Cilich | Evangelio Jesu Cristo | hebix | San
Lucas. |
Londres. | [W. M. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.] | 1865. |
Title, -everse blank, 1 1., pp. 1-90. 16°. Improved title of No. 3426, Entirely
in the Maya language. The first draught of this work, with many corrections
in Father Ruz’s handwriting, is in the library of the Rey. Crescencio Carrillo,
Merida. DGB. JWPr.

3426 a ——— Ebanbelio Hezu Clizto | Zan Lucas. | DGB.
No title-page. Pp. 1-14. 16. Contains chapters 5, 11, 15, and 23 of the Gospel
of Luke in the Maya language, taken almost bodily from the 1865 edition, the
principal changes being in dropping the accents, changing the reverse ¢ to s,
and the initial y toi. On one of the copies in the library of Dr. Brinton there is
the following note by Dr. Berendt: Printed from a corrected text of the Rever-
end Ruz’s translation, corrected by the Rey. Alexander Henderson, Baptist
Translation Society, London, 1878.
Ou-a copy of the 1865 edition, in the same library, Dr. Berendt has made this
note: A copy of this translation was made by Ruz for the Rey. John Kingdon
when passing through Yucatan, who had it printed in London,

1066 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Ruz (Fr. Joaquin)—continued.

“Father Joaquin Ruz was born in Merida, 1772, and died in 1855. Accustomed
from childhood to the Maya tongue, he became the most fertile author who
has yet appeared in it. His style has, however, been severely criticised by
almost all competent scholars as impressing on the native language grammatical
forms, turns of expression, and compounds, foreign to its history and character.
Ruz was well aware that he was making these innovations, but claimed they
were called for in order to elevate and develop the powers of the Maya. Dr.
Berendt succeeded in obtaining a complete set of his works, the only one, I
believe, which can now be found. For a full discussion of his labors, see Car-
rillo, Hist. de la Leng. Maya, § XVII.”—Brinton.

3430 Saenz de la Pena (D. Andres). Manval | de los Santos | Sacra-
mentos. | Conforme al Ritval | de Paulo Quinto. | Formado por
mandado del Rever™®. Illustriss™?. y Excell™°. | Sefor D. Iuan de
Palafox, y Mendoga, Obispo | de la Puebla de los Angeles, Electo
Ae de Mexico, | Gouernador de su Argobispado, del Consejo
de su Mages- | tad en el Real de las Indias, Capellan, y Limosnero
mayor | dela Serenissima Emperatriz de Alemania, Virey, Gouer- |
nador, y Capitan General de Ja Nueua Espana, Présidente | de su
Real Chancilleria, y Visitador General | de este Reyno, &c. | Por |
el Doctor Andres Saenz de la | ai Cura Beneficiado de la Ciudad
de Tlaxcala, | por su Magestad.

Con Privilegio. | Kn Mexico por Francisco Robledo, Impressor
del Secreto del | Santo Officio. Ato de 1642. | / ze

8 p.1]., which include an exhortation by Sr. Palafox to the parish priests and
vicars of his bishopric; text 194 1l., some of which are in Mexican. Preceding the
title-page is aleaf with the Episcopal seal and the title: Manyal | de los Santos |
Sacramentos. | There is another edition in 4°, with the licences dated 1691. The
copy seen is minus beginning and end. Improved title of No. 3430 furnished by
Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his possession.

The author was a native of the Canary Isles. He went to Mexico in 1636,
became canon of the Cathedral of Michoacan, and afterwards of Puebla de los
Angeles, where he died.—Ramirez Sale Catalogue, No. 658.

3449 Sahagun (fr. Bernardino de). [Manuscript in the Mexican lau-
guage. | ?
In the note to the above title, from the Ramirez Sale Catalogue, mention is
made of four leaves signed Don Martin Enriquez, ete. These sheets, formerly
belonging to Sr. Ramirez, passed into the hands of Sr. Alfredo Chavero, who de-
scribes them as follows in his work on Sahagun, pp. 98-101, a copy of which has
come into my possession since the main catalogue was put in type: ‘‘Among the
fragments of the manuscripts in Mexican which, more by way of curiosity than for
any other reason, I preserve, there exist four leaves in octavo in the handwriting
of Sahagun, or at least the same as that of the Evangelios, Doctrina, apostillas del
Sermonario and first folio of the Trilingiie. It has as a heading the following
title: ‘Izealquj ynjunemjliz yntenjutica omonamjtique’—‘Injece Cap.° vneano
mjtoa ete.’ The chapter extends over two leaves, and at the end of the second
another commences with this rubric: ‘Inje. 6 Cap.° etc.’ On the next leaf at the
end is ‘Inje 7 Cap.° ete.’ Finally the last leaf has the following paragraph with-
out a caption, which is important to our question: ‘Para que libremente pueda
hazer ymprimjr el dho Manual del Christiano, aqualqujera ympresor aqujen
ensefalara y fuere su voluntad lo haga por tpo de diez anos primeros sigujentes

RUZ

SAHAGUN. 1067

Sahagun (#7. Bernardino de)—continued.

ymprimjendolo todo en vn cuerpo, conforme al original Quearecibido, 0 por
partes y tratados como el dio autor quisiere ydentro de dho tpo otro njnguno
ympresor nj persona particular lo ymprima, nj haga ymprimir sin permjssion de
dbo Fray Bernardino de Sahagun, Sopena de qujnjentos pesos de oro, para la
camara y fisco de su majestad y de perder los moldes yaparejos dela enprenta y
perdidos los libros que se hallaren auer ymprimjdo sin la dicha licencia y cum-
pliendo esto mando que en ello por njngunas Justicias y otras personas no se le
poga Embargo nj ympedimento alguno: fecho en Mex.° a dezisejs de Hebrero. de
mjll y qujnjentos y setenta y ocho aios.—Don Martin Enriquez.’

‘There is no doubt that this was a rough draft intended for the press; and we
have here not only a third book of Sahagun printed, but one totally unknown
and, until now, unmentioned—the Manual del christiano. This Manual cannot
be the Psalmodia, because not only have I seen by comparison that they are dif-
ferent, but the latter was printed in 1583, the former in 1578. Noris this Manual
the Doctrina christiana before named [No. 3446 of this catalogue], because,
comparing the chapters of that with those which have the same number in this,
it is seen that not only are the rubrics different, but the texts also.

“The result of this disquisition, therefore, is that there are three books of Saha-
gun which we know to have been printed in his lifetime: first, the Postilla [No.
3446], which must have been printed before the year 1579; second, the Manual
del christiano in 1578; and, third, the Psalmodia christiana [No. 3441] in 1583.”

Chavero’s work concludes with a letter from Sr. Icazbalceta, in which he speaks
of the Manual as follows: ‘‘Let me cail your attention to the fact that Beristain
speaks of another published work by Sahagun: Cathecismo de la Doctrina Cris-
tiana en Lengua Mexicana. Imp. por Ocharte, 1583. 4° [No. 3444 of this cata-
logue].

“Although not entitled to perfect confidence, I think in this instance Beristain
may be believed. As the titles of all the works were incomplete, it is not im-
possible that this Catecismo may be the Manual del Cristiano of which you
speak, which printing, agreed upon in 1578, was retarded until 1583—something
which occurred with other works of that epoch.”

3453a —-—— Este Libro | contiene | 1. Cantares Megic.* | 2. Kalend.°
Megicano. | 3. Arte Divinatoria de los | Mexicanos. | 4. Exemplos
de Ja SS. Eucaristia. | 5. Vn Sermon sobre aquello | de Estote
Sancti. | 6 Memoria de la Muerte. | 7. Vida de S. Bartholom. | 8.
e Fabulas de Esopo. | 9. Hist.* de la Pasion. |

1 vol. sm. Spanish 4°. Manuscript, modern calf binding, lettered on the back:
‘“‘Cantares de los Mejicanos y otros optisculos,” in a clear and minute hand. In
the Biblioteca Nacional, City of Mexico. Sr. Ieazbalceta has furnished me with
the following description :

The title, in a comparatively modern hand, is within a coarse colored border
or escutcheon. The leaves are unnumbered.

1. Cuica peuhcayotl [Beginning of the Songs], 79 ll. in Mexican, 1 blank 1.
The names of D. Francisco Placido and D. Antonio Valvriano, with the dates
1553-1564-1565, are seen at the head of some of the songs. These Cantares, ac-
cording to competent authorities, are of great importance.—D., 9. 7~Totocuicatl-
Afios (1597 ?), 6 11., 10 blank ll. In a different hand.

2. JHS Kalendario |-Mexicano Latino | y Castellano, 10 11. Pr6logo—A] Lector,
1 blank 1., 6 ll. with 11 full page figures of the mouths, some colored, 3 bl. Il.
In Spanish.

3. JHS | Aqui comienga | la Arte adiuinatoria que usaban los Me | xicanos en
tiempo desu ydolatria Hama | da Tona lamatl | que quiere dezir li= | bro en que se
trata de las venturas y | fortunas de los que nacen segun los | signos 6 caracteres

1068 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Sahagun (fr. Bernardino de)—continued.
en que | nacen. | Title, Prologo al Lector, 7 l., 1 bl.1. (written in 1585), Arte
adiuinatoria de los Mexicanos. 19 11., 5 bl. Il. 32 chapters, in Spanish. I do not
hesitate to ascribe these two Spanish tracts (and even the whole Codex) to P.
Sahagun. Besides personal allusions in the text, they are almost literally incor-
porated in Sahagun’s great work. There still remain, however, in the Codex
some paragraphs not unworthy of publication.

4. Izpehua in Ne | ixcuiltil machiotl initetzinco pohui cenquiz= | cavectlage:
liliztli sacramento, 14 11.,2 1. 11., Mexican.—Platica indiferente para donde quiera,
Mexican, 7 l1.,1 bl. Lato est panis qui de coelo descendit &c, Mexican, 5 ll.,
2 bl. 11.—Die modo filia mea Deffuncta est sed veni et ypone manu tua super eam
& vivit, Matth.9, Mexican. 511.,3 bl. 11.

5. Sancti estote st. & ego Sanctus sum Dn.? Deus V." Leuit. 19, 5 11.,3 bl. 1.

6. Tlalmanequiliz miquiz tzonquigaliztli, 7 1l.,1 bl. 1.

7. Nican ompehua | yninemilitzin yhuan ymiquilitzin in anquizca | mahuizti-
liloni Apostol San Bartholome, 9 ll.,1 bl. 1.

8. Nican ompehua yeaganitlatolli ynquitlali ce tlama | tini ytoca Esopo: ye-
techmachtia yn nehmatcanemiliztli, 13 11., 1 bl.l. The first fable is entitled:
{Quaquauhtentzone yhuan coyotl, i. e., The Goat and the Fox.

9. THS. | La Hist.* de la Pasion de | Ntro. Senor Iesu chr.° | En Lengua
Mex.™® |., 67 ll.

3453 b St.John (John R.) <A | True Description | of the | Lake Superior
Country; | its Rivers, Coasts, Bays, Harbours, Islands, and | Com-
merce. | With | Bayfield’s Chart; | (Showing the Boundary Line as
Established by Joint Commission.) | Also a minute account of the |
Copper Mines | and | Working Companies. | Accompanied by | A
Map of the Mineral Regions; | showing, by their No. and place, all
the different | locations: | and containing | a concise mode of assay-
ing, treating, smelting, | and refining copper ores. | By | John R.
St. John. |

New York: | William H.Graham, Tribune Buildings. | 1846. | c.BA.

2p. ll., pp. 3-118. 12°. 2 maps.

Vocabulary of Indian [Chippewa] & French (with English definitions), pp.
105-107.

St. John I11.16 [in various languages]. See British and Foreign
Bible Society, Nos. 497-498.

St. Mark [in the Abnaki language]. See Wzokhilain (Peter Paul),
No. 4261 a.

St. Mark [in Tinné]. See [Kirkby (Rev. W. W.)], No. 2106.

3456 a Saki vocabulary taken down from Nasawakwat. iS
Manuscript. 4’pp. - In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey.

San Buenaventura (Gabriel de). See Buenaventura (P. Gabriel
de San), No. 516.

3468 a Sanborn (John Wentworth). Hymnal | in the | Seneca Indian
Language | together with | A Few of the Psalms of David. |

1884: | John Wentworth Sanborn, | O yo ga weh, (Clear-Sky) |

Batavia, N.Y. | JWP.

SAHAGAN—SARICHEFF, 1069

Sanborn (John Wentworth)—continued.

Pp. 1-16. 16°. Mr. Sanborn writes me (May, 1884): “I send you advance
sheets of my new Indian hymn book as far as it is put in book shape. I have
issued many hymns heretofore in leaflets and small collections. I am now put-
ting them all in this one volume. I have completed the manuscript of my larger
work on ‘Legends,’ &c. It will soon be published, I think.”

3470 a Sanchez (D. José Maria). Vocabulario Comparativo | de las len-
guas | Zoque de Tuxtla, | Zotzil de San Bartolomé de los | Llanos |
Chaneabal de Comitan | por | D. José M.* Sanchez | Cura de Oco-
socoantla. | Con una exhortacion para Ja Confesion | en lengua
Zoque y Castellano. | DGB.

Original manuscript. Title 11., pp. 1-28. folio. There are710 words of Zoque,
490 of Zotzil, and 261 of Chaneabal.

3470 b ——— Fragmento | de unas exhortaciones para | la observancia
de los | Mandamientos del Decalogo | en Lengua Zoque | por | D.
José Maria Sanchez, | Cura de Ocosocantla. | 1864. | DGB.

Original manuscript by the curaof Ocosocantla. Title 11., and 3 other ll. folio.

3470 ¢ ——— Apuntes en lengua Zapoteca. Con atiadiduras. Tuxtla,

1870. ta

Manuscript. 31 pp. 4°. Partly original, with memoranda and additions by

Dr. Berendt. In possession of Dr. D.G. Brinton, from whose manuscript cata-
logue of the Berendt collection the title is taken.

Sanchez Aguilar (D. Pedro). See Aguilar (D. Pedro Sanchez).

3475 a Sanders (fev. J.) [Translations into the Ojibbeway language.| *

Notice from the Missionary Magazine of the London Church Missionary So-
ciety, the date of which I do not know, as follows:

“During the winter, Bishop Horden, of Moosonee, was busily engaged upon
Ojibbeway translations, particularly the Acts of the Apostles. He was assisted
by the Rey. J. Sanders; who is an Ojibbeway Indian, and who-has already him-
self translated the ‘Peep of Day’ into his mother tongue. At the same time,
Archdeacon Vincent was preparing a Cree version of the Pilgrim’s Progress.
Mr. Sanders writes that he has now four books in Ojibbeway, viz, St. Matthew’s
Gospel, a catechism of Bible history, the Prayer Book nearly complete, and a
hymn book with 100 hymns.” °

Santa Rosa Maria (/’r. Pedro Beltran de). See Beltran de Santa
Rosa Maria (Jr. Pedro de).

3488 CAPDIYEBS (Taspuso Anapeesuss) [Saricheff (Captain Gavrila Andreevich) |.
Iytemectaie | Kannrana Baasmurea | Upesp TyKoueKyi sem. orb Tepnurosa npo- | snBa Ao
Huanexoasmmekaro octpora, | | masanie | Kanutana Passa | Ha cyan’ Yepnowb Opxb no
Cbseponoctoy- | nomy OKeany Bb 1791 roay; | Cb npnaomeniens | Caopapn zBenaqqaun
napbaiii AUKUXb Hapogzons, Na- | Garoqenia nay emyiKew BE BepxneroaLiMcrnoms ocmporb, | u
Hacmabaenia Jaunaro Kannmany Buasamarcy nab Pocy- | aapcupennoii AyMupasmeiicmps-Kos-
Jerin. | Hspaeseno n3b pasnbix my puasonh | Buye Aamupasoms, [&e., three lines] Taepn-
Jom Capbrvesbims. |

Bp Canktuetepuyprs, | Bo Moperoii Tunorpavin | 1811 roga. | Dd.
Translation —Journey of Captain Billings across the Chukchi country from
Behring Strait to Nizhni Kolymsk post with the voyage of Captain Hall in the
ship Black Eagle to the Northern Ocean in the year 1791; with the addition of

1070 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Saricheff (Captain Gavrila Andreevich)—continued.
a dictionary of twenty dialects of savage peoples, observations on the frosts in
Berehni Kolymsk post, and instructions given Capt. Billings by the Imperial
Admiralty College. Extracted from several journals of Fleet Admiral [&c., 3
lines] Gavrila Saricheff. St. Petersburg, Naval Press, 1811.

Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; pp.i-iv, 1-191. 4°. 3 maps. Improved title of
No. 3488,

Vocabularies of the settled Tschukchi and nomadic Tschukchi, pp. 102-111.—
Parallel vocabularies, containing about 300 words each, of Russian, Andrea-
noffski Alents, Lisie Aleuts, and Kodiak Eskimo, printed in modern Russian
type, partiv, pp.121-129. These vocabularies were obtained by staff surgeon
(afterwards state conncillor) Robeck, attached to the expedition.

Saskatchewan and the Rocky Mountains. See [Carnegie (Sir
James),| No. 604.

3492 a [Sauvage (M. De La).] Dictionnaire Galibi. | Dictionarium |
gallice, latine et galibi. | {Four lines.] Auctum sermone latino |
edidit | Cor. Fr. Ph. de Martius. | WHS.

No imprint. Pp. 3-48. 8°. Separate issue of No. 3492.

Savage (James). See Winthrop (John), Nos. 4180 and 4181.
Scenes in the Rocky Mountains. See [Sage (Rufus B.),] No. 3438.
Scherzer (Dr. C.) See Ximenez (D. Fr. Francisco), No. 4268.

3504 a |Schooleraft (Henry Rowe).| Art V.—[Review of] La Découverte

des Sources du Mississippi [ete. Par J. C. Beltrami]. C.
In North American Review, vol. 27, pp. 89-114. Boston, 1828. 8°.
Specimens of the Chippewa language, pp. 106-114.

3519 aw — Archives | of | Aboriginal Knowledge. | Containing all
the | Original Papers laid before Congress | respecting the | His-
tory, Antiquities, Language, Kthnology, Pictography, | Rites, Su-
perstitions, and Mythology, | of the | Indian Tribes of the United
States | by | Henry R. Schooleraft, LL. D. | With Tlustrations. |
Onendun ih ieuw muzzinyegun un.—Algonquin. | In six volumes. |
Volume I [-V]]. |

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1860. |

6 vols. 4°. maps and plates; each volume with engraved title as follows:

Information | respecting the | History Condition and Prospects |
of the | Indian Tribes of the United States: | Collected and pre-
pared under the | Bureau of Indian Affairs | By Henry Rh. School-
craft L. L. D. | Mem: Royal Geo. Society, London. Royal Anti-
quarian Society. Copenhagen. Ethnological Society, Paris, &e.
&e. | Illustrated by | Cap.tS. Eastman, U.S. A. and other eminent
artists. | [Vignette.] | Published by authority of Congress. |

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | Cc. WWB.

This edition agrees page for page with the original one—No. 3519.

3519 b The | Indian Tribes | of the | United States: | their | his-
tory, antiquities, customs, religion, arts, language, | traditions, oral
legends, and myths. | Edited by | Francis 8. Drake. | Illustrated

SARICHEFF—SCHROTER, 1071

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)—continued.

with one hundred fine engravings on steel. | In two volumes. | Vol.
I [-Il]. |
Philadelphia: | J.B. Lippincott & Co. | London: 16 Southampton
Street, Covent Garden. | 1884. | Cc. WWB.
2 vols.: pp. 1-458; 1-455. 4°. ‘In the following pages the attempt has been
' made to place before the public in a convenient and accessible form the results
of the life-long labors in the field of aboriginal research of the late Henry R.
Schoolcraft.”
Chapter II, Language, Literature, and Pictography, vol. 1, pp. 47-63, con-
_ tains general remarks on the Indian languages, and a specimen of an Ojibwa
song on p. 52.

3524 a ——— The Ante-Columbian History of America. [Review of:
Antiquitates American, sive Scriptores Septentrionales Rerum
Ante-Columbianarum in America.] C. WE.

In Am. Biblical Repository, second series, vol. 1, pp. 430-449. New York,
1839. 8°. Contains remarks on the aboriginal language of New England, a
translation of a letter from Mr. Magnusen, Vice President of the Royal Society
at Copenhagen, concerning the inscription and figures on the ‘‘Assonet Rock,”
and a letter from Mr. Albert Gallatin respecting the use of the letters v and 1
in the Esquimaux language.

Heriry Rowe Schooleraft was born in Watervliet, N. Y., March 29, 1793. His
first American ancestor settled in Albany County, in the reign of George-II, and
taught school. The change of his name, which was originally Calcraft, is, no
doubt, attributable to this latter fact. He entered Union College in 1807, made
his first expedition to the Mississippi River in 1817, and several others after-
wards. In 1822 he was appointed agent for Indian affairs on the northwestern
frontier, where he married a granddaughter of Wabojeeg, an Indian war chief,
and resided in that country until 1841. About 1830, while a member of the ter-
ritorial legislature of Michigan, he introduced the system, which was, to some
extent, adopted, of forming local names from the Indian language. In 1847
Congress directed him to procure statistics and other information respecting the
history, condition, and prospects of the Indian tribes of the U.S.

He resided many years among the Indians and zealously improved his oppor-
tunities for studying their habits, customs, and languages.

Mr. Schoolcraft was a member of numerous scientific and historical societies,
and in 1846 received the degree of LL.D. from Geneva College. He died ir
Washington, D. C., Dec. 10, 1864, aged 71 years.

3531 a [Schroter (J. I*.)] _Algemeine Geschichte | der | Liinder und V6l-
ker | von America. | Erster [-Zweiter] Theil. | Nebst einer Vor-
rede | Siegmund Jacob Baumgartens | der h. Schrift Doctors und
offentl. Lehrers, auch des theologischen Seminarii Directors auf
der kénigl. | preuszl. Friedrichsuniversitiit in Halle. | [Engray-
ing.] | Mit vielen Kupfern. |

Halle, bey Johann Justinus Gebauer, | 1752 [-1753]. | e

2 vols. 4°. Translated and compiled by J. I’. Schréter; Dedication sigued
J.F.S. The Preface to each volume was written by Baumgarten (Siegmund
Jacob). Title from Mr. W. Eames. There is a copy in the Watkinson library,
Hartford, Conn. (*)

[Lafitau (J. F.)] Von der Sprache [der Huron], vol. 1, pp. 490-504.—Carai-
ben-Sprache, vol. 2, pp. 846-848.

1072 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3532 a Schultz-Sellack (Dr. Carl). Die Amerikanischen Gotter der vier
Weltrichtungen und ihre Tempel in Palenque. Von Dr. Carl
Schultz-Sellack.

In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 11 (1879), pp. 209-229. Berlin [n. d.] 8°.
Contains names of Mexican gods, &e.

Schulze (Benjamin). See [Fritz (Johann Friedrich)], No. 1331.

3532 b Schumacher (Dr. Hermann A.) Die Tule Indianer des Staates
Panama (Columbia). Bogota. 1872. DGB.
Original manuscript. 9 il. folio.

3561 a Sermones | en lengua maya. | Copiados de un MS. anciano en
4to | de 196 pajas en poder del Presbitero Don Crescencio Carrillo,

Merida. | 1870. | DGB.
Manuscript. In blank book with other manuscripts; it occupies pp. 119-257.
12°.

“The paper and writing of the original date from the last half of the 18th
century. The language is clear and correct, ‘muy comun y muy intelligible
por todos los Yucatecos,’ as is noted by a competent authority.”—Brinton.

3564 a Sermones en lengua Pima. e
Manuscript, sm. 4°, incomple e, from the old mission at Oquitoa, written about
the end of the last century. In possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart. :

Shahguhnahshe Ahnuhmethwine. See [O’Meara (Rev. James D.)],

Nos. 2832-2833.

3601 a Sifferath (Rev.N.L.) A Short Compendium | of the | Catechism |
for the | Indians, | with the approbation of the | Rt. Rev. Frederic
Baraga, | Bishop of Saut Saint Marie, | 1864. | Rev. N. L. Sif:
ferath, | Missionary of the Ottawa and Otchipwe Indians. |

Buffalo, N. Y. | C. Wieckman, (Aurora Printing House.) |
1869. | T.
Pp. 1-62, 1-2. 12°. In the Ottawa dialect.

[Simerwell (lev. Robert).] See Potrwatome Nkumwinin, No. 3045.
According to McCoy’s History of Baptist Missions, p. 478, this work was com-
piled by the Rev. Robert Simerwell, and printed in the ‘‘ new system” (Meeker’s).

Sinclair (John). See Papers relative to the Wesleyau Missions,
&c., No. 2890 a, note.

3612 @ [Sioux proper names, with English translation.] JWP.
In 48th Congress, 1st session, Senate, Report (No. 283) on the condition of the
Sioux and Crow Indians, p. 296. [Washington, 1884.] 8°.
A list of propvr names of ‘chiefs and headmen of the Lower Yanktonnais tribe
of Sioux or Dakota Indians.”

Sioux Spelling Book. See [Stevens (Rev. J. D.)], No. 3754.

3628 a Smet (Kev. Peter J. De). Cinquante | Nouvelles Lettres | du |
R. P. De Smet, | de la Compagnie de Jésus et Missionnaire en
Amérique, | publiées par | Ed. Terwecoren, | de la méme Com-
pagnie. | [2 lines quotation.]

CHULTZ-SELLACK—SMITH. 1073

Smet (cv. Peter J. De)—continued.

Paris | Rue de Tournon, 20. | Tournai | Rue aux Rats, 11. | H.
Castelman | Editeur. | 1858. | *

Pp. ix, 1-503. 12°. Title from Dr. J. H. Trumbull, from copy in his possession.
Lord’s Prayer and Ave Maria in Osage, with interlinear French translation, p.
319.—Names of Sioux chiefs, translated, p. 107.—Names of Shyenne, Arapaho,
Sioux, and Otoe delegates, translated, p. 99.

The letter containing the Pater and Ave in Osage was first printed, as follows:

3628 b ——— Tributs @’Admiration payés aux Tétes Plates. Pater et
Ave Maria en Langue Osage. Vingt-sixiéme lettre du R. P. De
Smet. Ss.

In Collection de Précis Historiques, Mélanges Littéraires et Scientifiques, par
Ed. Terwecoren, de la Compagnie de Jésus, tome 7, 1856, pp. 611-614. Brux-
elles, Imprimerie de J. Vandereydt, n.d., 8°. Interlinear translation in French.

3631 ——— Sadliers’ Household Library. | No. 91. Price 15 cts. | New
Indian Sketches. | By Rey. P. J. de Smet, S. J. | Complete and
unabridged edition. |

New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & Co., 31 Barclay St. | Montreal:
275 Notre Dame Street. | JEM. JWP.
Title on printed cover, as above; inside title and collation as in No. 3631.

3647 a@ [Smith (Mrs. Erminnie Adelle)]. [Review of] The Iroquois Book

of Rites, Edited by Horatio Hale. C. JWP.
In Science, vol. 2, no, 30, pp. 270-272. Cambridge, 1883. 4°. Contains a num-
ber of Iroquois terms, grammatic comments, &c.

3647 b ——— Studies in the Iroquois concerning the verb to be and its
substitutes. By Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith of Jersey City, N. J.
(Abstract.)

In American Association for the Advancement of Science, Proc. of 32d Meet-
ing, held at Minneapolis, Minn., August, 1883, pp. 399-402. Salem, 1884. 8°.

Contains, besides quotations from Powell, Riggs, Cuoq, Marcoux, and La
Combe concerning the existence of the verb to be in Indian languages, 16 differ-
ent methods of expressing that verb in Iroquois, a table containing mainly
adjectives which in their conjugations are said to include the verb to be, and
some tense endings of this verb.

3647 ¢ ——— Accidents or Mode Signs of Verbs in the Iroquois Dia-
lects. By Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith of Jersey City, N.J. (Abstract.)

In American Association for the Advancement of Science, Proc. of 32d Meet-
ing, held at Minneapolis, Minn., August, 1883, pp. 402-403. Salem, 1884. 8°.

Explains how Movement (mode and tense signs), Reduplication, &c., are rep-
resented in Iroquois.

3647 d ——— Chrestomathy of the Oneida dialect. *

Manuscript. Pp. 1-228. 4°. In possession of the author. Gathered at Oneida,

N.Y., and Green Bay, Wis., and recorded in a copy of Powell’s Introduction to

the study of Indian languages, 2d edition; completely filled. It consists of

vocabularies, phrases and sentences, the Lord’s Prayer, and conjugations of the

verbs come and go. Notes were added by the author when among the Oneidas

at Green Bay, Wis. Mrs. Smith was assisted at Oneida by Rey. Thomas Cor-
nelius, native pastor of the Indian church at Oneida, N.Y.

Smith (Rev. G. C.) See Bob the Sailor Boy, No. 397,
68 Bib

1074 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3690 a Société Historique de Montreal. Memoires | et | Documents |
relatifs a | VHistoire du Canada. | Publiés par | la Societe Historique
de Montreal. | [Design.] |

Montreal. | Imprimé por Duvernay, Fréres, | 10 & 12, Rue St.
Vincent. | 1859 [-1880] | Cc. 8. JEM.

Parts 1-8. 8°. The later issues are numbered, and the titles are slightly
changed, reading: Mémoires de la Société Historique &c.

Kalm (Peter). Voyage de Kalm en Amérique. Septiéme et Huitiéme
livraisons. Linguistics, Book 7, pp. 155, 182.

3700 a Some Account | of | the Tahkaht Language, | as spoken by
several tribes on the | western coast of | Vancouver Island. | [One
line in Greek.|

London: | Hatchard and Co., 187 Piccadilly. | 1868. | DGB.

Half-title 11., title 11., pp. 1-80. sm. 4°. Improved title of No. 2125. Tahkaht
Grammar, pp. 9-31.—Tahkaht English Dictionary, pp. 33-58.—English-Tahkaht,
pp. 59-80.

3706 Spalding (Rev. H.H.) [Hymn Book in the Nez Perces language.
1845.]
‘Rey. H. H. Spalding published, about 1845, a small hymn book in the Nez
Perces language, 32°.”—Eells’s Hist. of Indian Missions.
Mr. Spalding is the author also of the Nez Perces First Book, No. 2755 of
this catalogue.

3711 a Specimen. Specimen | Characterum | Typographei | 8. Concilii
Christiano Nomini Propagando | Sanctissimo Domini Nostro |
Gregorio XVI. Pont. Max. | idem Typographeum invisenti | Obla-
tum. | [Wood-cut.]

Romae | MDCCCXLIII [1843]. | x

79 leaves, printed on one side, 1 blank 1. sm. folio. Title from Dr. J. H. Trum-
bull, from copy in the Watkinson Library, Hartford, Conn. Specimens of types
in the printing-house of the College of the Propaganda; in various languages
(22 Asiatic, 27 European, 3 African, and 3 American). The Angelical Salutation
in Mexican, Algonkin [Nipissing dialect], and Peruvian.

3711 b Specimen Verses | in 164 | Languages and Dialects | in
which the | Holy Scriptures | have been printed and circulated by
the | Bible Society. | [Vignette, and one line quotation.] |

Bible House, | Corner Walnut and Seventh Streets. | Philadel-
phia. | WE. JWP. WWB.

Printed covers, pp. 3-46. 18°. St. John iii, 16,in the language of Greenland,
Esquimaux, Cree (Roman), Cree (Syllabic), Tinne (Syllabic), p. 36; Maliseet,

Mohawk, Choctaw, Seneca, p. 37; Dakota, Ojibwa, Muskokee, Cherokee, Dela-
ware, p. 38; Nez Perces, Mayan, p. 39.

3711 ¢ ——— Specimen Verses | in 215 | Languages and Dialects | in
which the | Holy Scriptures | have been printed and circulated by
the | Bible Society. | [Woodcut, and one line quotation.] |

Bible House, | Corner Walnut and Seventh Streets, | Philadel-
phia. | Craig, Finley & Co., Prs., 1020 Arch St. Philada. |

Printed covers, pp. 1-48. 16°. St. John iii, 16,in Eskimo, Greenland, Tukudh,
Eastern Cree (Syllabic), p.26; Western Cree (Roman), Chippewyan or Tinne

SOCIETE—STEPHENS. 1075

Specimen—continued.
(Syllabic), Chippewyan or Tinne (Roman), Ojibwa, Maliseet, p. 27; Micmac,

Mohawk, Mexican or Aztec, Mayan, p. 28. WE. JWP. WWB.
See American Bible Soc.,No.84; also British and Foreign Bible Soc., Nos.
497-493.

3711 d Spelling | and | Reading Book, | in | Ojibwa and English. |
Kekenoothmahgawinun | chedonje | aginduhming kuhya spelle-
wing | oojibwamoong kuhya shahguhnaushemoong. |

Toronto: | Printed by Henry Rowsell | for the Church Society of
the Diocese of Toronto. | 1856. | JWP.

Printed cover 1 1., title, verso blank, 1 1., pp. 3-35, alternate pages Ojibwa and
English. 12°.

Spooner (Alden J.) See Wood (Silas), No. 4197.
3717 a Squier (Ephraim George). El Simbolo de la Serpiente y la

Adoracion de los Principios Reciprocos de la Naturaleza en Ame-
rica. Por E.G.Squier, A.M. “Traduccion del Ingles por el Ldo.
D. José de I. G. Garcia. .
Habana, 1855. *
Pp. 226. 8°. Title from Squier’s List of Books, ete.

3736 a ——— Lenca Vocabularies | from the Villages | Guajiquero,
Opatoro, | Intibucat | and Similaton (Honduras). | Collected by E.
Geo. Squier. | DGB.

Manuscript. 11 pp. 8°. Title, on verso of which begin the vocabularies in
five columns, occupying two pages. The Similaton is incomplete.

—— See [Urrutia (J. A.)], No. 3957.
3739 Star. The Star Vindicator. T. JWP.

Of this periodical Dr. Trumbull of Hartford has three numbers not mentioned
in the note to the above title, Nos. 8-11 of Vol. 4, March 31—April 14, 1877. Con-
cerning the history of the paper he writes me as follows: ‘‘ Published weekly
(folio, 28 columns) by G. McPherson & Co.; G. McPherson, editor; one or two
columns in Choctaw, in each number (‘‘Chahta Anumpa.” E.W. Folsom, editor).

“The Vindicator, devoted to the interests of the Choctaws and Chickasaws,
a weekly paper, established by Dr. J. H. Moore, of New Boggy, Choctaw Nation,
in 1872, was united with the Oklahoma Star, started by G. McPherson, at Me-
Alester, about 1847, under the name of The Star-Vindicator, which was pub-
lished till some time in 1878, as I am informed by a correspondent in the Indian
Territory. Of The Vindicator I have seen only two or three numbers. Vol. 2,
No. 14 (whole number 66), was printed at New Boggy, Choctaw Nation, I. T.,
Oct. 18, 1873; T. B. Heiston, editor. It is a small folio of 20 columns, of which
two are in the Choctaw language.”

3748 Stephens (John). A | Primer | for | young children | applicable
to the | Indian language, | as spoken by | the Mee-lee-ceet Tribe |
in | New Brunswick. | Published under the patronage of the Hon-
orable | Mrs. Manners Sutton. | Collected and arranged by John

Stephens. |
Fredericton: | Printed at the Royal Gazette Office, by J. Simp-
son. | 1855. | JWP.

Pp. 1-14. 16°. Improved title of No.3748. Each page contains one column
of English and one of Maliseet; p.14 contains the Lord’s prayer in Maliseet.

A076 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

\/ 3760 Stoll (Otto). Zur | Ethnographie | der | Republic Guatemala. |

Von | Otto Stoll | Med. Dr. |

Ziirich | Druck von Orell Fussli & Co. | 1884. | ASG.

Printed cover 11., title 1 1., pp. iii-ix, 1-176. 8°. Ethnographic map.

Wortverzeichniss der Pipil-Sprache von Salama, p. 15.—Comparative vocabu-
lary, Deutsch, Pipil, and Azteca, pp: 16-22; same, Deutsch and Pipil, pp. 23-25.—
Vocabular der Pupulaca-Sprache im Vergleich mit der Mije-, Tzental- und Tzotzil-
Sprache, p.28.—Caraibische Stimme. Die Caraiben und ihre Sprache, with
vocabulary, pp. 29-36.—Alphabet der Maya-Sprachen, pp. 40-44.—Vergleichendes
Vocabular der Maya-Sprachen, including the Huasteca, Maya, Chontal, Tzental,
Tzotzil, Chanabal, Chol, Quekehi, Pokomchi, Pokomam, Cakchiquel, Quiché,
Uspanteca, Ixil, Aguacateca, and Mame, pp. 45-70.—Vergleichende Zusammen-
stellung einiger Worte der Chorti-, Pokomam- und Chol-Sprache, p. 108.—Sen-
tences in Deutsch, Uspanteca, and Quiché, p. 125.—Grammatikalische Skizze der
Cakchiquel-Sprache von 8. Juan Sacatepequez, pp. 129-158.—Die Aguacateca
oder Sprache von Aguacatan, containing vocabulary, pp. 166-169.

Strickland (Agnes), editor. See Strickland (Maj. Samuel), No.
3767.

Stryker (James). See American Quarterly Register, No. 94a.

3775 a Sullivan (Dr. Jeremiah). [Vocabulary of the Indians of the
Pueblo of Téwa, Arizona Territory.]
Manuscript. Pp.77-228. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Collected at Téwa in 1883 and recorded ina copy of Powell’s Introduction to
the Study of Indian Languages, 2d edition, incomplete.

3776 Sullivan (Napoleon Bonaparte). Sepv ekvnv em Mekko-hokte
Salomvn Mekko en Cukopericvte. [The visit of the Queen of
Sheba to King Solomon.]

In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 40. Muscokee, I. T., June 5, 1878. folio. In
the Muskoki language.

Szmiméie-s Jesus Christ. See [Giorda (Rev. J.)], No. 1558.

Taopi and his Friends. See [Hinman (Rev. 8. D.) and Welsh
(William)], No. 1818.

Tchipayatik-o-mikan Kanachtageng |in Algonkin]. See [Richard
(P. Pierre) |, No. 3250.

Teieriwakwatta Onkwe-onweneha [in Iroquois]. See [Onasakenrat
(Chief Joseph)], No. 2839.

Ternaux-Compans (Henri). See Tezozomoc (Fernando de Alva-
rado), No. 3836.

Testamente Nutak [in Hskimo]. See [Fabricius (Otho)], Nos. 1255-
1256.

3826 a Testamentetak terssa nalegauta annaursirsiutmaJesusib Kristusib
ajokeersugeisalo sullirseit okauseello. Translated into the Green-
landish language by the missionaries of the Unitas Fratrum..:

London, 1862. we
8°. Later edition of No. 3831. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 352.

STOLL—THIBEL. 1077

3831 a Testamentitak | tamedsa | nalegapta piulijip'a | Jésusib Kristu-
sib | apostelingitalo | piniarningit ajokertusingillo. | Printed for |
the British and Foreign Bible Society in London, | for the use of
the Moravian Mission in Labrador. |

Stolpen, | Gustav Winterib Nénilauktangit. | 1876. 1878. | *
2p. ll., pp. 1-282, 1-225. 89,
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy belonging to W. W. Beach. New

Testament in Eskimo of Labrador. Matthew to Acts, pp. 1-282.—Romans to
Revelation, pp. 1-222.

3831) [Teton Baptismal card.] S. JWP.

An 18° card, in the Tetonwan dialect of the Dakota language, given by Bishop

Marty, Vicar Apostolic of Dakota, to the Indians who are received into his flock.

Below the spaces for entering name, date of birth, of baptism, &c., is the Apos-

tles’ Creed. On the reverse side of the card are the Commandments of God and

the Church, in verse, as sung by the Catholic children, with heading as follows:
“Tuwe mini akastanpi kin he wokonze kin hena opa kta iyecetu.”

Teyoninhokarawen. See [Norton (John)].

3836 a Tezozomoe (Hernando Alvarado). Cronica Mexicana | escrita
por | D. Hernando Alvarado Tezozomoe | hacia el ato de
MDXCVIII. | Anotada por el Sr. Lic. D. Manuel Orozco y Berra |
y precedida del | Codice Ramirez | Manuscrito del Siglo XVI inti-
tulado: | Relacion del Origen de los Indios que habitan esta Nueva
Espaiia | segun sus Historias | y de un examen de ambas obras |
al cual va anexo un Estudio de Cronologia Mexicana por el mismo |
Sr. Orozco y Berra. | José M. Vigil, Editor. |

México | Imprenta y Litografia de Irineo Paz | 1° Calle de San
Francisco numero 13. | 1878 | DGB.

Pp. xiii, 1-149, Codice Ramirez, with plates; pp. 151-222, Ojeada sobre Crono-
logia Mexicana (by Orozco); pp. 223-712, Tezozomoc. folio.

3842 Thevet (André). La Cosmographie Vniverselle. A.

For full title see No. 3842 of the main catalogue.

“Thevet’s version of the Lord’s Prayer ‘‘en langue des Sauvages,” which he
professed to have made with the help of a Christian slave, was copied by Me-
giser (1593) and by Duret (1613) ‘as Mexican; and from Megiser it passed, as a
Mexican version, to Mauer (1621), Andreas Miiller (1680), Motte (1760) and the
Augsburg reprint (1710), Chamberlayne (1715), I’ry (1799), and other collections,
and found place in the splendid volumes printed by Marcel (Paris, 1805), Bodoni
(Parma, 1806), and Auer (1844-1847). It was assigned its proper place by Adelung
in Mithridates, Th. 3, Abth. 2, pp. 446, 450, as ‘‘ Brasilianisch oder Guaranisch
(unter dem falschen Nahmen Mexikanisch).” 'Thevet is not responsible for this
mistake. He had been in Brazil aud—though J. de Lery (Navig. in Brasiliam,
ed. 1586, pref.) shows the absurdity of his pretension to a knowledge of the
language of the natives, acquired in a two months’ visit—had, at least, heard
the Tupi-Guarani spoken, and had picked up enough of the dialect to make a
show of in his Cosmographie.”—Trumbull.

3842.4 Thiel (Bernardo Augusto). Apuntes Lexicograficos | de las |

Lenguas y Dialectos de los Indios de | Costa-Riea, | Reunidos y
alfabéticamente dispuestos | por Bernardo Augusto Thiel, | Obispo

1078 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Thiel (Bernardo Augusto)—continued.
de Costa-Rica. | I Parte. Lengua y dialectos de los Talamancas 6
Biceitas. | Bribri. | Cabécar. | Estrella. | Chirripo. | Tecurrique y
Orosi. | II Parte. Lenguas de Térraba y Boruea. | II] Parte. Len-
gua de los Guatusos. |
1882. | San José de Costa-Rica. | Imprenta Nacional. | ASG. DGB.
Title, reverse blank, 1 1., pp. ili-iv, 1-76, 79-118, 117-152, Appendice 153-177. 8°.

Tinné Primer. See [Bompas (Rev. William Carpenter)], No. 406.

3876 a Tolmie (Dr. William Fraser) and Dawson (George M.) Geological
and Natural History Survey of Canada | Alfred R. C. Selwyn,
F.R.S., F.G.S., Director. | Comparative Vocabularies | of the |
Indian Tribes | of | British Columbia. | With a map illustrating
distribution. | By | W. Fraser Tolmie, | Licentiate of the Fac-
ulty of Physicians and Surgeons, Glasgow. | And | George M.
Dawson, D.S., A. R.S. M., F.G.S., Ete. | [Device.] | Published by
authority of Parliament. |

Montreal: | Dawson Brothers. | 1884. | JWP.

Printed cover, pp.1B-131B. 8°. map. Preface, pp. 5-7.—Introductory note,
pp. 9-12.—Parallel celumns of English, Thlinkit (Skutkwan Sept), Tshimsian
(Kitunto Sept), Tshimsian (Kithatla Sept), Haida (Kaigani Sept), and Haida
(Masset Dialect), pp. 14-25.—English, Haida (Skidegate Dialect), Haida (Kum-
shiwa Dialect), Kwakiool (Haishilla Sept), Kwakiool (Hailtzuk Sept), and Kwa-
kiool (Kwiha Sept), pp. 26-87.—English, Kwakiool (Likwiltoh Sept), Kawitshin
(Kowmook or Tlathool), Kawitshin (Snanaimooh Tribe), Kawitshin (Songis
Tribe), and Kawitshin (Kwantlin Sept), pp. 38-49.—Aht (Kaiookwaht), Nisk-
walli (Sinahomish), Tsheheilis (Staktamish), Tshinook (Tshinook Tribe), and
Tshinook (Tilhilooit, Up. Tshinook), pp.50-61.—English, Bilhoola (Noothlaki-
mish), Tinné (Tshilkotin Tribe), Tinné (Nakoontloon Sept), Tinné (Takulli or
Teheili Tribe), and Selish (Sillooet Tribe), pp.62-73.—Supplementary list of
words in Tshilkotin and Takulli, pp. 74-77.—Parallel columns of English, Selish
(Kulléspelm), Shahaptani (Whulwhaipum Tribe), and Kootenuha (Upper Koot-
enhua [sic] Tribe), pp. 78-87.—Haida (extended vocabulary): Haida (Skidegate
Dialect), and Haida (Masset Dialect) (from Report on Queen Charlotte Islands,
Report of Progress, 1878-79), pp. 88-101.—Upper Kootenuha (extended vocabu-
lary), obtained with reference to the schedules in Major J. W. Powell’s Intro-
duction to the Study of Indian Languages, pp. 102-111.—Notes, pp. 113-125.—
Appendix I. Comparative table of some words in Tshimsian, Haida, Thlinkit
and Tinne, p. 126.—Appendix II. Comparative table of a few of the words in
the foregoing vocabularies, folding p. 127.—Appendix III. Comparisons of a few
words in various Indian languages of North America, pp. 128-130.—Table of
numerals pertaining to Indian families from localities widely separated (Tinne
of B. C., Hupa of California, Hudson’s Bay Chepewyan, Dogrib, Takulli, Um-
kwa, Apache), p. 131.

3876. Tomlin (Rev. J.) A Comparative Vocabulary | of | Forty-eight
Languages, | comprising | One hundred and forty-six | common
Hnglish words, | with | their cognates in the other languages, |
showing | their Affinities with the English and Hebrew. | By the |
Rey. J. Tomlin, B. A,, | Author of “ Missionary Journals and Let-
ters during Eleven Years Residence in the East;” | [ete., 3 lines].

THIEL—VALDEZ. 1079

Tomlin (ev. J.)—continued.
Liverpool: | Arthur Newling, 27, Bold Street. | 1865. | ig
Pp. i-xii, 1-32 (1 blank), xiv-xxii, 1 1. 4°. ‘Title furnished by Dr. J. H.
Trumbull from copy in the Watkinson Library.
Esquimaux vocabulary (procured from a Moravian missionary ), and Choctaw
(furnished by an American missionary).

Torres (Fr. Juan de). See Marroquin (D. Francisco), No. 2478,
note.

Translations into the Omaha Language. See [Hamilton (Rev.
William)]|, No. 1647.

T[roncoso (Francisco del Paso y)]. See P{aso y] T[roncoso] (Fran-
cisco del).

Triibner (Nicolas). See Ludewig (Hermann E.), No. 2348 a.

3891 a True (N. T.) Collation of Geographical Names in the Algonkin
Language. By N. T. True, M. D. C. T. W.

In Essex Institute, Hist. Col., vol. 8, pp. 144-149. Salem, 1868. sm. 4°.
Issued separately as follows:

3891 b Collation of | Geographical Names | in the | Algonkin
Language. | By N. T. True, M. D. | T. WE. JWP.
Pp. 1-6. sm. 4°. No title-page.

3906 a Trumbull (J. Hammond). On some early notices of New Eng-
land fishes. By J. Hammond Trumbull. Hartford, Connecticut,
December 30, 1871.

In Baird (Spencer F.) United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Part
I, pp. 165-169. Washington, 1873. 8°. Some Indian names of fishes.

3912 a (From the Transactions of the American Philological
Association, 1872.) | On some words derived from | Languages of
N. American Indians. | By J. Hammond Trumbull. | !

Pp. 1-14. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Separate edition of No. 3912.

— See Gray (Asa) and Trumbull (J. H.), No. 1600 a.

Tsiatak NihononSentsiake. See (Cuog (év. Jean André)|, No.951.

7

Tukudh Primer. See [Bompas (fev. William Carpenter)|, No. 407.
Turkey (Joseph P.) See [Wright (Rev. Asher), editor].
Turner (Prof. William W.) See Ludewig (Hermann E.), No. 2348 a.

3963 a Valdez (D. Sebastian). Vocabulario | de la lengua | Pocomam |
de Mita | por | D. Sebastian Valdez, | Cura de Jutiapa. | 1868. |
Copiado del original en poder de | D. Juan Gavyarrete en Guate-
mala, | por Dr. C. H. Berendt. | Febrero de 1875. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title, reverse note by Dr. Berendt, 11.; pp.3-7. 8°. Contains
nearly a hundred words in Pocomam, with their correspondents in Pocomehi of San
Cristobal, written in red ink, to illustrate the resemblance of these two dialects.

1080 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

3964a@ Valentine (David T.) History | of | the City of New York: | by |
David T. Valentine, | Clerk of the Common Council. | |Design.|

New York: | G. P. Putnam & Company, No. 10 Park Place. |

1853. | C. BA. WE.

Pp. i-vi, 11., 7-404. 8°. maps. Lord’s Prayer in Indian [Mohawk], from Smith’s
New York, p. 17.

3967 a Valentini (Philipp J. J.) The Mexican Calendar Stone, | By
Philipp J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. | (From the German.) | Terra Cotta
Figure from Isla Mujeres, | Northeast coast of Yucatan. | Archeo-
logical Communication of Yucatan, | By Dr. Augustus Le Plon-
geon. | Notes on Yucatan, | By Mrs. Alize D. Le Plongeon. | Com-
piled and arranged | By Stephen Salisbury, Jr. |

Worcester: | Press of Charles Hamilton. | 1879. | T. WWB.
Pp. 1-93. 8°. Separate issue of No.3967. The Mexican Calendar Stone, pp.
5-29.

3968 a Mexican Copper Tools: | the use of Copper by the Mexi-
cans | before the Conquest; | and | the Katunes of Maya History, |
a chapter in the | Early History of Central America, | With Special
Reference to the Pio Perez Manuscript. | By | Philipp J. J. Valen-
tini, Ph. D. | (Translated from the German, by Stephen Salisbury,
Jr.) |

Worcester, Mass. : | Press of Charles Hamilton. | 1880. | T. wwe.

Pp. 1-102. 8°. Separate issue of No. 3968. Mexican Copper Tools, pp. 5-41;
The Katunes of Maya History, pp. 45-102. Linguistics, pp. 52-55, 62-63.

3969 a The | Katunes | of | Maya History. | A chapter in the |
early chronology of Central America, | With Special Reference to
the Pio’ Perez Manuscript. | By Philipp J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. |
(Translated from the German by Stephen Salisbury, Jr.) | (Pro-
ceedings of American Antiquarian Society, October 21, 1879. |

Worcester, Mass.: | Press of Charles Hamilton. | 1880. | 1. DGB.
Title 11., half title 1 1., pp. 5-60. 8°. Separate issue of No. 3969.

3974

Vocabulario | de la lengua de los Indios de | Boruca, |
(Costa Pacifica de Costa Rica.) Colectada por | D. Felipe Valen-
tini. | 1862. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title 11.; Nota, by Dr. Berendt, 11.; Vocabulary, Spanish and
Boruea, pp.5-11. folio. Improved title of No. 3974.

3974 a Vocabulario | del Idioma de los Indios. Blancos, | (Lengua
Boribi). | Recogido por Ph. Valentini | Limon 18. . | DGB.
Mauuscript. 4 ll. folio.

3974 b Vocabulario | de la Lengua de las Viceitas. | En Costa-
rica | por | Ph. Valentini. | Costa de Limon, 1866. | DGB.
Manuscript. Title 11.; 11. 1-39, many written on both sides. L. 34 is titled:

Vocabularios de lenguas indigenas de la Parte surena de la Prov. de Costarica.
Colectadas por F. y.

VALENTINE—VEGA. 1081

3975 a [Valeriano (D. Antonio).] Historia de las Apariciones de Gua-
dalupe in Nahuatl.

“From some Fragmentos Historicos which I copied from the originals of the
celebrated Don Carlos de Siguenza y Gongora, I am satisfied that Don Antonio
Valeriano, native of Atzcaputzalco, an Indian cazique and Master of Rhetoric in
the Imperial College of Tlatilico, wrote the Historia de las Apariciones de
Guadalupe in Nahuatl. Siguenza says, under oath, that he had it in his pos-
session in the handwriting of Don Antonio, which, perhaps, is the one printed by
Bachiller Lasso de la Vega [ No. 3985].”—Boturini, § xxxv, 5.

See [Vega (Luis Lasso de la)], No. 3985.

3976 =[Vales (D. José Pilar)]. U oibhuun | hach noh tzicbenil Ahau-
caan | ahmiatz Leandro R. de la Gala | Ti hach yamailoob Mohe-
noob yanoob tu nachilcahtaliloob Nohol | y Chikin ti le lmumeabil
Yucatan laa. |

Ho [Merida]. | U oalhuun Jose D. Hspinosa. | Tu hunpie cabak
catac oxkal lahunpiz ti habiloob [1870] Cristo Ahlohil. | DGB.

Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; pp.1-8. 4°. Double columns Spanish and Maya.
The Spanish column on p.8 is blank. Improved title of No. 3976.

“The illustrious Sr. D. Leandro R. de la Gala addressed a pastoral letter to
the natives, which was put into elegant and pure Maya by the presbyter, D.
José Pilar Vales, whom, for this reason, we include in the list of Maya writers.
The edition abounds in typographic errors.”—Carvillo. 2

3979 a Van Tassel (Isaac). [Elementary book, with a few hymns and

reading lessons, in the Ottawa language.] *

28 pp. ‘More than a year ago, Mr. Van Tassel [a missionary of the American

Board, stationed at Maumee, Ohio] published a small elementary book of 23

pages, containing also a few hymns and scripture reading lessons. 500 copies
were printed.”—Ann. Rep. 4d. B. C. I. M., 1832.

3981 a Varios Escritos | en Pocomchi y Kekchi | del Archivo Parro-

quial | de | Coban, Vera Paz. | Siglo xxviii [sic]. DGB.

Original manuscript, with modern title. 19411. 4°. Forms part of the Berendt
collection in the possession of Dr. D.G. Brinton, from whose manuscript cata-
logne the following note is taken :

‘From the parochial archives of Coban in Vera Paz. The volume contains a
large assortment of sermons, coufesonarios, doctrinas, frases, catecismos, and
other religious and grammatical matter in and on the two dialects. Most of
the leaves are in good condition and quite legible. They date from various
periods in the 18th century. Among the articles are the original Doctrina and
various sermons of Fr. Hippolito de Aguilera, an Arte de Lengua Cakchi, ete.”

3985 Vega (Luis Lasso dela). Huey tlamahuigoltica, ete. *
“This is not and cannot be by said author [Lasso de la Vega], but rather it
may be argued by Don Antonio Valeriano or another Indian pupil of the Im-
perial College of Santiago Tlatiltilco, contemporaneous with the miracle of the
said Apariciones, and I will prove this in the History of the Holy Lady, which I
am writing.” —Boturini, § xxxiy, 3.
See [Valeriano (D. Antonio) ], No. 3975 a.

3986 Vega (Francisco Nunez de la). Constitveiones Dicecesanas | del
Obispado de Chiappa, | hechas y ordenadas | por su Senoria Ilus-

1082 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Vega (Francisco Nutiez de la).—continued.

triss. el Senor Maestro | D. Fr. Francisco | Nuiiez | de la Vega, |
del Orden de Predicadores, | Obispo de Civdad Real de Chiappa, y
Soconusco, | del Consejo de su Magestad, | Ano de MDCXCIIL. |
[Design.] |

En Roma Ato de MDCCII [1702]. | En la Nueua Imprenta, y
Formacion de Caracteres de Caietano Zenobi | Entallador de Nu-
estro Senor Papa Clemente XI. | en la Gran Curia Innocenciana. |
Con licencia de los Superiores. | e

4 p.1L, pp. 1-164, 1-142, 15 Il. unnumbered. Improved title of No. 3986; fur-
nished by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his possession.

3987 [Vela (José Canuto).] Pastoral | del | ilustrisimo sefior obispo |
dirigida | a los Indigenas | de esta diocesis. | [Seal.]
Merida de Yucatan. | Impreso por Antonio Petra. | 1848. | Des.

Pp.1-8. 4°. Improved title of No. 3987. Version en idioma Yucateco de la
misma pastoral, pp. 5-8.

Veniaminoff (Rev. Ivan). See Henry (Victor), No. 1736. See
Lowe (F.), Nos. 2339-2340.

4012 Vetromile (Rev. Eugene). N’dakkabin Skudewhambit | Rum,
Fire-Water | [Cut.] | Peseku wonismuhinoh, nanquitchidahamal
matchi Niweskum, | anda Kegus Kepkuattassen, metchinenabi, te
alihkle Alamkik. | Anda Dakkabin, anda Skudewhambu | No Rum,
no Fire Water. | [Cut.] | [Two lines Indian.] | [Pledge.] | [Three
lines Indian.] | — | Eugin Vetromile 8. J. Alnambay Patlias. | s.

1p. folio. A lithographic temperance pledge in the Abnaki language. The

words are scattered through a series of pictures representing the fate of the
drunkard,

4035 a

Sande Awikhigan 1862. 8. T.

1 sheet folio. Abnaki Calendar. Dr. Trumbull has copies also for the years
1870, 1871, 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876, and Dr. Shea for the years 1858, 1859, 1860, 1867,
1870, 1874, 1875.

4020 a Via Sacra. Via Sacra en Lengua Gakchi | ato de 1861.| DGB.

Manuscript. 24 1]. 16°. In possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton. and forming a parti

of the Berendt collection. It was copied, as stated in the Advertencia of a second

copy, made from this by Dr. Berendt (see next title), by Domingo Coy, an edu-
eated Indian, from an ancient manuscript now lost.

4020 b Via Sacra | en Lengua Gakchi. | Copiado de un MS. en
poder de | Domingo Coy, indio de Coban. | Coban, April, 1875. |

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1.; Advertencia, verso blank, 11.; Text, en-

tirely in Cackhi, pp. 1-30. DGB.

Vico (Fr. Domingo de). See Platicas de la Historia Sagrada,
No. 3016 a. -

Vie de Catherine TekakS8ita [in Iroquois]. See [Marcoux (Rév.
Joseph)|, No. 2460.

VEGA—VILLACORTA. 1083

4031 Vilehis (Fr. Jacinto). Método de rezar con fruto el Rosario de la
Virgen Maria y en verso Zapoteco. *
Manuscript. Improved title of No. 4031, from Beristain.

4031 a Nuevo Rosario en verso Zapoteco para sufragio de las
Almas del Purgatorio. c = =
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.

4032 a Villacanas (Fr. Benito de). Arte de lengua Cachiqvel.

Manuscript. 21 unnumbered ll. 4°, On 1,22:

Vocabulario en lengua Cachiqvel, Por el P*. fray Benito de Villa-
canas ornis. Prery. hecho des pues de haver tratado quarenta
aos en los indios de esta lengua sin interrupcion con exemplo y
zelo de las animas, mui singular cuyo fruto y premio goza aora en
los jardines de la gloria. Trasladado 10 de Noviembre de 1692
anos. *

This extends to p. 220, followed by Cuenta, Nombres de animals, Compendio
de algunos cosas curiosas, to the end of the manuscript.

In possession of the American Ethnological Society in New York. Title from
Dr. Berendt’s manuscript additions to a copy of Icazbalceta’s Apuntes in the
library of Dr. D. G. Brinton. It is probably a copy of the manuscript, title of
which is given in No. 4032 of this catalogue. There is a copy of it in the library
of Dr. D. G. Brinton, who titles and describes it as follows in his manuscript cat-
alogue of the Berendt collection.

4032 b ——— Arte y Vocabvlario de la Lengua Cakchiquel. Copiado
en Nueva York. 1871. *

Manuscript. 340 pp. 4°. From the only copy known, now or late in the library
of the Ethnological Society. Villacatas died in 1610, at the age of 73 years, in
the Dominican Convent, in the city of Guatemala. This is but one of a number
of works he wrote in Cakchiquel, none of which have been published. They are
especially valuable as presenting that language as it was spoken in the century
of the conquest. Inserted in this volume is a brief life of Villacanas and a list
of his works, as follows, taken from an unpublished work of Don Juan Gavarrete,
entitled: Apuntes para los Anales del Antiguo Reino de Guatemala.

Dej6 escritos los libros siguientes, que nunca llegaron 4 publicarse:

Arte y vocabulario de la lengua Cakchiquel.

Succesus fidei orthodox. Exposicion de la doctrina cristiana en el mismo
idioma.

Homilias 6 breyes sermones en el mismo idioma.

Milagros de Nra. Senora y de las Santos en id.

Vida de Sta Catarina de Sena [sic] en Espanol.

Meditaciones y oraciones sobre la pasion de Nia St Jesucristo, tambien en
espanol.

Estas dos ultimas obras las escribié para el uso de sus Beaterios.

4032 ¢ Villacorta (Rafael). Doctrina Cristiana | en lengua Castellana |
Quekchi y Pocomehi | coordinada | por Rafael Villacorta. | Sto
Domingo Coban. | 1875. | DGB.

Original manuscript. 7 I. folio. An interlinear translation of the Doctrina
into the two dialects named.

1084 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4039 a Villegas (Antonio Prieto de). Tratado sobre el Baile Lotztun. *

Title from Brinton’s Grammar of the Cakchiquel, p. 17, where he says:

“Commissary of the Holy Office. For thirty years beneficiado of Matzate-
nango. Thoroughly versed in Kiche.”

4041 a Vincent (Archdeacon —). [Pilgrims Progress in the Cree lan-
guage.| o
See note to No, 1853 a.

4045 a Vocablos de la Lengua | Huave | colectados por el Abate Bras-
seur | de Bourbourg | en su viage al istmo de Tehuantepec | 1859. |
(Revue Orientale et Américaine, Vol. V. Paris, 1861, pag. 261.) |
Comparados con los equivalentes en | las principales lenguas de
la America | del Sur | y en las lenguas vecinas de | Oaxaca y
Chiapas. | DGB.

Manuscript. Title-page, reverse blank,11.; Advertencia, 1 p., reverse (p.4),
beginning of the comparative vocabulary, which is in six columns (occupying
two opposite pages), one for Spanish, one for Huave from Brasseur de Bourbourg
(No. 456 of this catalogue), interlined with Huave words, written in red ink, from
the manuscript of Mr. E. A. Fuertes (No. 1343 of this catalogue); one for Quichua,
from Markham; one for Aymara, from Forbes; one for Araucana, from D’Orbigny,
interlined with words in the same language from Falkner, the latter written in
red; and one for Guarani words, which is blank. These vocabularies occupy
pp. 4-9, reverse of latter blank; ‘‘Los mismos vocablos comparados con sus equi-
valentes en las lenguas vecinas de Oaxaca y Chiapas,” (note), p. 11, the vocabu-
laries beginning on p. 12, six columns occupying the two facing pages. Huave
and Spanish in one column, Zoque, Mixe, Zapoteco, Chiananteco, Chiapaneco,
pp. 12-15; reverse of latter blank. 8°. Compiled by Dr. Berendt. —

4050 a Vocabulario. Vocabulario de la lengua castellana y quiché. *
Manuscript. About 10011. 4°. Stops at the letter 8.—Pinart Sale Cat., No. 941.

4050 b ——— Vocabulario de la lengua Coque [Zoque]. es
Manuscript. 171 l1., numbered 56-232, one missing, and faulty at the end. 4°.
In the library of John Carter Brown, Providence, R. I. Title from Berendt’s
manuscript additions to a copy of Icazbalceta’s Apuntes in possession of Dr.

D. G. Brinton. ;

4050 ¢ ——— Vocabulario | de la lengua | Zoque. | Ato de 1733. Co-
piado de un MS. en posesion del licenciado_ | Don Jose Mariano
Rodriguez, Tuxtla, por | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Tuxtla
Gutierez, 1870. | m DGB.

Manuscript. Title 1 1, Advertencia pp. iii-x, text 1-255. 4°.’ Spanish: Zoque.
In the Advertencia Dr. Berendt speaks of the original as follows:

El original de esta vocabulario es un volumen en 4, encuadernado en cuero.
Tiene 176 fojas faltandole una 6 mas al fin. Esté escrita en dos columnes, una
para al Castellano, la otra para al Zoque.

In his manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection Dr. Brinton expresses
the opinion that it is the most complete vocabulary of the Zoque in existence,
embracing nearly 12,000 words. It contains also an introduction on the sounds
of the language, by Dr. Berendt.

4050 d t—— Vocabulario de las lenguas qiche y kahchiquel. *
Manuscript; modern, 143 pp. folio. Stops at the letter E. Title from the Pi-
nart Sale Catalogue, No, 943,

VILLEGAS— WALKER. 1085

Vocabulario—continued.
4050 e ——— Vocabulario de los Indios de San José de Costa Rica.
1867. DGB.
Original manuscript. 4 pp. 4°. No title. Contains 128 words. It is a dialect
of the Talamanca.
4050 f Vocabulario | del Idioma | Zapoteco del Valle. | San Mar-
tin Tilcaxete, | 1793. | DGB.
Title 1 1., pp. 1-357. 4°. Beautiful modern copy by Dr. Berendt.

4051 a ——— @ Vocabulario en lengua castellana. y guatemal ’te | ca.
quesellama: Cak chi quel chi. | JCB.
Manuscript. 249 unnumbered Il, 23 blank ll. folio. No title-page. Modern
transcript from the original manuscript which is described in No. 4051. The
dictionary commences on the recto of the first leaf, with the Spanish words in
black ink, followed by the Cakchiquel equivalents in blue ink. A penciled note
states that it contains 16,000 words.

4052 = —— Uoeabnu | lario | Copioso de Las Lenguas | Cakchikel y |
giche | In loquela enim labij et lingua | altera, loqguetur ad Popu-
lum | istum, isai. cap. 28.| Hominis est animam Preparare, | et
Domini gubernare linguam | Prov. cap. 16. | JAS MW JPH |

Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 11., pp. 1-705. 4°. In Cakchiquel and Spanish,
Paper and handwriting of the eighteenth century. Improved title of No.

4052) JCB.
4058 a t—— Vocabulario y Noticias de los Biceitos, Indios de Costa
Rica (antigua Provincia de la Talamanca). Tomado por—Lebko-
witz, 1867. *

Original manuscript. 511. Title from Dr. Brinton’s manuscript catalogue of
the Berendt collection in his possession.

Vocabulario * * * Zapoteca. See [Cordoba (J. Juan)],
No. 889.

4059 a Vocabulary. Vocabulary of 200 words of the Mac-Kaw Indians
of Oregon from a chief at San Francisco. *
Manuscript. 3 pp. folio. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

4059 b ——— Vocabulary of the Choctaw language. 180 words. x
Manuscript. 5 pp. 8°. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.

Vocabulary of the Jargon. . See [Lionnet (Kev.)], No. 2292.
Voyage ila Guiane. See [Prudhomme (Louis)|, No. 5140.
Voyage a la Louisiane. See [Baudry de Lozieres (Louis Nar-
cisse)], No. 319.
Vpastelvlke Em Fullety. See [Robertson (M7s. A. B. W.)|, No.
3323.
4074 a Walker (Rev. EB.) and Eels (Rev. Cushing). [Spokane pamphlet.|

Between 1839 and 1847 there were printed at the Mission Press at Lapwai
* * * small book or pamphlet of 16 pages in the Spokane or Flathead lan-
guage, prepared by Reys. BE. Walker and C. Eels.—Lells’ Hist. of Indian Missions.

1086 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4077 a Wandall (Erik Adolf). Naitsungordlugo nunab aglautigenera
Stoud-Platoumit.

Aalborgime (Danemark), 1846. *
8°. Earlier edition of No. 4078. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No.
948.

War in Florida. See [Potter (Woodburne)], No. 3053.

Wehkomaonganoo asquam [in Massachusetts]. See [Eliot (John)],
No. 1187.

Western Esquimaux Primer. See [Bompas (Rev. William Carpen-
ter) |, No. 408.

Weston (Mrs. D. C.) See Cook (Rev. J. W.) and Cook (C. S.), No.
869 b.

We-wv-he-kju. See [Hamilton (Kev. William) and Irvin (Rev. S.
M.)], No. 1658.

4118 a Whitney (William Dwight). Language | and | the Study of
Language: | Twelve Lectures | on the | Principles of Linguistic
Science. | By | William Dwight Whitney, | Professor of Sanskrit
and Instructor in Modern Languages | in Yale College. |

New York: | Charles Scribner & Conipany. | 1867. | c. 1. W.IWpP.

Pp. i-xi, 1-489. 8°. The aboriginal languages of America; their probable
unity ; polysynthetic structure; principal groups in N. America; question of
relation to Asiatic languages, etc. ; pp. 346-353.

Fourth edition—New York: | Charles Scribner & Company. | 1869. | Pp. i-xi,
1-505. 12°. American languages, pp. 346-353. (WE.)

4118b ———. The International Scientific Series. | — | The | Life and
Growth | of | Language: | an Outline of Linguistic Science. | By |
William Dwight Whitney, | Professor of Sanskrit and Compara-
tive Philology in Yale College. |

New York: | D, Appleton and Company, | 549 & 551 Broadway. |
1875. | C. T. W. JWP.

Pp. i-vii, 1 1., 1-326. 1-°. The American languages, pp. 259-264. Some copies
are dated 1¢82.(*) It is probable new titles are printed yearly.

Wiconi Owihanke Wannin Tanin Kin |in Dakota]. See [Renville
(Joseph), s7., and Williamson (Thomas 8.)], No. 3228.

Williams (Prof. H. L.) See Drake (Samuel G.), No. 1093.

4'42q@ Williams (Loring S.) [Tract on the Sabbath in the Choctaw
Language. | ‘4
3,000 copies of a tract on the Sabbath, 18 pp., in the Choctaw language, com-

posed by Mr. Williams, was printed in 1834.—Rept. A. B. C. I’. MW. for 1834, p. 115.

4145 a Williams (Roger). A Key into the language of America, or an
help to the Language of the Natives in New England, London, by
Roger Williams; 1643.

In Baird (Spencer F.) U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Part I, pp.
164-165. Washington, 1873. 8°. Indian names of various fishes, reprinted from
Rhode Island Hist. Soe., Coll., vol. 1. See No. 4144.

«2

WANDALL—WILLIAMSON. 1087

4154 Williamson (John Poage), editor. English-Dakota | Vocabulary. |
Wasicun Iapi | Leseca wowapi. | Tona wasieun iapi onispepi kin
yacinpi wowapi | kin de on ociciyapi wacanmi qa wakage. |
Edited | by John P. Williamson, | Missionary of the A. B. C. F. M. |

Edward R. Pond Mazaehde. | Santee Agency Neb. | 1871. | T.st.
3p. ll., pp. 1-137. sm.8°. Improved title of No. 4154.

4154 a ——— {English-Dakota school dictionary.
Greenwood, Yankton Agency, D. T., 1871.| 1
No title page; pp. 1-24. 16°. Alphabetically arranged, two columns to the
page. P.1, first column contains words beginning with the letter A; second
column B; first column, page 2, BE, &c.

4154b ——— [Primer in the Yankton dialect of the Dakota Lan-
guage.

Santee Agency, Neb., 1874.] T.

No title-page ; 8 unnumbered 11. sq. 16°. First page contains the alphabet

and numerals 1-39. Dr. Trumbull informs me that this is the first work printed
in the Yankton dialect.

— See Riggs (Stephen R.), No. 3285 b.

4156 ——,, Riggs (Rev. Alfred Longley), and Riggs (Rev.S. R.), editors.
Iapi Oaye. | Published by the Dakota Mission. Taku waste okiya,
taku sica kipajin. Fifty Cents a Year. | Vol. I, May, 1871. No. I
[-Vol. XII, No.1, January, 1884]. | T. JWP.

A four-page, small 4° paper, published monthly at Greenwood, Dakota Terri-
tory ; first issued May, 1871, with Rev. J. P. Williamson as editor. The first
volume, ending June, 1872, is entirely in the Dakota language. With the be-
ginning of the second volume, January, 1873, the title was changed to: Iapi
Oaye. | The Word Carrier. | ,the size of the sheet increased, the first page illus-
trated, and the fourth page printed partly in English. At this time, also, the Rey.
Stephen R. Riggs was made principal editor, Mr. Williamson remaining as asso-
ciate. At the beginning of the sixth volume, January, 1877, Rey. Alfred L.
Riggs took the place of Mr. Williamson as associate editor, and the place of pub-
lication was changed to the Santee Agency, Nebr. With No. 1of Vol9, January,
1880, the paper was enlarged to an eight-page monthly, the editorial manage-
ment remaining unchanged. The death of the Rev. S. R. Riggs, on August 24,
1883, left the Rev. A. L. Riggs sole editor, his name alone appearing on the issue
for October, 1883, Vol.12,No.10. The issue for December, 1883, contains a notice
of certain changes to be made in the next issue—that for January, 1884, Vol. 13,
No.1. At this date the Dakota and English sections were separated, making two
distinct papers—the ‘‘ Iapi Oaye,” in Dakota, and ‘‘ The Word Carrier,” in English.
Rey. John P. Williamson was appointed editor of the former and Rey. Alfred L.
Riggs of the latter. The title of the Iapi Oaye was changed back to substantially
its original form, the size of the paper reduced and the number of pages decreased
to four, and the place of publication changed to Greenwood, Dakota Territory.
I have seen the first three numbers of The Word Carrier—for March, 1884, April,
1884, and April 15, 1884, the second of which states: ‘‘We skipped over two
months by the almanac, but we shall furnish twelve numbers during the year.”

Reprint of title No. 4156, with extended note.

4165 a Williamson (Rev. Thomas Smith). Who were the first men ?
In Minn. Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 1, pp. 295-801. St. Panl, 1872. 8°.
Many Sioux terms passin.

1088 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

Williamson (fev. Thomas Smith)—continued.

4169 a [ and Riggs (Stephen Return).]| Dakota) Wowapi Wakan.
The | Holy Bible, | in the | Language of the Dakotas: | translated
out of | the Original Tongues, | By Thomas 8S. Williamson and
Stephen R. Riggs, | Missionaries. |

New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
1816. | 1883. | *

Collation the same as in the edition of 1880, No. 4169. Title furnished by Mr.
W. Eames from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.

4177 a Winslett (Rev. D.) ‘‘ Wewvhome svkerkuce,” &c. eo
In Indian Journal, vol. 2,no.27. Muscogee, I. T., March 6, 1878. folio. Tem-
perance song ‘‘ The Wine-cup,” in the Muskoki language.
Mrs. Robertson has furnished to the Bureau of Ethnology an interlinear trans-
lation of the above.

4178 a W\inslow (Edward).] Good | Nevves | From New-England: |
or | A true Relation of things very re- | markable at the Planta-
tion of Plimoth | in Nevv-England. | Shewing the wondrous provi-
dence and good- | nes of God, in their preservation and continu-
ance, | being delivered from many apparent | deaths and dangers. |
Together with a Relation of such religious and | civill Lawes and
Customes, as are in practise amongst | the Indians, adjoyning to
them at this day. As also | what Commodities are there to be
raysed for the | maintenance of that and other Planta- | tions in the

said Country. | — | Written By E. W. who hath borne a part in
the | fore-named troubles, and there liued since | their first Arri-
vall. | — |

London | Printed by I. D. for William Bladen and Iohn Bellamie,
and | are to be sold at their shops, at the Bible in Pauls-Church. |
yard, and at the three Golden Lyons in Corn-hill, | neere the Royall
Exchange. 1624. | e

4 p. 1l., pp. 1-66, ‘A posteript” numbered page ‘‘59” (verso blank) 1 1., “A
briefe Relation of a credible int lligence of the present estate of Virginia”, 1 1.
4°. There is a copy in the Carter Brown library, Providence, R. I.

Brief specimens of the language of the New England Indians, pp. 27, 28, 42.

Some copies have the following addition to the title-page: ‘‘Wherevnto is
added by him a briefe Relation of a credible intelligence of the present estate of
Virginia.” See No. 4178. One of these, also, is in the Brown library. (*)

Wocekiye Wowapi [in Santee Dakota]. See [Hinman (Rev. 8. D.)],
No. 1811.

Wonders of Nature and Providence. See [Priest (Josiah)], No.
3131.

4197 a Wood (Rev. Thomas). [Grammar of the Micmac language.] *
“Rey. T. Wood, before going to Nova Scotia, was, for some years, the Society’s
Missionary in New Jersey. In 1762 he attended, during an illness of several
wecks, the Vicar-General of Quebec, M. Maillard. After residing some time at
Halifax, he took up his residence, in 1763, at Annapolis (formerly Port Royal),
where he remained during the rest of his life, dividing his labours between

Mee

WILLIAMSON—YA-W 2. 1089

Wood (fev. Thomas)—continued.

Annapolis and Granville. He immediately applied himself to the study of the
Micmac (Indian) language, with no other assistance than he could derive from
the papers of M. Maillard, and fully determined to persevere until he should be
able to publish a Grammar, a Dictionary, and a translation of the Bible. In
1766 he sent home the first volume of his Grammar, with a translation of the
Creed, the Lord’s Prayer, &c., and was now able to minister to the Indians in
their own language. After a successful ministry of about thirty years he died
at Annapolis, on the 14th of December, 1778.”—Sprague’s Annals of the American
Pulpit, vol. 5, p. 328, note.

Mr. J. T. Bulmer, Librarian of the University of Dalhousie, Halifax, Nova
Scotia, writes me: ‘“‘In the Report for 1767 the Society for the Propagation of
the Gospel in Foreign Parts acknowledges, the receipt of several translations
into Micmac and the first part of his French and English Micmac Grammar. I
am of the opinion that, while Mr. Wood could translate and preach in Micmac,
M. Maillard’s grammar was really the basis of his work. Several circumstances
lend probability to this opinion. How did he come to make a French part to
his Micmac grammar, when the probabilities are against his knowledge of that
language? So far as I have been able to ascertain none of his works were
printed, and I have made frequent applications to the Society in London for his
manuscripts, but in vain.”

4204 a Woodward (Dr. Ashbel). Wampum | A Paper presented to | The
Numismatic and Antiquarian Society | of Philadelphia | By |
Ashbel Woodward, M. D.| of Franklin, Conn., | Corresponding
Member. | Second Edition. |

Albany, N. Y.: | Munsell, Printer. | 1880. | S. T. WWB.
Pp. 1-56. 8°.

[Wright (fev. Alfred).] See Holisso Holitopa, No. 1841.

Wusku Wuttestamentum [in the Massachusetts language]. See
{Eliot (John)], Nos. 1174, 1178-1179.

4261 @ [Wzokhilain (Peter Paul).] St. Mark [in the Abnaki language].
No title-page; pp. 1-58. 12°. ‘‘ The Gospel of Mark translated into the Abe-
naquis language by Mr. Osunkhirhine [Wzokhilain] has recently been printed
at Montreal, missionary triends in that vicinity uniting to defray the expense.”—
Ann. Report of A. B. C.F. M., 1845, pp. 205-206.
This title is erroneously entered in this catalogue under No. 3455. ABs. JWP.

See Kagakimzouiasis, No. 2046, which is probably by this
author.
See [Kidder (Frederic)|, No. 2085, for a partial reprint of
Wobanaki Kimzowi Awighigan, No, 4261.
4272a Yaqui. [Letters and documents in Yaqui and Spanish.] o

Manuscript. Jn possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart. They relate to the revolt of
the Yaquis in 1830.

Ya-we pa-hu-cxe e-ce ae-ea-we [in Iowa]. See [Hamilton (Rev.
William) and Irvin (fev. 8. M.)], No. 1653.

1090 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.

4277 a Zagicoxol | 6 | Baile de Cortés. | en Kiché y Castellano | Coban,
1875. | DGB.
Manuscript. Pp.1-69. 4°. ‘‘This is a modern drama, written by a native in

Kiche and Spanish, the plot based on the conquest of Mexico. It is one of the

few correct specimens of the native drama which have been preserved, and,
although not possessing the claim of antiquity, presents the general style and
manner of treatment adopted in the primitive scenic representations.”—Brinton.

4295 a Zeisberger (fev. David). Lord’s Prayer in Delaware.
In Historical Magazine, third series, vol. 1, p. 55. Morrisania, 1872-3.
sm. 4°. Copied from the ‘‘ Doylestown Democrat.”

4303 a Zephyrin (Father, Zephyrin Engelhard). Oméanomineu | Kach-
kenohamatwon | Kesekoch, | Katolik | Anamibéu Masenachigon. |
Cum Permissu Superiorum. |

St. Louis, Mo. | B. Herder, | 1882. | S. JWP.
Title, reverse p.2,11.; 11.; pp.3-319. 16°. Plates. Prayer-book, in Menomi-
nee, translated and compiled from Baraga’s works. Said to be the first book

printed in the Menominee language. F. Zephyrin says Bonduel did not write
real Menominee, but a jargon.

4303 b Katolik Anamihan, | ene ki: | Jesus Ot Asechzekon |
Kateshim. | as wechzekatek. | Cum Permissu Superiorum. |
St. Louis, Mo. | B. Herder, | 1883. | S. JWP.

Title, reverse blank, 11.; pp. 1-144; index,1 p. 16°. Menominee catechism, *
based on Baraga’s Chippewa catechism.

4303 ¢ ———— Anamihanon.
[St. Louis, 1883.] 8. JWP.
No title-page. Pp.1-14. 16°. Prayer and catechism in Menominee.

w

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND DIALECTS.

The mark (p.), occurring after a number. means

John..84 (p.)’ means that the work, title of which

portion of the gospel of St. John.

No.

Abanaki: See Abnaki.

Abenaki: See Abnaki.

Abenakise: See Abnaki.

Abenaqui: See Abnaki.

Abnaki animal names ..-.:......-.....-- 3855-3856
calendar 40350
CALECHISM meen ao=iteeesisseseceaeeeeeee = 2046
dictionarygeeseeesascecee aries ee 3196-3197, 4019 |
general remarks -..913, 3196-3197, 3206, 3498, 4011 |
geographic names ..-..........-- 3052, 3855-3856
gospel St. Mark ....... -----3455, 426la
grammatic comments ...-...--.-. 4005-4007, 4019
hymns...-.-.- 63a, 797 a, 1078a, 1639, 1935, 2094-2096,

2170b-2170c, 2279a—2279e, 3189-3194, 3680
letterpmemeenen a cates secieceas saa 4011
ThordisvPray elerase sas = erase ene a 3577-3579, 4276
MIM OLAls resem eee scee as cue sees 762, 3185t
PLAY Orsweee se eee en ke 1019, 2670, 3128, 3364
TONGS? eagaddSsnbédontcessesenasnes aocce 2046

PE DLOPEIMNAM CS ireec ae mei- | jeinon eine 1802
SOWVEE) ssomss4cobacssces S5scn5sseaEEBsOsS 4009
spelling and reading book...-...-....-. 4261
temperance pledge . .. ---- 4012a

vocabulary -.-.---...---404, 1136, 1391, 1393, 2083-
< 2086, 2204, 2216, 2519, 4014, 4172-4173
Absaraka: See Crow.

Acadian general remarks ........-..---. 2377-2379
vocabulary -.------- 297-298, 2377-2379, 3123, 3625

Acaxee general remarks --.-.----.-- 217, 217a-217b

Achastlien general remarks..-.. .-...--- 2199a
MUNerals esses sa 527-528, 1337, 2190, 2199a, 2202a
(ONE) pacgonsescnesssados 527-528
WOCA DM atygemenescssscscesscan ae ce cccne 28

Achastlier: See Achastlien.

Achetéetitine: See Tinne.

Achi: See Tzotzil.

Achomawi numerals ..-......-..--...- ae 3098
WOCHDUALV sees esanice ane ee ne = opaees 1456, 3098

Acoma general remarks. - 2552
numerals. .....-- 2678

—538, 999, 2124, 2215-2216, 2303,
2307, 2552, 3608-3609, 4103

vocabulary

Adage: See Adahi.

Adahi general remarks ..-....--..---.--- 2215,
numerals .-....--------- 1959-1962
vocabulary...---..-...-....--. 1391, 1393, 2207, 2216

Adaihe: See Adahi.

Adaise: See Adahi.

Adaize: See Adahi.

Adirondack local names...-------------.- 3766
Ado general remarks. .....-...-+--.-----+ 2774a
Aglegmiout: See Chukchi.

Aglemoute: See Chukchi.

Agoneasean: See Iroquois.

portion only, Thus, under Chippewa, “gospel St.
is giver as No, 84 of this catalogue, contains only a

No.
Ahabnelin: See Gros Ventre.
Ahantchuyuk: See Kalapuya.

Ahnenin vocabulary 2204-2205, 2215

Aht general remarks.......... ... 3716
grammatic comments “ie 0 3716
local namesic.---=.--=-4-eeneenen seen 3716
LOM OTS8 te eee ae ae eee 3716
tribalinames #s2-s<-)=s22- eee eee eee 716
VOCADULATY re oe oe neem toe nenanan ase nBT16, 08766

Altena general remarks . 1563
numerals. . 982
vocabulary .......... - 981-982

Alabama vocabulary -.. = 2992

Alaska proper names .- --- 981-982
wocabulary...s---s-sccs<- ~--1558b, 21945

Albinaquis: See Abnaki.

Aleout: See Aleut.

Aléoute: See Aleut

Aleoutean: See Aleut.

Aleutiabecedarioms)-—secesse=--neeeeeeeee 57
catechism (:.2c-.<-4- weseseaeaeceeesee 1974, 3998
Christian guide-book.........-......... 3866
dichlonaryieccecsss= seen se oncee eae 3006
general remarks ........-....-.-. 2339, 2678, 3993
Pansy oY lee nmersecnesecesnoneesececsceckao: 3867, 3999
grammar....-....---.-. -1734a, 1735-1736
grammatic comments wae cee 217, 217a—

2176, 1345, 3U06e, 3993
numerals ....-...--.-. 28, 916-917, 1226, 2215, 3046
PLE ein conecsdboaccacecd 58, 3868-3869, 3998
proper names ............----...... ... 704
Bacred!NistoLvac-aacese nas =nceaeeee ee 3998
SONtENCES <2. 2. new e cows eww ewww ennenne 3000e
SONg8....--...- BeOR OAC OSEEoScocOnSnen 3006¢e, 3993
TOTING oS racw cia cee acenst cate se neeeeeaee 3006b
TOSS eee oats ele ere 3006¢
vocabulary ...-..------ 28, 205, 212, 213, 217, 217a-

217b, 555, 577, 916-917, 1088-1089, 1089a,
1091, 1091a, 1093, 1345, 1393, 1736, 3320,
3413b-3413d, 3488-3490, 3950, 3994, 4087

Aleut-Fox dictionary . 3996
grammar .....-.. 3996
guide to heaven. “ 3992
DI TASCS feleemn alata sete alate aerate ete ate 3996

Aleuten: See Aleut.

Aleutian: See Alent.

Aleutskie: See Aleut.

Algic: See Chippewa.

Algonchina: See Algonkin.

Algonkin Acts of the Apostles........... 3129

angelical salutation 37lla
catechism... .. .. 2446-2448, 2759, 3129, 3837-3838
(EVENTS RAR EA soner : 65¢, 2488, 3122
characteristic forms. . .- 580-581
Algonkin chrestomathy.............-- 957, 961-962

1091

1092 INDEX.
No. No.
Algonkin dietionary --..116b, 2171-2187, 2230, 2441- | Apache speech seNenlsea ser 217, 217a-217b
2444, 3839 vocabulary-.....---.-.--. 217, 217a-217b, 281, 288,
general remarks ------- 759, 763. 1109, 1553, 1626a, 527-530, 539-542, 927-928, 1332, 1733,

1754, 2021, 2241, 2377-2379, 2678, 3206,
3414, 3499, 3504, 3520, 3832, 3833, 3932

geographic names ...----.----- --- 3891a-3891b
gospel St. Matthew .--..----------- 957 (p.)
grammar.. .--- 1486c, 1517, 1618d, 2446, 2679, 3414
grammatic comments .--.----- 28, 952, 954, 1977-

1978, 2126a, 2462, 2679, 3211-3212, 3508-
3509, 3524, 390%, 3904, 3910, 3922-3923

specimens. .--------.------------------ 1739, 3586
TMP MN sakoodsodssc soagesdsS 9! aseseq 1l6a
hymns...---.--- - 51, 68a, 103, 797a, 949a, 951,

1639, 2094, 2096, 2170b-2170¢, 2279a-2279e, 2448,
2592, 2663, 2759, 2795, 3129, 3189, 3194, 3821

instructions) =- 2 --- = - eens) nii= == 2445
localinames\-=-esseseee eee 952a, 3896-3897
Lord’s Prayer ----.-- 954, 958, 960, 1736a, 3914-3915
MUMELAIS) Sees eee eee eee 1739, 1959, 1962,

2311-2312, 3046, 3048-3050, 3517
prayers --....-- 28,39 2426, 2592, 2759, 2795, 3129
prayer-book ....-..-- pERCO So SeenSseRS 2760
PWD E RI ooo yon eaSoncanADcuasonsHass 1407a-1407b
DENG) BoosQ0psooH auBCoD casaSesqoneaEsee 2759, 2795

PLO PCLNAM CS fem ele ymee lite 2170a
psalms ...-...-- - -2448, 3081, 3129
songs..--- 28, 949a, 953, 953a, 3730
SPECIMENS een eeere eee erieee estes 3901
terms .--. .-- 761, 1953, 2792, 3521, 4175
texteresceepeeseeer econ 116e, 954, 956a, 959-960,

987, 1120a, 1120¢, 1407a-1407b, 1618a, 1947, 3251
tira ditlons presacral eae ee saat 3730
vocabulary .....-- 28, 212, 297-298, 574a, 575-576,

580, 755b, 952, 1113, 1136, 1331, 1391,
1393, 1736a, 17389, 2050a, 20509, 2052a,
2126a, 2204, 2216, 2311-2312, 2387a, 2390,
3123, 3126-3127, 3211-3212, 3414, 3518,
3524, 3837-3838, 4042-4043, 4170-4171
WAMU 525coadpeosdenbagdsoooSod cus c .--.1]6e,
718, 1989-1990, 2205, 2377-2379, 2947, 3502-
3503, 3520, 3625, 3832, 3905, 3908-3909, 3982
Algonkine: See Algonkin.
Algonkinska: See Algonkin.
Algonquin: See Algonkin.
Algonquine: See Algonkin.

Alichewocabularyees se e-em ae eee see 28
Alikwa numerals. - 2678
vocabulary -.-..--.- -931, 1508
Alleghany vocabulary. 1978a
yAlsenivocabularyass=sssseeeeeeeeee cee 1247f, 1454
Alséya: See Alsea.
Alta California Lord’s Prayer .-. .----.. 3577-3578
Ametican: See Indian.
Anasitch vocabulary .-..--..-.-.-..-.-.. 2583-2584
Andastes general remarks. --.........---- 3582
Andreanowski Islands vocabulary ..-.-.- 28
Apache general remarks. -..-.-- 364, 1422, 2859, 4112
SLAM MAL eee eevee bleh ceeeemeee seca 928
grammatic comments. . .217, 217a-217, 1422, 4109
mumeral Sere hesee sees Teese 926, 1629, 3876a
PTO POLMAM CS seperate ata elereiseraieeicle(ate 4111
Telationships\-e see sete ssa eee eeeeee 4110

RGIS o-55p-cdngose coneasaonednacoace 926, 4113

)

1773, 2214, 2216, 2303, 2372, 3592, 3608-
3609, 3623, 4103, 4108-4109, 4114, 4272
Whi spsspoovéesaqes ecusoobsboSuonoes 926, 2212

Apache-Mojave: See Yavapai.

Apache-Yuma: See Tulkepa.

Apalachian: See Appalachian.

Apalachice: See Appalachian.

Apatch: See Apache.

Apatsche: See Apache.

Apatsh: See Apache.

Appalachian text......-....-.-.-.....-.- 3633, 3635
TOCHIET 7s o00 -noasssoacaccncegooasusod 718, 1331

Applegate: See Umpqu;:

Applegate Creek vocabulary..-.......... 1C7

Ara: See Karok.

Arapaho grammatic comments..-.--. 527-528, 1685
numerals ......- SugoSoEobSoS 3048-3050
proper names - 392, 703, 36284, 3944
WSEINS, SoopesdcosoqsaseodoobacosHcanuKaKe 761

vocabulary 527-528,
1393, 1685, 2214, 2216, 2645, 3665, 3806

Arapahoe: See Arapaho.

Arapoho: See Arapaho.

Arapohoe: See Arapaho.

Aravaipa: See Arivaipa.

Are-a-plat: See Flatbow.

Arctic Family relationships.............. 2840

Arickaree: See Arikare.

Arickkara: See Arikare.

Arikara: See Arikare.

Arikare numerals. . .1336, 1685, 2678, 3048, 3050, 3631

DIVESEE) cocoseaadausooDedS Gessbpscdosa 1685
proper names ...-.... 698-699, 702-704, 1940, 1955¢
SPCCIMEN Siretael teste fear einteiearieraceiiats 2521
terms = 1336
vocabulary.--.- 682-683, 685, 687a, 689, 1061, 1685,
1836, 2204, 2216, 2645, 3625, 4103

Aripe general remarks .....--......-..-.- 1754

Arivaipa vocabulary - 1589, 2307, 2885

VAI Z ON AWOL Sieeeecieetseiseeeisteeisetehela 3757

Arkanza: See Kansas. ;

Arraarra numerals - -
vocabulary

Arrapaho: See Arapaho.

Ashiwi: See Zuiii.

Asiagmut vocabulary ....--.....--------- 1231

Assineboin: See Assiniboin.

Assinee: See Assiniboin.

Assinepoetuc: See Assiniboin.

Assiniboels: See Assiniboin.

2678

Assiniboin grammatic comments.....-... 1977-1978
IGM SpsqeoueaueascousnossesesecasosocoD 604
Lord’s Prayer -...---. 2473a, 3577-3578, 3624-3625
proper names.-------.----- 698-699, 702-704, 702a
TelatiONnShiplecsam ei a= meme eer eects ela 2645
SPECIMEN sem ereeee eee ames scseecce 2521
HOBIE) SoodooupndbeHsadascudasdsoanaaoaDe 761
OCA DULAD ure eelotcte ei iteisieteielssciisie 28, 1022, 1391,

1685, 3624, 3951-3952, 4173
WAUKIS Soosodasnacoos osoesedecogosEabssse 3185¢

Assiniboinice: See Assiniboin.

INDEX. 1093
No. No.

Assiniboire: See Assiniboin. Ballo-Kai-Pomo: See Pomo.

Assinneboin: See Assiniboin. Bannack general remarks........... 217, 217a-217b

Atacapa: See Attacapa. | Barbara: See Indian.

Atfalati grammatic comments ........... 1464 | Batemdakaice: See Batemdakaii.
hrasesyen- see tence -1464, 1466 | Batemdakaii vocabulary ...........-.... 1501, 1508
PRINANCAS sochd bieeteaaccsnansconesoes A 1464, 1466 | Bayano numerals..........-.--..-...-..-- 2678
UGE Rise ac oscce aCe aece eRe Se eE ene Se EEESS 1464 VWOCabU any nec snneseaaaesaee ee eee 2216, 3549
WOL0S2esoe = 1464, 1466 See Darien.

Athabascan affinities, &c - 543-544 | Bay of Kenay: See Kinai.
characteristic forms.-..............-.... 580-581 | Beaver catechism .-. 405
eneralinemank sees asscee eee eee ae 2678 hVI0NS pees -- 326,405
grammatic comments ...-...-........-. 1391 manual of devotion . 405
PLOP SIM AM CS teeny sane eel 704 prayers .......... Fooseenssaeatosce 326, 405
tribal names ... - 2214, 2216 vocabulary..-.....-. 326, 539-540, 1861, 2080, 2207,
SOLOS ese ed et aoe asic 3791-3792 2215, 2393, 2645

Athabaskan: See Athabascan. Belantsea: See Crow.

Athapasca: See Athabascan. Belhoola: See Billechoola.

Athapaska: See Athabascan. Bellacoola: See Billechoola.

Athapasken: See Athabascan. Bellechoolo: See Billechoola.

Atkan general remarks .......-.--....--- 3994 | Beothuc: Sce Bethuck.
MUMe als esen ee ecs wees seosneec 982 | Bethuck vocabulary ..-.... 1677a-1677b, 2212, 2216,
BODE Sieememoeemnasene sees sisee cise aaa 3994 2242, 2298-2299, 3341
WGI ESI ccoad tosencaeeeonas acc eoene 981-982 | Bethuk: See Bethuek.

Atklan: See Atkan. Biber: See Beaver.

Atna general remarks. -. ..-..........- 1512, 3006 | Bilechoola: See Billechoola.
numerals. 1101 | Bilhoola: See Billechoola.
TOCA sA5sacccuanaoncoSsonadaasoece 28, 205, | Billechoola vocabulary. ...217, 2174-217, 537-538,

217, 217a-217b, 527-530, 539-540, 551, 1391,
1393, 1861, 2205, 2216, 2384-2391, 3006, 3006h

WON GS et eae eile ic(narate sia saeco ee sors 3502
See Tacully.

Atnaer: See Atna.

Atnah: See Atna.

Atsina numerals 3048-3050

Attacapa vocabulary.----..--...-. 212, 1116, 1116a,
1321, 1391, 1393, 1978a, 2204, 2216

Attakapa: See Attacapa.

Aubsiroke: See Crow. | :

PAZ teCrCalendateraci smc ee-needa pees oe

2680
GiGtioneryeseec seco e se eese eee eae 386
CRIN NOE concasotcearoueercananbdorsene 14940
general remarks. - -.217, 2L7a-217), 385, 1872, 3403
(SEMIN Ci erer Samaceeane CSD Gacds 217, 217a-217b
grammatic comments -.-.----- 535-536, 1494a, 3595
IRIELO SLY PHICS ees es especie eee tines 2927
IWATE Sescasosanes socesenccocseae _ 525-526
Lord’s Prayer .--..--..- 217, 217a-217b, 1101, 3595
MAM CS\OM P00 Sesee=e esas enews 3717
numerals. - -1101, 1720, 1870
sermons -.-. 2757
SOngS ..-.- 1062
Specimens) ------.------
terms -
UO oseecdneaneo bdo soncctosenDnecS 2300, 2756, 3012
vocabulary -----...-.-.. -.--.217, 217a-217b,

1

755b, 1333, 1870, 2716, 8760a

words.....-.--.-.--.937-538, 579b, 1720, 2860, 3950
See Mexican.

Aztec-Sonora grammatic comments
See Senora.

Azteca: See Aztec.

Aztek: See Aztec.

Aztekische: See Aztec.

Azteque: See Aztec.

Baie d’Hudson: See Hudson's Bay.

583

1393, 1501, 1509, 2205, 2207, 3534, 3872, 3876a
Billechoula: See Billechoola.
Billechula: See Billechoola. :
2198

Blackfoot, grammar ......-..--....-...c0-
grammatic comments .-...---... 28, 527-528, 1685
THOU BEAM eeS (oscomsasomads _----2478a, 3577-

3579, 3624-3625, 3914-3915
- 2204, 2521, 3048-3050, 3776
- 202-204, 698—

numerals. ...
proper names .

699, 702a, 2646, 3944

SMO CLM ON ee aaa eee 2521
Ten Commandments - sce 3776
Wewice Chnochoshe asebcssossen 523-524, 761, 1326
VOC DUAL == teen annals ace e eat 28, 527-528,
682-683, 685, 687a, 689, 876-877, 1024,

1061, 1326-1329, 1391, 1393, 1635, 1685,
1860, 2159, 2198, 2204, 2215-2216, 2620,
2645, 3624-3625, 3776, 3951-3952, 4173

WOR cn os eco cneeesccsccosese 2205, 30640
See Piegan.
Blanco numerals)-2---~.a---~ eases scree 5 3617
Blood Blackfoot: See Blackfoot.
Bodega vocabulary..-..-....-....---..... 2204

VED EEO ERS eo mecsc 205
Boréale (région) : See Northern Indians.
Boribivocabulary..---..---25-- 32s o oe B974a
Boruca vocabulary BO7T4
Bristol Bay vocabulary 1231
Brotherton ONES en sedew ancien ener elaa ae 2lla
Brulé names of chiefs.................... B44

PLN CCS pSeeSscessne o/he soceGe ee 1835

See Dakota.

Brunswick vocabulary...........-.----.- 1860

Cabecar vocabulary
Cacchequel: See Cakchiquel.
Cacchi catechism

confession. ...
confessional

1094 INDEX.
No. No.
Cacchi conversational phrases .--.-------- 834a | Cakchiquel text ...--. .........----- 145, 442, 1949,
doctrina christiana ..-.-...--- 2876a, 3981a, 4032¢ : 2413, 2564, 2923, 3460, 4022, 4032
general remarks....-.--------.--------- 748 vocabulary.....--- 119, 457, 907, 1622, 2622a, 2774,
(ap NE) Poacoc caaconsacadaassanEss 167b-167e, 596 2911, 3354, 3484, 3726-3728, 4032a~
grammatic material .-.-..-------- - 3898la 4032b, 4050,4050d, 4051a, 4052, 4263
Lord’s Prayer ......----.------- 24730 WOLOSee sere ete= 3957
numerals.....--..------ : 853 | Cakchiqvel: See Cakchiquel.
orthography --.--.------ -917a-917b | Cakgi: See Cacchi.
phrases shania veneers 917¢ | Calapooa: See Kalapuya.
sermons. ...---.-- 834a, 3016a-3016b, 3018a, 3981a | Calapooiah: See Kalapuya.
text ....-- ..590, 834a, 1050, 4020a-4020b | Calapuya: See Kalapuya. .
yocabulary.---- Guana pa cooseneLcoose 135,73b | Calaveras County vocabulary ..-...-.-- 755b, 2348
Cacchiquel: See Cakchiquel. Caledonia Bay vocabulary.-......-.------- 2349
Caché: See Cacchi. California general remarks..-.--.------- 9138, 1282a,
Cachi: See Cacchi. 1500, 2848, 3105a, 3808
Cachiquel: See Cakchiquel. grammatic comments ...-..----.--.----- 738
Cachiqvel: See Cakchiquel. Mordisperay eres cece eee ese cca 836
Caddomumeralsieesaaeeaceresee eee 2470 MUMCLA Steere seem eeeee eee ecee eee sat 784
proper names....----------------------- 1955¢ observations .....-..--..-.-.-02-.-..6-- 1534
sign language..--...--.--------+------- 2373 heh ELS) cdoobo esos b5eadecabcosSSaDGcoS 2124a
vocabulary.--...- 527-528, 1391, 1398, 2204, 2214, specimens) 22 -mece-eeeer 1099, 1099a, 1940a, 2682
2216, 2374, 2470-2472, 3600, 4103 vocabulary ..-- - - 783, 1456-1457, 2194b, 2215
SWOT Siamese eetisteleleelesesiseise stele ere er 3502 WOKE) Goons cnboscdo seeseobosddoas 1782, 3577-3579
Caddoe: See Caddo. Camanche: See Comanche.
Cahita catechism. ---....-..--.----------- 679 | Ca-mdn-chee: See Comanche.
grammar. -----0. seen eo =- === =~ 166, 217, 217a— | Canada doctrina christiana - 463-469, 719-720, 720a
217b, 545-546, 5474, 548a Mordisverayereeee-s-ses eee 397d, 2452, 3449a
grammatic comments --..----- 527-528, 2998-2999 mumeral sees ee 616-630, 1119-1120,
Lord's Prayer... --217, 217a-217b, 2841 1959-1962, 2161-2163, 2268-2274, 3409
manual .-.-5510-551p, 1563 origin of the word...--..--.--...-.-- : 996
MuUMerAls poems e eee eee eerie earls 547 TOMATIES): occ ate cacios ostoahicn ees 913
polysynthetic words ..-..--..---------- 527-528 VOM EN Ry Sopsccncos conasocuS 298, 616-630, 913
OMEN) Sosoa eoseonboen SésochoosonnHs 527-528 | Canadois: See Canada.
terms ..--.--- 523-524 | Canal de Santa Barbara vocabulary .-.. -- 165
vocabulary -- OGD ~--- 284, 527-528, 3824 | Canestoga general remarks -..-....--.... 3082
Cahokia proper names ...---.------------ 1940 TROCHIDHED S /Saeecceacemcobacsacescnoneass 298
Cahroc: See Karok. Caniba: See Canniba.
Cahuillo grammatic comments. --.-- 217, 217a-217) | Canienga: See Mohawk.
MUM OLA See eeitel setae ieee melee ee 547, 2678 | Canniba book of prayers...--..---.------ 415
vocabulary ..-. -...--217, 217a-217b, 248, 527-528 Mordisperay el aesese seer eeee eect aer 3914-3915
1061, 2215-2216, 3303, 4103 | Canton of Choco: See Chocha.
Caiganee: See Kaigani. Cape Flattery numerals.--... -......-.-- 1629
Cakchi: See Cacchi. Capote Uta: See Ute.
Cakehiguel: See Cakchiquel. Capoteca: See Zapoteca.
Cakchikel: See Cakchiquel. Capotéque: See Zapoteca.
Cakchiquel Bible ..-.--.--.----.---...--- 3207p | Caraib: See Carib.
calendar. .....----- Caraibe: See Carib.
catechism ....-...- Caraibean: See Carib.
confessional. . Caraibee: See Carib.
dictionary . Caraiben: See Carib.
(aS COULS Obelyreeeisel- lei ieemer acer Carib Apostles’ Creed ........-...:-..-.. 3151
doctrina christiana- - .--1046, 1236, 2412, 3960 COI M M ceconanSboanas bdebdadousedeson 471, 475
general remarks.....--....--.-..--..--- 1754 dictionary ..-. 359, 472-473, 1729, 1729b, 1740, 2234
PAEMINEV IGS Soodbaasosedusccoaqaes 118, 167a, 445, general remarks .-----..-.-------. 25a, 913, 1168,
495d, 1014, 1314, 1622, 2412, 3354, 2377-2379, 2549-2550, 2678, 3498
3881, 4032, 4032a—4032b, 4050, 4265 gospel St. Matthew..-...-....---..- 209(p.), 1725 ee
grammatic comments. - .217, 217a—217b, 2998-2999 ERED pod oobboceenesa6s CaSe 359, 1729, 17294 —
sketcle sae. -eeaaneeee ee 3760a grammatic comments .....-- 23-24, 28, 3311-3312 —
Wbord!siPraycr)-ssecwie oe =< leee eee 217, 217a-217b specimens -------.-----.-- 3586
mames/of;animalsfe=-- <a 2 vase eae 4032a Lord's Prayer..---.-.-- _.28,185a, 397d, 13381, 2452, ~
months os css seseereee eee ere 2588a 2473a, 3022, 3151, 3362, 3449a, 3452—
NMUMELAl Beemer: oe cee eee eee 363/, 1390 numerals 2212, 2845, 2916, 3046, 3979 =—
‘Pentateuchis---csscese cee ce cece eeee 2941 place names .. 317
TONGS) ogoscccGcupus SsaconcdenanceouRsaAs 3207 prayers -.- 12
sermons ........---- 49, 1015, 2414, 3207, 3459, 3495 | S0NDg-------0------c---eeeco¥eeedeceeneee 2607 ——

INDEX 1 O95
No. | No.
Carib Ten Commandments ........ .... . 3151 ~-Chactaw: See Choctaw.
UGG nae Saocecsacce ane --985, 1127-1131 | Chactawice: See Choctaw.
vocabulary .........-...23-25, 28, 212a, 217, 217a- } Chactawisch: See Choctaw.
217b, 363q, 398, 421, 913, 1127u, 1129a— | Chahta: See Choctaw.
)/ 1129b, 1331, 1389, 1729¢, 2071-2072, | Chahta-Muskokee: See Choctaw.
¥ 2432, 2787, 2845, 3123, 3211-3212, _Chainslek vocabulary... -c-c-seenceese es 1508
3345, 3347, 3349, 3478, 8726, 3728, 3760a 1 Chaktaw: See Choctaw.
WOrdsisees see ee - -- ----2070-2073, 2276, | Chaiiabal confessional .. .....--.--..-.- 585, 2924
2377-2379, 2475, 2124-3125, | doctriva christiana .............-.-...: 2924
Caribbee: See Carib. | grammatic comments ............-.-- 2998-2999
Caribe: See Carib. Lordiaserayer seasons se aes cee 217, 217a-217b, 836
Caribe-Tamanaque specimens ............ 1978a MU MOL] S ieee asco secereneese sate eens 2924
Caribicé: See Carib. vocabulary. .-.--caccessseseeecenenes 3630, 34700
Carmel Mission numerals....... 527-528, 1101, 2212 | Chaneabal: See Chanabal.
VCGRIM EIA sescasancse onions RoasScneesese 2348 | Chapanec: See Chiapanec.
Carolina vocabulary .-................- 2224-2227 | Charaibe: See Carib.
Carrier: See Tacully. Charibbean: See Carib.
Carrizo wocabulary.-.-----......-..----- 3948 | Charibbee: See Carib.
Cascade Lord’s Prayer .......-..-...---.. 4276 | Chata: See Choctaw.
Catawba grammatic comments..-....--. 2287-2288 | Chawano: See Shawnee.
phrases E 2589 | Chayenne: See Cheyenne.
terms -- --. 523-524 | Checalish: See Tsibalish.
text. ..-.. 1470 | Cheenook: See Chinook.
vocabulary .---28, 212, 297-298 | Cheerak: See Cherokee.
3, 2204, 2216, 2287 | Cheerake: See Cherokee.
words 1470 | Chehalis: See Tsihalish.
. -3534, 3872 | Chekeeli: See Tsihalish.
WL asanscbespecccnecosdanoo SnERe 537-538, 2205 | Chel-a-ke: See Cherokee.
Caughnawaga catechism ......-.......... 2455 | Chelcki: Sec Cherokee.
MOrdisth ray clesseet eee sseseeseeeecs -38577-3579 | Chell-o-kee: See Cherokee; see Hitchitee.
numerals 3585 | Chemakum general discussion .-........- 1144
prayer-book . ae eeeeee-ee-- 2458-2460 CIN SS) pecab-ooeesbaemcvcsncscccs posODae 1142
TOGHIDMIP IB) Soaccsdacoesarsesoasacses 28, 297-298 VOCADUIATY) sentence sa oee cence cee 1518
Cayenne: See Galibi. words, phrases, and sentences .--..--.- 1145
Cayiuker: See Cayuga. Chemegue : See Chemehuevi.
Cayubaba numerals. .............-...-. 2678 | Chemehuevi general remarks .-.....-.--. 2859
word for head......... 2276 grammatic comments. ..217, 217a-217b, 1425-1426
Cayuga general remarks. 2029 MUN OLAS eee erelelermeis eee ee 2678
geographic names .... a : 2643 -217, 217a-217b, 267, 267a,
numerals .......- 2916, 31852, 3979, 4098 , 2307, 3080, 4103
DHLASGS erases eee eciee eset ea ae 3653 | Chemmesyan: See Tsimsian.
Veldaonshipseeme tessa asec eee see 2645 | Chenook: See Chinook.
SONNORS soacsnsccosanpstewecenncso Oacr 3653 | Chepewyan Bible lessons ............---- 402
ROLM Besos sevens ac soo ea ccs weesscheoe ne ae 523-524 Book of Common Prayer....-....--.. 2108-2109
Trarbalerorms sence eee eee ee 163Ga-1636b | generalremarks................ 1107a, 2384-2391
vocabulary ..........-. 28, 212, 297-298 106], 1393, | gospels..-....-.-----------e--eeeseeeees 2107
1946a, 20 ‘9, 2216, 2646, 3511-3512 | grammatic comments ....-. 217, 217a-217b, 1406
TOL Sn eae et 2855, 2979, 3653, 3949 | YMG, ob u eee ee oecee eee 402, 2108-2109
Cayus: See Cayuse. | numerals. 530, 1959-1962, 3046
Cayuse numerals. ......-.---- KeengéEcasco 2214 | primer 402
vocabulary -.830c, 1393, 2041, 2207, 2215-2216, 4047 proper names 704
Cazcane general remarks ..--....--. 217, 217a, 217 vocabulary......---. 28, 107, 212, 529-530, 539-540,
Cechi: See Cacchi. | 551, 1391, 1393, 1861, 2077, 2204, 2207, 2216,
Cegiha dictionary 1074 2240, 2276, 2387a, 2393, 2395, 2645, 3393, 4103
grammar. ..- 1073 SV OLUS loteta tate ote atelectasis nteiniet atmo 3508
Notters eet ene 5 1072 | Cheppewyan: See Chepewyan.
myths, stories, and letters.-.....-...--. 1071 | Cherakee: See Cherokee.
Celdala: See Tzendal. Cherehuen numerals ............-. ..-+-- 547
Celdale: See Tzendal. Cherokee Acts of Apostles. .........--.. 4229-4232
Central America general remarks. . 3634-3637, 458, GU EME aodesd s cosesearecenaas Sines oe 768-773
458a, 901, 2044-2045, 2209, 3373, 3497, 3732, 3957 Rp AVeb: <a eer oman mn aes 131, 774-778,
TO LIE cease Jas cc Ce BOOS SOU En aeInS AO0OCr 8729 | 1391, 1940, 3117, 3519, 3519a, 4082
Ceri: See Seri. arithmetic.. 20174
Cerochese: See Cherokee. catechism .. 5e 671
Chacta: See Choctaw. confession of faith...... 4206

1096 INDEX.

No. No.

Cherokee conjugation.-...-----.--------- 2985 | Cheyenne sign language .....-..---- 5D 1060
constitution and laws .-----.---- - 860-861 z11la, 1060
doctrines and discipline --..---- 50 TOBY? || TEIN) sopacanpeoussdsboccaccHEsdBomebeoS 761
epistle to Ephesians..---. -- 9 do 2014 2-3, 338a, 527-528, 1061,

Romans. ...... o0ne. pancoodS 1215a 1373, 1391, 2214, 2216, 2645, 3665
epistles ...-... 1212-1215, 1217-1221, 1293, 1489-1491 WOES cad sdopanaon sag0es oosacsoons soda0d 2521
epistles of John.. .-1219a-1220a | Chiagmiut vocabulary. -..-.---.-.---.----- 3530, 4277
examples. ...- ..317c, 1494@ | Chiananteco: See Chinantec.
JOEACNWE| Bosconose Bel BSE AOO OS 4207 | Chiapa grammar -.-..-.-----.------------ 566a, 705
general remarks. --- 301-309, 1270a, 1690, i?)¢ No hoaneqHadaddasoscEsubosBaDoaSbebeS 3986
2377-2379, 2678, 3321, 3511-3512, 4209, 4211 TOGRINE IA aso cechoncsecsa. Sonaabdiud 566a, 2525 -
Goenesismee cn cene cece ee eeee slain ones 4208 | Chiapanec calendar, &¢ ..---..----..----- 220, 363¢
gospels - . 84, 1577, 1579-1581, 3711b, 4221-422 COMpanrisOnSseseesereeeesee meee 495¢
Sinn EWandossaptosssoonoqoss secs 1360, 2018, 2980 doctrina christiana..-.....--..----- 50, 278, 1046D
grammatic comments. .-...-- 317c, 1391, 3586, 4210 general remarks. ---.. Bac 1754
IANS Gonaopeasusuocouqa. Bxdd 425, 4187, 4212-4220 grammar. .......---..- -50, 278, 368¢
inflections seeeree weserecseceece eee 2645 grammatic comments......------------ 2978-2979
Nsaiaheemere cee tictels see eteeniserece eae a dead Lord’s Prayer --- . 217, 217a-217b, 836
IER AS cobdcososeenceactisasoundesusSouuesa 3398 relationships ..-..------..-:----------- 363¢
IIE hy GeocoobScoseooou ogee deaaceso5000 799 Sermons. . - -2783-2784
MOT AIS PE LAY CL stare iaielel steer = eee eet 1271, 1629, WErddcasda aooshoadesdedesecce 22840, 2871a, 2918
1946, 2711, 2713, 3765, 3961 vocabulary .-.--- 748, 797b, 1067b-1067e, 3595, 4045a
MOWSPAP CLS peleterteteieteeiettelal fees 424, 2013, 3398 | Chiapaneca: See Chiapanec.
New Testament........----- 498b, 2012, 2742-2743 | Chiapaneco: See Chiapanec.
mumeralseeesreretent=— 558, 1629, 1959-1962, 1972 | Chiapanéque: See Chiapanec.
phrases eeercacseemaee ere 670, 702-704, 1459, 1770@ | Chibcha relationship -------------.------- 2645
PVIMEL Lee see seem elel= ese el == 779-780, 780@ | Chicasa: See Chickasaw.
pronominal forms. - ..1636a-1636b | Chichimec catechism ...--.-.------------ 2888
propernames-......---------------- 670, 678-679, dictionaryesesan tease eee eae 2888
699, 702-704, 702a, 1940, 2646 general remarks ......---.--- 217, 217a-217b, 1954
LESAN Elassacouso00 coacdsscnoncseanuaKee 4233 prammar..--- <2 2-2-3. 3-2. ate le 2888
relationships. -- 2011, 2645, 3882 grammatic comments. ...---.----------- 738
sentences -.-. 1459-1460, 1770a | Chichimeca: See Chichimec.
BOTMONS ee eee osetia eee iaee seer 3558 | Chichimeki: See Chichimec.
EWnYs6aden cocogs95s009 211a, 781, 1740a, 2592, 3021 | Chichiméque: See Chichimec.
spelling-book..........--.-----------+--- 554, 4187 | Chickasa: See Chickasaw.
ROC Scoapacoopnaddeaosaencconcs 2728, 3519, 3558 | Chickasah: See Chickasaw.
town asccnoseadesoG 18-19, 523-524, 2308, 2792, 2988 | Chickasaw constitution and laws -..-.--- 4250
TOKE) cecoconcoongsqsouasauassosstorcaso 1003 general remarks --.-- 06 .-- 2377-2379
(OEE) Se Boosgdupdesoac soo; c0dKCS 397, 422-423, 979, grammatic comments. .-.---.------ ---- 28
1248-1249, 1826, 2597, 3789, 3813 numerals... obnoddoaspouneHsoo 1959-1962, 1972
treatise on marriage .-.-....---.--- --- 3888 proper names ..-.--------------.------- 2646
WONG) asec enipanads cease qeesoSanesSosaEoS 1136 relationships: -----.----<----------=---- 880
vocabulary..... 28, 212, 297-298, 480a, TWINS) acasacadaoonboncRenansosegeceses 18-19, 2988
584, 661-662, 782, 1061, 1393, 1636a-1636), vocabulary -.28, 212, 297-298, 1519, 1682, 2204, 3351
1682, 1690, 1770a, 2018, 2216, 2645, 3493 WOM sacetocasdaboccodscanas 2377-2379, 3625, 3982
WOLDS eecee eee eistccc eee 577, 582, 1460, 1770a, | Chickesaw: See Chickasaw. =
2215, 2377-2379, 3502, 3625, 3982 | Chihuaheno Lord’s Prayer ..--..--------- 836

Cheroki: See Cherokee. Chikasah: See Chickasaw.

Cherokie: See Cherokee. Chikasha: See Chickasaw.

Chetemacha: See Chetimacha. Chikeelis: See Tsihalish.

Chetimacha dictionary -..---.------------ 1481 | Chikkasah: See Chickasaw.

UGA asacoecdcducacucdaodeaacdbocdsadone 1480 | Chimalapa vocabulary ------.----------- 1343, 3711
vocabulary .:.......--...- weenie 212, 1117,1117a, See Zoque.
1391, 1398, 1455a-1455b, 1978a | Chimariko VWOCaDU Arye a= en is-\eesi= lee 3098
OL Siasete ects ietele iene sects eee ees 2205 | Chimehuevi: See Chemehuevi.
Cheyenne grammatic comments .-....---- 527-528, | Chimesyan: See Tsimsian.
1685, 2006-2007 | Chimsyan: See Tsimsian.
names of persons. --...-.-2.-.--2-----=- 3628a | Chin Indians: See Tacully.
MOLES memeeteteeeeise sdcpecesso0s seaoseaoos 1300 | Chinantec dictionary. -.-----.------------ 3351
numerals. - - - 2-3, 3048-3050 doctrina christiana, &¢--.--..---------- 277
place names. - c 1060 general remarks ------..----- 217, 217a-217b, 1754
PIOPCL NAMES sce. eco ente seas 392, 698-699, + grammar...---.---------------+--- ---- 705, 8351
702-704, 702a, 1940, 1955¢ MUMOCraSpeeeeeaeeeer eee tees 3351
TOLALLON SLIPS yore eteretelmela lena sae ealeeaierars 2645 vocabulary ........---------------+----- 40450,

INDEX. 1097

No.

Chinanteca: See Chinantec.
Chinarra general remarks........--. 217, 217a-217b
C@hinomyords Serene esscenee ceria ese ecere 3702
Chinook dictionary........----..-..---- 1018, 1031)
OXAMPleseracieteeealeslee aes ~ moO 1635
general remarks -.--.-.1107a, 1635, 2678, 3164, 3716
(AWEEIN Gnocodasosepoeocoooonesanendoese 2768
grammatic comments. .. 217, 217a-217b, 527-528
TIWARI) Cocosdionnocscascescosne SSScosries 1018
Lord's Prayer.........- --. 399, 527-528, 1101
numerals ..---..--- 1101, 1629,2886, 3169, 3252-3253.
3781-3782
TWEE CS caccos cadomoceoscueaneseectmanna 4047
prayers ase 1018
proper names ....... ... ..... 702, 702a, 703, 1495
ROWERS sodedo :dtacdosasss send ssnDSHSONE 1141, 1l41a
SPECIMENS ase slserieelaciaaie = meant a nls 1108, 1108a
UGH) senSoocceapoececan assecn coshesaras 3668
TR in ceSn OnE S COS SHES ESS EA SODSUSEEESOneES 1017a
vocabulary ....-..-. 527-528, 1061, 1141, 1323, 1391,

1393, 1635, 1694a, 2215-2216, 2904-2905.
2907-2909, 3169, 3252-3253, 3381, 3518,
3534, 3598, 3781-3782, 3876a, 4047, 4066

WOLUS)- sos een esac sacecens=s 399, 537-538, 2205
Chinook Jargon conversations .-.-.. 850-851, 1032b
dialogues........--..- SRE ROON SHE RO BETES 3769
dictionaryseeseen eaeate sees 850-851, 1032-1033,
1032a-1032b, 1497-1498, 1619, 3769

general remarks .......--.----.--- 217, 217a-217b
(WEES cosoan reccoupSogSCovoScoUUTeSees 2768
grammatic comments -..-.------------ 1148, 2368
Tyan oooocoseconecencos 1140, 1247d, 2393a-2393b

Lord’s Prayer-217, 217a-217b,399, 1032b,1247d,1498

numerals 762
sentences 2372
vocabularya se s2--- == 105a, 160b, 336, 762, 794,

1635, 1695, 2207, 2292, 3381, 4047, 4059
WOKUS) Sacasoncesen Sb soosseoospecaacese 2886

Chinue: See Chinook.

Chinuk: See Chinook.

Chipewyan: See Chepewyan.

Chipouais: See Chippewa.

Chippawa: See Chippewa.

Chippewa Acts of Apostles ..---..----- 1643, 3475a
AUER sceocoocesonadcedcacaconeecen s6ec 3504
administration of sacraments. --....--- 2832-2833
ETON EI oocencoasoccaQesacb Io SOSUBaOnG 1867, 1867a
Apostles’ Creed .--..........----------. 2318
iBiblevextracts).--<-- ssq-----22=2+------

BLOLICS seetepee einai intel
Book of Common Prayer -
meditation........------.------ 259
catechism. - - 255, 265, 1079, 1085, 2801, 3475a

GEEIYEGT Os ccoccscebecconcc ecsseeeseneacn
dictionary .

1967
3517
652
general remarks..-...--- 181, 885-886, 1107a, 2029,
2377-2379, 3504, 3517
Genesis. portions of ..---..----- 1245a, 1959-1962,
2025-2026, 3717
geography --..----.-..--------+ «s.---- 6

gospel St. John. --.84 (p.), 208 (p.), 208a (p.), 209
(p ),479-498, 2016-2017, 2827, 3711b-3711e(p.)

No.

Chippewa gospel St. Luke........-...-.-. 1642
gospel St. Matthew 1583, 1857,
2023 (p.) 75a

grammar 246, 248-249, ¢
grammatic comments

7, 3777
hymnal ..- 1855
hymns 881, 883, 84a,

887, 1245, 1641, 1934, 2024, 2 2
2030-2037, 2034a, 2036a, 2195-2196,
2681, 3475a, 3508-3509, 3767, 3940,
4076, 2836, 2868, 569a, 2318, 2832-2833
legend cose sen aces eae aes anaes ae 2973b
lessons 1084, 1086
256
Lord’s Prayer -185a, 1828a-1828b, 1959-1962, 2029,
2318, 3577-3578, 3914-3915, 4276
-339-340

months. -

names. -- -- 3176a
names of seasons .-.---.--------- - 3508-3509
New Testament. - 394-396, 1965, 2830-2831
NOW SDADOL sea sene sees eens eee aan 1927, 4177
numerals . 634-647, 1265, 1629, 1959-1962, 2311-2312,

3517, 3785, 4085
Pentatenchnce.<-sc seen season aaa = eae 2835
DHVASCSieeacaee=ce= =e 2311-2312, 2331, 3505, 3621
place names|--------=--- << 2.2 e eae 1319, 1945, 4184
prayer-book ...260, 265, 334, 2832, 2837, 3475a, 4001
Teh CO sisnonenuscocesctcsretanorercaccen 255, 2868
PONG). parse AS aromas tas Sea ceasaoS 1080-1081

proper names -... 670, 678-679, 690, 690a-690b, 699,
702-704, 702a, 1940, 1955b-1955e, 2029, 2646, 3522

psalms ..--.-- 2832-2834
reading-book. 1396, 2806, 3711d
relationships 1083
remarks. .... -913, 1978a
Sermon-Dooke soe cs saa sen eeeeneceeqcon= 261
songs ..-.. 211a, 255, 338, 881-882, 885, 886a, 1270a,

1305, 1570, 1828-1831, 2383, 3021, 3504,

3506, 3508-3509, 3519b, 3521, 3768

SPeClMens sieese enon aa ee 3204, 3504a, 3901
spelling-book .... 195a, 384, 1021, 1243-1244, 2022,
2797-2800, 2806, 2862, 3711d

KO Af cenenEReecmcmenr been COSTOSDCIS 1942, 1954
Ten Commandments = 2318
LOLINS ewe els laiaan=i a 523-524, 1570b, 2137-2138, 2428
text . .263-264, 1828a-1828h, 1853a, 1951, 2867, 3475a
ELaCU ee ccccee --178, 845-846, 3238
verbal forms ......-.-..---------+-+--+: 2029
verses - 3517
vocabulary ...--- z Beer: 28, 212,
264a@, 297-298, 319, 634-647 , 885-886,
886a,1027¢,1061, 1082, 1133-1139, 11344,
1135a@,1391, 1393, 1629, 1646, 1712, 1946¢,
1959-1962, 1964, 2003, 2005, 2010, 2029,
2204, 2216, 2311-2312, 2814-2315, 2383,
2390, 2406, 2630, 2645, 2768, 2079, 3414,
3453, 3473, 8505, 8527, 8777, 4174-4175
words ..... .-. 409, 1929-1990,

21, 3474-3475, 3502-
21, 3625, 3949, 3982

Chippeway: See Chippewa.
Chippewyan: See Chepewyan; see Tinne,
Chipwyan: See Chepewyan.

1098 INDEX.
No. No.
Chiquimula general remarks - - moos 2877 | Choctaw tracts .45, 571,796-797, 1626, 1936, 2083, 2741,
Chocha doctrina christiana. - 5360 3363 2761, 3034, 8215-3216, 3463, 3883, 4142@
Ghpininey doécéduacsnoscqoneccaccodes seacac 11 treatieseeeeessse een scec ease eeeere eee 3889, 3954
grammatic comments -.----..--------- 2998-2999 wocabularyncsmsscesee sper e ee eee aan 23-24, 28,
Lord’s Prayer 217, 217a-217b 212, 297-298, 491, 557, 661-662, 1061, 1331,
OLAtIONS peace sale eerie ee else etaincis aiciniay 2842 1391, 1393, 1636a-1636d, 1682, 1846, 2204,
primer .--- eiaele 3363 2216, 2645, 3015a, 3876a, 4059b, 4103, 4251
texteces 798a, 22960 words. ...... 441, 577, 582, 718, 2205, 3503, 3704, 3982
OCA DULATy eeaerisaeietaaetiemcistsiteriat 841, 944, 2350 | Chocuyem grammatic comments ....-.-. 2998-2999
Chocho: See Chocha. Lord’s Prayer .-2i7, 217a—217b, 527-528, 1101, 2212
Chocktaw: See Choctaw. vocabulary....---. 1435-1436, 1501-1508, 2214, 2216 _
Choco :See Chocha. Choktah: See Choctaw.
Chocona: See Chocha. Choktaw: See Choctaw.
Choconate: See Chocha. Chol grammatic comments...........--. 2998-2999
Chocouyem: See Chocuyem. TLord!siPrayerssccnseeleeee = 217, 217a-217b, 836
Choctaw Acts of Apostles.........-..---- i vocabulary .-..-.--.-.-.------.....-. 2209, 3760a
almanacrenreseeesee eee -707-708, 1842-1844 | Cholo vocabulary -.......--.....-....-..-- 3549
arithmeticwacsesscesisaseeeeeesee see eecer 716 See Darien.
Bible stories ..--.. eevee. --- 800-881 +! Cholti confessional: <.- 22.2. -.\seces sce: 2629
catechism ..-..--..-.-.------- 714, 3596-3597, 4045 fone oe ee od oeEEop oobcdsconnoRconeas 2629
Charter ...-.----2-.--2---+-2---------.3024-3025 || “vocabulary’...--.2----+-----.-- 2629, 3753).3760a
Childistboo keessseeeestecaette eases 786-788 | Chondal: See Chontal.
defnen sons}. ase eee eee en eee error 556 | Chontal doctrina christiana .............. 611
discourse .....---- 4142 general remarks ..........--. 217, .217a-217b, 1754
“Priend” (tracts) . ae 715 relationshipsy-s-seseinet ieee eerceentenee 2645
general remarks --. . 2678, 3499 SELMONS terctetelerstselslstelale eletleleiste selec 611
Genesis, portions of ...--..--..--.------ 3540 vocabulary ..........--..-- 363q, 61la, 3718-3720
gospel St.John .. 84 (p.), 208 (p.), 208a (p.), 209, See Popoluea.
1573 (p.), 1841, 3540, 3711b (p.), 3712 (p.) | Chopunish general remarks....-......... 3164
St. Luke 556 (p.), 1584-1585, 1841, 3540 (p ) vocabulary & 3169
StoMarkeecccctas-ne sre aeeee 1582 | Chora: See Cora. iz
St. Matthew ...--..-.. 556 (p.), 1584-1585, | Choroteca: See Chorotega. ‘
1841, 3540 (p.) | Chorotega general remarks ..........-.-. 56a, 495¢
gospel questions (Luke)..--...-----.--- 4538 vocabulary... .----- 217, 217a-217b, 368e, 797b, 2214,
(WieWaS): SGaccaqqaconcao 423: 3718-3720, 3731
history of Abraham ...-..-. 3537 SWNT Gooncadbooopsocnoasestiod 495¢, 3718-3720, 3731
AOSENN Sccaneedatsopsse-6p0s 1102, 3538 | Chorteca: See Chorotega.
Mose8is. sss :ceesecccea sec a= 3539 | Chorti: See Cholti.
Miva Sescaonadegseascs 1569a, 3717, 3890, 4243-4246 | Chota: See Cora.
‘instructionssveseeee eases eens 4297-4298 | Choweshak vocabulary ..-.....-...-..--. 1501
Joshua, Judges, Ruth..--....----..----- 418-419 | Chuchon: See Chocha.
Kings (1st) 1291-1292 | Chuchona: See Chocha.
lexicon. ----.------ 4249 | Chucon: See Chocha.
Lord’s Prayer — 1271, 3519a, 3577-3578, 3712, 4276 | Chugatchigmut: See Chukchi.
New: Lestament eos- ces eineenis eee 2744 | Chukeh: See Chukchi.
numerals...... 10&9a, 1091, 1091a, 1096, 1629, 1846, | Chukche: See Chukchi.
1959-1962, 1972 | Chukchee: See Chukchi.
TERI) cosmo csocadenoded aSeddnaconscs 3712 | Chukchi botanical names .........-....-. 2110a
Pentateuch 417 general remarks 3160
proper names. .400,670, 698-699, 702-704, 702a,2646 grammar. ---.--...-..---.- 2766b
Peal MG pee eneececeriecee 3540 (p), 4243-4244 (p.) grammatic comments ..-.---...-..-...- 28
relationships) ....-.--------.------ 880, 1132, 2645 MUMeTAlS eee eerie 28, 577, 982, 3046, 3366
rules M. EK. Church 1492 IWMUPEGE nGeoce SoseceasobeonpanoeoasSeSy 1848
IAN SooSecedeSoqec6pocGed --- 418-419 GOS eesccs cdscaceeSsacosdocpacasassaces 1848
Samuel (lst and 2d) -.....-- --1£91-1292 text ....-. 3006d
Scripture biography .......-.-.-.---.. 3536-3539 vocabulary - ---- 28, 205, 212, 527-528, 981-982, 1393.
passagesie = --esaeeeeee 3596-3597, 3795 1551, 2145a, 2277, 2766a—2766b,
Scripturese--=-eeaeseet eee 714 (p.) 3006d, 3320, 3366, 3488, 3760, 4277
Secondbookaeessseee ceeeen cee ease 714 WO cuasoosdacwencobo0 - - -2276, 3503, 4087
sentences -. 1458 zoologic names ..--..--.----.--..--.6--- 2766c
SPECIMENS ee aan oleae else sees 1846, 3901 | Chuklukmut numerals -..-...--2.-.-..--- 982
Ten Commandments. --..--.3540, 3712, 4241-4242 VO CHD UL AL Vere estemataleletelaet etter eee 981-982
WS NS4 pdosodacnsnS 145-148, 488, 492-493, 2988, 4065 | Chumtéya vocabulary... 1440
textes semence eae 29, 862, 879, 1675, 2712, 2803 | Chutsinni vocabulary ...........--.---=-- 1507

INDEX. 1099
No. No.
Chwachamaju general remarks........... 3358 | Comanche sign language 2873

term slse- sebastian ete BS Paacae 523-524 |
vocabulary...........205, 527-528, 2214, 221€, 3358

Chwachamajul: See Chwachamaju.

Cilkat woOca DUA seals ee sas eacee eee 3006 |

Cinacanteca: See Chinantec.

Cinaloa: See Sinaloa.

Clackama sentences............-..--...-. 1461
vocabulary 1461

Clallam general discussion 1144 |
grammatic forms. 1143
Lord’s Prayer ... 4276
numerals......... 1599
phrases -......... 9 1146
proper names ..-....- a 1496
Sentences .-...:...... 0 1146
BOYER) sconSscopsconSobosseesesees 1142
WOCADWIATY~cecasisnnnecine == secs -1496, 1520
DWOLQG Sem seats satfece oa =) cove esac eck 1146, 3360

Clatsop: See Klatsop.

Clear Lake vocabulary...........-.---... 367
Coahuilteco: See Tejano.

Coassatte: See Koosatis.

Coasthvoca bularygesse sees eee ae 2585
Cochetime: See Cochimi.

Cochetimi: See Cochimi.

Cochimi catechism ...................... 527-528
Christian doctrine. - 527-528
COM MCN US Eo ee reece ole ee eoeeeen eae 825 |
general remarks. .217, 217a-217b, 1754, 2774a, 2859
grammatic comments --.-.. 28, 527-528, 2998-2999 |

Lord's Prayer . ..28, 185a, 217, 217a-217b, 527-528,
825-826, 2214, 2216, 2473a

3046 |
28 |
704
UGH) scesecbedbesneeten CooSTesesbeasses 523-524 |
Lextincminte mete tee nee Sh Adee ese os 10450 |
vocabulary...... 28, 212, 283, 286, 527-528, 537-538, |
1354-1355, 1430, 2215-2216, 4103
WOLDS seein tana ctwe abet soe cuin se 3982
Cochimtee: Cochimi.
Cochitemi: See Cochimi.
Cochiti general remarks.... ....... ...-. + 2552
WOCaDULAT yee ease eeemec ee 999, 2552, 3608-3609
Cochnewago: See Caughnawaga.
Cochnowago: See Caughnawaga. |
Cocomaricopa numerals......-....-...... 527-528
vocabulary.-.-....... 287, 527-528, 1208, 1393, 2207,

See Maricopa.
Coconoon grammatic comments -.....--... 1991
VOCENMEN ES Sossccosee eecosnsee 1991, 2214, 2216 |
Cocopa vocabulary ................ 1430, 1717-1718
Colorado River observations .-..-........ 1534
Colouse vocabulary ...-.-.--. .-.-.------ 499
Columbia vocabulary ..... ...---.---.... 2215
words ....-- sc oonceostindonceooasscosooeS 1498

Comanch: See Comanche.
Comanche general remarks. ..217, 217a-217), 1107a

grammatic comments ... -... 527-528, 2098-2999
Lord’s Prayer ...... Seemenriaan Ole, , 4276
numerals ..... 400, 547, 1629, 1632a, 2729, 3617
proper names ................-.... 400, 698-699,

702-704, 702a, 1336, 1955¢

songs 55 21la, 1287-1288
vocabulary....... 17, 217a-217b, 267, 2674, 5:
528, 537-538, 552, 852, 929a, 1061, 12,
2216, 2375, 2471-2472, 2730, 3210, 4103
WOLdSt ees a aes eee ee -- 2276, 30L1a—3011b, 3949
Conch: See Concho.
Concho general remarks............ 217, 217a-217b
vocabulary... scuussnns seo ee 298
Conestogue: See Canestoga.
Connecticut local names ..

-- 3895, 3931, 4203-4204

ord (sibraVereeswsas eae ee 3914-3915
Cook's River numerals. .. 537-538, 1043
Cookra general remarks .........-.. 217, 217a-217b

Coos: See Kusa.

Coos Bay: See Anasitch.

Coosauda: See Koosatis.

Cootonais: See Kutenay.

Copeh: See Kopé.

Copper Indians proper names ..........-. 703

Copper Mine Apache: See Apache.

Coque: See Zoque.

Coquille vocabulary..............-.-.--.- 1

Coraicontessionali-----s-s- ses eee 2863
doctrina christiana ..................-- 2863

igeneral’remarks\co-s see 1754, 1888
SLAM MA eleeaeaeee ----217, 217a-217b,

545-546, 547a, 548, 1880, 2863
grammatic comments ...... 28, 527-528, 2998-2999
Lord’s Prayer .-.......- 28, 185a, 2214, 2473a, 2713
WIN CLAS eae oleae eee ee 547

vocabulary ...28, 204, 212, 527-528, 2863-2865, 3123
WOTUS sosase cnet seeenonne 813, 2276, 3503, 3982-3983

Coraice: See Cora.
Corbeaux: See Crow.

Costanos vocabulary ....... 5 - 52, 2214, 2216
EKO OR Sot eeneenconssenccosn 3949
Costa Rica general remarks ... --1852a, 3501
vocabularyi---- -oeseseceeeee 363m, 812a, 4058a
Counarrha: See Skalzi.
Coutanie: See Kutenay.
Cowlitch: See Cowlitz.
Cowlitz Lord’s Prayer ............... ... 4276
vocabulary ...-....... 501, 1509, 1521, 1685, 4066
Coyotero Apache: See Apache.
Coyukon vocabulary ......--........... 4119-4121
Cree Book of Common Prayer .-..1910-1911, 1910a
Calendar <css.crceves eee sa eeeerneene 9254
catechism.............-1916, 2489, 2965, 3843-3844
moosbeossatcrcrs 2489
2154-2156, 4092
mip uleamiewaaia sss’ <eaeae 1913-1915
Chaccsooc: 408a—-A08e, 1107a, 1266a,

1270a, 2029, 2776, 3791-3792
gospel St. John..84 (p.), 209 (p.), 497-498 (p.) 1575,
1904-1905, 2490, 37110 (p.)-87 Le (p.)

StiMarkicee assesses see sseeee 1902-1903

St. Matthew,--.--ce-onnecnce 208-209 (p.),

208a (p.), 1586, 1900-1901

ROT EY ooeobcecscote: sons =APassaseecs 1588a

grammar. 22, 1853, 1867, 1867a, 1953, 2154-2156, 3217

Crie: See Cree.
Cris: See Cree.
Crise: See Cree.

Crow dictionary. ---.s.-+-.---------.----- 337
grammatic comments 200 1685
numerals.-.-.------ -- 3048-3050
TIMWRY=6) eoged0 acooUcooUuSsEdoUcEcoodnesSS 1685
proper names ...--.---------------- 411, 698-699,

702a, 1336, 1940, 1955b-1955e, 2646

relationships -.--..-.------- 2645
sentences ---- 1685
terms ..----- --411, 496, 761
tribalnames). ~~ =----- 2... a 2521
WOCaD Wanye mrt meni e aa 432, 12479, 1391,
7 1393, 1488, 1685, 2204, 2215-2216, 2645, 3493
WOLDS peee metas eeniceiseseeeeaaaes 2205, 2521, 2645

Cuba general remarks ...-..-.-.-..-.---- 201b
geographic names.-..--..-.-.-.----.---- 201b
VOCAD MAY erate aialeleisiem atelase eyewear 1318a

Cuchan vocabulary -.217, 217a-217b, 2214-2216, 4103
See Yuma.

Cuextecas: See Huasteca.

Cuiateca: See Cuicatec,

Cuicatec Lord’s Prayer.......--. 217, 217a-217b, 836
grammatic comments ...-.-----------. 2998-2999
general remarks........-..-.-.-..-..--. 1754

Cuitlateco: See Cuicatec.

Cumberland Strait numerals - - 941
Cuna vocabulary. ..----.----------- 1028, 2216, 3144
Cunacuna: See Cuna.

Cuscatlan general remarks .........-..--. 2877
Cushna numerals - 527-528, 2678
UGH gonotdboonsereasdé oéedeco 761
ocabulanyiensa=csicackieccciestecerercise 1992, 2214
TRG opsaisqomdcecceDboabanbaoKoasHa&oKe 3949

Cuttonasha: See Kutenay.
Cypawais: See Chippewa.

1100 INDEX.
INKS ||" No.
Cree grammatic comments ----.-------- 21-24,1912 | Dacota: See Dakota. 7
hymns.....-.----------- 39a, 403, 1854, 2107a, 2492 | Dacotah: See Dakota.
lotterke meses creel t= ae 2890a | Dahcota: See Dakota.
Lord's Prayer. .-.------ 2489, 3624-3625, 3914-3915 | Dahcotah: See Dakota.
New Testament..---------- 1851, 2153b, 2491-2494 | Dahkotah: See Dakota.
numerals .-....----.« .. 1959-1962, 3048-3050, 3624 | Dakota A BC book ..--....------------- 3275-3277
Old Testament ..-..--...--<------------ 2493 Acts of Apostles. - - -3225 (p.), 3268
IPERS oosqosponcescssces 1852 address ..--.-.-- 3263a
Pilgrim’s Progress....-..----------- 3475a, 40410 AUS conconostoesaocSasccocconcecod 2732-2734
prayer book.....-..-----------------+- 767 Apostiles!\Creed: -<---)--- seine omen 3944
DIB OUS cose ssseee es oe cee 40342107a4384401l| eBibletesseesee sae aces eee 2494, 4168-4169, 4169a-
PLUM ON oo oe wte cele sles loin ea 403 Bible istovies)emseasscaceeseerieereas sac 3031 =
proper names --.- ibibliographiygee-sceeeee eee ee eee 3293
BONgSIeee ee -== ~--2965, 3844 Calendars: soci eeseatet eee ee ase tee 2423
specimens..---.------ 1664 catechism. .-...-- 8696, 1803, 3228, 3032, 3280, 4123
syllabic characters..-.--.--------------- 604, 2380 characteristic forms..----.--.---------- 580-581
Ten Commandments -----.-.----------- 2489 constitution of Minnesota .........----- 3269
UETEINYS) GS5oouIooe AOS HEOoKeGDoSCouDRasEoss 2282-2283 Danieleeces tess cseseee see eee sree 3224(p.), 3274
Lextoner anal 1407a-1407b, 1906, 1907a, 1943, 2473a Deuteronomy, yeosc sss -el- letters 4164
vocabulary ..-.-.-726, 755b, 1328-1329, 1664, 2929, dictionary).--+--------" 337, 1732a, 3293-3294, 41540
2393, 2645, 3624-3625, 3944, 4042-4043 Ecclesiastes ..-.-------- poesosucaSondacG 3273
Tdi eleooncdoondasoopnaqsnas 2521, 3625, 3791-3792 epistle John (1st). ...-/....--.-----.-- 5%, 8225(p.)
See Knistenaux: See Montagnais. epistlesiofiPauli ane rlelale el ce rinelewele 3268
Creek: See Muskeki. OXAMpless.s2--e ee = = 317¢
Cri: See Cree. IBEGTRG) Goecoon csoncoseSce 4160, 4162
Crianae: See Cree. Ezekiel... - ue 3274
Crick: See Muskoki. fable ....-.-- S 1078
Crickice: See Muskoki. first reader . - - --3288, 3297

general remarks. -.-......181,521-522, 762a-762d,
2438a, 1797-1800, 1107a, 2678, 38285a,
3287, 3290, 3356-3357, 4149-4152

Genesis.-.-. .-. .-3224 (p.), 4122, 4158-4159, 4162
geography 3299, 3300
WEEER A fsooonS booubadc poche casoceecooad 2768
gospel St.John .........-...------ 208, 208a, 209,
3030, 3225(p.), 3227, 37110(p.)
Stalbukesceccaccececece 3225(p.), 3026, 3030

Rip Wie Coed osceondcbadosnecos 3226
StMatthewe 23-5----- s---cs6-- 3225(p.)
grammar..-..--.---.----.-- 181a, 1359, 3293-3294

grammatic comments -- 22a, 23-24, 180, 182, 317c,
520b, 1832, 1977-1978, 3264, 3285, 3941

WBN soa5) Soneosoes ous Neos 3029
mMoticesiseessee eee esses 1391
specimens)-=-----------.---- 3586

history of Joseph ..........------------ 3033
[hat Bcocnosens s3se0s cosas 1812-1813, 2732-2734,
3229, 8265-3266, 3281, 3285, 3296, 3301-3302, 4155
Isaiah 3273
Jeremiah. . - 8274
Joshua - -. 4165
Judges - be 4165
lessons . -- - - 8029, 3278-3279
letter:bookeneree sees cere cee ere eeerere 4153
IEE AUAKONE), cocidds codderesdesnacadsuéasod 4161-4162
Lord's Prayer -..----- 1001, 3519, 3519a, 3944, 4186
Minor Prophets ..-.-------------------- 3274
TPN locos sa sosoocosdeoeea a eaSectboniged 3176a
names of animals..---.-.--.---.-------- 1833
THANG) SaeseceosccSconasossocse 2731

PIS onccoresoocouamocas 1122, 3285-3286
months......--. 339-340, 1001, 2732-2734

MAtONS esse eee eset e ees 3580

persons ..--.------------ 2. - 32630

WEY cea oorsapssoceosabocdae 82850

ad

INDEX 1101

No.
Dakota New Testament......-...._.. 3226(p.), 3271
newspapers ..-...---..-.--..-.---.....3029, 4156
Num Derg feeseenet sees n- cce sees we 4162
numerals - 762, 1959-1962, 304%-3050, 4149-4150
UOCTEATON Scosso pens doonccoasoeabesees 3112
Pentateuch......... ~ 4163
Pilgrim’s TORE $284
PLUM CR ee eae eee ee 1997-1998, 3261-3262, 3267, 3270
TRIO? ceiccences issat soussddodsoemeodas 1814
DIay ers DOOkse ana. eel - 1895, 1817
primer s-c---- es 2 -- 4154d
proper names) -----.....-. 22... 392, 670, 698-699,

702-704, 702a, 1122, 1272, 1336, 1940,
1955b-1955¢, 2521, 2733a, 3263, 2612a,

IBROVOLDS ossanen ance eee, 3224(p.), 3278, 4159
IANNIS) soseeceesoace 3224(p.), 3272-3273, 3298, 4122
RETA WW ee ep ecorsssescos eaecEGor 3031
relationships .... .. ....... 317d, 2645, 2840, 3288
Revelation of John...........-.-. ....- 3268
PR Uh reer eee cbeec seduce eee he ae 4165
sentences ...... 8438-3440
service-book 1815-1816
Sisseton and Wahpeton treaty -........ 3613
SHS OFS WMO cpssec scscsdosceresbee 3273
CONG) aancce nee ee eeree 211a, 338, 1570b, 1818-1819,
2733-2734, 3027-3028

EISECIMNENE) 2osqcossesncaons cosmos 2521, 3901
spelling-book .-......... - 3754
SUN CICS mere as tae eee 20
superstitions. .----.2--...-..-...! - 3028
Ten Commandments cC 4186
WOM cacSee ee eecood 115, 496, 523-524, 1336, 1570,
1570b, 2361, 3289, 4165a

PMLOX Gree eaiaerencees ec onccceae 1723, 3200, 3263
ext DOO Keene cneeen ee eweechoneaes 1869
TAC HBS eae ac /oos oatnj scone ass wee a= all 7253223
an mings ccancosop sebcan eeseeeeeed 940, 4083

vocabulary . -..23-24, 180, 18la, 212, 382, 574a, 575,
577, 579-580, 579a, 582, 682-683, 685,687,
689, 869a, 891, 980, 980a, 1061, 1067b-
1067c, 1136, 1247, 1247e, 12479, 1391,
1393, 1405, 1636a-1636b, 1685, 1797-1800,
1899, 1929, 2204, 2216, 2641, 3029, 3291,
3292a, 3295, 3493, 3625, 3944, 4154, 4166

TORUS. cadeSo pesaccaseccenadsaoose 3438, 3502, 3961

Dakota-Osage numerals . --.. 3046
TOMArk Spee cee oe neisaaac 2 1978a
Darien general remarks.........-- 1754, 2377-2379
MUMeralsrscseeecnes ese ceche ae 360, 3046, 4067-4072
GEIMMENHS. coaste ccoshosgcos pencesse Seco 944
Uediscotnes coe Bedos-moSbeesoaraa 674b, 2248-2249

vocabulary. .......28, 297-298, 360, 942, 944, 2216,
ae 2409-2411, 4067-4072

TWOP Strassen ean -- 317d, 2377-2379, 3625
Delaware eon cennone Secon Cont icooscos 4285
islOom Nes weer ee ree eee een 1701-1702

dictionary Hone essccot ace 60, 4300

» epistles of John. 1020
examples.......... -817¢, 652
first book . 398a
ITB lEBSOUM see ere hess cucannccccenes 2534
general remarks ........... 1697-1700, 2029, 2377-
2379, 3165, 3499

gospel St. John ........ 84 (p.), 208-209 (p.), 208a

(p.), 87110 (p.) |

No.

Delaware glossary...............--...--.. 300
grammar 291-4293
8, 317¢, 1112, 1391,

4284-4285, 4294

examples ..................1966, 1972

SPCCUNONS -nass =e eee 3586

history of Christ........... - - 393, 4289-4290
hymns). sees ‘1606, 2347, 4286-4287, 4300
litany; &oies-sceo-cs een nes eee 4284, 4300

Lord’s Prayer ....28, 185a, 18574, 2321, 2713, 3914-
3915, 4284, 42954

suai WON Qepesos Gocco ceetben 4285
numerals - -..431, 1499, (629, 1959-1962, 1972, 2008-
2009, 2916, 3979, 4098, 4284

phraseg;22-- = «a2 ane 1701-1702, 4300
LO eee emnoscccocnorece monies aess- 2289-2290
proper names -........ 400, 698-699, 702-704, 702a,

897a, 1703-1707, 1940, 2646
relationships -2=.2=.20c-cs5 eee ee 27, 2645
scriptural narrative.............-...-.. 2346
SOM OB en oe ec iclate cetera nee eee 4288, 4300
SDOCIM GN ee eeee eae Seen eee 3413
spelling-book ....._. - -2535, 4284-4285
Ten Commandments .................. 4284
LOX eee eee eee > 1606a
wocabularysesseseeseeee aaa 28, 212, 297-298

800, 945, 1026, 1026a, 1061, 1113, 1136,
1240, 1299, 1391, 1393, 1711-1714, 1946a,
1978a, 2029, 2204, 2400, 3118, 3123, 3414,
4042-4043, 4103, 4170-4172, 4295, 4300
WWOLdS)= sere aee 1701-1702, 1972, 1989-1990, 2276,
2321, 2377-2379, 2844-2845, 2855, 2917, 2979,
3474-3475, 3502, 3625, 3949-3950, 3961, 3982
Delewes: See Delaware.

Déné Dindjié comparisons ............-.. 2972
dictionaryse=--eeeesee neon 2968-2969
grammar ....... 2968
TOLMS eee eee es 2972
vocabulary...-....... 2969

Diegano: See Diegueno.

Diegefio: See Dieguefio.

Dieguciio grammatic comments.......-. 1425-1426
Gord's Prayerpwsse-sses oes 217, 217a-217b
HNC) CAE cmeeeint as see co seeocetecne aie 4103
OCA UAT y ie sen eee aA 217, 217a-217b,

283, 289-290, 527-528, 1430, 1688a, 2214—
2216, 2304, 2307, 2348, 2673, 4102-4103
Dieguina: See Diegueio.
Dieguinio: See Dieguefio.
Dieguno: See Diegueiio.

Digger general remarks........ 217, 217a-217b, 1422
» grammatic comments .. 1422
wocabu lary cence sean ae eee ee 499

Dindjic: See Déné Dindjié.

Diria: See Chorotega.

Dopekibihymng=-se:- cess eee 404
TUUMOEL AS coe aee eae eens 3876a
PFAYePs ..-.2..--20- 2 eee eee ee 404.
TOS TCO Bera aesonss-eee ho ssse . 404
proper names 704
vocabulary............ 529-530, 539-540, 551, 2216,

+ 2240, 2645, 2788, 8789, 4103
WOINIB IS =. wonjcennanennenemena cement eaneee 2686

Dohema;: See Eudeve.
Dorasque vocabulary ................ once 1825

1102 INDEX.

No.

Eastern Indians Lord’s Prayer-.-.-.------ 2010

Ecclemach general remarks - - - 2199a
MUMeCLAlS see eerie al 131, 527-528, 1337, 2202
TDS igsadae saeoae CobSSoaTUSSHUEEHasesta 527-528
vocabulary.-------- 28, 1837, 2190, 2199a, 2202a

Echeloot: See Nihaloitih.

Echemin: See Etchemin.

Eclemanch: See Ecclemach.

Eel River vocabulary..-.-.--------- 217, 217a-217b

Ehnek numerals -..---------------------- 2678
vocabulary ..-..----- 217, 217a-217b, 755, 1501, 1508,

2214, 2216

Ek6ogmut numerals. .-.-.-.--------------- 982
WMOCAD UAL eo sass alae cle slalom elem ill=i— 981-982

Erigas vocabulary .--- .--------- ------- 298

Escelen: See Eskelen.

Eskelen numerals -.-.--.-------------- 1873-1877,

1874a, 1876a, 2212, 3046

vocabularys-wes cee -iserreeeeree aaa 28, 51, 165,

212, 427, 527-528, 2216, 2348

MADRE orisonons edaSnoocHapSnoDlsosEEssosS 3503
See Soledad Mission.

Eskimau: See Eskimo.

Eskimaux: See Eskimo.

Eskimo A BC book la
abstract of Christ's doctrines .-.------ 1983-1984
Acts of Apostles ....--..--.------------ 17
Bible quotations ......-..--.---- ------ 1621

RIM Y GE eSecgodno dcosacSasen 3742, 3747, 3953
Books of Moses\----~----------=--1----i-- 2668
Calendareceecs nese eee ree eet 5 565
Catechismren ssi aeaneee ee 46-48, 2054-2055
C@NSUS) eco ce oe wienin = wie lelo' lo = lori = nile 3010
conjugations -.--..--.----------------- 110-114
dictionary -.----.------------- 110-114, 1224, 2970
elementary book... .-..------------- 1970-1971
GaN Co 6asqccobosoc90na5 paces peDaDSaatas 3743
Gann Ci easceovercacoesaceeques oscc0 2914-2915
explanation of gospels. --..--.---------- 2141
first reading book ...--....--------.---- la
formsiotspeec hierar creer eee eee 110-114
general remarks.....-. 913, 1107a, 1150, 1512, 1549,

1754, 1978a, 2207, 2776, 3398a

(EG) SeanoucosebecHseosourasscors OAc 2667
geography ..------------- 2782
gospel lessons...----------- me 2137
gospels ...--. ./-- 6-2 -- 22) 2. - 2-2 = 84, 497-498,
1588, 2144, 3711b (p.)-8711e (p.)
grammar...--.---..--.---------- 2120, 2970, 4087

grammatic comments --..28, 212a, 217, 217a-217b,
408, 988, 1151-1157, 1391, 1977-1978, 2914-2915

grammatic specimens .-.--------------- 3586
INEST ceocsoso0dEe .coScr daaSonashdaecs 1969, 2121
HAVES ccioaaa coc: Goosenusssucssoosaccs 408, 2111
Lord’s Prayer .--..----.-=-. 117a-117D, 1639, 1858
POMP es Soosaghsnoe, HoocespSodaHDoDEOS 1625, 2267
myths -.----.-------------222- eeeee eee 2973
mamesiof birds eae elec ce see eee 2747

months and seasons-.----.--.. 3612

stone implements -.-.--.-..--- 29730

New Testament 1255-1256

numerals....-----. 1629, 2215, 3046, 3778
Old Testament, parts of - 2133-2138
entateuchtrtececc-tejemiste sees ereee eel 2040
prayers 110-114, 1151-1157, 2137

No.

Eskimo primer 408
proper names 704, 1689
Psalms - -990, 2042, 2112-2114, 2147
TelationshipSessseeecesseerisesseeeceee 809, 2645
remarks on use of vandl.....--..--.---- 13924
Revelation of John ......----.---..----- 416
scriptures, portions of......-..---.----- 2926
SOLMONSSeee seca ee coset eee eee 1952, 2142
BOER becc0adbdne acceabsaco asec -1151-1157, 2115
EINSOUNG Neocon Sopcenscuscoosoossdesadds 16784
Ten Commandments ....--------------- 110-114
VOSS ono gosos oncepscoopdsoDbd 523-524, 2971, 3005
WEP cooncedoooudenueas 133-134, 398, 2116-2117, 2134,
2143, 2635, 3410, 3703

UBIO Sacesdocoospussao0be .-2135, 3741
traditions ........-.-- 2971
treatise on astronomy .---.--..--------- 2139
vocabulary.-..-.-- 28, 217, 217a-217b, 298, 327-329,

507, 527-528, 533-534, 408, 726, 1045, 1151-
1157, 1326, 1329, 1523, 1549, 1849, 1941,
2050a—-2050g, 2150, 2204, 2311-2312, 2381,
2645, 2772, 2914-2915, 2970, 2973, 3124-
3125, 3185cec, 3488, 3503, 3533, 3876a, 4087

WOM Es ooqcaedacsode .coses 205, 499a, 537-538, 3398a
See Innuit.

Eskimo of Greenland affixes .......-..--. 3310a@
abi y0) Sosonncaatbesscpaccoduanoumade 4077
Bibles dene ste sestensewe deere se eeeee 1263 (p.)
Bible lessons - 1260, 1262, 1981, 2805, 3554, 3799, 3825
Catechismpesarceceat asec selec 47, 1161, 3857
conversations .....-.--..--------------- 2635
Ont loaaadoncnosoaoub 4aaeecadsocoupesacs 920-925
description of the countries of the globe 1493
ialoguessaec-ceeeeee cee 2140, 3391
dictionary. -- 1160, 1258, 2122
elements Christian faith.... -.-----.-- 1158
engravings, with titles ...-.. ---2048-2050

epistlesseeseereeeee== ae 1589
etymology -------- 3310a
examples... .-----.-------------------- 317¢

general remarks .397b, 913, 1754-1755, 2170b-2170¢,

2661-2662, 2851-2852, 3309-3310, 3531, 3548
(GxeuE) padckadsossesecdcoonagjpasocsace 1261
geography -.-- a) bcos bese < Wate Cit3

geographic names. -.-------------------- 2475
gospels .----- 84, 208a, 208-209, 497-498, 1159, 1589,
3711b (p )-3711e (p.)

grammar..-..-.-------- 1161, 1253-1254, 1734, 3857
grammatic comments .-.----.--- 28, 317¢, 920-925
history ..-..--------+ --2- 6+ vee seen 2702
hymms ...---.--------------- 3388-3390), 3859, 3934
imitation of Christ .-----.--.---------- 1165-1166
instructions ...----------.------------- 2152
Tsalaheesstee cee asi 4192
Job—Solomon ..-.-------- 3827
letters, accents, &¢.---.--- 3310a
letters written by natives . - 920-925
litany catechism 3487
liturgic manual aie 3938
Lord's) Prayer. ---------- 28, 185a, 397d, 1271, 2452,
2473a, 2718, 3449a, 3765

New Testament - ..------ 1163, 1255-1256, 3826,
3826a, 3830-3831

MeWSspaper .---------+-----------2------ 179
mumoerals.-.--..-----+--=----0--- 28, 131, 982, 1337

INDEX. 1108
No. No.
Eskimo of Greenland pastoral letter .._-. 1270 | Eudeve Lord’s Prayer ............... 28, 185a, 217-
TEAK OE) cococs saseesochcosesennees - -3110, 3859 2174, 217), 527-528
TWH? omen oeesceaececse - -1605, 2056 numerals... 5AT
EON OLDS tee inietemiteciasesnicbssae ences 4193 vocabulary 1552, 3639
Psalms seen eee ear eocecocens dar 1257, 4191, 3937 See Heve.
relationship Seeseaceeten ee cce eas leas see 2123 | Euroe: See Yurok.
THIN nanocoponscd sab necacconecy ue sCocee 1164, 1259 | Fall Indian grammatic comments......-. 28
EOIUGHOOS) sscona co oHasoosdesSseb nonSSe 4082 vocabulary....--.-.. 28, 1391, 2204, 3951-3952, 4173
sermons... - words 2521
scriptures 3828 | Faraon general remarks ......--.-.------ 2859
songs .. - 280, 503, 920-925, 1225, 3308-3309, 3936 | Fitzhugh Sound numerals .......-.--. 587-538, 2205

+----------523-524, 1591

text. - 1968, 2707-2710, 3023
Tm A icconce teossbccocsSsosesoseaee 2135, 2705-2706
vocabulary .- - 28, 212, 298, 507, 755d, 913, 981—

982, 1337, 1391, 1393, 1550, 2474-2475, 2809-2815,
3123, 3310, 3385-3387, 3391, 3498, 4088, 4121

WOLdSeeemeeeoite ees aee ce 499a, 1252, 1592, 2276,
2851, 3309-3310, 3950, 3982

Eskimo of Labrador Bible lessons.. .. 1982, 2060-
2061, 2807, 2997, 3555, 3796-3797, 3943, 3958
CAIGOMET MN oocassee, condopasnepoce Coos eee 3798
TORTIE seesconssspancsaSeepnesaaee eon8 3461
GERAIS UES scanssocédnccd Cocco SCSEES 9eAD 4087
LYON cos, benossoneanoondASSdeES Base 3461
general remarks...........-...--.-. 925, 3256-3257
OSPOlS eee nese sane === ----. 208-209, 208
grammatic comments .--.---------..--- 28
INYMUS t= -1--=---= - - --1937-1938, 2296, 3935

Jeremiah ...- 3461
Joshua—Esther - = SS 3829
NitenofeChristessee=s--nee ssa screens 2703
THOLUISMELAY OL a= -le- nee J oee enn - 1271, 3765
New Testament -.......-.........--- 2704, 8831a
MENG Hhcaeso tnodad secsResaonesmeeociod 941, 1337
Prophets (the 12 Minor) ......----- rae 3461
Proverbs of Solomon .-..--. ...--- .---- 3461
GOHGIWOS csedesuace copcSosdoncosuncses 4082
(REEL < cogseSccouspasecopsoaes 379, 1224, 1980, 2711,

2720-2721, 2778-2780, 3009
vocabulary.--.--------.----- 1337, 2216, 2218, 3532
THO Gis cHe en deneEsocdecnoocCEeOooos se 2276, 3502

Eslen: See Eskelen.

Eslene: See Eskelen.

Esopus (Algonkin) general remarks....-- 2021
Esquimaude: See Eskimo.

Esquimaux: See Eskimo.

Esquimaw: See Eskimo.

Esselen: See Eskelen.

Esseleneijan: See Eskelen.

Etchemin conversations.---...----.------ 273a
GHG NOES Ay pe oeee oesncg Boss oabeeese000d 1019D, 4019
PRET Pesos ccsease 9ade: SSEEeneaccS 273a, 2744
names of seasons, time, &c-...----------- 2730
numerals ..-.273a, 1119-1120, 2162-2163, 2268, 2274
TelatlONS Nip Sees eerie nie a nee 2734, 2645, 3185
vocabulary . 212, 273-275, 2784, 274a, 1391,1393, 2216
words 2205

Etchimi: See Etchemin.

Etechemin: See Etchemin.

Etechemine: See Etchemin.

Euchee: See Yuchi.

Eudeve general remarks......----------- 1754
grammatic comments .....---- 28, 217, 217a-217b,

527-528, 5511, 2998-2999 |

Five Nations: See Iroquois.
Flatbow Lord's Prayer ...-...3577-3578, 3624-3625

vocabulary.....-.--... 1393

Flathead catechism - 3631
Lord's Prayer ....3577 25, 3631, 4216
names of mouths........ 4124-4127
numerals.....-..-. --- 2567a@
PAM PH Gl eeane~ se aeseadaaseeneee meas 4074a
DEEN Ca oeotembncocoaceonease coSLageds 3627-3628
proper names ..-.-.......--- 698-699, 702-704, 7024
vocabulary .---...--..- 1393, 1861, 2969, 3624-3625
WOLU8 cneanclenaceecese n= see aeaee eae odo nOoOD

Florida general remarks .--..-----1697-1700, 1978a
names of villages...-..-....-.--.------- 2666
textic-----= Serio ognooHecocseciEscocao50 2672
See Timucna.

Forest Cri: See Cree.

Fort Ross, Cal., vocabulary .....-----..-. 3006%

Fox proper names..--.- 670, 698-699, 702-704, 702a,

1940, 1955¢, 2521, 2646
TElwGONS Mi PSsee ena cssece ease see 2645
VOCADUIA TY veeseese acne peso eee 2204

Fox Channel geographic names. -...---.- 1640

Fox Island vocabulary........-....----- 3320, 3488

Friendly Village vocabulary -.2205, 2207, 2384-2391

Muca vocab nlary. on-set anaes 537-538, 2205

Fuea Straits: See Fuca.

Gaitchini grammatic comments - - - -1425-1426
VOCADWALY eo ome miem mnie eee : 2307
TON Dnceeeacoboccrooooosagsceoosscadico 2305

Gaitchim: See Gaitchini.

Gaitchini: See Gaitchini.

Galibi dictionary .....-.....--..- 883, 429, 1036,

2484-2485, 3491-3492, 34924
essay on language...-....----.---.-.--- 1115
general remarks ......... 2010, 383, 913, 2933, 3498
graimmatic comments - -3491-3492
Mumerals-seeeee ese eens — 3979
vocabulary..... <<. cscs-0 cane 913, 2845, 2933, 3140
TAK Pieeceepeococcocce saceccessRssee tcc 2845

Gallinoméro grammatic comments. .217, 217@-217b
MUMCLAIS sso sear eee ees ace 2678
VOCADUIATY «..c0smanaasnemseee= 3098

Gaspésien grammatic comments - - - 2235-2236
WOCRDOLLLY.-seesoanesiasa cites 212
See Micmac.

Goshute: See Gosinte.

Gosiute general remarks...-.....--- 217, 217a-217b
VOCADMIILY+- - 0s once seems wns on™ 53 3067
BEN NG) Se SERRE EE ECD DE CEI CECOSEOA AE EO 8218-3219

Gossi Ute: See Gosiute.

Grand Pawnee: See Pawnee.

Grand Traverse Bay words ......---..--. 3049

Grape Island, Bay of Quinte, hymns ..... 8020

1104 INDEX.

No. No.
Great Antilles ancient vocabulary -..--.. 484b | Heve general remarks ..........----.---- 3641
Greenland: See Eskimo of Greenland. STAM Ma gees a asec cesses sare oes 3641
Groenland: See Eskimo of Greenland. Specimen’: <2 5 -j=- coee- a eee sees 2216
Groenlandais: See Eskimo of Greenland. vocabulary 3641
Groenlandice: See Eskimo of Greenland. See Eudeve.
Groénlind: See Eskimo of Greenland. Hewutivocabulary ...-.-----...2--..----2 2586
Gros-Ventre proper names 698-699, 702-704 | H’hana vocabulary ............--.---.---- 282

relabionshipSepesesss esse senescent 2645 | Hid hii: See Otomi.

Vocab ularyeenesee= a aenitesets -876, 1023, 2645, 3493 | Hiaki: See Yaqui.

words, phrases, and sentences....-...-- 1295 | Hiaque: See Yaqui.

See Minitari. Hichitathli: See Hitchitee.
Guaicura: See Waicuri. Hidatsa dictionary...........---.------- 2509-2511
Guaicuri: See Waicuri. STAMMAL eee sess --- 2509-2511
Guaima: See Guaymi. grammatic comments. see. 23-24
Guajiquiro: See Waicuri. numerals .......... ---4149-4150
Guaricuri: See Waicuri. philology-. 2511
Guasave grammar..-.-..---....---..----- 4033 vocabulary..-.---.- 755b
Guastcco: See Huasteca. See Minitari.
Guatemala catechism .-..--..---.-.------ 2476 | Hitchita: See Hitchitee.

doctrinases sees ceeeee eee 370, 2476-2477, 2848 | Hitchiteco: See Hitchitee.

grammar ....--.----- 369-370, 897, 2228, 2476-2478, | Hitchitee grammatic comments .---...... 2991

3496, 3705 MUM oral sis cee eee eee eee 649

TEE RNS oa popceodoodeodod eosasocdass 3124-3125 vocabulary...... ..-..1299¢, 1391, 1524, 2992, 3640

DDTASCS WecC) san seare seen esseemeeeceses 908 | Hluimen-Mutsun vocabulary. ........-. 165

SCLMONS ease ee eee sels Laeae 2228, 2850, 3705 | Hochelaga numerals ...-.. 6aa, 68-69, 616-630, 2161,

Ur dccannbo noonescecoda sacdesacsqscsoG 3815-3816 2163, 3585

Tee REISS SCE Se areinccoesc caacoeb aes 2849 vocabulary .....---- 28, 212, 297-298, 616-630, 1391,

vocabulary :-..-..-- 317a, 369-370, 877, 2228, 3124— 2164-2166, 6297-6298

3125, 3705, 3823, 4051 NOR dtc sdossoaqcice oecuoosdesadDOS 2276
Guatemalteca: See Guatemala. Hochelagense: See Hochelaga.
Guatimaltec: See Guatemala. Hodenosaunee: See Seneca.
Guaymi general remarks. ..-...217, 217a-217b, 1754 | Holdélupai vocabulary ....--- 3098

vocabulary 1325 | Hong Kutchin vocabulary ...-.......-.-- 3865
Guazacapan general remarks. . 2877 | Hoopa: See Hoopah.

Guichiovian vocabulary 1343 | Hoopah grammatic comments... --. 217, 217a-217b,
Guiluco grammatic comments. .-.------- 2998-2999 527-528

Mord sweray Olea ileeee ree eles raetst ta 1101 IHNEN pGgpdacgseau-soabKoo: sopasHoon 3876a
Gulf nations relationships ..----.-.------- 2840 vocabulary......- 107, 201, 217, 217a—217b, 5389-542,
Haceltzuk: See Hailtsuk. 932, 1501, 1525, 2215-2216, 3104, 4103
Haceltzuk: See Hailtsuk. WOKS poocenooadbo cou céopnéooauoa boo. 2212, 3099
Haida dictionary -..-.-------------------- 1031b | Hopah: See Hoopah.

grammatic comments ..---.. ---- 217, 217a-217b | Hopitu: See Moqui.

nob MEGeosocasedaso Socce sedeadog¢ase 1101 | Houastéque: See Huasteca.

OHO PUENTE) coqoos scosdpooossso.conN0 703 | H'taiim vocabulary -........-..----- 1354, 1358, 1430

TEINS) scoasod uasodo scososséuEs scyesHS 1000, 3784 | Hualapai grammatic comments .-.-...--. 1425-1426

vocabulary ....----- 537-538, 547a, 575, 1000, 2969, vocabulary ...--.-- 1430, 1540, 2304, 2307, 3222, 3575

3534, 3786, 3872, 3876@ | Huastec: See Huasteca.

WOT Spesme tele ceeimcletelsetreieeeieicictetatemi=tstetnte 2205 | Huasteca catechism .....-....-...--. 934, 2825, 3804
Haidah: See Haida. confession. -- - 2825-2826
Haidatsa: See Hidatsa. dictionanyses ees--oleese eee ener enee 3804
Hailtsa: See Hailtsuk. doctrina christiana. . - - 1050, 1615, 2826
Hailtsuk numerals ..-...-....-....---.--- 537-538 Gethin WSsscoandbsscosvocbgddosen0 asc0se 317¢

vocabulary .-..-..-.. 16, 105, 221, 5387-538, 547a, 575, general remarks.......... ...... 1754, 2859, 3801

1393, 1507, 1635, 3534, 3872 grammar..-....-...-... 217, 217a-217b,. 1887, 2819,

WANA paccnososeanseronqaccans saceso ees 537-538 2825-2826, 3157
Hailtzuk: See Hailtsuk. grammatic comments 28, 317, 1392,1879, 2998-2999
Ilailizukh: See Hailtsuk. IGS HOI. 2 Scooaboobad caps teaboo besa coopuaoSes 2819
Hailtzukk: See Hailtsuk. localimames|ee-- estes ieee ees 56, 813, 3157
Haitina vocabulary - 222. -sser-0 eee 2682a Lord’s Prayer. ....--. 28, 185a, 217, 217a-217b, 836
Uancock Harbor vocabulary .......-..--- 4091 TENE) eee arbeomasdoncuoncasosasanc pees 3804
Hare relationships -.......-.-.--..-<..--. 2645 numerals..-..-..- ..-..----- 363f, 730, 3124-3125

VOCAD DI ai yeneicictetacterstetctererarsistalcteteltatereberets 2078 ECan WSa55aqdasooacone! Besanosoeeceoes 2825-2826
Haynarger vocabulary -.-.. REBSEOgCORaSG 107 vocabulary..-....-----. 28, 56, 212, 491, 730a, 1392,
Hecheta: See Hitchitee. 2216, 2276, 2825-2826, 3123,
Heiang-hyong: .See Otomi. 3124-3125, 3283, 3982-3983

INDEX. 1105

No.

HuastecanwOlrdsseesees sss. ee nena 813, 3503, 3950

Huastecae: See Huasteca.

Huastek: See Huasteca.

Huasteka: See Huasteca.

Huastéque: See Huasteca.

Huastuso vocabulary ............ 363n, 4374; 13134

Huave general remarks .......-..-..---.. 456
MUMECLAlS sense ssee eee eee are 217, 217a-217b
VOEHITIBI AY = doceroacosed besecsoencosoeen 40450

Huaxteca: See Huasteca.

Huaxteco: See Huasteca.

Huaxtéque: See Huasteca.

DATCHNOMISONL See aint ee 3098
pVOCaDUlanyetes semen soedcem acannon. 3098
ROLUSE poses ene aces eee ees oa 3098

Hudson’s Bay catechism ....-..-....---. 1407, 3208
GOT OIE S oe Seer Seen se at Bees Sse eees 428
geographic names... 828
hymns ..... F 5Ee 1407
prayers -- - 1407, 3208
songs ..-...- 3208
HOMME). canocanécasscsogde SOndOSeSOORISEeN 335
vocabulary ...-.-.. 17, 28, 63a, 1391, 1393, 4103, 4173
VARIG) sone sono Ss oeteoSse ne CABREApePene 2276, 3951

Hudson River local names ..-....-. -.... 3414

Hiuecomumeralsserrmre sce secinstensseeees 1629, 2678
propernames: <=--------.-- 698-699, 702-704, 702a
vocabulary -.-..--------..--.---.--527—-528, 1061,

: 2215-2216, 2645, 2678, 4103

TINOIOMES GranonhacsecesaaccseoossoLe 163)

See Soledad Mission.
Huelel-Mutsun: See Eskelen.
Humboldt Bay general remarks... -. 217, 217a-217b

vocabulary. ...-.-.--.-...- 1516
Hummock’havi: See Mohave.
Hunkpapa: See Unepapa.
Hupi: See Hoopah.
rronkentechis massa 2254-2224 0ee- 765
CONpUP ations eee eases eee ae eee eae a ae 762a-762d
dictionary -.--..--. 765, 2232, 3431-3434, 3436-3437
Oxampleseseosstsceee see = Seer 317¢
general remarks .-.... 116, 468a, 469, 756-760, 763,
1553, 1754, 2168-2170. 3206
geographic names....-....--.------ --. * 3043
grammar....--....-- 470, 764a, 765, 1408, 2189, 3043
grammatic comments. ..-...--.----. 28, 317, 1391,
1977-1978, 2462
Gy S Beet 68a, 797a, 1078a, 1639, 2094-2096,
: 2170b-2170¢, 2279a—2279e, 3189-3193, 3680
LGW coetc Eenecoaskoorsaeaace 20 2250, 4041
Lord’s Prayer ---8577-3579, 4276
TONG). cope caeesteceaesdososad
prayers ..--.-....-....2
questions for learners.....--.-.---- 598, 3043-3044
MOlALLOUS MIPS eceicesieneclessiacie sister 3043
3435-3436
Ste SMIOOECOCE ODO EROECAS TORE IS SHOES 1928
Willa t@.CONSUS8).-<0. <-n2c--- 0s -ee~en ence 3043
vocabulary...-..-.... 28, 212, 297-298, 1391, 1558a,
1736a, 1860, 2166-2167, 2362, 3211-3212
Vou 4 Ja Sainte Vierge, &c.. ...---.-- 764
WOLU Steen rescence <= 2171-2187, 2276, 3950, 3982

Hurone: See Huron.

Hyda: See Haida.

Hydah: See Haida,
70 Bib

No,
Iakon (Lower Killamuks): See Yakon.
Tatmumeralg\s esr scanteeeenseren cen ooeee 3610-3611
See Mohave.
Tle 4 la Crosse Cri: See Cree.
Illinese: See Mlinois.
Illinice: See Illinois.
Illinois general remarks........-..-.----- 3206
hymns .. 63a, 797a, 1639, 2094-2096, 2170b, 2170c,
2279a-2279e.
Lord’s Prayer. .397d, 245
WOCADULATY sneer encase a cee,

2216, 3123, 3502, 3982

Hlinoise: See Illinois.
Indian (language undetermined) affinities,

(50) SOAR EDO RSAC SALE a85 Ree SCA BARS SS 978
ALMANAC eee emcc(aeniae seems eases 4015-4018
catechismieases seems eeeaeae FADE OLEGD >= 30
compurisons..-........-.. ...--. 2015 2194), 2306
dictionary = ----2--ea-+ soe seoeseneees 1570b, 3956
etymology --. a, 299-300, 1570b, 3019, 3520
general remarks. .......- .-97, 180-182, 181a,

209a, 216a-216e, 317a, 372-378, 435-437, 482-
483, 510-511, 762a-762d, 823-824, 9194, 984a—
9846, 1061-1065, 1067, 1103, 1110-1111, 1168,
1266, 1284, 1320, 1324, 1431, 1452a, 1494a,
1503, 1510, 1631-1632, 1679, 1715-1716,
1736a, 1861a-1861b, 1s74a, 1876a, 1946,
1958a, 1978a, 1994, 2000, 2029, 2064, 2208-
2210, 2285, 2366, 2376, 2434-2437, 2520-
2521, 2597a, 2619, 2637, 2665, 2745, 2767,
2828, 2810, 2979, 2981-2987, 2989, 3101, 3126,
3167, 3519b, 3604, 3861-3863, 3911-3912, 3921,
3925-3926, 3947, 4042-4043, 4118a—4118b,4235
geographic names.--.-...-.... 1454b, 1626a, 18676
terminology . 3508-3509, 3513-3516

OStOTOSISUS > -a- acer eee eee eee eae 2421-2422
gospel of John -2218a (p.), 2527
grammar .. ..- - 34, 273-275, 1608

grammatic comments -....- .- 954, 1118, 1134,
1135a, 1455, 1504, 1895-1897, 1926,
2065, 2424, 3065-3066, 3513-3516

hieroglyphics ...-................-- 1061a-1061b

lack of numerals....---...---.------- 2919-2922

languages, diversity of..........-.-....

Wa cesons ao Gcocssnressecrss5ane:

HOM AWE) Comeconoceca oode Gotmcese

local names (etymology of). --

ord s\Prayeneecsen alten

names .__.. 2671-267k, 704b, 2019-2020, 3737-3738
applied to physicians. ..... 3877

numerals ......- 320, 579, 579a, 1202, 1202a, 1226a,

1754, 1820, 3916-3918, 3945-3946

place names... 351-354, 519a, 724, 1010, 1027, 1097,
1268, 1274, 1282b-2282¢, 1601a, 2038, 2481, 2528
pronominal forms ....- 35194
proper names....... 276, 566, 690a-690b, 725a, 859a
897a, 1086a, 1571, 1602, 1858a, 1946a,

2019-2020, 2197a, 2523, 3350, 3679

relationships..-.--. 3004
sentences - 97a, 2726-2727
sermons. - 35

sign language. .1107, 1247h, 2421a, 2426-2431, 2431la

BPO Bios nes aaa te eee 242)-2422
specimens ....... 2094, 3174-317), 1866, 2546-2547

of onomatopmia .....--..... 3906

1106 INDEX.

No.

Indian terms..-..---- 334b, 372-378, 504, 1619a, 1829,

1847a, 2093, 3096,4012

(4 iscodacoonund psoose dao cosacosunD, ued 595

tribalnamespas- cs sce eee al 106a, 276, 1266a

verbal forms ....--..------------------- 3519a
Indian (language undetermined) vocabu-

JENS? genbesmoocusssstncadscuans4acsseo 28, 34, 63,

147, 214, 320-321, 323, 476, 579, 579a, 833a,
919a, 1012, 1062, 1126a,1202a, 1282, 1282a,
1795, 1820, 1840, 1866, 1871, 1975, 1978a,
2284a, 2486-2487, 2487a, 2595, 2716a, 3131
WORdS= > =See-=- Ta, 280a, 338, 917d, 917e, 930, 1011-

1012, 1600a, 1754, 2148, 22020, 2567a, 2595
2726-2727, 2762, 3163, 3655-3656, 3919,
3920, 3924, 4145a, 4178, 4180-4181, 42040

Indios del Norte: See Northern Indians.

Inilik: See Inkilik.

Inkalik: See Inkilik.

Inkalit: See Inkilik.

Inkalit-jug-eljnut: See Inkalit-Yugelmut

Inkalit-Kinai vocabulary. .----.---.------ 539-540

Tnkalit-Yugelmut vocabulary -..527-528, 3530, 4277

Inkilek: See Inkilik.

Umikilaketorm Saas memtoetleeielet resistant 523-524

vocabulary. ...--.- 527-530, 539-540, 551, 3530, 4277
See Kaiyuhkhataéna; see Ulikuk.

Inkuluklates vocabulary ...-...----.----- 205, 4237

Innok grammar. ..-..-.-..------------- 1733a, 1734
See Eskimo.

Tnnuit general remarks .....--.---------- 2678
picture writing -...------.----.---- 1835a-1835b
relationshipsyeeeecssreeces-ece meer 984
YAQUI ER yc ocs toooddodas Secacsoe=cna 527-528
See Eskimo.

Intibucat vocabulary .-....----.--------- 2214, 2216

Towa catechism’ .--...-...--.---.2-----..- , 1658
elementary book .......---------- -.--- 1652
general remarks. -.----..--.--.-- 1075, 1648, 1958
gospel of Matthew 1657
grammar.....--.---- oo 1654
HY MDS) oes ni sere 1653
numerals... -4149-4150
prayers . 1659
WHO Sy oeocoo mae dscoouUdecod.dedac 1655-1656

proper names.670, 690, 690a-690b, 696, 698-699, 702—
704, 702a,704a, 1321, 1940,1955b-1955e, 2081, 2521

relationships ------ -- ----------------- 2645
SOD SS) a ataleee eae elate omelalminlaelm iain = im =lola=i— 21lla
Ug 1 eeseise BODSSDOORS OSSD EEdeeco0s Sae5 761
VASA WEN Ay SA Sc onacosnods 1891, 1650, 1685, 2204

Ioway: See Iowa.
Trivokoise: See Iroquois.
Trokese: See Iroquois.

Troquois adjectives-.......--..----------- 3647)
alphabetiessesee es eae ase ee eee 2643
calend atic rcncci=-cee eee ere eee eter 565¢
catechism. .-...-.- 506a, 673, 962, 2454a, 2456-2457,

2787, 3015
CONG zcononedsasoasccos Bond oHoocoSCeS 3510-3512
characteristic forms. - -- -- 580-581
comparisons 583a
dictionary -..- 956, 1037, 1973a, 2463, 3138
doctrina christiana..-......------------ 2466
obthn ology seeen seine ee ieee ene 3510-3512
OXAMplesteereme nee rscictsieceeeeeeel - 1637a

No.
Iriquois general remarks. .583a, 1107a, 1637a, 1697-
1700, 1754, 1978a, 2001, 2643, 2678, 2748, 3714, 3832

LAMM AL ays sieleial= stele ella 1595a-1595b, 2464, 3135
grammatic comments..-.-..--- 23-24, 952-954, 956,
2643, 3647a

material eens esee ce eeeccees 3647¢

grammatic specimens 3586
(GUE oonauoonceooboscosscacassse 2838
INEVIGIASoaabdesoeooSsaBacSsoadespoeduns 3510-3512

hymns ... 103, 837, 948, 951, 955, 977, 1993, 2028, 2839
instructions ..-.520f-520g, 1609b, 2508, 2508a, 3820
life of Christ ..-.. Es 2467
Lord’s Prayer ...---- 954, 1089-1093, 1089a, 1091a,
1133-1139, 1134a, 1135a, 1993, 2010,
2019, 2643, 2748, 3400, 3413, 3714

names of animals.-.-.. --..----------- 2650-2651
plac esseeee scree semesertceea 952a
mumeralss sre paseeeeaeee ei 1629, 1972, 2311-2312
prayer book........-..-.-.--- 998, 998a, 998d, 3400
prayers .-...-.. 506d, 520d, 520g, 946, 948, 955, 2456,
2461, 2468, 4135

Wut) Ponoes, GeacososeeEbanodoossecoD0o5 946
pronominal forms .---. ...---.----- 1636a-1636b
proper names.. .698-699, 702-704, 702a, 2646-2647
reading lessons....-..----.------------- 955
melationships es 1-2) alee ese =o lelelsteriaiees 2648
R..C. church service ..-..----..--...---- 2453
sachemshipS .----.)---2.--.-------7 o> 2643, 3096
sermons ...---.-.--------- 1609b, 2508, 2508a, 3820
Gye Ep Soosocossdo eseoeacoaaEecnadccoencS 21la

specimens....--...---.- 5 So 2221
spelling book - 4131-4132
terms. 1637a, 1994b, 2792, 3647, 36470
.-.-126, 506c, 520c-520h, 951, 1609, 1609a, 4030

doo ScOOnGoo edeesa SosHassoaeonsasIS 4130
VOLD) £0106) << = = cleimw ew iene winlelnel== ele =l= 3647b
vocabulary.--..------ 23-24, 28, 574a, 575, 577, 579,

579a, 582, 831-834, 952, 1636a-1636b,
1676a, 1820, 1860, 1946a, 1993, 2650,
2748, 3123, 3147, 3511-8512, 4042-4043
words...----- 1972, 2215, 2821-2322, 2362, 3145, 3832
Irritila general remarks ..-..-.----- 217, 217a-217b
Isanti: See Santee.
Isauntie: See Santee.
Isayyati: See Santee.

Isleta general remarks . ...-.------------- 2552
MUI NG) aAnecoSccops Saosscsese SeSso0 2678
vocabulary. .--.--. 999, 1526, 2062, 2303, 2307, 2552,

3608-3609

Ixil doctrina and confesionario -- -- 10566
ANS tou CLOLmeeee eee ert 2-- 10560

ritual of matrimony - 1056
Izaleo general remarks.....--.----------- 2877
Jaakema: See Yakama.

Jacon: See Yakon.

Jakon: See Yakon.

Jakutat: See Yukutat.

Jemez general remarks ..----.-.--------- 2552

mumerals) = -nc- en-eecien=cela== = 'eel=[> l= 2678

vocabulary ....-.-- 217, 217a-217b, 999, 2303, 2307,

2552, 3608-3609
Jicarilla Apache: See Apache.
Jicorilla Apache: See Apache.
Joba grammatic comments .----..--.---- 2998-2999
Lord'sbrayer..---<.<---) «---~= gdo00000 836

INDEX.

No.

Monazevocabulanyjea-5-----ense.-cos\enson- 3702
Joukiousmé grammatic comments --...- 2998-2999
Tron Ushevay ere eemeeten cs ncccee cee 1101

See San Raphael Mission.
Julime general remarks ..
Kabinapek vocabulary. -.
Kachice: Cacchi.
Kachiquel: See Cakchiquel.
Kadiac: SeeWadiak.
Kadiack: See Kadiak. ~

Kea diakvoram mates sees eas sesso ase 3995
MUMOLalS eyes wee sere et eae 28, 205, 1226a, 3046
UHI code. Edetosnicasecococecmusosbessnd 523-524
vocabulary.....-...-.. 28, 217, 217a-217), 527-528,

991, 993-994, 1231, 1391, 1393, 2084,
2205, 2216, 2293-2294, 34190, 3551, 4277
WOLD asosa6 dao easapgEeooar 205, 577, 2276, 4087
Kadiak-Kenai vocabulary ............-. 2293-2294
Kadjack: See Kadiak.
Kadjak: See Kadiak.
Kadjaker: See Kadiak.
Kagéagémit vocabulary ..............--- 12994
Kahchi: See Cacchi.
Kahchiquel: See Cakchiquel.
Kahsowah: See Kasua.
Kahweyah: See Cahuillo.
Kaigan: See Kaigani.

Kaigani grammatic comments. ....-....-- 3162
WNC Ss oseddnecegoesaecor nescos o5 982
vocabulary... .527-528, 981-982, 1507, 30060, 3162
W@RGS 225 sstboosgesaass CSosoeTSOCA Sore 3402

KenivawwitiwOldS---+.5 sees s-2scc2-abacee 3091

Kaiyuhkbatana numerals ...........-.--. 982
NOocaDulanysee see sse es ec ome cess =- 981-982

See Inkilik ; see Ulukuk.
Kakchiquel: See Cakchiquel.
Kalapooiah: See Kalapuya.
Kalapuya examples .-

general remarks... -..

grammatic comments

- 527-528, 1464-1465

linguistic material -- 1464
MUM Oa Seems sees menos ieee nee 2678
EE NOCICES) ssasnetscoenrssoosaos 1466
TOS coaocoogoacbscooss soseogasee 2 1464
vocabulary........-.. 270-271, 527-528, 1466-1468,

1537, 1635, 2707-2709, 2904-2905, 3534, 3872
TOMS casa 0—n066, QoesbSeeHGn case nee OOA 2205

Kalikelat: See Kliketat.

Kalispel catechism --... ....-..-..-.-.. 1558, 3631
ichionanyeee seater ee ee D04—1 0G
grammatic comments -. ......----. --. 1555
TET RODIN Ci ossékoecaocn <escorseseS Gono 1557
vocabulary -- 6 otceS 1501, 1509, 1635, 3873
TOME nao acoseesase0c50 SeraesoNa=ecboD 3359

Kalispelm: See Kalispel.

Kalisteno: Seo Knistenaux.

Kalouche: See Kolosch.

Kaltschanen: See Koltschane.

Kamchatka: See Kamtschatka.

Kamskadale: See Kamtschatka.

Kamtschadale: See Kamtschatka.

Kamtschatka general remarks .......-..- 2278
MOMOralAtesessae aaa alo aaa .----- 1959-1962, 2215
proper names -.....--- 698-699, 701-704, 702a, 2646
relationshipjicscan-casincescseaccous=asce 2645

1107

No.
Kamtschatka vocabulary -. .1088-1093, 2217, 2247,
2645, 3489-3490, 3493, 3770

LOL Blea wnspe sess -- 523-524

WOCCS)s nnn a mece seers = eee eee 2521
Kamtshatka: See Kamtschatka.
Kaniagmiout: See Koniagmut.
Kaniagmut: See Koniagmut.
Kangiulit numerals ...---..-.-.-.---c-s-e 12264
VOCEDUOT Ye. se sacneccenen acon nee een 3551

Kansa: See Kansas.
Kansas dictionary.............--e-.e----- 426b

numerals... 1629
proper names - 670, 702-704, 1910
vocabulary...-. -- 212, 298, 1469, 3770
words)an diphrasesiesscs-eeeereseeeaeeee 1017

Kanzas: See Kansas.

Kanzes: See Kansas.

Karaib: See Carib.

Karalit general remarks............-.--- 1697-1700
Karib: See Carib.

Karif: See Carib.

Karkin-Mutsun vocabulary....-.....---- 165

Karokenumeralssasnesessaeoea eee eee ee 3098
BON Syeeae eames 3098
vocabulary. - -1457, 3098
WOL0S)- sem eneneeahet eee en aene = eee 3099

Karyak : See Kadiak.

Kaskaskia proper names ......... 698-699, 702-704,

702a, 897a, 1940

relationship a 2645

Kasud grammatic comments ........-.-. 1425-1426
THENCE Eo emcceoadeeeseooncceesecccn 2678
WOCAD MALY concen a ase ann eee ee 2307, 3203
Trt Anes sserocoemoceticGocechecoso ce 2305

Kataba: See Catawba.

Katahba: See Catawba.

Katmay (Alaska) vocabulary ..........- - 8006k

Kau: See Kansas: fi
Kauvuya grammatic comments -.-------1425-1426

vocabulary 2307
words 2305
See Cahuillo.
Kaviigmut numerals .....-...-...-..---- 982
vocabulary...---. scaotc ust coosdenas face 981-982
Kaw: Seve Kansas.

Kavwelitsk: See Cowlitz.

Kawitchen vocabulary. ...537-538, 3272, 3534, 3876a
TOW a esas Sp cnno cetostacecccedacde 2205

Kawitshin: See Kawitchen.

Kayouse: See Cayuse.

Kiiyowé: See Kiowa.

Kayux: See Cayuse.

Kechi: See Kiche.

Kekchi: See Cacchi.

Kenai: See Kinai.

Kenaicr: See Kinai.

Kenditena numerals ........--. .-.-..----
VOCADOIATY) 2... cc pecanelswanw samme! man== 981-982

Kenaizi: See Kinai.

Kenay: See Kinal.

Kern Lake numerals -......-----.-- nears

Kern River numerals ........-.--.-------

Kertchan: See Yuma.

Khwakhlamayu: See Chwachamajee.

Kiaway: See Kiowa.

1!08 INDEX.
No. No.
Kichai: See Kiche. King William's Land geographic names. - 1640
Kiche calendar ...-..-.-.-.---2--:-------- 565@ | Kinomi vocabulary .--------.------------ 537-538
CAO NET Goaceessohcanqoos sods 2351, 2476, 4266 | Kiowa numerals ..........-.---..------ 2678, 3617
Confessional seseiemtaeteeieee ieee 4264, 4266 proper names. - - 698-699, 702-704, 7020
days of month ...--.---..---.--- -- 220, 220a sentences oon6 1463
GISCOUTSO sere s sea 4026 ROWE) coo ncdgnnpsesusdonES boOsaossestoe 2a
doctrina christiana . --..--.190, 1016, 1047a@, 3035 vocabulary .- 292, 1061, 2215-2216, 4103
4277a@ | Kitka: See Pawnee.

general remarks - .-201b, 1754, 2859, 3501, 3881 | Kittistzu vocabulary ...... --...-..----. 3873
TAM MaLeeeee cece re soGast 121, 121a, 167a, 169, 217, | Kitunaha examples ...-....-....-.-.----- 1635
317, 445, 1014, , 1016, 4025, 4265, 4304 general remarks...........--------- --- 1635
grammatic comments -.-.---- 22c, 23-24, 2998-2999 numerals.-.-. ictal aaisiactsins cose eet ease ees 2678
IPE Aya obbpounoceacsode sooedccaenccecod 4267 wocubul aryeeemecmiseeseiecrecitecss eee 1635
Lord’s Prayer..--..---.----- 160a, 217, 217a-217b, | Kivalhioqua vocabulary.-....--...--------- 539-540
1392, 3749-3750 | Kiwai vocabulary .........-....--:.--.---- 529-530
NamesiofmMonthSs-cem me enasseeceeeeea= 2588a | Kiwomi vocabulary.....-.-.--..--. 2215-2216, 4103

MUM OLA Seeissaneetecceceee eee 317a, 547, | Kiz: See Kizh.

7304, 3046, 3377a, 3617, 3749-3750 | Kizh grammatic comments .-..-.--..--- 217, 217a-
polysyntheses..-.-......-.-..---------- 26 217b, 1425-1426
TOLER VON) coooas udoccaccoooD bodobaunoudpas 489-490 Lord’s Prayer ...-.- seboncar acoso 217, 217a-2170
proper names .-.........-...----------- 489-490 INU EN Eo oe aosococeboacaagasaecdosbaceac 547
Sentences): saeeeacse eee eee 37600 vocabulary -..--. 217, 217a-217, 531-532, 2216, 4103
sermons ..--. 989, 1015, 1017, 2473, 3459, 3565, 4305 See Netela.

StUdi eS seme iiesectsijesiae ieee eee eee 20 | Klahoquaht: See Tlaoquatch.
tOrmMS)i =o = -chscese pee seen eee oes 738a, 739, 4268 | Klamath dictionary -.....---....--.------ 1423
Ox teene se leclacieiseteirerely= 167a, 444-445, 2842a, 3151a, general remarks .. 1434
3460, 3870, 4021, 4025, 4267, 4308, STAMIM ALfeyetealeleleleleielstelslet=relalelerele erate iareleiatatate 1423
treatise ........ 4307 grammatic comments .--..--..--- 1448-1449, 1453
vocabulary 93, 24,135,217, | myth and stories 1078
217a-217b, 281, 816-817, 365, 445, 457, 527- WEE oooocuncsoes - -1423, 1447°

528, 730d, 1749, 2215-2216, 2645, 2911, 3152—
3153, 4045a, 4050a, 4050d, 4052, 4103, 4263

WAR Gh.c5 cabcondeoodcacbooponcosebooEood 3957
Kickapoo: See Kikapu.
Kikapoo: See Kikapu.
Kikapu general remarks -.--..--.------ 2377-2379
(AINE App poododessouO coopeconeuodasoaor 2768

proper/nimes)----4-------\------) == 400, 698-699,
702-704, 702, 897a, 1940

relationships. --..----- .-----j---------- 1296, 2645
YOON EIA coschoses Saewas cosa: 28, 297-298, 1393

Kikkapoe: See Kikapu.

Kikkapoo: See Kikapu.

Kiliwee: See Kiliwi.

Kiliwi vocabulary -.-....----..-.-. 1854-1355, 1430

Killamuk: See Yakon.

Killemook: See Yakon.

Killisteno: See Knistenaux.

Kinai dictionary .--.-.-- sree 3161
general remarks .----.- -1512, 3158
grammatic comments -. - -- 28, 3161
NUM eral sy eee 1226a, 3161
songs 3161
MEW pocboossoDue cooDoodsas csccopbasace 523-524

Nocabulary-------+----~ ---- 28, 205, 212, 217,
217a-217b, 551, 527-530, 991-994, 1393, 2149,
2204, 2216, 2275, 2293-2294, 3124-3125, 4236

WOKE BE secsoson Saccnecsoosesbod 1950, 3502-3503
Kinaitze: See Kinai.
King George’s Island numerals ......---- 1101

King George’s Sound numerals ....--. 28, 537-538,
1042-1044, 1319, 3038

VOCUNENM sHaKasecsarobposacn 104, 1203-1205, 1319
King River grammatic comments ..-.-.--. 1991
vocabulory

vocabulary -..200-201, 217, 217a-217b, 755b, 1247f,
1356, 1457, 1514, 1516, 2341, 2348, 3794, 4157
See Modoc.
Watskanai: See Tlatskanai.

Klatsop proper names..-.--...-----.----- 703
WOCHDULanYy Ameen een te sear 1206, 1635, 3553
WON eccae dgodadcocacepoadac cencdcoaes 2238

Keketat: See Kliketat.

Klicatat: See Kliketat.

Klikatat: See Kliketat.

Kliketat dictionary ...-..-..---..-..----- 1035
USING) Saco censor occsodbbossccsSSpoosanasS 523-524
vocabulary ..-..- 1527, 1635, 2215-2216, 2904-2905,

2907-2909, 3534-3535, 3872

Knistenanx general remarks. -....------ 2384-2391
THEO ssocdnsuons soodo0 andenD ooSD06 2645
Wocabulanyjeerieesse teres en ae me 28, 212, 699,

1136, 1246, 1297-1299, 1391, 1393, 2204, 2216,
2387a, 2282-2283, 2390, 3494, 3951-3952, 3982
See Cree; see Montagnais.
Knisteneaux: See Knistenanx.
Knisteneux: See Knistenaux.
Koetenaice: See Kutenay.
Koetenay: See Kutenay.
Koikhpagmiut list of birds .... ....---.-
Koljusch: See Kolosch.
Koljuschen: See Kolosch.
Koljusck: See Kolosch.

Kolosch general remarks. -..- 2339-2340, 2678, 3528

Mord speray elec serssercmiecence ste ceteris 2713
TINS) RE) Saecon peonoMooenne cossbeoous 1226a, 3046
Vvocabularyy.csn- =) 205, 212, 527-530, 533-534,

991-992, 1391, 1393, 2149, 2216, 2276
Kolosche: See Kolosch.
Koltschanen: See Koltschane.

=a

INDEX. 1109
=
No. No.
Koltschane specimens .............. 217, 217a-217b | Kutenay Lord’s Prayer ..... - 217, 217a-217b, 24734,
vocabulary......... 205, 527-5 10, 539-540, 551, 2216 3577-3578, 3624-3625
Koltschani: See Koltschane. relationships... .o--s2=-sso-cnsaeebeeee 1505, 2045
Kolush : See Kolosch. vocabulary ---217, 217a-217b, 1861, 2215, 2367,
Kolusic: See Kolosch. 3054, 3874-3875, 3876a, 4046-4047
Komanche: See Comanche. WOLldS)--5 onsen eas ach eee eee eeeee ee 2521
Komantsche: See Comanche. Kutnehii: See Kutenay.

Komookhs vocabulary -.................. 1509
Konegen: See Chukchi.
Konega: See Chukchi.

Koniagmut dictionary. ....-.-.......... - 38006f
grammatic notes ......- --- 3006f
MUM OLA Sees eiea eee aec eee eee eee e 982
SONY sadsscscecodonccosesnocoASasbaeo-n 3006F
MO CaDULaATVAeee ame eerere eee. 981-982, 1507

Konkau namerals.............----....--2678, 3098
SY Soe secscrn adnoneseca cagneeacccog 3098
VOCE onsaascecncss caesessesoesees 3098

Konsa: See Kansas.

Konza: See Kansas.

Koosatis terms 488
PVOCADULARY Re snen-teeete Soames n eee ae 2992

Kovtenai: See Kutenay.

Kootenay: See Kutenay.

Kootenuha: See Kutenay.

IKopé vocabulary -........-... 1501, 1508, 2214, 2216
Koriak general remarks.........-.-.----- 3160
VWOGAITIEIRY seccorpsdscresose possesses 574a, 227

Koriaque: See Koriak.

Korjak: See Koriak.

Kotch-a-Kutchen: See Kutchikutchin.

Koto waNOChDU ALY) 2 =n oes ana anne 3123

Ko zebue Sound vocabulary ..-.-..----- 1391, 1393

Koulischen: See Kolosch.

Kouskovimtsi: See Kuskokivim.

Kowelitsk: See Cowlitz.

Kowelitz: See Cowlitz.

Kowilth vocabulary .-......-...... 1393, 2216, 4140

Kri: See Cree.

Krih: See Cree.

Kulanapo vocabulary .....-.-..--- 217, 217a-217),

1501, 1508, 2214, 2216
Kulleespetm: See Kalispel.
Knullespelm: See Kalispel.
eknsarvocabularyecs: eo se-> <a -na ne cee 388, 1454
Kuscatchewan: See Kuskatchewak.
Kusiuta:-See Gosiute.

Kuskatchewak words..........-.-.------ 2276
TOGHIIIN EA ecocencececoccne spconoa cones 2216
Kuskivigmut vocabulary .-.. -. --..--. 4277
Kuskokwim vocabulary --..--.------ 205, 1231, 4237
Kuskowigmjute: See Kuskwégmut.
Kuskutshewac: See Kuskatchewak.
Kuskwégmut vocabulary ..-....-.---- 981-982, 3530

Kutini: See Kutenay.
Kutanai: See Kutenay.

Kutchaikutchin numerals ...-.- 981-982

vocabulary. ...............-- 2074, 3396, 4119-4121
Kutchan: See Kutehin.
Kutchin numerals .-... ---..---- pasncces 529-530
relationships 1738, 2645

tribal names . -.:. 2216

vocabulary ......----.--..-- 529-530, 539-540, 551,
1354, 1430, 2216, 2394, 2645 |

WOLGH eae awenacee ise sscanccs =--ssneeses 2686 |

Kuwalitsk: See Cowlitz.

Kwaiantl: See Kwakiool.

Kwakiool vocabulary...........-. 1507, 1635, 3876a
Kwakiutl: See Kwakiool.

Kwalhioqua: See Kwaliokwa.

Kwaliokwa vocabulary ..............-. 1635, 2216
Kwantlen vocabulary ...........--....-<6 1528
WOLGS!. on < neces cone a se cee eae eeaeeeee 3360

Kwenaiwitl: See Kwinaiutl.

Kwigpak vocabulary a 3530

Kwinaiutl vocabulary...... 1635, 2764

Kwoneatshatka vocabulary ...........--- 1635

Kygani: See Kaigani.

Labrador: See Eskimo of Labrador.

Lacandon general remarks..... .....---- 1754
MU MCLals Seem sae a eenlcn nee aoe eee 3617

Lacotah: See Dakota.

Laguna catechism ....-..........--.--- 2555, 2557d
dictionary =< --/.-cc necoaae Seseaaeeeeee 25570
epistle John (1st) . 5 2557e
first reader...... 2556
general remarks A 2552
gospel St. Matthew 2557e (p.)
Lord's Prayer....- 5 2557

New Testament ..
Old Testament. .

IPRal Ms yo eceniecisceses< =p aa ener 2557a (p)
LelationshipSesn<sceaascs ae eeee ea eseeae 1572, 2645
BONtENCO na nceavecs scenes] <aeee 2557
vocabulary..... percecosmacno coed 999, 2307, 2552

See Silla-Laguna.
Laimon: See Laymon.

La Porisima numerals .....--....-..----- 163b
words . 163b

La Soledad: See Soledad Mission.

Las Vegas, Nev., vocabulary... 3069

Lathruunun-Yokuts vocabulary . sic 165

Laymon grammatic comments ... 28, 2998-2999
sentences --= 527, 528
VOCRD UIST Yn cosael aoe en eine e see 28

Laymon-Cochimi: See Laymon.

Laymonen: See Laymon.

Lenape: See Delaware.

Lenapce: See Delaware.

Lenapi: See Delaware.

Lenca vocabulary .......-... 363q, 3725-3728, 3736a

Lennape: See Delaware.

Lennappé: See Delaware.

Lenni: See Delaware.

Lenni-Lenape: See Delaware.

Lilowat vocabulary ... 1509

Linapi: See Delaware.

Lipan general remarks.........-.--...-.- 2859
grammatic comments ...............-- 2008, 2999
Gord's Pravoracsssasnsniee=s 217, 217a-217b, 836
TO eareanecacecron stoscgt en seen 400

Lipano: See Lipan.

Llanero general remarks ................- 2859

1110

No.

Loloten: See Tootooten.
Long Island geographic terms
local names
vocabulary
Loque: See Zoque.

3334

Loretano general remarks. ... 1754
Loretto vocabulary ....-...------.----- 2214, 2216
Lototen: See Tootooten.

Loucheux dictionary..-----.------------- 2968
QTamMMar ..---. ~~~ --ew ween 2968
vocabulary. . - .498, 539-540, 1950, 2207, 2215, 2969

Louisiana tribal names -.----.------ ----- 3478

Lower Rogue River vovabulary...-...--. 270, 272

Tucayan words: --.5 <<< - eee nnn e one 2979a

Lukamiute: See Kalapuya.

Lummi Lord’s Prayer...-...------------- 4276
TOO Nee eh UNSE): cosa SoSH oobEcoDossaasEnS 1496
TOCAINIEN A: Gocco decoonarsnsoesccacossas 1496
WORMS Hapbtis dAseoc.coobooSsesodsausen 3460 3360

Lutuami numerals ....-......-..--------- 2678
vocabularyrn= <= -\lemalsise as 1393, 1508, 1635, 2216
AUR Rloaanooagancb sous desadeugseqrsbos 2214

Macahva: See Mazahua.

Macaw: See Makah.

McCloud River words..-..-.--. -- ------ 3761-3762
Macicanni: See Mohegan.

Mac-Kaw: See Makah.

Macquaic: See Mohawk.

Mechachtini: See Seneca.

Mag Readings vocabulary..--...-..----- 2214, 2216
Maha: See Omaha.

Mahakuassica: See Mohawk.

Mahaqu: See Mohawk.

Mahaw: See Omaha.

Mahican: See Mohegan.

Mahicann: See Mohegan.

Mahikan: See Mohegan.

Méhlemut numerals .---.-----2--5------- 982
vocabulary..... 221, 981-982, 3006e, 3645, 4119-4121

Mahnesheet: Maliseet.

Maidu phrases and sentences .......-.--- 1471
HORM sodas as50ds racabe ssbaoaedousaceneec 1471
vocabulary - 1013, 1013a, 3098, 3779

Maine local names
Makah local names. .
numerals -.
vocabulary

--215a, 1662, 3891, 4084
3783

3716, 8783, 3787-3788, 4059a
Makegong: Sce Maskégon.
Malechite: See Maliseet.
Malehmiout: See Mahlemut.
Malemute: See Maéhlemut.
Malhommes grammatic comments... --.- 1977-1978
Malimoot: See Mahlemut.

Maliseet book of prayers .... -.....----- 415
catechism |= secrete sees eeoet 3748
dictionary s2.:-see- 522 == eee eee 4019
general remarks .--.-.--.-.----- 2377-2379, 31850
gospel St. John........ 84 (p.), 497-498 (p.), 3181i,

3185n (p.), 8711 (p.)-3711¢ (p.)

Stuke we secseeses oom eee eeeeees 3185r (p.)
grammatic forms.--.--.--...:. Spe daneos 31858
materiale. er seree een 3185t

1599 |
1529-1530, |

INDEX.

a No.
Maliseet Lord’s prayer.-.--- 57, 1494b, 2473a, 31817,
3183, 3748, 3814, 3914-39154226, 4276

numerals ..-......---- 1570a, 1959-1962, 3184, 3585

primer -.. a6 3348
Psalins --- : 3185n (p.), 3185s (p.)
relationships .......----.- --.-.------ 3185, 3185¢
GOES skSeandcosbpossdopbSoeso HoEdeooDoaS 1862a
Ten Commandments. ..........----- 31817, 3814
(HOt tr eecaSstemancesesanosdcase 3185n, 31858-3185
Vocabularyaccectes-eeno se seisaiecrieee 297-298, 717,

1000a-1000b, 1802, 3185p, 3185s
WOLdSs se escent recee esse ceneeee 2377-2379, 3625

Malisete: See Maliseet.

Malisit: See Maliseet.

Maltlatzinga: See Matlazinga.

Mam: See Mame.

Mam-Huastéque grammatic comments... 738,740

Mame confession .-.-.-.--.----.----.---- 3242
doctrina christiana........-...--..----- 3242
general remarks ....-...-.-.----- 739a, 755¢, 1754
grammar .......-....--- 217, 217a-217b, 2208, 3242
grammatic comments ..--..--.-------- 2998, 2999
proper names ...

gencodaggaosse 1341
- 8634, 2348a, 3242, 3636

GUase re 1107a, 2521
29,

vocabulary - -
Mandan general remarks
grammatic comments .1684-1685, 1684a@, 2521

mumerals sees eer ee eens 3048-3050, 3166, 363
proper names .--.---------- 696, 698-699, 702-704,
702a, 1940, 1955¢, 2646
WENN esecoscdscousSScoUdoRodS sEoonno 2646
TOME an oanoassonacceacsseecosos0snSas00 1336
vocabulary -.-.------ 327d, 682-683, 685, 687a, 689,

692-693, 1061, 1067b-1067e, 1391, 1685,
1837, 2097, 2204, 2216, 3164, 3166, 3625

words.....-.- 682-683, 685, 692-693, 1633, 1989-1990
Mangue conversational phrases. .-.---.--- 33420
VOCE ERA 7A onohooscasee sonbasccootenn 3342a

Maqua: See Onondaga.

Mareschet: See Maliscet.
Mareschit: See Maliseet.
Mareschite: Seo Maliseet.

Mavicopa vocabulary... -- 217, 217a-217b, 283, 1430
WORE secdoasoesngoscedsocosahoobsudscne 1394
See Cocomaricopa.

Maryland catechism - .- 4105
dictionary. --...-- 4105
OT AMIN DY este ete tota are folate ate atatat tat afd alat=lntnotetalol 4105

Mary March : See Bethuck.

Leta alates rete erste reas 2220
3791-3792

Maskoke: See Muskoki.

Maskoki: See Muskoki.

Massachusetts, Baxter's Call..-.-.-..--- 1186-1187
ISG sacsscdoncsobucsosssties 1175-1177, 1179, 2494
CEUGWINETIN « seqgotap=sehocdasvacas05 1184-1185, 3933
Christian covenanting confession ..---. 1197
confession of faith ..........-.-------- 3202-3203
GVENETNG) scescosoasosccooeDboseaoscHesde 909-910
discourse. --- 2505
epistle to Christian Indians..-.-....--- 2502-2503
Genesis ssssseeees selec 1002 (p.), 1180
gospel of John. .208-209 (p.), 208@ (p.), 2218a (p.)
grammatr.....-- ese meter eio 1114, 1190-1192, 1891
grammatic comments ..-...------- 28, 317c, 1391

INDEX.

No.

Massachusetts Isaiah............._. 3113-3116 (p.)
lettere--=--- 909-910
localmamesp=sssseaeeees a eenen 3258, 3893-3894

Lord's Prayer... ---28, 1854, 202,
267b-287d, 3830, 392u, 909, 1004-1007,

1736a, 24734, 2626, 3850-3851, 3914-3915

Newel estamen taeaae sees eeeee enn 1174-1179
numerals.......... srreweeeeeeciece 1959-1962
practice of piety .. 1188-1189
TNE AceoeencecoonaseaoouE 1193-1196, 1199, 1200
Psalms . .1115-1116, 1181-1183, 1198,1570, 1847 (p.)

3508-3509, 3664

TERIOR sa seco sectoaccbonccoupsessnaeeee 1182
SANG! (CM) oosscsatasssosassnossaccosen 3205 (p.)
sentences 909-910, 2625
sermons 987-988
text. ...383a, 1196a, 1200a-12008, 1957, 2847a, 2929a
THEN occossagunagsasensanoss 1199, 1676, 2504, 2506
tribal names. 6 “oodecaaadaperse 3478
vocabulary........ 2, 298, 317¢, 908a, 909-910,

987a, 1000, 1004-1007, 1126, 1391, 1593, 1712,
2204, 2216, 2362, 3414, 3502, 3961, 4195-4196

Matlacinga: See Matlazinga.

Matlalsinken: See Matlazinga.

Matlaltzinca: See Matlazinga.

Matlalzinca: See Matlazinga.

Matlalzinga: See Matlazinga.

Matlanzinga: See Matlazinga.

Matlatzinca: See Matlazinga.

Matlazinca: See Matlazinga.

Matlazinga catechism... ..........-. 315, 665a, 666
confession ee 1616
dictionary:----- 2... 665
doctrina’christiana..--..-.-.).-.--- -.4.- 1617
general remarks ...... - 1754, 2678, 2859
grammatic comments ............... 2998-2999
grammar ...... 217, 217a-217b, 312, 665, 1616-1617
Ori SVEray Ol mamas ss teeeeee eee eee 213, $36
sermons 314, 666-667
OX U errant ccjeniee sce cae eee tees 1616
vocabulary 312

See Pirinda.
Matzahua: See Mazahua.

Maya alphabet ................. 10675-1067c, 3760a
antiquity of the Mayas ...-............ 3696
appeal to Indians in revolt .-........... 3987
caiculiform writing .....-....----.-.... 1098
catechism. ...........341, 895, 935, 1308, 1727, 3427
chrestomathy 450, 745
COMIC OW ence olertee tse emene ee ernes seas 829-830
confessions. 896
devotions . 5 1307
aetinnesy scecbeososenDn ceonass 341, 450, 517, 806,

1030, 1030a-1030¢e, 2090, 2949, 29490-2049e, 3692
discourses and spiritual treatises. .....631a, 894
doctrina christiana .... ae 892
general remarks.......-. 217, “170-2170, 246, 358,

453, 485, 494, 494, 495, 495a,
742a, 745a, 755¢, 1486a, 1754,
2207, 2215, 2678, 2859, 3000

gospel of John.............. 84 (p.), 497-498 (p.),
1309, 3711b-8711¢ (p.)
TATU) Sescecnconenas “Sonbr 208-209 (p.),

2084 (p.), 3426, (p.), 3426c (p.)

1111

No.
Maya grammar ....217, 2174-217, 841-343, 446, 449-
450, 516, 893, 936, 1884, 2193, 2714, 3595
grammatic comments ....... ..... 22c, 23-24, 28,
3031, 449, 495b, 741-743, 755¢, 1392,
1720, 2665, 2767, 3376-3377, 3586
hieratic\textel messes
Jetton!2 scan cee ante eee ae eee ee
historical studies.
linguistic materis
Lord's Prayer ..

-28, 185a, 217, 217a-
2473a, 2713, 2767, 3595
names of days... .... 3845 3846, 3595, 3969, 3969a

months. ......220, 220a, 317a, 3595, 3845-
3846, 3969, 3969a

notes on the Scriptures ................ 3695
numerals. ..... 363f, 495b, 730a, 754-755, 755a-755e,
1390, 1720, 3377a, 3046, 3378, 3617, 4074

orations ....... e 344a
pastoraliletters--oseneaseeneseseeeee ee 1613, 3976
Phrases eae sa ne ees eee ee ee 4074
place names... 813
plant names....... - 2747b
polysyntheses. .... 26
TOG) Cc rsemccene ooeacasne 116a, 1307, 1390, 1728
DPrMeres-sesae eae eee 356, 1726, 3418
PLOPCIUNAMES oa -eiee eee ee esee eee eee 363k, 703
TOCOLGR se conan ene tee eae ee eae ee 494
sermons . - 341, 805, 356 1a, 3693, 3698-3699, 3880
story - A940
studies . 20
terms .... 401, 454a, 494b, 523-524, 738a, 739, 2266,
3097

text -...344, 442, 495b, 785a-785b, 1169, 2392a, 2399,
2599b, 2952, 2053a, 3376-3377, 3969, 3969a
vocabulary .... -23-24, 28, 207, 212, 362-363, 363f,

446, 449, 491, 495b, 576, 755b, 755d, 730a,
1343, 1388, 1392, 2216, 2264, 2767, 3376-
3377, 3700, 3726-3728, 3760a, 3978, 4074
words...... ..-.599, 813, 3000, 3198, 3728, 3950, 3957
See Yucatec.
Mayo: See Maya.
Mayu: See Maya.

Mazahua catechism ......--.........c-.s0 3568
doctrina christiana...........-......... 2692
generaliremorks)-------s-ceesseeeeeees 174
grammatic comments - --

Lord’s Prayer. ........ -836, 2841
mannal --...2-..<. 2693
sermon. ......... 3568
WocaDUIALYs~ <n ace soceee seca ene eeeeeee 3568

Mazahuatl: See Mazahua.

Mazatec Lord's Prayer ......... 217, 217a-217b, 836
feneral remarks)aasesexeaessesese eee 1754
grammatic comments ................. 2998-2999

Mazateca: See Mazatec.

Mazateco: See Mazatec.

Mechoacan: See Michoacan.

Mechuaci: See Michoacan.

Meco: See Serrano.

Mednovskie vocabulary.................. 4237

Meecleeceet: See Maliseet.
Megicana: See Mexican.
Megicano: See Mexican.
Melicete: See Maliseet.

1112 INDEX.
No. No.
Melicite: See Maliseet. Mexican doctrina christiana..-....-...--- 75, 122,
Mennomonie: See Menomoni. 132, 192, 477, 672, 830a, 1052-1056, 1283,
Menomanie: See Menomoni. 1398-1399, 2563, 2608-2613, 2669, 2526, 2891,
Menomene: See Menomoni. 2894, 3245, 3315, 3355, 3446, 3476, 3981, 3991
Menomenee: See Menomoni. epistles 2. .5.cc i sisscsisacec cee oemc eases 1222-1223
Menoneni: See Menomoni. examples eacencahernaweeeaanicnieesmostine 4020
Menomine: See Menomoni. exhortationsy-ensmeee esses eee ease 2254-2256
Menominee: See Menomoni. explanations@ssseeee eee ene neon aeae 1251, 2578
Menomonee: See Menomoni. Oxtracts presses cee ee eaee eee neces 2259
Menomoni catechism....-..---.---.--- 4303b-4303¢ fable. .... 34530
BANOS) SosonaosansesoO nase. Soausecaseocs 409 general remarks .--- ..182a—182d, 201b, 268a, 397),
Lord’s Prayer..-....--- 3577-3578, 3914-3915, 4276 447, 454-455, 755e, 817-824, 901, 913, 1270a,
Pn Eeesesogseceqssos85 --. 409, 4303a, 4303¢ 1404, 1553, 1560, 1754, 1875a, 1978a, 2678, 2687,

TWMbERE Coddaosono dono ndcctoseaSaduoaso" 3361
primer lessons ....-.---.- c 280 409
proper names ....-670, 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 1940
Telationshipsese-seesecacese eee 2645
remarks ... 210
sentences 3361
VOCADULALYsneeeeeneeneeneeeeere 501, 1061, 1391,

1393, 1946a, 1959, 2204, 2216, 3361
TAO loncocantionancotoccsuopedsecs 2979, 3361, 3949

Merzimack Valley geographic terms -..-.. 3051
names of Indian tribes ....-...---.----- 3051

Mescalero Apache: See Apache.

Messicana: See Mexican.

Messicanice: See Mexican.

Messisauga: See Missisauga.

Messisauger: See Missisauga.

Messisaugi: See Missisauga.

Mewoc: See Miwok.

Mexicaine: See Mexican.

Mexican aboriginal writing .......-...-.. 3198
act of contrition..-.......-..-.--. --. 5c 674
alphabet ...-.---- oc 2956
angelical salutation .. 371la
Prpey cuouaco booco0ba -- 98, 1387
antiquities - . 2826
arithmetic .. 2558
astronomy .-. 3013
calendar -- -1877a, 2257-2259, 3595, 3605, 4020

eatechism..........124, 224, 238, 630, 657-658, 674-
675, 674a, 677a, 678, 808, 1283, 1415-1421,
1418a-1420a, 1597, 2439, 2610-2613, 2883,
2891, 2894, 2957, 3444, 3959, 3963, 4002, 4262

Quy ssabbccssened pusSnogsH socasaSe 4280
classification of languages. -...-----.--- 1223a
COGS 6 csondosdssoddesuuonNeDe ot douse zEE 460, 2927
Colloquies=seceecae senescence eer 844, 1338, 1400
COMME ScnusoodesbacossoasspbessanseD 72
(COMM ONUALY, elevate aim aloha ieleloeaaleleteie stain tet aint= 1228
confessional. <2... 2-2. 5... 70, 226-227, 570, 594,

849, 900, 1414, 2604-2607, 2826, 2875, 3428, 3990
conversation, guide to...... -....-.---- 160

conversations .- . -864, 1338a, 1400a

daily exercises ....-.....--------------- 3447
days of month -.. ---.220, 2200
devotional exercise. -- : ane 1167
devocionario}---- ses eae a = eee 64, 1029, 1385
dialogues. .223,1322,1338,3246, 3248, 3318, 3457, 3479
diction aryjesecsecmae\eseeeeeeer meee 197, 199, 241,

245, 1031, 1751, 2819, 3443, 3458, 3602, 3955
discouTsesiee=seeceeesceee sete 71, 1041, 3017-3018
dissertationstepees-seecsnees see eee 1383, 2627

divisions of the year ........-..-....---- 600-603

2699, 2859, 2877, 3014, 3368e-33687, 3375, 3497—
3498, 3501, 3680, 3701, 3746, 3841, 3962, 3965

gospel of John.......--.------ 498 (p.), 3711e (p.)
Luke. . 208-209 (p.), 208a (p.), 1242, 2052

PANG) Hloqeonobonoauas conuoaaoueccsdedce 2618, 2874
andiepistlesyrersseeeer seco 311
grammar.....-----. 54, 167, 170, 191, 193, 197, 199,

245, 551a, 561a, 562, 605-606, 612, 849a, 900,

995, 1315, 1379, 1409-1413, 1594, 1597, 1611-

1612, 1772, 2569, 2614-2615, 2628, 2682a, 2817-

2819, 2826, 2869, 2893, 2954, 2961, 3186, 3221a,
3305-3306, 3367, 3368F, 3370, 3443, 3450, 3453a,

3458, 3476-3477, 3800, 3871, 3939, 4002, 4262
grammatic analysis...--..----..---- 3368-33680
comments 22d, 23-24,

28, 397a, 563, 1386, 1392, 1559, 1564, 1593,

1879, 2560, 2873, 2998-2999, 3211-3212, 3586
hieroglyphs .--.-..--.------ 1234, 2756, 3380, 3736
historical notes-
history of cities. -

WIGEOKO soccascansa 789-793, 2578a, 3453

the Conquest..-...--...-.--- 9940

thembassionkeeeceereeseeee 1824

homulieswereeeeeneeee eee eee Jonos0eG 2398

IWAN GoancSsbocos pocSSSopocoN boda DecHeS 564, 592

indull genciasieem estes eran 240

instructionsp---- ss eee ese ee eee 3430, 3451
for administering sacra-

ments) = s-sfseee eis 1611

new ministers.....--- 896

IFPRI On boabosondeédeodoouedsaosnbOS 1382, 2573

legal document .......-...--.-.----.--- 2693a

letter O 615d

life of S. Bernardino de Sena -.- 3452

S. Antonio..-.....--.-- 550 234

lives of saints - -- 2616, 3485

local names ..- .-613-615, 813

Mordisperayeryacrtsess see ecisceectasls 28, 397d,

718, 836, 1271, 1331, 1337, 1736a, 2146, 2452,
2473a, 2560, 2670, 2670a, 2676, 2713, 2862,3449a
TEBE cacocbsbducHonKbcosas 2439-2440, 2892, 3008
for administration of sacraments. - .863,

2319, 2881, 2955, 3430

TCHAD AE) ljcaecossrocosessbocsesactoques 2043, 4270
moral laws for Indian children... .----- 229
names of days -...-.---.---- 220, 220a, 317a, 3013
deities teem ao saiseee eer 2524, 35320
months ....--.317a, 435-437, 1359, 3013
MUMELUS esse eae Sueietesesees 63a, 363f, 549,

551t, 600-603, 600a-600b, 1499, 1558c-1558d,
1558, 1558i, 1558m, 1558v, 1559, 1873-1877,
1874a,1876a, 2259, 2675, 3046, 3124-3125, 33770

©
=

INDEX. 1113
No. No.
Mexican ordinances. .----..- Beer reeres 2846-2847 | Miomi vocabulary........... 28, 297-298, 1061, 1391,
maleograph yz ecces =e ee seaesessec cee 1025 1393, 1661, 1712, 2204, 2216, 2877-2379,
parable of Prodigal Son..............-. 1937a 3120, 3625, 3860, 3949, 3982, 4061-4064
phoneticelements--.----.--............ 3014 | Miami-Illinois dictionary .... 2230a
piadoso devocionario -........-..--..--. 1397 vocabulary..--..--... soit 212
mlantinamesr cesses esses aces 2918d | Michelmack words ....... 3949
Dlaticasperery sa secioe see 191, 193, 228, 230, 2565 | Michigan geographic features. . = 2197
MOEUEAY cooneécosnecHesepecusaseooooesscae 26680 PLOPOL MAM OS teena sesame tases eee ee 1940
Wolysyntheses--2<cn-nn— ose eee see = See 26 | Michoacan confessional ................-. 245a
prayers ..-...-. 239, 2599, 3681 CinlO gue oa secc ee .-nncienn ono oeeieneeee eee 1546
LUNG te ewececee nena as ane 630, 2960, 3316-3317 | grammar ...........-....20-----ee-ee: 245a, 1542
proclamation x SmyAP. esocHciconaccS 25338 146, 245a, 2532
proper names. .....----- 1558¢-1558d, 15589, 15587, thesoro spiritual ..-..........-...----- 1543-1344
1558m, 1558 vocabulary 1545, 2525, 4048
register of baptisms .........-....-.-.- 3209 | Michopdo: See Maidu.
Telationships==--e-%ss<-2--cro- on wace oe 220, 220a@ | Michuacan: See Michoacan.
religious instructions .....-.--...-..-.. 1944 | Mickmak: See Micmac.
(UROALISES a act eaten ssi sooee es 2821-2823 | Micmac Acts of Apostles ........-..--. 3181g, 3809
HIVES consecccoana he conc ROU ECAeSTOnSCOCaS 3013 Bible stories 4010
scripture passages .......--.....-...--. 838 catechism ......- 2057-2059, 2580c, 31850, 4005-4007
sermons. --.72a, 123, 125, 235-236, 310, 570, 610, 804, conjugationie.-----e se easen ace secnecceee 3185e
1227, 1338, 1614, 1750, 2253, 2452a, 2599c, decalogue’.:--<.-natsnsnssese ante wecens 3185d
2826, 2858, 3187, 3221a, 3246, 3315, 3355, dictionarypecas=<-eee ona oeae eee eee 3185a, 4019
3365, 3412, 3441, 3445, 3480, 3485, 3559- epistle to Galatians ........ .......-... 3185n
3561, 3563-3564, 3569-3570, 3772, 3892, 4004 ROMANS) eee sao seater e ee 3185n
SilabatiOjessesere eames = ----1380-1381 Exodus 414, 3181h, 3185e (p.)
songs ---- -591, 3015b, 3453 Genesis 518, 3181@, 3185e ¢p.)

SPECIMENS keaeeriesea= mean aciae sem alana 2396
spiritual directory --... 2582a

IBGEW So. 38Ssscosoobesssancsece 2238
Studies pete oe sess esesececestase tess 20, 184-185

terms ..218-219, 218a, 2194, 441a, 442, 448, 600-603,
766,766a, 1118, 1403, 16612, 2088-2089, 2562«,

2627, 3380, 3729, 3834-3836, 3967-3968, 4175

text eareccee 28a, 222, 231-233, 237, 242-245, 495c,
663, 1045a, 1250b, 2252, 2320, 2449-2451,

2530, 2533, 2557h, 2573, 2576-2582, 2578a,

2580d, 2617, 2618a, 2622-2623, 2669a, 2876,

2958, 2962, 3175a, 3314, 3411, $442, 3449,

3458a, 3464, 3975, 3975a, 3985, 4003, 4038

CW icoeocndsad 125, 3214, 3249, 3355, 3365, 3369, 4-81 |
TANS AtLOUB esse sea cee ence nes 355
treatise - --- 198-199
VOIBOS .ccces --0'e - 9 ---- + oe ~~ 2 3680

vocabulary
159, 212, 297-298, 322a, 363, 420d, '495c,
583-534, 551b-5d51e, 600a-600b, 607, 900,
1118a, 1322, 1331, 1339, 1392, 1595, 1611,
17374, 1741-1748, 1948, 1978a, 2162-2167,
2216, 2525, 2558, 2561, 2600-2603, 2628,
2682a, 2693a, 2820, 2826, 2869, 2879, 3123,
8211-3212, 3241, 3443, 3448, 3702, 3709,
3724, 3726-3728, 3823, 4054-4055, Boos

718, 813, 1269, ‘1404, 1508, 2959, 2076,
2559, 3469, 3718-3720, 3731, 3968a, 3982
See Aztec.
Mexicana: See Mexican.
Mexicane: See Mexican.

Miami general remarks ...---.--.-. 2877-2379, 3499
grammatic comments. ...---.----------- 28
mumerals..........-..-2.-------------- 1959-1962
proper names ....-.------------------- 1940, 2646 |
relationship ..-.--------.-------- .----- 2645

general remarks -----.-.+.---------. 1270a, 31850
gospel of St. John 209 (p.), 498 (p.)
3179e-3179f, 3181k, 871 1e (p.), 4205

Stubukew----s-sseeess aes 3181b-3181le

Sivan eee eee 5 3181L

St. Matthew ...-...-.-2.. -8179c-3179d
grammar......... 274a, 101 9a, 1597 a, 19494-1949),

2059a, 2407, 2580b-2580c, 41974

grammatic comments -...-.....- sscc5e 1391, 3179
ROWE eros oerreah Eoncce seer 3179
materiallose-eni- se seneclesoe es 3185i
hieroglyphs aasnes=- ane ece = seen eee 3583-3584

hymns, prayers, &c-. 3179b, 31817, 3181¢
3185/-3185m, 3185t, 4005-4008

instructor 3185b
lesson card. - 318la
local names... -.- socronsecscoset 3181
Lord’s Prayer .....28, 59, 185a, 1270a, 1494}, 2237,

2473a, 2713, 3583-3584, 3914-3915, 401), 4276
mass and vesper book.......-.-----.--. 2495
New Testament......----.---.---...- 8181m (p.)
numerals 3181, 3585
prayers. .-..-- 2580b-25800, 3185, 3185k, 4005-4008
PLIMOL ~ - 2. - == son wnenweranacuncesess secs 67
proper names. ....--.-----.ss0e---0+ ~~ 703
Psalms......----- 519, 3: 8le, 31814 (p.), 3185m (p.)

notes on translation of........ 3185h
reading book..............---.. - -3180-3181

relationship -. - - 2645, 3185
religious offices. . 2580a
rudiments ....-. --- 8409a
sentences 83185¢
RENMIONS 2-52. cove canon ane R eee oe 2057-2059
Specimens... =. se ccneccccwennecancsses 4018
BLOMMIOS sce eua<ne kaw dmpeccsane wen eels < 3185e
MODES AB AE ORM cae cc hint ree cadena neers 8, 1663
PM ig sane scr CHOCAICOD SO COCREGOACOLC ee 8179

1114 INDEX.

No.

Micmacitractste!----2----~-- sheets 3179a-3179b,
3181n-3181q, 31851, 3884-3887

VOCAD ULI Als a\slole ea ci-ielaels sete -. 28, 212,

274a, 1000a-10008, 1362,1391, 1393, 1802,
2204, 2216, 2291, 2580c, 3182, 4170-4171
words....-.- ECOOOOONCAOS 273-275, 2205, 3181, 3185f
See Gaspésien. :
Micmacensi: See Micmac.
Mije: See Mixe.

Mikasuke Lord’s Prayer.-...-..---------- 3640
terms ..--- 488
vocabulary 3640

Mikasuki: See Mikasuke.

Mikemak: See Micmac.

Mikmak: See Micmac.

Mikmaque: See Micmac.

Milicete: See Maliseet.

Milicite: See Maliseet.

MillbankswordShsccseclsceaiameene seamen 1108, 1108a

Millerton numerals ......-.-..-----.----- 3098

Millicete: See Maliseet.

Minatarree: See Minitari.

Minckus: See Minqua.

Minetare; See Minitari.

Minetari: See Minitari.

Minitaree: See Minitari.

Minitari numerals ee neceee «oe -~-1959-1962
proper names - 1940, 2646
relationships. . 9oda 2645
specimens - See 2521
terms ..-.. --. 523-524, 2521
vocabulary. . Sha oodenceaneeS 212, 1391, 1393,

1685, 2204, 2216, 2645, 3493
MAUL Soobemnogpcocogsascedssacsoscus66 3502

See Hidatsa; see Gros-Ventre.
Minvataree: See Minitari.
Minneconjou names of chiefs .-...-.. --. 3944
Minnetahse: See Minitari.
Minnetare: See Minitari.
Minnetaree: See Minitari.
Minnitaree: See Minitari.

Minqua general remarks .-.....--.-.....-- 3582
MUM Oral gee ctetetetatetalelefetew ate/afelsiorel sia atererotare 68-69
vocabularye scree icieeesesereceeeacts 572-574

See Susquehanna.
Minque: See Mingna.

Minsi catechism ......- 3557
general remarks . 2G 2029
hymns .. - 1637-1638
mames... - oes 1714
numerals . - 1186, 1959-1962
relationship ie--yo-—-\=-e see eee oe 2645
vocabulary ........--. 28, 212, 297-298, 1136, 1172,

1391, 1393, 1946a, 2529, 2779, 3414
WOrd Seeeeeasterstisese asses 2021, 2276, 3503, 3982

Miquemaque: See Micmac.
Mission Indians: See names of the various mis-

siovs
Missisauga vocabulary....-...-.------ 28, 297-298,
1136, 1391, 4174-4175
NOLO S sasasesese a ceeste eee eerie eaee 3503
Mississage: See Missisauga.
Missouri general remarks .... .-...-.--. 1958
grammatic comments ..-....----.------ 1654

Mobilien vocabulary

linguistic material ........-.-.......... 1075 |

No.

Missouri proper names..........-..------ 698-699,

702-704, 702a, 1955c, 2646
welationships|s-es sees -eecleeeeeeeeece 2840

Missouri-Colombienne region vocabulary 1978a@

Missouri Valley philology.--.--.---.----- 1686 ©

Missouria: See Missouri.

Missourie : See Missouri.

Missquito: See Mosquito.

Mistec: See Mixteca.

Misteca: See Mixteca.

Misteco: See Mixteca.

Mistekic: See Mixteca.

Mistéque: See Mixteca.

Miwok numerals .....-.-.-.--.---.------ 3098
vocabulary..-... SEndOdSRUd boaSHOdasoORS 3098
IRI nganaudeaceseccssoos soocensesdascs 3100
Yosemite names ...........---22-2---- 3098

Mixe comparisons -..............--.------ 3630
confessional. ....--...-.-2..-------2---- 3155
devocionario -...--- 0.22... 202. eee eeen ee 349
dictionaryeeceses-sseeee nessa tere 3156
doctrina christiana .........-...---2---- 3155
general remarks...-.........----------- 1754
grammar... ....--.-- 217, 217a-217b, 349, 3155-3156
grammatic comments.........--.----- 2998-2999
Lord's Prayer..-:-<.--...----- 217, 2L7a-217b, 836
MUMOLALS remecisece ecm cece hese eel 2678
prayers.....-.- eels 4060
sermons . - 6 331
vocabulary .....-.-. 332, 1343a, 3760a, 4045a, 4060

See Guichiovian.

Mixteca catechism 676-677, 1561-1562, 2866

dictionaryeecee senescent 8311
doctrina christiana. - ..1050a, 1278-1280, 1562, 3481
GW soquudsscsasdocossassGo8. coohse 1590
general remarks...-.....--..----- 1754, 2678, 2859
(OO) eeonobsocecsoosbSses cosescea 836, 1590, 3482
grammar.......-..-.--- 217, 217a-217b, 1885, 2866,

3239-3240, 3483, 4039
grammatic comments. .-...----- 28, 1879, 2998-2999

Lord’s Prayer-...-.--... 28, 185a, 217, 217a-217b, 836,
2214, 2216, 2473, 2713

MAanualleeecsseesscioseeeteciecdesee eee 4039
Mumeralseececerseaseteecise ace eee 748
place names..-.-.......-......- 813
prayer.....- 3964

sacraments - 6o6

sermons. . - 939, 3312, 382

THECUS ooo sd noSOdeoDoBUSSOOURNOOSS ocd 3312, 8964

; 713, 3168, 3824, 4039
MAMIE) cconsccoscosnonetoDseasoscose 813, 3982-3983

Mixteca-Zapoteca text --...-.------------ 830b

Mixtecice: See Mixteca.

Mixteco: See Mixteca,

Mixteco-Montaitiez catechism. .........--. 677

Mixtek: See Mixteca.

Mixteka: See Mixteca.

Mixtekeu: See Mixteca.

Mixtéque: Seé Mixteca.

Miztec: See Mixteca.

Mizteca: See Mixteca.

M'mat vocabulary ..-...-....-.---.--.- 1721, 17210

Mnemones: See Menomoni.

apse 298

Mo: oo notes .....----.------ eSaaspacacand 2514

10°

INDEX. Sy
No. No.
Modocmumeralsvees=ses pees eeeeaeee 3098 | Mohawk phrases...... .... ....... 2542-2545, 3650
WocalMaryjecssceniossosece se: :811, 16230, 2514, 3102 | prayer-book........-..---.-.----------- 807, 2279
See Klamath. prayers .....-..........2....1796, 2507, 2723, 3130
Modok: See Modoc. primen:.2-2022 eS eee 3136-3137
Mohaux: See Mohawk. psalms and hymns ..................-. 4138-4139
Mohave grammatic comments........... 1425-1426 religious instruction 1027)
proper names.--.....--.-..--.-..---.--- 703 Revelation .......... 1790
vocabulary ....-...... 217, 217a-217D, 291, 527-528, sacred history... 2817
1061, 1430, 1506, 1534-1535, 1719, Scriptures ... _ 807 (p.)
2215, 2304, 2307, 3068, 3254, 4103 SENtENCES sees ns eeeeeeenee 1.3185 5a, 31852, 3650
WHOL ooo eo oo nnn ww ene nen ennenas 2305 Sermons .-...- 10274, 1618b-1618¢, 22314, 3307, 3819
Mohawk Acts of Apostles. ....- -1791, 1791a Specimens: “<s<-s- 2s seo eee 1088-1093
EUG Sie ses ecpcncenece sacs Oona nS0S 3185z Ten Commandments ........--......--. 2723
alphabet 2279) |“ termé:.-s-c2- see. ee eee eee eee eee 1999
PApostlesy@ reed esae=)eeene ee ee een 2723 texteoseee 1637a, 3818
IB iD1 GIS LOLIES =aane ate eee 3130 verbal forms. ---1636a-1636b
Book of Common Prayer ..-. 117, 413, 816, 2664, VOTSeS Se fesse ett ote ee ee 2383
2735, 4136-4137 wocabulary=-csssesseseeceses 28, 212, 297-298, 571,
catechism ......-.--..-.--.--- 807, 2664, 2725, 3130 1061, 1089, 1091, 1091a, 1201,1391, 1393,
epistle of James remo oso 1786 1474, 1860, 2029, 2204, 2216, 2646, 3185u,
John (1).-- 1786 3185w-3185a, 3185bb, 3414, 3511-3512
John (2)... = 1787 WOPdS) oes oe fot anaeceweeeee eee ee oe 505-506,
John (3)... 4 1788 2279, 2855, 3185z-3185aa, 3650, 3710, 3949
ONdepeass=- - ' 1789 | Moheagan: See Mohegan.
Peter (1) ..-. 1786 | Moheakanneew: See Mohegan.
Peter)(2)j-.2sseceees secs cee 1786 | Moheakannuk: See Mohegan.
epistle to Colossians.-.--............... 1765 | Mohegan catechism ---- 174-175, 3108
Corinthiansijecessceee sees 1768, 1784 exam pleshs = --- som c aaisenccad vaneen eran 317¢
Ephesians iecsssssena=sieeaee 1794 generalremarks:---- 20. -ccee (necekemeees 1134a,
Galatians .............------1762, 1793 1135a, 2377-2379, 2793-2794
SETS DO WS oretateleene ete atetete ial 1770 PIII Eh sees5 cosbsod Sonne seicociccoacc 1898
Philemoriseseee sac sees 769 grammatic comments ....--... 28, 317¢, 1112, 2010
IPhUippianslecees ase ome =i 1764 Lord’s Prayer........-....... 28, 185a, 1004-1007,
PROMANSEH eae soe eae ors a 1792 1088-1093, 1089a, 1091a,
Thessalonians»..-25---\--c6 50 1766 1133-11389, “462, 3914-2915
Timothy..---.- 1767 BIG HL poeodenecoSsHonerecuSocsecc 1847, 1979
SUT Eecey SoceueEueee reces 1768 numerals. .1133-1139, 1134a, 1135a, 1846, 1959-1962
OXON DlOSete een eee feet) acctecece se. 325 prayers 3108-3109
general remarks - - 1859, 2029, 2856 proper names 702-704, 702a, 2646
geographic names..-.......-......-..-. 2643 Psalms..--- 1136 (p.), 1827 (p.), 2666 (p.), 3556 (p.)
— glossary ............. 1637a | relationships...-.........- 2645
gospeliotjSt- John. --------.----------- 84, specimens. --- Sees 1346
208-209 (p.), 280a, 497-498 (p.), 1785, vocabulary .-...-.- ..--..28, 63, 212, 297-298, 421,
2769-2771, 3105), 3711b (p.)-371le (p.) 1004-1007, 1133-1139, 1184a, 1135a,
St-Duke--- ------ 1780-1781, 3185 (p.) | 1240, 1391, 1393, 1708, 1712, 1846,
Ste Mar kaeeee see aces a ciancon 413, 1946a, 2010, 2204, 2216, 2311-2312,
438-440, 3185z (p.)-3185y (p.) 2362, 3123, 3414, 3478, 4170-4171
St. Matthew ...-.....-......1782-1783 words. . .2276, 2377-2379, 2745, 2079, 3503, 3625, 3982
BEA TAM MALS Soe ceae soe cco ee ce ones 3146-3147 | See Stockbridge.
grammaticcomments. .........--. 28, 413, 2855 | Mohican: See Mohegan.
history translation of Book Common Mobikan: See Mohegan.
Prayer . ag shocks 1#25 | Mohogice Lord's Prayer ........ . 897d, 718,
hymns .........-.. 74, 268, 4138-4139, 1831, 2452, 2473a, 34494
1774-1779, 1774, 17794, 2053, 2279, 3020, 3399 vocabulary =e 1331
Isaiah 2722 SV OLUB nee sates eitieie oe iad eee 718
letter. 440a | Mojave: See Mohave.
litany 2664 | Moélale grammatic comments .....-.. ...- 527-528
local names ns 3606 OO epee ore ee sopnccsose dsesoncscsce 2678
Word's) Prayers. .- <<. scceres -onnereeesee 28, 185a, RON LENCOS -ncoace eee eee cee 1472
1337, 1825, 1859, 2723, 31852, 3577-3579, 3964a TOS Go anon canoe einen nein 1473
mass and vespers .......-----------.-- 2454 vocabulary. ....-....527-528, 1393, 1472, 1531, 1635
names of months. ...--.------.--- ----- 1660 | Molele: See Molale.
numerals .....-- .--------.----- 68-69, 69a, 212a, | Ménnitarri; See Minitari.
975-976, 975a, 1133-1139, 1124a, 1135a. 1660, | Mono general remarks ........ -. 217, 217a-2170
1683, 1859, 2855, 2916, 3185z, 3979, 4089, 4098 | Monsee: See Minai.

1116 INDEX.
No. No.
Montagnais catechism.--..- 40, 40a, 116d, 2963-2964 | Muscoghe: See Muskoki.
Chants GcC reece ee see cee eee eee eee 40b | Muscogulge: See Muskoki.
dictionary ..----- Muscoki: See Muskoki.
general remarks - Muskhogee: See Muskoki.
faebnGheopaanocoececcnosncedaaacaus sens 2968 | Muskogee: See Muskoki.
grammatic comments...---..----------- 23-24 | Muskogh: See Muskoki.
hymns, prayers, &¢ ...-.---------- -- 4005-4007 | Muskoghe: See Muskoki.
Lord's Prayer -- 720a, 2473a, 2497-2501, 3914-3915 | Muskogulge: See Muskoki.
prayer-book.......----------- .---2153, 2153a | Muskohg: See Muskoki,
prayers . --- . --38, 40a, 2244-2246, 2963-2964 | Muskohye: See Muskoki.
Qwlonondce osdescicaniscsscadceacn se 2963-2964 | Muskohgee: See Muskoki.
specimens 2219, 3735 | Muskoke: See Muskoki.
exti cs ce tees eee ee eee oe eres 116d | Muskokee: See Muskoki.
vocabulary 23-24, 28, 298, 755b, 2969 | Muskoki Acts of Apostles -............-. 3323
WWI opauecnonudscstcodasas conseao date 1801 fal ph abe biey-scieee serait iee cerca 2329
See Cree; see Knistenaux. ESSIEN dciecnnogsbaacooHocadadaseSsepes 1301
Montagnaise: See Montagnais. GENO SiN cesone edbaon pSsosac0Ge0 2324, 2333-2334
Montagnar: See Montagnais. child’s book..... 1303
Montagnard: See Montagnais. commandments --- 1669
Montagnie: See Montagnais. constitution and laws 2966
Montaug: Sce Montauk. dictionary... -=<-- .----- <= -----o-e eso e- 2329
Montauk vocabulory ....--------------- 321a, 2192, double consonants..---..---2-------.5-- 3330
2204, 2362, 4194-4197 early, histonysesesto- cleo aise 3333
Mooksabk vocabulary. .-....--.---------- 1518 epistle Corinthians........-.--.-----.-- 3328
Moose Bible history.--.--..--- 1853a Ephesians . 3322
Book of Common Prayer ...---.-------- 1850 James -.... 5 3322
catechism ....-..-------- -. 18538a John...... 5 BEEL)
church rites..-------.---- paocoscScéoss 1850 TENG) o5 aooonscaschsespacess 3327
Moqui general remarks -------- 217, 217a-217b, 1424 IUUNG) coobesoooanaqodacesansasen 3322
Hpi EWA oponscossors soe sacecossasesnee 2678 fable ..-....-.. a so ERIC
TWP Qs} no ponacoooonsocaedsceeSo snsecan6 3774 fins timed eneeasereseecias= saeco -3335-3336
sentences....--..-..-..-- oe 3774 eneraliremarkge- -- en neces = cme 301-308,
EOHYES) casesogedoccsossess --.38774-8775 762a-762d, 1107a, 2377-2379
TOE WENA Ti Socospoccomenoesaseasa 217, 217a-217b, gospel St. John ....-.. 84 (p.), 514, 997, 2335-2336,
267a, 999, 2303, 2307, 3608-3609 } 37110 (p.)
WOH ccodaascosaevos rocaes condouse 267, 2305, 3774 St. Luke ... 90 3325
Moscan: See Mosquito. Sin WESTIE Sooduacanaconcsesenooce 3324
Moskito: See Mosquito. St. Matthew - 2325-2327, 33297 (p.)
Mosquito Bible stories.......----.--.-.-.. 378a grammar ........----.. - -486-487, 513, 2330
dictionary -seeeeeee seer eeee eee 10334 grammatic comments. --...----- 2328a, 2990-299L
general remarks. ..-.---..-.-.---------- 366, 2678 np IE oo cciaaabeasoca inqcececeses -----28, 1891
grammar......-. 217, 217a-217b, 904-905, 1040, 1724 specimens -- 8586
introduction to Ten Commandments ... 904-905 history -- sdocnocasacaabenasaosaodaad 3332a
Lord’s Prayer ..-...-...-.. 208-209, 208a, 904-905 MANN) soSssonasuassoosunosSesaboscdeaos 172, 322a,
numerals. - - 760a, 3617 515, 702a, 705a-705b, 1669, 2337-2338,
THER Eoecbocnoscor osapacubasesaassesenes 1226d 2689, 3329c-3329d, 33299-3329h, 3329k
TWIN Seoace paoapocspaoSrdeSooneaoudEes 1226b Negi Saogsoedcaanuanccnpe dsoaca seeds 1600c
Cine hgacdocosqusccoasnsesacs 217, 217a-217b, 4275 Nettert-eeees-e ester enero ee ae é 3036a
vocabulary. ..... 363q, 366, 755, 760a, 842, 904-905, Lord's Prayer... - 1669, 2323
1731, 3718-3720, 3722-3723, 3731, 4275 names/Of; townS! <5 ~~ <\-2 == == oe se melas 1003
WOM! Hoscoocebossesuecspesnor 1730, 3718-3720, 38731 NEWSPLDP Olea eee eee eer ee 3332
See Waikna. mim erals sequencers 1629,1959-1962, 1972
Mt. St. Elias vocabulary.......--.-....-.- 1231 phrases'..:..--.--..---- ete eee Smee 1462
Mountain Cherokee: See Cherokee. proper names ..---. 400, 670, 698-699, 702-704, 702a,
Mountain Crow: See Crow. 897a, 1680-1681, 1940, 1955b-1955¢, 2646, 3780
Mountainee: See Montagnais. relationships .-.-..-----..-.-----2-----. | 2828
Muhekaneew: See Mohegan. second reader <2. 2m nena nanan = == 3337
Mubheconnuk: See Mohegan. sentences 1462
Muhhekaneew: See Mohegan. sermon ...--.---- 1302
Muhhekaneok: See Mohegan. songs 211a, 3326
Muhkekaneew: See Mohegan. spelling-book ... 1670
Mukkogee: See Muskoki. LUCEKONG IS Gu pods heacodsaaacdasqacocesoones 1304
Muncey: See Minsi. temperance pledge 2331
Munsee: See Minsi. Ten Commandments - . 1669, 2323
Muscogee: See Muskoki. tOxMS?s toes ss oe oe Pee e eee 18-19, 309, 2958

INDEX. CULT
No. No.
Muskoki text ..... 1600b, 2192a-2192b, 2886, 2965a- Narragansett words....... 848, 2377-2379, 3625, 3982
2965d, 3329a-3529b, 3329e-3329f, 3776a | Nass grammatic comments ......__. 217, 217a-217b
ULEO ocoese sens SSCS Sseap ceo ae 2967, 3338, 4177a BONtON Ces nomena eee cone eee 217, 217a-217b
vocabulary .--- -- 28, 212, 297-298, 421, 650, 798, Moonbularyss-os-seeces oe ae eee 1507
1299¢, 1331, 1391, 1393, 1522, 1682, | Natches: See Natchez.
2204, 2216, 2690, 3690a, 2992, 3478 | Natchez general remarks.762a~762d, 2260-2262
words .......718, 2377-2379, 2521, 2745, 3502-3503, grammatic comments , 488

3625, 3961, 3982
Muskotawenewuk: See Cree.

Mutsun formula for confession, &c ....-. 163a
eeneraliremankereso=-s scence sees ee eee 2678
LAM Maaco eeeee eee 162, 217, 217a-217b
grammaticcomments..........-....-.. 2998-2999
LTaSe-DO0 keene seen earn eee 163
prayers -. 163a
vocaDolanyeeesseseee ae 163a, 164, 755b, 1435-1436

Mynckussar vocabulary. 28

IN DATQWEES HOLES oacenn ponoonbsesneencacs 3983

Naas: See Nass.

Nabajo: See Navajo.

Nadowess: See Naudowessie.

Nadowessier: See Naudowessie.

Nagailer: See Tacully.

Nagalier: See Tacully.

Nagranda: See Nagrandan.

Nazrandan grammatic comments --3718-3720, 3731

TTL CL Seeman se sea cao 3718-3720, 3731
vocabulary ..-..--..... 753d, 2214, 3718-3720, 3731
BWOLG Simaneaeencac cen ene cseee 3718-3720, 3731

See Orotina.
Naguatl: See Mexican.
Naguiler: See Tacully.

Nahawny vocabulary ..-.-.----..-.. 2079, 3395

Nahéa: See Mexican.

Nahua: See Mexican.

Nahual: See Mexican.

Nahualt: See Mexican.

Nahuatl: See Mexican.

Nakumavocabilarye=essecc--2-+cosnee 3098

Nambe general remarks Z 2552
WOCADUIATy = seep essee esa 999, 2552, 3608-3609

Namoller: See Namolli.

Namolliinmmeralgissss=--se~=- 252-4 esase- 1226a
wocabulary.--..--..-.. sods emSncasacosa 3530, 4277

Namollo: See Namolli.

Nanaimo Lord’s Prayer ....... 217, 217a-217b, 603a

217 (p.), 217a,
2176 (p.), 608a
3360

Ten Commandments

Nanaimook: Nanaimo.
Nanticok: See Nanticoke.
Nanticoke vocabulary........ 1136, 1393, 1710, 1712,

a 2204, 2216
\ WG écetoses cee se eee ae eee 2502

Malingo: See Totonaca,

Naoudoouessis: See Naudowessie.

Napa Valley general remarks....... 217, 217a-217b
Naraganset: See Narragansett.

Narraganset: See Narragansett.

Narragansett general remarks .....--... 2377-2376
grammatic comments .......----..---.- 28
ROY feetetettetate actor 4143-4146, 4148
proper names 2918
vocabulary. ...-.-- 28, 212, 297-298, 1004-1007, 1136,

1391, 1393, 2204, 2216, 2362, 4147, 4195-4196

numerals --488
2207, 2216, 2992, 3329
AAD Cp enen ace RESLOOCCECE Se ae aseeoeioee 2785
Natick: See Massachusetts.
Natik: See Massachusetts.
Natimolo: See Totonaca.

Natsit Kutchin vocabulary. ............-. 3394

Naudoway: See Naudowessie.

Naudowessie general remarks......- 913, 2377-2379
grammatic comments 28
numerals . 634-647, 1959-1962
BOD Boe oa nie ws mclesinennimn eee ee seen eenes 28
vocabulary.......... 28, 297-298, 319, 634-647, 2313
WOLdS)-sncaeene ey ee eee 2377-2379, 3625, 3982
See Dakota.

Naugatuck vocabulary............-.---- 1004-1007

Ninuni: See Comanche,

Navaho: See Navajo.

Navajo comparisons 2972
dictionary.-.--..... 2513
grammar.---.-.-. 2.2... 2513
TATU GEE ne ememensacoos 322a
DALAS OS nese es eae a coe 3011b
proper names .-............... 703
relationships ees-sae jesse Sess eee 2872
wocabulary,------s2.-s.- 161, 217, 217a-217b, 322a,

527-530, 539-542, 999, 1061, 1123,
2214-2216, 2307, 2758, 2969, 3070,
3608-3609, 3849, 3852, 4103, 4129
WOLdS an ncnnocssat ene ee cn oene 2212, 301la-3011b
Navajoe: See Navajo.
Neeshenam: See Nishinam.
Neetlakapamuch: See Neklakapamuk.
Nehaunay : See Nahawny.

Nehethawa grammatic comments .--...-- 28
names of the moons.................... 3951
vocabulary----=---ses seveceese 28, 3951-3952, 4173

Neklakapamuk grammar................. 1569
grammatic comments ..........-.. 217, 217a-217b
hymns 1565, 1567
Lord’s Prayer ............... 217, 217a-217b, 4276
(PIBVCL- DOO kee nets see ee eee 1565
SACTaMent@eea2 ences sane sees sees 1566-1568
vocabulary, — 1569

Nestucca vocabulary. :................... 1475

Netela grammatic comments. 217a-217b
Lord’s Prayer. ....-...... aan 217a-217b
Ow OL Als Sccces ae eee eae 547
WOTSO). oc seca nw elane ane eceeee sol, 2174-2170
vocabulary....... 217, 217a-217b, 527-528, 531-532,

1393, 2216, 4103
SOLOS ncn aeons enenoaee as eeeeee 2212
See Kizh.

Nevomo.confession...............-------- 3643
doctrina christiana..................... 8643
QUAM eee een ccmennenmaben 3642
grammatic comments ...........-...-.. 3637

1118 INDEX.
No. No.
Nevome Lord’s Prayer 3637 | Nipissing tract 3250
VOCDIINEIN 75 soo ccaana doecobsopasEoes Sco 3637 vocabulanyieessmeta ee A aee eee seeecre 1860
See Pima. Niquiran words. - ror 38718-3720, 3731
New England general remarks.-...-..-- 2377-2379 | Nishinam names of aiemia sga9con 3098
grammatic comments ..-...-..-- ------ 28 MUNN) sboos0c. G08 scooasteaaons 2678, 3098
Lord's Prayer. - LOCA OMT cebsisscoseaned Sedo sceac 1995, 3098
Mam esiOlmisheseeemeceeeactssciese eee SEG) ||| GAGA SodesdodasSoaesSosgncasoouscseshea 3100
ETRE NS a obo onnabanecops eseabonoOuesco 3524a@ | Niskwalli dictionary... ------....-..... 1501, 1509
ESCOTE DO scem56 (on geosde sdesesoedeonee 4178a MUMECTS Sees ese er aa ee see e eee 1499
vocabulary . 28, 297-298, 1391, 3123, 4198-4202 vocabulary - .574a, 575, 1893, 1635, 2216, 3876a, 4047
WORIBsAccoe! eso amboencen8s 2377-2379, 3710, 3982 | Niskwally: See Niskwalli.
Newfoundland specimen ...-.....--..--.- 625 | Nisqually: See Niskwalli.
See Bethnek. Nitinaht Sound: See Makah.
New Galicia general remarks .--.--.----- 1538 | Nitlakapamuk: Neklakapamuk.
Newittee vucabulary .--.-2-2....:.. =. 2 1393 | Nitteenat: See Makah.
New Jersey dialogues..-...-..---------:- 3848 | Noje: See Noze.
names of animals. . 3667 | Nome Lackee vocabulary .......--......- 1038
phrases ..-..- 2808 | Nénstiki: See Nestucca.
tribalmamtgyeecy erin eee eaeer ene 34785 Nooksahkwordserre sss eee cence eae 3360
vocabulary. ....... - -267i-267k, 2808, 3199 | Noona-targh-meutes vocabulary 2808a
New Mexico vocabulary. - 3608-3609 | Noosdalum vocabulary ....537-538, 2205, 3534, 3872
DRUK SSsob60Gd0 noooad ebay sonsacss 66 < 3757 | Noosoluph vocabulary . 2764
New Netherland names ........----.. 2 352 | Nootka glossary .....- 2768
New Stockbridge numerals .-.........-. 1959-1962 grammatic comments....-.. ...-- 217, 217a-217b
New Sweden grammatic comments .-..-. 28 numerals .....- 28, 104, 1101, 1311-1312, 1870, 1873-
TNE ccocccscnobnas. 6S Sdobesan mabe 572-574 1877, 1874a, 1876a
vocabulary..-.-...2.-..--- Piseee 28, 572-574, 1391 TEN} sdboudun ooops hobasoose] - 2170b-2170e
WiC cocoa sodescessocuassoss: 98 2205, 3503, 3983 vocabulary - 28, 51, 104, 1600, 212, 427, 537-538, 574,
New York local names...-.... 3525-3526, 3544-3546, 575, 1985-1988, 1987a, 2126, 2170b-
3666, 3790 2170c, 2206, 2215-2216, 3154, 3535
MtUmMeralstaseseese eee awe 63a WADE EON: Sacsode seupseedasascce 1985-1988, 1987a
VOCE AS ooaaose- dospsedeuas saccnas 63a words ... ----- --.104, 1498, 3716, 3781-3782
Nez Percé: See Nez Percés. Nootka Sound numerals .-.... -..---- 13120-1312)
Nez Percés catechism -......---......--- 41 vocabulary. .....-2-.-..... - 537-538, 1337, 1393
epistle of John (1)! 22. 5)--2-.- eee eee e = 43 NOX masoncdas) MateSEariae Stole UBSGOnG 3950, 3982
HELLY)! Ssoseaocsenpucies= cag conaaneso 2755 | Nootkah: See Nootka.
gospel of John .....-..-.--- 42, 84 (p.), 8711) (p.) | Noowook-meutes vocabulary......... -- 2808a
Mattliewy----1cris<sc eee secs - 3707-3708 | Nopthrinthres vocabulary ..-. ...... --. 165
LAINIE? coodaqeesosoccoese eresa sean 2363 | Norfolk Baie: See Tchinki‘ané.
grammatic comments ..--...-.. 44, 217, 217a-217) | Norfolk Sound numerals . ... 537-538, 1042-1044,
hymns): 22 here e ees 44, 37060 ¥ 1319, 3038
Indian names -. 702a EONS sbodc- soasnoussoueaLodooes es 1042-1043, 1319
MordisiPrayerseess=" ee 44 VOCE ET 7 costes suse shsconons oscsq6e=o 1319
numeration --...--..-.-:.- 2886 | Norridgewock grammatic structure -...-. 2291
IHN ee noangepepEonoedeoscouacesesenace 2781 Mordisperay erieeeeeeenaiees eee eereeeart 1100
school-bookeeasesnn senate eee ee eee 2755a MUTE VE) Sboooocedobe as eonseses; sba60 3195
LOY Os boogdeDpbOoORCHaoG a camacusacese 523-524 wocabularyeeccns cea tmeteee en 2291, 2983
Wchitdoogudeacsoo) Soodeotad soocshaskecScs 2755a | Norridgwog: See Norridgewock.
vocabulary -..-. 1061, 12474, 1310, 1393, 2363, 2904— | Nortetio vocabulary.....-.....--.-.....-. 1325
2905, 2907-2909, 3382, 4047, 4118 | North Carolina general remarks .-....-. 2377-2379
SAN Ti icoonbdanceEcEaobEnbwanbccdase[s ; -2205, 2886 ilalin ames ieee rere sieeeemeee ere 3478
Nicaragua general remarks ... ...-...--. 361 GAIUS SAcosoocapacossonHya. sone =»... 2377-2379
AMONMEY AY Se pe ponsocosbeoauoceseoeccba 2525 | Northern Indians general remarks -....-- 2000
WAU bGsosass| Sos oGotawdasssoassaeedon 2870 WEP soto acosedacbedocuecvotaedsoddaos 1610
Nihaloitih (Echeloots) voeabulary..-..... 1635 vocabulary. ---2- 2-2-6 -- ..- 589-540, 19784
Nikimoani hymns......-.-... jose eee 2359 | Northwest Indians comparisons ..-- .--- 1511
Nikutemukh vocabulary ....... -...--.. 1509" general remarks ---.--- - -108, 1511, 3534
Nipegon: See Winnebago. grammatic comments - 28
Nipissing cantiques: --..-..--222:---222-- 950 proper names ...--- 3 106
catechism ...........-- : 950 ROIUEORE) oododa essa sceseecorsddessscs 32080
history of the Old Mectament! es 947 TiellathiGeh sess coccadee sd soouse 2211
DNAS Coorsaou setae adadoucouarcooses 2231 TWOCUNU IBY socco se: cates ies Sooccrente 1318
Niferof Jesus :assecc-manote ese ase eee 949 MOK sci o¢ seco SHebeoccdoeap cana CHG SPUBIA
ECAYOHS) Gongpeddaddndes Séidens adas. oon 2231 | Norton Sound apcemonentto comments. ---.- 28
Sylabaire::.cs=sc.2= sss heen Oe eeeee OE) |) > NOCH OMEN s 62 Scoonnedetonnednasescor 28, 507, 1337

wwe

“eT

INDEX. 1119
< No. No.
Norumbega phrases...................... 3842 1069

Bpeclinensmenea pense nee 3899 1687

WOLUSpeeemepe seen noasseascusnagremssead 3842 hymns. . 1647, 2382
Nottoway vocabulary -- --1391, 1393, 2204, 2216 D 5 1647, 2382

WOLDS eemmetrsttre socom erecme t= unin 35025] em ythssss5-cseoe ce eer eee 1078
Nousaghauset numerals. .-- -1959-1962 numerals... . 962, 3046, 3631, 4149-4150
Noustoki vocabulary...........-......... 1475 PUTabes)=(sec- ase ae -1077, 1687
Noutka: See Nootka. portions of Scripture - 1647
INozelm um era] s esas ee ane 3098, 3L00 Drimerg = 52 -<tn aes eee eee es 2382

mocnbulanyescisay, see e sce sete ok 3071 proper names ........ 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 897a,
Nozi: See Noze. 1940, 1955b-1955c, 2646
Nsietshaw vocabulary ..........-- 1393, 1635, 2216 relationships
Nsietshawus: See Nsietshaw. sentences ...

Nueva Espafia words .............. ...-. 2870 USNS conse beets nouns see bstae keen! §28-524
Nueva Segovia dictionary. - 2401 vocabulary ........ 212, 1391, 1393, 1650-1651, 1685,

doctrina christiana .................-.. 2403 1687, 2204, 2216, 3291, 3493, 4166

grammar-------.--._ 2401, 3429, 4989 WOLQS <2 nee senesee ee eee 1077, 2521, 3502

BOLI ON Soe ve me lap cele se aaa ence ene 3429 | Omahaw: See Omaha.

LOX ose se ease cee cose eetee - ----2402, 2404 | Omawhaw: See Omaha.

(RA OOS ccocsAaneascnccosoueececnebe ean 4283 | Omohaw: See Omaha.

Nubuatl: See Mexican. Onalashka: See Unalaska.
Nilatomnmeral sess" os eee 982 | Onandaga: See Onondaga.

Wocabularyeress tsecmscn 2 Saeco. 981-982 | Oneida, address -..---...-.-.--.--ec--- 4133-4134
Numangkake: See Mandan. Conjugation sc snce= se sesce sees oe eee 3647d
Ninapotitoken wocabularysaessaceseeeee. 12474 Poneraliremarkai wee ese see eee es 2029
Niumsulivocabulary..--- 22.22.0551...) 3098 geographic names . 2643
Wuniwok vocabulary. ................--. 527-528 hymngers- neon 3601
Nushergagmut numerals...........-..._. 982 Lord's Prayer... 3647d

WoCabUany ene csc. ocs ee ae 981-982 numerals. ..-. -- 2916, 3185z, 3979, 4098
Nutka: See Nootka. phrases ...... --------- 3647, 3654
Nutka Sound: See Nootka Sound. proper names ...--.... - 698-699, 702-704, 702a
Oaxaca general remarks............_..... 3164 relationships ..-..... 2645
Ochepwa: See Chippewa. SONLEN CES peewee eae eee -- 3647d, 3654
Ochippeway : See Chippewa. Werbal forms xen ese ae see nee 16364-1636)
Ocuiltee general remarks. __. ------217, 2174-2176 vacabulary...-....... 28, 212, 297-298, 1061, 1391,

Odahwah: See Ottawa.
Odjibwa: See Chippewa.
Odjibway : See Chippewa.
Odjibwe: See Chippewa.
Odschibwa: See Chippewa.
Ogallah: See Ogallala.
Ogallala proper names .............----- 1940, 3944
Ojeboa: See Chippewa.
Ojebwa: See Chippewa.
Ojibbewa: See Chippewa.
Ojibbeway: See Chippewa.
Ojibbwa: See Chippewa.
Ojibua: See Chippewa.
Ojibue: See Chippewa.
Ojibwa: See Chippewa.
Ojibwauk: See Chippewa.
Ojibway : See Chippewa.
Ojipue: See Chippewa.

Okanagan relationship --..-...-.......... 2645
vocabulary .......1501, 1509, 1861, 2205, 3534, 3872
WOLUS meena en mee area Rae ee 3359

Okinalan: See Okanagan.
Okinaken: See Okanagan.
Olamentke general remarks.............. 3358
LED eoasicseripeciscecin
vocabulary
Old Algonkin: See Algonkin.
Old Pecos: See Pecos.

Olime casters memes. - Soe eee 2-3973 |

Omaha account of creation and fall 2382

1893, 1946a, 2029, 2204, 2216,
2646, 3511-3512, 3619, 3647a
WOLGS srecce sen See yn 2855, 2977, 3654, 3949

Oneidah: See Oneida.

Oneider: See Oneida.

Oneydoe: See Oneida.

Ongalantsi: See Ugalenze.

Onnoiout: See Oneida.

Onolaska: See Unalaska.

Onondaga dictionary 4296
general remarks.-........... 2029, 2377-2379
geographic names ....... 2643
£TaMMal--o- o-oo eee eee eee 1890, 4298-4300
grammatic forms....................... 1972

MUALONIAL on aeseaee se eee 1391
numerals . -.......68-69, 69a, 2916, 3585, 3979, 4098
DTASCS |. ce acre c ence seen eee eee 3651
relationship .- 2645
RONLEN CES son eee ae cneeeeaa aes eeee 3651
ROX Gon on ome ele ena anne ee 1637a

SCOAC SEC or eoe aces 1636a-1636b
vocabulary. ..28, 212, 297-298, 755), 1061, 1113, 1240
1391, 1393, 2029, 2166, 2204, 2216,
2239, 2646, 3511-3512, 4207, 4300
SWOTCS evesscas se 205, 2276, 2377-2379, 3145,
3502, 3625, 3644, 3651, 3949, 3982

Onondago: See Onondaga.

Onondago County, New York, local names 810
Onontager: See Onondaga.
Opata Christian doctrine ................ 37, 1051

1120 INDEX.

No.
Opata general remarks........---------- 1754, 2859
grammatic comments ...-...-- 28, 217, 217a-217b,

527-528, 2998-2999

Lord’s Prayer -. -28, 185a, 217, 217a-217b, 527-528,
~ 836, 2214, 24734, 2841

BPOCIMON ete tse eae eee alee ema eee 2216
vocabulary .- -.- . -. 284, 755b, 2214, 2216,
2998-2999, 3001, 3638

See Teguima.
Opataice: See Opata.

Openango (Passamaquoddy) vocabulary. . 2087

Opubnarke: See Delaware.

Oregon general remarks ....-...----.----- 3164
localimamesieem esas seme ee eel 1515
Teor Se Pray eliecce Ways lee i 24730
SONTON COS eo ae wee = winsleieiewele a lelale iin 62, 62a
tribal mames}eceseeseeeacee eee 1439
TOC WEL Ay cconechootsosopeoseccedsoouS 2205

Oregonice: See Oregon.

Orotina grammar -...- ---217, 217a-217b

WOCADULAL Ye eee sense ese eeemoee! 217, 217a-217b
See Nagrandan.
Osage Bible stories, &¢ .--......-.-.------ 4086

Se ocnees 180

general remarks

Lord's Prayer. - . 3577-3579, 3628a-3628D, 4276
Materialwnece sesame eee e ar 3047
medical names --...--..-- -.---------- 1917-1921
TUITE Se seaeesous ocReneaSeeAsececaG 1629
TORU /ocoonsonns odoseoSesbosecosacesodce 3033a
IDEN EWS) Soc cousen GooooS acamESe 3628a-3628), 3629
proper names .670,698-699, 702-704, 702a, 1940, 1955¢
TelatiousMipeeeeesesiereeseee eee ences 1170, 2645
SPCCIMeNgeeseee eee eee eee eee eee eee 2521
Wocabularyyee--esce seem 28, 212, 433-434,

1061, 1391, 1393, 2204, 2216, 2685, 2993
WOME senc eoscorcootdcacessssenond 815, 2684, 3502

Osagen: See Osage.
Otchilpwe: See Chippewa.
Otetoes: See Otomi.
Othomi: See Otomi.
Othomiz: See Otomi.
Othomy: See Otomi.

Oto: See Otoe.

Otoe brief references --.......-----..---- 1958
fablewnsiasccs eee 1070
grammatic comments. 1654
linguistic material ....-.-..-...---.---. 1075
New Testament ......-...-.------..---- 2571
names of persons ....--.----.----------- 36280
MUMEOELAlS soso eee eee eee 1959-1962, 3631
proper names.....--......--..------ 670, 698-699,

897a, 1940, 1955b-1955c, 2521, 2646
mela tionship es -eocm sere cementite 1620, 2645
terms .--. 523-524
vocabular: 212, 1391, 1393, 2645, 3493
WADL SigoonoseehaconsUaosconesecabesacose 3502
Otomi catechism .....--..-...-.- 171, 659-660, 2316,
2594, 2878, 28814, 3188, 3472
CONOQUICS)eamice cite niece aseetreteeetets 1401
comparisons.-..-..-. -----. oe 731a
conf. ssional . 2881la
confessions.....-.--.-- “bade ace
dictionary ...--...- 194, 1392, 2316, 2738-2739, 3955
diseourse...... 836, 1250, 2094-2698, 2959

doctrvina christiana -....-. 168, 659-660, 1049, 2316,
2942, 3172-3175, 3221a, 3472, 3981

No,

Otomi etymology...-...-.--.--/----..----- 2859
general remarks. ...97a-97b, 201b, 217, 217a-217b,
755¢, 1754, 2207, 2215, 2678, 2859, 3002-3003, 34038
SLAIN MN Ao yetereye) fet ateteteeleeeeeiisece erased 171, 217,
217a,217b, 593, 608, 663a, 668,729a, 730, 1229,

1250, 1392, 1624, 1881-1883, 2738-2740, 2857,

2878, 3142, 3188, 322la, 3352, 3472, 3955
grammatic comments - - ..28, 738, 2316, 2958-2999

Specimens tesserae aeeeeeee ee 3586
Instructions see ee eee eee eee eee eee 2944, 3472
Lord’s Prayer......-.----- 28, 185a, 208-209, 208a,

217, 217a-217b, 397d, 836, 2452,
2473a, 2696, 2713, 3449a, 4082

IG HR t\iemacadosote pocoDUOERoDDoGOGGSECED 1230
manual 2943
numerals.......-- 363/, 1598, 2316, 2696, 2959, 3046
O63 ee ea area SoS AORESHOGS Gant neanes 1598
placemames se. saaciccocee aes econ 813
TWAUTGS? SoooboasboogsbEsdsdobuosouoS auoceE 2959
proper names 702-704, 702a
researches. -- 732
studies -- Saa6 183
UGE osoocs sce etieuerictse eo Ca 2oo0,
vocabulary. -....--. 28, 168, 171, 212, 480a, 609, 663a,

664, 669, 755b, 1067b-1067c, 2216, 2879,

3168, 3247, 3472, 3595, 3702, 4056-4057

VAD tens accadagosonccdseaeT 97a-97b, 813, 2276,
2959, 3403, 3950, 3982-3983, 4082

Otomita: See Otomi.
Otomitice: See Otomi.

Otta: See Otoe.

Ottawa Book of Common Prayer..-..-..-- 2002 (p.)
catechisme=.nscesc se ce) Csee ee 116e, 1008, 3601a
RUT FsscdaaecHocoseesdess SSncc= 116e, 1031a
elementary books.......-------- 2536-2539, 3979a
Pins tlesSOMS ee eleise stele eer acieciey= 4-5
general remarks........--.----.- - 2029, 3206
gospel St. John -. 55 2541

St. Luke - -2539 (p.)
hymns.-.-.-..- - 2002, 2383, 2537-2538, 3079a

laws .. 5 2539
letter....-. = 9.2024
life of Christ 256
Lord’s Prayer 3914-3915, 4276
MUMOTAlS tees see esa ea ane tiat 1959-1962
New Testament. .....-.-.-.--.-.------- 2540
PIBYVECLS! —-= a eicleei-l-i-= = 252-254, 258, 258a, 265, 4097
IPI soconanascobsSssospaaboEsces Sta 1009
preaching book ....-...-..-...----.---..--. 262
proper names ..----.---------- 670, 698-699, 702a,

702-704, 897a, 1940, 1955b-1955¢
Ten Commandments ..-.:-.-.------ --- 2002
vocabulary. ---- 1027, 1391, 1393, 1946a, 1959-1962,

2029, 2204, 2216, 3473, 4174-4175
SWOLAG eee eraay eect etictate 1009, 2205, 2979, 3502

Ottawwaw: See Ottawa.
Otto: See Otoe.

Ottoe: See Otoe.

Ottowa: See Ottawa.
Ougaljakhmoutzi: See Ugalakmut.
Ounalachka; See Unalaska.
Outaouak: See Ottawa.
Paegan: See Piegan.
Pahni: See Pawnee.
Pah-Utah: See Pai-ute.
Pah-Ute: See Pai-ute.

hey

INDEX. 1g LAL

No.
Pah-Yutah: See Pai-ute.
Painlee: See Paiuli.

Paiuli general remarks ...........-. 217, 217a-217b
WLS eae neee eee OpSdosascseses 3218-3219

Pai-ute general remarks . 217, 2!7a~217b, 3072, 3088
grammatic comments ........-.......- 1425-1426
mumeralgteceas sees aceon 537-538, 547, 632-633, 2215
Phrases tesserae sea fen eee eae 537-538, 1737
EEC Soetedcosqea goods ¢sseennestsed 632-633
BON SS ii maisiale|~imalminielrjnininlanlain winlnin ie anaes 3055
VOCE EN /co-56 coe boposne 499, 840, 1737, 1834,

2124, 2216, 2307, 2515-2516, 2551, 3259, 3611

WOLUS occeines access sscetieos 2305, 3218-3219
See Ute.

Paiyute: See Pai-ute.

Palaihnih: See Palaik.

Palaiknumoeralseeseseeee sere eeeeee ae 2678
vocabulary .....-.. 217, 217a-217b, 1393, 1635, 2216
TGR: Goced sacceePeaseaaepceeseea Boees 2214

PP alti S) ORAM MAL eevee as ee nese ates 2887
VOCS DU any pten meeeen hs neon ecen sconce 1635

Pame general remarks.....-...........-.. 1754
RAM MB fini ent ele el a= aie ae eee 3702
grammatic comments .-............... 2998-2999
Lord’s Prayer . - - -- 217, 217a-217b, 836
VWOGHIUU A sscccammososs cogces! ascaseo 3702

Pamlico: See Pampticough.
Pampticough vocabulary .-..-. 28, 212, 297-298, 479-
2-2:

No.
Pawnee proper names ....400, 670, 698-699, 702-704,
702a, 897a, 1105, 1940, 1955¢

relationships ...... 1105, 2352, 2645
BONntencegys =... 26 sees eee 1835
SOD Gee eee ene aoa ae 2lla
Ten Commandments - oe 11054
Perm Siyeeacee sete eco eee - - 523-524, 761
Ut ignaneasocosdascmecsmececosoccece se 1105a
vocabulary-----ss-scsscesene 63b, 212, 1105b, 1106,

1391, 1393, 1649, 1685, 1687, 1978a,
2204, 2216, 2645, 2889-2890, 3493, 4103
LEE) oSeennooctodsccaceteassnsosccoras 2521
Pawnee Picts: See Pawnee.
Pawni: See Pawnee.
Paya) confessional’. .--<=-s-essseseeeneees 22964
Payusitas: See Pai-ute.
Payutes: See Pai-ute.
Peau de Liévre dictionary ............... 2968

TAM MAL eee eae eee oa 2968
VOCB DUTY ice enw anann ates sn ae eee 755b, 2969
Pecos general remarks ..............--.-- 2552
vocabwlarya--sesssan aa cee sees 999, 2552
Pedum-Nigrorum: See Blackfoot.
Pehtsék vocabulary......-.......--.-.--. 3384
MMe Bees te ee tee cn ane ee 2678

Pehtsik: See Pehtsék.
Peloose: See Palis.
Pelus: See Palis.

480, 1391, 2222-2223 | Pends d’Oreille catechism. . anc 3631
Pamticoe: See Pampticough. ; Lord’s Prayer .-.----- 3577-3579, 3624-3625
Pamticough: See Pampticough. Prayers see =e == tS os osacAceicjo cs 3627-3628
Pamunkey vocabulary ..-...-.---..-.--.. 985c¢ | Pennsylvania general remarks . - - - 2377-2379
Pani: See Pawnee. local mames! ences ten aelte = aicae eee 3590
Pany: See Pawnee. DIRCO NAM CS oe rn ee alate ete old ctarim elm eee 4094-4095
RapaPOleSCLCISES) =e sana s cere ec ceee 1241 TOMarkSieee ese e eee 913, 1967a-1967b, 3498
grammatic comments -.---..----- 1606, 2998-2999 sachem's address «..-891a-891b
Tordisphrayerieesnsq-c--c-6--- 217, 217a-217b, 836 BDOCIMONSseescieaese ae asenee cea 3413, 3847
TORRID abe: caareen seas aaedesnsesec 4103 WOCAD OIA DY ncateecneianncenese 28, 298, 815a-815d,
We OLGS Pelee ieee cietae etre ne eee aro 1606 891a-891b, 1967a-1967b, 2934-2937
Papagol: See Papago. WOLDS see=-aaies = 2377-2379, 2844-2845, 3625, 3982
Pasamaquoddice: See Passamaquoddy. Penobscot Bible stories ......--..-.-----. 4010
Passamaquoddy dictionary......... ..... 4019 catechism .- - --4005-4007
hymns, prayers, &¢ ....- ~---------4005-4007 dictionary. --. oe 4019
Lord’s Prayer -.........-.- 2473a, 3914-3915, 4276 general remarks. - - 2377-2379
WUOIGHENY + escemeaseconocense se Soseeees= 1629 hymns, prayers, &c 2393a-2393b, 3185s, 4005-4008
TOLEN OO? WOO) ba atenseaacocecoSA Seen eceaeS 1939 Lord's Prayer .....-.- 1100, 2473a, 3914-3915, 4276
VOCAD MLA eseesnceecasens soencs 1391, 2068, 2204 numerals ...---- 1570a, 1629, 1939, 1959-1962, 3185¢
Patawat: See Potawotami. prayer-book..-.------ 5. sens -nneces 1939, 3185r
Pattawatime: See Potawotami. Ten Commandments ..-.....-----..---- 4260
PatsvinmumMerdl Sem. sscanwceceess oeee ae 3098 Uh th ooeasehossacossoceronnsenay --2393a-2393b
WocaDUlanyereccteacc ccna aa eons= ceases 3098 vocabulary 298, 1136, 1391, 2983, 3123
Pa-Uta: Seo Pai-ute. words .....--2205, 2276, 2877-2379, 31851, 3625, 3982
Pavant vocabulary --......-..-...-...--- 3073, 4272 | Penobscotice: See Penobscot.
Pavidtso vocabulary ...-..-----. ....-- 3074-3076 | Pensilvanie: See Pennsylvania.
Pawne: See Pawnee. Pensylvan: See Pennsylvania.
Pawnee|catechism..--..-...-...-- :=----- 1105a | Pensylvania: See Pennsylvania.
dictionary deo 336 <5 1106 | Pensylvanie: See Pennsylvania.
glossary --..-. = Be 2768 | Pensylvanien: See Pennsylvania.
gospel of Mark............... 2 ey6dos 1105a | Peoria proper names . ..698-699, 702-704, 702a, 897a
grammatic comments.....- -.....----.- 1687 MOlAWONS DPA coma sien nacido see aeaemaet 2645
GRO Se ceneescod acopeeticcs 1106 UG) URE OaS SC ECREC ROE connosrmsecensce 2074
IGOrdisyeravenpepees=--ce- es cansccecnees 1687 | Pequot Lord's Prayer..............----- 2528, 3462
numerals . ...1959-1962, 2678, 3046, 3048-3050, 3631 vocabulary..------ 25.22.0556. .... 1004-1007
UIE SEE! croasecoccoecocsocnnoIonSoSneecD 1687 | Perici gencral remarks .. 217, 217a-217b, 825, 1754
POLO? < = osc corecoscccrasserosas coodecs 1104 | Perindice: See Pirinda.

1122 INDEX.

No. No.

Peten doctrina christiana ....-...-..----- 363f | Piskaws: See Piskwaus.
vocabulary..--.--.---.--.--=- - 3637, 3726-3728 | Piskwaus names of seasons ...--.--.----- 2207

Piankashaw general remarks --- vocabulary - 1509, 1635, 2207, 2216
proper names... - . - 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 1940 words : ----.----1893, 3359
TOLAGLONSNp lessee ieeeleeee eee eee 2645 | Piskwaw: See Piskwaus.

WocabUlarysceccin= seeeecrinesete tees 28, 297-298 | Pitt River vocabulary .........-..-. 217, 217a-217b
WORE coanoonccudaspacccededsbosar 2377-2379, 3625 | Pitt River Valley vocabulary ...-...-...- 1456

Piankeshaw: See Piankashaw. Piute: See Pai-ute.

Picoris: See Picuris. Pi Ute: See Pai-ute.

Picts: See Pawnee. Pocomam: See Pocoman.

Picuris general remarks..---..-----.----- 2552 | Pocoman confessions. .......-..---------- 3243
vocabulary ---.217, 217a-217b, 999, 2552, 3608-3609 dictionary; = 5.5.22 hoses ee eae eee 2633

Piede: See Pai-ute. grammatic comments -.--...----..-----3211-3212

Pieds-noirs: See Blackfoot; see Piegan. homiliests:c-assssoceeesecssrece eres 2634

Piegan grammatic comments .-.----.------ 28 Thord!sfPrayeresorectisceeceesnccieeesess 2473a
MIUMET AS sae eles erases 3046 vocabulary..-.....--.-. -.----- 489a, 2632-2633,
proper names 2646 3211-3212, 3760a, 3963a
relationships -- 2645 See Poconchi.

VOCED a7 oceSbancsocd ssocovesesconnese 212 | Pocomanice: See Pocoman.
See Blackfoot. Pocomchi: See Poconchi.

Pillager numerals..-.-..------. deseane 4085 | Poconcham: See Poconchi.

Pima general remarks . ------1754, 2859 | Poconchi catechism .-.........-..-..----- 3981a
grammar ...............- 217, 217a-217b, 2816, 3642 confessional .--.- --858a, 398la
grammatic comments . - -.28, 1606, 2975, 2998-2999 Giscourse: sass ee ove aeee wee ce eeeeneTen 3016

specimens ..-...----.-..--.- 3586 doctrina christiana......-..... 1047, 3981a, 4032¢

Lord’s Prayer ... 28, 185a, 217, 217a-217b, 836, 865 general remarks .....-....--..--. 2377-2379, 3501

MUM eral Stee ee ne aeeeee eee 547, 1101, 2975 grammar. ........- 217, 217a-217b, 1363-1374, 2631

parts of the Bible..-...........----.--- 865 grammatic comments ....--.-----.----- 28

THERES losoes: cosso congsedesuooe 28, 217, 217a-217b material.................. 1392, 3981la

BODLENCCS see a eee eee eee 1835 Lordis Prayer ..-...-- 185a, 217, 217a-217b, 397d,
BOTMONG om oo oo oo iojnw wim cee eens 35640 718, 1271, 1331, 1337, 1374a, 1392, _

Ten Commandments -...-...------------ 865 1736a, 2146, 2452, 2473a, 3449a, 4128

VOCADUL ANY eee cleft iatetselat 533-534, 537-538, 911, MUMCLAIS! soe wee ease se eee cere 730a

1061, 1393, 2214-2216, 2251, 2912- place names---< =<. <2 ts. o> -emee sei 813

2913, 3089, 3412a, 3534, 3547, 4103 Sermons .------ 35a-35d, 398la

VICK! CMosaboc ssoansossenesnos 1606, 2205, 3502, 3982 TCAs nopoaposcocuoosseoscsous 28, 298, 730a,

See Nevome. 1331, 1364a, 1366, 39630

Pima-Cepata local names....-.-.--------- 527-528 words. .-... 718, 813, 2377-2379, 3474-3475, 3625, 3982

Pime: See Pima. See Pocoman.

Pimeria: See Pima. Poconchice: See Poconchi.

Pimo: See Pima. Poconchine: See Poconchi.

Pina: See Pima. Poconchini: See Poconchi.

Pinalefio vocabulary.........---..-------- 539-542 | Podawahdmih: See Potawotami.

2215-2216, 2885, 4103 | Poetuce: See Assiniboin.

Pinalero: See Pinaleno. Pojuaque general remarks ..-...--.-.----- 2552

Pipil vocabulary).-..--.-....---...----4-. (3160@ VOCaADUIaTY;- <6 cece rene = 999, 2552, 3608-3609

Pirinda comparisons .-.--. ---.---------- 731a | Pojuate: See Pojuaque.
general remarks............------.----- 1754 | Pokomam: See Pocoman.

FREE a pec bccocsacsone neBSce BSSSOOr 12,1618 | Pokoman: See Pocoman.

grammatic comments .-.....----------- 28 | Pokomane: See Pocoman.

Lord’s Prayer .....-.-..----.28, 185a, 2214, 2473a | Pokonchi: See Poconchi.

IEA hi )sa55-joe poneewadoce COLeaC a DOSERadS 145) SPomo numerals) eee see -eimnieine slice ell 2678, 3098

BELM ON See eee a las eettemieeine ates tatd=tt= 13 EQHVAS scant ocesoncspnsocescopdesesssac0 3098
SPOCIMeNecea-esetickioeteecteoe cele ee er 2216 vocabulary .--- -217, 217a-217b, 3098 i
WOR IgagomusanoSSoo okecoogesaoNosSnes 2531 words ...-.-.--- 3099

vocabulary =ese=seeeen eee eee eee 1618 | Ponca primer -- a6 1068

See Matlazinga; see Tarasca. proper names ...---...---.------.-- 698-699, 702-

Pirinda-Othomi general remarks ..--.-..-- 755e 704, 702a, 1955b-1955c, 2646
grammatic comments 738 relationships - 2645
TES@ALCHES ca - = oo. aini-ie = sete - 732 sentence .----

Piro grammatic comments .----..--.---- 2998-2999 vocabulary
Lord's/Prayer------------ - -217, 217a-217D, 836 WOKE canopoeacobacnososseqeseccdsossoq 2521
MOEN ES} Becoooesanee bauoed aesansSdege 293 | Poncara proper names...---.---.--------- 1940

Piscataway: See Maryland. Pondéra: See Pend d’Oreille. y

Piskaus: See Piskwaus. Ponka: See Ponca.

gospel of Matthew - -

3603 (p.), 2357 (p.)

(REVVER: Besmogeson coscnnseSacaRdOCsOS 13764
VON eee ere cece a ae senee ssnnieas 3045
Lord’s Prayer...-.-.. 202b, 426a, 2473a, 2597a,
—3578, 3624-3625, 3914-3915

PUM OTR 1S tetera see mee 426a, 1629, 1959-1962, 3098
phrases 3632
Draver-Doolk---...-----.----- 1375-1376, 3041-3042
IPLOPEDAMCShaa ae s- 698-699, 702-
704, 702a, 897a, 1940, 2646

relationships 2645
spelling-bookeeccsct\semceiaa=nnnicj-mcr o> 4185
UEIHES cooconacnceseccactocbocHebedgaacod 523-524
Z vocabulary...-.. 28, 297-298, 1210, 1891, 1393, 19462,
2018a, 2029, 2216, 2645, 3119, 3603

WORT S scongebsonSaccEne 2205, 2377-2379, 2844-2845,

2979, 3504, 3625, 3632, 3982
Potawotamice: See Potawotami.
Potawotamie: See Potawotami.
Potewateme: See Potawotami.
Potewatemi: See Potawotami.
Potewatimi: See Potawotami.
Potewattomie: See Potawotami.
Potewotomi: See Potawotami.
Potiwattomie: See Potawotami.
Potowatome: See Potawotami.
Potowatomie: See Potawotami.
Potowotami: See Potawotami.
Potowotomie: See Potawotami.
Potrwatame: See Potawotami.
Potrwatome: See Potawotami.
Pottawatameh: See Potawotami.
Pottawatomi: See Potawotami.
Pottawatomie: See Potawotami.
Pottawotomie: See Potawotami.
Potter Valley geveral remarks.-..-.-. 217, 217a-217b
Pottowotami: See Putawotami.
Pottowotamie: See Potawotami.
Poutouatomi: See Potawotami.

Powhatan numerals. : 431
vocabulary meeeoc eens coco hy bPefip

Powhattan: See Powhatan.

Poya general remarks...-...--.------ 217, 217a-217b

Prairie Nations relationships ..---..----- 2840

Prince Edward's Island names of places... 3185p

Prince William's Sound numerals .. .... 537-538,

1042-1044, 1318, 1837, 8038

INDEX. 1123
No. No.

Poodawahduhme: See Potawotami. Prince William’s Sound vocabulary-..... 104, 527-
Pootatuck proper names .-............-.. 906 528, 1318, 1337, 3037-3038
Pooyalawpoo specimens -... -.._........ 4047 | P’shwan-wapam grammar ............. . 2887
Popoluca general remarks .. -.217, 217a-217b, 1754 | Psteni vocabulary. 1282a

MOGADW ATV Assn s car seee eee 3630, 2762a, 3760@ | Puant vocabulary .............-.-..------ 2313

See Chontal. See Winnebago.
Port des Frang¢ais general remarks... -. 2190, 2199a | Pueblo general remarks . -217, 217a-217b, 1422, 1424

numerals ...... 28, 527-528, 1337, 2190, 21994, 2202a grammatic comments .................- 1422
Portlock Harbor vocabulary . - . 527-528, 3037-3038 PrOpeNrNamMes)-csaceeesee sees A 1955¢
Potawatomie: See Potawotami. vocabulary passtecosscccccosnns [YAS
Potawatomy: See Potawotami. Pueblo de Caché: See Talamanca.
Potawattamie: See Potawotami. Pujuni vocabulary............. 986, 1635, 2212, 2216
Potawotami Acts of the Apostles ........ 2357 | Punca: See Ponca.

CALECRISM oem este n=" -ieee a ecenees 3040, 3045 | Puncah: See Ponca.

£- Aictionary .-.......--...-..-----2.2: 426a, 1376a | Punctune: See Putune.

elementary book ........-.:..-.--..... ' 2974 | Punka: See Ponca.

GHEE) c2ace5 Secpoq arabs ceacnerascen 2365 | Pupulaca: See Popoluca.

general remarks ....-.- 2029, 2365, 2377-2379, 4188 | Pupuluka-Katchikel general remarks.... 3501

Putawatomie: See Potawotami.

Putune vocabulary 1388
WOVd8 o-seeesennnnnencisoeeae 363f

Qiche: See Kiche.

Quaddie: See Passamaquoddy.

Quapaw numerals..........-.-...-- ..-. 1959-1962
PIOPEI-NAMES secession seen see ae 698-699, 1940
LEYS) Saeeesnosere Repcosccor conse ces 523-524
VOCaDWAry. cnn ocnwneeeue 1391, 1393, 1623a, 2204
WOLGS socese cece ecincs se seceea sense nee 3502

Quappa: See Quapaw.

Quawpaw: See Quapaw,

Quecchi: See Cacchi.

Queche: See Kiche.

Queen Charlotte's Islands general remarks 1601
numerals ..........-.. 723, 1312-1313, 1312a-1312b
AENLON COR enw venience sina celeammininenseaine 1601
vocabulary .-.-..--. 212, 5387-538, 1312-1313, 1312a-

13126, 1391, 1941a, 2205
Quekchi: See Cacchi.

Quéléne grammar .............---.--22--- 748

Quengues: See Vayuga.

Queres numerals ............-..---------- 2678
vocabulary .....--. 217, 217a-217b, 1061, 2303, 2678

Quiché; See Kiche.

Quiripi catechism ..........-.-..------- 2928-2930
Tord sie raver nan<-qeisesancaae eae -3914~3915

Quixe: See Kiche.

Quoddy: See Passamaqnoddy.

Qviche: See Kiche.

Qwiiswaipiim: See Yakama.

Rama gencral remarks ...---.------- 217, 217a-217b
Red Indians: See Bethuck.

Red Knife relationships..-......----...--. 2645
Republican Pawnee: See Pawnee.
Rhode Island local names...... ......... 3913
Ricara: See Arikare.
Riccara: See Arikare.
Riccaree: See Arikare.
Riccari: See Arikare.
Rickarie: See Arikare.
Rikara: See Arikare.
Ris: See Arikare.
| Rocky Mountains Stoney numerals...... 3776
WOGKDWOL <--nenensen eaten a ae ee 3776
Roilroilpam grammar ..........--.--.++-- 2887

Roundhesd grammatic comments ... ... 1977-1978

1124 INDEX.
No. No.
Rumsen numerals .--..-.-------.-- -527-528, 1873- | San Diego Mission grammatic comments - 2998-2999
1877, 1874a,1876a, 2212-3046 ord |sybrayenenesee ecco 1101, 83577-3578
SPECIMEN se aa eeele ll emesis esl alot 1282 | San Felipe general remarks --....-...-.. 2552
vocabularyseeesosseeeeeeeeee 28, 51, 212, 217, 217a— Vocabularyaes)eeie eee 999, 2552, 3608-3609
217b,427, 527-528, 2216, 2348 | San Fernando Mission grammatic com-
Rumsien: See Rumsen. ING }oascoconeeaoRabdsasecco=e5 s6as 2998-2999
Runsien: See Rumsen. Gordis| Prayer --ms- scene = 527-528, 1101, 2212
Runsiéne: See Rumsen. words 2212
Ruslen: See Rumsen. San Francesco Borgia Mission: See San
Russian America general remarks.....-- 2206, 3997 Francisco de Borgia Mission.
GEN esehdaosoeEsaucdbsabeos osabo aocuED 1845 | San Francesco Saverio Mission: See San
vocabulary 2206 Francisco Xavier Mission.
Russian River vocabulary. .--...----- 217, 217a-217b | San Francisco Bay vocabulary-....-..--- 2348
Sabanero vocabulary ....-....------------ 1325 | San Francisco de Borgia Mission Lord’s
Sac proper names .----------- 670, 698-699, 702-704, Prayer - - 825-826, 1101, 2348
702a, 1336, 1940, 1955c, 2521, 2646 | San Francisco Mission Lord’s Prayer .--. 2212
relationshipstess-eee-t tes en eeeeteeee 2645 numerals. 1635
- 391, 391a-891b vocabulary - 1393
sebauosoosonauesoesssGes 212, 798, 1391, words ...- OSES 163b
1398, 1946a, 2204, 2216 | San Francisco Xavier Mission Lord’s
wee 2+ seeeee2021, 2666, 2979, 3502 IOC poodobsssonoedboasasadooded 825-826, 2348
Sack: See Sac. : VOCADULALY seeeeceeeeeeeeeeeee --2214, 2216
Saclan vocabulary.-..--.---.---.-----.--- 165 | San Gabriel Mission catechism....-.....- 4278
Sacramento River vocabulary....-..---.- 2214 grammatic comments .--..-..-.--..-- 2998-2999
Sacramento Valley general remarks-217, 217a-217b WordistPray en meses hese meseaeee 1101, 2212
Wordisperay elses eereerees ces 217, 217a-217b MUMerals tessa eesee eee eee eee 2212
Sapanaw,wordstseen=-scees <=) mer nie =l= 3949 vocabulary ........ 755), 911, 1635, 2204, 2348, 3534
Sahaptin examples ..-..-...-.------------ 1635 AO ES Hite Saer SaoacO CE UAEOSOACSEESOOS 2207, 2212
general remarks -..----- 217, 217a-217b, 1635, 2678 See Kizh: See Netela.
NUMECLAS ee eesesseecee eee ee eee 2214 | San Giuseppe di Comondu Mission: See
vocabulary ..---.---------- 1484, 1635, 2215-2216, San José de Comondre Mission.
, > 3534-3535, 8872, 3876a@ | San Ignacio de Kadakamang Mission
TUE) donc ae badass seosebeordonodancesad 2205 Ord See rayeueccmecn esses cece 2348
Sahkey: See Sac. San Ignacio Mission Lord’s Prayer ..825-826, 1101
St. Francis vocabulary.......-..------ 1299b-1299¢ | San Ildefonso general remarks .-..... -.. 2552
See Abnaki. vocabulary ee----------999, 2552, 3608-3609
St. Jean: See Maliseet. San Joaquin Valley general remarks. ..-. 217,
St. John: See Maliseet. 217a-217b
St. Louis Mission grammatic comments. . 2998-2999 Word's) Prayererc-sceessseceis seis 217, 217a-217b
vocabulary.---.-.------ 326 1264 | San José de Comondre Mission Lord’s
St. Regis names of places .-...--...-.---- 1859 1B OW @scedacccsqudogacaccos «----- 825-826, 2348
St. Xavier: See San Francisco Xavier Mission. San Juan general remarks...-....-..----- 2552
Sakewi: See Sac. vocabularies|ose-c-)---- === 999, 2552, 3608-3609
Sakis: See Sac. San Juan Bautista catechism. ....-...--.. 168¢
Salish: See Selish. PRE VER coosnopoes cooconbbugoboeHEdSOsS 163¢
Salmon river vocabulary -...-..:-.---.--- 1391 vocabulary 168c, 3942
Sampitche general remarks.-.. ---. 217, 217a-217) | San Juan Capistrano Mission grammatic
San Antonio de Padua Mission Lord’s COMMONS ae eee = ela eels eres aar 2998-2999
IBC Socec coed =dcooonconsecoss 217, 217a-217b ILO ERE OeaosenosensbeeES BoadooKGS 1101, 2212
San Antonio Mission confessional... ....-- 3616 MUMOLALS eye stelete lem starlets lalate teeter 2212
diction aryece-neeeer erence 3614-3615 vocabulary. so. -c --mnesin=-ie 911, 1635, 2204, 3534
grammatic notes ....-. aocconsosHsoasHSs 3614 WAU copSaososcopaccesosisadessosceanas 2207, 2212
interrogatories. --...-:.....--.-:-----.- 3614 See Netela.
IHW WGIEVID Che sscesueooddoo aaosbed 527-528, 3614 | Sankhican: See Sankikani.
numerals ..... GogabadeBaooersacepsoeds 163b, 2212 | Sankihani: See Sankikani.
vocabulary ..165, 527-528, 902, 911, 1393, 2216, 3534 | Sankikani numerals.--.....--...---. 1959-1962, 2165
MAN Choopanceancde. saons stosnaudoosunead 163b vocabulary -- 28, 212, 297-298, 1391, 2162-2166
San Blas yocabulary -- -1644, 2349 2276, 3124-3125
San Borgia vocabulary. - - 2214, 2216 | Sankitani: See Sankikani.
San Carlos vocabulary ---- - 2348, 3942 | San Luis Mission: See Saint Louis Mis-
Sandia general remarks --.-...----------: 2552 sion.
MOCAD UAL ys aces cree wclceln eel el= = 999, 2552, 3608-3609 | San Luis Obispo Mission catechism ...... 163¢
San Diego grammatic comments 527-528 PAM Maly eee seas e selec eee 163¢
ord!spPrayerssec=<- = eer ee eee eee 528 ordisteray elec aston smer sale iota 527-528
vocabulary, ---.-2-.-: 527-528, 911, 1393, 2207, 3534 MOA Bs ons poedoconmooosDoGbasedcSna 163b, 2212

INDEX. 1125
No. No.
San Luis Obispo Mission vocabulary -.-.163c, 165, | Santee names Of chiefs........----------- 3044
5272528) 9119139812210) 8504)||) llryra warn |issaas soe ae nnn emma nen nn nu 32004
- -163b, 2212 PLAY OL DOOM. cose cieoe aoe cesawweceeeneri= 1811
: TE | SN Dconeessepecneaace:. cceoctarcce 1808-1809
-165, 2348 | relationships ..-.-.. .--------------+-++ 2645
WARS coc oceonencasnsssecaenecoases “+: 163b VOCADULALY saentascsesee eee --------- 2045, 4167
San Luis Rey Mission Lord’s Prayer. 527-528, 1101 | Santo Domingo ceneral remarks. -
MUMOrals secre = et nee wee oan ee RUSE || Genet.
vocabulary. .-.--.-.----.-----+--------- 527-528 | San Xavier: See San Francisco 3
San Luiz Rey de Francia Mission Lord’s Mission.
Prayer ...-.--.---------++-------+---- 2212 | Saskatchewan calendar ....--.----------- 2159
San Miguel Chicah confessional...-...--. 855 | Saste: See Shasta.
San Miguel Mission catechism ....---..-. 163¢ | Sasti: See Shasta.
grammar -..-~.-----.------.+----------- 163¢ | Sastica: See Blackfoot.
numerals... - 163), 2212 | Satsika: See Blackfoot,
vocabulary ....------------------------ 163c, 165, | Satsikaa: See Blackfoot.
217, 217a-217b, 1635, 2216, 2348 | Sank: See Sac.
WORE cccoocasecnectocosoctcaraockonss 163b, 2212 | Sauki: See Sac.
San Rafael Mission: See San Raphael Saukie: See Sac.
Mission. Saulteux: See Sauteux.
San Raphael Mission Lord’s Prayer. .527-528, 2212 | Sauteu: See Sauteux.
vocabulary. .....- seceee 755b, 1635, 2212, 2216, 2348 | Santenx catechism ...-.....----.--------- 2158
See Joukiousmé. dictionary .--..- eoeeee . PeonscAm
Sansareh Sioux names of chiefs .--.....-- 3944 | grammatic comments...---.--.-------- 1977-1978
Santa Ana: See Santa Anna. general remarks 408a-408e
Santa Anna general remarks......-...--- 2552 DLAy OLD OO kates eee eiansa meen as asaa eae 2157
vocabulary ....- ..----...-.- 999, 2552, 3608-3609 principles of language .--..-------..--- 333
Santa Barbara doctrina christiana ...---- 3805 TOW) Ssee5 sb ocoasseas obese estos 3791-3792
grammatic comments 2998-2999 VOCADUIALY -.--<ciccaaacutann=) sme=ancene 2393
TEONS) bocoeeespooeosoeaadsea 5 3805 See Chippewa.
vocabulary........-...-...- 28, 212, 527-528, 755b, | Savana: See Savanna
902, 1393, 2216, 2348 | Savanahice Lord’s Prayer.397d,718,1331,2452,3473a
PWOLG Sheets pst ten Secs noncancer s 2212 WORdS fesse ese anee - ---- 718, 1331
Santa Clara Mission general remarks ..-. 2552 | Savaneric vocabulary .......------.---- 2216, 3349
grammatic comments..-.-...----------- 2998-2999 | See Darien.
Lord’s Prayer ..--.--- 217, 217a-217b, 527-528, 2212 | Savanna Lord’s Prayer. ..--...----------- 1337
vocabulary -. . 999, 2348, 2552, 2567, 3608-3609 VOCADUIATY sem seca se aoe on aleem anes 1536
Santa Clara Pueblo vocabulary.....-...--. 1378 | Sawano: See Shawnee.
Santa Cruz County vocabulary .... ..--. 2348 | Sawanou: See Shawnee.
Santa Cruz Island general remarks. .217, 217a-217b | Sawanwan: See Savanna.
VOGT EIAs coomecsasssnascopsbeensso. 2348, 3864 | Sawk: See Sac.
Santa Cruz Mission general remarks. 217, 217a-217b | Sawkee: See Sac.
MVNO ees eas seseoasednoosmeccess 2678 | Sayuskla vocabulary.........-.---------- 44
VOCADUlALyaeae ocr soceee se ace eres 847 | Schawanese: See Shawnee.

Santa Gertrude Mission Lord’s Prayer. .217, 217a-
217b, 825-826, 1101, 2348

Santa Ines Mission catechism...-....---- 567
grammatic comments .-----.--.------- 2998-2999
Lord's Prayer...----.-- 528, 1101, 2212
numerals.....-.-.- ac'5 163b
text... = 1250a
TO Scccecctecaed aitsmosneore ate 163)

Santa Inez: See Santa Ines Mission.

Santa Maria Mission Lord's Prayer - .825-826, 2348 |

Santa Tomas Mission vocabulary .--..--- 269

Santa Ynez: See Santa Ines Mission.

Santee Biblehistory.....-...----.-------- 32000
CALECHIBIN se sae ieeee sala talm cera 866, 1804, 3200a
Christian doctrine ...-...--..---------- 3200a
GURU HI Ay Acessodscosndscooccoonescsced 8292
epistle to Timothy .--.....-.-.--.------- 867

nba) Sacgonososecnissosmscecon 867 |

MISSION SOLVICE: oan ac nese s hoemav ene == 1810 |

Scherokesisch: See Cherokee.
Scheyenne: See Cheyenne.

Schitsui vocabulary ......---.---------- 13938, 2568
words 3359
Schoschone: See Shoshone.
Schoshone: See Shoshone.
Schwarzfiissige: See Blackfoot.
Scioux: See Dakota.
Scoflie vocabulary ..-.---.-- 28, 1362, 1391, 1893, 2216
Seco general remarks ....-...-..---- 217, 217a-217)
Secumne: See Sekumne.
Sekumne vocabulary..---. 986, 1635, 2212, 2214, 2216
Selish elementary book........----..----. 1240a
general remarks .....-.---.--
PraAMMAL .~-.-- enw ee ewes

grammatic comments . .

specimens . . 8586
names of seasons....- 2207
numerals ...-... 1499
Proper NAMES... --- ~~. ww we es eens ewer eee 704
relationships .....--.----++-e+e++-se-2** 2840

1126

No.
1391, 1475, 2205, 2215,
2568, 3359-3560, 8876a,

Selish vocabulary

Seminole numerals...-. .--.-------------- 2681a
proper names, . - -. 670, 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 3053
POLIS fees eee cleieeieetinesieettetaatat 488
vocabulary .....--..---.- 267a, 650a, 2229a, 2681a.

2773, 3620, 3640, 4141
TORS ceppossobcancoscddccossedusnsadoes 267

Seminolee: See Seminole.

Sendal: See [zendal.

Seneca alphabet..-....---.--------------- 1931
analysis ----.--.-- 100
conjugation <5 --/-------.2--s\ss2ecs == == 2643
general remarks. - - - 2029, 3465, 3511-3512
geographic names ..........------------ 2643
gospel John .-.84 (p.), 1931, 3711b (p.)

Teuke sec gesesee ee eens 1665, 2762c¢

IEW. 2455 cedpsbaonos, soapcodooc 2762¢
Matthew..-----.----.-------- 1666, 2762¢
gospels, the four.............-.------- 1838-1839
grammatic comments..... -- ---- 2650-2651, 3465
hymns eeeeee ea 55, 1847-1350, 1348a, 1667, 1931-
1932, 2748, 2763, 2925a, 3185¢, 3466-

3468, 3468a, 3840, 4255-4256, 4274

MCN accoesceqspesebensscadnos Seno 2645
Nocalimames pe ceeeeeeroeseeccescee sae 2479
Tordispbray eter eerwcercce see 1931, 3465, 3577-3579
“Mental Elevator” .........-----.----- 4254
numerals. ......-- 1959-1962, 2916, 3185z, 3979, 4098
JOUREEES coand nesidsqcocqnebessESsccoeped 3543, 3652
proper names --...-- 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 1940,
1955c, 2478a, 2480

psalm s\eemere ieee eter - --3466-3467
meadin S400 Keer eer eitels-ie eae eee 4252
relationships. - 1660, 2643-2645, 2659-2660
NELNEG caancescnoguouNsoS sc Ssacscssone 95
sentences. ..-.----.- 3652
Sermon on the Movnt -1668, 1933
EOI Godeoscequeg soo daconcosseccsacobnes 3812
4253

URINE) we SeanchannoosoDoDEeboosSO DHS 523-524, 3543
TEN iaborsodsoseoasdooosssasseoe 1377, 4255-4256
WELD OLMSeeeeeee nee eee 1636a-1636D
vocabularies. - .-- 28, 55, 95, 212, 297-298, 1391, 1393,

1946a, 1955a, 2029, 2204, 2216, 2643,
2646, 2652-2656, 2908, 3511-3512, 3594
words..--..- 2979, 3185aa, 3541-3542, 3652, 3982, 4116
Senecka: See Seneca.
Sepohskanumakahkee: See Mandan.
Seri general remarks ...--..--- 217, 217a-217b, 2859
vocabulary . .217, 217a-217b, 2834, 285, 3004a, 3006a

Serrano grammatic comments ---. ---.. 2998-2999
Lord’s Prayer... -- edobo GeetoS 217, 217a-217b, 836
Severnow vocabulary ....-.---------..--- 2204

Shahaptan: See Sahaptin.

Shasta dictionary . .......-.-.---------- 1476-1477
numerals -..--.--: -- 2678, 3098
remarks 527-528
mocabUlanye-pecet ee eeereane 931, 1393, 1635, 1692—

1694, 2216, 3095, 3098, 3384
DAO cpocesecnoso nasddnasuecosossacoos 2214

Shaste: See Shasta.
Shasti: See Shasta.
Shastie: See Shasta.
Shastika: See Shasta.

!

INDEX.

Shavannice: See Savanahice.

Shawan: See Shawnee.

Shawanee: See Shawnee.

Shawanese: See Shawnee.

Shawannee: See Shawnee.

Shawanno: See Shawnee.

Shawano: See Shawnee.

Shawanoe: See Shawnee.

Shawanoese: See Shawnee.

Shawnee generalremarks 2008-2009, 2377-2379, 3499

gospel St. Matthew 2360
grammatic comments. -- -- 28, 1478, 2010
hYMNS esses ece eee eee eee eee ee 2853-2854
Lord’s Prayer -28, 87, 185a, 1089-1093,
1089a, 1091a, 2317, 2642, 3914-3915

MAM es OMLiversee-s\-eeeeeee eee eee ee 1864, 2004
TE ETE NEP ooeaasoappbogpanodseaascuasuE 2358
MUMOLAals eee sea ese eC 1629, 1959-1962,
2008-2009, 2916, 3979, 4098

PLopermMamesier aacee-leee ean 400, 670, 698-699,
702-704, 702a, 897a, 1940, 1955), 2646

TEAM eTsoaeeac eecsecis eres meee eee 2355-2356
relationships)------}-- =) --«-s==="/"-=- 1673, 2645
RP STNGN 3) 555595 ccasbesase'sa coueaseceed 1059
speller ........= tn SoeaoSDsasnabacsegNs 2355-2356
LSID) asnsascuscodccdaocdossocs 523-524, 2008-2009
GPA ponossohocaticun \adasosdoagaesaneeso 1478
vocabulary.-...----.....-.---:- 28, 173, 212, 297—
298, 945, 1026a,1061, 1133-1139, 1134a,

1135a, 1391, 13893, 1479, 1623c, 1709,

1712, 1860, 1863-1865, 2004, 2010, 2204,

2216, 2311-2312, 2645, 2992, 3414, 4103

WOTdS pee eee ree aee 2068, 2377-2379,

2917, 3121, 3503, 3625, 3949, 3982
Shawnese: See Shawnee.
Shawni: See Shawnee.
Shawnoe: See Shawnee.
Sheetkah: See Sitka.
Sheshapotosh : See Sheshatapoosh.
Sheshatapoosh vocabulary...--.-.-.-.--.1362, 1391,
1393, 2204, 2216
Sheshatapooshshoish: Sec Sheshatapoosh.
Shetimasha: See Chetimacha.
Sheyenne: See Cheyenne.
Shienne: See Cheyenne.

Shihwapmukh vocabulary -. -- --1501, 1509

Shingwauk hymn-book. ..-. 20 3593

Shinumomotes) -=. <n = =. eose einen 3089

Shiyan: See Cheyenne.

Shooswaap vocabulary..-..-- .----- 1635, 3873

Shoshone general remarks. - -217, 217a-217b
glossary,..---------------9------)=------ 2768
grammatic comments .-.--.--..----- 527-528, 852
Tames) Of birds y=. =~ <= =e ele 3259
WIN egcscapsccasoscsesosoosesouoeosS 547, 852
phrases ....------.-- ---------- 216
proper names ...--..-.--------- 698-699, 703, 3230a
RO MIGKUERY oaonccsacbosane Goocematacaose 216, 852
vocabulary .---- 217, 217a-217, 364, 527-528, 840.

852, 1391, 1893, 1635, 1924, 2039-2040,
2205, 2215-2216, 2517, 3077-8078, 3091,
3255, 3493, 3610-3611, 4108, 4259, 4272
VORB caoctacsooned 216, 1928, 2214, 3143, 3218-3219
See Snake.
Shoshonee: See Shoshone.

<p ERE,

INDEX. 1127
No. No.

Shoshoni: See Shoshone.

Shoshonie: See Shoshone.

Shushwapumsh: See Shooswaap.

Shwoyelpi: See Skoyelpi.

Sbyenne: See Cheyenne.

Sicani: See Sicanni.

Sicanni vocabulary . ..539-540, 1861, 2080, 3036, 3397

Siccany: See Sicanni.

Sierra Blanco Apaches vocabulary --...-. 725, 3592

Sikani: See Sicanni.

Sikanni: See Sicanni.

Siksika: See Blackfoot.

Siksikhoii: See Blackfoot.

Silla general remarks.
vocabulary .........-. 999, 2307, 2552

Silla-Laguna vocabulary - - - 3608-3609

Sinalos/prammare i.e .e---e-)- === 410, 3988, 3989

Sinicker: See Seneca.

Sioune: See Dakota.

Sioux: See Dakota. :

Sisseton Dakota: See Dakota.

peeioe 2552

Sitka grammatic comments .-----...--.-- 1345
MOMOLS Sarees meals) eee eee ee ae = 1101
wocabularysecse2--ssmeeesssecscce 993-994, 1345, |

1393, 2205, 2293-2294, 2574

WOLOS eeprom a ao oe eee ee cose 3402
Sitka-Kwan: See Sitkawan.

Sitkawan numerals ..---- 982

vocabulary
Sitsika: See Blackfoot.
Six Nations: See Lroquois.

Skaget vocabulary..--...--.....-.....-... 918
Skalza: See Skalzi.
SKalzi vocabulary.-..--.---.-----.-.----- 3631, 4046

See Kutenay.
Skatkwan: See Sitkawan.

Skay-wa-mish specimens .....-.....--.-- 4047
Skiltageet: See Skitaget.
Skitaget vocabulary ..-....- 537-538, 1393, 1507, 2216

Skitsuish: See Schitsui.

Skittagete: See Skitaget.

Skittegat: See Skitaget.

Sklallam : See Clallam.

Skoffi: See Scoffie.

Skoffie: See Scoffie.

Skokomish : See Twana.

Skoyelpi vocabulary ........-....-. 1501, 1509-2568

WO eescsendscace = 3359
Skwaksin grammatic forms ----. ae 1143
words, phrases, and sentences... ------ 1147

Skwale: See Niskwalli.
Skwali: See Niskwalli.

SlaveyhVMus)seecin==s-l-n eens wm awee elaine 2099
manual of devotion....-..-..--.--.---- 2099-2103
TGS oncodo coatan ecaacoscecED SESS sce 2099
VOCa DU Any aeseen = senna aenoe = oune aaa 2216

Slave Jargon general remarks ------ 217, 217a-217b

Slave Lake relationships ..-.---.-..--..- 2076, 2645
MOCIDDLSt yeaa nes nen eee ween see 2645

337, 3769
1107a

28

s 496
528, 1487, 3382

Snake dictionary
general remarks .--
grammatic comments
UO aces coctedcosrocesucotce boc

2521

}

Snake: See Shoshone.
Sneomus: See Snohomish.
Sneounis: See Snohomish.

Snohomish catechism .......-............ 426
Ord Sweraverscsaceleesase eee meee 4276
DPVAyeCr boolklsesseseasececacnee soaeeenese 426
BONLON CG) eee etiae see ae nee eee 4276
vocabulary. 918
Wy OLS Seanaa teen e seas 399

Soaiatlpi vocabulary ..-.....-- -- 1685

Solano Mission Lord’s Prayer ......-.-.- 527-528

Soledad Mission Lord’s Prayer .......-.. 1101
general remarks ..-............-. 217, 217a-217b
MUM eral Sbeaene =e eee se eee 2212
vocabulary .-....-.---..163b, 1635, 2216, 2348, 3942

Songish Tribe propernames..-........... 2368

Sonoma Valley general remarks .--.217, 217a-217b
Sonora dictionary .-
general remarks. -

grammar._.--.---...... £ - 545-546, 548
grammatic comments - - -535-536, 5518, 2975
TUM OTA S see etan ea eee ee 2975
Mlace mam ca\caass-acisass sae eeee 2975-2976
Wii esssdshescccesseeccoscacscomeisees 537-538

See Aztec-Sonora.

Sonorischen: Sce Sonora.

So-qua-mish specimens....-...--......... 4047

Sourikwos: See Souriquois. :

Souriquois numerals... -1119-1120, 1959-1962, 2161,
2268-2274

- -28, 1391, 2161-2167

- 2205, 2276

a5 1143

vocabulary ..
WOR ese caneeagsoso5
Spokan grammatic forms

proper names .---...- ser 704
relationships ...... .----- ----1505, 2645
VOCADULary nese e = eocae-- =e nn --- 1501, 1509
WOL0S poeitesa sm eae nena 3359
Spokane: See Spokan.
Spuchelotz vocabulary ...--..-.-...-.... 993
Squallyamish: See Squallyomish.
Squallyomish vocabulary ..-..-. 537-538, 3534, 3872

Stakbin-kwan: See Stakhinkwan.
Stakhin: See Stakhinkwan.

Stakhinkwan numerals. ....-...----..-.-- 982
vocabulary ...---.---- -981-982, 1058, 30061
Steilacoom relationships ....... -- 1505
Stockbridge Lord’s Prayer .--.-.-.--....-. 2010
See Mohegan.
Stone proper names .....-.-.-..----.--.-- 703
vocabulary....-....--..--..- 387, 1860, 3951-3952
Stone boiler: See Assiniboin .-. 698-699
Straits of Fuca vocabulary ...... ......-. 1391
Stuart Island vocabulary ..............-.. 527-528
Subtiabo vocabulary ..-.-....-..-.------- 216
Suisun Wintun vocabulary ...... ..!.... 165
Suma general remarks. .....-...-.-- 217, 217a-217b

| Surcee: See Sussee.

Susquehanna general remarks. -......1619a, 3582
Gre bese aeeec cress Gap Gecced 68-69, 69a
See Mingua.

Susquehannock : See Susquehanna.

Sussee grammatic comments. ...........- 28
MUM OLA Absa oie aes eee ee 3776
vocabulary ... 28, 212, 529-530, 539-540, 551, 1391,

3951-3952, 3776

1128 INDEX.

No.

Tabuat Ute: See Ute.

Tacollie: See Tacully.

Tacoullie: See Tacully.

Taculli: See Tacully.

Tacullie: See Tacully.

Tacully grammatic comments ..- -.217,217a-217b
mumerals\<- =. s.r ern = - 1664, 3046, 3876a
MbVases yee erie -1- = - 4047
specimen .-.- -- é 1664
tribal divisions. - Bcosneetosee'S 2216
vocabulary ..----------.- 28, 105, 107, 212, 529-530,

539-540, 551, 1391, 1393, 1635,1645,
2204, 2216, 2384-2391, 4047, 4103

{O)Kil Goaacrooceor sdocecoconaS dacuees docs 2276
See Atna.

Tacully-Umkwa examples....-..--------- 1635
general remarks.-----.-----.----------- 1635

Tadussak Lord's Prayer -.--..--.-------- 4276

Taensa grammar .---...-.--------------- 1678, 2902
PIAYOMS <5. - oe ew eens ew een =) 1678, 2902
BONES) canon besuonsooU coon cbebecca shoes 2902
(Gra Ro sodecncasenouorocnesccesQcasecias 1678, 2902
VOCADULAM Ye oon -1aeiste = oleate ital = lara = = 1678

Tahculi: See Tacully.
Tahcully: See Tacully.

Tahkaht dictionary .-.---..----.--------- 3700a
grammar. :-----.--.------------=----- 2125, 3700a
SVOCAD WAY mesa stearate elets ste telm = sleet aici lelae 2125

Tahkali: See Tacully.
Tahkoli: See Tacully.

Tahko-Tinne vocabulary-.-.-.--------.---- 3876
Tahlewah vocabulary. -..- 933, 1501, 2214-2216, 3103
Tahluwah: See Tahlewah.
Tairtla; grammars... (tna one eln l= 2887
MaitevocaDUlaryreciaseasecieseseiem seee a 1501, 1509
WORE cocaccoacesoc bonossasccsaso schoo 3360
Takhtam grammatic comments -.--....-. 1425-1426
vocabulary. -..------------------------- 23807
WOU cose dddooucpseonenoces s=ea090se5 2305
Takilma vocabulary .--...--------- 1454, 1693-1694
Takukwan vocabulary .--.---.------.---- 8873

Takulli: See Tacully.

Tala: See Tarasca.

Talamanca numerals -....---------------- 3617
vocabulary, -----.-------------.-.. 73a, 217, 217a—

217d, 2214, 2216, 4050e, 4073

Talamenca: See Talamanca.

Talatui vocabulary-..------ 986, 1635, 2212, 2214, 2216

Talemenca: See Talamanca.

Talutui: See Talatui.

Tamanaca grammatic comments .---.--.-- 1879

Tamarois proper names ..-.-------------. 1940

Tanand vocabulary .-.-.----- Boasesesoens 981-982
numerals 982

Tantawaits: See Chemehuevi.

Taos general remarks ....-- comacoundodose 2552
MUMeTAlS Heer wines aee eee eee ee 2678
vocabulary ...-.-- 999, 2552, 3608-3609, 4271-4272

Taowa: See Tewa.
Tapachulane-Huastéque grammatic com-

HIG) caiabnebosdposcoosecocoescanceseo 735
Tapaliza confessional. . -- 22960
Tapijualapane-Mixe general remarks -.--731,755¢
Tarahumar: Sev Tarahumara.

Tarahumara catechism. ......-..---.-.--. 1286

No.

Tarahumara confessions -..--.-....-..--- 1286
dictionaryen=-pasce-eeer eee 551q, 3744-3745
doctrina christiana.-.....--.5-.---.-- 3810-3811
general remarks. .......--.... 527-528, 1754, 2859
grammar ..--.-- 217, 217a-217b, 545-546, 547a, 548a,
1285, 1607, 1880, 3319, 3810-3811, 4028

grammatic comments -----. 28, 527-528, 2998-2999

Lord’s Prayer 28, 1854, 217,

217a-217D, 836, 2214, 2473a

THEN EN ooSaeqooanecodoosEarosccTaceano 3047
numerals ----547, 3745
place names 527-528, 813
RENO Wacocossncopasonnoensasonaasceds 3810-3811
SEUNG No crocoppoeoons Sasoo ocSoaSecoese 2216
UOEING Soastsoauenboncddedsacnaas Bo oadone 523-524
vocabulary a\cesaacle=eae eines 28, 212, 284,
1285, 1978a, 2215, 3123, 3824

ADRIRTE cobenbococaoedoudoeauaS 813, 3124-3125, 3982
Tarasca catechism .---...--2--.--2------: 3573
confessions eens eeee eee ee reece eae 854, 3574
Gi CtiON any ewnceeeeseln sees 61, 196, 3574
doctrina christiana----<.)-5-<-2-. 2-3. 1541, 2995
general remarks.........--.--.--- 1754, 2678, 3657
LAMM ALG si aloetclnielatersteiemiieteieisteierel= 61, 196, 217, 217a-

217b, 313, 313a, 706, 2700-2701, 3353, 3574
grammatic comments .--28, 2998-2999

material -.- 1392
specimens . = 3586
Word's} PrayeL=s--------esee --28, 185a, 217,

217a-217b, 836, 2214, 2216, 2473a, 3832
3571-3572

peonbod scoaceoroDcoHonoKRusoanS 28
SOLON reeterettetetesiaiste eles 706, 2531, 3176, 3566
(GPa SspbospscoaD seobbo sSesamsconS 1547-1548, 2531
vocabulary;..-..-.---:.- 854, 21260, 3164, 3171, 3176
See Pirinda.

Tarasco: See Tarasca.

Tarasken: See Tarasca.

Tarauhmarice: See Tarahumara.

Taraumara: See Tarahumara. ”

Tarrahumara: See Tarahumara.

Tarratine Lord's Prayer .-...-..--.--..- 4170-4171
numerals 4170-4171
specimens .- - 1088-1093, 1089a, 1091a
wocabulanypesccetersseeceesmncees eter 4170-4171

Tatché grammatic comments .--....----. 217, 217a-

217b, 2998-2999
Word) Speray Clsescseeaceescissscie 1101, 3577-3578

Tchalagi: See Cherokee.

Tehiglit vocabulary..-:....22-.---------- 755d

Tchinkitané general remarks..... 723, 1812a-1312b
numerals ..-.-.---- 28, 723, 1312-1318, 1312a—-1312b
VOCE SH ETA 7 So ocndaseoombesceaucccosed 28, 212, 723,

1312-1313, 1312a-1312b, 3342
Tchinoque: See Chinook.
Tchinouc: See Chinook,
Techinouk: See Chinook.
Tchokoyem: See Chocuyem.
Tchougatche: See Chukchi.
Tchouktche: See Chukchi.
Tchouktchi: See Chukchi.
Tehuktchi: See Chukchi.
Teacuaeitzica Lord’s Prayer-...--.- 217, 2174-2170
Teeton: See Teton.
Tegua: See Tewa.

INDEX. 1129
No. No.
Teguima Lord’s Prayer.....---.---..---- 2841 | Thlinkit vocabulary -..................- 217, 217a-
vocabulary...-... CRaCCSeCROSS aoroccecce 2310 217b, 30069, 3162a, 3876a
See Opata. Tiche: See Kiche.
Tehama vocabulary--.-.......--..-.----- 499, 2348 | Ticorilla: See Apache.

Tehema: See Tehama.
Tehua: See Tewa.

Tehuantepec grammar ....--..-.-...----- 2675a

Tejano grammar -.-. ----217,217a-217b
grammatic comments ...-.........---. 2998-2999
Specimens).---------- --217, 217a-217b

Mejon!Passinumerals.-5-.2---+-s.ece =. 3098

Telamanca: See Talamanca.

Telamé: See Tatché.

Telami: See Tatché.

Telma: See Tewa.

Tendnkutcliin nomerals.....-........--.- 982

vocabulary.--.-.-.....-....
Tepegua: See Tepehua.
Tepeguana: See Tepehua.
Tepehua catechism

confessions

1286, 3304
ae aay ee rel aS a 1286, 3304

2826
2 1754
grammar ........... 217, 217a-217b, 545-546, 547a,

548a, 1281, 1285, 1316, 3304
grammatic comments ....527-528, 5511, 2998-2999

Jocalinamestses=aaueesaet senna - «--- 527-528
Prayer .- -217, 217a-217b, 836
. UBeceissosaccdongctian ctcechonnesce 547
im ene Becacacn ome casarsSsEcsed 523-524
abulary .-.--......-- 527-528, 551m-551n, 1281,
1285, 1316, 2826, 3304
Tepehuano: See Tepehua.
Tep-hoona: See Tepehua.
‘Lepusc a0: See Tepehua.
Tepoca general remarks -.--.-.--.-- 217, 217a-217b
Tepuzcalula doctrina -....-..--.-....-.. 1056a
POSEN Gli Soe aoe cesem oes He 1056a
Terraba vocabulary. --..--..- - 1351-1352
‘TLesuque general remarks ............--....-. 255:
relationships. sesso. sseenee aeons 2645, 3740
CADIIAny Hs. ss-2s-- 537-538, 999, 2214, 2216, 2552,
3608-3609, 4117
e: See Flathead.
0 MSM AM CAYO cee ene asc ancle 3831b
ST Se Se Sr ee 3282
po per names 1940
| RU ene ee 2521
ewa numerals 2678

vocabulary-..--. -....- 217, 217a-217b., 294, 2303,
2307, 2884, 3775a, 4272
Texas manual for administering sacra-

NOT ena eo pas ssscsecscessconpecs 1402
tribal names 2910

Tezuzue: See Tesuque.

Thekenneh: See Sicanni.

Thlingit: See Thlinkit.

Thlinkit dictionary ...................--- 2302
general remarks 217, 217a-217b
grammatic comments .....-.-. 217, 217a-217b, 2392
Lord's Prayer ........--..-- 217, 217a-217b, 2392
MUM OPA Bae saseete == olen declaw aisle 2392 |
GEM UGITRS o-cecacrosaacesse0 cock aocose 3994
BONES) cneeneeamvemccas <am=aiseesesaaan== 30069
texts, phrases, and sentences. .-..-.. 30069, 3162b

Tigua: See Tewa.
Timuacuana: See Timucua.

Timucua catechism ........... 2671, 2895-2898, 4044
CONLCSSIONSeenemasts =n = esleeeeeeeeseeee 2899-2900
Pictionary comcislesseo= =n a= ays eo anes 4044
doctrina christiana .. . 2896-2897
XM Pls ses e eae es a cae eee eee ones 481
general remarks... 481, 1429, 1432-1433, 1441, 1443

capone 2901, 4044

~- 1443, 1445

2214, 3046

RORCERCEA-ODecRoescre 2casce 1444
cemoscecdcosagcaccsaaatoscccins 1443-1445, 3633
28, 212, 1445, 3634
segctSsRcosoceaccessiotescotossso 1443-1444

Timuquan: See Timucua.

Timuquana: See Timucua.

Tinlinneh numerals ..............-.----.- 2678
vocabulary......-.---.--- = 3098

Tinne general remarks. .....--...-.---.-- 1270a
gospel St. John......... 84 (p.), 497-498 (p.), 2104,

37116 (p.)-371le (p.)

StoMarkioe ences scesees=saheeee 2105-2106
Mumeralssoe-- os. s-a- eo 582
TOMO 59 Sos sashes onosescadciee 406
vocabulary........-. 217, 217a-217), 574a, 575, 582,

2075, 5392, 3865, 3876a
Tinneh: See Tinne.

Tiribi vocabulary ............-....-....- 1351-1352
Tlakatat: See Kliketat.

Tlaoquatch proper names ...--..-..------ 703

vocabulary ......... --....-- 537-538, 2205, 2215,

3534-3535, 3872

ADU crencaenaqoactoss =ceaoacaaconass 1498

Tlaoquatsh: See Tlaoquatch.

Tlascalteca: See Tlaxcalla.

Tlaskalteke: See Tlaxcalla,

Tlatsap: See Klatsop.

Tlatscalea: See Tlaxcalla.

Tlatskanai vocabulary. -..107, 109, 529-530, 539-540,
551, 1393, 1635, 2207, 2216

Tlatskani: See Tlatskanai.

Tlaxcalla numerals. ..................-.-. 3617
proper names .....--.---..- 569
root words - 3500
terms ..-.. 569
vocabulary 1502

Tlinkit: See Thlinkit.

Toanhootch vocabulary .....--.--.------- 1532

Tobikhar vocabulary ..-.........--..---- 2307
WODLUS pewasieleestesenlans teeta casstcnabicy 2305

Toboso general remarks..-..--. -- 217, 217a-217b

Tochbana proper names .-..-...-----.----- 1955b

Tolowa: See Tahlewah.

Tolteo'calendar <<. .-.~.... 2.5.0.6... 1559
general remarks .....-.-..... 217, 2174-2176, 1754
terms .......... cote e canes te ele = eet 8972-3973

Tolteki: See Toltec.

Tonaca; See Totonaca.

Toncawe: See Tonkawa.

Tongas vocabulary.............02+.-+-0+ 1507 2969

1130 INDEX

No.

Tonguas: See Tongas.

Tonkawa general remarks....... .----- 1428, 1442
numerals. --..- Be ebdososdscconpasbaseDes 2678
VOCa DU ary eee eee merse eee oer eeeeaer 2994

Tonto general remarks ..-.-..--.-...--. 1422, 3622
grammatic comments..---...----.------ 1422
BON tEMCCS year ae emai-le meister eee ae 4115
vocabulary ..----- 1430, 2304, 2307, 4106-4107, 4114

Tonto-Apache: See Apache.

Toole: See Darien.

Too-noo-nee-noo-shuk geographic names. 1640

Tootooten vocabulary... .107, 1247c, 1868, 2063, 2348

Too-wanne-noo specimens.......-..-..--- 4047

Tosauwihbi (Shoshoni of Eastern Nevada)
VOCADUL ALY persia als i oeianeseiseietsee ene 3081

Totolaca: See Totonaca.

Totonac: See Totonaca. 5 ; '

Totonaca catechism . .--..--....---.---. 1068, 3486
Confession Steees-eecee ee rearseeeeee eee 3486
doctrina christiana)------.--<--- 1047, 1048, 2826
general remarks -.......-..--. 5... 1754. 2678, 4058

grammar .101, 217, 217a-217b, 1886, 2483, 2819, 2824,
2826, 3368, 3278, 4279

grammatic comments .-.......----- 28, 2998-2999
lexicon serene Sate nes bees eee 2819
Totonaca manual of sacraments..--...--. 4279
Lord’s Prayer ...-.-- 28, 185a, 217, 217a-217), 836,

; 2214, 24734, 2713

SOLM ONS em etettetsae s1ele alate aot fare oetltelaal= 3567

vocabulary 28, 102, 212, 2824, 2826, 3824, 3878,
3982-3983, 4049, 4053, 4058, 4279

Totonacca: See Totonaca.

Totonak: See Totonaca.

Totonaka: See Totonaca.

Totonaken: See Totonaca.

Totonaque: See Totonaca.

Totonaque: See Totonaca.

Totonicapan: See Tctonaca.

Totonoco: See Totonaca.

Tough-no-waw-mish specimens .. ..--.-- 4047

Touscarora: See Tuscarora.

Tow-e-ahge: See Pawnee.

Towka general remarks. .--.--.----. 217, 217a-217b
Trinity River vocabulary ........-..----. 1353
Tsakaitsitlin vocabulary.............-.-. 1635
Tsamak vocabulary. .--.-..---.- 986, 1635, 2212, 2216

Tscherokeischen: See Cherokee.
Tscherokese: See Cherokee.
Tschinkitani: See Tchinkitané.
Tschuagmjuten: See Chiagmiut. —

Tschuakak Island vocabulary.--....----- 527-528
Mschudivexamplesta--os-measee see eee 317¢
grammatic comments .--....--..------- 3871e

Tschugatschen: See Chukchi.
Tschugazi: See Chukchi.
Tschugazzi: See Chukchi.
Tschukchi: See Chukchi.
Tschuktsch: See Chukehi.
Tschuktschen: See Chukchi.
Tschuktschi: See Chukchi.
Tsclallum: See Clallam.
Tseloge: See Cherokee.
Tsheheilis : See Tsihalish.
Tshimshean: See Tsimsian.
Tshimsian : See Tsimsian.

Tshinook : See Chinook.

Tshinuk: See Chinook.

Tshokoyem: See Chocuyem.

Tshuktchi: See Chukchi.

Tsihaili-Selish general remarks ....---.-.1635, 2678

examplesseceesee eter scee ee eeosere eee 1635
Tsihailish : See Tsihalish.

Tsihalish specimens .......-.--.--..--- 1148a, 2238

numerals. -- 3781-3782

vocabulary - --878, 1393, 1635

2207, 3555, 3781-3782, 3876a

Tsimsian dictionary....-.-----..----.---- 1031b

mumeralg eos. ere cae eee 1507

vocabulary.....-......-.- 217, 217a-2170, 537-538,

574a, 575, 1393, 2069, 2216, 3534, 3872, 3876a
Tsuhtyuh: See Beaver.

Mtynaimumeralsy necesita 1226a
Wwocabularywense se see ee eeeeeecenee 3551
Tualati: See Kalapuya.
Tubar general remarks. .......----..----- 1754
grammatic comments ...-.
Lord’s Prayer ...---.----.2
SNE sosbao codangeasosSsdoenacoskes 2216
UGE GS conc acoso Dencde tonnUDboGESsHoGSsoS5 2473a
Tubarice: See Tubar.
Tubas grammatic comments ..--......--- 527-528
Lord's Prayer.--<-..------ 22----2----- 527-528
Tubwalati: See Kalapuya. _
Tuichun-Mutsun (?) vocabulary ...... --. 165
Tukudh gospel St. John 498 (p.),

2370

gospels, the four

IVAN sopeaguabobonecocs ccs Hedoosocdena 2369

OWT? Se ccoobeceScosseshccaesssesonces 407

relationships .---.-.-..-..---.-------: 2871, 2645
Tukuthe: See Tukudh.

Tulare Lord’s Prayer - - -. 1282, 1282@

VOLE TNE A fo .cone csonnaencsdSbearive sad 2214, 2216
Tulare Lake grammatic comments. .--.-. 1991
VEN ENN 736 souopecdossobonenscavcsesec 1991
Tulare Valley Lord’s Prayer -..-..--.. one 2212
Tulareio grammatic comments -.--.-.--- 2998-2999

Tulatamy: See Tootooten.

Tule: See Darien.

Tulkepa vocabulary.-..-.-..---..--------- 888
Tulteca: See Toltec.

Tulteco: See Toltec.

Tunghaase vocabulary. .--. 527-528, 574a, 3534, 3872

MUIR basecogscudoneooteads sone ao 527-528, 2205

Tungus: See Tunghaase.

Tuolumne grammatic comments .--.-..--- 1991
VOCAD UIA Y =m atten ice elaine meinmieiniaie 1991, 2214

Tuscarora dictionary......-.-.----------- 3648
general remarks-.......---------- 2029, 2377-2379
geographic names -.--..- sowecacenoasoces 2643
Word's) Pray Or ssec~<\-ce secs = = eee 919
numeralsteese ose sees eee 975a, 975-976, 31852
TW UENCE) GoosooccoosoddsesEade5esoe 3511-3512, 3619
proper names -.--.- : . -702-704, 702a
relationship ..--..-.---..---- 53 2645
sentences ...-.. 3649
spelling book -- 919

(IIT) meacanbopUda wacHDS Lobe soUD Does nonD 1336

—

}

—

i
j
J
5

INDEX. 1131
No. | No.
Tuscarora verbal forms .........----- 1636a-1636b | Tzutuchil: See Tzotzil.
vocabulary ..--.. 28, 212, 297-298, 479, 682-683, 685, | Tzutnhil: See Tzotzil.

687a, 689, 785, 919, 1061, 1391, 1393, 2029,
2204, 2216, 2229-9993, 3123, 3511-3512, 3625
words. ....--..-2276, 2377-2379, 2855, 3185aa, 3502,
. 3625, 3649, 3950, 3982
Tuskara: See Tuscarora.
Tuskarora: See Tuscarora.
Tuskeruro: See Tuscarora.
Tuski: See Chukchi.
Tusuque: See Tesuque.
Tutatamys: Sec Tootooten.

Tutelo comparison with Dakota. . ace 115
general remarks .... ..... 1636, 1636¢
UGH aasscoaccane os 115
VOCAB? pac sa reasctbcocosod 1636, 1636a-1636)

Tutuhil: See Tzotzil. :

Tututen: See Tootooten.

Tututene: See Tootooten.

Twana general discussions....--......--. 1144
grammatic forms....... .......-..----- 1143
names of days and months, &c....-.-- 1141, 114la
MUMELAlS senna e eee e see eee elem - 1141, li4la
songs..-- - soc 2lla
vocabulary 1l4la
words, phrases, and sentences. . = 1148

Twightwee vocabulary ---.--.-.--- : 1713

Two-Kettle Band names of chiefs .....-.. 3044
Tzapoteco: See Zapoteca.

Tzeldaica: See Tzendal.

Tzeldal: See Tzendal.

}
|
|
|
|
|
|

Tzutuhile: See Tzotzil.
Uahtaktato: See Otoe.
Uche: See Yuchi.
Uchee: See Yuchi.

| Uchi: See Yuchi.

Uchitie general remarks ............-.--- 1754
Ugalachmjut: See Ugalakmut.
Ugalachmut: See Ugalakmut.

Ugalakmut general remarks .....-..--... 3159
grammatic comments .....-...---.--..- 28
MUM Cal Seeeee anise eae 982
LOUIS \-secc ae sen as ee ase e eee 527-528

vocabulary ............-.--.---- 28, 212, 539-540,
981-982, 1299a, 3123-3125, 3950
Ugalent: See Ugalenze.

Ugalentsi: See Ugalenze.

Ugalenze general remarks ........- 217, 217a-217b
grammatic comments..........-. 217, 217a-217b
NV MGLAlS se ee ie ete ee eee 982
LONDON see otc aia aes am lal eee ee 527-528
vocabulary.--..--.----s-esec<-s0= 205, 217,217a-

2170, 527-529, 551, 981-982, 2216, 4237

Ugalenzen: See Ugalenze.

Ugaliachmutzi: See Ugalakmut.

Ugaljachmutzi: See Vgalakmut.

Ugashachmiit: See Ugalakmut.

Uinta-ute: See Ute.

Ulba: See Woolwa.

Ulua: See Woolwa.

Ulikokimumerals)---e-ccemeee wares sees 982
VO CAD MRIs a etelesin nemesis 981-982
See Inkilik ; see Kéiyuhkhatana.

Umkwa: See Umpqua.

Umpqua numerals .........-..--......- 1101, 3876a
BENVEN CEB em nn aeons se aiie senna Aa 1483
vocabulary. ...107, 270, 389-390, 539-540, 551, 1393,

1483, 1694, 2207, 2216, 2587, 3534, 3872, 4103
NOLS) pee See artes iee als amine ante 529-530

Umpqwa: See Umpqua.

Unachog: See Unquachog.

Unakhatana numerals.... .....-..-....-- 982
vocabulary ...... een eee ene 981-982

Unalaschka: See Unalaska.

Unalaschker: S:e Unalaska.

| Unalashka: See Unalaska.

Tzendal confessions. -..... aeehacsncoona ss 3149
doctrina christiana...............-. 65, 138, 2250a
OXysiofmonthe ea nee sani woe cian’ olin 220, 220a
general remarks......-..-.......-.----- 1754
grammar..........- 136a, 144, 705
grammatic comments ......-..--.-.--. 2998-2999
Lord's Prayer. .-..- 217, 217a-217b, 836
MIN CR Geers po cenetoono: wocaececcseod 748
CITC peteeeasinctatoscscocd soortasasas 1309
WexXtipese ese oce seen eee 139-143, 2599a, 3986
WOCADUIALY) yes cas semeel se 136-137, 144a, 37600

Tzendale: See Tzendal.

Tzental: See Tzendal.

Tzinacanteca: See Chinantec.

Tzoyue: See Zoque.

Tzotobil: See Tzotzil.

Tzotzil catechism ..-.- 4266 |
Christian documents 3460

confessional...... --

MOCWING Sema = en eee ee ------1771, 3471

general remarks..... Daa 2552, 3881
grammar-.---......-......... 167a, 445, 3471, 4265
grammatie comments ...-....-. 22998-2999, 34090
lifeioh Christeeas--semeeeraaiscoci meester 4023
Lord’s Prayer......-..- -....-217, 2174-217), 836
DIREC! seoechecnotess sectenenecieccases 662a
proclamation to Indians....-....... ... 30a
BOLMONSesee eae) eee te 3459, 3562, 4024
vocabulary - -457, 1771, 2911, 3470a, 37600
Tzotzlem (dictionary ..........--..-......- 3351
doctrina christiana . -- 1046a
grammar.......... sec 3351
MUMETAlSecop os cc~ 2 eeeeee eae ee 3351

Tzutohile; See Tzotzil.

-1771, 8471, 4264-4266 |

Unalaska general remarks........ see, 394
DUM ECralsasases nee ee --- 205, 982
vocabulary. .....-.......2 8, 507, 527-528, 981-982,

993-994, 1337, 1393, 2216, 2293-2204, 2353-2354

words... seria 77, 3982
Unaligmut numerals - - 982
VOLO EA eco, sso) on ecfasscancce sca 981-982
WHE WOON Gy 65 goes ores -sososee 1714
numerals 1136
Uncpapa Sioux names of chiefs .......-. 1940, 3944
Ungieskie vocabulary ..-............-..- 34134
Unkwa: See Umpqua.
Unquachog vocabulary....-.........--.- 1959, 1976
Upanguaima general remarks .... .... . 2859
Upper Missouri relationships .--.- ee 2840
sign language ...........----..--------- 2425
Upper Sacramento grammatic comments. 1991
vocabulary............- 986, 1635, 1991, 2212, 2216

1132 INDEX.

Upper Umpqua: See Umpqua.

Upsaroka: See Crow.

Upsaropa: See Crow.

Uspanteca sentences .-....-..-.---------- 87600

Uta: See Ute.

Utah: See Ute.

Utchee: See Yuchi.

Ute general remarks. . 217, 217a-217), 266, 266a, 2859
notes-----.-.--..- gnSceasqussseasds 3088

proper names .-
Telationships)------ ----2esc-ses\seee aes 2645

sentences - a5 840
WEES) saasucs SHAE ETeSoS 3087
WOCADMAry ocean eee 217, 217a-217b, 267,

267a, 508-509, 527-528, 840, 1391, 1924, 2212,
2216, 3079, 3084-8085, 3575, 3608-3610, 4272
WOLTGS sz eecels clale selsree eentacie ten cele 1923
See Pai-ute.
Utlateca: See Kiche.
Utlatecat: See Kiche.
Utlateco: See Kiche.
Vaicura: See Waicuri.

Valiente general remarks. -.....-.-- 217, 217a-217b
Mumeralgee-ssceeseeeeee eee ees 3617
Venambakaiia vocabulary.-.....--.------ 1346
Veragua general remarks ...-.....---.--- 1754
Viera Pazicrammarssceenene = eee sce ei 4021
sermons .-----...- ac 4021
text ....... o 4306
vocabulary ..- 4021
oVsiardimumerals\eeeeeee- see -aecieetee see 3098
See Wiyot.
Viceita vocabulary.......---.-.--------+ 73b, 3974D
Virginiasdictionary? 2-1.) cieee =e = 3764
general remarks .........-.----- 572-574, 913, 8498
Genesisescenaoaecisee a eee ace 3211-3212 (p.)
gospel St.John ........... 208, 209 (p.), 208a (p.)
grammatic comments ...-....--.-. 431, 3211-3212
localimamesfreacrels sees aaa eee 3898

Lord’s Prayer. . ..397d, 718, 1331, 1337, 1857a, 2146,
2452, 2670, 34490

numerals Aye tenes ee eee eee 4170-4171
SPECIMENS =.= ees isace ee eee 2676
tribalinames®-2-eeeoe eee eee eee 3478
vocabulary. . .-.28, 298, 1331, 3211-3212, 3658-3663,

4170-4171
WO SachodspnE an oogndS weecceangaeDce 718, 3372

Virginiane: See Virginia.
Virginice: See Virginia.
Virginien: See Virginia.
Vizeita: See Viceita.
Wabi: See Huave.
Waccanessisi: See Wakanakessi.
Waccoon: See Woccon.
Waco: See Hueco.
Wahtani: See Mandan.
Wah-tok-ta-ta: See Otoe.
Waicura: See Waicuri.

Waicuri conjugation ........-....-.-. 203, 206, 1674
(CLEC M sje aie ee an eee 203, 205, 1674
generaliremarks--- = ee eseee eres 1754, 2859
grammatic comments............-.- 28, 203a, 217,

217a-217b, 2216, 2998-299,
grammatic sketch..... ..... ......---..527-528

No.

Waicuri Lord’s Prayer...-.. 28, 185a, 208, 204, 203,

217, 217a-217b, 527-528, 1674, 2214, 2216

1045a

twelve articles of faith. -.........-...-. 527-528
WOCADULATY Sense eee eee 28, 204, 2214, 2216

Waiilatpu examples.......-......---..--- 1635
general remarks. s-- ae seieeeeee eee 1635
grammatic comments.-..-..--.--.------ 527-528
MUM CTS] Seeeeee essere tere eee eee eee 2678
vocabulary ......-- 527-528, 1635

Waikna vocabulary - ----2214, 2216
NAO iss HeSeeUseceseeson oauecEnooT 3718-3720, 3731
See Mosquito.

Waikur: See Waicuri.

Waikura: See Waicuri.

Waikuri: See Waicuri.

Wailakki vocabulary.-........-..-..----- 3104

Wakaikam vocabulary ..-.-...---.- BBA 1635

Wakanakessi Lord’s Prayer . ....--...-. 185a
Vocabularyeessesccmccerceeee scleiee cic 1485

Wakash vocabulary.........--- 212, 1891, 2205, 2207
See Nootka.

Wakynakaine vocabulary ......-...-..--- 3873

Walapai: See Hualapai.

Wallawalla dictionary ..-........--...--. 1035
STAM M Alesse seca ees e ee eee eae 2887
proper names..-.-....-.---2.-.25-..262- 703
EO oeasesaésecoecuadeobasesoces ooacds 2lla
wocabulary=-=-s-=------ 1393, 2215-2216, 3535, 4047

Walwa: See Woolwa.

Wampanoag Lord’s Prayer . 1088-1093, 1089a, 1091a
Wanat: See Wyandot.

Wandot: See Wyandot.

Wapatu: See Atfailati; see Kalapuya.

IWiAD POmwOld Siememeeeisciseee snes etseisee 3098
Wapumni numerals ....-.-.----.-.------- 3098
Warm Spring proper names ..-. --.-..--. 1955¢

WOCADULATY o> aa clmlesin imine = Beialaeteme minielelal= C 7550

Wa-sa-see: See Osage.
Wasawsee: See Osage. i
Wasco vocabulary .....--.....-.--.-..-.- 1485

Washington Territory local names...-..- 1515

Washo: See Washoe.

Washoe general remarks....--..---- 217, 217a-217b
mames!ofibirdss--me-soos seen eee as 3259
vocabularyensees sie criceee oe 840, 3105, 3260, 3611
WOLdS hoe se rece eect ence ae eee 3218-3219

Watlala grammatic comments..-....-..-- 527-528
vocabulary....---....---- 527-528, 1393, 1635, 2216

Wawenoc mode of counting...-----.---.- 3907
mumeralspeeccereeeeee eae E 3576

NVVie ap LIM elem yselestanci ee tenets erates 4096
proper names. - - .698-699, 702-704, 702a, 97a, 1940

relationships eesass semen eeeeceesieaiar 2645
Weah: See Wea.
Weaw: See Wea.
Wee-ah: See Wea.
Wee-co: See Hueco.
Weeyot: See Wiyot.
Weiondot: See Wyandot.
Weitspeh vocabulary .....--..----. 217, 217a-217b,
1501, 2214, 2216
Weiyot: See Wiyot.
Weminuche sentences ---. 267, 267a
VOCE IEMs osacqoaoms sepopeeoKoSceabca 267, 2670

INDEX. 1133

No. No.

West Coast vocabulary..-....---...-....- 1978a | Wyandot grammar..........-..-. -...--- 4258
Western Esquimaux: See Esquimaux. grammatic comments.-......--.---.----- 3759
We-tein Payute: See Pai-ute. NY MN ee = =e o eee 1289-1290, 2098, 4257
Wichikik vocabulary.-.-...-........-..-.. 3098 (Gorda Praverinncacase esse ee asa 1629
Wichita numerals . 2470 numerals ......... 1629-1630, 2916, 3979, 4008, 4075
sentences. ....- 1835 Mhonolopypeseessans seen sane eae eee 1630
BISNMAN PNAS Rss. 2 se cmsee see cen eee 2373 phrases....---- RO pE Seco 5 3621
SACO wiigeendesueatcockcaso—ceck 527-528, 2214, proper names . 1940, 2646, 3058-3063
2216, 2470-2472, 2645, 4103 TelahOnShipsessaacaee eens ae eee 2645

Wihinasht general remarks - .---217, 217a-217b RONCLEN CES eee eee aaa eee ee eee 4258
TMNT he IE Seca seanos paca secdbe reas 547 specimens....... - 1059, 2004
NOE a iareccscnnescéossaoocase 217, 217a-217b, UOWOE) Base aeaesesse ---- 523-024
527-528, 1393, 1635, 2216 verbal forms ......-..--.-.--------<. 16364-1636)

Willamet vocabulary. --..-..-- 1393, 2207, 2215-2216 vocabulary. -- .....-. 28, 173, 212, 297-298, 547a,
Willopah vocabulary..-.......-.....----- 107, 1533 575, 577, 582, 1391, 1393, 1863-1864, 1996,

Winebago: See Winnebago.

Winnebago general remarks .. - -181, 210, 551u

grammatic comments .......--.--..---- 1687
linguistic material ---..-.-........-... 1076
listofnames-----.-- ew ee 1306
names .------
numerals .---
phrases
IBYOU-DOOK oo occ ene cere crew eeeennns= 2792a
proper names..-.............-...... 670, 698-699,
702-704, 702a, 1321, 1940, 2646
relationships ---..........-..-.-.-.«.--- 2645
BPOCiIMeNS << oes ek tence nant eas 1136
terms ---..-----.--.------------- 2090a, 2091-2092
VOCADMIALY) on aca sieen sown =cmeisicat 212, 1321, 1391,
1393, 1687, 1946a, 2313, 2645, 3291, 4166
words ..- 2979
Winnebagoe: See Winnebago.
Winnebagog: See Winnebago.
Wintoon: See Wintun.
Wintun numerals ..-.........-...-..---.- 3098

vocabulary. . -.217, 217a-217b, 1955, 2307, 3090, 3098

TCU) -cosseese Raspes dacececa® saceeaos 3100
Wischosk: See Wishosk.
Wisconsin geographic names........--.-- 1677
LT Dal AMOS =o a eee een ee 2202b, 3581
Wishosk numerals ..--.--..-...---..--..- 2678
vocabulary -.-217, 217a-217b, 1501, 1508, 2215-2216
Vin ccostossshbacesicceessctie GoDbocée 2212
Witshita: See Wichita.
Wiyot numerals .--------.--.....- 2.22... 2678
tvocabulary= =-5------s-25-----2- 217, 217a-217b,
1501, 1508, 2215-2216
2212
WORE acece aaseccenananns 1634
Woccon numerals .--....--...------------ 8046
vocabulary ..-.---..-............ 28, 212, 297-
298, 479-480, 1391, 2: 223
TON oes Gaesnacouceh cod 2276, 3124-3125, 3982
Woolua: See Woolwa.
Woolwa numerals........--.-...-....... 760a, 3617
VOCAD IIIa = ono ae eee wae asa 217, 217a-

217d, 363q, 760a, 842, 1332-1335,
2214, 2216, 2672b,3726-3728, 3781

words 3731
Wulwa: See Woolwa.
Wundat: See Wyandot.
Wyandot examples........-....-.-......- 652
general remarks. ..................-.. 2377-2379

2204, 2216, 2645, 2996, 3511-3512, 3759, 4258
SOLOS pee eee ie 2377-2379, 2917, 3502, 3621
Wyandote: See Wyandot.
Wyandott: See Wyandot.
Wyandotte: See Wyandot.
Wyot: See Wiyot.

Xicaque vocabulary.-...............----- 363q, 3733

Xicarilla: See Apache.

Xinca vocabulary .......-.-..-..----.---- 1486)

Yakama catechism.....-...-.------.----- 8456
dictionary 2887
grammar ........-. 2887
hymns .-...-.--- 3456
Lord’s Prayer .--..-..-.----- 217 “\J7a-217b, 2887
DIBY OLB oe eee nen wen ee 3456
relationships .-.-..- --- 1505, 2645
EEMVEN GS) oh. Weecdgeeoiptemcoceecmosccs- 4276
BON Peace Bee 2857
MOCADOLALY sec nls eee atc 12470, 1635

Yakima: See Yakama.

Yakoma: See Yakama.

Yakon general remarks - 2215
numerals....-...---..- 2678
Pree One hs 8 eee sonore censncoaee soos 2238
VOCS DIAS Ve nnaian ana cieniatat ate 217, 217a-217b,

1393, 1454, 1635, 2216, 2588
words 2214

Yakona: See Yakon.

Yakutat Lord's Prayer. .-.-..------.----- 28, 185a
RELI SRS oa eee ate te ee rane
TONING | ewmnew nae awe
vocabulary

Yamhill: See Kalapuya.

Yamkallie grammatic comments ....---.. 527-528
VOCED ULAL Yemen ate aoe mien erat 527=528, 3534, 3872

Yampa general remarks .-...-..----- 217, 217a-217b
TIDMOLALS Nee eee ce te etna toe ements 267, 267a
VOCSDUIANY/ <= -0-eas come eee eee eeacen 267, 2674

Yampais: See Yampa.

Yancton: See Yankton.

Yanctonai: See Yankton.

Yankton analysis of the Bible........... 865
Book of Common Prayer.......-..-.--- 1722 (p.)
names of chiefs ......- cectnnce: 3044
newspaper (‘‘ Daybreak") ss6- 870
Numerals. .........--ccccccerccccense= 1959-1962
PTAYOLS .--- 22 nw ewan wwe cnc n nw neeenccues 869
proper NAMES ........--.. eeesee- neues 1940
mH AGN atl be sccecconeonebe see cmc aee 2645
SRIOUS late stan ete ss ale er eter 523-524

1134 INDEX.
ar K No.

Yankton vocabulary .--..----- 1391, 1393, 2° :,4216 | Yuki vocabulary -.... 282, 1501, 1508, 3098, 3383-3384
WOE) So cseeeHernusecuonanccesessacsacs 3502 words ..-..----- Be ieea teas Gmeeicerelentes's 3098
See Dakota. Yukultas vocabulary..-.......--..--..--- 2969

Yanktong: See Yankton. Yjulenvocaibulanyyeccce esses ee 943

Yaqui letters and documents. ...--------- 4272a | Yuma general remarks .--........-.- 217, 217a-217b
Wordisteriyeriereee-es=s- sce 217, 217a-217b, 836 MEME Joscocoonodecopsoooos SHoBSSsoNe 1629, 2678
vocabulary. .-.-....----------- 217, 217a-217b, 295 proper names -

Yavapai general remarks .-..------ 217, 217a-217b vocabulary...-..-

TOMA WENA cocacapncuodsenieHees oéocss 888, 888a 1358, 1534, 1761, 2215, 2348, 3849, 4102
Yavape: See Yavapai. Yumaya proper names .---. -.-.--.---.-- 703
VENA OR Kcoconncoosspososscceasnacosece 2276 | Yurok numerals ---..- - 2678, 3098
Yavipai: See Yavapai. vocabulary -.-.-.-----.------ Boa6 3098
Ylinesa: See Hlinois. MO Rib Wan scocobs ceacSRaecdas casosanocoes 3099
Yocut: See Yokut. Yuta: See Ute.

Yokaia numerals...--...-..-..----------- 2678 | Yutah: See Ute.

VOCAD OAT Y aaa te etal eae 3098 | Zaapoteca: See Zapoteca.

Yokut names of plants.--.-.--..-- ------ 3098 | Zacapula doctrina christiana..-.........- 597
MUO WN He sAneedocconssococcoseosocess 2678, 3098 libroidelosdoloseess-ssecenee eee ee 801-803
WOCEIIE) AZ sccesocoocedooad osomoncsseea 3098 SELMONS eee eee SLO GoU SosoEdagaescae 4027
WOTGS .- 2-0-0 ine cee en le eee 3100 TERSIN HEC) opanBbogde coobDboRuabconobUcoos 120

Yoochee: See Yuchi. Zacatee general remarks.....--.---. 217, 217a-217b

Yosemite Valley local names -.-.--- 1930, 2765-2766 REL Eh Os poo bqooUBobonEoceoooESusr ceo 1232

Ysletta Pueblo: See Isleta. VOCEIMETA 7d Sosansoosabbonosuissoassosdes 1283

Yuba numerals .....--..-----.--------+-- 3098 | Zacateca: See Zacatec.

V.OCADULALY:-\- aint ane == anism == l= 2348, 3383-3384 | Zacatula: See Zacapula.

Yucatan: See Yucatec. Zaklapahkap: See Mame.

Yucatanice: See Yucatec. Zaklohpakap: See Mame.

Yucatan’ Yueatec. Zaklopahkap: See Mame.

Yueate ve * honetic alphabet . .-.. 484 | Zamuco numerals
calen Bi iret oe sateen Su sn ause 615b-615¢ | Zapaluta text ...--..---.-----------------
catecL = ----.----- -----1-..----3415, 3421 | Zapotec: See Zapoteca.

Christian doctrine - 36, 345-348, 3421, 4034 | Zapoteca catechism -----..-----.---------- 1596

dictionary..-.--.------------------- 186-188, 3694 COMP ATISODS mesem mee iae lelselenelieall 3630

CRETE) eadaodobcocsocescoueESsopssos 38977 confessional. .....-.. 171a, 1277, 3148, 3149a, 3209a@

general remarks .--..-.----.615a-615c¢, 1270a, 3425 Cictionarygenceeyecis sete seine lel er eee CSo,

grammar..-.-..---.--. 9, 189, 3417, 3423, 4029, 4035 doctrina christiana .. .- ..-------50a, 52a, 349a,

grammatic comments .-.-------------- 2998-2999 371, 1275, 2281, 2871

instructions........-..----------- 3419, 3422, 3424 ChB Socegos sopsas eaboouascnscoesodeoas 4036

MOTOS PEL AY, Clee er ceteee eee eesti 24734 general remarks ....-------- 1754, 2678, 2859, 3164

manual of sacraments ..----.----------- 3419 gospels, the four .-----..-----.--------- 33

names of days, months, and years. ...--- 2950 grammar. ...--- I71a, 217, 217a-217b, 890, 938, 1596,

numerals. -.-.- ----<-------/-2-- = -=-=-- 3124-3125 2482a-2482b, 2638, 3107, 3148, 3149a, 3209a

OPAbIONS eesee eee eect eee eter 15 grammatic comments ...--------- 2640, 2998-2999

plantiNAaAmMes)jo-=co== lene eae 1067a local names -- -- --- -- 613-615

SCLMONS ee eee eee 2554, 3420, 3880 Lord’s Prayer ----- 217, 217a-217b, 836

UGPU i Soocpeasqdes code 1064, 2554, 3380d, 3416, 3416a miscelaneo espiritval......--.---------- 31

vocabulary - ..130, 2525, 3124-3125, 3823, 4029, 4035 notes..-------------- 3470¢

of hieratic writing. ..---.--- 3380¢ numerals - 171a, 3148

WADKUS: cubbeseasencaesc 363f, 400b, 615a, 3502, 3982 parables, &@ .--------- -----+--25-2-2-+- 937

See Maya. poetry .----.-.--0- eee eee eee ee ee eee 1596
Yucateca: See Yucatec. PLAYCTS ..------- 2. = veer e ne eee ee 3209a
Yueateco: See Yucatec. relationships ....-.---------------+----- 937
Yucatéque: See Yucatec. BOLMONSeseeceeise lesen cea 1596, 1603, 2639, 4000
Yucatese: See Yucatec. textes cee eee ses cincesetains 1604, 4031, 4037
Yucayo general remarks ...--..--------- 2621 (irhnkt:) gocsodocedpodeeanach cosdosacsece 568
Yuchi general remarks -.-..------------- 2215 rd (lsneoneocesconbouesccnecantcaossasd 4031la

IMVrLS) Gasbeapedoocododiconoos@aoHoosses 2332 vocabulary .....--------- 171a, 1276, 13438a, 3148,

proper names. .....------- 698-699, 702-704, 702a 3149a, 3168, 3209a, 3711, 3824, 4045a, 4050f

vocabulary.-...-.-.--.------- 1299¢, 1393, 1623d, TANK). sopas 6 coe cbebbos s=ahe aeseonesaade 613-615

2204, 2207, 2216, 2992, 3082
Yukai: See Yuki.
Yuke: See Yuki.
Yukeh: See Yuki.
Yuki dictionary

Zapoteco: See Zapoteca.
Zapoteken: See Zapoteca.
Zapotéque: See Zapoteca.
Zendal: See Tzendal.
Zia: See Silla.

INDEX. 1135
No. No.
Zoke: See Zoque. : YAP WR aancsoceocenoceeonocoEece ee 972
ZoqueicatechisM=------<4--------=---=--- 165a grammatic comments ..-.........-. 967-968, 1486
COMP ULISONS yates ee miclele wie mela aisle mal 363a NANOS ee cAncertoseeS aceccenacnoaseaaoo 974
confessional ..-- --- 2250a, 3106 THE LON] sasemoneossoc cceeoccsaccceree: Ace 965
doctrina christiana 165a, 1047, 3106 TO Ghe eeeseceece pereemcsne=a oss 962a, 970-971
OxNOLta bl OMe ese aceasta ei 3470) proper names 964
general remarks - - 863d, 1754, 2859 proverbs ... 974
PRATT ESO oom ccgocasccsene mn geccocs 165a, 169a, rituals .-- -- 970-971
705, 1564a, 3470 songs ..-..- -- 965, 971
grammatic comments ..----..---.-.--- 2998-2999 ARGRGN GE senecnacconc cee Soesecnaos sescne 966
Lord’s Prayer ...--.------ 217, 217a-217), 836, 901 GIONS Sassccoossass cheseccac 967-968, 970-972, 974
UOR pcos cess ce scoRCaSESSe C2008 1056¢, 2918a, 2918 OUING meta nleetatte meee tah ae tele lee 962a, 962c
vocabulary ------..-..-... 363p, 901, 13434, 1564a, LOZ G renee one nee oe emer e eet cceiane 962¢
3106, 34704, 3711, 4045a, 4050c¢ wocaDUlaryecsasseecenaceaistanaee seas 217, 217a-
See Chimalapa. 217b, 587-538, 969-973, 999, 1061, 1123,
Zoque-Mixe grammatic comments. -...--. 738 1486, 2214, 2552, 3608-3609, 3758, 4103
Zotzil: See Tzotzil. weather proverbs.............--.---. 962b, 1692a
Zotzlem: See Tzotzlem. NMR ooceocqoctoosenctaacanOOnaaseenAa 963
Zuiii etymology ---....-------..---------- 967 | Zutuhil: See Tzotzil.
°
t

i

‘ bE >
: Re > YY? 22
by) YY» »
a .4 5 D> yy»)
Dy) »>y»)
> pd

DD AW »)D

ai

RR AANR ADS RS A
ad ee oe i; 5 2 ‘
; 3 , = \

y
v
ww,
\ \;
NS
\_.
Ww
4 —
ww

A

w *s-
on
wee
ee

re

2»? 9 W.

_= ws
ww Ss
ww Wwe

—_
oS See

NS
wy
ob |

pase
4 pea
=
~~
—
=

2D _yp my? 2”) DB
\> DP MED” DP»?

Li yo" yt) on >) - ye
) »»» ‘yp y x yy». ) 2.
> BD D> > DD D P.
ya >» » Dy + 22D »
it~ ») > »y ys > a bp >>. )
)) >] yy D® yy)». DD J
> >>>: $3) y))» 2
> >) DI PP? 22 ee
pEIv» pyr»

AGS
SS

wes Nw,
4 "we

we $s we
~~ =
Ny
wuew

we
Poy s ~
wS

Si

S

is

— ~— Ww

a» >2P +4 Py) PED?» 2B Wor D. 4
DI) a DS 3D Pp») > DP ya)
355 . PF DD. s b> TY) » DD»
fs yl 2 2) BD D> may Ali a :
= Dry YPiRDpy»? » > Wb ) <3 29 IB)? ¥
p»» ww’ DIY) sy »> >.) >? ID SD VDD > BD 5h
yyw YP 2PD> >> DDD)» DP WD DW yVQ. »>D > yw»
yp di DD’ >>>) >) DBs P DE»? 2 299 DD WY. 20
i ~f! yyy Ne Dp», wD 2 o> => Pr me? |

>” ‘
>») Dd ‘ '
* / ) RY 2 4 )

2D,

——- Pm a, 4 - 7 _4a~ —_ — GS fe
>» ) Ff ; eh 2» ) 2 xe
pa Say > >) » DD i 32
) aD ip Ei DI)» DD. 0
tT) iw, > iy » DY +
Ys JH » py ) a) )») »))
> 2) Si ) Dy > >) WD) BD BS
@2 y >» D>» BY) r
pd +))) +) yD» DP 2) Py #1)
yeby dy ») YD mm? >) DPW » P))
Dy) AJ") >») BEY. ~4?_
} ” — De > > 222 or ]
, ae } Spy) ‘ } ze
Le yp) 4 D)) ‘> ¢ ) P 25) D) J } a PP) ) y yy).
» ae») D>D» uP DDD 2B)? Wee D Ww IW:
“ : “ Ke ” y »” Dp) )) D oh 1 ) “ 3
4 45~ » y os-4 , » Se PaRED > i) Poi zt 24.
no as ) D¥p)» 4 > Pm» wD wy wP?z
jp » Bap > ae ny od pimp ) uP »2
D2 P) >» » Wp»: se ’) 1) Dd > we 9D y 4 p
j 2B >) > meme » D>) DWE)» pz 7 we
DW )) 2S ae , >» > WD >) » DD) DP IZ

J 4 2 : a y 3 ») VPP » we >> ; rs BD %

' sm) > > Raed» 4 yD)? BrP»

>> > P.WYyP> Ww Aas °3 , :
D)>»D > ) 359 » wD » Py :
ot » >> Pm >>> p> ; 2
By > yd ®) 2 bp | BY ,

> ‘ ; a $9, _.
> D 2)> EDD SD DED > »> bw
DW)? DD Wb Dw y wa r»> >? poy
DW) 2D Dy Y)y »~yD P 2-2}
Dy $34 = > -
Ew)

cs :

LP >» > yp ’ >’
p> D> pp
? >. ee a

AGS;
‘WYP
Ne

ey)

ae

|

}
-
»

SE
es"
AAS

s* vy ~, A

ey W'

=

a ee ¥

al hee
w
A
A
~/t e
<

Vv" AS

(

<4

ey ee ee ee ae

we ee |
, —

Sat ao
Ne gh
wel

~

) y yp)
ND DID D E23
>)? _D» Em

2)> yy ; oe" wv 2») P )
» yD DI g oD BD) 2 »»»>))
>> > wip ye Pp 333 2 »,

ww!
Se:
we

A
ac
=
wos,
w*Seuee
~
—
Sw

e
eH
= tee
SRP
en
” S
Wi
LS,
Mo

we.
a

_/- a

~

»
Fad
"ON

oS
Ns
“ve

SS
WA
ve

Peer
~

AAAS
witless
Awa

,
PA

4
4
4
|
t

OG Nahe om

RIES
O1b573b 0 _—_—_—
nhanth qZ7118.P64p y
Proof-sheets of a bibliography of the la

‘
Fee pegts
inh
aan
fae nh
eesti f
is

PANT
tant ent

WO CGI YE
siiangeey